XEROX 4112 4127 Service Manual

4127/4112G Service Manual Ver.1.1.1

4127/4112G Service Manual Ver.1.1.1

• This service manual covers the following models FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. • 4127/4112G • Related Materials • 4000HCF Supplementary • 2000A3-HCF Supplementary • 4000C2HCF Supplementary • Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary • ESS FIP Common Supplementary

Issued :Feb. 2009

• Revision and Modification Information When design changes or revisions relating to this service manual occur, the overseas technical information or overseas service bulletin may be issued as supplementary information until such changes are accommodated in the updated version of this service manual. Caution Important changes including revisions of spare part numbers and adjustment specifications must immediately be reflected on the respective pages of this manual.

• Confidentiality • This service manual is issued intending use by maintenance service personnel authorized by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Copying, transferring or leasing this manual without prior consent by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited. • When a page becomes irrelevant (e.g. superceded by a replacement page), destroy the page by burning or shredding it. • Handle with care to avoid loss or damage of the manual.

Edited by:

Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. C&FS TSC SDEG KSP R&D Business Park Bldg 6A7 3-2-1, Sakado, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 213-8508

[XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks.

0 Introduction 0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual ........................................................................ 0.2 How to Use the Service Manual ............................................................................... 0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols ...............................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

3 3 4

02/2009 0-1

Introduction

Introduction

02/2009 0-2

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual

0.2 How to Use the Service Manual

This manual is used as the standard service manual for 4112, 4112/4127 Light Publisher.

This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of this product. Refer to Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during maintenance calls.

For more information on the following product options, please refer to the supplementary options service manuals.

For more information on the options, refer to the options manual.

Options that can be connected to this product and the versions of the manuals that describe them:

0.2.1 Contents of Manual This manual is divided into nine chapters as described below.

Table 1 No

Name of Option

Name of Manual

Version

1

2000A3HCF

2000A3HCF Supplementary Service Manual

Ver 1.3 onwards

2

4000HCF

4000HCF Supplementary Service Manual

Ver 1.4 onwards

3

Finisher D2/D3/D4

Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Service Manual

Ver 1.4 onwards

•

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of this product.

•

For this product, information in Chapter 2 that is related to the Controller FIP will be provided in a separate booklet.

Chapter 2 Troubleshooting This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting for this product.

•

Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting (not yet issued)

•

Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

However, the contents in Ver 1.7 issue is the same as those in this manual.

This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures for components of this product.

Table 2

•

Chapter 5 Parts List

•

Chapter 6 General

This chapter contains the spare parts information for this product.

No

Supplementary Contents

Name of Manual

Version

1

ESS FIP

ESS FIP Common Supplementary Service Manual

Ver 1.9 onwards

This chapter contains the following information. 6.1 How to use the Service Mode

NOTE: The Ver No. of the above supplementary manual is the information at the release of this manual. It will be updated to Ver 1.1, Ver 1.2, and so on when manuals for other machine types are issued. Make sure to always update your manual to the latest version. The revised content consists of new IOT support information and updates to existing information. Please use an updated manual.

6.2 How to use the DC Code

•

6.7 Tools

6.3 Service Data 6.4 Special Key 6.6 Specifications

Publication Comment Sheet Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding this service manual into the Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to the following.

6.8 Consumables •

Japan: CS Department TSC/SDEG

Chapter 7 Wiring Data This chapter contains the P/J List, P/J Location, Wirenet and BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) for this product.

IBG: CS Department IBS via OpCo Technical Service Department •

Chapter 8 Accessories

•

Chapter 9 Installation

This chapter contains the information on related products. This chapter contains the installation procedures for this product and the options that are specific to it. •

Chapter 10 Functions Overview (not yet issued)

0.2.2 Information on Updating This manual will be sent to each Service Center as specified below. Revisions must be incorporated correctly to keep the manual up-to-date.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 0-3

0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual

Introduction

Introduction 0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols

4127/4112G

02/2009 0-4

Version.1 .1.1

Updating Procedure:

0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols

•

The terminology and symbols used throughout this service manual are described as follows:

When the manual is updated, the issue number "Ver. 1" will be changed to Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, and so on.

•

The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows:

WARNING Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.

WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. Instruction: Used to alert you to a procedure which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the machine or equipment. NOTE: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized. NOTE: Used when other explanations are given.

Purpose Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment and Troubleshooting. REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference. ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference. PL: Indicates the parts list for reference. ASSY: Means Assembly. Safety Critical Components (SCC) For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Important Information Stored Component (ISC) This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation. When performing replacement, follow the procedures in "Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly Adjustment" to replace/discard. Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

1 Service Call Procedures 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

Before Starting Servicing.......................................................................................... Service Call Procedures........................................................................................... TRIM......................................................................................................................... Periodic Replacement Parts.....................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

3 5 5 8

02/2009 1-1

Service Call Procedures


02/2009 1-2

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

1.1 Before Starting Servicing 1.1.1 Safety To prevent any accident that may occur during servicing, absolutely observe warnings and cautions on procedures. Never carry out any hazardous work. 1.

Keep solvent away from fire.

•

Wash your hands after using solvent.

Earthquake Preparedness Measure

10. Modifications to the Machine If you need to make any modifications to the machine, submit an application for modified use in advance. 11. Harmful Beams

Drive Parts

Normal copy and scan of a document do not cause users and service people exposure to harmful beams. However, if any user feels a dazzling light from the document exposure lamp when using normal platen copy and scan, covering the non-document area of the Platen Glass, which is typically used for copy and scan operations, blocks light from under the Platen Glass.

Never inspect or lubricate drive parts such as belts, sprockets and gears while the machine is in operation. 3.

Do not heat solvent for use.

•

If the customer requests a measure against earthquakes, there is an earthquake preparedness kit (ZB38) available.

Power Supply To prevent electrical shocks, burns, injuries, etc., make sure to power off the machine and disconnect the power plug before starting servicing. However, if you cannot help keeping the machine alive in such a case where you need to take voltage measurements, take great care not to suffer an electrical shock.

2.

9.

•

Heavy Parts

12. Other Safety Issues

When removing or installing heavy parts listed below, take the proper position for doing so. •

DADF: 21.5kg or less (including the counter balance) (basically two-man work)

•

Fuse Unit: 15.7kg or less (First remove the 2.0-kg-heavy Fuse Cleaning Cartridge and then remove/install the less-than-14-kg-heavy unit.)

•

Folder Unit: 40kg or less (basically two-man work)

•

Booklet Unit: 20kg or less (basically two-man work)

•

Marking Drawer: 16.2kg or less (basically two-man work) (If one person works on this, he/she should first remove the 2.9-kg-heavy Transfer Belt Unit and then remove/install the less-than14-kg-heavy unit.)

In addition to the above-described items 1 through 11, there are various safety instructions to be observed. Following the "Safety Guide in Servicing" released by the Technical Service Center, take great care of safety in servicing.

Also when removing or installing any heavy part other than those listed above, take great care of your working position to prevent a backache. 4.

Safety Device See that such safety devices function properly as prevent mechanical accidents, like fuses, circuit breakers and interlock switches, and as protect customers from injury, like panels and covers. Modifications that hinder safety devices from functioning are strictly prohibited.

5.

Parts Removal and Installation Some of the parts and covers have sharp edges. Do not touch them carelessly. Wipe off oil, etc., if any, from your fingers or hands before working. When trying to pull out a part, cable, etc., pull them out gradually, not by force.

6.

Specified Tools When tools for use are specified, use them as instructed.

7.

Toner and Developer Cleaning Collect split toner with a brush or whisk and put it in a waste box because toner has the property of being blown up into fine particles. Wipe residual toner with a wet piece of cloth (waste cloth) or clean it away with the FX toner-proof standard vacuum cleaner. Never use a vacuum cleaner the customer has. In addition, clean away developer in the same manner because it includes toner.

8.

Organic Solvent When using organic solvent such as the drum cleaner and the machine cleaner, note the following: •

Take great care of the ventilation of the room not to inhale a large amount of solvent vapor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 1-3

1.1 Before Starting Servicing


Service Call Procedures 1.1 Before Starting Servicing

4127/4112G

02/2009 1-4

Version.1 .1.1

1.1.2 Things to Take Note When Handling Customer Information

1.1.3 Other Precautions

1.

Handling of customer's electronic information - samples of copy/print/received fax (paper data), log files (Activity Report), and etc.

Note the following items when servicing, in order to do proper and efficient work.

Before you bring back any samples for the purpose of investigation/analysis, always obtain permission from the customer. Make sure to assure them that the data will not be used for any other purpose.

1.

When requesting for a retrieval application from the customer, either use the "FX Data Security Regulations: Annex 15 - Confidential Information/Personal Information Request Form (IS-019)" or use a letterhead that has been specified by the customer after obtaining their agreement.

2.

Handling of a PWB/HDD, etc. that contains customer information.

3.

2.

Data such as Fax Address Numbers and URLs that are registered in the customer's machine are all important customer information. These types of information are stored in the PWB/HDD, etc. within the machine. Take extra care when handling them. (1)

In case of replacements, transfer the data to the new PWB/HDD and make sure that all data in the old components are thoroughly erased before disposing them. Make sure that no important customer information gets leaked. (For details, refer to the preface in Chapter 4 and 5)

(2)

If a component was replaced and it was not found to be the cause of the malfunction, return it to the original machine. (For components that were temporarily installed/removed for troubleshooting, etc. clear the data using Diag, etc.)

(3) 3.

5.

Disassembling Confirm the proper way a part is mounted before carrying out disassembling work such as part removal. Installation/Adjustment After installing or adjusting a part, check that no unnecessary part or tool is left behind inside the machine, on the assembly and in other areas before operating the machine.

4.

Disposing of replaced parts/consumables Collect and take back to your service base all the replaced parts/consumables as well as packing materials after obtaining the customer's consent. For the way of separating and disposing of collected parts/consumables, refer to and follow the technical information No. 2-138 common to all the models. •

Never discard the drum cleaner into fire. Always keep it away from fire. Otherwise, it could catch fire, causing a fire.Use up the drum cleaner before disposing of it.Collect parts for recycling, filling in "U-TAG."

Security related NVM values that were changed during maintenance.

When connecting our company machine to the customer's network during maintenace, make sure that you have gone through the person-in-charge to obtain permission from the customer's systems administrator (or person-in-charge) before proceeding. Other things to take note when handling customer data When handling customer data, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above items 1 to 4. [Japan] Follow the "Excellence in Customer Information Asset Protection - Do it Now! Do it Together!" issued by CS Department and ensure that customer data do not get leaked out when servicing. [IBG] Follow the safety guidelines established within the OpCo and ensure that customer data do not get leaked out when servicing.

Drum Cleaner

WARNING

When unable to electrically erase the data in the HDD and the customer has requested for it, destroy the HDD (charges applies).

If any security related NVM values, such as polling, were set for test purposes, make sure you return them to their original values after the test. (E.g.: for the details on polling that is common to all machine types, refer to FTO 2-202) 4.

Reference material Before starting servicing, carefully read related technical information (SB, FTI, FTO, etc.) and make a systematic approach.

5.

General precautions •

Take care not to disturb the customer in his/her daily work.

•

Place a drop cloth, a sheet of paper, etc. to keep the site clean, as required.

•

Put trash made during servicing in a trash bag and take it back to your service base.

•

Fill in the machine history log with what is carried out, what consumables/parts are replaced, and others.

1.2 Service Call Procedures

1.3 TRIM

1.2.1 Initial Action

The TRIM for this product is carried out at SM/UM calls, aiming primarily to maintain the performance of the machine.

1.

Ask the operator about the condition of the machine.

2.

Record billing meter readings.

3.

Check error copies and understand the condition of the machine.

4.

Check the machine history log.

1.2.2 What to do at UM Call 1.

Perform Level 1 Troubleshooting.

2.

Perform Level 2 Troubleshooting. If none of the items are suitable, refer to BSD and perform troubleshooting.

3.

Check print/copy quality.

4.

Feed out paper from each tray. As required, clean or replace the Feed Roll(s). Furthermore, enter the PC-Diag or the UI-Diag and check the following counters. Table 1

Counter Name

Check for:

DC135 HFSI Counter

Part for replacement that is close to/over its life

DC118 Jam Counter

Item with frequent jams

DC120 Fail Counter

Item with frequent fails

5.

Resolve all secondary problems.

6.

Perform the TRIM work.

1.2.3 What to do at SM Call 1.

Check print/copy quality.

2.

Feed out paper from each tray. As required, clean or replace the Feed Roll(s). Furthermore, enter the PC-Diag or the UI-Diag and check the following counters. Table 2

Counter Name

Check for:

DC135 HFSI Counter

Part for replacement that is close to/over its life

DC118 Jam Counter

Item with frequent jams

DC120 Fail Counter

Item with frequent fails

3.

Resolve all secondary problems.

4.

Perform the TRIM work.

1.2.4 What to do before leaving 1.

Check the overall operation/functions.

2.

Check the appearance of the machine. Check on consumables.

3.

As required, provide the operator with training.

4.

Fill in the machine history log and service report.

5.

File the print samples and the copy samples along with the machine history log.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 1-5

1.2 Service Call Procedures



4127/4112G

02/2009 1-6

1.3 TRIM

Version.1 .1.1

1.3.1 TRIM Procedure

Table 1 CAUTION

Sliding out Tray2 Transport (PL 7.1) while Tray 2 is lifting up will cause the driver (IC) in the Tray Module PWB to break (only with interlocks cheated).

No. Work Item

Work Outline

3

300kPV(40kFeed ) Clean Feed/Nudger/Retard Roller & Platen Roll (PL 4.9)/Chute surface (PL 4.26, PL 4.24, PL 4.12)/Sensors/CIS Glass*3/ Myler and Plate on the under side of CIS(PL 4.13)

DADF Cleaning*4

Table 1 No. Work Item 1

2

Work Outline

At Intervals of:

At every call Approx. max of 3 documents. Pre-work Overall Operation • Make some sample copies of Test Chart Check*1 (499T247). Check the quality of them. • Check the MC for operating sounds. • Make black copies and check them for uneven density and poor fusing. • Make copies of Test Besides, make blank copies and check Chart. them for Drum cracks, high background, etc. IOT Interior Cleaning

•

Clean toner/paper particles off the paper 300kPV path.(Feeder/LH Chute/Regi / Transfer Belt/Transfer Inlet Lower Chute/Transfer Exit Chute (DTS Guide)*2 /Fuser Inlet Chute /Inverter/Dup Chute/Paper Path Rollers)

•

Clean Sensor. (Pre Transfer Sensor/CIS Sensor/Regi Sensor/Skew Sensor)

•

Clean Erase Lamp.

Clean Heat Roll Finger & Pressure Roll Finger. CAUTION

NOTE: First clean DADF (Chute, CIS, etc.) and then IIT because rubbish from DADF can drop into IIT. 4

IIT Cleaning

Clean Platen Glass face & bottom*3/Reflector/Mirror No.1,2,3/Lens surface/CVT Platen Glass face & bottom (PL 5.4)/Exposure Lamp/ White Myler (PL 5.4) on Docu Regi Guide Slope with Platen Glass.

1200kPV

NOTE: Check for rubbish and dust inside the IIT frame or on Carriage. Wipe them away if possible. 600kPV

NOTE: For cleaning optical components, use dry cloth (e.g. lint-free cloth) exclusive for optics cleaning or completely wrung wet piece of cloth. Drum Cleaner is strictly prohibited because this causes surfaces to become dim. CAUTION

Besides, do the work with care about such a component of high temperature as Heat Roll.

Take care to avoid injury in cleaning the mirrors because the frame of PL 5.7 Item 19 Half Rate Carriage has burs.

1200kPV 5

NOTE: Cleaning Fuser Cleaning Blade may be required under some stress condition (print/copy quality, paper type, print mode, environment, etc.) that requires cleaning. Clean Sensor (Invert In Sensor)

Clean Platen Glass face*3/CVT Platen Glass 300kPV face*3 (PL 5.4)/White Myler (PL 5.4) over Docu Regi Guide Slope with Platen Glass. NOTE: Visually check that there is no rubbish or dust. Do so by checking that no copy samples have white/color streaks.

Using Drum Cleaner or dry cloth, wipe them out in the direction of their tips. Take care not to damage sharp portions.

Clean toner and paper particles from inside Fuser when replacing Fuser Cleaning Blade (periodic replacement part).

At Intervals of:

3000KPV

Output Option Cleaning

Finisher, I/F Module,HCS,Trimmer/Square Fold: Clean Chute/Roller/Sensor/Belt on the paper path.

300kPV

6

Periodic Parts Replacement

See 1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts.

See 1.4.

7

Safety Check • Check safety in electric power and operability

•

Check the power plug for connection, and the cord and plug for damage.

At every call

•

Check that no outlet is connected to multiple devices.

Table 1 No. Work Item 8

Work Outline

• Post-work Overall Operation Check*1 • Check Image Quality, MC • Operation, Meters/FullSystem Operation. •

Check density and exposure amount. Check for high background, etc.

•

Check the areas the operator touches for operation and around Toner Cartridge for dirt.

At Intervals of: At every call

Check how paper is running and check for abnormal sounds, etc. Check residual amount of toner.

*1: [Overall Machine Operation Check] before and after the work is included in Admin. *2: DTS Guide should be cleaned with a brush or Dust Fly. *3: Service consumables: Use 194D Platen Wax Cleaner for cleaning. *4: First clean with a completely wrung wet piece of waste cloth. After then wipe off with dry waste cloth.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 1-7

1.3 TRIM



4127/4112G

02/2009 1-8

1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts

Version.1 .1.1

The standard replacement intervals are shown below. Replacement work should be carried out by CEs.

1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts The following lists parts that need replacing periodically for maintaining the machine functions/performance until their lives expire. Table 1 SUB

Parts Description

PLNO.

HFSI(DC135)

Replace Interval

Unit

Remarks

DEVE

Deve Housing

PL 12.1

954-850

6000K

PV

FUSER

Heat Roll Finger

PL 15.9

954-843

1200K

PV

Common with DC1100/900.

FUSER

P-Roll Finger

PL 15.2

954-844

1200K

PV


FUSER

Heat Roll Kit(200V)

PL 15.2

954-841

1200K

PV


FUSER

FuserCleaningBlade

PL 15.3

954-848

1200K

PV


FUSER

STS (CONT1)

PL 15.8

954-845

3000K

PV


FUSER

STS (CONT2)

PL 15.8

954-845

3000K

PV


FUSER

STS (HI)

PL 15.8

954-845

3000K

PV


FUSER

P-Roller

PL 15.2

954-842

1200K

PV


PV

FUSER

Chute Assy Exit Lower

PL 15.2

954-846

18000K

NOHAD

Filter Assy Drum Intake

PL 3.1

954-870

600K

PV

NOHAD

Filter Ozone

PL 3.2

954-872

600K

PV

PH

T/A Roll 1

PL 7.4

954-804

1500K

Feed

Common with DC1100/900. T/A Roll 1, 3 and 4 are common.

PH

T/A Roll 2

PL 7.12

954-805

1500K

Feed


PH

Feeder Unit Tray1

PL 7.1

954-820

3000K

Feed

Common with DC1100/900., Tray1~4 are common.

PH

Feeder Unit Tray2

PL 7.10

954-821

3000K

Feed


PH

Feeder Unit Tray3

PL 7.2

954-822

3000K

Feed


PH

Feeder Unit Tray4

PL 7.2

954-823

3000K

Feed


PH

Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit

PL 7.13

Tray1)954-800 Tray2)954-801 Tray3)954-802 Tray4)954-803

300K

Feed


PH

Chute Support Mylar

PL 14.9

954-838

5000K

Feed


PH

Invert Roll

PL 14.4

954-839

18000K

Feed

PH

Invert In Roll

PL 13.11

954-840

18000K

Feed

PH

Invert Out Roll

PL 13.11

954-886

18000K

Feed

PH

Duplex In Roll

PL 14.4

954-887

9000K

Feed

PH

Duplex Path Roll 1

PL 14.3

954-888

9000K

Feed

PH

Duplex Path Roll 2

PL 14.3

954-889

9000K

Feed

PH

Duplex Out Roll

PL 14.3

954-890

9000K

Feed

PH

IOT Exit Roll

PL 16.2

954-891

18000K

Feed

PH

REGI Motor

PL 13.4

954-894

18000K

Feed

PH

Torque Limiter (IOT Exit Roll)

PL 10.5

954-892

18000K

Feed

PH

Torque Limiter (Invert In Roll)

PL 10.4

954-893

18000K

Feed

PH

Pre Regi. Roll

PL 13.4

954-827

18000K

Feed

PH

Invert Mot.

PL 14.6

954-895

25000K

Feed


Table 1 SUB

Parts Description

PLNO.

HFSI(DC135)

Replace Interval

Unit

PH

PAD Regi.

PL 13.4

954-896

18000K

Feed

Remarks

PH

Invert Gate SOL.

PL 13.12

954-830

6000K

Feed

PH

REGI Roll

PL 13.4

954-828

12000K

Feed

PH

Clutch Assy Pulley(Dup Path Roll 1)

PL 14.3

954-829

3000K

Feed

MSI

Feed/Nudger/Retard

PL 8.6

954-835

300K

Feed

X'fer

Kit-XFER 600K

PL 13.8

N/A

600K

PV

Common with DC1100/900. KIT Content: Contents of this KIT are Belt, BTR, Belt Cleaning Blade andBelt Cleaning Brush

X'fer

Belt Blush Assy

PL 13.9

954-882

300K

PV


X'fer

BTR

PL 13.8

954-884

300K

PV


X'fer

Transfer Cleaning Blade

PL 13.9

954-881

600K

PV


X'fer

Transfer Belt

PL 13.8

954-880

600K

PV


X'fer

Transfer Unit

PL 13.2

954-885

18000K

PV

DADF

Nudger Roll

PL 4.18

955-806

200K

PV


DADF

Feed Roll

PL 4.18

955-806

200K

PV


DADF

Retard Roll

PL 4.26

955-806

200K

PV


4000HCF

Feed/Nudger/RetardRoll Kit

[PL 30.7]

Tray1)952-836 Tary2)952-837

300K

PV

Common with DC1100/900. Common with MSU Roll. NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

<4000C2HCF> Table 2 4000C2HCF Replace Interval

Unit

Remarks

Tray6)952-862 Tray7)952-865

300K

Feed

•

HFSI common to Tray6 Feed, Nudger amd Retard

•

HFSI common to Tray7 Feed, Nudger and Retard

Tray6)952-862 Tray7)952-865

300K

Tray6)952-862 Tray7)952-865

300K

Tray6)952-864 Tray7)952-867

1500K

SUB

Parts Description

PLNo.

HFSI(ÇcC135)

4000C2HCF

Feed Roll

[PL 32.12]

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail. 4000C2HCF

Nudger Roll

[PL 32.12]

Feed

•

HFSI common to Tray6 Feed, Nudgerand Retard

•



Retard Roll

[PL 32.13]

Feed

•


•



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Tray 6,7 Take Away Roll

[PL 32.13]

Feed

Common part for Tray 6/7 Take Away Roll NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

02/2009 1-9




4127/4112G

02/2009 1-10


Version.1 .1.1

Table 2 4000C2HCF Replace Interval

Unit

Remarks

Tray6)952-863 Tray7)952-866

3000K

Feed

Common part for Tray 6/7 Feeder Unit

[PL 32.27]

952-876

8000K

Feed

Common part for J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch/J-Tra Trans Roll Clutch 1/2

J-Tra Roll 1

[PL 32.27]

952-868

8000K

Feed

HFSI common to MSI Take Away Roll 2 and J-Tra Roll 1

4000C2HCF

J-Tra Roll 2

[PL 32.27]

952-871

8000K

Feed

HFSI common to J-Tra Roll 2/3

4000C2HCF

J-Tra Roll 3

[PL 32.27]

952-871

8000K

Feed

HFSI common to J-Tra Roll 2/3

4000C2HCF

J-Tra Roll 4,5

[PL 32.27]

952-872

8000K

Feed

Common part and HFSI for J-Tra Roll 4/5

4000C2HCF

J-Tra Exit Roll

[PL 32.27]

952-873

8000K

Feed

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

4000C2HCF

J-Tra Take Away Roll 1,2

[PL 32.22]

1) 952-869 2) 952-870

8000K

Feed

Common part for J-Tra Take Away Roll 1/2

4000C2HCF

J-Tra Trans Roll Clutch 1,2

[PL 32.27]

1) 952-874 2) 952-875

8000K

Feed

4000C2HCF

MSI Take Away Roll 1

[PL 32.22]

952-861

1500K

Feed


4000C2HCF

MSI Take Away Roll 2

[PL 32.22]

952-868

8000K

Feed

HFSI common to MSI Take Away Roll 2 and J-Tra Roll 1

SUB

Parts Description

PLNo.

HFSI(ÇcC135)

4000C2HCF

Tray 6,7 Feeder Unit

[PL 32.5]

4000C2HCF

J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch

4000C2HCF







NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail. Common part for J-Tra Trans Roll Clutch 1/2 NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.


The following lists parts that have the possibility of being replaced depending on the frequency of use of trays, DUP, etc. Table 3 Potential Replacement Parts

SUB

Parts Description

PLNO.

HFSI(DC135)

Replace Interval

Unit

2000A3HCF

2000A3HCF MSI Take away Roll

[PL 29.15]

952-851

1500K

Feed


2000A3HCF

2000A3HCF Nudger Roll

[PL 29.7]

952-852

300K

Feed


Remarks

2000A3HCF

2000A3HCF Feed Roll

[PL 29.7]

952-852

300K

Feed


2000A3HCF

2000A3HCF Retard Roll

[PL 29.6]

952-852

300K

Feed


2000A3HCF

2000A3HCF Take away Roll

[PL 29.5]

952-853

1500K

Feed


2000A3HCF

2000A3HCF Feeder Assy

[PL 29.4]

952-854

3000K

Feed


PH

T/A Clutch1, 2

1.

PL 7.5

1.

954-814

8000K

Feed

2.

PL 7.12

2.

954-815

Common with DC1100/900. Tray 1, 2 are common.

PH

Inverter Gate Sol.

PL 13.12

954-830

6000K

Feed


PH

Regi Roll

PL 13.4

954-828

12000K

Feed


Table 3 Potential Replacement Parts Parts Description

PLNO.

HFSI(DC135)

Replace Interval

Unit

PH

MSI T/A Roll

PL 13.7

954-831

3000K

Feed


PH

Transport Roll(Tray 1, 3, 4)

PL 7.4

1)954-811 3)954-812 4)954-813

8000K

Feed

Common with DC1100/900. Tray 1, 3 and 4 are common.

PH

H-TransportRoll 1, 2

PL 7.12

954-810

8000K

Feed


PH

Clutch Assy Pulley(Dup Path Roll 1) PL 14.4

954-829

3000K

Feed


PH

T/A Roll 3, 4

PL 7.4

3)954-806 4)954-807

1500K

Feed

Common with DC1100/900. Tray 3, 4 are common.

MSI

MSI Feeder Unit

PL 8.1

954-826

1500K

Feed


FIN

Paper Reverse Paddle

[PL 25.28]

957-802

900K

Feed


FIN

Paper Reverse Sub Paddle

[PL 25.31]

957-801

900K

Feed


FIN

Paddle Cyclon(Booklet)

[PL 25.43]

957-803

900K

Feed


FIN

I/PNudger/Feed/Retard Roll Kit

[PL 25.53] [PL 25.55]

957-800

300K

Feed


FIN

Stapler Assy(Booklet)

[PL 25.42]

957-805

150K

Booket Staple count.


FIN

Stapler Head Assy(Normal)

[PL 25.24]

957-804

500K

Staple count.


FIN

1.

BASE TAMPER

1.

[PL 25.25]

957-813

12,150K


2.

RAIL UPPER Latch

2.

[PL 25.24]

Count of paper exit to stacker compiler unit.

3.

ACTUATOR EJECT

3.

[PL 25.32]

4.

GEAR-PULLEY 15Z/16T

4.

[PL 25.33]

5.

GEAR-PULLEY 15Z/18T

5.

[PL 25.32]

6.

PULLEY T22A

6.

[PL 25.33]

7.

HARNESS ASSY STK TRAY

7.

[PL 25.37]

8.

Punch harness

8.

[PL 25.3]

9.

Stapler harness

9.

[PL 25.3]

SUB

Remarks




10. GEAR Z14

10. [PL 25.2]

11. GEAR-PULLEY 27Z/18T

11. [PL 25.6]

12. SENSOR

12. [PL 25.9]


13. BEARING SLEEVE,PLASTIC 13. [PL 25.35] 14. GEAR

14. [PL 25.34]

15. GEAR-Z55

15. [PL 25.34]

FIN

Sub Paddle Clutch Assy

[PL 25.31]

957-806

2,800K

Count of paper through Compile Exit.


FIN

Clutch Assy(Feed Roll)

[PL 25.32]

957-807

7,000K

Count of paper through Compile Exit.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 1-11




4127/4112G

02/2009 1-12


Version.1 .1.1

Table 3 Potential Replacement Parts SUB FIN

Parts Description

PLNO.

HFSI(DC135)

Replace Interval

Unit

Remarks

1.

GEAR-HELICAL Z20(L)

1.

[PL 25.61]

957-811

18,600K

PV


2.

Folder Entrance Motor

2.

[PL 25.61]

FIN

PUNCHER ASSY 2&4

[PL 25.22]

857-809

1,000K

Punch active account


FIN

1.

Clutch (Torque Limiter)

1.

[PL 25.8]

857-812

13,500K

PV


2.

Gear Pully (with Hook)

2.

[PL 25.5]

FIN

SOLENOID ASSY (S2-GATE)

[PL 25.7]

857-810

3,000K

Sol active account


FIN

I/P CLUTCH ASSY

[PL 25.53]

857-808

1,500K

Paper feed from Interposer.


HCS

PADDLE ASSY

PL 39.24

960-800

900K

Count of paper to stacker.

IFM

DECURLER BELT

PL 36.5

959-800

6000K

PV

Chapter 2 Troubleshooting

2 Troubleshooting 2.1 Preface 2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot 2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot .............................................................................................

25

2.1.2 Glossary 2.1.2 Glossary ................................................................................................................

27

2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP 2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP .....................................................................................

29

2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition 2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition ......................................................................

31

2.2 Product FIP 2.2.1 IIT,IOT & Option FIP 005-xxx FIP 005-121 005-122 005-123 005-124 005-125 005-126 005-127 005-128 005-129 005-130 005-133 005-135 005-136 005-137 005-138 005-141 005-142 005-143 005-144 005-150 005-151 005-152 005-153 005-154 005-155 005-156 005-157 005-158 005-160

DADF Feed Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................... 33 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ..... 33 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)............ 34 DADF Lead Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................ 34 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................... 35 DADF Out Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................... 35 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)..................................... 36 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ......... 36 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....... 37 DADF Invert Sensor ON Jam (Duplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)........... 37 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. 38 DADF Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (Except 4127/4112EPS)38 DADF Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 39 DADF Exit Sensor 2 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................... 39 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................... 40 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................. 40 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam(Duplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS).......... 41 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. 41 DADF Too First Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............... 42 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 42 DADF Pre Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 43 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 43 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 44 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS).. 44 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Simplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS)45 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode (Duplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS)45 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 46 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 46 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (during Job) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 47

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

005-190 005-194 005-196 005-197 005-198 005-199 005-210 005-275 005-280 005-281 005-282 005-283 005-284 005-304 005-305 005-306 005-308 005-309 005-906 005-907 005-908 005-909 005-910 005-911 005-912 005-913 005-914 005-918 005-919 005-940 005-941 005-942

Feed Motor Logic Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS).............................................. Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size (Except 4127/4112EPS)............. Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size (Except 4127/4112EPS) ......................... Prohibit Combine Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................... Too Short Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................................. Too Long Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................................... DADF Download Fail........................................................................................ DADF RAM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ........................................................ DADF EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................................ DADF Tray Lift Down Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)......................................... DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document) (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................... DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................... Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/4112EPS)........ DADF Tray Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................... DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) .............................. DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............. DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................ DADF Pre Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................... DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. DADF Lead Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ........................ DADF Out Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................... DADF Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................ DADF Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................ DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................ DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS).................. DADF Invert Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................. DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................... DADF No Original Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .............................................. DADF Not Enough Document (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................. DADF Tray Stack Over Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ......................................

47 48 48 49 49 50 50 51 51 52 52 53 53 54 54 55 55 56 56 57 57 58 58 59 59 60 60 61 61 62 62 63

010-xxx FIP 010-311 010-312 010-313 010-315 010-316 010-317 010-320 010-326 010-327 010-330 010-400 010-910 02/2009 2-1

Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Disconnection Fail....................................................... Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 Disconnection Fail....................................................... Fuser Heat Roll STS-3 Disconnection Fail....................................................... Fuser Latch Contact Fail .................................................................................. Fuser Latch Retract Fail................................................................................... Not Ready Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail......................................................... Heat Roll Over Heat Fail .................................................................................. Wait Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail .................................................................. Standby Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail ............................................................ Fuser Motor Fail ............................................................................................... Fuser Web Near End ....................................................................................... Fuser Web End ................................................................................................

65 65 66 66 67 68 70 70 72 73 74 75

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 024-xxx FIP 024-910 024-911 024-912 024-913 024-914 024-915 024-946 024-947 024-948 024-949 024-950 024-951 024-952 024-953 024-958 024-959 024-960 024-961 024-962

Tray 1 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 2 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 3 Size Mismatch .......................................................................................................................... Tray 4 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 6 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 7 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 1 Not in Position ....................................................................................... Tray 2 Not in Position ....................................................................................... Tray 3 Not in Position ....................................................................................... Tray 4 Not in Position ....................................................................................... Tray 1 No Paper ............................................................................................... Tray 2 No Paper ............................................................................................... Tray 3 No Paper ............................................................................................... Tray 4 No Paper ............................................................................................... MSI Size Mismatch........................................................................................... Tray 1 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 2 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 3 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... Tray 4 Size Mismatch.......................................................................................

77 77 78 78 79 79 80 80 81 81 82 82 83 83 84 84 85 85 86

042-xxx FIP 042-317 042-323 042-330 042-331 042-332 042-603

AC Unit Fan Fail ............................................................................................... Drum Motor Fail................................................................................................ Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail .................................................................................... Blower Motor Fan Fail ...................................................................................... Fuser Intake X'fer Intake Fan Fail .................................................................... Suction Filter Life..............................................................................................

87 88 89 90 91 92

045-xxx FIP 045-310 045-311 045-312 045-313

Image Ready NG.............................................................................................. Controller Communication Fail ......................................................................... Driver Connect Fail........................................................................................... IOT Logic Fail ...................................................................................................

93 93 94 94

047-xxx FIP 047-310 MCU-Finisher Communication Fail .................................................................. 047-320 All Out Tray Broken ..........................................................................................

95 95

048-xxx FIP 048-100 048-102 048-300 048-310 048-311 048-312 048-313 048-314 048-315 048-316 048-317 048-318

IFM Decurler In Sensor On Jam (IOT) ............................................................. IFM Exit Sensor On Jam .................................................................................. IFM Front Door Open ....................................................................................... IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 On Fail .................................................. IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 Off Fail .................................................. IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 On Fail .................................................. IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 Off Fail .................................................. IFM Decurler Gate Sensor On Fail................................................................... IFM Decurler Gate Sensor Off Fail................................................................... IFM Decurler Belt Motor Fail ............................................................................ IFM Cooling Fan 5 Fail ..................................................................................... IFM Cooling Fan 1/2 Fail ..................................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-2

97 97 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 107

Version.1 .1.1 048-319 048-320 048-321 048-322 048-323 048-500 048-900 048-901

IFM Cooling Fan 3 Fail..................................................................................... HCS 1 Communication Fail.............................................................................. Finisher D3/D4 Communication Fail ................................................................ Output Configuration Mismatch Fail................................................................. IFM Download Mode Fail ................................................................................. IFM ROM Write Error ....................................................................................... IFM Decurler In Sensor Static Jam .................................................................. IFM Decurler Exit Sensor Static Jam ...............................................................

108 109 109 110 110 111 111 112

049-xxx FIP 049-100 049-101 049-102 049-104 049-106 049-108 049-113 049-114 049-115 049-116 049-117 049-119 049-121 049-210 049-211 049-212 049-213 049-214 049-215 049-216 049-217 049-218 049-219 049-220 049-221 049-224 049-225 049-228 049-229 049-232 049-233 049-234 049-235 049-236 049-237 049-238 049-239 049-240 049-241 049-242 049-243

Top Tray Exit Sensor On Jam.......................................................................... Top Tray Exit Sensor Off Jam.......................................................................... Top Tray Path Sensor On Jam ........................................................................ Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam ............................................................................ Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam (Purge enable) ................................................... Bypass Path Sensor 1 On Jam........................................................................ Stacker Path Sensor On Jam .......................................................................... Stacker Path Sensor Off Jam .......................................................................... Stacker Exit Sensor On Jam............................................................................ Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam............................................................................ Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam........................................................................ Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam (Purge enable) ............................................... Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam............................................................................ Front Door Lock Sensor On Fail ...................................................................... Front Door Lock Sensor Off Fail ...................................................................... Stacker Up Fail ................................................................................................ Stacker Down Fail............................................................................................ Dolly Set Position Sensor On Fail .................................................................... Dolly Set Position Sensor Off Fail .................................................................... Stacker Full Sensor On Fail ............................................................................. Stacker Full Sensor Off Fail ............................................................................. Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail ........................................................................ HCS Front Door Open ..................................................................................... Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail .......................................................................... Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail .......................................................................... Rear Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail ............................................................ Front Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail ........................................................... Lead Tamper Home Sensor On Fail ................................................................ Lead Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail ................................................................ Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail..................................................................... Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail..................................................................... Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor On Fail ................................................ Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor Off Fail ................................................ Rear Tamper Home Sensor On Fail ................................................................ Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail ................................................................ Front Tamper Home Sensor On Fail................................................................ Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail................................................................ Pad Move Home Sensor On Fail ..................................................................... Pad Move Home Sensor Off Fail ..................................................................... Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor On Fail ........................................................... Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor Off Fail ...........................................................

113 114 115 117 118 120 121 123 124 125 126 128 129 130 131 132 134 136 136 137 138 139 141 141 142 142 143 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156

049-248 049-251 049-252 049-253 049-280 049-281 049-282 049-283 049-284 049-285 049-286 049-287 049-288 049-300 049-310 049-500 049-900 049-901 049-902 049-903 049-905 049-907 049-908 049-940 049-941 049-945 049-960 049-964 049-965 049-966 049-967 049-968 049-969 049-970 049-971 049-972 049-973

Paper Edge Home Sensor On Fail................................................................... Paper Fan 1 Fail............................................................................................... Paper Fan 2 Fail............................................................................................... Upper Fan Fail ................................................................................................. Gate Sensor 1 Fail 1 ........................................................................................ Gate Sensor 1 Fail 2 ........................................................................................ Gate Sensor 2 Fail 1 ........................................................................................ Gate Sensor 2 Fail 2 ........................................................................................ Paper Edge Home Sensor Off Fail................................................................... EEPROM Read/Write Error.............................................................................. EEPROM Sum Error ........................................................................................ System Error .................................................................................................... HCS Drive PWB Not Connected ...................................................................... HCS Upper Cover Switch Open....................................................................... HCS Download Mode Fail................................................................................ HCS ROM Write Error...................................................................................... Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam...................................................................... Top Tray Path Sensor Static Jam .................................................................... Bypass Exit Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ Bypass Path Sensor 1 Static Jam.................................................................... Stacker Path Sensor Static Jam ...................................................................... Stacker Exit Sensor Static Jam........................................................................ Bypass Path Sensor 2 Static Jam.................................................................... Front Door Switch Open................................................................................... Tray Set Fail..................................................................................................... Top Tray Full .................................................................................................... Stacker Up Curl Sensor Off Fail....................................................................... Stacker Height Sensor On Fail......................................................................... Stacker Sheet Count Full ................................................................................. Stacker Height Limit Full .................................................................................. Paper Remain at Stacker Tray......................................................................... Mix Size Stacker Full........................................................................................ Elevator Motor Step Out................................................................................... Stacker Upper Limit Fail................................................................................... Stacker Full Stack ............................................................................................ Stacker Middle Stack ....................................................................................... HCS Dolly Remove Button Pressed.................................................................

157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 166 167 167 168 168 169 169 170 170 171 171 172 172 173 173 174 174 175 177 177 178 179 180 181 182 182 183

061-xxx FIP 061-310 061-315 061-319 061-320 061-325 061-329 061-330 061-331 061-332 061-334 061-340

Clapper Fail...................................................................................................... SOS Long Fail.................................................................................................. SOS Short Fail ................................................................................................. Polygon Motor Fail ........................................................................................... No SOS Fail ..................................................................................................... ROS Connect Fail ............................................................................................ Polygon Motor Lock Fail................................................................................... ROS VDD Fail .................................................................................................. ROS VDD Down Fail........................................................................................ SOS Stop Fail .................................................................................................. ROS LD Fail .....................................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

185 185 186 186 187 187 188 188 189 189 190

061-603 ROS Data Fail .................................................................................................. 061-607 LD Alarm ..........................................................................................................

190 191

062-xxx FIP 062-210 062-211 062-220 062-277 062-278 062-300 062-310 062-311 062-345 062-355 062-356 062-357 062-360 062-362 062-371 062-380 062-386 062-389 062-392 062-393 062-790

IISS Hot Line Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)...................................................... IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IPS) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................... IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).......................................... IIT/IPS-DADF Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................... IIT-Extension Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................ Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... IIT/IPS-ESS Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................. IIT Software Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).............................................. IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IIT) (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................ IPS Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).............................................................. Lamp Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................... CCD Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................................................ Carriage Position Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... X Hard Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................................................ Lamp Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).................................................................. Platen AGC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................ Platen AOC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................ Carriage Over Run (Scan End) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................ IIT/IPS Memory Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).................................................. IIT/IPS PWB Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)....................................................... X Detect Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .............................................................

193 193 194 194 195 195 196 196 197 197 198 198 199 200 200 201 201 202 202 203 203

063-xxx FIP 063-210 063-220 063-230 063-240

Extension EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .......................................... IPS-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................................. EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....................................... EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .......................................

205 205 206 206

065-xxx FIP 065-210 065-211 065-212 065-213 065-215 065-216 065-219 065-220

Extension Page Memory Fail 1 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................. CIS Shading FROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ........................................... CIS Shading Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................. CIS Output Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... Extension Page Memory Fail 2 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................. Extension Page Memory Fail 3 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................. CIS Black White Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....................................... 1P DUP PWB-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)..................................

207 207 208 208 209 209 210 210

071-xxx FIP 071-100 071-101 071-104 071-105 071-210

Tray 1 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... Tray 1 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1) ................................................................... Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1).......................................................................... Tray 1 Lift Up Fail.............................................................................................

211 211 212 212 213

072-xxx FIP 072-100 Tray 2 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... 02/2009 2-3

215

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 072-101 072-104 072-105 072-210

Tray 2 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2) ................................................................... Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2).......................................................................... Tray 2 Lift Up Fail .............................................................................................

215 216 216 217

073-xxx FIP 073-100 073-101 073-102 073-104 073-105 073-210

Tray 3 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... Tray 3 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 3) ............................................................... Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3) ................................................................... Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3).......................................................................... Tray 3 Lift Up Fail .............................................................................................

219 219 220 220 221 221

074-xxx FIP 074-100 074-101 074-102 074-104 074-105 074-210

Tray 4 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... Tray 4 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 4) ............................................................... Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4) ................................................................... Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4).......................................................................... Tray 4 Lift Up Fail .............................................................................................

223 223 224 224 225 225

075-xxx FIP 075-100 075-101 075-109 075-135 075-210 075-211

MSI Miss Feed Jam.......................................................................................... MSI Feed Out Sensor ON Jam ........................................................................ Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI) ....................................................................... Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI).............................................................................. MSI Lift Up Fail................................................................................................. MSI Lift Down Fail ............................................................................................

227 227 228 228 229 230

Trans Path Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 2)............................................................. Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Straight) ............................................................. Fuser Exit Sensor ON Jam............................................................................... Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert) ................................................................ IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Non Invert).............................................................. IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Invert) ..................................................................... IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Non Invert) ............................................................ IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert).................................................................... Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex) .................................................................. Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)......................................................................... Invert In Sensor ON Jam.................................................................................. Duplex In Sensor ON Jam................................................................................ Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam............................................................................. Invert In Sensor OFF Jam ................................................................................ Previous Multi Feed.......................................................................................... Multi Feed......................................................................................................... Pre Transfer Sensor On Jam ........................................................................... Side Regi System Fail ...................................................................................... Edge Detect Timing Fail ................................................................................... Front Cover Interlock Open .............................................................................. L/H Cover Interlock Open................................................................................. MSI Cover Interlock Open ................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1 077-305 077-306 077-307 077-311 077-313 077-320 077-330 077-330 077-601 077-603 077-909 077-967 077-968

Trans Path Interlock Open ............................................................................... Marking Drawer Open...................................................................................... Duplex Drawer Open ....................................................................................... Invert Release Fail ........................................................................................... Multi Feed Sensor Broken ............................................................................... All Feed Tray Broken Fail ................................................................................ (2000 A3 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail................................................... (4000 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail ........................................................ Regi Sensor On Fail (Hidden Fail) ................................................................... Skew Servo Fail ............................................................................................... IOT Static Jam ................................................................................................. Paper Kind Mismatch (APS Job) ..................................................................... Paper Kind Mismatch (Job Continue) ..............................................................

242 243 243 244 245 245 246 246 247 248 250 250 251

078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed) 078-100 078-102 078-110 078-111 078-150 078-152

(4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ....................................... (4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam.............................................. (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ........................................... (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam.................................................. (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ....................................... (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam..............................................

253 253 254 254 255 255

078-xxx FIP (2000A3HCF Feed) 078-100 078-102 078-110 078-111

(2000 A3 HCF Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ............................................. (2000 A3 HCF Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam .................................................... (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ...................................... (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam.............................................

257 257 258 258

078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed)

077-xxx FIP 077-102 077-103 077-106 077-107 077-109 077-111 077-113 077-115 077-118 077-123 077-128 077-129 077-130 077-132 077-140 077-141 077-142 077-143 077-144 077-300 077-301 077-304

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-4

231 231 232 232 233 233 234 234 235 235 236 236 237 237 238 238 239 240 240 241 241 242

078-100 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ........................... 078-102 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam .................................. 078-110 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ....................................... 078-111 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam.............................................. 078-150 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ........................... 078-152 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam ..................................

259 259 260 260 261 261

089-xxx FIP 089-315 089-617 089-640 089-641 089-642 089-643 089-644 089-645 089-646 089-647 089-648 089-649 089-650 089-651 089-652

CIS Subsystem Fail ......................................................................................... RC Data Over Range Fail (Hidden Fail) .......................................................... CIS Dark Level Error........................................................................................ CIS White Level Error ...................................................................................... CIS LED Power Control Fail ............................................................................ CIS Shading Data Fail ..................................................................................... CIS FPGA Fail ................................................................................................. CIS Comm. Fail................................................................................................ CIS Side Edge Detect Fail ............................................................................... CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail (Hidden Fail) ...................................................... CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail (Hidden Fail) ...................................................... CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail (Hidden Fail) ...................................................... CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail (Hidden Fail)............................................... CIS Shading Recommend (Hidden Fail) .......................................................... CIS Hard Fail (Hidden Fail) ..............................................................................

263 263 264 264 265 265 266 266 267 267 268 268 269 269 270

091-xxx FIP 091-311 091-312 091-313 091-320 091-400 091-401 091-410 091-910 091-911 091-912 091-913 091-914 091-915 091-916 091-921 091-930 091-931

CC Cleaner Motor Fail ..................................................................................... CC HVPS Fail .................................................................................................. CRUM ASIC Communication Fail .................................................................... CC Wire Break ................................................................................................. Bottle Standard Near Full................................................................................. Drum Near End ................................................................................................ Bottle Option Near Full..................................................................................... Bottle Standard Not in Position ........................................................................ Bottle Standard Full.......................................................................................... Drum Not in Position ........................................................................................ Drum End ......................................................................................................... Drum CRUM Communication Fail.................................................................... Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail......................................................................... Drum CRUM Data Mismatch Fail..................................................................... Drum CRUM Not in Position ............................................................................ Bottle Option Not in Position ............................................................................ Bottle Option Full..............................................................................................

271 272 272 273 273 274 274 275 275 276 276 277 277 278 278 279 279

092-xxx FIP 092-311 092-607 092-608 092-609 092-610 092-611 092-612 092-651 092-652 092-656 092-660 092-661 092-662 092-663 092-664

ADC Toner Image Fail ..................................................................................... VGS Fail........................................................................................................... VH3 Fail ........................................................................................................... LDS Fail ........................................................................................................... VM3 Fail ........................................................................................................... VHVM Fail ........................................................................................................ VM ADC Fail .................................................................................................... ADC Sensor Fail .............................................................................................. ADC Patch Fail................................................................................................. ATC Out Fail .................................................................................................... ATC Amplitude Fail .......................................................................................... Temperature Sensor Fail ................................................................................. Humidity Sensor Fail ........................................................................................ Minimum Setup ADC Fail................................................................................. ATC Average Warning .....................................................................................

281 281 282 282 283 283 284 284 285 285 286 286 287 287 288

093-xxx FIP 093-311 093-320 093-400 093-603 093-912 093-924 093-925 093-926 093-931 093-932

Dispense Broken.............................................................................................. Deve Motor Fail................................................................................................ Toner Near Empty............................................................................................ Dispense Near Broken ..................................................................................... Toner Empty..................................................................................................... Toner CRUM Comm Fail.................................................................................. Toner CRUM Data Broken Fail ........................................................................ Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail .................................................................... Toner Filling Interrupt ....................................................................................... Cartridge Exchange Time Over........................................................................

289 290 291 291 292 293 293 294 294 295

2.2.2 Other Failure FIP 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP ............................................................... 2.2.2.2 Interlock On +24VDC Power FIP........................................................................ Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

297 298

2.2.2.3 +12VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU12)..................................................................... 2.2.2.4 +24VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU10H) (Except 4127/4112EPS) M/C Only........... 2.2.2.7 Interrupt Lamp Keeps Flashing 1 min then Turns Off FIP..................................

299 299 300

2.2.3 Generic FIP 2.2.3.1 2.2.3.2 2.2.3.3 2.2.3.4 2.2.3.5 2.2.3.6 2.2.3.7 2.2.3.8

Reflective Sensor Failure FIP............................................................................. Permeable Sensor Failure FIP ........................................................................... Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP ..................................................................... Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP........................................................ Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP ....................................................... Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP .................................................................... Motor Left Running Failure FIP .......................................................................... NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP......................................

301 301 302 302 303 303 304 304

2.3 All Controller FIP 2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP OF-01 OF-02 OF-03 OF-04 OF-05 OF-06 OF-07 OF-08 OF-09 OF-10 OF-11 OF-12 OF-13 OF-14 OF-15 OF-30 OF-31 OF-32 OF-33

Common System Fail.......................................................................................... 307 HDD System Fail................................................................................................. 308 NET/USB System Fail......................................................................................... 309 Panel System Fail ............................................................................................... 310 IIT System Fail .................................................................................................... 310 IOT System Fail .................................................................................................. 311 FAX System Fail ................................................................................................. 311 116-324 Fail ........................................................................................................ 312 Common Job Fail ................................................................................................ 312 HDD Job Fail....................................................................................................... 313 FAX Job Fail........................................................................................................ 313 033-363 Fail ........................................................................................................ 314 016-782 / 016-784 Fail ........................................................................................ 314 FAX Card Fail...................................................................................................... 315 NET Job Fail ....................................................................................................... 315 [No Error Code] (No problems during service call) ............................................. 316 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not start up at power ON" error can be reproduced.)316 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not return from Power Save" error can be reproduced.)317 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" error can be reproduced.)317

2.3.2 Controller FIP 002-xxx FIP 002-500 UI error ............................................................................................................. 002-770 JT Processing - HD Full ...................................................................................

319 319

003-xxx FIP 003-310 003-311 003-318 003-319 003-320 003-321 003-322 003-323 02/2009 2-5

IIT extension memory capacity is insufficient................................................... IIT CDI I/F Mismatch ........................................................................................ IITsc Soft Fail ................................................................................................... IITsc Video Driver Detection Fail...................................................................... IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1 ...................................................................... IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2 ...................................................................... IISS-ESS Communication Fail 3 ...................................................................... IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4 ......................................................................

321 321 321 321 321 321 321 322

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 5 ...................................................................... 003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 6 ...................................................................... 003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 7 ...................................................................... 003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 8 ...................................................................... 003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 9 ...................................................................... 003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 10 .................................................................... 003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 11 .................................................................... 003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 12 .................................................................... 003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 13 .................................................................... 003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 14 .................................................................... 003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 15 .................................................................... 003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 16 .................................................................... 003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 17 .................................................................... 003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 18 .................................................................... 003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 19 .................................................................... 003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 20 .................................................................... 003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 21 .................................................................... 003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 22 .................................................................... 003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 23 .................................................................... 003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 24 .................................................................... 003-344 IISS_ESS X Hotline Fail PowerOn ................................................................... 003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fail 1....................................................................................... 003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2....................................................................................... 003-701 Duplication prevention code detect .................................................................. 003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a document .......................... 003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs ......................................................................... 003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan)................................................................... 003-752 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................ 003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................ 003-754 S2X recoverable error ...................................................................................... 003-755 S2X command error ......................................................................................... 003-756 S2X command error ......................................................................................... 003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI ................................................................................ 003-760 Scan Settings Error .......................................................................................... 003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size................................................................................. 003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found............................................................................ 003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay) ............................................................. 003-780 Scan Image Compression Error ....................................................................... 003-795 AMS Limit Error ................................................................................................ 003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................ 003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI ................................................................................. 003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................ 003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI..................................................... 003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI..................................................... 003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI..................................................... 003-940 DAM memory insufficient ................................................................................. 003-942 Document size Auto Detect error ..................................................................... 003-944 Image repeat count fail..................................................................................... 003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)............................................................. 003-947 Return Documents counts error ....................................................................... 003-948 Return Documents mismatch ...........................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-6 322 322 322 322 322 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 325 325 325 325 325 325 325 326 326 326 326 326 326 327 327 327 327 327 327 327 328 328 328 328 328 328 329 329 329 329 329 329

Version.1 .1.1 003-951 003-952 003-955 003-956 003-963 003-965 003-966 003-967 003-968 003-969 003-971 003-972 003-973 003-974 003-976 003-977 003-978 003-980 003-981 003-982

1job max page over ......................................................................................... Return Documents Color mismatch ................................................................. Documents size exchange error ...................................................................... Documents size unknown error ....................................................................... No APS object Tray ......................................................................................... ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect) ................................................................... ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc) ...................................................................... DADF APS No Destination .............................................................................. Punch position error......................................................................................... Punch size error............................................................................................... prevention code detect with the right to cancel................................................ Maximum Stored Page Over Flow ................................................................... Every direction difference ................................................................................ Next Original Specification............................................................................... FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) .................................................................. Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) ................................................................. Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan)........................................................ Staple position error......................................................................................... Staple size error............................................................................................... IITsc HDD access error....................................................................................

330 330 330 330 330 331 331 331 331 331 331 332 332 332 332 332 332 333 333 333

005-xxx FIP 005-500 005-940 005-941 005-942

Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................. DADF No Original ............................................................................................ Doc number of sheets is insufficient ................................................................ Doc fault loading on DADF ..............................................................................

335 335 335 335

007-xxx FIP 007-954 007-959 007-960 007-969

SMH size mismatch ......................................................................................... OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) .................................................... Paper kind mismatch ....................................................................................... CentreTray full stack ........................................................................................

337 337 337 337

011-xxx FIP 011-941 011-942 011-943 011-944 011-945 011-946 011-947 011-948 011-949 011-950

MBX #01 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #02 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #03 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #04 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #05 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #06 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #07 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #08 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #09 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... MBX #10 Bin Full Stack ...................................................................................

339 339 339 339 339 339 339 340 340 340

012-xxx FIP 012-500 012-911 012-914 012-965 012-966 012-969

Write to Finisher/MACS-ROM error detection (During DLD method).............. Stacker Lower Safety....................................................................................... Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count................................................................ Stapler Pin near empty .................................................................................... Scratch Sheet Compile .................................................................................... IOT Center Tray Full ........................................................................................

341 341 341 341 341 341

016-xxx FIP 016-210 016-211 016-212 016-213 016-214 016-215 016-216 016-217 016-218 016-219 016-220 016-221 016-222 016-223 016-224 016-225 016-226 016-227 016-228 016-229 016-230 016-231 016-232 016-233 016-234 016-235 016-240 016-310 016-311 016-312 016-313 016-314 016-315 016-316 016-317 016-318 016-320 016-321 016-322 016-323 016-324 016-325 016-330 016-331 016-332 016-335 016-336 016-337 016-338

SW Option Fail (HDD Not Exist) ...................................................................... SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low) ................................................................... SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low)................................................................ SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist) ........................................................ SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist) ............................................................. SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)............................................................ SW Option Fail (ExtMemory Not Exist) ............................................................ SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit) .............................................. PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD.............................................................................. License is required (Printer Kit)........................................................................ S2X unrecoverable error .................................................................................. S2X communication error................................................................................. S2X self-diag error ........................................................................................... S2X SDRAM Error ........................................................................................... S2X PCI Reg Error........................................................................................... S2X ROM CheckSum Error ............................................................................. S2X IIT Connection Error ................................................................................. S2X DDR Error................................................................................................. S2X Image Processing Error............................................................................ SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist) ................................................................. License is required (PS ImageLog Kit)............................................................. SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWB Not Exist)..................................................... MRC HW Initialize Error ................................................................................... SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Exist) .............................................................. XCP Out of Memory Error ................................................................................ XCP Internal Error............................................................................................ S2X NVM CheckSum Fail ................................................................................ ssmm Job Log Full ........................................................................................... No Scanner that Should Be.............................................................................. SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) ................................................. Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch ................................................................ SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) ................................................. IIT Interface Fail ............................................................................................... Page Memory Not Detected............................................................................. Page Memory Broken- Standard...................................................................... Page Memory Broken- Option.......................................................................... Document Formatter Fatal Error ...................................................................... Fax Module Error ............................................................................................. JBA Account Full.............................................................................................. B-Formatter Fatal Error .................................................................................... Scheduled Image Overwrite............................................................................. Using Personal Certificate................................................................................ Cont System Memory Fail-1............................................................................. Cont System Memory Fail-2............................................................................. Cont System Memory Fail-3............................................................................. Cont ProgramROM Fail-1 ................................................................................ Cont ProgramROM Fail-2 ................................................................................ Cont ProgramROM Fail-3 ................................................................................ Cont FontROM Fail-1 .......................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

343 343 343 343 343 343 344 344 344 344 344 344 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 345 346 346 346 346 346 346 347 347 347 347 347 347 348 348 348 348 348 348 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 350 350 350 350

016-339 016-340 016-341 016-342 016-345 016-347 016-348 016-350 016-351 016-360 016-362 016-363 016-364 016-365 016-366 016-367 016-368 016-369 016-370 016-371 016-400 016-401 016-402 016-403 016-404 016-405 016-406 016-407 016-408 016-409 016-410 016-411 016-412 016-413 016-414 016-415 016-416 016-417 016-450 016-453 016-454 016-455 016-456 016-461 016-500 016-501 016-502 016-503 016-504 016-505 02/2009 2-7

Cont FontROM Fail-2 ....................................................................................... 350 Cont FontROM Fail-3 ....................................................................................... 350 Cont FontROM Fail-4 ....................................................................................... 351 Cont RTC Fail .................................................................................................. 351 Cont NV-Memory Fail....................................................................................... 351 Cont PageMemory Fail .................................................................................... 351 Cont PageMemory Fail-2 ................................................................................. 351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1 ................................................................................... 351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2 ................................................................................... 352 Cont UI Fail-1 ................................................................................................... 352 Cont UI Fail-2 ................................................................................................... 352 Cont LyraCard Fail ........................................................................................... 352 Cont USB2.0 Host Fail ..................................................................................... 352 Cont USB2.0 Device Fail ................................................................................. 352 Cont HDD Fail-1............................................................................................... 353 Cont HDD Fail-2............................................................................................... 353 Cont Torino Fail................................................................................................ 353 Cont S2X PWB Fail.......................................................................................... 353 Cont Fail........................................................................................................... 353 Cont USB1.1 Host Fail ..................................................................................... 353 802.1x authentication failure ............................................................................ 354 802.1x EAP type not supported ....................................................................... 354 802.1x authentication failure by timing out....................................................... 354 802.1x certificate failure ................................................................................... 354 802.1x inside failure ......................................................................................... 354 Certificate DB File error.................................................................................... 354 802.1x client certificate failure.......................................................................... 355 XCP Plugin Secrity Exception .......................................................................... 355 XCP Invalid Plugin ........................................................................................... 355 XCP Plugin Version Incompatible .................................................................... 355 XCP_PLUGIN_PROPERTY_INVALID............................................................. 355 XCP_UNSUPPORTED_CLASS_VERSION .................................................... 355 XCP Plugin Misc Error ..................................................................................... 355 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. ...................................................... 355 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy........................................................ 356 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. ...................................................... 356 An invalid state message received from server. .............................................. 356 Invalid network settings were found. ................................................................ 356 SMB Host name duplicated.............................................................................. 357 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG.................................................................................. 357 DNS renewal failure of dynamic....................................................................... 357 SNTP server time out....................................................................................... 357 SNTP time asynchronous ................................................................................ 357 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation ................................................... 358 Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................... 358 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................ 358 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error detection (During PJL method)358 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector ...................................................................... 358 POP Server Fail for Redirector ........................................................................ 358 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector ............................................................ 359

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-506 Image Log HDD Full......................................................................................... 016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01 ..................................................................................... 016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02 ..................................................................................... 016-509 ImageLog No Send Rule01 .............................................................................. 016-510 ImageLog No Send Rule02 .............................................................................. 016-511 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01 ........................................................................ 016-512 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02 ........................................................................ 016-513 SMTP server reception error ............................................................................ 016-514 XPS Error ......................................................................................................... 016-515 XPS Short of Memory....................................................................................... 016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error ..................................................................... 016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change ............................................................ 016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM ................................................................................... 016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit .............................................................................. 016-520 MRC HW Job Error .......................................................................................... 016-521 SmartCard Not Found ...................................................................................... 016-522 LDAP SSL error 112......................................................................................... 016-523 LDAP SSL error 113......................................................................................... 016-524 LDAP SSL error 114......................................................................................... 016-525 LDAP SSL error 115......................................................................................... 016-526 LDAP SSL error 116......................................................................................... 016-527 LDAP SSL error 117......................................................................................... 016-528 SmartCard Not Auth ......................................................................................... 016-529 Remote Download server timeout .................................................................... 016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37 ............................................................. 016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42 ........................................................ 016-535 Remote Download file access error ................................................................. 016-536 Host name solution error in Remote Download................................................ 016-537 Remote Download server connection error...................................................... 016-538 Remote Download file write error ..................................................................... 016-539 Kerberos Attestation protocol error other ......................................................... 016-543 Attestation Agent error 543 .............................................................................. 016-545 Attestation Agent error 545 .............................................................................. 016-546 Attestation Agent error 546 .............................................................................. 016-548 Attestation Agent error 548 .............................................................................. 016-553 Attestation Agent error 553 .............................................................................. 016-554 Attestation Agent error 554 .............................................................................. 016-555 Attestation Agent error 555 .............................................................................. 016-556 Attestation Agent error 556 .............................................................................. 016-557 Attestation Agent error 557 .............................................................................. 016-558 Attestation Agent error 558 .............................................................................. 016-559 Remote Download parameter error.................................................................. 016-560 Attestation Agent error 560 .............................................................................. 016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent...................................................... 016-563 ImageLog Memory Full (Exp. Kit)..................................................................... 016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed.............................................. 016-565 Backup Restore Error....................................................................................... 016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error....................................................................... 16-567 Backup Capacity Full.......................................................................................... 016-568 Backup Restore Failed ..................................................................................... 016-569 Attestation Agent error 569 ..............................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-8 359 359 359 359 359 360 360 360 360 360 360 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 362 362 362 362 362 362 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 364 364 364 364 364 365 365 365 365 365 365 366 366 366 366 366 366 367 367 367

Version.1 .1.1 016-570 016-571 016-572 016-573 016-574 016-575 016-576 016-577 016-578 016-579 016-580 016-581 016-582 016-583 016-584 016-585 016-586 016-587 016-588 016-589 016-590 016-591 016-592 016-593 016-594 016-595 016-596 016-597 016-598 016-599 016-600 016-601 016-700 016-701 016-702 016-703 016-704 016-705 016-706 016-707 016-708 016-709 016-710 016-711 016-712 016-713 016-714 016-715 016-716 016-717 016-718

Job ticket out of memory .................................................................................. Job ticket wrong param.................................................................................... Job ticket media error ...................................................................................... Job ticket parse error ....................................................................................... Host name solution error in FTP ...................................................................... DNS server un-sets up in FTP ......................................................................... Server connection error in FTP........................................................................ Problem in FTP service.................................................................................... Login name or a password error in FTP .......................................................... Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP............................................ File name acquisition failure from FTP server ................................................. File name suffix limit over in FTP..................................................................... File creation failure in FTP ............................................................................... Lock folder creation failure in FTP ................................................................... Folder creation failure in FTP........................................................................... File delete failure in FTP .................................................................................. Lock folder delete failure in FTP ...................................................................... Folder delete failure in FTP.............................................................................. Data write-in failure to FTP server ................................................................... Data read failure from FTP server ................................................................... Data reading failure from FTP server............................................................... FTP scan filing policy injustice ......................................................................... NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP ....................................................... Internal error in FTP Scan................................................................................ TYPE command failure in FTP ........................................................................ PORT command failure in FTP........................................................................ CDUP command failure in FTP........................................................................ Same name file exists in FTP servcer ............................................................. Email message size over ................................................................................. Email message size over ................................................................................. KO Authentication Locked ............................................................................... Illegal Access Detection................................................................................... Password is under minimum............................................................................ Out of ART EX Memory ................................................................................... Out of Page Buffer ........................................................................................... Email To Invalid Box ........................................................................................ Mailbox is Full .................................................................................................. Secure Print Fail .............................................................................................. Max. User Number Exceeded.......................................................................... Sample Print Fail.............................................................................................. HD Full by Annotation/Watermark image......................................................... ART EX Command Error ................................................................................. Delayed Print Fail............................................................................................. Email transmission size limit over .................................................................... Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formtter) ........................................................... Security Box Password Error ........................................................................... Security Box is not Enable ............................................................................... ESCP Form Invalid Password.......................................................................... TIFF Data Overflow.......................................................................................... Fax/iFax Send Result Not Found..................................................................... Out of PCL6 Memory .......................................................................................

367 367 367 368 368 368 368 368 368 369 369 369 369 369 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 371 371 371 371 371 371 372 372 372 372 372 372 373 373 373 373 373 374 374 374 374 375 375 375 375 375 376 376 376 376

016-719 016-720 016-721 016-722 016-723 016-724 016-725 016-726 016-727 016-728 016-729 016-730 016-731 016-732 016-733 016-734 016-735 016-736 016-737 016-738 016-739 016-740 016-741 016-742 016-743 016-744 016-745 016-746 016-747 016-748 016-749 016-750 016-751 016-752 016-753 016-754 016-755 016-756 016-757 016-758 016-759 016-760 016-761 016-762 016-763 016-764 016-765 016-766 016-767 016-768

Out of PCL Memory ......................................................................................... PCL Command Error........................................................................................ Other Error ....................................................................................................... Job cancel by staple position NG..................................................................... Job cancel by punch position NG..................................................................... Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch................................................... B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error................................................... PDL Auto Switch Fail ....................................................................................... 0-page document unstorable to MailBox.......................................................... Unsupported TIFF Data ................................................................................... TIFF Data Size too Big..................................................................................... Unsupported ART Command........................................................................... Invalid TIFF Data.............................................................................................. Form not registerd............................................................................................ Destination address resolution error ................................................................ Simple transmittion report invocation error ...................................................... Updating Job Templete .................................................................................... Remote directory lock error.............................................................................. Remote lock directory remove error................................................................. PS Booklet Illegal OutPut Size......................................................................... PS Booklet Document Output Missmatch ........................................................ PS Booklet OutPut Tray Missmatch................................................................. Download Mode NGJob Fail ............................................................................ Download Data Product ID Mismatch .............................................................. Device Model/Panel Type Error ....................................................................... Download Data CheckSum Error ..................................................................... Download Data XPJL Fatal Error ..................................................................... Unsupported PDF File...................................................................................... No memory for drawing annotation .................................................................. HD Full ............................................................................................................. JCL Syntax Error.............................................................................................. Print job ticket description error........................................................................ PDF Error ......................................................................................................... PDF Short of Memory ...................................................................................... PDF Password Mismatched............................................................................. PDF LZW Not Installed .................................................................................... PDF Print Prohibited ........................................................................................ Auditron - Prohibit Service ............................................................................... Auditron - Invalid User...................................................................................... Auditron - Disabled Function............................................................................ Auditron - Reached Limit.................................................................................. PS Decompose failure ..................................................................................... FIFO EMPTY.................................................................................................... Print LANG Not Installed .................................................................................. POP server is not found. .................................................................................. SMTP Server Connect Error ............................................................................ SMTP Server HD Full....................................................................................... SMTP Server File System Error....................................................................... Invalid E-mail Address ..................................................................................... Invalid Sender Address ....................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

376 376 377 377 377 377 377 378 378 378 378 378 378 379 379 379 379 379 379 380 380 380 380 380 380 381 381 381 381 381 382 382 382 382 382 383 383 383 383 383 383 383 384 384 384 384 384 384 385 385

016-769 016-770 016-771 016-772 016-773 016-774 016-775 016-776 016-777 016-778 016-779 016-780 016-781 016-782 016-783 016-784 016-785 016-786 016-787 016-788 016-789 016-790 016-791 016-792 016-793 016-794 016-795 016-796 016-797 016-798 016-799 016-910 016-940 016-941 016-942 016-943 016-944 016-945 016-946 016-947 016-948 016-949 016-981 016-982 016-983 016-985

SMTP Server Unsupported DSN ..................................................................... 385 The direct fax function is canceled by NVM. .................................................... 385 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS address)..................................................... 385 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS Library)....................................................... 385 Invalid IP Address ............................................................................................ 386 HD Full - Compression Convert ....................................................................... 386 HD Full - Image Convert .................................................................................. 386 Image Convert ERR ......................................................................................... 386 HD Access ERR-Image Convert ...................................................................... 386 HD Full - Scan Image Convert ......................................................................... 386 Scan Image Conversion Error.......................................................................... 387 HD Access ERR-Image Convert ...................................................................... 387 Scan Server Connect ERR .............................................................................. 387 Scan Server Login ERR ................................................................................... 387 Invalid Server Path........................................................................................... 388 Server Write ERR............................................................................................. 388 Server HD Full.................................................................................................. 388 HD Full-Scan Write ERR.................................................................................. 388 Invalid Server IP ADD ...................................................................................... 389 Retrieve to Browser Failed............................................................................... 389 HD Full - Job Memory ...................................................................................... 389 Email fragment over ......................................................................................... 389 File Retrieve Fail .............................................................................................. 389 Specified Job Not Found.................................................................................. 390 MF I/O HD Full ................................................................................................. 390 MediaReader:Media No Insert ......................................................................... 390 MediaReader:Format Error .............................................................................. 390 Document insert operation error ...................................................................... 390 MediaReader:Image File Read Error ............................................................... 390 No TrustMarking Option ................................................................................... 390 PLW Print Instruction Fail................................................................................. 391 Required Resource Not Ready (IOTsc detect) ................................................ 391 Duplex Mix Size NG ......................................................................................... 391 Booklet Duplex Mix Size NG ............................................................................ 391 Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG .................................................................... 391 Insert doc Duplex Mix Size NG ........................................................................ 391 Document merge NG ....................................................................................... 392 Insert doc Duplex print NG............................................................................... 392 Insert doc NG ................................................................................................... 392 APS No Destination Error ................................................................................ 392 Small Book action NG ...................................................................................... 392 Insert Mix doc NG ............................................................................................ 392 HDD access error............................................................................................. 392 HDD access error 2.......................................................................................... 393 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full, with Level of Ensuring Creation Set to "High"393 Data size over flow (Scan to Email) ................................................................. 393

018-xxx FIP 018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) ............................................................ 018-401 Incosistent SIP configuration............................................................................ 02/2009 2-9

395 395

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 018-402 018-403 018-404 018-500 018-501 018-502 018-503 018-504 018-505 018-506 018-507 018-508 018-509 018-510 018-511 018-512 018-513 018-514 018-515 018-516 018-517 018-518 018-519 018-520 018-521 018-522 018-523 018-524 018-525 018-526 018-527 018-528 018-529 018-530 018-531 018-532 018-543 018-547 018-556 018-557 018-558 018-559 018-560 018-561 018-562 018-563 018-564 018-565 018-566 018-567 018-568

SIP server communication fail.......................................................................... SIP registraion fail (authentication) .................................................................. SIP registration fail(other)................................................................................. CA Message Receiver Boot Error(S_cert lost)................................................. CA Server Connection Error............................................................................. Login failure in SMB ......................................................................................... CA Message Receiver Timeout........................................................................ CA SessionID Mismatch................................................................................... SMB-DOS protocol error 1-005 ........................................................................ CA FieldID Mismatch........................................................................................ CA Credential Error .......................................................................................... CA Server Fatal Error....................................................................................... Template parameter conflict............................................................................. Host name solution error in BMLinkS............................................................... DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS.................................................................. Service Connect error in BMLinkS ................................................................... BMLinkS Service Not Found .......................................................................... bmlinks access-right-violation .......................................................................... bmlinks storage-access-error ........................................................................... bmlinks unsupported-attribute .......................................................................... bmlinks storage-full .......................................................................................... bmlinks operation-not-available........................................................................ bmlinks unknown-error ..................................................................................... Internal error in BMLinkS Scan ........................................................................ request send failure in BMLinkS....................................................................... response receive failure in BMLinkS ................................................................ image send failure in BMLinkS......................................................................... Invalid device network setting .......................................................................... HDD full or HDD access error .......................................................................... Rejected to be refresh ...................................................................................... JT Monitor Internal error................................................................................... Soap request error ........................................................................................... Duplicate scan request..................................................................................... Authentication error .......................................................................................... Failed to create a new job ................................................................................ Too many jobs to create a new ........................................................................ Shared name error in SMB server.................................................................... The number restriction over of SMB scan users .............................................. HTTP server script error................................................................................... HTTP Invalid char in filename .......................................................................... HTTP file not found .......................................................................................... HTTP File duplication fail ................................................................................. HTTP server login fail....................................................................................... HTTP server not found ..................................................................................... HTTP client error .............................................................................................. HTTP server error ............................................................................................ Host name solution error in HTTP.................................................................... Proxy name solution error in HTTP .................................................................. Server Connect error in HTTP.......................................................................... HTTP server access fail ................................................................................... HTTP server SSL access fail ...........................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-10 395 395 395 396 396 396 396 396 396 397 397 397 397 398 398 398 398 398 399 399 399 399 399 399 400 400 400 400 400 400 401 401 401 401 401 401 401 402 402 402 402 403 403 403 403 403 403 404 404 404 404

Version.1 .1.1 018-569 018-570 018-571 018-572 018-573 018-574 018-575 018-576 018-577 018-578 018-579 018-580 018-581 018-582 018-583 018-584 018-585 018-586 018-587 018-588 018-589 018-590 018-591 018-592 018-593 018-595 018-596 018-701 018-702 018-703 018-704 018-705 018-706 018-707 018-708 018-710 018-711 018-712 018-713 018-714 018-716 018-717 018-718 018-719 018-720 018-721 018-725 018-726 018-727 018-728 018-732

HTTP server certificate fail............................................................................... HTTP certificate fail.......................................................................................... Internal error in Scan ....................................................................................... Invalid char in context ...................................................................................... Invalid char in server........................................................................................ Invalid char in volume ...................................................................................... Invalid char in login .......................................................................................... Invalid char in path........................................................................................... Invalid char in file ............................................................................................. Nw server not found......................................................................................... Nw server disk full ............................................................................................ Netware invalid volume.................................................................................... Netware invalid path ........................................................................................ Access right fail................................................................................................ Nw server disk error......................................................................................... Nw server access fail ....................................................................................... Netware error in use ........................................................................................ Netware login fail ............................................................................................. File duplication fail ........................................................................................... Scan filing policy invalid ................................................................................... NEXTNAME.DAT error .................................................................................... Same name exists ........................................................................................... File name suffix limit over ................................................................................ lock folder create fail ........................................................................................ lock folder delete fail ........................................................................................ LDAP protocol error 595 .................................................................................. LDAP protocol error 596 .................................................................................. LDAP protocol error 01 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 02 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 03 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 04 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 05 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 06 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 07 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 08 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 10 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 11 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 12 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 13 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 14 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 16 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 17 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error18 ..................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 19 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 20 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 21 .................................................................................... Kerberos Attestation protocol error 22 ............................................................. Kerberos Attestation protocol error 70 ............................................................. Kerberos Attestation protocol error 71 ............................................................. Kerberos Attestation protocol error 72 ............................................................. LDAP protocol error 32 ....................................................................................

404 405 405 405 405 405 406 406 406 406 406 406 407 407 407 407 408 408 408 408 408 408 409 409 409 409 409 410 410 410 410 410 410 411 411 411 411 411 411 411 412 412 412 412 412 412 413 413 413 413 413

018-733 018-734 018-735 018-736 018-748 018-749 018-750 018-751 018-752 018-753 018-754 018-764 018-765 018-766 018-767 018-768 018-769 018-770 018-771 018-780 018-781 018-782 018-783 018-784 018-785 018-786 018-787 018-788 018-789 018-790 018-791 018-792 018-793 018-794 018-795 018-796 018-797

LDAP protocol error 33 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 34 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 35 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 36 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 48 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 49 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 50 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 51 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 52 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 53 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 54 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 64 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 65 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 66 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 67 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 68 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 69 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 70 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 71 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 80 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 81 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 82 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 83 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 84 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 85 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 86 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 87 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 88 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 89 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 90 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 91 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 92 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 93 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 94 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 95 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 96 .................................................................................... LDAP protocol error 97 ....................................................................................

413 414 414 414 414 414 415 415 415 415 415 415 416 416 416 416 416 416 417 417 417 417 417 417 417 418 418 418 418 418 418 419 419 419 419 419 419

021-xxx FIP 021-210 021-211 021-212 021-360 021-361 021-500 021-501 021-502 021-503 021-504 021-505

USB IC Card Reader connection error............................................................. USB IC Card Reader broken............................................................................ USB IC Card Reader preparing error............................................................... EP Accessory Fail ............................................................................................ EP Accessory Kind Config Error ...................................................................... EPAccessoryJobExclusion............................................................................... Invalid URL has detected. ................................................................................ Couldn't resolve proxy name............................................................................ Couldn't resolve host name.............................................................................. Couldn't connect to host/proxy. ........................................................................ Couldn't establish SSL session. .......................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

421 421 421 421 421 422 422 422 422 422 423

021-506 021-507 021-508 021-509 021-510 021-511 021-512 021-513 021-514 021-515 021-516 021-517 021-518 021-519 021-520 021-521 021-522 021-523 021-524 021-525 021-526 021-527 021-528 021-700 021-701 021-731 021-732 021-733 021-750 021-751 021-770 021-771 021-772 021-941 021-942 021-943 021-944 021-945 021-946 021-947 021-948 021-949

An invalid peer certificate has received............................................................ Proxy unauthorized access. ............................................................................. A connection to host/proxy has timed out. ....................................................... SOAP Fault: An invalid message detected. ..................................................... SOAP Fault: The MC already unregistered...................................................... SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (WEP). ............................................. SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-SV). .......................................... SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-DX). .......................................... SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-TRESS). ................................... SOAP Fault: An invalid product code detected. ............................................... SOAP Fault: An invalid serial number detected. .............................................. SOAP Fault: The service not responded.......................................................... SOAP Fault: An internal error occurred on server. .......................................... SOAP Fault: Service is temporarily unavailable............................................... Couldn't connect to CA. ................................................................................... A connection to CA has timed out.................................................................... A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected. ............................................... An internal error has occurred.......................................................................... A registeration conflict has detected. ............................................................... An unregistration conflict has detected. ........................................................... A miscellaneous http session error has detected............................................. An invalid message has received..................................................................... A communication settings was set as disabled................................................ Accessory Failure............................................................................................. Accessory Preparing ........................................................................................ EP Accessory - Function Disabled................................................................... EP Accessory Error732.................................................................................... EP Accessory Error733.................................................................................... U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV).......................................................................... Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV) ................................................................. U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX).......................................................................... Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX) ................................................................. EPDX Install, Remove Error............................................................................. EP - Scan Service Paused By Disable............................................................. EP - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode ...................................................... EP - Print Service Paused By Disable ............................................................. EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode....................................................... EP - Service Paused By Disable...................................................................... EP - Service Paused By Color Mode ............................................................... Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) ............................................................. Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print).............................................................. Subtractive Accessory Disable.........................................................................

423 423 423 424 424 424 424 424 424 425 425 425 425 425 426 426 426 427 427 427 427 427 427 428 428 428 428 428 429 429 429 429 429 429 429 430 430 430 430 430 430 431

024-xxx FIP 024-340 024-341 024-342 024-343 024-345 024-346 02/2009 2-11

IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 3 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 4 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 5 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 6 .......................................................................

433 433 433 433 433 433

Troubleshooting


IOT-ESS Communication Fail 7 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 8 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9 ....................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 10 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 11 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 12 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 13 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 14 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 15 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 16 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 17 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 18 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Communication Fail 19 ..................................................................... IOT-ESS Initialization Fail ................................................................................ Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info ..................................................................... Page Sync Illegal Start ..................................................................................... Page Sync Illegal Stop ..................................................................................... DMA Transfer Fail ............................................................................................ Overflow on Loop Back Write........................................................................... JBIG Library Other Fail..................................................................................... Decompress Other Fail .................................................................................... PCI Error .......................................................................................................... Marker Code Detection Fail.............................................................................. IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 21 ...................................................................... IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 22 ...................................................................... IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 23 ...................................................................... Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail .......................................................................... IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 24 ...................................................................... Billing Master Counter repair............................................................................ Billing Backup Counter 1 repair........................................................................ Billing Backup Counter 2 repair........................................................................ SWKey Master Counter repair ......................................................................... SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair ..................................................................... SWKey Backup Counter 2 repair ..................................................................... ProductNo / SerialNo Fail................................................................................. Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk.................................................... Invalid instruction of face inversion .................................................................. Print Booklet sheets counts over...................................................................... Print Request Failure-Paper............................................................................. Print Instruction Fail.......................................................................................... Bates Numbering Digit Over............................................................................. Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) ................................... Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Mix Full Stack ................................................................................................... Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count ................................................................ FaceUP Tray Close ..........................................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-12 434 434 434 434 434 434 435 435 435 435 435 435 436 436 436 436 436 436 437 437 437 437 437 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 439 439 439 439 439 439 439 440 440 440 440 440 441 441 441 441 441 441 442 442 442

Version.1 .1.1 024-920 024-922 024-923 024-924 024-925 024-926 024-927 024-928 024-930 024-931 024-932 024-933 024-934 024-936 024-937 024-938 024-939 024-940 024-941 024-942 024-943 024-945 024-946 024-947 024-948 024-949 024-950 024-951 024-952 024-953 024-954 024-955 024-956 024-957 024-958 024-959 024-960 024-961 024-962 024-965 024-966 024-967 024-968 024-969 024-970 024-971 024-972 024-973 024-974 024-975 024-976

Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL ........................................................................ Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL ........................................................................ Operation Y Toner Empty ................................................................................ Operation M Toner Empty................................................................................ Operation C Toner Empty ................................................................................ Punch DustBox Miss Set ................................................................................. OCT Full Stack................................................................................................. Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin) ........................................................................ Stacker Tray Full (LargeSize Full) ................................................................... Staple Dust Full................................................................................................ Staple Box Set Fail .......................................................................................... Operation Y Drum End of Life.......................................................................... Paper kind mismatch ....................................................................................... Tray 2 paper mismatch .................................................................................... Tray 3 paper mismatch .................................................................................... OHP kind mismatch at Tray4 (Not white frame OHP)...................................... OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) .................................................... Folder Tray Out Of Place ................................................................................. Folder Tray Full Stack...................................................................................... Booklet sheets counts over.............................................................................. Booklet Low Staple .......................................................................................... Booklet Full Stack ............................................................................................ Tray 1 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... Tray 2 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... Tray 3 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... Tray 4 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... Tray 1 Empty.................................................................................................... Tray 2 Empty.................................................................................................... Tray 3 Empty.................................................................................................... Tray 4 Empty.................................................................................................... Tray SMH Empty.............................................................................................. Tray 6 Empty.................................................................................................... Tray 7 Empty.................................................................................................... Interposer Empty.............................................................................................. SMH size mismatch ......................................................................................... Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................ ATS/APS No Paper (IOTsc detect).................................................................. ATS/APS No Destination Error ........................................................................ Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) ................................................. Stapler/Punch Batting ...................................................................................... Different width Mix Punch ................................................................................ Tray 6 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... Tray 7 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................ Interposer Tray Size Mismatch ........................................................................ Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) ........................................... Finisher Staple Status NG ...............................................................................

442 442 442 443 443 443 443 443 443 444 444 444 444 444 444 445 445 445 445 445 446 446 446 446 446 446 447 447 447 447 447 447 448 448 448 448 448 448 449 449 449 449 449 449 450 450 450 450 450 450 451

024-977 024-978 024-979 024-980 024-981 024-982 024-983 024-984 024-985 024-987 024-988 024-989 024-990

Stapler Feed Ready Fail .................................................................................. Booklet Stapler NG .......................................................................................... Stapler Near Empty.......................................................................................... Finisher Stacker Tray Full ................................................................................ Finisher TopTray Full ....................................................................................... Stacker Lower Safety warning ......................................................................... Booklet Tray Full .............................................................................................. Booklet Low Staple F ....................................................................................... SMH Stop check .............................................................................................. Envelop Folder Tray Full .................................................................................. Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail............................................................................ Booklet Low Staple R....................................................................................... Punch Dust Full................................................................................................

451 451 451 451 452 452 452 452 452 452 453 453 453

025-xxx FIP 025-596 Diag HDD Mentenance Fail ............................................................................. 025-597 Diag HDD Initialize Fail ....................................................................................

455 455

026-xxx FIP 026-700 026-701 026-702 026-703 026-704 026-705 026-706 026-707 026-708 026-709 026-710 026-711 026-712 026-713 026-714 026-715 026-716 026-717 026-718

LDAP protocol MAX error................................................................................. Adress Book request overflow ......................................................................... Adress Book directory service overflow ........................................................... Abort with Logout ............................................................................................. DocuWorks Error.............................................................................................. DocuWorks Short of Memory ........................................................................... DocuWorks Print Prohibited ............................................................................. DocuWorks Unlock Failed................................................................................ URL data size over........................................................................................... URL hdd full ..................................................................................................... S/MIME unsupported cipher decrypt fail .......................................................... Multi-page file size over ................................................................................... HTTP out job overlap error............................................................................... Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. ...................................................... Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy........................................................ Connection to Xerox server has timed out. ...................................................... An invalid state message received from server. .............................................. Invalid network settings were found. ................................................................ PS Print Instruction Fail....................................................................................

457 457 457 457 457 457 458 458 458 458 458 458 459 459 459 460 460 460 460

027-xxx FIP 027-400 027-442 027-443 027-444 027-445 027-446 027-447 027-452 027-500 027-501 027-502

Net Off Line ...................................................................................................... Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... DNS renewal failure of dynamic....................................................................... Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... Illegal IP address.............................................................................................. Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO ........................................................................... POP Server Fail for Mail IO.............................................................................. POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO .................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

461 461 461 461 462 462 462 462 462 463 463

027-503 027-504 027-513 027-514 027-515 027-516 027-518 027-519 027-520 027-521 027-522 027-523 027-524 027-525 027-526 027-527 027-528 027-529 027-530 027-531 027-532 027-533 027-543 027-547 027-548 027-549 027-564 027-565 027-566 027-569 027-572 027-573 027-574 027-576 027-578 027-584 027-585 027-586 027-587 027-588 027-589 027-590 027-591 027-599 027-600 027-700 027-701 027-702 027-703 027-704 02/2009 2-13

POP server communication timeout................................................................. Response reception which is not expected from SMTP server........................ SMB Scan client has no right to access........................................................... Host name solution error in SMB ..................................................................... DNS server un-sets up in SMB ........................................................................ Server connection error in SMB ....................................................................... Login name or a password error in SMB.......................................................... Scanning picture preservation place error in SMB........................................... File name acquisition failure from SMB server................................................. File name suffix limit over in SMB .................................................................... File creation failure in SMB .............................................................................. Lock folder creation failure in SMB .................................................................. Folder creation failure in SMB.......................................................................... File delete failure in SMB ................................................................................. Lock folder delete failure in SMB ..................................................................... Folder delete failure in SMB............................................................................. Data write-in failure to SMB server .................................................................. Data read failure from SMB server................................................................... Data reading failure from SMB server.............................................................. SMB scan filing policy injustice ........................................................................ NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB ...................................................... Internal error in SMB Scan............................................................................... SMB server name specification error ............................................................... SMB Protocol error 4-007 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-008 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-009 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-024 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-025 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-026 ................................................................................ SMB (TCP/IP)is not started.............................................................................. SMB Protocol error 4-032 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-033 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-034 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-036 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-038 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-044 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-045 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-046 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-047 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-048 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-049 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-050 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-051 ................................................................................ SMB Protocol error 4-other .............................................................................. ExtPrint Check Mode Error .............................................................................. Mail address domain err................................................................................... Disconnect network cable ................................................................................ Certificate for addresses, was not found......................................................... Certificate for addresses, was expired ............................................................. Certificate for addresses, was untrusted..........................................................

463 463 463 464 464 464 464 465 465 465 465 466 466 466 466 466 467 467 467 467 467 467 468 468 468 468 468 469 469 469 470 470 470 470 470 470 471 471 471 471 471 472 472 472 472 472 473 473 473 473

Troubleshooting


Certificate for addresses, was revoked ............................................................ Device certificate not found .............................................................................. Device certificate expired ................................................................................. Device certificate untrusted .............................................................................. Device certificate revoked ................................................................................ S/MIME mail was disabled ............................................................................... S/MIME mail sender certificate not found......................................................... S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid .......................................................... S/MIME mail was altered.................................................................................. S/MIME mail sender impersonation ................................................................. S/MIME mail certficate not support .................................................................. No-Signed mail receipt was rejected................................................................ Ext Srv. Host Not Found................................................................................... Ext Srv. Not Found ........................................................................................... Ext Srv. Timeout Fail ........................................................................................ Ext Srv. Authentication Fail .............................................................................. Ext Srv. Access Fail ......................................................................................... Ext Srv. Operation Fail ..................................................................................... Ext Srv. Unknown State ................................................................................... Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params ............................................................................ Ext Srv. Req File Exceed ................................................................................. SMTP mail division error .................................................................................. Server Limit Err ................................................................................................ Server Access Err ............................................................................................ Server SSL Err ................................................................................................. Server Certificate Err........................................................................................ Device SSL Config Err ..................................................................................... Device Certificate Err ....................................................................................... Template Server Read ERR............................................................................. Invalid Template Server Path ........................................................................... Template Server Login ERR ............................................................................ Template Server Connect Fail.......................................................................... HD File System Full.......................................................................................... Template Server Install ERR............................................................................ Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library)....................................................... Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address)..................................................... JobTemplate Pool Server Not Ready............................................................... Fax document incongruent............................................................................... Job Template analysis error ............................................................................. Must user un inputting ...................................................................................... Job flow service request disabled .................................................................... Job flow service File signature setting mismatch ............................................. XJT Command Fail........................................................................................... Web Print time out............................................................................................ Illegal Web Print job ticket ................................................................................ Auditron - Cannot Verify User .......................................................................... PDL Error ......................................................................................................... DFE Disk Full ................................................................................................... SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal) ................................................. SMTP server communication timeout .............................................................. SMTP address address inaccurate character ..................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-14 473 473 473 474 474 474 474 474 474 475 475 475 475 475 476 476 476 476 476 476 477 477 477 477 477 477 478 478 478 478 478 479 479 479 479 479 479 480 480 480 480 480 480 481 481 481 481 481 482 482 482

Version.1 .1.1 027-775 027-776 027-777 027-778 027-779 027-796 027-797 027-910 027-911 027-912 027-913 027-914 027-915 027-916 027-917 027-918

Too many SMTP address ............................................................................... SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal) ................................................. SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH. ......................................................... There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH. .................................................. It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH ................................................................... Email Not Printed ............................................................................................. Invalid Output Destination................................................................................ Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7) ............................................................ Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6) ............................................................ Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5) ............................................................ Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ................................................... Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ................................................... Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ...................................................

482 482 482 482 482 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 484 484 484 484

033-xxx FIP 033-310 033-311 033-312 033-313 033-314 033-315 033-316 033-317 033-318 033-319 033-320 033-321 033-322 033-323 033-324 033-325 033-326 033-327 033-328 033-329 033-330 033-331 033-332 033-333 033-334 033-363 033-500 033-501 033-502 033-503 033-504 033-505 033-506

Fax Charge Function Fail................................................................................. Invalid Addressbook Data are Registered ....................................................... Controller not respond when system is changing mode .................................. USB disconnected ........................................................................................... Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch ..................................................... USB Fatal Error................................................................................................ FAX Device Cont Error .................................................................................... FAX Device Error ............................................................................................. Image Processing Error ................................................................................... Fax Control task detects error.......................................................................... Controller not respond when system is Booting............................................... Fax Card not respond when system is Booting ............................................... FAX Card I/F timeout ....................................................................................... FAX Card Mini I/F timeout................................................................................ USB state change Error ................................................................................... FCM Fatal Error ............................................................................................... Mini Manager Fatal Error ................................................................................. FCM no response to stop request.................................................................... Failed to initialize fax log.................................................................................. Detected fax process failuer ............................................................................ FoIP Unrecoverable Error ................................................................................ FoIP Controller Init Fail .................................................................................... FoIP Cont not respond when system is Booting .............................................. FoIP Cont not respond when system is sleeping............................................. Can not send a message to FoIP CONT ......................................................... Fax Card Reset (Reboot) ................................................................................. No CS after RS Req......................................................................................... No Appropriate PIX Data ................................................................................. Post-message resend exceeded ..................................................................... T1 Timeout....................................................................................................... T2 Timeout....................................................................................................... T5 Timeout....................................................................................................... DCN Receive ...................................................................................................

485 485 485 485 485 485 485 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 487 487 487 487 487 487 488 488 488 488 488 488 488 489 489 489 489 489 489

033-507 033-508 033-509 033-510 033-511 033-512 033-513 033-514 033-516 033-517 033-518 033-519 033-520 033-521 033-522 033-523 033-524 033-525 033-526 033-527 033-528 033-529 033-530 033-531 033-532 033-533 033-534 033-535 033-536 033-537 033-538 033-539 033-540 033-541 033-542 033-543 033-544 033-545 033-546 033-547 033-548 033-549 033-550 033-551 033-552 033-553 033-554 033-555 033-556 033-557

Unable to receive by remote ............................................................................ Destination Polling Error .................................................................................. DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded........................................................................... Fallback Error................................................................................................... No response after 3rd DTC/NSC ..................................................................... Remote has no Relay....................................................................................... Remote has no Mailbox ................................................................................... Carrier Down Detected..................................................................................... EOR Receive ................................................................................................... ECM Phase C Flag Timeout ............................................................................ Remote cannot receive SUB............................................................................ PTX has no SEP capability .............................................................................. Remote cannot receive passward.................................................................... Transmission Canceled via DTMF ................................................................... DTMF I/F Timeout ............................................................................................ Line 1 not connected........................................................................................ Line 2 not connected........................................................................................ Line 3 not connected........................................................................................ ECM Error ........................................................................................................ EOR Send ........................................................................................................ RTN Send ........................................................................................................ RTN Receive.................................................................................................... DTMF Illegal Procedure Error ......................................................................... DTMF Procedure Error..................................................................................... Illegal Command Received .............................................................................. T.30 Protocol Error........................................................................................... Unsupported Function at Remote .................................................................... DCN Receive at Phase B Send ....................................................................... Ring Stopped before Fax Device Release ....................................................... In and out call conflict....................................................................................... Fax Sending Image Process Error ................................................................... Fax Receiving Image Process Error ................................................................ Fax Printing Image Process Error .................................................................... No destination specified ................................................................................... Selected Channel Dial Error............................................................................. Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)........................................................................ Busy tone detect .............................................................................................. T0 Timeout ....................................................................................................... Cannot detect dial tone .................................................................................... Abort during transmission ................................................................................ No manual send line ........................................................................................ Fax service disabled ........................................................................................ cannot diable FAX service ............................................................................... Internal I/F Error ............................................................................................... too many Error lines ......................................................................................... no mailbox/relay ............................................................................................... Wrong Password/Receive Banned .................................................................. incorrect password ........................................................................................... Wrong Password/Send Banned ....................................................................... Desinations or Sevices Exceeded....................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

490 490 490 490 490 490 490 491 491 491 491 491 491 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 493 493 493 493 493 493 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 497 497 497 497

033-558 033-559 033-560 033-561 033-562 033-563 033-564 033-565 033-566 033-567 033-568 033-569 033-570 033-571 033-572 033-573 033-580 033-581 033-582 033-583 033-584 033-585 033-586 033-587 033-588 033-589 033-590 033-591 033-592 033-593 033-710 033-711 033-712 033-713 033-714 033-715 033-716 033-717 033-718 033-719 033-720 033-721 033-722 033-724 033-725 033-726 033-727 033-728 033-730 033-731 02/2009 2-15

remote ID is in black list ................................................................................... illegal authentication ID .................................................................................... cannot do TRESS/RCC job.............................................................................. cannot do TRESS/RCC job.............................................................................. held RCC job.................................................................................................... No printable paper size .................................................................................... Power Off during transmission ......................................................................... No. of Desinations Exceeded........................................................................... No destination specified ................................................................................... Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)........................................................................ FCM watchdog timeout in FAX comm.............................................................. Detected image direction conflict ..................................................................... Retry Over(no shutdown notification setting) ................................................... Manual send job canceled(FaxReportLogFull) ................................................ FaxReport print job canceled(JobFull occured) ............................................... domain regulation check error.......................................................................... Missing VoIP Gateway ..................................................................................... Access Authentication failure ........................................................................... Mismatched ability............................................................................................ Temporarily unavailable ................................................................................... SIP request timeout.......................................................................................... SIP request error.............................................................................................. T38 Protocol Not Ready................................................................................... T38 Session Error ............................................................................................ T38 Packet Lost ............................................................................................... T38 Malformed Packet Received ..................................................................... T38 Send Error................................................................................................. FoIP Max Sessions Over ................................................................................. FoIP Internal Timeout....................................................................................... Canceled By Remote Peer............................................................................... Document does not exist.................................................................................. Illegal Page inside Document........................................................................... System Memory exceeded............................................................................... No specified Chain Link ................................................................................... Scan Error (No specified doc) .......................................................................... Cannot start job................................................................................................ No specified Mailbox ........................................................................................ Incorrect Password .......................................................................................... No Document in Mailbox .................................................................................. Fax job Canceld not recovery job..................................................................... Document Creation Failed ............................................................................... Fax Page Creation Failed ................................................................................ Fax immediate send store job canceled........................................................... Fax receive memory over flow ......................................................................... Insufficient HDD Space .................................................................................... Cannot print 2-Sided ........................................................................................ Cannot rotate image......................................................................................... Auto print canceled .......................................................................................... Fax Service recovery error............................................................................... Inconsistent Instructions...................................................................................

497 497 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 499 499 499 499 499 499 500 500 500 500 500 500 501 501 501 501 501 501 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 505 505

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 033-732 033-733 033-734 033-735 033-736 033-737 033-738 033-740 033-741 033-742 033-743 033-744 033-745 033-746 033-747 033-748 033-749 033-750 033-751 033-755 033-790 033-791 033-792

Print job canceled by forced polling.................................................................. Fax document number get error....................................................................... Fax Print Suspension ....................................................................................... Fax Memory Allocate Timeout.......................................................................... IFAX Off Ramp fail ........................................................................................... Fax card job canceled ...................................................................................... JBIG Information fail......................................................................................... Fax immediate receive print canceled.............................................................. Fax page read open timeout ............................................................................ Fax page read close timeout ............................................................................ Fax page write open timeout ............................................................................ Fax page write close timeout............................................................................ Fax data write timeout ...................................................................................... Fax data read timeout ...................................................................................... Fax Service don't start by cross ope ................................................................ Fax Service illigal sequence............................................................................. Fax card Memory Error .................................................................................... Fax format error................................................................................................ Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition .............................................. Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card. .......................................... EP-DX Call Wait (Not Redial count) ................................................................. EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count)........................................................................ EP-DX Call Stop...............................................................................................

505 505 505 505 505 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 508 508 508 508

034-xxx FIP 034-211 034-212 034-500 034-501 034-502 034-503 034-504 034-505 034-506 034-507 034-508 034-509 034-510 034-511 034-512 034-513 034-514 034-515 034-519 034-520 034-521 034-522 034-523 034-524 034-525 034-526

Slot1 Board failure............................................................................................ Slot2 Board failure............................................................................................ Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) ........................................................................ Selected Channel Dial Error............................................................................. Fax Internal Must Parameter Error................................................................... Fax Internal High Layer Service Error .............................................................. Fax Stored Memory Exceeded......................................................................... Fax Work Memory Exceeded ........................................................................... Unsupported Function at Remote .................................................................... Password Check Error ..................................................................................... Transmission Canceled via DTMF ................................................................... DTMF Illegal Procedure Error .......................................................................... DTMF Procedure Error..................................................................................... Unable to Send File at Remote ........................................................................ Detect Endless Loop ........................................................................................ Receive Command Error.................................................................................. Requested Function Unsupported.................................................................... Illegal Command Received .............................................................................. No. of Desinations Exceeded ........................................................................... No. of Sevices Exceeded ................................................................................. Internal I/F Error ............................................................................................... No manual send Line ....................................................................................... Fax service disabled......................................................................................... Unable to cancel operation............................................................................... Specified Chainlink not exist ............................................................................ Chainlink No. out of scope ...............................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-16

509 509 509 509 509 509 509 509 510 510 510 510 510 510 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 512 512 512 512 512

Version.1 .1.1 034-527 034-528 034-529 034-530 034-550 034-700 034-701 034-702 034-703 034-704 034-705 034-706 034-707 034-708 034-709 034-710 034-711 034-712 034-713 034-714 034-715 034-716 034-717 034-718 034-719 034-720 034-721 034-722 034-723 034-724 034-725 034-726 034-727 034-728 034-729 034-730 034-731 034-732 034-733 034-734 034-735 034-736 034-737 034-738 034-739 034-740 034-741 034-742 034-743 034-744 034-745

Dial Control Error ............................................................................................. Cannot perform manual send .......................................................................... No printable paper size .................................................................................... DTMF I/F Timeout............................................................................................ Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ......................... GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang .............................................................. Software Reset ................................................................................................ No destination specified................................................................................... D Channellink cut from network ....................................................................... ISDN D Channel Data Link Error ..................................................................... ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on..................................................................... ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off..................................................................... FRMR Received............................................................................................... Illegal Frame Received N(R)............................................................................ Illegal Frame Received .................................................................................... DL Link Establishment Received ..................................................................... Waiting for link Timeout ................................................................................... Internal Error (Interrupt) ................................................................................... Timeout-Transmission canceled ...................................................................... Line Disconnected-Timeout T305 .................................................................... Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082 .................................................................... Connection Timeout (T313) ............................................................................. Resume Timeout.............................................................................................. Normal Disconnection...................................................................................... No free and available lines............................................................................... Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310)..................................................................... Error (Format, Contents) .................................................................................. Suspension Timeout ........................................................................................ No Timer Assigned .......................................................................................... Illegal Sequence .............................................................................................. L3 Task Internal Error ...................................................................................... HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy ................................................................................. No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz ........................................................................ Invalid Destination............................................................................................ Line cut, In-Channel PB Send.......................................................................... In and out call conflict ...................................................................................... Fax Network Cut (Setup Error) ........................................................................ Fax Network Cut due to Timeout ..................................................................... Incorrect Sequence,Call Status ....................................................................... HI Task Internal Error....................................................................................... Connect only to ISDN D Channel .................................................................... Wrong notice from fax network ........................................................................ Incoming call response error............................................................................ Layer 1 Start Up Error...................................................................................... Layer 1 not synchronized................................................................................. Transmission of Frame Error ........................................................................... Unable to Send Frame..................................................................................... Frame Send Underrun Detected...................................................................... Abnormal frame-sending DMA......................................................................... Unacceptable Channel..................................................................................... Outgoing call to channel set.............................................................................

512 512 513 513 513 513 513 513 514 514 514 514 514 514 514 515 515 515 515 515 515 516 516 516 516 516 516 517 517 517 517 517 517 517 518 518 518 518 518 518 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 519 520 520 520

034-746 034-747 034-748 034-749 034-750 034-751 034-752 034-753 034-754 034-755 034-756 034-757 034-758 034-759 034-760 034-761 034-762 034-763 034-764 034-765 034-766 034-767 034-768 034-769 034-770 034-771 034-772 034-773 034-774 034-775 034-776 034-777 034-778 034-779 034-780 034-781 034-782 034-783 034-784 034-785 034-786 034-787 034-788 034-789 034-790 034-791 034-792 034-793 034-794 034-795

No usable lines................................................................................................. Switching equipment congestion...................................................................... Specified line cannot be used .......................................................................... Network Conjestion Error ................................................................................. Network Error ................................................................................................... Temporary Network Error................................................................................. Destination terminal busy................................................................................. Destination not responding .............................................................................. No response from Destination.......................................................................... Destination rejecting call .................................................................................. Destination Faulty ............................................................................................ Others (Normal, Semi-normal) ......................................................................... Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No .................................................................... No Relay Network Route.................................................................................. No Line To Destination..................................................................................... Incorrect Format Destination Fax No. .............................................................. Facility rejected ................................................................................................ Com. Capability disallowed .............................................................................. Com. Capability not configured ........................................................................ Error by service,feature limit ............................................................................ Selected com. not implemented....................................................................... Selected mode not implemented...................................................................... Restricted Digital Info. Only.............................................................................. Error by service, feature................................................................................... Reply to status query ....................................................................................... Access information discarded .......................................................................... Inter-working connection error ......................................................................... Invalid Dial No. Specified ................................................................................. Invalid Line Specified ....................................................................................... Others (Invalid Message Class) ....................................................................... Insufficient Required Info. ................................................................................ Undefined Message Type ................................................................................ Incorrect Message or Type .............................................................................. No information, or not defined.......................................................................... Invalid Information............................................................................................ Call Status, Message Mismatch....................................................................... Error cleared due to timeout............................................................................. Other Errors (Operation, etc) ........................................................................... Destination No. Changed ................................................................................. Incompatible destination .................................................................................. Call identity not in use ...................................................................................... Call identity in use ............................................................................................ Show other causes........................................................................................... G4 Presentation Illegal Event........................................................................... Line 0 (Ext) not connected ............................................................................... Line 1 not connected........................................................................................ Line 2 not connected........................................................................................ Line 3 not connected........................................................................................ Line 4 not connected........................................................................................ Line 5 not connected........................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

520 520 520 520 521 521 521 521 521 521 521 522 522 522 522 522 522 522 523 523 523 523 523 523 524 524 524 524 524 524 524 524 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 526 526 526 526 526 526 526 527 527 527 527

034-796 034-797 034-798 034-799

Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2) ........................................................................ Communication Parameter Error ..................................................................... Data Parameter Error....................................................................................... Auto Dial without dial data................................................................................

527 527 527 528

035-xxx FIP 035-550 035-700 035-701 035-702 035-703 035-704 035-705 035-706 035-707 035-708 035-709 035-710 035-711 035-712 035-713 035-714 035-715 035-716 035-717 035-718 035-719 035-720 035-721 035-722 035-723 035-724 035-725 035-726 035-727 035-728 035-729 035-730 035-731 035-732 035-733 035-734 035-735 035-736 035-737 035-738 035-739 035-740 035-741 035-742 02/2009 2-17

Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................ Modem faulty.................................................................................................... T1 Transmission Timeout................................................................................. Destination Receive Rejected .......................................................................... DCN Receive at Phase B Send ....................................................................... Destination Polling Error .................................................................................. DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded........................................................................... Fallback Error................................................................................................... Wrong Password/Receive Banned .................................................................. Post-message resend exceeded...................................................................... RTN Receive.................................................................................................... PIN Receive ..................................................................................................... DCN Receive at Phase D................................................................................. No response after 3 NSC ................................................................................. T2 timeout after sending FTT........................................................................... DCN Received after NSC/DTC ........................................................................ Wrong Password-Polling Error......................................................................... No past message-T2 Timeout.......................................................................... RTN Send ........................................................................................................ Receive T1 Timeout ......................................................................................... Busy tone detected at Phase-B........................................................................ Unable to receive by remote ............................................................................ DCN Received at Phase B............................................................................... Wrong frame length of 300bps......................................................................... No CD after receiving flag ................................................................................ DCN Receive after sending FTT ...................................................................... Remote has no Mailbox/Relay ......................................................................... PhaseC cannot receive-10 secs ...................................................................... 50% Error during G3 Receive .......................................................................... C EOL cannot receive in 10 sec....................................................................... Carrier Down Detected..................................................................................... No CS with Phase-C High Speed .................................................................... Fax V.8 Error.................................................................................................... Fax V.34 PCH CD Off ...................................................................................... Fax V.34 C/PCH CS None ............................................................................... Polling ERR at Remote Step V8 ...................................................................... No Doc. in Polling Box Step V8........................................................................ No reply DCN after sending CTC..................................................................... No reply DCN after sending EOR .................................................................... No reply DCN after sending RR ....................................................................... Fax T5 Timeout ................................................................................................ Sending stopped after EOR Send.................................................................... ECM Phase C Flag Timeout ............................................................................ EOR Send or Receive......................................................................................

529 529 529 529 529 529 530 530 530 530 530 531 531 531 531 531 531 532 532 532 532 532 532 533 533 533 533 533 533 534 534 534 534 534 535 535 535 535 535 535 536 536 536 536

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 035-743 035-744 035-745 035-746 035-747 035-748 035-749 035-750 035-751 035-752 035-753 035-754 035-755 035-756 035-757 035-758 035-759 035-760 035-761 035-762

Remote cannot receive SUB. ........................................................................... Remote cannot receive password .................................................................... PTX has no SEP capability .............................................................................. Busy-Cannot detect dial tone ........................................................................... Abort while dialing ............................................................................................ Abort during transmission................................................................................. No reply from remote station ............................................................................ Power Off during transmission ......................................................................... Doc. send operation canceled.......................................................................... No. of Job Restriction Error .............................................................................. Fax Memory Full............................................................................................... File management memory full .......................................................................... File Add Page Error.......................................................................................... Cannot add page.............................................................................................. No Receive Page ............................................................................................. No specified file or page................................................................................... No specified job................................................................................................ File common processing error.......................................................................... File other processing error ............................................................................... Line cut during ISDN ........................................................................................

536 536 537 537 538 538 538 538 538 538 538 539 539 539 539 539 539 539 540 540

036-xxx FIP 036-500 036-501 036-502 036-503 036-504 036-505 036-506 036-507 036-508 036-509 036-510 036-511 036-512 036-513 036-514 036-515 036-516 036-517 036-518 036-519 036-520 036-521 036-522 036-523 036-524 036-525 036-526 036-527 036-528

Illegal PDRP Parameter ................................................................................... Illegal RDPBP Parameter................................................................................. Illegal RDPBN Parameter................................................................................. Illegal RDCLP Parameter ................................................................................. Illegal RDGR Parameter................................................................................... Undefined response ......................................................................................... Not negotiable .................................................................................................. RDPBP Receive at full capacity ....................................................................... RDPBN Receive Terminal Error....................................................................... RDPBN Receive Others ................................................................................... RDGR Receive................................................................................................. Illegal procedure 1551...................................................................................... Illegal CDS Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal CDC Parameter ..................................................................................... Illegal CDE Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal CDD Parameter ..................................................................................... Illegal CDR Parameter ..................................................................................... Illegal CDPB Parameter ................................................................................... Illegal CDCL Parameter ................................................................................... Undefined Command ....................................................................................... Not Negotiable CDS Receive ........................................................................... Not Negotiable CDC Receive........................................................................... CDD Receive Terminal Error............................................................................ Other than above CDD receive ........................................................................ CDR Receive Terminal Error............................................................................ Other than above CDR receive ........................................................................ Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)............................................................................... Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.) ............................................................................ Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.)...............................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-18

541 541 541 541 541 541 541 542 542 542 542 542 542 542 542 543 543 543 543 543 543 543 544 544 544 544 544 544 545

Version.1 .1.1 036-529 036-530 036-531 036-532 036-533 036-534 036-535 036-536 036-537 036-538 036-539 036-540 036-541 036-542 036-550 036-700 036-701 036-702 036-703 036-704 036-705 036-706 036-707 036-708 036-709 036-710 036-711 036-712 036-713 036-714 036-715 036-716 036-717 036-718 036-719 036-720 036-721 036-722 036-723 036-724 036-725 036-726 036-727 036-728 036-729 036-730 036-731 036-732 036-733 036-734 036-735

Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.) .............................................................................. CDSReceive-Illegal Document ........................................................................ DMA channel 1 illegal closing .......................................................................... DMA channel 2 illegal closing .......................................................................... Cannot convert resources ................................................................................ Decode Error in Data Convert.......................................................................... White Line Transfer Error (Compress) ............................................................. White Line Transfer Error (Decomp) ................................................................ No RTC during data convert ............................................................................ Doc. descriptor analysis error .......................................................................... Page Descriptor Analysis Error ........................................................................ Text Unit Analysis Error ................................................................................... Page boundary without TU .............................................................................. Relay Broadcast error in G4 ............................................................................ Write to FaxG4-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................ G4 Communication Error ................................................................................. Receiving variable N(R) error .......................................................................... Info frame size exceeded (NI).......................................................................... Monitor/Unnumbered frame error .................................................................... Undefined Command/Response 1104 ............................................................. N2 timeout of Receive Timer ........................................................................... SABM Wait Timeout in G4 ............................................................................... UA wait Timeout in G4 ..................................................................................... Cannot establish link in G4 .............................................................................. DISC receive before link close......................................................................... FRMR Receive (Z=1) ....................................................................................... FRMR Receive (Y=1)....................................................................................... FRMR received (Z=1) W=1 .............................................................................. FRMR Receive (W=1)...................................................................................... Global Address Receive .................................................................................. Line Open Timeout in G4................................................................................. Wrong LSI Send (Busy Timeout) ..................................................................... Abnormal LSI operation ................................................................................... Disconnection Notice Timeout ......................................................................... C Line On but I Line Off ................................................................................... C Line Off but I Line On ................................................................................... I Line Off during Transmission ......................................................................... Call cut during flag detect ................................................................................ Call cut while awaiting UA................................................................................ Call cut while awaiting SABM .......................................................................... Disc received before session ........................................................................... Illegal header received..................................................................................... Illegal parameter of CC packet ........................................................................ Illegal parameter of CN packet ........................................................................ Illegal parameter of DT packet......................................................................... Illegal parameter of RI packet .......................................................................... Illegal parameter of IT packet .......................................................................... Illegal parameter of CI packet .......................................................................... Illegal parameter of CF packet......................................................................... Undefined Packet Received............................................................................. CC Wait Timeout..............................................................................................

545 545 545 545 545 546 546 546 546 546 546 546 547 547 547 547 547 547 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 551 551 551 551 551 551 552 552 552 552 552 552

036-736 036-737 036-738 036-739 036-740 036-741 036-742 036-743 036-744 036-745 036-746 036-747 036-748 036-749 036-750 036-751 036-752 036-753 036-754 036-755 036-756 036-757 036-758 036-759 036-760 036-761 036-762 036-763 036-764 036-765 036-766 036-767 036-768 036-769 036-770 036-771 036-772 036-773 036-774 036-775 036-776 036-777 036-778 036-779 036-780 036-781 036-782 036-783 036-784 036-785

CF Wait Timeout .............................................................................................. CI received before G4 session......................................................................... DT Packet P(S ), P(R ) Error............................................................................ RR, RNR Packet P(S) Error ............................................................................. Busy Timeout ................................................................................................... SI received in transmission .............................................................................. SF received in transmission ............................................................................. DT Packet D Bit Error....................................................................................... G4 Wait for Reply Timeout............................................................................... G4 CN Wait Timeout ........................................................................................ G4 Data Link Disconnect Notice Timeout ........................................................ Fast select response received ......................................................................... Receive remote charge request ....................................................................... Abnormal LCGN............................................................................................... Illegal procedure 1301...................................................................................... Illegal TCA Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal TCR Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal TCC Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal TBR Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal TDT Parameter ...................................................................................... Undefined transport block ................................................................................ TCA Wait Timeout............................................................................................ TCR Wait Timeout............................................................................................ TCC Wait Timeout............................................................................................ TBR Wait Timeout............................................................................................ TDT block size error......................................................................................... G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout ......................................................... Illegal procedure 1401...................................................................................... Illegal CSS Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal CSE Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal CSA Parameter...................................................................................... Illegal CSUI Parameter .................................................................................... Illegal CSCC Parameter................................................................................... Illegal RSSP Parameter ................................................................................... Illegal RSSN Parameter ................................................................................... Illegal RSEP Parameter ................................................................................... Illegal RSAP Parameter ................................................................................... Illegal RSUI Parameter .................................................................................... Illegal RSCCP Parameter ................................................................................ Undefined command/response 1413 ............................................................... RSSN Receive ................................................................................................. G4 Line Disconnect Notice Timeout................................................................. CSA received (wrong terminal) ........................................................................ CSA Receive (Others)...................................................................................... CSS Wait Timeout............................................................................................ RSSP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... RSAP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... RSEP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... RSCCP Wait Timeout ...................................................................................... CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout.................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

552 553 553 553 553 553 553 554 554 554 554 554 554 554 555 555 555 555 555 555 555 556 556 556 556 556 556 556 557 557 557 557 557 557 557 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 559 559 559 559 559 559 560 560

036-786 036-787 036-788 036-789 036-790 036-791 036-792 036-793 036-794 036-795 036-796 036-797 036-798 036-799

Incorrect Password (RSSN) ............................................................................. Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote ...................................................... Poll Send Error at Remote ............................................................................... No Password for RSSP Receive...................................................................... Polling rejected by remote................................................................................ Set Password-RSSP Received ........................................................................ CSE Received after RSSP Send ..................................................................... Select communication error ............................................................................. Line cut during ISDN mode .............................................................................. Canceled by remote station ............................................................................. Sent without multiple sets ................................................................................ Illegal procedure 1501...................................................................................... Illegal RDEP Parameter ................................................................................... Illegal RDDP Parameter...................................................................................

560 560 560 560 560 561 561 561 561 561 561 561 562 562

041-xxx FIP 041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method)................................. 041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method)........................

563 563

048-xxx FIP 048-500 IF-Module ROM Write Error .............................................................................

565

049-xxx FIP 049-500 049-700 049-950 049-973

HCS1 ROM Write Error.................................................................................... Out tray changed from stacker1....................................................................... HCS1 MIX SIZE STACK Fail ........................................................................... Stacker Extraction button was pushed.............................................................

567 567 567 567

062-xxx FIP 062-394 Cont PWBA Memory Fail ................................................................................. 062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................ 062-790 Possible Prohibited Originals ...........................................................................

569 569 569

063-xxx FIP 063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ...............

571

071-xxx FIP 071-940 Tray#1 LiftUp NG .............................................................................................

573

072-xxx FIP 072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG.................................................................................

575

073-xxx FIP 073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG.................................................................................

577

077-xxx FIP 077-911 Paper size mismatch, job contniue .................................................................. 077-967 Paper kind mismatch (APS job) ....................................................................... 077-968 Paper kind mismatch, job contniue ..................................................................

579 579 579

078-xxx FIP 078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................... 078-940 2000A3-HCF paper misset............................................................................... 02/2009 2-19

581 581

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 078-941 2000A3-HCF size mismatch............................................................................. 078-942 4000A3HCF lower tray paper misset ............................................................... 078-943 4000A3HCF lower tray size mismatch .............................................................

581 581 581

093-xxx FIP 093-940 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail ..............................................................................

583

102-xxx FIP 102-356 102-380 102-381 102-382

EWS Soft Fail ................................................................................................... MF UI cont Soft Fatal error............................................................................... Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel)...................................................................... Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel)..................................................

585 585 585 585

103-xxx FIP 103-310 103-311 103-312 103-313

Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist ............................................................................ Hybrid Water Mark Setting Mismatch............................................................... Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist (Back Side) ........................................................ SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist) ...............................................

587 587 587 587

112-xxx FIP 112-700 Punch Dust Near Full .......................................................................................

589

116-xxx FIP 116-210 116-211 116-212 116-220 116-310 116-311 116-312 116-313 116-314 116-315 116-316 116-317 116-318 116-319 116-321 116-322 116-323 116-324 116-325 116-328 116-329 116-330 116-331 116-332 116-333 116-334 116-336 116-337 116-338 116-340

MediaReader Faital Error ................................................................................. MediaReader Cable No Joint ........................................................................... MediaLib SW Logic Fail.................................................................................... Transition to Download Mode Download Initialization Failure.......................... ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail ............................................................... ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail ............................................................... HDD Encrypt Key Fail ...................................................................................... HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail.................................................................................. Ethernet Address Fail....................................................................................... ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail................................................................ ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail................................................................ Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail..................................................................... Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail.............................................................................. Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config ............................................................ System Soft Fatal error .................................................................................... WebDAV S/W Fail ............................................................................................ ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail .......................................................................... Exception Fail................................................................................................... ESS Fan Fail .................................................................................................... L2 Cache Fail ................................................................................................... Serial IF Soft Fail.............................................................................................. HDD File System Fail ....................................................................................... Invalid Log Info ................................................................................................. ESS Standard ROM Error ................................................................................ LocalTalk Soft Fail............................................................................................ ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail ..................................................................... Redirector HD Fail............................................................................................ SNTP S/W Fail ................................................................................................. JBA fatal error .................................................................................................. Memory Not Enough ........................................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-20

591 591 591 591 591 591 591 592 592 592 592 592 592 592 593 593 593 593 593 593 594 594 594 594 594 594 595 595 595 595

Version.1 .1.1 116-341 116-342 116-343 116-346 116-348 116-349 116-350 116-351 116-352 116-353 116-354 116-355 116-356 116-357 116-358 116-359 116-360 116-361 116-362 116-363 116-364 116-365 116-366 116-367 116-368 116-370 116-371 116-372 116-373 116-374 116-375 116-376 116-377 116-378 116-379 116-380 116-381 116-382 116-383 116-384 116-385 116-386 116-387 116-388 116-389 116-390 116-391 116-392 116-393 116-394 116-395

ROM VER Incorrect ......................................................................................... SESAMi Manager Fail...................................................................................... Main PWBA IC Fail .......................................................................................... Formatter Fail................................................................................................... Redirecter Fail.................................................................................................. SIF Fail to Call Pflite ........................................................................................ AppleTalk Soft Fail........................................................................................... EtherTalk Soft Fail ........................................................................................... NetWare Soft Fail............................................................................................. HDD Phisycal Fail ............................................................................................ HDD Product Fail ............................................................................................. Agent Soft Fail ................................................................................................. HDD Format Fail .............................................................................................. PostScript Error................................................................................................ Salutation Soft Fail........................................................................................... PLW Soft Fail ................................................................................................... SMB Soft Fail ................................................................................................... Spool Fatal HDD .............................................................................................. SSDP Soft Fail ................................................................................................. BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail ....................................................................... Timer Fail ......................................................................................................... Spool Fatal ....................................................................................................... Report Gen. Soft Fail ....................................................................................... Parallel IF Soft Fail........................................................................................... Dump Print Fail ................................................................................................ XJCL Fail ......................................................................................................... PCL Decomp S/W Fail ..................................................................................... P-Formatter Fail ............................................................................................... Dynamic DNS Soft Fail .................................................................................... Auto Switch Fail ............................................................................................... I-Formatter Fail ................................................................................................ Port 9100 Software Fail ................................................................................... Video DMA Fail ................................................................................................ MCR Soft Fail................................................................................................... MCC Soft Fail................................................................................................... ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail............................................................... ABL Initialize Fail ............................................................................................. ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail ............................................................................... PIT Lib Failure.................................................................................................. DCS Software Fail ........................................................................................... IDC Software Fail............................................................................................. Incorrect USB port used for FAX ..................................................................... MRC HW Fatal Error........................................................................................ No HD that Should Be...................................................................................... No Add-On RAM that Should Be ..................................................................... Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch ................................................... Illegal code (country/territory/size group) ......................................................... Machine Code Check Fail ................................................................................ AAA Manager S/W Fail .................................................................................... AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct. ............................................ USB Soft Fail ...................................................................................................

595 595 596 596 596 596 596 596 597 597 597 597 597 597 598 598 598 598 598 598 599 599 599 599 599 599 600 600 600 600 600 601 601 601 601 601 601 602 602 602 602 602 602 603 603 603 603 603 604 604 604

116-396 116-397 116-399 116-700 116-701 116-702 116-703 116-704 116-705 116-706 116-707 116-708 116-709 116-710 116-711 116-712 116-713 116-714 116-715 116-716 116-717 116-718 116-720 116-725 116-737 116-738 116-739 116-740 116-741 116-742 116-743 116-745 116-746 116-747 116-748 116-749 116-752 116-771 116-772 116-773 116-774 116-775 116-776 116-777 116-778 116-780 116-790

FIPS140 Self-Test Fail ..................................................................................... AAAmgr illegal setting area coverage threshold. ............................................. MUnder initialization for 10 minutes ................................................................. Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory ......................................................... Out of Memory-Duplex Fail .............................................................................. Print with Substitute Font ................................................................................. PostScript LANG Interprete ERR ..................................................................... MediaReaderMedia No Insert(No Job) ............................................................ MediaReader Format Error(No Job) ................................................................ MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job) .............................................. MediaReader:Image File Read Error(No Job) ................................................. MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(In Job)................................................ MediaReader:Image File Read Error(In Job) ................................................... HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow .............................................................................. PLW Size/orientation mismatch ....................................................................... Out of Area-Form REGI ERR........................................................................... Job divided by HDD Full................................................................................... HP-GL/2 Command ERR ................................................................................. Max Form to PLW Registered.......................................................................... MediaReader File Not Exist ............................................................................. MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request.......................................................... Selected PLW Form Not Registered ................................................................ PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified................................................................... Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full .............................................................. Out of Area-Data REGI ERR............................................................................ Size/orientation mismatch ................................................................................ Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR.......................................................... Arithmetic Error ................................................................................................ Max Form to Not PLW Registered ................................................................... Max Logo Registered ....................................................................................... Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR ....................................................... ART Command ERR........................................................................................ Selected Form Not Registered......................................................................... Invalid Page Margin ......................................................................................... Page without Image Draw Data ....................................................................... PostScript Font error ........................................................................................ Print job ticket description warning................................................................... Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed........................................................................... Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed............................................................................. Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed ............................................................................. Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed .......................................................................... Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed ........................................................................... Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed .......................................................................... Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed .......................................................................... Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed ................................................................... Attached Document Error................................................................................. Stapling Canceled ............................................................................................

604 604 604 605 605 605 605 605 605 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 607 607 607 607 607 607 607 608 608 608 608 608 608 608 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 611 611 611

118-xxx FIP 118-310 IPSEC Intenal Fail............................................................................................ Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

613

121-xxx FIP 121-310 121-311 121-312 121-313 121-314 121-316 121-317 121-318 121-319 121-320 121-321 121-322 121-323 121-324 121-333 121-334 121-335 121-336 121-337 121-338 121-339 121-340 121-350 121-370

EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail ............................................................. IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01 ....................................................................... IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02 ....................................................................... IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03 ....................................................................... Customize User Prompts Fail .......................................................................... EP Accessory conflicts with SecureAccess ..................................................... Continuous JOB setting missmatch of EPLyzer............................................... Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported............................................................ Fax Send Charging and iFax Setting Confliction ............................................. EP-SV Setting information conflict fail.............................................................. EP-DX Setting information conflict fail. ............................................................ Controller Price Table Error ............................................................................. Web EP Software Fail ...................................................................................... Fax Send Charging And Scan Setting Confliction............................................ EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail ................................................................. EPSV Login Fail ............................................................................................... EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail ............................................................................ Unknown EP Accessory................................................................................... EP Accessory Self Diag Fail ............................................................................ EPSV Answer Time Out................................................................................... Price Table Error .............................................................................................. EP Accessory Miss Match................................................................................ EPSV Logic Fail ............................................................................................... EP-DX - unexpected error................................................................................

615 615 615 615 615 616 616 616 616 616 616 617 617 617 617 618 618 618 619 619 619 619 619 620

123-xxx FIP 123-207 123-209 123-310 123-311 123-312 123-317 123-318 123-320 123-322 123-323 123-325 123-326 123-327 123-328 123-329 123-332 123-333 123-337 123-341 123-342 123-343 123-344 123-345 02/2009 2-21

Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................ EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel)............................................................. Send Queue Full (UI-Panel)............................................................................. Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel) ........................................................................ Diag mode change Fail (Punch unit type set) .................................................. Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel)......................................................... Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel).............................................................. NVM initialized for FCW composition............................................................... Target Fail (UI-Panel)....................................................................................... Address Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel) ........................................................................ Memory Overflow (UI-Panel)............................................................................ Button Overflow (UI-Panel) .............................................................................. UI Internal Fail with Out of Area ....................................................................... UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates........................................................... I/F Fail (Invalid Parameter CP)......................................................................... I/F Fail (Impossible Communication)................................................................ Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type......................................................... Event Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)........................................................................ Invalid Class (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... Invalid Type (UI-Panel) .................................................................................... Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................

621 621 621 621 621 621 621 622 622 622 622 622 622 622 623 623 623 623 623 623 623 624 624

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 123-346 123-350 123-362 123-368 123-369 123-370 123-371 123-372 123-373 123-374 123-375 123-376 123-377 123-378 123-379 123-380 123-381 123-382 123-383 123-384 123-385 123-386 123-387 123-388 123-389 123-390 123-391 123-392 123-393 123-394 123-395 123-396 123-397 123-398 123-399 123-400

Invalid Timer Number (UI-Panel)...................................................................... One Touch Key Fail (MCW) ............................................................................. No Object (UI-Panel) ........................................................................................ Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel)......................................................................... Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel) .................................................................... Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... Interface Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................. Interface Sequence Fail (UI-Panel) .................................................................. Channel Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel).......................................................................... Internal Resource Fail (UI-Panel)..................................................................... Internal Memory Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... UI Timer Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... Interface Format Fail (UI-Panel)....................................................................... Dispatch Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... Copy Interface Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................... Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ Scanner Interface Fail (UI-Panel)..................................................................... Report Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... Server Access Fail (UI-Panel) .......................................................................... Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel) ................................................................. Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel) ..................................................................... Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel)....................................................... Attribute Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... Argument Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................. Job Parameter Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................... Job Actual Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................... Auditron Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... EP Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................................ File Access Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................................... NVM Fail (UI-Panel) ......................................................................................... FF Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................................................. MGR Fail (UI-Panel)......................................................................................... Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel) .............................................................. Internal Fail (UI-Panel) ..................................................................................... JRM I/F Internal Fail (UI-Panel)........................................................................

624 624 624 624 624 625 625 625 625 625 625 625 625 626 626 626 626 626 626 626 626 627 627 627 627 627 627 627 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628

124-xxx FIP 124-310 124-311 124-312 124-313 124-314 124-315 124-316 124-317 124-318 124-319 124-320 124-321 124-322

DC132 11 ......................................................................................................... DC132 09 ......................................................................................................... DC132 12 ......................................................................................................... DC132 10 ......................................................................................................... DC132 01 ......................................................................................................... DC132 02 ......................................................................................................... DC132 03 ......................................................................................................... DC132 04 ......................................................................................................... DC132 07 ......................................................................................................... DC132 08 ......................................................................................................... SEEPROM Fail................................................................................................. Backup SRAM Fail ........................................................................................... DC132 05 .........................................................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-22

631 631 631 631 631 631 632 632 632 632 632 632 633

Version.1 .1.1 124-323 124-324 124-325 124-326 124-327 124-328 124-332 124-333 124-334 124-335 124-337 124-338 124-339 124-340 124-341 124-342 124-343 124-350 124-351 124-352 124-353 124-360 124-361 124-362 124-363 124-372 124-373 124-374 124-380 124-381 124-382 124-383 124-390 124-391 124-392 124-393 124-701 124-702 124-703 124-704 124-705 124-706 124-708 124-709 124-710

DC132 06......................................................................................................... All Billings Mismatch ........................................................................................ Billing Restoration Fail ..................................................................................... IOT Speed Not Registered............................................................................... IOT Speed Change SW Fail ............................................................................ Punch Unit User Initial SetUp .......................................................................... contract data mismatch.................................................................................... ASIC Fail (Panther).......................................................................................... Standard Font ROM Error ................................................................................ Font ROM Not Found....................................................................................... ESS Standard RAM Error ................................................................................ Same Font ROMs Found ................................................................................. ROM DIMM of Another Product Found ............................................................ CRUM Market fail ALL ..................................................................................... CRUM Market fail MCU ................................................................................... CRUM Market fail SYS 1 ................................................................................. CRUM Market fail SYS 2 ................................................................................. CRUM OEM fail ALL ........................................................................................ CRUM OEM fail MCU ...................................................................................... CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 .................................................................................... CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 .................................................................................... CRUM validation fail ALL ................................................................................. CRUM validation fail MCU ............................................................................... CRUM validation fail SYS 1 ............................................................................. CRUM validation fail SYS 2 ............................................................................. IOT sc Soft Fail ................................................................................................ IOT Manager SW Fail ...................................................................................... IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail ........................................................................... CRUM Market fail ALL (2) ................................................................................ CRUM Market fail MCU (2) .............................................................................. CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2) ............................................................................ CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2) ............................................................................ CRUM OEM fail ALL (2)................................................................................... CRUM OEM fail MCU (2) ................................................................................. CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2) ............................................................................... CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2) ............................................................................... Side Tray to Center Tray.................................................................................. Finisher Tray to Center Tray ............................................................................ Booklet Tray to Center Tray ............................................................................. Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra .................................................................. Punching Canceled.......................................................................................... Folding Canceled ............................................................................................. Changed To Sub Tray...................................................................................... Stapler sheets counts over warning................................................................. Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter .......................................................

633 633 633 633 633 634 634 634 634 634 634 635 635 635 635 635 635 635 636 636 636 636 636 636 637 637 637 637 637 637 637 638 638 638 638 638 638 639 639 639 639 639 639 640 640

125-xxx FIP 125-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fail ...............................................................................

641

127-xxx FIP 127-210 DFE Communication Fail ................................................................................. 127-211 DFE Parameter Error .......................................................................................

643 643

127-212 127-213 127-220 127-221 127-310 127-311 127-312 127-313 127-314 127-315 127-320 127-337 127-342 127-353 127-354 127-396 127-398 127-399

ExtPrint Check Mode Error .............................................................................. ExtPrint I/F Mismatch ....................................................................................... DEF Communicaiton Error (video) ................................................................... DEF Communicaiton Error (Command) ........................................................... ESR Task Fatal error ....................................................................................... ExtPRTc Fatal Error ......................................................................................... DFE Video Link Fail ......................................................................................... ESS Video Link Fail ......................................................................................... WSD Print S/W Fail.......................................................................................... ThinPrint S/W Fail ............................................................................................ DFE Critical Fail ............................................................................................... JobTemplate HDD Write Error ......................................................................... JobTemplate Monitor Fail................................................................................. LPD Soft Fatal error ......................................................................................... FTP Server Software Fail................................................................................. MailIO Soft Fatal error...................................................................................... IPP Soft Fatal error .......................................................................................... JME Soft Fatal error .........................................................................................

643 643 643 643 643 643 644 644 644 644 644 644 645 645 645 645 645 645

Fax Parameter incorrect................................................................................... Fax Parameter Value Invalid............................................................................ Fax Read Erro No Data.................................................................................... Fax Read Error-Invalid Data ............................................................................ Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing...................................................................... Fax USB Device Fatal Error............................................................................. Fax USB Host Fatal Error ................................................................................ Fax Manager Short of Memory ........................................................................ Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory ................................................... Fax Short of Work Memory .............................................................................. Fax Control task detects error.......................................................................... Fax Card not respond when system is Booting................................................ Fax Card does not respond intervally .............................................................. Fax Card Reset ................................................................................................ Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch....................................................... Fax address book illegal setting....................................................................... Illegal country code for Fax .............................................................................. Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail ............................................................................. Received unknown message ........................................................................... Fax Card download fail .................................................................................... Fax report mail box not open ........................................................................... Staple/Punch Canceled.................................................................................... Tray select fail. Used SMH instead. .................................................................

655 655

2.4 NET System Fault Check 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.4.4 2.4.5

Interface (Physical/Logical) ................................................................................... "Cannot connect to the network" or "Print is not found from the PC" .................... No output is available, no data is printed .............................................................. Printing can be performed but abnormally ............................................................ Network-Related Details Check Flow....................................................................

657 657 658 658 659

2.5 Log 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions.................................................. 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions................................................

667 667

2.6 Software Download 2.6.1 Software Download ...............................................................................................

671

2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job............................................................................

133-xxx FIP 133-210 133-211 133-212 133-213 133-214 133-215 133-216 133-217 133-218 133-219 133-220 133-221 133-222 133-223 133-224 133-225 133-226 133-280 133-281 133-282 133-283 133-700 133-710

500-xxx FIP 500-030 DC612 Print NG By IOT Wait State ................................................................. 500-990 DC612 Print NG By Any Reason .....................................................................

673

647 647 647 647 647 647 647 647 648 648 648 648 648 648 648 649 649 649 649 649 649 649 649

134-xxx FIP 134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid ............................................................................. 134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure ...........................................................................

651 651

202-xxx FIP 202-399 JME Soft Fatal error ......................................................................................... Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

653 02/2009 2-23

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

02/2009 2-24

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot Procedure Troubleshooting procedures are roughly divided into two categories. Level 1 Troubleshooting: Level 1 Troubleshooting (Level 1 FIP) is the first step to diagnose a problem. Level 1 FIP asks you whether any Fault Code and other problematic symptoms exist, guiding you to Level 2 Troubleshooting or BSD to resolve the problem. Level 2 Troubleshooting: Level 2 Troubleshooting is a diagnostic procedure of separating a problem by Fault Code, document/paper jam and other problematic symptoms. Performing a FIP or an appropriate procedure in the check out list enables you to discover causes of a problem in a short period of time. •

Fault Code: When a Fault Code alerts you to a machine failure, perform appropriate troubleshooting items, by referring to Level 2 Troubleshooting.

Other troubleshooting: • Generic FIP: This is the generic check procedure for troubleshooting general electric parts such as Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sensor etc. Service Mode/UI Diagnostic Mode: This shows the purposes and usage of the diagnostic program for the machine, and how to read diag data. How to proceed troubleshooting and Cautions: • First, perform Level 1 FIP to categorize a problem. Second, proceed to an appropriate Level 2 FIP or BSD to resolve the problem. To find the causes of the problem using FIP or check chart etc., thoroughly read the instructions and follow the procedure properly. Sometimes, when two or more causes exist, they cannot be identified at once, so the same FIP should be repeated. In this case, pay attention to a different judgment made in the process of the same FIP. •

The generic check procedure for the general electric parts (Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sensor etc.) is not shown in each troubleshooting for some cases. In such a case, only the causes of the troubles are shown using the expressions below. Therefore, if you do not know how to check, proceed to troubleshooting by referring to Generic FIP.

E.g. Enter DC330[xxx-xxx].Insert paper from the tray side. Does the indication show "Low"? Y N Repair xxxxxx SENSOR using Sensor Failure FIP. ~

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-25

2.1 Preface

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot

02/2009 2-26

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

2.1.2 Glossary

Table 1

Procedure The following terminology are used throughout the troubleshooting section. The meaning of these terminology must be fully understood when performing problem analysis. Common terms: • Fault Code This 6-digit code appears when the machine found problems. The first 3 digits show the Chain No. that correspond with the Chain No. of BSD. • •

Block

•

Check

•

To visually check for operation failure of parts such as relay or mechanical linkage, and the failure status of the parts. Enter the Service mode. To enter the Service mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the Service Mode.

+13.3VDC

(H) (L)

+12.64 ~ +13.97VDC 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC

+24VDC

(H) (L)

+23.28 ~ +25.73VDC 0.0 ~ +3.0VDC

Exit the problem analysis procedure.

•

PL4.2: Refer to PL4.2 in Chapter 5 Parts List.

•

CH 6.2 Zone J4: Refer to 6.2 Zone J4 in Chapter 9 BSD.

•

REP 4.1.3: Refer to REP 4.1.3 in Chapter 4.

•

ADJ 4.1.3: Refer to ADJ4.1.3 in Chapter 4.

•

Replace the parts in sequence: When it is impossible to analyze causes of a problem further, replace the parts in sequence. The part with a higher replacement frequency or higher possibility of causing a problem is listed first for replacement.

Enter the UI Diag. mode. To enter the UI Diag. mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the UI Diag. mode (UI Diagnostics mode).

•

Range

Mechanical problems: This phrase is used when moving to machine adjustment and parts replacement. Read all the items (describing the main causes) and find out the causes of a problem by comparing them with the symptoms shown by the machine.

To place a sheet of document or paper on the photo sensor surface for detection.

•

Level

Activate(Deactivate) To mechanically push (release) the actuator of the switch or the connected mechanical linkage.

•

Voltage

Check the wire for a short circuit. Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between the wire and the frame using the ohm range of a tester.

•

Check the wire for an open circuit. Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between both ends of the wire using the ohm range of a tester.

•

Select DC330[xxx-xxx]. Enter DC330 Component Control by following the procedure described in the Service Mode section in Chapter 2. (Hereinafter for PC-Diag only) Then, either select the applicable parts from the desired module or enter Chain Link No. [xxx-xxx] by selecting [Direct Code Input].

•

Check the voltage level. Table 1 Voltage

Level

Range

+3.5VDC

(H) (L)

+3.33 ~ +3.68VDC 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC

+5VDC

(H) (L)

+4.85 ~ +5.36VDC 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC

+12VDC

(H) (L)

+11.4 ~ +12.6VDC 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-27

2.1.2 Glossary

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.1.2 Glossary

02/2009 2-28

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP Due to standardization of Controllers, some machines with different names have the common Controller installed. They also display the same Fault Code. 2.3 Controller FIP in this manual describes all the Faults FIPs for the machine-independent Controllers. Therefore, some Fault FIPs are not displayed in some machines. In that case, they must be ignored. Refer to the corrective actions for the displayed Fault to repair the trouble. The following shows the flow of actual use. 1.

Refer to the FIP corresponding to the displayed 6-digit Fault Code.

2.

Follow the instructions in the FIP and proceed with the corrective action.

3.

When the following items are stated in the corrective action, perform the appropriate corrective actions to repair the trouble. If the problem persists, obtain the logs and request Support G for support to repair the trouble. •

Refer to "OF-xx".

•

Perform "NET System Failure Check".

•

Obtain "LOG".

•

Perform "Software Download".

Though the repair procedures for those are not stated in FIP, they are stated in a referenced section. Refer to the referenced section to proceed with the procedures. NOTE: Some codes in IOT Fault Code (024-xxx) are repeated in 2.2 IIT, IOT & Option FIP. In that case, refer to the procedures in both sections. NOTE: In OF-xxx, the replacing parts "IISS PWB", "IOT PWB", and "ESS PWB" are used. However, they are also referred to as IIT/IPS PWB, MCU PWB, and Mother PWB respectively in some machines. The function names need to be replaced with machine-specific PWB to perform replacement.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-29

2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP

02/2009 2-30

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition 1.

Table 1

Chain No. Definition

ChainNo

Subsystem Name

Description

Chain No. is used to identify the Controller module in which an error has occurred.

X62

IISS

Detects IIT-related errors under Cont’s control.

X63

IISS(Ext)

Detects IIT Extension Board-related errors under Cont’s control.

X65

DADF-250

Detects DADF-related errors under Cont’s control.

IOT(PH)

Detects Paper Handling-related errors under Cont’s control.

Table 1 ChainNo

Subsystem Name

Description

X02

CONT(UI-EWS)

Detected by the EMS function module of the Controller.

X03

CONT (IITsc)

Detected by the IIT function module of the Controller.

X89

RegiCon

Detects RegiCon-related errors under Cont’s control.

X05

DADF

Detected by the DADF function module of the Controller.

X91

IOT(Xero)

Detects Xero-related errors under Cont’s control.

X10

FUSER

Detected by the FUSER function module of the Controller.

X92

IOT(ProCon)

Detects Xero-related errors under Cont’s control.

X11

Sorter

Detected by the MailBoxSorter function module of the Controller.

X93

IOT(Deve)

Detects ProCon-related errors under Cont’s control.

X94

IOT(Xfer)

Detects Transfer-related errors under Cont’s control.

Finisher(OUT)

Detects Finisher-related errors under the Cont’s control.

ESS (Back End)


X16 X17

ESS (Front End)


X18

Network Connect

Detects Network Connect-related errors under Cont’s control.

X21

CONT (EP)

Detects EP-related errors under Cont’s control.

X22

EP Acc side

Detects EP Accessory-related errors under Cont’s control.

X23

Panel (Web included)

Detects Panel-related errors under Cont’s control.

X24

CONT (IOTsc)

Detects IOTsc-related errors under Cont’s control.

2.

Table 2

X25

CONT (PSW I/F)

Detects PSWI/F-related errors under Cont’s control.

X26

CONT (JRM and others)

Detects JRM-related errors under Cont’s control.

X27

CONT (external I/F)

Detects External IF-related errors under Cont’s control.

X31

CONTExtension Board

Detects Extension Board-related errors under Cont’s control.

X33

CONT (FAX)

Detects FAX-related errors under Cont’s control.

X34

FaxCard

FaxCard Mother detects errors.

X35

FaxCard(G3)

The G3 function module of FaxCard detects errors. 035-5xx is for FAXmini.

X36

FaxCard(G4)

The G4 function module of FaxCard detects errors.

X38

DGS(MDSS)

Detects MDSS-related errors under Cont’s control.

X39

DGS(MDS)

Detects MDS-related errors under Cont’s control.

X41

IOT(Mgr)

Detects Manager-related errors under Cont’s control.

X42

IOT(Drive)

Detects Drive-related errors under Cont’s control.

X45

IOT(IM)

Detects IM-related errors under Cont’s control.

X46

IOT(HVPS)

Detects HVPS-related errors under Cont’s control.

X47

IOT(OutCon)

Detects OutCon-related errors under Cont’s control.

X48

IF Module

Detects errors related to IF for HCS/Finisher under Cont’s control.

X49

HCS

Detects HCS-related errors under Cont’s control.

X50

Cont(JAM-Zone)

Detects JAM-related errors under Cont’s control.

X61

IOT (ROS)

Detects ROS-related errors under Cont’s control.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Link No. Definition and Error Classification Classifications of the occurred errors are identified by Link No.

02/2009 2-31

Link No

Error Classification

Description

210~299

Local Fail

This is an error that must not occur, or "Failure". Some parts of the service or service function that uses an accessory or connected device cannot operate because the accessory or connected device cannot operate. CE Diag functions are available. However, a user can clear user installed options by replacing them.

210~299

Service Fail

This is an error that must not occur, or "Fatal Failure". Fax services and Media services cannot be provided because the USB-IF connected FaxCard/MediaDrive machine, etc. has a failure/abnormal operation in an externally connected part or even in the same machine package. However, the services that do not affect the faulty part, such as Copy Service and Scan Service, can be executed.

310~399

System Fail/Sub System Fail

This is an error that must not occur, or "Fatal Failure". Users can only perform recovery by turning the power OFF then ON. The machine cannot perform system or subsystem operations and it needs maintenance. The Diag. functions can be operated for CE purpose but the system fail at Cont initialization (startup) guarantees only the DC131 NVM Read/Write and DC132 operations. Other Diag. may be operated but not guaranteed.

2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition Table 2 Link No

Error Classification

Description

400~498

Time Bomb (Information)

This fail occurs in normal operation, so it is not referred to as "Failure" but needs "Any Actions". Notify the machine state in which user operation is temporarily limited and "why the machine cannot be operated immediately". Notify the expected life (ERU life expectation) of consumable replacement parts.

600~699

Hidden Fail or History

This is not defined as "Failure". This is a fault that does not affect job operations and does not need to notify users. This may be repaired automatically by the machine.

700~799

Job Fail

This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as "Failure". This failure occurs when the system detects that job operation cannot be continued. At the time when error is detected, the process is aborted. This is a fault that can be recovered by repeating the operation. If the fault persists after repeating the operation, it becomes a "Trouble".In this case, a software failure may cause the trouble.

700~799

Warning

This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as "Failure". Warning is issued only during job execution. If a user operation instruction cannot be performed as desired due to [any conditions], the job is continued by changing the settings in the device and the message [Job is continued by changing settings] is displayed in the panel.

910~990

Operation Error/ Notice Error

This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as "Failure". At the time when error is detected, the job is paused and the user interruption screen is displayed in the panel. This is a fault with which the job can be continued by clearing the cause.

02/2009 2-32

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-121 DADF Feed Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-122 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.5

1.

Feed Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of Pre-Feed.

2.

During Duplex, Feed Sensor does not detect a doc a spec time after the start of the Pre-Feed operation (Feed Motor ON (CW)).

1.

Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON for the 1st doc a spec time after Feed Sensor ON.

2.

Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON for 2nd and subsequent docs a spec time after the start of the Pre-Regist operation.

DC330 Code to Check •

[005-204] DADF Feed Sensor

DC330 Code to Check

•

[005-062] DADF Feed Clutch

•

[005-206] Pre Regi Sensor

•

[005-001] DADF Feed Motor

•


Check Items

•


•

Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper

•

[005-015] DADF Pre Regi Motor

•

Check for any damaged/out-of-spec/improperly loaded document

Check Items

•

Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•

Drive gears for wear/breakage

•

Check for any damaged/out-of-spec/improperly loaded document

•

Feed Clutch for an improper operation

•


•

Feed Motor for a poor rotation

•

Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Drive Belt for poor tension

•


•

Check if Nudger Roll is properly nipping.

•

Feed Clutch for an improper operation

•

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Feed Sensor (PL 4.17).

•

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Pre Regi Sensor (PL 4.17).

•

–

DADF Feed Sensor J762-2 to DADF PWB J754-A5

–

DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-2 to DADF PWB J754-A8

–


–


–


–


DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

•

02/2009 2-33


2.2 Product FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 005-xxx FIP

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-34

005-123 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.6 Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Pre-Regi Sensor ON.

Version.1 .1.1

005-124 DADF Lead Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.6 Lead Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

[005-207] Lead Regi Sensor

•

[005-110] Regi Sensor

•

[005-026] DADF Regi Motor

•


Check Items

•


•


•

[005-065] Baffle Solenoid

•

Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.

Check Items

•

Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•

Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document

•

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Lead Regi Sensor (PL 4.8).

•

Check if Baffle is properly closed (Baffle Solenoid is also properly operating).

•

Pre Regi Roll/Pinch Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

• •

•

Drive gears for wear/breakage Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Regi Sensor (PL 4.25). –

DADF Regi Sensor J776-2 to DADF PWB J757-A8

–


–



•

–

Lead Regi Sensor J779-2 to DADF PWB J757-B8

–


–



005-125 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-126 DADF Out Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.6

BSD-ON:CH5.7

Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).

Out Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•

[005-208] Out Sensor

•


•

[005-037] Platen Motor

•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•

Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•

Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension

•

Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Regi Sensor (PL 4.25).

•


•

•

–


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Out Sensor (PL 4.22).

–


–

Out Sensor J778-2 to DADF PWB J757-B5

–


–


–


DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3) •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-35


005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-36

005-127 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.7 Out Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Regi Sensor OFF.

DC330 Code to Check

Version.1 .1.1

005-128 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.9 In Simplex Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn ON a spec time after Out Sensor ON.

•


DC330 Code to Check

•


•

[005-209] DADF Exit Sensor 1

•


•


•

[005-068/067] Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid

•

[005-048] DADF Exit Motor

Check Items

•


•


Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)

•


•


•


•

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Out Sensor (PL 4.22).

•


•

•

–


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Exit Sensor 1 (PL 4.23).

–


–

DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-2 to DADF PWB J757-A2

–


–


–




005-129 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-130 DADF Invert Sensor ON Jam (Duplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.9

BSD-ON:CH5.7

In Simplex Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor OFF.

In Duplex Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Out Sensor ON.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•

[005-211] Invert Sensor 1

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

No.1 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

•

Exit Area for a foreign object/the deformed Static Elimination Brush

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Invert Sensor 1 (PL 4.22).

•


–

Invert Sensor 1 J777-2 to DADF PWB J757-B2


–


Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Exit Sensor 1 (PL 4.23).

–


• •

•

–


–


–


•



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-37

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-38

005-133 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.7 In Duplex Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor OFF.

DC330 Code to Check

Version.1 .1.1

005-135 DADF Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.5 During the Invert operation, Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Feed Motor starts rotating backward.

•


•


DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•

[005-070] Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid

•


Check Items

•


•


•

[005-069] Exit Gate Solenoid

•


Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•

•

Invert Roll for an improper Nip/Release operation (Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid for an improper operation)


•

Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•

Exit Gate for an improper operation (Exit Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)

•

Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Invert Sensor 1 (PL 4.22).

•


•

•

–


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Pre Regi Sensor (PL 4.17)

–


–


–


–


–




005-136 DADF Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-137 DADF Exit Sensor 2 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.9

BSD-ON:CH5.6

In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 2 does not turn ON a spec time after Feed Motor starts rotating backward.

During the Invert operation, Regi. Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Pre-Regi Sensor ON.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check •

•


•


•



•


[005-065] Baffle Solenoid

•



•


•


• •

Check Items

Check Items • • •

Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document. Check if Baffle is properly closed (Baffle Solenoid also properly operates)

•

Pre Regi Roll/Pinch Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Regi Sensor (PL 4.25).

–


–


–

–


•


–


–


•



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-39

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-40

Version.1 .1.1

005-138 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-141 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.9

BSD-ON:CH5.4

In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn ON a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.

Pre-Regi Sensor turned OFF before Feed Sensor turned OFF. (multifeed/stream feed)

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•



•


Check Items

•


•


•

Retard Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•

Torque Limiter for a problem (PL 4.26)

•


•


•


•

Check if any out-of-spec doc was transported.

•


•

•



•


–


–


–


–


–


–


•


•


005-142 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam(Duplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-143 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.9

BSD-ON:CH5.9

Exit Sensor 2 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.

In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 OFF.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•



•



•


•


•


•


•


Document Output Area for a foreign object

•

Check the document output area for an object that prevents a document output.


•



•



•


• •

• • • •

•

–


–


–


–


–


–



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

•

02/2009 2-41


005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-42

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-144 DADF Too First Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/ 4112EPS)

005-150 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.5

BSD-ON:CH5.4

Pre Regi Sensor turned ON earlier than a spec timing due to doc skew.

In Punched Doc Mode, Feed Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Feed Sensor ON.

DC330 Code to Check

Procedure

•


•


Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest point of the outer circumference from the trail edge) at the trail edge of the document is positioned within 19mm from the trail edge. If the document has no problem, go to 005-141 FIP.

•


•


Check Items •

Check if the document guides are properly set.

•


•

Nudger Roll for uniform contact with the tray loaded with documents.

•

Feed Roll/Retard Roll for uniform contact with the document.

•

Check for any damaged/curled/out-of-spec/improperly loaded doc.

•

Check for an out-of-spec combination of sizes (Mixed Sizes)

•


•

–


–


–



005-151 DADF Pre Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-152 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.5

BSD-ON:CH5.6

In Punched Doc Mode, Pre Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Pre Regi Sensor ON.

In Punched Doc Mode, Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Regi Sensor ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest point of the outer circumference from the trail edge) at the trail edge of the document is positioned within 19mm from the trail edge. If the document has no problem, check DC330[005-206] Pre Regi Sensor.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-43

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-44

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-153 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-154 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.6

BSD-ON:CH5.7

In Punched Doc Mode, Lead Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Lead Regi Sensor ON.

In Punched Doc Mode, Out Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest point of the outer circumference from the trail edge) at the trail edge of the document is positioned within 19mm from the trail edge. If the document has no problem, check DC330 [005-207] Lead Regi Sensor.


005-155 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Simplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-156 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode (Duplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.9

BSD-ON:CH5.9

In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 1 ON. (Simplex)

In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 1 ON. (Duplex)

Procedure

Procedure



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-45

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-46

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-157 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-158 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.7

BSD-ON:CH5.9

In Punched Doc Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Invert Sensor ON.

In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 2 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.

Procedure

Procedure



005-160 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (during Job) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-190 Feed Motor Logic Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.4

BSD-ON:CH5.1 It is detected that with paper loaded, a spec time after Tray starts lifting up, Level Sensor does not turn ON or that Bottom Sensor does not turn OFF. (Applicable to the case where this is detected with MC running/not in operation/purging)

Feed Motor rotating CW did not start rotating CCW (to start Invert) a spec time after Invert Sensor Off. (Invert operation)

Procedure No action is required.

Procedure Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no load. Y N Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.

Do as indicated on the UI.

Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.) Y N +24VDC is measured between J758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the DADF PWB. (WN7.2.53.3) Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758. Y N Replace the Tray Motor (PL 4.4). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Enter DC330 [005-203](DADF Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Level Sensor. Enter DC330 [005-202](DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor. Check the Torque Limiter (PL 4.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-47

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-48

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size (Except 4127/ 4112EPS)

005-196 Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size (Except 4127/ 4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.3

BSD-ON:CH5.3

It is detected that with "Slow Scan MIX" selected, size in fast scan is different from doc guide width.

It is detected that the 2nd doc and subsequent ones include doc(s) different in size from the 1st one.

Procedure

Procedure

No action is required.




005-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-198 Too Short Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.3

BSD-ON:CH5.5

A prohibited combination of sizes is detected.

A doc is too short in fast scan to be transported. (The TE of the doc passes on Feed Sensor before the LE reaches Pre Regi Sensor.)


Procedure


Check the size of the document the user has run. If it is in a range of sizes DADF can transport [min size: A5 (140mmx210mm)], check the following: DC330[005-206] Pre Regi Sensor DC330[005-204] DADF Feed Sensor If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-49

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-50

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-199 Too Long Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-210 DADF Download Fail

BSD-ON:CH5.5

BSD-ON:CH3.3

It is detected that a doc is too long in slow scan for DADF to transport.

It has been detected that when IISS is turned On (Including Power On and recoverry from Power Save Mode) the DADF is in Download Mode. The DADF has failed in downloading and the ROM has crashed.

Simplex mode: 670.0mm or more Duplex mode: 477.4mm or more

*This includes the case where, in the market, the ROM was replaced with a defective ROM and the power was turned On.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the size of the document the user has run. If it is in a range of sizes DADF can transport, check the following:

Perform “Download Software”. If the problem persists, replace the 250 DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

DC330[005-206] Pre Regi Sensor DC330[005-204] DADF Feed Sensor If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

005-275 DADF RAM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-280 DADF EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH3.3

BSD-ON:CH3.3

Defective DADF PWB RAM was detected.(A check is made at Power ON.)

An error in writing into or communicating with DADF EEPROM was detected.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-51

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-52

005-281 DADF Tray Lift Down Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.1 Bottom Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after DADF Tray starts lowering.

Initial Actions

Version.1 .1.1

005-282 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document) (Except 4127/ 4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.1 In the initialize operation with no doc loaded, Bottom Sensor does not turn off a spec time after Tray starts lifting up.

Check that there is no foreign object under the Tray.

Procedure Procedure Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no load. Y N Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Down operation. Enter DC330 [005-091]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.) Y N +24VDC is measured between J758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the DADF PWB. (WN7.2.53.3)

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no load. Y N Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation. Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.) Y N +24VDC is measured between J758-1 on the DADF PWB (+) and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the DADF PWB. (WN7.2.53.3) Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758. Y N Replace the Tray Motor (PL 4.4).

Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from DADF PWB. Approx. between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758. Y N Replace the Tray Motor (PL 4.4).

19

ohms

are

measured

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Enter DC330 [005-202] (DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor. Check the Torque Limiter (PL 4.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Enter DC330 [005-203] (DADF Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Level Sensor. Enter DC330 [005-202] (DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor. Check the Torque Limiter (PL 4.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

005-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.1

BSD-ON:CH5.5

Level Sensor Error or Nudger Solenoid Error was detected logically in relation to DOC Sensor output.

An illogical combination of APS Sensors 1~3 outputs

Procedure

Procedure

No action is required. If the fail frequently occurs, check in DC330 [005-203] DADF Level Sensor.

Check the output each of the Sensors below. If any of them has a problem, troubleshoot the sensor using 2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP. If none of the sensors have any problems, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

•

DC330[005-215] Tray APS Sensor 1

•


•


02/2009 2-53

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-54

005-304 Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH6.7 While the DADF was in operation, the Platen Interlock became open. NOTE: While the DADF is not in operation, Fail Code 062-300 is displayed.

Version.1 .1.1

005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.2 While the DADF was in operation, the Feeder Cover Interlock became open.

Initial Actions

Procedure

•

Check that the Platen Glass is mechanically closed with no foreign object between itself and the DADF and no height misalignment with the DADF.

•

Check that the Front Magnet is on the DADF. (PL 4.12)

Manually turn ON the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch. 005-302 has disappeared. (005-308 appears.) Y N +24VDC is measured between J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1 (+) and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F2 (+) and GND (). Y N Check the circuit between J753-2 on the DADF PWB and the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F2 for an open wire, short or poor contact.

Procedure Place one document in the DADF. Remove the Top Front Cover. Disconnect P727 of the Platen Interlock Switch. Cheat pins J727-1 and -2. Fail Code 062-300 stays displayed. Y N Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 5.6). Turn off the power. Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: • IIT/IPS PWB J722-A4 to Platen Interlock Switch J727-2 •

IIT/IPS PWB J722-A5 to Platen Interlock Switch J727-1

If no problem is found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Replace the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PL 4.5). Check the circuit between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1 and J753-1 on the DADF PWB for an open wire, short or poor contact. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). The problem is a misalignment between the DADF Feeder Cover and the Switch. Check for the bent Feeder Cover actuator and/or the improperly positioned Switch.

005-306 DADF Tray Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/ 4112EPS)

005-308 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.2

BSD-ON:CH5.1

The DADF L/H Cover Interlock is open.

While the DADF was in operation, the Tray Interlock became open.

Procedure Open and close the DADF L/H Cover to check if the Sensor actuator operates properly. The actuator has operated properly. Y N Check for the following: • Improperly installed DADF L/H Cover

Procedure Open and close the Document Tray several times. The Tray has opened and closed properly. Y N Check for the following: • Improperly installed Document Tray Foreign objects

•

Foreign objects.

•

Broken/poorly rotating opening/closing gears

•

Disconnected/bent Sensor Actuator

•

Defective Oil Damper (PL 4.4)

•

Bent Sensor Actuator

•

Close the Document Tray. +5VDC is measured between J756-A8 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (). Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). +5VDC is measured between J798-2 (+) of the Tray Interlock Sensor and GND (-). Y N Check the circuit between J798-2 of the Tray Interlock Sensor and J756-A8 on the DADF PWB for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J798-1 (+) and -3(-) of the Tray Interlock Sensor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J756-A9 (+) and -A7 (-) on the DADF PWB. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Remove the DADF Front Cover. Close DADF L/H Cover. +5VDC is measured between (+)on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Sensor

J755-A2

+5VDC is measured between J786-2 (+) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and GND (-). Y N Check the circuit between J786-2 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and J755-A2 on the DADF PWB for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J786-1 (+) and -3(-) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J755-A3 (+) and -A1 (-) on the DADF PWB. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Check the circuits each between J755-A3 on the DADF PWB and J786-1 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor, and between J755-A1 on the DADF PWB and J786-3 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.

Check the circuits each between J756-A9 on the DADF PWB and J798-1 of the Tray Interlock Sensor, and between J756-A7 on the DADF PWB and J798-3 of the Tray Interlock Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.

Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 4.5).

Replace the Tray Interlock Sensor (PL 4.4).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-55

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


005-309 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/ 4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.2

Procedure

• •

Sensor

BSD-ON:CH5.4

1.

At Power ON

2.

Feeder Cover Interlock Closed

3.

Platen Interlock Closed

•


Check Items •

Disconnected/bent Sensor Actuator

+5VDC is measured between J786-1 (+) and -3(-) of L/H Cover Interlock Sensor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J755-A3 (+) and -A1 (-) on the DADF PWB. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Check the circuits each between J755-A3 on the DADF PWB and J786-1 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor, and between J755-A1 on the DADF PWB and J786-3 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor for an open wire or poor contact.

Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.

•

The sensor for improper installation

•

Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:

J755-A2

+5VDC is measured between J786-2 (+) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and GND (-). Y N Check the circuit between J786-2 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and J755-A2 on the DADF PWB for an open wire or poor contact.

Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 4.5).

005-906 DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

DC330 Code to Check

Foreign objects.

Remove the DADF Front Cover. Close DADF L/H Cover. +5VDC is measured between (+)on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Version.1 .1.1

Feed Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

While the DADF was in operation, the L/H Interlock became open.

Open and close the DADF L/H Cover to check if the Sensor actuator operates properly. The actuator has operated properly. Y N Check for the following: • Improperly installed DADF L/H Cover

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-56

•

–


–


–


If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Feed Sensor (PL 4.17) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

005-907 DADF Pre Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/ 4112EPS)

005-908 DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.6

BSD-ON:CH5.5

Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

Pre-Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

1.

At Power ON Feeder Cover Interlock Close Platen Interlock Close

1.

At Power ON

2.

2.


3.


DC330 Code to Check

3.

DC330 Code to Check

•

•

Check Items



Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


–


–


–



–


– – •

•


If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Pre Regi Sensor (PL 4.17) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-57

If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Regi Sensor (PL 4.25) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-58

005-909 DADF Lead Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/ 4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.6 Lead Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

Version.1 .1.1

005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.7 Out Sensor turns ON at the following timings: 1.

At Power ON Feeder Cover Interlock Closed Platen Interlock Closed

1.

At Power ON

2.

2.


3.

3.


DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

•

Check Items

[005-207] Lead Regi Sensor


Check Items

•

•


•


•

The sensor for improper installation.

•


•


–


–


–



–


– – •


If the wires have no problem, replace the Lead Regi Sensor (PL 4.8) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

•


If the wires have no problem, replace the Out Sensor (PL 4.22) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

005-911 DADF Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-912 DADF Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.9

BSD-ON:CH5.9

Exit Sensor 1 turns ON at the following timings:

Exit Sensor 2 turns ON at the following timings:

1.

At Power ON

1.

At Power ON

2.


2.


3.


3.


DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

•

[005-209] Exit Sensor 1

[005-210] Exit Sensor 2

Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•

–

DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-2, DADF PWB J757-A2

–


–


–


–


–


If the wires have no problem, replace the Exit Sensor 1 (PL 4.23) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

•

02/2009 2-59

If the wires have no problem, replace the Exit Sensor 2 (PL 4.23) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-60

005-913 DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.7 Invert Sensor 1 turns ON at the following timings:

Version.1 .1.1

005-914 DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/ 4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.5 No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

1.

At Power ON

2.


1.

At Power ON

3.


2.


DC330 Code to Check

3.


•

DC330 Code to Check


Check Items

•

[005-218] No.1 APS Sensor

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

–


•

–


•


–


•


•

If the wires have no problem, replace the Invert Sensor 1 (PL 4.22) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

•


–

No.1 APS Sensor J765-2 to DADF PWB J754-B2

–


–


–


–


–


–


–


–


If the wires have no problem, replace the No.1/2/3 APS Sensors (PL 4.17) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

005-918 DADF Invert Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.7

BSD-ON:CH5.1

Invert Sensor 2 turns ON at the following timings: 1.

It is detected that with docs loaded, a spec time after Tray starts lifting up Level Sensor does not turn ON or that Bottom Sensor does not turn OFF. (Applicable to any case other than where the MC is running/ not in operation/purging)

At Power ON

2.


3.


005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (Except 4127/ 4112EPS)

DC330 Code to Check

Procedure

•

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no load. Y N Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.


Check Items •


•


•


•

–


–


–


If the wires have no problem, replace the Invert Sensor 2 (PL 4.21) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.

Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should be closed.) Y N +24VDC is measured between J758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J753-1(+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the DADF PWB. (WN7.2.53.3) Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758. Y N Replace the Tray Motor (PL 4.4). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Enter DC330 [005-203](DADF Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the Nudger Roll. The display toggles between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Level Sensor. Enter DC330 [005-202](DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF Tray. The display toggles between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor. Check the Torque Limiter (PL 4.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-61

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-62

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-940 DADF No Original Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

005-941 DADF Not Enough Document (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.2

BSD-ON:CH5.2

It is detected that a doc is pulled out.

It is detected that the qty of docs is short of the full qty after the reloading of all.

Procedure

Procedure



005-942 DADF Tray Stack Over Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.1 It was detected that when Nudger Solenoid was pulled in at the start of a job Level Sensor did not turn OFF.

Procedure No action is required. Reduce the qty of documents for reloading.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-63

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-64

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

010-311 Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Disconnection Fail


BSD-ON:CH10.5

BSD-ON:CH10.5

Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Open Wire is detected.


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is turned on.

•


•

Check that the connectors ( P/J146) (white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected.

•

Check that the connectors ( P/J147)(black) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 are connected.

•

Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.

•


•

Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from breakage.

•

Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 is free from breakage.

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1. Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2. The resistance is infinite. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-1 to MCU PWB J405-A7 •

Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P/J147)(black) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 2. Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2. The resistance is infinite. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-1 to MCU PWB J405-A5 •


Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8). Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (PL 15.8).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-65

010-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-66

Version.1 .1.1


010-315 Fuser Latch Contact Fail

BSD-ON:CH10.5

BSD-ON:CH9.14, CH10.2


•

Nip Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the Latch On signal is sent.

•

When Fuser Exit Sensor is turned On then Off during printing, Fuser Nip Sensor is Off.

Initial Actions •


•

Check that the connectors ( P/J149)(blue) on the Heat Roll Thermistor are connected.

•


•

Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 3 is free from breakage.

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P/J149)(blue) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 3. Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2. The resistance is infinite. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). • Heat Roll Thermistor 3 P149-1 to MCU PWB J405-A4 •


Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 3 (PL 15.8).

Initial Actions •

Check that the half-moon shaped plate that blocks the Fuser Nip Sensor is not broken.

•

Check that the couplings are engaged.

•


•

Check NVM [744-264] value (default=230) (Fuser Nip Contact Fail time)<230 or NVM [744-265] value (default=10) (Fuser Contact Clutch Off Delay Timer)<10.

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Manually rotate the Fuser Nip Cam couplings. The Fuser normally nips (to such a degree that the P-Roll slightly contacts the Heat Roll). Y N Remove causes preventing the Fuser from nipping, such as a mechanical load like binding gears, which results from the latch operation; a foreign object in the nip drive area; and binding Cam Shaft bearings. Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-202] (Fuser Nip Sensor). Select Start. Block the sensor with the half-moon shaped plate (no nipping) and push in the Drawer. Observe the display (H is displayed). Next removing the sensor along with the bracket, make the sensor receive light and hold the state, then push in the Drawer. (L is displayed.) The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Sensor. Cheat the Front Door. Enter DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor). Select Start. The Fuser Auger Motor is heard to operate. Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) The Fuser Auger Motor tries to rotate. Y N +24VDC is measured between J209-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Auger Motor. Y N +24VDC is measured between J435-A14 (+) and -A13 (-) on the IOT PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J433-1 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J433-1 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the circuits each between J435-A14 on the IOT PWB and J209-1 on the Auger Motor, and between J435-A13 on the IOT PWB and J209-2 on the Auger Motor for an open wire or poor contact. A

B

C

A

B

C +5VDC is measured between J209-4 (+) and -5(-) on the Auger Motor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J435-A11 (+) and -A10 (-) on the IOT PWB. Y N Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1).

010-316 Fuser Latch Retract Fail BSD-ON:CH10.2 Nip Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after the Latch Off signal is sent.

Check the circuits each between J435-A11 on the IOT PWB and J209-4 on the Auger Motor, and between J435-A10 on the IOT PWB and J209-5 on the Auger Motor for an open wire or poor contact. With DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor) ON, +5VDC is measured between J209-3 (+) on the Auger Motor and GND (-). Y N Replace the Auger Motor (PL 10.4).

Initial Actions •

Check that the half-moon shaped plate that blocks the Fuser Nip Sensor is not broken.

•

Check that the couplings are engaged.

•


•

Check NVM [744-152] value (default=10) (Fuser Retract Clutch Off Delay Timer)<10.

Procedure +5VDC is measured between J435-A12 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Check the circuit between J435-A12 on the IOT PWB and J209-3 on the Auger Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the following parts in order: Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) MCU PWB (PL 2.1) IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-202] (Fuser Nip Sensor). Select Start. Block the sensor with the half-moon shaped plate (no nipping) and push in the Drawer. Observe the display (H is displayed). Next removing the sensor along with the bracket, make the sensor receive light and hold the state, then push in the Drawer (L is displayed.). The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Sensor.

Check the following: • Auger for a poor rotation due to toner blocking. •

Inverter In Roll for an improper operation

•

Drive gears for binding

Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Manually rotate the Fuser Nip Cam couplings. The Fuser normally nips (to such a degree that the P-Roll slightly contacts the Heat Roll). Y N Remove causes preventing the Fuser from nipping, such as a mechanical load like binding gears, which results from the latch operation; a foreign object in the nip drive area; and binding Cam Shaft bearings.

Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-006] (Fuser Nip Clutch). Select Start. The Fuser Nip Clutch is heard to operate. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Clutch. Recheck if the latch operation has no problem; the couplings are properly engaged; the Clutch does not slip off. If no problem is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Cheat the Front Door. Enter DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor). Select Start. The Fuser Auger Motor is heard to operate. Y N Open the PWB Chassis (REP 2.1.1) The Fuser Auger Motor tries to rotate. Y N +24VDC is measured between J209-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Auger Motor. Y N +24VDC is measured between J435-A14 (+) and -A13 (-) on the IOT PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J433-1 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J433-1 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the circuits each between J435-A14 on the IOT PWB and J209-1 on the Auger Motor, and between J435-A13 on the IOT PWB and J209-2 on the Auger Motor for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J209-4 (+) and -5(-) on the Auger Motor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-67

B

010-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 010-xxx FIP A B Y

N +5VDC is measured between J435-A11 (+) and -A10 (-) on the IOT PWB. Y N Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the circuits each between J435-A11 on the IOT PWB and J209-4 on the Auger Motor, and between J435-A10 on the IOT PWB and J209-5 on the Auger Motor for an open wire or poor contact.

With DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor) ON, +5VDC is measured between J209-3 (+) on the Auger Motor and GND (-). Y N Replace the Auger Motor (PL 10.4). +5VDC is measured between J435-A12 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Check the circuit between J435-A12 on the IOT PWB and J209-3 on the Auger Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the following parts in order: Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) MCU PWB (PL 2.1) IOT PWB (PL 2.1) Check the following: • Auger for a poor rotation due to toner blocking. •

Inverter In Roll for an improper operation

•

Drive gears for binding

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-68

Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-006] (Fuser Nip Clutch). Select Start. The Fuser Nip Clutch is heard to operate. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Clutch.

Version.1 .1.1

010-317 Not Ready Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail BSD-ON:CH10.3, CH10.5 •

One of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON due to Low Temp Not Ready or High Temp Not Ready.

•

Heat Roll does not reach print-ready temp a spec time after printing stops due to Low Temp Not Ready or High Temp Not Ready.

•

At the start of print, with paper set to OHP Transparency, temperature detected by the H/R Thermistor 1 does not reach the temp set up in DC131[744-251] (Temp Permitting Pitch Generation) within 30 sec.

Initial Actions •

Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around it.

•

Check the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 is free from dirt.

•


•


•

Check the connectors ( P/J147)(black) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 are connected.

•

Check that NVM [744-173] value (Temp for clearing Low Temp Not Ready) is equal to or smaller than the following value: the appropriate value from [744-071 to 076] (Standard Temp for print paper) for the size of running paper + the appropriate value from [744-079 to 083] (Standard Temp for print paper type) for the type of running paper.

•

Check that NVM [744-254] value (OHP: Temp for clearing Low Power Not Ready) is equal to or smaller than the following value: the appropriate value from [744-071 to 076] (Standard Temp for print paper) for the size of running paper + the appropriate value from [744-079 to 083] (Standard Temp for print paper type) for the type of running paper.

•

Check NVM[744-050] to see if Ready Control Temp is set to a higher temp.

•

Check that NVM [744-251] value (OHP: Temp for permitting Pitch Generation) is smaller than NVM [744-103] value (Low Power Control Temp).

Procedure Recheck if the latch operation has no problem; the couplings are properly engaged; the Clutch does not slip off. If no problem is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. Main Heater Rod 1 (located at left when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P61A, P61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2). Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation A

B

A

B

C •

The wire between J409-B9 on the MCU PWB and J510-10 on the AC Drive PWB for a short to the frame

•

See DC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320 FIP.

Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 1 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1) ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-1 and J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J409-B9 to AC Drive PWB J510-10 •

Check the circuits each between J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB and P62A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2, and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P62B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heater Rod (located lower when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P63A, P63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Sub Heater Rod (PL 15.2).

MCU PWB J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB J510-4

Reconnect the connectors to the Sub Heater Rod at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod) ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-3 and J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J409-B7 to AC Drive PWB J510-12

Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Check the circuits each between J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB and P61A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1, and between J15-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P61B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2). Select Start. Main Heater Rod 2 (located at right when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P62A, P62B) from the Main Heater Rod 2. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Main Heater Rod 2 (PL 15.2). Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 2 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 for dirt/improper installation •


•


•


•


Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Check the circuits each between J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P63A-1 on the Sub Heater Rod, and J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P63B-1 on the Sub Heater Rod. Connect the PSW. Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-201](Heat Roll Thermistor 2). The value is between 1015 and 128. Y N Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-1 to MCU PWB J405-A5 •


Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 2 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer. With DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2) ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-3 and J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J409-B8 to AC Drive PWB J510-11 •


Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. C Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-69

010-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-70

Version.1 .1.1

010-320 Heat Roll Over Heat Fail

010-326 Wait Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail


BSD-ON:CH10.5

It is detected that one of Fuser Heat Roll STS-1, Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 and Fuser Heat Roll STS-3 is at high temperature.

In Wait Mode, one of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON.

NOTE: To clear this fail, it is necessary to clear DC131[744-156] back to 0 and turn OFF then ON the power.

*Wait Mode: after Power ON, Front Cover Interlock Closed, MSI Cover Interlock Closed and Marking Drawer Interlock Closed, in this mode Lamp is controlled for Heat Roll to reach print-ready temp.

The following shows the relation between number for display and sensor detecting a high temperature.

Initial Actions

•

0: Normal

•


•

1: Heat Roll Thermistor 1

•


•


•

•



•

Check that the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected.

•

Check if Transit-to-Ready Temp DC131[744-004] Temp)(Default:185) is set to a higher temp.

•

Check if Control Temp in Wait DC131[744-001] (Warm Up Control Temp)(Default:192) is set to a lower temp.

Initial Actions •

Check that the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is in proper contact with the Heat Roll.

•

Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from breakage and dirt.

•

Check if the following are set to higher temperatures each.

(Fuser

Warm

Up

Complete

HR

DC131[744-001](Warm Up Control Temp)(Default: 192) DC131[744-050](Ready Control Temp) (Default:185)

Procedure

DC131[744-052~056](Idling Control Temp) (Default:185)

Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 1 (located at left when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P61A, P61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2).

DC131[744-103](Low Power Control Temp) (Default:140)

Procedure Connect the PSW. Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-200](Heat Roll Thermistor 1). The value is between 1015 and 128. Y N Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-1 to MCU PWB J405-A7 •

Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation


Turn off the power. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. Disconnect Connector J510 from the AC Drive PWB. Measure the resistance regarding the following: • J510-10 pin to the frame •

J510-11 pin to the frame

•

J510-12 pin to the frame

Every resistance is infinite. Y N Check any circuit that shows its resistance is not infinite for a short to the frame.

•


•


Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 1 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1) ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-1 and J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J409-B9 to AC Drive PWB J510-10


A

B

A

B

C •


Y

Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Check the circuits each between J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB and P61A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1, and between J15-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P61B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1.

Reconnect the connectors to the Sub Heater Rod at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod) ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-3 and J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J409-B7 to AC Drive PWB J510-12

Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 2 (located at right when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P62A, P62B) from the Main Heater Rod 2. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Main Heater Rod 2 (PL 15.2). Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 2 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 for dirt/improper installation •


•

The wire between J409-B7 on the MCU PWB to J510-12 on the AC Drive PWB for a short to the frame

•


N Replace the Sub Heater Rod (PL 15.2).

•


Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Check the circuits each between J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P63A-1 on the Sub Heater Rod, and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P63B-1 on the Sub Heater Rod. Connect the PSW. Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-200](Heat Roll Thermistor 1). The value is between 1015 and 128. Y N Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-1 to MCU PWB J405-A7 •



Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 2 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2) ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-3 and J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J409-B8 to AC Drive PWB J510-11 •


Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Check the circuits each between J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB and P62A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2, and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P62B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heater Rod (located lower when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P63A, P63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. C Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-71

010-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 010-xxx FIP BSD-ON:CH10.5

In Standby or Low Power Mode, one of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON. *Standby mode: the Heat Roll is kept at print-ready temperature.

Initial Actions •


•


•


•

Check that the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected.

•

Check if Control Temp in Standby DC131[744-050](Ready Control Temp) (Default:185)/ DC131[744-103] (Low Power Control Temp) is set to a higher temp.

Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 2 (located at right when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P62A, P62B) of the Main Heater Rod 2. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2). Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 2 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 for dirt/improper installation

Procedure Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 1 (located at left when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P61A, P61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2).


•




•


•


Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Check the circuits each between Check the circuits between J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB and P62A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2, and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P62B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heater Rod (located lower when seen at front) has lit on. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Disconnect the connectors ( P63A, P63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Replace the Sub Heater Rod (PL 15.2).


Reconnect the connectors to the Sub Heater Rod at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Drawer. Push in the Drawer.

Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. A

•


Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation •

Version.1 .1.1 Check the circuits each between J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB and P61A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1, and between J15-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P61B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1.

010-327 Standby Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail

•

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-72 A

B

B Turn on the power. With DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod) ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-3 and J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J409-B7 to AC Drive PWB J510-12 •


Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Check the circuits each between J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P63A-1 on the Sub Heater Rod, and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P63B-1 on the Sub Heater Rod. Connect the PSW. Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-200](Heat Roll Thermistor 1). The value is between 1015 and 128. Y N Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8). • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-1 to MCU PWB J405-A7 •


Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order

010-330 Fuser Motor Fail BSD-ON:CH10.1 A detection of Fuser Motor rotation failure.

Procedure Enter DC701 Fuser Nip Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.1) and make the Fuser nip. Keeping the Fuser nipping, turn off the power. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) Manually rotate the Fuser Drive Motor rotor. The rotor rotates without any load. Y N Remove any load from the Fuser Unit, such as binding Fuser Drive gears and binding bearings. Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Cheat the Front Dorr Interlock. Enter DC330[010-001](Fuser Drive Motor). Select Start. The Fuser Drive Motor has rotated. Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J211-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Fuser Drive Motor. Y N +24VDC is measured between J437-7 (+) and -15(-) on the IOT PW. Y N +24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the circuits each between J437-7 on the IOT PWB and J211-1 on the Fuser Drive Motor, and between J437-15 on the IOT PWB and J211-2 on the Fuser Drive Motor for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J212-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Fuser Drive Motor. Y N CR8 on the MCU PWB is lighting. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Check the circuits each between J407-A6 on the MCU PWB and J212-1 on the Fuser Drive Motor, and between J407-A5 on the MCU PWB and J212-2 on the Fuser Drive Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Check the following for continuity: • MCU PWB J407-A4 to Fuser Drive Motor J212-3 •

MCU PWB J407-A3 to Fuser Drive Motor J212-4

•


•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-73

010-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 010-xxx FIP A Y

02/2009 2-74

N Check any wire that exhibits more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.

Replace the Fuser Drive Motor (PL 10.2) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity: • MCU PWB J407-A3 to Fuser Drive Motor J212-4 •


•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire that exhibits more than 1 ohms for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the Fuser Drive Motor (PL 10.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

010-400 Fuser Web Near End BSD-ON:CH10.9 Fuser Web replacement time is near. NOTE: After replacing the Fuser Web, it is necessary to clear Total Web Motor ON Time back to 0 using the special keys (9+Stop buttons).

Procedure Replace the Web. Using the special keys (9+Stop buttons), clear the Total Web Motor ON Time back to 0. (NVM: [744-167])

010-910 Fuser Web End BSD-ON:CH10.9 Fuser Web needs replacing. NOTE: After replacing the Fuser Web, it is necessary to clear Total Web Motor ON Time back to 0 using the special keys (9+Stop buttons).

Initial Actions Check that the hand screw at the rear of the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge is securely tightened.

Procedure Slide out the Marking Drawer up to the service position. Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. Make a measurement to check for continuity between the Wed Shaft (unused one) and the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge frame. The resistance is infinity. Y N Replace the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge (PL 15.5). Check for continuity between the Wed End Switch contact points. With the black button between both the contact points up, continuity exists, while with the button pressed down, the resistance is infinity. Y N Replace the Wed End Switch (PL 15.4). Check if Total Web Motor ON Time was cleared back to 0 after the replacement of the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-75

010-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-76

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

024-910 Tray 1 Size Mismatch


BSD-ON:CH8.11

BSD-ON:CH8.11

The Regi Sensor-measured paper length in the slow scan direction is different from the tray-detected one.


Procedure

Procedure

Is the paper size suitable for the tray and is the paper guide properly set? Y N Load the paper of the suitable size and/or set the paper guide properly.


Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[071-100](Tray 1 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value within the normal output range? (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place: :928~1023) Y N Check the following: • The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.

Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[072-100](Tray 2 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value within the normal output range? (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place: :928~1023) Y N Check the following: • The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.

•

Seeng BSD CH7.1, check the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor circuit.

•

Seeing BSD CH7.2, check the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor circuit.

•

If the circuit has no problem, replace the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.1).

•


•

If the above items have no problem, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

•


Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer. Does the display switch between H and L? Y N Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor.

DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer. Does the display switch between H and L? Y N Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor.

Check the following: • Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure.


•

•

Regi Motor for operation failure (PL 13.4).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-77


024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-78

Version.1 .1.1



BSD-ON:CH8.11

BSD-ON:CH8.11



Procedure

Procedure



Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[073-100](Tray 3 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value within the normal output range? (11x17 LEF loaded: 0~63; A5 SEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place: :928~1023) Y N Check the following: • The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.

Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[074-100](Tray 3 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value within the normal output range? (11x17 LEF loaded: 0~63; A5 SEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place: 928~1023) Y N Check the following: • The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.

•


•


•


•


•


•






•

•





BSD-ON:CH8.11

BSD-ON:CH8.11



Procedure

Procedure



Enter diag and check the following sensors: • (4000 HCF)DC330[078-222](Tray 6 Letter Size Sensor)

Enter diag and check the following sensors: • (4000 HCF)DC330[078-212](Tray 7 Letter Size Sensor)

•

(4000 HCF)DC330[078-223](Tray 6 A/B Size Sensor)

•

•

(2000 A3 HCF)DC330[078-243](2000 A3 HCF Size Sensor 0)

•


•


Does each sensor make the proper detection? Y N Check the following: • Using (4000 HCF) BSD CH20.6, check the Size Sensor circuit.

Does each sensor make the proper detection? Y N Check the following: • Seeing (4000 HCF) BSD CH20.6, check the Size Sensor circuit. •

(4000 HCF)DC330[078-213](Tray 7 A/B Size Sensor)


Seeing (2000 A3 HCF) BSD CH19.6, check the 2000 A3 HCF Size Sensor circuit.


Check the following: • Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure. •


Check the following: • Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure. •


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-79

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-80

Version.1 .1.1

024-946 Tray 1 Not in Position


BSD-ON:CH7.1

BSD-ON:CH7.2

Tray 1 is not installed in place.


Procedure

Procedure

Remove the Tray. Using the screwdriver, press one of the switches of the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor. Has “Push in the tray” disappeared? Y N Is LED CR8 on the MCU PWB ON? Y N Seeing BSD CH1.4, check the +5VDC circuit to MCU PWB J400-2.


Check the connection of MCU PWB J403 and Tray Module PWB J461. Are the connectors properly connected? Y N Connect them properly. If no problem is found, check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.


Check the following: • Seeing BSD CH7.1, check the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor circuit.

Check the following: • Seeing BSD CH7.2 check the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor circuit.

•


•


•


•


Check the following: • Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor for improper installation.


•

The tray actuator for damage.

•


•

The tray actuator properly operates with the movement of the paper guide.

•


•

Tray Module for improper installation.

•




BSD-ON:CH7.3

BSD-ON:CH7.4



Procedure

Procedure


Remove the Tray. Using the screwdriver, press one of the switches of the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor. Has “Push in the tray” disappeared? Y N Is LED CR8 on the MCU PWB ON? Y N Seeing BSDCH1.4, check the +5VDC circuit to MCU PWB J400-2.





•


•


•


•




•


•


•


•


•


•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-81

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-82

Version.1 .1.1

024-950 Tray 1 No Paper


BSD-ON:CH7.6

BSD-ON:CH7.7

Tray 1 has no paper.


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Visually check the No Paper Sensor for damage and to see if the actuator is not in place.


Procedure

Procedure

Remove the tray. Raise and lower the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor actuator by hand. Does the actuator operate properly, not binding? Y N Remove what is causing the actuator to operate improperly.


Enter DC330[071-200](Tray 1 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator. Does display switch between H and L? Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor.

Enter DC330[072-200](Tray 2 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator. Does display switch between H and L? Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor.

the

Check the following: • Whether the paper is improperly loaded.


•

•

The Paper End Guide stopper for a defect.


the



BSD-ON:CH7.8

BSD-ON:CH7.9



Initial Actions

Initial Actions



Procedure

Procedure



Enter DC330[073-200](Tray 3 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator by hand. Does the display switch between H and L? Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor.

Enter DC330[074-200](Tray 4 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator by hand. Does the display switch between H and L? Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor.



•

•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-83


024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-84

Version.1 .1.1

024-958 MSI Size Mismatch


BSD-ON:CH7.5

BSD-ON:CH7.1

The size of the paper in MSI is different from the paper size selected for printing.

The size of the paper in the tray is different from the paper size selected for printing.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Check the following: • The position of the side guide

•

Check the size of the paper in the tray.

•

Check if Side Guide/End Guide is at an improper position.

•

The MSI Side actuator for damage and/or operation failure.

•

Check the actuator at the rear of the tray for operation failure and/or damage.

•

Mechanical operation failures such as disengaged Pinion Gear, Rack Gear, Sensor Link, etc. (PL 8.5)

Procedure

If the above items have no problem, check the MSI Paper Size Sensor circuit. If the circuit has no problem, replace the MSI Paper Size Sensor (PL 8.5).

Check the following: • Enter diag. Check that the AD value in DC140[071-100](Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor) is within the normal output range. (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place: 928~1023) •

The tray actuator for bend and/or damae.

•


•


•




BSD-ON:CH7.2

BSD-ON:CH7.3



Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


•


•


Procedure

Procedure

Check the following: • Enter diag. Check that the AD value in DC140[072-100](Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor) is within the normal output range. (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place: 928~1023)

Check the following: • Enter diag. Check that the AD value in DC140[073-100](Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor) is within the normal output range. (11x17 loaded: 0~63; A5 SEF loaded:800~863; Tray not in place: 928~1023) •

The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.

•


•


•


•


•


•

•



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-85

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-86

024-962 Tray 4 Size Mismatch BSD-ON:CH7.4 The size of the paper in the tray is different from the paper size selected for printing.

Initial Actions •


•


•


Procedure Check the following: • Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[074-100](Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor). (11x17 loaded: :0~63 A5 SEF: 800~863; Tray not in place: 928~1023) •


•


•


•


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

A Replace the AC Unit Cooling Fan. (PL 2.3)

042-317 AC Unit Fan Fail BSD-ON:CH1.4 5s after Drum Motor On, the Fail Detection Line was monitored and it was detected that the Fan was not in operation.

Procedure Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) Turn on the power. Wait until the Drum Motor rotates. When the Drum Motor starts rotating, +24VDC is measured between AC Unit Cooling Fan J517-3(+) and J517-1(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J436-A11(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J430-8(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH1.6, check the +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J430-8. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Glass Tube Fuse F10 and Chip Fuse F11 on the IOT PWB, using the tester. Each resistance is below 1 ohm. Y N If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), check the exhaust port of the AC Unit Cooling Fan for foreign objects /clogs, and the fan blade for dirt. Check that there is no excessive load and replace the IOT PWB. (PL 2.1) Check the Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. • Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) •

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the AC Unit Cooling Fan. (PL 2.3) • IOT PWB J436-A11 to J517-3 •

IOT PWB J436-A12 to J517-2

•

IOT PWB J436-A13 to J517-3

+3.3VDC is measured between AC Unit Cooling Fan J517-2(+) and GND(-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between IOT PWB J436-A12(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the Flexible Print Cable IOT between PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. • Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) •

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Check for an open wire or poor contact between AC Unit Cooling Fan J517-2 and IOT PWB J436A12. A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-87

042-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-88 A

042-323 Drum Motor Fail BSD-ON:CH9.1 A Drum Motor failure

Procedure Turn off the power. Open the PWB Chassis (REP 2.1.1). Remove the Fly Wheel. Manually rotate the Drum Motor rotor (clockwise). There is any load on the rotor. Y N Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-007](Drum Motor). Select Start. The Drum Motor rotates. Y N +24VDC is measured between J207-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Drum Motor. Y N +24VDC is measured between J437-11 (+) and -17(-) on the IOT PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB.

4127/4112G B

C

D

Version.1 .1.1 E Check for an open wire or poor contact between J407-A15 on the MCU PWB and J208-4 on the Drum Motor.

Replace the Drum Motor (PL 10.3). Approx. +6.1VDC is measured between J407-A16 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Check for an open wire or poor contact between J407-A16 on the MCU PWB and J2083 on the Drum Motor. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). +3.3VDC is measured between J407-A13 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). +3.3VDC is measured between J208-6 (+) on the Drum Motor and GND (-). Y N Check for an open wire or poor contact between J208-6 on the Drum Motor and J407-A13 on the MCU PWB. Replace the Drum Motor (PL 10.3).

Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J437-11 on the IOT PWB and J207-1 on the Drum Motor, and between J437-17 on the IOT PWB and J207-2 on the Drum Motor for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J208-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Drum Motor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J407-A18 (+) and -A17 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J407-A18 on the MCU PWB and J208-1 on the Drum Motor, and between J407-A17 on the MCU PWB and J208-2 on the Drum Motor for an open wire or poor contact. With DC330[042-007](Drum Motor) ON, approx. +6.1VDC is measured between J208-3 (+) on the Drum Motor and GND (-). Y N Approx. 1220Hz is measured between J208-4 (+) on the Drum Motor and GND (-). Y N Approx. 1220Hz is measured between J407-A15 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). A

B

C

D

E

Slide out the Marking Module. Manually rotate the rotor clockwise. There is any load on the rotor. Y N Remove any load from the Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush drive. Slide out the Drum Cartridge. Manually rotate the rotor clockwise. There is any load on the rotor. Y N Remove any load from the Drum and the Drum Cleaning Brush. Remove the Drum Drive Assy. Remove mechanical loads such as Gears binding and poor Bearing rotation.

A

042-330 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail BSD-ON:CH10.6 A Fuser Exhaust Fan failure

Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Initial Actions •

Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor rotation.

•

Check that no obstacle shields the vent at the Fuser Exhaust Fan.

•

Check that Connector J241 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan is properly connected.

B Approx. +2.43VDC is measured between J436-B11 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Check for an open wire or poor contact between J436-B11 on the IOT PWB and J241-2 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan.

At service call, the Fuser Exhaust Fan appears to be normally rotating. Perform the following again: • Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor rotation.

Procedure Turn on the power. The Fuser Exhaust Fan rotates. Y N +12VDC is measured between J241-4 (+) and -3(-) on the Fuser Exhaust Fan. Y N +12VDC is measured between J436-B9 (+) and -B10 (-) on the IOT PWB. Y N CR5 (GRN) on the IOT PWB is lighting. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +12VDC circuit to J430-6 on the IOT PWB.

•

Check that no obstacle shields the vent at the Fuser Exhaust Fan.

•

Check that Connector J241 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan is properly connected.

•

Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB.

If the problem reoccurs, replace the Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 3.2).

Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the circuits between J436-B9 on the IOT PWB and J241-4 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan, and between J436-B10 on the IOT PWB and J241-3 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan. +5VDC is measured between J241-1 (+) on the Fuser Exhaust Fan and GND (-). Y N +5VDC is measured between J436-B12 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Check for an open wire or poor contact between J241-1 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan and J436B12 on the IOT PWB. Replace the Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 3.2). Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-002](Fuser Exhaust Fan High/Low). Select Start. The Fuser Exhaust Fan comes to rotate at high speed. Y N With DC330[042-002] ON, approx. +2.43VDC is measured between J241-2 (+) on the Fuser Exhaust Fan and GND (-). Y N Replace the Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 3.2). A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-89

042-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-90 A

BSD-ON:CH9.16 A Blower Fan Motor failure

Initial Actions Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor rotation.

•

Check that Connector J242 on the Blower Fan Motor is properly connected.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). +5VDC is measured between J242-1 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-). Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J404 from the MCU PWB. Disconnect J242 on the Blower Fan Motor. Check for continuity between J404-B3 and J2421. The resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact (including an open wire internal to Tray Module PWB).

Procedure Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-004](Blower Fan Motor Low). Select Start. The Blower Fan Motor rotates. Y N +5VDC is measured between J242-3 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-). Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module PWB. Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J471-5 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N +5VDC is measured between J460-3 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J460-3 on the Tray Module PWB. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3). Check for an open wire or poor contact between J471-5 on the Tray Module PWB and J242-3 on the Blower Fan Motor. +24VDC is measured between J242-5 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-). Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J471-3 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3). Check for an open wire or poor contact between J471-3 on the Tray Module PWB and J242-5 on the Blower Fan Motor. With DC330[042-004] ON, +1VDC or less is measured between J242-2 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-). Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J404 from the MCU PWB. A

B

Version.1 .1.1

B

Disconnect J242 on the Blower Fan Motor. Check the wire between J404-B2 and J242-2 for continuity. The resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact (including an open wire internal to Tray Module PWB).

042-331 Blower Motor Fan Fail

•

4127/4112G

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 3.2). Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[042-003](Blower Fan Motor High). Select Start. The Blower Fan Motor comes to rotate at high speed. Y N With DC330[042-003] ON, +5VDC is measured between J242-2 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-). Y N Replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 3.2). Check the wire between J404-B2 on the MCU PWB and J242-2 on the Blower Fan Motor for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) in order. At service call, the Blower Fan Motor appears to be normally rotating. Perform the following again: • Check the Fan Blade of the Blower Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor rotation. •

Check that Connector J242 on the Blower Fan Motor is properly connected.

If the problem reoccurs, replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 3.2).

A

042-332 Fuser Intake X'fer Intake Fan Fail BSD-ON:CH9.11, CH10.6 A Fuser Intake Fan or X'fer Intake Fan failure

Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Initial Actions •

Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor rotation.

•

Check that Connector J256 on the Fuser Intake Fan and Connector J257 on the Transfer Intake Fan are properly connected.

Procedure Turn on the power. Open the Front Door. Cheat the Front Door Interlock Switch. The Fuser Intake Fan has rotated. Y N +12VDC is measured between J256-5 (+) and -4(-) on the Fuser Intake Fan. Y N +12VDC is measured between J442-5 (+) and -6(-) on the IOT PWB. Y N CR5 (GRN) on the IOT PWB is lighting. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +12VDC circuit to J430-6 on the IOT PWB.

B Approx. +2.73VDC is measured between J442-7 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Check for an open wire or poor contact between J442-7 on the IOT PWB and J256-3 on the Fuser Intake Fan.

Exit the Diag. Remove the Front Cover from the Marking Drawer. The Transfer Intake Fan is rotating. Y N +24VDC is measured between J257-4 (+) and -1(-) on the Transfer Intake Fan. Y N +24VDC is measured between J442-1 (+) and -4(-) on the IOT PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the circuits between J442-1 on the IOT PWB and J257-4 on the Transfer Intake Fan, and between J442-4 on the IOT PWB and J257-1 on the Transfer Intake Fan. Replace the Transfer Intake Fan (PL 13.13).

Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the circuits between J442-5 on the IOT PWB and J256-5 on the Fuser Intake Fan, and between J442-6 on the IOT PWB and J256-4 on the Fuser Intake Fan. +12VDC is measured between J256-2 (+) on the Fuser Intake Fan and GND (-). Y N +12VDC is measured between J442-8 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

At service call, the Fuser Intake Fan and the Transfer Intake Fan appear to be normally rotating. Perform the following again: • Check the Fan Blade each of the Fuser Intake Fan and the Transfer Intake Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor rotation. •

Check that Connector J256 on the Fuser Intake Fan and Connector J257 on the Transfer Intake Fan are properly connected.

If the problem reoccurs, replace the Fuser Intake Fan (PL 15.6) and Transfer Intake Fan (PL 13.13).

Check for an open wire or poor contact between J256-2 on the Fuser Intake Fan and J442-8 on the IOT PWB. Replace the Fuser Intake Fan (PL 15.6). Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-001](Fuser Intake Fan High/Low). Select Start. The Fuser Intake Fan comes to rotate at high speed. Y N With DC330[042-001] ON, approx. +2.73VDC is measured between J256-3 (+) on the Fuser Intake Fan and GND (-). Y N Replace the Fuser Intake Fan (PL 15.6). A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-91

042-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-92

042-603 Suction Filter Life BSD-ON: The life of Suction Filter nearly ends. NOTE: The end of the life of the Suction Filter is detected through the number of Blower Fan Motor rotations at cycle down. DC131[741-019] Blower Motor Rotation Number NOTE: When the number of Blower Motor rotations exceeds DC131[741-021] Blower RPM Life Data, this Fail will be declared. (A hidden Fail)


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

045-310 Image Ready NG

045-311 Controller Communication Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.1

BSD-ON:CH3.1

An error occurred with internal ESS PWB processing.

A ESS-MCU communication failure

Procedure

Procedure


CR7 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting. Y N +12VDC is measured between J400-7 (+) and -8(-) on the MCU PWB. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.7, check +12VDC circuit to J400-7 on the MCU PWB and the DC COM circuit to J400-8. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting. Y N +12VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) and -1(-) on the MCU PWB. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check +12VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB and the DC COM circuit to J400-1. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). CR2 (RED) on the MCU PWB is off. (If it is blinking or lighting, go to N.) Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check Connectors P418 between the MCU PWB and the BP PWB and P/J335 between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for foreign objects, bent pins, poor contact, etc. If the problem persists, replace the BP PWB (PL 2.8) and the ESS PWB (PL 2.5).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-93

045-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-94

045-312 Driver Connect Fail

045-313 IOT Logic Fail

BSD-ON:CH3.5

BSD-ON:

Poor connection between MCU and IOT PWBs

IOT Software error

Procedure

Procedure

Check the following: • Check that the Flexible Print Cable is securely connected between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU PWB.

No action is required

•

Check Connectors J431 and J401 for foreign objects, bent pins, poor contact, etc.

If no problem is found, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). If the problem still persists, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

047-310 MCU-Finisher Communication Fail

047-320 All Out Tray Broken

BSD-ON:CH15.9

BSD-ON:CH26.4

A MCU-Finisher PWB communication failure

No paper can be output to any of the output trays of all the output devices connected.

Procedure

Procedure

CR11 (GRN) on the Finisher PWB is lighting. Y N +24VDC is measured between J8026-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH15.1, check the+24VDC circuit to J8026-3 on the Finisher PWB.

Check if a fail had happened to any output device just before All Out Tray Broken Fail occurred. Take action for the fail.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). CR12 (RED) on the Finisher PWB is off. (If it is blinking or lighting, go to N.) Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Turn off the power. Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: • MCU PWB J411-B1 to I/F PWB J8026-12 •

MCU PWB J411-B2 to I/F PWB J8026-11

•


•


•

I/F PWB J8006-4 to Finisher PWB J8007-17

•

I/F PWB J8006-5 to Finisher PWB J8007-16

Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the following in order: • Finisher PWB (PL 25.3) •

I/F PWB (PL 25.11)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-95

047-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-96

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

048-100 IFM Decurler In Sensor On Jam (IOT)

048-102 IFM Exit Sensor On Jam

BSD-ON:CH26.11

BSD-ON:CH26.14, CH26.15

A specified time after IOT Exit Sensor turns On, IFM Decurler In Sensor does not turn On.

A specified time after IFM Decurler In Sensor turns On, IFM Exit Sensor does not turn On.

Procedure

Procedure

Enter DC330[048-102](Decurler In Sensor). Press Start. Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is "L". Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler In Sensor J202-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Enter DC330[048-103](IFM Exit Sensor). Press Start. Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between IFM Exit Sensor J203-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM Exit Sensor J203-2 and IFM PWB J117-8 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

+5VDC is measured between Decurler In Sensor J202-1(+) and J202-3 (-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-4 to Decurler In Sensor J202-1 and from IFM PWB J117-6 and Decurler In Sensor J202-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

+5VDC is measured between IFM Exit Sensor J203-1(+) and J203-3(-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-7 to IFM Exit Sensor J203-1 and from IFM PWB J1179 and IFM Exit Sensor J203-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 36.8)

Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the IFM Exit Sensor. (PL 36.11)

Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J202. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J203. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire between IFM Exit Sensor J203-2 and IFM PWB J117-8 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 36.8)

Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the IFM Exit Sensor. (PL 36.11)

Check the following • IOT and IFM for poor docking •

Check the Entrance Chute for burrs, deformation, improper installation.

•

Transport Roll for dirt, wear and/or deterioration causing poor transport

•

Paper Path for pieces of paper and/or foreign objects causing poor transport

•

Paper to see if it is out of spec and/or curled causing poor transport

Press the Stop button. Open the IFM front door and manually rotate the <2c> knob CCW. The Decurler Belt rotates with no load. Y N Check the flowing. • Upper/Lower Decurler Belt Roll for poor rotation. Binding bearing. •

Drive belt for poor tension.

•

Binding bearing.

•

Decurler Belt for improper position.

•

Upper/Lower Idle Roll for poor rotation.

Power on and enter DC330[048-002](Decurler Belt Motor). Press Start. The Decurler Belt Motor rotates. Y N +24VDC is measured between Decurler Belt PWB J231-1(+) and J231-3(-).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-97

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-98 A

N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J131-1(+) and J131-3(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing BSD CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F14 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse is fused. Check that the Decurler Belt Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

IFM PWB J131-4 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-2

•


•


With DC330[048-002](Decurler Belt Motor) On, +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1(+) and GND(-). Y N +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-13(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-13 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-13 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1 for an open wire or poor contact. With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +2.8VDC to approx. +1.4VDC between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2(+) and GND(-). Y N With diag on, approx. +2.49VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-5(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-5 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

With diag on, +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-12(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) With diag on, +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5 (+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5 and IFM PWB J133-12 for an open circuit or poor contact. Replace the Decurler Belt Motor. (PL 36.3) Press the stop button. Enter DC330[048-001](IFM Transport Motor). Press Start. IFM Transport Motor operates. Y N Remove the IFM Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1)+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J113-1/ 2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to J120-3 on IFM PWB. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1 and F9 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the IFM Transport Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-5 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 for an open circuit or poor contact.

Turn off the power. Remove the Top Cover, Rear Left Cover. (PL 36.1) Disconnect connector J213 from IFM Transport Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • J213-2 to J213-1/ J213-3

With diag on, approx. +2.83VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3(+) and GND(-). Y N With diag on, approx. +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-6 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

•

B

J213-5 to J213-2/ J213-6

The resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-10% (25 deg. C). Y N Replace the IFM Transport Motor. (PL 36.3) Check the following wires for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • IFM PWB J113-1 to IFM Transport Motor J213-2

Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-6 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3 for an open circuit or poor contact. A

Version.1 .1.1 B With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4(+) and GND(-). Y N With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between IFM PWB J133-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for an open circuit or poor contact.

Check the following wires for an open circuit or poor contact. • IFM PWB J131-1 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-1 •

4127/4112G

C

•

IFM PWB J113-2 to IFM Transport Motor J213-5

•


C •


048-300 IFM Front Door Open

•


BSD-ON:CH26.2

•

IFM PWB J113-6 to IFM Transport Motor J213-6 IF Front Door is open.

Check the following: • Transport Roll for dirt, wear and/or deterioration causing poor transport •

Belt for dirt, wear and/or deterioration causing poor transport

•

Paper Path for pieces of paper and/or foreign objects causing poor transport

•

Paper to see if it is out of spec and/or curled causing poor transport

•

Transport Belt for wear and/or damage. (PL 36.4)

•

Torque Limiter for poor operation (PL 36.4)

•

Trans Roll Bearing for binding.

Procedure Cheat the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch. 048-300 goes away. Y N Remove the Top Cover. +5VDC is measured between IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J5072A(+) and GND(-). Y N +5VDC is measured between IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J507-2B(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J507-2B and IFM PWB J120-5. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Replace the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch. (PL 36.2) Check the DC COM Circuit between IFM PWB J120-4 and IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J5072A. The problem is a misalignment between the IFM Front Door and the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch. Check the door for an improper installation, the actuator for any breakage, and the switch for an improper installation. (PL 36.1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-99

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-100A

4127/4112G B

048-310 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 On Fail BSD-ON:CH26.13 A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 does not turn On.

Turn off the power. Disconnect connector J214 from the Decurler Cam Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • J214-2 to J214-1/ J214-3

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door so that the motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on. Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048201](Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2 and IFM PWB J117-11 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) +5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-1(+) and J204-3(-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-10 to Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-1 and from IFM PWB J117-12 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. (PL 36.6) Block the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J204 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. The display has changed to H Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2 and IFM PWB J117-11 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. (PL 36.6) Manually rotate the coupling of Decurler Cam. The Decurler Cam rotates with no load. Y N Seeing REP 36.6.2. Remove the load of Decurler Cam. Reinstall the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2 and the Decurler Cam Motor. Turn on the power. Close the IFM front door. Enter DC330[048-011](Decurler Cam Motor). Press Start. The Decurler Cam Motor rotates. Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J114-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. A

B

C

Version.1 .1.1 C Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 and F11 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

•

J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6

The resistance is approx. 1.7 ohm. Y N Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3) Check the following wires for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • IFM PWB J114-1 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-2 •

IFM PWB J114-2 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-5

•


•


•


•


Turn off the power. Check the following: • Half-moon shaped actuator for damage. (PL 36.6) •

Cam Shaft for poor rotation.

•

Binding Bearing

•

Collar for damage

•

Connector J117/ J114 for poor connection.

•

Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204 for poor connection.

•

If the problem is not resolved, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

A

B

048-311 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 Off Fail

Y

BSD-ON:CH26.13

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 and F11 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 does not turn Off.

Procedure


Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door so that the motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on. Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048201](Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2 and IFM PWB J117-11 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

•

Block the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J204 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. The display has changed to H Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2 and IFM PWB J117-11 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6

The resistance is approx. 1.7 ohm. Y N Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3) Check the following wires for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • IFM PWB J114-1 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-2

+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-1(+) and J204-3(-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-10 to Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-1 and from IFM PWB J117-12 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. (PL 36.6)

N Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3.

•


•


•


•


•




•

Binding Bearing

•

Collar for damage

•


•



Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. (PL 36.6) Manually rotate the coupling of Decurler Cam. The Decurler Cam rotates with no load. Y N Seeing REP 36.6.2. Remove the load of Decurler Cam. Reinstall the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2 and the Decurler Cam Motor. Turn on the power. Close the IFM front door. Enter DC330[048-011](Decurler Cam Motor). Press Start. The Decurler Cam Motor rotates. Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J114-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-101

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-102A

4127/4112G B

048-312 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 On Fail BSD-ON:CH26.13 A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 does not turn On. (L stays displayed)

Turn off the power. Disconnect connector J214 from the Decurler Cam Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • 214-2 to J214-1/ J214-3

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door so that the motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on. Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048-202](Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 (+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 and IFM PWB J117-14 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) +5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-1(+) and J205-3(-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-13 to Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J204-1 and from IFM PWB J117-15 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. (PL 36.6) Block the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J205 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. The display has changed to H Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 and IFM PWB J117-14 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. (PL 36.6) Manually rotate the coupling of Decurler Cam. The Decurler Cam rotates with no load. Y N Seeing REP 36.6.2. Remove the load of Decurler Cam. Reinstall the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2 and the Decurler Cam Motor. Turn on the power. Close the IFM front door. Enter DC330[048-011](Decurler Cam Motor). Press Start. The Decurler Cam Motor rotates. Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J114-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. A

B

C

Version.1 .1.1 C Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 and F11 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

•

J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6

The resistance is approx. 1.7 ohm. Y N Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3) Check the following wires for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • IFM PWB J114-1 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-2 •


•


•


•


•




•

Binding Bearing

•

Collar for damage

•


•


•


A

B


Y

BSD-ON:CH26.13

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 and F11 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 does not turn Off. (H stays displayed)

Procedure


Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door so that the motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on.Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048202](Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 (+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 and IFM PWB J117-14 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

•

Block the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J205 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. The display has changed to H Y N Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 and IFM PWB J117-14 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6

The resistance is approx. 1.7 ohm. Y N Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3) Check the following wires for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • IFM PWB J114-1 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-2

+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-1(+) and J205-3(-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-13 to Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-1 and from IFM PWB J117-15 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. (PL 36.6)

N Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3.

•


•


•


•


•




•

Binding Bearing

•

Collar for damage

•


•


•


Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. (PL 36.6) Manually rotate the coupling of Decurler Cam. The Decurler Cam rotates with no load. Y N Seeing REP 36.6.2. Remove the load of Decurler Cam. Reinstall the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2 and the Decurler Cam Motor. Turn on the power. Close the IFM front door. Enter DC330[048-011](Decurler Cam Motor). Press Start. The Decurler Cam Motor rotates. Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J114-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-103

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


048-314 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor On Fail IFM Decurler Gate Sensor does not turn On within 150ms after IF Decurler Gate Solenoid turns On.

Enter diag. Turn on DC330[048-014] (Decurler Gate Solenoid Upper) and DC330[048-015] (Decurler Gate Solenoid Lower) alternately. The Gate switches between upper and lower positions. Y N Remove the Rear Right Cover and the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-1(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Decurler Gate Solenoid has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Disconnect connector P/J235. Measure the coil resistance. • P235-1 to P235-3: approx. 49 ohm P235-2 to P235-3: approx. 35 ohm

The above resistances are measured. Y N Replace the Decurler Gate Solenoid. (PL 36.7) Check the following for conductivity, if no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • J116-1 to J235-3 •

J116-2 to J235-2

•

J116-3 to J235-1

Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter DC330[048-203] (Decurler Gate Sensor). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) +5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-1(+) and J206-3(-).

A

N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-16 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-1 and from IFM PWB J117-18 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7)

Procedure Open the IFM Front Door. Manually operate the Decurler Gate. Gate moves with no load. Y N Check the gate for binding.

Version.1 .1.1 Y

BSD-ON:CH26.12

•

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-104A

Move the Gate Lever and block the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J206. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7) Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, a bent pin, damage and/or foreign object. And check the wires for intermittent connection. • The IFM PWB J116/ J117 •

The relay connector P/J235

•

The Decurler Gate Sensor J206


A

048-315 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor Off Fail

Y

BSD-ON:CH26.12 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor does not turn Off within 150ms after IFM Decurler Gate Solenoid turns On.

N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-16 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-1 and from IFM PWB J117-18 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7)

Procedure Open the IFM Front Door. Manually operate the Decurler Gate. Gate moves with no load. Y N Check the gate for binding. Enter diag. Turn on DC330[048-014] (Decurler Gate Solenoid Upper) and DC330[048-015] (Decurler Gate Solenoid Lower) alternately. The Gate switches between upper and lower positions. Y N Remove the Rear Right Cover and the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-1(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Decurler Gate Solenoid has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Move the Gate Lever and block the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect connector J206. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7) Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, a bent pin, damage and/or foreign object. And check the wires for intermittent connection. • The IFM PWB J116/ J117 •

The relay connector P/J235

•

The Decurler Gate Sensor J206


Disconnect connector P/J235. Measure the coil resistance. • P235-1 to P235-3: approx. 49 ohm •

P235-2 to P235-3: approx. 35 ohm

The above resistances are measured. Y N Replace the Decurler Gate Solenoid. (PL 36.7) Check the following for conductivity, if no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • J116-1 to J235-3 •

J116-2 to J235-2

•

J116-3 to J235-1

Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter DC330[048-203] (Decurler Gate Sensor). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) +5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-1(+) and J206-3(-).

A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-105

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


048-316 IFM Decurler Belt Motor Fail BSD-ON:CH26.14 IFM Decurler Belt Motor rotation speed is out of the range of normal speed+/-6.25% of it.

Procedure Open the IFM front door. Manually rotate the <2c> knob CCW. The Decurler Belt rotates with no load. Y N Check the following: • Upper/Lower Decurler Belt Roll for poor rotation. Binding bearing. •

Drive Belt for poor tension.

•

Binding gears

•

Decurler Bet for improper installation.

•

Upper/Lower Idle Roll for poor rotation

Remove the Rear Right Cover. (PL 36.1) +24VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-1(+) and J231-3(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J131-1(+) and J131-3(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F14 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Decurler Belt Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. • IFM PWB J131-1 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-1 •


•


•


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-106A

Enter DC330[048-002](Decurler Belt Motor). Press Start. +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1(+) and GND(-). Y N +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-13(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-13 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-13 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1 for an open circuit or poor contact. With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +2.8VDC to approx. +1.4VDC between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2(+) and GND(-). Y N With diag on, approx. +2.49VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-5(+) and GND(-). A

Version.1 .1.1 Y

N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-5 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-5 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 for an open circuit or poor contact. With diag on, approx. +2.83VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3(+) and GND(-). Y N With diag on, approx. +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-6 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-6 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3 for an open circuit or poor contact. With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4(+) and GND(-). Y N With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between IFM PWB J133-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for an open circuit or poor contact. With diag on, +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-12(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) With diag on, +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5 and IFM PWB J133-12 for an open circuit or poor contact. Replace the Decurler Belt Motor. (PL 36.3)If the problem is not resolved, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

048-317 IFM Cooling Fan 5 Fail

048-318 IFM Cooling Fan 1/2 Fail

BSD-ON:CH26.16

BSD-ON:CH26.16

IFM Cooling Fan 5 is not rotating.

IFM Cooling Fan 1 or 2 is not rotating.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Fan for dust and others preventing its rotation

Fan for dust and others preventing its rotation

Procedure

Procedure

Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter DC330[049-042](IFM Cooling Fan 5). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-4(+) and J240-1(-). Y N With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-18(+) and J116-20(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J101-1(+)/2(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.1, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J101-1/2.

Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Remove the Top Duct. (PL 36.7) Enter DC330[049-016](IFM Cooling Fan 1/2). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-4(+) and J237-1(-). Y N With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-9(+) and J116-11(-). Y N With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3.

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F15 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the IFM Cooling Fan 5 has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the IFM Cooling Fan 2 has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-18 to IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-4 and from IFM PWB J116-20 to IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-1 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-19(+) and GND(-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-22(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-9 to IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-4 and from IFM PWB J116-11 to IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-1. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) With diag on, +1VDC or less is measured between IFM PWB J116-10(+) and GND(-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-2 and IFM PWB J116-10 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Check the wire between IFM PWB J116-22 and J116-23 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-2 and IFM PWB J116-19 for an open circuit of poor contact. Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 5. (PL 36.12)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 2. (PL 36.12) Press the Stop button. Open the IFM Front Door and cheat the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch. Remove screws (3) and dislocate the IFM Cooling Fan 1. Enter DC330[049-016](IFM Cooling Fan 1/ 2). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between Fan 1 J236A-4(+) and J236A-1(-). Y N With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-6(+) and J116-8(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3.

A 02/2009 2-107

B

C

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 048-xxx FIP A B C

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-108

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the IFM Cooling Fan 1 has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-6 to IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-4 and from IFM PWB J116-8 to IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-1 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Version.1 .1.1

048-319 IFM Cooling Fan 3 Fail BSD-ON:CH26.16 IFM Cooling Fan 3 or 4 is not rotating. (4127/4112: only Fan 3)

Initial Actions Fan for dust and others preventing its rotation

With diag on, +1VDC or less is measured between IFM PWB J116-7(+) and GND(-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-2 and IFM PWB J116-7. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 1. (PL 36.12) Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Procedure Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter DC330[049-017](IFM Cooling Fan 3). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-4(+) and J238-1(-). Y N With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-12(+) and J116-14(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J101-1(+)/2(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH26.1, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J101-1/2. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F15 on the IFM PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the IFM Cooling Fan 3 has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-12 to IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-4 and from IFM PWB J116-14 to IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-1 for an open circuit or poor contact. With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-13(+) and GND(-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-16(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the DC COM circuit from IFM PWB J116-16 to J116-17. With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-2 and IFM PWB J116-13 for an open circuit or poor contact. Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 3. (PL 36.12)

048-320 HCS 1 Communication Fail

048-321 Finisher D3/D4 Communication Fail

BSD-ON:CH29.5

BSD-ON:CH26.10

No communication can be established between IFM Module and HCS 1.

No communication can be established between the IFM Module and the Finisher D3/D4.

Procedure

Procedure

The HCS is On. Y N Check that the wall outlet is connected and that the breaker is On.

The Finisher D3/D4 is On. Y N Check that the wall outlet is connected and that the breaker is On.

Lattice Connectors P/J306 and P/J200 are connected properly. Y N Reconnect them.

Lattice Connectors P/J307 and P/J680 are connected properly. Y N Reconnect them.

Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) LD5(GRN) on HCS PWB is lit. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J50-1/2/3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.1, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J50-1/2/3.

Remove the Finisher D3/D4 Rear Cover. CR11 on the Finisher PWB is lit. Y N +24VDC is measured between Finisher PWB J8026-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH15.1, check the +24VDC to Finisher PWB J8026-3.

Check if HCS Drive PWB and HCS PWB are connected. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Check the following connectors for a poor contact, short circuit, bend pin, breakage and/or foreign object. • IFM PWB J106

Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Check the following connectors for a poor contact, short circuit, bent pin, breakage and/or foreign object. • IFM PWB J106 •

Lattice Connector P/J307

•


•


•


•

Finisher PWB J8007

•

HCS PWB J1

•

Finisher I/F PWB J8002/J8006

Each of the connectors is connected properly. Y N Repair the items whose check results are not good.

Each of the connectors is connected properly. Y N Repair the items whose check results are not good.

Seeing CH29.5, check the wire between IFM PWB J106 and HCS PWB J1 for an open circuit or poor contact. (Include an I/F Cable failure.) If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)

Seeing CH26.10, check the wire between IFM PWB J106 and Finisher PWB J8007 for an open circuit or poor contact. (Include an I/F Cable failure.) If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB (PL 36.2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-109

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-110

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

048-322 Output Configuration Mismatch Fail

048-323 IFM Download Mode Fail

BSD-ON:CH26.4

BSD-ON:CH26.4

Interface Cables are improperly connected between IFM Module and HCS/D3-Finisher.

M/C is turned off in Download Mode, and when turned On after that, the M/C starts only in Download Mode.

Procedure Check that the HCS/D3-Finisher is On. Check that both the HCS and the D3-Finisher are connected to the IFM at the proper positions each.

Procedure Enter Download Mode and perform IFM Download. If the download is not completed successfully, replace IFM PWB (PL 36.2).

048-500 IFM ROM Write Error

048-900 IFM Decurler In Sensor Static Jam

BSD-ON:CH26.4

BSD-ON:CH26.11

During download by the proper procedure in Download Mode, writing in IFM ROM fails.

IFM Decurler In Sensor detects that paper exists, or it detects that there is paper left between IFM Transport Sensor and IFM Decurler In Sensor (though neither of the sensors detects paper when the machine stops).

Procedure Retry. If the problem reoccurs, replace IFM PWB and then download using the DLD method.

Procedure Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter DC330[048-102] (Decurler In Sensor). Press Start. Block the Sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler In Sensor J202-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for an open circuit or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J202-1(+) and J202-3 (-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-4 to Decurler In Sensor J202-1 and from IFM PWB J117-6 to Decurler In Sensor J202-3 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 36.8) Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect Connector J202. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 36.8) Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, short circuit, bend pin and/or foreign object. Check the wires for intermittent connection. • IFM PWB J117 •

Relay connector P/J317

•

Decurler In Sensor J202


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-111

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-112

048-901 IFM Decurler Exit Sensor Static Jam BSD-ON:CH26.15 IFM Exit Sensor detects that paper exists, or it detects that there is paper left between IFM Decurler In Sensor and IFM Exit Sensor (though neither of the sensors detects paper when the machine stops).

Procedure Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter DC330[048-103] (Decurler Exit Sensor). Press Start. Block the Sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Decurler Exit Sensor J203-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between Decurler Exit Sensor J203-2 and IFM PWB J117-8 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) +5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J203-1(+) and J203-3(-). Y N Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-7 to Decurler Exit Sensor J203-1 and from IFM PWB J117-9 to Decurler Exit Sensor J203-3 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Exit Sensor. (PL 36.11) Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Disconnect Connector J203 The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire between Decurler Exit Sensor J203-2 and WB J117-8 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler Exit Sensor. (PL 36.11) Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, short circuit, bend pin and/or foreign object. Check the wires for intermittent connection. • IFM PWB J117 •


•

Decurler Exit Sensor J203


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

A

049-100 Top Tray Exit Sensor On Jam

Y

BSD-ON: CH29.9 A specified time after the Top Tray Path Sensor turns On, the Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

Initial Actions

Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 1 connector J380. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3

Remove the following parts:

•

•

HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2)

•

HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)

J380-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6

Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)? Y N Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5) Refer to BSD CH29.6 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J56-5 and J380-1

Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-101] (Top Tray Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 and the HCS PWB J26-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-3 (+) and J351-1 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J26-3 and J351-3 and between the HCS PWB J26-1 and J351-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

•

Between J56-7 and J380-3

•


•


•


•


After that, input DC330[049-019] (Top Tray Clutch) and turn it ON. Does the Top Tray Exit Roll 2 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension

Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 39.18) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-028] (HCS Transport Motor 1) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 1 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3.

•

The Gear for wear and damage

•

Mechanical overload

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-019] (Top Tray Clutch) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701 and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

When DC330[049-019] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 and J366-4 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON?

Is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?

A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

B 02/2009 2-113

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP B Y

N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-11 and J366-1 for an open circuit, short circuit and poor contact.

Replace the Top Tray Clutch. (PL 39.6)

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-114

Version.1 .1.1

049-101 Top Tray Exit Sensor Off Jam BSD-ON: CH29.9 A specified time after turning On, Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.)

Stop all operations. Check the following: • The Top Tray Roll 2 for dirt/ wear/deterioration causing a transport failure

Initial Actions

•

The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure

•


•

The paper to see if it is out of spec. and/or curled causing a transport failure

•



Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-101] (Top Tray Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Remove the HCS Top Cover and turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper. Does the display switches between "H" and "L"? Y N Is the display "L"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the Top Tray Exit Sensor connector J351. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 and the HCS PWB J26-2 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 39.18) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-036] (Top Tray Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Top Tray Motor operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F403 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance 1Ohm or less? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Top Tray Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Disconnect P/J204. Measure the winding resistance of the Top Tray Motor. • P204-7 and P204-8 • A

P204-9 and P204-10

A

049-102 Top Tray Path Sensor On Jam

Is the resistance approx. 4.6 0.46Ohm? Y N Replace the Top Tray Motor. (PL 39.9)

BSD-ON: CH29.8

Refer to BSD CH29.8 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J55-11 and J385-4 •


•


•


Check the following: • The Exit Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure

A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Top Tray Path Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

Initial Actions Remove the following parts: •


•


•

The Pinch Roll for a failure

Procedure

•


•

The paper to see if it is out of spec. and/or curled causing a transport failure

•

The paper exit for foreign substances

Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-102] (Top Tray Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-2 and the HCS PWB J27-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-1 (+) and J351-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J27-4 and J353-1 and between the HCS PWB J27-6 and J353-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Top Tray Path Sensor. (PL 39.16) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-028] (HCS Transport Motor 1) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 1 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701 and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON?

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-115

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting



Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)? Y N Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5)

After that, input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Does rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The HCS Entrance Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage


•


•


•


Mechanical overload

When DC330[049-019] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 and J366-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?

B

Mechanical overload

Entrance

Roll

When DC330[049-041] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 and the J395-4 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330[049-019]. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension

•

HCS

Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 (+) and the GND (-)+1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

After that, input DC330[049-019] (Top Tray Clutch) and turn it ON. Does the Top Tray Exit Roll 2 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Gear for wear and damage •

•

the

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items.


•

N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-11 and J366-1 for an open circuit, short circuit and poor contact.

Replace the Top Tray Clutch. (PL 39.6)


Version.1 .1.1 Y


Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 1 connector J380. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-116B

Is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-19 and the J395-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the Transport Clutch. (PL 39.6) Stop all operations. Check the following: • The Top Tray Roll 2 for dirt/ wear/deterioration causing a transport failure •


•

The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure

A

049-104 Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam BSD-ON: CH29.11 A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 2 turns On, Bypass Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

B Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 2 connector J397. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J397-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3

Initial Actions Remove the following parts:

• •


•


•

Top Tray (PL 39.2)

Refer to BSD CH29.10 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J56-6 and J397-1

Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-103] (Bypass Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 and the HCS PWB J28-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-1 (+) and J354-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-1 and the J354-1 and between the HCS PWB J28-3 and the J354-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 2 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

4127/4112G

•


•


•


•


•


After that, input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 3 and 4 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension

Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Exit Sensor. (PL 39.21)

A B Version.1 .1.1



C 02/2009 2-117

•


•

Mechanical overload

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) When DC330[049-039] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 and the J393-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. D

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP C D

Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-15 and the J393-1 for an open circuit, short circuit and poor contact. Replace the Bypass Clutch 2. (PL 39.8) After that, input DC330[049-040] (Bypass Clutch 3) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 5 and 6 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension • •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-118

Version.1 .1.1

049-106 Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam (Purge enable) BSD-ON: CH29.11 A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 2 turns On, Bypass Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.) (The paper in question stops, but sheets following it can be output to Top Tray.)



•


Mechanical overload

•


•

Top Tray (PL 39.2)

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-040] (Bypass Clutch 3) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-18 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) When DC330[049-040] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-18 and the J394-4 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-103] (Bypass Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 and the HCS PWB J28-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-1 (+) and J354-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-1 and J354-1 and between the HCS PWB J28-3 and J354-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-17 and the J394-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the Bypass Clutch 3. (PL 39.12) Stop all operations. Check the following: • The Bypass Roll 4/5/6 for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure •


•


Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Exit Sensor. (PL 39.21) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 2 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) A

B

A

B Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 2 connector J397. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J397-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 •



C

Replace the Bypass Clutch 2. (PL 39.8) After that, input DC330[049-040] (Bypass Clutch 3) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 5 and 6 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension



•


•


•


•



•

Mechanical overload

When DC330[049-039] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-4 (+) and the GND (-) less than +1VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 and the J393-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. C D Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


•

Mechanical overload

Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-040] (Bypass Clutch 3) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-18 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) When DC330[049-040] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-18 and the J394-4 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

•

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items.

After that, input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 3 and 4 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension •

D Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-15 and the J393-1 for an open circuit, short circuit and poor contact.

Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-17 and the J394-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the Bypass Clutch 3. (PL 39.12) Stop all operations. Check the following: • The Bypass Roll 4/5/6 for dirt/ wear/deterioration causing a transport failure •


•


02/2009 2-119

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

02/2009 2-120A

049-xxx FIP

049-108 Bypass Path Sensor 1 On Jam BSD-ON: CH29.10 A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 1 does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1 B Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 2 connector J397. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J397-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3


• •


•


•

Top Tray (PL 39.2)


Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-104] (Bypass Path Sensor 1) and turn it ON. Is "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

the

display

Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-2 and the HCS PWB J28-11 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-1 (+) and the J355-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-10 and the J355-1 and between the HCS PWB J28-12 and the J355-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)


•


•


•


•


•


•

Mechanical overload


Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3.

When DC330[049-038] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 1 J392-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-14 and the J392-4 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 2 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) B

•

After that, input DC330[049-038] (Bypass Clutch 1) and turn it ON. Does the Bypass Roll 1 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension

Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Path Sensor 1. (PL 39.19)

A



Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 1 J392-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? C

C Y

N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-13 and the J392-1 for an open circuit, short circuit and poor contact.

Replace the Bypass Clutch 1. (PL 39.8)

049-113 Stacker Path Sensor On Jam BSD-ON: CH29.6 A specified time after IFM Exit Sensor turns On, Stacker Path Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

Stop all operations. Check the following: • The Bypass Roll 1 for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


•

The 2b Chute for deformation


Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-105] (Stacker Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 and the HCS PWB J27-8 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-1 (+) and J363-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J27-7 and J363-1 and between the HCS PWB J27-9 and J363-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Path Sensor. (PL 39.16) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-028] (HCS Transport Motor 1) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 1 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701 and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON?

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-121

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Y


Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)? Y N Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5) Refer to BSD CH29.6 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J56-5 and J380-1 •


•


•


•


•


After that, input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Does rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The HCS Entrance Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage •


•

Mechanical overload

the

HCS

Entrance

Roll

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) When DC330[049-041] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 and the J395-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? B

Version.1 .1.1 Y


Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 1 connector J380. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-122B

049-xxx FIP A

N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-19 and the J395-1 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Replace the Transport Clutch. (PL 39.6) Stop all operations. Check the following: • The HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure •


•


A

049-114 Stacker Path Sensor Off Jam BSD-ON: CH29.6 A specified time after turning On, Stacker Path Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.)

B Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 1 connector J380. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 •





•


•

Refer to Failure History. If 049-280, 049-281, 049-282, or 049-283 is found, go to the appropriate FIP.



•


Procedure

•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-105] (Stacker Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper. Does the display switches between "H" and "L"? Y N Is the display "L"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

•


•


Pull out the Stacker Path Sensor connector J363. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 and the HCS PWB J27-8 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

After that, input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Does rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The HCS Entrance Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage

Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Path Sensor. (PL 39.16) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-028] (HCS Transport Motor 1) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 1 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701 and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

C 02/2009 2-123

•


•

Mechanical overload

the

HCS

Entrance

Roll

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) When DC330[049-041] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 and the J395-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-19 and the J395-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. D

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP C D Replace the Transport Clutch. (PL 39.6) Stop all operations. Check the following: • The HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure •


•


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-124

Version.1 .1.1

049-115 Stacker Exit Sensor On Jam BSD-ON: CH29.12 A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

Initial Actions •

Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1)

•


Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-106] (Stacker Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the HCS Upper Cover and lift up the 1b chute. Insert paper from under the Gate 1 to block the Sensor. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Remove the Stacker Exit Sensor bracket. (Leave the connector as it is) Is the voltage between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and the HCS PWB J26-17 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-1 and J386-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J26-16 and J386-1 and between the HCS PWB J26-18 and J386-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-028] (HCS Transport Motor 1) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 1 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701 and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) A

B

A





•


•


•


•


BSD-ON: CH29.12 A specified time after turning On, Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)

Initial Actions •

Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2)

•


•


Procedure


049-116 Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam

Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-106] (Stacker Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Lift up the 1b Chute, and insert paper under the Gate 1 to turn ON and OFF the Sensor. Does the display switches between "H" and "L"? Y N Is the display "L"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Remove the Stacker Exit Sensor bracket. Pull out the Stacker Exit Sensor connector J386. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and the HCS PWB J26-17 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Press the Stop button. Check the following: • The HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure •


•

The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-034] (Stacker Exit Motor) and turn it ON. Can the Motor be heard operating? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power. Refer to REP 39.25.1 (Stacker Exit Roll Housing) and remove the Stacker Exit Motor Cover. Pull out the Stacker Exit Motor connector J384. Measure the wire wind resistance of the Stacker Exit Motor. • P384-4 and P384-6 •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-125

P384-3 and P384-1

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP A Is the resistance approx. 5Ohm? Y N Replace the Stacker Exit Motor. (PL 39.25)

Check the following connection for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J60-11 and J384-4 •


•


•


Press the Stop button. Check the following: • The Stacker Exit Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-126

Version.1 .1.1

049-117 Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam BSD-ON: CH29.10 A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 1 turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 2 does not turn On. (Remains H)



•


•

Top Tray (PL 39.2)

•


Procedure

•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-107] (Bypass Path Sensor 2) and turn it ON. Is "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

the

display

Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-2 and the HCS PWB J28-14 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-1 (+) and J387-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-13 and J387-1 and between the HCS PWB J28-15 and J387-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Path Sensor 2. (PL 39.20) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 2 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) A

B

A




C

D Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-15 and the J393-1 for an open circuit, short circuit and poor contact. Replace the Bypass Clutch 2. (PL 39.8)

Stop all operations. Check the following: • The Bypass Roll 2/3 for diirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure •


•




•


•


•


•


After that, input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 2 and 3 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension •


•

Mechanical overload

Is everything OK? Y N Remove the causes of NG items. Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) When DC330[049-039] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 and the J393-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. C D Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-127

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

02/2009 2-128A

049-xxx FIP

049-119 Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam (Purge enable) BSD-ON: CH29.10 A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 1 turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 2 does not turn On. (Remains H) (The paper in question stops, but sheets following it can be output to Top Tray.)

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1 B Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 2 connector J397. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J397-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3


• •


•


•

Top Tray (PL 39.2)


Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-107] (Bypass Path Sensor 2) and turn it ON. Is "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

the

display

Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-2 and the HCS PWB J28-14 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-1 (+) and J387-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-13 and J387-1 and between the HCS PWB J28-15 and J387-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)


•


•


•


•


•


•

Mechanical overload


Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3.

When DC330[049-039] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-4 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 and the J393-4 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 2 is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) B

•

After that, input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 2 and 3 rotate? Y N Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension

Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Path Sensor 2. (PL 39.20)

A



Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? C

C Y

N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-15 and the J393-1 for an open circuit, short circuit and poor contact.

Replace the Bypass Clutch 2. (PL 39.8)

049-121 Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam BSD-ON:CH29.12 A specified time after turning On, the Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (The paper concerned stops, but subsequent sheets of paper can be output to the Top Tray.) (L stays displayed.)

Stop all operations. Check the following: • The Bypass Roll 2/3 for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure

Initial Actions •


•


•

•


See the fail history. If it has 049-280, 049-281, 049-282, or 049-283, go to their respective appropriate FIPs.

Procedure Enter DC330[049-106](Stacker Exit Sensor). Press Start. Open the HCS Upper Cover and lift the 1b chute. Put a piece of paper from under Gate 1 and block the sensor with it. The display is L. Y N Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Remove the Stacker Exit Sensor along with the bracket. (Leave the connectors connected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 to HCS PWB J26-17 for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J386-1(+) and J386-3(-) on the Stacker Exit Sensor. Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J26-16 to J386-1 and from HCS PWB J26-18 to J386-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27) Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn on the power. Disconnect Connector J386 from the Stacker Exit Sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check for a short circuit between Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and HCS PWB J26-17. Check the sensor for improper installation and light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27) Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-028](HCS Transport Motor 1). The HCS Transport Motor 1 operates. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J53-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing BSD CH29.2, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-129

B

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP A B

+24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3(+) and GND(-). Y N Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F701 and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 has no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB is on. Y N Turn off the power. Check if HCS Drive PWB and HCS PWB are connected. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J380 from the HCS Transport Motor 1. Measure the motor winding resistance. • J380-2 to 1pin/3pin •

J380-5 to 4pin/6pin

The resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-15% (25 degrees C). Y N Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5) Seeing BSD CH29.6, check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J56-5 to J380-1 •

J56-7 to J380-3

•

J56-9 to J380-4

•

J56-11 to J380-6

•

J56-1 to J380-2

•

J56-3 to J380-5

Paper Path for pieces of paper/foreign objects causing poor transport

•

Paper to see if it is out of spec or curled causing poor transportation

Version.1 .1.1

049-210 Front Door Lock Sensor On Fail BSD-ON: CH29.3 Front Door Lock Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)



Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35) Move the Latch manually. Does the Latch move up and down? Y N Remove the mechanical load from the Latch. Cheat the Interlock. Enter the Diag Mode, input and turn ON DC330[049-001] (Front Door Lock) and DC330[049-002] (Front Door Unlock) alternately. (Simultaneous output is prohibited) Can the Front Door Lock Solenoid be heard operating? Y N When DC330[049-001] (Front Door Lock) is turned ON, is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J62-5 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-2 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-5 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-2 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Press the Stop button. Check the following: • HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-130

Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J62-4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1101 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Front Door Lock Solenoid is not loaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS PWB J51-6. A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

049-211 Front Door Lock Sensor Off Fail

Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-4 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-3 for an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the Front Door Lock Solenoid. (PL 39.35) Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-200] (Front Door Lock Sensor) and turn it ON. Activate the Front Door Latch manually to block the Sensor. Is the display "H"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-2 and the HCS PWB J20-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-1 (+) and J301-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J20-1 and J301-1 and between the HCS PWB J20-3 and J301-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Front Door Lock Sensor. (PL 39.35)

BSD-ON: CH29.3 Front Door Lock Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

Initial Actions Remove the following part: •


Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35) Move the Latch manually. Does the Latch move up and down? Y N Remove the mechanical load from the Latch. Cheat the Interlock. Enter the Diag Mode, input and turn ON DC330[049-001] (Front Door Lock) and DC330[049-002] (Front Door Unlock) alternately. (Simultaneous output is prohibited) Can the Front Door Lock Solenoid be heard operating? Y N When DC330[049-002] (Front Door Unlock) is turned ON, is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J62-6 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-1 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? Y N Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-6 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J62-4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1101 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Front Door Lock Solenoid is not loaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-131

B

C

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP A B C Y

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-132

N Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS PWB J51-6.

Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-4 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-3 for an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the Front Door Lock Solenoid. (PL 39.35) Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-200] (Front Door Lock Sensor) and turn it ON. Activate the Front Door Latch manually to expose the Sensor to light. Is the display "L"? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the Front Door Lock Sensor connector J301. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-2 and the HCS PWB J20-2 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Front Door Lock Sensor. (PL 39.35)

Version.1 .1.1

049-212 Stacker Up Fail BSD-ON: CH29.3, CH29.18, CH29.19, CH29.20 A specified time after Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise Stacker, none of the following sensors turn On. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.) •

Stacker Upper Limit Sensor

•

Stacker Height Sensor Side Left/Side Center/Side Right

•

Stacker Height Control Sensor

•

Stacker Height Sensor Lead

NOTE: When the Stacker stays at the top, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor with the Hand Crank to lower the Stacker before performing the following procedures:

Procedure Turn OFF the power and remove the HCS Rear Upper Cover (PL 39.1). Turn the rotor of the Elevator Motor manually. Does the rotor rotate smoothly? Y N Check the following: • The Stacker operation path for foreign substances •

The Stacker Tray for binding

•

The Drive Gear for binding

•

Other mechanical loads

•

The Drive Belt for deterioration and improper tension

•

The Stacker Tray for improper levelness (refer to ADJ 39.39.1)

Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330[049-008] (Elevator Motor). Does the Stacker Tray move up and down? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Elevator Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the Elevator Motor connector J332 and measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P332-1 and Pin 2/Pin 3 •

P332-6 and Pin 4/Pin 5

Is the resistance approx. 1.25Ohm 10% (25C) for each? Y N Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38)

A

B

A

B Check the following connection for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J61-1 and J332-1 •


•


•


•


•


Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2) Input DC330[049-241] and turn it ON (Stacker Upper Limit Sensor]. Activate the Actuator manually to block the Sensor. Is the display "L"? Y N Slide the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor bracket. Is the voltage between the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2 and the HCS PWB J28-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. (Including the poor contact of the relay connector P/J226) If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-1 (+) and J388-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-4 and J388-1 and between the HCS PWB J28-6 and J388-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-209] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Side Left]. Block the sensor with a sheet of paper, etc. Is the display "H"? Y N Pull out the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-1 (+) and J323P-3 () +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J22-1 and J323P-1 and between the HCS PWB J22-3 and J323P-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P. (PL 39.37) Check the connection between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2 and the HCS PWB J22-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Input DC330[049-210] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Side Center]. Block the sensor with a sheet of paper, etc. Is the display "H"? Y N Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) Pull out the relay connector P/J221. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between P221-9 (+) and P221-7 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J23-4 and P221-9 and between the HCS PWB J23-6 and P221-7 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stack Height Sensor and Bracket. (PL 39.3) Check the connection between P221-8 and the HCS PWB J23-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-211] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Side Right]. Block the sensor with a sheet of paper, etc. Is the display "H"? Y N Pull out the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-1 (+) and J325P-3 +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J22-7 and J325P-1 and between the HCS PWB J22-9 and J325P-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P. (PL 39.37) Check the connection between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2 and the HCS PWB J22-8 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-212] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Lead]. Block the sensor with a sheet of paper, etc. Is the display "H"? Y N Pull out the Stacker Height Sensor Side Lead-P J326P. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-1 (+) and J326P-3 +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J22-13 and J326P-1 and between the HCS PWB J22-15 and J326P-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Press the Stop button. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P. (PL 39.35) C 02/2009 2-133

D

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-134

Check the connection between the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-2 and the HCS PWB J22-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-215] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Control Sensor]. Activate the Actuator manually to block the Sensor. Is the display "L"? Y N Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 and the HCS PWB J24-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-3 (+) and J328-1 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J24-6 and J328-3 and between the HCS PWB J24-4 and J328-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

049-213 Stacker Down Fail BSD-ON:CH29.2 CH29.16 A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to lower the Stacker, none of the following sensors turn On (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.). •

Stacker Lower Limit Switch

•

Dolly Set Position Sensor

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly. Y N Check the following: • the Stacker route for foreign objects

Replace the Stacker Height Control Sensor. (PL 39.27) There are no problems with the circuits. Turn the power OFF then ON to ensure that the Stacker Tray can lift up. If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Version.1 .1.1

•

Stacker Tray for binding

•

Drive Gear for binding

•

Check for other mechanical loads

•

Drive Belt for deterioration/poor tension

•

Stacker Tray for level (See ADJ 39.39.1.)

Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up and down. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Elevator Motor has no excessive load and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3 •

P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5

Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C). Y N Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38) Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1

A

•

J61-2 to J332-6

•

J61-3 to J332-4

•

J61-4 to J332-5

A •

J61-5 to J332-3

•

the sensor and switch for improper operation

•

J61-6 to J332-2

•

Check for an erroneous operation, for example, with Tray Arm up, the Dolly was set.

If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Raise the Tray Arm so that Dolly Set Position Sensor and Stacker Lower Limit Switch will be turned Off. +1VDC or less is measured between HCS PWB J7-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Remove the Stacker Lower Limit Switch along with the bracket. With the Lower Limit Switch Off (normal close), +5VDC is measured between Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-1(+) and GND(-). Y N +5VDC is measured between Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-3 to HCS PWB J7-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Lower Limit Switch. (PL 39.35) Check the DC COM circuit from HCS PWB J7-4 to Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-1. Turn On DC330[049-207](Dolly Set Position Sensor). The display is H. Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Block the Dolly Set Position Sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed to L. Y N Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35)and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J20-5(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the wire from Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2 to HCS PWB J20-5 for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-1(+) and J321-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J20-4 to J321-1, and from HCS PWB J20-6 to J321-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Dolly Set Position Sensor. Check the following: • the Right Tray Arm actuator for deformation Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-135

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-136

Version.1 .1.1

049-214 Dolly Set Position Sensor On Fail

049-215 Dolly Set Position Sensor Off Fail

BSD-ON:CH29.16

BSD-ON:CH29.16

After the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Tray Set Sensor turns On and Dolly Set Position Sensor turns Off. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise the Stacker, The Dolly Set Position Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out the Dolly. Enter diag. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and raise the Tray Arm so that the Dolly Set Position Sensor and the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned Off. Turn On DC330[049207](Dolly Set Position Sensor). The display is H. Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly. Y N Check the following: • the Stacker route for foreign objects

Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Block the Dolly Set Position Sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed to L. Y N Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J20-5(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

•


•


•


•


•


Check the wire from Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2 to HCS PWB J20-5 for an open wire or poor contact.

Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up and down. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6.

+5VDC is measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-1(+) and J321-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J20-4 to J321-1, and from HCS PWB J20-6 to J321-3 for an open wire or poor contact.

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Elevator Motor has no excessive load and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Dolly Set Position Sensor. (PL 39.35)

Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3

Press the Stop button. Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (PL 39.36) Turn On DC330[049-208](Tray Set Sensor). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L. Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

•

P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5

Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C) Y N Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38) Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1

Disconnect Connector J322 from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Tray Set Sensor J322-2 to HCS PWB J20-8 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation and/or light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Tray Set Sensor. (PL 39.36) A

•

J61-2 to J332-6

•

J61-3 to J332-4

•

J61-4 to J332-5

•

J61-5 to J332-3

•

J61-6 to J332-2

A Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and lower the Tray Arm so that the Dolly Set Position Sensor will be turned On. Turn On DC330[049-207](Dolly Set Position Sensor). The display is L. Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. Disconnect Connector J321 from the sensor. The display has changed H. Y N Check the wire from Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2 to HCS PWB J20-5 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation and/or light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Dolly Set Position Sensor. (PL 39.35)

049-216 Stacker Full Sensor On Fail BSD-ON:CH29.17 After Dolly is set and Front Door is closed, Stacker Full Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

Procedure Pull out the Dolly. Enter diag. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and raise the Tray Arm so that the Dolly Set Position Sensor and the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned Off. Turn On DC330[049-214](Stacker Full Sensor). The display is H. Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Block the Stacker Full Sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed to L. Y N Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is measured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J21-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-1(+) and J327-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J21-1 to J327-1, and from HCS PWB J21-3 to J327-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Full Sensor. (PL 39.35) Check the Right Tray Arm actuator for deformation, and the sensor for improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-137

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-138A

049-217 Stacker Full Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON:CH29.17 After the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Stacker Full Sensor does not turn On.( L stays displayed.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly. Y N Check the following: • the Stacker route for foreign objects •


•


•


•


•


Turn On the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up and down. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Elevator Motor has no excessive load and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3 •

P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5

Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C). Y N Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38) Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1

A

•

J61-2 to J332-6

•

J61-3 to J332-4

•

J61-4 to J332-5

•

J61-5 to J332-3

•

J61-6 to J332-2

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and lower the Tray Arm so that the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned On. Turn On DC330[049-214](Stacker Full Sensor). The display is L. Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. Disconnect Connector J327 from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Full Sensor. (PL 39.35)

A

049-218 Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON:CH29.3 CH29.18 CH29.19 CH29.20 A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise the Stacker, none of the following sensors turn Off. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

B Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1 •

J61-2 to J332-6

•

J61-3 to J332-4

•

J61-4 to J332-5

•


•

J61-5 to J332-3

•


•

J61-6 to J332-2

•


NOTE: If the Stacker stays at the top, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand to lower the Stacker before performing the following procedure.



•


•


•


•


Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-209](Stacker Height Sensor Side Left). Make the sensor receive light. The display is L. Y N Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P221-11(+) and P221-12(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-2 to P221-11, and from HCS PWB J23-1 to P221-12 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J22-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2 to HCS PWB J22-2 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)


P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5

+5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-1(+) and J323P-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-1 to J323P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-3 to J323P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P (PL 39.37) and the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-L(PL 39.3) in order. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-210](Stacker Height Sensor Side Center). Make the sensor receive light. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Center-L J324L-2(+) and J324L-1(). Y N Check the wires form HCS PWB J22-5 to J324L-2, and from HCS PWB J22-4 to J324L-1 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C) Y N Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38)

A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

+5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J23-5(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) C 02/2009 2-139

D

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-140E

Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P221-8(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Relay Connector P221-8 to HCS PWB J23-5 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P221-9(+) and P221-7(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-4 to P221-9, and from HCS PWB J23-6 to P221-7 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37). Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Center-P (PL 39.3) and the Stacker Height Sensor Side Center-L(PL 39.37) in order. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-211](Stacker Height Sensor Side Right). Make the sensor receive light. The display is L. Y N Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P221-5(+) and P221-6(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-8 to P221-5, and from HCS PWB J23-7 to P221-6 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J22-8(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2 to HCS PWB J22-8 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-1(+) and J325P-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-7 to J325P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-9 to J325P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P (PL 39.37) and the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-L(PL 39.3) in order. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-212](Stacker Height Sensor Lead). Make the sensor receive light. The display is L. Y N Remove the Stacker Chute (PL 39.24) Remove the sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead-L J326L-2(+) and J326L-1(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-2 to J326L-2, and from HCS PWB J24-1 to J326L-1 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37). E

F

4127/4112G F +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J22-14(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Version.1 .1.1

Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Remove the sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-2 to HCS PWB J22-4 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37). +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead -P J326P-1(+) and J326P-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-13 to J326P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-15 to J326P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37). Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sensor Lead -P (PL 39.35) and the Stacker Height Sensor Lead -L(PL 39.27) in order. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-215](Stacker Height Control Sensor). Make the sensor receive light. The display is H. Y N Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24) Disconnect Connector J328 from the Stacker Height Control Sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 to HCS PWB J24-5 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37). +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-3(+) and J328-1(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-6 to J328-3, and from HCS PWB J24-4 to J328-1 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37). Replace the Stacker Height Control Sensor. (PL 39.27) The circuits have no problem. Turn Off then On the power and check that the Stacker Tray goes up. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)

049-219 HCS Front Door Open

049-220 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail

BSD-ON: CH29.2

BSD-ON: CH29.2

With Front Door locked, it is detected that HCS Front Door Switch is open.

After Stacker Tray starts rising, Stacker Upper Limit Switch turns On.

Procedure

NOTE: If the Stacker stays still with the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch actuated, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor with the Hand Crank to lower the Stacker before performing the following procedures:

Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. Does the 049-219 display disappear? Y N Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35) Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2B (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J7-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the connection between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A and the HCS PWB J7-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. (PL 39.35) Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J7-2 and the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2B.

Procedure Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Is the voltage between the J306-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC when the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch is not actuated (normal close)? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch J306-3 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch J306-3 and the HCS PWB J8-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28) Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J8-2 and the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch J3061.

The HCS Front Door and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the following: • The Front Door for deformation and improper installation •

The Front Door Actuator for damage

•

The Door Hook for improper installation

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-141

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-142

Version.1 .1.1

049-221 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail

049-224 Rear Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail

BSD-ON: CH29.2

BSD-ON:CH29.15

After Stacker Tray starts lowering, Stacker Lower Limit Switch turns On.

During initialization, the Rear Paper Edge Sensor detects paper. (L stays displayed.)

NOTE: If the Stacker stays still with the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch actuated, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor with the Hand Crank to lift up the Stacker before performing the following procedures:

Procedure

Procedure Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Is the voltage between the J331-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC when the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch is not actuated (normal close)? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch J331-3 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch J331-3 and the HCS PWB J7-3 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. There is a piece of paper under the Rear Paper Edge Sensor. Y N Disconnect Relay Connector P/J224 and check the following for conductivity. • J224-4 to Rear Paper Edge Sensor J360-1 •

J224-5 to Rear Paper Edge Sensor J360-2

•

J224-6 to Rear Paper Edge Sensor J360-3

Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any circuit with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. As necessary, replace the following parts. • Sensor A PWB (PL 39.27)

Replace the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Sensor. (PL 39.35) Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J7-4 and the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch J3311.

•

Sensor B PWB (PL 39.27)

•

Flexible Print Cable (PL 39.27)

Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Rear Paper Edge Sensor. (PL 39.27) • HCS PWB J26-7 to P224-12 •

HCS PWB J26-8 to P224-11

•


If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the piece of paper.

049-225 Front Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail

049-228 Lead Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

BSD-ON:CH29.15

BSD-ON: CH29.25

During initialization, the Front Paper Edge Sensor detects paper. (L stays displayed.)

A specified time after Lead Tamper Motor turns On, Lead Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

Procedure Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. There is a piece of paper under Front Paper Edge Sensor. Y N Disconnect Relay Connector P/J224 and check the following for conductivity. • J224-7 to Front Paper Edge Sensor J361-1 •

J224-8 to Front Paper Edge Sensor J361-2

•

J224-9 to Front Paper Edge Sensor J361-3

Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any circuit with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. As necessary, replace the following parts. • Sensor A PWB (PL 39.27) •

Sensor B PWB (PL 39.27)

•


Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Front Paper Edge Sensor. (PL 39.27) • HCS PWB J26-10 to P224-9 •


•


Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and move the Lead Tamper to right and left. Does the Lead Tamper move without any load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Lead Tamper Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension •

The Drive Gear for wear and damage

•

The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure

•

Remove other mechanical loads.

Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-221] (Lead Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and slowly move the Lead Tamper to right until it stops. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the connector P227-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the P227-2 and the HCS PWB J29-8 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Is the voltage between P227-3 (+) and P227-1 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J29-7 and P227-3 and between the HCS PWB J29-9 and P227-1 for open circuits or poor contacts.

Remove the piece of paper.

Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 39.32) • Between J227-1 and J335-1 •


•


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-010] (Lead Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Lead Tamper move to right and left repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-143

B

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F901 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance 1Ohm or less? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Lead Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P201-1 and P201-2 •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-144

P201-3 and P201-4

Is the resistance approx. 5.4Ohm for each? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Motor. (PL 39.32) • Between P201-1 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-4

Version.1 .1.1

049-229 Lead Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON: CH29.25 In the operation for fixing the Lead Tamper home position, Lead Tamper Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off. (Remains L)

Procedure Open the CS Front Door and move the Lead Tamper to left and right. Does the Lead Tamper move without any load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Lead Tamper Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension •


•

Between P201-2 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-6

•


•


•


•


Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J63-1 and J201-1 •


•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-221] (Lead Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and slowly move the Lead Tamper to left until it stops. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the connector P/J227. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between P227-2 and the HCS PWB J29-8 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

This is a trouble that does not recur at service call. Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. • HCS PWB J29 •

HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Lead Tamper Home Sensor J335

•

Lead Tamper Motor J341

Is the voltage between P227-3 (+) and P227-1 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J29-7 and P227-3 and between the HCS PWB J29-9 and P227-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 39.32) • Between J227-1 and J335-1

If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

•


•


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-010] (Lead Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Lead Tamper move to right and left repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6.

A

B

A

B Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F901 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Lead Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

P201-3 and P201-4

Is the resistance approx. 5.4Ohm for each? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Motor. (PL 39.32) • Between P201-1 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-4 •


•


•




•


•


BSD-ON: CH29.26 A specified time after Set Clamp Motor turns On, Set Clamp Home Sensor does not turn On.

Procedure

Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P201-1 and P201-2 •

049-232 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail

Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Set Clamp Drive Shaft at the top in the HCS. Does the Shaft rotate with no load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Set Clamp Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension

HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Lead Tamper Home Sensor J335

•

Lead Tamper Motor J341


•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-223] (Set Clamp Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Shaft. Does the display switches from "H" to "L" when the Set Clamp has lifted up? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the connector P228-16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the connector P228-16 and the HCS PWB J30-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)


•

Is the voltage between the connector P228-17 (+) and P228-15 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-1 and P228-17 and between the HCS PWB J30-3 and P228-15 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor. (PL 39.31) • Between J228-1 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-1


•

Between J228-2 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-2

•


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-009] (Set Clamp Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Set Clamp move to right and left repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-145

B

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-146

Version.1 .1.1

Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F902 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance 1Ohm or less? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Set Clamp Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

049-233 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail

Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P201-5 and P201-6

Procedure

•

P201-7 and P201-8

Is the resistance approx. 4.7Ohm for each? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Motor. (PL 39.32) • Between P201-5 and Set Clamp Motor J340-4

BSD-ON: CH29.26 A specified time after Set Clamp Motor turns On, Set Clamp Home Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)

Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Set Clamp Drive Shaft at the top in the HCS. Does the Shaft rotate with no load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Set Clamp Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension •

The Drive Gear for wear and damage The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure Remove other mechanical loads.

•

Between P201-6 and Set Clamp Motor J340-6

•

•


•

•




•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-223] (Set Clamp Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Shaft. Does the display switches from "L" to "H" when the Set Clamp has lifted down? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the connector P/J228. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the P228-16 and the HCS PWB J30-2 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

This is a trouble that does not recur at service call. Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. • HCS PWB J30

Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor. (PL 39.31) • Between J228-1 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-1

•

HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•


•


•

Set Clamp Home Sensor J338

•

Set Clamp Motor J340


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-009] (Set Clamp Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Motor operate back and forth? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F902 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Set Clamp Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the connector P/J301. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P201-5 and P201-6 • A

P201-7 and P201-8

A Is the resistance approx. 4.7Ohm for each? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Motor. (PL 39.32) • Between P201-5 and Set Clamp Motor J340-4 •


•


•


049-234 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor On Fail BSD-ON: CH29.22 A specified time after Side Tamper Extension Motor turns On, Side Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

Procedure

Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J63-5 and J201-5

Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the left when seeing the Tamper Unit from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Pad for binding

•


•


•


•


•


•



HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Set Clamp Home Sensor J338

•

Set Clamp Motor J340


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-224] (Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Manually rotate the Shaft to lift up the Pad. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-2 and the HCS PWB J30-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-1 (+) and J342-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-4 and J342-1 and between the HCS PWB J30-6 and J342-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor. (PL 39.30) Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-014] (Side Tamper Extension Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to upper and lower positions repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F903 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm?

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-147

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Side Tamper Extension Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

Pull out the Side Tamper Extension Motor connector J350. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P350-4 and P350-6 •

P350-3 and P350-1

Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? Y N Replace the Side Tamper Extension Motor. (PL 39.30) Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J63-9 and J350-4 •


•


•



HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342

•

Side Tamper Extension Motor J350

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-148

Version.1 .1.1

049-235 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON: CH29.22 In the operation for setting Extension, Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off. (Remains L) * Detection of an error in the operation for moving Side Tamper from the Release position (Home) to the Set position.

Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the left when seeing the Tamper Unit from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Pad for binding •


•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-224] (Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Manually rotate the Shaft to lift down the Pad. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor connector J342. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-2 and the HCS PWB J30-5 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)


Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor. (PL 39.30) Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-014] (Side Tamper Extension Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to upper and lower positions repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F903 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Side Tamper Extension Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

A

B

A

B Pull out the Side Tamper Extension Motor connector J350. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P350-4 and P350-6 •

P350-3 and P350-1

Procedure

Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J63-9 and J350-4 Between J63-10 and J350-6

•


•



HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342

•

Side Tamper Extension Motor J350


BSD-ON: CH29.24 A specified time after Rear Tamper Motor turns On, Rear Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? Y N Replace the Side Tamper Extension Motor. (PL 39.30)

•

049-236 Rear Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Rear Tamper Assy. Does the Rear Tamper Assy move without any load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension •


•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-225] (Rear Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and slowly move the Rear Tamper to rear. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the connector P228-10 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the connector P228-10 and the HCS PWB J30-8 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the connector P228-11 (+) and P228-9 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-7 and P228-11 and between the HCS PWB J30-9 and P228-9 for open circuits or poor contacts. Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 39.33) • Between J228-7 and J343-1 •


•


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-011] (Rear Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Rear Tamper move to front and rear repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-149

B

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F903 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Rear Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the Rear Tamper Motor connector J346. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P346-4 and P346-6 •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-150

P346-3 and P346-1

Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Motor. (PL 39.33) Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J63-21 and J346-4

Version.1 .1.1

049-237 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON: CH29.24 A specified time after the start of the operation for fixing the Home position, Rear Tamper Home Sensor that has been On does not turn Off. (Remains L) (The operation for fixing the Home position is not complete.)

Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Rear Tamper Assy. Does the Rear Tamper Assy move without any load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension •

The Drive Gear for wear and damage The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure Remove other mechanical loads.

•


•

•


•

•



HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Rear Tamper Home Sensor J343

•

Rear Tamper Motor J346

Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-225] (Rear Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and slowly move the Rear Tamper to front. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the connector P228. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the P228-10 and the HCS PWB J30-8 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 39.33) • Between J228-7 and J343-1


•


•


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-011] (Rear Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Rear Tamper move to front and rear repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F903 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Rear Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) A

B

A

B Pull out the Rear Tamper Motor connector J346. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P346-4 and P346-6 •

049-238 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Fail BSD-ON: CH29.23

P346-3 and P346-1

Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Motor. (PL 39.33)

A specified time after the start of initialization, Front Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On (Remains H).



•


•



HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Rear Tamper Home Sensor J343

•

Rear Tamper Motor J346


Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Front Tamper Assy. Does the Front Tamper Assy move without any load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension •


•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-226] (Front Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and slowly move the Front Tamper to front. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the connector P228-7 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the connector P228-7 and the HCS PWB J30-11 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the connector P228-8 (+) and P228-6 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-10 and P228-6 and between the HCS PWB J30-12 and P228-6 for open circuits or poor contacts. Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 39.29) • Between J228-10 and J344-1 •


•


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-012] (Front Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Front Tamper move to front and rear repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-151

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP A

Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1002 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Front Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P201-17 and P201-18 •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-152

P201-19 and P201-20

Is the resistance approx. 5.5Ohm for each? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Motor. (PL 39.32) • Between P201-17 and Front Tamper Motor J347-4

Version.1 .1.1

049-239 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON: CH29.23 A specified time after the start of the operation for fixing the Home position, Front Tamper Home Sensor that has been On does not turn Off. (Remains L) (The operation for fixing the Home position is not complete.)

Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Front Tamper Assy. Does the Front Tamper Assy move without any load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension

Between P201-18 and Front Tamper Motor J347-6

•


•


•


•


•


•



•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-226] (Front Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and slowly move the Front Tamper to rear. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the connector P228. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the P228-7 and the HCS PWB J30-11 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)


HCS Drive PWB J63

Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 39.29) • Between J228-10 and J344-1

•


•


•

Front Tamper Home Sensor J344

•


•

Front Tamper Motor J347


Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-012] (Front Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Front Tamper move to front and rear repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1002 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Front Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) A

B

A

B Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • P201-17 and P201-18 •

049-240 Pad Move Home Sensor On Fail BSD-ON: CH29.21

P201-19 and P201-20

Is the resistance approx. 5.5Ohm for each? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Motor. (PL 39.32) • Between P201-17 and Front Tamper Motor J347-4 •


•


•




•


•



HCS Drive PWB J63

•


•

Front Tamper Home Sensor J344

•

Front Tamper Motor J347

A specified time after Pad Move Motor turns On, Pad Move Home Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

Procedure Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the right when seeing the Tamper Unit in the HCS from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Drive Gear for wear and damage •


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-227] (Pad Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and rotate the Shaft, and then slowly move the Pad to rear. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connection between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-2 and the HCS PWB J3014 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-1 (+) and J348-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-13 and J348-1 and between the HCS PWB J30-15 and J348-3 for open circuits or poor contacts.


Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Pad Move Home Sensor. (PL 39.30) Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-013] (Pad Move Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to front and rear repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1001 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Pad Move Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-153

B

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP A B Pull out the Pad Move Motor connector J349. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J349-4 and J349-6 •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-154

J349-3 and J349-1

Version.1 .1.1

049-241 Pad Move Home Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON: CH29.21

Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? Y N Replace the Pad Move Motor. (PL 39.30)

A specified time after Pad Move Motor turns On, Pad Move Home Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)

Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J63-13 and J349-4

Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the right when seeing the Tamper Unit in the HCS from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load? Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following: • The Drive Gear for wear and damage

•


•


•



HCS Drive PWB J63

•

Relay connectors P/J228 and P/J201

•

Pad Move Home Sensor J349

•

Pad Move Motor J349


Procedure

•


•


Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-227] (Pad Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS Front Door and rotate the Shaft, and then slowly move the Pad to front. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the Pad Move Home Sensor connector J348. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Check the connection between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-2 and the HCS PWB J3014 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Pad Move Home Sensor. (PL 39.30) Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Input DC330[049-013] (Pad Move Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to front and rear repeatedly? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1001 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm? Y N If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Pad Move Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the Pad Move Motor connector J349. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. • J349-4 and J349-6 •

J349-3 and J349-1

Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? Y N Replace the Pad Move Motor. (PL 39.30) A

B

A

B Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J63-13 and J349-4 •


•


•


049-242 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor On Fail BSD-ON:CH29.13 A specified time after the Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor turns On, the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

Procedure This is a trouble that does not recur at service call. Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. • HCS PWB J30 •

HCS Drive PWB J63

•

Relay connectors P/J228 and P/J201

•

Pad Move Home Sensor J349

•

Pad Move Motor J349


Open the HCS Front Door. Move the Stacker Exit Roll Assy to the front and rear by hand. The Exit Roll Assy moves with no load. Y N Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Remove the cause of the load.

Stacker

Enter DC330[049-229](Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor). Press Start. Move the Stacker Exit Roll Assy to the front and rear by hand. When the Assy is at front H is displayed, while when it is at rear L is displayed. Y N H stays displayed both when it is at front and when it is at rear. Y N Go to 049-243 FIP. Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24) Block light to the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor. +5VDC is measured between Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-2 to HCS PWB J24-14 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-1(+) and J356-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-13 to J356-1, and from HCS PWB J24-15 to J356-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor. (PL 39.27) Press the Stop button. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-029](Stacker Exit Roll Motor). The Exit Roll operates two ways. Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J516(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connector J60 on the HCS PWB. Measure the motor winding resistance. • J60-7 to J60-8 •

J60-9 to J60-10

Each resistance is approx. 5.3 ohms.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-155

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


N Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Roll Motor. (PL 39.27) • J60-7 to J381-4 •

J60-8 to J381-6

•

J60-9 to J381-3

•

J60-10 to J381-1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-156

Version.1 .1.1

049-243 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON:CH29.13 At output of paper to Stacker and initialization, the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.) (The Stacker Exit Roll does not do the offset operation to the rear from where the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor has turned On.)

Procedure Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) The circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • HCS Drive PWB J60 •

Relay Connector P/J202 and P/J222

•

HCS PWB J24

•

Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356

•

Stacker Exit Roll Motor J381

Open the HCS Front Door. Move the Stacker Exit Roll Assy to the front and rear by hand. The Exit Roll Assy moves with no load. Y N Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Remove the cause of the load.

Stacker

Enter DC330[049-229](Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor). Press Start. Move the Stacker Exit Roll Assy to the front and rear by hand. When the Assy is at front H is displayed, while when it is at rear L is displayed. Y N L stays displayed both when it is at front and when it is at rear. Y N Go to 049-242 FIP. Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24) Disconnect Connector J356 from the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-2 to HCS PWB J24-14 for a short wire. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor. (PL 39.27) Press the Stop button. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-029](Stacker Exit Roll Motor). The Exit Roll operates two ways. Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J516(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn Off the power. Remove Connector J60 on the HCS PWB. Measure the motor winding resistance. • J60-7 to J60-8 •

J60-9 to J60-10

Each resistance is approx. 5.3 ohms. Y N Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Roll Motor. (PL 39.27) • J60-7 to J381-4

A

B

•

J60-8 to J381-6

•

J60-9 to J381-3

A

B •

J60-10 to J381-1

049-248 Paper Edge Home Sensor On Fail BSD-ON:CH29.14

Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) The circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • HCS Drive PWB J60 •

Relay Connector P/J202 and P/J222

•

HCS PWB J24

•

Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356

•

Stacker Exit Roll Motor J381

A specified time after the Edge Sensor Move Motor turns On, the Paper Edge Home Sensor does not turn On.

Procedure Enter DC330[049-234](Paper Edge Home Sensor) Press Start. Open the HCS Front Door. Pull out the Dolly. Remove the Stacker Chute (PL 39.24). Remove the Paper Edge Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed from H to L. Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J24-17(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Paper Edge Sensor J362-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Paper Edge Sensor J362-2 to HCS PWB J24-17 for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between Paper Edge Sensor J362-1(+) and J362-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-16 to Paper Edge Sensor J362-1, and from HCS PWB J24-18 to Paper Edge Sensor J362-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Paper Edge Sensor. (PL 39.27) Return the sensor to the original state. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049021](Edge Sensor Move Motor). The Edge repeats the two-way operation. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn off the power. Disconnect J60 on the HCS Drive PWB. Measure the winding resistance of the Edge Sensor Move Motor. • J60-3 to J60-4 •

J60-5 to J60-6

Each resistance is approx. 5 ohms. Y N Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the Edge Sensor Move Motor. (PL 39.27) • J60-3 to J367-4

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-157

•

J60-4 to J367-6

•

J60-5 to J367-3

B

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP A B •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-158

J60-6 to J367-1

Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Check the Front/Rear Rack Gear for a poor operation, and the Edge Sensor Move Motor, etc. for mechanical loads. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) The circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • HCS Drive PWB J60

Version.1 .1.1

049-251 Paper Fan 1 Fail BSD-ON:CH29.27 1.

Paper Fan 1 is not rotating.

2.

A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Paper Fan 1 Sensor does not turn On.

Initial Actions Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover and the Duct. Check the following. (PL 39.34)

•

Relay Connector P/J202 P/J222

•

The exhaust port for foreign objects/clogs

•

HCS PWB J24

•

The fan blade for dust

•

Edge Sensor Move Motor J367

•

Paper Edge Sensor J362

Procedure Enter DC330[049-024](Paper Fan 1/2). Press Start. The Paper Fan 1 rotates. Y N The Paper Fan 2 rotates. Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.2). J62 on the HCS Drive PWB is connected properly. Y N Connect the connector. +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1102 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. The resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Paper Fans 1 and 2 have no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34) • HCS Drive PWB J62-7 to J374-4 •

HCS Drive PWB J62-8 to J374-2

•


•


•


•


Press the Stop button. Exchange Paper Fan 1 Connector J372 for Paper Fan 2 Connector J374. Press the Start button. The Paper Fan 1 rotates. Y N Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34)

A

B

A

B Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • HCS Drive PWB J62-10 to Paper Fan 1 J372-4 •

HCS Drive PWB J62-11 to Paper Fan 1 J372-2

•


With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J62-11(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS Drive PWB (PL 39.37). If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB (PL 39.37). With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between Paper Fan 1 J372-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Paper Fan 1 J372-2 to HCS Drive PWB J62-11 for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34)

049-252 Paper Fan 2 Fail BSD-ON:CH29.27 1.

The Paper Fan 2 is not rotating.

2.

A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Paper Fan 2 Sensor does not turn On.

Initial Actions Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover and the Duct. Check the following. (PL 39.34) •

The exhaust port for foreign objects/clogs

•

The fan blade for dust

Procedure Enter DC330[049-024](Paper Fan 1/2). Press Start. The Paper Fan 2 rotates. Y N The Paper Fan 1 rotates. Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.2). J62 on the HCS Drive PWB is connected properly. Y N Connect the connector. +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1102 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. The resistance is less than 1 ohm. Y N If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Paper Fans 1 and 2 have no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34) • HCS Drive PWB J62-7 to J374-4 •


•


•


•


•


Press the Stop button. Exchange Paper Fan 2 Connector J374 for Paper Fan 1 Connector J372. Press the Start button. The Paper Fan 2 rotates. Y N Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-159

B

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-160

Version.1 .1.1

Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • HCS Drive PWB J62-7 to Paper Fan 1 J372-4

049-253 Upper Fan Fail

•


1.

The Upper Fan is not rotating.

•


2.

A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Upper Fan is not rotating.

With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J62-8(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS Drive PWB (PL 39.37). If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB (PL 39.37). With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between Paper Fan 2 J374-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Paper Fan 2 J374-2 to HCS Drive PWB J62-8 for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34)

BSD-ON:CH29.27

Initial Actions •

Check the exhaust port for foreign objects, clogs, etc.

•

Check the fan blade for dust.

Procedure Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Enter DC330[049-023](Upper Fan). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between Upper Fan J376-4(+) and J376-1(-). Y N With the diag On, +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J57-4(+) and J57-6(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J53-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F501 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester.If the resistance is 1 ohm or more (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Upper Fan has no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the wires from HCS Drive PWB J57-4 to Upper Fan J376-4, and from HCS Drive PWB J576 to Upper Fan J376-1 for an open wire or poor contact. With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J57-5(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between Upper Fan J376-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Upper Fan J376-2 to HCS Drive PWB J57-5 for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Upper Fan. (PL 39.37)

049-280 Gate Sensor 1 Fail 1

Y

BSD-ON:CH29.7 A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 1 does not switch (to Stacker). (H stays displayed.)

Procedure

N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

+5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P223-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from P223-2 to HCS PWB J25-5 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Open the HCS Upper Cover. Raise the <1b> lever. Move Gate 1 and Gate 2 by hand. Gates 1 and 2 operate smoothly without binding. Y N Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the cause of the poor operation of the Gates.

+5VDCis measured between Relay Connector P223-3(+) and P223-1(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J25-4 to P223-3, and from HCS PWB J25-6 to P223-1 for an open wire or poor contact.

Cheat the Upper Cover Interlock. Raise the <1b> lever and observe the Gate operation. Enter DC330[049-031](Stacker). Press Start. Gate 1 goes up, while Gate 2 goes down. Y N Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-032](Bypass). Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 goes up. Y N Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J55-5(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J53-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J53-3.

Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the Gate Sensor 1. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, check that the sensor has no dirt and replace the Gate Sensor 1. (PL 39.23) • J223-4 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-1 •

J223-5 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-2

•


Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F402 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. If the resistance is 1 ohm or more (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that Gate Solenoids 1 and 2 have no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connector J55 on the HCS Drive PWB. Measure the resistance of the coils of Gates 1 and 2. • J55-5 to J55-6: approx. 36 ohms •

J55-5 to J55-7: approx. 50 ohms

•


•


Each resistance is measured as above. Y N Check the circuit(s) whose resistance(s) is/are different from the above for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If the circuits have no problem, replace the relevant solenoid. (PL 39.23) Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-031](Stacker). Proceed with the procedure. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-230](Gate Sensor 1). The display is H. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-161

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-162


Y

BSD-ON:CH29.7 A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 1 does not switch (to Top Tray/ Bypass). (L stays displayed.)

Procedure

Version.1 .1.1 N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Disconnect Relay Connector P/J223. The display has changed to H. Y N Check for a short circuit between P223-2 and HCS PWB J25-5. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)


+5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P223-3(+) and P223-1(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J25-4 to P223-3, and from HCS PWB J25-6 to P223-1 for an open wire or poor contact.

Cheat the Upper Cover Interlock. Raise the <1b> lever and observe the Gate operation. Enter DC330[049-032](Bypass). Press Start. Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 goes up. Y N Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-031] (Stacker). Gate 1 goes up, while Gate 2 goes down. Y N Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J55-5(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J53-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J53-3.

Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the Gate Sensor 1. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Gate Sensor 1. (PL 39.23) • J223-4 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-1



•


•


Each resistance is measured as above. Y N Check the circuit(s) whose resistance(s) is/are different from the above for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If the circuits have no problem, replace the relevant solenoid. (PL 39.23) Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-032](Bypass). Proceed with the procedure. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-230](Gate Sensor 1). The display is L.

•


•



Y

BSD-ON:CH29.7 A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 2 does not switch (to Top Tray). (L stays displayed.)

Procedure

N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Disconnect Relay Connector P/J223. The display has changed to H. Y N Check for a short circuit between P223-5 and HCS PWB J25-2. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)



Cheat the Upper Cover Interlock. Raise the <1b> lever and observe the Gate operation. Enter DC330[049-030](Top). Press Start. Both Gates 1 and 2 go down. Y N Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-032] (Bypass). Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 goes up. Y N Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J55-5(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J53-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J53-3.

Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the Gate Sensor 2. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Gate Sensor 2. (PL 39.23) • J223-1 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-1 •


•




•


•


Each resistance is measured as above. Y N Check the circuit(s) whose resistance(s) is/are different from the above for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If the circuits have no problem, replace the relevant solenoid. (PL 39.23) Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-030](Top). Proceed with the procedure. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-231](Gate Sensor 2). The display is L. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-163

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-164


Y

BSD-ON:CH29.7 A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 2 does not switch (to Bypass). (H stays displayed.)

Procedure

Version.1 .1.1 N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

+5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P223-5(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from P223-5 to HCS PWB J25-2 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)



Cheat the Upper Cover Interlock. Raise the <1b> lever and observe the Gate operation. Enter DC330[049-032](Bypass). Press Start. Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 goes up. Y N Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-031] (Stacker). Gate 1 goes up, while Gate 2 goes down. Y N Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J55-5(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J53-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J53-3.

Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the Gate Sensor 2. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, check that the sensor has no dirt and replace the Gate Sensor 2. (PL 39.23) • J223-1 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-1



•


•


Each resistance is measured as above. Y N Check the circuit(s) whose resistance(s) is/are different from the above for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If the circuits have no problem, replace the relevant solenoid. (PL 39.23) Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-032](Bypass). Proceed with the procedure. Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-231](Gate Sensor 2). The display is H.

•


•


A The circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • HCS Drive PWB J60

049-284 Paper Edge Home Sensor Off Fail BSD-ON:CH29.14 At initialization, the Paper Edge Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off.

Procedure Enter DC330[049-234](Paper Edge Home Sensor). Press Start. Open the HCS Front Door and pull out the Dolly. Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24) Remove the sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Turn Off and On the sensor with a piece of paper. The display switches between H and L. Y N The display is L. Y N Turn Off then On the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

•

Relay Connector P/J202, P/J222

•

HCS PWB J24

•

Edge Sensor Move Motor J367

•

Paper Edge Sensor J362

Disconnect Connector J362 from the Paper Edge Sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Paper Edge Sensor J362-2 to HCS PWB J24-17 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Paper Edge Sensor. (PL 39.27) Return the sensor to the original state. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049021](Edge Sensor Move Motor). The Edge repeats the two-way operation. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn Off the power. Disconnect J60 on the HCS Drive PWB. Measure the winding resistance of the Edge Sensor Move Motor. • J60-3 to J60-4 •

J60-5 to J60-6

Each resistance is approx. 5 ohms. Y N Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the Edge Sensor Move Motor. (PL 39.27) • J60-3 to J367-4 •

J60-4 to J367-6

•

J60-5 to J367-3

•

J60-6 to J367-1

Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Check the Front/Rear Rack Gear for a poor operation, and the Edge Sensor Move Motor drive gear, etc. for a mechanical load. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-165

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-166

Version.1 .1.1

049-285 EEPROM Read/Write Error

049-286 EEPROM Sum Error

BSD-ON: CH29.5

BSD-ON: CH29.5

An error occurs with EEPROM Read/Write. (IC fails or it is not inserted.)

Data in EEPROM is not correct. (The sum is different.)

Procedure

Procedure

Check the following: • Check that the HCS PWB EEPROM is inserted.


•

If it is inserted, pull out then insert the EEPROM and turn ON the power.

•


•

If the problem persists, replace the EEPROM followed by the HCS PWB (PL 39.37).

•

If the problem persists, replace the EEPROM followed by the HCS PWB (PL 39.37).

049-287 System Error

049-288 HCS Drive PWB Not Connected

BSD-ON: CH29.5

BSD-ON: CH29.5

An internal error has occurred in PWB.

HCS PWB is not connected to HCS Drive PWB.

Procedure

Procedure

If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Turn OFF the power, and pull out then insert the HCS PWB and HCS Drive PWB, and then turn ON the power. If the problem persists, replace the HCS PWB followed by the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-167

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-168

Version.1 .1.1

049-300 HCS Upper Cover Switch Open

049-310 HCS Download Mode Fail

BSD-ON: CH29.2

BSD-ON: CH29.5

The HCS Upper Cover is open.

Download ends abnormally, and when powered on, the machine can start only in Download Mode.

Procedure

Procedure

Cheat the HCS Upper Cover Switch. Does the 049-300 display disappear? Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover, Top Tray, and HCS Upper Cover Switch bracket. (Leave the connector as it is.) Is the voltage between the HCS Upper Cover Switch J303-2B (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Upper Cover Switch J303-2A (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J9-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Check the following: • Check that the LED LD5 on the HCS PWB is turned ON.

Check the connection between the HCS Upper Cover Switch J303-2A and the HCS PWB J9-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the HCS Upper Cover Switch. (PL 39.4) Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J9-2 and the HCS Upper Cover Switch J3032B. The HCS Upper Cover and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the following: • The HCS Upper Cover for deformation and improper installation •

The HCS Upper Cover Actuator for damage

•

If it is not turned ON, check the +24VDC circuits to the HCS Drive PWB J50-1/2/3.

•

Check connection between the HCS PWB and the HCS Drive PWB.

•

Check the connection cable to the IFM.

•

If no problems are found, retry downloading.

049-500 HCS ROM Write Error

049-900 Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam

BSD-ON: CH29.5

BSD-ON: CH29.9

Writing to the HCS ROM has failed when downloading is being performed in the proper procedure in Download Mode.

Top Tray Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

Initial Actions Procedure

•

The sensor for bits of paper and foreign substances


•


•


Procedure

•

Perform downloading again.

•

If the problem persists, replace the EEPROM and the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2) Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-101] (Top Tray Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Disconnect the Top Tray Exit Sensor connector J351. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-3 (+) and J351-1 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J26-3 and J351-3 and between the HCS PWB J26-1 and J351-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 39.18) Check the connection between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 and the HCS PWB J26-2 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-169

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-170

Version.1 .1.1

049-901 Top Tray Path Sensor Static Jam

049-902 Bypass Exit Sensor Static Jam

BSD-ON: CH29.8

BSD-ON: CH29.11

Top Tray Path Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

Bypass Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


Procedure

Procedure

Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2) Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-102] (Top Tray Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-103] (Bypass Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Disconnect the Top Tray Path Sensor connector J353. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-1 (+) and J353-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J27-6 and J353-3 and between the HCS PWB J27-4 and J353-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Disconnect the Bypass Exit Sensor connector J354. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-1 (+) and J354-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-3 and J354-3 and between the HCS PWB J28-1 and J354-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Replace the Top Tray Path Sensor. (PL 39.16) Check the connection between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-2 and the HCS PWB J27-5 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Replace the Bypass Exit Sensor. (PL 39.21) Check the connection between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 and the HCS PWB J28-2 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

049-903 Bypass Path Sensor 1 Static Jam

049-905 Stacker Path Sensor Static Jam

BSD-ON: CH29.10

BSD-ON: CH29.6

Bypass Path Sensor 1 detects paper. (Remains L)

Stacker Path Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


Procedure

Procedure

Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-104] (Bypass Path Sensor 1) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-105] (Stacker Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Disconnect the Bypass Path Sensor 1 connector J355. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-1 (+) and J355-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-12 and J355-3 and between the HCS PWB J28-10 and J355-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Disconnect the Stacker Path Sensor connector J363. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-1 (+) and J363-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J27-7 and J363-1 and between the HCS PWB J27-9 and J363-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Replace the Bypass Path Sensor 1. (PL 39.19)

Replace the Stacker Path Sensor. (PL 39.19)

Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-2 and the HCS PWB J28-11 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Check the connection between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 and the HCS PWB J27-8 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

02/2009 2-171

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-172

Version.1 .1.1

049-907 Stacker Exit Sensor Static Jam

049-908 Bypass Path Sensor 2 Static Jam

BSD-ON: CH29.12

BSD-ON: CH29.10

Stacker Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)


Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•


•


•


Procedure

Procedure

Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-106] (Stacker Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-107] (Bypass Path Sensor 2) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Remove the Stacker Exit Sensor bracket. Disconnect the Stacker Exit Sensor connector J386. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-1 (+) and J386-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J26-16 and J386-1 and between the HCS PWB J26-18 and J386-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Disconnect the Bypass Path Sensor 2 connector J387. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-1 (+) and J387-3 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-13 and J387-1 and between the HCS PWB J28-15 and J387-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Replace the Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27) Check the connection between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and the HCS PWB J26-17 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Replace the Bypass Path Sensor 2. (PL 39.20) Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-2 and the HCS PWB J28-14 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

049-940 Front Door Switch Open

049-941 Tray Set Fail

BSD-ON: CH29.2

BSD-ON:CH29.16

The HCS Front Door Interlock Switch is open.

When the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Dolly Set Position Sensor turns On and the Tray Set Sensor turns Off.

Procedure Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. Does the 049-940 display disappear? Y N Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35) Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2B (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J7-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the connection between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A and the HCS PWB J7-1 for an open circuit and poor contact.

Procedure The Stacker Tray on the Dolly is set properly. Y N Set the Dolly and the Stacker Tray properly. Enter DC330[049-208](Tray Set Sensor). Press start. Open the HCS Front Door. Push in the Dolly. The display is H. Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Pull out the Dolly. Push the Tray Set Lever (PL 39.36) by hand to check its operation. The Tray Lever operates properly. Y N Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (PL 39.36) Check the operation of the Tray Set Lever.

Set

Replace the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. (PL 39.35) Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J7-2 and the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2B. The HCS Front Door and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the following: • The Front Door for deformation and improper installation •

The Front Door Actuator for damage

•

The Door Hook for improper installation

Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (PL 39.36) Block the Tray Set Sensor with a piece of paper. +5VDC is measured between Tray Set Sensor J3222(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Tray Set Sensor J322-2 to HCS PWB J20-8 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Tray Set Sensor J322-1(+) and J322-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J20-7 to Tray Set Sensor J322-1, and from HCS PWB J20-9 to Tray Set Sensor J322-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Tray Set Sensor. (PL 39.36)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-173

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-174

Version.1 .1.1

049-945 Top Tray Full

049-960 Stacker Up Curl Sensor Off Fail

BSD-ON: CH29.9

BSD-ON:CH29.20

Top Tray Full Sensor detects Full for 10 consecutive seconds. (Remains L)

An error in loading the Stacker is detected. After the Stacker is adjusted to lower (after height control) during Job, The Stacker Up Curl Sensor detects Low. (Light blocked).

Initial Actions •

The Top Tray output area for foreign substances.

Initial Actions

•


•

Check the output paper for an excessive curl.

Faulty detection caused by curled paper

•

Check if the paper is out of spec.

•

Procedure

Procedure

Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-228] (Top Tray Full Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Y N Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Open the HCS Front Door. Check the operation of the Damper (PL 39.31). When operated by hand, the Damper goes up and down smoothly. Y N Remove causes of the poor operation such as the binding Damper.

Remove the Sensor Bracket and disconnect the Top Tray Full Sensor connector J352. Does the display change to "H"? Y N Is the voltage between the Top Tray Full Sensor J352-3 (+) and J352-1 (-) +5VDC? Y N Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-9 and J352-3 and between the HCS PWB J28-7 and J352-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Top Tray Full Sensor. (PL 39.17) Check the connection between the Top Tray Full Sensor J352-2 and the HCS PWB J28-5 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Enter DC330[049-244](Stacker Up Curl Sensor). Press Start. Disconnect Connector J320 from the Stacker Up Curl Sensor. The display is H. Y N Check the wire from Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-2 to HCS PWB J31-5 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-1(+) and J320-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-4 to Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-1, and from HCS PWB J31-6 to Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Up Curl Sensor. (PL 39.31)

A

049-964 Stacker Height Sensor On Fail BSD-ON:CH29.3 CH29.18 CH29.19 CH29.20 Though the Stacker is adjusted to lower a specified number of times in a row (height control) while being loaded with paper, one of the following sensors detects High. (Height Control Error)

B Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1 •

J61-2 to J332-6

•

J61-3 to J332-4

•

J61-4 to J332-5

•


•

J61-5 to J332-3

•


•

J61-6 to J332-2

•


NOTE: If the Stacker stays at the top, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand to lower the Stacker before performing the following procedure.



•


•


•


•


Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Top Cover. Turn On DC330[049-241](Stacker Upper Limit Sensor). Operate the actuator by hand to make the sensor receive light. The display is L. Y N Shift the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor along with the bracket. +5VDC is measured between Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2 to HCS PWB J28-5 for an open wire or poor contact. (Include Relay P/J226 to check for a poor contact.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-1(+) and J388-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J28-4 to J388-1, and from HCS PWB J28-6 to J388-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28)

Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up and down. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Elevator Motor has no excessive load and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-209](Stacker Height Sensor Side Left). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is H. Y N Disconnect Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P. The display has changed to H. Y N +5VDC is measurued between Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-1(+) and J323P-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-1 to J323P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-3 to J323P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P. (PL 39.37)

Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3 •

P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5


A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2 to HCS PWB J22-2 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-210](Stacker Height Sensor Side Center). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is H. Y N Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) Disconnect Relay Connector P/J221. The display has changed to H.

C 02/2009 2-175

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 049-xxx FIP C Y

02/2009 2-176

N +5VDC is measured between P221-9(+) and P221-7(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-4 to P221-9, and from HCS PWB J23-6 to P221-7 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Height Sensor and Bracket. (PL 39.3)

Check the wire from P221-8 to HCS PWB J23-5 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-211](Stacker Height Sensor Side Right). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is H. Y N Disconnect Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P. The display has changed to H. Y N +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-1(+) and J325P-3. Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-7 to J325P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-9 to J325P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P. (PL 39.37) Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2 to HCS PWB J22-8 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-212](Stacker Height Sensor Lead). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is H. Y N Disconnect Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P. The display has changed to H. Y N +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-1(+) and J326P-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-13 to J326P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-15 to J326P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P. (PL 39.35) Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-2 to HCS PWB J22-4. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-215](Stacker Height Control Sensor). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L.

Y

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1 N Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn On the power. +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 to HCS PWB J24-5. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-3(+) and J328-1(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-6 to J328-3, and from HCS PWB J24-4 to J328-1 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Control Sensor. (PL 39.27)

The circuits have no problem. Turn Off then On the power. Check that the Stacker Tray goes up. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)

049-965 Stacker Sheet Count Full

049-966 Stacker Height Limit Full

BSD-ON:-

BSD-ON:CH29.16

The number of sheets output to Stacker exceeds the preset number.

A load on Stacker is over the preset load.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Remove paper from the Stacker and check the following: • Check the values set in NVM[991-120 to 157]

•

Check the values set in NVM[991-120~157].

Procedure Turn Off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly. Y N Check the following: • the Stacker route for foreign objects •


•


•


•


•



P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5

Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C) Y N Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38) Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1 • Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-177

J61-2 to J332-6

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-178

Version.1 .1.1

•

J61-3 to J332-4

049-967 Paper Remain at Stacker Tray

•

J61-4 to J332-5

BSD-ON:CH29.17

•

J61-5 to J332-3

•

J61-6 to J332-2

Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-243](Elevator Encoder Sensor). NOTE: Do the following work with the HCS Front Door open in order not to let the Elevator Motor rotate. Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor and make the actuator block light to the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J31-8(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Block the sensor. +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-1(+) and J398-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-7 to J398-1, and from HCS PWB J31-9 to J398-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38) Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor to make the sensor receive light. The display has changed to H. Y N Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Disconnect Connector J398 from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38) The circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. • Elevator Encoder Sensor J398 •

HCS PWB J31

•

HCS Drive PWB J61

If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)

After the Front Door is opened and closed with no paper on the Stacker, the Stacker No Paper Sensor detects paper.

Procedure The Stacker Tray on the Dolly is set properly. Y N Set the Dolly and the Stacker Tray properly. The prism of the Stacker Tray has dirt, and/or the actuator shows a poor operation. Y N The light receiving and emitting parts of the Stacker No Paper Sensor have dirt. Y N Remove the Stacker No Paper Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-2(+) and GND(). Y N Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J295(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the wire from Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-2 to HCS PWB J29-5 for an open wire or poor contact. Project light to the light receiving part of the sensor. +1VDC or less is measured. Y N +5VDC is measured between Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-1(+) and J329P-3(). Y N Check the circuits from HCS PWB J29-4 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-1, and from HCS PWB J29-6 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-3. Replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor. (PL 39.34) On the LED side, +5VDC is measured between Stacker No Paper Sensor-L J329L-2(+) to J329L-1(-). Y N Check the circuits from HCS PWB J29-2 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-L J329L-2, and from HCS PWB J29-1 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-L J329L-1. Replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor. (PL 39.34). Clean the light receiving and emitting parts with the dust-fly. If the problem is not resolved, replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor. (PL 39.34). Clean the dirt from the prism. Remove the cause of the poor operation of the actuator.

As necessary, replace the Stacker Tray. (PL 39.41)

049-968 Mix Size Stacker Full BSD-ON:CH29.16 The height of the Stacker loaded with paper of mixed sizes exceeds the preset height.

Initial Actions •

Check the value set in NVM[991-174].



•


•


•


•



P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5

Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C) Y N Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38) Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1 • Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-179

J61-2 to J332-6

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-180

Version.1 .1.1

•

J61-3 to J332-4

049-969 Elevator Motor Step Out

•

J61-4 to J332-5

BSD-ON:CH29.16

•

J61-5 to J332-3

•

J61-6 to J332-2

Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-243](Elevator Encoder Sensor). NOTE: Do the following work with the HCS Front Door open in order not to let the Elevator Motor rotate. Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor and make the actuator block light to the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J31-8(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Block the sensor. +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-1(+) and J398-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-7 to J398-1, and from HCS PWB J31-9 to J398-3 for an open wire or poor contact.

When the Elevator is rising, the Elevator Encoder Sensor output level does not change.



•


•


•


•


Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up and down. Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6.

Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38)

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Elevator Motor has no excessive load and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor to make the sensor receive light. The display has changed to H. Y N Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Disconnect Connector J398 from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3 •

Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38)

Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) • J61-1 to J332-1

The circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. • Elevator Encoder Sensor J398 • •

P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5


HCS PWB J31 HCS Drive PWB J61


A

•

J61-2 to J332-6

•

J61-3 to J332-4

•

J61-4 to J332-5

•

J61-5 to J332-3

•

J61-6 to J332-2

A Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-243](Elevator Encoder Sensor).

049-970 Stacker Upper Limit Fail BSD-ON:CH29.3

NOTE: Do the following work with the HCS Front Door open in order not to let the Elevator Motor rotate. When the Stacker is rising, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor turns On.

Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor and make the actuator block light to the sensor. The display is L. Y N +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J31-8(+) and GND(-). Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Procedure

Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Block the sensor. +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2) Turn On DC330[049-241](Stacker Upper Limit Sensor). Operate the actuator by hand to make the sensor receive light. The display is H. Y N Disconnect Connector J388 from the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2 to HCS PWB J28-5 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-1(+) and J388-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J28-4 to J388-1, and from HCS PWB J28-6 to J388-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

+5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-1(+) and J398-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-7 to J398-1, and from HCS PWB J31-9 to J398-3 for an open wire or poor contact.

Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28)

Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38) Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor to make the sensor receive light. The display has changed to H. Y N Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.) Disconnect Connector J398 from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Check that the actuator returns properly, and that the sensor is properly installed. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38) The circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. • Elevator Encoder Sensor J398 •

HCS PWB J31

•

HCS Drive PWB J61


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-181

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-182

049-971 Stacker Full Stack

049-972 Stacker Middle Stack

BSD-ON:CH29.17

BSD-ON:

During the operation for adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray, the Stacker Full Sensor turns On.

A load on the Stacker is over the preset load.

Procedure

Procedure

Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and lower the Tray Arm so that the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned On. Turn On DC330[049-214](Stacker Full Sensor). The display is L. Y N Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is measured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-2(+) and GND(-).? Y N Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Unload the paper from the Stacker. Check the following: • the values set in NVM[991-160~171]

+5VDC is measured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-1(+) and J327-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J21-1 to J327-1, and from HCS PWB J21-3 to J327-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Full Sensor. (PL 39.35) Press the Stop button. Press the Start button again to operate the Elevator Motor so that the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned Off. The display has changed to H. Y N Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. Disconnect Connector J327 from the Stacker Full Sensor. The display has changed to H. Y N Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-1(+) and J327-3(-). Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J21-1 to J327-1, and from HCS PWB J21-3 to J327-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Full Sensor. (PL 39.35)

The sensor circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. • HCS PWB J21 •

Stacker Full Sensor J327

If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

049-973 HCS Dolly Remove Button Pressed BSD-ON:CH29.4 The Remove HCS Dolly button was pressed. The external controller ordered removal of Dolly.

Procedure Check the following: • The wire from HCS Control Panel PWB J90-23 to HCS PWB J6-23 for a short circuit •

HCS Control Panel PWB for faults (including a poor operation of the Dolly Remove Switch) (PL 39.42)

•

If this Fail occurs though the Remove button has not been pressed, the cause is a problem with Controller Software. Contact the support division for a corrective part: upgraded software.

•

If the problem is not resolved, go to 049-960 FIP and check the Stacker Up Curl Sensor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-183

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-184

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

061-310 Clapper Fail

061-315 SOS Long Fail

BSD-ON:

BSD-ON:CH6.9

An error occurred with internal ESS PWB processing.

SOS Signal Interval is longer than spec.

Procedure

Procedure

Once this fail has occurred, enter the Diag. Enter DC330[061-207] (ASIC Panther 4 Active or Inactive Monitoring Signal). Select Start. The display is Low. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Enter the UI diag. Enter DC330[061-201](No SOS Fail Detection). Select Start. Press the Enter Number button then enter [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detection). Select Start. Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-202](Laser ON/OFF). Select Start. CAUTION

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5).

Before turning ON the Laser, ensure to close the Front Door. After turning ON the Laser, enter [061-201](No SOS Fail Detection) and [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detection) in order. Press the Show Current Status button to see what is displayed for each. Both the displays are Low. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following for connection: • Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B •

P418 between MCU PWB and BP PWB

•

MCU PWB J416 to SOS PWB J199

•

P/J335 between ESS PWB and BP PWB

If the connections are good, replace the following parts in order: • Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) •

ROS Assy (PL 6.1)

Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the Front Door Interlock Switch circuit for such a poor connection as causes its chattering.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-185

061-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-186

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

061-319 SOS Short Fail

061-320 Polygon Motor Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.9

BSD-ON:CH6.11

SOS Signal Interval is shorter than spec.

The qty of Polygon Motor rotations did not become normal 4sec after Polygon Motor ON.

Procedure

Procedure

Enter the UI diag. Enter DC330[061-203](SOS Short Fail Detection). Select Start. Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-202](Laser ON/OFF). Select Start. CAUTION

Enter the UI diag. Enter DC330[061-200](Polygon Motor Ready). Select Start. Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-001](Polygon Motor ON/OFF). Select Start. Four sec. after the Polygon Motor turned ON, enter [061-200](Polygon Motor Ready). Press the Show Current Status button to see what is displayed. With the Polygon Motor ON, the display is Low. Y N Replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1).

Before turning ON the Laser, ensure to close the Front Door. After turning ON the Laser, enter [061-203](SOS Short Fail Detection). Press the Show Current Status button to see what is displayed. The display is Low. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following for connection: • Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B •


•


•



ROS Assy (PL 6.1)



061-325 No SOS Fail

061-329 ROS Connect Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.9

BSD-ON:CH6.9

Not a single SOS Signal could be detected.

Poor connection between ROS LD and MCU PWB

Procedure

Procedure

Enter the UI diag. Enter DC330[061-201](No SOS Fail Detection). Select Start. Press the Enter Number button then enter [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detection). Select Start. Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-202](Laser ON/OFF). Select Start. CAUTION

Turn off the power. Check the following for connection: Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B If it is connected with no problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1), ROS Assy (PL 6.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Before turning ON the Laser, ensure to close the Front Door. After turning ON the Laser, enter [061-201](No SOS Fail Detection) and [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detection) in order. Press the Show Current Status button to see what is displayed for each. Both the displays are Low. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following for connection: • Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419 and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B •


•


•



ROS Assy (PL 6.1)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-187

061-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-188

Version.1 .1.1

061-330 Polygon Motor Lock Fail

061-331 ROS VDD Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.11

BSD-ON:CH6.9

With Polygon Motor OFF, Motor Ready Signal went High three consecutive times

Under one of the following conditions, ROS VDD Signal (LD Power Supply signal) became active three consecutive times.

Procedure Remove the Rear Upper Cover and the MCU PWB Cover. CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. +24VDC is measured between J400-4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J400-4 on the MCU PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect J409 from the MCU PWB. Disconnect P247 from the ROS Assy. (REP 6.1.1) Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: • MCU PWB J409-A6 to ROS Assy P247-5 •

MCU PWB J409-A7 to ROS Assy P247-4

•


•


•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the following in order: • ROS Assy (PL 6.1) •

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

•

Polygon Motor OFF

•

Front Cover Open

•

Drum CRU disconnected

Procedure Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

061-332 ROS VDD Down Fail

061-334 SOS Stop Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.9

BSD-ON:CH6.9

With Polygon Motor ready, ROS VDD Signal (LD Power Supply signal) became inactive.

SOS Signal stops.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Turn OFF then ON the power. Check the following high voltage groups for a leak: • CC, CC Grid (HVPS S6)(CH9.3) •

Deve Bias (HVPS S5)(CH9.3)

•

PTC (HVPS S11)(CH9.9)

•

BTR (HVPS S10)(CH9.10)

•

DTS (HVPS S3)(CH9.11)

•

PCC (HVPS S6)(CH9.13)

If none of the high voltage groups have any leak, check for any external noise (noise from Power Source/ other devices).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-189

061-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-190

Version.1 .1.1

061-340 ROS LD Fail

061-603 ROS Data Fail

BSD-ON:CH6.9

BSD-ON:CH6.9

When LD Alarm occurred, it was found that of 32CHs, 3CHs or more (NVM749-105) had LDs deteriorated.

Serial data communication failed between MCU PWB and ROS. (Hidden Fail) NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.

Procedure Enter the Diag. Check what value is in NVM[749-077]. The value is [4294967295]. Y N Replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1). Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the Front Door Interlock Switch circuit for such a poor connection as causes its chattering.

Procedure Turn off the power. Check the following for connection: • Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419 and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B •


•


If the connections are good, replace the following in order: • Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) •

ROS Assy (PL 6.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

If the problem still persists, replace the NVM PWB (PL 2.1).

061-607 LD Alarm BSD-ON:CH6.9 One of 32 beams had an error. (Hidden Fail) NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.

Procedure Enter the Diag. Check what value is in NVM[749-077]. The value is [4294967295]. Y N If image quality is affected, replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1) as required. Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the Front Door Interlock Switch circuit for such a poor connection as causes its chattering.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-191

061-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-192

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

062-210 IISS Hot Line Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-211 IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IPS) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH3.2

BSD-ON:CH3.2

The open Hot Line Signal line was detected.

An error occurred in writing onto EEPROM or communication with EEPROM (despite retries).

Procedure

Initial Actions

Turn off the power. Check the following: • There is no poor connection between P336 on the ESS PWB and P719 on the IIT/IPS PWB.

•

Turn OFF then ON the power.

•

Upgrade the software to the latest version.

•

No connector pins have any foreign object and are bent.

•

Connector Screw Lock Mechanism has no problem.

If results of the checks are OK, replace the IIT-ESS Cable (PL 5.2).

Procedure Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-193

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-194

062-220 IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH3.4 Poor connection between IIT/IPS PWB and Extension Memory PWB

Procedure Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +12VDC is measured between J732-5 (+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J732-3(+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J732-3 on the DCPS PWB. Replace the DCPS PWB (PL 5.8).

062-277 IIT/IPS-DADF Communication Fail (Except 4127/ 4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH3.3 An IIT/IPS PWB-DADF PWB communication failure

Procedure Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +12VDC is measured between J732-5 (+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J732-3(+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J732-3 on the DCPS PWB. Replace the DCPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Check for an open wire or poor contact between J732-5 on the DCPS PWB and J720-2 on the IIT/ IPS PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8). If the connections are good, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8). If the problem still persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB. Replace the new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2) NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

Version.1 .1.1

Check for an open wire or poor contact between J732-5 on the DCPS PWB and J720-2 on the IIT/ IPS PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect Connectors P750 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J751 and J752 from/to the DADF PWB. If the problem persists, replace the following in order: • IIT-DADF Cable (PL 4.3) •

DADF PWB (PL 4.3)

•

IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8)

NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

062-278 IIT-Extension Communication Fail (Except 4127/ 4112EPS)

062-300 Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH6.7

BSD-ON:CH3.4

Platen Interlock is open.

An IIT/IPS PWB-Extension MEM PWB communication failure

Procedure Remove the Top Front Cover. Cheat J727-1 and J727-2 pins on the Platen Interlock Switch. 062-300 is gone. Y N +5VDC is measured between J727-1 (+) on the Platen Interlock Switch and GND (-). Y N Check for an open wire or poor contact between J727-1 on the Platen Interlock Switch and J722-A5 on the IIT/IPS PWB. If the wire is good, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Procedure Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +12VDC is measured between J732-5 (+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J732-3(+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J732-3 on the DCPS PWB.

+5VDC is measured between J727-2 (+) on the Platen Interlock Switch and GND (-). Y N Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 5.6).

Replace the DCPS PWB (PL 5.8). Check for an open wire or poor contact between J732-5 on the DCPS PWB and J720-2 on the IIT/ IPS PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8). If the connections are good, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8). If the problem still persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Check the DC COM circuit between J727-2 on the Platen Interlock Switch and J722-A4 on the IIT/ IPS PWB. Check if the Magnet (PL 4.12) is properly installed and if the DADF gets closed properly. If no problem is found, replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 5.6).

NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB. Replace the new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2) NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-195

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-196

Version.1 .1.1

062-310 IIT/IPS-ESS Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-311 IIT Software Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH3.2

BSD-ON:CH3.2

An IIT/IPS PWB-ESS PWB communication failure

IIT/IPS PWB Software error was detected.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +12VDC is measured between J732-5 (+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J732-3(+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J732-3 on the DCPS PWB.

•


•


Replace the DCPS PWB (PL 5.8). Check for an open wire or poor contact between J732-5 on the DCPS PWB and J720-2 on the IIT/ IPS PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect P719 from/to IIT/IPS PWB, and P336 from/to ESS PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • IIT-ESS Cable (PL 5.2) •


•

ESS PWB (PL 2.5)


062-345 IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IIT) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-355 IPS Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH3.2

BSD-ON:CH6.1

An error occurred in writing onto EEPROM or communication with EEPROM.

IPS Fan failed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•


•

Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged.

•


•

Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J722-B3 (+) and -B6 (-) on the IIT/IPS PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB.


Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Remove the IIT Top Rear Cover. +24VDC is measured between J731-4 (+) and -1(-) on the IPS Fan. Y N Check the circuits between J722-B3 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J731-4 on the IPS Fan, and between J722-B6 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J731-1 on the IPS Fan for an open wire or poor contact. +1VDC or less is measured between J731-2 (+) on the IPS Fan and GND (-). Y N Replace the IPS Fan (PL 5.6). +3.3VDC is measured between J722-B5 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Check for an open wire or poor contact between J731-2 on the IPS Fan and J722-B5 on the IIT/IPS PWB.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-197

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-198

Version.1 .1.1

062-356 Lamp Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-357 CCD Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH6.1

BSD-ON:CH6.2

For Lamp Fan, error signal was detected.

For CCD Fan, error signal was detected.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Check the vent has no foreign object, not clogged.

•

Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged.

•


•


Procedure

Procedure

Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[062-015]. Select Start. +24VDC is measured between J722-B7 (+) and -B10 (-) on the IIT/IPS PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB.

Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[062-017]. Select Start. +24VDC is measured between J722-B11 (+) and -B14 (-) on the IIT/IPS PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB.

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Remove the IIT Top Rear Cover. +24VDC is measured between J730-4 (+) and -1(-) on the Lamp Fan. Y N Check the circuits between J722-B7 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J730-4 on the Lamp Fan, and between J722-B10 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J730-1 on the Lamp Fan for an open wire or poor contact.

Remove the Platen Glass and the Lens Cover. +24VDC is measured between J729-4 (+) and -1(-) on the CCD Fan. Y N Check the circuits between J722-B11 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J729-4 on the CCD Fan, and between J722-B14 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J729-1 on the CCD Fan for an open wire or poor contact.

+1VDC or less is measured between J730-2 (+) on the Lamp Fan and GND (-). Y N Replace the Lamp Fan (PL 5.6).

+1VDC or less is measured between J729-2 (+) on the CCD Fan and GND (-). Y N Replace the CCD Fan (PL 5.6).

+3.3VDC is measured between J722-B9 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

+3.3VDC is measured between J722-B13 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

Check for an open wire or poor contact between J730-2 on the Lamp Fan and J722-B9 on the IIT/IPS PWB.

Check for an open wire or poor contact between J729-2 on the CCD Fan and J722-B13 on the IIT/IPS PWB.

062-360 Carriage Position Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)


BSD-ON:CH6.8 One of the following cases: 1.

Carriage Position Control Count error was detected.

2.

When initializing Carriage, the level of Regi Sensor output did not change.

3.

It was detected that IIT Regi Sensor-detected position was wrong.

Procedure Remove the Platen Glass. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage right and left. The Carriage moves smoothly, not interfering. Y N Check for a mechanical load on the operating Carriage, poor winding of Carriage Cable, dirt/foreign objects on the rails, improper position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage (ADJ 5.7.1), etc. Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[062-005](Scan) or [062-006](Return). Select Start. The Carriage moves. Y N +24VDC is measured between J721-1/2(+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Turn off the power. Disconnect J721 from the IIT/IPS PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of the Carriage Motor: • J721-1 pin to pins J721-3/4 •

J721-2 pin to pins J721-5/6

Every resistance is approx. 0.9 ohm. Y N Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 5.7). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[062-212](IIT Regi Sensor). Select Start. Manually moving the Carriage, turn ON then OFF the IIT Regi Sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the IIT Regi Sensor. At the service call, no error is thought to exist. Recheck for an improper Carriage operation, any noise source around the machine, any abnormal internal discharge, etc. If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-199

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-200

Version.1 .1.1

062-362 X Hard Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-371 Lamp Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH6.2

BSD-ON:CH6.1, CH6.2

The document copying of which was prohibited was scanned.

It was found that light from the lamp to CCD was not enough (in White Fluctuation Correction before the start of scan or in performing AGC).

Procedure If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

Procedure Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[062-002](Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON. Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J702 and J703 from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • Exposure Lamp (PL 5.9) •

Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 5.9)

•

Slide Cable (PL 5.9)

•


Press the Stop button. Turn off the power. Perform the following: • Check for any obstacle shielding the light path. •

Check the Lamp, Mirrors, Lenses and White Reference Board for dirt/deterioration

•

Disconnect and reconnect CCD PWB J700 and IIT/IPS PWB J710.

•

Check for an insufficient qty of Lamp light

If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order: • Lens and CCD Kit (PL 5.6) •

CCD Flexible Print Cable (PL 5.6)

•


062-380 Platen AGC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-386 Platen AOC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH6.1, CH6.2

BSD-ON:CH6.1, CH6.2

Auto Gain Correction (AGC) Setup failed.

Auto Offset Correction (AOC) failed.

Procedure

Procedure

Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[062-002](Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON. Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J702 and J703 from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • Exposure Lamp (PL 5.9)

Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[062-002](Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON. Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J702 and J703 from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • Exposure Lamp (PL 5.9)

•


•


•


•


•


•


Press the Stop button. Turn off the power. Perform the following: • Check for any obstacle shielding the light path.

Press the Stop button. Turn off the power. Perform the following: • Check for any obstacle shielding the light path.

•


•


•


•


•


•


If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order: • Lens and CCD Kit (PL 5.6)

If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order: • Lens and CCD Kit (PL 5.6)

•


•


•


•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-201

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-202

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

062-389 Carriage Over Run (Scan End) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-392 IIT/IPS Memory Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH6.8

BSD-ON:CH3.2

Carriage overran the Scan End side.

An IIT/IPS PWB RAM failure was detected (checked at Power ON), or an error occurred with internal IIT/ IPS PWB processing.

Procedure Remove the Platen Glass. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage right and left. The Carriage moves smoothly, not interfering. Y N Check for a mechanical load on the operating Carriage, poor winding of Carriage Cable, dirt/foreign objects on the rails, improper position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage (ADJ 5.7.1), etc. Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[062-005](Scan) or [062-006](Return). Select Start. The Carriage moves. Y N +24VDC is measured between J721-1/2(+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Turn off the power. Disconnect J721 from the IIT/IPS PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of the Carriage Motor: • J721-1 pin to pins J721-3/4 •


Every resistance is approx. 0.9 ohm. Y N Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 5.7). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[062-212](IIT Regi Sensor). Select Start. Manually moving the Carriage, turn ON then OFF the IIT Regi Sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the IIT Regi Sensor. At the service call, no error is thought to exist. Recheck for an improper Carriage operation, any noise source around the machine, any abnormal internal discharge, etc. If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

Procedure Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. Turn on the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

062-393 IIT/IPS PWB Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-790 X Detect Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH6.2

BSD-ON:CH6.2

An error occurred with internal IIT/IPS PWB processing.

The doc copy of which was prohibited was scanned.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).

If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-203

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-204

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

063-210 Extension EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

063-220 IPS-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH3.4

BSD-ON:CH3.4

Detected was an error in writing onto EEPROM on Extension Memory PWB or communication with EEPROM.

Under the following: 1.

No notice is made reporting completion of import of images into «d«w«s Memory.

Initial Actions

2.

No notice is made reporting completion of reading of images from the memory.

•


3.

No notice is made reporting import of side 1 images is complete.

•

Remove and reinstall the Extension Memory PWB.

4.

•


The notice exists reporting completion of reading of images from the memory, but the images are in trouble. No image appears.

Initial Actions Procedure

•


Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are securely connected. If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8).

•


NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2)

•

Disconnect and reconnect the Memory.

•


Procedure Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are securely connected. If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) in order. NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2) NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB, and replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-205

063-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-206

Version.1 .1.1

063-230 EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

063-240 EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH3.4

BSD-ON:CH6.4

With 1P DUP PWB installed, DIMM of an illegal memory capacity was installed on Extension Memory PWB.

Extension CPU cannot load image parameters specified from IISS.

Initial Actions Initial Actions

•

•


•


•


•



•

Check the capacity of the Memory.

•

Disconnect and reconnect the Memory.

Procedure

•


Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are securely connected. If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8).

Procedure Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are securely connected. If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8). NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2).

NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the new U3 (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2)

065-210 Extension Page Memory Fail 1 (Except 4127/4112EPS)

065-211 CIS Shading FROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH3.4

BSD-ON:CH5.8

Detected was poor contact of DIMM 1 with Extension MEM PWB

Detected was a failure in 1P DUP PWB Flash ROM which stores Shading Data.

Procedure

Procedure

Remove the Extension Memory PWB. (REP 5.8.2) Disconnect and reconnect the DIMM ( P735) from/to Extension Memory PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8).

Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors each from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, Extension Memory PWB and 1P DUP PWB. (PL 5.8) (REP 5.8.2) Turn on the power. If the problem still persists, replace the 1P DUP PWB and the Extension Memory PWB in order. (PL 5.8) Note:When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, ensure to replace the new EEPROM U3 with the old one. (REP 5.8.2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-207

065-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-208

Version.1 .1.1

065-212 CIS Shading Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

065-213 CIS Output Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.8

BSD-ON:CH5.8

Too much dirt to be coped with is detected on the white reference board to the CIS side.

A lack of CIS light qty was detected.

Initial Actions

Procedure

•

Clean the white reference board (tool) and the scanning area of the CIS.

•

Turn off the power. Disconnect then connect Extension Memory PWB and 1P Dup PWB.

Perform the following: • Clean the CIS White Reference Board and the CIS Scan Area. •

Disconnect and reconnect J740 from/to the 1P DUP PWB and J745 from/to the CIS DC/DC Convert PWB.

•

Disconnect and reconnect J746 from/to the CIS DC/DC Convert PWB and J7461 from/to the CIS.

Procedure Enter DC945 IIT Calibration. Execute Side 2 Shading Correction Data Collection." 065-212 has disappeared. Y N Replace the CIS (PL 4.13). Exit.

If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • CIS (PL 4.13) •

DCDC-CIS Wire Harness (PL 4.2)

•

IIT-DADF Cable (PL 4.2)

•

1P DUP PWB (PL 5.8)

•

CIS DC/DC Convert PWB (PL 4.2)

•

Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8)

NOTE: When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, ensure to replace the new EEPROM U3 with the old one. (REP 5.8.2).



BSD-ON:CH3.4

BSD-ON:CH3.4

Detected was poor contact of DIMM 2 with Extension MEM PWB.


Procedure

Procedure

This fail does not occur with this model of machine.

This fail does not occur with this model of machine.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-209

065-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-210

Version.1 .1.1

065-219 CIS Black White Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

065-220 1P DUP PWB-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

BSD-ON:CH5.8

BSD-ON:CH3.4

CIS Black Correction or White Correction is not complete.

In Psync from 1P DUP PWB-EXT to Extension, there occurred an output error with 1P DUP PWB or an input error with Extension.

Procedure Perform the following: • Clean the CIS White Reference Board and the CIS Scan Area. •


•


If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • CIS (PL 4.13)

Procedure Perform the following: • Clean the CIS White Reference Board and the CIS Scan Area. •


•


•


If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • CIS (PL 4.13)

•


•


•

1P DUP PWB (PL 5.8)

•


•


•

1P DUP PWB (PL 5.8)

•


•


•




071-100 Tray 1 Miss Pre Feed Jam

071-101 Tray 1 Miss Feed Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.1, CH7.6

BSD-ON:CH8.3

Pre Feed Sensor 1 is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from Tray 1.

Feed Out Sensor 1 is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from Tray 1.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

[071-100] Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor

•

[071-101] Feed Out Sensor 1

•

[071-002] Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor

•


•

[071-003] Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid

•


Check Items

•

[077-001] Take Away Motor 1

•

Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper

Check Items

•


•

•

Retard Roll for a problem

•


•

Connectors P/J661 for a poor connection

•


•


•

Take-away Roll 1 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Check for out-of-spec paper.

•


•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement points below.

•


•


–

P220-2 pin to pins 1/3

•

–



•

•

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor (PL 7.14).


–


–


–

Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-B8

–

Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor J103-1 to Tray Module PWB J463-A3

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Feed Out Sensor 1 (PL 7.18).

–


–

Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-2 to MCU PWB J403-A5

–

Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB J467-A12

–


•

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-211

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

071-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-212

Version.1 .1.1

071-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1)

071-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1)

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11

Paper from Tray 1 does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

Paper from Tray 1 does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•

[077-004] Pre Regi Motor

•


•

[077-017] Take Away Clutch 1

Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•

Vertical Transport Roll 1 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•

Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

•


•

•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points below.

Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below.

•

–


–


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16).


–


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Regi Sensor (PL 13.4). –

Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11

–

Pre Regi Sensor J121-2 to IOT PWB J439-B5

–


–


–


–


If the above wires are good, replace Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).

If the above wires are good, replace Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). •

•

–

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

•

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Enter DC330[071-201](Tray 1 Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Feed/ Nudger Roll Assy, turn ON then OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 1 Level Sensor.

071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Fail BSD-ON:CH7.6 Tray 1 Level Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the tray is inserted.

Procedure Slide out Tray 1. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[071-002](Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the switches of the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor, select Start. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor operates. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J465-1/2(+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.

Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[071-003](Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid energizes. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid. Slide out the tray and perform the following: • Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and down. •

Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check the couplings are securely engaged in each other when the tray is gently pushed in.

•

Check for other mechanical loads.

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3). Turn off the power. Disconnect J465 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor: • J465-1 pin to pins J465-5/6 •


Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13). • J465-1 to J220-2 •

J465-2 to J220-5

•

J465-3 to J220-6

•

J465-4 to J220-4

•

J465-5 to J220-3

•

J465-6 to J220-1

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J404-A15 to Tray Module PWB J462-A4 •

MCU PWB J404-A14 to Tray Module PWB J462-A5

•


•


•


•


Press the Stop button.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-213

071-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-214

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1



BSD-ON:CH8.1, CH7.7

BSD-ON:CH8.3



DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•


•


Check Items

•


•

•


•


•


•


•


•

Takeaway Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•


–


•

–



•

•



–


–


–

Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-A14

–

Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor J103-1 to Tray Module PWB J463-B3


–


–

Feed Out Sensor 2 J133B-2 to MCU PWB J403-B9

–

Feed Out Sensor 2 J133B-1 to Tray Module PWB J466-7

–

Feed Out Sensor 2 J133B-3 to Tray Module PWB J466-5

•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-215


072-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-216

Version.1 .1.1



BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11



DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•


•


Check Items

•


•


•


•

Horizontal Transport Rolls 1 & 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•

•



•


•

–


–



–


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: –


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:

–


–


–


–


–


If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in order.

If the above wires are good, replace Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in order. •

•

–


•


A Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[072-201](Tray 2 Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Feed/ Nudger Roll Assy, turn ON then OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 2 Level Sensor.

072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Fail BSD-ON:CH7.7 Tray 2 Level Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the tray is inserted. CAUTION While Tray 2 is rising, never slide out the Tray 2 Transport Drawer (PL 7.10). Otherwise, the Tray Module PWB would be broken.

Procedure Slide out Tray 2. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[072-002](Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the switches of the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor, select Start. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor operates. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J465-7/8 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.

Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[072-003](Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid energizes. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid. Slide out the tray and perform the following: • Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and down. •


•


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3). Turn off the power. Disconnect J465 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor: • J465-7 pin to pins J465-11/12 •

J465-8 pin to pins J465-9/10

Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13). • J465-7 to J220-2 •

J465-8 to J220-5

•

J465-9 to J220-6

•

J465-10 to J220-4

•

J465-11 to J220-3

•

J465-12 to J220-1

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J404-B7 to Tray Module PWB J462-B12 •

MCU PWB J404-B8 to Tray Module PWB J462-B11

•


•


•


•


A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-217

072-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-218

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1



BSD-ON:CH8.1, CH7.8

BSD-ON:CH8.3



DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•


•


Check Items

•


•

•


•


•


•


•


•

Take-away Roll 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•


–


•

–



•

•



–


–


–

Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-B13

–



–


–

Feed Out Sensor 3 J133C-2 to MCU PWB J403-A4

–

Feed Out Sensor 3 J133C-1 to Tray Module PWB J467-A6

–


•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-219


073-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-220

Version.1 .1.1

073-102 Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 3)


BSD-ON:CH8.3

BSD-ON:CH8.9

Paper from Tray 3 does not turn ON Feed Out Sensor 1 within a spec time.


DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•

[077-102] Trans Path Sensor 3

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•

Vertical Transport Rolls 1 & 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

•

–



–


–


–


–



•



–


–





073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Fail

BSD-ON:CH8.11

BSD-ON:CH7.8


Tray 3 Level Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the tray is inserted.

DC330 Code to Check

Procedure

•


•


Slide out Tray 1 and Tray 3. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[073-002](Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the switches of the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor, select Start. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor operates. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J470-1/2(+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.

Check Items •


•


•


•


•

Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact point for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points.

•

–


–


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3).



–


Turn off the power. Disconnect J470 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor: • J470-1 pin to pins J470-5/6

–


•

If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in order. •


Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13). • J470-1 to J220-2


•

J470-2 to J220-5

•

J470-3 to J220-6

•

J470-4 to J220-4

•

J470-5 to J220-3

•

J470-6 to J220-1

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J404-A9 to Tray Module PWB J462-A10 •


•


•


•


•



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-221

073-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-222

Enter DC330[073-201](Tray 3 Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Feed/ Nudger Roll Assy, turn ON then OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 3 Level Sensor. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[073-003](Tray 3 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 3 Nudger Solenoid energizes. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 3 Nudger Solenoid. Slide out the tray and perform the following: • Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and down. •


•


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1



BSD-ON:CH8.1, CH7.9

BSD-ON:CH8.3



DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•


•


Check Items

•


•

•


•


•


•


•


•

Takeaway Roll 4 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•


–


•

–



•

•



–


–


–

Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-A9

–



–


–

Feed Out Sensor 4 J133C-2 to MCU PWB J403-A3

–


–


•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-223


074-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-224

Version.1 .1.1

074-102 Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 4)


BSD-ON:CH8.3

BSD-ON:CH8.9



DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

•

–



–


–


–


–



•



–


–






BSD-ON:CH8.11

BSD-ON:CH7.9



DC330 Code to Check

Procedure

•


•


Slide out Tray 1 and Tray 4. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[074-002](Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the switches of the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor, select Start. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor operates. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J470-7/8(+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.

Check Items •


•


•


•


•


•


•

–


–


Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3).



–


Turn off the power. Disconnect J470 from the Tray Module PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor: • J470-7 pin to pins J470-11/12

–


•


J470-8 pin to pins J470-9/10

Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13). • J470-7 to J220-2


•

J470-8 to J220-5

•

J470-9 to J220-6

•

J470-10 to J220-4

•

J470-11 to J220-3

•

J470-12 to J220-1

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • MCU PWB J404-B13 to Tray Module PWB J462-B6 •


•


•


•


•



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-225

074-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-226

Enter DC330[074-201](Tray 4 Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Feed/ Nudger Roll Assy, turn ON then OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[074-003](Tray 4 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 4 Nudger Solenoid energizes. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 4 Nudger Solenoid. Slide out the tray and perform the following: • Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and down. •


•


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

075-100 MSI Miss Feed Jam

075-101 MSI Feed Out Sensor ON Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.6

BSD-ON:CH8.7

MSI Pre Feed Sensor is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from MSI.

MSI Feed Out Sensor is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from MSI.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

[075-100] MSI Pre Feed Sensor

•

[075-101] MSI Feed Out Sensor

•

[075-003] MSI Feed Motor

•

[075-003] MSI Feed Motor

•

[075-005] MSI Nudger Solenoid

•

[075-005] MSI Nudger Solenoid

•

[075-001] MSI Lift Motor

•

[075-001] MSI Lift Motor

Check Items

Check Items

•


•

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


–

MSI Pre Feed Sensor J119-2 to IOT PWB J438-B5

–

MSI Feed Out Sensor J120-2 to IOT PWB J438-A5

–

MSI Pre Feed Sensor J119-1 to IOT PWB J438-B

–


–

MSI Pre Feed Sensor J119-3 to IOT PWB J438-B4

–


If the above wires are good, replace MSI Pre Feed Sensor (PL 8.7) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in order. •



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

If the above wires are good, replace MSI Feed Out Sensor (PL 13.6) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in order. •

02/2009 2-227


075-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-228

Version.1 .1.1

075-109 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI)

075-135 Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI)

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11

Paper from MSI does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

Paper from MSI does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

–


–


–


–



•

–


–


–


–


–


–







A Check if there were any obstacles on the MSI Bottom Plate when the fail occurred that prevented from the tray going up/down. If the fail frequently occurs, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

075-210 MSI Lift Up Fail BSD-ON:CH7.10 MSI Lift Up Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after MSI starts lifting up. NOTE: The following procedure must be performed with the MSI Cover Interlock Switch closed.

Procedure Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[075-001](Up). Select Start. The tray has lifted up. Y N Remove the MSI Rear Cover. Manually rotate the MSI Lifter gears. The gears rotate with no load. Y N Remove any load from the Lift Up mechanism. +24VDC is measured between P226-2 (ORN)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-). Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-8 on the IOT PWB. Check the wire between J435-B6 on the IOT PWB and P226-2 (ORN) on the MSI Lift Motor for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Enter DC330[075-001](Up). Select Start. +1VDC or less is measured between P226-2 (ORN)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-). Y N Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If the problem is not resolved, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. +24VDC is measured between P226-1 (BLU)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-). Y N Check the wire between J435-B5 on the IOT PWB and P226-1 (BLU) on the MSI Lift Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the MSI Lift Motor (PL 8.4). Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[075-005](MSI Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The MSI Nudger Solenoid has operated. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, check the MSI Nudger Solenoid. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[075-201](MSI Lift Up Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Nudger Roll, turn ON then OFF the MSI Lift Up Sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the MSI Lift Up Sensor. A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-229

075-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-230

075-211 MSI Lift Down Fail BSD-ON:CH7.10 MSI Lift Down Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after MSI starts lowering. NOTE: The following procedure must be performed with the MSI Cover Interlock Switch closed.

Procedure Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[075-002](Down). Select Start. The tray has lowered. Y N Remove the MSI Rear Cover. Manually rotate the MSI Lifter gears. The gears rotate with no load. Y N Remove any load from the Lift Down mechanism. +24VDC is measured between P226-1 (BLU) (+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-). Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-8 on the IOT PWB. Check the wire between J435-B5 on the IOT PWB and P226-1 (BLU) on the MSI Lift Motor for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Enter DC330[075-002](Down). Select Start. +1VDC or less is measured between P226-1 (BLU)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-). Y N Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. +24VDC is measured between P226-2 (ORN)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-). Y N Check the wire between J435-B6 on the IOT PWB and P226-2 (ORN) on the MSI Lift Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the MSI Lift Motor (PL 8.4). Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[075-202](MSI Lift Down Sensor). Select Start. Raising and lowering the MSI Bottom Plate, turn ON then OFF the MSI Lift Down Sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the MSI Lift Down Sensor. Check if there were any obstacles on the MSI Bottom Plate when the fail occurred that prevented from the tray going up/down. If the fail frequently occurs, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

077-102 Trans Path Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 2)

077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Straight)

BSD-ON:CH8.5


Paper from Tray 2 does not turn ON Trans Path Sensor 1 within a spec time.

In Straight Output Mode, Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•

[010-201] Fuser Exit Sensor

•


•

[077-010] Exit Motor

•


•

[010-001] Fuser Drive Motor

Check Items

Check Items

•


•

•

Horizontal Transport Roll 1 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Fuser Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

Horizontal Transport Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•

Take Away Clutch 2 for a slip

•


•


•


•

Drawer Connectors P/J669A contact points for a problem/foreign object/burnout

•

•


Check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points below.

•

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Trans Path Sensor 1 (PL 7.11).

•

•


–


–


–

Trans Path Sensor 1 J161-2 to MCU PWB J403-B10

–

Trans Path Sensor 1 J161-1 to Tray Module PWB J466-13

Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 15.9).

–

Trans Path Sensor 1 J161-3 to Tray Module PWB J466-11

–

Fuser Exit Sensor J141-2 to MCU PWB J405-A2

–


–



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-231

If the results of the above checks are OK, replace MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-232

Version.1 .1.1

077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor ON Jam

077-107 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)

BSD-ON:CH8.12,CH10.6

BSD-ON:CH10.6, CH10.11, CH10.12

Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Regi Motor ON.

In Invert Output Mode, Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•

[077-019/020] Invert Gate Solenoid

•

[077-006] Regi Motor

•

[077-013] Invert Motor

Check Items

•

[077-202] Invert Release Home Sensor

•

Paper Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper

•

[077-016] Release Motor

•

Check for a poor transport due to dirt on Transfer Belt

Check Items

•

Check for an up curl due to the use of moist paper.

•


•


•

Invert In Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•

Fuser for an improper latch operation

•

Invert Gate for an improper operation

•

Heat Roll Finger/P-Roll Finger for wear/breakage

•


•

Check for deformed or improperly installed Fuser Exit Chute.

•


•


•


•


•


•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Regi Motor is approx. 1.6 ohms at the measurement points below:

•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points below.

•

•

–


–


–


–


Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 15.9).

•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor is approx. 10 ohms at the measurement points below.

–


–


–


–


–


•


•

Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 15.9). –


–


–



077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Non Invert)

077-111 IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Invert)


BSD-ON:CH10.10

In Non-Invert Mode, IOT Exit Sensor is not turned OFF within a spec time.

In Invert Output Mode, IOT Exit Sensor does not turn ON in a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

[077-108] IOT Exit Sensor

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•


•


•


•

Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


–


•


–


•



–

IOT Exit Sensor J111-2 to IOT PWB J438-A8

–


–


–


–


•

•

If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in order.. •


•

•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points below. –


–


Check the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor is approx. 10 ohms at the measurement points below. –


–




–


–


If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in order. •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-233


077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-234

Version.1 .1.1

077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Non Invert)

077-115 IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)

BSD-ON:CH10.10

BSD-ON:CH10.10


In Invert Output Mode, IOT Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•

Finisher for a poor docking

•

Finisher for a poor docking

•


•


•


•


•

–


–


–


–



•

–


–


–


–


–


–


If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). •



If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). •


077-118 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)

077-123 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11

Paper through Duplex does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

Paper through Duplex does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•

[077-015] Duplex Motor

Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•

Duplex Path Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•

Duplex Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


•


•


•


•

•



•


•

•

–


–


•

–


–




Check the wire-wound resistance of Duplex Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points below.

–


–


–


If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).

–


•



–


–



If the above wires are good, replace Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). •


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-235

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-236

Version.1 .1.1

077-128 Invert In Sensor ON Jam

077-129 Duplex In Sensor ON Jam

BSD-ON:CH10.11

BSD-ON:CH10.13

Invert In Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Fuser Exit Sensor ON.

Duplex In Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of invert.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

[077-105] Invert In Sensor

•

[077-109] Dup In Sensor

•


•


•


•


•

[077-019/020] Invert Gate Solenoid

•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

The contact points of Drawer Connectors P/J601 and P/J608 for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

•


•


•


•

–


–


–


–



Invert In Sensor J108-2 to IOT PWB J439-B17

Check the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor is approx. 10 ohms at the measurement points below.

–


–



–


–

If the above wires are good, replace Invert In Sensor (PL 13.11) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). •

•

•



Dup In Sensor J104-2 to IOT PWB J439-A13

–


–


If the above wires are good, replace Dup In Sensor (PL 14.5) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). •


077-130 Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam

077-132 Invert In Sensor OFF Jam

BSD-ON:CH10.14

BSD-ON:CH10.11

Duplex Out Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Duplex In Sensor ON.

Invert In Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•

[077-112] Dup Out Sensor

•


•

[077-015] Duplex Motor

•


Check Items

•


•


•


•

Duplex Path Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

Check Items

•

Duplex Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

•

Drive gears for wear/breakage and Drive Belt for a poor tension

•


•


•

Invert Roll for a poor Nip

•


•


•

Check the wire-wound resistance of Duplex Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points below.

•


•

The contact points of Drawer Connectors P/J601 and P/J608 for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

–


•

–



•

•



–


–

Dup Out Sensor J106-2 to IOT PWB J439-A4

–


–


–


•



If the above wires are good, replace Dup Out Sensor (PL 14.7) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).

–



–


If the above wires are good, replace Invert In Sensor (PL 13.11) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-237


077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-238

Version.1 .1.1

077-140 Previous Multi Feed

077-141 Multi Feed

BSD-ON:CH8.8

BSD-ON:CH8.8

Multiple preceding sheets of paper are fed together.

Multi-feed has occurred.

NOTE: Detection of this fail is intended for control of the 2nd and subsequent sheets fed from each tray with “Average Paper Thickness” cleared; “Average Paper Thickness” is cleared when each tray is opened then closed. The 1 st sheet is therefore sometimes already fed.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions First perform Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment, seeing Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment (ADJ 13.15.1 ). If its output level with no paper cannot be adjusted to 220 +/-30, perform the following:

Procedure Slide out the drawer. Disconnect J189 from the MSA PWB. Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J189-1(+) and J189-3(-). Y N CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting on. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Check the +5VDC circuit between J406-B11 on the MCU PWB to J189-1 on the MSA PWB and the DC COM circuit between J406-B9 on the MCU PWB and J189-3 on the MSA PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the circuits are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Slide out the drawer. Reconnect the connector. Disconnect connector J187 of the Multi Feed Sensor. Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J187-3(+) and J187-1(-) on the MSA PWB. Y N Check the wire between J188-1 and J187-3 on the MSA PWB and the wire between J188-3 and J187-1 on the MSA PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity. • MSA PWB J188-2 to J187-2 •

MSA PWB J189-2 to MCU PWB J406-B10

Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.

First perform Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment, seeing Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment (ADJ 13.15.1). If its output level with no paper cannot be adjusted to 220 +/-30, perform the following:

Procedure Slide out the drawer. Disconnect J189 from the MSA PWB. Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J189-1(+) and J189-3(-). Y N CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting on. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Check the +5VDC circuit between J406-B11 on the MCU PWB and J189-1 on the MSA PWB and the DC COM circuit between J406-B9 on the MCU PWB and J189-3 on the MSA PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If they are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Slide out the drawer. Reconnect the connector. Disconnect connector J187 of the Multi Feed Sensor. Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between J187-3(+) and J187-1(-) on the MSA PWB. Y N Check the wire between J188-1 and J187-3 on the MSA PWB and the wire between J188-3 and J187-1 on the MSA PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity. • MSA PWB J188-2 to J187-2 •


Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the following parts in order. • Multi Feed Sensor (PL 13.15) •

MSA PWB (PL 13.3)

If the problem is not resolved, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Replace the following parts in order: • Multi Feed Sensor (PL 13.15) •

MSA PWB (PL 13.3 )

If the problem is not resolved, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

A

077-142 Pre Transfer Sensor On Jam

Y

BSD-ON:CH8.12 A specified time after Regi Motor On, the Pre Transfer Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 on IOT PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Regi Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL 2.1)

Procedure Enter DC330[077-113](Pre Transfer Sensor). Press Start. Slide out the Marking Drawer and place a piece of paper on the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between IOT PWB J439-B1 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-1 for conductivity •

N +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J433-1(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J433-1.

Turn off the power. Remove the Regi Unit. (REP 13.1.2) Disconnect Connector J230 from the Regi Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P230-2 to P230-1/ P230-3 •

The wire between IOT PWB J439-B2 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-2 for an open wire or poor contact

P230-5 to P230-4/ P230-6

Each resistance is approx. 2.2ohms+/-0.22 ohm (25 deg.C). Y N Replace the Regi Motor. (PL 13.4)

•

The wire between IOT PWB J439-B3 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-3 for conductivity

•

The Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection

•

Drawer Connector P/J601 for bent pins/breakage/foreign objects

•

The sensor for dirt/improper installation If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order.

Reconnect Connector J230 to the Regi Motor. Reinstall the Regi Unit. Push in the Marking Drawer. Disconnect Connector J441 on the IOT PWB. Check the following for conductivity. • IOT PWB J441-11 to IOT PWB J441-10/12

•

Pre Transfer Sensor (PL 13.5)

•

•


•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Each resistance is approx. 2.2ohms+/-0.22 ohm (25 deg.C). Y N Check either problem wire for an open wire or poor contact. Check if the Flexible Print Cable is properly connected between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. • Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1)

Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between IOT PWB J439-B2 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-2 for a short circuit. •


•


•

The sensor for improper installation/light from outside Pre Transfer Sensor (PL 13.5)

•


• •

•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Check the following: • Regi Roll for dirt/wear/poor rotation (PL 13.4)

If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. •

IOT PWB J441-8 to IOT PWB J441-7/9

IOT PWB (PL 2.1) MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

•

Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/poor rotation (PL 13.15)

•

Whether Tension Spring is out of place/has deteriorated. (PL 13.15)

•

Gear for wear/breakage (PL 13.4)

•

Inlet Chute for deformation (PL 13.5)

•

Whether the Seal is peeling off. (PL 13.5)

Press Stop. Cheat the IOT Front Door Interlock Switch. Turn On DC330[077-006](Regi Motor). Press Start. The motor is heard operating. Y N Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J441-11(+) and GND(-). A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-239

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-240

Version.1 .1.1

077-143 Side Regi System Fail

077-144 Edge Detect Timing Fail

BSD-ON:

BSD-ON:CH8.11

Side Regi Correction cannot be performed successfully.

Side Regi Correction cannot be performed successfully.

•

The amount of Lead Skew exceeded a specified range.

•

The amount of Lead Skew exceeded a specified range.

•

The paper edge cannot be detected in a specified range.

•

The paper edge cannot be detected in a specified range.

•

Regi Sensor cannot be turned On within a specified time.

•

Regi Sensor cannot be turned On within a specified time.

Procedure

Procedure

Before this fail occurred, one or some of the following Fails occurred. Go to the appropriate FIP(s). 077-601 Side Regi Fail 077-603 Skew Servo Fail 089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail 089-648 CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail 089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail 089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail

Before this fail occurred, one or some of the following Fails occurred. Go to the appropriate FIP(s). 077-601 Side Regi Fail 077-603 Skew Servo Fail 089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail 089-648 CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail 089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail 089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail

077-300 Front Cover Interlock Open

077-301 L/H Cover Interlock Open

BSD-ON:CH1.11

BSD-ON:CH1.13

Front Cover is open.

L/H Cover is open.

Procedure

Procedure

Cheat the Front Door Interlock Switch. 077-300 is gone. Y N Remove the Rear Upper Cover. +5VDC is measured between J410-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N +5VDC is measured between J410-1 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N LED CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting on. Y N Seeing Chapter 7 Wirenet, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB.

Manually turn ON the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. 077-301 is gone. Y N +24VDC is measured between J132-1 (+) on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and GND (-). Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J469-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N Using BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3). +5VDC is measured between J144-A2 (+) on the Front Door Interlock Switch and GND (). Y N Check the circuit between J410-1 on the MCU PWB and J144-A2 on the Front Door Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact.

Check the wire between J469-1 on the Tray Module PWB and J132-1 on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact. When the switch is ON, +24VDC is measured between J132-3 (+) on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and GND (-). Y N Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 7.4).

+5VDC is measured between J144-B2 (+) on the Front Door Interlock Switch and GND () (with the switch cheated). Y N Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 1.1).

+24VDC is measured between J469-2 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Y N Check the wire between J132-3 on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and J469-2 on the Tray Module PWB for an open wire or poor contact.

Check the circuit between J144-B2 on the Front Door Interlock Switch and J410-2 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). The problem is a misalignment between the Front Door and the Front Door Interlock Switch. Check the door for an improper installation, the actuator for any breakage, and the switch for an improper installation.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Check the wire between J462-A16 on the Tray Module PWB and J404-A3 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. The problem is a misalignment between the L/H Cover and the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. Check the L/ H Cover for an improper installation and the actuator for any problem, and check for the improperly positioned L/H Cover Interlock Switch.

02/2009 2-241

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-242

Version.1 .1.1

077-304 MSI Cover Interlock Open

077-305 Trans Path Interlock Open

BSD-ON:CH1.11

BSD-ON:CH1.13

MSI Cover Interlock is open.

Horizontal Transport is slid out.

Procedure

Procedure

Using the screwdriver, turn on the MSI Cover Interlock Switch. 077-304 is gone. Y N Turn off the power. Remove the MSI Assembly. Measure the resistance between J116-1 pin and -3 pin on the MSI Cover Interlock Switch. Turn ON the MSI Cover Interlock Switch. The resistance is 0 ohm. Y N Replace the MSI Cover Interlock Switch (PL 8.2).

Perform the following: • Disconnect and reconnect J466/ J461 on the Tray Module PWB.

Reinstall the MSI Assembly. Turn on the power. Remove the Rear Upper Cover from the machine. +24VDC is measured between J410-5 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J410-6 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J400-4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J400-4 on the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wire between J410-6 on the MCU PWB and J116-1 on the MSI Cover Interlock Switch, and between J410-5 on the MCU PWB and J116-3 on the MSI Cover Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). The problem is a misalignment between the MSI Upper Cover and the MSI Cover Interlock Switch. Check for the improperly installed MSI Upper Cover and the bent actuator.

•

Disconnect and reconnect J403 on the MCU PWB.

•

Check Drawer Connectors P/J669B contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout

•

Check if the Tray 2 Transport is properly seated in the rails.

•

Check the wire between J466-3 on the Tray Module PWB and J403-A11 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.

•

Check the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) for a problem

•

Check the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) for a problem.

077-306 Marking Drawer Open

077-307 Duplex Drawer Open

BSD-ON:CH1.13

BSD-ON:CH1.13

Marking Drawer is slid out.

Duplex Drawer is slid out.

Procedure

Procedure

Perform the following: • Disconnect and reconnect J405 on the MCU PWB.

Perform the following: • Disconnect and reconnect J439 on the IOT PWB.

•

Check Drawer Connectors P/J602 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout.

•

•

Check Drawer Connectors P/J602 for breakage/an improper installation.

•

Check if the Marking Drawer is properly seated in the rails.

•

Check Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout.

•

Check the wire between J405-B12 on the MCU PWB and J405-B15 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.

•

Check Drawer Connectors P/J608 for breakage/an improper installation.

•

Check if the Duplex Drawer is properly seated in the rails.

•


•

Check the wire J439-A2 on the IOT PWB and J439-A1 on the IOT PWB for an open wire or poor contact.

•

Check the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) for a problem.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Disconnect and reconnect the Flexible Print Cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB.

•

Check the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) for a problem.

•


02/2009 2-243

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-244A

Version.1 .1.1

077-311 Invert Release Fail

•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

BSD-ON:CH10.12

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Release Home Sensor voltage level does not change a spec time after Release Motor ON.

Initial Actions • • •

Disconnect and reconnect the Flexible Print Cable between J401 on the MCU PWB and J431 on the IOT PWB to check that the cable is securely installed. Check there are no foreign objects/bent pins/burnout at Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points. Check the Duplex Drawer is properly seated in the rails.

Procedure Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[077-202](Invert Release Home Sensor). Select Start. Slide out the Duplex Drawer. Rotating the Release Motor gears, block out light to the sensor. Push in the Duplex Drawer. Next making the sensor receive light, push in the Duplex Drawer. The display changes between L and H. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Invert Release Home Sensor. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[077-016](Release Motor). Select Start. The Release Motor operates. Y N +24VDC is measured between J440-14/17(+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J440 on the IOT PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor: • J440-17 pin to pins J440-16/18 •

J440-14 pin to pins J440-13/15

Every resistance is approx. 10 ohms. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If all the wires are good, replace the Release Motor (PL 14.6). • IOT PWB J440-13 to J224-6 •

IOT PWB J440-14 to J224-5

•


•


•


•


Replace the following parts in order. • Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) A

Check for the following. If the results of the checks are OK, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • Improperly installed, or bent Cam Lever (PL 14.5) •

Release Arm out of place (PL 14.5)

•

Release Arm Sleeve Bearing broken/out of place

•

Missing teeth of the Release Motor gears

•

Bent Cam (PL 14.6) and/or broken half-moon shaped plate of the actuator.

077-313 Multi Feed Sensor Broken

077-320 All Feed Tray Broken Fail

BSD-ON:CH8.8

BSD-ON:CH26.4

Multi Feed Sensor has failed.

All the paper trays (including MSI and HCF) failed.

Initial Actions

Procedure

First perform Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment, seeing Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment (ADJ 13.15.1).

Check the Fail Code History and go to the appropriate FIPs related to the paper trays.

If its output level with no paper cannot be adjusted to 220+/-30, perform the following:

Procedure Slide out the drawer. Disconnect J189 from the MSA PWB. Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J189-1(+) and J189-3(-). Y N CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting on. Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Check the +5VDC circuit between J406-B11 on the MCU PWB and J189-1 on the MSA PWB and the DC COM circuit between J406-B9 on the MCU PWB and J189-3 on the MSA PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If they are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Slide out the drawer. Reconnect the connector. Disconnect connector J187 of the Multi Feed Sensor. Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J187-3(+) and J187-1(-) on the MSA PWB. Y N Check the wire between J188-1 and J187-3 on the MSA PWB and the wire between J188-3 and J187-1 on the MSA PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity. • MSA PWB J188-2 to J187-2 •


Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the following parts in order. • Multi Feed Sensor (PL 13.15) •

MSA PWB (PL 13.3)

If the problem is not resolved, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-245

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-246

Version.1 .1.1

077-330 (2000 A3 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail

077-330 (4000 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail

BSD-ON:CH19.5

BSD-ON:CH20.2

No communication can be established between 2000 A3 HCF PWB and MCU PWB.

HCF and MCU PWB cannot communicate.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

•

Disconnect and reconnect Connector J411 on the MCU PWB and JF3 on the HCF PWB.

Check that the AC Power Code of 2000 A3 HCF is connected properly.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn off the Power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors. • Lattice Connector P/J678

Remove the HCF Rear Upper Cover. CR1 (Red) on the HCF PWB is blinking. Y N CR1 (Red) is lighting on. Y N The Fuse (F1) on the HCF PWB is blown. Y N +24VDC is measured between JF4-1 (+) on the HCF PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the+24VDC circuit to JF4-1 on the HCF PWB.

•

2000 A3 HCF PWB J816

•

MCU PWB J411

Turn on the power. 077-330 goes away. Y N CR14 (GRN) on the 2000 A3 HCF PWB is lit. Y N +24VDC is measured between 2000 A3 HCF PWB J810-3(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH19.2, check the +24VDC circuit to 2000 A3 HCF PWB J810-3. Replace the 2000 A3 HCF PWB. (PL 29.16) +1VDC or less is measured between MCU PWB J411-A6(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the wire between 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B4 and MCU PWB J411-A6 for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the 2000 A3 HCF PWB. (PL 29.16) • MCU PWB J411-A7 to 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B6 •

MCU PWB J411-A8 to 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B7

•


•


Connectors are poor contact. Turn off then on the power switch. Check that 077-330 is not displayed again. If it frequently happens, check the following: • Connector for a bent pin, breakage and/or foreign object. •

Wire(s) for intermittent connection

•

If Cable Tie is too tight.

Check the following for continuity. If no problem is found, replace the HCF PWB (PL 30.14). • MCU PWB J411-A7 to HCF PWB JF3-B1 •

MCU PWB J411-A8 to HCF PWB JF3-B2

•


•


Replace the HCF PWB (PL 30.14). +3VDC or more is measured between JF3-A3 (+) on the HCF PWB and GND (-). Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. • MCU PWB J435-B11 to HCF PWB JF3-A3 Replace the HCF PWB (PL 30.14). Replace the HCF PWB (PL 30.14).

A

077-601 Regi Sensor On Fail (Hidden Fail)

Y

BSD-ON:CH8.11 Regi Sensor does not On in a specified time.

Procedure

N Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J437-19(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J433-1(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J433-1.

Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Press Start. Slide out the Marking Drawer and put a piece of paper under the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between CIS PWB J426-1 and Regi Sensor J122-1 for conductivity •

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1 on the IOT PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Pre Regi Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL 2.1) Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J229 from the Pre Regi Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P229-2 to P229-1/ P229-3

The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for an open wire or poor contact

•

The wire between CIS PWB J426-3 and Regi Sensor J122-3 for conductivity

•


•


•

The sensor for dirt/improper installation

•

Regi Sensor (PL 13.4)

•


•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

•

P229-5 to P229-4/ P229-6

Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C). Y N Replace the Pre Regi Motor. (PL 13.1)

If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. Reconnect Connector J229 to the Pre Regi Motor. Disconnect Connector J437 on the IOT PWB. Check the following for conductivity. • IOT PWB J437-19 to IOT PWB J437-12/14 •

Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for a short circuit. •


•


•

The sensor for improper installation/light from outside

•


•


•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Check the Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. • Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1)

If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order.

Press Stop. Cheat the IOT Front Door Interlock Switch. Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor). The motor rotates. Y N Slide out the Marking Drawer. Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor) again. The rotates. A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C). Y N Check either problem wire for an open wire or poor contact.

•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Remove mechanical loads such as the poor rotation of the Pre Regi Roll and a binding bearing. Check the following: • Whether paper skew is occurring..

motor

•

Pre Regi Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)

•

Pre Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)

•


•

Check for poor coupling. (PL 13.4)

•


•

Paper to see if it is out of spec.

•

Paper Path for foreign objects causing poor transport

02/2009 2-247

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 077-xxx FIP •

2b Chute for deformation

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-248

Version.1 .1.1

077-603 Skew Servo Fail BSD-ON:CH8.11, CH8.9 The time difference between Regi Sensor On and Skew Sensor On exceeded a specified range.

Procedure Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Press Start. Slide out the Marking Drawer and put a piece of paper under the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between CIS PWB J426-1 and Regi Sensor J122-1 for conductivity •

The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for an open wire or poor contact

•

The wire between CIS PWB J426-3 and Regi Sensor J122-3 for conductivity

•


•


•


•


•



•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for a short circuit. •


•


•

The sensor for improper installation/light from outside

•


•



•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Press Stop. Turn On DC330[077-114](Skew Sensor). Slide out the Marking Drawer and put a piece of paper under the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between IOT PWB J439-B9 and Skew Sensor J123-1 for conductivity A

A

B

•

The wire between IOT PWB J439-B7 and Skew Sensor J123-3 for conductivity

D Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J229 from the Pre Regi Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance. • P229-2 to P229-1/ P229-3

•


•

•


•


Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C). Y N Replace the Pre Regi Motor. (PL 13.1)

•

Skew Sensor (PL 13.4)

•


•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

•

The wire between IOT PWB J439-B8 and Skew Sensor J123-3 for an open wire or poor contact


C

Reconnect Connector J229 to the Pre Regi Motor. Disconnect Connector J437 on the IOT PWB. Check the following for conductivity. • IOT PWB J437-19 to IOT PWB J437-12/14 •

Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor. Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following: • The wire between IOT PWB J439-B8 and Skew Sensor J123-3 for a short circuit •


•


•

The sensor for improper installation/light from outside Skew Sensor (PL 13.4)

•


•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)


Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C). Y N Check either problem wire for an open wire or poor contact. Check the Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. • Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1)

If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. •

P229-5 to P229-4/ P229-6

•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Remove mechanical loads such as the poor rotation of the Pre Regi Roll and a binding bearing. Check the following: • Whether paper skew is occurring..

Press Stop. Cheat the IOT Front Door Interlock Switch. Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor). The motor rotates. Y N Slide out the Marking Drawer. Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor) again. The motor rotates. Y N Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J437-19(+) and GND(-). Y N +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J433-1(+) and GND(-). Y N Seeing CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J433-1.

•

Pre Regi Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)

•

Pre Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)

•


•

Check for poor coupling. (PL 13.4)

•


•

Paper to see if it is out of spec.

•

Paper Path for foreign objects causing poor transport

•

2b Chute for deformation

Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1 on the IOT PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check that the Pre Regi Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL 2.1)

B C D Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-249

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-250

077-909 IOT Static Jam

077-967 Paper Kind Mismatch (APS Job)

BSD-ON:CH3.1

BSD-ON:

At Power ON or with Interlock closed, one of the sensors of IOT sensed paper.

Paper type selected is different from the type of paper installed.

Check Items

Procedure

•

Load paper of the type selected, or on the UI perform the operation of restarting print.

Check NVM[742-003](IOT Jam Sensor Chain No.) and NVM[742-004](IOT Jam Sensor Link No.) to identify which sensor has caused IOT Static Jam. E.g.: If the current value in NVM[742-003] is [77] and the current value in NVM[742-004] is [108], it indicates the cause is DC330[077-108]=IOT Exit Sensor. Turning OFF the power clears the values in NVM[742-003] and NVM[742-004]. The suspected sensors are as follows:

•

–


–


–


–


–


–


–

[077-106] Invert Path Sensor

–


–


–


–


–


–


–


–


–

[077-107] Invert Out Sensor

–


–

[077-109] Dup In Sensor

–

[077-110] Dup Path Sensor 1

–

[077-111] Dup Path Sensor 2

–

[077-112] Dup Out Sensor

–

[075-100] MSI Pre Feed Sensor

–

[075-101] MSI Feed Out Sensor

Check the machine inside for pieces of paper.

•

Signal line from the sensor for a short to the frame

•

Check if the Sensor actuator improperly returns.

•

Sensor for light from outside

•

Check for a drop in the power voltage to the sensor.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

077-968 Paper Kind Mismatch (Job Continue) BSD-ON: The type of paper in Tray is changed.

Procedure Load paper of the type selected, or perform the operation of restarting print.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-251

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-252

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

078-100 (4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

078-102 (4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11



DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•

[078-040] HCF Takeaway Motor

Check Items

•

[078-050] HCF Exit Clutch

•


Check Items

•


•


•


•

HCF and IOT for a poor docking

•


•

HCF Transport Belt for poor tension

•


•

HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•

•

HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

–


•

HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

–


•

HCF Exit Clutch for an improper operation/slippage

•

Pre Regi Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

–


•


–

Regi Sensor J122-1 to CIS Control PWB J426-1

•


–


•


If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor(PL 13.4), Flexible Print Cable(PL 2.1).

•

–


–


•

•






–


–



If the results of the above checks are OK, replace HCF PWB (PL 30.14), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-253

078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed)

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed)

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-254

Version.1 .1.1

078-110 (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

078-111 (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11

Paper from Tray 5 (HCF MSI) does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

Paper from Tray 5 (HCF MSI) does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•


•


•

[078-140] HCF Exit Sensor

•


Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•

HCF Transport Belt for a poor tension

•


•


–


•

HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

–


•

HCF Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

•


–


•


–


•


–


•


If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).

•


•

–


–




–


–




•

•



078-150 (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

078-152 (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11



DC330 Code to Check

DC330 Code to Check

•


•


•


•


•


Check Items

•


•


Check Items

•


•


•


•


•


•

HCF Transport Belt for a poor tension

•


•


•

•

HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

–


•

HCF Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation

–


•


•


–


•


–


•


–


•


If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor(PL 13.4), Flexible Print Cable(PL 2.1) in order.

•

–


–


•

•






–


–



If the results of the above checks are OK, replace HCF PWB (PL 30.14), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-255

078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed)

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed)

02/2009 2-256

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

078-100 (2000 A3 HCF Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

078-102 (2000 A3 HCF Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11

After Tray 6 (2000 A3 HCF) Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

After Tray 6 (2000 A3 HCF) Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

DC330 Codes to be checked

DC330 Codes to be checked

•

DC330 [077-100] Pre Regi Sensor

•

DC330 [077-101] Regi Sensor

•

DC330 [077-004] Pre Regi Motor

•


Check Items

Check Items

•

Foreign substances, burr and paper dust on the paper transport path

•


•

Docking failure of the 2000 A3 HCF and the IOT.

•

Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the Pre Regi Roll

•

Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Transport Roll

•

Wear and damage of the Drive Gear

•

Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Exit Roll

•

Use of paper that is not in the specification

•


•

Foreign substances, broken/bent pin, burns at the contact point of drawer connector P/J607A

•


•

•


The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8Ohm at the following measurement points.

•


•

–

P229-2 pin and each of 1/3 pins

–


•

Check the following wires for open circuit or poor contact. –

Between the Pre Regi Sensor J121-2 and the IOT PWB J439-A4

–


–


•

If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) followed by the Flat Cable (PL 2.1).

•

If no problems are found in the checks above, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

–


–




–

Between the Pre Regi Sensor J122-1 and the CIS Control PWB J426-1

–


•

If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) followed by the Flat Cable (PL 2.1).

•


02/2009 2-257

078-xxx FIP (2000A3HCF Feed)

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 078-xxx FIP (2000A3HCF Feed)

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-258

Version.1 .1.1

078-110 (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam

078-111 (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11

After Tray 5 (2000 A3 HCF MSI) Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

After Tray 5 (2000 A3 HCF MSI) Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked

•

DC330 [077-101] Regi Sensor

•

DC330 [077-100] Pre Regi Sensor

•


•


Check Items

Check Items

•


•


•


•

Docking failure of the 2000 A3 HCF and the IOT.

•


•

Paper Skew

•


•

Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Transport Roll

•

Foreign substances, broken/bent pin, burns at the contact point of drawer connector P/J607A

•

Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Exit Roll

•

•



•


–

P229-2 pin and each of 1/3 pin

•


–

P229-5 pin and each of 4/6 pin

•


•

•



–


–


–


–




–


–


•

If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) followed by the Flat Cable (PL 2.1).

•


•

If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) followed by the Flat Cable (PL 2.1).

•


078-100 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam

078-102 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.9

Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a specified time.

Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray does not turn On Regi Sensor within a specified time.

Procedure

Procedure

Check the following: • Check for out-of-spec paper.


•

Paper Path for a foreign object.

•

Paper Path for a foreign object.

•

Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport.

•

Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport.

•

Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004,005] for operation failure (PL 13.1)

•

Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004, 005] for operation failure (PL13.1)

•

Pre Regi Sensor DC330[077-103] for operation failure (PL 13.16)

•

Regi Sensor DC330[077-104] for detection failure (PL13.4)

•

J-Tra Motor DC330[078-048] for operation failure (PL 32.22)

•

Regi Chute for deformation

•

J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch DC330[078-053] for operation failure (PL 32.27)

•

Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration

•

J-Tra Exit Sensor DC330[078-106] for operation failure (PL 32.31)

•

Regi Pinch Roll for the unhooked Tension Spring

•

Pre Regi Chute for deformation

•

Pre Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration

•

Pre Regi Pinch Roll for the unhooked Tension Spring

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-259


Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed)

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-260

Version.1 .1.1

078-110 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam

078-111 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam

BSD-ON:CH8.9

BSD-ON:CH8.11

Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF MSI does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a specified time.

Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF MSI does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a specified time.

Procedure

Procedure



•

Check the installation of MSI.

•

Check the installation of MSI.

•

Paper Path for a foreign object

•


•

Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport

•


•


•


•


•

Regi Sensor DC330[077-104] for operation failure (PL 13.4)

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


078-150 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam BSD-ON:CH8.9 Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a specified time.

Procedure Check the following: • Check for out-of-spec paper.

078-152 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam BSD-ON:CH8.11 Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a specified time.

Procedure Check the following: • Check for out-of-spec paper. •



•



•



•

Regi Sensor DC330[077-104] for operation failure (PL 13.4)


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


• • • •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-261


Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed)

02/2009 2-262

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

089-315 CIS Subsystem Fail

089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail (Hidden Fail)

BSD-ON:CH8.10

BSD-ON:CH8.10

If Fail Type is switched to 1 in NVM (760-232) (0: Send only the hidden Fail that occurred. 1: Send this Fail along with the hidden Fail that occurred.), send this Fail when any of the following Local Fails occurs, and change fail type to Subsystem Fail.

The offset value exceeded the allowable setting range.

•

089-640 CIS Dark Level Error

•

089-641 CIS White Level Error

•

089-642 CIS LED Power Control Fail

•

089-643 CIS Shading Data Fail

•

089-644 CIS FPGA Fail

•

089-645 CIS Comm. Fail

•

089-646 CIS Side Edge Detect Fail


Procedure Go to the appropriate FIP.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-263

089-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-264

Version.1 .1.1

089-640 CIS Dark Level Error


BSD-ON:CH8.10

BSD-ON:CH8.10

The black level is abnormal. When black reference data was read for light qty correction, the average of the output values of all the pixels (1216 pixels) was “10” or less three consecutive times. (Note: If NVM 760-206[Qty of Shading Operations] is set to any number else than 0, the above value shall be “10”, and if it is set to 0, the value shall be “50”.)

The white level is abnormal. When white reference data was read for light qty correction, the average of the output values of all the pixels (1216 pixels) met the following condition for excluding data, three consecutive times. Condition: The average is the value set in NVM: 760-202[Threshold of Invalid White Reference Data for Light Qty Correction] or below).

Procedure

Procedure

Check in the given order. 1. Set the value in NVM 760-206 to”0”and perform DC750(IOT CIS Setup).

Check in the given order. 1. Remove the Drum Unit. Turn On DC330[089-001] and check if the LED turns On.

If the result is not good, go to the following. 2.

Check the connection between CIS Control PWB J426 and CIS J190.

3.

If the connection has no problem, replace the CIS (PL 13.15) and the cable between the CIS Control PWB J426 and the CIS J190 in order. (PL 13.16)

4.

If the problem is not resolved, replace the CIS Control PWB. (PL 13.16)

2.

If the LED does not turn On, it indicates a poor supply of +12VDC to the CIS Control PWB. Check the connectors, etc. Check if Chip Fuse F1 on the CIS Adapter PWB has blown and if the CIS Control PWB is defective.

3.

If the LED turns On, check for dirt on the CIS glass surface. If no problem is found, replace the CIS (sensor). (PL 13.15)



BSD-ON:CH8.10

BSD-ON:CH8.10

CIS LED or CIS LED pixel failure

CIS LED failure

Though a limited number (set in NVM: 760-222[Qty of Light Qty Adjustment Executions]) of corrections were made, Light Qty Correction Control was not complete.

When shading coefficient was calculated for shading correction, even a single pixel of shading reference data [1st pixel to 1216th pixel] was “0”or less.

Procedure

Procedure



2.


2.


3.


3.


02/2009 2-265

089-xxx FIP

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-266

Version.1 .1.1


089-645 CIS Comm. Fail

BSD-ON:CH8.10

BSD-ON:CH8.10

CIS Control PWB failure

No communication can be established between the CIS Control PWB and the CIS Adapter PWB.

The target bit of CIS Control PWB CIS_STATUS Register Value does not change to “1” a certain time (20/40+/-10ms) after CIS Circuit starts being driven.

Procedure

Procedure Turn Off then On the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the CIS Control PWB. (PL 13.16)

Check in the given order. 1. Check the connectors between CIS Adapter PWB J423 and CIS Control PWB J425 for poor connection. If no problem is found, it indicates that the Marking Drawer contact point is defective. 2.

Disconnect and reconnect the MCU PWB and the CIS Adapter PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the CIS Adapter PWB (PL 2.1) and the CIS Control PWB (PL 13.16) in order.


089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail (Hidden Fail)

BSD-ON:CH8.10

BSD-ON:CH8.10

One job has three or more edge-data errors (CIS Side Edge Detect A/B/C Fail and CIS Side Edge Out of Range) failures.

The edge of paper is to the right of the detection area.

Procedure Procedure Perform the ADJ 13.15.3 IOT CIS Setup Cycle, OK: No action in particular is required. NG: The CIS (sensor) is defective. (PL 13.15)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

No action in particular is required. If this fail occurs frequently, perform the following: 1. Check the position of the tray side guide. Clean the CIS glass surface. 2.

02/2009 2-267

If the problem still occurs frequently, perform DC750 (IOT CIS Setup Cycle) again.

089-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-268

Version.1 .1.1

089-648 CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail (Hidden Fail)

089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail (Hidden Fail)

BSD-ON:CH8.10

BSD-ON:CH8.10

The edge of paper is to the left of the detection area.

The CIS detects the paper edge position in the M/C rear-to-front direction. When the edge is detected, normally, the waveform corresponding to the area between the edge and the rear indicates no paper exists there, while the waveform corresponding to the area between the edge and the front indicates paper exists. However, on the contrary, such an edge was detected as made the waveform first indicate paper exists and then that no paper exists.

Procedure No action in particular is required. If this fail occurs frequently, perform the following: 1. Check the position of the tray side guide. Clean the CIS glass surface. 2.


Procedure No action in particular is required. If this fail occurs frequently, perform the following: 1. Check the position of the tray side guide. Clean the CIS glass surface. 2.


089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail (Hidden Fail)

089-651 CIS Shading Recommend (Hidden Fail)

BSD-ON:

BSD-ON:CH8.10

The edge of paper is out of the valid range. At calculation of Ave. Edge, the qty of paper edge positions that are out of the valid area is 1/2 or larger than NVM-specified Value (decimal places are rounded up).

The qty of side edge detections for recommending an update on shading correction is reached. The count of side edge detections exceeds the preset qty of ones for recommending shading update (NVM760-229 “nrc_CIS_ShdRcmdNum”).

Procedure No action in particular is required.

Once it has occurred, this Fail will occur every time the M/C is turned off then on until being cleared by shading correction. If the qty of side edge detections for recommending an update on shading correction is set to “0”, Fail Detection will not be performed.

Procedure Go to ADJ 13.15.2 IOT CIS Check Cycle. Perform Light Quantity Correction/Shading Correction.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-269

089-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-270

089-652 CIS Hard Fail (Hidden Fail) BSD-ON:CH8.10 CIS Adapter PWB failure

Procedure Turn off the power. Disconnect the CIS Adapter PWB, then connect the CIS Adapter PWB to MCU PWB. Turn on the power. If not recovered, replace the CIS Adapter PWB. (PL 2.1)

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

A Check the spiral shaft of the Charge Corotron Assy for poor rotation and other mechanical loads due to deformation/foreign objects. (PL 11.10)

091-311 CC Cleaner Motor Fail BSD-ON:CH9.12 During Home Position Detection or Cleaning, CC Cleaner Position Sensor voltage level does not change in a spec time.

Procedure Remove the Drum Unit. Cheat the Front Door. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[091-003](Front) or [091-004](Rear). Select Start. The CC Cleaner Motor coupling at upper right to the Drum shaft rotates. Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J250-1 (+) on the CC Cleaner Motor and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J435-A5 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N +24VDC is measured between J433-1 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J433-1 to the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wire between J435-A5 on the IOT PWB and J250-1 on the CC Cleaner Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J435 from the IOT PWB. Measure the wire-wound resistance of the CC Cleaner Motor: J435-A5 pin to pins A1/A2/A3/A4 Every resistance is approx. 15 ohms. Y N Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the CC Cleaner Motor (PL 11.6). • J435-A1 to CC Cleaner Motor J250-5 •

J435-A2 to CC Cleaner Motor J250-4

•


•


•


Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[091-201](CC Cleaner Position Sensor). Select Start. Using a piece of paper, turn ON then OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the CC Cleaner Position Sensor. A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-271

091-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-272

Version.1 .1.1

091-312 CC HVPS Fail

091-313 CRUM ASIC Communication Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.3

BSD-ON:CH9.2

CC HVPS has failed.

CRUM ASIC has failed.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF then ON the power. 091-312 remains displayed. Y N It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred.

Turn OFF then ON. 091-313 remains displayed. Y N It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred.

Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J586-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the HVPS S6. Y N +24VDC is measured between J407-B8 (+) and -B7 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J400-6 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12 . Check the +24VDC circuit to J400-6 on the MCU PWB.

Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors: • J406 on MCU PWB

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J407-B8 on the MCU PWB and J586-1 on the HVPS S6, and between J407-B7 on the MCU PWB and J586-2 on the HVPS S6 for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity: • MCU PWB J407-B3 to HVPS S6 J586-6 •

MCU PWB J407-B4 to HVPS S6 J586-5

•


•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the HVPS S6 (PL 2.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

•

P/J171 on Drum CRUM PWB

If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order: • Drum Cartridge •

Drum CRUM PWB (PL 11.2)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

091-320 CC Wire Break

091-400 Bottle Standard Near Full

BSD-ON:CH9.3

BSD-ON:CH9.14

Charge Corotron Wire is broken.

The replacement date for Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is near.

Initial Actions

Initial Actions

Check that the Charge Corotron Wire has no leak.

•

As the replacement date is near, replace the Waste Toner Bottle (PL 11.2) as required. If this fail occurs after the replacement, perform the following procedure.

Procedure

•

Check that the light receiving and emitting areas of the Waste Toner Full Sensor are clean.

Remove the Drum Cartridge. Check the CC Wire. The CC Wire is open. Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) The High Voltage Cords CC1 and CC2 on the HVPS S6 are properly connected. Y N Reconnect the CC1 and CC2. Replace the CC Connector (PL 11.2). Replace the Charge Corotron Assy (PL 11.3).

Procedure Remove the R/H Cover. Remove the Waste Toner Full Sensor along with the bracket. (Leave the connectors as they are.) +5VDC is measured between J152N-2 (+) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and GND (-). Y N +5VDC is measured between J438-B17 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Check the wire between J152N-2 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and J438-B17 on the IOT PWB for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J152N-1 (+) and -3 (-) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J438-B14 (+) and -B13 (-) on the IOT PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J430-4 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check +5VDC circuit to J430-4 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J438-B14 on the IOT PWB and J152N-1 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor, and between J438-B16 on the IOT PWB and J152N-3 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL 11.2).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-273

091-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-274

091-401 Drum Near End

091-410 Bottle Option Near Full

BSD-ON:CH9.2

BSD-ON:CH9.14

The replacement date of Drum Unit is near. (Warning)

The replacement date of Waste Toner Bottle (option) is near.

Procedure

Procedure

As the replacement date is near, replace the Drum Cartridge as required.

XC only.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

091-910 Bottle Standard Not in Position

091-911 Bottle Standard Full

BSD-ON:CH9.14

BSD-ON:CH9.14

Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is improperly installed.

Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is full.

Procedure

Initial Actions

Remove the Waste Toner Bottle. Using a screwdriver, turn ON the Waste Bottle Set Sensor actuator. 091-910 is gone. Y N Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity: • IOT PWB J438-B13 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-1

•

Replace the Waste Toner Bottle (PL 11.2). If this fail occurs after the replacement, perform the following procedure.

•

Check that the light receiving and emitting areas of the Waste Toner Full Sensor are clean.

•

IOT PWB J438-B11 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-3

•

IOT PWB J438-B12 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-2

Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order: • Waste Bottle Set Sensor (PL 11.2) •


•

IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Procedure Remove the R/H Cover. Remove the Waste Toner Full Sensor along with the bracket. (Leave the connectors as they are.) +5VDC is measured between J152N-2 (+) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and GND (-). Y N +5VDC is measured between J438-B17 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB« J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Check the wire between J152N-2 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and J438-B17 on the IOT PWB for an open wire or poor contact.

Check if the Bottle is properly installed; the Sensor actuator properly operates; the Sensor is properly installed; and the Waste Toner Cover is properly installed.

+5VDC is measured between J152N-1 (+) and -3 (-) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J438-B14 (+) and -B13 (-) on the IOT PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J430-4 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check +5VDC circuit to J430-4 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J438-B14 on the IOT PWB and J152N-1 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor, and between J438-B16 on the IOT PWB and J152N-3 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL 11.2).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-275

091-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-276

091-912 Drum Not in Position

091-913 Drum End

BSD-ON:CH9.2

BSD-ON:CH9.2

Drum is improperly installed.

Drum should be replaced.

Initial Actions

Procedure

Check that the Drum Cartridge is properly installed.

Replace the Drum Cartridge with a new one.

Procedure Remove the Drum Cartridge. Using a screwdriver, turn ON the Drum Detect Switch. 091-912 is gone. Y N With the Switch ON, +3.3VDC is measured between J170A-1 (+)(at rear) on the Drum Detect Switch and GND (-). Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +3.3VDC is measured between J438-A11 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Check the wire between J170A-1 on the Drum Detect Switch and J438-A11 on the IOT PWB for an open wire or poor contact. With the Switch ON, +3.3VDC is measured between J170B-1 (+) (at front) on the Drum Detect Switch and GND (-). Y N Replace the Drum Detect Switch (PL 11.1). Check the DC COM circuit between J438-A10 on the IOT PWB and J170B-1 on the Drum Detect Switch for an open wire or poor contact. The problem is misalignment between the Drum Cartridge and the Drum Detect Switch. Check if the Switch and the Drum Cartridge are properly installed.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

091-914 Drum CRUM Communication Fail

091-915 Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.2

BSD-ON:CH9.2

A communication failure with Drum CRUM

Mismatch between data written onto CRUM and data read.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF then ON. 091-914 remains displayed. Y N It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred.

Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Drum Cartridge with a new one.

Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors: • J406 on the MCU PWB •

P/J171 on the Drum CRUM PWB

If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order: • Drum Cartridge •

Drum CRUM PWB (PL 11.2)

•

MCU PWB (PL 2.1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-277

091-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-278

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

091-916 Drum CRUM Data Mismatch Fail

091-921 Drum CRUM Not in Position

BSD-ON:CH9.2

BSD-ON:CH9.2

CRUM Authentication Area Data differs.

Drum CRUM is disconnected.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Drum Cartridge with a new one.

Check if the Drum Cartridge is properly installed. If it is, replace the Drum Cartridge with a new one.

091-930 Bottle Option Not in Position

091-931 Bottle Option Full

BSD-ON:CH9.14

BSD-ON:CH9.14

Waste Toner Bottle (option) is improperly installed.

Waste Toner Bottle (option) is full.

Procedure

Procedure

XC only.

XC only

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-279

091-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-280

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

092-311 ADC Toner Image Fail

092-607 VGS Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.8

BSD-ON:CH9.3

The condition causing ADC Patch Fail has occurred continuously.

Vgrid used to obtain Target VH is out of range (400~853). Or the two levels of Vgrid: high (VG_OUT+50) and low (VG_OUT-50) used to charge Grid are reversed (in Mini-Setup).

Causes: NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made. 1.

The density of the image on the Drum surface is very light. E.g.: Cin 100%<1.0 (1)

IOT (charge to development) failure

(2)

Low TC

2.

ADC Sensor sensitivity error due to improper installation

3.

ADC Patch was scraped off from Transfer Belt, etc.

Procedure Check the following: • CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects

Procedure Check in the given order. 1. Turn On DC330[093-001]Deve Motor and check if the Deve Unit rotates normally. If it doesn’t, go to 093-320 Deve Motor Fail FIP. 2.

Turn On DC330[093-003]Dispense Motor and check if the Dispense Motor rotates normally. If it doesn’t, go to 093-311 Dispense Broken FIP.

3.

Check how the ADC Sensor bracket is seated. (REP 11.1.4)

4.

Perform DC935 Procon On Print and check if the Transfer Belt contacts/retracts.

If the problem is not resolved, it indicates that the Drum Unit (PL 11.1), HVPS S5 (Deve Bias) (PL 2.3) and/or ROS (PL 6.1) are/is defective.

•

CC Grid for dirt/foreign objects

•

Drum sensitivity for an error

Every item is normal. Y N Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J586-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the HVPS S6. Y N +24VDC is measured between J407-B8 (+) and -B7 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J400-6 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J400-6 on the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J407-B8 on the MCU PWB and J586-1 on the HVPS S6, and between J407-B7 on the MCU PWB and J586-2 on the HVPS S6 for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity: • MCU PWB J407-B3 to HVPS S6 J586-6 •


•


•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. In DC140[092-200], check the ESV Sensor for an output error. (Do not perform this immediately after printing.) The output range is between 0 and 10. Y N Replace the ESV Sensor (PL 11.1). Replace the HVPS S6 (PL 2.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-281

092-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-282

Version.1 .1.1

092-608 VH3 Fail

092-609 LDS Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.3

BSD-ON:CH9.3

NOTE: The measured value of VH (VH3) of Grid charged with tentative Vgrid is far larger than the predictive value (>30) (in Mini-Setup).

LD light qty used to obtain Target Potential is out of range (300~1023). Or when two levels of LD light qty: high (LD_OUT+60) and low (LD_OUT-60) are used for exposure, a potential difference is smaller (<=15) (in Mini-Setup).

NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.

Procedure


Check the following: • CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects

Procedure

•


Check the following: • CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects

•


•


•

Drum sensitivity for a failure

Every item is normal. Y N Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J586-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the HVPS S6. Y N +24VDC is measured between J407-B8 (+) and -B7 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J400-6 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J400-6 on the MCU PWB.

Every item is normal. Y N Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge. Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, foreign objects, broken cables, etc. • JA419 and JB419on the MCU PWB •

J345A and J345B on the ROS Assy

Every connector is normal. Y N Disconnect and reconnect any problematic connector. If no connector connection is bad, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J407-B8 on the MCU PWB and J586-1 on the HVPS S6, and between J407-B7 on the MCU PWB and J586-2 on the HVPS S6 for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity: • MCU PWB J407-B3 to HVPS S6 J586-6 •


•


•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. In DC140[092-200], check the ESV Sensor for an output error. (Do not perform this immediately after printing.) The output range is between 0 and 10. Y N Replace the ESV Sensor (PL 11.1). Replace the HVPS S6 (PL 2.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. In DC140[092-200], check the ESV Sensor for an output error. (Do not perform this immediately after printing.) The output range is between 0 and 10. Y N Replace the ESV Sensor (PL 11.1). Replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

092-610 VM3 Fail

092-611 VHVM Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.8

BSD-ON:CH9.3

The difference between measured and predictive values of ADC Patch potential (VM3), the last item of Mini-Setup is larger (>30) (in Mini-Setup).

One of VGS Fail, VH3 Fail, LDS Fail, and VM3 Fail has occurred. NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.


Procedure

Procedure

Enter the Diag. Check DC120 Fail Counter. If you find one of 092-607, 092-608, 092-609 and 092-610 there, go to the appropriate FIP for it.

Check the following: • CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects •


•


Every item is normal. Y N Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge. Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, foreign objects, broken cables, etc. • JA419 and JB419 on the MCU PWB •


Every connector is normal. Y N Disconnect and reconnect any problematic connector. If no connector connection is bad, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1). Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. In DC140[092-200], check the ESV Sensor for an output error. (Do not perform this immediately after printing.) The output range is between 0 and 10. Y N Replace the ESV Sensor (PL 11.1). Replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-283

092-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-284

Version.1 .1.1

092-612 VM ADC Fail

092-651 ADC Sensor Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.8

BSD-ON:CH9.8

The result of ADC Patch Potential measured during a job is out of range. (This occurs during a job.)

The output read by ADC Sensor from the clean Photoreceptor surface is out of range (100~1000) (in Mini-Setup).


Procedure Check the following: • CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects


Procedure

•


Turn off the power. Perform the following: • Check the ADC Sensor for dirt

•

Drum sensitivity for unevenness

•

Every item is normal. Y N Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge. Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, foreign objects, broken cables, etc. • JA419 and JB419 on the MCU PWB •


Every connector is normal. Y N Disconnect and reconnect any problematic connector. If no connector connection is bad, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1). Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. In DC140[092-200], check the ESV Sensor for an output error. (Do not perform this immediately after printing.) The output range is between 0 and 10. Y N Replace the ESV Sensor (PL 11.1). Replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Disconnect and reconnect ADC Sensor Connectors P/J136, and CN4 and CN2 on the ADC PWB.

•

Check for improperly installed/deformed ADC Sensor bracket.

•

Check the Drum surface for unevenness. (Replace the Drum Cartridge.)

•

Check the following for continuity: If the wires are good, replace the ADC Sensor (PL 11.5) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. –

MCU PWB J406-B2 to P136-4

–


–


–


092-652 ADC Patch Fail

092-656 ATC Out Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.8

BSD-ON:CH9.5

The measured ADC Patch density is light. (Over 75% of Vclean).

ATC Sensor output is out of range (150~1022).



Initial Actions

Procedure

•

Check the Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Deve Unit.

•

Enter the Diag. Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-311 and 093-912 there, go to the appropriate FIP for it.

Enter the Diag. Check the value in DC131[752-130](ATC Average Output). The value is 1022 or more. Y N The value is 150 or less. Y N Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the ATC Sensor (PL 12.5). • MCU PWB J409-A1 to ATC Sensor J134-2

Procedure Enter the Diag. Select DC935 Procon ON Print. Check if the Transfer Belt has removed the ADC patch. Running the diagnostics, check to see if the Transfer Belt is retracting. The Transfer Belt normally operates. Y N Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Belt Contact/Retract Solenoid operation. (BSD CH9.9)

•

Disconnect and reconnect ADC Sensor Connectors P/J136, and CN4 and CN2 on the ADC PWB. Check for improperly installed/deformed ADC Sensor bracket.

•

Check the ADC Sensor for a problem. (PL 11.5)

•

Check the Drum surface for unevenness. (Replace the Drum Cartridge.)

•

Check the Deve Unit for a problem. (PL 12.2)

MCU PWB J409-A3 to ATC Sensor J134-4

•


If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Turn off the power. Disconnect J436 from the IOT PWB. Measure the resistance between Connector Pin J436-A2 and the frame. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check if the cable is properly connected between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4), Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.

Turn off the power. Perform the following: • Check the ADC Sensor for dirt •

•

Check the wire between J436-A2 and Dispense Motor J201-1 for a short to the frame.

•

Check the HVPS S6 (CC)(PL 2.1) and HVPS S5 (Deve Bias)(PL 2.3) for an output error.

Check the following: • The Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Deve Unit.

•

Check for an insufficient quantity of ROS LD light. (PL 6.1)

•

•

Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the ADC Sensor (PL 11.5) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. –


–


–


–


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-285

Enter the Diag. Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-311, 093-405 and 093-912 there, go to the appropriate FIP for it.

092-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-286

Version.1 .1.1

092-660 ATC Amplitude Fail

092-661 Temperature Sensor Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.5

BSD-ON:CH9.8

The amplitude of ATC Sensor output is smaller (<10).

Environment Sensor temperature output is out of range (140~896).



Procedure

Initial Actions

Remove the Deve Unit. (REP 12.1.1) Manually rotating the Deve Unit gears, check if the Auger in the Deve Unit is rotating. The Auger in the Deve Unit is rotating. Y N There is a load on the Auger in the Deve Unit, or the Auger blade is in bad shape. Replace the Deve Unit (PL 12.2).

Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from bent pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc.

Enter the Diag. Check the value in DC131[752-130](ATC Average Output). The value is 1022or more. Y N The value is 150 or less. Y N Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the ATC Sensor (PL 12.5). • MCU PWB J409-A1 to ATC Sensor J134-2 •


•


If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Turn off the power. Disconnect J436 from the IOT PWB. Measure the resistance between Connector Pin J436-A2 and the frame. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N Check if the cable is properly connected between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4), Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Check the wire between J436-A2 and Dispense Motor J201-1 for a short to the frame. Check the following: • The Toner Cartridge has toner and no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Deve Unit. •

Enter the Diag. Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-311 and 093-912 there, go to the appropriate FIP for it.

Procedure Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. +5VDC is measured between J1351 (+) and -3(-) on the Environment Sensor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J405-B14 (+) and -B12 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J135-1 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B14 on the MCU PWB, and between J135-3 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B12 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Check the following for continuity. If the wire is good, replace the Environment Sensor (PL 13.14) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • Environment Sensor J135-4 to MCU PWB J405-B17

092-662 Humidity Sensor Fail

092-663 Minimum Setup ADC Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.8

BSD-ON:CH9.8

Environment Sensor humidity output is out of range (30~607).

The two levels of ADC Patch density created in Mini-Setup: high (LD_OUT+60) and low (LD_OUT-60) are reversed.

NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made. NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.

Initial Actions Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from bent pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc.

Procedure Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. +5VDC is measured between J1351 (+) and -3(-) on the Environment Sensor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J405-B14 (+) and -B12 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB.

Procedure Enter DC612 Test Pattern Print. Output the Full Page Halftone. If the density is badly uneven, replace the following in order: • Drum Cartridge •

Deve Unit (PL 12.2)

•

HVPS S5 (Deve Bias)(PL 2.3)

Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J135-1 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B14 on the MCU PWB, and between J135-3 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B12 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Check the following for continuity. If the wire is good, replace the Environment Sensor (PL 13.14) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. • Environment Sensor J135-2 to MCU PWB J405-B16

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-287

092-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-288

092-664 ATC Average Warning BSD-ON:CH9.5 Fail Code 092-664 requires no service. Even if this fail occurs, a frequency of 0 is logged on Fail Count History Report. Also, when EP Center makes an inquiry, a frequency of 0 is reported.

Procedure

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

A Disconnect Relay Connector J470. +3.3VDC is measured between Relay Connector J470-2 (+) and GND (-). Y N Check the wire between Relay Connector J470-2 and J406-B7 on the MCU PWB for a short to the frame. If the wire is good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

093-311 Dispense Broken BSD-ON:CH9.7 Dispense Motor has failed.

Procedure Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-003](Dispense Motor). Select Start. Dispense Motor is heard rotating. (ON duration is 2 sec.) Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-8 on the IOT PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201 on the Dispense Motor. Measure the wirewound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P201-1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms. Y N Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4).

•

Relay Connector P690-2 to Low Toner Sensor J140-2

•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Remove the Low Toner Sensor. There is any toner on the detection area of the Low Toner Sensor. Y N Check for toner blocking, poor Auger rotation, gears binding, etc. Replace defective parts, if any (PL 12.7). Replace the Low Toner Sensor (PL 12.7).

Check the following for continuity: • IOT PWB J436-A2 to Dispense Motor J201-1 •

Turn off the power. Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2) Check the following for continuity: • Relay Connector P690-1 to Low Toner Sensor J140-3

IOT PWB J436-A1 to Dispense Motor J201-2

Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Perform the following: • Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU PWB. •

Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2) Check that there is no such load as poor Auger rotation, toner blocking and Drive gears binding.

If no problem is found, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connectors J690-1 (+) and -3(-). Y N +5VDC is measured between J406-B8 (+) and -B6 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J406-B8 on the MCU PWB and Relay Connector J470-1, and between J406-B6 on the MCU PWB and Relay Connector J470-3 for an open wire or poor contact. A Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-289

093-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-290A

093-320 Deve Motor Fail BSD-ON:CH9.4 Deve Motor rotation error

Procedure Open the Front Door. Remove the Cartridge Inner Cover. Cheat the Front Door Interlock. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD). Select Start. (The Drum Motor also rotates.) The Auger and the Mag Roll in the Deve Unit rotate. Y N Remove the Deve Unit. (REP 12.1.1) Enter DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD). Select Start. (The Drum Motor also rotates) The Deve Motor rotates. Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) Remove the Fly Wheel. +24VDC is measured between J205-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Deve Motor. Y N +24VDC is measured between J437-5 (+) and -13(-) on the IOT PWB. Y N +24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J437-5 on the IOT PWB and J205-1 on the Deve Motor, and between J437-13 on the IOT PWB and J205-2 on the Deve Motor for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J206-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Deve Motor. Y N +5VDC is measured between J407-A12 (+) and -A11 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J407-A12 on the MCU PWB and J206-1 on the Deve Motor, and between J407-A11 on the MCU PWB and J206-2 on the Deve Motor for an open wire or poor contact. With DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD) ON (The Drum Motor also rotates.), +5VDC is measured between J206-3 (+) on the Deve Motor and GND (-). Y N With DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD) ON (The Drum Motor also rotates.), approx. 1.4kHz is measured between J206-4 (+) on the Deve Motor and GND (-). Y N With the diagnostics ON, approx. 1.4kHz is measured between J407-A9 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). A

B

C

D

4127/4112G B

C

Version.1 .1.1

D Y

N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

Check for an open wire or poor contact between J407-A9 on the MCU PWB and J206-4 on the Deve Motor. With the diagnostics ON, +3.3VDC is measured between J206-6 (+) on the Deve Motor and GND (-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between J407-A7 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wire between J206-6 on the Deve Motor and J407-A7 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Deve Motor (PL 10.3). With the diagnostics ON, +5VDC is measured between J407-A10 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Check the wire between J407-A10 on the MCU PWB and J206-3 on the Deve Motor for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check for any mechanical load in the Deve Unit such as poor Auger rotation, Drive gears binding, Bearing binding and poor Mag Roll rotation. It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred. If the check shows there is no problem, check the wire between J206-6 on the Deve Motor and J407-A7 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

093-400 Toner Near Empty

093-603 Dispense Near Broken

BSD-ON:CH9.6

BSD-ON:CH9.7

The replacement date of Toner Cartridge is near.

Dispense Motor may be broken. (a hidden fail)

Procedure

Procedure

No action is required. Prepare the Toner Cartridge.

Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-003](Dispense Motor). Select Start. The Dispense Motor is heard rotating. (ON Duration: 2 sec.) Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-8 on the IOT PWB. Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector P/J201 on the Dispense Motor. Measure the wirewound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P201-1 and -2 pins is between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms. Y N Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4). Check the following for continuity: • IOT PWB J436-A2 to Dispense Motor J201-1 •

IOT PWB J436-A1 to Dispense Motor J201-2

Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Perform the following: • Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU PWB. •

Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2) Check that there is no such load as poor Auger rotation, toner blocking and Drive gears binding.

If no problem is found, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector J470-1 (+) and -3(-). Y N +5VDC is measured between J406-B8 (+) and -B6 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J406-B8 on the MCU PWB and between Relay Connector J470-1, and J406-B6 on the MCU PWB and Relay Connector J470-3 for an open wire or poor contact. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A 02/2009 2-291

093-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-292

Disconnect Relay Connector J470. +3.3VDC is measured between Relay Connector J470-2 (+) and GND (-). Y N Check the wire between Relay Connector J470-2 and J406-B7 on the MCU PWB for a short to the frame. If the wire is good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

093-912 Toner Empty

Turn off the power. Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2) Check the following for continuity: • Relay Connector P690-1 to Low Toner Sensor J140-3

Procedure

•


•


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Remove the Low Toner Sensor. There is any toner on the detection area of the Low Toner Sensor. Y N Check for toner blocking, poor Auger rotation, Gears binding, etc. Replace defective parts, if any (PL 12.7). Replace the Low Toner Sensor (PL 12.7).

BSD-ON:CH9.7 Toner Cartridge and Reserve Tank are empty.

Replace the Toner Cartridge. If the problem persists, go to 093-311 FIP.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

093-924 Toner CRUM Comm Fail

093-925 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fail

BSD-ON:CH9.6

BSD-ON:CH9.6

A communication failure with Toner Cartridge CRUM

Mismatch between data written onto Toner CRUM and data read.

Procedure

Procedure

Replace the Toner Cartridge with a new one. 093-924 is gone. Y N Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +5VDC is measured between J172-6 (+) and -5(-) on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Y N +5VDC is measured between J406-A7 (+) and -A8 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N +5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB.

Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge. 093-925 is gone. Y N Replace the Toner Cartridge with a new one. 093-925 is gone. Y N It is highly likely that some external noise or internal discharge-related noise is made around the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred. The old Toner Cartridge CRUM is thought to be defective. The Toner Cartridge is thought to be improperly set.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J406-A7 on the MCU PWB and J172-6 on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler, and between J406-A8 on the MCU PWB and J172-5 on the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors J406 and P/J172 from the MCU PWB. Check the following for continuity: • MCU PWB J406-A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler J172-4 •

MCU PWB J406-A10 to Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler J172-3

•

MCU PWB J406-A11 to Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler J172-2

Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler (PL 12.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). The old Toner Cartridge CRUM is thought to be defective.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-293

093-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-294

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

093-926 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail

093-931 Toner Filling Interrupt

BSD-ON:CH9.6

BSD-ON:CH9.6

Toner CRUM Authentication Area Data is different.

Toner Dispense Mode (at M/C installation) is not complete.

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge. 093-926 is gone. Y N Replace the Toner Cartridge with a new one. 093-926 is gone. Y N It is highly likely that some external noise or internal discharge-related noise is made around the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal discharge has occurred.

Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-201](Cartridge Door Sensor). Select Start. Using a cheater, turn ON then OFF the Cartridge Door Sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the Cartridge Door Sensor.

The old Toner Cartridge CRUM is thought to be defective. The Toner Cartridge is thought to be improperly set.

The Cartridge Door actuator is normal. Y N Replace the Cartridge Door (PL 1.3). Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-924, 093-925 and 093-926 there, go to the appropriate FIP for it.

093-932 Cartridge Exchange Time Over BSD-ON:CH9.6 Toner Cartridge Replaceable Time during Run Mode is exceeded.

Procedure Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-201](Cartridge Door Sensor). Select Start. Using a cheater, turn ON then OFF the Cartridge Door Sensor. The display changes between H and L. Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the Cartridge Door Sensor. The problem is misalignment between the Cartridge Door (PL 1.3) and the Cartridge Door Sensor. Check if the Actuator is not broken and if the Cartridge Door is properly installed.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-295

093-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-296

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

A

2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP BSD-ON:CH1.1 CH1.2 CH1.3 CH1.4 CH1.5 CH1.12

+1VDC or less is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Approx. +4.6VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J511-2(+) and GND(-). Y N Turn Off the Power Switch and disconnect the Power Plug. Check the following for conductivity. • AC Drive PWB J511-1 to Main Power Switch J145B-1

Procedure 200-240VAC is measured at the wall outlet in the installation site. Y N Check the circuit breaker, etc. at the installation site. Check the Power Cord for conductivity. It has conductivity. Y N Replace the Power Cord. (PL 2.3)

•

200-240VAC is measured between AC Drive PWB J17-6 (ACH) and J17-4 (ACN). Y N Turn Off the Power Switch and disconnect the Power Plug. Remove the AC Unit. (REP 2.3.3) Check the circuits from the Inlet to the GFI and the AC Drive PWB. If no problem is found, replace the AC Unit. (PL 2.3) 200-240VAC is measured between AC Drive PWB J17-3 (ACH) and J17-1 (ACN). Y N Turn Off the Power Switch and disconnect the Power Plug. Check the following for conductivity. • AC Drive PWB J17-6 to Main Power Switch J60B-1 AC Drive PWB J17-4 to Main Power Switch J60D-1

•

AC Drive PWB J17-3 to Main Power Switch J60A-1

•

AC Drive PWB J17-1 to Main Power Switch J60C-1

Replace the Main Power Switch. (PL 1.1) Replace the AC Drive PWB. (PL 2.3) +3.3VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-1(+) on the Main Power On signal line and GND(-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B18(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the connection of the MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order. Check the wire from MCU PWB J409-B18 to AC Drive PWB J510-1 for an open wire or poor contact. Approx. +3.0VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-13(+) on the Ready Power On signal line and GND(-). Y N Approx. +3.0VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B6(+) and GND(-). Y N Check the connection of the MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order.

Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check the wire(s) with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.

Check the wire from MCU PWB J409-B6 to AC Drive PWB J510-13 for an open wire or poor contact.

Replace the Main Power Switch. (PL 1.1) +5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J515-1(+) and J515-7(-). Y N Turn off the Power Switch. Disconnect Connector J515 from the AC Drive PWB. Wait 60 sec. and then turn On the Power Switch. +5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB P515-1(+) and P515-7(-). Y N Replace the AC Drive PWB. (PL 2.3)

A B Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check the wire(s) with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.

Connect the Power Cord. Turn On the Main Power Switch. GFI stays [ON]. Y N Check for an electric leak (AC wiring caught), excessive AC Input voltage (an abnormal voltage applied due to wrong electric work), etc.

•

B Check the wires from AC Drive PWB J515-1/2/3/4 to ESS PWB J300-B1/B2/B3/B4 for a short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 2.5)

200-240VAC is measured between Main LVPS J11-4 (ACH) and J11-3 (ACN). Y N Replace the AC Unit. (PL 2.3) Turn Off the Power Switch. Measure the resistance across Fuse(F400-F402) on the AC Drive PWB, and Fuses (F2001-F2002, F3001-F3002, F4001-F4002, F5001-F5002 and F6001-F6003) on the Main LVP. Each resistance is 0 ohm.

02/2009 2-297

2.2.2 Other Failure FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP Y

N Replace the problem Fuse(s) (PL 2.3). Seeing the Wire Network, check the harnesses and parts ahead of the Fuse(s) (load side).

Leave the two connectors, Main LVPS Input Connector J11 and Signal Connector J507, connected. Disconnect the other connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 and J509). Turn On the Power Switch. On the Main LVPS side, check the following for the given voltages each. • J501-1(+) to J501-3(-): +5VDC •

J503-3(+) to J503-2(-): +12VDC

•

J506-3(+) to J506-1(-): +24VDC

•

J508-4(+) to J508-5(-): +5VDC

•

J504-7(+) to J504-2(-): +12VDC

•

J509-2(+) to J509-9(-): +24VDC

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-298

Each voltage is output normally. Y N Replace the Main LVPS. (PL 2.3) Turn Off the Power Switch. Reconnect the connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 an d J509) in order. Check each connector to see if the voltage is output normally, by turning On the Power Switch. NOTE: Be sure to turn Off the Power Switch before connecting each connector. Seeing the Wire Network, check the problem connector(s) to see if the wire(s) on the load side is/are shorted to the frame and if the parts on the load side are defective. If the given voltage is not output between the pins of Connector J506, go to 2.2.2.2 Interlock On +24VDC Power FIP.

Version.1 .1.1

2.2.2.2 Interlock On +24VDC Power FIP BSD-ON:CH1.11

Procedure Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J506 from the Main LVPS. Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J501-1 (+) and J501-3 (-) on the Main LVPS. Y N Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance of the Fuses (F400-F402) (3) on the AC Drive PWB at their respective both ends. Every resistance is 0 ohm. Y N Replace any problematic Fuse (PL 2.3). Seeing the Wirenet, check any harness and part located ahead of the Fuse (on the part of load). Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J510-5 (+) on the AC Drive PWB and GND (-). Y N Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J510-5 on the AC Drive PWB. 0VDC is measured between J510-6 (+) on the AC Drive PWB and GND (-). Y N 0VDC is measured between J409-B13 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check for an open wire or poor contact between J409-B13 on the MCU PWB and J510-6 on the AC Drive PWB. Turn off the power. Connect Connector J506 to the Main LVPS. Disconnect Connector J514 from the AC Drive PWB. Wait 10 sec. then turn on the power. +24VDC is then measured between P514-8 (+) and -4(-) on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3). Seeing the Wirenet, check the area ahead of J514 (on the part of load) to see if any harness is shorted to the frame or if any part has a problem.

2.2.2.3 +12VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU12)

2.2.2.4 +24VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU10H) (Except 4127/4112EPS) M/C Only

BSD-ON:CH1.10

BSD-ON:CH1.10

Procedure Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J501-1 (+) and J501-3 (-) on the Main LVPS. Y N Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP.

Procedure Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J501-1 (+) and J501-3 (-) on the Main LVPS. Y N Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP.

200-240VAC is measured between J19-5 and J19-3 pins on the +12V LVPS (GU12). Y N 200-240VAC is measured between J13B-1 and J13B-3 pins on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP. Check the wires between J13B-1 on the AC Drive PWB and J19-5 on the +12V LVPS (GU12), and between J13B-3 on the AC Drive PWB and J19-3 on the +12V LVPS (GU12) for an open wire or poor contact. The +12V LVPS Enable signal line between J521-3 (+) and J521-6 (-) on the +12V LVPS is +12VDC. Y N +5VDC is measured between J504-7 (+) and J504-2 (-) on the Main LVPS. Y N Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP. Check the wires between J504-7 on the Main LVPS and J521-3 on the +12V LVPS, and between J504-2 on the Main LVPS and J521-6 on the +12V LVPS for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J430 from the IOT PWB. Wait 60 sec. and turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J521-1 (+) and J521-4 (-) on the +12V LVPS. Y N Replace the +12V LVPS (GU12) (PL 2.3). Seeing the Wirenet (WN7.2.1.31), check the area ahead of J521 (on the part of load) to see if any harness is shorted to the frame or if any part has a problem.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

200-240VAC is measured between J2-4 and J2-3 pins on the +24V LVPS (GU10). Y N 200-240VAC is measured between J13B-7 and J13B-5 pins on the AC Drive PWB. Y N Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP. Check the wires between J13B-7 on the AC Drive PWB and J2-4 on the +24V LVPS (GU10), and between J13B-5 on the AC Drive PWB and J2-3 on the +24V LVPS (GU10) for an open wire or poor contact. The +24V LVPS Enable signal line between J505-1 (+) and J505-2 (-) on the +24V LVPS is +5VDC. Y N +5VDC is measured between J409-B2 (+) and J409-B1 (-) on the MCU PWB. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wires between J409-B2 on the MCU PWB and J505-1 on the +24V LVPS, and between J409-B1 on the MCU PWB and J505-2 on the +24V LVPS for an open wire or poor contact. Turn off the power. Disconnect J502 from the +24V LVPS. Wait 60 sec. and turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J502-4 (+) and J502-8 (-) on the +24V LVPS. Y N Replace the +24V LVPS (GU10) (PL 2.3). Seeing the Wirenet (WN7.2.2.4), check the area ahead of J521 (on the part of load) to see if any harness is shorted to the frame or if any part has a problem.

02/2009 2-299

2.2.2 Other Failure FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP

2.2.2.7 Interrupt Lamp Keeps Flashing 1 min then Turns Off FIP BSD-ON:CH1.2, CH1.3,CH1.4,CH1.5,CH1.12

Procedure +5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J515-1 (+) and J515-7 (-). Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J515 from AC Drive PWB. Wait for 60 sec. then turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB P515-1 (+) and J515-7 (-). Y N Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3). Check the wires each between AC Drive PWB J515-1/2/3/4 and ESS PWB J300-B1/B2/B3/B4 for any short. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5). +1VDC or less is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-2 (+) and GND (-). Y N +10VDC or more is measured between AC Drive PWB J511-2 (+) and GND (-). Y N Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3). Turn off the power and disconnect the power plug. Check the following for continuity. • AC Drive PWB J511-1 to Main Power Switch J145B-1 •


Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Replace the Main Power Switch (PL 1.1). +3.3VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-1 (+) of the Main Power On Signal line and GND (-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B18 (+) and GND (-). Y N Check the connections of MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order. Check for an open wire or poor contact between MCU PWB J409-B18 and AC Drive PWB J510-1. +3.3VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-13 (+) of the Ready Power On Signal line and GND (-). Y N +3.3VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B6 (+) and GND (-). Y N Check the connections of MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order. Check for an open wire or poor contact between MCU PWB J409-B6 and AC Drive PWB J510-13. A

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-300A

Version.1 .1.1

100-127VAC/200-240VAC is measured between Pin J11-4 and Pin J11-3 of Main LVPS. Y N Replace the AC Unit (PL 2.3). Turn off the power. Measure the resistance between both the ends of each of the Fuses (F400-F402) on AC Drive PWB and the Fuses (F2001-F2002, F3001-F3002, F4001-F4002, F5001-F5002 and F6001-F6003) on Main LVPS. Every resistance is 0 ohm. Y N Replace any faulty Fuse (PL 2.3). Seeing the wire network, check the harness and the parts (on the load side) ahead of the Fuse(s). Disconnect the other connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 and J509) other than Main LVPS Output Connector J11 and Signal Connector J507. Turn on the power. Check the voltage on the part of Main LVPS in the following: • J501-1 (+) to J501-3 (-): +5VDC •

J503-3 (+) to J503-2 (-): +12VDC

•

J506-3 (+) to J506-1 (-): +24VDC

•

J508-4 (+) to J508-5 (-): +5VDC

•

J504-7 (+) to J506-2 (-): +12VDC

•

J509-2 (+) to J509-9 (-): +24VDC

The proper voltage is output in every area. Y N Replace the Main LVPS (PL 2.3). Turn off the power. Reconnect the connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 and J509) in order. Turn on the power. Check each connector for its proper voltage output. NOTE: Ensure to turn off the power before connecting the connectors. Seeing the wire network, check any connector that exhibits an improper output in order to check whether the wire on the load side is shorted to the frame and there are any faulty parts there. If no proper voltage is output from Connector J506, go to 2.2.2.2 Interlock On +24VDC Power FIP.

2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP

2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Figure 1 2001

Figure 1 2002

Enter DC330 [XXXX-XXX]. Block the sensor with a sheet of blank paper. Is [LOW] displayed? Y N Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 2 (+) and the GND (-) of the sensor? Y N Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.

Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Block the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed? Y N Remove the connector on the sensor. Does the display change to [HIGH]? Y N Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the PWB. Replace the sensor.

Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 1 (+) and Pin 3 of the sensor? Y N Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 4 (+) and Pin 5 of the PWB? Y N Replace the PWB. Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the sensor, and the wire between Pin 5 of the PWB and Pin 3 of the sensor for an open circuit or poor contact.

Clear away the obstacles on the sensor light path. Does the display change to [LOW]? Y N Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 2 (+) and the GND (-) of the sensor? Y N Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.

Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.

Is +5VDC measured between Pin 1 (+) and Pin 3 (-) of the sensor? Y N Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the sensor, and the wire between Pin 5 of the PWB and Pin 3 of the sensor for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.

Remove the blank paper from the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed? Y N Remove the connector on the sensor. Does the display change to [HIGH]? Y N Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.

Check the sensor for contamination. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.

Check installation of the sensor and incident light diffraction. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.

Check installation of the sensor, bending on the actuator, and operation. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.

Check installation of the sensor. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-301

2.2.3 Generic FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-302

2.2.3 Generic FIP

Version.1 .1.1

2.2.3.3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP

2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Figure 1 2003

Figure 1 2004

Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Turn ON the switch. Is [LOW] displayed? Y N Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the switch, is the voltage +5VDC? Y N Check the wire between the Pin 2 of the switch and Pin 3 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.

NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no mechanical problem with the solenoid and the clutch.

When the switch between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) is turned ON, is the voltage +5VDC? Y N Replace the switch. Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the switch for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB. Turn OFF the switch. Is [HIGH] displayed? Y N Remove the connector on the switch. Is [HIGH] displayed? Y N Check the wire between Pin 2 of the switch and Pin 3 of the PWB for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the PWB. Replace the switch. Check installation of the switch. If no problems are found, replace the switch.

Go to the DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 3(+) and GND (-) of the PWB? Y N Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the solenoid/clutch, is the voltage +24VDC? Y N Between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) of the solenoid/clutch, is the voltage +24VDC? Y N Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the solenoid/clutch for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB. Replace the solenoid/clutch. Check the wire between Pin 3 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the solenoid/clutch for an open circuit or poor contact. Replace the PWB.

2.2.3.5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP

2.2.3.6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF the power. Remove the connector on the PWB. Is the resistance 10Ohm or less between Pin 3 of the connector and the frame? Y N Replace the PWB. Check the wire between Pin 3 of the connector and Pin 2 of the solenoid/clutch for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the solenoid/clutch.

Figure 1 2005 NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that the motor is not locked and it has no load. Go to the DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON. Between Pin 3(+) and GND(-) of the PWB, is the voltage +24VDC? Y N Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the motor, is the voltage +24VDC? Y N Between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) of the motor, is the voltage +24VDC? Y N Between Pin 4(+) and GND(-) of the PWB, is the voltage +24VDC? Y N Replace the PWB. Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the motor for an open circuit or poor contact. Replace the motor. Check the wire between Pin 3 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the motor for an open circuit or poor contact. Replace the PWB.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-303

2.2.3 Generic FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.2.3 Generic FIP

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-304

Version.1 .1.1

2.2.3.7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP

2.2.3.8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP

Procedure

Procedure

Turn OFF the power. Remove the connector on the PWB. Is the resistance 10Ohm or less between Pin 3 of the connector and the frame? Y N Replace the PWB. Check the wire between Pin 3 of the connector and Pin 2 of the motor for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the motor.

Figure 1 2017 NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no mechanical problem with the solenoid. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 1 (+) and GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid? Y N Is +24VDC measured between Pin 5 (+) and GND(-) of the PWB? Y N Check +24VDC inputs of the PWB. If no problems are found, replace the PWB. Check the wire between Pin 5 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the Nip/Release Solenoid for an open circuit or poor contact. Perform the following FIP when the NIP has a problem: Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL NIP. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 4 (+) and GND(-) of the PWB? Y N Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL NIP. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 3 (+) and GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid? Y N Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid. Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 3 of the Nip/Release Solenoid for an open circuit or poor contact. Perform the following FIP when the Release operation has a failure: Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL RELEASE. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 6 (+) and GND(-) of the PWB? Y N Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL RELEASE. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 2 (+) and GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid? Y N Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid. A

B

A

B Check the wire between Pin 6 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the Nip/Release Solenoid for an open circuit or poor contact.

Replace the PWB.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-305

2.2.3 Generic FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.2.3 Generic FIP

02/2009 2-306

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

OF-01 Common System Fail

9.

The following describes the common procedures at System Fail or Sub System Fail, regardless of whether the power is turned ON or during job processing.

10. Return NVM(700-530) to 1.

Initial Actions

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G.

Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred. 1.

In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)

2.

What job was performed when the problem occurred?

3.

Check the job settings from the UI.

4.

Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.

5.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB and perform the same operation where the error occurred.

Procedure 1.

If error was displayed during a service call, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. If no error was displayed, obtain the "Redir or xxx.tgz" file using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

2.

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

3.

Check the version of the Controller ROM. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is already the latest. Proceed to step 4.

4.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occurs.

5.

Turn the power OFF then ON by the Breaker (or by disconnecting then reconnecting the power plug). If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure) At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occurs.

6.

If the problem persists, check the installation status of the ESS PWB and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables to install them securely, then perform the same operation where the error occurred.

7.

Turn the power OFF, remove and insert the ESS RAM DIMM, then turn the power ON again to perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file log immediately after the error occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

8.

If the problem persists after turning the power ON, turn the power OFF and replace the RAM DIMM. After turning the power ON, perform the same operation where the error occurred.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-307

2.3 All Controller FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-308

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Version.1 .1.1

OF-02 HDD System Fail

Table 2 HDD Initialization Method Data Clear Method

Always read the following three basic notes regarding the HDD in this machine model before servicing. 1.

HDD Data

Partition No. Diag.

KO Tools

Special Booting

M/C power OFF/ON

O

-

O

-

O

-

O

-

2.

HDD Initialization

7

3.

HDD Formatting

8

After reading the basic notes, proceed with the service operations.

3. HDD Formatting Forcedly re-formatting the HDD by special booting will forcedly return the partition status to the factory setting.

1. HDD Data Description by HDD partition

Formatting will delete all the data in the HDD.

Table 1 Partition Purpose of No. Volume Use/Type

Stored Data

1

ide0a

Resource

Font, Form/Logo, SMB Folder (Config. txt, driver), Job Template

Procedure

2

ide0b

Print

EPC Print Temporary Data

1.

3

ide0c

Mailbox

Extended Mailbox, Scan, iFAX, FAX, Report, Secure Print, Sample Print, Delay Print

4

ide0d

PDL

PDL, MailIO Temporary, Spool Area

5

ide0e

Copy

EPC Copy Temporary Data

6

ide0f

Scan

Scan To FTP, Scan To SMB, Send iFAX, Send Mail, JFS Temporary Data

7

ide0g

DOMS(/XDOD) DOMS Scan Data XDOD FTP Data

8

ide0h

Management Information

HDD failures might be recovered by re-formatting.

Pull out the HDD harness and insert it again to check the installation of the HDD and install it securely. Perform Steps (1) to (7) in OF-01 Common System Fail. If the problem persists, go to the next step.

2.

If the problem persists, perform the forced initialization by special booting. •

Startup by Forced Spool Area (HDD) Initialization It is the operation to forcedly clear the HDD when the machine is started up. [Operation or Details]

Management Information (PFlite User Document Store) Job Recovery Data, Job Flow, Job Log, Failure Log, Audit Log, Device Certificate

(1)

For printers, turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] and "↓ keys at the same time initializes the data stored in the HDD Partition No. 4.

(2)

For MF machines, this is done by turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] key, [Stop] key and [6] key.

(3)

Initialization by special booting in 2. targets only on the previously specified area in the HDD partition and does not affect the other areas.

2. HDD Initialization The HDD can be initialized in the Diag. mode and KO Tools, by special booting, and by turning the M/C OFF then ON.

Here, perform the same operation where the error occurred. 3.

If the problem persists, perform the forced formatting by special booting. •

Initialization means the logical formatting for changing a partition size. Initializing the HDD will delete all data in the HDD. Even if only one partition size is changed, the data in all partitions will be deleted.

Starting the forced HDD formatting (this procedure should be hidden from users) This operation forcedly restores the HDD to the partition status at factory settings. (1)

For printer machines, HDD formatting is performed by turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] key, "↑ key and "↓ key at the same time.

(2)

For MF machines, HDD formatting is performed by turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] key, [Stop] key and [4] key.

Table 2 HDD Initialization Method Data Clear Method Partition No. Diag.

KO Tools

Special Booting

M/C power OFF/ON

1

O

O

O

-

4.

If the problem persists, replace the HDD and perform the same operation where the error occurred.

2

O

-

O

O

5.

3

O

-

O

-

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB and perform the same operation where the error occurred.

4

O

-

O

-

6.

Return NVM(700-530) that has been set in Step (1) to 1.

5

O

-

O

O

7.

Upgrade the IOT Firm ware.

6

O

-

O

-

Here, perform the same operation where the error occurred.

(To store the firm Ware in HDD for back-up/Restore.)

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail Perform the following steps.

Procedure 1.

Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version. If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)

2.

Obtain logs using the log tool "Redir or xxx.tgz". (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

3.

Change the system data 700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation at SystemFail. If the problem persists after the same operation where the error has occurred is performed, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job according to the Printer job type to be reproduced and then perform Step (4) onwards.

4.

Check the connection between the ESS PWB and the Net to install them securely, then turn the power ON. Specially check for faulty ports or Net connection. Check which of the following ports is faulty. •

SNTP

•

NetWare

•

Salutation IO

•

SMB

•

Port 9100

•

USB

•

lpd

•

FTP Serv

•

MailIO

•

IPP

After checking, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" log using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) 5.

If the problem persists, reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM and then turn the power ON. Perform the same operation where the error occurred.

6.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB since it may be faulty. Perform the same operation where the error occurred.

7.

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

8.

Return the set NVM(700-530) to 1. Also, proceed with the following to collect the data recorded in each item.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-309

•

2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC"

•

2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed"

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-310

Version.1 .1.1

OF-04 Panel System Fail

OF-05 IIT System Fail

Procedure

Procedure

Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and Panel connector cables and install the Monza PWB (if installed) securely, and then perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace the ESS PWB at this step.) If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the Monza PWB. If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the ESS PWB. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and Monza PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and Monza PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only] • Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure) •

Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IISS PWB connector cables to install them securely. Check the installation status of the parts in the ESS PWB to install them securely. After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. 1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace the ESS PWB at this step.) 2.

If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the IISS PWB.

3.

If problem persists after the actions, replace the ESS PWB.

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IISS PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and IISS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

OF-06 IOT System Fail

OF-07 FAX System Fail

Procedure

Initial Actions

[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only] • Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)

[Items to be asked to customer during visits]

•

1.

Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error occurred.

2.

Check the job type: Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt.

Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IOT PWB connector cables to install them securely, then check that the installation status of the parts in the IOT PWB and ensure that they are securely installed. After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. 1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace the ESS PWB at this step.) 2.

If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to collect data. •

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally

3.

Check the job settings from the Panel.

4.

Check whether it is Speed Dial or Keypad Dial.

5.

Check which function was used: G3 or G4.

Collect other procedures as much as possible to reproduce the error.

Procedure

3.

If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB.

4.

If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the ESS PWB. (Replace the IOT PWB first and then the ESS PWB.)

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IOT PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and IOT PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

After checking, perform the following in sequence. • Mechanical Check Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of the Fax Card are properly installed. •

Check the communication related parts. Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below: 1.

Seeing "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" obtain Fax-related reports (Protocol Monitor, Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History Report). Depending on the situation, such as in the cases of Broadcast Send or Mailbox Receipt, obtain the Speed Dial list or Stored Document list.

2.

Check whether or not the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions. If they are not the latest, upgrade them to the latest by referring to "2.6.1 Software Download". If the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions, there is no need to download them.

3.

After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, replace the USB cable.

4.

Obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool immediately after the error has occurred. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

5.

Replace the FaxCard and perform the same operation where the error occurred.

If the problem persists, reinstall the FaxCard to the original position and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-311

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-312

Version.1 .1.1

OF-08 116-324 Fail

OF-09 Common Job Fail

Procedure

Procedure

Perform the following steps. 1. Corrective actions when the problem occurred at power ON

1.

Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occurs.

2.

Change any possible mechanical settings for corrective actions or detection conditions and repeat the operation.

3.

Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.

4.

(1)

Check whether the error persists after returning from power saver mode and take a note on the result, and then perform Steps (1) to (7) in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (No reports can be obtained during this failure.)

(2)

If the problem persists, prepare for the recovery operation since the system may be recovered by the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".

(3) (4)

Check with the customer whether important data is stored in the HDD. If no important data is stored in the HDD, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".

•

Check the exact occurrence timing during job execution.

If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD that has been removed.

•


If important data is stored in the HDD, replace it with the HDD you brought and turn the power OFF then ON. (If you have brought a HDD.)

•

Is HDD spool enabled/disabled?

•


If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD and replace the ESS PWB. (5)

Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions.

Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) 2.

Corrective actions when the error occurred at other than power ON (1)

Get the procedures for reproducing an error as follows, according to the operations performed where the error occurred. •

Obtain the job type: Copy, Scan, or Print.

•


•

Check whether HDD spool enabled/disabled.

•


(2)

Obtain the Function Setting List, Error History Report, Job History Report, and Shutdown History Report.

(3)

Perform Steps (1) to (6) in OF-01 Common System Fail. (Obtain both the reports and logs since both can be obtained.) Check if any log has been obtained at this point. If no logs have been obtained, obtain the logs when reproducing the error.

(4)

(5)

If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.) Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error occurred.

If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to the following for checking. •

2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC"

•

2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed"

Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions.

Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

5.

Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs, contact Support G for instructions.

OF-10 HDD Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Procedure

Initial Actions

1.

Perform the procedures in OF-09 Common Job Fail.

[Items to be asked to customer during visits]

2.

If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail". If the system is not recovered, contact Support G for instructions.

Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

1.

Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error occurred.

2.

Check the job type: Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt.

3.


4.

Check whether it is Speed Dial or Keypad Dial.

5.

Check which function was used: G3 or G4.

6.

[FX Only] Check which setting is being made if the EP-TRESS is in the remote maintenance.

Collect other procedures as much as possible to reproduce the error.

Procedure After checking, perform the following in sequence. • Mechanical Check Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of the Fax Card are properly installed. •

Check the communication related parts. Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below: 1.

Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type "Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt" in which the error occurs. Protocol Monitor, Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History Report are required

2.

The Fax JobFail occurs due to the remote machines and line status. Check the remote machine and line status and then repeat the operation.

3.

If the error occurs frequently, take notes on the exact occurrence timings during job execution. Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

Replace the FaxCard. If the problem persists after replacement, reinstall the FaxCard to the original position and contact Support G for instructions.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-313

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-314

Version.1 .1.1

OF-12 033-363 Fail

OF-13 016-782 / 016-784 Fail

Procedure

Procedure

This is a failure due to the FaxCard or Controller software error. 1. Collect the logs in "Redir or xxx.tgz" even when no error is being displayed when visiting. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

Perform the following procedures: 1. Since EUC codes (Japanese) are not available in the current specifications, replace it to English.

2.

Perform Steps (1) to (3) in OF-07 FAX System Fail (it is not required to replace the FaxCard).

3.

If the problem persists, set NVM700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation, then obtain the [info9 or xxx.tgz] log immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)

4.

5.

Turn the power OFF then ON and collect logs using the Log "info9 or xxx.tgz" command in the log tool after the Fax icon is displayed. Power OFF and ON is required because the log cannot be obtained as the FaxCard does not respond when in 033-363 state. Contact Support G for instructions (send the obtained logs as required.)

Turn the power OFF then ON, and then collect logs using the FaxDCardLog command after the Fax icon is displayed. It is necessary to turn the power OFF then ON because the FaxCard does not respond when 033-363 has occurred and no logs can be collected. If 033-363 occurred multiple times in the past (you can use Shut Down History Report to check it) and the HDD is installed, logs are stored on the HDD. Obtain a log in the event of 033-363, following the procedure below. From Debug Serial Tool, enter "PfShowInfoRedirFile". The following appears. -----------from here----------------size date time name ------------- ------ -------512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 . 512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 .. 63903 APR-08-2004 20:48:04 1.txt 63903 APR-17-2004 20:48:04 2.txt value = 0 = 0x0 -----------to here----------------Obtain a file of the same date as the date and time 33-363 occurred. E.g.: If the shut down history shows that 33-363 occurred April 17 20:48, the 2.txt file is appropriate. To display the 2.txt file, Enter > PfShowInfoRedirFile 2. The 2.txt log starts appearing. Obtain this.

2.

Register a job flow from EasyAdmin. This enables the host names with EUC codes (Japanese) to be transferred.

3.

Check [Server Name/IP Address] with the Address List. •

WinNT 4.0: If IP address is specified, SMB transfer to WinNT 4.0 becomes unavailable.

•

WinXP: Even if IP address is specified, SMB transfer is available.

Change [Server Name/IP Address] to a host name. 4.

Perform the following procedures to check for the failure where SMB transfer is unavailable via the Address List. (1)

Ask (a PDC server manager) to add this product machine to a domain.

(2)

Ask him to set a local user and password in the PC storage server (or a domain client higher than WIN workstation). This local user and password = the user and password in the Address List.

(3)

Ask him to grant the permission for the user that has been created in the scan data storage folder of the PC storage server (or the domain client higher than WIN2000) in Step (2) (for NTFS, FAT32 is not used). After that, share the folder and set the permission for sharing.

(4)

The workgroup name in the SMB properties shown from the appropriate device internet service = the same as the domain (a) to be used as a domain name. If the procedure in (a) is inappropriate, the error 016-782 occurs. If the procedures in (b) and (c) are inappropriate, the error 016-784 occurs.

If the problem persists after performing this procedure, perform the procedures in OF-09 Common Job Fail.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-15 NET Job Fail

Procedure

Procedure

Perform the procedures in OF-07 Fax System Fail.

1.

Check the version of the Controller ROM. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. See 2.6.1Software Download.)

2.

Ask the customer what operation he/she did when the error occurred. Using the same operational procedure, try to reproduce the error.

3.

When the error occurs, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file log without turning OFF the power. (See 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions.)

The problem can be errors in server settings or customer operation. Instead of replacing the ESS PWB, ask the Support division for instructions.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-315

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-316

Version.1 .1.1

Initial Actions

OF-31 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not start up at power ON" error can be reproduced.)

Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.

Initial Actions

OF-30 [No Error Code] (No problems during service call)


1.


2.


1.


3.


2.


4.


3.


5.


4.


5.

Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. "Does not start up at power ON" during service call

No problem was encountered during the service call.

Procedure

The problem is ongoing and can be reproduced.

1.

Obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

2.

At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occurs.

1.

If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, leave it alone for 10 minutes to wait for 116-399 to occur. After the error occurs, or even if the error does not occur after 10 minutes, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

3.


2.


4.

[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)

3.

Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)

4.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

5.

Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

6.

Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

7.

Remove the HDD and try to start up the machine. If the machine starts up despite any error displays, perform the following procedures.

5.

Procedure

[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure) [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure) [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure) 8.

Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

9.

Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

10. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G.

OF-32 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not return from Power Save" error can be reproduced.)

OF-33 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" error can be reproduced.)

Initial Actions

Initial Actions



1.


1.


2.


2.


3.


3.


4.


4.


5.


5.


The "Does not return from Power Save" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be reproduced. (Excluding cases where the machine still do not start up normally after a power OFF and ON)

The "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be reproduced.

Procedure

Procedure

1.

If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

1.

If the problem is ongoing during a service call, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

2.


2.

Check for a change in UI message by opening and closing the IOT Front Panel, etc.

3.


4.

[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)

3.

[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Start up normally and perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)

4.

[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic.

5.

If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)

5.

[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)

6.


6.

7.


Check the software version. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is already the latest. Proceed to step 7.

7.


8.


8.

9.

Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.


9.


10. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

10. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.

11. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 12. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G.

11. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 12. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 13. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 14. Replace the MCU PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. If the system is not restored after the MCU PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original MCU PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-317

2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-318

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

002-500 UI error

002-770 JT Processing - HD Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CUI Scan Panel UI Detection Error

The HD capacity was insufficient during Job Template processing in the job.

[Detection Conditions]


UI detection error during the startup of a CUI scan job.

The system aborted a job due to insufficient HD capacity during Job Template processing.

1.

The IIT is occupied

2.

Fault has occurred

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

3.

Service is not CUI


4.

Upper limit number of sheets for the XSA

[Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions] After the Fault has been cleared, perform the same operation again. Or, check for any restrictions due to XSA. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-319

2.3.2 Controller FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-320

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

003-310 IIT extension memory capacity is insufficient.

003-319 IITsc Video Driver Detection Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The Fax Card is installed but the IISS extension memory capacity is insufficient (less than 256 MB)


Video Driver Detection Fail


This is a Fault Code detected by the IITsc after bypassing the 116-389 detection conditions when turning the power ON. It was detected that the Fax Card is installed but the extension memory capacity in the document scan section is less than 256 MB.

When the following error was detected from the Driver

Restrictions when this error occurs: The DADF is unavailable when this fail occurs. Fax can still be sent using the platen.

Sub System Fail

Install the IISS Extension Memory (the memory on the extension PWB at the side of the IIT-IPS).

[Fault Content]

003-311 IIT CDI I/F Mismatch

IISS sending error detected by Controller. (Incorrect parameter instructed)

[Error Type]


sub

An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the Send function.

[Fault Content]


IIT CDI I/F mismatch


[Detection Conditions] During the initialization of the Controller, the IIT CDI I/F has a lack of information from the IIT (a mismatch between Controller Version and IIT Version).


003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2 [Error Type]

Upgrade the IIT software to a certain version that can be combined with the Controller version.

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] IISS sending error detected by Controller.

[Error Type]

(Incorrect Sequence No.)

Sub System Fail

[Detection Conditions] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (the Sequence No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

System Soft Fail

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-05 IIT System Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

I/F failure between the controller and the IIT


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

An IITsc software failure is determined.

Other Compression Type Errors

4.

[Error Type]

Turn the power OFF then ON.


3.

003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1


[Fault Content]

DMA Transfer Error


The DADF can still be used even when this fail occurs. However, as a restriction, duplex scan can only be performed by mechanical reversing operation.

003-318 IITsc Soft Fail

Compression Threshold Exceeded

2.



1.


003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 3 02/2009 2-321

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-322

[Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] IISS sending error detected by Controller. (Incorrect Packet No.)

[Detection Conditions] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (the Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct).

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-05 IIT System Fail

003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4 [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] IISS sending error detected by Controller. (Incorrect message length)

[Detection Conditions] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (the message length of the sent Message Packet is not correct).


Version.1 .1.1 (Parity error)

[Detection Conditions] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (parity error was detected at the IISS Hardware).



[Fault Content] IISS sending error detected by Controller. (Framing error)

[Detection Conditions] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (framing error was detected at the IISS Hardware).



[Fault Content]


IISS sending error detected by Controller.

[Error Type]

(Overrun error)

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] IISS sending error detected by Controller. (Check code error)

[Detection Conditions] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (the check code of the sent Message Packet is not correct).



[Fault Content] IISS sending error detected by Controller.

[Detection Conditions] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (overrun error was detected at the IISS Hardware).



[Fault Content] IISS sending error detected by Controller. (Sending abortion error)

[Detection Conditions] After a command was sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS (the receiving abortion error was detected after the header has been recognized at the IISS).



[Error Type]


Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

IISS receiving error detected by Controller

Sub System Fail

(Check code error)

[Fault Content]



The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

(Sequence No. error)




The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)




[Error Type]


Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]


Sub System Fail

(Parity error)

[Fault Content]



The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was detected by hardware of the UART.)

(Incorrect Packet No.)




The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)




[Error Type]


Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]


Sub System Fail

(Framing error)

[Fault Content]



The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was detected by hardware of the UART.)

(Incorrect message length)




The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)



003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 16 [Error Type]

OF-05 IIT System Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Sub System Fail 02/2009 2-323

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-324

[Fault Content]

Version.1 .1.1




(Overrun error)


[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error was detected by hardware of the UART.)



[Fault Content] IISS receiving error detected by Controller (Receiving abortion error)

[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (Abortion of receiving was detected after the header has been recognized.)



[Fault Content] There was no response to the Power ON command sent to the IISS after restoring from Power Saver mode.

[Detection Conditions] After recovering from Power Saver mode, there was no response for a specified time after the Power ON command was sent to the IISS.



[Fault Content] Incorrect argument error for sending (IITsc Detection)

[Detection Conditions] The driver detected an incorrect Send parameter argument from the application.


[Fault Content] Transmission establishing error for sending (IITsc Detection)

[Detection Conditions] The establishment of PAR transmission failed.



[Fault Content] Synchronous send error (IITsc Detection)

[Detection Conditions] A PAR synchronization error during sending occurred.



[Fault Content] Transmission error for sending (IITsc Detection)

[Detection Conditions] A PAR transmission error during sending occurred.



[Fault Content] Incorrect argument error for receiving (IITsc Detection)


[Fault Content]

The driver detected an incorrect Receive parameter argument from the application.


X PIO Unmatch Fail 2


Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-05 IIT System Fail

When IIT Image Delivered was received from the IISS, an error of the X Hot Line was detected.



Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-05 IIT System Fail


[Fault Content]

003-701 Duplication prevention code detect [Error Type]

Synchronous receive error (IITsc Detection)


Job

[Fault Content]

A PAR synchronization error during receiving occurred.


The HWM Detection H/W detects copy restriction codes in document data



When the document was scanned, the HWM Detection H/W detected copy restriction codes in the document.


003-344 IISS_ESS X Hotline Fail PowerOn

[Corrective Actions] Use a document which does not have any copy restriction codes embedded.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to correct it.

Sub System Fail

Detection error due to Hybrid Watermark Board failure.

[Fault Content]

Replace the Hybrid Watermark Board.

X Hotline Failure during Power ON

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:

[Detection Conditions] X Hotline signal error was detected during Power ON sequence.


003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fail 1 [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]


003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a document [Error Type] Job

[Fault Content] Different magnification, for surface and back of a document

[Detection Conditions] In copying the two sides of the document simultaneously, the machine detected such settings as apply different magnification ratios to the face (side 1) and the back (side 2) of the document.




When X Job Fail was received from the IISS, an error of the X Hot Line was detected.

Change the settings so that the same magnification ratio can be applied to the face (side 1) and the back (side 2) of the document.


If the problem persists, perform the following.




003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2

003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs

[Error Type]

[Error Type] Job Fail

Sub System Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-325

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-326

[Fault Content] The number of documents is insufficient in book duplex print

[Detection Conditions] No sheets are stored in the setting conditions.


Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] The 300 dpi or larger resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Perform scanning below 200 dpi resolution.

Change the parameters and repeat the operation.

Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.





003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan)

003-754 S2X recoverable error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Capability of Panther for image data size in Scan Service deteriorated (IITsc).

[Detection Conditions] According to the document area settings and the scan area (Width mm x Lengh mm), a processing image data with the size smaller than the one that can be processed in the M/C hardware was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area (Width mm x Length mm). If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-752 Cannot scan 600DPI [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] 600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan.

[Detection Conditions] The 600 dpi resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Perform scanning below 400 dpi resolution. Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] 300/400/600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a recoverable error

[Detection Conditions] A recoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB

[Corrective Actions] Execute the same job again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-755 S2X command error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a command error

[Detection Conditions] Command error returned from the S2X PWB.

[Corrective Actions] Execute the same job again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-756 S2X command error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] All documents detected as blank paper at FAX Blank Detection.

[Detection Conditions] All scanned documents were detected as blank paper at Blank Detection.

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the documents are blank or inside out and execute the same job again.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found

003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Original patch does not exist.

400/600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan



The chart patch could not be detected.

The 400 dpi or larger resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Place the Auto Gradation Correction Chart correctly.



Perform scanning at 300 dpi or lower resolution.


Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.

003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay)


[Error Type]


Job Fail

003-760 Scan Settings Error

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Insufficient documents for Image Overlay

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

During Image Overlay, only 1 page can be stored (single sheet document).

Job parameter mismatch

This occurs in B/W machines and does not occur in Color machines.



The job properties are incorrect.

Abort the job.



Abort the job. Change the parameters and repeat the operation.



003-780 Scan Image Compression Error


[Error Type]

003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Fax Scan Compression Error

[Fault Content]


Tray selection error.

The compressed data size is larger than 8 times the size of the uncompressed data.

(The paper size in the tray that is selected is different from the paper size in the tray that will be selected by the APS.)

[Corrective Actions] Abort the job. Change the scan resolution parameter and repeat the operation.



When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in APS, the paper size is different from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray.

[Corrective Actions] Change the job activation parameters such as Tray No., Paper Size, and repeat the operation.


003-795 AMS Limit Error [Error Type] Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-327

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-328

[Fault Content] AMS (Auto R/E) limit error. (The R/E ratio became out of range after the document auto detection when AMS is specified.)

[Detection Conditions] 25%-400% was not selected by AMS/AMS Auto-Fill.


Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.

[Corrective Actions] Operate for scanning at below 600dpi. If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.

Abort the job. Change the parameters and repeat the operation.

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.




003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.


[Corrective Actions] Operate for scanning at below 300dpi. If the problem persists, increase DAM memory. If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.



003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next document exists).



003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next document exists).



003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI

003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Fail

[Fault Content] For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available.

Operation Fail

003-944 Image repeat count fail

[Fault Content] For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available (when the next document exists).


[Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Incorrect image repeat count (even one image cannot be pasted).



Even one image cannot be pasted when "Set Repeated Count-Auto" is specified for image repeat.

Operate for scanning at below 600dpi.


If the problem persists, increase DAM memory. If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

Change the image repeat count parameter and repeat the operation.



003-940 DAM memory insufficient

003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Insufficient DAM memory detected.

Different in every direction of Copy (APS)



When IITsc is activated for the jobs that meet the following AND conditions: •

DAM memory < 384MB

•

Side 2 cover image is selected

•

Color mode is not set to Black/White

•

High Quality mode

Part of the image will be lost if the image is not rotated. However, a paper size that does not support rotation was selected.

[Corrective Actions] Select an appropriate paper tray manually. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.



Cancel the job •

Clear the B/W setting for Color mode or the Side 2 cover image setting, and execute the job again.

003-947 Return Documents counts error [Error Type]


003-942 Document size Auto Detect error [Error Type]

Operation Error

[Fault Content] Return documents error


Operation Error

If a user has returned an insufficient number of documents using Return Document, the message indicating that additional N number of documents are required is displayed and job cancelation is prompted.

[Fault Content] Document size error


[Corrective Actions] Since the number of documents is insufficient, reload the correct number of documents.

The document size cannot be automatically detected.


[Corrective Actions] Input an appropriate value for the document size.



003-948 Return Documents mismatch



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-329

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-330

[Fault Content] Returned document size mismatch (Different size settings before/after return)

[Detection Conditions] A different document was returned by a user using Return Document.

Version.1 .1.1 OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-955 Documents size exchange error [Error Type] Operation Error

•

This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already sent to the post-process software module.

[Fault Content]

•

However, because distributed page information will be discarded when the machine recovers from an interruption, the above fault is not considered an error.


•

The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color mode in ACS only.

[Corrective Actions] Return a document with the correct size again.

Document size change error (MixMode) When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/orientation from the initial document was detected. •

Only Image Overlay has the function that inhibits different sizes during document added.



Reload the document.



003-951 1job max page over [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Stored pages limit for a job exceeded

[Detection Conditions] The number of pages that can be scanned for a job is exceeded.

[Corrective Actions] Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-952 Return Documents Color mismatch [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Returned document color mismatch (Different color detected before/after return).

[Detection Conditions] A different color of document was returned by a user using Return Document. •

This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already sent to the post-process.

•

However, the error always occurs when recovered from interruption since the sent page information has been discarded.

•

The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color mode in ACS only.



003-956 Documents size unknown error [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Document size undefined error (Only APS is selected for the function requiring document size setting).

[Detection Conditions] Undefined document size was detected when Platen is selected and only APS requires document size selection.

[Corrective Actions] Enter a document size from the Panel or select a tray. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-963 No APS object Tray [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] No APS compatible tray to set the relevant size.

[Detection Conditions] There was no APS compatible tray that could supply paper for printing without image loss. •

Image larger than A3/17"

•

Non-TTM tray does not support APS and the image is larger than A4/Letter.

•

All the APS supporting trays have failure.

•

APS supporting trays are all set to unavailable.

Return a document with the correct color again.

•

Non-standard size setting for all trays.


•

Black/White Copy for color attributes of all trays

•

Color Copy for B/W attributes of all trays


[Corrective Actions] 1.

Either load the paper size that is displayed on the Panel into the Tray or select a Tray that contains the desired paper size.

2.

In the case where an A4SEF document was misdetected to be a Letter document, first cancel the job, set the DADF Document Guide properly to both sides of the scanned document and then operate again.

Select a tray. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect)



[Fault Content]


003-968 Punch position error [Error Type]

ATS/APS No Paper APS/ATS NG (No Paper) (IIT)

[Detection Conditions] There was no paper in the tray that can be selected for APS.

[Corrective Actions] Add paper. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module.

Operation Error

[Fault Content] Punch position error

[Detection Conditions] Unable to punch at the selected position. (Common among APS/Tray Selections)

[Corrective Actions] Specify an appropriate punch position or cancel Punch, and execute the job again.




003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc) [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] ATS/APS No Destination Error ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper) (IIT)

[Detection Conditions] There is no APS tray that is set to a specific size selected.



003-969 Punch size error [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Punch size error (APS)

[Detection Conditions] Punch could not be done for the selected paper size.

[Corrective Actions] Cancel Punch and execute the same job again.

Load a tray with an appropriate size of paper or select an approprite tray.


Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-967 DADF APS No Destination [Error Type] Operation Fail


003-971 prevention code detect with the right to cancel [Error Type] Notice

[Fault Content] Copy restriction codes detected in document to be copied (for users who has the permission to temporarily clear the detection)

[Fault Content] Tray cannot be selected at DADF Letter Document APS


[Detection Conditions] When job scan was executed by a user who has the permission to temporarily clear the copy restriction code detection, copy restriction codes were detected in the document.

The detected paper size is not in the Tray. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-331

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-332


[Error Type]

Because this document cannot be copied, press the "Cancel" or "Continue" button on the panel.

003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow

Notice Error

[Fault Content] No. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeded during Fax N-up.

[Error Type] Notice Error

[Detection Conditions] The no. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeds the upper limit (65535) during processes such as Fax parallel overlay or enlargement of long documents.

[Fault Content] Maximum No. of stored pages exceeded

[Detection Conditions] When scanning a document, the no. of pages that has accumulated in the machine has exceeded the value of "Maximum Stored Number of Copy Sheets" set in system data.

Version.1 .1.1

Or Page Memory is full.

[Corrective Actions] Press the Cancel button to stop the job. Decrease a resolution or magnification ratio and rerun the job.

[Corrective Actions] Set the no. of pages of the document to be within the maximum no. of pages that can be stored.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the installation of the page memory. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.




003-973 Every direction difference

003-977 Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) [Error Type]


Notice Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Document size mismatch (Document exchange during Multi Scan)

The document and the image are different in orientation.


(except when Poster is specified)

1.

Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.

2.

When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different size from the original.

[Detection Conditions] When rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the image are different and part of the image will be lost if it is not rotated.



Reload a correct size document and resume operation.

Start the job without any changes or cancel the job.





003-974 Next Original Specification

003-978 Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan) [Error Type]


Notice Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] Next document specified

[Detection Conditions] Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents.

[Corrective Actions] Decide whether there is another document.

Document color mismatch (Document replacement during Multi Scan)

[Detection Conditions] 1.

Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.

2.

When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different color at ACS.



Reload a correct size paper and resume operation.



003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up)


003-980 Staple position error [Error Type] Notice Error

[Fault Content] Staple Position Error

[Detection Conditions] Staple is not available at the specified position.

[Corrective Actions] Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-981 Staple size error [Error Type] Notice Error

[Fault Content] Staple size error (Copy APS)

[Detection Conditions] Staple could not be done for the selected paper size.

[Corrective Actions] Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

003-982 IITsc HDD access error [Error Type] Notice

[Fault Content] HD-FULL was detected with no pages stored. An error where the FULL is not cleared even after some time has passed.

[Detection Conditions] HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.

[Corrective Actions] Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, expand the HDD partition size of the Copy service. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-10 HDD Job Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-333

003-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-334

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

005-500 Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Operation Fail DADF-loaded documents Fail (DADF-250)

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

When the Nudger Solenoid is turned ON to return at the start of a job, it is detected that the Level Sensor does not turn OFF.

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the DADF-ROM (During DLD method)



An error was detected when writing data to the DADF-ROM.

Reduce documents in number and reload a smaller number of them.

Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

If the problem persists, go the the following procedure to resolve it.



Retry job. If retry failed, replace the DADF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

005-940 DADF No Original [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] Final document correction notification due to DADF document being pulled out

[Detection Conditions] The system detected a pulled out document.

[Corrective Actions] Reload the document. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

005-941 Doc number of sheets is insufficient [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] Though all documents/N documents reloaded, the machine detected one or more documents were missimg.

[Detection Conditions] Whether all documents or N documents are reloaded, the machine detects one or more documents are missimg while skipping scanned documents (i.e. feeding them without scanning them). If a failure occurs before the machine finishes scanning documents and outputs them, the machine skips scanned documents even if it instructs the user to reload N documents.

[Corrective Actions] As the number of documents is insufficient, reload a proper number of documents. If the problem persists, go the the following procedure to resolve it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-335

005-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-336

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

007-954 SMH size mismatch

007-969 CentreTray full stack

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

operation

Operation

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

SMH Size Mismatch (Slow Scan Length Error)

Full Stack Fail

Imari-MF: Slow Scan Length/Fast Scan Width Error



Paper Full Stack on the Center Tray was detected.

The size information specified for printing through this machine is different from the size of SMH paper (=the Tray Dial-set size).

[Corrective Actions] Remove the paper from the Tray.


Load the SMH of this machine with paper of the size that the customer selected for the job.

2.

Set the SMH Dial of this machine for the size that the customer selected for the job. If the dial does not have the desired paper size, set it for “Other”.

007-959 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] Transparencies with borders were detected [Process on the IOTdc] The system is shut down (stop) if Transparencies with borders are detected regardless of the paper type setting in the Controller.

[Detection Conditions] When checking Transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding has started, jam occurs when borders were detected.

[Corrective Actions] Use Xerox transparencies without borders.

007-960 Paper kind mismatch [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] Paper Type mismatch between Transparency and Plain Paper [Process on the IOTdc] This error occurs when the paper fed is different from that specified in the Controller (Plain paper and Heavyweight cannot be recognized).

[Detection Conditions] When Plain Paper was fed although the User has specified for Transparency, or when Transparency was fed when the specification was for anything other than Transparency.

[Corrective Actions] Load Transparency, Plain Paper, or the correct Paper Type as specified, and then clear the error. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-337

007-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-338

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

011-941 MBX #01 Bin Full Stack

[Detection Conditions] The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.

[Error Type] Operation Fail

[Corrective Actions] Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.

[Fault Content]


Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.




011-945 MBX #05 Bin Full Stack [Error Type] Operation Fail

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content] Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.






[Fault Content]














[Fault Content]














[Fault Content]


Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-339

011-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 011-xxx FIP OF-09 Common Job Fail




[Corrective Actions] Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail









02/2009 2-340

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

012-500 Write to Finisher/MACS-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]


Finisher Stapler Pin NEAR EMPTY It is detected when any of the following has occurred:

Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the Finisher/MACS-ROM (During DLD method)

–

Low Staple Sensor ON is detected during power ON and Interlock Close

–

Low Staple Sensor ON is detected right before the Staple Head Close operation

[Corrective Actions] Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.


If required, replace the Low Staple Sensor.

Error was detected when writing into the Finisher-ROM (or MACS-ROM on the DCCf450MP).

012-966 Scratch Sheet Compile

Does not operate normally because the ROM content has been erased.


[Error Type]

If the trouble persists after retrying, replace the Finisher-ROM (or MACS-ROm on the DCCf450MP) and download again to perform the upgrade.

Operation

[Fault Content]

012-911 Stacker Lower Safety

Scratch Sheet Compile

[Error Type]


Operation

When abnormal paper (Scratch Sheet), which is notified from the IOT via the Delivered Sheet Break command, was output to the Compiler

[Fault Content]


Stacker Lower Safety warning

Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.

(Obstruction was found at the bottom of the Stacker Elevator)

If required, replace the Top Cover Interlock.

[Detection Conditions] The Height Alignment was not successful within 250msec when the Height Adjustment was performed for output paper to the Stacker Tray (Tray lowering down) in the middle of a job.

012-969 IOT Center Tray Full [Error Type]


Operation

Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper Sensor. If it is not working, replace it.

012-914 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count

[Fault Content] IOT Center Tray Full


[Error Type]

When the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor is detected to be ON for 10 successive seconds.

Operation


[Fault Content]

Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.

Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count

If required, replace the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor.

[Detection Conditions] The Staple Set Count of the Stacker Tray has exceeded 50 sets during the Staple Set Eject operation.

[Corrective Actions] Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper Sensor. If it is not working, replace it.

012-965 Stapler Pin near empty [Error Type] Operation Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-341

012-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-342

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

016-210 SW Option Fail (HDD Not Exist)

[Detection Conditions] One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient Page Memory capacity.

[Error Type]


Local Fail


[Fault Content]

Expand the Memory (Page) of the Controller Board.

[SW optional function not achieved]

016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist)

One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or HDD not installed.


[Error Type]

The Controller Board HDD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was enabled.

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Option name to be detected]


•

iFAX Kit

•

Address Book Expansion Kit

One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD not installed.

•

Water Marking Kit

•

Data Security Kit

•

Annotation

The PRT_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was enabled.

•

Scanner Kit




•


iFAX kit


Check the HDD connector.


Install or replace the HDD to the Controller Board.

Install the PRT_CARD if it is not installed.

016-211 SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low)

Replace it if it is installed.

016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist)

[Error Type] Local Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Local Fail


[Fault Content]

Insufficient System Memory was detected.


[Detection Conditions] With SW optional functions set to Available, the System Memory of the Controller Board is insufficient.

One of the SW optional functions cannot be executed due to a FAX_CARD error or FAX_CARD not installed.


[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON.

The FAX_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was enabled.

Expand the Memory (Option) of the Controller Board.


016-212 SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low) [Error Type]

•


Local Fail

Install the FAX_CARD if it is not installed.

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved] Insufficient Page Memory was detected.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

iFAX Kit



016-215 SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)

02/2009 2-343

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-344

[Error Type]

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type]

Local Fail

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]



An JPEG Board error or JPEG Board not installed was detected.

The PS Kit required for XDOD function was not installed.

[Detection Conditions] The scanner functions cannot be executed due to a JPEG Board error or JPEG Board not installed.


[Detection Conditions] The XDOD functions cannot be executed as the PS Kit not installed.




Install the JPEG Board if it is not installed.

Install the PS Kit.


016-216 SW Option Fail (ExtMemory Not Exist) [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved] The system detected that the Extension Memory was not installed.

[Detection Conditions] Color Scanner or SACAN_ACS functions cannot be executed because the Extension Memory is not installed.


016-219 License is required (Printer Kit). [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved] The ROM was replaced without license (Printer Kit SW Key not set).

[Detection Conditions] Only the Controller ROM was replaced and activated with the SW optional function disabled. [Option name to be detected] •

Printer Kit




Pull out and then insert the IISS Extension Memory (memory on the extension PWB at the side of the IIT-IPS).

Set the Printer Kit SW key to "Enabled".

If the problem persists, replace the ExtPWB.

016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit) [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved] Controller ROM does not support Printer Kit.


016-220 S2X unrecoverable error [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a fatal error

[Detection Conditions] A unrecoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.

The Controller ROM does not support the appropriate options when SW optional function was enabled.

016-221 S2X communication error


[Error Type]

•

Printer Kit

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. Upgrade the firmware in the Controller ROM that supports Printer Kit.

016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD

Local Fail

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) Communication failure

[Detection Conditions] Communication with the S2X PWB has failed.



Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.

Replace the S2X PWBA.

016-222 S2X self-diag error

016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Local Fail

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

An error has occurred in the self-diagnostics of the High Compression PDF Board (S2X)


IISS-S2X Communication Failure


An error has occurred in the S2X PWB self-diagnostics.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.

016-223 S2X SDRAM Error [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the SDRAM Write/Read Test


The S2X PWB failed to detect the video clocks sent from the IIT.


Check the cabling between the IISS-S2X.

2.

If NG, replace the cable.

3.

If NG after replacing the cable, replace the S2X PWB.

4.

If NG after replacing the S2X PWB, replace the Ext PWB.

5.

If NG after replacing the Ext Board, replace the S2X PWB.

016-227 S2X DDR Error [Error Type] Local Fail

The S2X PWB has failed the Write/Read test of the internal SDRAM.

[Corrective Actions] 1. 2.

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the DDR Write/Read Test

Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation. Replace the S2X PWB.

016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the PCI Register Write/Read Test

[Detection Conditions] The S2X PWB failed the Write/Read test of the internal DDR memory.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the S2X PWBA.

016-228 S2X Image Processing Error [Error Type] Local Fail

[Detection Conditions] The S2X PWB has failed to access to the internal PCI space.

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the Image Processing Test


Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.

2.

Replace the S2X PWB.

016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the ROM CheckSum


[Detection Conditions] The S2X PWB failed the desired value comparison of the high-compression process results using the internal test patterns.


Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.

2.

Replace the S2X PWBA.

016-229 SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist) [Error Type] Local Fail

S2X PWB failed the ROM Check Sum Test. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-345

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-346

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

[SW optional function not achieved] FCW Panel not connected

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] The HB-UI is connected when the FCW Panel option is set.

MRC HW Initialize Error


[Corrective Actions] Disconnect the HB-UI and connect the FCW-UI.

Version.1 .1.1

Error has occurred during initialization of the High Compression Board


016-230 License is required (PS ImageLog Kit)

Replace the High Compression Board.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, contact the Development Dept. to request for investigation. If the cause of error is not clear, perform the following and check whether the status has improved.

Local

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved] The PS-ROM was installed with "SW key: Image Log Kit for PS" in disabled state.

[Detection Conditions] The PS-ROM was installed in a machine where SW key: "Image Log Kit Enabled" and SW key: "Image Log Kit for PS Disabled" are specified.

Replace the Main PWBA.

[Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved] Any one of the SW optional functions cannot be used because the USB Host has a failure/is not installed.


Set "SW key: Image Log Kit" to "Enabled".

When the SW optional function is being enabled, the USB port (and USB Host Card) for the Controller board was detected to be not installed or having errors.

016-231 SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWB Not Exist) [Error Type]

Replace the Memory Modules on the Main PWBA

–

016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Exist)

When the "PS-ROM" is installed in the machine, the image log function cannot operate unless the "Image Log Kit for PS" has been purchased (separate purchase).


–


Local Fail

If the problem persists, install the USB Host Card on the Controller board.

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved]

016-234 XCP Out of Memory Error

Any one of the SW Options cannot be realized due to failures/non-installation of the Image Ext PWB.

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions] When the SW Option function is set to "Enabled", the Controller Board either detected that the Image Ext PWB is not installed, or the Image Ext PWB has failed. "Option Name targeted for detection"

local

[Fault Content] Lack of memory causes the XCP to stop.

[Detection Conditions] It has been detected that the JVM has discontinued its operation due to lack of memory.

Thumbnail SW Option Preview SW Option


Image Lock SW Option

1.


2.

Initialize the HDD.


016-235 XCP Internal Error

If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:

[Error Type]

The Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto board) has a failure or is not installed. Replace or install it.

016-232 MRC HW Initialize Error

local

[Fault Content] Another internal error causes the XCP function to stop.



016-312 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist)

It has been detected that the JVM has stopped due to an internal error.



2.

Initialize the HDD.

[Error Type] Sub

[Fault Content]

016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail

[SW optional function not achieved] Because the Hybrid Watermark detection H/W is not installed, the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not become available.

[Error Type]


Local Fail

When the SW optional function is being enabled, the system detected that the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is not installed. This is detected prior to 016-313.

[Fault Content] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the NVM CheckSum

Option name to be detected


"Secure Watermark Kit"

S2X failed the NVM CheckSum Test.



Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, it could be due to detection error. Replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS Board.

Replace the S2X PWB Board (NVM memory is attached to the base).

016-310 ssmm Job Log Full


[Error Type]


system fail

016-313 Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

SSMM job log full

Sub

[Detection Conditions] A job log file was not gotten from the external application (AWAS) and the number of files stored exceeded the specified value (280).


[Fault Content] The SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not become enabled


Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then ON.

The Hybrid WaterMark Detection H/W was detected but the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not become enabled. The detection timing is only during power ON/reboot, and is performed after 016-312.

If the problem persists, perform the following: Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then ON.

[Corrective Actions] Enable the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit).

016-311 No Scanner that Should Be


[Error Type]


Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

016-314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) [Error Type]

Scanner is not installed although scanner is a standard equipment.


system fail

[Fault Content]

The system detected that the scanner was not installed.

[SW optional function not achieved] The board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document is not installed. Therefore [Paper Security] is unavailable.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 1.

Install or replace the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor.

2.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-347

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-xxx FIP [Detection Conditions]

When the SW optional function is set to “Available” and DADF: PF1.5 and IIT:PF1-BW are combined, the machine with two HWM boards (for the face and the back) is supposed to detect Protection Code for both sides in scanning them simultaneously. However, when only either of the boards is installed, the Paper Security function is available for the detected side.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. Install the board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document if it is not installed. If the problem persists, perform the following: OF-01 Common System Fail

016-315 IIT Interface Fail [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] IF between IIT and Controller broken

[Detection Conditions] An error in the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor was detected.


Reinstall or replace the IF between the scanner and the Main Processor.

2.

Replace the Controller board or the IISS.

If the problem persists, perform the following. OF-01 Common System Fail

016-316 Page Memory Not Detected [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] Page Memory (Standard) cannot be detected.

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the Page Memory (standard) of the scanner was not installed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-348

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] Page Memory (Standard) broken.

[Detection Conditions] The system detected an error in the Page Memory (standard) of the scanner.


Remove and insert the Page Memory (standard).

2.

Replace the Page Memory (standard).


016-318 Page Memory Broken- Option [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] Page Memory (Option) broken.

[Detection Conditions] The system detected an error in the Page Memory (option) of the scanner.


Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).

2.

Replace the Page Memory (option).


016-320 Document Formatter Fatal Error [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] The Document Formatter S/W of the CopyServer function has a fatal error

[Detection Conditions] A software error was detected when documents were converted.


1.

Remove and insert the Page Memory (standard).


2.

Replace the Page Memory (standard).



016-321 Fax Module Error


[Error Type]

016-317 Page Memory Broken- Standard [Error Type] Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] Fax related error at booting



SysCheckFax() returned error. When PFNOTEXIST is returned, the system is determined to have a configuration without Fax.


Wait until the Scheduled Image Overwrite has completed. To cancel it, turn the power OFF and ON.

016-325 Using Personal Certificate


[Error Type]


sub

016-322 JBA Account Full

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Using Personal Certificate

Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

The IC Card personal certificate is set in the certificate for signing.

JBA Accounting Data Full



Set system data 790-389 to 0.

The cumulated accounting data reached the specified value (15,000).

016-330 Cont System Memory Fail-1


After an external Accounting Server has read the accounting data, turn the power OFF then ON.

2.

If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair the problem.

[Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content]


Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-1

016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error


[Error Type]

The memory size that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.

Sub Fail


[Fault Content]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:

Fatal Error has occurred in the B-Formatter task

1.

[Detection Conditions] An unrecoverable error was detected in the image conversion processing section of the B-Formatter task used for sending Fax from the extended Mailbox for "Multi-Send using Instruction Manual" or " Multi-Send UI"


System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-2


016-324 Scheduled Image Overwrite [Error Type]



Sub Fail

1.

[Fault Content] Scheduled Image Overwrite

[Detection Conditions] SysCon is issued when it is time to perform the Scheduled Image Overwrite.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Replace the Controller board.

[Error Type]

There is no need to change the ESS-PWB. OF-01 Common System Fail

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1.

3.

016-331 Cont System Memory Fail-2

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it.

Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1.

2.


2.


3.


016-332 Cont System Memory Fail-3 02/2009 2-349

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-xxx FIP [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-3

[Detection Conditions] The total memory size that is installed in Slot 1 and 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.


Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2.

2.

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2.

3.


016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions] The Checksum of Program ROM2 does not match.


Replace ESS ROm DIMM #2.

2.




[Detection Conditions] Program ROM1 write command has failed.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-350

Version.1 .1.1


[Detection Conditions] Program ROM2 write command has failed.


Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #2.

2.

Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2.

3.


016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions] The Font ROM ID that is installed OnBoard is detected to be outside the specification value.


Replace the Printer Kit.

2.




[Detection Conditions] The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.


Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.

2.

Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.


3.

Remove and insert the Printer Kit.

1.


4.


2.


5.


3.

Remove and insert the Printer Kit.

4.


5.








The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.


The data of the header address is detected to be 0x00.




1.


1.

Replace the NV-RAM board.

2.


2.


3.


016-341 Cont FontROM Fail-4

016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail [Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content]


Cont PageMemory Diagnostic Fail


[Detection Conditions] The Checksum of Font ROM that is installed in Slot 2 does not match.






1.

Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).

1.


2.

Replace the Page Memory (option).

2.


3.


3.


016-342 Cont RTC Fail

016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2 [Error Type]


system fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] Cont RTC Diagnostic Fail

Cont PageMemory Fail-2


[Detection Conditions] The range of RTC time is out of the specification value (E.g. Day 36 Month 13)

An error occurred in the W/R/V test on the Page Memory.


The time is not moving forward



1.

Check the Page Memory for contact.


2.

Replace the Page Memory.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence.

3.


1.

Replace the failed component.

2.

Replace the Controller Board.

016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail [Error Type]

016-350 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-1


Cont NV-Memory Diagnostic Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

The Product ID cannot be obtained.

02/2009 2-351

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-352

Version.1 .1.1 1.

Disconnect and connect the UI cable.


2.

Remove and insert the UI card.

1.

Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).

3.

Replace the UI cable.

2.

Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).

4.

Replace the UI card.

3.


5.

Replace the UI.

016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2

6.




[Fault Content] Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred during W/R/V test.


016-363 Cont LyraCard Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont JPEG Card diagnosed as having a failure

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.


1.

Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).


2.

Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).

1.


2.

Remove and insert the JPEG board.

3.

Replace the Lyzer card.

3.

016-360 Cont UI Fail-1 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont UI Diagnostic Fail-1

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval.


Remove and insert the UI card.

2.

Replace the UI card.

3.


016-362 Cont UI Fail-2 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont UI Diagnostic Fail-2

[Detection Conditions] UI Communication error has occurred. An error occurred during W/R/V test of VRAM. The Command/Status line is normal if entering the Long Boot Mode.


Remove and insert the Lyzer card.

4.

Replace the JPEG board.

5.


016-364 Cont USB2.0 Host Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont USB2.0 Host Diagnostic Fail

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.



2.

Remove and insert the USB 2.0 Host card.

3.


4.

Replace the USB2.0Host card.

5.


016-365 Cont USB2.0 Device Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont USB2.0 Device Diagnostic Fail


[Fault Content]

An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.


Cont Torino Diagnostic Fail


Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 1.

Remove and install the Lyzer card.

An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.


2.

Remove and install the USB 2.0 Device card.


3.


1.


4.

Replace the USB 2.0 Device card.

2.

Remove and insert the Torino board.

5.


3.


016-366 Cont HDD Fail-1

4.

Replace the Torino board.

[Error Type]

5.


System Fail

[Fault Content]

016-369 Cont S2X PWB Fail [Error Type]

Cont HDD Diagnostic Fail-1


System Fail

[Fault Content]

An error has occurred during IDE Controller check (ideDrv equivalent)


Cont S2X Board Diagnostic Fail



An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval.

1.

Disconnect and connect the HDD cable.

2.

Remove and insert the HDD.


3.

Replace the HDD and the HDD cable.

1.


4.


2.

Remove and insert the S2X board.

016-367 Cont HDD Fail-2

3.


[Error Type]

4.

Replace the S2X board.

5.



System Fail

[Fault Content] Cont HDD Diagnostic Fail-2

016-370 Cont Fail [Error Type] system fail

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred during W/R/V test of HDD.

[Fault Content] Cont Rendering Engine diagnosed as having a failure


Disconnect and connect the HDD cable.

2.

Remove and insert the HDD.

3.

Replace the HDD and the HDD cable.

4.


[Detection Conditions] A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of the Rendering Engine.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following. 1.


016-368 Cont Torino Fail

016-371 Cont USB1.1 Host Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

system fail

02/2009 2-353

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-xxx FIP [Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]

802.1x Authentication Timeout (there was no response signal from the "authentication device")


A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of USB1.1Host (No communication with the Fax Card could be established).


The authentication was timed-out because there was no response signal from the "authentication device" switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network.



Check the switch settings and network connections of the "authentication device" switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network and connect it properly.

Check the cable for connection.

2.

Replace the cable.

3.

Replace the Fax Card.

4.


016-400 802.1x authentication failure

If the problem persists, check the settings of the switch that the device is connected to and the network connection.

016-403 802.1x certificate failure [Error Type] Info

[Error Type] Info

[Fault Content] 802.1x Authentication Certificate Mismatch

[Fault Content] 802.1x Authentication Error (incorrect user name or password)


The user name or password that has been set in the machine is incorrect.

2.

The settings are different from those in the "authentication device" switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network.


Enter the correct user name or password for 802.1x authentication from the machine panel.

2.

Check the settings in the "authentication device" switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network.

016-401 802.1x EAP type not supported [Error Type] Info

[Fault Content] 802.1x Authentication Method Mismatch (the authentication server does not support the authentication method of the machine)

[Detection Conditions] A Fail signal, which indicates that the authentication method set in the machine cannot be processed, was received from the "authentication device" switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network.

[Corrective Actions] Set the authentication method of the machine to be the same as the one set in the authentication server. Check the 802.1x authentication method from the UI.

016-402 802.1x authentication failure by timing out [Error Type] Info

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content]

Cont USB1.1 Host diagnosed as having a failure.

1.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-354


The root server certificate for the authentication server is not stored in the machine or it is mismatched.


Store the root server certificate for the authentication server in the machine.

2.

If the root certificate of the server certificate cannot be obtained, disable the 802.1x setting item "Verify Server Certificate" in the device.

016-404 802.1x inside failure [Error Type] Info

[Fault Content] Other 802.1x Authentication Errors

[Detection Conditions] An internal error has occurred in the 802.1x supplicant function of the machine. 1.

An incorrect protocol signal was received from the authentication server.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, obtain the log and contact the Support Department for instructions.

016-405 Certificate DB File error [Error Type] info

[Fault Content] Certificate data base file is wrong.

[Detection Conditions] When certificate database file is loaded while system is on, header error and size error are detected.



Errors with certificate database file were detected. Start "Initialize certificate" under Maintenance.

Correct the plug-in and then install it again.

016-406 802.1x client certificate failure

016-410 XCP_PLUGIN_PROPERTY_INVALID

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

info

info

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

An error in setting up Client Certificate for 802.1x authentication

The plug-in definition file is invalid.



Although “EAP-TLS" is selected as the authentication method for 802.1x authentication, SSL Client Certificate is not set up or deleted.

The Package Management function has detected the invalid definition file.



Store SSL Client Certificate in this machine and set it up as SSL Client Certificate.

2.

If SSLClient Certificate cannot be set up, select an authentication method other than "EAP-TLS".

016-407 XCP Plugin Secrity Exception [Error Type]


016-411 XCP_UNSUPPORTED_CLASS_VERSION [Error Type] info

[Fault Content]

info

[Fault Content]

The plug-in class file version is not supported.


Security Exception due to plug-in


The Package Management function has detected an unsupported class file version.


The Package Management function has detected Security Exception.

[Corrective Actions] Correct the plug-in and then install it again.

016-408 XCP Invalid Plugin [Error Type]


016-412 XCP Plugin Misc Error [Error Type] info

[Fault Content]

info

[Fault Content]

A plug-in error under Miscellaneous


The plug-in file is invalid.

The Package Management function has detected the plug-in has caused an error that is included in a miscellaneous group of errors.

[Detection Conditions] The Package Management function has detected the damaged Jar file.


[Corrective Actions] Correct the plug-in and then install it again.

016-409 XCP Plugin Version Incompatible


016-413 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. [Error Type]

[Error Type] info

info

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] Plug-in Version Mismatch

Auto detection of the proxyhas failed.



The proxy server could not be detected automatically.

The Package Management function has detected a version mismatch. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-355

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-356

Version.1 .1.1

When the proxy server is not manually set up, an automatic attempt is made to obtain the proxy server setting from the DHCP server. Howerver, the attempt has failed.

–

the DNS Server address setting

–

the proxy server address setting

For the details, see below:

If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the customer’s network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.

–

The contents of the obtained PAC file have a problem. (An error occurred during the running of JavaScript.)

–

The PAC file could not be obtained. (Timeout/Connection error)

–

The PAC file could not be obtained. (No PAC file/Too large)

–

PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (Timeout)

–

PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (No URL is included in the response to the inquiry.)

[Corrective Actions] Check the following: –

the default Gateway setting

–

the subnet mask setting

–


If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure, DHCP Server failure, or an improper DHCP Server setting. (For example, if the DHCP Server is not set up in the way that allows it to give back the proxy server address, an error of this code will occur.)

When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.

016-415 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. [Error Type] info

[Fault Content] No response from the server

[Detection Conditions] There is no response from the Xerox Communication Server for a certain period of time, resulting in a timeout.


The Network Environment check items are as follows:


–

The HTTP server that provides the PAC file (CFILE) is operating normally, or the server can be reached on the network.

When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.

–

The contents of the PAC file have no mistakes in syntax or selected server address, or the file size is 64KB or less.

If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.

–

The DHCP server that has an entry of CURL info is operating normally, or the server can be reached on the network.

When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.

016-414 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy. [Error Type]

[Error Type] info

[Fault Content] A server error is detected.

[Detection Conditions] The Xerox Communication Server has responded with a message indicating an abnormal condition.


info

[Fault Content] Network error

[Detection Conditions] The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server. (A network path problem, an open wire, etc.)

[Corrective Actions] Check the following: –

016-416 An invalid state message received from server.

the connection of the LAN Cable

–

the IP Address setting

–


–


Turn the power OFF then ON. When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.

016-417 Invalid network settings were found. [Error Type] info

[Fault Content] Setting error

2.

[Detection Conditions] An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating.

3.


2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

–

the IP address setting

–


–


016-454 DNS renewal failure of dynamic

–


[Error Type]

–


–

the Xerox Communication Server URL setting

–

Set "Verify the remote server certificate" to “OFF”.

2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation


[Fault Content] Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update Failed

If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the customer’s network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.


When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.


If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.

016-450 SMB Host name duplicated

Dynamic DNS - Dynamic update failed. 1.

Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.

2.

Check with a customer System Administrator that the DNS server settings that allow Dynamic DNS have been made.

3.

[Error Type] Time Bomb (Information)

2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

016-455 SNTP server time out

SMB Host Name Duplicated

[Error Type]



A PC of the same host name exists on the network.

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the setting of the same host name as the device is made to another unit. If the setting is duplicate, change the host name of the device or duplicate device.

2.

If duplicate setting is not confirmed, change the device host name.

3.

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Fault Content]

SNTP timeout.

[Detection Conditions] There is no response from the SNTP server within the specified time (60sec).



If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time.


1. 2.

016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG Info

[Fault Content] Dynamic DNS - IPv6 Address Dynamic Update Failed

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs. 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

016-456 SNTP time asynchronous [Error Type] Time Bomb (Information)

[Detection Conditions] Failed to update of the IPv6 address and host name to the DNS server.

Check that SNTP server address is set properly in the device. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Error Type]

[Fault Content] SNTP Time Asynchronous


Follow the instructions in 2.5.1 LOG to obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz". If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:

Check the following:

1.

Check with the customer's System Administrator whether the DNS server settings that allow Dynamic DNS using IPv6 address have been made.

Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-357

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received from the SNTP server.

[Corrective Actions] If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time. 1.

Check a customer System Administrator that the NTP server is operating properly.

2.

Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-358

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the S2X-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to the S2X-ROM Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the S2X-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

016-461 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation

016-502 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error detection (During PJL method)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Information Fail

[Fault Content] Creation of a new job is being restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and delayed.

[Detection Conditions] When system data "Level of Ensuring Image Log Transfer" is set to "High" creation of a new job becomes restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and delayed.

[Corrective Actions] Check the image log management server status and the network status, and clear any cause that may impede the transfer of image logs to the image log server. Check the transfer settings and transfer all logs that are yet to be transferred.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the writing of data to any of Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard (During PJL method)

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to one of the ROMs in the machine Not able to carry out normal operation because content of one of the ROMs is missing.

[Corrective Actions] Perform download in DLD Mode, and follow the Error Code displayed by the machine to identify the faulty ROM. Replace the faulty ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

Or, change the transfer guarantee level to “Low”. Note that setting the transfer guarantee level to “Low” may cause the image logs to get deleted in sequence even before they are transferred.

016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector


[Error Type]

OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-500 Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the Cont-ROM. (During DLD method)


Job Fail

[Fault Content] The problem with the SMTP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect to the server).

[Detection Conditions] DNS Library Call Error

[Corrective Actions] Specify the correct SMTP Server name or specify the IP address.

An error was detected when writing data to the Cont-ROM.



2.4 NET System Fault Check

[Corrective Actions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the Controller-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

016-501 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Error Type] Job Fail

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

The problem with the POP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect to the server)

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue a target job which will consist of created images.

DNS Library Call Error



Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address.

With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job" a log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue a target job.




Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear any factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector

016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue an image transfer job.

A failure in POP authentication (after the machine connected to the server).



An image log transfer fails.

Incorrect POP Server authentication information was detected.



Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear any factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.

Specify the correct POP Server authentication information. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4 NET System Fault Check

016-509 ImageLog No Send Rule01

2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed

[Error Type]


Job Fail

016-506 Image Log HDD Full

[Fault Content] Because rules for log image transfer are not registered, a job cannot be continued.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job," transfer rules are not registered, causing a job to be discontinued.

[Fault Content] Because the log image storage area on the disk is full, a job cannot be continued.


[Detection Conditions] When the system data "Level of Ensuring Log image Creation" is set to "High" the log image storage area on the disk becomes full (during processing any job other than copy/scan jobs).


Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

016-510 ImageLog No Send Rule02 [Error Type]

Try to rerun the job.

Job Fail

If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, the level is set to Low, log image creation cannot be ensured.

016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

[Fault Content] Rules for log image transfer are not registered.

[Detection Conditions] Because transfer rules are not registered, a transfer fails.

02/2009 2-359

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-360

[Corrective Actions] Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] XPS Error

016-511 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01


[Error Type]

During XPS Bridge processing, Invalid Schema, Parameter Error, damage to XPS File, or an error internal to XPS Decomposer occurred.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Rules for log image transfer are illegal, causing a job to be discontinued.

[Detection Conditions] With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job," illegal transfer rules cause a job to be discontinued.

[Corrective Corrections] Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

016-512 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Rules for log image transfer are illegal.

[Detection Conditions] Illegal transfer rules cause a transfer failure.

[Corrective Actions] Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.

[Corrective Actions] Print from XPS Viewer, using a pinter driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). If the problem persists, go to the following to resolve it. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-515 XPS Short of Memory [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] XPS Short of Memory

[Detection Conditions] During XPS Bridge processing, a lack of memory was detected.

[Corrective Actions] If print mode is set to [high resolution], change it to [standard]. If print mode is set to [standard], change it to [high speed].

016-513 SMTP server reception error

If memory is still insufficient, expand memory.

[Error Type]

If memory is expanded to the maximum but the problem still occurs, print from XPS Viewer, using a driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

jobS

[Fault Content] An error occurred when the machine was receiving a response from MTP Server (after the machine connected to the server)


If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error [Error Type]

Time-out occurred.

Job Fail

The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load.

[Fault Content]

Wait for a while and then rerun the job.

XPS PrintTicket description error



1.

PrintTicket included in a XPS document is based on [grammar not supported by this machine] or has [print instuructions not supported by this machine].

Time-out occurred.

The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load. Wait for a while and then rerun the job. If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.

016-514 XPS Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the user’s way of using the application that sends a print job and the print instructions have problems. If they have no problems, ask not Fuji Xerox but a vendor that produces the application that sends a print job about the operation of the application. If this does not resolve the problem, get a list of printer settings, a job history report, and the print data with PrintTicket to send, and go to the following to resolve the problem.


[Fault Content]

If the problem persists, contact the support division for instructions.

High Compression H/W Job Error

016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change

[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred during the usage of High Compression Board.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Repeat the operation or change the output file format/color mode.

PS documents to be printed into a booklet have black, white and color areas

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to correct it.


Replace the High Compression Board. If the cause of error is not clear, perform the following and check whether the status improved.

While PS Decomp was interpreting a booklet job, a change to Process Color Model or the resolution/ binary/multi-valued parameter was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Rewrite the PostScript file in the way that does not allow the page device, Process Color Model, to be changed in the process.

–

Replace the Memory Modules on the Main PWBA

–

Replace the Main PWBA.

016-521 SmartCard Not Found [Error Type]

If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM

Smart Card Connection Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card was removed or the Card Reader was detached, which causes the personal signature to fail.

[Fault Content]


Simultaneous Specification of PS Booklet and Watermark

Insert the Smart Card into the Reader and check the PIN again before performing the personal signature scan.

[Detection Conditions] PS Booklet and Watermarks were specified at the same time.

If the Card Reader was detached, reconnect it again and restart the device.

[Corrective Actions] PS Booklet and Watermark/UUID cannot be specified at the same time. Cancel either one.

If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.




016-522 LDAP SSL error 112

016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP-SSL authentication error 112 has occurred (the client certificate cannot be obtained)

Number of Printable Sides Limit Full



SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.

A number of printable sides is set in the device and the number of printed sides as the job is running has reached that number.

[Corrective Actions] Contact the System Administrator to request for a change in the limit of the printable sides.

016-520 MRC HW Job Error [Error Type]

The SSL client certificate cannot be obtained.

[Corrective Actions] Install the SSL client certificate into the device as the LDAP Server will request for it.

016-523 LDAP SSL error 113 [Error Type] Job Fail

Job Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-361

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-362

[Fault Content] LDAP-SSL authentication error 113 has occurred (the server certificate data is incorrect)

[Detection Conditions] SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. The Server certificate data is incorrect

[Corrective Actions] The device cannot trust the SSL certificate of the LDAP Server. Register the root certificate of the LDAP Server SSL certificate in the device.

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. The Server Name and the certificate do not match.

[Corrective Actions] Ensure that the address of the LDAP Server set in the device matches the address of the LDAP Server defined in the SSL certificate. Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Server Authentication" to "OFF" at the device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP Server.



[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP-SSL authentication error 114 has occurred (the server certificate is close to expiring)

[Detection Conditions] SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. The Server certificate is close to expiring

[Corrective Actions] Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid. Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Communication During Authentication" of "LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings" to "Disabled" at the device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP Server.


[Fault Content] LDAP-SSL authentication error 115 has occurred (the server certificate has expired)

[Detection Conditions] SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. The Server certificate has expired

[Corrective Actions] Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid. Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Server Authentication" to "OFF" at the device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP Server.


[Fault Content] LDAP-SSL authentication error 116 has occurred (the Server Name and the certificate does not match)

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP-SSL authentication error 117 has occurred (SSL authentication internal error)

[Detection Conditions] SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. SLL authentication internal error has occurred.

[Corrective Actions] An internal error has occurred in the program.

016-528 SmartCard Not Auth [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Smart Card Personal Authentication Error

[Detection Conditions] After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card PIN check status was cleared, which causes the personal signature to fail.

[Corrective Actions] Check the PIN and again perform the personal signature scan. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-529 Remote Download server timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Remote Download Server Timeout

[Detection Conditions] There was no response within the specified time (60 sec) when connecting to the Remote Download server.



Check the network connection. Check that the Remote Download server is properly configured and operating on the network.

016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37

Check the Remote Download server for the FW update file.

016-536 Host name solution error in Remote Download [Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Remote Download Server Name Resolution Error

Kerberos Attestation protocol error (37)



Failed to resolve the hostname (server name) during the DNS access before connecting to the Remote Download server. DNS library call error.

A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (37)



The clock difference between the device and the Kerberos server has exceeded the clock skew limit of the Kerberos server. Check that the clocks of the device and Kerberos server are set correctly.

Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Remote Download server name has been registered in the DNS.

At the same time, check that the daylight saving time and time zone settings for the device and the Kerberos server are the same.

016-537 Remote Download server connection error

If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Error Type]


[Fault Content]

Job Fail

016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42

Remote Download Server Connection Error


[Error Type]

The port of the connection destination Remote Download server is not open.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

Check the network connection setting (port) of the Remote Download server.

Kerberos Attestation protocol error (41, 42)

016-538 Remote Download file write error

[Detection Conditions] A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (41, 42)

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Although the Kerberos Server exists in a realm that is set in the device, the address of the Kerberos Server that was set cannot be connected to. Check that the realm name and Server address in the Kerberos Settings of the device are set correctly.

[Fault Content] Remote Download File Write to HDD Error

[Detection Conditions] The FW update file that was obtained from the Remote Download server cannot be saved properly into the HDD.

When connected to a Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 Server, use all upper case for the realm name.

016-535 Remote Download file access error



[Fault Content] There are no FW update files in the Remote Download server.

[Detection Conditions] The specified FW update file (Download image file) is not found in the Remote Download server.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Check the HDD for free space and delete unnecessary files. Or, replace the HDD.

016-539 Kerberos Attestation protocol error other [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Kerberos Attestation protocol error (others)

02/2009 2-363

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-364

[Detection Conditions] A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (Others)

[Corrective Actions] An internal error has occurred in the program.

016-543 Attestation Agent error 543 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Attestation Agent error (REALM_UNKNOWN)

[Detection Conditions] The specified realm/domain has disappeared from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent (the domain was manually deleted at the ApeosWare Authentication Agent after obtaining the realm name list from the device)

[Corrective Actions] Update the realm list, using the Update Realm button on the device, or add the domain to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] Attestation Agent error (ACCESS_DENIED)

[Detection Conditions] A general user has attempted to obtain other user's user information (GetUserInformation method only). The User Name included in the WWW-Authorization of the http header is different from the included in the request message of the GetUserInformation method.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation


To update the device realm information, perform the following: Press the [Authentication Agent] button on the Authentication window of the device. The Authentication Agent window appears. Press the [Update] button on the window.

[Fault Content]

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.




[Fault Content] Attestation Agent error (CLOCKSKEW_ERR)

[Detection Conditions] A Clock skew error has occurred in attestation. The time of ApeosWare Authentication Agent and ActiveDirectory is out of sync with the upper limit of the Kerberos ClockSkew set in the ActiveDirectory.

[Corrective Actions] Match the time of the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication agent is installed in with the time of the PC where the ActiveDirectory is. Furthermore, if the Windows Time Service in the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is installed is stopped, start it up. Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication agent User Guide for solutions. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-546 Attestation Agent error 546

Attestation Agent error (UNREGISTERED_DEVICE) The information of the machine that is performing the authentication operation is not in the database (GetUserInformation method only). The device is not registered in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

[Corrective Actions] Register the device in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. Refer to the "ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide" for solutions. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation


[Fault Content] Attestation Agent error (VERSION_MISMATCH)

[Detection Conditions] The version information written in the SOAP Header cannot be understood. The ApeosWare Authentication Agent does not support the version of the device interface.

[Corrective Actions] The version of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent needs to be upgraded. Check that the machine is a product that is supported by the upgraded version of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

Error has occurred in the database that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is connected to due to overloading.

If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation



Wait for a while before authenticating again as the service is overloaded.

[Error Type]

If that did not solve the problem, check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.

Job Fail


[Fault Content] Attestation Agent error (CONFIGRATION_ERROR)




The existence check for the specified user in the event of an authentication error has failed. The domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent domain is incorrect.


[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] Set the domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent domain to the correct items.

Attestation Agent error (INTERNAL_ERROR)



Other error has occurred in attestation. An internal error has occurred in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.



Check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.

[Error Type]

Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Attestation Agent error (SERVICE_ISNOT_WORKING)



[Error Type]

Timed out when connecting to the authentication server.

Job Fail

The ApeosWare Authentication Agent cannot connect to the database or the Active Directory.


[Fault Content]

Check that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent can connect to the database or the Active Directory.

Attestation Agent error (MISC_ERR)


Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.

The machine has received an unknown error from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.






[Fault Content]


016-559 Remote Download parameter error [Error Type]

Attestation Agent error (SERVICE_IS_PROCESSING)

Job Fail

[Detection Conditions] Timeout during database processing. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-365

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-366

[Fault Content]


Remote Download Parameter Error

When the system data "Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level" is set to "High", the Image Extension Kit has insufficient memory.

[Detection Conditions] When performing the Remote Download, an invalid value is set in the required system data.

Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] Set the image quality to "Normal".



Check that all system data that must be set to perform the Remote Download have been properly set.


Example: Check the server settings corresponding to the IP mode, etc.


016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] Remote Download Server Authentication Error

Attestation Agent communication error


[Detection Conditions] When accessing the Remote Download server, an authentication error notification was issued from the server.

A communication error has occurred between the ApeosWare Authentication Agent and the machine.


Check that the network cable is connected and check the settings of the Authentication Agent function.

2.

If DNS address of the Server is set as the Server name/IP address of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent in the printer function settings list, check that DNS is enabled.

016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Authentication Agent error * Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication

[Detection Conditions] Two or more entries with the same IC card information were found in the temporary user DB of Active Directory or Authentication Agent.

[Corrective Actions] Make corrections so that the temporary user entries of the Active Directory or Authentication Agent do not have the same IC card information. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

[Corrective Actions] Check that the correct user name and password was specified when accessing the Remote Download server. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-565 Backup Restore Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Backup/Restore Error

[Detection Conditions] •

When performing backup, there is no backup storage destination.

•

When performing restore or deletion of backup files, there are no backup files.

[Corrective Actions] •

For USB backup, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the problem persists, use a PC to check the USB memory for a "backup" directory. If it is not there, create it.

•

When performing restore or deletion of backup files from the USB backup file, check that the USB Memory is properly installed.

016-563 ImageLog Memory Full (Exp. Kit)

016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Impossible to continue with the Job because the Image Extension Kit has insufficient memory

Job Fail

[Fault Content] NVM Backup/Restore condition error



•

During backup, the FW download file that has the same version as the machine cannot be found.

•

Format the HDD before performing HDD backup.

•

During restore, the machine configuration during backup and restore does not match. Therefore, the restore cannot be performed.

•

Before performing restore using the HDD backup file, delete backup files through the panel. If the problem persists, format the HDD.

•

At an attempt to restore a specific backed-up file, a backed-up file for another device or a wrong backed-up file has been selected.

•

For USB backup, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the problem persists, use a PC to format the USB Memory.

•

When performing restore using USB backup files, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the problem persists, use the panel or a PC to delete the backup files.

•

If the problem still persists, use a PC to format the USB Memory.


During backup, save the FW download file into the "dwld" directory in the USB memory, plug it into the machine, and then perform the backup.

•

During restore, use the same IOT and IIT ROM versions as those during backup. When performing restore using a USB backup file, also use the same HDD configuration.

•

If there is no HDD, use the same ESS ROM versions as well. If the same configuration cannot be attained, delete the backup file from the panel.

•

If the problem occurred at an attempt to restore a backed-up file from an external place, check that the ESS/IIT/IOT/FAX ROM version is still the same as the version used when the backed-up file was created. Furthermore, check the device is the same as the one that generated the backed-up file.

16-567 Backup Capacity Full


[Fault Content] Attestation Agent errors other than listed previously

[Detection Conditions] Errors related to the functions of the Authentication Agent other than listed previously.


[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]


NVM data to back up is over the capacity of the destination to save it.


016-570 Job ticket out of memory

•

The backup destination has insufficient capacity.

[Error Type]

•

The memory is not enough for data-to-back-up to be encrypted.

job

[Corrective Actions] • •

[Fault Content]

Before performing the HDD backup, delete existing backup files through the panel to increase the capacity. Before performing USB backup, delete the backup files in the USB memory through the panel, or use a PC to delete unnecessary files in the USB memory to increase the capacity.

016-568 Backup Restore Failed [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

XPIF memory is short.

[Detection Conditions] XPIF Parser detects 'out of memory' while interpreting job ticket.

[Corrective Actions] Increase memory size for job ticket on UI Panel, restart MC, and then run the job.

016-571 Job ticket wrong param [Error Type] job

NVM data could not be backed up or restored for some reason.


[Fault Content] XPIF parameter mismatch.

An HDD access error has occurred.

•

A USB Memory access error has occurred.

•

The backup file was corrupted during restore.

•

An unexpected error has occurred.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

[Detection Conditions] Decomposer detects job ticket has instructed Device to do what is inconsistent with device spec.

02/2009 2-367

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-xxx FIP [Corrective Actions]

Check for a mismatch between parameters specified by job ticket, correct the parameters and then resend the job.

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The DNS server was not set during FTP scan


job

Before connecting to the FTP server, the DNS server was detected to be not set. DNS library call error.

[Fault Content] XPIF media conversion error.





016-573 Job ticket parse error


016-576 Server connection error in FTP [Error Type] Job Fail

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Problem with connection to server during FTP scan

[Fault Content] XPIF Interpret error.

[Detection Conditions] Failed to connect to the FTP server.

[Detection Conditions] XPIF Parser has received and processed job ticket that has syntax impossible to interpret.

[Corrective Actions] Ensure the following: software is properly installed on client that generates job ticket; operational requirements are met; and software version matches device version.

016-574 Host name solution error in FTP [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Unable to resolve hostname during FTP scan

[Detection Conditions] Failed to resolve the hostname (server name) during the DNS access before connecting to the FTP Server. DNS library call error.

[Corrective Actions] Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the destination server name has been registered in the DNS. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-575 DNS server un-sets up in FTP

Set the DNS address. Or, set the destination server address using IP address.

Decomposer detects paper whose properties are specified by job ticket cannot be recognized as paper (size/type/color) supported by device. Check that the device that receives data can print it onto paper whose properties (size/type/weight/ color/punched) are specified by job ticket.

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type]

016-572 Job ticket media error

1.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-368


Check that network communication between the transfer destination FTP server and this machine is available. For example, check the following: •

Check that the Server IP address is correct.

•

Check the connection of network cables.

If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-577 Problem in FTP service [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Problem with the FTP service

[Detection Conditions] Failed to connect to the FTP service of the destination server.

[Corrective Actions] Take any one of the following actions: –

Check that the FTP service of the Server is operating.

–

Check that the FTP port number of the Server matches the FTP port number that is set on the machine.


016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP [Error Type] Job Fail

016-578 Login name or a password error in FTP

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

The FTP scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file name/folder name suffix exceeded the limit.

FTP scan login name or password error



The USER./PASS command in this machine has failed after connecting to the FTP Server. There are problems with the login name or password.

1.

Change the file name/destination folder. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder.



1.


Check that the login name (user name) and password are correct. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-582 File creation failure in FTP [Error Type] Job Fail

016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Failed to create an FTP scan file

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

When creating a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file creation has failed.

Problem with scanned image storage destination of FTP Scan


[Detection Conditions] When moving the image storage destination after connecting to the FTP server, failed to move to the RepositoryPath. There are problems with the scanned image data storage destination.

1.

Check that the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage destination

2.

Check that the storage destination has enough free space. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.


Check that the scanned image storage destination on the FTP scan server is correct.


016-580 File name acquisition failure from FTP server

016-583 Lock folder creation failure in FTP

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Unable to obtain file name/folder name on the FTP scan server

Failed to create an FTP scan lock folder



The NLST command has failed when obtaining the file/folder name on the server after connecting to the FTP server.

When creating a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the lock folder creation has failed.



1.

Check the access right to the FTP scan server.

1.


2.

Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.


3.

Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-369

When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job.

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-xxx FIP 4.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-370

Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

2.




016-587 Folder delete failure in FTP [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Failed to create an FTP scan folder

[Fault Content] Failed to delete an FTP scan folder

[Detection Conditions] When creating a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the folder creation has failed.

When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.


016-584 Folder creation failure in FTP

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] When deleting a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed.



1.

Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.

1.

2.


3.

Check that the storage destination has enough free space. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-585 File delete failure in FTP [Error Type]


016-588 Data write-in failure to FTP server [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Failed to write data into the FTP scan server


Failed to delete an FTP scan file

[Detection Conditions] When deleting a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed.


Check the access right to the server. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-586 Lock folder delete failure in FTP [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Failed to delete an FTP scan lock folder

[Detection Conditions] When deleting a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed.

Check the access right to the server. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

Failed to write data into the server after connecting to the FTP server.


Check that the storage destination has enough free space. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-589 Data read failure from FTP server [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Failed to read data from the FTP scan server

[Detection Conditions] Failed to read data from the FTP server after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer.



Check whether there is access right to the FTP server and grant the proper rights.

1.


Check the access right to the server.


[Error Type]

016-590 Data reading failure from FTP server

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

An internal error has occurred during FTP scan

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

A Redirector internal error has occurred after connecting to the FTP server.

"Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for FTP scan "File Name Conflict"



Repeat the operation.

Unable to save a file after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer because "File Name Conflict" is set to "Cancel Job".




Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job". If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

016-594 TYPE command failure in FTP [Error Type]


Job Fail

016-591 FTP scan filing policy injustice

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

The TYPE command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

The TYPE command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

Incorrect FTP scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)




Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with the FTP server.



016-595 PORT command failure in FTP

When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.

016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

The PORT command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)

[Fault Content]


NEXTNAME.DAT file access error during FTP scan

The PORT command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation.



When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


016-596 CDUP command failure in FTP [Error Type] Job Fail

02/2009 2-371

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-372

[Fault Content] The CDUP command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)

[Detection Conditions] The CDUP command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Email message size is over spec.

[Detection Conditions] In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data "max message size".

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following: 1.

Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job.

016-597 Same name file exists in FTP servcer

2.

Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)

[Error Type]

3.

Change ""max message size"" to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The process was cancelled since a file (folder) with the same name exists during FTP scan (CreditMutuel specifications)

[Detection Conditions] The process was cancelled because a file/folder with the same name was detected after connecting to the FTP server. (CreditMutuel specifications)

[Corrective Actions] Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the same server. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

016-598 Email message size over [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Email message size is over spec.

[Detection Conditions] In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data "max message size".



2.


3.

Change ""max message size"" to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)

If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of it and contact the Support division for instructions. 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

016-599 Email message size over

If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of it and contact the Support division for instructions. 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

016-600 KO Authentication Locked [Error Type] History

[Fault Content] Logged by incorrect KO authentication detection (Detects NG in continuous KO authentication).

[Detection Conditions] The no. of continuous KO authentication errors reached the setting value of the System Data "KO Authentication Continuous Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-563)".

[Corrective Actions] Only record the data to the history.

016-601 Illegal Access Detection [Error Type] History

[Fault Content] Illegal trespassing detected (Identification/authentication error due to KO/CO User ID NG Or Password NG).

[Detection Conditions] The no. of authentication errors (CO/KO inclusive) within the specified time reached the setting value of the System Data "Authentication Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-564)".


016-700 Password is under minimum [Error Type] job

[Fault Content]


The number of digits used for the password for security and authentication prints is less than the minimum.


1.

Set [Print Mode] to [High Speed] and reduce the print resolution before retrying the operation.

2.

Increase the memory to increase the page buffer.

3.

Retry the operation in [Print Page Mode]. (PLW Decomposer (=ART-EX) only)

The number of password digits for the job received is less than the minimum.

For [Print Page Mode], refer to the printer driver online help.

*Enable setting the minimum number of password digits for a security print and an authentication print in order not to store any job for which a less-than-minimum number of password digits are entered.



016-703 Email To Invalid Box [Error Type]

Use a minimum or larger number of password digits for the job to print out.

Job Fail

If the problem persists, perform the following: Seeing the following, collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log, and contact the support division for instructions.

[Fault Content]

2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions


In receiving E-Mail/Fax/I-Fax, an invalid (not setup) mailbox no. is selected.

016-701 Out of ART EX Memory

Even if there are no options such as iFax and Scan To E-Mail, this fault occurs in normal Fax receiving and sending.

[Error Type]

Here is detailed description.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient PLW Decomposer Memory


In Fax/I-Fax sending, a malibox is to be used in the machine for Fax communications, but the mailbox could not be set up.

2.

In receiving Email/Fax/I-Fax no mailbox or an invalid mailbox is detected, and a job is over.


An insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX.

Perform the following:

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following procedures in sequence: 1.

1.

Increase the allocated memory of the ART EX. (In some cases, actual memory must be increased)

1.

Check whether a selected mailbox is set up. If not, set it up.

2.

Ask the sender to send E-Mail/Fax/I-Fax to a valid mailbox.

3.

Replace the FMO (the IF Board for Fax).

If this does not resolve the problem, perform the following.

2.

Change the print mode. (Example: High Quality mode → Normal mode)

3.

Lower the resolution.

If this does not resolve the problem, it then indicates that the HDD can be defect. Perform the following in order.

4.

Set [Page Print mode] to [Enabled].


5.

Execute [Image Compression] in the [Graphics] tab of the printer driver.



016-702 Out of Page Buffer


016-704 Mailbox is Full [Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The system detected that a mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum no. of documents per box) and aborted a job.

Not able to compress any page due to insufficient Print Page Buffer


[Detection Conditions] FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was aborted.

Not a single page could be compressed. Insufficient Print Page Buffer was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-373

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-374


Version.1 .1.1



Delete unnecessary documents/users and print again.

016-705 Secure Print Fail


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

016-707 Sample Print Fail [Error Type]

Unable to perform Secure Print/Mailbox Print/Pay for Print Storing from the Printer Driver. Unable to store scanned documents into a Mailbox.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] 1. 2. 3.

Although the machine was set to store scanned documents into a Mailbox, the Scanner Kit or E-mail Kit option was not installed.

Sample Print Unavailable (Does not satisfy the conditions for Sample Print due to HD not installed/HD error etc.)


The Printer Driver for this machine was not used.

Storage cannot be done without a HDD.

# Not for HDD standard machines but for machines with options #

Registration for Sample Print failed.

A Secure Print, Mailbox Print, Auditron Print, or Private Print job was received without the Functional Expansion Kit installed.

[Corrective Actions] Remove the conditions that disable Sample Print.


Check whether the HDD is installed.

For 1, press the button and check whether [Scanner (Scan to Mailbox)] is displayed. If it is displayed, check whether scanned documents can be stored into a Mailbox. If documents cannot be stored into the Mailbox, install the Scanner Kit or E-mail Kit option.

If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Sample Print are correct. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

For 2, use the Printer Driver for this machine.


# Not for HDD standard machines but for machines with options # For 3, check whether the Functional Expansion Kit is installed in this machine. When the Functional Expansion Kit is not installed: – –

If the function is not used, set [Hard Disk] in the [Options] tab to [Not Available] at the Printer Driver. To use the function, install the Functional Expansion Kit.

016-708 HD Full by Annotation/Watermark image [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Full During Annotation/Analog Watermark Image Storage

When the Functional Expansion Kit is installed: Set [Hard Disk] in the [Options] tab to [Available] at the Printer Driver. 1.

[Detection Conditions] When an Annotation/Watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, Full status was detected and the job was aborted.

Check whether the options required for mailbox storage are installed. Required options: up to DMP5 - Scanner Kit; DMP6 or later - Scanner Kit or E-mail Kit.




1.

OF-10 HDD Job Fail

2.

Reduce the no. of document pages. In Mixed Size mode, only a single size is available.

016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded

3.

For printing Stored Document, delete unnecessary documents from the HDD and repeat the operation.

[Error Type]

4.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The system detected that a job exceeded the maximum no. of users for Secure and Sample Prints and aborted the job.

[Detection Conditions] FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was aborted.

Cancel Annotation/Watermark and repeat the operation.

Expand the capacity of the HDD partition of the relevant service. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail

016-709 ART EX Command Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

PLW Command Error

The size of data to send exceeds the system data value (before connection to the server).

Error Detected By PLW Decomposer


[Detection Conditions] An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing.

During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted to send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the internet.

Syntax error, undefined command

NOTE:

Parameter error

The same system data is also referenced in case of Scan to E-mail. It is detected during image storage in 016-985.

Decomposer internal error, etc.


[Corrective Actions] This error occurs when some parts of the created print file are missing or abnormal. In parallel connection, check it according to the procedures given below. 1.

Set [Parallel Bi-Directional Communication] to [OFF] in the printer driver.

2.

Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.

1.

Reduce the resolution level, which is a transmission parameter, and resend the job.

2.

Reduce the magnification ratio, which is a transmission parameter, and resend the job. (e.g. A3 to A4)

3.

Through the System Settings window on the UI panel, change [Data Size Upper Limit]. (Default 2MB recommended)

3.

Replace the parallel cable.

4.

If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.

016-712 Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formtter)

5.

Change the BIOS settings in the PC. (Change the current parallel port settings to others.)

[Error Type]

6.

Change the power supply outlet (socket).

In network connection, connect the PC with the printer for checking.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


Capability of Panther Deteriorated


016-710 Delayed Print Fail [Error Type]

Capability of Panther in Scan service was deteriorated (I-Formatter).


Job Fail

Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content]


Delayed Print Fail

[Detection Conditions] Process conditions for Delay Print were not met.

016-713 Security Box Password Error [Error Type]

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the HDD is installed. 1.

(If HDD is installed or HDD is full, free up the HDD capacity.)

2.

If Secure Print/Proof Print or Knowledge Storage Print is specified, disable them.

3.

Reduce the Delay Print jobs waiting to 100 jobs or less.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Password check error was detected during data storage in a Mailbox.

[Detection Conditions] Though the Mailbox specified for the job exists, the password set in the specified Mailbox and the password specified for the job do not match.

If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations are correct. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.



Set a correct password and try again.



016-711 Email transmission size limit over [Error Type]


016-714 Security Box is not Enable

Job Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-375

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-xxx FIP [Error Type]

Failed attempt to create "Unsent Report" or "Monitor Report" because the "Send Result Data" that is required to create the report is not stored in the memory/HDD of the device.

[Fault Content] Box not opened error was detected during data storage in a Mailbox.

[Detection Conditions] The mailbox specified for the job does not exist. Open the appropriate mailbox and try again.

016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Unable to access ESCP Form because ESCP Form password did not match

[Detection Conditions] Incorrect password was input when attempting to use ESCP form. Job is aborted.

[Corrective Actions] Input the correct password to use ESCP Form. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-716 TIFF Data Overflow [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the files to be spooled in TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.

[Corrective Actions] Install the HDD or increase the capacity of the HDD. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail

016-717 Fax/iFax Send Result Not Found [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The Fax/iFax Send Result Information is not saved in the Cont

–

HDD Full due to an iFAX document send with size exceeding the partition C size (2GB or 4GB), resulting in the "iFAX Send Result Data" being unable to be stored.

–

Over 200 jobs were executed since the last selected Output Report job, resulting in the "iFAX Send Result Data" being overwritten.


Split any iFAX documents that would exceed 2GB in document storage size into several jobs and control the usage amount of memory, HDD, etc.

•

If there is a large amount of Scanner/iFAX documents being processed, please wait until the other scanner/iFAX jobs are completed before performing your Scanner/iFAX job.

•

Do not perform over 200 jobs in between the end of the job that you want to output the report for until the actual report output operation.


Version.1 .1.1


Job Fail


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-376


016-718 Out of PCL6 Memory [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient PCL6 Decomposer Memory

[Detection Conditions] Insufficient memory was detected while using PCL6.

[Corrective Actions] As the PLW memory is fixed, decreasing the resolution may reduce the PLW memory. (Only when PLW is enabled) If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-719 Out of PCL Memory [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient PLW Decomposer Memory

[Detection Conditions] An insufficient memory was detected while using the PCL.

[Corrective Actions] Increase the PCL memory size. Increasing the memory for the whole system will increase the memory to be allocated to the Decomposer in some measure. UI settings or other ways cannot explicitly increase the PCL memory. Therefore, if a job is aborted due to insufficient memory when the memory has been increased to the maximum capacity, change the printer driver settings to see if printing becomes available. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.



016-720 PCL Command Error

Set the Staple reference point, paper size, etc. of the Print Data that is sent to the printing section to be the ones that can be processed by the machine.

[Error Type]

Furthermore, check the system at the client side.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


PCL Command Error

016-723 Job cancel by punch position NG

Error Detected By PCL Decomposer

[Error Type]


Job Fail

A PCL command error occurred during PCL processing.

[Fault Content]


The job is canceled due to impossible Punch position, paper size, etc

Cancel the job and execute the command again.



Punch position that is not supported by this machine or the paper size that is not supported by the Finisher was specified.


016-721 Other Error


[Error Type]

Set the Punch reference point, paper size, etc. of the Print Data that is sent to the printing section to be the ones that can be processed by the machine.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Furthermore, check the system at the client side.

An unexpected error occurred during printing at the PLW decomposer.


[Detection Conditions] An unexpected error occurred during printing.

016-724 Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch

•

Paper types cannot be determined because all the settings for [Custom Paper Priority] are set to [Disabled] in CWIS, etc.

[Error Type]

•

This ia an error that is not related to ART system commands/forms.

•

ESCP command error.

•

Incorrect control code from the input stream, etc.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Job Canceled Due To Invalid Combination of Staple and Punch Positions



Invalid conditions that disable Staple and Punch have been set when both Staple and Punch were specified using CWIS or Box Job Flow (instruction manual) for printing from Mailbox and invalid binding positions such as Left Double Staple and Right Punch were set.

Make settings for [Custom Paper Priority] in CWIS, etc. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail


016-722 Job cancel by staple position NG

Change settings so that the same blinding position (same side of output paper) is specified.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error

[Fault Content] The job is cancelled because the staple position or paper size is not available.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Staple position that is not supported by this machine or a paper size that is not supported by the Finisher was specified.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

[Fault Content]

02/2009 2-377

An error has occurred in the B-Formatter during the image conversion of scanned document to Fax sending document

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-378

[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred where the Mailbox document cannot be converted to Facsimile Data when Job Flow function of the machine is used to send the scanned documents stored in the Mailbox to the Facsimile Device.

[Corrective Actions] Do not use the Job Flow function. On the Facsimile selection screen of the machine, specify to directly scan the document and send it to the Facsimile recipient. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Auto Judge Error] Auto SW judgement has failed.

[Detection Conditions] Print language auto judgement has failed. This does not occur in PCL5/ESCP machines.


Version.1 .1.1 OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Unsupported TIFF Data

[Detection Conditions] [Incorrect TIFF file] The data contains a Tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.

[Corrective Actions] Explain to the customer that the TIFF file is not supported. If further checking is required, contact Support G for checking.

016-729 TIFF Data Size too Big [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.


In parallel connection, check it according to the procedures given below.

[Incorrect TIFF file]

1.

Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.

The specified settings exceed the upper limit of the valid no. of colors and pixels.

2.

Replace the parallel cable.

3.

If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.

Correct the valid range.

4.

Change the print language from [Auto] to [ARTEX] or [PS] fixed by selecting [Emulation Settings]>[Print Mode] in CWIS.


If not in parallel connection, check Step 4 above. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-727 0-page document unstorable to MailBox. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The 0 page condition is detected in the Print job Mailbox storage.

[Detection Conditions] The P-Formatter attempted to store a 0 page document into the Mailbox, but the job is canceled because 0 page documents cannot be stored.

[Corrective Actions] Do not allow the Print Result that is to be stored in the Mailbox to be 0 page. If Paper Saving is "ON", turn it "OFF" and print again. Check that the printed document is not a blank paper, and input some text if it is blank. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.



016-730 Unsupported ART Command [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] ART Command Error

[Detection Conditions] [ART Command Error] A command not supported by the ART was detected.

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-731 Invalid TIFF Data [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Invalid TIFF Data

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

[Incorrect TIFF file]

Simple Destination Result Report Output Error

The TIFF data is broken or discontinued halfway.



1) Simple Destination Result report output has failed.

Send data again.



1.


2.

Set [Receive via SMTP] for E-mail receive setting on the sending device. Remove the restriction on receiving E-mails from a self-domain in the receivable domain list if any.

016-732 Form not registerd

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

[Error Type]

OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check

Job Fail


[Fault Content] [Form Overlay Error]

016-735 Updating Job Templete

Data itself is not printed when the form specified is not registered in emulation.



[Fault Content]

The decomposer detected that the form specified is not registered.

Error During Updating Job Template



Send the form data again.

[Updating Job Template]


The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being updated.


016-733 Destination address resolution error

[Corrective Actions] Perform the operation again after the Job Template update completes.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

016-736 Remote directory lock error

A failure to resolve a P2P address problem (before connection to the server)

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions] 1. 2.

When E-mails are sent using Peer-to-peer communication, an IP address could not be obtained from the text on the right side of @ in the destination E-mail address. When E-mails are sent using Peer-to-peer communication, DNS cannot be resolved with the text on the right side of @ in the destination E-mail address as FQDN.


Check if the destination address has been entered properly. Set a correct DNS server address. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Repository Lock Error

[Detection Conditions] Creation of Lock directories has failed.


Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute the job again.


2.

Make correct settings for the permissions to the transfer destination directories.


3.

Secure a disk capacity if the HDD for the transfer destination directory is full.



016-734 Simple transmittion report invocation error Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

OF-09 Common Job Fail 02/2009 2-379

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


016-737 Remote lock directory remove error Job Fail

Invalid Output Tray for PS Booklet Print

[Detection Conditions] The specified tray is invalid.

[Fault Content] Lock Directory Deletion Error

[Corrective Actions] Specify the tray that allows booklet printing.



Failed to delete the Lock directory. Power was turned OFF in the middle of FTP transfer because the CDI cable was disconnected or the Reset SW of DFE was pushed

[Corrective Actions] Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute the job again. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-738 PS Booklet Illegal OutPut Size [Error Type]


016-741 Download Mode NGJob Fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Not able to change into Download Mode


Unable to transit to Download Mode because download prohibition was detected due to SysData:700-420 = 1, or because a job exists.

•

The machine did not transit to Download Mode because it detected "User Operation in Progress". (The machine remains in the "User Operation in Progress" state for 1 minute after panel operation was completed)

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Paper Size for PS Booklet Print

[Detection Conditions] The specified paper size is invalid.

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-380


Cancel the Download Prohibited mode and check that the jobs have completed before retrying the operation. Check that the "Communicating" LED is OFF.

•


After completing a panel operation, wait for 1 minute or longer before starting the download operation.



[Corrective Actions] Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing.

016-739 PS Booklet Document Output Missmatch

Cancel the Download Prohibited mode (set SysData:700-420 to 0) before retrying the operation.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] PS Booklet Document/Output Paper Mismatch

[Detection Conditions] The combination of the specified document/paper sizes is incorrect.

[Corrective Actions] Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-740 PS Booklet OutPut Tray Missmatch [Error Type] Job Fail


016-742 Download Data Product ID Mismatch [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] A mismatch in the Product ID of Download Data was detected

[Detection Conditions] The Product ID sent by the Download Data does not match the Product ID (SysData: 700-421 ~ 700-428) stored in the SEEP-ROM.

[Corrective Actions] As the Download Data is considered to be illegal, retry job after retrieving the Download Data again. If the problem persists after retrying job with the correct Download Data, obtain log and request an investigation from the Support G.

016-743 Device Model/Panel Type Error

[Corrective Actions] Obtain log and request an investigation from the Support G

[Error Type]

016-746 Unsupported PDF File

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Device Model/Panel Type Error

Job Fail

The supported model in the Download Data does not match the Device Model.

[Fault Content]


PDF Error Due To Unsupported Function Sent

The ModelName obtained from the installed IISS/DADF/IOT/FaxCard/Finisher do not match the ModelName found in the firmware, CDI header inclusive, in the Download File. "ModelName obtained from the currently installed ROM header" and "ModelName stored in Download File" are compared in the Controller.

•

[Detection Conditions] There was transparency or JBIG2 in a PDF 1.3 file.


Print via the driver from Acrobat Reader.

The MACS of DCC450G IOT/Bizen does not check ModelName because their I/F specification is old.


The panel type (HBorFCW) connected to the device during Download is different from the panel type (HBorFCW) stored in the Controller firmware, CDI header inclusive, in the Download File.


OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-747 No memory for drawing annotation

[Corrective Actions] The Download File is illegal. Find a Download File that has the same model with the device VerUP and retry job.

[Error Type]

Or, find a Download File that supports the Panel (FCW-UI or HB-UI type) connected to the device and retry job.

[Fault Content]

Job Fail Insufficient memory when drawing an annotation image

016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error


[Error Type]

When drawing an annotation image with the copy repeat function specified, there would be insufficient memory in this machine's controller board.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


CheckSum error of Download Data

[Detection Conditions] Download Data has illegal CheckSum

1.

Increase the annotation image size.

2.

Reduce the number of repeat images for the repeat function.

Avoid insufficient memory by performing a combination of the above steps 1 and 2.


If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

Make sure that the cable connected to the device is secured properly and retry job.


016-745 Download Data XPJL Fatal Error

016-748 HD Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

XPJL fatal error during Download

HDD FULL when Mailbox is accessed

(Occurs after XPJL has recognized the received data as a Download Data)


[Detection Conditions] Conditions such as Pflite having Strm function error, Download open, ioctrl error, or unable to secure memory.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-381

FULL state was detected when attempting to access the HD. Either cancel the job or proceed with user intervention 016-981.

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-382


Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.

2.

Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

[Corrective Actions] Obtain the Printer Setup List, the job log report and the sent print data with attached print job ticket when the problem occurred. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-751 PDF Error [Error Type] Job Fail


016-749 JCL Syntax Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The PJL/XPJL detected a print language that cannot be printed

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] PDF Error


Syntax error, usage of undefined command, parameter error, damaged PDF file, internal error of the PDF Decomposer has occurred during PDF Bridge process.



[FX PDF]

1.

The print language received from the printer driver is a print language that cannot be printed by the machine.

Use the driver from Acrobat Reader to print.

2.

ContentsBridge was used to attempt to print a PDF file through a machine that cannot process PDF.

3.

When this happens with a received iFAX document, the iFAX document that was sent by the other machine is in a print language that cannot be printed by this machine.

[Corrective Actions] In the case of 1, use the printer driver of the machine to print. Explanation: Depending on PostScript, etc. options are necessary to print the desired print language. For more details, please contact our sales representatives. In the case of 2, do not use ContentsBridge to print a PDF file. In case of 3, please request the other party to resend the iFAX document using a print language that can be printed by this machine. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-750 Print job ticket description error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] PDF print job ticket description error has occurred

[Detection Conditions] When the customer uses applications such as "ContentsBridge2005", etc. to send PDF directly, the machine received the print job ticket that was sent together with the PDF. However, the print job ticket data is either "Text that is not supported in this machine" or "Print instruction that is not supported in this machine".

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-752 PDF Short of Memory [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] PDF Short of Memory

[Detection Conditions] Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing.

[Corrective Actions] [FX PDF] When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], change the setting to [Normal]. When the Print mode is set to [Standard], change the setting to [High Speed]. (Only for the machine with High Quality mode.) If the problem persists, expand the memory capacity. If the problem persists after expanding to the maximum capacity, print using a driver from Acrobat Reader. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-753 PDF Password Mismatched [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


PDF Password Mismatched

Request the Account Administrator for access to use the service. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions] When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.



016-757 Auditron - Invalid User [Error Type]

Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Auditron-Invalid User

016-754 PDF LZW Not Installed


[Error Type]

The account has not been registered.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

Set a correct account and try again.

PDF LZW Not Installed




The PDF Bridge tried to process the PDF file compressed in LZW without the [Contents Bridge Expansion Kit] installed.

[Corrective Actions] Install the "Contents Bridge Extension Kit". Or, print using a driver from Acrobat Reader. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Auditron-Disabled Function


016-755 PDF Print Prohibited [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] An illegal account was detected.


PDF Print Prohibited

[Corrective Actions] Use Acrobat to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Request the Account Administrator to add the rights. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions] The system processed a PDF file prohibited for printing.

Set the new function that is allowed for that account and try again.


016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Auditron-Reached Limit

[Detection Conditions] The no. of registered users reached the limit.

[Corrective Actions] Request the Account Administrator to set the number of copies, etc.

Auditron-Prohibit Service




Illegal User Detected Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-383

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-384 OF-09 Common Job Fail

016-760 PS Decompose failure [Error Type] Job Fail

016-763 POP server is not found. [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] [PS Decompose Error]

[Fault Content] The machine cannot find the POP server (when trying to connect to it).

An error occurred in Decompose processing.



An error occurred in Decompose processing.

[Corrective Actions] Resend the job. (If the problem persists, check the execution environment and data.)

Version.1 .1.1

(POPERR_SOCKET)



Check the following to see if the POP server, which is a destination, and this machine can communicate with each other on the nework.


•

The server IP address is correct.

016-761 FIFO EMPTY

•

The network cable is connected.


1.

016-764 SMTP Server Connect Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Image Output]

[Fault Content] The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server (when trying to do so).

FIFO EMPTY error


[Detection Conditions] The connection error with the SMTP Server was detected.

Image enlargement error (FIFO EMPTY Error)

SMTP Server Response Code: 421 or 451.

[Corrective Actions] Print in the High Speed mode. If the problem persists, print in the Print Guaranteed mode. (Only for the machine with this mode.)



Wait for a while and repeat the operation.


If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.

1.

The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server.

016-762 Print LANG Not Installed

016-765 SMTP Server HD Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Decomposer does not exist] The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed. (The Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The SMTP Server HDD is full. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the SMTP Server HDD is full. SMTP Server Response Code: 452



The print language is not installed.

Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.

The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed.

Retrieve E-mails in the SMTP Server HD. Check the server capacity.

(The Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)

[Corrective Actions] Fix and select the decomposer from the Operation Panel or with a command. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

016-766 SMTP Server File System Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


The memory capacity alloted by the SMTP server is exceeded. (after connection to the server)

ESMTP Protocol "EHLO" Command Response Code: 502. Or, "DSN" does not appear in the "Supported Command List" received from the Server.

[Detection Conditions] Any error with the SMTP Server File System was detected.


SMTP Server Response Code: 552.

1.

[Corrective Actions] Contact the SMTP Server Administrator. Review the server capacity limit setting.

016-767 Invalid E-mail Address

016-770 The direct fax function is canceled by NVM. [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content] Direct FAX job prohibition by the System Data Settings.

[Fault Content] The SMTP server refused to accept the destination address. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] Direct FAX job prohibition by the System Data Settings.

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the E-mail destination address is incorrect.

Contact the network administrator for advice and ensure that the SMTP server supports DSN.

Or set Transmittal Confirmation to OFF and send the job.

[Corrective Actions] To release the direct FAX job prohibition, set the target system to "0".

SMTP Server Response Code: 550 or 551 or 553



Obtain the job logs (UI, Report, CWIS, SSMI applications).

Check a specific mail address and set a proper one. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

016-771 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS address)


[Error Type]

2.4 NET System Fault Check 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-768 Invalid Sender Address [Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The Scanned Data Repository Address cannot be solved (Response to DNS Address).


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.


The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address. (after connection to the server)

Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Scan Data Repository domain name has been registered in the DNS.



An error was received from the SMTP Protocol "MAIL FROM:" command.



1.


The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address.


Check that the sender address is correct. If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.

016-772 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS Library)

016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN



[Fault Content] In trying to run a job using SMTP, the device found that the device had not been registered on the DNS server. (before connection to the server)

[Fault Content] The SMTP server does not support DSN. (after connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-385

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-386


Version.1 .1.1


Set the DNS address. Or, set the Scan Data Repository address using IP address.

Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation.


Retrieve each page from the EWS.






016-773 Invalid IP Address

016-776 Image Convert ERR [Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Local machine IP address failure (DHCP lease expired).

An error that is not due to HDD access has occurred during image conversion process at the S-Formatter.

[Detection Conditions] When connection fails, the valid flag of the resource IP address is "False".



An error that is not due to HDD access has occurred during image conversion process at the S-Formatter.

Check the DHCP environment. Or, set a fixed IP address in the machine. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

016-774 HD Full - Compression Convert [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


If the failure occurred during Salutation/Fax to Email, obtain the pages one by one from the Mailbox through a Web Browser and try again. If the problem occurred when encrypting or specifying a signature using the "Default Certificate", •

Check the validity of the certificate.

•

Set the correct date and time on the machine.

Try fetching by using the FAX forced polling. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[HDD Full at Compression type conversion]

2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow

HDD Full occurred when the S-Formatter did the compression type conversion of the JBIG compressed images into the MH system (partition #1).

2.4.5.4 CenterWare Internet Service Failure Check Flow

[Detection Conditions] Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for Compression type conversion.


016-777 HD Access ERR-Image Convert [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation.

[Image Conversion Error]


The HDD Access Error has occurred during image conversion process by S-Formatter.


016-775 HD Full - Image Convert [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] An error other than Disk Full was detected when opening/reading/writing file for compression conversion/image processing operation.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the HD and perform the operation again.

[Image Conversion Error]


Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion process by S-Formatter.


[Detection Conditions] Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for image processing operation.

016-778 HD Full - Scan Image Convert

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[Scanned Image Conversion Error]

The machine cannot find the SMTP server (when trying to do so).

Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during scanned image conversion process in I-Formatter



Failed to connect to the SMTP mail server.

HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation


1.

The machine and server cannot communicate with each other at all.

2.

After establishing connection between this machine and the server, it was detected that the hostname set in the machine is not of ASCII characters.

Free up some HDD space and scan again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.



1.

Check the network cable for connection.

2.

If the host name set up on this machine has non-ASCII letters, set a new host name using ASCII letters.

016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error [Error Type]

Log In/Out =>System Settings =>Network Settings =>Machine Mail Address/Host Name =>Host Name

Job Fail 3.

[Fault Content]

Check that the server IP address is correct.

[Scanned Image Conversion Error]

016-782 Scan Server Login ERR

An error due to other causes than HDD Access has occurred during scanned image conversion process in I-Formatter

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

An error was detected in the Image Conversion Library


A failure in logging in to the server to transfer a file to it.

Repeat the operation. [APC4300G] If an error occurs when scanning a relatively large-size document such as A3 with [Scan Resolution 600dpi] specified, reduce the scan resolution to 400dpi or less and operate again.

[Detection Conditions] Failed to log into FTP server



Failed to log into SMB server.

016-780 HD Access ERR-Image Convert [Error Type]

Also occurs in SMB when the network cable is disconnected


Job Fail

Perform the following procedures:

[Fault Content]

1.

For SMB, first check the connection of the network cable. If that does not solve it, proceed as follows.

2.

As EUC Code (Japanese) cannot be used in the hostname of the current specification, change it to English.

3.

Register the job flow from EasyAdmin.

[Scanned Image Conversion Error] A HDD access error was detected during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatter

[Detection Conditions] An error other than HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation.

Now even if the hostname is in EUC Code (Japanese), transfer is possible.


4.

Change the HD and try scanning again.

Check the "Server Name/IP Address" at the address display. WinNT4.0: Because SMB transfer to WinNT4.0 is not possible with IP Address, change the "Server Name/IP Address" to Hostname.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail

WinXP: Can SMB transfer normally even with IP Address.

016-781 Scan Server Connect ERR Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-387

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


In the default settings of WinXP, empty password cannot be used for access though the network. Change the WinXP settings to "Allow Empty Password Access" and operate again.

6.

Set a login name and a password at the Destination Server.

7.

Make correct settings for the attributes of the Job Template file.

8.

At the CW, set the same account as above as a resource in the client PC.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-388

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-13 016-782/016/784 Fail 2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow 2.4.5.4 CenterWare Internet Service 2.4.5.5 Scanner

016-783 Invalid Server Path [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] When transferring a file to the server, a selected path is not found.


Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following procedures: 1.

Check that there is "Write Authorization" in the server directory.

2.

Free some space on the server disk.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-13 016-782/016-784 Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.4.5.5 Scanner Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.

016-785 Server HD Full [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] When transferring a file to the server, the server file system becomes full.

[Detection Conditions] FTP command "STOR" or write failure, when HDD Full was detected

"CWD" command failure of output directory specified in DocumentPath attributes. Either the specified path does not exist, or no access right

Write error in the forwarding server, when HDD Full was detected

Either the specified path does not exist, or no access right


Make correct settings for the attributes of the Job Template file.

2.

Check the server path name set in the Job Template and set up again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.4.5.5 Scanner Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.

016-784 Server Write ERR [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] A failure in writing to the server to transfer a file to it.

[Detection Conditions] FTP command "STOR" or write failure, outside of HDD Full Write error in the forwarding server, outside of HDD Full

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following procedures: 1.

Check that there is "Write Authorization" in the server directory.

2.

Free some space on the server disk.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.4.5.5 Scanner Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.

016-786 HD Full-Scan Write ERR [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Temporary file cannot be written to the Hard Disk during Scan to Server Hana/Oceans2/Imari: HD Full

[Detection Conditions] When performing the scan function, files cannot be written in the HDD.

[Corrective Actions] Take any one of the following actions: –

Turn the machine OFF then ON.

–

If no paper remains in the tray of this machine, replenish the paper.

–

If this occurs when sending e-mail, take any one of the following actions: –

Reduce the resolution and re-send it.

–

Reduce the size and re-send it.

–

Reduce the number of pages and separate the job into several batches when sending.

–

Set [Output Color] to [Black] and re-send it.

016-789 HD Full - Job Memory [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Redirector Task Operational HDD Limit Overflow




Redirector task operational HDD limit overflow was detected.

OF-10 HDD Job Fail


016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD

[For E-mail Send]

[Error Type]

Use a lower resolution or reduce the size before sending.

Job Fail

Reduce the no. of pages to split the job into a few.

[Fault Content]

Send with B/W Binary etc.

[JT Syntax Error during Scanning]


This is a syntax error in the Job Template during Scan to FTP operation and limited to the following cases (because of Redirector detection):

OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail

Incorrect Server IP Address (IP Syntax Error)


[Detection Conditions] A text with incorrect format has been entered as the IP address for Job Template settings.

[Corrective Actions] Specify the correct Job Template. 1.

2.4.5.5 Scanner

016-790 Email fragment over [Error Type] job

Check the settings of Job Template.

016-788 Retrieve to Browser Failed [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Email fragment quantity is over spec.

[Detection Conditions] In paginating and partial fragmenting of message, the qty of mail fragments per address exceeds system data "max fragment qty".

[Fault Content] Retrieval failed at Scan to SMB (via Web Browser)




The job was aborted, canceled or timed out by the device, or the job was canceled by the client.

1.


2.



3.

Change ""max fragment qty"" to a larger value.

1.

Reload the browser page and perform retrieval operation again.

2.

Activate the browser again and perform retrieval operation again.

If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of it and contact the Support division for instructions.

3.

Turn the device OFF then ON and perform retrieval operation again.


Note that no actions are required if the job was canceled by a user.

016-791 File Retrieve Fail

4.

Improve the connection status to a network.

[Error Type]

5.

Check whether there are problems such as duplicated IP addresses. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Job Fail

[Fault Content] File Retrieve Fail

2.4.5.5 Scanner Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-389

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


This error occurred during Scan to FTP/SMB, CWSS. Access to the transfer destination and job template storage destination has failed.

The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the Media is inserted.

Check the Server directory structure and files (for their existence, etc.) and the access rights for both. Also, check whether access to the specified transfer destination server is available. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.4.5.5 Scanner

016-792 Specified Job Not Found [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Job Log for Specified Job ID does not exist

[Detection Conditions] When printing the report for the job, the Job Log for the job specified in the Control Panel could not be retrieved.


016-795 MediaReader:Format Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Media Reader] Format Error (occurs during job)

[Detection Conditions] The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.



016-793 MF I/O HD Full [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [MFIO] HD Full



016-796 Document insert operation error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only



The MF-IO Task detected HDD Full.



016-797 MediaReader:Image File Read Error [Error Type] Job Fail


016-794 MediaReader:Media No Insert [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Media Reader] Media Not Inserted (occurs during job)

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file attribute data is displayed in the PC and make settings again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions] Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory in the media and the selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print), then make settings again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Version.1 .1.1




4127/4112G

02/2009 2-390

[Fault Content] [Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only



Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in the PC and make settings again.


016-798 No TrustMarking Option [Error Type]

016-940 Duplex Mix Size NG [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

2-Sided Specified Mix Size NG


No TrustMarking Option

Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the job had started with 2-Sided Print specified.

[Detection Conditions] A HDD unavailable error was returned when the Decomposer called the S-Image Library.

[Corrective Actions] Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.



Install the necessary options (HD).



016-941 Booklet Duplex Mix Size NG


[Error Type]

016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail [Error Type]

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Booklet Specified Mix Size NG


Print Instruction Fail Detected In PLW RAP

Mixed size/direction set for the page with images was detected after the job had started with Booklet specified.

[Detection Conditions] The specified print parameter is abnormal.


[Corrective Actions] Perform the job again.





016-942 Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG


[Error Type]


016-910 Required Resource Not Ready (IOTsc detect)

Operation Error

[Fault Content] Page Delete 2-Sided Mix Size NG

[Error Type] operation

[Detection Conditions] Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the pages with 2-Sided Print specified had been deleted.

[Fault Content] Required Resource Not Ready



The paper and staples requested by the selected print parameters are not installed.


[Corrective Actions] Install the paper or replace the paper and install the staples.


If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.

016-943 Insert doc Duplex Mix Size NG



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-391

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 016-xxx FIP [Fault Content] Insert Document 2-Sided Mix Size NG

[Detection Conditions] Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the document and separators had been inserted for the pages with 2-Sided Print specified.


016-944 Document merge NG [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Document Collate & Cover/Separator Document Attachment NG

[Detection Conditions] The document collate setting for the pages including the cover with images or the document with separators with Document Attachment specified was detected.


016-945 Insert doc Duplex print NG [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Insert Document 2-Sided Print NG

[Detection Conditions] The documents that do not support 2-Sided Print has been inserted for the pages for 2-Sided Print.


016-946 Insert doc NG [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Document Inserted into Cover/Separator NG

[Detection Conditions] A document or separator has been inserted between Cover pages or Separator pages.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-392

Version.1 .1.1


016-947 APS No Destination Error [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] APS No Destination Error

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that no tray is loaded with paper for Auto Paper Selection after the job for which the paper for APS (Auto Paper Selection) was selected or APS was set has started.


016-948 Small Book action NG [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Booklet Selected Cover/Separator/Blank Paper NG

[Detection Conditions] The covers with images, separators, or blank pages were detected after the job had started with Booklet specified.


016-949 Insert Mix doc NG [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Insert Document Different Size Attachment NG

[Detection Conditions] The document with a different size/orientation from the operated page was tried to be inserted for the job with Attachment specified.


016-981 HDD access error

[Fault Content] This is prepared for the user to interfere and cancel a copy/scan job when the log image storage area on the disk becomes full with the level of ensuring creation set to "High."

[Error Type] Notice


[Fault Content]

With the system data "Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation" set to "High" the log image storage area on the disk becomes full (during processing a copy/scan job).

When accessing it, the HD is detected being full



HDD Full was detected because Mailbox Scan, Fax Scan, Secure Print, Delay Print, Sample Print, or Scheduled Print was specified when the HDD partition/ide0c capacity is small. –

Press the Cancel Job button to cancel the job. Rerun the job.

Print Job only prints the jobs stored in the HD, so this Fault does not occur for "Job Fail 16748".

If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, if the level is set to Low, log image creation cannot be ensured.


Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.

2.

Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.

When the procedures above did not work, expand the HDD partition size for the corresponding service that needs it. If the problems persist, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

016-985 Data size over flow (Scan to Email) [Error Type] Notice Error

[Fault Content] Scan to E-mail Data Size Exceeded



The size set in [E-mail Size Upper Limit] that is set from the Main Processor was exceeded.

OF-10 HDD Job Fail


016-982 HDD access error 2

Request to reduce the no. of documents, reduce the resolution, or increase the compression ratio if the job is Multi-value scan.



[Fault Content] When accessing it, the HD is detected being full.

[Detection Conditions] HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.

[Corrective Actions] Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation. If the above procedures do not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant service. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail

016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full, with Level of Ensuring Creation Set to "High" [Type Error] Notice

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-393

016-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-394

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch)

[Fault Content] A failure in communication with the SIP Registrar Server

[Error Type]


Info

One of the following has caused a failure in registering info about the local machine with the SIP Registrar Server.

[Fault Content] IPSEC Error (setting mismatch)

•

[Detection Conditions] Although the IPSEC is enabled, the password is not set because "authentication method = [Preshared key]" or the IPSEC certificate is not set because "authentication method = [Digital Signature]".

[Corrective Actions] Clear the IPSEC setting mismatch and enable the IPSEC again. Mismatched IPSEC settings: when password is not set because "authentication method = [Pre-shared key]" or when IPSEC certificate is not set because "authentication method = [Digital Signature]".

SIP Server Address info could not be obtained through DHCP or DHCPv6.

•

The machine could not communicate with the manually set-up SIP Registrar Server.

•

The machine could not communicate with the SIP Registrar Server obtained through DHCP or DHCPv6.

•

The machine could not communicate with the SIP Registrar Server.


When “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that this machine can normally communicate with the DHCP Server or the DHCPv6 Server. Check that there is no disconnected cable or switch/hub failure.

•

When “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that the DHCP Server or the DHCPv6 Server is active. Furthermore, check that the setting is made that enables distribution of SIP Server Address.

•

When "Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is manually set, check the set-up address is correct. If the address is set using FQDN strings, set up the DNS Server in the way that enables DNS to properly solve an address problem.

•

When “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that the SIP Server address that the DHCP Server or the DHCPv6 distributed is correct.

•

Check that this machine can normally communicate with the SIP Registrar Server. Check that there is no disconnected cable or switch/hub failure.


•

Check that the SIP Registrar Server is active.

•

When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv4 and "IP Address Obtainment Mode" is manually set, set “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” to “manual”.

018-403 SIP registraion fail (authentication)

•

In any case except when “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv4 and "IP Address Obtainment Mode" is manually set, set “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” to “manual” or DHCP.

018-401 Incosistent SIP configuration [Error Type] info

[Fault Content] An inconsistent SIP Server setting is detected.

[Detection Conditions] One of the following has been detected: the "IP Operation Mode setting” and the "Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address setting” on the device are inconsistent with each other, or the "IP Operation Mode setting” and the "SIP Server Address setting” are inconsistent.

[Error Type] info

•

When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv6, set "Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” to “manual” or DHCPv6.

[Fault Content]

•

If “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” is set to “manual” and the address is set using FQDN strings, set up the DNS Server in the way that enables DNS to properly solve an address problem.


•

When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv4 and “IP Address Obtainment Mode” is manually set, set up SIP Server Address using an IPv4 address or FQDN strings.

•

When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv6, set up SIP Server Address using an IPv6 address or FQDN strings.

•

It is mandatory to set up Primary SIP Registrar Server Address and Primary SIP Proxy Server Address.

018-402 SIP server communication fail [Error Type] info

A failure in registering with the SIP Registrar Server. (Authentication error) Authentication error. The registering of info about the local machine with the SIP Regisrtar Server has failed.

[Corrective Actions] When the SIP Registrar Server is set up in the way that requires it to authenticate a machine, set the correct user name and password for authentication of this machine when registering it with the SIP Registrar Server.

018-404 SIP registration fail(other) [Error Type] info

[Fault Content] A failure in registering with the SIP Registrar Server. (an error under Other)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-395

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-396

[Detection Conditions] An error under Other except an authentication error. The registering of info about the local machine with the SIPRegisrtar Server has failed.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the SIP Registrar Server is set up in the way that enables it to receive info about this machine for registration.

018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error(S_cert lost) [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] An error in starting the server that receives a CA authentication message.

[Detection Conditions] The SSL server that is necessary for CA could not start because there was no server certificate or private key at an attempt to start the device.

[Corrective Actions] Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info. As there is no server certificate for the device, set up Server Certificate, or set the CA function to OFF.

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] When logging in to the SMB server, it was detected that the workstations that can log in during SMB Scan are limited.

[Corrective Actions] Check the properties information of the specified user and check whether the workstations that can log in to the server are limited. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] CA Authentication Server timeout

[Detection Conditions] The device received a message from the CA server and was waiting for a JRM/UI judgment, but received no response, and time has become out.

If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions.


2.5.1 LOG

Due to some internal load of the device, response-to-CA Server time has become out. Retry the authentication operation.

018-501 CA Server Connection Error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] CA Authentication Server communication error

[Detection Conditions] The device could not connect to the CA server when trying to do CA authentication. The device has failed in communication.

[Corrective Actions] Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info. The device has failed in communicating with the CA server set up on the device. Check the address of the CA server, or recheck the connection to the network.

Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.

If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions. 2.5.1 LOG

018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] CA Authentication SessionID error

[Detection Conditions] In communication between the device and the CA server for authenticiation, a mismatch in Session ID between both has occurred. (Communication error, internal error of the device, or wrong code)

If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions.


2.5.1 LOG

An error has occurred in the authentication operation between the CA server and the device. Retry the authentication operation.

018-502 Login failure in SMB [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The workstations that can log in during SMB Scan are limited


018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error 1-005 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] SMB User Authentication Failed/Unable to log into SMB Scanner



In SMB Authentication:


–

The user could not be identified because of his/her wrong user name or password.

–

The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Windows Server 2003)

In Scanner to SMB: –

When trying to send a scanned image, the user could not log in to the SMB server because of his/her wrong user name or password.

–

The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Windows Server 2003)

An error in the authentication operation between the CA server and the device has occurred. Retry the authentication operation. If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions. 2.5.1 LOG

018-507 CA Credential Error [Error Type] job

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only.] –

The specified user name is not registered as a user that can use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.4)


[Fault Content] CA Authentication User Authentication error


Take either of the following actions to resolve the problem.

The CA Authentication Server requested an entry of user info, and the server determined that the entered info was different.

–

Contact the network administrator for the correct user name or password.

–

In the case of Windows Server 2003, synchronize the time SMB Server tells with the time this machine tells.

NOTE: There is no way to confirm Password. If the user forgets his/her password, he/she needs to set up a new password. This is how to reset Password: 1.

On the domain controller for the active directory that has user info, select [Start] menu>[All Programs]>[Management Tool]>[Active Directory Users and Computers].

[Corrective Actions] Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info. User authentication has failed. Either the entered user name or password is incorrect. Check for the correct user name and password and enter them.

018-508 CA Server Fatal Error [Error Type] job

2.

From the left frame of the [Active Directory Users and Computers] window, select [Active Directory Users and Computers [Server]]>[Domain]>[Users], and list user information.

[Fault Content]

3.

Right-click the target user on the right frame of the [Active Directory Users and Computers] window and select [Reset Password].


CA Authentication Server fatal error In process of CA authentication, the device has received a ServerException message from the CA Authentication Server.

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only.] –

Confirm users that are allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.4)


This is how to confirm users. 1.


From [Dock], start the [System Environment Settings] icon.

2.

On the [System Environment Settings] window, click the [Share] icon.

3.

From the Select Service window, select “Share Windows” and click the [Account] button.

The device has received a Server Error message from the CA Authentication Server. Check the status of the CA server. Reboot it.

018-509 Template parameter conflict

018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

CUI Scan: An Invalid Job Template is Specified

CA Authentication FieldID error


[Detection Conditions] In communication between the device and the CA server, a mismatch in FieldID between both has occurred. (Communication error, internal error of the device, or wrong code) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1.

During CUI scan, the machine received a Job request that comes specified with a nonexistent template name.

2.

There is a Job Template attributes conflict.

02/2009 2-397

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


The address of the server that stores the images is not set in the template. Check whether the settings in the job template are correct. For example, check for the following: A setting that cannot be used in the device is set.

–

The transfer repository is not set correctly.

–

A nonexistent template name is specified.

If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.

job

[Fault Content] A failure to connect to BMLinkS scan service

[Detection Conditions] The BMLinkS Server cannot be found.

[Corrective Actions] Check the state to see if the BMLinkS Services server, which is a destination, and this machine can communicate with each other via the network. For example, check the following:

018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] A failure to resolve a DNS host name problem in BMLinkS scan.

[Detection Conditions] Before connecting to BMLinkS Services, the machine failed to resolve a BMLinkS Services server name problem in trying to access DNS.

[Corrective Actions] Check the state to see if DNS can obtain the domain name or IP address. For example, check the following: –

Search for the latest information and get it.

–

Check that the machine is connected to the DNS server.

–

Check that the BMLinkS Storage Service server name or host name is registered on DNS.

–

Check that the DNS Server address is set up.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the support division for instructions.

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions] –

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-398

–


–

Check that the network cable is connected.

–

Check that BMLinkS Services, which is a destination, is active.

If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the support division for instructions. 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] BMLinkS scan service cannot be found.

[Detection Conditions] http status 404 has been detected.

[Corrective Actions] Use either of the following to resolve the problem.


–


018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS

–

Check that BMLinkS Services, which is a destination, has started storage service for this user.

[Error Type] jobB

[Fault Content] In MLinkS scan, it was found that the DNS server was not registered.

[Detection Conditions] Before connecting to BMLinkS Services, the machine detected that the DNS server had not been registered.

[Corrective Actions] Set the DNS server address. Or using the IP address, set the address of BMLinkS Storage Services, which is a transmission destination.


018-514 bmlinks access-right-violation [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] A wrong right to access BMLinkS scan service

[Detection Conditions] For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.





018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS

Check that the login name (user name) and the password are correct.


018-515 bmlinks storage-access-error

[Corrective Actions] Check the storage for space.

[Error Type]


job

[Fault Content]


Error in access to BMLinkS Scan Service Storage

018-518 bmlinks operation-not-available


[Error Type]

For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.

job


[Fault Content]

Use either of the following to resolve the problem. –

a temporary error with BMLinkS scan service

Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage.

–


Check that the specified file name is not used by another user.





After a while repeat the operation.

018-516 bmlinks unsupported-attribute


[Error Type]


job

018-519 bmlinks unknown-error

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

An attribute of data to be saved in BMLinkS scan service is incorrect.

job


[Fault Content]

For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services .

an error with BMLinkS scan service



Use one of the following to resolve the problem. –

If any letters used for the file name are found unavailable for BMLinkS storage service, change them.



–

Check for the file or folder with the same name as the specified file name.

–

Set the way of handling a duplicated file to “Overwrite and Save”.

–


–

Shorten the name of the storage folder or file.

–

Check the state to see if the file can be written on the BMLinkS Services server.

Use either of the following to resolve the problem.





018-517 bmlinks storage-full

018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

[Fault Content]

job

[Fault Content]

The storage disk on BMLinkS scan service is full.

After the machine connected to BMLinkS scan service, an internal error occurred or the machine received an unexpected response from the server.

[Detection Conditions] For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.

[Detection Conditions] An internal-processing error

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-399

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-400


Version.1 .1.1



018-524 Invalid device network setting


[Error Type]

018-521 request send failure in BMLinkS [Error Type]

Job

[Fault Content]

job

[Fault Content] When the machine was trying to connect to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.


CUI Scan: Device Network Settings Error


When DNS is not set in the device, the server name in the template is written as FQDN.

2.

The port for the transfer protocol that is listed in the Job Template is not activated in the device (e.g. SMB, FTP).

When a command was being sent to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.


[Corrective Actions] Check whether the port and network related settings that are required to execute the scan job are set properly in the device.

Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the support division for instructions. 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

–

Check whether the DNS server setting is correct.

–

Check whether the port for the specified protocol is activate.

018-522 response receive failure in BMLinkS


[Error Type]

018-525 HDD full or HDD access error

job

[Fault Content] During a response was being made from BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.

[Detection Conditions] When the machine was receiving a response to its request from BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected. Or the machine received an unexpected response to its request.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the support division for instructions. 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions

[Error Type] Job

[Fault Content] CUI Scan: HDD-related Error during Processing of Job Template


During the CUI scan start process, the internal HDD is full (Job Template partition)

2.

During the CUI scan start process, an internal HDD failure was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again. If the problem persists, perform the following: Check for HDD Full, or replace the HDD where the error had occurred.

018-523 image send failure in BMLinkS


[Error Type]

018-526 Rejected to be refresh

job

[Fault Content] When the machine was transferring an image to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.

[Detection Conditions] During transfer of an image to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.


[Error Type] Job

[Fault Content] CUI Scan: Polling Job Template

[Detection Conditions] A CUI scan start request was received when the Job Template is being polled.

018-530 Authentication error

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again.

[Error Type]


018-527 JT Monitor Internal error

Job

[Fault Content] Authentication/DV-related error during start-up of a CUI scan job.

[Error Type]


Job

[Fault Content] CUI Scan: Internal Error Occurred when Processing Job Template


1.

DV No. of Sheets Limitation, DV Color Mode Limitation, DV Service Use Limitation

2.

Use of an unregistered card

3.

Job error when connecting to an external device or when obtaining authentication information


Job Template Monitor Internal Error

Either perform the correct authentication operation or check the limitations (color mode, no. of sheets, services) that was set by the administrator. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.

018-531 Failed to create a new job

018-528 Soap request error

[Error Type] Job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job

Other errors during start-up of a CUI scan job.

[Fault Content]


CUI Scan: Soap Argument Error

Other JRM detection errors during start-up of a CUI scan job.



An invalid argument request was received from the SOAP client of custom service.


[Corrective Actions] Check whether the custom service settings are correct. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. Also obtain the packets log between the custom service and the device.


018-532 Too many jobs to create a new [Error Type]

018-529 Duplicate scan request

Job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job

Failed to Create CUI Scan Job

[Fault Content]


CUI Scan: Duplication of Soap Job Startup Request

[Detection Conditions] During the CUI scan start process that was received from the SOAP client of custom service, another CUI scan start request was received.

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again.

4127/4112G

Excessive overlapping of network transferred Jobs (maximum is 3 simultaneous jobs)

2.

There is insufficient internal source to create Jobs (system limit)

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.

If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. Version.1 .1.1

1.

018-543 Shared name error in SMB server

02/2009 2-401

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-402

[Error Type]

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Problem with the shared name of the SMB scan server


HTTP Error - Invalid Script


When the machine logged in to the SMB server in Scan to SMB, the shared name on the SMB server was found having the following problems: 1.

The shared name specified did not exist on the server.

2.

Prohibited letters were found used for the shared name specified. [DMP6-2 and later products only]

1.

Due to some reason, the abnormal detection code "XRXERROR" was received from the HTTP server.

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following. 1.

Check that the drive and directory that are specified in the HTTP server that sends scanned documents are accessible.

2.


The user had no right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2)

[Corrective Actions] [DMP6-2 and later products only]


•


•

Check the shared name specified and set the correct name. Check that the user has the right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2)

This is how to check it: 1.

Log in as the specified user.

2.

From [Dock], start the [Finder] icon.

3.

On the [Finder] window click the [Home] icon.

4.

From the [File] menu, select [View info].

5.

Select [Proprietary Right and Access Right] and check that "Read/Write” is selected in the [Access] box for the owner.


018-557 HTTP Invalid char in filename [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] HTTP File - Invalid Characters

[Detection Conditions] A file name that contains invalid characters was specified.

[Corrective Actions] Make sure that the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination does not contain any invalid characters.


018-547 The number restriction over of SMB scan users [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The number of SMB Scan users has exceeded the limit

[Detection Conditions] When logging in to the SMB server, it was detected that the number SMB Scan users has exceeded the limit.


Check the limit for the number of users that can connect to the shared folder.

2.

Check whether the number of users who are concurrently using the server has exceeded the maximum number.


If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-558 HTTP file not found [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The HTTP directory/file name does not exist.

[Detection Conditions] Due to some reason, this code was received from the HTTP server.


Check that the directory that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server exists.

2.

Check that the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server exists.


018-556 HTTP server script error

If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

–

The host name is incorrect.

–

The script storage is incorrect.



018-559 HTTP File duplication fail

Perform the following.


[Fault Content]

1.

Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.

2.

Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.

3.

Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.


File Name Conflict Stop



"Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for scan "File Name Conflict"

018-562 HTTP client error


[Error Type]

When performing scan Jobs, set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job". If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] HTTP Response Client Error


018-560 HTTP server login fail

[Detection Conditions] HTTP Status 4xx (other than 401 and 404) was received.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content] HTTP User Authentication Error

[Detection Conditions] HTTP Status 401 was received.

Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC. Check the login user name.

3.

Check the login password.

4.


5.


Check the server settings.


Perform the following. 1.


2.



2.

1.

018-563 HTTP server error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] HTTP Response Server Error





HTTP Status 5xx was received.

018-561 HTTP server not found



[Fault Content] HTTP Error - Not Found

[Detection Conditions] HTTP Status 404 was received. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1.


2.

Check the server settings.

If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-564 Host name solution error in HTTP 02/2009 2-403

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-404 2.


[Fault Content] Failed to Resolve Host Name in HTTP

[Detection Conditions] DNS resolution of the specified host name has failed.

Version.1 .1.1 Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.

If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-567 HTTP server access fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following. –

[Fault Content] HTTP Error - Access Error

Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server has been registered in the DNS.


–

Check whether it is connected to the DNS server.

•

Due to some reason, the communication was cut when reading.

–

Check whether the DNS server address is set.

•

Due to some reason, the communication was cut when writing.

•

Due to some reason, the file close process has failed.


018-565 Proxy name solution error in HTTP [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Failed to Resolve Proxy Name Error in HTTP

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-568 HTTP server SSL access fail [Error Type]

[Detection Conditions] DNS resolution of the proxy server name that is set in the device has failed.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following. –

Check whether the proxy server name that is set in the device has been registered in the DNS.

–

Check whether it is connected to the DNS server.

–

Check whether the DNS server address is set.


018-566 Server Connect error in HTTP [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] HTTP Error - Connection Error

[Detection Conditions] Failed to connect to the HTTP server.


Check the network cable of the device.

HTTP Error - Abnormal SSL Connection

[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred during SSL/TLS connection



2.

Check whether the SSL setting of the scanned document destination HTTP server is valid.

3.


4.



018-569 HTTP server certificate fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] HTTP Error - Invalid Certificate



There is a problem with SSL certificate of the server.

An internal error has occurred.





1.


2.

Check whether the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP server is registered in the device.

3.

Check whether the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP server is valid.

For example, check the following: –


018-572 Invalid char in context [Error Type] Job Fail

The certificate has not expired yet.

[Fault Content]

–

The time that is set in the device is correct.

–

It is not in the discard list.

–

The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certificate. 4.

Invalid Netware Context Characters

If the certificate is not registered in the scanned document destination HTTP server, disable the device certificate validation.


[Detection Conditions] A context name that contains invalid characters was specified.

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the specified context name is correct.



018-570 HTTP certificate fail


[Error Type]

018-573 Invalid char in server

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

HTTP Error - Invalid Client Certificate

[Fault Content]


Netware Error/Invalid Tree Characters

A client certificate authentication error has occurred in the HTML server.



A connection name that contains invalid characters was specified.



1.


2.

Check whether the SSL client certificate is set correctly in the device.

3.

Check whether a valid device certificate is registered in the scanned document destination HTTP server.

Check whether the specified connection name is correct. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation


018-574 Invalid char in volume



018-571 Internal error in Scan [Error Type]

[Fault Content] Invalid Netware Volume Characters

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] A volume name that contains invalid characters was specified.

Scan Network Sending Software Internal Error Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-405

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-406

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the specified volume name is correct. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-575 Invalid char in login [Error Type]

Version.1 .1.1


018-578 Nw server not found [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Netware Error - Connection Error


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

A nonexistent server/tree was specified.


Invalid Netware Login

[Detection Conditions] A user name or password that contains invalid characters was specified.

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the specified user name/password is correct.


Check the network cable of the device.

2.

Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.

3.

Check the server name/tree name.

4.

Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.


If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.



018-576 Invalid char in path

018-579 Nw server disk full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Invalid Netware Path Characters


Netware Error - Hard Disk Full


A path name that contains invalid characters was specified


There is insufficient free space in the Netware server.


Check whether the specified path name is correct.



1.


2.

Check the capacity of the data storage server.


3.


018-577 Invalid char in file [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Netware File Name Characters

[Detection Conditions] A file name that contains invalid characters was specified.

[Corrective Actions] Check whether the specified file name is correct. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.


018-580 Netware invalid volume [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Netware Error - Volume Does Not Exist.

[Detection Conditions] A nonexistent volume name was specified.

2.


Check the rights of the User.

Example:



Check if the user has the right to open the file.

2.

Check the volume name.

Check if the user has the right to create the file.

3.


Check if the user has the right to access the directory.


Check if the user has the right to read the file.


Check if the user has the right to delete the file/directory.

Check if the user has the right to write to the file. 3.

018-581 Netware invalid path [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]

018-583 Nw server disk error

Netware Error - Path Does Not Exist.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

A nonexistent directory path was specified.

[Fault Content]


Netware Error - Disk Access Error



2.

Check the directory path name.

3.



[Detection Conditions] A failure has occurred in the Netware server disk.





1.

Check the HDD of the Netware server.


2.


018-582 Access right fail

3.



[Fault Content] Netware Resources Access Rights Verification


The User who is already logged in does not have the right to open the file.

•

The User who is already logged in does not have the right to create the file.

•

The User who is already logged in does not have the right to access the directory.


018-584 Nw server access fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Netware Error - Access Error

•

The User who is already logged in does not have the right to read the file.


•

The User who is already logged in does not have the right to write to the file.

•

Due to some reason, the communication was cut when reading.

•

The User who is already logged in does not have the right to delete the directory/file.

•

Due to some reason, the communication was cut when writing.

•

Although all the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued.

•

Due to some reason, the file close process has failed.

•

Although some of the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued.

[Corrective Actions] Perform the following.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-407

1.


2.


018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting



018-585 Netware error in use [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Netware Currently In Use by Other Users


Write is locked because netware is being referenced by another user, etc.

•

Although some of the specified directories/files are being used by other users, a deletion request was issued.

•

Although all the specified directories/files are being used by other users, a deletion request was issued.



2.

Check the current usage status of other users.

3.



018-586 Netware login fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Netware Server Login Error

[Detection Conditions] The Netware server has refused the login.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-408


Version.1 .1.1

018-587 File duplication fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] File Name Conflict Stop

[Detection Conditions] "Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for scan "File Name Conflict"

[Corrective Actions] Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job". If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-588 Scan filing policy invalid [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Filing Policy

[Detection Conditions] Invalid filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with the server.

[Corrective Actions] When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

018-589 NEXTNAME.DAT error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] NEXTNAMEDAT File Access Error

[Detection Conditions] Failed to access the NEXTNAME.DAT file.

2.

Check the login user name.

3.

Check the login password.

4.

Check the volume name.

5.

Check the server name/tree name.

6.

Check the context name.


7.




[Corrective Actions] When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.

018-590 Same name exists [Error Type] Job Fail

018-593 lock folder delete fail

[Fault Content] Process stopped because a file with the same name already exists

[Error Type]


Job Fail

A File/folder with the same name was detected in the server.

[Fault Content]


Scan Lock Folder Deletion Failed



Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the same server.


Failed to delete the scan lock folder.

[Corrective Actions] If a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.


018-591 File name suffix limit over


[Error Type]

018-595 LDAP protocol error 595

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

The Scan File Name has exceeded the Suffix Limit Value

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the server, the suffix of the file name/folder name has exceeded the limit.

Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication (LDAP protocol)

[Detection Conditions] Two or more entries that have the same information as the currently used IC card were found in the database of the LDAP server.

[Corrective Actions] Change the file name/destination folder on the scan server. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder.

[Corrective Actions] Make corrections so that the user entries in the database of the LDAP server do not have the same IC card information.




018-592 lock folder create fail


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

job

Scan Lock Folder Creation Failed

[Fault Content]


An undefined protocol error, and other errors with LDAP Protocol

Failed to create the scan lock folder.


[Corrective Actions] Take any one of the following actions: 1.

If a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job.

2.

Check whether there is a folder that has the same name as the specified name.

If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1.

An error except 018-595 occurred with the certified LDAP protocol (ProtocolCategory=7).

2.

The protocol category with which to fill in Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode( ) is an unexpected one.

*FTP/HTTP was specified, or a category that is larger than LDAP_NETAUTH(=7) was specified. (DMP62)

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

02/2009 2-409

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-410

Version.1 .1.1




2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 01 at Address Book operation (operation error)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "1" (operation error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the "LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings" of the "External Authentication Server/ Directory Service Settings" of the machine is set correctly. Or, a problem has occurred at the Server side. Please check with the Network Administrator.


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 04 at Address Book operation (too many search results to be processed)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "4" (too many search results to be processed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data, focus the search target and search again.


If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.





[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 02 at Address Book operation (protocol error)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "2" (protocol error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Consult with the Network Administrator, correct the Server settings and operate again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

018-703 LDAP protocol error 03 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 03 at Address Book operation (search timeout)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "3" (search time is timed out) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data, focus the search target and search again. If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 05 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is false)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "5" (comparison request result is false) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] It is possible to output a result that is different from the specified content. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the LDAP Server. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 06 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is true)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "6" (comparison request result is true) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] This is not an error message as it just means that "the output result is as specified". Turn the power OFF then ON.







[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 07 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication method is not supported)

LDAP protocol error 11 at Address Book operation (admin limit is exceeded)


[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "7" (the specified authentication method is not supported) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "11" (admin limit is exceeded) in response to the Address Book inquiry.



Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation.

The specified authentication method is not supported. Change the authentication method.


Consult with the Network Administrator to correct the authentication settings.





[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

LDAP protocol error 12 at Address Book operation (extended function cannot be used)

[Fault Content]


LDAP protocol error 08 at Address Book operation (strong authentication is required)

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "12" (extended function cannot be used) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "8" (strong authentication is required) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


[Corrective Actions] Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Check that there are no mistakes in the authentication settings. Consult with the Network Administrator to strengthen the authentication settings and operate again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


018-713 LDAP protocol error 13 [Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

LDAP protocol error 13 at Address Book operation (secrecy is required)

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "13" (secrecy is required) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

LDAP protocol error 10 at Address Book operation (not registered in search range)



The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "10" (referral (intro, ref)) in response to the Address Book inquiry.



Nothing is registered in the specified search range. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the authentication settings. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


02/2009 2-411

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-412


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 14 at Address Book operation (SASL bind in progress)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "14" (SASL bind in progress) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.

Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 18 at Address Book operation (unsuitable combination)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "18" (unsuitable combination) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.







[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 16 at Address Book operation (the requested attribute does not exist)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "16" (the requested attribute does not exist) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 19 at Address Book operation (limit violation)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "19" (limit violation) in response to the Address Book inquiry.








[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 17 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute is not defined)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "17" (the specified attribute is not defined) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 20 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute already exists)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "20" (the specified attribute already exists) in response to the Address Book inquiry.






018-718 LDAP protocol error18


[Error Type]


Job Fail

The certificate in the user SmartCard is incorrect (rejected by the Kerbeors Server).

[Fault Content]


LDAP protocol error 21 at Address Book operation (syntax error of the specified attribute value)

Check if the certificate in the user SmartCard is valid. If it has become invalid or expired, renew it, or if the Kerberos server prohibits the use of the certificate, it is necessary to ask the server administrator to make the server permit it.

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "21" (syntax error of the specified attribute value) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


018-728 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 72 [Error Type]

An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

job

[Fault Content]


Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (72)




The Kerbeors Server KDC certificate is incorrect. (The root CA certificate is not registered with the device; the KDC certificate has expired; or the KDC certificate address is different from that written on the certificate.)

[Error Type] job


[Fault Content] Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (22)

[Detection Conditions] The user Kerberos password has expired.

1.

Check if the root CA certificate of KDC Certificate is registered with the device. If not, register the root CA certificate.

2.

If the KDC certificate has expired, renew the Kerbeors Server KDC certificate .

3.

Check that the Kerberos Server address set on the device is the same as that written on the Kerbeors Server KDC certificate. If they are different, change the Kerbeors Server address set on the device, or check the Kerbeors Server KDC certificate. In this case, there is a possibility of a wrong setting or Kerbeors Server impersonation.

[Corrective Actions] As the user Kerbeors password set on the Kerbeors server has expired, it is necessary to ask the server administrator to extend the expiration date of it.



[Error Type]


job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 32 at Address Book operation (applicable object does not exist)

Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (70)



The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "32" (applicable object does not exist) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

A higher CA certificate in the user SmartCard is not registered with the device.

[Corrective Actions] Check if a higher CA certificate in the user SmartCard is registered with the device. If not, register it with the device.

[Corrective Actions] "32" the applicable e-mail address does not exist.

The status is that in Kerberos authentication (PKINIT), the device cannot send the certificate path for user certificate to the Kerbeors Server (KDC).

Either re-input the correct e-mail address or check the e-mail addresses that are registered in the Server.



[Error Type]


job



[Fault Content] Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (71) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-413

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-414

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 33 at Address Book operation (wrong alias)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "33" (wrong alias) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 36 at Address Book operation (cannot refer to alias)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "36" (cannot refer to alias) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.







[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 34 at Address Book operation (wrong DN form, wrong password)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "34" (wrong DN form) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] A name related problem has occurred. Check the User Name and the Password again and release the incorrect Password Name.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 48 at Address Book operation (authentication denied)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "48" (authentication denied) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the Server side.

If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the Server side. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.






[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 35 at Address Book operation (object is terminated)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "35" (object is terminated) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"




[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid, login name is invalid)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "49" (the specified authentication certificate is invalid) in response to the Address Book inquiry. Address search was performed when incorrect User Name and Password was used for authentication.

[Corrective Actions] A security related problem has occurred. Check the User Name and the Password used for authentication again and release the incorrect search login name. If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"



[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid, login name is invalid)

LDAP protocol error 53 at Address Book operation (execution denied)


[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "50" (user does not have access privileges) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "53" (execution denied) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


[Corrective Actions] A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the access rights at the Server side.

A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.






[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 54 at Address Book operation (loop detected)

LDAP protocol error 51 at Address Book operation (busy)


[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "51" (busy) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "54" (loop detected) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


[Corrective Actions] A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.

A service related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the service operation at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.






[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 64 at Address Book operation (naming violation)

LDAP protocol error 52 at Address Book operation (cannot be processed)


[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "52" (cannot be processed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "64" (naming violation) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


[Corrective Actions] A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-415

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-416

Version.1 .1.1



[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 65 at Address Book operation (object class specification error)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "65" (object class specification error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 68 at Address Book operation (the specified entry already exists)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "68" (the specified entry already exists) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.







[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 66 at Address Book operation (entries other than termination cannot be executed)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "66" (entries other than termination cannot be executed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 67 at Address Book operation (cannot be executed at RDN)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "67" (cannot be executed at RDN) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed)

[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed)



[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 70 at Address Book operation (search target is too large)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "70" (search result is too large) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data, focus the search target and search again. If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"



[Error Type]


Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 71 at Address Book operation (influence on multiple DSA)

LDAP protocol error 82 at Address Book operation (program error or SASL authentication error)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "71" (influence on multiple DSA) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "82" (program error or SASL authentication error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.



Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"




[Error Type]


Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 80 at Address Book operation (an unknown error has occurred)

LDAP protocol error 83 at Address Book operation (outgoing message encoding error)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "80" (an unknown error has occurred) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "83" (outgoing message encoding error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.



Check the status of the server.






[Error Type]


Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 81 at Address Book operation

LDAP protocol error 84 at Address Book operation (incoming message decoding error)

(cannot connect to Server)



Cannot connect to Server In response to the Address Book inquiry

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "84" (incoming message decoding error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.



Check if the network cable is connected.


2.

If it is connected, check the start up state of the target request server.

3.

Check that the Server Name is correct at "System Settings" - "Network Settings" - "External Authentication Server/Directory Service Settings" - "LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings", and set it to the correct name.


4127/4112G



02/2009 2-417

018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 018-xxx FIP [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 85 at Address Book operation (search timeout)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "85" (search time is timed out) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data, focus the search target and search again. If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 86 at Address Book operation (an unknown authentication method has been specified)

[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 86 at Address Book operation (an unknown authentication method has been specified)

[Corrective Actions] Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 87 at Address Book operation (mistake in definition of search filter)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "87" (mistake in definition of search filter) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Check the search condition and consult with the Network Administrator if that did not work. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-418

Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 88 at Address Book operation (instruction canceled)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "88" (instruction canceled) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Corrective Actions] Check the status of the server. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"


[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 89 at Address Book operation (an incorrect parameter was passed)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "89" (an incorrect parameter was passed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.



[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 90 at Address Book operation (insufficient memory)

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "90" (insufficient memory) in response to the Address Book inquiry.



[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 91 at Address Book operation (Server connection prohibited)



The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "91" (Server connection prohibited) in response to the Address Book inquiry.


Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"




[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

LDAP protocol error 95 at Address Book operation (result still exist)

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "95" (result still exist) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

LDAP protocol error 92 at Address Book operation (unsupported function)



The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "92" (unsupported function) in response to the Address Book inquiry.






[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

LDAP protocol error 96 at Address Book operation (client loop detected)

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "96" (client loop detected) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

LDAP protocol error 93 at Address Book operation (result is not returned)



The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "93" (result is not returned) in response to the Address Book inquiry.






[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

LDAP protocol error 97 at Address Book operation (maximum hop number for reference is exceeded)

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


LDAP protocol error 94 at Address Book operation (result no longer exist)

The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "97" (maximum hop number for reference is exceeded) in response to the Address Book inquiry.

[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "94" (result no longer exist) in response to the Address Book inquiry. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 2-419


018-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 018-xxx FIP If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

02/2009 2-420

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

–

021-210 USB IC Card Reader connection error [Error Type]

In case the accessory connected through USB has finished preparing for operation, but the device cannot communicate with the accessory:

-> This is different from the two cases described earlier:

Local Fail

[Fault Content]

–

The accessory connected through USB is out of order.

–

As it is thought that there is a problem such as a mismatch between the USB-connected accessory and the lodable module for accessory control, it is necessary to isolate the phenomenon.

USB IC Card Reader Connection Status Error

[Detection Conditions] Detection Condition of Fault: When powering ON the device, the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the setting requires a USB IC Card to control jobs and that the USB IC Card is not connected. When the device is in Ready state, the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the setting requires a USB IC Card to control jobs and that the USB is disconnected or the USB IC Card Reader is malfunctioning.

021-360 EP Accessory Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] If the USB connector is disconnected: Reconnect the disconnected USB connector and turn the power OFF then ON.

EP Accessory Fail

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred in the connection to the EP accessory. The accessory that should be installed is not found.

If this fault occurred although the USB IC Card Reader is connected: Connect an undamaged USB IC Card Reader and turn the power OFF then ON.

021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken


[Error Type] local

[Fault Content] The USB IC Card Reader is broken.

[Detection Conditions] It has been detected that the USB IC Card Reader, which is unbroken, is broken.

1.

Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the cable.

2.

Check that the Controller software is the latest version.

3.

If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF PWB.

4.

If the trouble persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.



021-361 EP Accessory Kind Config Error

Connect the unbroken USB IC Card Reader and turn the power OFF then ON.

[Error Type]

021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

local

EP Accessory - Accessory Type Setting Error

[Fault Content]


A failure in starting the USB IC Card Reader

"The system data 850-007 has not been set properly (Detected in FX only. This should not be treated as Fail.)"

[Detection Conditions] When the device is turned ON, the accessory connected through USB has not finished starting up within a certain period of time, which is set as SystemData. –

The USB is disconnected.

–

The accessory connected through USB has not finished preparing for operation.

–

The accessory connected through USB has finished preparing for operation, but the device cannot communicate with the accessory.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the System Data 850-007 is set correctly and make the setting again. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following. 1.

Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the cable.


Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.

•

If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

In case the USB is disconnected:

-> Reconnect the disconnected USB Cable and then turn the power OFF then ON.

2.

If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF Board.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-421

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-422

Version.1 .1.1

Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

libcURL returned ""CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY"".

021-500 EPAccessoryJobExclusion

[Corrective Actions] Check the following.


[Fault Content] EP-related Product Job Exclusion

[Detection Conditions] When the Fax send billing function is enabled, the following cases occurs: 1.

There was an attempt to start up a job for accessory billing in the middle of a Fax send Job operation.

2.

There was an attempt to start up a Fax send Job in the middle of a Job for accessory billing operation. This Fault is not detected when the Fax send billing function is disabled.

[Corrective Actions] Wait for the currently running Job to complete, and then restart the job. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

–

Check the DNS server address settings.

–

Check the default gateway settings.

–

Check the subnet mask settings.

For B-Direct configuration, check the following: –


[Fault Content] Invalid Server URL

[Detection Conditions] The server URL is grammatically incorrect. libcURL returned ""CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT"".

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the error is related to the installation operation, check the URL of the EP server again and enter the correct one. If the error is related to operations other than installation, use the Chain-Link to overwrite the EP (920003) Server URL with a new value and perform the operation again. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

021-502 Couldn't resolve proxy name. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Proxy Server Address Resolution Error

[Detection Conditions] Failed to resolve the address of the proxy server name.

Check the EP proxy server URL settings. (Chain-Link (920-35) or KO settings)

If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or DNS server failure. Contact the client's Network Administrator. If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

021-503 Couldn't resolve host name. [Error Type] Job Fail


021-501 Invalid URL has detected.

Check the connection of the LAN cable.

–

[Fault Content] Server Address Resolution Error

[Detection Conditions] Failed to resolve the address of the server name. libcURL returned ""CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST"".

[Corrective Actions] Check the following. –


–

Check the DNS server address settings.

–


–


–

Check the EP server URL settings. (Chain-Link (920-003))

If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or DNS server failure. Contact the client's Network Administrator. If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

021-504 Couldn't connect to host/proxy. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Server Connection Error

[Detection Conditions] Unable to connect to the server or proxy server

libcURL returned ""CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT"". (Including cases where the server is not turned ON)


Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_GOT_NOTHING"".



021-507 Proxy unauthorized access.

Check the following. –


–


–


–

Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))


[Fault Content] Proxy Authentication Error



Authentication of the proxy server has failed.

Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings)

libcURL returned ""HTTP Status: 407 Proxy Authorization Required"".

If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of the EPA server may have been changed (If the EPA Server is used). Contact the client's Network Administrator.


If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

–

Check the EP proxy server authentication user.

–

Check the EP proxy server authentication password.


Check the following.

If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the proxy server settings may have changed/failed. Contact the client's Network Administrator.

021-505 Couldn't establish SSL session.




[Fault Content]

021-508 A connection to host/proxy has timed out.

SSL Session Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

An error has occurred during SSL/TLS handshake.

[Fault Content]

libcURL returned ""CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR"".

Communication Timeout




Communication timeout has occurred.


libcURL returned ""CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED"".



021-506 An invalid peer certificate has received. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid SSL Certificate (Edge Server)

[Detection Conditions] The SSL certificate of the server is invalid. libcURL returned ""CURLE_SSL_PEER_CERTIFICATE"".

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G



–


–


–




If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of the EPA server may have been changed (when the EPA Server is used). Contact the client's Network Administrator. If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 02/2009 2-423

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-424


021-509 SOAP Fault: An invalid message detected. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Communication Message

[Detection Conditions] The server detected an invalid message.

Version.1 .1.1

When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has WEP installed on the EP system. Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegistered

[Corrective Actions] Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. If the problem occurs regardless that the WEP is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the message from the device is invalid.

021-512 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-SV).

Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidMessage

[Error Type]

Or, an unexpected SOAP Fault was notified because of a failure in the server.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Job Fail

[Fault Content] EP-SV Installation Conflict (EP System)

[Detection Conditions] When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-SV Installed.

021-510 SOAP Fault: The MC already unregistered.

When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has EP-SV installed on the EP system.

[Error Type]

Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredBySV

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Recall Status Mismatch (EP System)

[Detection Conditions] The server detected that it is already in recalled status.

[Corrective Actions] Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-SV is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device is already in recalled status on the EP system.

021-513 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-DX).

Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyUnregistered

[Error Type]

[Corrective Actions] No action is required if this error corresponds to a recall operation. Finish the servicing. If the error is related to operations other than recall, check whether the EP contract has expired. If it has already expired, no action is required. If the problem occurs when the EP contract has not expired yet, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

021-511 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (WEP). [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Installation Status Mismatch (EP System)

[Detection Conditions] When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the WEP Installed.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] EP-DX Installation Conflict (EP System)

[Detection Conditions] When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-DX Installed. When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has EP-DX installed on the EP System. Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredByDX

[Corrective Actions] Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-DX is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

021-514 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-TRESS).

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

[Fault Content] TRESS Installation Conflict (EP System)



021-517 SOAP Fault: The service not responded.

When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the TRESS Installed. When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has EP-TRESS installed on the EP System.

[Error Type]

Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredByTRESS

[Fault Content]

Job Fail


Communication Failure (EP Center)

Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.


If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-TRESS is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

The server detected communication failure with the EP Center. The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that communication failure has occurred between the Edge Server (EPA-Server for configurations installed with EPA) and its back-end. Code=Server, Subcode=NextServiceNotRespond

021-515 SOAP Fault: An invalid product code detected.


[Error Type]

Check with the EP Center for the system operation status.

Job Fail

If a failure has occurred in the EP Center, retry the operation from the UI after the EP Center has recovered.

[Fault Content]

If the problem persists although the EP Center has recovered, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

Invalid Product Code



The server detected an invalid product code. The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the product code included in the message from the device is invalid.

021-518 SOAP Fault: An internal error occurred on server. [Error Type]

Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=InvalidProductCode

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Internal Error (Edge Server)


[Detection Conditions] An internal error has occurred in the server. The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that an internal error has occurred in the Edge Server.

021-516 SOAP Fault: An invalid serial number detected.

Code=Server, Subcode=InternalError

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Check with the EP Center for the system operation status.

[Fault Content]

If a failure has occurred in the EP Center, retry the operation from the UI after the EP Center has recovered.

Invalid Serial Number


[Detection Conditions] The server detected an invalid serial number. The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the serial number included in the message from the device is invalid.


021-519 SOAP Fault: Service is temporarily unavailable.

Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=InvalidSerialNumber Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-425

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-426

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

CA Communication Timeout


High Load Status Detected (EP Center)

[Detection Conditions] The server detected a high load status in the EP Center.

Version.1 .1.1

Timeout has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate. secep returned ""SECEP_TIMEOU"".


The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that EP Center is in high load status. Code=Server, Subcode=ServiceTemporarilyUnavailable

–



–


–


Check with the EP Center for the system operation status. If a failure has occurred in the EP Center, retry the operation from the UI after the EP Center has recovered.

For the BB-Direct configuration:


For the EPA-Server configuration:


If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure. Contact the client's Network Administrator.

021-520 Couldn't connect to CA. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] CA Communication Error

[Detection Conditions] A communication error has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate.

– –



021-522 A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Certificate Library Error

secep returned ""SECEP_COM_ERROR"".



[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred in the certificate library.



secep returned a uncategorized error during CA communication.

–


(Uncategorized errors when no communications were made are internal errors)

–



For the BB-Direct configuration: –



–


–

–


–

Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings) Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))


For the BB-Direct configuration:





021-521 A connection to CA has timed out. [Error Type] Job Fail

– –

Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings) Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))

If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

021-523 An internal error has occurred.


[Error Type]

If the problem persists, use Chain-Link(920-001) to change "Installation Status" to "Installed" and retry the operation.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

Internal Error



Software failure where processing can still continue was detected.

021-526 A miscellaneous http session error has detected.

Or, a memory access error where processing can still continue was detected.

[Error Type]

Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_SEND_ERROR"".

Job Fail

Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_RECV_ERROR"".

[Fault Content]


Communication Library Error


[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred in the communication library.


libcURL returned an uncategorized error.

021-524 A registeration conflict has detected.


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]


Installation Status Mismatch

021-527 An invalid message has received.


[Error Type]

Although installation was instructed, it was detected internally that the status is "Installed". At the start of the installation process, it was detected that the system data ""Installation Status" is not set to "Not Installed".

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Communication Message (Edge Server)



Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, use Chain-Link(920-001) to change "Installation Status" to "Not Installed" and retry the operation.

An invalid message was received from the server. libcURL returned ""HTTP Status: 4XX"".

If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

Or, an invalid SOAP Fault was received. (e.g. An unknown code or subcode, etc.)



Or, an invalid SOAP Response was received.

021-525 An unregistration conflict has detected.




[Fault Content]

021-528 A communication settings was set as disabled.

Recall Status Mismatch

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Although recall was instructed, it was detected internally that the status is "Recalled". At the start of the recall process, it was detected that the system data ""Installation Status" is not set to "Installed". Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-427

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-428

[Fault Content] Communication Setting Error

[Detection Conditions] At the start of communication, a setting that does not allow communication was detected. At the start of the communication, it was detected that the system data "Installation Status" is set to "Not Installed".

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. If it has been verified as "Installed", use Chain-Link (920-001) to change "Installation Status" to "Installed" and retry the operation. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

021-700 Accessory Failure [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable-USB Accessory Failure or Disconnect

[Detection Conditions] With one of the following USB-related Local Fails occurring, a job has been started. 021-210 USB IC Card Reader connection error 021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken 021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error

[Corrective Actions] Check the occurring Local Fail (described later) and take the corrective action for the Fault Code before rerunning the job with which the Fail has occurred. (One of the Fault Codes 021-210, 021-211 and 021-212 is occurring.)

Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a specific time (default: 3 min.) for USB Accessory to start before rerunning the job with which the Fail has occurred. ( If the accessory is not ready after the above-mentioned period of time, this machine will display 021-212 on the panel. In this case, take the corrective action for 021-212. ) If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the occurrence of the problem, and then contact the support divison for directions. OF-09 Common Job Fail

021-731 EP Accessory - Function Disabled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Disabled Function

[Detection Conditions] When MDSS is connected and color copying is prohibited using the Coin Kit, a color copy job was requested.

[Corrective Actions] Check the settings.

021-732 EP Accessory Error732 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable

[Detection Conditions] With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.

[Corrective Actions] Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees or card value.

If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the occurrence of the problem, and then contact the support division for directions.




021-701 Accessory Preparing

021-733 EP Accessory Error733

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable-USB Accessory Preparing

[Detection Conditions] While the USB-connected accessory is being started, that is, before it is ready, a job has been started.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] EP Accessory Service Canceled By Color Mode Restriction

[Detection Conditions] With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.

[Corrective Actions] Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.


[Fault Content]


EP-DX - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.

021-750 U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV)

[Detection Conditions] Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.

[Error Type]

Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.

EP-SV - Used Parts Collection order failed.

If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.


Check the following too:

When the Used Parts Collection Order was processed, an error was sent by the EP-SV.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail


021-772 EPDX Install, Remove Error

Contact the telephone center.

[Error Type]

021-751 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV)

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

EP-DX - Installation/Removal failed.

[Fault Content]


EP-SV - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.

The system detected that the EP-DX - installation/removal has failed because it was absent at power ON.

[Detection Conditions] When an Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic Request was processed, an error was sent by the EP-SV.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 Fax Job Fail

021-770 U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] EP-DX - Used Parts Collection order failed.

[Detection Conditions] EP-DX - Used Parts Collection order failure was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.

Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again. If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly. Check the following too: OF-11 FAX Job Fail

021-941 EP - Scan Service Paused By Disable [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Scan Service Paused By Disable



If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly. Check the following too: OF-11 FAX Job Fail

021-771 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX) [Error Type] Job Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

021-942 EP - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction 02/2009 2-429

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 021-xxx FIP [Detection Conditions] With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.


021-943 EP - Print Service Paused By Disable [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Print Service Paused By Disable



021-944 EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Print Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction

[Detection Conditions] The following were detected when an accessory was installed: 1.

"Color Print Prohibited" is set in the machine.

When color is prohibited, this error will appear when "Black" is not specified for printing from the PC even if the printed document contains only B/W pages. 2.

The number of color print sheets of the Accessory (= DocuLyzer) that is installed to the machine has reached the upper limit.

<> The "Color Current Count Value for Each Output Color" in the Card that is inserted into the DocuLyzer has reached the "Upper Limit for Each Output Color" that is stored in the DocuLyzer. * In Taiga, (1) will occur but (2) will not.


Operate the color limit keys in the machine to allow color print.

Or, use the Printer Driver in the PC to instruct printing in "Black" mode (instructing "Auto" or "Color" will not improve the situation.) (2-1) In DocuLyzer, reset the "Color Current Count Value for Each Output Color" of the target card. (2-2) Insert a card with count that has not reached the upper limit of the color count.

021-945 EP - Service Paused By Disable [Error Type] Operation Error

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-430

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Service Paused By Disable



021-946 EP - Service Paused By Color Mode [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] EP Accessory - Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction

[Detection Conditions] With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.


021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable)

[Detection Conditions] This occurs during document scanning or direct copy. If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IITsc detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.

[Corrective Actions] In the case of Dispensor, insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job. In the case of Coin Kit, add a necessary amount of money to continue the job.

021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Print Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable)

[Detection Conditions] This occurs during printing on paper or direct copy. If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IOTsc detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.


021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable)

[Detection Conditions] This occurs only when a job is temporarily stopped, not while a job is in progress. *This occurs if a job stops due to a non-accessory factor and the card is then extracted and then starting the job is attempted. If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, EP-Cont detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-431

021-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-432

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1


024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1

No need to replace the ESS PWB.

[Error Type]


Sub System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Sub System Fail

(IOT):

[Fault Content]

MCU sending error detected by Controller

(IOT):

(Invalid parameter was used)



(Message length error)

An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the Send function.



A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The message length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail






[Error Type]


Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

(IOT):

Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

(Sequence No. error)

(IOT):



A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The Sequencing No. of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

(Check code error)



A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The check code of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail






[Error Type]


Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

(IOT):

Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

(Packet No. error)

(IOT):

[Detection Conditions] A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)

MCU sending parity error detected by Controller

[Detection Conditions] A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A parity error was detected by hardware of the IOT.)

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-433

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 024-xxx FIP [Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail The ESS-PWB should be also replaced.

024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 7 [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] Imari (IOT): MCU send framing error detected by Controller

[Detection Conditions] A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A framing error was detected by hardware of the IOT.)

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail No need to replace the ESS PWB.


[Fault Content] (IOT): MCU sending error detected by Controller (Overrun error)

[Detection Conditions] A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (An overrun error was detected by hardware of the IOT.)



[Fault Content] (IOT): MCU sending error detected by Controller (Receiving abortion error)

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-434

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A receive abort was detected by the IOT after the header had been recognized.)



[Fault Content] (IOT): MCU receiving error detected by Controller (Sequence No. error)

[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)



[Fault Content] (IOT): MCU receiving error detected by Controller (Packet No. error)

[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail The ESS-PWB should be also replaced.


[Fault Content] MCU receiving error detected by Controller

(Framing error)

(Message length error)



The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)


The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was detected by hardware of the UART.)






(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)




[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

MCU receiving error detected by Controller

MCU receiving overrun error detected by Controller

(Check code error)


[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error was detected by hardware of the UART.)











[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]



(Receiving abortion error)

(Parity error)


[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was detected by hardware of the UART.)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (Abortion of receiving was detected after the header had been recognized.)






OF-06 IOT System Fail No need to replace the ESS PWB.



024-358 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 18 [Error Type]


Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Print sequence error detected by Controller. (The paper feed and paper output that are not applicable to the NBR are detected.)

MCU receiving error detected by Controller Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-435

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-436

[Detection Conditions] The paper feed and paper output that are not applicable to the NBR are detected.


2. 3.

Version.1 .1.1 Check the paper size group setting in the Controller and set a correct value. Refer to Generic Sensor FIP to check the sensor. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail


024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start


[Error Type]


[Fault Content] MCU transmission receiving rrror detected by Controller (Invalid parameter was used)

[Detection Conditions] An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the receiving function.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail (No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

024-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Fail [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] Initialization error between IOT-ESS

[Detection Conditions] The IOT Driver initialization failed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail (No need to replace the ESS PWB.)

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] [Image Output] PAGE-SYNC occurred before video output preparation completes.

[Detection Conditions] During IOT output, before the output data was written to FIFO Full, PageSync became active. Basically, this is not affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail The ESS PWB should be also replaced.

024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] [Image Output] PAGE-SYNC completion error during video output

[Detection Conditions] At IOT output, PageSync is negated before the specified paper size is output. Basically, this is not affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.


024-361 Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info

024-364 DMA Transfer Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] The paper size group data is different between the ESS and the IOT.

[Detection Conditions] The paper size group setting in the Controller does not match the paper size group data detected by the IOT.


Initialize the NVM (user area).

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] [Image Output] DMA Transfer Error

[Detection Conditions] During Reduce/Enlarge, reduction/enlargement was not completed even though the specified data was entered. This is probably caused by the SW failure or garbage data (RAM/HDD).

OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail



Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following. 1.

Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation.

024-368 PCI Error

2.

Replace the RAM.

[Error Type]

3.

If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".

4.

If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail".

Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write

BUTTON: [Image Output]

[Error Type]

PCI Bus Error

Sub System Fail


[Fault Content]

PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus.

Loopback Write Overflow



Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

The extended data exceeded the reserved buffer size.

OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail



This failure is currently not displayed.

024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail

024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail

[Error Type]


Sub System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Marker Code Detection Error

Other errors in JBIG Lib



During Enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the specified size, the end code (FF02) cannot be found in the compressed data.

Not in use now.



Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.

1. Replace the ESS PWB.

•

024-367 Decompress Other Fail

When it occurs only for certain documents (there is a high possibility that the S/W is faulty). 1.

[Error Type]

2.

Sub System Fail

B. Change the RAM size. (Change the port settings or the receive buffer size, etc.) If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it.

Other errors from Decompress (Extension)



OF-06 IOT System Faill

Incorrect LINE SYNC was detected. 2.

This may occur when the RAM size is changed. A. Change the installed RAM size.

[Fault Content]

1.

Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution).


Incorrect V-SYNC and H-SYNC signals were asserted during IOT output. •

Data overrun has occurred (caused by the parameter setting error for Panther4).

When it occurs for random or most documents, there is a high possibility that the HW is faulty.

2. only occurs during debugging.

1.

1. is the main cause of error.

2.

Replace the RAM.

3.

Pull out and insert or replace the cable or back plane between the ESS and the MCU.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-437

Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 024-xxx FIP OF-06 IOT System Faill OF-02 HDD System Fail

024-371 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 21 [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] The communication between the ESS and IOT has not been established, which is detected by the Controller.

[Detection Conditions] When the Controller and IOT are turned ON (including recovery from Power Saver mode), a response from the IOT to a request to establish communications from the Controller was not detected within the specified time.



[Fault Content] Sending error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)

[Detection Conditions] An illegal instruction for IOT Port No., Timeout Time, Pointer, or Transfer Size was detected.



[Fault Content] DLL communication failure recovery error detected by Controller

[Detection Conditions] When a message packet is sent from the Controller, the ACK packet from the IOT cannot be received within the specified time after the specified number of retries.


024-374 Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-438

Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] RegiCon adjustment value setting error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)

[Detection Conditions] Incorrect color registration adjustment value is sent from the IOT.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following. 1.

Replace the harness connecting the ESS and IOT.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail


[Fault Content] DLL receiving error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)

[Detection Conditions] An illegal instruction for IOT Port No., Timeout Time, or Pointer was detected.


024-600 Billing Master Counter repair [Error Type] History

[Fault Content] Repair the Billing Master Counter.

[Detection Conditions] The Billing Master Counter is automatically repaired.


024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 repair [Error Type] History

[Fault Content] Billing Backup Counter 1 Recovery

[Detection Conditions] The Billing Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired.



Only record the data to the history.


024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 repair

024-606 ProductNo / SerialNo Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

History

[Fault Content]

History

[Fault Content]

Billing Backup Counter 2 Recovery

Write error of Product No/Serial No in IOT The read result is different from the one in the Master (only at factory shipment)

[Detection Conditions] The Billing Backup Counter 2 is automatically repaired.

[Detection Conditions] A write error of the Product No/Serial No stored in the IOT.


The error where the read result is different from the one in the Master has occurred. (Only at factory shipment)


024-603 SWKey Master Counter repair [Error Type] History

[Fault Content] SWKey Master Counter Recovery

[Detection Conditions] The SWKey Master Counter is automatically repaired.


024-700 Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] A job that could not be printed due to unfulfilled conditions such as [Insufficient System Memory] or [HDD Not Installed] was received


024-604 SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair

[Detection Conditions] This machine, which satisfies conditions 1 and 2, was instructed to perform a job that has any of these - AnalogWaterMark/HybridWaterMark/UUID added to it.

[Error Type]

# Condition 1 #

History

Any of the SW options "Paper Security Kit", "Annotation Kit", or "Sakura Paper Kit" is enabled. Note that this includes cases where two or more options are enabled.

[Fault Content] SWKey Backup Counter1 Recovery

# Condition 2 #


The HDD is not installed on the Controller board, or the system memory capacity is insufficient to operate the SW options enabled in Condition 1.

The SWKey Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired.


024-605 SWKey Backup Counter 2 repair [Error Type] History


Install the HDD on the Controller board.

2.

Install the memory capacity required by the SW options enabled in Condition 1 on the Controller board (the required capacity depends on the machine model)

3.

After completing steps 1 and 2, turn ON the power and check that neither 16-210 nor 16-211 is displayed on the panel.

[Fault Content] SWKey Backup Counter2 Recovery

[Detection Conditions] The SWKey Backup Counter 2 is automatically repaired.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

If it is displayed, refer to the corrective actions for 16-210 or 16-211.

024-701 Invalid instruction of face inversion [Error Type] job

02/2009 2-439

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 024-xxx FIP [Fault Content] Job cancellation due to the invalid Invert instruction

[Detection Conditions] IOTsc has detected that the device has been instructed to print paper that is not invertible. (E.g.) –

Coil punch x Tab paper x Invert instruction

–

Paper size/type not invertible x Invert instruction

[Corrective Actions] Instruct the device in the way that enables it to invert paper for reoutput.

024-742 Print Booklet sheets counts over [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] A printer job whose paper quantity exceeds Booklet Paper Quantity is canceled.

[Detection Conditions] The number of sheets per set exceeds a specific allowable number for Booklet. * This fault is detected at the start of print. –

If the number of sheets is larger by one, automatically only saddle stitching is deselected and the sheets become folded in half for output.

–

If folding is only selected, an allowable number of sheets per set are automatically folded for output.

[Corrective Actions] Choose creation of every Booklet using a maximum number of sheets, or deselect Booklet. *When every Booklet is created using a maximum number of sheets, a specific signature is laid out on top of each booklet consisting of the max number of sheets. If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] There are parameters that are incompatible with the specified paper type.

[Detection Conditions] The paper type specified by the job is incompatible with options such as Paper Tray, Output Tray, Automatic 2 Sided Print/Staple (E.g. Auto 2-Sided Print is specified for Transparencies).

[Corrective Actions] Do not specify parameters that are incompatible with the specified paper type.

024-747 Print Instruction Fail [Error Type] Job Fail

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-440

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] Operation cannot be continued due to combination of unprintable parameters (stored file size, paper size, paper tray, duplex command, output tray)

[Detection Conditions] The specified combination of parameters (stored file size, paper size, paper tray, duplex command, output tray) cannot be executed or continued. When a job cannot continue due to component failure when [Start] button is pressed after a temporary interruption due to a component failure during a print operation, this error is also displayed.

[Corrective Actions] Change the print parameter and print again.

024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The number of Bates Numbering digits is exceeded.

[Detection Conditions] In the process of printing Bates Numbering, a maximum number of 9 or the user-specified number of digits is exceeded.

[Corrective Actions] Reduce the number of documents to less than the user-specified number or reduce the number of numbering digits in order to copy them again. If the problem persists, perform the following. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-775 Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] A printer job whose paper quantity exceeds Booklet Paper Quantity is canceled. (This occurs with a job without simplex/duplex setting.)

[Detection Conditions] This fault is detected at the start of print. The number of sheets per set for printer print exceeds a specific allowable number for Booklet. –

If the number of sheets is larger by one, automatically only saddle stitching is deselected and the sheets become folded in three for output.

–

If folding is only selected, an allowable number of sheets per set are automatically folded for output.

Because the Print Service operation of setting simplex/duplex is done by Driver, only the operation without simplex/duplex setting is done by the machine. As a detection of this Fail causes a job to be canceled, a message is only displayed indicating the job is canceled.

[Corrective Actions] Choose creation of every Booklet using a maximum number of sheets, or deselect Booklet.

*When every Booklet is created using a maximum number of sheets, a specific signature is laid out on top of each booklet consisting of the max number of sheets.

[Detection Conditions] When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. OF-09 Common Job Fail


024-910 Tray1 size mismatch

Load the correct paper in the tray.

[Error Type]

If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

Operation Error


[Fault Content]


Size Mismatch Tray 1: Measured Length Mismatch





[Fault Content]



If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.


If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-06 IOT System Faill




[Error Type]


Operation Error


[Fault Content]







[Fault Content]

Load the correct paper in the tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.




When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.

OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-06 IOT System Faill




[Error Type]


Operation Error


[Fault Content]




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-441

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-442


[Fault Content] Size Mismatch Tray 7: Measured Length Mismatch


[Corrective Actions] Load the correct paper in the tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-06 IOT System Faill

024-916 Mix Full Stack [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] Stacker Mix Full Stack (*Includes Z-fold number of page exceeded)

[Detection Conditions] One of the following conditions was met during Mix Full position detection

Version.1 .1.1

024-919 FaceUP Tray Close [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Face Up Tray Close

[Detection Conditions] When output was sent to the Face Up Tray, the Face Up Tray was detected as closed. (This is not treated as an error in Jigen)

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists after opening the Face Up Tray Cover, replace the Face Up Tray Sensor or Face Up Cover.

024-920 Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL

[Detection Conditions] The paper output to the Face Down Tray 1 is full.

[Corrective Actions] Clear the paper.

•

When paper size of the next job (either in feed direction or width direction) is larger than the uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job


•

When changed to staple mode when the uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job is less than 279.4mm


•

When uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job is "unknown"

[Corrective Actions] Remove paper from the Stacker. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-06 IOT System Fail

024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Finisher Stacker Tray Set Set Over Count

[Detection Conditions] The Staple Set Count exceeded 50 sets on the Stacker Tray during the Staple Set Eject operation.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the Staple No Paper Sensor.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Faill

024-922 Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL

[Detection Conditions] The paper output to the Face Down Tray 2 is full.

[Corrective Actions] Clear the paper. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-06 IOT System Faill

024-923 Operation Y Toner Empty


[Error Type]


Operation Error

024-926 Punch DustBox Miss Set

[Fault Content] Operation Y Toner Empty

[Error Type]


Operation Error

Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because Y toner has run out. Or, color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because Y toner has run out.


[Fault Content] Finisher Punch Dust Box Miss Set


Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.

The system detected that the Punch Dust Box was not installed.




Install the Punch Dust Box.





024-924 Operation M Toner Empty


[Error Type]

024-927 OCT Full Stack

Operation Error

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Operation Error

Operation M Toner Empty

[Fault Content]


OCT Full Stack

Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because M toner has run out. Or, color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because M toner has run out.

[Detection Conditions] The OCT Full Stack Sensor ON was detected for 5sec consecutively.



Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.

Remove paper from the OCT.








024-925 Operation C Toner Empty

024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin)

[Error Type]


Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin)

Operation C Toner Empty


[Detection Conditions] Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because C toner has run out. Or, color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because C toner has run out.

TBD

[Corrective Actions] TBD

[Corrective Actions] Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.

024-930 Stacker Tray Full (LargeSize Full)


[Error Type]

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Operation Error 02/2009 2-443

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-444

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack (LargeSize Full)

Operation Y Drum End of Life


[Detection Conditions] The Stack Encoder SNR has counted the specified number of sheets up to the Full Stack (Large Size).

Version.1 .1.1

During color printing, it was detected that printing cannot be continued because of Y Drum Life End. Or, color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because of Y Drum Life End.



Replace the Y Drum Cartridge.

Remove paper from the Stacker.







024-931 Staple Dust Full

024-934 Paper kind mismatch [Error Type]

[Error Type] Operation

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] Staple Full was detected.

Paper Type Mismatch



After Staple Dust near Full, Staple Count is performed and the effective count is detected to have reached 5K.

2.

Detected when the New Full Sensor did not turn ON even after the effective count has reached 20K after the Staple Dust Box removal is detected.

This error occurs when the paper fed is different from that specified in the Controller (Plain paper and Heavyweight cannot be recognized).

[Corrective Actions] Load the specified transparencies. If the problem persists after user actions, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

NOTE: The effective count is the count of Staple frequency for paper with sheet number less than 70.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the Staple Dust Box. Check the output of Staple Dust Near Full Sensor. If not detected, check using NVM763-435~441.

024-932 Staple Box Set Fail [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] It was detected that the Staple Box is not installed properly.

[Detection Conditions] The Staple Box Set Sensor detected that Box does not exist.



024-936 Tray 2 paper mismatch [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Tray 2 Paper Type Mismatch


Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.

2.

Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed

3.

Transparencies with borders was detected. Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding started.


Check installation of the Staple Dust Box.

Use Xerox transparencies without borders.

Check the Staple Box Set Sensor ON output. If it is OK, replace the Sensor, harness.


024-933 Operation Y Drum End of Life [Error Type] Operation


024-937 Tray 3 paper mismatch [Error Type] Operation Error

Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding started.

[Fault Content] Tray 3 Paper Type Mismatch




2.


3.

Transparencies with borders was detected.

Use Xerox transparencies without borders. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail


024-940 Folder Tray Out Of Place [Error Type]


Operation Error

Use Xerox transparencies without borders.

[Fault Content]


Folder Tray Out Of Place



024-938 OHP kind mismatch at Tray4 (Not white frame OHP)

Folder Tray Out Of Place

[Error Type]


Operation Error

Set the Folder Tray again.

[Fault Content]


BUTTON: Paper Type Mismatch


Transparencies With Borders Detected Tray 4

024-941 Folder Tray Full Stack



2.


3.


[Fault Content]

Transparencies with borders was detected.

Folder Tray Full Stack


•


Full Sensor of Folder Tray

Use Xerox transparencies.





024-939 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed Transparencies with borders was detected.

Press the Eject button for Tri-Fold paper to remove paper.

2.

This failure is cleared and 024-988 occurs when the Tri-Fold paper output tray is pulled out.

3.

Remove paper and install the Tri-Fold paper output tray to clear 024-988 and automatically continue the job.


The system is shut down (stop) if Transparencies with borders are detected regardless of the paper type setting in the Controller. Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.

1.


Paper Type Mismatch


Full detection/release by Full Sensor. (No Paper Sensor is not installed.)



024-942 Booklet sheets counts over [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Booklet sheets exceeded

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-445

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-446

[Detection Conditions] The no. of loaded sheets exceeded the maximum sheets for Booklet. •

Detected when printing starts

•

When only one sheet is loaded, the system automatically cancel Binding setting only and output Bi-Fold paper.

•

When only folding is specified, the system automatically fold paper by the number of available folding.


Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] Tray 1 Out Of Place

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that Tray 1 was not installed.


Select "Enable Booklet per upper limit of Booklet sheets" or "Disable Booklet".

Set the tray.

•


If Booklet is performed in the unit of the upper limit of sheets, Signature imaging is also performed for that unit.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-943 Booklet Low Staple [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Booklet Low Staple

[Detection Conditions] Staple needles for both Front and Rear are running low. Or, the Staple Cartridge was detected to be removed. Copying is performed until the set is finished and the instruction to replace the Staple Cartridge is displayed.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the Staple Cartridge. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-945 Booklet Full Stack [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Booklet Tray Full Stack

[Detection Conditions] The number of output copies to the Booklet Tray has reached the system data threshold.

[Corrective Actions] Remove the paper. If the problem persists, check the sensor using Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place


024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place [Error Type] Operation Error



[Corrective Actions] Set the tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail




[Corrective Actions] Set the tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Tray 4 Out Of Place


No paper in Tray 3 is detected.


The system detected that Tray 4 was not installed.

Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

[Corrective Actions] Set the tray.





024-953 Tray 4 Empty


[Error Type]

024-950 Tray 1 Empty [Error Type]

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Tray 4 Empty


Tray 1 Empty






[Corrective Actions] Add paper into the appropriate tray.





024-954 Tray SMH Empty


[Error Type]


Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Tray SMH Empty


Tray 2 Empty


No paper in the Bypass Tray is detected.









024-955 Tray 6 Empty


[Error Type]


Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Tray 6 Empty


Tray 3 Empty Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

No paper in Tray 6 is detected. 02/2009 2-447

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-448

Version.1 .1.1 If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Add paper into the appropriate tray.







[Error Type]


Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Operation Error

(H4-1) Size Mismatch

[Fault Content]

Tray 1 Size Mismatch

Tray 7 Empty

[Detection Conditions] No paper in Tray 7 is detected.


[Detection Conditions] The paper size in Tray 1 and the paper size specified for printing are different.









024-957 Interposer Empty [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Interposer Empty

[Detection Conditions] No paper in the Interposer Tray is detected.


024-960 Tray2 size mismatch [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] (H4-2) Size Mismatch Tray 2 Size Mismatch











024-958 SMH size mismatch


[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Size Mismatch 1

(H4-3) Size Mismatch

SMH Size Mismatch


[Detection Conditions] The paper size in the SMH tray and the paper size specified for printing are different.



[Corrective Actions] Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.






024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Operation Error

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

(H4-4) Size Mismatch Tray 4 Size Mismatch

Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths.



Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths.



Cancel User Staple.








024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOTsc detect)

024-968 Stapler/Punch Batting [Error Type]


Operation Error

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] ATS/APS No Paper

Batting of Staple and Punch (Occurs in FCW-UI only)


APS/ATS NG (No Paper)


The Staple and Punch positions were batting.


The paper specified for printing is not loaded in the tray.

Cancel Staple, Punch, or both.








024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error [Error Type]

024-969 Different width Mix Punch [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Operation Error

[Fault Content]

Mixed Size Punch


ATS/APS No Destination Error ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper)

Paper with different widths was detected during printing in the Punch mode.



Copy: Cancel Punch mode (user intervention)

The paper specified for printing cannot be detected.

Printer: Cancel Punch mode (auto cancelation)



Change the settings. Or, replace the tray.




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-449

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting






4127/4112G

02/2009 2-450

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] Size Mismatch (Tray 7 Size Mismatch)


[Corrective Actions] Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail


024-974 Interposer Tray Size Mismatch


[Error Type]






Operation Error

[Fault Content] Interposer Tray Size Mismatch

[Detection Conditions] The paper size specified for feeding from the Interposer and the tray size are different.



024-975 Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment)


[Error Type]



[Fault Content] Comm: Size Mismatch (Tray 6 Size Mismatch)


Operation Error

[Fault Content] No. of Booklet sheets exceeded. (Occurs at the process with no images)

[Detection Conditions] Detected when printing starts No images for Signature, or the no. of loaded sheets for Printer printing exceeded the maximum sheets for Booklet. •

When only one sheet is loaded, the system automatically cancel Binding setting only and output Tri-Fold paper.

•

When only folding is specified, the system automatically fold paper by the number of available folding.

The paper size in Tray 6 and the paper size specified for printing are different.



Since the Driver performs the image processing for Print Service, the machine performs operations without images. Since the job is canceled when this failure is detected, only the message indicating that the job has been canceled is displayed.

[Corrective Actions] Copy: Cancel Booklet (user intervention) Printer: Cancel Booklet mode (auto cancelation)


[Error Type]


Operation Error

024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG

[Fault Content] Staple Needle Near Empty, or Staple Needle Feed Failure

[Error Type]

(Treat as Empty)

Operation Error


[Fault Content]

Staple Needle Near Empty or Staple Needle Feed Failure was detected.

Finisher Staple Status NG



Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.

After the Staple Mot started forward rotation, the Staple Home SNR did not turn ON within 450ms, and after the Staple Mot started reverse rotation, the Stapler Head Home SNR turned ON within 200ms.



024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full

Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.

[Error Type]


Operation Error


[Fault Content]

024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail

Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack

[Error Type]


Operation Error

## APC4300G##

[Fault Content]

[When the B-Fin is installed] & [When the C-Fin/D-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]

Stapler Feed Ready Fail

This occurs with "Any Output Sizes".


[When the C-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]

1. Staple Ready SNR=OFF when Staple starts, 2. 13 times or less of stapling operation*

The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack (Large Size).


The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack (Small Size).

Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

## Other than APC4300G# ##


(C-Fin/D-Fin) When any of the followings is met:

024-978 Booklet Stapler NG

•

Small size paper full was detected during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement)

•

Half was detected at the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement) during paper eject corresponding to Half Limit

•

Large Size Paper was ejected while the system already detected Large Size Paper Full (Half).


[Fault Content] Booklet Stapler NG

(A-Fin/B-Fin) When any of the followings is met:

[Detection Conditions] Ready signal remains Not Ready when the specified time has passed since Booklet Staple operation has begun.


•

At power ON, the Stacker Height Snr detected the height and the Full Position.

•

During small size paper output, Full Position was detected during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement).

•

During large size paper output, Half Position (Full Position for large size paper) was detected during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement).

•

Paper for Half Limit (large size paper) was ejected while the system has already detected the Half Position (Full Position for large size paper).

Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-979 Stapler Near Empty Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-451

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-452


[Error Type]

Remove paper from the Stacker. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Operation Error

[Fault Content]


Booklet Tray Full was detected.


024-981 Finisher TopTray Full [Error Type]

Booklet Tray Full was detected.


Operation Error

Remove paper from the Booklet Tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

[Fault Content]


Finisher Top Tray Paper Full


[Detection Conditions] Finisher Top Tray Paper Full was detected.


024-984 Booklet Low Staple F [Error Type]

Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

Operation Error

[Fault Content]


Version.1 .1.1

Booklet Low Staple F


024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning

1.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.

[Error Type]

2.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.

Operation Error

[Fault Content] Finisher Stacker Tray Lower Safety

[Detection Conditions] Stacker Tray Lower Safety SW ON was detected. Height adjustment did not end within 250msec during Stacker Tray height adjustment for paper output. Stacker Height SNR1 OFF was not detected three times sequentially within 500ms after it had started to descend.

[Corrective Actions] Remove paper from the Stacker. Remove obstacles from the Stacker. 1.

The Stacker obstacles is detected.

2.

The system stops after the last sheet of the set is output in the Staple mode. The system stops after the scheduled paper is output in the Staple OFF mode.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the staple cartridge for Booklet. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-985 SMH Stop check [Error Type] Notice Error

[Fault Content] SMH Pause Check

[Detection Conditions] The SMH Tray stopped running due to an obstruction.


After that, the system prohibits use of the Stacker.

Check the paper size/paper orientation/paper type settings and press the Eject/Set key.






024-983 Booklet Tray Full

024-987 Envelop Folder Tray Full [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content]


Envelope Folder Tray Full

Punch Dust Box Full is detected



The specified number of sheets was output after Envelope Tray Near Full had been detected.

Clear the Punch Dust scrap. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.

[Corrective Actions] Remove paper from the Envelope Folder Tray.





024-988 Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail

[Detection Conditions] Monitor the Envelop Tray Set SNR in the interval of 100msec and detect OFF 10 times sequentially.

[Corrective Actions] Set the Envelop Folder Tray properly. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-989 Booklet Low Staple R [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Booklet Low Staple R


Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.

2.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.

[Corrective Actions] Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

024-990 Punch Dust Full [Error Type] Operation Error

[Fault Content] Punch Dust Full Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-453

024-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-454

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

025-596 Diag HDD Mentenance Fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] An NG occurred when HDD Fail Forecast of Diagnostics was executed.

[Detection Conditions] An NG occurred when HDD Fail Forecast of Diagnostics was executed.


Pull out and insert the HDD Harness.

2.

Replace the HDD.

025-597 Diag HDD Initialize Fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error occurred when HDD initialization of Diagnostics was executed.

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred when HDD initialization of Diagnostics was executed.


Pull out and insert the HDD Harness.

2.

Replace the HDD.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-455

025-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-456

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

026-700 LDAP protocol MAX error

[Detection Conditions] The JRM Directory Service, which is an internal software of the machine, has simultaneously received two or more requests for the same operation.

[Error Type] Job


[Fault Content] An undefined LDAP protocol was detected during address book operation.

[Detection Conditions] It was detected that the error response returned from the server does not exist in the LDAP protocol definitions.


1.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest.

2.

If the problem still persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" log immediately after the error occurred, without turning the power OFF then ON.

Contact the Support Department and do not replace the ESS-PWB.

026-703 Abort with Logout [Error Type]

The server uses an undefined LDAP protocol that is not supported by the machine.

job

Perform the following in sequence. 1.

Get the procedures for reproducing an error according to the operation that was performed when the error occurred.

[Fault Content]

2.



3.


At installation of additional document, authentication is already cancelled. When in Fax or Scan services, authentication is cancelled at additional document loading, the job will be aborted.

This is caused by mistakes in server settings or client operation. Contact the Support Department and do not replace the ESS-PWB.

"At additional document loading” mentioned here means: 1.

When a request to add documents is made (at the end of scanning: Platen: every sheet; DADF: every time a document or documents are installed)

2.

When the job is continued with the next document existing.

026-701 Adress Book request overflow [Error Type]


Job

Make it impossible for authentication to be cancelled at additional document loading.

[Fault Content]

026-704 DocuWorks Error

Address Book Query Overflow


[Error Type]

The software in the machine was subjected to a large amount of simultaneous address queries from multiple machine panel and Web UI input devices. The processing capacity of the JRM directory service has been exceeded.

[Corrective Actions] When performing simultanous queries on the Address Book in the machine from multiple machine panel and Web UI input devices, lower the query interval.

job

[Fault Content] XDW Error

[Detection Conditions] In process of operating DocuWorks Decomposer, there has occurred: a syntax error, use of an undefined command, a parameter error, damage to DocuWorks File, or an internal error of DocuWorks Decomposer.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1.


2.


Contact the Support Department and do not replace the ESS-PWB.

026-702 Adress Book directory service overflow

[Corrective Actions] Print from DocuWorks Viewer by use of Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

026-705 DocuWorks Short of Memory [Error Type] job

[Error Type] Job

[Fault Content] XDW Short of Memory

[Fault Content] Address Book Directory Service Overflow Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-457

026-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-458

[Detection Conditions] In process of operating DocuWorks Decomposer, lack of memory has been detected.

[Corrective Actions] Change print mode from “High Resolution” to “Standard” or from “Standard” to “High Speed”. If the problem still occurs, add another memory. If the problem persists though the memory has added up to the maximum, print from DocuWorks Viewer by use of Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

3.

2.5.1 LOG

026-709 URL hdd full [Error Type] job

[Fault Content]

job

[Fault Content]

The HDD is full of ScanToURL accumulated data.


XDW Print Prohibited


If “Max File Accumulated Data Size” is set to a small value, change it to a larger one.

If the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.

026-706 DocuWorks Print Prohibited [Error Type]

Version.1 .1.1

The HDD partition for accumulated ScanToURL data has become full, causibg the job to fail.


DocuWorks Decomposer has processed a DocuWorks document printing of which is prohibited.

Wait for some time (approx. one day) until an automatic deletion of documents makes some space available, and then rerun the job.



As this is a document printing of which is prohibited, enter “Full Access Password,” etc. from DocuWorks Viewer and disable “printing prohibited” and then print it using Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

2.5.1 LOG

026-707 DocuWorks Unlock Failed

026-710 S/MIME unsupported cipher decrypt fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type] job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] S/MIME unsupported cipher decrypt fail

XDW Unlock Failed


[Detection Conditions] The device has received a S/MIME encrypted mail that is encrypted by an unsupported encryption method.

In the processing of a security-protected DocuWorks file, either of the password set on the UI panel and the XPJL-specified password (set in ContentsBridge Utility) does not match.



1.

As the default password set on the device or the password entered for printing through ContentsBridgeUtility is incorrect, enter the correct password.

1.

Ask the sender of the S/MIME encrypted mail to encrypt the mail by the encryption method (3DES) and send it.

2.

Enter “Full Access Password,” etc. from DocuWorks Viewer and disable “printing prohibited” and then print it using Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).

2.

Set FIPS140 Authentication Mode of the device to OFF.

026-708 URL data size over [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] ScanToURL accumulated data size over

[Detection Conditions] The size of a ScanToURL job has exceeded the upper limit of the size of scanned data per job that can be accumulated.


If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 2.4.1 Interface(Physical/Logical) 2.4.3 Nothing appears. Not printed. 2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow 2.5.1 LOG

026-711 Multi-page file size over [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Multi-page file size over


1.

Reduce the resolution level (scanned-image quality), which is a scan parameter, and rerun the job.

The upper limit size of the multi-page file format generated in scan service has been exceeded.

2.

Reduce the zoom ratio of the image, which is a scan parameter, and rerun the job. (A3->A4, etc.)

The upper limit of the file size of each multi-page file is defined as follows:

TIFF:2GB-1byte


XPS :2GB-1byte


PDF :2GB-1byte

–


XDW :1GB

–


(1GB = 1024x1024x1024 = 2^30 byte)

–



Reduce the resolution level (scanned-image quality), which is a scan parameter, and rerun the job.

2.

Reduce the number of documents and rerun the job.

If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure, DHCP Server failure, or an improper DHCP Server setting. (For example, if the DHCP Server is not set up in the way that allows it to give back the proxy server address, an erro of this code will occur.)


The Network Environment check items are as follows:

2.5.1 LOG

–

026-712 HTTP out job overlap error

The HTTP server that provides the PAC file (CFILE) is operating normally, or the server can be reached on the network.

–

The contents of the PAC file have no mistakes in syntax or selected server address, or the file size is 64KB or less.

–

The DHCP server that has an entry of CURL info is operating normally, or the server can be reached on the network.

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content]


An error has occurred in taking out a mailbox document because of the running of a parameter that cannot be run simultaneously in CWIS.


[Detection Conditions] The high compression/OCR processing module has detected that a job that specifies high compression/OCR processing and is to be taken out using HTTP has started while another job to be sent via the network is undergoing high compression/OCR processing.

2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description

026-714 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy. [Error Type]

[Corrective Actions] As a job specifying high compression/OCR processing is in progress, wait until the job is complete and then operate the device again.

job

[Fault Content]

026-713 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically.

Network error


[Error Type]

The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server.

job

(A network path problem, an open wire, etc.)

[Fault Content]


Auto detection of the proxyhas failed.


[Detection Conditions] The proxy server could not be detected automatically. When the proxy server is not manually set up, an automatic attempt is made to obtain the proxy server setting from the DHCP server. Howerver, the attempt has failed.

–

the connection of the LAN Cable

–


–


For the details, see below:

–


–

The contents of the obtained PAC file have a problem. (An error occurred during the running of JavaScript.)

–


–


–

The PAC file could not be obtained. (Timeout/Connection error)

–

The PAC file could not be obtained. (No PAC file/Too large file)

If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure.

–

PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (Timeout)

–

PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (No URL is included in the response to the inquiry.)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-459


026-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-460

Version.1 .1.1


–


–


2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description

–


026-715 Connection to Xerox server has timed out.

–


[Error Type]

–


–

the Xerox Communication Server URL setting

–

Set “Verify the remote server certificate” to “OFF”.

job

[Fault Content] No response from the server

[Detection Conditions] There is no response from the Xerox Communication Server for a certain period of time, resulting in a timeout.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description

026-716 An invalid state message received from server. [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] A server error is detected.

[Detection Conditions] The Xerox Communication Server has responded with a message indicating an abnormal condition.


If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the customer network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure. When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description

026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] An erroneous combination of PostScript print instructions (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex instructions, output tray)

[Detection Conditions] An erroneous combination of print parameters selected (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex instructions, output tray) prevents the device from running the job.

[Corrective Actions] As to finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex instructions, output tray, etc., make reselections and run the job. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.



When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.

2.4.4 Printed but not properly

If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description

026-717 Invalid network settings were found. [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Setting error

[Detection Conditions] An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating.

[Corrective Actions] Check the following:

2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow

027-400 Net Off Line

027-443 DNS renewal failure of dynamic

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Info

Info

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Net Off Line

IPv6 - Stateless Auto Setting IP Address 2 is Duplicated



1.

Communication is not available due to other failures.

2.

Communication is not available because panel operation is in progress (especially in the CE mode).

Another device with the same IP address as "Stateless Auto Setting Address 2" that is set in this machine exists in the network.

3.

Communication is not available because a third party is using remote access.

Bit 1 Duplicated address at autoConfInet6Address[1] of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO. When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.

[Corrective Actions] Clear any failure that is indicated by other displayed messages. If the panel operation is in progress, complete it. If somebody is in remote access, wait for the access to end.


If the problem persists, turn the power OFF then ON.

Either change the IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 2" of this device or the IPv6 address of the other device on the network.



2.4.3 No Output. No Printout.

1.

Check that the IPv6 address that was set by Stateless Address Auto Setting is not being used by other devices.

2.

Collect failure analysis log and packets.

2.4.5 Network-related details check flow. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) 2.4.3 No Output. No Printout.



027-442 Duplicat IP address


[Error Type]


Info

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Info


[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Another device with the same IP address as IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 1" that is set in this machine exists in the network.


[Detection Conditions] Another device with the same IP address as IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 3" that is set in this machine exists in the network.

Bit 0 Duplicated address at autoConfInet6Address[0] of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO. When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.

Bit 2 Duplicated address at autoConfInet6Address[2] of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO.

[Corrective Actions] Either change the IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 1" of this device or the IPv6 address of the other device on the network.

When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.


If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1.

Check that the IPV6 address that was set by Stateless Address Auto Setting is not being used by other devices.

2.


Either change the IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 3" of this device or the IPv6 address of the other device on the network. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1.

Check that the IPv6 address that was set by Stateless Address Auto Setting is not being used by other devices.


2.



2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical)




2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-461

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-462


027-445 Illegal IP address [Error Type]

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type] Info

[Fault Content] IPv6 - Link Local IP Address is Duplicated

Info

[Fault Content] IPv6 - Manually Set IP Address is Invalid

[Detection Conditions] The IPv6 "Manual Setting Address" set in the machine is invalid. Bit 13 Address assignment error at inet6Address of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_MANUAL. When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.

[Corrective Actions] Change the "IPv6 (Manual Setting Address)" of this machine to the IPv6 address that can be used as the self-machine address. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1.

Check whether IPv6 address that was automatically set as the manual address is using an invalid address.

2.


2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) 2.4.3 No Output. No Printout. 2.4.5 Network-related Details Check Flow 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-446 Duplicat IP address [Error Type] Info

[Fault Content] IPv6 - Automatically Set IP Address is Duplicated

[Detection Conditions] Another device with the same IP address as the IPv6 "Manual Setting Address" that is set in this machine exists in the network.

[Detection Conditions] Another device with the same IP address as the IPv6 "Link Local Address" that is set in this machine exists in the network. Bit 15 Duplicated address at linkLocalAddress of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.

[Corrective Actions] Either change the IPv6 "Link Local Address" of this device or the IPv6 address of the other device on the network. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1.

Check whether the IPv6 address that was automatically set as the Link Local Address is not used by other devices.

2.


2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) 2.4.3 No Output. No Printout. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

027-452 Duplicat IP address [Error Type] Time Bomb (Information)

[Fault Content] IP Address Duplicated

[Detection Conditions] The PC of the same IP address exists on a network.


Bit 14 Duplicated address at inet6Address of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_MANUAL

Change the IP address of a PC on the network.

When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.

Refer to "Network Administrator Guide (User Guide)".


1.

Change the "IPv6 (Manual Setting Address)" of this machine to the IPv6 address that can be used as the self-machine address. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1. 2.

1-1. For manual address setting, check that the IP address set by the customer is not used for others. 1-2. For each of RARP, BOOTP, and DHCP setting, check the server setting environment.

Check whether IPv6 address that was automatically set as the manual address is using an invalid address.

2.










027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]


SMTP Server Address Resolution Fail for Mail IO

Incorrect POP Server authentication information was detected.



Incorrect SMTP Server name was detected.

Specify the correct POP Server authentication information.


1.

Perform 027-501 check and then specify a correct POP User Name.

1.

Check with a customer System Administrator that the Mail Server has been launched and the environment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC).

2.

If the problem persists, collect the failure analysis log and packets.

Check that a correct SMTP server address is reflected in the device setting list.


2-1. When the SMTP Server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address.


2.

2-2. When the SMTP Server address is specified using FQDN (name: aaa.co.jp), check that the FQDN name is correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device, and set a correct IP address. 3.


027-503 POP server communication timeout [Error Type] job


[Fault Content]

027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO

Time to communicate with the POP server ran out. (after connection to the server)

[Error Type]


Job Fail

(POPERR_TIMEOUT)

[Fault Content]


POP Server Address Resolution Fail for Mail IO

1.


Time-out occurred in communicating with the POP server.

Wait for a while and operate again.

Incorrect POP Server name was detected. Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address.

027-504 Response reception which is not expected from SMTP server

1.

Check with a customer System Administrator that the Mail Server has been launched and the environment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC).

[Error Type]

2.

Check that a correct POP server address is reflected in the device setting list.

[Fault Content]


job

2-1. When the POP Server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address.

An internal error. Or an unexpected response was received from the server (at any timing).

2-2. When the POP Server address is specified using FQDN (name: aaa.co.jp), check that FQDN name is correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device, and set a correct IP address. 3.


[Detection Conditions] any area



1.


027-513 SMB Scan client has no right to access.

2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions

027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO


[Fault Content]



The SMB scan client does not have access rights (Win9x systems)


[Fault Content]

In Scan to SMB, the user has no right to access the SMB server.

POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and lalter only.] –

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-463

The folder with the same name as the specified file name already exists. (MacOS X v10.2)

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-464


Version.1 .1.1


Set up the user so that he/she can read or write in a file or folder in the specified placle to save it in.

Take any one of the following actions:

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and lalter only.]

–

–

Check if there is any folder with the same name as the specified file name. (MacOS X v10.2)

Check that network communication between the transfer destination SMB server and this machine is available, by the following:

If the problem persists, see the following to obtain a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log, and contact the support division for instructions.

– –

Check the TCP/IP settings


–

Check for communication through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP), and port 139 (TCP).

–

027-514 Host name solution error in SMB

Check the following network settings to see if the computer operates as an SMB server. –


[Fault Content] Unable to resolve hostname during SMB scan

[Corrective Actions] Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the SMB server name of the transfer destination has been registered in the DNS.

Check that the file sharing service for Microsoft network is enabled.

–

Check that NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled in the TCP/IP settings.

–

Check the file sharing service (communications through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP), and port 139 (TCP)) is allowed in the firewall settings.

–

For communication that goes beyond the subnet, check the WINS server settings and check whether the server name address can be resolved correctly.

–

Check whether the NetBIOS interface device at the transfer destination SMB server has started (happens in Windows NT4.0 Server/Workstation).

[Detection Conditions] Failed to resolve the hostname or server name of the SMB server for DNS access during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

Check the connection of network cables.

1.

Select the [Start] menu -> [Settings] to open [Control Panel].

2.

Open [Services] and select the [Messenger] service.

3.

Select the [Start Up], [Auto], [OK], and then [Close].


4.

Open [Devices] in [Control Panel] and select the [NetBIOS Interface] device.

5.

Select the [Start Up], [Auto] or [Manual], [OK], and then [Close].


6.

Reboot the computer.


027-515 DNS server un-sets up in SMB [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The DNS server was not set during SMB scan

[Detection Conditions] The DNS server was not set for DNS access during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.

[Corrective Actions] Set the DNS server address. Or, set the SMB server address of the transfer destination using IP address.


027-518 Login name or a password error in SMB [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] There are problems with the SMB scan login name or password


In Scan to SMB, the specified password was found wrong.


[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products onley.] •

The user could not be identified because the user name or password was wrong. (MacOSX v10.2)


•

The user name specified has not been registered as a user that is allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.2)

027-516 Server connection error in SMB [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Problem with connection to server during SMB scan

[Detection Conditions] Unable to find the SMB server during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.


Check the password set for the shared folder.

[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products onley.] •

Contact the network administrator for the user name or password. (MacOS X v10.2)

•

Check for users that are allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.2)

This is how to check for users:

1.

From [Dock], start the [System Environment Settings] icon.

2.

On the [System Environment Settings] window, click the [Account] icon.

3.

Click the [To change, click the key] icon and log in.

[Fault Content] Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server


4.

Select the user and click the [Edit users] button.

5.

Enter the password. After that, put a checkmark on [Permit the user to log in from Windows] and then click the [OK] button.

Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server.


If the problem persists, see the following to obtain a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log, and contact the support division for instructions.




027-519 Scanning picture preservation place error in SMB

027-521 File name suffix limit over in SMB

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Scan image storage destination or file name specification error during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer

[Fault Content] The SMB scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit value



The file name/folder name suffix that can be specified for SMB Scan has exceeded the limit value.

There is a problem with the storage destination or file name of the specified scan image during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.


–

The specified storage destination does not exist on the server.

1.

–

A prohibited character was detected in the specified storage destination or file name.

–

The specified storage destination is linked to a different shared folder due to the distributed file system (DFS).

Change the file name/destination folder on the SMB scan server. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder.


[Corrective Actions] Take any one of the following actions:

027-522 File creation failure in SMB

–

Check if the storage destination is correct.

[Error Type]

–

Check that the specified file name can be created on the SMB server.

–

Check for the settings of the distributed file system (DFS) with the system administrator.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

The checking procedure is as follows:

Failed to create an SMB scan file

1.

On the SMB server, select the [Start] menu > [All Programs] > [Administrative Tools] > [Distributed File System].

2.

Select the specified storage destination from the left pane of the [Distributed File System] and check the [Target] information displayed in the right pane of the window.

Scan image file creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. –

The specified file name already exists on the server.

3.

Based on the information, specify the SMB server, shared name, and storage destination directly.

–

The specified file name is in use.

–

The specified file name already exists as a directory.


–

A prohibited character was detected in the specified file name.



[Corrective Actions] Take any one of the following actions:

027-520 File name acquisition failure from SMB server [Error Type] Job Fail

–

Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage destination.

–

Check whether the specified file name is being used by another user.

–

Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified file name exists.

If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-465

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-466


Version.1 .1.1 3.

027-523 Lock folder creation failure in SMB [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder

[Detection Conditions] Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder on the SMB scan server. 1.

SMBCL_NG_FILE_EXISTS


1.

When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry.

2.


Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.


027-526 Lock folder delete failure in SMB [Error Type] Job Fail

The specified lock folder name already exists.


[Fault Content] Failed to delete an SMB scan lock folder

[Detection Conditions] Failed to delete a lock folder on the SMB scan server.


1. 2.

027-524 Folder creation failure in SMB

3.

Job Fail Failed to create an SMB scan folder Folder creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. The specified folder already exists.


SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New) The directory is not empty.

[Error Type]


SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE The file does not exist.


[Fault Content]

SMBCL_NG_FILE_IS_DIR (New) The specified file name already exists as a directory.

SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New) The specified directory name is not a directory.


When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job.


Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified name exists on the SMB server.

027-527 Folder delete failure in SMB




027-525 File delete failure in SMB [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Failed to delete an SMB scan folder

[Detection Conditions] Failed to delete a folder on the SMB scan server.

[Fault Content]

1.

Failed to delete an SMB scan file


2.

Failed to delete an SMB scan file on the SMB scan server. 1.

SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE SMBCL_NG_DOS_BAD_SHARE The file is open.

SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New) The directory is not empty.

3.

The file does not exist. 2.

SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE The file does not exist.

SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New) The specified directory name is not a directory.


Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.





027-528 Data write-in failure to SMB server

027-531 SMB scan filing policy injustice

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The storage destination on the SMB scan data server has no free space

Incorrect SMB scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)



The storage destination on the SMB scan server has no free space.

Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected)



1.

1.

Check that the storage destination has enough free space.

When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.





027-529 Data read failure from SMB server

027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Unexpected error of the SMB scan data server

A file access error has occurred during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.



An unexpected error response was received from the SMB server or an unexpected error has occurred in the machine during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.


An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.


Log in to the SMB server from another PC using the same user name and check whether you can write a file into the same storage destination on that SMB server.

When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

After that, perform the same operation again. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation


027-533 Internal error in SMB Scan [Error Type]

027-530 Data reading failure from SMB server

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

An internal error has occurred during SMB scan

[Fault Content]


"Cancel Job" is selected for SMB scan "File Name Conflict"

An internal error has occurred.



Unable to save a file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer because "File Name Conflict" is set to "Cancel Job".


1.



Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job". Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-467

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 027-xxx FIP 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type]

027-543 SMB server name specification error

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

SMB protocol error (4-008): The scan user name specification is incorrect

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect

The specified user name was detected to be incorrect by the controller software (SMB library) of this machine.

[Detection Conditions] The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect.


SMBCL_NG_INV_HOST

•

The hostname specification is incorrect.

< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication> The system administrator is to set the user name correctly.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-468

How to check the user name:

Check that the server name of the SMB server is correct.


1.

Common Operation 1. On the Active Directory domain controller in which the User Information was set, select the [Start] menu → [All Programs] → [Administrative Tools] → [Active Directory Users and Computers].

2.

Common Operation 2. In the left pane of the Active Directory Users and Computers window, select [Active Directory Users and Computers [Server]] → [Domain] → [Users] to list the user information.

3.

Common Operation 3. In the right pane of the Active Directory Users and Computers window, right-click target user and select [Properties].

4.

After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, check the user name for [User Logon Name (Windows 2000 or earlier)].

027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-007): The scan domain name specification is incorrect

< When this error occurred during SMB Scanner >


1.

The specified domain name was detected to be incorrect by the controller software (SMB library) of this machine.


The system administrator is to set the user name correctly.



027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009

The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly.

[Error Type]

How to check the domain name:

Job Fail

1.

On the Active Directory domain controller, select the [Start] menu → [Administrative Tools] → [Active Directory Domains and Trusts].

[All Programs] →

2.

In the left pane of the "Active Directory Domains and Trusts" window, select [Active Directory Domains and Trusts] → [Domain], then right-click and select [Properties].


3.

After selecting the [General] tab in the [Domain Properties] window, check the domain name for [Domain Name (Windows 2000 or earlier)].


[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-009) The specification of Password is incorrect.

< When this error occurred during SMB Scanner >

Operate again.

1.


The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly.






[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-024)




The host is missing.

[Error Type]


2.

Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP)) Check that the SMB (TCP/IP) at the device side has started up. (1)

3.

Specify the network address of the device through a Web browser, and display the remote UI screen of the CenterWare Internet Services. Select the "Properties" tab and select "Start Port" from the left frame of the properties list.

(3)

Put a check on the "Start" of "SMB", and check that "TCP/IP" is already checked for "Transport Protocol".

Cannot connect. Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))

If the authentication server and the device are connected to different subnets, check that the device has settings that can resolve the address of the authentication server. In the Tools Mode screen of the device, check the "System Settings" → "System Settings" → "Network Settings" → "External Authentication Server/Directory Service Settings" → "SMB Server Settings" → "SMB Server Specification Method".


027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026 [Error Type]

Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the WINS server.

[Fault Content]

In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is already specified by FQDN Name


Check if the "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" has become enabled at the authentication server settings. (1)


In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is already specified by NetBIOS Name

Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the DNS server.

5.

SMB protocol error (4-025)

[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]

(2)

(1)

4.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail SMB protocol error (4-026) The library cannot be initialized.

[Corrective Actions] In the "Start Port" screen of the "Properties" tab of CenterWare Internet Service, check that the SMB (TCP/IP) has started up.

Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".

(2)

Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".

(3)

Select the "General" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window, select "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)" and press the [Properties] button.

(4)

Click the [Advanced] button in the "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties" window.

(5)

Select the "WINS" tab in the "Advanced TCP/IP Settings" window to check the "NetBIOS Settings".

Check at the Internet connection firewall if the communication through Ports 137, 138 and 139 are not blocked. (If the authentication server is WinXP) (1)

Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".

(2)

Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".

(3)

Select the "Advanced" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window and click the [Settings...] button.

(4)

Select the "Service" tab in the "Advanced" window to check that communication through 137 (UDP), 138 (UDP) and 139 (TCP) are permitted.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


027-569 SMB (TCP/IP)is not started. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The SMB (TCP/IP) is not started


02/2009 2-469

SMBCL_NG_NOT_INIT that occurs during SMB Scanner The library has not been initialized.

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


In the [Port Status] screen under the [Properties] tab of CentreWare Internet Services, check that SMB (TCP/IP) is enabled. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation



[Detection Conditions] Incorrect parameter.

[Corrective Actions] Operate again. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation



[Detection Conditions] Incorrect character code.




[Detection Conditions] Incorrect data size.

[Corrective Actions] Operate again.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-470

Version.1 .1.1 If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation



[Detection Conditions] Incorrect domain data size.




[Detection Conditions] Communication timeout has occurred.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP)) If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation



[Detection Conditions] SMBCL_NG_INV_SECMODE Authentication server common security mode is operating.

[Corrective Actions] There is a possibility that the authentication server is set as Win95/Win98/Me. Set the authentication server to Windows other than Win95/Win98/Me.

The password was detected to require changing by the controller software (SMB library) of this machine.




[Error Type]

Log in to Windows and change the password. Request the system administrator to disable the "change password at next login".

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [User must change password at next logon] under [Account Options].

SMB protocol error (4-045): Scan login not available time period



<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> The login not available time period was detected by the controller software (SMB library) of this machine.




< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >

Job Fail

Check with the system administrator for the time period when logging in is allowed. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-048): The user account is disabled



<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>


The user account is disabled.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

Request the system administrator to enable the user account.

SMB protocol error (4-046): The password has expired.



After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [Account Disabled] under [Account Options].

<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> The password was detected to be expired by the controller software (SMB library) of this machine.




Obtain a valid password from the system administrator.



[Error Type]



Job Fail

[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-049): Locked out


Job Fail

<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>

[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-047): The password must be changed

The user account is locked out.




<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication >>> Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Request the system administrator to unlock the user account. 02/2009 2-471

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-472

Perform the following. After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [Account locked out]. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation


[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-050): The user account has expired

[Detection Conditions] <<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> The user account has expired.

[Corrective Actions] < When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner > Obtain a valid user account from the system administrator. Request the system administrator to extend the validity period of the account. Perform the following. After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, select [End of:] from [Account expires] and extend the validity. Request the system administrator to disable the account expiry. Perform the following. After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, select [Never] from [Account expires]. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation


[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-051): The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed

[Detection Conditions] <<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed.


Version.1 .1.1

027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] SMB/LDAP Protocol Error (code for others)


An error internal to SMB Library excluding 027-547 through 027-578 occurred.

2.

The protocol category with which to fill in Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode( ) was an unexpected one. * FTP/HTTP/an undefined category was specified. (DMP6-1)


027-600 ExtPrint Check Mode Error [Error Type] a hidden fail

[Fault Content] External Print CheckMode Error

[Detection Conditions] In H/W Check Mode, the controller detected an error with the external CDI.

[Corrective Actions] Just write this in History. If the problem persists, perform the following: –

Check the command between DFE and M/C, and disconnect then connect the Video Cable between DFE and M/C.

–

Power Off/On

027-700 Mail address domain err [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Sending to the domain of the destination mail address is prohibited. (before connecting to the server)

[Detection Conditions] The domain of the destination mail address is designated as a prohibited domain.


Set a user password.

Check that the domain of the destination mail address is not designated as a prohibited domain.




2.5.1 LOG

027-701 Disconnect network cable


[Error Type]

1.

job

027-705 Certificate for addresses, was revoked

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

In external authentication, the disconnected cable is detected.

job

[Detection Conditions] As a result of checking for disconnection of the network cable before the external authentication operation, the disconnected cable has been detected.

[Fault Content] The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the server)

[Corrective Actions] The network cable is disconnected from the device. Confirm the cable is disconnected and reconnect it.

[Detection Conditions] when sending SMIME mail (VKCMERR_CERT_REVOKED)

027-702 Certificate for addresses, was not found

(VKCMERR_KEY_COMPROMISED)

[Error Type]

(VKCMERR_CERT_AFFILIATION_CHANGED)

job

(VKCMERR_CERT_SUPERSEDED)

[Fault Content] No certificate for the destination exists. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_NOTHING)


Store a certificate for the destination in this machine.

027-703 Certificate for addresses, was expired [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The certificate for the destination expired. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] when sending SMIME mail (VKCMERR_CERT_EXPIRED)

Check for the certification path for the destination certificate and import the necessary CA certificate.

(SMLNG_KEY_REVOKED)


Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.

027-706 Device certificate not found [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No device certificate exists. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] When SMIME mail was sent, No Certificate was detected.


Store the device certificate in this machine.




1.

027-707 Device certificate expired

Store the correct certificate for the destination in this machine. Check the following: •

the term for which the certificate is valid

•

The time the device tells is correct.

027-704 Certificate for addresses, was untrusted [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The certificate for the destination is not reliable. (before connection to the server)



[Fault Content] The device certificate expired. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] When SMIME mail was sent, an invalid (expired) certificate was detected.


when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_UNTRUST) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Store the correct device certificate in this machine. Check the following: •

02/2009 2-473

the term for which the certificate is valid

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-474

The time the device tells is correct.

If the problem persists, perform the following. OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-708 Device certificate untrusted [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The device certificate is not reliable. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] When SMIME mail was sent, an unreliable certificate was detected.


Check that the mail address written on the device certificate is the same as that set up on the device.

2.

Check for the certification path for the device certificate and import the necessary CA certificate.


Version.1 .1.1 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-711 S/MIME mail sender certificate not found [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] SMIME Mail Certificate Retrieval Error

[Detection Conditions] The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate. The S/ MIME signature mail sent from the device always includes the device certificate.

[Corrective Actions] To validate the signature, a valid sender certificate is required. Register the sender certificate in M/C or change your mailer options so that the S/MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with the certificate. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-709 Device certificate revoked

027-712 S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the server)

[Detection Conditions] When SMIME mail was sent, a discarded certificate was detected (which is registered in CRL).


Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.


027-710 S/MIME mail was disabled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid SMIME Mail Error

[Detection Conditions] The Mail I/O received S/MIME mail even though S/MIME was disabled.

[Corrective Actions] Sender has the S/MIME certificate for the M/C but the S/MIME settings in M/C is invalid. Enable S/ MIME setting in the device. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid S/MIME Mail Certificate Error

[Detection Conditions] The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender certificate was invalid, a signature verification error was detected.

[Corrective Actions] To validate a signature, a valid sender certificate is required. As the sender certificate registered in the device is unreliable or it has expired, the S/MIME signature mail is unreliable and the received mail is discarded. Check that the signature bearer of the CA certificate is registered in the device. Explain to the customer that the sender "needs to send a mail that is signed with a valid certificate" because the sender certificate has expired. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-713 S/MIME mail was altered [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Receive S/MIME Mail Tampered Error


[Fault Content]

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but tampered mail was detected and it was discarded.

Unsigned Mail Prohibited


[Corrective Actions] Attackers may tamper mails on the sending path. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking the attacks from attackers.

Prohibited unsigned mail was detected. All the S/MIME unsigned mails (including standard mails and S/MIME encrypted mails) are discarded.



The flag that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail is enabled. If a problem is found, disable the flag that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail.



027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation

OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

[Error Type]

027-720 Ext Srv. Host Not Found

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

S/MIME Mail Sender Impersonation Error

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender address and the signature mail address were different. An impersonated sender was detected and the mail was discarded.

Server for Application Interface cannot be found during Web Service Interface.



Either the specified server for the application interface cannot be found or the DNS could not be resolved during Web service interface.

Mails may be sent from impersonated senders. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking the attacks from attackers.

An error occurred during DNS resolution for FQDN (HTTP/HTTPS) because no DNS Server is set up.




Check that the DNS server address is set properly. Check that the PC running the application interface (CWFS etc.) is registered in DNS.

027-715 S/MIME mail certficate not support

If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.



[Fault Content]


SMIME Mail Certificate Not Supported

027-721 Ext Srv. Not Found


[Error Type]

The secret key (certificate) supported by S/MIME encrypted mail is not registered in the device. This problem occurs when an appropriate certificate is registered in the certificate repository but not in S/MIME certificate, or when the S/MIME certificate itself is not registered yet.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Application Interface Destination During Web Service Interface - Not Found

[Corrective Actions] Check that the appropriate certificate is registered and is set as the S/MIME certificate in the M/C.

[Detection Conditions] Either the specified server for the application interface cannot be found or the DNS could not be resolved during Web service interface.


An error occurred during DNS resolution for FQDN (HTTP/HTTPS) because no DNS Server is set up, and so on.


027-716 No-Signed mail receipt was rejected


[Error Type]

Check that the DNS server address is set properly. Check that the PC running the application interface (CWFS) is registered in DNS.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-475

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-476

If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] The access to the application interface failed (for all causes other than service not found, timeout or authentication failure) during Web service interface.


027-722 Ext Srv. Timeout Fail

Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Timeout

[Detection Conditions] A request for application interface is issued from the machine during Web service interface, but it does not receive a response within the specified time (default: 60[sec]).



027-725 Ext Srv. Operation Fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Job Operation Failure


1.

If a number of documents is specified for scanning, scan one document and store it.

Job operation has failed at the machine for application interface during Web service interface.

2.

When scanning and storing are successful, change the application interface timeout value. If scanning and storing are not successful, perform step (3).

An error occurred when a job is "paused", "resumed", or "canceled" from the machine panel.

3.

Check that the scan document can be uploaded from the PC browser. When uploading is successful, change the application interface timeout value.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.





027-723 Ext Srv. Authentication Fail

027-726 Ext Srv. Unknown State

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Authentication Failure

[Detection Conditions] A request for application interface is issued from the machine during Web service interface, but authentication has failed because the one-time password that is set in the instructions sent from DocuShare has expired.

[Corrective Actions] Check the User Name and password to be entered for creating a job flow. (Currently, this failure does not occur because CWFS does not support authentication.) If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-724 Ext Srv. Access Fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Access Failure

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Unknown Job Status

[Detection Conditions] The status of the application interface destination is unknown during Web service interface.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-727 Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Application Interface During Web Service - Invalid Parameter

[Detection Conditions] The parameter for the application interface is incorrect during Web service interface. The machine failed to send a application interface request due to job flow breakage etc.


[Corrective Actions] Check the parameters for creating a job flow.



027-732 Server Access Err


027-728 Ext Srv. Req File Exceed


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Job Template Server Access Error

[Fault Content] The number of files requested to be sent exceeded the maximum number of files that can be sent during Web service interface (this occurs when a single-page document is being stored).


[Detection Conditions] Either the Job Template server has insufficient capacity or a failure has occurred in the server disk.


The number of files requested to be sent to an external service exceeded the maximum number of files that can be sent during Web service interface.

Check that the server disk is normal and has free space, and then retry the operation. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

This occurs if the instructions requesting DocuShare to scan and upload documents in the singlepage format is created. It does not occur when only multi-page documents are the target.

[Corrective Actions] Set a job so that the maximum number of files that can be sent will not be exceeded. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-730 SMTP mail division error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content]


027-733 Server SSL Err [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Job Template Server SSL Error

[Detection Conditions] The SSL setting for the Job Template server did not become enabled.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the SSL setting for the Job Template server is enabled.

split-mail error (before connection to the server)


[Detection Conditions] A mail was split in linking to the system.



027-734 Server Certificate Err

1.

[Error Type]

The number of original pages scanned exceeds the preset pagination value.

Increase the preset pagination value, or reduce the number of original pages scanned.

027-731 Server Limit Err

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


Job Template Server SSL Certificate Error


[Fault Content] Job Template Server Connection Limit Count Error

The server certificate is invalid.




The CWSS NetWare Job and NetWare polling were started up simultaneously.

[Corrective Actions] Finish the currently activate NetWareJob, and then retry the operation. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-477

1.

Using the HTTPS protocol, check whether the Job Template server is accessible from the PC.

2.

Check whether the SSL server certificate of the Job Template server is registered in the device.

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


Check whether the SSL server certificate of the Job Template server is valid. For example, check the following:

4.

–

The certificate has not expired yet.

–

The time that is set in the device is correct.

–

It is not in the discard list.

–

The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certificate.

If the certificate is not registered in the Job Template server, disable the device certificate validation.


027-735 Device SSL Config Err [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Device SSL Error

[Detection Conditions] When SSL transfer was instructed, the SSL setting of the device is disabled.


Enable the SSL settings of the M/C.

2.

Or, specify HTTP as the transfer protocol.


027-736 Device Certificate Err [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Device SSL Certificate Error

[Detection Conditions] When server certificate validation is instructed, the server certificate validation of the device is disabled.


Enable the server certificate validation settings of the M/C.

2.

Or, disable the server certificate validation setting during transfer.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-478


Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] [Read Error in Obtaining JT] Read error from the server

[Detection Conditions] An error was received from the server to a FTP command "TYPE A", "LIST", or "RETR".

[Corrective Actions] Check the access right, etc. 1.


027-739 Invalid Template Server Path [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Path Error in Obtaining JT] The specified path of the Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.

[Detection Conditions] An error was received from the server to the FTP command "CWD".

[Corrective Actions] Check the path information, etc. 1.

Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare.


027-740 Template Server Login ERR [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] [Log-in Error in Obtaining JT] Cannot log in to the Job Template Pool Server.

[Detection Conditions] Login to the FTP Server failed.

[Corrective Actions] Check the user information, etc. 1.

Set the log-in name and password in the Job Template file storage destination.

2.

From some other PC connected to the network, check that you can log in with the above account.

3.

From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CentreWare.


027-737 Template Server Read ERR

Check that "Read Authorization" is established for the storage destination server directory set as a resource.




027-741 Template Server Connect Fail

The address format of the Job Template Pool Server is incorrect.

[Corrective Actions] Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content] [Network Error in Obtaining JT]

027-744 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library)

Cannot connect to the Job Template Pool Server.

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions] The system failed in obtaining data connection or list data using the FTP command "LIST".

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] Check the network environment and the server.

The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be resolved. (Response to the DNS library error)



An error occurred while callng the DNS Resolution Library.

1.

Connect the network cable from the M/C properly.

2.

From the destination server, use "PING" to check that the M/C can be "seen".

3.

Perform the "ping" test on the destination server from PSW.

Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Job Template Pool Server domain name has been registered in the DNS.

4.

From a client PC, check that the ftp connection to the destination server is possible.







027-742 HD File System Full

027-745 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[File Full in Obtaining JT] File system was full when the Job Template was stored into the local HD.

The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be resolved. (The DNS address is not set)


[Detection Conditions] The HDD was full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work files.

During address resolution, the DNS Server address is not set.



Set the DNS address. Or, set the Job Template Pool Server address using IP address.

Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD.


1.


Scanned images may cause the HDD to be full. Wait for a while and try again.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail

027-743 Template Server Install ERR [Error Type]


027-746 JobTemplate Pool Server Not Ready [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Template Pool Server Protocol Startup Error


Job Template Pool Server Setting Failure

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

The port of the protocol specified in Job Template Pool Server settings is not started up.

02/2009 2-479

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-480


Version.1 .1.1


Start up the port of the protocol (FTP client or SMB) specified in Job Template Pool Server settings.



1.

Do not link the box to the instruction that requires user entry.


2.

Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.



027-750 Fax document incongruent [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Transfer Instruction when iFAX Transfer is prohibited, or Scan and Printer Document Print Instruction during Interruption


With iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer prohibited, iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer instructions were received.

•

Printing Scan and Printer documents was instructed during interruption.


For iFAX received document, enable the transfer setting.

•

Clear interruption and print when printing Scan and Printer documents during interruption. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

027-751 Job Template analysis error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Instruction Analysis Error

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when analyzing the given instruction.


027-753 Job flow service request disabled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Instruction Service

[Detection Conditions] Job is executed by instruction when the service is disabled.

[Corrective Actions] Enable the service. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

027-754 Job flow service File signature setting mismatch [Error Type] Job

[Fault Content] File Signature Settings Mismatch in Instruction

[Detection Conditions] When performing signature setting using XDW or PDF in an instruction, the setting in the instruction is specified as "Default" while the system data is set as "Custom". Or, the setting in the instruction is not "Default" and it is different from the system data setting.


Re-examine the contents of the instruction.

Check the system data setting of the XDW/PDF signature and the signature setting that is specified in the instruction. If the system data setting is different from the setting in the instruction, either change the instruction or change the system data.






027-752 Must user un inputting

027-760 XJT Command Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Mandatory User Not Entered

[Detection Conditions] With the required user entry not entered, the instruction to start the job was given.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] XJT Command Error (Parameter setting out of specifications)

[Detection Conditions] Incorrect Command from XDOD Client

[Corrective Actions] Check the following:

–

The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a software error in this machine.

–

The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a bug in the external server from which the job was sent.

–

The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to network problems.

–

The job ticket was intentionally tampered with.

Check 1: Check if the parameter setting specified in XDOD client is out of system specifications. Check 2: Check the XDOD client and Controller versions, and then save the XDOD job ticket and contact Support G for checking.


(It would be the best if PRN file can be obtained, but it is not possible from the XDOD client.) If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Instruct to print again.



027-761 Web Print time out


[Error Type]

027-763 Auditron - Cannot Verify User

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content] Although a Web Print job was received, the machine did not start printing within the [On-Demand Print Duration] time ([On-Demand Print Duration] is a KO system data)

job

[Fault Content] Auditron - Cannot Verify User

[Detection Conditions] Although On-demand Print due to print request from this machine restarted and instructed the machine to print, the time "since the print was requested until the printing actually started" has exceeded the system data [= On-Demand Print Duration]. One of the causes for this error is that ondemand print was instructed for multiple documents.

[Detection Conditions] The device cannot check user info with the external accounting server.

[Corrective Actions] Make the external accounting server operate properly. Repair the network failure.


Connect the cable properly. Set up the device so that it can properly communicate with the external accounting server.

Take any one of the following actions: 1.

If on-demand print for multiple documents was instructed using the external access function, reduce the number of documents before retrying it.

2.

If the problem persists, enter the System Administrator mode and select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Machine Clock/Timers] > [On-Demand Print Duration] > to either extend the time or set it to 0.

[# Supplement #] When using the external access function to instruct printing of multiple documents by on-demand print, the machine does not take the print processing time into consideration until the last document is received. Therefore, for cases of large volume documents or complicated documents that require long data processing time, the machine may issue timeout even before receiving the last document. Set the validity time according to the document format to be printed. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.

027-770 PDL Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Cont Detection DFE PDL Error

[Detection Conditions] The DFE detected a failure in PDL during job processing.

[Corrective Actions] Change the job conditions and try again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.



027-762 Illegal Web Print job ticket

027-771 DFE Disk Full

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Although a Web Print job was received, the attached job execution ticket is incorrect

DFE Disk Full

[Detection Conditions] Although on-demand job was instructed to this machine using the external access function, the specified job ticket has the following innacuracies: Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 2-481

The remaining HD capacity in the DFE became less than 500MB when printing from DFE.

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-482


[Fault Content]

Change the job conditions and try again. Delete unnecessary files from the HD in the DFE.

Too many mail addresses caused a failure. (after connection to the server)



Version.1 .1.1

(SMTPERR_TOO_MANY_RECIPIENTS)


027-772 SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal)

1.

[Error Type]

027-776 SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal)

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content] The SMTP server refused the HELO command. (after connection to the server)

job

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] (SMTPERR_HELO_FAIL)

The SMTP server refused the EHLO command. (after connection to the server)



If any non-ASCII letters are used for the machine host name, use ASCII letters to set it.

If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice and check that the SMTP server supports the HELO command.

Reduce the number of mail addresses.

(SMTPERR_EHLO_FAIL)


If any non-ASCII letters are used for the machine host name, use ASCII letters to set it.

027-773 SMTP server communication timeout

If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice and check that the SMTP server supports the EHLO command.

[Error Type]

027-777 SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH.

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content] Time to communicate with the SMTP server ran out. (after connection to the server)

job

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] (SMTPERR_TIMEOUT)

The SMTP server does not support SMTP-AUTH. (after connection to the server)



Time-out occurred in communicating with the SMTP server.

(SMTPERR_AUTH_NONSUPPORT)


Wait a while and operate again.

1.

Send mail without setting SMTP-AUTH.

027-774 SMTP address address inaccurate character

2.

If you want to use the SMTP-AUTH function, contact the system administrator for advice.

[Error Type]

027-778 There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH.

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content] Unavailable letters were specified as a destination address. (after connection to the server)

job

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] (SMTPERR_INVALID_CHARACTER)

The mode specified by SMTP-AUTH was not found. (after connection to the server)



Use only ASCII letters for a destination address letter-string.

(SMTPERR_AUTH_METHOD)


027-775 Too many SMTP address

1.

[Error Type]

The device supports PLAIN (plain text) Authentication, LOGIN (BASE64 type) Authentication, and CRAM-MD5 (challenge-and-response type).

job

Contact the network administrator to see what SMTP authentication method the server uses.

027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

operation

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

A failure in authentication based on SMTP-AUTH (after connection to the server)

Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7)



(SMTPERR_AUTH_FAILED)

Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.



SMTP authentication failed.

Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 7.

Check that correct authentication information (user name and password) is set up.

027-911 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6)

027-796 Email Not Printed

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

operation

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]


E-mail Print Control Through User Settings




For received E-mail, the settings were set to "Do not print header and content". As E-mails without attachments were received, they were destroyed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 6.

In the above case, the Mail IO leaves the error history report indicating that the mail has been discarded together with ChainLink.

027-912 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5)

No jobs are generated due to the specification.

[Error Type] operation


[Fault Content]

Set to the correct settings again, such as [Print Header and Content].




027-797 Invalid Output Destination



[Error Type]

Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 5.

Job Fail

027-913 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)

[Fault Content] Incorrect Output Destination of Received Mail

[Error Type]


operation

No jobs are generated.

[Fault Content]

E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax were dropped. An E-mail was received with this setting.

Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)



Specify the output destination that can be processed by the device and ask the customer to send the job again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions] While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 7 in manual duplex, the print was jammed. Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 7/Output Tray. Then reprint side 1 of the print.


027-910 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

027-914 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) 02/2009 2-483

027-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 027-xxx FIP [Error Type] operation

[Fault Content] Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)

[Detection Conditions] Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.

[Corrective Actions] While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 6 in manual duplex, the print was jammed. Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 6/Output Tray. Then use Input Tray 6 to reprint side 1 of the print.

027-915 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) [Error Type] operation

[Fault Content] Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)


[Corrective Actions] While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) in manual duplex, the print was jammed. Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray)/Output Tray. Then use Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) to reprint side 1 of the print.

027-916 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) [Error Type] operation

[Fault Content] Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)


[Corrective Actions] While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 7 in manual duplex, the print was jammed. Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 7 to reprint side 2 of each of the pages from the jammed page to the final page.




4127/4112G

02/2009 2-484

Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 6 in manual duplex, the print was jammed. Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 6 to reprint side 2 of each of the pages from the jammed page to the final page.




[Corrective Actions] While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) in manual duplex, the print was jammed. Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) to reprint side 2 of each of the pages from the jammed page to the final page.

033-310 Fax Charge Function Fail

[Detection Conditions] It has been detected that after the FaxCardMini initailization, the device cannot communicate with FaxCardMini.

[Error Type] Sub


[Fault Content]


The Fax send billing function was turned ON although multiple lines are installed.

If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail

The Fax send billing function was turned ON although multiple lines are installed.

033-314 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch


[Error Type]

Turn OFF the FAX send billing function or change to a single-line installation.

sub

033-311 Invalid Addressbook Data are Registered

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

The version of the USB-I/F reported from FaxCardMini does not match.

sub


[Fault Content]

The Controller has detected a version mismatch.

Data in Address Book is invalid.



Upgrade both the Controller and FaxCardMini ROMs to the latest version.

When FaxCont is on, invalid Address Book data is detected.

033-315 USB Fatal Error


[Error Type]

Clear NVM (Sys-USER).

033-312 Controller not respond when system is changing mode [Error Type]

sub

[Fault Content] A notice from the USB Fax Class Driver has caused a Fatal Error.

sub


[Fault Content] FCM has detected Timeout. (The Host has not transited to Sleep a specific time after receiving a request to transit to Sleep.)


A notice from the USB Fax Class Driver has caused a Fatal Error (USB Driver failure, HW failure, etc.).


The Controller has not transited to Sleep Mode a specific time after.



OF-07 Fax System Fail


033-316 FAX Device Cont Error


[Error Type]


sub

033-313 USB disconnected

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

A fatal error with FaxDevCont/PrintFormat

sub


[Fault Content]

An error has occurred in the DeviceCont area in the FaxCont.

It has been detected that after the FaxCardMini initailization, the device cannot communicate with FaxCardMini.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. OF-07 Fax System Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-485

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


033-317 FAX Device Error [Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A fatal error with FaxDevice

[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred in the FaxDevice area in the FaxCont.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

033-318 Image Processing Error [Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A fatal error with the image processing I/F, image processing control or image processing.

[Detection Conditions] A fatal error has occurred with image processing for Fax.


033-319 Fax Control task detects error [Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A problem in Faxc2 has been detected. (No zone can be secured; a proble has been detected during Configure processing.)

[Detection Conditions] A problem has occurred in Fax Cont2 software processing, discontinuing the processing ever since.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem still reoccurs, there is a strong posibility of FaxCont2 software bugs in the Controller. Go to the following and solve the problem. OF-07 Fax System Fail

033-320 Controller not respond when system is Booting [Error Type] sub

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-486

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] A problem with FaxCont has been detected. (No response)

[Detection Conditions] At Boot, the Controller has made no response for a certain time.


033-321 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting [Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A problem with FaxCardMini has been detected. (Not installed, no response, or detection of PCCCard installed)

[Detection Conditions] At Boot, the Fax Card has made no response for a certain time.


033-322 FAX Card I/F timeout [Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A problem in Faxc2 has been detected. (The I/F to faxc has timed out.)

[Detection Conditions] No response has been made within a certain length of time in message communication from faxc2 in FAX Cont to the outside.


033-323 FAX Card Mini I/F timeout [Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A problem in Faxc2 has been detected. (The I/F to FaxCardMini has timed out.)

[Detection Conditions] A problem in Faxc2 has been detected.(The I/F to FaxCardMini has timed out.)


Go to the following and solve the problem. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

033-327 FCM no response to stop request [Error Type]

If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

sub

[Fault Content]

033-324 USB state change Error [Error Type]

There has been no response from the FCM to a request to stop the communication.


sub

When no response came from the FCM during FAX communication, the device issued a request to interrupt the communication, but has received no response.

[Fault Content] USB STATE CHANGE ERROR


[Detection Conditions] The USB has gone into an unexpected state.


If the problem persists, it is thought to be a FAX Card Mini H/W failure. Go to the following and solve the problem. OF-14 Fax Card Fail


033-328 Failed to initialize fax log


[Error Type] sub

033-325 FCM Fatal Error [Error Type]

[Fault Content] A failure in initializing the communication log.

sub

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] The initialization of the communication log library has failed.

An error with debug bits in FaxCardMini has occurred.

[Detection Conditions] An error with debug bits in FaxCardMini has occurred.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it.


Initialize the HDD.

2.

Initialize NVM.

If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-07 Fax System Fail


033-329 Detected fax process failuer

033-326 Mini Manager Fatal Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A fatal error with MiniManager

[Detection Conditions] FAX Card Mini has detected a fatal error.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, it is thought to be a FAX Card Mini H/W failure. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

sub

[Fault Content] A problem with FaxCont has been detected.

[Detection Conditions] A problem with FaxCont has been detected.


Initialize the HDD.

2.

Initailaize NVM.

If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-07 Fax System Fail 02/2009 2-487

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-488

033-330 FoIP Unrecoverable Error [Error Type] sub

[Fault Content] A fatal sotware error in FoIP (including T38 and SIP) has occurred.

[Detection Conditions] A fatal sotware error in FoIP (including T38 and SIP) has occurred.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-331 FoIP Controller Init Fail [Error Type] subR

[Fault Content] A failure in FoIP Controller initialization processing

[Detection Conditions] The initialization of FoIP has failed.


033-332 FoIP Cont not respond when system is Booting [Error Type] subR

[Fault Content] A problem with the FoIP Controller has been detected. (No response at boot sequence. )

[Detection Conditions] At boot, the FoIP Cont has made no response for a certain time.


033-333 FoIP Cont not respond when system is sleeping [Error Type] subR

[Fault Content] A problem with the FoIP Controller has been detected. (No response at an attempt to transit to Sleep)

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] When the device tries to transit to Sleep Mode, the FoIP Cont has made no response for a certain time.


033-334 Can not send a message to FoIP CONT [Error Type] subR

[Fault Content] The device cannot send a message to the FoIP Controller.

[Detection Conditions] The FoIP message send function has returned NG.


033-363 Fax Card Reset (Reboot) [Error Type] Sub System Fail

[Fault Content] Fax Card Reset (Reboot Fail)

[Detection Conditions] The Controller reset the Fax Card because the Fax Card did not respond.

[Corrective Actions] No action necessary since it will auto recover. Perform the following and repair the problem: OF-12 033-363 Fail

033-500 No CS after RS Req [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] In command sending, modem CS has not turned ON in response to a RS.

[Detection Conditions] In command sending, modem CS has not turned ON in response to a RS.

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-501 No Appropriate PIX Data

033-504 T2 Timeout

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The number of receiving lines was 0.

T2 timeout



The number of receiving lines was 0.

A T2 timeout has occurred.



Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it.

Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. Check the state of the line.

If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.

Check the Fax Card.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail


033-502 Post-message resend exceeded

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type]

033-505 T5 Timeout

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

job

No response to a post message sent three times

[Fault Content]


T5 timeout

No response to a post message sent three times



A T5 timeout has occurred.

Check the state of the remote terminal (to see whether the memory is full, the remote terminal is under maintenance, etc.), and do the same operation again.


Or there is a possibility that the receiving teminal has become disconnected for some reason while receiving image info.

Check the state of the line.

If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-503 T1 Timeout [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] T1 timeout

[Detection Conditions] A T1 timeout has occurred.

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again.

Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. Check the Fax Card. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-506 DCN Receive [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] DCN has been received.

[Detection Conditions] DCN has been received.

[Corrective Actions] There is a possibility of the remote terminal user’s cancellation. If the remote user has not cancelled, check that the remote terminal has no problem, and do the same operation again.

Check the state of the line. Check the Fax Card. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail 02/2009 2-489

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-490

033-507 Unable to receive by remote [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The remote terminal has no capability to receive.

[Detection Conditions] The remote terminal has no capability to receive.

[Corrective Actions] Check the state of the remote terminal (to see whether the memory is full, the remote terminal is under maintenance, etc.), and do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-508 Destination Polling Error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The remote terminal has no polling document.

[Detection Conditions] The remote terminal has no polling document.

[Corrective Actions] The remote terminal has no polling document. Ask the remote terminal to prepare polling documents, and do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-509 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] DCS/NSS resend over

[Detection Conditions] DCS/NSS resend over

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again. If the situation still has not improved, ask the remote terminal about the state of the receiver.

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] FTT reception at 2400bps

[Detection Conditions] FTT reception at 2400bps

[Corrective Actions] Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the grounding. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-511 No response after 3rd DTC/NSC [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] DTC/NSC resend over

[Detection Conditions] DTC/NSC resend over

[Corrective Actions] The remote terminal has no polling document. Check that the remote terminal has no such problems as a paper jam and a password mismatch, and do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-512 Remote has no Relay [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The remote terminal has no capability to relay-broadcast.

[Detection Conditions] The remote terminal has no capability to relay-broadcast.

[Corrective Actions] The remote terminal has no capability to relay-broadcast. Check that the remote model is equipped with the function and do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail If the problem still persists, check the remote termianl. Tell the user that the remote terminal does not have the function.


033-513 Remote has no Mailbox

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type]

033-510 Fallback Error [Error Type] job

job

[Fault Content] The remote terminal does not have the capability of mailbox. (FX type of mailbox)



The remote terminal does not have the capability of mailbox.

A timeout between ECM frames has occurred.



The remote terminal does not have the mailbox function. Check that the remote model is equipped with the function and do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.

Do the same operation again. If the situation still has not improved, check the state of the remote terminal. If the remote teminal has a problem, tell it to the user. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Check the remote terminal. If it does not have the function, tell it to the user.

033-518 Remote cannot receive SUB.

033-514 Carrier Down Detected

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SUB.

The carrier has been shut down.



The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SUB.

The carrier has been shut down.




Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the grounding.


If the problem persists, ask the sender for retransmission.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail


033-519 PTX has no SEP capability

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type]

033-516 EOR Receive

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

job

The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SEP.

[Fault Content]


EOR-Q has been received.

The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SEP.



EOR-Q has been received.




Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the grounding.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.

033-520 Remote cannot receive passward [Error Type] job

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-517 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Timeout between ECM frames

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

[Fault Content] The receiving terminal has no capability to receive PWD/SID.

[Detection Conditions] The receiving terminal has no capability to receive PWD/SID.

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote terminal. If it does not have the function, tell it to the user. 02/2009 2-491

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 033-xxx FIP If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-521 Transmission Canceled via DTMF [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device has sent an order refusal signal and stopped the communication.

[Detection Conditions] The device has sent an order refusal signal and stopped the communication.

[Corrective Actions] Check the state of the local terminal (to see whether the memory is full, the terminal has no paper, etc.). If the remote destination is known, ask it to do the operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-522 DTMF I/F Timeout [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] DTMF I/F timeout. The proper operation has not been done within a certain length of time.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-492

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Channel 2 is not connected.

[Detection Conditions] Channel 2 is not connected.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the line is properly connected to Line 2. If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-525 Line 3 not connected [Error Type] job



[Corrective Actions] Check that the line is properly connected to Line 3

DTMF I/F timeout

If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard.



The problem is thought to be in the remote operation.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Check it. If the remote operation is proper, go to the to following and solve the problem.

033-526 ECM Error

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type]

033-523 Line 1 not connected [Error Type] job



[Corrective Actions] Check that the line is properly connected to Line 1.

job

[Fault Content] ÇdÇbÇl error

[Detection Conditions] ECM Error has occurred.

[Corrective Actions] Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding. If the problem persists, check what model the remote terminal is and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it.

If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard.



OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-527 EOR Send

033-524 Line 2 not connected

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content]


EOR-Q has been sent.

The device has received an illegal-procedure signal.



EOR-Q has been sent out.

Check that the operator’s way of performing the DTMF procedure is correct. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding. If the problem persists, check that the remote terminal has no problem and do the same operation again.

033-531 DTMF Procedure Error


[Error Type]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

job

033-528 RTN Send

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Having received an order-refusal signal, the device has stopped the communication.

job


[Fault Content]

The device has received an order-refusal signal.

RTN has been sent.



The problem is thought to be in the remote terminal. Check the state of the remote terminal (memory full, no paper, etc.).

RTN has been sent out.



OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding. If the problem persists, ask the sender to resend.

033-532 Illegal Command Received


[Error Type]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

job

033-529 RTN Receive

[Fault Content] An illegal command has been received.

[Error Type]


job

An illegal command has been received.

[Fault Content]


RTN has been received.

The problem is thought to be in the remote terminal. Check the remote terminal.



RTN has been received.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail


033-533 T.30 Protocol Error

Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding. If the problem persists, check that the remote terminal has no problem and do the same operation again.

[Error Type]


job

[Fault Content]

033-530 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error [Error Type]

An error has occurred with T.30 protocol.


job

[Fault Content]

An error has occurred with T.30 protocol.


Having received an illegal-procedure signal, the device has stopped the communication. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

The problem is thought to be in the remote terminal. Check the remote terminal. 02/2009 2-493

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 033-xxx FIP If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-534 Unsupported Function at Remote [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The remote terminal has no capability to remote-sort-copy.

[Detection Conditions] The remote terminal has no capability to remote-sort-copy.

[Corrective Actions] As the remote terminal does not have the function of outputting the quantity of copies to send, stop specifying the quantity of copies to send. Check the remote terminal. If the remote terminal does not have the function, tell it to the user. Otherwise, go to the following and solve the problem. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-535 DCN Receive at Phase B Send [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] A phase B ordering command (DCS/NSS/NSC/DTC) has been refused by DCN.

[Detection Conditions] A phase B ordering command (DCS/NSS/NSC/DTC) has been refused by DCN.

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote address, mailbox info, etc. and do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-536 Ring Stopped before Fax Device Release [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Before resource release, ringing (calling) has finished.

[Detection Conditions] Before resource release, ringing (calling) has finished.

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again. Call-out has collided with call-in. Check how the line is connected. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-537 In and out call conflict

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-494

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content] As call-out collided with call-in, the device has discontinued sending.

[Detection Conditions] As call-out collided with call-in, the device has discontinued sending.

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again. Call-out has collided with call-in. Check how the line is connected. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-538 Fax Sending Image Process Error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] An error in image processing for Fax sending.

[Detection Conditions] In image processing for fax sending, some error has occurred with FaxCardMini.

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-539 Fax Receiving Image Process Error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] An error in image processing for Fax receiving

[Detection Conditions] In image processing for fax receiving, some error has occurred with FaxCardMini.

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-540 Fax Printing Image Process Error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] An error in image processing for Fax print.



OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Some error has occurred with Fax-print-format image processing.

033-544 Busy tone detect

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again.

[Error Type]


job

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Fault Content]

033-541 No destination specified

The Busy tone has been detected.

[Error Type]


job

The Busy tone has been detected.

[Fault Content]


There is not a single valid address.

If the Busy tone lasts abnormally long, the remote terminal or the switchboard is thought to have failed.



As the dial number is not found, the device cannot call out from FaxCard.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Corrective Actions] Specify the proper address by using Speed Dial where correct Fax address numbers are registered. If the problem persists, check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version.

033-545 T0 Timeout [Error Type] job


[Fault Content]

033-542 Selected Channel Dial Error [Error Type]

T0 Timer timeout

[Detection Conditions] A T0 timeout has occurred.

job

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] The remote terminal is thought to be not a facsimile or in the Facsimile mode. Check the remote number. Check that the remote terminal is a facsimile.

The requested channel is unavailable.

[Detection Conditions] A channel that is not installed has been requested for processing.

[Corrective Actions] Check which line is specified and resend. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.

If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-546 Cannot detect dial tone [Error Type] job

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-543 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Illegal data exist in dial data.

[Detection Conditions] Illegal data exist in dial data.

[Corrective Actions] Reenter the dial number and do the same operation again. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

[Fault Content] The dial tone cannot be detected.

[Detection Conditions] The dial tone could not be detected.

[Corrective Actions] If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-547 Abort during transmission 02/2009 2-495

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 033-xxx FIP [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device stops during communication. (An operation to discontinue the communication by use of Stop, etc. has been done.)

[Detection Conditions] The device has stopped during communication. (An operation to discontinue the communication by use of Stop, etc. has been done.)

[Corrective Actions] No action is necessary. This indicates that an operation to discontinue the communication by use of Stop, etc. has been done.

033-548 No manual send line [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] There is no line connected.

[Detection Conditions] There is no line for manual communication.

[Corrective Actions] Establish communication by phone, etc. and then do the same operation again. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-549 Fax service disabled [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device cannot receive any service requests because it is now disabled from operating.

[Detection Conditions] The device has been requested a service when its memory is not enough, there are too many jobs, a fail is occurring with the system, etc.

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while and do the same oepration again. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-550 cannot diable FAX service [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device cannot be disabled from operating because it is doing the relevant service.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-496

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] An attempt was made to make the device transit to the Diag mode,etc. but it was unsuccessful because the device was communicating by fax.

[Corrective Actions] Wait until the device finishes the job in progress, and then do the same operation again. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-551 Internal I/F Error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] There is no appropriate service available.

[Detection Conditions] When the communication by phone or FAX was about to end, an operation was done for the job.

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while and do the same oepration again. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-552 too many Error lines [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] PHASE-C Error Over

[Detection Conditions] In G3 image info receiving, the total quantity of error lines detected has exceeded the threshold indicated by the system data value.

[Corrective Actions] Check what model the remote terminal is and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-553 no mailbox/relay [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] At mailbox transmission or relay transmission, the local terminal does not have the function.

[Detection Conditions] F code sent from the remote terminal has instructed the local terminal on a capability that does not exist for it .

Check the password and resend.

[Corrective Actions] If necessary, ask the remote operator to check whether he or she has entered the inappropriate F code. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.


033-557 Desinations or Sevices Exceeded

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type]

033-554 Wrong Password/Receive Banned

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

job

The quantity of services or destinations is over the upper limit.

[Fault Content]


The DM Prevention function has disconnected communication.

The total quantity of requested services or destinations has exceeded the number specified in the spec.

[Detection Conditions] Receiving FAX with no password/password mismatch or Select Receiving No. mismatch. Password mismatch. Communication from a person other than people that fall under Select Communication.

[Corrective Actions] Wait until the quantity of jobs in a queue decreases, or reduce the quantity of destinations, and then resend.

[Corrective Actions] A password mismatch. No action is required because this communication is from a person other than people that fall under Select Communication. However, the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail


033-558 remote ID is in black list [Error Type]

033-555 incorrect password

job

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

job

The remote ID of the remote terminal is on the black list.

[Fault Content]


Machine Password is incorrect.

The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal, with the setting of "Refuse to receive a fax without Remote ID” enabled.

[Detection Conditions] The machine password of the local terminal is not the same as that sent from the remote terminal.



If necessary, change the setting so that the device can receive a fax without Remote ID.

If necessary, ask the remote operator if he or she specified a worng machine password.

Ask the remote terminal to set up its remote ID.



OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-556 Wrong Password/Send Banned

033-559 illegal authentication ID

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Wrong send password

The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal



The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal. A mismatch between send password and remote ID.

In Tress/RCC, the authentication ID from the remote terminal has been found to be illegal.



This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system. If the communication line has no problem, replace the FAX board and upgrade the ESS ROM.

A password mismatch. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-497

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-498


[Error Type]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-560 cannot do TRESS/RCC job

job

[Fault Content] In formatting, loaded is recording paper that does not match with the document in size and cannot be printed out.

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] The size of the recording paper loaded does not match with the document size.

In Tress/RCC, the authentication ID from the remote terminal has been found to be illegal.

[Detection Conditions] The device could not perform Tress/RCC because it was disabled from operating or was running a job.

[Corrective Actions] This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system.

Version.1 .1.1


Specify the size of recording paper.

•

Check that the recording paper tray is properly installed.



033-564 Power Off during transmission

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type]

033-561 cannot do TRESS/RCC job [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device cannot perform Tress/RCC because it is disabled from operating or is running a job.

[Detection Conditions] The device could not perform Tress/RCC because it was disabled from operating or was running a job.

[Corrective Actions] This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.

job

[Fault Content] Power OFF during Communication error

[Detection Conditions] Power OFF during Communication error. The power switch has been turned OFF. The system has been reset.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the internal/external line kit is properly installed; wait for a while; check the FAX function settings and the dial number; and then if having tried to send a fax, resend it. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-565 No. of Desinations Exceeded

033-562 held RCC job

[Error Type]

[Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device has suspended performing RCC because it is in the operation-prohibited mode.

[Detection Conditions] The device has suspended performing RCCAs because it is in the operation-prohibited mode.

[Corrective Actions] This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-563 No printable paper size

job

[Fault Content] The quantity of destinations is over.

[Detection Conditions] The total quantity of destinations requested has exceeded the number specified in the spec.

[Corrective Actions] Wait until the quantity of jobs in a queue decreases, or reduce the quantity of destinations, and then resend. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-566 No destination specified [Error Type] job

[Fault Content]


The device cannot call out because the dial number is not found.

The state is that only the SMH can feed out paper, whose direction is the same as the direction of the image.



The device cannot call out through FaxCard because the dial number is not found.

Feed paper as directed on the panel.

[Corrective Actions] Specify the proper address by using Speed Dial where correct Fax address numbers are registered. If the problem persists, check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.

If the problem persists, remove the Finisher, and then load an APS-selected tray with the paper whose direction is the same as the direction of the image, in order to change the state of the paper feed trays. After that, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-567 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)

033-570 Retry Over(no shutdown notification setting)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Illegal destination data

Retry Over due to communication disconnection



Illegal data exist in dial data.

Power OFF during Communication error. The power switch has been turned OFF. The system has been reset.

[Corrective Actions] Reenter the dial number and do the same operation again.



Wait for a while; check the FAX function settings and the dial number; and then if having tried to send a fax, resend it.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Check the state of the local machine and the line. If the problem reoccurs in retrying the operation, go to the following and solve the problem.

033-568 FCM watchdog timeout in FAX comm [Error Type]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

job

033-571 Manual send job canceled(FaxReportLogFull)

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

During FAX communication, there has been no response from FCM for a certain length of time.

job


[Fault Content]

During FAX communication, there has been no response from FCM for a certain length of time.

A manual send job has been cancelled because there is no space available in the log area for Fax Report.

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it.



At the start of a job, it has been detected that the area for Fax Report is full; the job becomes cancelled.

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-569 Detected image direction conflict


[Error Type]

There accumulate a lot of Fax jobs to be sent by advance request. Wait until some of the jobs are complete, or cancel some. After that, do the same operation again.

job


[Fault Content] It has been detected that the direction of the image is not the same as that of paper loaded in the paper feed trays.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-572 FaxReport print job canceled(JobFull occured)

02/2009 2-499

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 033-xxx FIP [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] Because at Fax report creation, Job Full has been detected, only Fax Report has been created.

[Detection Conditions] At the start of a job, Job Full has been detected; only a Fax Report document has been stored and printing the Fax report cancelled.

[Corrective Actions] No action in particular is required. Fax Auto Report is waiting for its turn to be printed. The report will soon be automatically printed. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-573 domain regulation check error [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The restriction on domains to send a fax to has made sending it impossible.

[Detection Conditions] In specifying a destination, an unallowable domain has been specified.

[Corrective Actions] Check the destination address and reenter it. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The VoIP Gateway for the telephone number is not registered.

[Detection Conditions] The VoIP Gateway for the entered telephone number has not existed.

[Corrective Actions] Set up properly the address of the VoIP Gateway for the device available for the entered telephone number. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-581 Access Authentication failure [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The request of the device to connect by SIP call has been refused due to authentication failure.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-500

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] At request, authentication has been demanded but the device has failed to be authenticated.

[Corrective Actions] Check the proxy server authentication user name and authentication password for this machine and the SIP server setting. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-582 Mismatched ability [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] A request for SIP connection has been refused because of a capability info mismatch.

[Detection Conditions] A request to connect has been refused because the destination to be connected does not have the same capability info.

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote device. If the device is guaranteed to receive support, check how the SIP server between the remote terminal and this machine is set up. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-583 Temporarily unavailable [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device cannot connect because the destination to connect to through SIP has a temporary lack of resources (including the busy line).

[Detection Conditions] A request to connect to the destination has been refused because it has a temporary lack of resources .

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while and resend. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-584 SIP request timeout [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] A SIP Communication timeout has occurred.

[Detection Conditions] A request has timed out.


[Fault Content]

Check that the address or telephone number for entry is correct.

T38 Session (including RTP Session) cannot be established.

Check that the network is connected.


Check that the SIP server is active.

T38 Session (including RTP Session) cannot be established.

Check that the network cables between this machine and the SIP server and between this machine and the remote terminal are properly connected. Check that the SIP server and the remote terminal are ready to communicate.

[Corrective Actions] Check that the network cable is connected. Check that the remote device is active.



OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-585 SIP request error

033-588 T38 Packet Lost

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

At SIP communication, an error included in other errors has occurred.

The loss of T38 Packet whose error recovery is impossible has been detected.



At SIP communication, an error included in other errors has occurred.

The loss of T38 Packet whose error recovery is impossible has been detected.



Turn the power OFF/ON.

If there is another job in progress, wait until it finishes, and then retry the operation.



OF-11 FAX Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-586 T38 Protocol Not Ready

033-589 T38 Malformed Packet Received

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

job

job

[Fault Content] The device cannot communicate because IP Address is not determined yet. (at initialization by use of DHCP or at address reacquisition) The device cannot communicate because it has tried to use the SIP server though it has not been registered with the registrar server yet.

[Fault Content] The contents of the received T38 protocol data are illegal (including ASN.1 Decode error), so the job cannot be continued.

[Detection Conditions] The contents of the received T38 protocol data have been found to be illegal (including ASN.1 Decode error).

[Detection Conditions] IP Address cannot be obtained yet.

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while and resend. Make it possible to acquire IP Address. Make it possible to register the device with the registrar server.

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote device. If the device is guaranteed to receive support, contact Customer Support. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail


033-590 T38 Send Error

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Error Type] job

033-587 T38 Session Error [Error Type]

[Fault Content] An error has occurred in sending a T38 Protocol packet (TCP,UDP,RTP), so the job cannot be continued.

job Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-501

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-502

[Detection Conditions] An error has occurred in sending a T38 Protocol packet (TCP,UDP,RTP).

[Corrective Actions] Check that the network cable is connected.

Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] Ask the remote terminal to resend. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Check that the remote device is active.

033-710 Document does not exist


[Error Type]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-591 FoIP Max Sessions Over [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device cannot communicate because the quantity of FoIP sessions has exceeded the maximum.

[Detection Conditions] While the max quantity of FoIP sessions are in process, a new request to send has been made.

[Corrective Actions] Wait until the ongoing IP Fax receiving or sending operation is complete, and resend. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-592 FoIP Internal Timeout [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] A timeout has occurred not because it is reported but because of any other factor (image data receivng timeout; FoIP internal timeout).

[Detection Conditions] A timeout has occurred not because it is reported but because of any other factor (image data receivng timeout; FoIP internal timeout).

[Corrective Actions] Check that the network cable is connected. Check that the remote device is active. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-593 Canceled By Remote Peer [Error Type] job

[Fault Content] The device has received from the remote terminal a request to cut off the SIP session.

[Detection Conditions] The remote terminal has done the operation for discontinuing the session.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid document - No document

[Detection Conditions] The specified document cannot be found.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-711 Illegal Page inside Document [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid document - Invalid page

[Detection Conditions] The specified page was not found or the specified page has invalid data.


033-712 System Memory exceeded [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid document - Host memory full

[Detection Conditions] Memory became full.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-713 No specified Chain Link [Error Type] Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Fault Content]

033-717 Incorrect Password

Incorrect Chain-Link No.


[Error Type]

There is no such Chain-Link.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Job Fail - Incorrect password



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

The verification result of the specified password was NG.

033-714 Scan Error (No specified doc)


[Error Type]


Job Fail

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Fault Content]

033-718 No Document in Mailbox

Data Read Error - Not registered


[Error Type]

The data has not been registered.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Job Fail - No document

033-715 Cannot start job

[Detection Conditions] The document was not found in the Polling Sending box or the specified mailbox.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail During EP-TRESS Operation - Restriction by the host status

OF-11 FAX Job Fail


033-719 Fax job Canceld not recovery job

The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS operation.


[Error Type]

This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

FAX Job Cancel Unrecoverable By Power OFF/ON

033-716 No specified Mailbox

[Detection Conditions] The document was not found in the Polling Sending box or the specified mailbox.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Job Fail During EP-TRESS Operation - Restriction by the host status

OF-11 FAX Job Fail


033-720 Document Creation Failed

The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS operation.


[Error Type]

This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.

Job Fail


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-503

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-504

[Fault Content] Document Creation Failed

[Detection Conditions] The specified document cannot be created.


033-721 Fax Page Creation Failed [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Page Creation Failed

[Detection Conditions] The specified page cannot be created.


033-722 Fax immediate send store job canceled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] IIT Failure or Stop Detected While Sending FAX Immediately

[Detection Conditions] IIT failure (document jam or stored sheet count exceeded) or stop request was detected while sending FAX immediately. Cancelation is performed only for Read operation. The document that has been already read will continue to be sent.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-724 Fax receive memory over flow [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Receive operation was aborted because the maximum limit of the image data amount that can be received for one FAX communication was exceeded.

[Detection Conditions] The total data amount of received image data exceeded the upper limit of the image data amount that can be received for one system data communication.

Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] Install the HDD or install additional RAM when a user makes a claim. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-725 Insufficient HDD Space [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient HD was detected.

[Detection Conditions] The HD was full when Fax was received, or when the format or report was created.

[Corrective Actions] Clear HD Full.

033-726 Cannot print 2-Sided [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] 2-Sided Printing Not Available When Receiving Fax

[Detection Conditions] 2-Sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed size).

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-727 Cannot rotate image [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Rotation Not Available When Receiving Fax

[Detection Conditions] Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory).


033-728 Auto print canceled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Fax Auto Print was canceled.

033-733 Fax document number get error

[Detection Conditions] Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing was sent during the operation.



[Fault Content]


The number of FAX job documents was not detected.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


033-730 Fax Service recovery error

The number of job documents related to the job could not be obtained.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Unable to recover in the Fax job.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


033-734 Fax Print Suspension

Recovery was not possible using the Fax Cont or Fax Card.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

033-731 Inconsistent Instructions

Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Job was canceled because Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.

[Fault Content]


Start Transmission from Fax Card and Stop Transmission from Controller



OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Transmission closed due to Start Transmission from Fax Card and Stop Transmission from Controller.



No action necessary. When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, the job was canceled when a simultaneous request from the user to stop the job was received. Stop request was issued by the user. No action necessary.

033-735 Fax Memory Allocate Timeout

[Fault Content] Fax Receive - Buffer Allocate Timeout

[Detection Conditions] Fax Receive - Buffer Allocate Timeout

033-732 Print job canceled by forced polling [Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Print job received was canceled at Forced Polling.

[Detection Conditions] Print job received was canceled at Forced Polling.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-736 IFAX Off Ramp fail [Error Type] Job Fail

[Corrective Actions] No action necessary.

[Fault Content] With the Fax Transfer Prohibition function based on the data capacity of the iFax Off Ramp, Fax was not transferred as the upper limit on the data capacity was exceeded.

(If there is a print job when deleting the stored documents in Forced Polling, cancel the job. No action necessary since the print job is canceled after retrieving the document with Forced Polling.) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-505

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


The data amount for FAX transfer exceeded the threshold during FAX transfer of Internet FAX Off Ramp.


033-737 Fax card job canceled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Job in FaxCard was aborted due to Controller internal error.

[Detection Conditions] The Fax Cont detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-506

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax Card did not match.


033-742 Fax page read close timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Timeout by page lead close specification (Out of memory during manual sending)

[Detection Conditions] When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax Card did not match.

033-738 JBIG Information fail

This often occurs when the HD free area is equal to or less than the HD capacity immediate threshold (820-053) during immediate send operation.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] JBIG data error of JBIG image

[Detection Conditions] The Fax Cont detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data.


033-740 Fax immediate receive print canceled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Immediate Print on Receive was canceled by user.

[Detection Conditions] The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.


When the remaining memory is low at approx. 10%, delete the images stored in the HD to secure the HD capacity and perform the same operation again. Set the HD capacity immediate threshold (820-053) to a larger value if this occurred during immediate send operation. When this problem occurs in situations other than immediate send operation, or if the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-743 Fax page write open timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Page Write Open Instruction Timeout

[Detection Conditions] When receiving image data from the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax Card did not match.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

033-741 Fax page read open timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

033-744 Fax page write close timeout

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Page Read Open Instruction timed out.


[Fault Content]


Page Write Close Instruction Timeout

When requesting to start the service from the Fax Card, the job could not be created due to causes such as job no. overflow.


[Corrective Actions] No action necessary since it will be recovered automatically after the operation is allowed.

033-748 Fax Service illigal sequence


[Error Type]


Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

033-745 Fax data write timeout

Sequence error message received.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

During Service Sequencing, a message indicating that the operation was not allowed in Sequencing was received from the Fax Card.

[Fault Content]


Data Write Instruction Timeout




033-749 Fax card Memory Error [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Extended memory was temporarily insufficient during FAX formatting.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


033-746 Fax data read timeout

During Fax formatting, the extended image data is larger than the memory reserved.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

No action necessary since the job failed due to insufficient extended memory and it can be recovered using the encoding method that can be stored in the extended memory.

[Fault Content] Data Read Instruction Timeout

033-750 Fax format error


[Error Type]

When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax Card did not match.


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Extension error occurred for normal image data.

[Detection Conditions] During formatting, when image data was retrieved from the Fax Card, even though the image data was determined to be free from error, extension failed.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-747 Fax Service don't start by cross ope



[Fault Content] Service could not be accepted due to combined operations that are prohibited.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

033-751 Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition 02/2009 2-507

033-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-508

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type]


Job Fail

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Fault Content]

033-791 EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count)

When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the machine just goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed.

[Error Type]

[Detection Conditions] A communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, and it is postponed as the machine just goes into sleep mode.


Job Fail

[Fault Content] The no. of redial attempts was calculated and the Fax Card Redial Wait Status was set.

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred in communication LED control. The machine is in the status where EP-DX operation cannot be started.

No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period.

033-755 Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card.

•

[Error Type]

When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is used as the response when Diag. mode cannot be entered.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.

The Fax document print was cancelled because the Fax service is not working.

[Detection Conditions] Although Fax Document Print was instructed to this machine, the print process was cancelled because the Fax Document Print controller is not ready. If even a single Fax document exists when printing multiple types of documents (Print/Scan/Fax) from a mailbox, all documents after the Fax document will not be not printed.


Turn the power OFF then ON

2.

Check the cables to see whether the Fax Card is connected to this machine.

3.

After that, use the panel display or the error history report to check for the Fax error code (133-xxx, 134-xxx) that has occurred in this machine and then troubleshoot using the appropriate error code.

It is necessary to enter Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.

1.

Exit Diag. mode and then connect the TRESS.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

033-792 EP-DX Call Stop [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The RCC Service was immediately terminated.

[Detection Conditions] During initialization sequencing, the system detected that an invalid job had been activated from the Fax Card.


•

033-790 EP-DX Call Wait (Not Redial count)

When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is notified as the response when Diag. mode cannot be entered.


[Fault Content] The Fax Card Redial Wait Status was set without calculating the no. of redial attempts.

[Detection Conditions] The machine is in the status where EP-DX operation cannot be started. •

It is necessary to enter the Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.

When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is used as the response when Diag. mode cannot be entered.

[Corrective Actions] This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary. 1.

Exit Diag. mode and then connect the TRESS.

It is necessary to enter Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.

[Corrective Actions] This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

034-211 Slot1 Board failure [Error Type] Local Fail

[Fault Content]


034-502 Fax Internal Must Parameter Error [Error Type] Job Fail

Fax Option Slot 1 Board Failure


[Fault Content] A required parameter (Dial No., High Layer Compatibility, or ICM Port) is not found in the outgoing call request command.

Option Slot 1 Board failure.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the optional Slot 1 Board.

[Detection Conditions] A required parameter (Dial No., High Layer Compatibility, or ICM Port) is not found in the outgoing call request command.

034-212 Slot2 Board failure [Error Type]


Local Fail

Check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem persists, it must be a software failure. Contact Support G or replace the Fax Card. It is not necessary to replace the ESS PWB.

[Fault Content] Fax Option Slot 2 Board Failure

[Detection Conditions] Option Slot 2 Board failure.

034-503 Fax Internal High Layer Service Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Corrective Actions] Replace the optional Slot 2 Board.

[Fault Content] The high-layer consistency of the calling request command is not supported. (Other than TEL, G2/ G3 and G4.)

034-500 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Detection Conditions] The high-layer consistency of the calling request command is not supported. (Other than TEL, G2/ G3 and G4.)

[Fault Content] There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.



Check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem persists, it must be a software failure. Contact Support G or replace the Fax Card. It is not necessary to replace the ESS PWB.

There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.

[Corrective Actions] Dial again and then repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

034-504 Fax Stored Memory Exceeded [Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)


[Detection Conditions] The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)

[Fault Content] The specified channel was not found.


[Detection Conditions] The process was requested for uninstalled channel.

034-505 Fax Work Memory Exceeded

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-509

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 034-xxx FIP [Error Type]

Check that extension line kit is installed properly. Wait for a while then check the FAX function settings and dial numbers and resend data if needed.

[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions] Working Memory Overflow During Transmission


Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-509 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error [Error Type] Job Fail


034-506 Unsupported Function at Remote [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No remote sort copy feature in the remote machine.

[Detection Conditions] No remote sort copy function in the remote machine.


034-507 Password Check Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Password check error. Mailbox number error. No documents for polling are found.

[Detection Conditions] Password check error. Mailbox number error. No documents for polling are found.


Version.1 .1.1


Job Fail Working Memory Overflow During Transmission

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-510

[Fault Content] The system stopped transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal.

[Detection Conditions] The system stopped transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal.

[Corrective Actions] Check the self-terminal or the line status. •

Wait for a while and try again.

•

Check your machine or line status.


034-510 DTMF Procedure Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The system stopped transmission after receiving the reject command signal.

[Detection Conditions] The system stopped transmission after receiving the reject command signal.

[Corrective Actions] Check the settings of the remote machine or line status. •


•




OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-511 Unable to Send File at Remote

034-508 Transmission Canceled via DTMF [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.

[Detection Conditions] The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.


[Fault Content] The remote machine does not support the file transfer function.

[Detection Conditions] The remote machine does not support the file transfer function.

034-515 Illegal Command Received

[Corrective Actions] Check the settings of the remote machine or line status. •


•



[Fault Content]


DIS received from calling station. DCS received although the system have no capability to receive. Illegal command received.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-512 Detect Endless Loop


[Error Type]

DIS received from calling station. DCS received although the system have no capability to receive. Illegal command received.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


An infinite loop was detected in remote relay broadcast.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

An infinite loop was detected in remote relay broadcast.

034-519 No. of Desinations Exceeded


[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

034-513 Receive Command Error

No. of Recipients Exceeded


[Error Type]

The total number of the requested recipients exceeded the number defined by the specifications. (The number of full dial instructions exceeded 200 stations.)

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


The system received an illegal command from the remote machine in remote maintenance.

Reduce the no. of recipients and then repeat the operation.



The system received an illegal command from the remote machine in remote maintenance.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


034-520 No. of Sevices Exceeded


[Error Type]

034-514 Requested Function Unsupported

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

No. of Services Exceeded

[Fault Content] The system received remote maintenance request from the remote machine but does not support the function.

[Detection Conditions] The total number of the requested services exceeded the number defined by the specifications.


[Detection Conditions] The system received remote maintenance request from the remote machine but does not support the function.

Reduce the no. of services and then repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Check the system data.

034-521 Internal I/F Error

•

Check the remote machine (EP system).


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-511

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-512

[Fault Content] No Applicable Service

[Detection Conditions] The service specified by SI not found. (Due to Close Sequence, this error may not be able to be returned.)

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-522 No manual send Line [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No Closed Lines

[Detection Conditions] There are no lines for manual transmission.


Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while and try again.

034-525 Specified Chainlink not exist [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect Chain-Link No.

[Detection Conditions] There is no such Chain-Link.

[Corrective Actions] Enter the correct Chain-Link No.

034-526 Chainlink No. out of scope [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect Chain-Link No.

[Detection Conditions] The Chain-Link No. is out of range.

[Corrective Actions] Enter the Chain-Link No. within the range.

034-523 Fax service disabled

034-527 Dial Control Error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Operation Prohibition Status

[Detection Conditions] The system cannot accept the service because Fax operation was prohibited due to EP-TRESS or Diag Services.

[Corrective Actions] Wait for cancelation of prohibition.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Dial Request Overflow

[Detection Conditions] Dial request overflow.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.


If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-524 Unable to cancel operation

034-528 Cannot perform manual send

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Unable to prohibit the operation.

[Detection Conditions] The service cannot be prohibited because it was in operation.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Manual transmission was requested during dialing.

[Detection Conditions] Manual transmission was requested during dialing.




Repeat the operation when dialing is not performed.

Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxCard-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.


034-529 No printable paper size

034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] At output check printing/received data printing, a record paper not applicable for printing the document size was loaded.

[Detection Conditions] At output check printing/received data printing, a record paper not applicable for printing the document size was loaded.

[Corrective Actions] Request for user actions. •

Check the size of the paper loaded in the tray.

•

Specify the recording paper size.

•

Check if the tray has been set properly.

•

GCP Lock (Date task noRTC ACK).

•

Timeout occurred for G3 Dicep without becoming idle.

•

Codec hung up.


GCP Lock (Date task noRTC ACK). Hardware Failure, Software I/F Error.

•

Timeout occurred for G3 Dicep without becoming idle.

•

Codec hung up.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-530 DTMF I/F Timeout

034-701 Software Reset

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

DTMF I/F timed out. Correct operation was not performed within the specified time.

Reset the software.



Correct operation was not performed within the specified time.

Reset the software.



Perform correct operations.



If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-702 No destination specified

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxCard-ROM. (During DLD method)


Unable call the Fax line because the specified dial number is incorrect.


An error was detected when writing data to the FaxCard-ROM Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

The Fax Card is not able to call because the dial data does not exist. 02/2009 2-513

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 034-xxx FIP After job registration, the corresponding speed dial may have been deleted.

Check that the speed dial has been registered and then specify the appropriate address such as the correct speed dial number.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-703 D Channellink cut from network [Error Type]


034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged out)

[Fault Content] D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff

[Detection Conditions] D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff


Version.1 .1.1



4127/4112G

02/2009 2-514


D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged out)




OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-704 ISDN D Channel Data Link Error

034-707 FRMR Received

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error

•

A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered.

•

An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered.


D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error

•

A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered.

•

An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered.


034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered


D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered

Job Fail

[Fault Content] FRMR Received

[Detection Conditions] FRMR received.

[Corrective Actions] Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-708 Illegal Frame Received N(R) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Illegal Frame Received N (R) error

[Detection Conditions] Illegal Frame Received N (R) error.

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following and repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-709 Illegal Frame Received

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Illegal Frame Received

Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)



Illegal Frame Received

Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)



Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following and repair it.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-710 DL Link Establishment Received

034-713 Timeout-Transmission canceled

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting)

•

DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting.

[Fault Content] Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)



DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting)

•

DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting.

Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)

[Corrective Actions] Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-714 Line Disconnected-Timeout T305 [Error Type]

034-711 Waiting for link Timeout

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Disconnected Timeout (T305)

[Fault Content]


•

Link Establishment Wait Timeout

•

Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or reconnection.

Disconnected Timeout (T305)

[Corrective Actions] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following and repair it.


Link Establishment Wait Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or reconnection.

034-715 Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082 [Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt)

[Detection Conditions] Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-515

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-516


Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] •

No Available Channel

034-716 Connection Timeout (T313)

•

The channel was not allowed.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Incoming Call Response Timeout (T313)

•

No Available Channel

•

The channel was not allowed.


[Detection Conditions] Incoming Call Response Timeout (T313)


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-720 Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310) [Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

034-717 Resume Timeout

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

•

60sec Card Timer Timeout

•

T.330 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)

•

T.309 Timeout (Link Resetting Error)

•


•

T.310 Timeout (Call, Response Message Timeout)

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Resume Timeout (T318)

[Detection Conditions] Resume Timeout (T318)


034-718 Normal Disconnection [Error Type] Job Fail


60sec Card Timer Timeout

•


•

T.309 Timeout (Link Resetting Error)

•


•

T.310 Timeout (Call, Response Message Timeout)


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Connection Cut Off Or Resumed

034-721 Error (Format, Contents)

•

Normal Disconnection


Connection Cut Off Or Resumed

•

Normal Disconnection


034-719 No free and available lines


[Fault Content] Upper level primitive format error and content error.

[Detection Conditions] Upper level primitive format error and content error.



034-725 L3 Task Internal Error


[Error Type]

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

Job Fail

034-722 Suspension Timeout

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

L3 Task Internal Error

Job Fail


[Fault Content] •

Suspension Timeout

•

Suspension Confirmation Message Timeout

L3 Task Internal Error



Suspension Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Suspension Confirmation Message Timeout

034-726 HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy


[Error Type]

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following and repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content] HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy

034-723 No Timer Assigned


[Error Type]

HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


No Timer Assigned


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

No Timer Assigned

034-727 No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz


[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]


To 1,300Hz incoming call, the task did not respond for 3sec or more.

OF-14 Fax Card Fail


034-724 Illegal Sequence

To 1,300Hz incoming call, the task did not respond for 3sec or more.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]


Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch)



OF-14 Fax Card Fail

Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch)

034-728 Invalid Destination


[Error Type]

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,

Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-517

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-518

[Fault Content]


Unable call the recipient because the specified dial number is incorrect.


[Detection Conditions] Unable to call because the dial data is incorrect.

[Corrective Actions] Check the dial number of the recipient again and retry the operation.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-732 Fax Network Cut due to Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content]

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-729 Line cut, In-Channel PB Send

F Network Cutoff Timeout

[Detection Conditions] F Network Cutoff Timeout



[Fault Content] The line was disconnected during In-Channel PB Send.

[Detection Conditions] The line was cut off during In-Channel PB Send.


Version.1 .1.1

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-733 Incorrect Sequence,Call Status [Error Type] Job Fail

If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Fault Content]

034-730 In and out call conflict

•

Incorrect Sequence

•

Call status mismatch was detected.


[Fault Content] Conflict between outgoing and incoming calls.

[Detection Conditions] Conflict between outgoing and incoming calls. This occurs when the external/extension line kit is not installed properly.

[Corrective Actions] Same as 034-508. (Check that the external/extension line kit is installed properly.) Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following and repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

034-731 Fax Network Cut (Setup Error) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Call setting cut off from network.

[Detection Conditions] Call setting cut off from network.


Incorrect Sequence

•

Call status mismatch was detected.

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

034-734 HI Task Internal Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] HI Task Internal Error

[Detection Conditions] HI Task Internal Error


034-735 Connect only to ISDN D Channel


[Error Type]


Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

034-739 Layer 1 not synchronized

Connect only to D Channel and receive

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Connect only to D Channel and receive.

[Fault Content]


Layer 1 Not Synchronized (Asynchronized Timer Timeout)

If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Layer 1 Not Synchronized (Asynchronized Timer Timeout)

034-736 Wrong notice from fax network


[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Wrong message from network

034-740 Transmission of Frame Error


[Error Type]

Wrong message from network.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Frame Transmssion Error (Frame Transmission Completion Timeout)

OF-11 FAX Job Fail


034-737 Incoming call response error

Frame Transmssion Error (Frame Transmission Completion Timeout)

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content] Not selected for incoming call response.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


034-741 Unable to Send Frame

Not selected for incoming call response.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Unable to send frame. (Frame transmission retry exceeded the limit.)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-738 Layer 1 Start Up Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Detection Conditions] Unable to send frame. (Frame transmission retry exceeded the limit.)


[Fault Content] Layer 1 Startup Error (Startup Timeout)

[Detection Conditions] Layer 1 Startup Error (Startup Timeout) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-742 Frame Send Underrun Detected 02/2009 2-519

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


[Fault Content] Frame Transmission Underrun Detected

[Detection Conditions] Frame Transmission Underrun Detected


034-743 Abnormal frame-sending DMA [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Frame Send DMA was abnormally terminated.

[Detection Conditions] Frame Send DMA was abnormally terminated.


034-744 Unacceptable Channel [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The Channel was not allowed.

[Detection Conditions] The Channel was not allowed.


034-745 Outgoing call to channel set [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Outgoing call to channel set

[Detection Conditions] Outgoing call to channel set

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-520

Version.1 .1.1


034-746 No usable lines [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No Available Line

[Detection Conditions] No Available Line


034-747 Switching equipment congestion [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Switching Equipment Congestion

[Detection Conditions] Switching Equipment Congestion


034-748 Specified line cannot be used [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Specified Channel Not Allowed

[Detection Conditions] Specified Channel Not Allowed


034-749 Network Conjestion Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


Others (Network Congestion)



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Others (Network Congestion)

034-753 Destination not responding



[Fault Content]

034-750 Network Error

Remote User Not Responding

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Remote User Not Responding

[Fault Content]


Network Error



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Network Error

034-754 No response from Destination



[Fault Content]

034-751 Temporary Network Error

No response from remote user to call

[Error Type]


Job Fail

No response from remote user to call

[Fault Content] •

Temporary Network Error

•

Temporary Error



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Temporary Network Error

034-755 Destination rejecting call

•

Temporary Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail


034-752 Destination terminal busy [Error Type]

[Fault Content] Remote Terminal Rejected Transmission

[Detection Conditions] Remote Terminal Rejected Transmission


Job Fail


[Fault Content] Remote Terminal Busy


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-756 Destination Faulty

Remote Terminal Busy Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-521

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


[Fault Content] Remote Terminal Failure

[Detection Conditions] Remote Terminal Failure


034-757 Others (Normal, Semi-normal) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Others (Normal, Semi-Normal Class)

[Detection Conditions] Others (Normal, Semi-Normal Class)


034-758 Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Missing Number Or Dial Error

[Detection Conditions] Missing Number Or Dial Error


034-759 No Relay Network Route [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No Relay Network Route

[Detection Conditions] No Relay Network Route

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-522

Version.1 .1.1


034-760 No Line To Destination [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No Route to Remote Terminal

[Detection Conditions] No Route to Remote Terminal


034-761 Incorrect Format Destination Fax No. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Number Format (Incomplete Number)

[Detection Conditions] Invalid Number Format (Incomplete Number)


034-762 Facility rejected [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Facility Rejected

[Detection Conditions] Facility Rejected


034-763 Com. Capability disallowed [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


Communication Capability Not Allowed

Specified Communication Capability Not Defined



Communication Capability Not Allowed



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-767 Selected mode not implemented [Error Type]

034-764 Com. Capability not configured

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Specified Channel Type Not Defined

[Fault Content]


Communication Capability Not Configured

Specified Channel Type Not Defined



Communication Capability Not Configured

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-768 Restricted Digital Info. Only [Error Type]

034-765 Error by service,feature limit

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Restricted Digital Information Only

[Fault Content] •

Others (Service provided not allowed)

•

Other resources cannot be used.

•

Facility requested not subscribed.

[Detection Conditions] Restricted Digital Information Only



Others (Service provided not allowed)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Other resources cannot be used.

034-769 Error by service, feature

•

Facility requested not subscribed.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


034-766 Selected com. not implemented [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Others (Service not provided)

•

A facility not provided was requested.


Others (Service not provided)

•

A facility not provided was requested.

[Fault Content] Specified Communication Capability Not Defined Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-523

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-524


034-770 Reply to status query [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Reply to Status Query

[Detection Conditions] Reply to Status Query


034-771 Access information discarded [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Fax Information Discarded

[Detection Conditions] Fax Information Discarded


034-772 Inter-working connection error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Others (Inter-related Connections)

[Detection Conditions] Others (Inter-related Connections)


Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] Invalid Dial No. Specified

[Detection Conditions] Invalid Dial No. Specified


034-774 Invalid Line Specified [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Invalid Channel No. Specified

[Detection Conditions] Invalid Channel No. Specified


034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Others (Invalid Messages)

[Detection Conditions] Others (Invalid Messages)


034-776 Insufficient Required Info. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient Information

[Detection Conditions] Insufficient Information

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-773 Invalid Dial No. Specified

034-777 Undefined Message Type

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Message Type Undefined


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Message Type Undefined


Call status inconsistent with message.



Call status inconsistent with message.


034-778 Incorrect Message or Type [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


034-782 Error cleared due to timeout [Error Type]

Call status inconsistent with message, or message type undefined.


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Call status inconsistent with message, or message type undefined.


Error cleared due to timeout.



Error cleared due to timeout.


034-779 No information, or not defined [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


034-783 Other Errors (Operation, etc) [Error Type]

No information or it is undefined.


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

No information or it is undefined.


Other Errors (Operational Errors etc.)



Other Errors (Operational Errors etc.)


034-780 Invalid Information [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


034-784 Destination No. Changed [Error Type]

Invalid Information


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Invalid Information


Remote Terminal Number Changed



Remote Terminal Number Changed


034-781 Call Status, Message Mismatch Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 02/2009 2-525

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-526

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


034-785 Incompatible destination [Error Type]

Show Other Causes


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Terminal Attributes Incompatible

[Detection Conditions] Terminal Attributes Incompatible

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-789 G4 Presentation Illegal Event [Error Type] Job Fail


Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] •

CG Conversion Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

(G4) Presentation received an illegal event.

034-786 Call identity not in use


[Error Type]

•

CG Conversion Timeout

•


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Call ID Not In Use

[Detection Conditions] Call ID set was not in use.


034-787 Call identity in use [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Call ID In Use

[Detection Conditions] Call ID set was in use.


034-788 Show other causes [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Show Other Causes


034-790 Line 0 (Ext) not connected [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Channel 0 Extension Not Connected

[Detection Conditions] Channel 0 Extension Not Connected

[Corrective Actions] Check the channel 0 extension line connection and install it correctly. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-791 Line 1 not connected [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Channel 1 External Line Not Connected

[Detection Conditions] Channel 1 External Line Not Connected

[Corrective Actions] Check the channel 1 external line connection and install it correctly. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

034-792 Line 2 not connected [Error Type]

Channel 5 Not Connected

[Detection Conditions] Channel 5 Not Connected

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] Check the channel 5 external line connection and install it correctly.





034-796 Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2) [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]


There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.

[Detection Conditions] There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Corrective Actions] Dial again and then repeat the operation.





034-797 Communication Parameter Error [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]


The Job Error Communication Option parameter has an error.

[Detection Conditions] The Job Error Communication Option parameter has an error.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


Channel 4 is Not Connected

[Detection Conditions] Channel 4 is Not Connected

[Corrective Actions] Check the channel 4 external line connection and install it correctly. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-798 Data Parameter Error [Error Type] Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

034-795 Line 5 not connected

[Fault Content] The Job Error Communication Data parameter has an error.


[Detection Conditions] The Job Error Communication Data parameter has an error.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-527

034-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 034-xxx FIP [Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

034-799 Auto Dial without dial data [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.

[Detection Conditions] Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.


02/2009 2-528

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1


035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-702 Destination Receive Rejected

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG3-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to the FaxG3-ROM

•

DCN was received for NSS/DTC.

•

DCN received.



[Corrective Actions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG3-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

035-700 Modem faulty

[Fault Content]

•

DCN was received for NSS/DTC. Transmission was rejected due to remote machine Selective Reception function, etc.

•

DCN received.


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

CS is not turned OFF at modem control.

•

HDLC frame sending error.


CS is not turned OFF at modem control. It is determined as SC Board (modem) failure.

•

HDLC frame sending error.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-703 DCN Receive at Phase B Send [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.

•

DCN received.


Replace the SC Board (modem).

•

DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.


•

DCN received.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


035-701 T1 Transmission Timeout



[Fault Content] •

Sending T1 T.O.

•

T1 timed out in sending operation. (FX)

•

At sending, DIS was not sent after the conversation request from the remote machine has failed.


Sending T1 T.O.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-704 Destination Polling Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

The sending terminal does not have the polling function.

•

No sending capability in the remote machine.

•

T1 timed out in sending operation. (FX)


•

At sending, DIS was not sent after the conversation request from the remote machine has failed.

•

The sending terminal does not have the polling function. No polling documents are set in place.

•

No sending capability in the remote machine. The polling remote machine has no sending capability. No stored document.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-529

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


Data received without a password/a mismatch of passwords, or a mismatch of the Selective Reception No.


[Detection Conditions] Data received without a password/a mismatch of passwords, or a mismatch of the Selective Reception No.

035-705 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded [Error Type]

Password mismatch.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] No response after NSS was sent out three times, or DCN was detected.

•

DCS/NSS resending exceeded the limit.

•

DCN received.

Transmission from a sender other than Selective Transmission users.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. Password mismatch. Transmission from a sender other than Selective Transmission users. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.


No response after NSS was sent out three times, or DCN was detected. Receiving terminal failure. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure. The remote machine disconnected the line while receiving NSS (DCN).

•

DCS/NSS resending exceeded the limit.

•

DCN received.


Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content]


•

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-530

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-708 Post-message resend exceeded [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

No response after the post command was sent out three times, or DCN was received as a response to the post command.


•

Post message resending exceeded the limit.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

DCN received.


035-706 Fallback Error [Error Type]


Job Fail

No response after post command is sent out three times, or DCN received as a response of the post command. Poor line quality.

[Fault Content]

Receiving terminal failure.

•

Fallback is not available at NSS sending.

SC Board (modem) failure.

•

Fallback Error.

•

Fallback Error. Waiting for auto resend.

NCU Board failure. •

Post message resending exceeded the limit.


•

DCN received.

•

Fallback is not available at NSS sending.


•

Fallback Error.


•

Fallback Error. Waiting for auto resend.



035-707 Wrong Password/Receive Banned [Error Type] Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-709 RTN Receive [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

RTN received.

•

RTN was received at G3 sending.


[Fault Content]

RTN received. Poor line quality. Receiving terminal failure. SC Board (modem) failure.

No commands after NSC is sent out three times (NSS or DCS).


NCU Board failure. •

No commands after NSC is sent out three times (NSS or DCS).

RTN was received at G3 sending.

Password mismatch. No polling document at the destination side. Jam.







OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-710 PIN Receive

035-713 T2 timeout after sending FTT

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

PIN received.


No response to NSS/DCS was returned from the remote machine after FTT was sent.


PIN received. Poor line quality.

No response to NSS/DCS was returned from the remote machine after FTT was sent. Sending machine failure. SC Board failure.

Operator was called from the recipient machine. Receiving terminal failure. SC Board (modem) failure.


NCU Board failure.





035-711 DCN Receive at Phase D [Error Type] Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-714 DCN Received after NSC/DTC [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

DCN was received after NSC/DTC was sent.

[Fault Content]

•

DCN was received.

•

At PHASE-D, DCN/invalid command was received.


•

DCN was received.

•

DCN was received after NSC/DTC was sent. Password mismatch. No polling document at the destination side. Jam.

At PHASE-D, DCN/invalid command was received. Sending machine failure.

•

DCN was received.

•


[Detection Conditions] DCN was received.





OF-14 FAX Card Fail


035-712 No response after 3 NSC

035-715 Wrong Password-Polling Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Error Type] Job Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-531

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-532

[Fault Content] Polling error due to password mismatch.

[Detection Conditions] Polling error due to mismatch of password.

•

Version.1 .1.1 T1 timed out in receiving operation.


Receive PHASE-B T1 T.O.

•

T1 timed out in receiving operation.







OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-716 No past message-T2 Timeout

035-719 Busy tone detected at Phase-B

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

No post messages.

•

T2 timed out.

[Fault Content] At receive PHASE-B, busy tone was detected.

[Detection Conditions] At receive PHASE-B, busy tone was detected.


No post messages. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

•

T2 timed out. Command timer timeout on the terminal receiving T.30.



035-717 RTN Send [Error Type] Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-720 Unable to receive by remote [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

The data of NSF/DIS and NSC/DTC was invalid.

•

No receiving capability in the remote machine.

[Fault Content]


•

RTN sent.

•

The data of NSF/DIS and NSC/DTC was invalid. No remote machine compatibility.

•

RTN was sent when G3 was received.

•

No receiving capability in the remote machine. No DIS, NSF, NSC, and DTC capabilities. Memory full, etc.


RTN sent. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

•

RTN was sent when G3 was received.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

035-721 DCN Received at Phase B

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

035-718 Receive T1 Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Receive PHASE-B T1 T.O.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected.

•

DCN was received.



•

At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected. No remote machine compatibility.

•

DCN was received after FTT had been sent. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality.

•

DCN was received.

•

DCN was received.







OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-722 Wrong frame length of 300bps

035-725 Remote has no Mailbox/Relay

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] The frame length exceeded 3.45sec (300bps command/response).

[Detection Conditions] The frame length exceeded 3.45sec (300bps command/response). Remote machine failure.


Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

The remote machine did not have the Mailbox or Relay communication function.

•

The remote machine did not support Relay Broadcast.

•

No mailbox function in the remote machine. (Mailbox type by FX)


Check the remote machine. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-723 No CD after receiving flag

•

The remote machine did not support Relay Broadcast.

•

No mailbox function in the remote machine. (Mailbox type by FX)


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] After the flag was accepted, CD was not received within 3min.

[Detection Conditions] CD has not come within 3min after a flag had been accepted. Remote machine failure.

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation. Check the remote machine.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-726 PhaseC cannot receive-10 secs [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] At PHASE-C, training cannot be received within 10sec.

[Detection Conditions] At PHASE-C, training cannot be received within 10sec. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.


035-724 DCN Receive after sending FTT


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

DCN was received after FTT was sent.

•

DCN was received.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

For the Secure or Relay communication, the remote machine did not support the function. Remote machine failure (no sending capability).

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-727 50% Error during G3 Receive [Error Type] Job Fail

02/2009 2-533

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-534

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content]

035-730 No CS with Phase-C High Speed

•

PHASE-C error exceeded the limit.

[Error Type]

•

While receiving G3 image information, 50% or more decode error occurred when 148mm was received.


Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

At PHASE-C, CS has not come from a high-speed modem.

•

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request at command sending operation.

•

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request during training at high speed.


•

HDLC frame sending error



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

At PHASE-C, CS has not come from a high-speed modem. SC Board (modem) failure.

•

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request at command sending operation.

•

The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request during training at high speed.

•


•

PHASE-C error exceeded the limit. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

•

While receiving G3 image information, 50% or more decode error occurred when 148mm was received.


035-728 C EOL cannot receive in 10 sec [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

At PHASE-C, EOL cannot be received within 10sec.

•

The system did not detect a normal line within 1min after it started to receive G3 image information.

•

When receiving G3 image information, the system did not detect EOL within 13sec (Default).



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

At PHASE-C, EOL cannot be received within 10sec. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

035-731 Fax V.8 Error

•

The system did not detect a normal line within 1min after it started to receive G3 image information.

[Error Type]

•

While receiving G3 image information, the system did not detect EOL within 13sec (Default).


Job Fail

[Fault Content]


•

V.8 Parameter N.G


•

V.8 error.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


035-729 Carrier Down Detected

•

V.8 Parameter N.G

[Error Type]

•

V.8 error.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] Carrier broken.

[Detection Conditions] Carrier broken. While receiving the image information, T2 timeout occurred after the carrier was broken. Dropout occurred.



035-732 Fax V.34 PCH CD Off [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] V.34 P-CH CD OFF



V.34 P-CH CD OFF



OF-14 FAX Card Fail


035-736 No reply DCN after sending CTC

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

035-733 Fax V.34 C/PCH CS None

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content] •

No response to the CTC sent, or DCN was received.

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

•

DCN was received.

•

V.34 C/P-CH CS None


•


•

No response to the CTC sent, or DCS was received. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

•

DCN was received.

[Detection Conditions] • •

V.34 C/P-CH CS None







OF-14 FAX Card Fail


035-737 No reply DCN after sending EOR

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-734 Polling ERR at Remote Step V8


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] No document for polling at remote Step V.8.

[Detection Conditions] There was no document for polling at the remote machine at Step V.8. Polling send operation error in the remote machine.


•

No response to the EOR sent, or DCN was received.

•

CTC/EOR resending exceeded the limit.

•

DCN was received.


No response to the EOR sent, or DCN received. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.

•

CTC/EOR resending exceeded the limit.

•

DCN was received.


OF-14 FAX Card Fail


035-735 No Doc. in Polling Box Step V8


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Job Fail

035-738 No reply DCN after sending RR

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Polling was requested when there was no document for polling in Step V.8.

Job Fail

[Detection Conditions] Polling was requested when there was no document for polling in V.8 procedure. Remote machine operation error, self terminal polling send setting error. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

[Fault Content] •

02/2009 2-535

No response to the RR sent, or DCN was received at RR.

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-536

DCN was received.

Version.1 .1.1



•

ECM PHASE-C Flag Timer Timeout [ECM]

•

No response to the RR sent, or DCN received at RR. Remote machine failure.

•

Timeout between the frames in ECM. Timeout between the data frames.

•

DCN was received.







OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-739 Fax T5 Timeout

035-742 EOR Send or Receive [Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

•

Responded with ERR [ECM] after ECM EOR was sent.

•

15sec passed without MCF.

•

EOR-Q was received when ECM was received.

•

T5 timeout.



•

Responded with ERR [ECM] after ECM EOR was sent. Poor line quality.

•

T5sec has passed without MCF. Remote machine failure.

•

EOR-Q was received when ECM was received.

•

T5 timeout.







OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-740 Sending stopped after EOR Send [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Sending was aborted after EOR was sent.

•

EOR-Q was sent at ECM sending.


035-743 Remote cannot receive SUB. [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The receiving terminal does not support the SUB function.

[Detection Conditions] The receiving terminal does not support the SUB function.


•

Sending was aborted after EOR was sent. Poor line quality. SC (modem) Board. NCU Board failure.


•

EOR-Q was sent at ECM sending.



035-741 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

ECM PHASE-C Flag Timer Timeout [ECM]

•

Timeout between the frames in ECM.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-744 Remote cannot receive password [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The receiving terminal does not support the PWD function.

[Detection Conditions] The receiving terminal does not support the PWD function.


•

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT2 was detected.


•

Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT1 was detected.


•


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT1 was detected.

035-745 PTX has no SEP capability [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The PTX machine does not support the SEP function.

[Detection Conditions] The PTX machine does not support the SEP function.

•


•

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. (PBX) DT was not detected.

•

Busy tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

•

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.

•

Busy tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

•

Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.


Busy. Dial tone was not detected. Busy tone was detected. Time exceeded by 35sec.


•

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. DT1 was not detected.


•

Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT1 was detected.


•


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. Switch Board was busy. CT1 was detected.

•

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. CT2 was detected.

•

The system could not detect dial tone during dialing ( = ). DT1 was not detected.

•

Busy tone was detected during dialing (=). BT1 was detected.

•


•

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (=). CT1 was detected.

•


035-746 Busy-Cannot detect dial tone [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Busy

•

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. DT1 was not detected.

•


•


•

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. Switch Board was busy. CT1 was detected.

•

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. CT2 was detected.

•

The system could not detect dial tone during dialing (=). DT1 was not detected. This could happen when an external line was used with 0 signal sent from the PBX.

•


•


•


•


•

The system could not detect 2nd dial tone during dialing (==). DT2 was not detected.

•

Busy tone was detected during dialing (==). BT1 was detected.

•


•

Congestion tone was detected during dialing (==). CT1 was detected.

•


•

The system could not detect 3rd dial tone during dialing (====). DT3 was not detected.

•

Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT1 was detected.

•


•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

This could happen when an external line was used with 0 signal sent from the PBX.

•

The system could not detect 2nd dial tone during dialing (==). DT2 was not detected.

•


•


•


•


•

The system could not detect 3rd dial tone during dialing (====). DT3 was not detected.

•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•


•

The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. (PBX) DT was not detected.

•

Busy tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

•

Congestion tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.

•

Busy tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.

02/2009 2-537

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.


Check the Switch Board.

•

Check the circuit condition.

•

Check the call conditions of the external line ("0" call). If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

035-747 Abort while dialing [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)

[Detection Conditions] Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)


035-748 Abort during transmission [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Aborted during transmission (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)

[Detection Conditions] Aborted during transmission (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.)


035-749 No reply from remote station [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Busy with no response (Redial exceeded limit)

•

The remote machine did not respond after dialing.


Busy with no response (Redial exceeded limit)

•

The remote machine did not respond after dialing. CED and DIS were not detected.


035-750 Power Off during transmission

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-538

Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] An error due to Power OFF during transmission.

[Detection Conditions] An error due to Power OFF during transmission. The power has turned OFF. System reset has occurred.


035-751 Doc. send operation canceled [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] The Stop key was pressed when a document was being sent.

[Detection Conditions] The Stop key was pressed when a document was being sent.


035-752 No. of Job Restriction Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No. of Jobs Restricted Error

[Detection Conditions] No. of Jobs Restricted Error


035-753 Fax Memory Full [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Image information memory full (file full, append record error)

[Detection Conditions] This occurs when receiving Fax of 999 sheets or more. Image information memory full (file full, append record error)

035-757 No Receive Page

[Corrective Actions] This occurs when receiving 999 sheets or more. Ask the sender to separate the document into several batches for sending.

035-754 File management memory full


[Fault Content]


No received page


[Fault Content] File Management Area Full

No received page




File Management Area Full




Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-755 File Add Page Error

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-758 No specified file or page [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


No specifed file or page.


[Fault Content] File Append Record Error

No specifed file or page.




File Append Record Error




Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-756 Cannot add page

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-759 No specified job [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.


[Fault Content] No additional file

No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.




No additional file




Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.

OF-14 Fax Card Fail

035-760 File common processing error

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 Fax Card Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-539

035-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-540


[Fault Content] •

Invalid File

•

File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access. Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.


Invalid File

•

File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access. Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.


035-761 File other processing error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Other File Errors

[Detection Conditions] Other File Errors


035-762 Line cut during ISDN [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Line was cut off when establishing link.

•

The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)


Line was cut off when establishing link.

•

The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

036-500 Illegal PDRP Parameter

[Detection Conditions] RDCLP Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content] RDRP Parameter Error

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-504 Illegal RDGR Parameter

RDRP Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] RDGR Parameter Error

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-501 Illegal RDPBP Parameter

[Detection Conditions] RDGR Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content] RDPBP Parameter Error

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-505 Undefined response

RDPBP Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Undefined Response

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-502 Illegal RDPBN Parameter

[Detection Conditions] Undefined Response

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content] RDPBN Parameter Error

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-506 Not negotiable

RDPBN Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] Negotiation Not Allowed

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-503 Illegal RDCLP Parameter

[Detection Conditions] Negotiation Not Allowed



[Fault Content] RDCLP Parameter Error Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

OF-14 FAX Card Fail 02/2009 2-541

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


036-507 RDPBP Receive at full capacity [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] RDPBP Receive (receive at full capacity), remote terminal runs out of paper etc.

[Detection Conditions] RDPBP Receive (receive at full capacity), remote terminal runs out of paper etc.


036-508 RDPBN Receive Terminal Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] RDPBN Receive (Error at Terminal)

[Detection Conditions] RDPBN Receive (Error at Terminal)


036-509 RDPBN Receive Others [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] RDPBN Receive (Others)

[Detection Conditions] RDPBN Receive (Others)


036-510 RDGR Receive [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] RDGR Receive

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-542

Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] RDGR Receive


036-511 Illegal procedure 1551 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Illegal procedure 1551

[Detection Conditions] Illegal Procedure


036-512 Illegal CDS Parameter [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] CDS Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] CDS Parameter Error


036-513 Illegal CDC Parameter [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] CDC Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] CDC Parameter Error


036-514 Illegal CDE Parameter

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CDE Parameter Error

036-518 Illegal CDCL Parameter


[Error Type]

CDE Parameter Error

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


CDCL Parameter Error

036-515 Illegal CDD Parameter

CDCL Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CDD Parameter Error

036-519 Undefined Command


[Error Type]

CDD Parameter Error

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


Undefined Command

036-516 Illegal CDR Parameter

Undefined Command

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CDR Parameter Error

036-520 Not Negotiable CDS Receive


[Error Type]

CDR Parameter Error

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


Negotiation Not Allowed (CDS Receive when FAX functions are incompatible)

036-517 Illegal CDPB Parameter [Error Type]

Negotiation Not Allowed (CDS Receive when FAX functions are incompatible)


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CDPB Parameter Error


036-521 Not Negotiable CDC Receive

CDPB Parameter Error Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-543

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-544


[Fault Content] Negotiation Not Allowed (CDC Receive when FAX functions are not compatible)

[Detection Conditions] Negotiation Not Allowed (CDC Receive when FAX functions are not compatible)


Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] •

CDR Receive (Error at terminal)

•

(G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)


CDR Receive (Error at Terminal)

•





OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-522 CDD Receive Terminal Error

036-525 Other than above CDR receive

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

•

CDD Receive (Error at Terminal)

•

CDR Receive (Other than the above)

(G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD)

•


•



•

CDD Receive (Error at Terminal)

•

CDR Receive (Other than the above)

•


•






OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-523 Other than above CDD receive

036-526 Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

CDD Receive (Other than the above)

•

(G4) Received activity rejection from session (CDD)


CDD Receive (Other than the above)

•



Job Fail

[Fault Content] CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)

[Detection Conditions] CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)



036-527 Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-524 CDR Receive Terminal Error [Error Type] Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content] CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document)



CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document)



OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-531 DMA channel 1 illegal closing

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-528 Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.)

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

•

DMA Channel 1 was abnormally terminated.

•



CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document)

[Detection Conditions] CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document)

•


•






OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-529 Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.)

036-532 DMA channel 2 illegal closing

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content] CDUI Parameter Error (Monitor Document)


•


•



CDUI Parameter Error (Monitor Document)


•


•



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-530 CDSReceive-Illegal Document

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-533 Cannot convert resources

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content] CDS (control document) Receive occurred when the receiver and sender of an illegal document do not match.

[Detection Conditions] CDS (control document) Receive occurred when the receiver and sender of an illegal document do not match.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Resources for converting data cannot be obtained.

•



Resources for converting data cannot be obtained.

•


02/2009 2-545

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-546


Version.1 .1.1




OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-534 Decode Error in Data Convert

036-537 No RTC during data convert

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

•

Decoding error occurred in data conversion.

•

RTC was not detected in data conversion.

•


•




•

Decoding error occurred in data conversion.

•

RTC was not detected in data conversion.

•


•






OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-535 White Line Transfer Error (Compress)

036-538 Doc. descriptor analysis error

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

White line transfer to encoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.

•


[Detection Conditions] White line transfer to encoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.


036-536 White Line Transfer Error (Decomp) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

White line transfer to decoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.

•



White line transfer to decoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion.

•


Job Fail

[Fault Content] DD (Document Descriptor) Analysis Error

[Detection Conditions] DD (Document Descriptor) Analysis Error


036-539 Page Descriptor Analysis Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] PD (Page Descriptor) Analysis Error

[Detection Conditions] PD (Page Descriptor) Analysis Error


036-540 Text Unit Analysis Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

An error was detected when writing data to the FaxG4-ROM Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Fault Content]


TU (Text Unit) Analysis Error

Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG4-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

[Detection Conditions] TU (Text Unit) Analysis Error

036-700 G4 Communication Error


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

036-541 Page boundary without TU

G4 Communication Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

G4 Communication Error

[Fault Content]


Received page boundary without TU.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Received page boundary without TU.

036-701 Receiving variable N(R) error


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

036-542 Relay Broadcast error in G4

Receive Status Variable N (R) Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Receive Status Variable N (R) Error

[Fault Content]


(G4) Relay Broadcast instruction error occurred in session.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

(G4) Relay Broadcast instruction error occurred in session.

036-702 Info frame size exceeded (NI)


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

036-550 Write to FaxG4-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

Job Fail Information frame size exceeded the limit (NI over).

[Detection Conditions] Information frame size exceeded the limit (NI over).

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG4-ROM. (During DLD method)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-547

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-548

Version.1 .1.1

036-703 Monitor/Unnumbered frame error


[Error Type]

•

SABM Wait Timeout

•

(G4) Data link cannot be connected.

Job Fail

[Fault Content]


Monitor/Unnumbered Frame Error

[Detection Conditions] Monitor/Unnumbered Frame Error


036-704 Undefined Command/Response 1104 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Undefined Command/Response


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-707 UA wait Timeout in G4 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

UA Wait Timeout

•



UA Wait Timeout

•



Undefined Command/Response


OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-708 Cannot establish link in G4

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-705 N2 timeout of Receive Timer [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Receive Confirmation Timer - Consecutive Timeout (N2 times timeout)

[Detection Conditions] Receive Confirmation Timer - Consecutive Timeout (N2 times timeout)


036-706 SABM Wait Timeout in G4 [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

SABM Wait Timeout

•


Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Cannot Establish Link

•

(G4) Data link cannot be established.


Cannot Establish Link

•

(G4) Data link cannot be established.


036-709 DISC receive before link close [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Link was force-closed (when DISC was received before the session).

[Detection Conditions] Link was force-closed (when DISC was received before the session).


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

ERMR Receive (W=1)

036-710 FRMR Receive (Z=1)


[Error Type]

ERMR Receive (W=1)

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


FRMR Receive (Z=1)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-714 Global Address Receive

FRMR Receive (Z=1)


[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Global Address Receive

036-711 FRMR Receive (Y=1)


[Error Type]

Global Address Receive

Job Fail


[Fault Content]


FRMR Receive (Y=1)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-715 Line Open Timeout in G4

FRMR Receive (Y=1)


[Error Type]


[Fault Content]

Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

Line Open Timeout (Including No HDLC Flag)

036-712 FRMR received (Z=1) W=1

•

(G4) Flag cannot be received for 4sec or more.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

•

Line Open Timeout (Including No HDLC Flag)

•

(G4) Flag cannot be received for 4sec or more.


FRMR Receive (X=1) W=1 Included


[Detection Conditions] FRMR Receive (X=1) W=1 Included

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


036-716 Wrong LSI Send (Busy Timeout) [Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-713 FRMR Receive (W=1)

Job Fail

[Fault Content] LSI Send Error (Sending Busy, Timeout)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-549

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 036-xxx FIP [Detection Conditions] LSI Send Error (Sending Busy, Timeout)


036-717 Abnormal LSI operation [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] LSI Operation Error

[Detection Conditions] LSI Operation Error


036-718 Disconnection Notice Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

[Detection Conditions] Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)


036-719 C Line On but I Line Off [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON.

[Detection Conditions] Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON.


036-720 C Line Off but I Line On

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-550

Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] Though Line C was turned OFF, Line I was not turned OFF.

[Detection Conditions] Though Line C was turned OFF, Line I was not turned OFF.


036-721 I Line Off during Transmission [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Line I was turned OFF during transmission.

[Detection Conditions] Line I was turned OFF during transmission.


036-722 Call cut during flag detect [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Call was cut off during remote flag detection.

[Detection Conditions] Call was cut off during remote flag detection.


036-723 Call cut while awaiting UA [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.

[Detection Conditions] After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.

036-727 Illegal parameter of CC packet



[Fault Content]

036-724 Call cut while awaiting SABM [Error Type] Job Fail

•

CC Packet Parameter Error

•

(G4) Other network errors.


[Fault Content] Call was cut off when waiting for SABM.


•

CC Packet Parameter Error

•



Call was cut off when waiting for SABM.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-728 Illegal parameter of CN packet [Error Type]

036-725 Disc received before session

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

[Fault Content] DISC was received before session.

•

CN Packet Parameter Error

•



[Detection Conditions] DISC was received before session.


•

CN Packet Parameter Error

•





OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-726 Illegal header received

036-729 Illegal parameter of DT packet

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Job Fail

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

•

Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching)

•

DT Packet Parameter Error

•


•




•

Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching)

•

DT Packet Parameter Error

•


•






OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-551

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


036-730 Illegal parameter of RI packet Job Fail

[Fault Content] RI Packet Parameter Error

•


[Detection Conditions] • •

RI Packet Parameter Error (G4) Other network errors.

Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

CF Packet Parameter Error

•



CF Packet Parameter Error

•




036-731 Illegal parameter of IT packet

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-734 Undefined Packet Received [Error Type] Job Fail


Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

•

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-552

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

•

Undefined Packet Receive

•

IT Packet Parameter Error

•


•




IT Packet Parameter Error

•



036-732 Illegal parameter of CI packet [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

CI Packet Parameter Error

•



CI Packet Parameter Error

•



036-733 Illegal parameter of CF packet

•

Undefined Packet Receive

•



036-735 CC Wait Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] CC Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions] CC Wait Timeout


036-736 CF Wait Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


CF Wait Timeout



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CF Wait Timeout

036-740 Busy Timeout


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

036-737 CI received before G4 session

Busy Timeout

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Busy Timeout

[Fault Content] •

CI Receive (Before the session ended)

•

(G4) A cut off request packet was received from the remote machine.



CI Receive (Before the session ended)

036-741 SI received in transmission

•

(G4) A cut off request packet was received from the remote machine.

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content] •

SI Receive (In transmission)

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

(G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.

036-738 DT Packet P(S ), P(R ) Error


[Error Type]

•

SI Receive (In transmission)

•


Job Fail

[Fault Content]


DT Packet P (S) and P (R) errors occurred.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

DT Packet P (S) and P (R) errors occurred.

036-742 SF received in transmission


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

036-739 RR, RNR Packet P(S) Error

•

SF Receive (In transmission)

[Error Type]

•


Job Fail

[Fault Content] RR and RNR packet P (S) errors occurred.


SF Receive (In transmission)

•


[Detection Conditions] RR and RNR packet P (S) errors occurred. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-553

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting



036-743 DT Packet D Bit Error [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] D Bit error occurred in DT packet.

[Detection Conditions] D Bit error occurred in DT packet.


036-744 G4 Wait for Reply Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Reply Timeout

•

(G4) Network timer timed out.


Reply Timeout

•



036-745 G4 CN Wait Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

CN Wait Timeout

•


Version.1 .1.1 OF-14 FAX Card Fail


•

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-554

036-746 G4 Data Link Disconnect Notice Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] •

Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)

•

(G4) Data Link Failure



•

(G4) Data Link Failure


036-747 Fast select response received [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Fast Select that limits responses received.

[Detection Conditions] Fast Select that limits responses received.


036-748 Receive remote charge request [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Receive Remote Charge Request

[Detection Conditions] Receive Remote Charge Request




•

CN Wait Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•



036-749 Abnormal LCGN [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content]


LCGN Error



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

LCGN Error

036-753 Illegal TCC Parameter


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

036-750 Illegal procedure 1301

Parameter error occurred in TCC.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Parameter error occurred in TCC.

[Fault Content]


Illegal Procedure 1301



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Illegal Procedure

036-754 Illegal TBR Parameter


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

036-751 Illegal TCA Parameter

Parameter error occurred in TBR.

[Error Type]


Job Fail

Parameter error occurred in TBR.

[Fault Content]


Parameter error occurred in TCA.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Parameter error occurred in TCA.

036-755 Illegal TDT Parameter


[Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

036-752 Illegal TCR Parameter [Error Type]

Parameter error occurred in TDT.


Job Fail

[Fault Content]

Parameter error occurred in TDT.


Parameter error occurred in TCR.



OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Parameter error occurred in TCR.

036-756 Undefined transport block Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-555

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-556

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Undefined Transport Block Receive

[Detection Conditions] Undefined Transport Block Receive

Version.1 .1.1

036-760 TBR Wait Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


TBR Receive

036-757 TCA Wait Timeout [Error Type]

TBR Receive


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

TCA Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions] TCA Wait Timeout

036-761 TDT block size error [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


TDT Block Size Error

036-758 TCR Wait Timeout [Error Type]

TDT Block Size Error


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

TCR Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions] TCR Wait Timeout

036-762 G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content] •


OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

(G4) Network Failure

036-759 TCC Wait Timeout


[Error Type]

•


•

(G4) Network Failure

Job Fail

[Fault Content] TCC Receive

[Detection Conditions] TCC Receive



[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Illegal Procedure 1401

036-767 Illegal CSUI Parameter


[Error Type]

Illegal Procedure

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


CSUI Parameter Error

036-764 Illegal CSS Parameter

CSUI Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CSS Parameter Error

036-768 Illegal CSCC Parameter


[Error Type]

CSS Parameter Error

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


CSCC Parameter Error

036-765 Illegal CSE Parameter

CSCC Parameter Error

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CSE Parameter Error

036-769 Illegal RSSP Parameter


[Error Type]

CSE Parameter Error

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


RSSP Parameter Error

036-766 Illegal CSA Parameter [Error Type]

RSSP Parameter Error


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

CSA Parameter Error


036-770 Illegal RSSN Parameter

CSA Parameter Error Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-557

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-558

[Error Type]


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

RSSN Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] RSSN Parameter Error

Version.1 .1.1

036-774 Illegal RSCCP Parameter [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


RSCCP Parameter Error

036-771 Illegal RSEP Parameter [Error Type]

RSCCP Parameter Error


Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

RSEP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] RSEP Parameter Error

036-775 Undefined command/response 1413 [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail



036-772 Illegal RSAP Parameter [Error Type]



Job Fail


[Fault Content]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

RSAP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] RSAP Parameter Error

036-776 RSSN Receive [Error Type] Job Fail


[Fault Content] •

RSSN Receive

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

•

(G4) Connection error was received from the session. (RSSN)

036-773 Illegal RSUI Parameter


[Error Type]

•

RSSN Receive

•

(G4) Connection error was received from the session. (RSSN)

Job Fail

[Fault Content] RSUI Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] RSUI Parameter Error


036-777 G4 Line Disconnect Notice Timeout

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

CSS Wait Timeout

[Fault Content]



CSS Wait Timeout




Poor line quality. Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method is different depending on the remote machine and line status.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-781 RSSP Wait Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-778 CSA received (wrong terminal)


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

RSSP Wait Timeout

[Fault Content] •

CSA Receive (Error at terminal)

•

(G4) Session abortion was received.

[Detection Conditions] RSSP Wait Timeout



•

CSA Receive (Error at terminal)

Poor line quality.

•


Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method is different depending on the remote machine and line status.


OF-11 FAX Job Fail


036-782 RSAP Wait Timeout

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Error Type]

036-779 CSA Receive (Others)

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

RSAP Wait Timeout

[Fault Content] •

CSA Receive (Others)

•


[Detection Conditions] RSAP Wait Timeout



Poor line quality.

•

CSA Receive (Others)

•


Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method is different depending on the remote machine and line status. OF-11 FAX Job Fail


036-783 RSEP Wait Timeout [Error Type]

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-780 CSS Wait Timeout

Job Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

RSEP Wait Timeout


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-559

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-560

[Detection Conditions] RSEP Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions] Poor line quality.

Version.1 .1.1 Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method is different depending on the remote machine and line status. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-787 Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote


[Error Type]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Fault Content]

036-784 RSCCP Wait Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] RSCCP Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions] RSCCP Wait Timeout


Job Fail "Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

[Detection Conditions] "Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

[Corrective Actions] Poor line quality. Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method is different depending on the remote machine and line status. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-788 Poll Send Error at Remote


[Error Type]

OF-11 FAX Job Fail

[Fault Content]

036-785 CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout

[Detection Conditions] CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout

[Corrective Actions] Poor line quality. Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the corrective action is different depending on the remote machine and line status. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-786 Incorrect Password (RSSN) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] "Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine.

[Detection Conditions] "Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine.


Job Fail "No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

[Detection Conditions] "No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-789 No Password for RSSP Receive [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.

[Detection Conditions] No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.

[Corrective Actions] Poor line quality. Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method is different depending on the remote machine and line status. OF-11 FAX Job Fail

036-790 Polling rejected by remote [Error Type] Job Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

036-794 Line cut during ISDN mode

RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive.


[Error Type]

RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

1.


•

Calling cut off during ISDN communication

2.

Check if the remote machine is ok.

•

The ISDN session received an illegal event.

036-791 Set Password-RSSP Received


[Error Type]

•

Calling cut off during ISDN communication

•

The ISDN session received an illegal event.

Job Fail


[Fault Content]

Check that the telephone line is installed properly, and then wait for a while before sending again.

RSSN was sent when setting password.

If it did not improve, check that the recipient machine is not in memory full/HDD full/maintenance state. If that is the case, send again when the recipient machine is in normal state and check.

[Detection Conditions] RSSN was sent when setting password.




2.

Check if the remote machine is ok.

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-795 Canceled by remote station [Error Type]

036-792 CSE Received after RSSP Send

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.

[Fault Content]


CSE was received after RSSP was sent.

Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.



CSE was received after RSSP was sent.

Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions] Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

036-796 Sent without multiple sets [Error Type]

036-793 Select communication error

Job Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Job Fail

Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.

[Fault Content]


Selective Transmission Error

Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.



Selective Transmission Error

Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions] Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

OF-14 FAX Card Fail


02/2009 2-561

036-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-562


[Fault Content] Illegal Procedure 1501

[Detection Conditions] Illegal Procedure


036-798 Illegal RDEP Parameter [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] RDEP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] RDEP Parameter Error


036-799 Illegal RDDP Parameter [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] RDDP Parameter Error

[Detection Conditions] RDDP Parameter Error


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IOT-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-ROM. Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-NVM-ROM. Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-NVM-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-563

041-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-564

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

048-500 IF-Module ROM Write Error [Error Type] Job

[Fault Content] Error was detected when writing into the IF-Module ROM

[Detection Conditions] When the entire machine has entered the Download mode and was downloading each ROM data using the standard method (procedures), write to the IF-Module ROM has failed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: Replace the IF-Module ROM, then perform download using the DLD method.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-565

048-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-566

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

049-500 HCS1 ROM Write Error

[Fault Content] HCS1 Dolly Eject Button Pressed

[Error Type]


Job

[Fault Content] Error was detected when writing into the HCS1 ROM

[Detection Conditions] When the entire machine has entered the Download mode and was downloading each ROM data using the standard method (procedures), write to the HCS1 ROM has failed.

1.

The HCS1 Eject Button was pressed

2.

"Eject" was instructed from an external Controller.

3.

Others


[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF and ON.


Do not press the HCS1 Eject button.

2.

Request that the customer do not issue "Eject" instruction from external Controllers.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedures:

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: If the problem persists even after retrying, replace the HCS1 ROM, then perform download using the DLD method.

049-700 Out tray changed from stacker1

As it is not physically possible for "49-973 to occur without pressing the Eject Button", if the problem persists, the cause would be the Controller software. Request for the Support Department to upgrade the software to the patched version.

[Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] Change the output destination from the Stacker to another Tray.

[Detection Conditions] Error was detected when writing into the HCF-ROM Does not operate normally because the ROM content has been erased

[Corrective Actions] If the error remains even after retrying, replace the HCF-ROM, and download again to perform the upgrade.

049-950 HCS1 MIX SIZE STACK Fail [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] HCS1 Mixed Size Stack Unavailable

[Detection Conditions] When the Controller NVM is in "Mixed Stack Prohibited Setting" state, a transfer request that results in Mixed Stack was received.

[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists even after the Controller NVM is set to "Mix Stack Allowed", the cause would be the Controller software. Request for the Support Department to upgrade the software to the patched version.

049-973 Stacker Extraction button was pushed [Error Type] Operation Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-567

049-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-568

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

062-394 Cont PWBA Memory Fail [Error Type] Sub

[Fault Content] Cont PWBA Memory Fail

[Detection Conditions] It was detected that Read/Write were not available to the Controller PWBA RAM (Gap Memory).



2.

Replace the Controller-PWB.

062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Contents] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IISS-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-ROM. Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

062-790 Possible Prohibited Originals [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] PreIPS X Recognition Fail

[Detection Conditions] PreIPS PWB has recognized X.

[Corrective Actions] Do the same operation again. If the problem occurs frequently, replace the IISS-PWBA.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-569

062-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-570

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Error Type] Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IISS-Extension-ROM. (During DLD method)

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-Extension-ROM. Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

[Corrective Actions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-Extension-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-571

063-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-572

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

071-940 Tray#1 LiftUp NG [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] Tray#1 LiftUp NG

[Detection Conditions] TBD


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-573

071-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-574

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-575

072-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-576

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-577

073-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-578

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

077-911 Paper size mismatch, job contniue [Error Type] operation

[Fault Content] Tray Paper Size Mismatch. User intervention (the user has changed paper size to continue printing.)

[Detection Conditions] The selected paper size is different from the size of the paper loaded.

[Corrective Actions] To make the tray paper size the same as the new paper size selected through the user intervention, load paper of the selected size and do the operation for restarting printing (the check operation).

077-967 Paper kind mismatch (APS job) [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] Paper type mismatch in the APS or printing from a tray with the wrong paper type (Message will appear and then change into Confirm screen)

[Detection Conditions] The selected paper type and the pre-set paper type are different.

[Corrective Actions] Either set the selected paper type, or proceed with restarting print job (confirm operation) following the user input state. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

077-968 Paper kind mismatch, job contniue [Error Type] Operation

[Fault Content] Tray paper type mismatch, user input 2 (Change the paper type in tray and continue printing)

[Detection Conditions] The selected paper type and the pre-set paper type are different

[Corrective Actions] Proceed with restarting print job (confirm operation) following the user input state after setting the selected paper type. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-579

077-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-580

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method)


[Error Type]

•

Nothing is detected when the HCF tray is inserted.

•

This occurs when IOT starts feeding paper from the HCF. However, no jam occurs because no paper is actually fed.

•

Details of operations causing this fault:

Job Fail

[Fault Content] An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the HCF-ROM. (During DLD method)

1.

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when writing data to the HCF-ROM Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.

2.

Retry job. If retry failed, replace the HCF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.


Load proper paper in the HCF to continue the job. Load proper paper without canceling the job with the error screen displayed, then insert the HCF tray. The error screen will be cleared.

2.

Cancel the job. Adjust "Non-standard Paper Size Set Value" to the size of the paper. Resume the job.

078-940 2000A3-HCF paper misset [Error Type] Operation Fail

If the problem persists, refer to Generic Sensor FIP and check the sensor.

[Fault Content]


It is detected that paper is loaded by mistake in a space of 2000A3-HCF.



078-942 4000A3HCF lower tray paper misset

•

Nothing is detected when the HCF tray is inserted.

•

This occurs when IOT starts feeding paper from the HCF. However, no jam occurs because no paper is actually fed.

operation When there is paper in open space, "paper misplaced" is detected for the purpose of prohibiting Tray Lift Up.

At the start of a copy/printer job with "2000A3-HCF Tray selected" ATS does not work to shift from "Mismatch Status 2000A3-HCF" to "Another Tray"; thus an Operation Error message always appears.

2.

[Error Type] [Fault Content]

Details of operations causing this fault: 1.

Copy/Printer APS Job After 2000A3-HCF is selected, there is no tray else for selection.


•

At the start of a copy/printer job with "2000A3-HCF Tray selected" ATS does not work to shift from "Mismatch Status 2000A3-HCF" to "Another Tray"; thus an Operation Error message always appears.

[Detection Conditions] Detects paper or an foreign object misplaced in open area in the lower tray of 4000A3HCF.

Copy/Printer APS Job After 2000A3-HCF is selected, there is no tray else for selection.



Load paper properly in the HCF to continue the job. Load paper properly without canceling the job with the error screen displayed, then insert the HCF tray. The error screen will be cleared.

2.

Cancel the job. Adjust "Non-standard Paper Size Set Value" to the size of the paper. Resume the job. If the problem persists, refer to Generic Sensor FIP and check the sensor.

Slide out the 4000A3HCF lower tray and remove the paper/foreign object from any space other than the paper installing area. If the above does not resolve the problem, check the sensor seeing General Sensor FIP. If the problem still persists, resolve the problem seeing the following. OF-09 Common Job Fail

078-943 4000A3HCF lower tray size mismatch


[Error Type]


operation

078-941 2000A3-HCF size mismatch

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

The width of non-standard paper in fast scan in the 4000A3HCF lower tray is different.

Operation Fail


[Fault Content]

Detects the mismatched width of non-standard paper in fast scan in the 4000A3HCF lower tray.

Due to a mismatch in 2000A3-HCF non-standard paper width in fast scan, the 2000A3-HCF tray cannot be adjusted in position. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-581

078-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-582

[Corrective Actions] Slide out the 4000A3HCF lower tray and install proper-sized paper, or adjust non-standard paper size setting to actual paper size. If the above does not resolve the problem, check the sensor seeing General Sensor FIP. If the problem still persists, resolve the problem seeing the following. OF-09 Common Job Fail

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

093-940 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail [Error Type] Operation Fail

[Fault Content] Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-583

093-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-584

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

102-356 EWS Soft Fail


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail

Controller - MF UI panel:

[Fault Content]

Application Level Command Error

Fatal error related to EWS.



A necessary parameter was not sent from the Panel, an length error was detected in a variable parameter, or the confirmation message was not returned for a specified time after the request message had been sent to the Panel.

Fatal error related to EWS. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.







OF-02 HDD System Fail OF-03 NET/USB System Fail NOTE: Replace the ESS PWB last.

102-380 MF UI cont Soft Fatal error [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error of MF UI cont.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of MF UI cont. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-04 Panel System Fail

102-381 Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Controller - MF UI panel: Transmission Error at Data Link Layer occurred.

[Detection Conditions] During transmission between the ESS and the Panel, the ESS detected an initialization error of the Scope, a message send error or a retrieve error for receiving data.


102-382 Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-585

102-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-586

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1


103-310 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist

103-313 SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist)

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Sys

System Fail

[Fault Content] "Secure Watermark Kit" cannot be made available because the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is not installed.

[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved] The "Secure Watermark Kit" did not become available because of insufficient IISS Ext Memory.

[Detection Conditions] The Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W cannot be detected although the "Hybridwater Mark Detection H/W Installed" is set in the system data.

[Detection Conditions] When the optional HWM function is being enabled, the system detected that the IISS Ext Memory (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger) is not installed.

[Corrective Actions] Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS board.



Check the installation of the IISS Ext Memory (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger). After checking the installation, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the IISS Ext board.


103-311 Hybrid Water Mark Setting Mismatch [Error Type] SysR

[Fault Content] The Secure Watermark Kit did not become enabled

[Detection Conditions] Although the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is detected, it did not become enabled in the system data.

[Corrective Actions] Set the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W Availability in the system data to "Available". If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: OF-01 Common System Fail

103-312 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist (Back Side) [Error Type] Sys

[Fault Content] "Secure Watermark Kit" cannot be made available because the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for Document Side 2 is not installed.

[Detection Conditions] The Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for Document Side 2 cannot be detected although the "Hybridwater Mark Detection H/W Installed" is set in the system data.

[Corrective Actions] Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for Document Side 2. If it is installed, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS board. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-587

103-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-588

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

112-700 Punch Dust Near Full [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] Punch Dust Near Full

[Detection Conditions] Punch Dust Box is detected to be full.

[Corrective Actions] Clear the Punch Dust scrap.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-589

112-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-590

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

116-210 MediaReader Faital Error

[Fault Content] Download failed to initialize when transitioning to Download Mode

[Error Type]

(During Normal Mode or Forced Download Mode)

Service Fail


[Fault Content]

The Downloader software that processes downloads within the ESS failed to initialize during transition into Download Mode.

[Media Reader] Fatal error of Reader.



This error was detected in the OSDD.

Check the system memory connection of the Controller Board.



2.

Replace the Media Reader, or USB Cable, or Extended Board for Media Reader connection.

If the problem occurs frequently, replace the Controller Board. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail


116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail


[Error Type]

116-211 MediaReader Cable No Joint

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Service Fail

ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure

[Fault Content]


[Media Reader] Connection Cable Disconnected

An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 was checked.



This error was detected in the OSDD.

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:


1.

Check the USB Cable connection with the power OFF. If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail

System Fail

Service Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail

[Media Reader] MediaLib SW Logic Fail



A fail is detected during a check of ESS Font ROM DIMM #3.

MediaLib internal logic error has occurred.



Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem still persists, perform the following:

1.


2.

Check if this is an existing failure (to TSC). If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it.

[Error Type]

Disconnect and reconnect the ESS Printer-Kit/Fax Board/ROM DIMM. If the problem still persists, replace the Printer-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.

116-312 HDD Encrypt Key Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content]

Service Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


[Error Type]

[Error Type]



3.


116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail

116-220 Transition to Download Mode Download Initialization Failure


2.

[HDD Encrypt Key Failure] 02/2009 2-591

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 116-xxx FIP An error in the encryption key was detected on booting.

[Detection Conditions] An error in the HDD encryption key was detected on booting.

[Corrective Actions] Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble. When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key.

116-313 HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] [HDD Encrypt Set Up Failure] An encryption setting error was detected on booting.

[Detection Conditions] The encryption key was set up but the HDD itself was not encrypted.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-592

Version.1 .1.1 1.


2.


3.


116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check failure

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #2.

[Corrective Actions] Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following: 1.


2.


3.


Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble.

116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail

When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key.

[Error Type]

116-314 Ethernet Address Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Eternet Address Failure

[Detection Conditions] An Ethernet error was detected.


System Fail

[Fault Content] ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.



Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

2.


Check the installation of SEEPROM on the ESS.

3.


If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

116-318 Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail

OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

[Error Type]


116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check failure

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #1.

[Corrective Actions] Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:

System Fail

[Fault Content] ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure. Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM. If the problem persists, replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.

116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config

[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] A mismatch between the installed ROM and Panel configuration (FCW-UI or HB-UI).


1.

Disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board and turn ON the power.

2.

If problem 116-323 still persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.

3.

After the replacement of the NV-RAM Board, 116-334 will occur. Take the corrective actions for 116-334 in order.

4.

If problem 116-323 still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

Identify the installed program ROM type and Panel configuration using the hardware self-diagnostics immediately after power ON to check that they match.

OF-01 016-782/016-784 Fail

If they do not match, display Chain-Link code on the Panel and abort system boot-up.

116-324 Exception Fail


[Error Type]

To match the program ROM type (HB or FCW) and the installed Panel configuration (HB or FCW), overwrite the program ROM or re-install the Panel.

System Fail

[Fault Content]

116-321 System Soft Fatal error

The system detected an exception error

[Error Type]


System Fail

A fatal software exception error has occurred in the Controller PWB CPU. The cause is most likely the Controller software failure.

[Fault Content]


SysCon Error

Power OFF/ON


[APC4300]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Turn OFF the power, then turn it ON while pressing both the [Start] and the [Stop] buttons. By maintaining that state for 6 seconds, the machine will automatically delete the print data that had caused the error and then restart itself.




116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail

Pull out and insert or replace the RAM DIMM.

[Error Type]

If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-08 116-324 Fail

System Fail

116-325 ESS Fan Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Fatal error related to WebDAV.

System Fail


[Fault Content]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

ESS FAN FAIL




An error occurred in the rotation of the ESS Fan.


116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

[Error Type]

(1) Replace the ESS Fan.

System Fail

116-328 L2 Cache Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail (defective NV-RAM part(s))

System Fail

[Detection Conditions] During a Read/Write check at power on, OS/DD detects an HW error with the ESS-NVRAM Board. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-593

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 116-xxx FIP [Fault Content] CPU Built-in Level 2 Cache Failure

[Detection Conditions] A failure was detected in the Level 2 Cache built in the CPU.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail

116-329 Serial IF Soft Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] [Fatal error related to Serial I/F] System call error related to Serial I/F.

[Detection Conditions] A system call error related to the Serial I/F was detected.


116-330 HDD File System Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] HDD File System Failure

[Detection Conditions] HDD Check at power ON detected that an error has occurred or the HDD was not formatted.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-331 Invalid Log Info [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Log Management Information Incorrect Same as NVM failure, this failure was detected at the NVM Log management information area.

[Detection Conditions] A log related error was detected.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-594

Version.1 .1.1 1.

After removing the HDD and turning the power ON then OFF, install the HDD again and turn the power ON.


116-332 ESS Standard ROM Error [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] ESS On Board ROM Error

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard ROM.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. Pull out and insert the ESS built-in standard ROM. If the problem persists, replace the ESS built-in standard ROM.

116-333 LocalTalk Soft Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] [Fatal error related to LocalTalk] System call error related to LocalTalk.

[Detection Conditions] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check

116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail (NV-RAM parts are good.)

[Detection Conditions] During a check of Read/Write at power on, System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings is installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM data is occurring]. Because data for initialization in ESS-ROM is written on ESS-NVRAM data when 116-334 is detected, powering OFF then ON after that causes System Fails (124-3xx) that indicate mismatches in various data between the three locations.



As powering OFF then ON after a detection of 116-334 will presumably cause errors 124-3xx that indicate various data mismatches between the three locations, resolve one(s) in DC132, following the corrective actions for the relevant Fault Code(s).


2.

If 116-334 reoccurs despite powering OFF/ON, disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board, then turn ON the power.

116-340 Memory Not Enough

3.

If the problem persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.

[Error Type]

4.

If the problem still persists, replace the mercury battery.

5.

If the 116-334 problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.

System Fail

[Fault Content]

OF-01:Common System Fail

[Insufficient memory]

116-336 Redirector HD Fail

The Page Memory, Entry Buffer and Work Area are insufficient. Malloc error, etc. The tasks cannot start up.


[Detection Conditions] Insufficient memory was detected during initialization. A PS option requiring an additional memory was installed but memory was not added.

[Fault Content] [Redirector Fail] HD failure detected in the Redirector.



Remove the PostScript Option and perform the operation. For permanent recovery, add the Controller memory.

An error was detected when HD was accessed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-337 SNTP S/W Fail [Error Type]

116-341 ROM VER Incorrect [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] [ROM DIMM Version Mismatch]

System Fail

Versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect.

[Fault Content]

An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.

Fatal error related to SNTP.

When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the minor versions.

[Detection Conditions] Overall SNTP fatal error.

[Detection Conditions] Versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect.


An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.


[Corrective Actions] Check the versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed and replace them with an appropriate combination of DIMMs.


116-338 JBA fatal error

When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the minor versions.


[Fault Content] Fatal error related to JBA.

[Detection Conditions] Overall JBA fatal error. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

116-342 SESAMi Manager Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] SESAMi Manager Fatal Error 02/2009 2-595

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 116-xxx FIP [Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version. If it is not the latest, upgrade it to the latest by referring to "2.6 Software Download". If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

2.

If the problem persists, refer to "2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions" to collect logs, and then contact Support G.

116-343 Main PWBA IC Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Main PWBA IC Failure

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the IC in the ESS PWB.


116-346 Formatter Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] [Formatter Failure] Various fatal errors are detected in the Formatter. Fatal error of S-Formatter.

[Detection Conditions] A response such as system function recall error was detected.


116-348 Redirecter Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content]

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-596

Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence. 2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-349 SIF Fail to Call Pflite [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.


116-350 AppleTalk Soft Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Overall fatal error of AppleTalk.

[Detection Conditions] Overall fatal error of AppleTalk. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


[Redirecter Failure]

116-351 EtherTalk Soft Fail

Various fatal errors detected in the Redirecter.

[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Fatal error related to the EtherTalk.

System Fail


[Fault Content]

Fatal error related to the EtherTalk.

[HDD ProductCode Fail]


The M/C was not started up due to a Product Code error detected in the HDD on booting.



Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.

The HDD was not started up due to a Product Code error detected in the HDD on booting. It is possible that the HDD had been formatted by the M/C of a different product.





•


To overwrite to the HDD of another product, refer to the following to perform the special boot forced formatting.


116-352 NetWare Soft Fail

116-355 Agent Soft Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Fatal error related to the NetWare.

Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.



Fatal error related to the NetWare.

Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.



[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.

Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence. 2.4 NET System Fault Check



116-356 HDD Format Fail


116-353 HDD Phisycal Fail [Error Type]


[Fault Content]

System Fail

[HDD Format Fail]

[Fault Content]

The M/C was not started up due to an insufficient HDD capacity error detected during HDD formatting.

[HDD Physical Fail] The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting.

[Detection Conditions] HDD was formatted but an incorrect HDD was connected or a HDD error occurred.

[Detection Conditions] The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting.




Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-357 PostScript Error

116-354 HDD Product Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-597

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-598


[Fault Content] PS Fatal System Error

[Detection Conditions] PS Fatal System Error Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to SMB.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to SMB. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-358 Salutation Soft Fail

116-361 Spool Fatal HDD

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to Salutation.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to Salutation. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error of SPL HDD.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of SPL HDD. The SpoolCont detected an error at HDD access.


Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.




116-362 SSDP Soft Fail


[Error Type]

116-359 PLW Soft Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error in PLW.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error in PLW. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


System Fail

[Fault Content] SSDP Software Fail

[Detection Conditions] SSDP Software Fail Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.

116-363 BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail


[Error Type]

116-360 SMB Soft Fail [Error Type] System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content] BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure


[Fault Content]

BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure

Print Utility Operational Failure, Report Generator Operational Failure




An operation failure of the Report Generator.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.


If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.



Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.


Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.



116-364 Timer Fail

116-367 Parallel IF Soft Fail

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

Timer Failure

Overall fatal error of Parallel.



An error in the timer was detected.

Overall fatal error of Parallel.





If the problem persists, replace the NVM PWB. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB.


If the system is not recovered after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS PWB and contact Support G.

If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4 NET System Fault Check

116-365 Spool Fatal


[Error Type]


116-368 Dump Print Fail

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Fatal error of the SPL.

System Fail


[Fault Content]

Fatal error of the SPL.

Fatal error of DumpPrint.




Fatal error of DumpPrint.




[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.



116-366 Report Gen. Soft Fail



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

116-370 XJCL Fail 02/2009 2-599

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-600


[Fault Content] Fatal error of XJCL.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of XJCL. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] Fatal error related to Dynamic DNS.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to DDNS. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.




If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4 NET System Fault Check






116-371 PCL Decomp S/W Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] PCL Decomposer Software Failure

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of PCL. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


116-372 P-Formatter Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error of P-Formatter.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of P-Formatter. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Fail


116-374 Auto Switch Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error of Auto SW.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of Auto SW. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-375 I-Formatter Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error of I-Formatter.






2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

116-376 Port 9100 Software Fail


[Error Type]

116-379 MCC Soft Fail

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail

Port 9100 Software Fail


[Fault Content]



Fatal error of MCC (Mail Contents Creator). Fatal error related to MCC.

Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.









116-377 Video DMA Fail


[Error Type]


System Fail


[Fault Content]

[Error Type]

Video DMA Fail

System Fail


[Fault Content]

Video DMA failure was detected.

ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure





An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked.


Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.

116-378 MCR Soft Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content]

Pull out and insert the ESS Prt-Kit, the Fax Board or the ROM DIMM. If the problem persists, replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.

116-381 ABL Initialize Fail [Error Type] System Fail

Fatal error of MCR (Mail Contents Requester).


[Fault Content] AddressBookLibrary Initialization Failure

Fatal error related to MCR. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Detection Conditions] ABL did not match the ABL version information on the NVM, or corrupted data was detected.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-601

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-602

[Corrective Actions] Perform Clear Controller NVM on the system. As this will clear all address information, request permission from the user before performing this.

116-382 ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] AddressBookLibrary Initialization Not Available

[Detection Conditions] ABL has failed to access the NVM or HDD.

[Corrective Actions] Set ChainLink 790-664 to 0. If the problem persists, replace the NVM component on the NVM Controller. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-383 PIT Lib Failure [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Ama + toto Board Failure/Not Installed, or HDD access error


It was detected that the Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto board) was not installed on the controller board during job execution.

2.

An Ama + toto board failure was detected during job execution.

3.

An HDD access error was detected during job execution.

* Note that although 016-231 is detected during power ON, this fail is a "job execution detection" and has a different timing.


Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] DCS-related fatal error. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: OF-01 Common System Fail

116-385 IDC Software Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] IDC Software Fail

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to IDC. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


116-386 Incorrect USB port used for FAX [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fax USB Cable Inserted Incorrectly

[Detection Conditions] At startup, the Fax USB Cable was connected to an incorrect port.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF, connect the Fax USB Cable to the correct USB port, then turn the power ON.

(1) (2) After turning the power OFF then ON, check the panel top right display to see whether 016231 has occurred, without this error (= 116-383) occurring.

116-387 MRC HW Fatal Error

If 016-231 has occurred, perform the corrective actions for 016-231.

[Error Type]

If the error does not occur, proceed to (3) for the HDD access errror. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail

116-384 DCS Software Fail [Error Type] Sys

[Fault Content] DCS Fatal Error

System Fail

[Fault Content] MRC HW Fatal Error

[Detection Conditions] A fatal error has occurred during the usage of High Compression Board.

[Corrective Actions] Replace the High Compression Board. If the problem persists, contact the Development Dept. to request for investigation. If the cause of error is not clear, perform the following and check whether the status improved.

–

Replace the Memory Modules on the Main PWB.

–

Replace the Main PWB.

[Detection Conditions] Incompatible versions of the Standard ROM and NVM were detected.

116-388 No HD that Should Be


[Error Type]

1.

Initialize the NVM by following the instructions on the LCD display.

2.

If the NVM is not to be initialized, use a compatible version of the Controller ROM (Standard ROM).

System Fail

116-391 Illegal code (country/territory/size group)

[Fault Content] The necessary HD was not installed.

[Error Type]


System Fail

1.

The system detected that the HDD was not installed, even though the system configuration (with Fax and Finisher) requires a HDD.

2.

The system detected that the HD was not installed when SW optional function was enabled.

Country Code/Territory Code/Paper Size Group Setting Error Detected


[Option name to be detected] •

[Fault Content]

When the machine is turned on and started (or also rebooted), nation info, territory code and paper size group kept in SEEP-ROM are checked. As a result, an undefined code is detected regarding one(s) of those pieces of information.

Scanner Kit

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, install the HDD correctly.

However, when it is turned on and started (or also rebooted) in the following way, the machine starts successfully without checking for an error.


–

116-389 No Add-On RAM that Should Be

Special Boot (Power Saver+Clear All+Power ON)


[Error Type]

Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:

System Fail

1.

[Fault Content]

Enter the correct nation code, territory code and paper size group in SEEP-ROM. * CL No.

The necessary additional RAM was not installed.

700-165=nation code


700-338=territory code

1.

The system detected that additional RAM was not installed, even though the system configuration (with HDD etc.) requires the installation of additional RAM.

700-402=paper size group

2.

Insufficient System Memory was detected when SW optional function was enabled.

For correct data, see System Data List. 2.

[Option name to be detected] •

Printer Kit

•

Scanner Kit

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure. 1.

Reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM for J331.


116-392 Machine Code Check Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] ROM DIMM Machine Code Check Fail


116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch

[Detection Conditions] The machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM of the ESS ROM, which is inserted in SLOT1 or SLOT2, does not match the machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM on the Controller board (or on the Back Plane).


# KOHAKU #

[Fault Content]

Check the machine codes for both SLOT1 and SLOT2. If even one of them does not match, this Fault will occur.

Versions of Standard ROM and NVM Mismatch Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

After entering the correct values in SEEP-ROM, be sure to initialize NVMs (Sys-System). If NVMs (Sys-System) are not initialized, NVN values generated based on wrong data in SEEP-ROM will not be updated to be the correct values.

02/2009 2-603

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-604

Although the correct way is to insert ESS ROM for Netware into SLOT1 and the ESS ROM for Printer Kit into SLOT2, the machine will not display this Fault Code even if they are inserted wrongly as long as the machine codes are matched.


[Fault Content] Fatal error related to USB.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to USB.

Insert the Printer Kit or the PS Kit and Emulation Kit that is specified for this machine into their specified slots on the Controller Board. The correct way is to insert the ESS ROM for Netware into SLOT1 and the ESS ROM for Printer Kit into SLOT2.


[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the CE log, etc. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.

However, if the problem persists even when the Printer Kit or the PS Kit and Emulation Kit that is specified for this machine has been inserted into their specified slots, either replace the Kits or the Controller Board.

2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-03 NET/USB System Fail

116-393 AAA Manager S/W Fail [Error Type] System Fail


116-396 FIPS140 Self-Test Fail [Error Type]

[Fault Content] AAA Manager Fatal Error

system

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] AAA-related fatal error was detected

Version.1 .1.1

At start, the FIPS140 Encryption Module self-test has detected a failure.



At start, the FIPS140 Encryption Module self-test has detected a failure. Self-Test Error due to illegal ROM (FW).

Upgrade to the latest version. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.




2.

Replace or upload again the ROM (FW).

116-394 AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct.

116-397 AAAmgr illegal setting area coverage threshold.

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content] Abnormal Authentication Mode and Accounting Mode Settings Detected during AAA Manager Boot Sequence


system

[Fault Content] The Plain Total Color Judge Threshold setting is wrong.

[Detection Conditions] When the condition below is met in setting system data values in boot sequence:

Before the AAA Manager Task had reached Task Available (Ready to Copy is displayed) during the boot sequence, abnormal settings of system data in the authentication system and the accounting system was detected. This is caused by system data mis-setting from tools other than KO TOOLS.

[Corrective Actions] Upgrade to the latest version. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation

720-061(threshold B) <= 720-060(threshold A) *If Chain-Link 720-060 Value is not below 720-061 Value, FAULT will be detected.



2.

Set up system data values that meet the relation between them as below:

Chain-Link 720-061(threshold B) > Chain-Link 720-060(threshold A) *Chain-Link 720-060 Value must be below 720-061 Value.

116-395 USB Soft Fail

116-399 MUnder initialization for 10 minutes

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

Sys

[Fault Content]


The machine remains in initializing state even after 10 minutes has passed since it has started up (not including the startup after Power Save).



When 10 minutes had passed after the Pflite has started up, "the machine remains in initializing state" was detected. => 10 minutes had passed in a situation where neither Ack nor Nack was returned from any task. This failure is detected only in startup modes such as "Normal Cold Boot" and "Reboot Mode (during Diag exit, etc.)". In other modes such as "Recovery from Power Save" and "Special Boot Mode", the failure is not detected because the timeout time of 10 minutes is difficult to guarantee. –

The title with two or more lines was printed on 2 pages because 2-Sided Print is not available due to insufficient memory.

Reboot the machine once if it remains in initializing state even when the 10-minute timeout time has passed after power ON.

–

Obtain the "PfShowInfo8" log and save it in the HDD before rebooting.

–

"Ready to Copy" is displayed and the error code is not displayed at normal start up after rebooting.

Expand the memory or install the HDD if it is not installed.

116-702 Print with Substitute Font [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] Printing performed with a substitute font.

[Detection Conditions] Printing performed with a substitute font.


–

If 116-399 occurs again after rebooting, the System Fail screen is displayed.

–

For cases where 116-399 is displayed, the pfshowinfo8 log is obtained twice successively.

116-703 PostScript LANG Interprete ERR

–

Although the log is saved in the HDD even if 116-399 is not displayed because the machine cannot shift to the SysFail state, the latest histories might not get logged.

[Error Type]

Install an appropriate Font ROM.

Warning

[Corrective Actions] Use "PfShowInfoRedirFile" to obtain all the logs saved in the HDD, and retry the operation to see if the problem persists. If the machine does not start up while displaying "Please Wait" after power ON, obtain "info9 or xxx.tgz" before 10 minutes has passed. Get ready to provide the obtained logs and contact the support department for instructions.

[Fault Content] [PS Interpret Error] An error has occurred in language analysis.



There is a problem in the PostScript data and an error occurred in PostScript grammar interpretation or language interpretation.

116-700 Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory


[Error Type]

Perform the following procedure to repair it.

Warning


[Fault Content]

When another PostScript printer exists at the customer site, print data on that printer and check if the same problem occurs.

Image Expansion Kit has Insufficient Memory

[Detection Conditions] When the system data "Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level" is set to "Low", the Image Extension Kit has insufficient memory.

116-704 MediaReaderMedia No Insert(No Job) [Error Type] Warning


[Fault Content]

Set the image quality to "Normal".

[Media Reader] Media Not Inserted (Occurs in other situations than during job)

116-701 Out of Memory-Duplex Fail


[Error Type]


Warning


[Fault Content] One-page data was printed on multiple pages during 2-Sided Print (The title with two or more lines was printed on 2 pages). Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1. Check that the Media is inserted.

116-705 MediaReader Format Error(No Job)

02/2009 2-605

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 116-xxx FIP [Error Type] Warning [Media Reader] Format Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)


[Fault Content]


[Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (Occurs during job)


[Corrective Actions] Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory and selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print).

116-706 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job) [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)



Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the printed file attribute information is displayed in the PC.

116-707 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(No Job) [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)



Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in the PC.

116-708 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(In Job) [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (Occurs during job)



Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the printed file attribute information is displayed in the PC.

Version.1 .1.1

116-709 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(In Job)

[Fault Content]

1.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-606



Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in the PC.

116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] HP-GL Spool File Overflow

[Detection Conditions] HP-GL/2 memory overflows.

[Corrective Actions] Increase the HP-GL spool size. Or, install the HDD.

116-711 PLW Size/orientation mismatch [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [PLW Form Overlay Error] Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the PLW form's drawing is different from that of the paper.

[Detection Conditions] Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the PLW form's drawing is different from that of the paper.

[Corrective Actions] Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.

116-712 Out of Area-Form REGI ERR [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Insufficient PLW Form Capacity] The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or HD space.

[Detection Conditions] The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or HD space.



After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk.

After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/ logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.

116-713 Job divided by HDD Full

116-716 MediaReader File Not Exist

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

[HDD Full Warning]

[Media Reader] No Target File (Occurs in other situations than during job)

The job output was split into batches due to HDD Full.




Collate operation was split when HDD Full occurred in Print Service.



1.

Delete the stored documents and clear HDD Full.

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory and selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print).

If the problem persists, split the job so that HDD Full does not occur.

116-717 MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request

If the problem persists (and the cause may be an HDD failure), perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Error Type]


Warning

[Fault Content]

116-714 HP-GL/2 Command ERR

[Media Reader] MediaLib New Execution Request Cannot Be Received

[Error Type]


Warning


[Fault Content]


A HP-GL command error was detected.

1.

[Detection Conditions] HP-GL/2 command error occurred.

116-718 Selected PLW Form Not Registered


[Error Type]

Correct or remove the data in the print data that causes the error.

Warning

If the problem persists (and the cause may be an HDD failure), perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content] [PLW Form Overlay Error]


The specified form is not registered.

2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

116-715 Max Form to PLW Registered [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [PLW Form Registration Error]

[Detection Conditions] The specified form is not registered.

[Corrective Actions] Use a registered form or register the required form.

116-720 PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified [Error Type] Warning

The PLW form data cannot be registered because of the restriction on the no. of forms.


[Fault Content] PCL Memory Low, Page Simplified

The PLW form data cannot be registered because of the restriction on the no. of forms. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Check the contents in the Media from the PC. It is not necessary to check the file format/directory in the Media (as this error does not occur when the previous job is complete).

02/2009 2-607

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-608


Version.1 .1.1

116-739 Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR [Error Type]

[Corrective Actions] Deactivate the unnecessary ports. Adjust various buffer memory sizes. Add an expanded memory.

Warning

[Fault Content]

116-725 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full

[Insufficient Form/Logo Capacity]

[Error Type]

The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space.

Warning

[Fault Content] The log image storage area on the disk is full.

[Detection Conditions] With the system data "Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation" set to "Low," the log image storage area on the disk is full.

[Corrective Actions] Rerun the job. If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the device.

116-737 Out of Area-Data REGI ERR [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Insufficient ART User Defined Area] The user defined data (external characters, patterns, etc) cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM capacity.

[Detection Conditions] The user defined data (external characters, patterns, etc) cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM capacity.

[Corrective Actions] Delete the registered user-defined data. Or, increase the allocated capacity of RAM.

116-738 Size/orientation mismatch [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Form Overlay Error] Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the form's drawing is different from that of the paper.

[Detection Conditions] Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the form's drawing is different from that of the paper.

[Corrective Actions] Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.

[Detection Conditions] The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space.

[Corrective Actions] After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk.

116-740 Arithmetic Error [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Value Calculation Error] The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit.

[Detection Conditions] The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit.

[Corrective Actions] Upgrade the driver.

116-741 Max Form to Not PLW Registered [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Form Registration Error] The form data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of forms.

[Detection Conditions] The form data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of forms.

[Corrective Actions] After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/ logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.

116-742 Max Logo Registered [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] [Logo Registration Error] The logo data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of logos.

116-747 Invalid Page Margin

[Detection Conditions] The logo data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of logos.

[Error Type]


Warning

After checking the registered logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary logos. Or, delete the unnecessary logos with Print Command.

[Fault Content] [White page was detected]

116-743 Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR

After subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area, the result of the calculation will be negative.

[Error Type]


Warning

After subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area, the result of the calculation will be negative.

[Fault Content] [Form/Logo Size Overflow]


The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size.


[Detection Conditions] Form/logo cannot be registered (insufficient area)

116-748 Page without Image Draw Data

The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size.

[Error Type]


Warning

Increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the Operation Panel. Or, install the HD.

[Fault Content]

116-745 ART Command ERR

[White page was detected] Drawing data does not exist in the page data.

[Error Type]


Warning

Drawing data does not exist in the page data.

[Fault Content]


[ART Command Error] During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error and values that exceed their respective limit values.


116-749 PostScript Font error [Error Type]

During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error and values that exceed their respective limit values.



Warning

[Fault Content] [PS Font Error]

Upgrade the driver. And upgrade the ESS software to the latest version.

116-746 Selected Form Not Registered [Error Type]

Job was aborted because the specified font is not found.

[Detection Conditions] The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.


Warning

[Fault Content] [Form Overlay Error] The specified form is not registered.

[Detection Conditions] The specified form is not registered.

Add fonts. Or, specify a substitute using UI.

116-752 Print job ticket description warning [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] Print Job Ticket Description Warning

[Corrective Actions] Use a registered form or register the required form. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-609

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


When a user instructs to print from an application that directly sends PDF, such as "ContentsBridge2005", the machine received the print job ticket sent together with the PDF but the job ticket data includes "printing instructions that are not supported by the machine". In particular, the job ticket also contains printing instructions that are only supported by other machines that was developed after this machine was released. Those instructions that are unrelated to the functions provided in this machine are cancelled before processing.

[Corrective Actions] Although some functions that are not supported by this machine were specified in the print job ticket, those instructions will be cancelled because they are unrelated to the functions provided in this machine and the printing will continue. You can check for the cancelled functions by outputting the Job History Report. To use the cancelled printing instructions, print to a machine that supports those functions. Obtain the Printer Setting List, Job History Report, and the print job ticket that was sent when the problem reocurred, then contact the Support Department. OF-09 Common Job Fail

116-771 Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was detected and automatically corrected.


116-772 Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter D was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter D was detected and automatically corrected.


116-773 Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter P was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter P was detected and automatically corrected.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-610

Version.1 .1.1


116-774 Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was detected and automatically corrected.


116-775 Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was detected and automatically corrected.


116-776 Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was detected and automatically corrected.


116-777 Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was detected and automatically corrected.


116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was automatically corrected.

[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was detected and automatically corrected.


116-780 Attached Document Error [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] Attached document error of E-mail to XXX.

[Detection Conditions] The system detected an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX.


116-790 Stapling Canceled [Error Type] warning

[Fault Content] Staple was canceled.

[Detection Conditions] Either all or one of the lead Stapler is canceled during print


If the operator stops a FAX/iFAX Mailbox received documents print, cancel one of the lead Stapler and print.

2.

If 1. is not possible, cancel Stapler for all copy and print

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-611

116-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-612

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

118-310 IPSEC Intenal Fail [Error Type] Sys

[Fault Content] IPSEC Internal Error

[Detection Conditions] An internal error was detected during initialization of the IPSEC.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, contact the Support Department for instructions.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-613

118-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-614

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

121-310 EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail

IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02

[Fault Content]


EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail

During power ON, an error has occurred due to the following setting combinations that are not allowed.

[Detection Conditions] Transmission failed between the EP-SV and the accessories.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 1.

Check the connection to the EP Accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the cable.

3.

If the problem persists, replace the EP-SV.

4.

If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.

–

[Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] is set as [Remote Access].

Take actions in the following order:

If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it. If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF Board.

An EP-related product other than the IC Card Gate is connected (set). Or, the IC Card Gate are installed (set) together with other EP-related products.


Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest. 2.

–


1.

Without the EP-related products connected, start up the machine and set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to other than [Remote Access].

2.

Install the IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option and set the IC Card Gate of EP-related product to single connection.

121-313 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03


[Error Type]

121-311 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail


[Fault Content]



During power ON, an error has occurred due to the following setting combinations that are not allowed.

[Detection Conditions] During power ON, this machine performs auto correction and reboots because of incorrect combination between the external authentication settings of this machine and the connected machine.

– –

The IC Card Gate of EP-related product is connected singly (set).

When the IC Card Gate is connected:

–

[Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] is set as [Remote Access].

If all the following settings have been made, [IC Card Link Mode] is changed to [Enter Password].

The IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option is not installed.


–

Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to [Remote Access].

–

Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] > [Remote Access] > [IC Card Link Mode] to [No Password Required].

1.

Without the EP-related products connected, start up the machine and set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to other than [Remote Access].

–

Select [System Settings] > [Network Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Service] > [Authentication System] and set to Kerberos or SMB.

2.

Install the IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option.


Take actions in the following order:

121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail [Error Type]

When the IC Card Gate is connected: This system automatically sets [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] > [Remote Access] > [IC Card Link Mode] to [Enter Password]. If you do not want to use a password, make the appropriate settings.

system fail

[Fault Content] Customize User Prompts Fail

121-312 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02 Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-615

121-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-616


Version.1 .1.1 1.

When the machine was in Network Accounting Mode, ChainLink was Card Auditron Level 2 OR IC Card Auditron Level 2 and the panel specified Customize User Prompts=""prompt 2 only"" OR ""none"".

Authentication=Remote, Accounting=OFF (Keep Log), Feature Service Pathway=Locked, Job Status Pathway=Locked, Machine Status Pathway=Locked, Password for ICCG External Authentication Link=OFF, and Authentication System=AWAA


In addition, when Authentication != Remote, it becomes system failure.

Change the system data (Chain-Link) so that the detection condition will not occur. (E.g. To enable Card Auditron Level 2/IC Card Auditron Level 2 when the machine is in Network Accounting Mode, set Customize User Prompts to ""both"" or ""prompt 1 only"".)

121-316 EP Accessory conflicts with SecureAccess [Error Type] SysR

[Fault Content] Prohibited Combination of EP Accessory Connection and Secure Access Authentication

[Detection Conditions] The EP Accessory is connected and the authentication method is set to Secure Access. Because Secure Access itself is an alternate method for IC Card authentication of EPA connection, there is no meaning to install both. Therefore, combination of the EP Accessory connection and the Secure Access authentication is prohibited.


Remove the EP Accessory connection.

2.

Remove the EP Accessory connection temporarily, set the authentication method to an option other than Secure Access (either of: Authentication OFF, LOCAL Authentication or REMOTE Authentication), and then connect the EP Accessory again.

121-317 Continuous JOB setting missmatch of EPLyzer [Error Type] Sys

[Fault Content] Continuous Job setting mismatch of EPLyzer

[Detection Conditions] When 850-020 is "0" and the Auditron Mode was changed from INTERNAL AUDITRON to an option other than INTERNAL AUDITRON.

[Corrective Actions] Set the system data 850-020 to "0". Or, return the Auditron Mode to INTERNAL AUDITRON. (700-540=1)

121-318 Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported [Error Type] SysR

[Fault Content] Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported

[Detection Conditions] When (1) or (2) in the following is met:

When "Accessory Type" = ICCG only The machine operates normally only when the following system data is set (AND).

Therefore, cases other than the above forms the detection condition. 2.

When "Accessory Type" = There are connections other than ICCG The following cases are the detection conditions: Authentication=OFF, Accounting=XSA or OFF (Keep Log) Authentication=Local, Accounting=OFF or XSA or OFF (Keep Log) (When Authentication=Remote or CA, it becomes system failure)

[Corrective Actions] (None applicable because it is automatic reboot)

121-319 Fax Send Charging and iFax Setting Confliction [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fax Send Charging and iFax Setting Conflict

[Detection Conditions] When the device is starting up, it was detected that the iFax Kit function was already activated when the Fax send billing function was enabled.

[Corrective Actions] Disable the Fax send billing function or the iFax Kit functions, and then restart the device.

121-320 EP-SV Setting information conflict fail. [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] EP-SV - Double installation contract error with Web-based EP.

[Detection Conditions] It was detected that the EP cont has doubled installation contracts for the EP-SV and the Webbased EP.

[Corrective Actions] There are double contracts for the EP-SV and the Web-based EP. Change the C/L to disable either one of the installation contracts and set correct contract settings.

121-321 EP-DX Setting information conflict fail. [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] EP-DX - Double installation contract error with Web-based EP.



It was detected that the EP cont has doubled installation contracts for the EP-DX and the Webbased EP.


Fatal error related to Web EP. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


There are double contracts for the EP-DX and the Web-based EP.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.

Change the C/L to disable either one of the installation contracts and set correct contract settings.

121-322 Controller Price Table Error


[Error Type]

121-324 Fax Send Charging And Scan Setting Confliction

System Fail

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

system

EPA - Controller unit price table settings error

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] When the Fax send billing function is turned ON (850-021=1), the following was detected at power ON or at recovery from Power Save.

Fax Send Charging and Scan Setting Confliction.

[Detection Conditions] While device is on, it is detected that with FAX Send Charging enabled, Blank Document Detection is enabled or Blank Document Detection Display (display on KO screen) is enabled.

1.

The standard image quality unit price (850-022) or the high image quality unit price (850-023) in the unit price table for Fax send billing was set to "0".

2.

The accumulated value from the Maximum Stored Number of Sheets (840-003: 999 by default) and the standard image quality unit price (850-022) or the high image quality unit price (850023) in the unit table was set to a value larger than the maximum price (15.120 yen) that can be inserted for Coin Kit 8.


The standard image quality unit price (850-022) is larger than the high image quality unit price (850-023).

121-333 EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail

3.

Set 850-021 to 0 (disable FAX Send Charging), or set 820-123 to 0 and 790-670 to 0 and restart the device.

[Error Type]


System Fail

Detection Condition (1): When the Fax send billing function is not used, set 850-021 to "0" (function OFF).

[Fault Content]

When using the Fax send billing function, set both the standard image quality unit price (850-022) and the high image quality unit price (850-023) to a value other than "0", and then turn the power OFF then ON.


EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail 1.

Detection Condition (2): When the Fax send billing function is not used, set 850-021 to "0" (function OFF). When using the Fax send billing function, correct the Maximum Stored Number of Sheets and unit prices, and then turn the power OFF then ON. Detection Condition (3): Set the standard image quality unit price (850-022) to a value that is equal to or less than the high image quality unit price (850-023), and then turn the power OFF then ON.

If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Connection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following. 2. 3.

OF-01 Perform the procedures after (5) obtaining reports in Common System Fail.

850-014 = 1-9: This error will occur a certain minute(s) [1-9 min] after the UI panel displays [Please wait]. 4.

System Fail

Others When turned on, this machine asked for a response to the [Does the accessory exist?] signal and detected [The accessory does not exist].

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to Web EP.

4127/4112G

850-014 = 1-9 A certain time (1-9 min) preset in [850-014] after this machine was turned on and reported the Wake Up command to the accessory, the machine did not receive any response from the accessory.

121-323 Web EP Software Fail

Version.1 .1.1

850-014 = 0 For one of the reasons given under (4), this error is detected. See (4) Others.


[Error Type]

The power was turned ON, with the Power Saver key, the Start key and the numeric key [0] pressed down.

Or

02/2009 2-617

121-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-618

Version.1 .1.1

A lapse of 10 sec after the accessory reported ACK to this machine, the accessory did not report Wake Up Answer to this machine.

If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

Or

1.

When the problem occurs for one of these reasons under [Others], this error will occur [within 30 sec] after the UI panel displays [Please wait].

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest. If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

This machine received three consecutive NAKs. 2.

Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.

3.

Replace the EP-SV.



1.


Turn ON the power without pressing down the Power Saver key, the Start key, and the numeric key [0]. If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Connection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following.

2.

850-014 = 0 This error is thought to be detected for one of the reasons under (4) Others. •

3.

Take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others.

850-014 = 1-9 Set 850-014 to a larger value than the current one and operate again.

4.

•

If 9 causes the problem to reoccur, set 850-014 to 0.

•

If 0 causes the problem to reoccur, take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others.

Others

121-335 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail

[Detection Conditions] The WAKE UP ANSWER cannot be received.

[Corrective Actions] Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.

Check that the accessory is ON. Check if the cable is connected between EP-SV and ESS.


If the cable is properly connected, turn OFF then ON this machine. If the problem persists, perform the following:

1.

4-1. Check if Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest version. If so, you do not need to download the latest version of it. 4-2. Reinstall the EPSV-IF board. 4-3. Replace the EPSV-IF board. 4-4. Replace EP-SV. –

If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to EP Accessory Connected. )

4-5. If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it. –

If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to EP Accessory Connected. )

–

OF-01 Common System Fail: Perform the step for collecting reports and subsequent steps.

121-334 EPSV Login Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] EPSV Login Fail

2.


3.

Replace the EP-SV.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.

121-336 Unknown EP Accessory [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] EP-SV - Accessories type unknown.

[Detection Conditions] The EP related accessory type was unknown in WAKE UP ANSWER.

[Corrective Actions] Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS. If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 1.

[Corrective Actions] Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.

Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest. If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

[Detection Conditions] Verification of the login information in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error.


2.


3.

Replace the EP-SV.

4.



[Error Type]


System Fail

121-337 EP Accessory Self Diag Fail

[Fault Content] EPA - Unit price table error

[Error Type]


System Fail

Detection Condition (1): When the M/C is running, a notification is issued from the Coin Kit indicating that the price data in the Coin Kit has been changed.

[Fault Content] EP-SV - Accessories self-diagnostic result error.

Detection Condition (2): When the M/C is booting or returning from Power Save, a notification is issued from the Coin Kit indicating a unit price error. (The unit price table in the Coin Kit contains unset unit price(s))

[Detection Conditions] Self-diagnostic of the EP related accessories in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error.



Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.

Detection Condition (1): Turn the power OFF then ON.


Detection Condition (2): Correct the unit price settings in the Coin Kit, and then turn the power OFF then ON.

1.

Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.


If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.

OF-01 Perform the procedures after (5) obtaining reports in Common System Fail.

2.


3.

Replace the EP-SV.

4.


121-340 EP Accessory Miss Match [Error Type] System Fail


[Fault Content]


EP-SV - Accessories Form Mismatch

121-338 EPSV Answer Time Out


[Error Type]

The combination of accessories that are installed does not match the specifications.

System Fail


[Fault Content]

Checks whether they are installed correctly against the specifications.

EPSV - Answer Timeout

If they are installed correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Detection Conditions] Answers other than WAKE UP ANSWER from the EP-SV cannot be received.

1.



Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.

2.



1.


2.


3.

Replace the EP-SV.



121-350 EPSV Logic Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] EP-SV - Unexpected Error


121-339 Price Table Error


[Detection Conditions] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-619

121-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 121-xxx FIP [Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 1.


2.


3.

Replace the EP-SV.


121-370 EP-DX - unexpected error [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] EP-DX - Unexpected Error

[Detection Conditions] Pflite Function Error Library Function Error Undefined Message/Undefined Parameter Received, etc.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 1.


2.

Check the connections of the FAX USB cable.


02/2009 2-620

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

123-207 Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions] The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the Panel.



[Fault Content]


COMM. Manager Target Error Incorrect mailbox value on the cm_send_msg statement, or the target is not SYS when receiving from SIO.



123-312 Diag mode change Fail (Punch unit type set) [Error Type]

Serial Transmission Failure

System Fail


[Fault Content]


SB-Fin Punch Unit Initial Installation NG After Diag Mode



123-209 EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel)

The data received from the Controller has exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in the Panel.

[Error Type]


System Fail

Turn the power OFF and ON.

[Fault Content]


(UI-Panel) Return Value Error from EVM



123-317 Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel)

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.

[Error Type]


System Fail


[Fault Content]


(UI-Panel) Receive Message Queue Full

123-310 Send Queue Full (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]

The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the Panel.

System Fail

[Fault Content]


(UI-Panel) Send Queue Full




The data sent from the Panel to the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability.


123-318 Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-311 Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

[Fault Content] (UI-Panel) Receive Completion Queue Full

[Detection Conditions] The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the Panel.

System Fail

[Fault Content]


(UI-Panel) Receive Queue Full Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 02/2009 2-621

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 123-xxx FIP OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-320 NVM initialized for FCW composition. [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Automatic recovery has occurred (FCW/HB) because incorrect value was detected in the system data area that has no compatibility among the different type of UI panels

[Detection Conditions] When the M/C was started or booted, it was detected that a value, which is out of the guaranteed range for the currently installed panel, is set in the system data area that has no compatibility among the different type of UI panels (HB/FCW/MCW). This error does not occur during the usual physical UI panel type replacement. If for some reason the incorrect data got stored, the machine performs reboot and automatic recovery using the same system as when the panel is physically replaced.

[Corrective Actions] Even when this error code is displayed, the machine can still be used normally after pressing [Close]. However, set necessary mechanical settings before using it because the Controller NVM has been initialized into the FCW/MCW panel configuration.

123-322 Target Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Target Error

[Detection Conditions] Serial Transmission Failure


123-323 Address Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Address Error

[Detection Conditions] Serial Transmission Failure


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-622

Version.1 .1.1


[Fault Content] Object Cannot Be Created (HB/FCW)

[Detection Conditions] The specified UI internal object could not be created due to any setting/specification error. UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.


123-326 Memory Overflow (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Memory Overflow The memory in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.

[Detection Conditions] UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.


123-327 Button Overflow (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Button Overflow The memory for the (synchronous display) button in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.



123-328 UI Internal Fail with Out of Area [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content]


UI Internal I/F Failure


A coordinate value out of the range of the display screen was detected (WxH = 640x240).

123-325 Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel)



123-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type



[Error Type]


System Fail


[Fault Content]

123-329 UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates

Invalid frame data was detected. The incorrect value of the Data Type detected by Frame ID was detected.

[Error Type]


System Fail


[Fault Content]


UI Internal I/F Failure


The coordination value that cannot be displayed was detected (X = 4 times numeric position).



123-341 Event Queue Full (UI-Panel)



[Error Type]


System Fail


[Fault Content]

123-332 I/F Fail (Invalid Parameter CP)

Event Queue Full (UI-Panel)

[Error Type]


SysR


[Fault Content]


Interface Failure


Incorrect parameter was detected at the Drv. I/F between the DM and CP.


123-342 Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

Turn the power OFF and ON.

[Fault Content]


Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)



123-333 I/F Fail (Impossible Communication)


[Error Type]


System Fail


[Fault Content]


Interface Failure

123-343 Invalid Class (UI-Panel)

Impossible transmission with the Control Panel was detected.

[Error Type]


System Fail

The H/W connection in the Panel is faulty or the internal connection could not be correctly detected.


[Fault Content] Incorrect Class (UI-Panel)

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-623

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 123-xxx FIP [Detection Conditions] UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.


123-344 Invalid Type (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect Type (UI-Panel)



123-345 Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel)



123-346 Invalid Timer Number (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect Timer Number (UI-Panel)



123-350 One Touch Key Fail (MCW) [Error Type] SysR

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-624

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] MCW-Panel One-Touch Key Fail (the number of the detected One-Touch Keys does not match)

[Detection Conditions] When checking the number of the one-touch keys in the MCW-Panel (Control Panel Driver SW) during the initialization process at power ON, it was detected that there is a H/W Mismatch (multiple key count detection results do not match) .

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and then replace the One-Touch Key Module of the MCW-Panel. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: OF-04 Panel System Fail

123-362 No Object (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] No Object (HB/FCW)



123-368 Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient Memory (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions] There is insufficient memory or the connection failed.


123-369 Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect Interface Value (UI-Panel)





123-370 Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel)



[Fault Content]

123-374 Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Interface Length Failure (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]

The parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect.


Incorrect User Job ID (UI-Panel)



The Job ID parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect.


123-371 Interface Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)



[Fault Content]

123-375 Internal Resource Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Interface Parameter Failure (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]

The parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect.


Internal Resource Failure (UI-Panel)





123-372 Interface Sequence Fail (UI-Panel)



[Fault Content]

123-376 Internal Memory Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Interface Sequence Failure (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]

The initialization command from the Controller was not sent within the specified time.


Internal Memory Failure (UI-Panel)





123-373 Channel Fail (UI-Panel)



[Fault Content]

123-377 UI Timer Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Channel Failure (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]

The channel sent from the Controller was incorrect. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Timer Failure (UI-Panel) 02/2009 2-625

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 123-xxx FIP [Detection Conditions] UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-626

Version.1 .1.1

[Fault Content] Fax Interface Failure (UI-Panel)



123-378 Interface Format Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] Interface Format Failure (UI-Panel)

[Detection Conditions] The data format sent from the Controller was incorrect.


123-382 Scanner Interface Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Scanner Interface Failure (UI-Panel)



123-379 Dispatch Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] Dispatch Failure (UI-Panel)



123-383 Report Interface Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Report Interface Failure (UI-Panel)



123-380 Copy Interface Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] Copy Interface Failure (UI-Panel)



123-384 Server Access Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Server Access Failure (HB/FCW)



123-381 Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

123-385 Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel)



[Fault Content]

123-389 Argument Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]



Argument Failure (HB/FCW)





123-386 Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content]

123-390 Job Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Incorrect Service Object (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]



Job Parameter Argument Error (UI-Panel)





123-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content]

123-391 Job Actual Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Incorrect Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]



Job Execution Argument Error (UI-Panel)





123-388 Attribute Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content]

123-392 Auditron Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type]

Attribute Error (UI-Panel)


System Fail

[Fault Content]



Incorrect Auditron (UI-Panel)


Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. 02/2009 2-627

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 123-xxx FIP [Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-04 Panel System Fail

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-628

Version.1 .1.1



123-393 EP Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] EP Failure (UI-Panel)



123-397 MGR Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] MGR Error (UI-Panel)



123-394 File Access Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect File Access (UI-Panel)



123-398 Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel)



123-395 NVM Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] NVM Failure (UI-Panel)



123-399 Internal Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Internal Error (UI-Panel)



123-396 FF Fail (UI-Panel)


[Error Type]


System Fail

[Fault Content] FF Error (UI-Panel)

123-400 JRM I/F Internal Fail (UI-Panel) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Due to a fatal error in the JRM IF Converter, subsequent processing cannot be performed.

[Detection Conditions] There was insufficient area, an internal error or invalid IF Sequencing (or parameter) entered into the Converter.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-629

123-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-630

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

124-310 DC132 11

[Fault Content] Stored Data Mismatch


[Detection Conditions] The serial numbers do not match.


[Detection Conditions] Product No. not specified.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

Procedure Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Compare the 3 Serial No. All 3 numbers are different. Y

N Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.

124-311 DC132 09

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

[Error Type]

124-314 DC132 01

System Fail


[Detection Conditions] Serial No. not specified.




[Detection Conditions] Internal control error was detected.


124-312 DC132 12 [Error Type] System Fail


[Detection Conditions] The product No. did not match.

Procedure Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Compare the 3 product No. All 3 numbers are different. Y



124-313 DC132 10 [Error Type]





Procedure Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write]. Compare the following values. •

dC131[700-600]

•

dC131[700-601]

•

dC131[700-602]

Compare the 3 numbers. All 3 numbers are different.

System Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-631

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 124-xxx FIP Y

N

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-632

Version.1 .1.1


Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.




124-316 DC132 03

124-319 DC132 08

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

System Fail

[Fault Content]

Stored Data Mismatch


Stored Data Mismatch


Internal control error was detected.


Internal control error was detected.

Procedure




Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].

124-317 DC132 04

Compare the following values.

[Error Type]

•

dC131[700-606]

•

dC131[700-607]

•

dC131[700-608]

System Fail



Compare the 3 numbers. All 3 numbers are different. Y


Procedure



124-320 SEEPROM Fail

Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write]. Compare the following values. •

dC131[700-600]

•

dC131[700-601]

•

dC131[700-602]








[Fault Content] SEEPROM Fail

[Detection Conditions] Write error occurred in the SEEPROM on the ESS Board.

[Corrective Actions] Pull out and insert SEEPROM, or replace the ESS PWB. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS PWB and contact Support G. Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions and contact Support G.

124-321 Backup SRAM Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Backup SRAM Fail

124-324 All Billings Mismatch

[Detection Conditions] Write error occurred in the NVM on the ESS Board.

[Error Type]


If the Fax Card is installed, reinstall it.

2.

Pull out and insert NVM Board or replace it.

3.

Replace the ESS PWB.

System Fail

[Fault Content] All Billing Counter Mismatch

If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS PWB and contact Support G. Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions and contact Support G.

[Detection Conditions] The billing counters in multiple locations are all different.



124-325 Billing Restoration Fail [Error Type] System Fail


[Fault Content] Billing Counter Mismatch (1 position)


[Detection Conditions] When one of the Billing counters mismatches with the others, the counter cannot be repaired.


Procedure






Procedure Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].

Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Compare the 3 Serial No. All 3 numbers are different. Y

Replace the PWB whose values do not match. Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.

124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered [Error Type] system fail

[Fault Content] IOT Speed not registered.

Compare the following values. •

dC131[700-603]

•

dC131[700-604]

•

dC131[700-605]

[Detection Conditions] It was detedted that at boot, IOT Speed registration procedure status was 1 or 2.

[Corrective Actions] This Fail triggers the procedure for changing IOT Speed. Accordingly the user needs to follow the dialog displayed on the UI in order to enter the SW Key for changing IOT Speed.


N

N

124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Fail

Replace the PWB whose values do not match.

[Error Type]

Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

system fail 02/2009 2-633

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-634

[Fault Content] A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT Speed.


Version.1 .1.1


Reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM.

A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT Speed.


1.

a failure to shift to Diag Mode


2.

a failure in DC132

124-334 Standard Font ROM Error

3.

a failure to read from/write in SEEP ROM

[Error Type]

4.

a failure to reboot


Replace IOT.

2.


124-328 Punch Unit User Initial SetUp [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Punch Unit User Initial Installation Screen Displayed

[Detection Conditions] The notification from the Finisher indicates that the Punch Unit was detected but the punch hole configuration is unknown.

[Corrective Actions] Select the Punch Unit according to the instruction on the screen.

124-332 contract data mismatch [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Contract data mismatch.

[Detection Conditions] Case where the contract data on IOT side and Controller side mismatches.

[Corrective Actions] Match the contract data on IOT and Controller.

124-333 ASIC Fail (Panther) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Panther Error

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the Panther.

System Fail

[Fault Content] Standard FontROM Error

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the standard Built-In Font ROM.


124-335 Font ROM Not Found [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] FONT ROM NOT FOUND

[Detection Conditions] The installation of the Font ROM was not detected.


Pull out and insert or replace the Font ROM.

2.



124-337 ESS Standard RAM Error [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] ESS Standard RAM (Standard ROM) Error

[Detection Conditions] An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard RAM.


Reinstall or replace all the RAM DIMM.

2.




124-338 Same Font ROMs Found

(Software available for DC132)

[Error Type]

Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (Software unavailable for DC 132)

System Fail

Replace the MCU PWB.

[Fault Content]

124-342 CRUM Market fail SYS 1

Install the same Font ROM.

[Error Type]


System Fail

The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM was installed.

[Fault Content]


One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).

Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM #3. Replace it.


124-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found

One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).



[Fault Content]


Error due to installation of ROM DIMM for other models.

Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont PWB.

[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the ROM DIMM for another model was installed.

(Software unavailable for DC132) Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.

[Corrective Actions] Check the ROM DIMM and install the appropriate ROM DIMM.

124-343 CRUM Market fail SYS 2

If the problem persists, contact Support G.

124-340 CRUM Market fail ALL


[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

System Fail

One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).

[Fault Content]


All three CRUM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set).

One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).

[Detection Conditions] The CRUM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).




Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.

124-341 CRUM Market fail MCU

Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM and the Cont PWB in order.

[Error Type]

(Software unavailable for DC132) Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.

System Fail

124-350 CRUM OEM fail ALL

[Fault Content] One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT).

[Error Type]


System Fail

One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU Board does not match).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

[Fault Content]

02/2009 2-635

All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set).

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-636

[Detection Conditions] The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).

[Corrective Actions] Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.

124-351 CRUM OEM fail MCU [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT).

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions] (Software available for DC132) Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.

Version.1 .1.1

[Corrective Actions] (Software available for DC132) Enter DC132. Mater SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM and the Cont PWB in order. (Software unavailable for DC132) Reinstall/replace the NVM PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.

124-360 CRUM validation fail ALL [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] All three CRUM Enable/Disable settings are not set (0 or different values are set).

[Detection Conditions] The CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).


(Software unavailable for DC132)

124-361 CRUM validation fail MCU


[Error Type]

124-352 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).


System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (IOT).

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU Board does not match).







124-353 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).


124-362 CRUM validation fail SYS 1 [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (SYS 1).

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions] (Software available for DC132) Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont PWB.


[Error Type]

Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.

124-363 CRUM validation fail SYS 2

System Fail

[Fault Content] IOT IM Device Driver Software Failure

[Error Type]


System Fail

The IOT controller software has detected a fatal error.

[Fault Content]

Also occurs when the system data obtained from within the Cont during start up has an incorrect value.

One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (SYS 2).

Occurs if DiagExit is carried out when SysUser NV initialization or IOT NV Write resulted in "Exit (Keep Log)", but does not occur when "Exit (Clear Log)" is used.

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).




(Software available for DC132) Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM and the Cont PWB in order.

124-380 CRUM Market fail ALL (2) [Error Type]

(Software unavailable for DC132) Reinstall/replace the NVM PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.

124-372 IOT sc Soft Fail [Error Type]

System Fail

[Fault Content] All three CRUM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set) #Case-(2).


System Fail

[Fault Content]

The CRUM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).


IOT Controller Software Failure

[Detection Conditions] IOT Controller software failure. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail

124-373 IOT Manager SW Fail


124-381 CRUM Market fail MCU (2) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU Board does not match).



[Fault Content]


IOT Manager Software Failure

Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (Software unavailable for DC132)



An error in the IOT Manager software was detected.


124-382 CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2) [Error Type]


System Fail

124-374 IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-637

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-638

[Fault Content] One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).


Version.1 .1.1

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU Board does not match).







124-383 CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Controller Board does not match).

[Corrective Actions] (Software available for DC132) Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM and the Cont PWB in order. (Software unavailable for DC132) Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.

124-390 CRUM OEM fail ALL (2) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set). #Case-(2)

[Detection Conditions] The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).


124-391 CRUM OEM fail MCU (2) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT). #Case-(2)

124-392 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). #Case-(2)


[Corrective Actions] (Software available for DC132) Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont PWB. (Software unavailable for DC132) Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.

124-393 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2) [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2). #Case-(2)


[Corrective Actions] (Software available for DC132) Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM and the Cont PWB in order. (Software unavailable for DC132) Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.

124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The machine changed output tray from Side Tray to another and continued printing.

Punching instruction was canceled and printing continued.



Paper that cannot be output to SideTray was detected. (paper size and paper type)

Punching function was canceled and printing was continued because a failure was detected in the Puncher.



Replace the paper with paper that can be output to Side Tray and rerun the job.

Repair Punch using another FIP detected at the same time.

124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray

124-706 Folding Canceled

[Error Type]

[Error Type]

Warning

Warning

[Fault Content]

[Fault Content]

The machine changed output tray from Stacker to another and continued printing.

Folding instruction was canceled and printing continued.



Paper that cannot be output to Stacker was detected. (paper size and paper type)

Folder function was canceled and printing was continued because a failure was detected in the Folder failure.

[Corrective Actions] Replalce the paper with paper that can be output to Stacker and rerun the job.


124-703 Booklet Tray to Center Tray

Repair Folder using another FIP detected at the same time.

[Error Type]

124-708 Changed To Sub Tray

Warning

[Error Type]

[Fault Content]

Warning

The output tray was changed from the Booklet Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued.

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] The output tray has been changed to the Center Tray because a failure was detected in the Booklet Tray.

The machine changed output tray from the selected tray to Sub Tray and continued printing.

[Detection Conditions] The paper was output from the center tray instead of from the selected tray

[Corrective Actions] Repair the Booklet Tray using another FIP detected at the same time.

124-704 Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra

1.

A different paper size other than the selected size was output for double-sided setting

2.

Puncher of Finisher C malfunctioned

[(1) Sub Tray output when there is a size mismatch during double-sided setting]

[Error Type]

•

When there is a size mismatch, Simplex setting outputs to the selected tray and Duplex setting outputs to the Sub tray.

•

The aim in changing the output to the Sub Tray based on the SheetDelivered receive timing from the IOT is displayed in the Control Panel which displays "Copying" message when the [Start] button is pressed, until the IOT stops.

•

There is no special display in the driver.

Warning

[Fault Content] The output tray was changed from the Folder Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued.

[Detection Conditions] The output tray has been changed to the Center Tray because a failure was detected in the Folder Tray.

[Corrective Actions] Repair the Folder Tray using another FIP detected at the same time.

124-705 Punching Canceled

[(2) Sub Tray output when the Finisher malfunctioned] •

Decolor and Puncher failures are not SubSystemFail, they are LocalFail.

•

When Decolor fails, output goes to the selected Finisher.

•

When Puncher fails, output goes to the Sub Tray. However, when booklet is selected, output goes to the Booklet.

[Error Type] Warning Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-639

124-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-640

The aim in changing the output to the Sub Tray based on the SheetDelivered receive timing from the IOT is displayed in the Control Panel which displays "Copying" message when the [Start] button is pressed, until the IOT stops.

[Corrective Actions] For case (1), please check that the same selected paper size has been set on the paper tray. For case (2), check that the error codes: 012-231, 012-232, 012-233 or 012-234 has been displayed, and refer to the corresponding FIP to repair the problem.

124-709 Stapler sheets counts over warning [Error Type] Warning

[Fault Content] The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded and printing continued.

[Detection Conditions] The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded was detected but printing was continued.

[Corrective Actions] The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded was detected but printing was continued.

124-710 Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter [Error Type] warning

[Fault Content] The machine changed output tray from Sorter to another and continued printing.

[Detection Conditions] Paper that cannot be output to Mailbox Sorter was detected. (paper size and paper type)

[Corrective Actions] Replace the paper with paper that can be output to Mailbox Sorter and rerun the job.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

125-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] PSWcont Unexpected Error

[Detection Conditions] PSW Cont Software Failure Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-641

125-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-642

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

127-210 DFE Communication Fail


[Error Type]

•

2.6.1 Software Download

Service Fail

[Fault Content] Controller Detected DFE Comm Error

127-220 DEF Communicaiton Error (video) [Error Type] Service Fail

[Detection Conditions] The Green Controller detected communication failure with the DFE.

[Fault Content] DEF Detected Communication Error (Video)

[Corrective Actions] Pull out and insert the DFE connection cable.

[Detection Conditions] The DFE detected communication error in the Video system.


127-211 DFE Parameter Error


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content] Controller Detected DFE Parameter Error

127-221 DEF Communicaiton Error (Command) [Error Type] Service Fail

[Detection Conditions] The Green Controller detected incorrect parameter for command communication with the DFE.

[Fault Content] DEF Detected Communication Error (Command)

[Corrective Actions] Pull out and insert the DFE connection cable.

[Detection Conditions] The DFE detected communication error in the Command system.


127-212 ExtPrint Check Mode Error


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content] External Print Check Mode Error

127-310 ESR Task Fatal error [Error Type] System Fail

[Detection Conditions] The Controller detected an error in the External CDI H/W Check Mode.

[Fault Content] Fatal error of ESR Task.


Pull out and insert the command/video cables between the DFE and M/C.

•


127-213 ExtPrint I/F Mismatch

[Detection Conditions] A fatal error occurred in ESR Task.


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content] External Print IF Mismatch

127-311 ExtPRTc Fatal Error [Error Type] System Fail

[Detection Conditions] The Controller detected the mismatch with the I/F version notified from the DFE.

Match the software versions of DFE and ESS.

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to ExtPRTc.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-643

127-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 127-xxx FIP [Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to ExtPRTc. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


127-312 DFE Video Link Fail [Error Type] system fail

[Fault Content] DFE-detected Video Link Fail

[Detection Conditions] DFE detected a Video Link error.

[Corrective Actions] Disconnect and connect the DFE connection cable. Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following. OF-01 Common System Fail

127-313 ESS Video Link Fail [Error Type] system fail

[Fault Content] ESS-detected Video Link Fail

[Detection Conditions] ESS detected a Video Link error.

[Corrective Actions] Disconnect and connect the DFE connection cable. Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following. OF-01 Common System Fail

127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail [Error Type] system fail

[Fault Content] a fatal error related to WSD Print Service

[Detection Conditions] ESS detected a Video Link error.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-644

Version.1 .1.1

[Error Type] sys

[Fault Content] A ThinPrin .print-related fatal error

[Detection Conditions] A problem has occurred with software processing, causing the processing to stop ever since.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-01 Common System Fail

127-320 DFE Critical Fail [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to Bizen DFE.

[Detection Conditions] An error occurred in the connection to the DFE. Or, the DFE needs to treat the device as SystemFail.

[Corrective Actions] Take the corrective actions based on the Fault Code displayed in the DFE monitor, then reboot the system. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. 1.

Check the connection to the DFE.

2.

Check the device settings.

3.

Check the DFE HW.

4.

Check the device HW.

127-337 JobTemplate HDD Write Error [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] [Write error in obtaining JT] An error has occurred when the Job Template was stored in the local HD.

[Detection Conditions] There was a temporary file access failure during polling for internal use, or an error occurred when writing to a local HDD of the Job Template (besides HDD Full).


Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.


After performing the procedure in


127-315 ThinPrint S/W Fail

OF-02 HDD System Fail, OF-01 Common System Fail

127-342 JobTemplate Monitor Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to Mail IO.


[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to Mail IO.

[Fault Content]


[JT Monitor Failure] Fatal errors to be detected by the JT monitor.




A response such as system function recall error was detected.




127-398 IPP Soft Fatal error



127-353 LPD Soft Fatal error [Error Type]

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to IPP.

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to IPP.

Fatal error related to lpd.

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to lpd.








127-399 JME Soft Fatal error



127-354 FTP Server Software Fail [Error Type]

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to JME.

System Fail

[Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to JME.

Fatal error of FTP Server.

[Detection Conditions] A fatal error of FTP Server was detected.







2.4 NET System Fault Check 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow

127-396 MailIO Soft Fatal error [Error Type] System Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-645

127-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-646

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

133-210 Fax Parameter incorrect

[Detection Conditions] The specified data cannot be read due to reasons such as the specified data is broken.

[Error Type]

•

Service Fail

The host may treat this failure as a System Fail.


[Fault Content]


Incorrect Parameter



133-214 Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing

The parameter value was inappropriate. (An error of the interface itself, such as a too long parameter) The necessary parameter is not notified.

[Error Type]

NOTE: Depending on the host, this error may not be returned but the Fax card may be reset.

[Fault Content]

Service Fail


USB Open failed at initialization.



133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid

Detected by FAPE (createInstance failed).


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect Parameter


133-215 Fax USB Device Fatal Error [Error Type]

[Detection Conditions] The PV exceeds the range.

Service Fail

[Fault Content]


USB Device Fatal Error



133-212 Fax Read Erro No Data

Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content] Data Read Error - No Data


133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal Error [Error Type]

[Detection Conditions] The specified data was not found (incorrect no. or channel).

Service Fail

[Fault Content]


USB Host Fatal Error



133-213 Fax Read Error-Invalid Data

Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content]


133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory

Data Read Error - Invalid Data Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-647

133-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


4127/4112G

02/2009 2-648

[Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient Fax Manager Memory

[Detection Conditions] Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event. (Currently undefined)

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-07 FAX System Fail

Version.1 .1.1 OF-11 FAX Job Fail

133-221 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting [Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] No response at Fax Card booting.

[Detection Conditions] The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time on booting.


133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient Fax Card Message Library Memory

[Detection Conditions] Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event. (Currently undefined)

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervally [Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time.

[Detection Conditions] The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time.


133-219 Fax Short of Work Memory


[Error Type]


Service Fail

[Fault Content] Insufficient Working Memory

[Detection Conditions] Due to insufficient memory, the system was unable to reserve the memory required for the processing.


133-220 Fax Control task detects error [Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] Fatal error of Fax Cont.

[Detection Conditions] Due to an error during Fax Cont software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.


133-223 Fax Card Reset [Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] Fax Card Reset

[Detection Conditions] Fax Card Reset


133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch [Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] Version mismatch between the Controller ROM and the Fax Card ROM.

[Detection Conditions] The Controller detected version mismatch.



Upgrade both the Controller and Fax Card ROM to the latest version.

A message not specified in the I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.

133-225 Fax address book illegal setting


[Error Type]


Service Fail

133-282 Fax Card download fail

[Fault Content] After rewritting the Address Book using EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a Service Fail occurred due to dial error because a speed dial entry was rewritten from the Panel.



[Fault Content]

After rewriting the Address Book in EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a speed dial entry was rewritten from the Panel.


Software downloading failed and Fax Card separated.

[Detection Conditions] As downloading of Fax Card could not be completed due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont SW failure, subsequent processes could not be performed.


133-226 Illegal country code for Fax

[Corrective Actions] Repeat the Fax Card Download. If this failure persists, replace the Fax PWB and the G3 PWB.

[Error Type]


Service Fail

OF-14 FAX Card Fail

[Fault Content]

133-283 Fax report mail box not open

Illegal Country Code for FAX Detected


[Error Type]

The code that does not provide FAX Service is set in the System Data Country Code.

Service Fail


[Fault Content]

Set a correct Country code.

FAX Report Storage Mailbox Not Open

133-280 Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail

[Detection Conditions] Mailbox Not Open was detected when FAX report is stored in a mailbox.

[Error Type]


Service Fail

If the problem persists after opening the Mailbox, perform the following procedure to repair it.

[Fault Content]


FAX Service Separated by Service Fail

133-700 Staple/Punch Canceled

[Detection Conditions] Due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont SW failure, subsequent processes could not be performed.



[Fault Content]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-07 FAX System Fail

Cancel Staple/Punch (printing continued by canceling Staple/Punch instructions).


133-281 Received unknown message

When it was decided that Staple/Punch could not be carried out due to the paper used for printing, during processing of the received FAX document into a printable DataFormat by the Controller.


[Corrective Actions] Change the Staple/Punch position or select paper for the Staple/Punch position.

[Fault Content] Unknown message received. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

133-710 Tray select fail. Used SMH instead. 02/2009 2-649

133-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-650


[Fault Content] When printing Fax-received documents, it was performed via the Bypass tray since the selected tray cannot be used for Fax

[Detection Conditions] The "Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function" is provided to determine "Which tray to print the Fax-received data from". This error can occur when this function is "enabled." Even if this function is "disabled," this error can also occur when printing Fax reports and documents for polling. * When set to automatically print Fax/iFax received documents, this machine automatically selects a paper tray. During that selection, any of the following occurs. –

Since the selected tray is set as "Unavailable for Fax document print", the machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.

–

Since the paper size in the selected tray is set as a size that cannot be used for Fax, the machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.

–

Since the paper type (= paper quality) in the selected tray is set as a quality that cannot be used for Fax, the machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.

–

If none of the above applies, the selected tray might be malfunctioning.

* This error also occurs when any of the four conditions above is detected when "the customer selects the Bypass tray and tries to print from a mailbox".


Load the paper size that can be used for Fax printing. A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, Letter SEF, Legal (14inch), Legal (13inch), Ledger, Letter LEF, and Half Letter SEF can be used.

•

Load the paper type (= paper quality) that can be used for Fax printing.

•

When the machine is set to "Enable Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function", perform any one of the following:

Plain Paper, Bond Paper, Recycled Paper, Backing Paper, and Custom Paper can be used.

1.

Select [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode] to add the tray number that the customer wants to specify for printing.

2.

Select a tray number for the customer's printing use from the one of the trays that are set in [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode].

Instead of selecting [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode], the same settings can be performed through [SystemData: 820-002] → [Tray selection in tray mode]. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid [Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] Incorrect Parameter

[Detection Conditions] Incorrect parameter (A value out of the PV range was specified, or the parameter is too long, or an error of the interface itself), the necessary parameter is not notified.


134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure [Error Type] Service Fail

[Fault Content] Fax Card Main Board Failure

[Detection Conditions] TBD Fax Card Main Board Failure

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-651

134-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-652

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

202-399 JME Soft Fatal error [Error Type] System Fail

[Fault Content] Timer internal error detected by the UI Cont

[Detection Conditions] The setting value of SystemData=700-124 (Auto Clear Timer (Auto Resume Timer, Auditoron Off Timer, Tools Off Timer) is detected to be 1~29 in MF machines. This Fail does not occur for values of 1~29 in Prt machine.

[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. Check the value of SystemData=700-124 (Auto Clear Timer (Auto Resume Timer, Auditoron Off Timer, Tools Off Timer). If the value of 1~29 is set in an MF machine, a Fail will occur. –

If this Fail occurs when timer related System Data Settings Value for other than 700-124 is changed, check the normal values for the related System Data.

If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-653

202-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-654

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

500-030 DC612 Print NG By IOT Wait State [Error Type] History

[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions] The following occurs (However, this includes the cases that may not occur when DC612 starts): •

DC900G: Fuser: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred. The CC Cleaner Position was moved from the Home Position. Fuser Relay State: Shifted to Not Ready. Drum Cycle State: Shifted to Cleaning Request. CC Wire Warning: Occurred. Reserve Tank State: Filling. Drum Crum State: Unknown.

•

DCC5540G/DC540G: Fuser: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred. Reserve Tank State: Filling.

[Corrective Actions] Return from the Wait state and try again.

500-990 DC612 Print NG By Any Reason [Error Type] History

[Fault Content] Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print cannot be executed due to unknown reason.

[Detection Conditions] Printing could not start due to unknown reason in Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print, or it was aborted. (Only end response) •

This occurs during Diag execution only, and Fault Code is displayed on the PC-Diag and Panel.

[Corrective Actions] Perform the same operation again.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-655

500-xxx FIP

Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-656

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) 1.

2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Print is not found from the PC"

Physical Interface Description The following physical interfaces are supported. (1)

IEEE1284*1

(2)

USB

(3)

Ethernet (10BaseT, 100BaseTX) *2

Get "NET Connection Diagram" and take actions by following the instructions in "2.4.5 Network-Related Details Investigation Flow" in this document, and then collect the following information:

*1: Only the products under Mid range are supported. *2: Has the features to automatically detect and switch the transmission speed (10Mbps, 100Mbps). Also, the transmission speed can be fixed by settings. 2.

Logical Interface Description

•

System Settings List

•

Check the client settings (Output Port)

•

Physical interface check

•

Logical interface check

•

Other connection environment check Printer switching machine

It is possible to set whether to activate the system for each of the following logical interfaces. Default Activation: IEEE1284, SMB(DLC), SNMP(IPX)

Availability of printer buffer, etc. HUB (Switch, Hub) used, etc.

Supported for receiving print jobs (1)

IEEE1284 (when 1.1 IEEE1284 is supported) * Only the products under Mid range are supported.

(2)

USB

(3)

Lpd

(4)

NetWare

(5)

AppleTalk (EtherTalk)

(6)

SMB

(7)

IPP

(8)

Internet FAX Print

(9)

Port9100

•

Network Capture Log

(10) CWIS File Upload Print Supported for receiving Scan jobs (1)

Salutation Scan [[CP, CFP]]

(2)

FTP Client [[CP, CFP]]

(3)

Internet FAX Send [[CP, CFP]]

(4)

SMB Client [[CP, CFP]]

(5)

WebDAV Server [[CP, CFP]]

Supported for management interface (1)

SNMP

(2)

CWIS

Supported for other services FTP Server

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-657


Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.4 NET System Fault Check

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-658

Version.1 .1.1



1.

1.

Check whether or not the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version. If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.) After checking the above items, check whether the Indicator is blinking and take the corrective actions accordingly. (1)

2.

Ask a customer about the status of unavailable printing and collect information based on it. •


When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is blinking

•

Check PDL name.

It is highly possible that print data cannot be decomposed in the Printer main processor.

•

Check the Printer Driver name and version.

Perform the corrective actions according to "2.4.5Network-Related Details Check Flow" in this document, and then collect the following information:

•

Check the Printer Driver settings in details.

•

Perform Printer setting printing in each mode.

•


•

Check the panel message (error message, etc).

•

Error History Report

•

Job History Report

•

Shutdown History Report

•

Check the Printer Driver name and version.

•

Check the Printer Driver settings in details.

•

Network Capture Log

•

Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.

[How to Create Print file] Method 1) i.

Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.

ii.

In [Print] screen, select the [Output to File] check box and click [OK]. If there is no [Output to File] check box displayed in the [Print] screen, create the file in Method 2.

iii.

Enter a descriptive file name in "File Name" using a customer name and date, and click [OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.

Method 2) i.

Open the Printer Driver Properties and select the [Ports] tab. The screen shown on the right appears.

ii.

In [Ports], select [FILE:] in the list and click [OK] to close the Properties screen. Take note of the port setting before it was changed in [FILE:] in order to restore the port to original setting after creating a Print file.

(2)

Check whether the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version. If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)

iii.

Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.

iv.

The [Output to File] screen appears. Specify a storage destination and file name, and click [OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.

v.

Restore the port to the original setting in the procedures 1 and 2 shown above.

When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is not blinking It is highly possible that connection is not established and hence print data has not reached the Printer main processor. Obtain the information relevant to the items described in 2.4.2"Cannot connect to the network".

•

Print sample that has been printed improperly.

•

Print sample that has been printed properly (including the samples from other machines).

•

Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.

3.


Check at [Documents Cannot Be Deleted from [Printer] Window]

2.4.5.1 Check Flow at SMB Failure

Table 3

The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure occurs when SMB is used. 1.

Check at [Printer Not Found] Table 1

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The operation protocols of the computer and main processor are different.

Though the printer can be found when search is performed using [Search Other Computer] ([Start] > [Search] > [Other Computers], it cannot be found in [Network Computers].

Match the SMB transport protocols (NetBEUI, TCP/IP) of the main processor and each computer.

Though the printer can be found when search is performed using [Search Other Computer] ([Start] > [Search] > [Other Computers], it cannot be found in [Network Computers].

When the main processor and the computer are in different networks, check with the System Administrator.

Print the "System Settings List". Check that "Host name duplicated" is described in the SMB status information.

Use CentreWare Internet Services to change the host name to an unduplicated name or return the main processor settings to default.

Networks (subnets) are different.

The host name set in the main processor already exists.

2.

Cause

There are different print data Check that the name displayed [Owner] owners. of the selected print data matches the login name who has logged in to Windows.

Log in to Windows using the name displayed in [Owner] of the print data to delete the data.

Service Pack 4.0 or later is not installed. (For WindowsNT 4.0) 4.

5.

Corrective Action

The main processor is processing a print request from another computer. (When [Do not spool] is set for [Receiving Buffer])

Check that the main processor is processing a print. (A write error dialog appears indicating that there are no areas to stored the files in queue.)

After print process has been completed in the main processor, issue a print request or switch the main processor setting to the spool mode.

The number of connections in the main processor exceeds the maximum value.

The port connection is also being hold when the printer is paused due to no paper because it is hold "since a job request has been issued to Net until printing is complete". Check the maximum number of sessions of SMB from the EWS "Protocol" menu to check that the jobs more than "maximum number of sessions" were requested at the same time at site.

Wait for a while and issue the same print request again. Or, check the number of users that can use the machine at the same time and set the maximum number of sessions to an appropriate value from the EWS "Protocol" menu.

6.

Check the version of Service Pack, which is displayed at start up of WindowsNT 4.0.

Install Service Pack version 4.0 or later.

Check [Machine Settings] (1)

IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly before perform setting.

(2)

Depending on the network environment, set the subnet mask and gateway settings only if necessary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.

(3)

If a memory becomes insufficient when [Enabled] is set for the port status, the port status may be automatically reset to [Disabled]. BIn this case, [Disabled] an unused port or change the memory allocated capacity.

(4)

Depending on the usage environment, set the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size. When the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size is smaller than the sent data, the data may not be able to be received.

Table 2 Check Method

Corrective Action Select the print data to be deleted and delete the print data from [Documents] menu in the [Printers] window. ([Cancel Job] menu)

Check at [Print Not Available]

Cause

Check Method

From the "Printers" menu, check if the Try to delete all the print data displayed in [Printers] print data is tried to be deleted. ([Clear Print Jobs] menu) window. (This can only be done by the administrator of this machine.)

Check [Computer Settings] (1)


(2)

To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network Information Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.

Check at [Power OFF] Before turning the machine OFF, take note of the following: (1)

When [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)] All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine memory will be deleted. When turning the power ON again, no print data remains. However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the stored print data will be printed first.

(2)

When [Hard Disk] is set for [SMB (Spool)] All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard disk will be saved.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-659


Troubleshooting


When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will be printed first. (3)

However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will be printed first. Check [At Printing] (1)

When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)] When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the hard disk or memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be recieved. NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data immediately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort sending the print data on the computer.

(2)

When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)] When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers cannot be received.

(3)

1.

Version.1 .1.1 Check at [Printing Not Performed] Table 4

When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)] All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine receiving buffer will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.

7.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-660

Cause

Check Method

The network configuration devices (HUB etc.) do not match the automatic settings of the frame type.

Set the frame type that has been Check that the data link lamp of the network configuration device port that is con- set for the file server to be connected from the machine. nected to the machine is lit on. Check that the same frame types are used in the file servers that exist on a network.

A failure has occurred on the network from a workstation to a printer.

Replace the non-communicating Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that the target printer objects can be network cable that exists between the workstation and the printer. viewed.

The user name of a job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs is not registered in the [Users] for Print queue.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to view the target queue objects and check that the user name of the job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs is registered in the [Users] information.

Sending jobs to the print queue is prohibited.

Use PCONSOLE to check that [Yes] is set Set it to [Yes] using PCONSOLE. for [User can register data to queue] in the [Current Queue Status] of [Print Queue Information].

Same as above

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that the operator flag is checked in [Identification] for the target print queue.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that the each item for the operator flag is checked in [Identification] for the target print queue.

The user name of a job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs is not defined for the print server users of a print server.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that the user name of the job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs is registered in [Users] of the target print server.

1. Resend print data to the print queue in which the user name of the job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs has been registered in [Users] of [Print Server Information]. 2. Use NWADMIN from the workstation to register the user name of the job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs in the [Users] information of the target print server.

When a computer IP address or name has been changed When a computer IP address or name has been changed, the inquiry and cancelation of processes from the main processor cannot be performed properly. Turn the machine OFF then ON when no print data is stored in the machine receiving buffer. NOTE: The print cancel/forced output processes of the print data stored in the machine receiving buffer can be operated from the machine Operation Panel. Refer to "11 Job Check" in "User Guide" for more information on how to operate.

(4)

When the machine is in the offline state When the machine is in offline state and a print instruction is issued from a computer, the data will not be received in the machine, and an error dialog box appears on the computer indicating that write error has occurred. However, for SMB, the print data can be received from the computer even when the machine is offline.

(5)

Deleting Jobs For WindowNT 4.0, jobs can be deleted when Service Pack 4.0 or later is installed. When a job is deleted while data is being received, write error appears. In this case, the [Retry] button on the error dialog box is not available.

2.4.5.2 Check Flow at NetWare Failure The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure occurs when NetWare is used.

Corrective Action

1. Resend print data to the print queue in which the user name of the job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs has been registered in [Users] of [Print Queue Information]. 2. Use NWADMIN from the workstation to register the user name of the job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs in the [Users] of [Print Queue Information].

Table 4

Table 4

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

Cause

The print queue that has sent print data is not allocated to the printer.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that the target printer is allocated in the list of the printers in service in [Allocation] of the target print queue.

1. Resend print data to the print queue that has been allocated to the printer. 2. Use NWADMIN from the workstation to add a target queue using [Allocation] of the target printer.

NCP packet signature Use the set command in the file server level settings are differ- console screen to check the NCP packet signature is not set to Level 3. ent.

Enter the following command in the file sever console screen to set the NCP packet signature to Level 0, 1, or 2 and then restart the file server. Set NCP Packet Signature Option=x (x: 0, 1, or 2)

When the workstation uses Windows, make settings so that it does not output Ctrl-D.

The default device Print "System Settings List" to check the name setting is wrong. lower 6 digits (3 bytes) of the Ethernet address.

1. Use a correct Ethernet address to set the device name. 2. Set the device name to other than the default value.

The data type of the print data does not match the print environment settings of the workstation. Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that the desired print queue is allocated in the list of the printers in [Allocation] of the target printer.

Resend print data to the print queue that has been allocated to the printer.

No slave file servers have been set (bindery service mode).

Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to check that a slave file server is registered in [Service NetWare Server] of the appropriate print server in [Print Server Information].

Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to register a slave file server and then reflect the setting parameters.

Printer types are differ- Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to ent. check that Port: LPT1 and Position: Auto Mode (Local) are set in [Print Server Information] > [Printers] > [Environment Settings for Printer xxx].

Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to set Port: LPT1 and Position: Auto Mode (Local), and reflect the setting parameters.

The slave file server settings are different (bindery service mode).

Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to check that [Defined by Other Settings] is displayed for the printer type in [Print Server Information] > [Printers] > [Environment Settings for Printer xxx].

If it is not set to [Defined by Other Settings], change it to [Defined by Other Settings] and then reflect the setting parameters.

The sheet number of the print data is different from the sheet number that has been set in the printer.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to select a target printer and then check that the start sheet number in the environment settings is the same as the number of the print data.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to match the number for [Start Sheet] with the number of the print data in the environment settings for the target printer.

IPX check sum level settings are different.

Use the set command in the file server console screen to check the IPX check sum is not set to Level 2.

Enter the following command in the file sever console screen to set the IPX check sum to Level 0 or Level 1. Set Enable IPX Checksum=x (x: 0 or 1)

4127/4112G

Corrective Action

No directory tree name Print the "System Settings List" to check if Set a tree name. is set. a tree name is set.

The number of print queues that exceeds the maximum number of supported queues has been set.

Version.1 .1.1

Check Method

Context is not set in place.

Print the "System Settings List" to check if Set the Context. a context is set.

Another printer object has been connected.

Use NWADMIN from the workstation to check that a correct object has been allocated in the Layout Information of the desired print server.

The NetWare port is not enabled.

Print the "System Settings List" to check if Enable the NetWare port. the NetWare port is enabled.

The file server is down.

1. Use the CentreWare Utilities CD-ROM from the workstation to set the file server name/tree/context/operation mode correctly. 2. Use the CentreWare Internet Services from the workstation to set the file server name/tree/context/operation mode correctly.

Search for a target file server from [Network Computers].

A printer with the same Turn OFF the machine and use NWADMIN Use the CentreWare Utilities CDROM from the workstation to set a device name exists on from the workstation to check that the different device name. appropriate printer object status is set to a network. job standby. The NetWare port is not enabled.

02/2009 2-661

Print the "System Settings List" to check if the network number remains [0000000] (NetWare server down) when the IPX/SPX is being used. Also check if the IP address remains [0.0.0.0] (Fixed IP address not set, or address providing server (DHCP) is down) when TCP/IP is used.

For IPX/SPX, activate the NetWare server. For TCP/IP, set a fixed IP address or activate the address providing server (DHCP).


Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-662


1.

Check at [Printing not performed as desired]

Version.1 .1.1 For Windows95, Windows98 and WindowsMe

Table 5 Cause

Check Method

Table 8 Corrective Action

Check the printer language in the main Match the printer languages set in the Different printer lanprocessor. print data and the main processor. guages are set in the print data and the main processor. 3.

Cause

Status Display

Connection cannot be Printing Not Availestablished due to the able status (Network failure on the network Error) from a computer to the printer.

None.

Request the Network System Administrator to check for any network failures.

Table 6 Check Method

Corrective Action

The notifier is not regis- Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to tered in the notifier list check that the user name of a job sender or the group name to which the job sender of the print server. belongs is registered in [Print Server Information] > [Printers] > [Environment Settings for Printer xxx] > [Notification]. 4.

Register the user name of a job sender or the group name to which the job sender belongs in [Notification].

Check at [Job completion not notified] Table 7

Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

The NOTIFY option was Check that the NOTIFY option is set for Set the NOTIFY option for sending print data from a workstation. not set for sending print sending print data. data from a workstation. NetWare CASTOFF was executed on the user workstation.

Execute NetWare CASTON on the user workstation.

2.4.5.3 Check Flow at TCP/IP (LPD) Failure The following describes the possible causes and actions when a failure occurs when TCP/IP (LPD) is used.

Corrective Action

Check with the Net- Connect the machine directly to work System Admin- the network in which the comistrator that a router puter is connected. or gateway exists between the network in which the computer is connected and the network in which the machine is connected.

Check at [Printer failure not notified]

Cause

Check Method

Printing Not AvailThe machine is conable status (Network nected to a network that is different from the Error) computer.

The machine was turned OFF after print instruction had been issued from a computer. Or, a print instruction was issued from a computer when the machine is turned OFF.

Printing Not Available status (Network Error)

Check that the machine is turned ON.

Turn ON the machine.

Print instructions are issued from multiple computers to the machine at the same time.

Printing Not Available status (Network Error)

None.

None (printing will be automatically resumed).

Print files cannot be spooled due to insufficient computer disk capacity.

Printing Not Available status (Spool Error)

Open [My Computer] and right-click the disk in which the system is installed (e.g. Drive C). Select [Properties] from the displayed menu to check the free disk space.

Delete unnecessary files to secure the disk free space. Then, select [Pause] from the [Documents] menu of the [Printers] window to clear the pause status (resumes printing).

2.

For WindowsNT 4.0, Windows2000, WindowsXP, and Windows Server 2003

When no printing is available or desired printing is not performed, follow the check procedures described below to take the corrective actions.

•

Depending on the network environment, perform the subnet mask and gateway settings if necessary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.

•

If a memory becomes insufficient when [Enabled] is set for the port status, the port status may be automatically reset to [Disabled]. In this case, [Disabled] an unused port or change the memory allocated capacity.

•

Depending on the usage environement, set the receiving buffer capacity [lpd (Spool)] size.

Table 9 Cause

Check Method

Corrective Action

Incorrect IP address is set.

Ask the Network Administrator to check if the IP address set in this machine is correct.

Set a correct IP address in the machine.

When the LPD spool is set for a memory spool, the print data size in a single print instruction sent from a computer exceeds the upper limit of receivable capacity.

Check the LPD spool memory capacity and compare it with the print data capacity that is tried to send in a single print instruction.

1. If the print data capacity exceeds the memory capacity upper limit, split the file into smaller sizes than the memory capacity upper limit and then send the print instruction. 2. If multiple print data capacities exceed the memory capacity upper limit, reduce the number of files to be sent for printing at the same time.

When the receiving buffer capacity [lpd (Spool)] size is smaller than the sent data, the data may not be able to be received.

A failure that cannot be Check if an error is displayed on the Turn the power OFF then ON. Wait for the display to light off and turn repaired has occurred Operation Panel display. ON the power again. during printing. The transport protocol that matches the computer is not selected.

Computer Settings •


•

To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network Information Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.

At Power OFF Before turning the machine OFF, take note of the following: •

All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine memory will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.

Check the selected transport proto- Select the transport protocol that col. matches the computer.

However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the stored print data will be printed first.

The data type of the print data the machine tries to process is different from the data type of the print data sent from a computer.

Make settings so that Ctrl-D will not be output.

Check the specified printer lanThe specified printer guage and the printer language of language is different the print data. from the printer language of the print data.

Specify the printer language that matches the printer language in the print data.

Check if the printer driver that was The printer driver attached to the machine provided with this machine has been selected. is not used (a printer driver from other manufacturers is used).

Select the printer driver that was provided with this machine. If it is not found in the selection items, install and select the printer driver that was provided with this machine.

•

•

However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the stored print data will be printed first. At Printing •

When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)] When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the HDD spool area or memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be received. NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data immediately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort sending the print data on the computer.

Machine Settings IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly before perform setting.

4127/4112G

When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)] All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine receiving buffer will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.

The following describes the precautions and limitations for TCP/IP (LPD).

Version.1 .1.1

When [Hard Disk] is set for [lpd (Spool)] All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard disk will be saved. When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will be printed first.

Precautions and Limitations

•

When [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)]

•

02/2009 2-663

When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)] When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers cannot be received.


Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting •

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-664


Version.1 .1.1

When a computer IP address or name has been changed When a computer IP address or name has been changed, the inquiry and cancelation of processes from the main processor cannot be performed properly. Turn the machine OFF then ON when no print data is stored in the machine receiving buffer. NOTE: The print cancelation/forced output processes of the print data stored in the machine receiving buffer can be operated from the machine Operation Panel. Refer to "11 Job Check" in "User Guide" for more information on how to operate.

2.4.5.4 Check Flow at CenterWare Internet Services Failure The following describes the situations and corrective actions when a failure occurs when "CentreWare Internet Services" is used. Table 10 Symptoms

Corrective Action

Cannot be connected to "CentreWare Internet Services".

Check that the machine is operating properly. Check that the machine is turned ON.

Same as above

Check that "Internet Services" is activated. Print the "System Settings List" for checking.

Same as above

Check that the Internet address has been entered properly. Check the Internet address again. If connection is not successful, enter the IP address and try connection.

Same as above

[Wait for a while] appears and stays.

Check if a proxy server is used. Some proxy servers disable connection. When proxy server is not used, set the Web browser to "Do not use proxy server" or set the used address to "Do not use proxy server". Wait for a while without any action. If the situation has not been changed, select the [Refresh] button. If the situation does not change after selecting the [Refresh] button, check if the machine is operating properly.

The [Refresh] button is not function- Check that the specified Web browser is used. Refer to "Communication (Port/Protocol) Setting Items in CentreWare Internet Sering. Or, even if a menu in the left vices" in User Guide to check the used Web browser is supported. frame is selected, the right frame cannot be refreshed. The screen display collaspes.

Change the Web browser window size.

The latest information is not displayed.

Select the [Refresh] button.

Selecting the [Apply new settings] button does not reflect settings.

Check that the entered values are correct. If invalid values have been entered, they are automatically changed to values within the limit range.

Same as above

Check that the machine is operating or has completed operation using the machine Operation Panel. If Auto Reset function is set, the settings in CentreWare Internet Services will not be applied until the specified time has passed. Wait for a while.

Table 10 Symptoms

Corrective Action

Selecting [Apply new settings] but- 1. Check if the password is correct. The password confirmation entry does not match. Enter a correct password. 2. Restart the ton displays a message such as [Invalid or unrecognizable response machine. was returned from the server] or [No data found] on the Web browser. Jobs cannot be deleted.

Wait for a while and then select the [Refresh] button.

Cannot enter Japanese characters. Use Shift-JIS code. And do not use single-byte Katakana characters. Cannot enter Kanji characters.

Kanji characters cannot be entered for the items displayed with "*".

2.4.5.5 Check Flow at Scanner Failure 1.

When a document is retrieved from a Mailbox •

If [Save] is set for [Delete Document After Retrieval], multiple clients can access to the same document.

•

If [Delete] is set for [Delete Document After Retrieval], only 1 client can access to the same document. The document stored or read by a client cannot be viewed from the other clients.

•

The documents that have been retrieved using CentreWare Internet Services will not be deleted regardless of the setting in [Delete Document After Retrieval].

In both cases, documents can be added to the accessed Mailbox.

2.

Screen Display When the document with a lot of colors is scanned, they cannot be displayed properly in the display mode that displays using fewer colors than the scanned colors. Use the display mode that allows displaying using more colors than the colors used in the image.

3.

A network scanner driver and Mailbox Viewer 2 are used at the same time. When a computer uses a network scanner driver and Mailbox Viewer 2 at the same time, the computer cannot connect to the printer. When multiple computers use the network scanner drivers or Mailbox Viewer 2 to retrieve documents from the same machine at the same time, up to 3 computers can be connected.

4.

When the documents stored in Mailbox is printed When stored documents are to be printed (the documents are to be retrieved) by selecting [Mailbox] from the machine touch panel display, scanned documents cannot be printed.

5.

When a TIFF file is used The TIFF files that have been created using CentreWare Scan Services or Mailbox Viewer 2 are compressed using the MMR, MH, JBIG, or JPEG compression method. To open a TIFF file, use the application software applicable for those compression methods. NOTE: JBIG compressed TIFF files cannot be created in Mailbox Viewer 2.

6.

Restrictions on Scan Capacity and No. of Sheets The maximum read capacity for a page is 297x432mm. A3 or 11x17" for the standard size

The Mailbox method allows up to 999 sheets to be read in a single scan operation.

2.4.5.6 Check Flow at Mail Failure Corrective Action The following describes the corrective actions for troubles when Mail Notice Service, Print E-mail, or Scanner (Send E-mail) is used. Table 11

Symptoms

Corrective Action

Cannot receive mails (Print E-mail)

1. Check that the machine mail address has been set. 2. Check that [Receive E-mail] is set to [Enabled]. 3. Check that the SMTP server IP address and the POP3 server IP address (when POP3 is selected for receiving protocol), etc. are set properly. 4. Check that the POP user name and password are set properly. 5. Check that [Domain List] has been set. Check that the user's domain is included in the receive-allowed domains using CentreWare Internet Services. 6. Check that the SMTP and POP servers are operating properly. Check with the Network Administrator.

Mails cannot be sent (Mail Notice, Scanner (Send E-mail))

1. Check that the machine mail address has been set. 2. Check that [Mail Notice Service] is set to [Enabled]. (For mail notice) 3. Check that [Send E-mail] is set to [Enabled]. 4. Check that the SMTP server IP address etc. is set properly. 5. Check that the notification items to be sent have been set correctly. (For Mail Notice) Check settings from the CentreWare Internet Services Properties screen. 6. Check that the send destination mail address has been entered properly. 7. Check that the SMTP server is operating properly. Check with the Network Administrator.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-665


Troubleshooting


02/2009 2-666

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1



This tool refers to the software "Logging/Extraction Tool.exe" or [copanda.exe] run from a PC.

Tools required for collecting logs

1.

Collect the log information of the target machine. (It is also possible to collect data periodically for every xx minutes)

Use the functions 1) and 2) of this tool described above to collect logs at the site where a failure has occurred.

There are 2 types of Collecting log tools below: •

DMP6 and before version: Logging/Extraction Tool. exe

•

DMP Yokohama and later: copanda. exe

[Colleting log by using [Logging/Extraction Tool. exe]] 1.

PC running on WindowsNT 4.0, Windows2000, or WindowsXP

2.

A UTP cable is required to connect the printer and a PC. When collecting the logs of the errors that have occurred in the past •

UTP Cable Category 5 Cross Cable (Reference: TOOLNo:499T7773, 1m is also available.)

The machine conditions for collecting logs 1.

HDD must be installed.

2.

IP Address must be allocated.

3.

CentreWare Internet Service must be activated.

Logging Procedure When the machine is in processing status and does not accept any operations from the Panel UI, log information is not saved in the HDD. Therefore, the following procedures must be performed without turning the machine power OFF then ON. However, in this case, it is necessary to output the System Settings List and check the items in Step 1 in advance. Also, depending on the failure condition, the CWIS itself may be stopped. In this case, logs cannot be collected. You can check if the CWIS is active by checking if the CWIS screen (URL:http://Printer IP Address/) can be displayed on the browser.

Purpose 1.

2. 3.

Print the "Printer Settings List" and confirm the following: •

The HDD is installed.

•

An IP Address was set.

•

The CWIS is activated.

Disconnect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor. Change the client IP address so that it can communicate with the printer via TCP/IP. Change an IP address to the one with the same network number as the IP address of the main processor that collects logs. (E.g.) When the main processor IP address is set to 192.168.1.100 and its subnet mask is set to 255.255.255.0, change the address to 192.168.1.xxx (such as 101, not 100). And set the main processor IP address if the machine is set for DHCP. Change an IP address to the one with the same network number as the IP address of the client that collects logs.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

4.

Connect the PC and the main processor with the UTP cross-cable.

5.

After the PC has been started, click "MS-DOS Prompt" from the "Programs" menu in the "Start" menu.

02/2009 2-667

2.5 Log

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

Version.1 .1.1

(For Windows(R)NT/2000, after the PC has been started, click "Command Prompt" from "Accessories" under "Programs" in the "Start" menu.)

How to obtain Tool

Execute "PING IP Address" and check if the network connection is working properly.

Download "Log collection tool 2007" from Technical Support Center's firmware download page > download maintenance tool, and copy it to the PSW to where the tool is installed. (FXOnly)

(E.g.) C:\ ping 192.168.1.100 (IP address of the main processor) 6.

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-668

2.5 Log

Activate the logging tool. (Figure 1)

http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp/

The following window appears. Contact your local site at each OpCo/ File name of copanda software:copandaXXXXXX.zip

Purpose 1.

Figure 1 j0tz2099 7.

Enter the "IP address" of the main processor in the target IP address column and the M/C No. of the main processor in the M/C column, then click "(1) Save Dir renew".

8.

The file storing column is updated and the directory in which logs will be stored is determined.

9.

Select [Redir or xxx.tgz] or [info9 or xxx.tgz] from the collection column and click "(2) Collecting Start/Stop".

Check that there is no job in progress or no job in queue by checking [Confirm job] screen.

2.

Remove a network cable and a fax line.

3.

Change the IP address of PSW so that it may have the same network number as the log collecting device.

4.

Connect PSW and the device with UTP cross cable.

5.

Activate PSW, perform ping command by command prompt, and check that PSW and the device can communicate.

6.

Enter CE mode and display Diag screen. (Prevent the machine to enter power save mode by setting to CE mode.)

7.

Double click "copanda.exe" to activate the machine.

8.

A terminal window shown in the below figure appears (Appro. 30 seconds). (Figure 2)

Redir or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 20 files. This is the item that will be retrieved mainly at visit. info9 or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 1 file. This is the item to be retrieved when the trouble occurs again. 10. The directory that has been determined in Step 9 is opened, in which the collected logs are stored.

Figure 2 j0wj20003

11. After collecting the logs, click [Cancel/Exit] to exit the logging tool. 12. If the main processor/client IP address has been changed, restore it to the original value.

9.

13. Connect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor.

10. The top screen shown in the right figure appears, so enter the IP address of the device to the "Host name:" field, and press "Batch collection" button. (Figure 3)

14. Print the collected logs and reports and send them to Support G.

Activate Internet Explorer and access to URL "http://localhost:3000".

•

Failure Conditions

A full report is derived to a device.

•

Service Log

Please wait for a while.

•


•

Job History Report

Debug log and compressed file are derived. Please wait for a while although it takes 1 or more minutes.

•


•

Log file that has been collected this time

[Collecting LOG by using `copanda.exe] This function is available under DMPYokohama Software or later version. This function is not for only ESS Log. All of Log for ESS,IIT and IOT are logged by using this software.

Figure 3 j0wj20001 11. The screen shown in the right figure appears, so download "XXXXXXXXXX.tgz" file to PSW. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 j0wj20002 12. Close this screen. 13. Press [Ctrl]+[C] while selecting inside the window of the terminal window. When the confirmation message appears, enter [Y]. This is the end of the log collection. NOTE: Since log data that are collected by using this function correspond to customer's classified information and personal data, be sure to obtain approval from a customer when using this function. (Job Log and report) Handle the collected data in line with the following guide. •

"Information security guideline Customer contact operation edition" issued by Information security department

•

"In order to make assurance doubly sure to protect customer's information asset" issued by Technical Support Center (FXOnly).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-669

2.5 Log

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.5 Log

02/2009 2-670

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

2.6.1 Software Download Follow "4.3 Adjustment: Upgrade Main Processor Firmware" in Service Manual to upgrade the Controller software to the latest version.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-671

2.6 Software Download

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.6 Software Download

02/2009 2-672

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job

Table 2 Report Name

1

Stored Document List

Yes

[Collecting report by using [Logging/Extraction Tool. exe]]

Receive Domain Restriction List

Yes

1.

At Copying

Registered Address Dial List

•


Mailbox Registration List

•

Job History Report

Box Selector List

•


Secured Receive Report

•

Fail Counter Report (CE)

Job Flow Error Report

•

Shutdown History Report (CE)

Font List

•

Debug Report (CE)

ART EX Form Registration List

There are 2 types of Collecting report method.

2.

2

3

4

Yes

NOTE: Depending on the printer, some lists cannot be retrieved. There is no need to retrieve the lists that cannot be retrieved.

PCL Form Registration List

Yes

Name 1

Common

2

ART EX

3

PCL

4

PostScript

5

HP-GL/2

6

TIFF

7

ART IV

8

ESC/P

9

PostScript Font List

Yes

PostScript Logical Printer Registration List

Yes

PDF Settings List

Yes

8

9

10

11

Yes

HP-GL/2 Settings List

Yes

HP-GL/2 Logical Printer/Memory Registration List

Yes

HP-GL/2 Pallet List

Yes

TIFF Settings List

Yes

TIFF Logical Printer Registration List

Yes

ART IV, ESC/P User Defined List

7

Yes

PCL Settings List

Table 1

6

Yes

At Printing

The meanings of the numbers shown in the following table are as follows:

5

Yes Yes Yes

ESC/P Settings List

Yes

ESC/P Logical Printer/Memory Registration List

Yes

PC-PR201H Settings List

Yes

PR201H

PC-PR201H Logical Printer/Memory Registration List

Yes

10

PDF Bridge

Media Print Settings List

11

Media Print

Yes

NOTE: Obtain only at System Fail. 3.

At Scan/Fax/iFax

Table 2 Report Name

1


Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Extended Features Settings List Job History Report




Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note)




Debug Report (CE)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-673

2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

02/2009 2-674


NOTE: Depending on the printer, some lists cannot be retrieved. There is no need to retrieve the lists that cannot be retrieved. CAUTION The lists below may contain important customer data of the customer. For such lists, ensure to check with the customer before taking them back to the company. Also, contact Support G for confirmation. Never decide what to do by yourself. Table 3

Extended Features Settings List

Fax

Scan

iFax

Yes

Yes

Yes

Job History Report

Yes

Yes

Yes


Yes

Yes

Yes Yes

Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note)

Yes

Yes


Yes

Yes

Yes

Debug Report (CE)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Stored Document List

Yes

Yes

Receive Domain Restriction List

Yes

Registered Address Dial List

Yes

Yes

Yes

Mailbox Registration List

Yes

Yes

Yes

Box Selector List

Yes

Secured Receive Report

Yes

Job Flow Error Report

Yes

Activity Report

Yes

Unsend Report

Yes

Broadcast Report

Yes

Relay Broadcast Report

Yes

Protocol Monitor (CE)

Yes

Transmission Report

Yes

Job Template List

Yes Yes

Yes

Yes

iFAX Monitor Kit

Yes

iFAX Unsend Report

Yes

NOTE: Obtain only at System Fail.

Collecting Report by using [copanda.exe]. Report information described below is collected as one file. But gathered information are depends on MC model, configuration and Option installed or not.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

NOTE: Since log data that are collected by using this function correspond to customer's classified information and personal data, be sure to obtain approval from a customer when using this function. The following data are targeted when this function is used.

Table 4 No Type

Remarks

5

Collectable as data from DMPYokohama

Table 4

Report* • Printer settings list •

Job history report

•

Error history report

Same as conventional machines

•

HFSI counter report (CE)

IIS Log

Add from DMPYokohama

•

Jam counter report (CE)

3

IOT Log


•

Fail counter report (CE)

4

Job Log*


•

Shutdown history report (CE)

•

Debug log report (CE)

•

Stored document list

•

Receive domain restriction list

No Type

Remarks

1

ESS Log

2

•

Extended function setting list

•

Registered destination list

•

Mailbox registration list

•

Box selector list

•

Counter report by function

•

Total count report by job

•

Total count management report for copy

•

Total count report for printer

•

Font list

•

ART EX form registration list

•

PCL setting list

•

PCL macro registration list

•

PostScript logical printer registration list

•

PDF setting list

•

HP-GL/2 setting list

•

HP-GL/2 logical printer/memory registration list

•

PC-PR201H setting list

•

PC-PR201H logical printer/memory registration list

•

Total count management report for printer

•

Comment registration list

•

Total count management report for fax

•

Job template list

•

Total count management report for scan

* Customer's classified information and personal data

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 2-675


Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job

02/2009 2-676

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustments

4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.1 Introduction 4.1 Introduction...............................................................................................................

5

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 1. Cover (IOT/Tray Module) REP 1.1.1 (SCC) Main Power Switch ............................................................................

7

2. Electrical REP 2.1.1 REP 2.1.2 REP 2.1.3 REP 2.1.4 REP 2.3.1 REP 2.3.2 REP 2.3.3 REP 2.4.1 REP 2.5.1 REP 2.5.2 REP 2.7.1 REP 2.8.1 REP 2.8.2 REP 2.9.1

Opening/Closing of PWB Chassis ................................................................ (SCC) MCU PWB and NVM PWB ................................................................ IOT PWB....................................................................................................... CIS Adapter PWB ......................................................................................... Tray Module PWB......................................................................................... (SCC) HVPS S5............................................................................................ AC Unit and Main LVPS................................................................................ UI Service Position(Rear) ............................................................................. ESS PWB...................................................................................................... NVM PWB..................................................................................................... Overlay Cover ............................................................................................... (SCC) HDD ................................................................................................... Video Selector............................................................................................... (SCC) UI I/F PWB .........................................................................................

9 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 21 23 24 26 28

3. Air System REP 3.1.1 Drum In Filter ................................................................................................ REP 3.2.1 (SCC) Fuser Exhaust Fan............................................................................. REP 3.2.2 Suction Ozone Filter .....................................................................................

31 32 32

4. DADF REP 4.1.1 REP 4.1.2 REP 4.2.1 REP 4.3.1 REP 4.3.2 REP 4.3.3 REP 4.6.1 REP 4.6.2 REP 4.6.3 REP 4.7.1 REP 4.7.2 REP 4.7.3 REP 4.7.4 REP 4.8.1 REP 4.8.2 REP 4.8.3 REP 4.9.1

DADF ............................................................................................................ DADF Service Position ................................................................................. CIS ................................................................................................................ Left Counter Balance .................................................................................... Right Counter Balance.................................................................................. DADF PWB ................................................................................................... Invert Drive Roll ............................................................................................ DADF Feed Clutch........................................................................................ Feed Motor Belt ............................................................................................ Takeaway Roll .............................................................................................. Rail................................................................................................................ Pre Regi Motor Belt....................................................................................... Baffle Solenoid.............................................................................................. Regi Motor Belt ............................................................................................. Lead Regi Sensor ......................................................................................... Regi Roll ....................................................................................................... Platen Motor Belt ..........................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

33 34 36 37 39 41 42 45 45 46 48 48 49 49 50 52 55

REP 4.9.2 Out Roll ......................................................................................................... REP 4.10.1 Exit 1 Roll.................................................................................................... REP 4.10.2 Exit 2 Roll.................................................................................................... REP 4.10.3 DADF Exit Motor Belt.................................................................................. REP 4.11.1 Exit Gate Solenoid ...................................................................................... REP 4.11.2 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid ............................................................................ REP 4.11.3 Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid ................................................................ REP 4.17.1 Plate Spring ................................................................................................ REP 4.18.1 Feeder Roll ................................................................................................. REP 4.18.2 Nudger Roll ................................................................................................. REP 4.20.1 Tension Spring............................................................................................ REP 4.22.1 Out Sensor.................................................................................................. REP 4.22.2 Invert Sensor............................................................................................... REP 4.23.1 DADF Exit Sensor 1.................................................................................... REP 4.23.2 DADF Exit Sensor 2.................................................................................... REP 4.25.1 DADF Regi Sensor ..................................................................................... REP 4.25.2 Tension Spring............................................................................................ REP 4.26.1 Retard Roll ..................................................................................................

55 65 68 72 72 73 73 74 74 77 80 81 82 84 87 91 92 92

5. IIT REP 5.3.1 REP 5.4.1 REP 5.4.2 REP 5.5.1 REP 5.6.1 REP 5.6.2 REP 5.6.3 REP 5.6.4 REP 5.6.5 REP 5.6.6 REP 5.6.7 REP 5.7.1 REP 5.7.2 REP 5.7.3 REP 5.8.1 REP 5.8.2 REP 5.9.1 REP 5.9.2 REP 5.9.3

Opening/Closing of IIT Frame....................................................................... Lens Cover.................................................................................................... Platen Glass.................................................................................................. Top Cover (4127 EPS/4112 EPS Type) ....................................................... IIT Registration Sensor ................................................................................. Platen Angle Sensor ..................................................................................... CCD Flexible Print Cable .............................................................................. Lens and CCD .............................................................................................. IPS Fan ......................................................................................................... Lamp Fan...................................................................................................... CCD Fan ....................................................................................................... Carriage Motor .............................................................................................. Carriage Cable.............................................................................................. Full Rate Carriage......................................................................................... IPS PWB ....................................................................................................... 1P DUP PWB , Extension Memory PWB...................................................... (SCC) Exposure Lamp.................................................................................. (SCC) Lamp Ballast PWB ............................................................................. (SCC) Slide Cord ..........................................................................................

95 98 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 111 112 114 118 119 120

REP 6.1.1 (SCC) ROS ...................................................................................................

123

6. ROS 7. Tray Module REP 7.1.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2.......................................................................................... REP 7.1.2 Tray 2 Transport ........................................................................................... 02/2009 4-1

125 126

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment REP 7.1.3 (SCC) Tray 1 Feeder..................................................................................... REP 7.2.1 (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder and (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder ........................................... REP 7.2.2 Tray 3 and Tray 4.......................................................................................... REP 7.4.1 Takeaway Roll 1 and Vertical Transport Roll 1 ............................................. REP 7.4.2 Takeaway Roll 3............................................................................................ REP 7.4.3 Takeaway Roll 4 and Vertical Transport Roll 3 ............................................. REP 7.4.4 Vertical Transport Roll 2................................................................................ REP 7.5.1 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 1............................................................................. REP 7.6.1 Lift Cable ....................................................................................................... REP 7.9.1 Belt (Tray 3, Tray 4) ...................................................................................... REP 7.10.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder................................................................................... REP 7.12.1 Horizontal Transport Roll 1,2 and Takeaway Roll 2.................................... REP 7.12.2 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 2........................................................................... REP 7.13.1 Feed Roll,Nudger Roll,Retard Roll.............................................................. REP 7.14.1 Feed/Nudger Shaft...................................................................................... REP 7.15.1 Torsion Spring............................................................................................. REP 7.17.1 Nudger Bracket,Nudger Lever,Torsion Spring ...........................................

126 128 129 130 132 134 136 137 139 141 141 142 144 146 147 150 150

8. MSI REP 8.3.1 REP 8.6.1 REP 8.6.2 REP 8.6.3 REP 8.7.1 REP 8.7.2

151 154 154 155 155 156

Fuser Drive.................................................................................................. Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive .................................................................. Retract Bracket ........................................................................................... Exit/Inverter Drive........................................................................................

157 158 160 160

11. Xero/Cleaner REP 11.1.1 Drum Cartridge............................................................................................ REP 11.1.2 Erase Lamp................................................................................................. REP 11.1.3 (SCC) ESV PWB and Sensor ..................................................................... REP 11.1.4 ADC............................................................................................................. REP 11.2.1 CC Cleaner Motor ....................................................................................... REP 11.2.2 Waste Toner Auger ..................................................................................... REP 11.4.1 Cleaning Blade............................................................................................ REP 11.5.1 ADC Sensor Kit ........................................................................................... REP 11.10.1 Corotoron Wire..........................................................................................

163 164 165 167 168 168 169 171 173

12. Deve REP 12.1.1 REP 12.1.2 REP 12.2.1 REP 12.4.1 REP 12.5.1 REP 12.7.1

Version.1 .1.1 REP 13.1.2 Registration Unit ......................................................................................... REP 13.2.1 Transfer Belt Unit........................................................................................ REP 13.2.2 Inverter Unit ................................................................................................ REP 13.3.1 Marking Drawer .......................................................................................... REP 13.3.2 Marking Drawer Service Position................................................................ REP 13.3.3 MSA PWB................................................................................................... REP 13.4.1 Registration Roll ......................................................................................... REP 13.4.2 (SCC)Registration Motor ............................................................................ REP 13.7.1 MSI Takeaway Roll..................................................................................... REP 13.8.1 Transfer Belt ............................................................................................... REP 13.8.2 BTR............................................................................................................. REP 13.9.1 Belt Cleaning Brush .................................................................................... REP 13.9.2 Cleaning Blade ........................................................................................... REP 13.12.1 (SCC) Invert Gate Solenoid ...................................................................... REP 13.14.1 Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket .............................................................. REP 13.15.1 Multi Feed Sensor..................................................................................... REP 13.15.2 CIS............................................................................................................

186 187 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 199 200 201 205 206 208 209

14. Duplex MSI Feeder ................................................................................................... Retard Roll .................................................................................................... Feed Roll....................................................................................................... Nudger Roll ................................................................................................... Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring .............................................. Feed/Nudger Shaft........................................................................................

10. Drive REP 10.1.1 REP 10.1.2 REP 10.1.3 REP 10.4.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-2

Deve. Housing Unit ..................................................................................... Toner Dispenser.......................................................................................... Deve. Housing............................................................................................. Auger Pipe .................................................................................................. ATC Sensor................................................................................................. Low Toner Sensor.......................................................................................

175 177 178 180 181 183

13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter) REP 13.1.1 Pre Registration Motor ................................................................................

185

REP 14.1.1 REP 14.3.1 REP 14.4.1 REP 14.4.2 REP 14.9.1

Duplex Drawer ............................................................................................ One Way Clutch Pulley (Duplex Path Roll 1).............................................. Release Motor ............................................................................................ Invert Motor................................................................................................. Chute Support Mylar ...................................................................................

211 212 213 214 216

(SCC) Fuser Unit ........................................................................................ Pressure Roll .............................................................................................. Heat Roll ..................................................................................................... Main1/Main2/Sub Heater Rod .................................................................... Fuser Cleaning Cartridge............................................................................ Pressure Roll Finger ................................................................................... Fuser Cleaning Blade ................................................................................. Torsion Spring (Pressure Roll Finger) ........................................................ (SCC) Heat Roll Thermistor 1/2/3............................................................... Thermostat 1 and 2..................................................................................... Torsion Spring (Heat Roll Finger) ............................................................... Heat Roll Finger..........................................................................................

217 219 221 223 225 225 226 227 228 229 231 232

REP 16.1.1 Exit Transport .............................................................................................

235

15. Fuser REP 15.1.1 REP 15.2.1 REP 15.2.2 REP 15.2.3 REP 15.2.4 REP 15.2.5 REP 15.3.1 REP 15.6.1 REP 15.8.1 REP 15.8.2 REP 15.9.1 REP 15.9.2

16. Exit 36 I/F Module REP 36.1.1 REP 36.1.2 REP 36.2.1 REP 36.2.2 REP 36.3.1 REP 36.4.1 REP 36.4.2 REP 36.4.3 REP 36.5.1

I/F Module................................................................................................... Inner Cover ................................................................................................. IFM Front Door Interlock Switch ................................................................. IFM PWB .................................................................................................... Decurler Motor Belt..................................................................................... Trans Roll Assembly ................................................................................... Exit Roll Assembly ...................................................................................... Exit/Trans Belt ............................................................................................ Decurler Belt Upper/Lower .........................................................................

237 237 238 240 241 242 243 244 246

REP 36.5.2 REP 36.6.1 REP 36.6.2 REP 36.7.1 REP 36.7.2 REP 36.8.1 REP 36.8.2

Decurler Drive Belt...................................................................................... Inlet Chute Upper/Lower ............................................................................. Cam Shaft ................................................................................................... Gate Assembly............................................................................................ Decurler Gate Sensor ................................................................................. Guide Assembly L-770/MID-U/MID-Low..................................................... Guide Assembly-Exit Up .............................................................................

250 251 252 253 255 256 257

REP 39.1.1 Detaching the HCS ..................................................................................... REP 39.2.1 Top Cover ................................................................................................... REP 39.2.2 Rear Cover.................................................................................................. REP 39.4.1 Upper Cover................................................................................................ REP 39.5.1 HCS Transport Motor 1............................................................................... REP 39.5.2 Top Tray Roll 1 ........................................................................................... REP 39.6.1 Transport Clutch and Belt ........................................................................... REP 39.7.1 HCS Transport Motor 2............................................................................... REP 39.8.1 Bypass Clutch 1, Bypass Clutch 2 and Belt................................................ REP 39.9.1 Top Tray Motor ........................................................................................... REP 39.12.1 Bypass Clutch 3 and Belt.......................................................................... REP 39.23.1 Gate Solenoid 1 and Gate 1 ..................................................................... REP 39.24.1 Stacker Paddle Clutch .............................................................................. REP 39.24.2 Paddle....................................................................................................... REP 39.25.1 Stacker Exit Roll Housing ......................................................................... REP 39.25.2 Edge Sensor Frame.................................................................................. REP 39.28.1 Tamper Unit .............................................................................................. REP 39.29.1 Front Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket........................................... REP 39.32.1 Set Clamp Motor and Belt......................................................................... REP 39.33.1 Rear Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket ........................................... REP 39.37.1 HCS Drive PWB........................................................................................ REP 39.37.2 HCS PWB ................................................................................................. REP 39.37.3 HCS LVPS ................................................................................................ REP 39.39.1 Left Stacker Belt........................................................................................ REP 39.40.1 Right Stacker Belt ..................................................................................... REP 39.42.1 HCS Control Panel PWB ..........................................................................

259 260 261 262 263 265 267 271 272 275 276 279 282 284 286 288 292 295 297 298 300 301 302 303 306 310

39 HCS

ADJ 4.3.2 ADJ 4.3.3 ADJ 4.3.4 ADJ 4.3.5

DADF Lead Edge Registration ...................................................................... DADF Height Adjustment .............................................................................. DADF Tail Edge Registration Adjustment ..................................................... DADF Slow Scan Magnification.....................................................................

335 336 337 339

5. IIT (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS) ADJ 5.7.1 ADJ 5.8.1 ADJ 5.8.2 ADJ 5.8.3

Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment......................................... IIT Side/Lead Edge Registration.................................................................... IIT Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment..................................................................... IIT Calibration (DC945)..................................................................................

341 342 343 344

13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter) ADJ 13.15.1 Adjusting Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity for Paper Thickness ................... ADJ 13.15.2 IOT CIS Check Cycle ................................................................................ ADJ 13.15.3 IOT CIS Setup Cycle .................................................................................

347 348 349

15. Fuser ADJ 15.1.1 Fuser Nip Adjustment (DC701) ...................................................................

351

39 HCS ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position ...................................................

353

4.3 Adjustment 2. Electrical ADJ 2.1.1 ADJ 2.1.2 ADJ 2.1.3 ADJ 2.1.4 ADJ 2.1.5 ADJ 2.4.1 ADJ 2.5.1 ADJ 2.5.2

IOT Side/Lead Edge Registration (DC129) ................................................... Print Image Quality Adjustment ..................................................................... Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored Component .............. Firmware Update ........................................................................................... System Registration Adjustment (Fast Scan %; Slow Scan %; Squareness) UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction ........................................................ Upgrading Software (Device UI Method)(FX Only) ....................................... Backup/Restore/Copy....................................................................................

313 316 317 320 322 324 326 327

4. DADF (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS) ADJ 4.1.1 DADF Lead Skew Adjustment ....................................................................... ADJ 4.3.1 DADF Side Edge Registration ....................................................................... Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

331 333 02/2009 4-3



02/2009 4-4

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.

4.1 Introduction This section contains procedures required for parts disassembly, assembly, replacement and adjustment in the field service. However, special adjustments are described in Chapter 6 Special Mode Settings or Chapter 2 Diagnosis Mode/Program.

(1)

DADF

1.

For installation procedures, only NOTES are described here since installation procedures are reverse of removal ones.

2.

(Figure X) at the beginning of a procedure indicates that its detailed steps are shown in illustration. Numbers in the illustration indicate the sequence of the steps.

3.

(REPX.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to.

4.

Item numbers of disassembly/assembly and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ No.) correlate to PL No. in Chapter 5 Parts List. So, an appropriate replacement or adjustment procedure can easily be referred to a PL No. or vice versa. E.g. The replacement or adjustment procedure of Component PL1.1 is REP1.1.X or ADJ1.1.X. When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the modification number or the model are indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective titles or procedures. E.g. 1 REPX.X.X Main PWB [w/Tag 1V]

Right: Right-hand side facing the machine.

(3)

Left: Left-hand side facing the machine.

(4)

Rear: Rear facing the machine.

Terminology and symbols used throughout this manual are explained.

WARNING Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.

WARNING Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. CAUTION Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. NOTE: Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.

Purpose Used to explain purpose of adjustment.

*Indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1. E.g. 2 Table 1 Symbols

Front: Front of the machine

(2)

4.1.2 Glossary and Symbols

4.1.1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly/Adjustment Section

5.

Positions or directions of the machine and directions inside the machine used in the procedure are defined as listed below.

Remarks

•

REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.

•

ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.

•

PL: Indicates the parts list for reference.

Safety Critical Components (SCC)

Illustration 1: Indicates a specific part has been modified by the tag number within the circle.

For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. ISC Important Information Stored Component

Figure 1 Illustration 1 Illustration 2: Indicates that the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was modified by the number within the circle.

The components store important information the customer has entered after machine installation. When replacing and discarding them, follow the procedures in Chapter 4 Adjustments. Take great care never to let the information leak out.

Figure 2 Illustration 2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-5

4.1 Introduction


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4.1 Introduction

02/2009 4-6

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 1.1.1 (SCC) Main Power Switch Parts List on PL 1.1 Replacement WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Take note of the Main Switch direction and Wire Harness color during installation. (Figure 1:Serial No.4xxxxx) (Figure 2:Serial No.5xxxxx/6xxxxx) (1)

Main Switch direction

(2)

Wire Harness color

Figure 2 j0tk40101

Figure 1 j0fu40101

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-7

1. Cover (IOT/Tray Module)


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 1. Cover (IOT/Tray Module)

02/2009 4-8

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.1.1 Opening/Closing of PWB Chassis Parts List on PL 2.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (PL 1.2) •

Installation Screws: Rear (x4)

2.

Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS.

3.

Remove the screw securing the PWB Chassis at the rear. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw.

Figure 2 j0fu40211 5.

Open the PWB Chassis. (Figure 3) Open the PWB Chassis.


Loosen the screws securing the PWB Chassis on the left. (Figure 2) (1)

Loosen the screws (2).

Figure 3 j0fu40213

Replacement 1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-9

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

2. Electrical


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 2. Electrical

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-10

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.1.2 (SCC) MCU PWB and NVM PWB Parts List on PL 2.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.


2.


Remove the MCU PWB Cover. (PL 2.1) •

Figure 2 j0fu40217

Installation Screws: Rear (x13) (Loosen)

3.

Remove the CIS Adapter PWB. (REP 2.1.4)

4.

Remove the NVM PWB. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the NVM PWB from the Spacer.

(2)

Disconnect the connector and remove the NVM PWB.

6.

Remove the MCU PWB. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screws (x8).

(2)

Remove the Spacer Screw.

(3)

Disconnect the connector and remove the MCU PWB.


Disconnect the MCU PWB connectors (x14). (Figure 2) Pxxx: Display of the PWB

Figure 3 j0tk40202

Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing the NVM PWB, perform the following procedure:

•

When you exit Diagnostics, the machine will automatically reboot.

NOTE: Replacement of the NVM PWB results in clearing the current values of the periodic replacement parts counters back to zero. (After replacement, the values before the replacement cannot be restored.) If you require the current values afterward, make sure to write them down before replacing the NVM PWB.

(7)

Re-enter Diagnostic Mode from UI.

(8)

Check NVM 740-026 for the default, or set NVM 740-026 to the default.

NOTE: If you cannot write down (read) the NVM values, in step (15) enter the following values, and obtain certain values in the ways below and enter them.

(9)

Press the NVM Initialization Menu button.

(10) Initialize the IOT. (Chapter 6: 6.2.7)

762-025: 30,000

(11) Exit Diagnostics.

762-026: 330,000

(12) The machine automatically reboots.

762-097: 0 (NVM default)

(13) Re-enter Diagnostic Mode from UI.

752-006: value listed on the NVM Value Setting List

(14) Check the default values in the following NVMs, or set to the defaults. (Finisher D2/D3 Supplementary Service Manual Chapter 6: 6.1.5)

752-216: If having replaced the ADC sensor after the installation, enter the value which was set up at the time of replacement. (Check the machine history log.) 752-216: If not having replaced the ADC sensor after installation, enter the value listed on the NVM Value Setting List. 742-119 to 121: 30 (NVM default)

751-149: 17

742-166 to 167: value listed on the NVM Value Setting List

751-150: 9


751-151: 34


751-152: 33

744-167: Using the [9+Stop] keys, clear the total Web Motor time. *1 *1: If this operation is not performed without fail for resetting the count to zero after consumable replacement, it will then cause a wrong detection of Fuser Web Life; thus Life End (Hard Stop/Fuser Web replacement) will suddenly be declared.

751-159: 0

742-119 to 122

762-054: 17

742-143 to 146

762-055: 10

742-166, 167

762-056: 34

742-171 to 174

762-057: 33

742-179 to 182

762-058: 0

744-167

762-059: 0

762-025

762-061: 0

762-026

762-062: 1

762-097

An error related to 3 Points Check occurs. (124-315, etc)

(5)

Enter Diagnostics from the UI screen.

(6)

Run DC132. (Chapter 6: 6.2.19)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

751-155: 16

751-158: 65

752-216

(4)

751-154: 0

751-157: 1

752-006

Turn ON the power.

751-153: 0

751-156: 0

Write down the following NVM values in advance.

(3)

762-028: 50,000 (default)

762-047: 400,000 (default)

742-145 to 146: 30 (NVM default)

Replace the old NVM PWB with the new one.

752-350: 300

762-046: 300,000 (default)


(2)

752-349: 850

762-029: 350,000 (default)

742-122: value listed on the NVM Value Setting List

(1)

740-026: 1

762-064: 4 762-002: 0 751-097: 533,000 (FX/IBG), 555,000 (MN) 744-265: 10 744-266: 0 744-170: 0 02/2009 4-11

2. Electrical


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 2. Electrical (15) Enter the values you wrote down in step 1.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-12

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.1.3 IOT PWB Parts List on PL 2.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2. 3.


Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) Disconnect the IOT PWB connectors (x14). (Figure 1) Pxxx: Display of the PWB


Remove the IOT PWB. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Release the PWB support hooks (x2).

(3)

Remove the IOT PWB.

REP 2.1.4 CIS Adapter PWB Parts List on PL 2.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.


2. Figure 2 j0fu40215

Replacement 1.

• 3.

Installation Screws: Rear (x13) (Loosen)

Remove the CIS Adapter PWB. (Figure 1) (1)



Remove the MCU PWB Cover. (PL 2.1)

Disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the screws.

(3)

Disconnect the connector and remove the CIS Adapter PWB.

Figure 1 j0tk40201

Replacement 1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-13


2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-14

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.3.1 Tray Module PWB Parts List on PL 2.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.

Remove the UI-ESS cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) •

3.


Remove the+24V LVPS. (Figure 1) (1)

Disconnect the connectors (x3).

(2)

Loosen the screws (x2).

(3)

Remove the screws.

(4)

Remove GU10H-LVPS.


Remove the Tray Module PWB. (Figure 3) (1)

Release the PWB Support hooks (x6) and remove the Tray Module PWB.


Disconnect the Tray Module PWB connectors (x12). (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0fu40221

Pxxx: Display of the PWB

Replacement 1.


REP 2.3.2 (SCC) HVPS S5 Parts List on PL 2.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the UI-ESS cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover.

2.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2)

3.

Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (PL 1.2)

• • 4.

Installation Screws: Rear (x4) Installation Screws: Rear (x4)


5.

Open the PWB chassis. (REP 2.1.1)

6.

Remove the Fly Wheel. (PL 10.1)

7.

Remove the rear duct. (Figure 1)

(1)

(1)

Remove the screws (M3x6, x3).

(2)

Release the hooks (3) of the PWB Support.

(2)

Remove the rear duct.

(3)

Remove the HVPS S5.

•

Figure 2 j0fu40230

Installation Screws: M4 (x2)

9.

Remove the HVPS S5 from the bracket. (Figure 3) Remove the screw (Mx8).


Figure 3 j0fu40231

Remove the HVPS S5. (Figure 2)

Replacement

(1)

Disconnect the connectors (2).

1.


(2)

Remove the screw (M3x8).

2.

(3)

Remove the HVPS S5.

When installing the HVPS S5 on the machine, insert the Wire Harness into the bracket notch of the HVPS S5. (Figure 4) (A) Bracket notch

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-15

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-16

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.3.3 AC Unit and Main LVPS Parts List on PL 2.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Disconnect the UI-ESS cable from the hooks (4) of the Rear Lower Cover.

2.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) •

3.

•

Figure 4 j0fu40232


Remove the Stay Front / Right Cover. (PL 2.4) Installation screw : Right (x3)

4.

Remove the Stay Rear Cover. (PL 2.4)

5.

Remove the Rear Lower Rear Cover. (PL 1.2)

• • 6.

Installation screw : Rear (x2) Installation screw : Right (x2)

Disconnect the connectors (7) from the Main LVPS. (Figure 1) Pxxx : Display of the PWB

Figure 1 j0tk40203 7.

Disconnect the connectors (10) from the AC Unit. (Figure 2) Pxxx : Display of the PWB


Figure 4 j0fu40225

Remove the screws securing the Power Unit on the right side. (Figure 3) (1)

10. Disconnect the connector to separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS. (Figure 5)

Remove the screws (M3x8:4).

(1)

Disconnect P506.

(2)

Remove the Connector Housing (x2).

(3)

Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.

(4)

Disconnect P11.

(5)

Release the clamp and the Wire Harness.


Remove the screws securing the Power Unit on the right side and remove the Power Unit.(Figure 4) (1)

Remove the screws(M3x8:6).

(2)

Remove the Power Unit.


Remove the fixing screws to separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS. (Figure 6) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-17

Disconnect the screws (M3x6:4).

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-18

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.4.1 UI Service Position(Rear) Parts List on PL 2.4 Removal NOTE: When opening the IIT Frame, move the UI to the rear as described here. 1.

Remove the Blind Cover. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the Blind Cover.

Figure 6 j0tk40206 12. Separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS. (Figure 7) (1)

Remove the screws (M3x6:3) and separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS.


Remove the screws securing the Arm. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screws (M4:4).

Figure 7 j0tk40207

Replacement 1.



Move the UI to the rear. (Figure 3) (1)

Move the arm to the rear.

(2)

Secure the arm with one screw at the position shown in the figure.

REP 2.5.1 ESS PWB Parts List on PL 2.5 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.


2.

Remove the ESS. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the ESS.

Figure 3 j0fu40235

Replacement 1.



(Figure 2) Remove the screws securing the Video Selector. (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-19

Remove screws (M3x6, x2).

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-20

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 2 j0ph40205 4.

Remove the Video Selector. (Figure 3)


Remove the Cap and the Connector Cover. (Figure 5)

(1)


(1)

Remove the Cap.

(2)


(2)

Remove the screws (M2.6, x2).

(3)

Disconnect the connector and remove the Video Selector.

(3)

Remove the Connector Cover.


Remove the UI PWB. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the screws (M2.6, x2).

(2)

Remove the screw (M3x6, x1).

(3)

Disconnect the connector and remove the UI PWB.


Remove the screws securing the ESS PWB. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the screws (M2.6: 4).

REP 2.5.2 NVM PWB Parts List on PL 2.5 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.


2.

Remove the ESS. (Figure 1)


(1)


(2)

Remove the ESS.

Remove the ESS PWB. (1)


(2)

Remove the Spacer Screw.

(3)

Remove the screws (M3x6: 12)

(4)

Remove the ESS PWB in the direction of the arrow.


(Figure 2) Remove the screws securing the Video Selector. (1)


Figure 7 j0tk40211

Replacement 1.


2.

When having replaced the ESS PWB, remove the NVM PWB from the old ESS PWB and install it on the new one. (REP 2.5.2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-21

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-22

Version.1 .1.1


Figure 4 j0tk40212

Remove the Video Selector. (Figure 3)

Replacement

(1)


1.

(2)


2.

(3)

Disconnect the connector and remove the Video Selector.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Follow the procedure below to replace the NVM PWB. When replacing the NVM PWB, perform the following procedure: (1)

Replace the old NVM PWB with the new one.

(2)

Turn ON the power.

(3)

An error related to 3 Points Check occurs. (124-315, etc)

(4)

Enter Diagnostics from the UI screen.

(5)

Run DC132. (Chapter 6: 6.2.19) •

When you exit Diagnostics, the machine will automatically reboot.

(6)

Re-enter Diagnostic Mode from UI.

(7)

Press the NVM Initialization Menu button.

(8)

Initialize SYS USER & SYS SYSTEM. (Chapter 6: 6.2.7)

(9)

Exit Diagnostics.

(10) The machine automatically reboots. (11) Re-enter Diagnostic Mode from UI. (12) Check the default values in the FINISHER PUNCH POSITION NVMs, or set to the defaults. (Finisher D2/D3 Supplementary Service Manual Chapter 6: 6.1.5) Figure 3 j0ph40206 5.

•

790-624: 3 (2 holes at right)

Remove the NVM PWB. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the NVM PWB.

2/4 holes 790-625: 7 (4 holes at left)

•

2/3 holes 790-624: 3 (2holes at right) 790-625: 4 (3 holes at left)

REP 2.7.1 Overlay Cover Parts List on PL 2.7 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the connector from the UI. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the connector.


Remove the Rear Base Cover. (PL 2.7) •

5.

Installation Screws : Rear (x4)

Replace the Overlay Cover. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the VR Knob.

(2)

Remove the Hooks (3) of the Overlay Cover and remove the Overlay Cover.


Remove the Tilt Swivel Cover. (PL 2.4)

3.

Remove the UI from the Arm. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the UI.

Figure 3 j0fu40245

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-23

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-24

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.8.1 (SCC) HDD Parts List on PL 2.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION Use the Jumper Pin in the default condition. Removing or installing the Jumper Pin on another pin causes malfunction. 1. 2.

Figure 2 j0fu40246

Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS. Remove the ESS. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the ESS.

4.

Remove the HDD. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screws (3).

(2)

Remove the HDD in the direction of the arrow.


Disconnect the Connectors from the HDD. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Clamp.

(2)

Disconnect the Connectors (2).


Separate the HDD and the HDD Bracket. (Figure 4) (1)

Disconnect the Connectors (2).

(2)

Remove the Shoulder Screws (4) and the Dampers (4).

(3)

Remove the HDD.

Figure 4 j0fu40248


Replacement

After replacing the HDD, format the HDD forcefully. (Chapter 6: 6.1.7) •

1.


2.

When trying to install the HDD in the HDD Bracket, check that the Dampers (4) are not deformed. (Figure 5)

Press the [Power Saver], [Stop] and [4] keys simultaneously and hold them, then turn on the power.


When installing the HDD in the ESS Chassis, hang the HDD Hook in the corner hole of the ESS Chassis. (Figure 6)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-25

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-26

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.8.2 Video Selector Parts List on PL 2.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1. 2.

Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS. Remove the ESS. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the ESS.


(Figure 3) Remove the screw securing the Video Selector PWB. (1)

Remove screws (M2.6, x2).


(Figure 2) Remove the Backplane PWB. (1)


(2)

Disconnect connectors (2) and remove Backplane PWB.


(Figure 4) Remove the Video Selector PWB. (1)

Disconnect connector.

(2)


(3)

Remove Video Selector PWB.


Figure 6 j0tk40213

(Figure 5) Remove the screws (M3x6, x6) and separate the Video Selector PWB and the PWB Plate. (A) Screw

Figure 5 j0ph40204

Replacement 1.


2.

When having replaced the Backplane PWB, remove the SEEP ROM from the old Backplane PWB and install it on the new one. (Figure 6) (A) SEEP ROM

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-27

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-28

Version.1 .1.1

REP 2.9.1 (SCC) UI I/F PWB Parts List on PL 2.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.

Disconnect the connector connected to the UI. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Disconnect the connector. Figure 2 j0fu40207 4.

Remove the Rear Base Cover. (PL 2.7) •

5.


Remove the EME Cover. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the EME Cover.


Remove the Tilt Swivel Cover. (PL 2.4)

3.

Remove the UI from the Arm. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the UI. Figure 3 j0fu40208 6.

Disconnect the connectors J1, P/J5, P6 and P/J7 connected to the UI I/F PWB. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the screw (x1). (FCW 1 Type Only)

(2)

Disconnect the connector (x4).


Remove the UI I/F PWB. (Figure 5) (1)


(2)

Remove the screws (FCW 2 Type:3) (FCW 1 Type:4).

(3)

Remove the UI I/F PWB.

Figure 5 j0fu40210

Replacement 1.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-29

2. Electrical



02/2009 4-30

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 3.1.1 Drum In Filter Parts List on PL 3.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Open the Front Door. (PL 1.1)

2.

Remove the Front Top Inner Cover. (PL 3.1)

3.

Remove the Drum In Filters. (Figure 1)

• (1)

Installation Screws: Front (x2) Remove the Drum In Filters (x2).


When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. •

"Chain Link: 954-870"

Figure 1 j0fu40301

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the Drum In Filter with the Filter directions aligned. (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-31

3. Air System


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 3. Air System

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-32

Version.1 .1.1

REP 3.2.1 (SCC) Fuser Exhaust Fan

REP 3.2.2 Suction Ozone Filter

Parts List on PL 3.2 Removal

Parts List on PL 3.2 Removal WARNING

WARNING

Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.


1.

1.



Remove the Filter Cover. (PL 1.1) •

2.


3.

Open the PWB chassis. (REP 2.1.1)

4.

Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan. (Figure 1)

2.

(1)

(1)

Disconnect the connectors at the rear.

(2)

Remove the Tapping Screws (x2).

Installation Screws: Left (x1)

Remove the Suction Ozone Filter. (Figure 1) Remove the Suction Ozone Filter.

Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan.

Figure 1 j0fu40304

Replacement Figure 1 j0fu40305

1.


2.


Replacement 1.



REP 4.1.1 DADF Parts List on PL 4.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.

WARNING Removing the DADF must be always performed by two persons since the DADF is heavy. 1.

Disconnect the connectors connected to the DADF and IOT. (Figure 1) (1)

Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.

(2)

Loosen the screw (x1) and disconnect the connector.


Remove the DADF. (Figure 3) (1)

Open the DADF in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Remove the knob screws (x2).


Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2)

3.

Remove the DADF Support. (Figure 2)

•

Installation Screws: Rear (X4)

(1)


(2)

Remove the DADF Support.

Figure 3 j0fu40407

Replacement 1.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Secure the DADF Support while pressing it in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4) (A) DADF Support

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-33

4. DADF


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4. DADF

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-34

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.1.2 DADF Service Position Parts List on PL 4.1 Replacement WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Install the brackets (x2) of the Counter Balance (x2) by placing them upside down. #1: Bracket position (Figure 1) (1)

Bracket of the Counter Balance

Figure 4 j0fu45442


Install the Bracket (x2) of the Counter Balance (x2) by placing them upside down. #2: (Figure 2) •

Normal Position: Notch up

•

Service Position: Notch down

(A) Notch


Figure 4 j0fu40404

Secure the DADF at the service position. #1: (Figure 3) (1)

Insert the screw drivers (x2) provided in the tool kit into the holes (x2) on the Counter Balance and secure it such that DADF is not closed.


Secure the DADF at the service position. #2: Enlarge (Figure 4)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-35

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-36

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.2.1 CIS Parts List on PL 4.2 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the DADF Front Cover. (PL 4.2) •

2.

• 3.

Installation Screws: Lower (x2)

Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 4.2) Installation Screws: Rear (x2)

Remove the Bottom Front Cover and Rear Cover of DADF. (Figure 1) (1)

Lift DADF in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Open the Exit Lower Chute.

(3)

Remove the screw.

Figure 2 j0fu40411

(4)

Remove the Bottom Front Cover.

(5)

Remove the screw.

(1)

Disconnect the P/J connector.

(6)

Remove the Bottom Rear Cover.

(2)

Disconnect the P/J connector.

(3)

Remove the CIS.

5.

Remove the CIS. (Figure 3)


Figure 3 j0fu40412

Remove the screws attached to CIS. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the front screw.

Replacement

(2)

Remove the rear screw.

1.


REP 4.3.1 Left Counter Balance Parts List on PL 4.3 Removal NOTE: Replace the Left and Right Counter Balances together. Replacement kit: 604K 23670

WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the DADF Support. (Figure 1)

Installation Screws: Rear (x4) (1)

Remove the Cover.

(2)


(3)



Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 4.2)

5.

Remove the screws used to secure the harness guide and move the harness guide. (Figure 3)

Installation Screws: Rear (x2) (1)


(2)

Move the harness guide in the direction of the arrow.


Disconnect the connector connected to the DADF. (Figure 2) (1)

Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector. Figure 3 j0fu45425 6.

Remove the Pre Regi Motor. (Figure 4) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-37


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Pre Regi Motor.

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-38

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 5)


Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 7)

(1)


(1)

(2)

Remove the spring.

(2)


(3)


(3)

Remove the Left Counter Balance.

(4)

Remove the DADF Regi Motor.


Figure 7 j0fu45429 Figure 5 j0fu45427 10. Replace with a new Counter Balance. 8.

Insert the securing shaft on the Counter Balance (Left) as shown in the figure. (Figure 6) (1)

Insert the shaft.

Remember to pull out the securing shaft that has been inserted in a new Counter Balance.

Replacement 1.


REP 4.3.2 Right Counter Balance Parts List on PL 4.3 Removal NOTE: Replace the Left and Right Counter Balances together. Replacement kit: 604K 23670

WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.


Figure 2 j0fu45424

Installation Screws: Rear (x4) 2.

Remove the DADF Support. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the Cover.

(2)


(3)


4.


5.

Release the clamps and disconnect the connectors connected to the DADF PWB. (Figure 3) (1)

Release the clamps (x5).

(2)



Disconnect the connector connected to the DADF. (Figure 2) (1)

Figure 3 j0fu45431

Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector. 6.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-39

Disconnect the Earth Wire connected to the DADF. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the earth wire.

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-40

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 5)

Figure 6 j0fu45434

(1)


9.

Insert the securing shaft on the Counter Balance (Right) and remove the Counter Balance (Right). (Figure 7)

(2)

Remove the DADF PWB.

(1)

Insert the shaft.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Right Counter Balance.


Remove the bracket. (Figure 6) (1)

Figure 7 j0fu45435


(2)


(3)

Remove the bracket.

10. Replace with a new Counter Balance. Remember to pull out the securing shaft that has been inserted in a new Counter Balance.

Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing with a new Counter Balance, install it as shown in the figure. (Figure 8)

REP 4.3.3 DADF PWB Parts List on PL 4.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.

Remove the DADF Front Cover. (PL 4.2)

2.


Installation Screws: Lower (x2) Installation Screws: Rear (x2)


Disconnect the PWB connected to the DADF PWB. (Figure 1) (1)

Disconnect the connectors P/J751, P/J752, P/J756, P/J757, P/J753, P/J760, P/J758 and P/ J755.


Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-41


(2)

Remove the Earth Wire.

(3)

Remove the DADF PWB.

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-42

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.6.1 Invert Drive Roll Parts List on PL 4.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the Takeaway Roll. (REP 4.7.1)

2.

Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Clutch Bracket.

Figure 2 j0fu40409

Replacement 1.



Remove the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the DADF Feed Motor.


Disconnect the connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 3)


Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 5)

(1)


(1)


(2)


(2)

Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid


Move the harness guide. (Figure 4) (1)



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Remove the link. (Figure 6) (1)

02/2009 4-43

Remove the screw (x1).

(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)

Remove the link.

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-44

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 7)

Figure 8 j0fu40421 10. Remove the Inverter Drive Roll. (Figure 9)

(1)

Remove the bearing.

(1)

(2)

Remove the Inverter Chute in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Remove the E-Ring.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

Remove the pulley while releasing the hook.

(4)

Remove the E-Ring.

(5)

Remove the bearing.

(6)

Remove the Inverter Drive Roll.


Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 8) (1)


(2)

Remove the Inverter Exit Chute.

Figure 9 j0fu40422

Replacement 1.


REP 4.6.2 DADF Feed Clutch

REP 4.6.3 Feed Motor Belt


Parts List on PL 4.6 Replacement WARNING

WARNING



1.

1.


Install the Feed Motor Belt. (Figure 1)

Installation Screws: Rear (x2) 2.

Remove the DADF Feed Clutch. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the E-Ring.

(3)

Remove the DADF Feed Clutch.

Figure 1 j0fu40475

Figure 1 j0fu40474

Replacement 1.


2.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-45

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-46

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.7.1 Takeaway Roll Parts List on PL 4.7 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.

Open the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1) (1)

Open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow.


Loosen the screw used to secure the Pre Regi Motor to loosen the tension of the Pre Regi Motor before removing the belt. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Move the Pre Regi Motor in the direction of the arrow.

(3)

Remove the belt.


Remove the Feeder Lower Chute. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Feeder Lower Chute.


Remove the pulley and bearing at the rear side. (Figuere 4) (1)

Remove the pulley.

(2)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(3)

Remove the bearing.


Figure 6 j0fu40428

Remove the bearing on the front side. (Figure 5)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

1.

(2)

Remove the bearing.



Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the Takeaway Roll.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-47

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-48

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.7.2 Rail

REP 4.7.3 Pre Regi Motor Belt

Parts List on PL 4.7 Replacement


WARNING



1.

1.

Install the rail to the Pre Regi Roll Chute. (Figure 1) (1)

Install the Pre Regi Motor Belt. (Figure 1)

Install the rail hole such that it points towards the rear.

Figure 1 j0fu40477 Figure 1 j0fu40476

REP 4.7.4 Baffle Solenoid

REP 4.8.1 Regi Motor Belt



WARNING



1.

1.

Install the Baffle Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1)


Install the Regi Motor Belt. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 j0fu40479



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-49

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-50

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.8.2 Lead Regi Sensor Parts List on PL 4.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

• 3.



Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)



Remove the Baffle Solenoid. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Baffle Solenoid.


Open the Upper Left Cover. (Figure 2) (1)

Slightly open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Open the DADF Left Upper Cover in the direction of the arrow.


Remove the Regi In Chute. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Regi In Chute.


Figure 6 j0fu40485

Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket. (Figure 5)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the screw.

1.

(2)

Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket.

(3)




Remove the Lead Regi Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Lead Regi Sensor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-51

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-52

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.8.3 Regi Roll Parts List on PL 4.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

• 3.



Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)



Remove the Regi Out Chute. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)


(3)

While lifting a little in the direction of the arrow, remove the Regi Out Chute.


Remove the DADF Lower Cover. (Figure 2) (1)

Lift the DADF a little in the direction of the arrow.

(2)


(3)

Remove the DADF Left Cover.


Open the Upper Left Cover. (Figure 4) (1)

Slightly open the Feeder Upper Chute to the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Open the DADF Left Upper Cover in the direction of the arrow.

(6)

Remove the L/H Cover Interlock Switch.

Figure 4 j0fu40431 Figure 6 j0fu40433 7.

Remove the Upper Left Cover. (Figure 5) (1)


(2)

Loosen the screw (x1).

(1)


(3)

Remove the Upper Left Cover.

(2)

Remove the Regi In Chute.

9.

Remove the Regi In Chute. (Figure 7)


Remove the Baffle Solenoid and the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. (Figure 6)

Figure 7 j0fu40434 10. Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket. (Figure 8)

(1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)


(2)

Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket.

(3)

Remove the Baffle Solenoid.

(3)


(4)


(5)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-53

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-54

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 j0fu40435 11. Remove the pulley and bearing on the rear side. (Figure 9) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the E-Ring.

(4)

Remove the bearing.

Figure 10 j0fu40437 13. Remove the Regi Roll. (Figure 11) (1)

Remove the Regi Roll.

Figure 11 j0fu40438

Replacement Figure 9 j0fu40436 12. Remove the bearing at the front side. (Figure 10) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the bearing.

1.


REP 4.9.1 Platen Motor Belt

REP 4.9.2 Out Roll



WARNING



1.

1.

Remove the Closely Contact Image Sensor. (REP 4.2.1)

2.

Remove the screws used to secure the harness guide and move the harness guide. (Figure 1)

Install the Platen Motor Belt. (Figure 1)

(1)


(2)


Figure 1 j0fu40486


Remove the Pre Regi Motor. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-55


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Pre Regi Motor.

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-56

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 3)


Remove the Feeder Lower Chute. (Figure 5)

(1)


(1)

(2)

Remove the spring.

(2)


(3)


(3)


(4)


Open the Feeder Lower Chute in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 5 j0fu40451 Figure 3 j0fu40449 7. 5.

Remove the pulley and bearing at the rear side. (Figure 6)

Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 4)

(1)

Remove the pulley.

(1)


(2)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Remove the springs (x2).

(3)

Remove the bearing.

(3)

Remove the Left Counter Balance.


Remove the bearing on the front side. (Figure 7)

Figure 8 j0fu40453 10. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 9)

(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(1)

(2)

Remove the bearing.

(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)




Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 8) (1)

Figure 9 j0fu40454

Remove the Takeaway Roll. 11. Remove the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 10)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-57

(1)


(2)


(3)


4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-58

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 10 j0fu40415 12. Disconnect the Connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 11)

Figure 12 j0fu40417 14. Remove the Inverter Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 13)

(1)


(1)


(2)


(2)

Remove the Inverter Roll Nip Solenoid

Figure 11 j0fu40416 13. Move the harness guide. (Figure 12) (1)


Figure 13 j0fu40418 15. Remove the link. (Figure 14) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)

Remove the link.

Figure 14 j0fu40419 16. Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 15)

Figure 16 j0fu40456 18. Remove the Inverter Drive Roll. (Figure 17)

(1)

Move the bearing in the direction of the arrow.

(1)

Remove the pulley while releasing the hook.

(2)

Move the Inverter Chute in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Remove the E-Ring.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

(4)

Remove the E-Ring.

(5)

Remove the bearing.

(6)

Remove the Inverter Drive Roll.

Figure 15 j0fu40455 17. Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 16) (1)


(2)


Figure 17 j0fu40457 19. Loosen the screw used to secure the DADF Exit Motor Tension to loosen the tension and screw before removing the belt. (Figure 18) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-59


4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-60

Version.1 .1.1

(2)

Push the DADF Exit Motor in the direction of the arrow.

(1)

(3)

Remove the belt.

(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid.

Release the clamp.

Figure 18 j0fu40439 20. Remove the Exit 1 Roll. (Figure 19) (1)

Figure 20 j0fu40442

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the E-Ring.

(1)


(4)

Remove the bearing.

(2)

Remove the Gate Link Bracket.

(5)

Remove the E-Ring.

(6)

Remove the bearing.

(7)

Remove the Exit 1 Roll.

22. Remove the Gate Link Bracket. (Figure 21)

Figure 21 j0fu40443 23. Remove the spring and the link. (Figure 22) Figure 19 j0fu40458 21. Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid. (Figure 20)

(1)

Remove the spring.

(2)

Remove the link.

(7)


Figure 22 j0fu40444 Figure 24 j0fu40460 24. Remove the Invert Lower Gate. (Figure 23) (1)

Remove the Invert Lower Gate.

(2)

Remove the bearing.

26. Remove the Exit Upper Chute. (Figure 25) (1)


(2)

Remove the Exit Upper Chute.

Figure 23 j0fu40459 Figure 25 j0fu40461 25. Remove the Exit 2 Roll. (Figure 24) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(1)


(3)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the clamps (x2).

(4)

Remove the bearing.

(5)

Remove the E-Ring.

(6)

Remove the bearing.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

27. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 26)

02/2009 4-61

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-62

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 26 j0fu40462 28. Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 27) (1)


(2)

Remove the Guide Upper Chute.

Figure 28 j0fu40464 30. Disconnect the connector connected to the Guide Chute. (Figure 29) (1)


Figure 29 j0fu40465 Figure 27 j0fu40463 31. Remove the belt from the pulley. (Figure 30) 29. Remove the Guide Chute. (Figure 28)

(1)

Loosen the screw (x1) of the Tension Bracket.

(1)


(2)

Slide the Tension Bracket in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Remove the Guide Chute.

(3)

Remove the belt from the pulley.

Figure 30 j0fu40466 32. Loosen the platen motor tension. (Figure 31)

Figure 32 j0fu40468 34. Remove the Regi Roll Pulley. (Figure 33)

(1)

Loosen the screws (x2) used to secure the Platen Motor.

(1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Move the Platen Motor in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

Figure 31 j0fu40467 33. Remove the pulley and the shoulder screw. (Figure 32)

Figure 33 j0fu40469 35. Remove the Platen Rear Link from the shaft and remove the bearing. (Figure 34)

(1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(1)

Remove the Platen Rear Link from the shaft.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(2)

Remove the E-Ring.

(3)

Remove the Shoulder Screw.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-63

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-64

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 34 j0fu40470 36. Remove the Platen Front Link from the shaft. (Figure 35) (1)

Remove the spring.

(2)

Remove the E-Ring.

(3)

Remove the Platen Front Link from the shaft.

Figure 36 j0fu40472 38. Remove the Out Roll. (Figure 37) (1)

Remove the Out Roll.


Replacement 1.

37. Remove the bearing. (Figure 36) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the bearing.


REP 4.10.1 Exit 1 Roll Parts List on PL 4.10 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.



(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Clutch Bracket. Figure 2 j0fu40415 4.

Disconnect the connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)





(2)


(3)




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-65


4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-66

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the Inverter Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 5)



(1)


(1)

Remove the bearing.

(2)


(2)



Remove the link. (Figure 6)


Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 8)

(1)


(1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(2)


(3)

Remove the link.

(5)

Remove the E-Ring.

(6)

Remove the bearing.

(7)


Figure 8 j0fu40421 10. Loosen the screw used to secure the DADF Exit Motor Tension to loosen the tension before removing the belt. (Figure 9) (1)


(2)

Push the DADF Exit Motor in the direction of the arrow.

(3)

Remove the belt.

Figure 10 j0fu40440

Replacement 1.


Figure 9 j0fu40439 11. Remove the Exit 1 Roll. (Figure 10) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the E-Ring.

(4)

Remove the bearing.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-67

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-68

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.10.2 Exit 2 Roll Parts List on PL 4.10 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.

Remove the Takeaway Roll. (REP 4.7.1) Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)




(2)





(2)


(3)






Remove the Invert Nip Solenoid. (Figure 5)



(1)


(1)

Remove the bearing.

(2)

Remove the Invert Nip Solenoid.

(2)






(1)


(1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(2)


(3)

Remove the link.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-69

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-70

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 j0fu40421 10. Loosen the screw used to secure the DADF Exit Motor Tension to loosen the tension before removing the belt. (Figure 9) (1)


(2)

Remove the DADF Exit Motor in the direction of the arrow.

(3)

Remove the belt.

Figure 10 j0fu40442 12. Remove the Gate Link Bracket. (Figure 11) (1)


(2)

Remove the Gate Link Bracket.

Figure 11 j0fu40443 Figure 9 j0fu40441 11. Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid. (Figure 10) (1)

Release the clamp.

(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid.

13. Remove the spring and the link. (Figure 12) (1)

Remove the spring.

(2)

Remove the link.

(7)

Remove Exit Roll 2.

Figure 12 j0fu40444 Figure 14 j0fu40446 14. Remove the Inverter Lower Gate. (Figure 13) (1)

Remove the Inverter Lower Gate.

Replacement

(2)

Remove the bearing.

1.


Figure 13 j0fu40445 15. Remove Exit Roll 2. (Figure 14) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the E-Ring.

(4)

Remove the bearing.

(5)

Remove the E-Ring.

(6)

Remove the bearing.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-71

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-72

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.10.3 DADF Exit Motor Belt

REP 4.11.1 Exit Gate Solenoid



WARNING



1.

1.

Install the DADF Exit Motor Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)

Install the Exit Gate Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 j0fu40487




REP 4.11.2 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid

REP 4.11.3 Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid



WARNING



1.

1.

Install the Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1)

Install the Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1)


When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.



•


•


•


•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-73

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-74

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.17.1 Plate Spring

REP 4.18.1 Feeder Roll



WARNING



1.

1.

Install the Plate Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)

Remove the Feeder Upper Cover of the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the Feeder Upper Cover.

Figure 1 j0fu45437


Remove the Tension Spring. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Tension Spring.


Remove the Chute Guide. (Figure 3) (1)


Remove the Chute Guide.

Remove the KL-Clip at the front and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)



Remove the KL-Clip at the rear and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

6.

Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component. (Figure 6) (1)

02/2009 4-75

Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component.

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-76

Version.1 .1.1


Figure 8 j0fu40498

Remove the KL-Clip on the Feed Roll. (Figure 7)

Replacement

(1)

1.


2.

Install the Feed Roll in the direction shown in the figure. (Figure 9)

Remove the KL-Clip.


Figure 9 j0fu45402

Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 8) (1)

Remove the Feed Shaft.

(2)

Remove the Feed Roll.

3.

Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 10)

REP 4.18.2 Nudger Roll Parts List on PL 4.18 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the Feeder Upper Cover of the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Feeder Upper Cover.





Remove the Tension Spring. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-77


4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-78

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the Chute Guide. (Figure 3) (1)


Remove the Chute Guide.

Remove the KL-Clip at the front and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)



Remove the KL-Clip at the rear and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)


6.

Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component.


Figure 8 j0fu45401

Remove the KL-Clip on the Nudger Roll. (Figure 7)

Replacement

(1)

1.


2.

Install the Nudger Roll in the direction shown in the figure. (Figure 9)

Remove the KL-Clip.


Figure 9 j0fu45404

Remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 8) (1)

Remove the Nudger Shaft.

(2)

Remove the Nudger Roll.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

3.

02/2009 4-79

Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 10)

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-80

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.20.1 Tension Spring Parts List on PL 4.20 Replacement WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) (A) Face the hook inside.




Figure 1 j0fu45405

REP 4.22.1 Out Sensor Parts List on PL 4.22 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1) (1)

Open the Feeder Upper Chute.


Remove the Out Sensor Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Out Sensor Bracket.


Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 2) (1)

Open the Invert Chute in the direction of the arrow.

(2)


(3)



Remove the Out Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 4) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-81


(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the Out Sensor.

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-82

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.22.2 Invert Sensor Parts List on PL 4.22 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.



Figure 4 j0fu45409

Replacement 1.



Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 2) (1)

Open the Invert Chute in the direction of the arrow.

(2)


(3)



Figure 4 j0fu45411

Remove the Invert Sensor Bracket. (Figure 3)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the screw.

1.

(2)

Remove the Invert Sensor Bracket.



Remove the Invert Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the Invert Sensor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-83

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-84

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.23.1 DADF Exit Sensor 1 Parts List on PL 4.23 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.

Remove the Takeaway Roll. (REP 4.7.1) Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)




(2)





(2)


(3)









(1)


(1)

Remove the bearing.

(2)


(2)

Remove the Invert Chute in the direction of the arrow.





(1)

Loosen the screw (x1).

(1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(2)


(3)

Remove the link.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-85

4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-86

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 j0fu40421 10. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket. (Figure 9)

Figure 10 j0fu45413 12. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor 1. (Figure 11)

(1)

Remove the screw.

(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket.

(2)

Remove the DADF Exit 1 Sensor.

Figure 9 j0fu45412 11. Disconnect the connector of the DADF Exit Sensor 1. (Figure 10) (1)


Figure 11 j0fu45414

Replacement 1.


2.

Connect the sensor connector as shown in the figure. (Figure 12)

REP 4.23.2 DADF Exit Sensor 2 Parts List on PL 4.23 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.



(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)


(4)


Figure 12 j0fu45415


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-87



(2)


(3)


4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-88

Version.1 .1.1


Disconnect the connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 3)



(1)


(1)


(2)


(2)






Remove the link. (Figure 6) (1)


(2)

Remove the spring.

(3)

Remove the link.



Figure 8 j0fu40421 10. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket. (Figure 9)

(1)

Remove the bearing.

(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)


(2)

Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket.


Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 8) (1)


(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 9 j0fu45412 11. Disconnect the connector of the DADF Exit Sensor 2. (Figure 10) (1)

02/2009 4-89


4. DADF



Figure 10 j0fu45438 12. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor 2. (Figure 11) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the DADF Exit 2 Sensor.

Figure 11 j0fu45439

Replacement 1.


2.

Connect the sensor connector as shown in the figure. (Figure 12)

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-90

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 12 j0fu45415

REP 4.25.1 DADF Regi Sensor Parts List on PL 4.25 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.

Remove the DADF Left Lower Cover. (Figure 1)

• •

Installation Screws: Lower (x2) Installation Screws: Rear (x2)

(1)


(2)

Remove the DADF Left Lower Cover.


Remove the DADF Regi Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the DADF Regi Sensor.


Remove the DADF Regi Sensor Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the DADF Regi Sensor Bracket. Figure 3 j0fu45417

Replacement 1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-91


4. DADF



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-92

Version.1 .1.1

REP 4.25.2 Tension Spring

REP 4.26.1 Retard Roll



WARNING



1.

1.

Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) (A) Face the hook inside.



Figure 1 j0fu45418


Remove the Feeder Lower Chute. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)



Remove the Retard Roll Housing Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Retard Roll Housing Assembly.


Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the Retard Roll.


Replacement 4.

Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 4)

1.

(1)

2.

Remove the KL-Clip.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-93


4. DADF



02/2009 4-94

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.3.1 Opening/Closing of IIT Frame Parts List on PL 5.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

HCF Type: Detach the HCF. (2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1) (4000HCF: REP30.2.1)

2.

Separate the I/F Module or the Finisher. (I/F Module: REP36.1.1) (Finisher: REP25.1.5)

3.

Move the UI to the rear. (REP 2.4.1)

4.

Remove the Top Left Cover. (PL 5.1)

5.

Remove the Top Front Cover. (PL 5.1)

(1)

Remove the Forming Screws (x2).

•

(2)

Remove the stoppers (x2).

•

Installation Screws: Top (x2), Left (x1)

12.

Installation Screws: Top (x2), Front (x2)

6.

Remove the Left Top Cover.

7.

Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 5.2)

8.

Remove the Stay Front/Right Cover. (PL 2.4)

•

Figure 1 j0fu40568 Remove the stoppers (x2) on the left side of the IIT. (Figure 2)

Installation Screws: Front (x1), Rear(x2)

Installation Screws: Top (x2), Front (x2) • 9.

Installation Screws (M3x10): Right (x3)

Remove the Finisher Docking Plate. (PL 1.2) •


10. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (PL 1.2) •

Installation Screws: Right (x3)

11. Take out the Arm shaft used to open/close the IIT Frame from the IIT Frame. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 j0fu40501 13. Remove the stoppers (x2) on the right side of the IIT. (Figure 3)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-95

(1)

Remove the Forming Screws (x2).

(2)

Remove the stoppers (x2).

5. IIT


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 5. IIT

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-96

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 3 j0fu40502 14. Disconnect the connector and remove the wire harness from the clamp. (Figure 4)

Figure 5 j0fu40569 16. Open the IIT Frame. (Figure 6)

(1)


(1)

Install the Arm Shaft and open the IIT Frame.

(2)

Remove the wire harness from the clamp.

(2)

Insert the lead of the Brace Shaft into the hole.

Figure 4 j0fu40503 15. Insert the tool screwdriver into the hole of the DADF counter balance to prevent DADF from opening. (Figure 5)

Figure 6 j0fu40504 17. Secure the Brace Shaft. (Figure 7) (1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Move the Lock Brace Bracket in the direction of the arrow and secure it with the screw in Step (1).

Figure 7 j0fu40505

Figure 9 j0fu40507

Replacement 1.


2.

Press the stoppers (x2) on the right side of the IIT in the direction of the arrow and secure them. (Figure 8)


Press the stoppers (x2) on the left side of the IIT in the direction of the arrow and secure them. (Figure 9)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-97

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-98

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.4.1 Lens Cover

REP 5.4.2 Platen Glass



WARNING



1.

1.

Install the Lens Cover. (Figure 1) (1)

Install the screws (x10) on the stud.

(2)

Press the Lens Cover in the direction of arrow.

(3)

Secure the screws (x4) in the sequence of 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, and 3-4.

(4)

Secure the remaining screws (x6).

Figure 1 j0fu40508

After replacement, adjust the white reference by DC945 IIT calibration (B/W image quality adjustment) and perform CCD calibration (see 6.2.25 in Chapter 6).

REP 5.5.1 Top Cover (4127 EPS/4112 EPS Type) Parts List on PL 5.5 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the IIT Rear Cover (PL 5.5 ). •

2.

Mounting Screw: 4 pieces at rear

(Figure 1) Remove the screws securing the Top Cover. (1)


Figure 2 j0ph40502

Replacement 1.


2.

(Figure 3) To install the Top Cover, put its brackets under the IIT Frame.


(Figure 2) Lift the rear side of the Top Cover approximately 2cm and remove it in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 3 j0ph40503

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-99

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-100

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.6.1 IIT Registration Sensor Parts List on PL 5.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the Top Left Cover. (PL 5.1) •

2.

• 3.


Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 5.2) Installation Screws: Top (x2), Right (x2)

Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2) •


4.

Remove the Top Rear Cover. (PL 5.1)

5.

Remove the IIT Registration Sensor. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw.

Replacement

Remove the IIT Registration Sensor.

1.


Figure 2 j0fu40514

Detach the IIT Registration Sensor and bracket. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Detach the IIT Registration Sensor and bracket.


REP 5.6.2 Platen Angle Sensor Parts List on PL 5.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Secure the DADF at the service position. (REP 4.1.2)

2.

Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 5.2) •

3.

Installation Screws: Top (x2), Right (x2)

Disconnect the actuator. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Disconnect the actuator. Figure 2 j0fu40516

Replacement 1.



Remove the Platen Angle Sensor. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Platen Angle Sensor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-101

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-102

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.6.3 CCD Flexible Print Cable Parts List on PL 5.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.

Secure the DADF at the service position. (REP 4.1.2) Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 5.2) •

3.


Remove the Right Plate. (PL 5.4)

4.

Remove the Platen Glass. (PL 5.4)

5.

Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 5.4) •

6. 7.

Installation Screws: Top (x10)

Remove the Gasket Bracket. (Figure 1)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the screws (Blue x2).

1.

(2)

Remove the Gasket Bracket.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Install the Lens Cover. (REP 5.4.1)


Figure 2 j0fu40512

Remove the Lens and CCD. (REP 5.6.4)

Remove the CCD Flexible Print Cable. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Peel off the double-sided tape.

(3)

Pull the bracket in the direction of the arrow and disconnect the connector.

REP 5.6.4 Lens and CCD Parts List on PL 5.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Replace the Lens and CCD with Replacement Kit: 604K21500. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 5.4)

•

• 6.


Figure 2 j0fu40510


Replacement

Move the APS Sensor. (Figure 1)

1.

(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Move the APS Sensor. (The connector is connected)


2.

Install the Lens Cover. (REP 5.4.1)

3.

When the lens and CCD have been replaced, copy the test chart in the A3 size and chuck both the lead and tail.

4.

If there is an image problem (especially, about alignment), perform DC945 IIT calibration (B/W image quality adjustment). (see 6.2.25 in Chapter 6)

02/2009 4-103

5. IIT


Remove the Lens and CCD. (Figure 2) (1)

When replacing: Remove the Conductor Plate.

(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the Lens and CCD.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-104

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.6.5 IPS Fan Parts List on PL 5.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2) •

2. 3.


Remove the Top Rear Cover. (PL 5.1) Disconnect the DADF connector. (Figure 1) (1)


Figure 2 j0fu40549

Replacement 1.


Remove the IPS Fan. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the IPS Fan. (A) Direction of the IPS Fan during Installation


REP 5.6.6 Lamp Fan Parts List on PL 5.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Disconnect the Lamp Fan connector. (Figure 1)

•


(1)


(2)

Unhook the wire harness (x2).

Figure 2 j0fu40551

Replacement 1.



Remove the Lamp Fan. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Lamp Fan in the direction of the arrow. (A) Direction of the Lamp Fan during Installation

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-105

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-106

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.6.7 CCD Fan Parts List on PL 5.6 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.


3.



4.


5.

Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 5.4) •

6.


(1)


Replacement

(2)

Release the clamp to remove the wire harness.

1.


(3)


2.

Install the Lens Cover. (REP 5.4.1)

(4)

Remove the CCD Fan.


Figure 2 j0fu40553

Remove the screws used to secure the CCD Fan. (Figure 1)

Detach the CCD Fan and bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Release the clamps (x2) to remove the wire harness.

(2)

Detach the CCD Fan and bracket.

(1)

REP 5.7.1 Carriage Motor


Parts List on PL 5.7 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.

Secure the DADF at the service position. (REP 4.1.2) 200V Type: Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2) •


100V Type: Remove the Power Chassis Cover. (PL 5.2) •

Installation Screws: Rear (x3), Top (x3)

3.

Remove Top Rear Cover 2. (PL 5.1)

4.


5.

Disconnect the Carriage Motor Connectors at the rear of the IPS. (Figure 1)

•


(1)


(2)



Remove the Carriage Motor from the rear. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Unhook the belt from Carriage Motor Pulley and remove the Carriage Motor.

Figure 3 j0fu40542

Replacement 1. 2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Route the Carriage Motor Pulley on the rear belt when installing the Carriage Motor. (Figure 4) (A) Belt

Figure 1 j0fu40540

(B) Pulley 6.

Remove the screws used to secure the Carriage Motor from the front. (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-107

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-108

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.7.2 Carriage Cable Parts List on PL 5.7 Removal NOTE: The coatings of the Carriage Cable at the front and rear are different. Front: Black Rear: Silver NOTE: This section describes the installation and removal procedures for the Rear Carriage Cable only.

WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: E The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately. 1.


2.


Figure 4 j0fu40543

• 3.



4.


5.


6.


• • 7.

Installation Screws: Top (x2), Left (x1) Installation Screws: Top (x2), Front (x2)

Mark the installation position of the front support. (Figure 1) (1)

Mark the Support position.


Remove the CVT Platen Glass. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Support.

(3)

Remove the CVT Platen Glass.

(2)

Detach Carriage Cable from the Tension Spring.

(3)

Remove the ball from the groove.

(4)

Remove the Carriage Cable.


Take out the Full Rate Carriage from the IIT Frame. (REP 5.7.3) •

The Slide Cable Connector can stay connected

Figure 4 j0fu40533

10. Move the Half Rate Carriage until the Carriage Cable ball of the Capstan Pulley is positioned according to the conditions (A) and (B) described below. (Figure 3) (A)Turns of the Carriage Cable

Replacement 1.

Front: 3 turns

Insert the Carriage Cable Ball into the groove of the Capstan Pulley. (Figure 5) (1)

Rear: 2 turns (B)The ball is right above

(B) Ball

Figure 3 j0fu40532 11. Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4) (1)



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Insert the ball into the Capstan Pulley. (A) Clip

Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable for 3.5 turns. (Figure 6) (1)

02/2009 4-109

Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 3.5 turns.

5. IIT


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 5. IIT (2)

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-110

Secure the Carriage Cable at the Clip end with tape.

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: The following figure shows the respective number of turns of Carriage Cable at the front and rear. (Figure 8)


Wind the ball end of the Carriage Cable for 2.5 turns. (Figure 7) (1)

Wind the ball end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 2.5 turns.

(2)

Fix the cable wound on the pulley with tape to prevent it from loosening.


Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9) (1)

Hang the Carriage Cable on the pulley. (From bottom to top)

(2)

Hang it on the larger pulley on the Half Rate Carriage. (From bottom to top)

(3)

Insert the ball into the groove on the IIT frame.

Figure 7 j0fu40536

Figure 9 j0fu40538

5.

Install the Clip end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 10) (1)

Hang the Carriage Cable on the pulley. (From bottom to top)

(2)

Hang it on the smaller pulley on the Half Rate Carriage. (From bottom to top)

(3)

Hang the Carriage Cable on the stud. (From bottom to top)

(4)

Attach the Tension Spring to the Clip of the Carriage Cable.

(5)

Hook the Tension Spring to the IIT Frame.

REP 5.7.3 Full Rate Carriage Parts List on PL 5.7 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the screw used to secure the Carriage Cable at the notch of the IIT Frame. (Figure 1)

•


(1)

Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the IIT Frame.

(2)



Remove the tape used to prevent the cable from loosening.

7.

Keep the Full Rate Carriage into the IIT Frame.

8.

Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Cables. (ADJ 5.7.1)

9.

Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.

10. To install, carry out the removal steps from Step 8 in reverse order.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-111

Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 2) (1)

Rotate the Full Rate Carriage in the direction of the arrow.

(2)

Remove the Full Rate Carriage.

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-112

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.8.1 IPS PWB Parts List on PL 5.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always ware a wrist strap during servicing. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.


2.


• • 3.


Disconnect the connector connected to the IPS. (Figure 1) (1)

Disconnect the connectors (1) to (8).

Figure 2 j0fu40524

Replacement 1.


2.

Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 5.7.1)


Pull out the IPS. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Pull out the IPS.


Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 3)


Remove the IPS PWB. (Figure 5)

(1)

Remove the screws (Bluex12).

(1)

(2)

Remove the IPS Cover.

(2)

Remove the conductors (x5).

(3)


(4)

Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.

Remove the screws (Bluex9).


Remove the 1P DUP PWB and the Extension Memory PWB. (REP 5.8.2)

7.

Remove the right and rear screws securing the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 4)

Figure 5 j0fu40585

(1)


Replacement

(2)

Remove the screws (Blue:2).

1.


2.

When the IIT/IPS PWB has been replaced, remove the U2 from the old PWB and mount it on the new one.(Figure 6) •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-113

Since the IIT/DADF alignment and density adjustment values are stored

5. IIT


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 5. IIT in the U2 nonvolatile memory (NVM), update the NVM contents if necessary at upgrade. •

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-114

If the IISS NVM has been initialized, set the NVM contents according to the NVM setting list provided with MC and also the NVM contents changes after installation.

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.8.2 1P DUP PWB , Extension Memory PWB Parts List on PL 5.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always ware a wrist strap during servicing. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.


2.


• • 3.


Disconnect the connector from the IPS.(Figure 1) Disconnect the connectors of (1) to (8).


Install the spacer screws and conductors of the IIT/IPS PWB at the positions and in the directions shown in Figure 7. (A) Positions of spacer screws (6) (B) Conductors (5)


Figure 7 j0fu40587

Extract the IPS. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Extract the IPS.


Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 3)

Figure 4 j0fu40576

(1)


7.

While holding Connector (A) of the Extension Memory PWB and 1P DUP PWB, lift the end of the 1P DUP PWB slowly. (Figure 5)

(2)

Remove the IPS Cover.

•

As the figure shows, hold the 1P DUP PWB with your left hand to prevent it from popping up.

Figure 5 j0fu40577


Remove the screws securing the 1P DUP PWB. (Figure 4)

8.

Don'ts at Steps 6 and 7 (Figure 6) (1)

For removal, do not lift the 1P DUP PWB with the external I/F Connector side as a lever.

(1)

Disconnect the connector

(2)


(A) Connector Housing damaged on the 1P DUP PWB side

(3)

Remove the screws (Blue x2) and the Conductors(2).

(B) Soldered connector peeling on the Extension Memory PWB side

(4)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-115

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-116

Version.1 .1.1 (2)

Remove the 1P DUP PWB slowly not to damage the connectors or other.

Figure 8 j0fu40579 11. Remove the Extension Memory PWB. (Figure 9)


(1)


(2)

Remove the screw (blue).

(3)

Remove the SpacerScrews (5).

(4)

Disconnect the connectors (2) and remove the Extension Memory PWB.

Hold the 1P DUP PWB with its end about 10 mm high. (Figure 7) •

Stop where the connector is half out.

Figure 9 j0fu40581 Figure 7 j0fu40578 10. Remove the 1P DUP PWB. (Figure 8) (1)

Lift the external I/F Connector until it hits the aperture of the IPS chassis. Then disconnect the connectors of the Extension Memory PWB and 1P DUP PWB completely.

Replacement 1.


2.

When the Extension Memory PWB has been replaced, remove the U3 from the old PWB and mount it on the new one. (Figure 10)

•

Since the back-read alignment and density adjustment values are stored in the U3 nonvolatile memory (NVM), update the NVM contents if necessary at upgrade.

•

If the IISS NVM has been initialized, set the NVM contents according to the NVM setting list provided with MC and also the NVM contents changes after installation.

Figure 12 j0fu40584


Secure the mounting screws of the 1P DUP PWB as follows (Figure 11): (1)

Fasten the screws (2) temporarily.

(2)

Fasten the screws (blue x4).

(3)

Fasten the screws (2) of Step (1).


Attach the Conductor of the 1P DUP PWB in the direction shown in Figure 12. (A) Conductor

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-117

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-118

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.9.1 (SCC) Exposure Lamp Parts List on PL 5.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.



3.


4.


5.

Remove the Exposure Lamp Connector. (Figure 1) (1)



Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the wire harness from the hooks (x2).

(2)

Remove the connector.

(3)

Remove the screw.

(4)

Remove the Exposure Lamp.


Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the IIT Frame. (Figure 2) (1)

Move it to the IIT Frame notch.

Figure 3 j0fu40519

Replacement 1.


2.

Insert the Exposure Lamp Boss into the Full Rate Carriage installation hole. (Figure 4) (A) Exposure Lamp Boss (B) Installation Hole for the Full Rate Carriage.

REP 5.9.2 (SCC) Lamp Ballast PWB Parts List on PL 5.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.


•

5. Figure 4 j0fu40520 3.

After replacement, adjust the white reference by DC945 IIT calibration (B/W image quality adjustment) and perform CCD calibration. (6.2.25 in Chapter 6)

4.



•



Remove the Lamp Ballast PWB. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Tabs (x2) from the Full Rate Carriage and remove the Lamp Ballast PWB.


Disconnect the Slide Cord Connector. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-119

Pull out the Slide Cord and disconnect the connector.

5. IIT



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-120

Version.1 .1.1

REP 5.9.3 (SCC) Slide Cord Parts List on PL 5.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 5.2) •

3. 4.


5.

200V Type: Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2) •

Figure 2 j0fu40522



100V Type: Remove the Power Chassis Cover. (PL 5.2) •

Replacement 1.



Installation Screws: Rear (x3), Top (x3)

6.

Remove Top Rear Cover 2. (PL 5.1)

7.


8.

Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (REP 5.7.3)

9.

Remove the harness guide on the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 1)

•


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the harness guide.

Figure 1 j0fu40525 10. Turn the Full Rate Carriage upside down. 11. Remove the Slide Cable from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 2) (1)

Pull out the Slide Cable and disconnect the connector.

(2)

Remove the Slide Cable.

Figure 4 j0fu40528 Figure 2 j0fu40526 14. Remove the Slide Cable from the pulley of the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 5) 12. Disconnect the Slide Cable Connectors at the rear of the IPS. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Motor Guard.

(3)

Pull out the Slide Cable and disconnect the connector.

(1)

Remove the Slide Cable from the pulley.

(2)

Remove the Slide Cable from the hooks (x2).

Figure 5 j0fu40529 Figure 3 j0fu40527 13. Release the clamp to remove the Slide Cable. (Figure 4) (1)

Release the clamps (4).

(2)

Remove the Slide Cable.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Replacement 1.


2.

Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 5.7.1)

02/2009 4-121

5. IIT



02/2009 4-122

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 6.1.1 (SCC) ROS Parts List on PL 6.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.

Move the UI to the rear. (REP 2.4.1)

4.


5.


• •


Remove the Left Top Cover. (PL 1.1)

7.

Remove the IIT Right Cover.

8.

Remove the Stay Front/Right Cover. (PL 2.4)

• • 9.

14. Remove the Hexagon Driver. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Hexagon Driver.


6.

•

Figure 1 j0fu40601

Installation Screws: Top (x1), Rear (x3) Installation Screws: Top (x2),Right (x2) Installation Screws (M3x10): Right (x3)

Remove the Finisher Docking Plate. (PL 1.2) •


10. Remove the Upper Cover. (PL 1.2) •


11. Take out the Arm shaft used to open/close the IIT Frame from the IIT Frame. (PL 5.1) 12. Open the IIT Frame. (REP 5.3.1) 13. Remove the ROS Cover. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Slide the ROS Cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

Figure 2 j0fu40602 15. Disconnect the connectors (x2). (Figure 3) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-123


6. ROS


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 6. ROS

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-124

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 3 j0fu40603 16. Remove the screws (x4) used to secure the ROS. (Figure 4)

Figure 5 j0fu40605

Replacement

(1)

Remove the screws (M3x10, x2) on the Hexagon Driver.

1.


(2)

Remove the Shoulder Screws (x2).

2.

Install the ROS Boss by inserting it into the hole on the Frame. (Figure 6)

Figure 4 j0fu40604 17. Remove the ROS and disconnect the Flexible Print Cable connectors (x2). (Figure 5) (1)


Figure 6 j0fu40606

REP 7.1.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Parts List on PL 7.1 Removal NOTE: The procedure for removal from the rail is described here. This procedure applies to Tray 1 only.

WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.

WARNING For safety during work, keep the rail pressed in. If the rail is out, you may injure your hand or eye. 1.

Release the stopper of the Tray 1 Right Rail. (Figure 1) (1)

Push in the stopper to release it.

(2)

Pull out Tray 1 slightly.

Figure 2 j0fu40703

Replacement 1.

Install Tray 1 onto the rail (Figure 3) •

Check secure mounting and smooth movement on the rail.


Remove Tray 1. (Figure 2) (1)

Push in the stopper to release it.

(2)

Remove Tray 1 from the rail.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-125

Gently push Tray 1 into the machine.

7. Tray Module


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 7. Tray Module

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-126

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.1.2 Tray 2 Transport

REP 7.1.3 (SCC) Tray 1 Feeder



WARNING



1.

Remove Tray 1. (REP 7.1.1)

1.


2.


2.

Pull out Tray 3 and Tray 4.

3.

Pull out the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1)

3.

4.

Remove the Inner Cover of the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.10)

Remove the Inter Cover. (PL 7.2) •

Installation Screws: Front (x2)

•


4.

Pull out Tray 2.

•

Pull out Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1)

Release the bottom hooks (x2).

5.

5.

Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (REP 7.10.1)

6.

6.

Remove the Tray 2 Transport. (Figure 1) (1)

Push in the stopper at both sides and release the stopper.

(2)

Pull out Tray 2 Transport.

Remove the screws used to secure Tray 1 Feeder. (Figure 1) (1)



7.

Pull out Tray 1 Feeder along the rail. (Figure 2) (1)

Replacement 1.


2.



•


•


•


•


Pull out Tray 1 Feeder. (A) Rail


Remove the Tray 1 Feeder. (Figure 3) (1)


Pull out the Tray 1 Feeder.

When keeping the Tray 1 Feeder in the Main Processor, align the Tray 1 Feeder hole to the studs (x2) at the rear of the Main Processor. (Figure 5) (A) Studs


Replacement 1. 2.


4.

Install the Tray 1 Feeder with its holders (x2) aligned to the Main Unit Rail. (Figure 4)

5.

At replacement, remove the holder (Figure 4-B) from the Feeder and mount it on the new one. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.

(A) Rail

•


(B) Holder

•


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-127

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-128

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.2.1 (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder and (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder Parts List on PL 7.2 Removal NOTE: This procedure applies to Tray 3 feeder only.

WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1. 2.

Push in the stoppers at the both sides of Tray 3 rail sides and pull Tray 3 out to the service position. Remove the Inner Cover. (PL 7.2) •

3.


Remove the screws used to secure Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screws (x2). Figure 2 j0fu40713

Replacement 1. 2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Install the Tray 3 Feeder with its holders (x2) aligned to the rail on the Main Processor. (Figure 3) (A) Rail (B) Holder


Pull out Tray 3 Feeder along the rail. (Figure 2) (1)

Pull out the Tray 3 Feeder. (A) Rail


When storing the Tray 3 Feeder in the Main Processor, align the Tray 3 Feeder hole to the studs (x2) at the rear of the Main Processor. (Figure 4) (A) Studs

REP 7.2.2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Parts List on PL 7.2 Removal NOTE: The procedure for removal from the rail is described here.This procedure applies to Tray 3 only.


WARNING For safety during work, keep the rail pressed in. If the rail is out, you may injure your hand or eye.


1.

Extract the Tray 3.

2.

Remove the paper.

3.

Remove the Tray 3. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screws.

•

Tray 3 "Chain Link : 954-802" "Chain Link : 954-822"

(2)

Remove the Shoulder screws (x2).

Tray 4 "Chain Link : 954-803" "Chain Link : 954-823"

(3)

Remove the Tray 3.

•

Figure 1 j0fu40771

Replacement 1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-129


7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-130

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.4.1 Takeaway Roll 1 and Vertical Transport Roll 1 Parts List on PL 7.4 Removal NOTE: This section describes the procedure for Vertical Transport Roll 1 only. NOTE: Roll identificationTakeaway roll 1: With shaft on the front- Vertical transport roll 1: With no shaft on the front



2. 3.

Figure 2 j0fu40742

Open the Left Hand Cover. (PL 7.3) Remove the Latch Upper Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Latch Upper Bracket.

5.

Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket from the studs (x2).


Remove the screws used to secure the Pinch Roll and Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)


Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Upper Chute. (Figure 4) (1)



Remove the Takeaway Upper Chute. (Figure 5) (1)


Remove the Takeaway Upper Chute from the studs (x2).

Remove the One Way Clutch Gear and Ball Bearing from the Vertical transport Roll 1. (Figure 7) (1)

Remove the small E-clip.

(2)

Remove the One Way Clutch Gear.

(3)

Remove the ball bearing (retaining ring type).

(4)

Remove the washers (x2).

(5)

Remove the ball bearing (flange type).

(6)

Remove the large E-clip.


Remove the Vertical Transport Roll 1. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Shift the Vertical Transport Roll 1 to the rear side and remove it from the front side.

Figure 7 j0fu40748

Replacement 1. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-131


7. Tray Module


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 7. Tray Module 2.


Takeaway Roll 1 "Chain Link: 954-804"

•

Vertical Transport Roll 1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-132

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.4.2 Takeaway Roll 3 Parts List on PL 7.4 Removal WARNING


Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2. 3.

Open the Left Hand Cover. (PL 7.3) Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 1) (1)



Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute from the studs (x2).


Remove the Takeaway Roll 3. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

Replacement

(2)

Shift the Takeaway Roll 3 to the rear side and remove it from the front side.

1. 2.




Remove the One Way Clutch Gear and Ball Bearing from the Takeaway Roll 3. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-133

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-134

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.4.3 Takeaway Roll 4 and Vertical Transport Roll 3 Parts List on PL 7.4 Removal NOTE: Roll identification Takeaway Roll 4: With shaft on the front- Vertical transport roll 3: With no shaft on the front - Vertical transport roll 3: With no shaft on the front NOTE: This section describes the procedure for Takeaway Roll 4 only.


HCF Type: Detach the HCF. (2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1)

Figure 2 j0fu40762

(4000HCF: REP30.2.1) 2.

Open the Left Hand Cover. (PL 7.3)

3.

Remove the screws used to secure the Pinch Roll and bracket. (Figure 1) (1)

5.

Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Lower Chute. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screws (M3x8).



Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket from the studs (x2).

Remove the Takeaway Lower Chute. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the Takeaway Lower Chute from the studs (x2).


Remove the Takeaway Roll 4. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

Replacement

(2)

Shift the Takeaway Roll 4 to the rear side and remove it from the front side.

1. 2.


Takeaway Roll 4

•

Vertical Transport Roll 3

"Chain Link: 954-807" "Chain Link: 954-813"




(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-135

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-136

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.4.4 Vertical Transport Roll 2 Parts List on PL 7.4 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Open the Left Hand Cover. (PL 7.3)

3.

Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screws (M3x8, x2). Figure 2 j0fu40751 5.

Remove the Vertical Transport Roll 2. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Shift the Vertical Transport Roll 2 to the rear side and remove it from the front side.


Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute from the studs (x2).




(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


REP 7.5.1 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 1 Parts List on PL 7.5 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the UI-ESS Cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover.

2.


3.


• • 4. Figure 4 j0fu40748



5.

Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1)

6.

Remove the Fly Wheel. (PL 10.1) •

Replacement


1.


7.

2.

Enter the Diag mode after replacement is performed

8.

Remove the Filter Cover. (PL 1.1)

•

9.

Remove the Left Lower Rear Cover. (PL 1.1)


Remove S5-HVPS. (REP 2.3.2)

10. Remove the Cover Upper Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Cover Upper Bracket.

Figure 1 j0fu40734 11. Remove the Filter Case. (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-137

(1)


(2)

Remove the Filter Case.

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-138

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 2 j0fu40735 12. Be careful not to separate the Takeaway Clutch 1 when removing the Takeaway Motor 1. (Figure 3) (A) Takeaway Clutch 1

Figure 4 j0fu40737 14. Remove the Takeaway Clutch 1 Connector. (Figure 5) (1)


(2)


Figure 3 j0fu40736 Figure 5 j0fu40738 13. Remove Takeaway Motor 1. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)


(1)

Remove the ball bearings (x2).

(3)


(2)

Remove the washer (thick).

(4)


(3)

Remove the gear.

(5)

Remove the Takeaway Motor 1.

(4)

Remove the washers (thin).

(5)

Remove the Wave Washers.

(6)

Remove the shaft.

15. Remove the Takeaway Clutch 1. (Figure 6)

REP 7.6.1 Lift Cable Parts List on PL 7.6 Removal NOTE: This section describes the procedure for the Lift Cable at the rear of Take 1 only.


Pull out Tray 1.

2.

Remove the paper.

3.

Remove the Tray 1 Front Cover. (PL 7.1)

4.

Remove the screws (x4) used to secure Tray 1. (Figure 1)

• Figure 6 j0fu40739

(1)

Installation Screws: Top (x2), Left/Right (x1 each) Remove the screws (x4).

Replacement 1.


2.




Remove Tray 1. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-139

Remove Tray 1.

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-140

Version.1 .1.1


Figure 4 j0fu40719

Remove the Lift Gear Bracket. (Figure 3)

Replacement

•

Place the removed Lift Gear Bracket and gear so that they will not be separated

1.

(1)

Remove the E-Clip (small).

2.

Install the Lift Cable so that the cable will not cross each other.

(2)


3.

(3)

Remove the Lift Gear Bracket.

When installing the Tray 1, align the Base Bracket positioning Boss and the hole on the Tray 1. (Figure 5)


(A) Positioning Boss


Remove the Lift Cable. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the E-Clips (small x2) and remove the Cable Guides (x2).

(2)

Remove the E-Clip (small) and remove the Cable Guides.

(3)

Remove the E-Clip (large) to remove the gear.

(4)

Remove the Cable Pulley.

(5)

Remove the Lift Cables (x2) at the ball end.

REP 7.9.1 Belt (Tray 3, Tray 4)

REP 7.10.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder



WARNING



1.

1.


2.


Install the belt with the left and right lift shafts down so that the bottom plate will be lifted horizontally. (Figure 1) (A) Belt

•


(B) Lift Shaft

•

Release the hooks (x2) at the bottom.

3.

Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Tray 2 Feeder in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 1 j0fu40721

Figure 1 j0fu40710

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Tray 2 Feeder, align the Tray 2 Feeder hole to the studs (x2) on the Tray 2 Transport Frame. (Figure 2) (A) Studs

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-141

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-142

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.12.1 Horizontal Transport Roll 1,2 and Takeaway Roll 2 Parts List on PL 7.12 Removal NOTE: Remove the Takeaway Roll 2 by referring to the procedures for .Horizontal Transport Roll 2.



3.

Pull out the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1)

4.





•



2.

5.

•


•



6.

Remove the Tray 2 Transport. (REP 7.1.2)

7.

Turn the Tray 2 Transport upside down.

8.

Horizontal Transport Roll 1: Remove the E-Clip and KL-Clip. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Remove the KL-Clip (large x2).


Horizontal Transport Roll 1: Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 1. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the gear.

(2)

Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 1.

(3)


(4)


Figure 2 j0fu40727 10. Horizontal Transport Roll 2: Remove the gear at the rear. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip (small).

(2)

Remove the joint.

(3)

Remove the compression spring.

(4)

Remove the washer.

(5)

Remove the gear.


Horizontal Transport Roll 2: Remove the KL-Clip.(Figure 4) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip (large x2).


Horizontal Transport Roll 2: Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 2. (Figure 5) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-143

Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 2.

7. Tray Module


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 7. Tray Module (2)


(3)


4127/4112G

02/2009 4-144

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.12.2 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 2 Parts List on PL 7.12 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.

Pull out Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1)

4.


5.

Figure 5 j0fu40730


2.


Horizontal Transport Roll 1,2

•

TakeawayRoll 2


•



6.

Remove the Tray 2 Transport. (REP 7.1.2)

7.

Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Clutch 2. (Figure 1)

Replacement 1.

•

(1)


(2)


"Chain Link: 954-810" "Chain Link: 954-805"


Remove the Takeaway Clutch 2. (1) (2)

Remove the bracket. Remove the Takeaway Clutch 2 from the Rear Bracket hole. (A) Rear Bracket Hole

•



Remove the ball bearing gear from the Takeaway Clutch 2. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the washer (thick).

(3)

Remove the gear.

(4)

Remove the washers (thin x3).

(5)

Remove the Wave Washer.

(6)

Remove the shaft.

Figure 3 j0fu40733

Replacement 1.


2.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-145

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-146

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.13.1 Feed Roll,Nudger Roll,Retard Roll Parts List on PL 7.13 Removal NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls simultaneously. Replacement Kit: 604K 23670 NOTE: This section describes the procedure for Feed Roll only.


Remove the target Tray Feeder. •

Tray 1 Feeder (REP 7.1.3)

•


•


•


Figure 2 j0fu40767

Replacement

2.

Turn the Tray Feeder upside down.

1.


3.

Remove the target Roll. (Figure 1)

2.

(A) Retard Roll

Push in both sides of the Feed Roll Pin and align the Pin D-Cut to the groove of the installed unit. (Figure 3)

(B) Feed Roll

(A) Push in the Pin.

(C) Nudger Roll

(B) D-Cut of Pin


Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 2)



(1)

Push in the pins on both sides.

•

Tray 1 "Chain Link : 954-800"

(2)

Remove the Feed Roll in the direction of the arrow.

•


•


•


REP 7.14.1 Feed/Nudger Shaft Parts List on PL 7.14 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

2.

Remove the target Tray Feeder. •


•


•


•

Tray 4 Feeder (REP 7.2.1) Figure 2 j0fu40773

Remove the E-Clip from the Feed/Nudger Shaft. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove E-Clip.

5.

Remove the screws (4) securing the Motor Frame. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove Screws (4).


Place the Tray Feeder upside down.

4.

Remove the Upper Rear Chute. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove Round Point Screw.

(2)

Remove Upper Rear Chute.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


Move the Motor Frame to the position shown in the figure. (Figure 4) (A) Motor Frame

02/2009 4-147

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-148

Version.1 .1.1


Disconnect the connector from the Tray Nudger Solenoid. (Figure 5)


Remove the Feed/Nudger Shaft. (Figure 7)

(1)

Release Wire Harness from Clamp.

(1)

Remove Sleeve Bearing.

(2)

Disconnect Connector.

(2)

Remove Feed/Nudger Shaft.


Figure 7 j0fu40778

Remove the Tray Nudger Solenoid. (Figure 6)

Replacement

(1)

Remove Screws (4).

1.

Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

(2)

Remove Tray Nudger Solenoid.

2.

When installing the Feed/Nudger Shaft, put the Torsion Spring in the notch of the Tray Upper Feeder Frame. (Figure 8) (A) notch


Figure 10 j0fu40781

Clamp the Wire Harness of the Tray Nudger Solenoid securely. (Figure 9) When installing the Upper Rear Chute, take care not to get the Wire Harness caught.


When installing the Motor Frame, route the Wire Harness (Yellow) below the Connector Housing. (Figure 10)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-149

7. Tray Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-150

Version.1 .1.1

REP 7.15.1 Torsion Spring

REP 7.17.1 Nudger Bracket,Nudger Lever,Torsion Spring



WARNING



1.

1.

Install the Torsion Spring. (Figure 1) (A) Insert the stud into the groove.

Install the Nudger Bracket, Nudger Lever and Torsion Spring. (Figure 1) (A) Nudger Bracket (B) Nudger Lever (C) Torsion Spring


REP 8.3.1 MSI Feeder Parts List on PL 8.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the MSI. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the screws (M4 x2).

(3)

Remove the MSI.


Remove the MSI Rear Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the MSI Rear Bracket.


Remove the MSI Lower Cover. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the MSI Rear Cover while turning the Rear Bracket to its horizontal position.

(3)

Release the spring.

(4)


(5)

Remove the MSI Lower Cover.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-151

Remove the MSI Front Cover 2. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the MSI Front Covers (x2).

8. MSI


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 8. MSI

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-152

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the MSI Front Bracket. (Figure 5)


Remove the screws used to secure the MSI Lift Up Motor. (Figure 7)

(1)


(1)

(2)

Remove the MSI Front Bracket.

(2)

Remove the Harness Cover.

(3)


Remove the screw (1).

(4)

Extract the cable band from the hole.

(5)



Remove the MSI Front Cover 1. (PL 8.2) •

7.

• 8.

Installation Screws: Front (x1), Rear (Tapping) (x1)

Figure 7 j0fu40807

Remove the MSI Rear Cover 1. (PL 8.2) Installation Screws: Front (x2)

Remove the MSI Front Frame. (Figure 6) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the MSI Front Frame.

10. Move the MSI Lift Up Motor. (Figure 8) (1)

Move the MSI Lift Up Motor.

Figure 8 j0fu40808 11. Remove the sector gear. (Figure 9) (1)

Remove the E-Ring.

(2)

Remove the sector gear.

(3)

Remove the pin.

(4)

Remove the bearing.

Figure 10 j0fu40810 13. Remove the MSI Feeder. (Figure 11) (1)

Remove the MSI Feeder.

Figure 11 j0fu40811


1. 2.

12. Remove the screws used to secure the MSI Feeder. (Figure 10) (1)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. After replacement, adjust the DC740 SMH/MSI guide. (See 6.2.23 in Chapter 6)

3.

02/2009 4-153


“Chain Link: 954-826”

•


8. MSI



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-154

Version.1 .1.1

REP 8.6.1 Retard Roll

REP 8.6.2 Feed Roll



NOTE: Replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls simultaneously.


Replacement Kit: 604K 23660


WARNING

WARNING

Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn off the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.


1.

1.

Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 1)

Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 1)

(1)

Open the MSI Upper Feeder.

(1)


(2)

Remove the Retard Roll.

(2)

Remove the Feed Roll.

Figure 1 j0fu40812

Figure 1 j0fu40813

Replacement

Replacement

1.


1.


2.

Install the Retard Roll by aligning it to its D-Cut shaft.

2.

Install the Feed Roll by aligning it to its D-Cut shaft.

REP 8.6.3 Nudger Roll

REP 8.7.1 Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring







1.

Install the Nudger Bracket, Nudger Lever and Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)

Remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Nudger Roll.

Figure 1 j0fu40815

Figure 1 j0fu40814

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the Nudger Roll by aligning it to its D-Cut shaft.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-155

8. MSI



02/2009 4-156

REP 8.7.2 Feed/Nudger Shaft Parts List on PL 8.7 Replacement WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Install the Feed/Nudger Shaft as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 j0fu40816

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 10.1.1 Fuser Drive Parts List on PL 10.1 Removal

(3)


(4)

Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan Housing.



2.


3.


• • 4.



5.


6.


7.

Remove the Xero, Deve, and Transfer Belt Drive. (REP 10.1.2)

8.

Open the Front Cover. (PL 1.1)

9.

Pull out the Marking Drawer. (PL 13.3)

(1)


10. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct. (Figure 1)

(2)

Move the Connector Bracket.


Figure 2 j0fu41006 12. Move the Connector Bracket. (Figure 3)

(1)

Remove the tapping screw.

(2)

Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct.


13. Disconnect the Fuser Drive connectors. (Figure 4) (1)

11. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan Housing. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-157


(2)


(3)

Remove the cable bands (x2).

10. Drive


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 10. Drive

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-158

Version.1 .1.1

REP 10.1.2 Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive Parts List on PL 10.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


• • 4. Figure 4 j0fu41008


6.

Remove the Fly Wheel. (PL 10.1) •


(2)

Remove the Fuser Drive.



5.

14. Remove the Fuser Drive. (Figure 5) (1)


7.


Remove the Rear Duct. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Rear Duct.


Replacement 1.


8.

Disconnect the connector on the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)

Disconnect the CC Cleaner Motor connector.

(6)

Pull out the cable band.

(7)


Replacement 1.



Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive.

Figure 3 j0fu41002

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-159

10. Drive



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-160

Version.1 .1.1

REP 10.1.3 Retract Bracket

REP 10.4.1 Exit/Inverter Drive



WARNING



1.

When installing the Retract Bracket, align the directions of Shaft Pin and Gear Hole. (Figure 1)

1.


(A) Shaft Pin

2.


3.


(B) Gear Hole

• • 4.



5.


6.


7.


8.

Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct.

Figure 1 j0fu41004


Disconnect the connector of the Exit/Inverter Drive. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


Replacement 1. 2.



Figure 2 j0fu41010 10. Remove the Exit/Inverter Drive. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Exit/Inverter Drive.

Figure 3 j0fu41012

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-161

10. Drive



02/2009 4-162

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 11.1.1 Drum Cartridge Parts List on PL 11.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Open the Front Door.

2.

Turn the Drawer Lever and the Deve Lock Lever in the arrow-indicated directions each, and push the Drum Latch. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Drum Latch Cover.

(3)

Turn the Drawer Lever.

(4)

Turn the Deve Lock Lever.

(5)

Turn the Drum Latch.

Figure 2 j0fu41102

Replacement 1.



Pull out the Drum Cartridge. (Figure 2) (1)

Pull out the Drum Cartridge.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-163

11. Xero/Cleaner


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 11. Xero/Cleaner

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-164

Version.1 .1.1

REP 11.1.2 Erase Lamp Parts List on PL 11.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the Drum Cartridge. (REP 11.1.1)

3.

Remove the Front Top Inner Cover. (PL 3.1) •

4.


Remove the duct. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the duct.

Figure 2 j0fu41116

Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the DC135 HFSI] counter. •


Remove the Erase Lamp. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).

(3)

Open the hook and extract the Erase Lamp.


(2)

REP 11.1.3 (SCC) ESV PWB and Sensor

Slide the ESV Sensor Cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

Parts List on PL 11.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve, Housing Unit on the paper. 1.


2.

Remove the Toner Cartridge. (PL 12.1)

3.


4.

Remove the Front Top Inner Cover. (PL 3.1) •

Installation Screws : Front (x2)

5.

Remove the Deve Housing Unit Lever. (PL 12.1)

6.

Remove the Toner Cartridge Inner Cover. (PL 12.1) •

Figure 2 j0fu41120


7.

Place paper under the Auger Pipe to prevent contamination by toner.

8.

Remove the Deve Housing Unit. (REP 12.1.1)

9.

Remove the screw used to secure the ESV PWB Bracket and ESV Sensor Cover. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Release the wire harnesses (2) from the clamp.

(3)


(4)


11. Turn the ESV PWB Bracket upside down. 12. Remove the ESV PWB and Sensor. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Release the PWB Supports (x4) and remove the ESV PWB and Sensor.

Figure 3 j0fu41121 13. Remove the ESV Sensor from the ESV Sensor Cover. (Figure 4) Figure 1 j0fu41119

(1)


(2)

Remove the ESV Sensor.

10. Remove the ESV PWB Bracket and ESV Sensor Cover. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the hooks (x2) at the rear of the ESV PWB Bracket from the square hole of the frame.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-165

11. Xero/Cleaner



Figure 4 j0fu41129

2.

Version.1 .1.1


Replacement 1.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-166


Insert the hook of the ESV PWB Bracket into the square hole on the frame when installing the ESV PWB Bracket. (Figure 7)

When reinstalling the ESV Sensor Cover, fit the two claws in the ESV Duct. (Figure 5) (A)Two claws

Figure 7 j0fu41122 5. Figure 5 j0fu41130 3.

After reinstalling the ESV Sensor Cover, ensure that the curved surface of the ESV Sensor Cover is the same in shape as that of the ESV Duct. (Figure 6) (A) The shape of the curved surface

Thread the harness of the ESV PWB Bracket and Sensor as shown in the figure. (Figure 8)

REP 11.1.4 ADC Parts List on PL 11.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.

Figure 8 j0fu41123

1.


2.


3.

Remove the Duplex Drawer. (REP 14.1.1)

4.

Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position.(REP 13.3.2)

5.

Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (REP 15.2.4)

6.

Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)

7.

Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (REP 13.2.1)

8.

Remove the ADC. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the ADC.

Figure 1 j0fu41124

Replacement

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1.


2.

After replacement, execute "2. Reset" by the Print Darkness Adjustment sub-function in 6.2.24, "DC935 Print Controller ON/OFF Print." (See 6.2.24 in Chapter 6)

02/2009 4-167

11. Xero/Cleaner



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-168

Version.1 .1.1

REP 11.2.1 CC Cleaner Motor

REP 11.2.2 Waste Toner Auger



WARNING



1.


1.


2.


2.


3.


•


•


3.


4.


5.


4.


5.


•

6.


6.


•



7.

Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt. (REP 10.1.2)

8.

Remove the CC Cleaner Motor. (Figure 1)

7.

•


(1)

Release the clamps (x4) and pull out the wire harness.

8.

(2)


(1)


(3)

Remove the CC Cleaner Motor.

(2)

Remove the Waste Toner Auger.

Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt. (REP 10.1.2) Remove the Waste Toner Auger. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 j0fu41003

Figure 1 j0fu41125

Replacement

Replacement

1.

1.


2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Check that gears are engaged when installing the Waste Toner Auger. (Figure 2) (A) Engagement of the gears

REP 11.4.1 Cleaning Blade Parts List on PL 11.4 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the Front Cover. (PL 11.3)

3.

Remove the Pre Transfer Corotoron. (Figure 1)

•


(1)

Remove the screw (M3x8, x1).

(2)

Remove the Pre Transfer Corotoron.

Figure 2 j0fu41126


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-169

Remove the Belt Transfer Chute. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Belt Transfer Chute.

11. Xero/Cleaner



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-170

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the Front Plate. (Figure 3)


(1)


(2)

Remove the Front Plate.

Remove the drum. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the drum.


Remove the Rear Plate. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Rear Plate.

Remove the Upper Cover. •

9.

Installation Screws (Topping): Top (x4)

Remove the Cleaning Blade. (Figure 6) (1)


(2)

Remove the Cleaning Blade.

REP 11.5.1 ADC Sensor Kit Parts List on PL 11.5 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: To replace the ADC Sensor, use the replacement Kit 604K23231.

Figure 6 j0fu41106

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the drum as shown in the figure. The tab of the drum shaft should be placed at Rear. (Figure 7)

1.


2.


3.


4.

Slide out the Marking Drawer until the service position. (REP 13.3.2)

5.


6.


7.


8.

Remove the ADC. (REP 11.1.4)

9.

Replace the old ADC PWB and ADC Sensor with the new ones in the kit. (Figure 1) (A) Install, making the harness horizontal.

Figure 1 j0fu41132

Figure 7 j0fu41107

10. Install the ADC Sensor harness as shown in the figure. (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-171

11. Xero/Cleaner



Figure 2 j0fu41133 11. Degrease the specified surface “A” of the ADC Bracket. (Figure 3)

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-172

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 4 j0fu41135 13. To reinstall the removed parts, perform the removal steps in reverse order. 14. In the “Print Density Adjustment” subfunction of [DC935 Pro-con ON/OFF Print], execute "2. Reset.” (Chapter 6 6.2.24)

Figure 3 j0fu41134 12. Attach the harness seal provided in the kit. (Figure 4) (1)

Align the ADC Bracket with the harness seal along the specified edges.

(2)

Press 3 pieces of two-sided tape with force to prevent the harness seal from peeling off.

REP 11.10.1 Corotoron Wire Parts List on PL 11.10 Removal NOTE: To replace the Corotron Wire, move the CC Cleaner to the home position in advance.


Remove the Charge Corotoron. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Charge Corotoron.


Remove the Arc Front Shield and Grid Holder. (Figure 3)


Remove the CC Grid. (Figure 2) (1)

Release the Grid Spring.

(2)

Remove the CC Grid. Figure 3 j0fu41110 4.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-173

Remove the Arc Rear Shield. (Figure 4)

11. Xero/Cleaner



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-174

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the Corotoron Wire. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the hook of the Spring to remove the Corotoron Wire.


Install the Rear Corotoron Wire. (Figure 7) (1)

Hook the Corotoron Wire to the Spring.

(2)

Hang the spring onto the hook.


Replacement 1.


2.

Hook Corotoron Wire at the front side on the stud and install it so that it is in contact with the CC Cleaner. (Figure 6)

REP 12.1.1 Deve. Housing Unit Parts List on PL 12.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve, Housing Unit on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Toner Cartridge Inner Cover. (PL 12.1) •

Figure 2 j0fu41201


6.


7.

Disconnect the connector of the Deve. Housing Unit. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Release the wire harness from the hook.

9.

Remove the screws used to secure the Deve Housing Unit. (Figure 3) (1)



10. Pull out the Deve. Housing Unit. (Figure 4) (1)

Pull out the Auger Pipe from the Deve. Housing Unit and move it upwards. (Figure 2) (1)

Shift the Auger Pipe in the direction of arrow and pull it out from the Deve. Housing Unit.

(2)

Move the Auger Pipe upwards.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-175

Pull out the Deve Housing Unit in the direction of the arrow.

12. Deve


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 12. Deve

Figure 4 j0fu41203

Replacement 1.


2.

To install the Deve. Housing Unit, place the Retract Middle Plate on the groove of the rail bracket of the Toner Dispenser Rail Bracket and press it inside. (Figure 5) (A) Retract Middle Plare (B) Rail Bracket


Check that gears are engaged when installing the Auger Pipe. (Figure 6) (A) Gear Engagement.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-176

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 6 j0fu41205

12.

REP 12.1.2 Toner Dispenser Parts List on PL 12.1 Removal

Remove the screw used to secure the Toner Dispenser in front. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve Housing Unit and Toner Dispenser on the paper. 1.


2.



3.


4.

Disconnect the Toner Dispenser Connectors at the rear.(Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)


Figure 2 j0fu41207 13. Pull out the Toner Dispenser. (Figure 3) (1)

Pull out the Toner Dispenser.



6.


7.


8.


Replacement

9.

Remove the Toner Cartridge Inner Cover. (PL 12.1)

1.


•

2.

Install the Toner Dispenser at the left side of the Main Unit Frame so that it is in contact with the tab at the bottom of the Toner Dispenser. (Figure 4)


10.


11.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 3 j0fu41208

(A) Main Unit Frame 02/2009 4-177

12. Deve



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-178

(B) Tab

Version.1 .1.1

REP 12.2.1 Deve. Housing Parts List on PL 12.2 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve. Housing Unit on the paper. NOTE: When the Deve. Housing has been replaced, replace the developer. 1.


3.


4.


5.


Install the Toner Dispenser so that the pins on the Toner Dispenser are aligned with the holes on the Main Unit Frame. (Figure 5)

6.


7.


(A) Pins

8.



2.

•

(B) Frame Holes


Remove the screws used to secure the Retract Frame. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw (Pan Head) used to secure the wire harness.

(2)



Remove the Retract Upper Plate. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Retract Upper Plate.

Figure 2 j0fu41214 10. Remove the Retract Frame. (Figure 3) (1)


Slide the Retract Frame in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

Load the Developer from the opening. (Figure 5) (1)

Load the Developer.

(A) Check during installation


Replacement 11.

Remove the Upper Cover to load the Developer. (Figure 4)

1.


(1)


2.

Take note of the following points when installing the Retract Frame. (Figure 6)

(2)

Remove the Upper Cover.

(A) Align and fit the pin on the frame into the hole on the Deve. Housing. (B) Push in the Deve. Housing Plunger. (C) The Plunger and Cam are in contact.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-179

12. Deve



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-180

Version.1 .1.1

REP 12.4.1 Auger Pipe Parts List on PL 12.4 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve, Housing Unit on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.


7.

Remove the Auger Pipe gear. (Figure 1)

•


(1) Remove the E-Clip. (2) Removve the Gear. Figure 6 j0fu41218 3. 4.

When replacing the Deve. Housing, replace the developer. When replacing the Deve. Housing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. •

5.


If the Deve. Housing has been replaced, replace the Developer then enter diag mode and perform DC949 ATC Sensor Setup. (6.2.26 in Chapter 6) •

If only the Developer is replaced, ATC Sensor Setup should not be performed.


Remove the Auger Pipe. (Figured 2) (1)

Remove the Auger Pipe.

REP 12.5.1 ATC Sensor Parts List on PL 12.5 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve, Housing Unit on the paper. 1.


3.


4.


5.


Figure 2 j0fu41223

• 6.

Replacement 1.


2.

Check that gears are engaged after installation. (Figure 3)


2.

7.


8.

Remove the screws used to secure the Retract Frame. (Figure 1)

(A) Gear Engagement.

(1)

Remove the screw (Pan Head) used to secure the wire harness.

(2)


Figure 3 j0fu41224


Remove the Retract Upper Plate. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G



02/2009 4-181

Remove the Retract Upper Plate.

12. Deve



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-182

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 2 j0fu41214 10. Remove the Retract Frame. (Figure 3) (1)

Figure 4 j0fu41219 12. Remove the ATC sensor. (Figure 5)

Slide the Retract Frame in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

(1)

(A) Check during installation

(2)

Remove the ATC Sensor from the hooks (x2).

(3)

Remove the ATC Seal.


Figure 3 j0fu41215 Figure 5 j0fu41220 11. Remove the Trickle Cover. (Figure 4) (1)


Replacement

(2)

Remove the Trickle Cover.

1.


2.

Take note of the following points when installing the Retract Frame. (Figure 6) (A) Align and fit the pin on the frame into the hole on the Deve. Housing. (B) Push in the Deve. Housing Plunger. (C) The Plunger and Cam are in contact.

REP 12.7.1 Low Toner Sensor Parts List on PL 12.7 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve Housing Unit and Toner Dispenser on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2)

5.

Remove the screws used to secure the Low Toner Sensor. (Figure 1) (1)



When the ATC sensor has been replaced, adjust the ATC target value for each machine. After replacing the developer, enter Diag Mode and execute DC949 ATC sensor setup described in 6.2.26. " •

If only the Developer is replaced, ATC Sensor Setup should not be performed.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-183

Remove the Low Toner Sensor. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Separate the Low Toner Sensor from the Sensor Cover.

12. Deve



Figure 2 j0fu41212

Replacement 1.


02/2009 4-184

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.1.1 Pre Registration Motor Parts List on PL 13.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


• • 4.



5.


6.


7.

Remove the Rear Duct. (Figure 1)

(1)


(1)


(2)

Remove the Pre Registration Motor.

(2)

Remove the Rear Duct.

•

Figure 2 j0fu41301


9.

Remove the Pre Registration Motor. (Figure 3)


Replacement 8.

Disconnect the Pre Registration Motor connector. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1.

02/2009 4-185


13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter)


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter)

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-186

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.1.2 Registration Unit Parts List on PL 13.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3) •

5.

Mounting Screw: 2 pieces at front

Disconnect the connector from the Inlet Lower Chute. (Figure 1) (1)



Remove the Inlet Lower Chute. (Figure 2) (1)

Hold the both ends of the Inlet Lower Chute.

(2)

Remove the Inlet Lower Chute upward.



Remove the Inlet Lower Chute by holding both its edges.

(2)

Remove the Inlet Lower Chute in the upward direction.


Remove the Registration Unit. (Figure 4) (1)

Pull out the knob.

(2)


(3)


(4)

Holding the handles (2), remove the Registration Unit.

REP 13.2.1 Transfer Belt Unit Parts List on PL 13.2 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Transfer Belt Unit on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3)

5.

Disconnect the connector from the Inlet Lower Chute. (Figure 1)

• (1)

Installation Screws: Front (x2) Disconnect the connector.

Figure 4 j0tk41303

Replacement 1.


2.

After the replacement of the Registration Unit, adjust the Multi Feed Sensor. ( ADJ 13.15.1 )

3.



•


•


•

“Chain Link: 954-896” Figure 1 j0tk41301 6.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-187


Remove the Inlet Lower Chute by holding both its edges.

(2)

Remove the Inlet Lower Chute in the upward direction.




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-188

Version.1 .1.1


Disconnect the connecto of the Transfer Belt Unit. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the screw (M3x6) to remove the Earth Wire.

(3)

Pull out the cable band.

(4)



Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (Figure 5) (1)

Lower the left side and lift the right side of the Transfer Belt Unit to remove.

Figure 5 j0fu41343


1.


2.


8.

Pull out the shaft of the Transfer Belt Unit. (Figure 4) (1)

Hold the Transfer Belt Unit horizontal by the handles (2) and extract the shaft. (A) Shaft


REP 13.2.2 Inverter Unit Parts List on PL 13.2 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Release the hook and remove the 2f knob. (PL 13.2)

7.

Remove the Inverter Rear Cover. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Inverter Rear Cover.


Remove the Inverter Unit. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Inverter Unit.


Disconnect the Inverter Unit Connector. (Figure 2) (1)

Figure 3 j0fu41334

Release the clamp.

(2)


Replacement

(3)


1. 2.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-189



•


•





4127/4112G

02/2009 4-190

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.3.1 Marking Drawer Parts List on PL 13.3 Replacement NOTE: Replace the Marking Drawer by using Replacement Kit: 604K24245. 1.

Remove the following Units from the Marking Drawer. (1)

Fuser Unit (REP 15.1.1)

(2)

Registration Unit (REP 13.1.2)

(3)

Transfer Belt Unit (REP 13.2.1)

(4)

Inverter Unit (REP 13.2.2)

2.

Replace the Marking Drawer. (Reference for Removal Procedure)

3.

(Figure 1) After the replacement of the Marking Drawer, remove the following parts (A) to (E) from the old Marking Drawer and install them on the new one. (A) Wire Harness (B) MSA PWB (C) PWB Supports (4) (D) Clamps (6) (E) Clamp, Screw


Restore machine to original state.

6.

Perform the transfer belt walk adjustment, following the instructions included in the kit.

Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.

WARNING Since the Marking Drawer is heavy, work carefully to avoid physical damage.

WARNING For safety during work, keep the rail pressed in. If the rail is out, you may injure your hand or eye. 1.

Figure 1 j0tk41304


2.


3.


4.


5.


4.


(Figure 2) Connect the unused connector of the new Marking Drawer.

6.

(1)

Release clamp and take out the unused connector.

7.


(2)

Connect the unused connector to MSA PWB.

8.

Remove the Marking Drawer. (Figure 3)


(1)

Push the Plate Spring on the left/right side and release the stopper.

(2)

Pull out the Marking Drawer slowly from the rail.

REP 13.3.2 Marking Drawer Service Position Parts List on PL 13.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.

Pull out the Marking Drawer. (Figure 1) (1)

Push the Shaft Lever in the direction of the arrow and release the "2" Knob Latch to pull out the Marking Drawer.

Figure 3 j0fu41338

Replacement 1.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-191

Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position. (Figure 2) (1)

Push in the stopper at left/right sides and release the stopper.

(2)

Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position.




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-192

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.3.3 MSA PWB Parts List on PL 13.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Open the Front Door (PL 1.1 ).

2.

Slide out the Marking Drawer (PL 13.3 ).

3.

Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover ( PL 13.3). •

Figure 2 j0fu41337

Mounting Screw: 2 pieces at front

4.

Pull out Knob “2a” (PL 13.1 ).

5.

Remove the Registration Drawer Cover (PL 13.3 ). •

6.

Mounting Screw: 1 piece each at front and left

(Figure 1) Remove the MSA PWB.

Replacement

(1)

Disconnect connectors (2).

1.

(2)

Remove MSA PWB from PWB Supports (4).


Figure 1 j0ph41309

Replacement 1.


2.

After the replacement of the MSA PWB, adjust the Multi Feed Sensor. (ADJ 13.15.1)

REP 13.4.1 Registration Roll Parts List on PL 13.4 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Registration Unit. (REP 13.1.2)

5.

Turn the Registration Unit upside down.

6.

Remove the Gear. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the Gear.

Figure 2 j0tk41306

Replacement 1. 2.




Remove the Registration Roll. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Registration Roll.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-193




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-194

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.4.2 (SCC)Registration Motor Parts List on PL 13.4 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Turn the Registration Unit upside down.

6.

Remove the Gear. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the Gear.

Figure 2 j0tk41307

Replacement 1.


2.



Remove the Registration Motor. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Registration Motor.


REP 13.7.1 MSI Takeaway Roll Parts List on PL 13.7 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.

Remove the MSI. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the screws (M4, x2).

(3)

Remove the MSI.


Remove the Gear Cover. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Gear Cover.


Remove the Left Upper Cover. (PL 1.1)

3.

Remove the MSI Feed Out Chute. (Figure 2)

Installation Screws: Left (x2) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the MSI Feed Out Chute.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-195

Remove the MSI Takeaway Roll. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Remove the gear.

(3)

Remove the E-Clip (large).

(4)

Remove the ball bearing.

(5)

Remove the E-Clip (large).

(6)

Remove the ball bearing.



Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter) (7)

Remove the MSI Takeaway Roll.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-196

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.8.1 Transfer Belt Parts List on PL 13.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Transfer Belt Unit on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove theTransfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3) •

5. Figure 4 j0fu41313

6.

Replacement 1. 2.



Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (REP 13.2.1) Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Inverter Exit Chute in the direction of the arrow.




Disconnect the Transfer Belt Assembly Connector. (Figure 2) (1)

Disconnect the connector by lifting up the Transfer Belt Assembly.


Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)

Figure 4 j0fu41318 10. Remove the Transfer Belt. (Figure 5)

Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly by lifting it upright.

(1)

Remove the Transfer Belt.


Figure 5 j0fu41319

Relax the tension of the Transfer Belt. (Figure 4)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the screws (M3x6, x2) on both ends.

1.


(2)

Lift up the Drive Roll to loosen the tension of the Transfer Belt.

2.

Install the Transfer Belt so that the Production Lot No. is at the position indicated in the figure. (Figure 6) (A) Production Lot No.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-197




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-198

Version.1 .1.1


Install the Transfer Belt so that the difference between front and rear dimensions is 4mm or shorter. (Figure 7)


When mounting the exit chute, follow the procedure below to prevent the bias plate from being deformed. (Figure 9) (1) (2)

Insert the exit chute boss into the front hole of the Belt Cleaner Housing. Fit the Bias Plate in for attachment. (A) Bias plate (B) Boss


Take note of the following points regarding the Transfer Belt tension. (Figure 8) (A) Careful of breakage. (B) In contact.


Secure the exit chute with screws where the clearance between the end of the exit chute and the transfer belt is 0.5 mm. (Figure 10) (A) Insert a 0.5 mm shim and secure it with screws.

REP 13.8.2 BTR Parts List on PL 13.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Transfer Belt Unit on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove theTransfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3)

5.


6.

Remove the Transfer Belt. (REP 13.8.1)

7.

Remove the BTR. (Figure 1)

• Figure 10 j0fu41345 7.

When mounting the Transfer Belt Unit, check that the hooks of the HVPS Cover are not released on the bottom side of the cleaner housing. (Figure 11)

(1)

(A) Hooks (5)


Push up and remove the BTR from the bottom of the Transfer Belt Frame.

Figure 1 j0fu41323



Replacement

•

1.


2.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-199





4127/4112G

02/2009 4-200

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.9.1 Belt Cleaning Brush Parts List on PL 13.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Transfer Belt Unit on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove theTransfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3) •


5.


6.

Remove the Belt Cleaning Blade. (REP 13.9.2)

7.

Remove the Belt Cleaning Brush. (Figure 1) (1)

Push and remove the Shift part of the Belt Cleaning Brush in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 2 j0fu41329

Replacement 1.


2.

When the contact point between the Brush Front Bearing and Earth Plate is dirty with toner etc., clean it by wiping with a waste cloth. (Figure 3) (A) Brush Front Bearing (B) Earth Plate


Removed Belt Cleaning Brush. (Figure 2) (A) Belt Cleaning Brush Figure 3 j0fu41330 3.

Install the Brush Front Bearing as shown in the figure. (Figure 4) (A) Make sure that the Earth Plate is installed securely under the Brush Front Bearing.

REP 13.9.2 Cleaning Blade Parts List on PL 13.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Transfer Belt Unit on the paper. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove theTransfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3)

5.


6.

Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 1)

• Figure 4 j0fu41331 4.




(1)


(2)

Remove the Exit Chute in the direction of the arrow.


Disconnect the Transfer Belt Assembly Connector. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-201

Disconnect the connector by lifting up the Transfer Belt Assembly.




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-202

Version.1 .1.1


Figure 4 j0fu41324

Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly. (Figure 3)

Replacement

(1)

1.


2.

Make sure that the Belt Cleaner Housing and Earth Plate are installed without any gap. (Figure 5)

Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly by lifting it upright.

(A) Gap (B) Push to adhere.


Remove the Belt Cleaning Blade. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the seals and blocks (x2). NOTE: on mounting: Be careful not to switch the front and rear seals and blocks.

(3)

Remove the Belt Cleaning Blade.


To leave no clearance between the Belt Cleaning Blade and seals, attach and secure the seals and blocks closer to the belt cleaning blade. (Figure 6) (A) Shift the seals and blocks to the belt cleaning blade. (B) Be careful not to tighten the screw too much.


When there is only a little amount of the Dusting Pouch applied to the edge of a new Belt Cleaning Blade, perform dusting on the Transfer Belt at Dusting Pouch (may be substituted with the toner if not available) after installing Transfer Belt Assembly. (Figure 7) (A) Standard amount. (B) Insufficient state. Figure 7 j0fu41327

(C) Perform dusting. (D) Turn the Transfer Belt manually once and feed it to the Belt Cleaning Blade.

5.

When mounting the exit chute, follow the procedure below to prevent the bias plate from being deformed. (Figure 8) (1)

Insert the exit chute boss into the front hole of the Belt Cleaner Housing.

(2)

Fit the Bias Plate in for attachment. (A) Bias plate (B) Boss

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-203




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-204

Version.1 .1.1


Secure the exit chute with screws where the clearance between the end of the exit chute and the transfer belt is 0.5 mm. (Figure 9) (A) Insert a 0.5 mm shim and secure it with screws.


When mounting the Transfer Belt Unit, check that the hooks of the HVPS Cover are not released on the bottom side of the cleaner housing. (A) Hooks (5)

Figure 10 j0fu41346

8.



REP 13.12.1 (SCC) Invert Gate Solenoid Parts List on PL 13.12 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Remove the Inverter Unit. (REP 13.2.2)

7.

Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 j0fu41339

(1)


(2)


Replacement

(3)

Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid.

1.


2.

When mounting the inverter gate solenoid on the inverter unit, align it with the mark-off lines.(Figure 3) (A) Mark-off line


Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid from the Gate Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Release the clamp and pull out the Wire Harness. Disconnect the connector.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-205





4127/4112G

02/2009 4-206

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.14.1 Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket Parts List on PL 13.14 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that “Online” and “Job in Memory” lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Slide out the Marking Drawer. (PL 13.3)

3.

Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover. •

4.

Mounting Screw: 2 screws at front

Remove the Fuser Front Cover. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Fuser Front Cover.

Figure 2 j0fu41347

Replacement 1. 2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Install the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket by meeting the conditions below. (Figure 3) (A) Push fully in the direction of the arrow. (B) Align the Transfer Belt Unit Lower Bracket with the edge.


Remove the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screws (Red, x2).

(2)

Remove the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket.

•

Do not loosen the "A" screws (Red, x3). Figure 3 j0fu41348 3.

Load the document 499T247 (STP 4301.1). Run it with A4 LEF, R/L 50 and Duplex Mode selected.

4.

Measure the remaining Transfer Belt gaps. Check that the difference between the front and rear measurements is within 8 mm. (Figure 4) •

Within 8 mm: The installation is complete. Return the machine to its original state.

•

Above 8 mm: Perform step 5.

6.

Perform steps 3 and 4 again.


Reposition the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket. (Figure 5) (A) Transfer Belt is closer to the front: Shift in the directionhe of arrow "A". (B) Transfer Belt is closer to the rear: Shift in the direction of arrow “B". •

A 0.1 mm shift of Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket leads to an approx. 1.2 mm shift of Transfer Belt.

Figure 5 j0fu41350 Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-207




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-208

Version.1 .1.1

REP 13.15.1 Multi Feed Sensor Parts List on PL 13.15 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the Duplex Drawer. (REP 14.1.1 )

3.

Slide out the Marking Drawer to the service position. (REP 13.3.2 )

4.

Remove the Registration Unit. (REP 13.1.2 )

5.

Place the Registration Unit upside down.

6.

(Figure 1) Remove the Stopper Bracket. (1)

Remove screw (M3x6).

(2)

Remove Stopper Bracket.


(Figure 3) Remove the Connector Housing. (1)

Release clamps (3) and take out wire harness.

(2)

Remove Connector Housing.


(Figure 2) Remove the Pre Registration Roll. (A) Pre Registration Roll


(Figure 4) Remove the Pre Registration Lower Chute. (1)


(2)

Remove Pre Registration Lower Chute.

REP 13.15.2 CIS Parts List on PL 13.15 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Upper Cover. (Figure 1) (1)

Figure 4 j0ph41305


(2)

Remove the screws (M3x8: 3).

(3)


10. (Figure 5) Remove the Multi Feed Sensor. (1)

Release clamps (2) and take out wire harness.

(2)


(3)

Remove Multi Feed Sensor.


Figure 5 j0ph41306

Remove the CIS Cover. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screws (M3x6: 6)

(2)

Remove the CIS Cover.

Replacement 1.


2.

After the replacement, adjust the Multi Feed Sensor. (ADJ 13.15.1 )

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-209




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-210

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the CIS. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the CIS.


When installing the Upper Cover, finger-tighten the mounting screws (3) and tighten Screws 1, 2 and 3 in order. (Figure 5)

Figure 5 j0tk41314 Figure 3 j0tk41310

Replacement 1. 2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When installing the CIS, fit the tabs (16) of the Chute in the cutouts (16) of the CIS. (Figure 4)

4.

When having replaced the CIS, perform the following adjustments: •

IOT CIS Setup Cycle (ADJ 13.15.3)

•

IOT CIS Check Cycle (ADJ 13.15.2)

•

IOT Side Edge Registration (DC129) (ADJ 2.1.1)

REP 14.1.1 Duplex Drawer Parts List on PL 14.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the Duplex Drawer. (PL 14.1)

3.

Release the left stopper. (Figure 1) (1)

Release the stopper.


Put the Rails (2) in the machine. (Figure 3) (1)

Move the Stopper in the direction of the arrow and put the Rails in.


Remove the Duplex Drawer. (Figure 2) (1)

Release the right stopper.

(2)

Extract the Duplex Drawer slowly to remove.

Figure 3 j0fu41407

Replacement 1. 2.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-211



•


•


•


•


14. Duplex


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 14. Duplex •


•


•


4127/4112G

02/2009 4-212

Version.1 .1.1

REP 14.3.1 One Way Clutch Pulley (Duplex Path Roll 1) Parts List on PL 14.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the Duplex Drawer. (PL 14.1)

3.

Remove the Duplex Cover. (PL 14.2) •

4.

Installation Screws: Loosen one screw each on the left and right.

Remove the One Way Clutch Pulley. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Remove the Washer.

(3)

Remove the One Way Clutch Pulley.

Figure 1 j0fu41403

Replacement 1.


2.



REP 14.4.1 Release Motor Parts List on PL 14.4 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Pull out the Duplex Drawer. (PL 14.1)

3.


4.

Remove the Motor Cover. (PL 14.4) •

Installation Screws: round-end type x2 on the rear (Figure 1)

(A) Normal type (B) Round-end type


Separate the wire harness from the release motor. (1)


(2)

Release the clamps (3) and take out the wire harness.


Extract the Release Motor. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Release the clamp and take out the wire harness.

(3)

Remove the screws (round-end type x3).

(4)

Take out the Release Motor.

Figure 3 j0fu41406

Replacement 1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-213


14. Duplex


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 14. Duplex

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-214

Version.1 .1.1

REP 14.4.2 Invert Motor Parts List on PL 14.4 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.

Remove the Duplex Cover. (PL 14.2) •

4.

Installation Screws: Loosen one screw each on the left and right.

Remove the connector of the Invert Motor. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Release the clamps (4) and remove the wire harness.


Remove the Invert Motor. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screws (round-end type: 3).

(2)

Remove the Invert Motor.


Remove the Tension Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screws (round-end type: 3). (A) Normal type

Figure 3 j0fu41410

(B) Round-end type (2)


Replacement

(3)

Remove the Tension Bracket.

1.


2.

Figure 4 shows the relationship between belt and pulley.

3.

Attach the link of the duplex gate solenoid to the arm. (Figure 4) (A) Arm (B) Link

•



When the Invert Motor has been replaced, adjust the duplex gate solenoid position. (Figure 5) (1)

Check that the 3b knob is hooked securely.

(2)


(3)

Press in the solenoid plunger to seat on the magnet.

(4)

Move the solenoid to right.

(5)

Press in the projection of the link Lever. Then the solenoid moves to left.

(6)

Fatsen the screws (2) of Step (2) under the following conditions: -With the projection of the link lever of Step (5-1) pressed in, press the solenoid gently in the direction of the arrow.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-215

14. Duplex


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 14. Duplex

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-216

Version.1 .1.1

REP 14.9.1 Chute Support Mylar Parts List on PL 14.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.


3.

Open the "3b" Chute.

4.

Remove the Upper Chute-2. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screws (round-type x4).

(2)

Remove the Upper Chute-2. Figure 2 j0fu41414

Replacement 1.


2.



Replace the Chute Support Mylar. (Figure 2) (1)

Affix the new Chute Support Mylar by aligning its end faces with the mark-off lines (2). (A) Mark-off line (B) End face of the chute


REP 15.1.1 (SCC) Fuser Unit Parts List on PL 15.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.

WARNING Be careful of your working posture as the Fuser Unit is heavy. CAUTION Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.



Remove the Fuser Front Cover. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the Fuser Unit. (Figure 3) (1)

Open the "2d" Upper Chute.

(2)

Hold the center of the Fuser Unit and remove the Unit.


(2)


(3)

Remove the Fuser Front Cover.

Figure 3 j0fu41537

Replacement 1.


2. Remove the Pin Support. (Figure 2)

Install the Fuser Unit by aligning the holes at the bottom to the Pins (x2) on the Marking Drawer. (Figure 4)

(1)


(A) Marking Drawer Pin

(2)

Remove the Pin Support.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-217

15. Fuser


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 15. Fuser


To secure the Pin Support, store the Marking Drawer in the machine and tighten the Pin Support Screw with the "2" Knob latched. (Figure 5) (A) Pin Support (B) "2" Knob Latch State




•


•


•


•


•


4127/4112G

02/2009 4-218

Version.1 .1.1 •


•


REP 15.2.1 Pressure Roll Parts List on PL 15.2 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.



2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Remove the Lower Inlet Chute. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Lower Inlet Chute.


Open the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 3)


Remove the screws used to secure the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw (M4x8) in front.

(2)

Remove the screw (M4x8) at the rear.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-219

Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Lower Exit Chute.

15. Fuser



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-220

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 4 j0fu41532 10. Remove the Pressure Roll. (Figure 5)

Figure 6 j0fu41534


Open the Fuser Upper Frame in the direction of the arrow and secure it there with the screws (front/ rear). (Figure 7)

(2)

Remove the Pressure Roll Finger.

(A) Screw

(3)

Remove the Pressure Roll.

(B) Fuser Upper Frame

(1)

3.

Figure 7 j0fu41529

Figure 5 j0fu41533

Replacement 1. 2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Insert the Pressure Roll into the Lever (front/rear) groove securely. (A) Groove of Lever (Figure 6)

4.

When replacing the Pressure Roll, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. •


REP 15.2.2 Heat Roll Parts List on PL 15.2 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.

WARNING Be careful of your working posture as the Fuser Unit is heavy. CAUTION Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing. CAUTION Replace the Heat Roll by using Replacement Kit: 604K 24402 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Disconnect the Main1/Main 2/Sub Heater Rods. (REP 15.2.3)

7.

Remove the screws used to secure the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw (M4x8) in front.

(2)

Remove the screw (M4x8) at the rear.


Open the Exit Chute. (Figure 3)


Open the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-221

15. Fuser



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-222 11.

Version.1 .1.1 Remove the Heat Roll. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the Heat Roll.

Figure 5 j0fu41527

Replacement 1. Figure 3 j0fu41525

2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Push the Heat Roll Stopper (front/rear) in the direction of the arrow and secure it. (Figure 6) (A) Heat Roll Stopper

10. Release the Heat Roll Stopper. (Figure 4) (1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Release the Heat Roll Stopper.

(3)

Loosen the screw.

(4)

Release the Heat Roll Stopper.


Open the Fuser Upper Frame in the direction of the arrow and secure it there with the screw (front/ rear). (Figure 7) (A) Screw

Figure 4 j0fu41526

(B) Fuser Upper Frame

REP 15.2.3 Main1/Main2/Sub Heater Rod Parts List on PL 15.2 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.

WARNING Be careful of your working posture as the Fuser Unit is heavy. CAUTION Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing.


When replacing the Heat Roll, replace the Earth Plate that comes with the kit. (Figure 8)

1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Remove the Harness Cover. (PL 15.2)

7.

Disconnect the connector in front. (Figure 1) (1) (2)

Release the clamps (2) and remove the wire harnesses (3). Disconnect the connectors (Blue (x1), White (x2)). •

Whites can be connected to any of them.


When replacing the Heat Roll, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. •



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-223

Disconnect the connector at the rear. (Figure 2) (1)

Disconnect the connectors (Red, Blue, White).

(2)

Release the clamp on the wire harness.

15. Fuser




Disconnect the Main1/Main 2/Sub Heater Rods. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Front Heater Rod Holder.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Rear Heater Rod Holder.

(5)

Disconnect the Main1/Main 2/Sub Heater Rods.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-224

Version.1 .1.1


Figure 5 shows the installation positions of the Heater Rods. (Figure 5)

Figure 5 j0fu41522

Figure 3 j0fu41520

Replacement 1.


2.

Figure 4 shows identifications of Heater Rods. (Figure 4)

REP 15.2.4 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge

REP 15.2.5 Pressure Roll Finger



WARNING



WARNING

CAUTION Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing.

Be careful of your working posture as the Fuser Unit is heavy.

1.


2.


Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing.

3.

Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (Figure 1)

1.


(1)

Loosen the Knob Screw.

2.


(2)

Remove the screw (M4).

3.


(3)

Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge.

4.


5.


CAUTION

6.

Lift the Exit Chute. (PL 15.4)

7.

Remove the Lower Exit Chute. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Lower Exit Chute.

Figure 1 j0fu41501

Replacement 1.


2.

When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. Or clear the counter by pressing the [9] and [Stop] keys together (see 6.51, "Reset after Supplies Replacement"). - "Chain Link: 954-847"

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 4-225

Remove the Pressure Roll Finger. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Pressure Roll Finer.

15. Fuser



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-226

Version.1 .1.1

REP 15.3.1 Fuser Cleaning Blade Parts List on PL 15.3 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.



2.

Remove the Duplex Drawer. (REP 14.1.1 )

3.

Slide out the Marking Drawer to the service position. (REP 13.3.2 )

4.

Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (REP 15.2.4 )

Replacement

5.

Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1 )

1.


6.

Remove the Pressure Roll. (REP 15.2.1 )


7.

(Figure 1) Remove the Fuser Cleaning Blade.

Figure 2 j0fu41503

2.

•


(1)

Loosen screw.

(2)

Remove screw (M3x6).

(3)

Remove Fuser Cleaning Blade.


Remove rubbish collected by the Fuser Cleaning Blade.

Replacement 1.


2.

After the replacement of the Fuser Cleaning Blade, enter the diagnostic mode and clear the DC135 HFSI counter.

•


REP 15.6.1 Torsion Spring (Pressure Roll Finger) Parts List on PL 15.6 Replacement WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.


Install the Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 j0fu41504

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-227

15. Fuser



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-228

Version.1 .1.1

REP 15.8.1 (SCC) Heat Roll Thermistor 1/2/3

Replacement


1.


2.

When replacing the Heat Roll Thermistors 1/2/3 simultaneously, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.




2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Remove the Heat Roll Thermistor. (Figure 1) (1)

Disconnect the connector. •

Heat Roll Thermistor 1: White

•

Heat Roll Thermistor 2: Black

•

Heat Roll Thermistor 3: Blue

(2)


(3)

Set the wire harness free from the hooks (x5).

(4)


(5)

Remove the Heat Roll Thermistor. (A) Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (B) Heat Roll Thermistor 3

Figure 1 j0fu41505

•


REP 15.8.2 Thermostat 1 and 2 Parts List on PL 15.8 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.



2.


3.


4.


5.


6.


7.

Disconnect the connector in front. (Figure 1) (1)

9.

Remove the screws used to secure the Thermistor. (Figure 3) (1)


Disconnect the connectors (Blue (x1), White (x2)). •

(2)

Figure 2 j0fu41507

Whites can be connected to any of them.


Figure 3 j0fu41508 10. Release the clamps on the wire harness at its both ends . (Figure 4)


(1)

Set the wire harness free from the hooks.

(2)

Release the clamps on the wire harness.



(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-229

15. Fuser



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-230 2.

Version.1 .1.1 Thread the wire harnesses of the Thermostat 1 Pand 2 as shown in the figure. (Figure 6)

Figure 4 j0fu41509 Figure 6 j0fu41511 11. Remove Thermostats :Pand 2. (Figure 5) (1)


(2)

Remove the Thermostat 1 Pand 2 together with the wire harness.

Figure 5 j0fu41510

Replacement 1.


REP 15.9.1 Torsion Spring (Heat Roll Finger) Parts List on PL 15.9 Replacement WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.


Install the Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 j0fu41542


Install the Spacers at the positions (4) shown in the figure. (Figure 2) (A) Spacer

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-231

15. Fuser



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-232

Version.1 .1.1

REP 15.9.2 Heat Roll Finger Parts List on PL 15.9 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.



2.


3.


4.


5.


6.


7.

Remove the E-Clip of the Exit Chute at the front side. (Figure 1) (1)


Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the Exit Chute.

Remove the E-Clip.


Remove the Exit Chute Shoulder Screw at the rear side. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Shoulder Screw.

10. Remove the Heat Roll Finger. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Heat Roll Finger.

Figure 4 j0fu41515

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the Heat Roll Finger Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-233

15. Fuser



02/2009 4-234

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 16.1.1 Exit Transport Parts List on PL 16.1 Removal WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord. 1.


2.

Remove the Stay Front/Right Cover. (PL 2.4) •


3.

Remove the Finisher Docking Plate. (PL 1.2)

4.

Remove the Right Upper Cover. (PL 1.2)

5.

Remove the Exit Transport. (Figure 1)

•


(1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Exit Transport.

Figure 1 j0fu41601

Replacement 1.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-235

16. Exit


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 16. Exit

02/2009 4-236

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.1.1 I/F Module

REP 36.1.2 Inner Cover



WARNING

Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power.

Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power.

After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet.

After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet.

1.

Detach the HCS. (REP 39.1.1)

1.

2.

Disconnect each connector.

3.

Detach the I/F Module from the IOT. (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the Lever Cover. (PL 36.1)

(1)

Open the Door.

3.

Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 1)

(2)

Remove the screw. Pull the Lever in the direction of the arrow.

(1)


(3)

Detach the I/F Module.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Top Cover.

Detach the I/F Module. (REP 36.1.1) Install the fall-prevention brackets (2) attached inside the Front Frame. (PL 36.1)

Figure 1 j0ia43601 Figure 1 j0ia43602 4.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-237

Remove the Inner Cover. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

While separating each Buffle from the Magnet, remove the Inner Cover.

36 I/F Module


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 36 I/F Module

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-238

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.2.1 IFM Front Door Interlock Switch Parts List on PL 36.2 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1. 2.

Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 36.1.2) Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch Assembly.

Figure 2 j0ia43603

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 j0ia43612 3.

Remove the Push Clamp and release the Wire Harness. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Push Clamp.


Figure 4 j0ia43614

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)

Replacement

(1)

1.




Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch from the bracket. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-239

36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-240

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.2.2 IFM PWB Parts List on PL 36.2 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1.

Detach the I/F Module. (REP 36.1.1)

2.


3.

Remove the Rear Right Cover. (PL 36.1)

4.

Open the IOT-IFM PWB Communication. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Open the IOT-IFM PWB Communication.

Figure 2 j0ia43651

Replacement 1. 2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. After replacement, remove the SEEP ROM from the old IFM PWB and install it onto the new one. (A)SEEP ROM


Remove the IFM PWB. (Figure 2) (1)

Disconnect all connectors (x14).

(2)


(3)

Remove the IFM PWB.

Figure 3 j0ia43652

REP 36.3.1 Decurler Motor Belt Parts List on PL 36.3 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Rear Left Cover. (PL 36.1)

5.

Remove the Decurler Belt Motor Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Decurler Belt Motor Assembly.

Figure 2 j0ia43642

Replacement 1.



Remove the Decurler Motor Belt. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the Decurler Motor Belt.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-241

36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-242

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.4.1 Trans Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 36.4 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Remove the Front Cover. (REP 36.1.2)

2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the IFM Transport/Decurler In Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the IFM Transport Sensor Assembly.

(3)

Remove the screw.

(4)

Remove the Decurler In Sensor Assembly.


Remove the Trans Roll Assemblies. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the belt.

(3)

Remove the Trans Roll Assemblies (x2).


Remove the bearings at the front. (Figure 2) (1)

Holding the shaft with the spanner, remove the screws (2).

(2)

Remove the bearings (x2).

Figure 3 j0ia43617

Replacement

REP 36.4.2 Exit Roll Assembly

1.



WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 36.1.2)

2.


3.


4.

Remove the bearing at the front. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the bearing.


Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-243

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the belt.

(3)

Remove the Exit Roll Assembly.

36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-244

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.4.3 Exit/Trans Belt Parts List on PL 36.4 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5. Figure 2 j0ia43619

Replacement 1.

Remove the IFM Transport Motor Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the IFM Transport Motor Assembly.



Remove the Exit Belt. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the Exit Belt.

Figure 2 j0ia43648 Figure 4 j0ia43649 7.

Remove the Trans Belt. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the Trans Belt.

Figure 3 j0ia43654

Replacement 1.


2.

Install the Exit/Trans Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 4)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-245

36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-246

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.5.1 Decurler Belt Upper/Lower Parts List on PL 36.5 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Fan 5 Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)

Release the wire from the clamps (2).

(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the Fan 5 Assembly.


Remove the pulley. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the pulley.


Figure 3 j0ia43621

Remove the Decurler Cam Motor Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Release the wire from the clamps (x5).

(1)

Remove the belt.

(3)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(4)

Remove the Decurler Cam Motor Assembly.

(3)

Remove the spacer.

(4)

Remove the pulley.

8.

Remove the bearing at the rear upper side. (Figure 4)

(5)

Remove the spacer.

(6)

Remove the collar.

(7)

Remove the bearing.


Remove the pulley at the rear upper side. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the screw that holds the spacer by using a spanner.

(2)

Remove the spacer.

(3)

Remove the collar (small).

(4)

Remove the pulley.

Figure 6 j0ia43624 11. Remove the Idle Roll. (Figure 7) (1)

Remove the Idle Roll.

Figure 7 j0ia43625 12. Remove the bearing at the front upper side. (Figure 8) Figure 5 j0ia43623

(1)

Remove the screw that holds the shaft by using a spanner.

(2)

Remove the bearing.

10. Remove the bearing at the rear upper side. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the collar (large).

(2)

Remove the collar (small).

(3)

Remove the bearing.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-247

36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-248

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 j0ia43626 13. Remove the Decurler Belt Upper. (Figure 9)

Figure 10 j0ia43628 15. Remove the bearing at the rear lower side. (Figure 11)

(1)

Remove the Decurler Belt Roll.

(1)

Remove the spacer.

(2)

Remove the Decurler Belt Upper (x5).

(2)

Remove the collar.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

Figure 9 j0ia43627 Figure 11 j0ia43629 14. Remove the pulley at the rear lower side. (Figure 10) (1)

Remove the belt.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(1)

(3)

Remove the spacer.

(2)

Remove the spacer.

(4)

Remove the pulley.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

16. Remove the bearing at the rear lower side. (Figure 12) Remove the screw that holds the spacer by using a spanner.

Figure 12 j0ia43630 17. Remove the Idle Roller. (Figure 13) (1)

Figure 14 j0ia43632 20. Remove the Decurler Belt Lower. (Figure 15)

Remove the Idle Roller.

(1)

Remove the Decurler Belt Roller.

(2)

Remove the Decurler Belt Lower (x5).

Figure 13 j0ia43631 Figure 15 j0ia43633 18. Remove the Knob. (PL 36.5) 19. Remove the bearing at the front lower side. (Figure 14)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the screw.

1.

(2)

Remove the spacer.

2.

(3)

Remove the collar.

(4)

Remove the bearing.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 4-249


36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-250

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.5.2 Decurler Drive Belt Parts List on PL 36.5 Removal WARNING make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. check that the "sending/receiving" and "documents stored" lamps are off and turn off the power. after turning off the power of the machine, turn off the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

detach the i/f module. (REP 36.1.1)

2.

remove the rear lower cover. (PL 36.1)

3.

remove the rear right cover. (PL 36.1)

4.

remove the rear left cover. (PL 36.1)

5.

remove the decurler cam motor assembly. (figure 1) (1)

disconnect the connector.

(2)

release the wire from the clamps (x2).

(3)

remove the screws (x3).

Replacement

(4)

remove the decurler cam motor assembly.

1.


2.

Install the Decurler Drive Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 3)

Figure 2 j0ia43639


remove the decurler drive belt. (figure 2) (1)

remove the screw.

(2)

remove the pulley.

(3)

remove the decurler drive belt.

Figure 3 j0ia43640

REP 36.6.1 Inlet Chute Upper/Lower Parts List on PL 36.6 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Remove the Decurler Belt Upper/Lower. (REP 36.5.1)

2.

Remove the block at the front upper side. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the spacer.

(3)

Remove the bearing.

(4)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(5)

Remove the block.

Figure 2 j0ia43635 4. 5.

Remove the pin at the front upper side. (PL 36.6) Remove the Decurler Cam Position Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Decurler Cam Position Sensor Assembly.


Remove the bearing at the rear upper side. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the spacer.

(3)

Remove the bearing.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-251

Remove the pin at the rear upper side. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the pin.

36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-252

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.6.2 Cam Shaft Parts List on PL 36.6 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Perform steps 1 to 7 as for the Inlet Chute Upper Assembly. (REP 36.6.1)

2.


Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Remove the bearing.


Remove the Inlet Chute Upper. (Figure 5) (1)

Remove the Inlet Chute Upper.



Perform the same procedure as the Inlet Chute Upper on the Inlet Chute Lower.

Replacement 1.


Remove the bearing at the rear. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Coupling Cam.

(3)

Remove the Actuator.

(4)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(5)

Remove the bearing.

REP 36.7.1 Gate Assembly Parts List on PL 36.7 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U.

Remove the Cam Shaft. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the Cam Shaft.

Figure 1 j0ia43605 Figure 3 j0ia43646

6.

Replacement 1.


Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Remove the bearing.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-253

36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-254

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the bearing at the rear. (Figure 3)

Replacement

(1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

1.

(2)

Remove the bearing.


Figure 4 j0ia43611

Remove the Gate Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)

While lifting it in the direction of the arrow, remove the Gate Assembly.


REP 36.7.2 Decurler Gate Sensor Parts List on PL 36.7 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)



Remove the Decurler Gate Sensor. (Figure 3) CAUTION Remove the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly from the Frame before disconnecting or connecting the Decurler Gate Sensor (PL 36.7) connector. Else the edge of the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly bracket might get damaged during the procedure. (1)


(2)

Remove the Decurler Gate Sensor.


Remove the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the KL-Clip.

(2)

Remove the bearing.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly. Figure 3 j0ia43657

Replacement 1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-255


36 I/F Module



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-256

Version.1 .1.1

REP 36.8.1 Guide Assembly L-770/MID-U/MID-Low Parts List on PL 36.8 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1. 2.

Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 36.1.2) Remove the Guide Assembly L-770. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw at the front.

(2)

Remove the Guide Assembly L-770.


Remove the Guide Assembly MID-Low. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Guide Assembly MID-Low.


Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U.

Figure 3 j0ia43606

Replacement 1.


REP 36.8.2 Guide Assembly-Exit Up Parts List on PL 36.8 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Remove the Front Cover. (REP 36.1.2)

2.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. PL 36.1

3.

Remove the Rear Right Cover. PL 36.1

4.

Remove the Rear Left Cover. PL 36.1

5.



(2)


Figure 2 j0ia43608

Replacement 1.



Remove the Guide Assembly-Exit Up. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Guide Assembly-Exit Up.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-257

36 I/F Module



02/2009 4-258

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.1.1 Detaching the HCS Parts List on PL 39.1 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

With the power turned ON, press the paper removal button on the HCS Panel to open the Front Door then remove the Dolly and the Stacker Tray.

2.

If the Front Door was unable to open due to some kind of failure, unlock the Front Door manually.

3.

Turn OFF the breaker switch of the HCS and unplug the power plug from the outlet.

4.

Disconnect the HCS-I/F Module communication cable.

5.

Open the Upper Cover.

6.


7.

Unlock the HSC Front Door. (Figure 1) (1)

Figure 2 j0sa43902

Unlock the Front Door by inserting a 5.5mm Box Driver into the hole and pushing it in the direction of the arrow.

Replacement 1.


Figure 1 j0sa43901 8.


9.

Detach the HCS. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Pull the Docking Lever in the direction of the arrow to release the docking of the HCS.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-259

39 HCS


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 39 HCS

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-260

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.2.1 Top Cover Parts List on PL 39.2 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Detach the HCS from the I/F Module. (REP 39.1.1)

2.


3.

Remove the screws that secure the Top Cover. (Figure 1) (1)


Figure 2 j0sa43904

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Top Cover, attach the hooks (x2) of the Top Cover to the Tie Plate of the Frame. (Figure 3)


Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 2) (1)

Release the hooks (x2) of the Top Cover in the direction of the arrows and remove the Top Cover.

Figure 3 j0sa43905

REP 39.2.2 Rear Cover Parts List on PL 39.1 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.

Unplug the power plug from the outlet. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Inlet Bracket.

(3)

Unplug the power plug. Figure 2 j0sa43909

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Rear Cover, attach the hooks (x2) of the Rear Cover to the notches (x2) of the Frame. (Figure 3)


Remove the Rear Cover. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screws (M4: x4).

(2)

Remove the Rear Cover.

Figure 3 j0sa43910

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-261

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-262

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.4.1 Upper Cover Parts List on PL 39.4 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover. (Figure 1) (1)

Release the hook to remove the "1a" Knob.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover.


Remove the screws of the stoppers (x2). (Figure 3) (1)


Figure 1 j0sa49942 6. 7.

Figure 3 j0sa43956

Open the "3b" Chute. Remove the Transport Right Inner Cover. (Figure 2)

9.

Remove the Upper Cover. (Figure 4)

(1)


(1)


(2)

Remove the Transport Right Inner Cover.

(2)


REP 39.5.1 HCS Transport Motor 1 Parts List on PL 39.5 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.

Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 39.2.2)

3.

Remove the Top Cover. (REP 39.2.1)

4.

Remove the Tie Plate. (Figure 1)

Figure 4 j0sa43957

(1)


(2)

Remove the Tie Plate.

Replacement 1.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-263

Remove the Upper Fan Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Disconnect the Upper Fan connector.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Upper Fan Bracket.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-264

Version.1 .1.1


Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. (Figure 3)

Replacement

(1)

1.

Release the clamps (x3) and remove the wire harness.


Figure 4 j0sa43924

Remove the HCS Transport Motor 1. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the HCS Transport Motor 1.


REP 39.5.2 Top Tray Roll 1 Parts List on PL 39.5 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Disconnect the Gate Solenoid connectors (x2). (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Disconnect the connector (blue).

(3)

Disconnect the connector (white).


Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)



Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 1/2/3, Top Tray Clutch, Transport Clutch, HCS Transport Motor 1/2, and Top Tray Motor connectors (x8). (Figure 2) (1)

Figure 3 j0sa43940

Disconnect the connectors (x8). 7.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-265

Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Harness Bracket.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-266

Version.1 .1.1 (A)Bearing

Figure 4 j0sa43935 Figure 6 j0sa49954 8.


9.


Reference: The spanner (specialized tool) is stored in the I/F Module. (PL 36.1)

10. Open the "2b" Chute.

13. Remove the gear. (Figure 7)

11. Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover. (Figure 5)

(1)

Remove the CE-Ring.

(1)

Release the hook to remove the "1a" Knob.

(2)

Remove the collar.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Torque Limiter.

(3)

Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover.

(4)

Remove the gear.

Figure 5 j0sa49942 12. Remove the screws that secure the Top Tray Roll 1. (Figure 6) (1)

Affix the spanner (specialized tool) to the collar.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)

Remove the collar.

Figure 7 j0sa49955 14. Remove Top Tray Roll 1. (Figure 8) (1)

Remove the screw and remove the Top Tray Roll 1 in the direction of the arrow.

REP 39.6.1 Transport Clutch and Belt Parts List on PL 39.6 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Figure 8 j0sa49956


2.


3.


4.

Remove the HCS Transport Motor 2. (REP 39.7.1)

5.


6.



Replacement

(2)


1.

(3)




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-267

Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 1/2/3, Top Tray Clutch, Transport Clutch, and Top Tray Motor connectors (x6). (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Disconnect the connectors (white: x2).

(3)

Disconnect the connectors (blue: x2).

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-268

Version.1 .1.1


Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3)

Figure 4 j0sa43935 10. Remove the Tension Pulley. (Figure 5)

(1)


(1)

(2)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Tension Pulley.

Remove the spring.




(2)


11. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 6) (1)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)


Figure 6 j0sa43943 12. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 7)

Figure 8 j0sa43945 14. Move the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 9)

(1)


(1)


(2)


(2)


(3)


(3)

Move the Clutch Bracket.

Figure 7 j0sa43944 13. Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover. (Figure 8)

Figure 9 j0sa43946 15. Remove the bracket. (Figure 10)

(1)

Remove the screw.

(1)


(2)

Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover.

(2)

Remove the bracket.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-269

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-270

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 10 j0sa43947 16. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 11)

Figure 12 j0sa43949

Replacement

(1)


1.


(2)


2.

When installing the Clutch Bracket of the Transport Clutch, affix the screws of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts of the clutch. (Figure 13) (1)

Affix the screws (x2) of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts (x2) of the clutch.

Figure 11 j0sa43948 17. Remove the belt and the Transport Clutch. (Figure 12) (1)

Remove the belt.

(2)

Remove the Transport Clutch.


When installing the Paddle Clutch Cover, affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of the clutch. (Figure 14) (1)

Affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of the clutch.

REP 39.7.1 HCS Transport Motor 2 Parts List on PL 39.7 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Tie Plate. (Figure 1)

Figure 14 j0sa43951

(1)


(2)



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-271

Remove the HCS Transport Motor 2. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the HCS Transport Motor 2.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-272

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.8.1 Bypass Clutch 1, Bypass Clutch 2 and Belt Parts List on PL 39.8 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet.

Figure 2 j0sa43920

1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.



Replacement

(2)


1.

(3)




Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 1/2/3, Top Tray Clutch, Transport Clutch, and Top Tray Motor connectors (x6). (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


(3)



Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3)


(1)


(1)

Remove the spring.

(2)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)





(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

11. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 6)

02/2009 4-273

(1)


(2)


39 HCS



Figure 6 j0sa43937 12. Remove the Bypass Clutch 2, the Bypass Clutch 1, and the belt. (Figure 7) (1)

Remove the Bypass Clutch 2.

(2)


(3)

Remove the belt from the pulleys (x2).

Figure 7 j0sa43939

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Clutch Bracket, affix the screws of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts of the clutch. (Figure 8) (1)

Affix the screws (x2) of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts (x2) of the clutch.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-274

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 j0sa43938

REP 39.9.1 Top Tray Motor Parts List on PL 39.9 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Tie Plate. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)


Figure 2 j0sa43919

Replacement 1.



Remove the Top Tray Motor. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Top Tray Motor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-275

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-276

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.12.1 Bypass Clutch 3 and Belt Parts List on PL 39.12 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.



(2)



Remove the screws that secure the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)





(2)


(3)



Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 3 and Top Tray Motor connectors. (Figure 4) (1)



Remove the "2c" Knob Belt from the pulley. (Figure 5)

Figure 6 j0sa43928 10. Remove the Bypass Transport Belt from the pulley. (Figure 7)

(1)

Remove the spring.

(1)

Remove the spring.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the screw.

(3)


(3)


(4)

Remove the "2c" Knob Belt from the pulley.

(4)

Remove the Bypass Transport Belt from the pulleys (x5).


Remove the "3a" Knob Belt from the pulley. (Figure 6)

Figure 7 j0sa43929 11. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 8)

(1)

Remove the spring.

(1)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the "3a" Knob Belt from the pulleys (x3).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-277

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-278

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 j0sa43930 12. Remove the Bypass Clutch 3. (Figure 9)

Figure 10 j0sa43932

Replacement

(1)


1.


(2)

Remove the Bypass Transport Belt.

2.

When installing the Clutch Bracket, affix the tab of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts of the Bypass Clutch 3. (Figure 11) (1)

Affix the tab of the Clutch Bracket to the cutout of the Bypass Clutch 3.

Figure 9 j0sa43931 13. Remove the "3a" Knob Belt. (Figure 10) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the gear.

(3)

Remove the "3a" Knob Belt.

Figure 11 j0sa43933

REP 39.23.1 Gate Solenoid 1 and Gate 1 Parts List on PL 39.23 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.


Figure 2 j0sa43934


(2)


(3)


8.

Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)



Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 1/2/3, Top Tray Clutch, Transport Clutch, and Top Tray Motor connectors (x6). (Figure 2)


Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 4)

(1)


(1)


(2)


(2)


(3)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-279

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-280

Version.1 .1.1



(1)

Remove the spring.

(1)

(2)


(2)


(3)


(3)




Figure 7 j0sa43944 13. Remove the Gate Solenoid 1. (Figure 8)

(1)


(1)


(2)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the link from the pin.

(3)


(3)

Remove the Gate Solenoid 1.

Figure 8 j0sa43995 14. Remove the Actuator Plate and the bearing. (Figure 9) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Actuator Plate.

(3)

Remove the E-Clip.

(4)

Remove the bearing.

Figure 10 j0sa43997

Replacement 1.


Figure 9 j0sa43996 15. Open the "1b" Chute. 16. Remove the Gate 1. (Figure 10) (1)

Remove the E-Clip.

(2)

Remove the bearing.

(3)

Remove the Gate 1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-281

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-282

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.24.1 Stacker Paddle Clutch Parts List on PL 39.24 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.



(2)



Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover.




(2)


(3)



Move the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Move the Clutch Bracket.

(3)



Figure 6 j0sa43955

Remove the Stacker Paddle Clutch. (Figure 5) (1)

3.

Remove the Stacker Paddle Clutch.

When installing the Paddle Clutch Cover, affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of the clutch. (Figure 7) (1)

Affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of the clutch.

Figure 5 j0sa43954 Figure 7 j0sa43951

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Stacker Paddle Clutch, align the cutout of the Paddle Clutch Shaft in the direction of the pin of the Stacker Paddle Shaft. (Figure 6) (A)Pin (B)Cutout

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-283

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-284

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.24.2 Paddle Parts List on PL 39.24 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Remove the Dolly and the Stacker Tray.

2.

Remove the Upper Cover. (REP 39.4.1)

3.

Remove the Stacker Chute. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Chute. Figure 2 j0sa43982 5.

Remove the screws that secure the Motor Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the cable band.

(4)



Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Motor Cover.


Remove the Motor Bracket. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the Motor Bracket.

(A)Bearing (B)Collar (C)Gear


Figure 6 j0sa43986

Remove the screws that secure the Bearing Plate. (Figure 5)

Replacement

(1)

1.


2.

When installing the Paddle, align the cutout of the Paddle Clutch Sleeve to the direction of the pin of the Paddle. (Figure 7)


(A)Cutout of sleeve (B)Pin


Remove the Paddle. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the Paddle. Figure 7 j0sa43988 3. 4.

When installing the Motor Bracket, make sure that the gear teeth are interlocked. (Figure 4) When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-285


39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-286

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.25.1 Stacker Exit Roll Housing Parts List on PL 39.25 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Tamper Unit. (REP 39.28.1)

5.

Remove the Stacker Chute. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Chute.


Remove the screws that secure the Motor Bracket. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the cable band.

(4)



Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Motor Cover. Figure 3 j0sa43983 8.

Remove the Motor Bracket. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the Motor Bracket.

(A)Bearing (B)Collar (C)Gear

Figure 6 j0sa49948


(1)


3.

When installing the Stacker Exit Roll Housing, insert the actuator of the Stacker Exit Roll Housing into gap of the Sensor. (Figure 7)

(2)

Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing.

(A)Gap of Sensor

Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (Figure 5)

(B)Actuator


Replacement 4.

1.


2.

When installing the Stacker Exit Roll Housing, insert the bearings (x2) of the Stacker Exit Roll Housing into the rail of the frame. (Figure 6)

When installing the Stacker Exit Roll Housing, interlock the Rack Gear of the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (Figure 8) (A)Gear (Small) (B)Rack Gear

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-287

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-288

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.25.2 Edge Sensor Frame Parts List on PL 39.25 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet.


1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Paddle. (REP 39.24.2)

6.

Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (REP 39.25.1)

7.

Remove the Left Front Duct. (Figure 1)

When installing the Motor Bracket, make sure that the gear teeth are interlocked. (Figure 4)

(1)


(2)

Remove the Left Front Duct.


Remove the Left Rear Duct. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Left Rear Duct.


Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. Figure 4 j0sa49907 11. Remove the Connector Cover of the Stacker Left Front Cover. (Figure 5) (1)


(2)

Remove the Connector Cover.

Figure 3 j0sa49906 10. Remove the Stacker Left Rear Cover. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Left Rear Cover. Figure 5 j0sa49908 12. Remove the Harness Cover. (Figure 6)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-289

39 HCS


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 39 HCS (1)


(2)

Remove the Harness Cover.

(3)


(4)

Remove the screw of the Front Door Stopper.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-290

Version.1 .1.1 (4)

Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover.

Figure 8 j0sa49910 15. Remove the rail. (Figure 9) Figure 6 j0sa49909

(1)


(2)

Remove the rail.

13. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 7) (1)


(2)


Figure 9 j0sa49911 16. Remove the brackets. (Figure 10) Figure 7 j0sa49951 14. Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (Figure 8) (1)


(2)

Insert the Connector Housing into the square hole.

(3)

Pull the Docking Lever.

(1)


(2)

Remove the brackets (x2).

(3)


Figure 10 j0sa49912 17. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Edge Sensor Frame. (Figure 11)

Figure 12 j0sa49914 19. Remove the Edge Sensor Frame. (Figure 13)

(1)


(1)

Remove the Edge Sensor Frame.

(2)


(2)

Remove the wire harness through the hole.

Figure 11 j0sa49913 18. Remove the screws that secure the Edge Sensor Frame. (Figure 12) (1)

Figure 13 j0sa49915 20. The removed Edge Sensor Frame and screws (x4). (Figure 14)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-291

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-292

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.28.1 Tamper Unit Parts List on PL 39.28 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

If unable to remove the Stacker Tray, turn the disk of the Elevator Motor counter-clockwise to lower the Stacker Tray approx. 20cm. (Figure 1)

Figure 14 j0sa49916

(A)Elevator Motor

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Stacker Left Front Cover, check that the Docking Lever is moving smoothly. (Figure 15) (A)Docking Lever

Figure 1 j0sa43958

Figure 15 j0sa49917

6.

Remove the Stacker Tray.

7.

Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Tamper Unit. (Figure 2) (1)

Remove the screw of the Ground Wire.

(2)



Disconnect the connector at the rear of the Tamper Unit. (Figure 3)

Figure 4 j0sa49946 10. Remove the Pin Brackets at the front of the Tamper Unit. (Figure 5)

(1)

Remove the screws (x2) of the Ground Wire.

(1)


(2)


(2)

Remove the Pin Brackets (x2).


Remove the Transport Center Inner Cover. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Transport Center Inner Cover.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 5 j0sa43961 11. The removal direction for the Tamper Unit. (Figure 6)

02/2009 4-293

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-294

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 6 j0sa43962 12. Remove the Tamper Unit by holding onto the metallic part at the bottom of the Tamper Unit. (Figure 7) (1)

Pull the Tamper unit slightly towards you and release it from the pins (x2) at the inner side.

(2)

Remove the Tamper Unit from the hooks (x6) of the Center Bracket.

Figure 8 j0sa43964

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Tamper Unit, attach it to the hooks (x6) of the Center Bracket, and then affix it to the pins (x2) at the inner side. (Figure 7)

3.

When installing the Stacker Tray, align the hole of the Stacker Tray to the pin of the Arm Tray. (Figure 9) (A)Pin (B)Hole

Figure 9 j0sa43959 Figure 7 j0sa43963 13. Turn the removed Tamper Unit upside down. (Figure 8)

REP 39.29.1 Front Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket Parts List on PL 39.29 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Turn the Tamper Unit upside down.

6.

Store the Extension Pads. (Figure 1) (1)

Figure 2 j0sa43973

Use tape to hold the Extension Pads (x6) and store them. 8.

Return the Tamper Unit to the upright position.

9.

Remove the Belt Clamp. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the plate.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Belt Clamp.


Move the Front Tamper Base in the direction of the arrow and move the Belt Clamp to the square hole of the Frame. (Figure 2) (A)Belt Clamp (B)Square Hole Figure 3 j0sa43974 10. Turn the Tamper Unit upside down. 11. Remove the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 4)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-295

(1)


(2)

Remove the Pulley Bracket and the spring.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-296

Version.1 .1.1

(A)Spring

Figure 6 j0sa49947 Figure 4 j0sa43975 14. Return the Tamper Unit to the upright position. 12. Move the Pulley Bracket towards the Front Tamper Motor. (Figure 5)

15. Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 7)

(1)

Store the Pulley Bracket into the square hole.

(1)


(2)

Move the Front Tamper Base in the direction of the arrow.

(2)


Figure 5 j0sa43976 13. Remove the Gear Cover. (Figure 6)

Figure 7 j0sa43977 16. Remove the Front Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 8)

(1)

Remove the screw.

(1)


(2)

Remove the Gear Cover.

(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the Front Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket.

REP 39.32.1 Set Clamp Motor and Belt Parts List on PL 39.32 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Figure 8 j0sa43978


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 1)

17. The removed Front Tamper Motor, belt, and Pulley Bracket. (Figure 9)

(1)


(2)


Figure 1 j0sa43965

Figure 9 j0sa43979

Replacement 1.

7.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-297

Remove the Set Clamp Motor and the belt. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the spring.

(4)


(5)

Remove the Set Clamp Motor.

(6)

Remove the belt.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-298

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.33.1 Rear Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket Parts List on PL 39.33 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet.

Figure 2 j0sa43966

1.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Store the Extension Pads. (Figure 1) (1)

Use tape to hold the Extension Pads (x6) and store them.

Replacement 1.



Move the Rear Tamper Base in the direction of the arrow and move the Belt Clamp to the square hole of the Frame. (Figure 2) (A)Belt Clamp (B)Square Hole

Figure 2 j0sa43968

Figure 4 j0sa43970

8.

Return the Tamper Unit to the upright position.

11. Turn the Tamper Unit upside down.

9.

Remove the plate. (Figure 3)

12. Remove the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 5)

(1)

Remove the screw.

(1)


(2)

Remove the plate.

(2)

Remove the Pulley Bracket and the spring.

(A)Spring

Figure 3 j0sa43969 Figure 5 j0sa43971 10. Remove the Belt Clamp. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Belt Clamp.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

13. Remove the Rear Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 6)

02/2009 4-299

(1)


(2)


(3)


(4)

Remove the Rear Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-300

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.37.1 HCS Drive PWB Parts List on PL 39.37 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

Figure 6 j0sa43972

1.


2.


3.

Disconnect the connectors (x11) on the HCS Drive PWB. (Figure 1)

Replacement 1.



Remove the HCS Drive PWB. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Release the PWB Support hooks (x2).

(3)

Disconnect the connector and remove the HCS Drive PWB.

REP 39.37.2 HCS PWB Parts List on PL 39.37 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 1. Figure 2 j0sa43912


2.


3.

Disconnect the HCS PWB connectors (x18). (Figure 1)

Replacement 1.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-301

Remove the HCS PWB. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Release the PWB Support hooks (x2).

(3)

Disconnect the connector and remove the HCS PWB.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-302

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.37.3 HCS LVPS Parts List on PL 39.37 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.

Remove the HCS LVPS. (Figure 1) (1)

Figure 2 j0sa43914


(2)


(3)

Remove HCS LVPS.

Replacement 1. 2.

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. After replacement, remove the SEEP ROM from the old HCS PWB and install it onto the new one. (A)SEEP ROM


Remove the HCS LVPS from the bracket. (Figure 2) (1)

Figure 3 j0sa43915


REP 39.39.1 Left Stacker Belt Parts List on PL 39.39 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.

Figure 2 j0sa43917

Replacement 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Paddle. (REP 39.24.2)

6.

Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (REP 39.25.1)

7.

Remove the Edge Sensor Frame. (REP 39.25.2)

8.

Remove the Stacker Left Lower Cover. (Figure 1)


(1)

Remove the screw of the Front Door Stopper.

(2)


(3)

Remove the Stacker Left Lower Cover.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-303

Remove the screws that secure the Stack No Paper Sensor. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Move the Stack No Paper Sensor.

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-304

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 2 j0sa49952 10. Remove the Stack No Paper Sensor. (Figure 3) (1)

Disconnect the connector (J329L).

(2)

Disconnect the connector (J329P). Figure 4 j0sa43998 12. Remove the Stacker Left Lower Frame. (Figure 5) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Left Lower Frame.

Figure 3 j0sa49953 11. Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover. Figure 5 j0sa49919 13. Remove the Front Rail Support. (Figure 6) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Front Rail Support.


15. Remove the Left Tray Arm. (Figure 8)

14. Remove the Rear Rail Support. (Figure 7) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Rear Rail Support.

(1)


(2)

Remove the Belt Clamps (x2).

(3)

Remove the Left Tray Arm.

Figure 8 j0sa49922

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-305

39 HCS


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 39 HCS 16. Remove the Pulley Brackets. (Figure 9) (1)


(2)

Remove the Pulley Brackets (x2).

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-306

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.40.1 Right Stacker Belt Parts List on PL 39.40 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. 1.


2.


3.


4.


5.

Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover.

Figure 9 j0sa49923 17. Remove the Left Stacker Belt. (Figure 10) (1)

Remove the clips (x8).

(2)

Remove the gear and the key.

(3)


(4)

Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the Left Stacker Belts (x2).


Figure 10 j0sa49924

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Left Tray Arm, perform ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position.

Remove the Front Door Lock Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Front Door Lock Bracket.


Disconnect the Front Door Lock Bracket connectors. (Figure 3)


Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (Figure 5)

(1)


(1)


(2)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover.


Remove the Stacker Right Lower Cover. (Figure 4) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Right Lower Cover. Figure 5 j0sa43999 10. Remove the Stacker Right Rear Cover. (Figure 6)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-307

39 HCS


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 39 HCS (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Right Rear Cover.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-308

Version.1 .1.1

12. Remove the Front Rail Support. (Figure 8) (1)


(2)


(3)

Remove the Front Rail Support.

Figure 6 j0sa49929 11. Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame. (Figure 7) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame.

Figure 8 j0sa49932 13. Remove the Rear Rail Support. (Figure 9) (1)

Figure 7 j0sa49930


(2)


(3)

Remove the Rear Rail Support.

15. Remove the Pulley Brackets. (Figure 11) (1)


(2)

Remove the Pulley Brackets (x2).

Figure 11 j0sa49935 16. At the rear of the HCS, remove the screws that secure the Roll Cover. (Figure 12) (1)

Figure 9 j0sa49933


14. Remove the Right Tray Arm. (Figure 10) (1)


(2)

Remove the Belt Clamps (x2).

(3)

Remove the Right Tray Arm.

Figure 12 j0sa49936 17. Remove the Roll Cover. (Figure 13) (1)


(2)

Remove the Roll Cover.

Figure 10 j0sa49934

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-309

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-310

Version.1 .1.1

REP 39.42.1 HCS Control Panel PWB Parts List on PL 39.42 Removal WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power plug from the outlet. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

Figure 13 j0sa49937

1.


2.


3.

18. Remove the Right Stacker Belt. (Figure 14) (1)

Remove the clips (x8).

(2)

Remove the gear and the key.

(3)


(4)

Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the Right Stacker Belts (x2).

Remove the screws that secure the HCS Control Panel. (Figure 1) (1)

Remove the clamps (x2).

(2)

Remove the cable bands (x2).

(3)


Figure 1 j0sa43906 4. Figure 14 j0sa49938

Replacement 1.


2.

When installing the Right Tray Arm, perform ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position.

5.

Turn the HCS Control Panel upside down. Remove the screws that secure the HCS Control Panel. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the bracket.

(3)


(4)

Remove the Ground Plate.


Remove the HCS Control Panel PWB. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the brackets (x2).

(3)


Figure 3 j0sa43908

Replacement 1.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-311

39 HCS



02/2009 4-312

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 2.1.1 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registration (DC129)

NOTE: When trying to perform Lead Edge Adjustment, make sure to select a specific paper size, side and paper type you want to adjsut because Lead Edge Adjustment reflects different values corresponding to paper sizes, sides and paper types each.

Purpose To align the image on the drum with the proper position (Lead/Side Edge) of the paper.

NOTE: Lead Regi needs adjusting for individual trays and paper types. Adjusting one of (1) and (2) on Table 1 results in changing both together. The numbered items marked with * do not need adjusting because they are adjusted in other sections (these items are adjustable, but adjusting an item with * results in adjusting the same-numbered item simultaneously.)

NOTE: The following adjustments should be finished. •

Fast Scan % (ADJ2.1.5 System Regi Adjustment)

•

Slow Scan % (ADJ2.1.5 System Regi Adjustment)

•

Squareness (ADJ2.1.5 System Regi Adjustment)

Check

Table 1 Lead Registration Adjustment

1.

Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registration Adjustment (DC129)] Adjustment).

2.

Under [For Individual Trays], output the built-in patterns under the desired adjustment conditions.

Side

Side Regi Correction "Correction Enabled"/"Correction Disabled"

Paper Tray

Paper Type Group

Length in Paper Feed Direction [mm] Paper Type

0<=width<=2390 2390<=width (A4) (A3)

Side1 Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Tray6 (4000HCF-Upper) Tray7 (4000HCF -Lower)

Plain

Plain Thin (tracing) Reused Punched

(1)

(8)

Thick 1

Thick 1 Tab thick 1

(2)

(9)

Tray5 (IOT-MSI)

Plain

The "Correction Enabled" mode uses the function that corrects ROS writes by detecting the Side Edge with the CIS.

Paper Plain Paper Thin (tracing) Reused Punched

Thick 1

The “Correction Disabled” mode uses NVM locations for trays and paper types each to set the ROS writing position.

Thick 1 Tab thick 1

Thick 2

Thick 2 Tab thick 2

Label

Label 1 Label 2

Tray: Tray to be adjusted Paper Size: A3, A4L NOTE: Side Regi Adjustment should be done, using both [Correction Enabled] and [Correction Disabled]. As to the following types of paper, even if [Correction Enabled] is selected, it will be switched to [Correction Disabled], so adjusting by using both is required. •

tracing paper

•

punched paper

•

label paper

Tray: tray to be adjusted Paper Size: A3, A4L Side: side to be adjusted (Side 1, Side 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Side1 Tray5 (HCF-MSI)

02/2009 4-313

OHP

OHP sheet

Plain


(1)*

(3)

(9)*

Thick 1

Thick 1 Tab thick 1

(2)*

(4)

(10)

Thick 2

Thick 2 Tab thick 2

(5)

(11)

Label

Label 1 Label 2

(6)

(12)

OHP

OHP sheet

(1)*

(7)

(13)

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-314

2. Electrical

Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 Lead Registration Adjustment

Side

Paper Tray

Side1 Tray6 (2000A3-HCF) Tray6(4000C2-HCF Upper) Tray7(4000C2-HCF Lower)

Paper Type Group Plain

Thick 1

3.

Paper Type

0<=width<=2390 2390<=width (A4) (A3)


(1)*

PlainS1 Recycled S1 ReusedS1 Coated 1

(1)*

(8)*

(3)*

(9)*

(4)*

(10)*

Thick 1

(2)*

Coated 1A

(2)*

Coated 1B Thick 1S1 Tab thick 1

(4)*

Thick 2 Thick 2S1 Thick 2B Coated 2 Tab thick 2

(5)*

Label

Label 1 Label 2

(6)*

(12)*

OHP

OHP sheet

(7)*

(13)*

Plain

Plain PlainS1

Thick 2

Side2 Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Tray6 (4000HCF-Upper) Tray7 (4000HCF-Lower) Tray6 (2000A3-HCF) Tray6(4000C2-HCF Upper) Tray7(4000C2-HCF Lower) Tray5 (IOT-MSI) Tray5 (HCF-MSI)

Length in Paper Feed Direction [mm]

(10)* Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0fu40237) 4. (11)*

Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the supporting mode Table 2 Specification

Item

Simplex

Duplex

MSI

Lead Edge (A)

10+/-0.8mm

10+/-1.5mm (*)

10+/-1.5mm

Side Edge (B)

8.5+/-0.8mm

8.5+/-2.0mm (*)

8.5+/-2.9mm

(*) When making an adjustment based on the table, use the value as a reference value.

Thin (tracing) Recycled S1 Punched Thick 1

Thick 1 Thick 1S1

Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Paper Size: A3) (Figure 1) Lead Edge: Part A of the figure Side Edge: Part B of the figure

Figure 2 j0tk41312

4.

Adjustment 1.

Enter Diag. mode and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registration Adjustment (DC129)].

2.

Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) so that the measured values fall within the specifications of the respective supporting modes. If the measured value of the lead edge is short: Adjust it with the [Down] button.

Return to the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [Print Test Pattern]. Set the following. Press the Start button to output a sample. •

Pattern No.=1

•

Quantity=1

•

Paper Selection=Tray 6 (7)

NOTE: Load Tray 6 and Tray 7 with A3 plain paper in advance.

If the measured value of the lead edge is long: Adjust it with the [Up] button. 5.

If the measured value of the side edge is long: Adjust it with the [Right] button.

Check that the side mis-regi amount on the output sample is within 0 +/-0.5mm. [How to obtain side mis-regi amount]

If the measured value of the side edge is short: Adjust it with the [Left] button.

Side Mis-regi Amount = Side Regi Target Value - Measured Side Regi Value

3.

After adjustment, output the pattern in the same mode again.

4.

Repeat steps 1-3 until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications.

The target side regi value for the “grid pattern” built in the IOT: 11inch: 10.965mm, A3: 8.5mm 6.

Purpose To adjust where the HCF Tray should shift to the IOT. NOTE: At installation of the HCF, perform Side Registration Adjustment for MSI/HCF.

If the amount obtained in [step 5] is out of the specified range, adjust the Tray Shift Adjustment Timer. •

2000A3HCF NVM743-012: 2000A3HCF Tray Shift Adjustment Timer (Tray6)

•

4000C2-HCF NVM743-108: 4000C2-HCF Upper Tray Shift Time (Tray6)

•

4000C2-HCF NVM743-143: 4000C2-HCF Lower Tray Shift Time (Tray7)

Check 1.

Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [NVM Read/Write].

2.

Check the following Side Regi Adjustment NVM values. If they are not the default, change them to it. Table 3

Default: 128=+/-0mm, 1 count=0.026mm, -direction=Tray moves to Front, +direction=Tray moves to Rear. Eg: When the measured value is +9.8mm, the mis-regi amount is -1.3mm. Add -(1.3/0.026)= 50 to the current value and obtain the new value. Enter the new value. 7.

Perform [Print Test Pattern] again as in [step 4] and check the print.

8.

In the case of 4000C2-HCF, repeat steps 4 through 7 for Tray 7.

9.

NVM

Default Description

2000A3HCF

4000C2-HCF

742-303

500

Side Regi Adjustment MSI/HCF-MSI Side1(MSI, Simp)

O

O

742-308

500

Side Regi Adjustment Tray6 Side1 (Upper Tray, Simp)

O

742-309

500

Side Regi Adjustment Tray7 Side1 (Lower Tray, Simp)

742-319

500

742-324 724-325

Restore the former NVM values that were temporarily changed for adjustment. •

NVM742-168: Output of relevant paper at detection of Side Edge Error: Change 0 (permit) to the former default.

• O

NVM742-162: Side Mis-Regi Correction: from 1 (Prohibit Correction, All Paper Widths) to 0 (Permit Correction, All Paper Widths)

-

O

NOTE: As to 4112DC/4112CP, change the value in NVM742-168 to “0 (permit)”. As to the other models, be sure to change to “1 (prohibit)”.

Side Regi Adjustment MSI/HCF-MSI Side2 (MSI, Dup)

O

O

500

Side Regi Adjustment Tray6 Side2 (Upper Tray, Dup)

O

O

NOTE: Trays to be adjusted:

500

Side Regi Adjustment Tray7 Side2 (Lower Tray, Dup)

-

O

4000C2-HCF: Tray6, Tray7, MSI

10. Again perform the IOT Side Regi Adjustment (Side 1 and Side 2). (See ADJ2.1.1 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registartion (DC129))

2000A3HCF: Tray6, MSI

NOTE: Adjust the NVM values marked with “O” for 2000A3HCF/4000C2-HCF. 3.

For adjustment, change the following NVMs temporarily. •

NVM742-168: Output of relevant paper at detection of Side Edge Error: If the current value is 0 (permit), don’t change it. If it is 1 (prohibit), change it to 0 (permit).

•

NVM742-162: Side Mis-Regi Correction: from 0 (Permit Correction, All Paper Widths) to 1 (Prohibit Correction, All Paper Widths)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-315

2. Electrical



Execute Diag. (DC991:Tone Up/Down).

Purpose

[Limit]

If the print density is not the desired one, change the Process Control density target value to adjust the print density.

Check Enter the diag mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [Procon ON/OFF Print].

2.

Set the execution type to "Procon "ON" Print" and load A3 paper into Tray 3, then execute.

3.

The result is displayed on the screen and the Process Control patterns are output.

4.

When result is displayed as "NG" on the screen, failure has occurred. Perform troubleshooting for the appropriate parts. (Table 1) Table 1 Fail Codes for NG Results

Item

Fail Codes for NG Results

Grid Voltage

092-607

Voltage High

092-608

Light Density: LD (ESV)

092-609

Voltage Medium

092-610

Density: RADC

092-663

Light Density: LD (ADC)

-

Toner Density: ATC

- (NVM752-363)

Temperature

092-661

Humidity (%)

092-662

Density: Vcln

092-651

Print Density Adjustment:

092-664

5.

Visually check the density of the printed Process Control pattern.

Adjustment 1.

On the [Procon ON/OFF] window, select [Print Density Adjustment] and enter a setting value. To increase density: "1" To decrease density: "-1" To restore correction value to initial value: "2"

2. 3.

Press the [Start] key to perform the adjustment. Perform the following according to the result in the "Print Density Adjustment" column. [OK] The density is in the normal range. (Each manual correction value was changed normally.) Check the density again by DC935 Procon "ON" Print. [NG] Since a density-related failure (judgment item column) occurred, check XERO-related data (NVM). (For details anout the density-related failure, see the corresponding FIP [092-607 to 092-663] in Chapter 2, Troubleshooting.") [Tone]

Version.1 .1.1 The toner density is away from the target.

ADJ 2.1.2 Print Image Quality Adjustment

1.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-316

Cannot perform further density adjustment. (All manual correction values have reached their limits.) 4.

Perform the checking procedures and check the density of the Process Control pattern.

5.

The Toner Density :ATC judgment result became OK. Repeat Steps 1 to 4 until desired density is obtained.

ADJ 2.1.3 Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored Component Purpose Purpose: To get a full understanding of how to handle Important Information Stored Components. Data that the customer has entered after machine installation is so important that nobody can be forgiven for a loss or leak of the data. Besides, from the perspective of earning the confidence of the customer, it is indispensable for the CE to be able to realize the components that store such data. Great care should also be taken in replacing such components.

Procedure: This product has the components below store important information. Perform the following procedure. NOTE: Japan: Collect/discard components, following FTO (2-027) common to all the models. IBG: Collect/discard components, following the way specified separately.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-317

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-318

2. Electrical

Version.1 .1.1

Table 1

1

Component Name

Storage Information

Work before replacement

Work after replacement

HDD

Remaining data (left as it is) • E-data recorded in mailbox (*)

•

•

•

Scanned text data yet to be sent (*)

•

Text data yet to be copied/printed (*)

Initial Action

Handling removed HDD [Japan]

Back up data by printing reports and using tools, in order to set the data again.

•

Security print (*)

Take HDD back to your base. Ensure to obtain consent from the customer before doing so. Then explain to him/her that the removed HDD will be sent to the FX recycling location and ’overwritten’ or ’shredded’ there and that no security problem will arise.If the customer wants to check visually that the HDD is shredded, shred it (at a charge).

•

Sample print (*)

[IBG]

•

Delayed print (*)

•

Job templates

Collect/discard HDD, following the way specified separately.

•

Job flows

•

Job logs (stored on HDD)

•

Debug logs

•

Data of addresses on extended address book

•

Audit logs (stored on HDD)

•

User info (with ’save user info on HDD in network authentication mode’ enabled, and in XSA mode)

•

Account IDs (in network authentication mode and XSA mode

•

Data stored in SMB folder.

•

Fonts

•

Forms

•

Logos

•

JBA info operation log (stored on HDD)

•

Certificates (device certificate and PC certificate)

Data to be deleted (data already used but remaining physically on HDD. It is normally difficult to restore the data.) • Image data stored temporarily for copy/print output •

Scanned image data stored temporarily to be taken out from client PC

•

Data entered from network and stored temporarily

Data spooled on HDD • Data taken out from mailbox then deleted •

Image data to be deleted after being used for security print/sample print/delayed print

Besides, check that the Job in Memory lamp on the panel is off. If the lamp is on, tell the customer that text data stored (with (*) at left) will be deleted and obtain his/her consent.

•

Final Action Restore the data, using tools.Return settings to their original values, using reports.

Table 1

2

Component Name

Storage Information

Work before replacement

Work after replacement

NVRAM on Controller Board

Parameters that the user can set (IP address, etc.) • Mailbox information

•

•

•

Job memory

•

Job log

•

Error log (Fault History and Counter)

•

DV log/auditron setting/total PV info/JBA info operation log

Initial Action Back up data by printing reports and using tools, in order to set the data again.

•

4127/4112G

Ensure to initialize PWB then take it back to your base. If it cannot be initialized at the customer site, explain it will be done at the FX recycling location and that no security problem will arise.

Delete data

[IBG] Collect/discard HDD, following the way specified separately.

Delete all Start ’Clear all data’ in KO mode. HDD except NVMs will also be initialized.

Version.1 .1.1

[Japan]

If NVM hardware is normal, delete the data by performing special boot No. 3 (Press and hold [Power Saver]+[Stop]+[3] and turn on the machine). •

02/2009 4-319

Handling removed PWB

•

Final Action Restore the data, using tools.Return settings to their original values, using reports.

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-320

Version.1 .1.1 FX4127G_xxxxxxx_MF.exe: for FX-DC/MF(CPS)

ADJ 2.1.4 Firmware Update

FX4127G_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for FX-MF(CPS)+PS Option

Purpose

FX4127G_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for FX-Printer(EPS)

Perform this procedure when updating the machine firmware (ESS, IISS, IOT, Finisher), or when reinstallation of machine software is required due to some trouble.

[Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.10.x, P: 1.50.x or later)] FX4127GW2_xxxxxxx_MF.exe: for FX-DC/MF(CPS)

NOTE: CE will perform the updating.

FX4127GW2_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for FX-MF(CPS)+PS Option FX4127GW2_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for FX-Printer(EPS)

[Obtaining the Firmware] • When upgrading the machine firmware, download the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe) and the machine Firmware from the following

IBG : [Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.103.x, P: 1.143.x or later)] AP4127G_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for AP-MF(CPS)(PS standard)

IBG:See Docushare of IBG RTS

AP4127G_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for AP-Printer(EPS)

NOTE: Downloading both softwares from the homepage may take some time (depending on the environment) because of the file size. Hence, download both softwares into the PC (PSW) in advance before visiting the customer.

AP4127GW2_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for AP-MF(CPS)(PS standard)

[Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.110.x, P: 1.150.x or later)]

NOTE: Environment Required for Installation •

AP4127GW2_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for AP-Printer(EPS) * xxxxx: Date [PJL method (Port9100: Network)]

OS:Windows98/2000/NT4.0(SP3.0 and above)/XP [PJL method (Port9100: Network)]

1.

Connect the printer to the PC with the LAN cable (cross).

OS:Windows2000[DLD method (USB1.1)] (DC model: USB1.1 only)

2.

Turn ON the machine and the PC and check that the IP Address/Subnet Mask are input so that communication is possible both ways.

•

CPU:Pentium(100MHz) and above

•

Memory: 32MB and above

•

Hard disk capacity available: 200MB and above

NOTE: When setting the IOT port, check that the SNMP and Port 9100 are activated and running on the UDP of the SNMP. (Run the CenterWare Internet Services. Select [Properties], [Securities] and [Enable Port] in this order and insert check mark to the UDP of the SNMP.)

NOTE: Cables Required for Connection •

499T7780 LAN Cable (Cross 3m)

•

499T7776: USB Cable (Cross 2m)

NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1. 3.

Double-click the compressed file downloaded (downloaded data). NOTE: Once the compressed file has extracted itself, click the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe) in the extracted file to run it.

NOTE: The data files downloaded for installation are compressed. Decompress the data before downloading them to the printer.

Purpose

4.

Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).

There are two ways to download the machine Firmware - DLD method (USB1.1) and PJL method (Port9100: Network).

5.

Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection screen for machine models and files.

6.

Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models and files, and click [Next].

In the case of DLD method (USB1.1) for downloading, it is necessary to change to the download mode.

Selecting a detailed version displays the ROM version in each downloaded file. In the case of PJL method (Port9100) for downloading, no setting at the machine is required.

7.

[Downloading] 1.

Select a compressed file (downloaded data) compatible with the printer specifications from the DocuShare of (IBG) RTS and download it to the desired folder on the PC.

((Working time: approx. 15 minutes) NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1. 8.

NOTE: Compressed files are common to these machines. The compressed files are divided into two types each for FX and IBG according to function as follows: •

FX : [Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.3.x, P: 1.43.x or later)]

Select how the printer is connected to the PC on the Communication Interface selection screen and select [Next].

Press the Search button on the selection screen on the Printer/MF machine to search for devices connected to this network. The search range button is used to search across other nets.

9.

The devices that can be specifed on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in the Printer/MF machines column. Check the check box and select [Next].

10. The firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen.

(Working time: approx. 15 minutes)

The results screen will be displayed upon completion.

NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.

11. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware update task complete) 10. The devices that can be specifed on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in the Printer/MF machines column. Check the check box and select [Next].

NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT restarts automatically. [DLD method (USB1.1)]

11. The firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen.

1.

12. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware update task complete)

The results screen will be displayed upon completion. Connect the printer to the PC with the USB cable.

NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT restarts automatically.

Figure 1 PC connection (j0ph40251)

2. 3.

Turn ON the machine and the PC Set the printer to Download mode. (1)

Turn ON the printer while pressing the Power Saver button.

(2)

The progress status bar is displayed on the UI screen for approx. 10 seconds.

(3)

The UI screen goes off for 7 seconds.

(4)

The UI screen displays "DOWNLOAD MODE" and enters the Download mode.

4.

In case of USB1.1 connection, cancel the opening of "Add/Remove Hareware Wizard".

5.

Double-click the compressed file downladed (downloaded data). NOTE: Once the compressed file has extracted itself, click the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe) in the extracted file to run it.

6.

Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).

7.

Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection screen for machine models and files.

8.

Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models and files, and click [Next]. Selecting a detailed version displays the ROM version in each downloaded file.

9.

Select how the printer is connected to the PC on the Communication Interface selection screen and select [Next].

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-321

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-322

2. Electrical

Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 2.1.5 System Registration Adjustment (Fast Scan %; Slow Scan %; Squareness) Purpose To obtain the correct magnification and squareness for 100%-magnified copies. Magnification in the fast scan direction can be adjusted by adjusting pixel position with IReCT (image processing). Magnification in the slow scan direction can be adjusted by adjusting pixel position with IReCT (image processing). The amount of the skewed lead edge can be adjusted by adjusting its pixel position with IReCT (image processing) and changing the squareness of the image.

Figure 1 j0tk42161

Check

Adjustment

< Fast Scan %>

1.

Enter the diag. mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registration Adjustment].

1.

2.

On the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Fast Scan %].

2.

Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registration Adjustment].

3.

Under [For Individual Trays], select conditions for adjustment, and then press [Print] to output a built-in pattern.

On the [Fast Scan %] window, enter a specific adjustment value and press [Save]. The measured Fast Scan % is smaller: Increase an adjustment value. The measured Fast Scan % is larger: Decrease an adjustment value.

Tray: a tray to adjust Paper size: A3 SEF 3.

Table 2

Measure the length between the specified positions on the output built-in pattern and check that it meets the specification. Measurement Method (1)

Measure the length between P8 and P13 as shown in the figure.

(2)

Put the length value into the formula ((P8 to P13)-280.9)/280.9x100 and obtain a measured value.

(3)

Check if the measured value meets the specification. Table 1

Adjust. Ratio per Count

Default

Adjust. Value Range

Remarks

1 count=0.025%

0

-32 to +32 (*)

Individual Sides 1 and 2

(*) This range of values to enter is restricted according to adjustment value at shipment. NOTE: To reduce, use [-]. To enlarge, use [+]. 4.

Output the built-in pattern again and measure the length between the specified positions for Fast Scan %. Check if the length meets the specification.

5.

Repeat the above operation until a measured Fast Scan % is in specification.

Item

Simplex

Duplex

Check

Fast Scan %

100+/-0.3%

100+/-0.3% (*)

(*) When making an adjustment based on the table, use the value as a reference value.

1.


2.

Under [For Individual Trays], select conditions for adjustment, and then press [Print] to output a built-in pattern. Tray: a tray to adjust Paper size: A3 SEF

3.

Measure the length between the specified positions on the output built-in pattern and check that it meets the specification. Measurement Method

NOTE: To reduce, use [-]. To enlarge, use [+]. 4.

Output the built-in pattern again and measure the length between the specified positions for Slow Scan %. Check if the length meets the specification. Repeat the above operation until a measured Slow Scan % is in specification.

(1)

Measure the length between P2 and P14 as shown in the figure.

5.

(2)

Put the length value in the formula ((P2 to P14)-401.3)/401.3x100 and obtain a measured value.

Check

(3)

Check if the measured value meets the specification.

Table 3 Item

Simplex

Duplex

Slow Scan %

100+/-0.3%

100+/-0.3% (*)

1.


2.

Under [For Individual Trays], select conditions for adjustment, and then press [Print] to output a built-in pattern. Tray: a tray to adjust Paper size: A3 SEF

(*) When making an adjustment based on the table, use the value as a reference value. 3.

Measure how far the vertical line drawn from the specified position on the output built-in pattern shifts. Measurement Method (1)

Draw a vertical line A from P2, which is the intersection of the line connecting P4 and P6. Measure the difference from P14.

(2)

Check if the measured value meets the specification. Table 5

Item

Simplex

Duplex

Squareness

+/-0.5mm

+/-0.5mm

NOTE: For this adjustment, use 1 count=0.05mm. For adjustment of the position of an output image in system administrator mode (alignment correction), use 1 count=0.1mm.

Figure 2 j0tk42162

Adjustment 1.


2.

On the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Slow Scan %].

3.

On the [Slow Scan %] window, enter a specific adjustment value and press [Save]. The measured Slow Scan % is smaller: Increase an adjustment value. The measured Slow Scan % is larger: Decrease an adjustment value. Table 4

Adjust. Ratio per Count

Default

Adjust. Value Range

Remarks

1 count=0.025%

0

-16 to +16 (*)

Individual Sides 1 and 2 Figure 3 j0tk42163

(*) This range of values to enter is restricted according to adjustment value at shipment Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-323

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-324

2. Electrical

Version.1 .1.1

Adjustment

ADJ 2.4.1 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction

1.


Purpose

2.

On the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Squareness].

3.

To align the position of the buttons on the display and the Touch Panel so that the user can select the contents on the display using the Touch Panel.

On the [Squareness] window, enter a specific adjustment value and press [Save]. The image is to the front (P14 is to the left of the vertical line): Increase an adjustment value.

Perform this adjustment when the UI PWB and UI components are replaced.

The image is to the rear (P14 is to the right of the vertical line): Decrease an adjustment value. NOTE: Adjust using the Touch Pen found in the UI component. If the Touch Pen is not available, you may use a pointed object. Take care not to damage the surface of the UI when using the pointed object.

Table 6 Adjust. Qty per Count

Default

Adjust. Value Range

Remarks

Adjustment

1 count=0.05mm

0

-40 to +40 (*)

Individual Sides 1 and 2

1.

Turn OFF the machine. Remove the inner cover of the UI Component and take out the Touch Pen. (Figure 1)

(*) This range of values to enter is restricted according to adjustment value at shipment. 4.

Output the built-in pattern again and measure a shift in squareness. Check if it meets the specification.

5.

Repeat the above operation until a measured squareness value is in specification.

Figure 1 Touch Pen Position for UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction (j0fu40238) 2.

Press and hold the [0], [1], [3] keys on the Control Panel while turning ON the machine. The following display appears. (Figure 2)

Figure 2 UI Touch Panel Display for Origin Point Correction (j0fu40239) 3.

Figure 4 Display for Successful Correction (j0fu40241)

Using the Touch Pen, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines P1 to P9 in sequence.

5.

The following screen will be displayed when correction fails. (Figure 5)

When P1 is pressed, the following display appears and the buzzer sounds. (Figure 3)

Figure 5 Display for Failed Correction (j0fu40242) 6.

Figure 3 Display after touching P1 (j0fu40240) Pressing the intersections P2 to P8 display similar screens. 4.

After the intersection P9 is pressed, the following screen is displayed when origin point correction is performed correctly and correction data is successfully stored. (Figure 4)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

After origin point correction ends, the following screen will be displayed. (Figure 6) Press the four intersections that are circled. (In any random sequence). Pressed part displays a black square which remains until next entry is performed.

02/2009 4-325

Buzzer sounds if correction is successful => Origin point adjustment completed Buzzer does not sound if correction fails => Execute correction again

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-326

Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 2.5.1 Upgrading Software (Device UI Method)(FX Only) Purpose The Download Device UI function aims at simplifying the procedure for updating Firmware and does not require the PC and the USB memory that have been required so far for updating Firmware. This function obtains a Firmware updating file from a server connected to the network; stores the file onto the HDD in the device; automatically goes into the Download mode; and then updates Firmware.

Preparation on the Web Server side (This is a case where IIS is used under WindowsXP.) To store Firmware on a Web server in such a case as you manage Web servers as an agent, use this procedure, referring to the following.

Purpose Figure 6 Checking Screen (j0fu40243) 7.

Turn OFF the power. Repeat steps 1-6 if correction fails. NOTE: When the power is turned ON immediately after it is turned OFF, the screen in Figure 6 will be displayed. Therefore, after adjustment is complete, turn OFF the power and wait for about one minute before turning it ON again.

1.

On the Web server, create a folder for storing Firmware and name it “fw".

2.

Select the “Start” menu > Program > Management Tool > Internet Information Service in order. (If “Internet Information Service” is not displayed, it indicates IIS is not installed.)

3.

Right-click “a specified Web site” to view a menu. From the menu, select “New Document “> Virtual Directory.

4.

Enter the name “fw” to be used when the Firmware is made public on the Web, and select “Next”.

5.

From “Reference”, select the folder created in step 1 for storing the Firmware.

6.

On the Permit Access screen, check “Scan”, "Execute scripts such as ASP” and “Reference” and then select "Next”.

7.

If the window below appears, making the Firmware public on the Web is complete. (Figure 1)

NOTE:When Main Switch is switched OFF and Main SW OFF is detected by ON/OFF Monitor, Delay Circuit starts operating. After a spec time, output voltage is cut off. The following take the times below to have their respective out put voltages cut off. IOT: 3 sec ESS: 40 sec 8.

Return the Touch Pen to its original position after use.

Figure 1 j0wj40901

Upgrading Procedure

ADJ 2.5.2 Backup/Restore/Copy

NOTE: Before upgrading Firmware, be sure to backup it. (See ADJ 2.5.2 .)

Purpose

1.

Enter UI-Diag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Software Upgrade”.

2.

Enter information about the Web server in the UI screen. (Figure 2) As to items 3 and 4, enter the values if they are set up on the Web Server side.

Backup and restore Firmware in the following cases. Table 1 No. Case

Purpose

1

When upgrading Fimware

If you want to return a new version of Firmware to the former one after upgrading it, for some reason (e.g. the operation has become unstable), restore it to the former state.*

2

When HDD or NVM PWB fails

Restore backed up settings. This reduces working time for environmental restoration.

3

When isolating a difficult-to-solve problem

Save the current settings temporarily when initializing HDD and NVM in order to isolate a problem. This reduces working time for environmental restoration.

The destination to make a backup in is the HDD built in the machine or a USB memory that is a service tool.

Preparation •

When making a backup in a USB memory, create a folder named “backup” in the USB beforehand.

•

Before working, be sure to print a list of function settings.

NOTE: The procedure differs according to case. Go to the necessary procedure and work. Table 2

Figure 2 j0wj40902 3.

In the UI screen, press “Download Now” to start download.

4.

After downloading the Firmware from the Web server, the device automatically restarts and enters the Download mode and then starts downloading it.

5.

After finishing downloading it, the device restarts automatically.

No.

Back up/Restore

Refer to:

1

Make a backup onto HDD.

Go to Procedure A.

2

Restore a backup from HDD.

Go to Procedure B.

3

Restore a backup from HDD, using a special boot (in such a case as nothing appears on the UI screen).

Go to Procedure C

4

Make a backup into USB Memory.

Go to Procedure D.

5

Restore a backup from USB Memory.

Go to Procedure E.

6

Restore a backup from USB, using a special boot (in such a case as nothing appears on the UI screen).

Go to Procedure F.

7

Copy setting information. (Do this in Customer Mode.)

Go to Procedure G.

Make a Backup onto/Restore a Backup from HDD Procedure A (Make a backup onto HDD)

Purpose

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1.

Open the [Job Status] window and confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be processed.

02/2009 4-327

2. Electrical



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-328

Version.1 .1.1

2.

Remove the network cable and the line for Fax.

Make a Backup onto/Restore a Backup from USB

3.

Enter UI-Diag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Backup Files/Restore Files”.

In the following cases, use the procedure for making a backup to/restoring a backup from USB.

4.

Select “Backup Files” and then “Hard Disk” under File Storage Location. Press the [Start] button.

•

work before replacing HDD

5.

A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files and save them in the Hard Disk?” Press [Yes]. Making a backup starts with the message “Making a copy of the files onto the Hard Disk” displayed.

•

To replace HDD on another day, backup data and ask the customer to save it on his/her PC temporarily for security reason. (At this time, explain the purpose of backing up data and that you are not allowed to take back any customer information.)

6.

When making a backup is completed, a message appears saying “Completed making a copy of the files onto the Hard Disk.” Press the [Confirm] button. Return to the Backup Files/Restore Files menu screen. It takes approx. 2 to 5 minutes to make a backup.

Procedure D (Make a backup onto USB Memory)

7.

Press [Close],[Exit (Clear Log)] and [Yes (Clear)] in order. The device then restarts automatically.

Purpose 1.

Turn off the device. Connect a USB memory to the Fax port. Turn on the device again. NOTE: Because the FAX cable has been removed, a message appears saying “A failure or an error is occurring. See the manual to check the number at right (016-214)” (reference message)

That is all for the procedure for making a backup. “Upgrade Firmware” or perform another work. After the work, go to the following to restore the backed-up data if required.

2.

Confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be processed.

If the UI does not start after the work, restore the backed-up data, referring to “Restrore a backup from HDD, using a special boot” described after the following procedure.

3.


4.

Enter UI-Diiag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Backup Files/Restore Files”.

Procedure B (Restore a backup from HDD)

Purpose

5.

Select “Backup Files” and then “USB Memory” under File Storage Location. Press the [Start] button.

1.

Open the [Job Status] window and confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be processed.

6.

2.


A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files in the USB Memory?” Press [Yes]. Making a backup starts with the message “Making a copy of the files onto the USB Memory” displayed. It takes approx. 5 to 7 minutes to make a backup.

3.


7.

4.

Select “Restore Backed Up Files” and then “Hard Disk” under File Storage Location. Press the [Start] button.

When making a backup is complete, a message appears saying “Completed making a copy of the files onto the USB Memory. Turn off the device and check that the display on the screen disappears before removing the USB memory." Turn off the device.

8.

Remove the USB memory and connect the cable for Fax.

5.

A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to restore the backed-up files from the Hard Disk?” Press [Yes]. Restoring the backed-up files starts. At this time, the following message appears. "Restoring the backed-up files from the Hard Disk.” After the completion of the procedure, the device restarts and updates software. When the initial screen appears, it indicates the procedure is complete. Do not turn off the device until then.

6.

7.

9.

If the UI does not start after the work, restore the backed-up data, referring to “Restrore a backup from USB, using a special boot” described after the following procedure. Procedure E (Restore a backup from USB Memory)

Purpose

When the device finishes restoring the backed-up files, it automatically restarts and goes into the Download mode. At this time the screen displays “Download Mode” just as it does when you normally download Firmware by connecting Port9100 and USB.

1.

When the process is successfully complete, the device restarts automatically.

Turn off the device. Connect the USB memory to the Fax port. Turn on the device.

2.

On the [Job Status] window, confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be processed.

3.


4.


5.

Select “Restore Backed Up Files” and then “USB Memory” under File Storage Location. Press the [Start] button.

6.

A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to restore the backed up files from the USB Memory?” Press [Yes]. Restoring the backed-up files starts with the following message displayed.

Procedure C (Restore a backup from HDD, using a special boot)

Purpose

If necessary, move the whole “backup” directory to the customer’s PC and ask him/her to save it. Delete the backed-up data in the USB on thespot.

1.

Turn off the device.

2.

Press and hold “Power Saver”+”Stop”+”5” and turn on the device.

3.

Automatically the device starts executing the restorative process. It "initializes HDD, restores HDD settings, and restores NVM-set data.” When completing this, the device reboots automatically.

4.

Next, the device downloads Firmware. When completing this, the device automatically reboots.

After the completion of the procedure, the device restarts and updates software.

5.

Return the device to the former state and check that it can make copies.

When the initial screen appears, it indicates the procedure is complete.

"Restoring the backed-up files from the USB Memory.

Do not turn off the device until then.” 7.

In approx. 4 minutes the device will finish the restorative process and restart automatically and then go into the Download mode. At this time the screen displays “Download Mode” just as it does when you normally download Firmware by connecting Port9100 and USB.

8.

Once the device has finished a series of processes and restarted successfully, turn off the device.

9.

Remove the USB memory. Turn on the device and check that it can make copies.

10. When upgrading Firmware, do so. After that, make a backup onto the USB memory again. 11. Turn off the device. Remove the USB. Connect the cable for Fax. Procedure F (Restore a backup from USB, using a special boot)

Purpose 1.

Turn off the device. Connect the USB memory to the Fax port.

2.

Press and hold “Power Saver”+”Stop”+”7” and turn on the device.

3.

Automatically the device starts executing the restorative process. It "initializes HDD, restores HDD settings, and restores NVM-set data.” When completing this, the device reboots automatically.

4.

Next, the device downloads Firmware. When completing this, the device automatically reboots. Return the device to the former state and check that it can make copies.

Procedure G for copying setting information

Purpose This function is not intended for the CE, but can reduce the configuration work accompanying the installation service work for mass installation (installation of multiple devices). In addition, this can be used as the Backup Files/Restore Files function. These are why this procedure is described. Only the settings that can be set under CWIS are copiable.

Purpose 1.

Figure 1 j0wj40903

Determine one device as the master device and using “Operation Panel, CWIS, etc” set up the device in the normal manner. Select Network Settings > Port Activation Settings and check the settings. (This part is not copied.)

2.

Following “Installation Application Form” set up the network for a destination device to copy settings (IP Address, Subnet Mask and Gateway Address) to.

3.

Select Network Settings > Port Activation Settings for the destination device. Make the settings the same as the ones for the master device. If the settings are different, related settings will not be cloned.

4.

From a client, connect to the master device through CWIS.

5.

Select the [Properties] tab > General Settings > Clone setting information. (Figure 3)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

6.

Click “Cloning.dat” in “Setting Info Cloning Opeation” and download the information to the PC.

7.

Access the destination device and select the [Properties] tab > General Settings > Copy setting information.

8.

Click [Reference] under “Import setting information”. Select "Cloning.dat" imported in step 5. Click “Start”.

9.

Wait until setting information is copied to the destination device.

10. Check that the setting information is copied on the destination device.

02/2009 4-329

2. Electrical



02/2009 4-330

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 4.1.1 DADF Lead Skew Adjustment Purpose NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items. To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the position of the DADF. (DADF Lead Skew, Perpendicularity) Adjust both the CVT and the CIS for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan. NOTE: Adjust the CIS after the CVT.

Check 1. 2.

Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly. Make copies using the following settings. [CVT] Load the chart in the DADF, face up.

Figure 1 Lead Skew Adjustment (Check) (j0fu45449)

A3 SEF 100%

Adjustment

1 Sided->1 Sided

[CVT]

3 copies

1.

[CIS] (1)

(2)

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sidied Scan] for the read type.

2.

Open the DADF. Adjust the position of the DADF by turning the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Move the DADF in direction A or B.

(3)

Tighten the screws (x2).

Make copies using the following settings. Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. A3 SEF 100% 2 Sided->2 Sided 3 copies

3.

Check that the difference between the distances A and B from the side to the edges in the third copies is within 0+/-0.5mm. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Lead Skew Adjustment (CVT Adjustment) (j0fu45443) [CIS] 1. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-331

Remove the DADF front cover. (PL 4.2)

4. DADF (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4. DADF (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS) 2. 3.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-332

Version.1 .1.1

Remove the DADF rear cover. (PL 4.2) Adjust the CIS mounting position. (Figure 3) (1)

Loosen the screws (2) securing the CIS.

(2)

Move the CIS in the direction of A or B.

(3)

Tighten the screws (2).

Figure 5 j0ku42044 4.

Figure 3 Lead Skew Adjustment (CIS Adjustment) (j0fu45444) The DADF and CIS moved in direction A (Figure 4)

Figure 4 j0ku42043 The DADF and CIS moved in direction B (Figure 5)

After adjustment, carry out DADF Side Regi (ADJ 4.3.1) and DADF Lead Edge Regi. (ADJ 4.3.2).

2 Sided

ADJ 4.3.1 DADF Side Edge Registration

5 copies

Purpose

3.

NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items.

Place the Test Chart on the third copy and measure the distance between the central lines of the Test Chart and the copy (part A in the figure). (Figure 1)

To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Side Edge (Fast Scan Direction). NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed. •

IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 2.1.1)

•

IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 5.8.1)

•

DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 4.3.3)

•

DADF Lead Skew Adjustment (ADJ 4.1.1)

NOTE: In Duplex Mode, Side 2 is copied by simltaneous duplex read (CIS) or reverse read (CVT). Execute the adjustments on both types. NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for simultaneous duplex read after that for reverse read.

Check 1. 2.

Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly. Make copies using the following settings. Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):

Figure 1 DADF Side Edge Registration (j0st41565)

Load the chart in the DADF, face up.

4.

A3 SEF 100%

Check that the distance between the central lines (A) falls within the specifications of the supporting mode.

1 Sided

Table 1 Specification

5 copies CVT-Side2 (1 Sided Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided):

Item

Simplex

Duplex

Side Edge (Central Line Difference)

+/-2.5mm

+/-2.5mm

(1)

From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1 Sided Scan] for the read type.

(2)

Make copies using the following settings.

Adjustment

Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing.

1.

Enter Diag. mode and select DC131 (NVM Read/Write).

A3 SEF

2.

Adjust the distance between the central lines (A) using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within the specifications.

100%

If the central line on the Test Chart is to the right of the central line on the copy: Set a larger value.

2 Sided

If the central line on the Test Chart is to the left of the central line on the copy: Set a smaller value.

5 copies CIS-Side2 (2 Sided Simultaneous Scan : Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)

(2)

Table 2 NVM List

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [2 Sided Simultaneous Scan] for the read type. Make copies using the following settings.

Chain

Link Name

Min

Initial

Max

Step

715

110

CVT FS Side1 Standard Adjustment

0

120

240

0.1mm

715

111


0

120

240

0.1mm

716

068

CVT-CIS FS Offset(1pDup)Side All

0

120

240

0.1mm

Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. A3 SEF 100% Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-333



Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 4. DADF (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)

NOTE: When the M/C is turned ON, the value in NVM 715-110 will be overwritten with the value in NVM 711-272. NOTE: When the M/C is turned ON, the value in NVM 715-111 will be overwritten with the value in NVM 711-274. NOTE: If NVM715-110 to 715-113 are changed, the corresponding NVM715-056 to 715-091 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM715-056 to 715-091 are changed individually. NOTE: If NVM716-068 is changed, the corresponding NVM716-020 to 716-028 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM716-020 to 716-028 are changed individually. 3.

Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly.

4.

Make copies using the following settings. Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided): Load the cahrt in the DADF, face up. A3 SEF 100% 1 Sided 1 copies CVT-Side2 (1 Sided Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1 Sided Scan] for the read type.

(2)

Make copies using the following settings. Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. A3 SEF 100% 2 Sided 1 copies

CIS-Side2 (2 Sided Simultaneous Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [2 Sided Simultaneous Scan] for the read type.

(2)


5.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-334

Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the distance between the central lines (A) falls within the specifications.

6.

Version.1 .1.1 Set the NVM (Chain-Link:715-111) adjustment value for the following NVM too. Table 3 NVM List

Chain Link

Name

Min

Initial

Max

Step

715

112


0

120

240

0.1mm

715

113


0

120

240

0.1mm

NOTE: If NVM715-110 to 715-113 are changed, the corresponding NVM715-056 to 715-091 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM715-056 to 715-091 are changed individually. NOTE: When the M/C is turned ON, the value in NVM 715-111~711-113 will be overwritten with the value in NVM 711-274.


ADJ 4.3.2 DADF Lead Edge Registration

A3 SEF

Purpose

100%


2 Sided 5 copies

To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Lead Edge (Slow Scan Direction). 3.

Measure the Lead Edge (part A of the figure) of the third copy. (Figure 1)

NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed. •


•


•


•


NOTE: In Duplex Mode, Side 2 is copied by simltaneous duplex read (CIS) or reverse read (CVT). Execute the adjustments on both types. NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan after that for reverse read. NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan after ADJ 4.3.4 Side-1 Tail Edge Adjustment.

Check 1. 2.

Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly. Make copies using the following settings. Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):

Figure 1 DADF Lead Edge Registration (j0fu45445)


4.

A3 SEF

Check that the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications of the supporting mode.

100%


1 Sided 5 copies CVT-Side2 (1 Sided Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)

(2)

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sided Scan] for the read type.

Item

Simplex

Duplex

Lead Edge

10+/-2.2 mm

10+/-2.2 mm

Adjustment 1.


2.


Adjust the Lead Edge (A) using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within the specifications.


If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.

A3 SEF

If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.

100% Table 2 NVM List

2 Sided 5 copies

Chain Link

Name

Min

Initial

Max

Step

CIS-Side2 (Simultaenous Duplex Read: Side 2 of 2 Sided):

711

140

Side1 Lead Regi Offset NVM

70

120

170

0.1mm

(1)

711

141

Side2 Lead Regi Offset NVM

70

120

170

0.1mm

716

067

CVT-CIS All Lead Regi Adjust

0

122

244

0.1mm

(2)

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [2 Sided Simultaneous Scan] for the read type. Make copies using the following settings.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-335




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-336

Version.1 .1.1

NOTE: If NVM711-140 is changed, the corresponding NVM711-001 to 711-011 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM711-001 to 711-011 are changed individually.

ADJ 4.3.3 DADF Height Adjustment



NOTE: If NVM716-067 is changed, the corresponding NVM716-010 to 716-019 and 716-047 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM716-010 to 716-019 and 716-047 are changed individually. 3.


4.


Purpose To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF.

Check 1.

Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):

Check the gaps between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass and DADF Platen Glass. (Figure 1) (1)

When viewed from the front of the DADF platen guide, each bearing B (2) of the left-side platen roll is contacting the platen glass.

(2)

Each foot A (projection) (2) on the front of the DADF platen guide is contacting the platen glass.

Load the chart in the DADF, face up. A3 SEF 100% 1 Sided 1 copies CVT-Side2 (1 Sided Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)


(2)


CIS-Side2 (2 Sided Simultaneous Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)

(2)


Adjustment


1.

Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. A3 SEF 100% 2 Sided 1 copies 5.

Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications.

Figure 1 DADF Height Adjustment (Check) (j0fu45441)

To make the platen roll shaft parallel with the IIT frame, loosen the nut of the left counter balance and turn the screw to adjust the DADF height and inclination. (Figure 2) Turning the screw in direction A will raise the front and lower the rear of the DADF. Turning the screw in direction B will lower the front and raise the rear of the DADF.

ADJ 4.3.4 DADF Tail Edge Registration Adjustment Purpose NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items. To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Tail Edge (Slow Scan Direction) NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed. •


•


•


•


NOTE: In Duplex Mode, Side 2 is copied by simltaneous duplex read (CIS) or reverse read (CVT). Execute the adjustments on both types. NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan after that for reverse read. Figure 2 DADF Height Adjustment (Adjustment 1) (j0fu45446)

Check 2.

NOTE: Ensure that the nut is secured and tightened after adjustment.

1.

To set the clearance at the front right foot to 0.5 mm or less, loosen the nut of the right counter balance and turn the screw to adjust the DADF position. (Figure 3)

2.

Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly. Make copies using the following settings. Side1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):

Turning the screw in direction D will raise the front and lower the rear of the DADF.


Turning the screw in direction E will lower the front and raise the rear of the DADF.

A3 SEF 100% 1 Sided->1 Sided 5 copies CVT-Side2 (1 Sided Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)


(2)

Make copies using the following settings. Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. A3 SEF 100% 2 Sided->2 Sided 5 copies

CIS-Side2 (2 Sided Simultaneous Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided):

Figure 3 DADF Height Adjustment (Adjustment 2) (j0fu45447)

(1)


(2)

Make copies using the following settings. Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. A3 SEF

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-337



Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 100%

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: If NVM711-142 is changed, the corresponding NVM711-029 to 711-039 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM711-029 to 711-039 are changed individually.

2 Sided->2 Sided 5 copie 3.

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-338



Measure the tail edge (part A of the figure) of the third copy. (Figure 1)

NOTE: If NVM716-066 is changed, the corresponding NVM716-001 to 716-009, 716-046, and 716055 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM716-001 to 716-009, 716-046, and 716-055 are changed individually. 3.


4.

Make copies using the following settings. Side1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided): Load the chart in the DADF, face up. A3 SEF 100% 1 Sided->1 Sided 1 copy CVT-Side2 (1 Sided Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided): (1)

Figure 1 DADFTail Edge Registration (j0fu45450) 4.

Check that the tail edge (A) satisfies the specifications of the corresponding mode.

(2)

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sided Scan] for the read type. Make copies using the following settings. Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing.


A3 SEF

Item

Simplex

Duplex

100%

Tail edge

10+/-2.2 mm

10+/-2.2 mm

2 Sided->2 Sided 1 copy

Adjustment

CIS-Side2 (Dimultaneous Duplex Read: Side 2 of 2 Sided):

1.


(1)

2.

To make the measured value of the tail edge (A) satsifies the specifications, adjust NVM as follows: If the measured value of the tail edge is short: Set a smaller value If the measured value of the tail edge is long: Set a larger value.

(2)

Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [2 Sided Simultaneous Scan] for the read type. Make copies using the following settings. Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing.

Table 2 NVM List Chain Link

Name

Min

Initial

Max

Step

711

142

Side1 Tail Edge Offset NVM

70

120

170

0.1mm

711

143

Side2 Tail Edge Offset NVM

70

120

170

0.1mm

716

066

CVT-CIS All Tail Edge Adjust

0

122

244

0.1mm

A3 SEF 100% 2 Sided->2 Sided 1 copy 5.

Repeat the procedure until the measured value of tail edge (A) satisfies the specifications.

If the measured value of the copy is longer than that of the test chart: Set a smaller value.

ADJ 4.3.5 DADF Slow Scan Magnification Purpose

Table 1 NVM List


Chain Link

Name

Min

Initial Max

Step

To obtain the correct magnification in the slow scan direction at 100% copying

711

Magnification Adjustment All

0

20

0.1%

Check

3.

1. 2.

Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly. 4.


40

After adjustment, place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) correctly on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly. Make copies using the following settings.



A3 SEF

A3 SEF

100%

100%

1 Sided->1 Sided

1 Sided->1 Sided 5 copies

5 copies 3.

144

5.

Repeat the procedure until the lengths at the specified positions of the copy and test chart become equal.

02/2009 4-339


Compare the specified positions of the third copy with those of the test chart to see that the lengths are the same. (Figure 1) Magnification in the slow scan (vertical) direction: 1 to 2, 2 to 3, and 1 to 3 in the figure

Figure 1 DADF magnification adjustment (j0fu45448)

Adjustment 1.

Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write(DC131)].

2.

Adjust the lengths at the specified positions of the copy and test chart using the following NVM so that they become equal. If the measured value of the copy is shorter than that of the test chart: Set a greater value.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G



02/2009 4-340

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 5.7.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment Parts List on PL 5.7 Purpose NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items. To adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.

Adjustment WARNING Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and unplug the power cord.. 1.


2.


3.


4.

Remove the Plate Glass. (PL 5.4)

5.

Remove the jigs (x2). (PL 5.7)

6.

Align the jig hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the jig hole of the rail. (front and rear) (Figure 1)


(A)Rail Jig Hole (B)Jig hole on the Half Rate Carriage

Change the position of the Capstan Pulley if the jig holes are not aligned and the Jig is not fixed in place. (Figure 3) (1)

Loosen the set screws (x2).

(2)

Turn the Capstan Pulley.

(3)

Align the Jig hole.


Fix the jig to the Half Rate Carriage. (front and rear) (Figure 2) (1)

Install the jig. (front and rear)

(2)

Secure with a screw.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 4-341

Check that the jig holes on the IIT Frame and Full Rate Carriage are aligned. (Front and rear) (Figure 4) (1)

Install the jig. (Front and rear)

(2)

Secure with a screw.

5. IIT (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)


Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 5. IIT (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-342

Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 5.8.1 IIT Side/Lead Edge Registration Purpose NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items. To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) direction. NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 2.1.1) must have been completed.

Check 1. 2.

Set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) such that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the Platen and make 5 copies at A3 SEF 100%. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the third copy. (Figure 1) Lead Edge: Part A of the figure Side Edge: Part B of the figure

Figure 4 j0fu40557 10. Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable if the Jig holes are not aligned, and the Jig is not fixed in place. (Figure 5) (1)

Loosen the screw.

(2)

Move the Full Rate Carriage to align the jig holes.

(3)

Tighten the screw.

Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0st41144) 3.

Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the supporting mode. Table 1 Specification

Figure 5 j0fu40558

Item

Simplex

Lead Edge (A)

10+/-1.6 mm

Duplex 10+/-1.6 mm

Side Edge (B)

10+/-2.1 mm

10+/-2.1 mm

Adjustment 1.


2.

Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications. For Side Edge If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.

If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.

ADJ 5.8.2 IIT Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

For Lead Edge

Purpose

If the measured value is short: Set a larger value. If the measured value is long: Set a smaller value.

NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items.

NOTE: Carry out the DADF Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 4.3.1) after adjusting the IIT Side Edge Registration.

To obtain the proper Reduce/Enlarge ratio in the Slow and Fast Scan Direction for 100% copy.

Check Table 2 NVM List Chain Link

Name

Min

Initial Max

Step

715

050

Platen Slow Scan Regi Adjustment

16

100

184

0.036mm

715

053

Platen Fast Scan Regi Adjustment

0

120

240

0.085mm

1.

Set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) such that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the platen and make 5 copies at A3 SEF 100%.

2.

Check that the distance between the reference points in the third copy is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart. (Figure 1) Slow Scan Direction (Vertical) Reduce/Enlarge ratio: Between 1-2, 2-3 and 1-3 in the figure Fast Scan Direction (Horizontal) Reduce/Enlarge ratio: Between 4-2, 2-5 and 4-5 in the figure

NOTE: At shipping, an adjusted value is entered into each NVM. Therefore, the NVM values are different from the initial values but unique to each machine. 3.

After adjustment, set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) again such that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the platen and make copies at A3 SEF 100%.

4.

Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications.

Figure 1 IIT Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment (j0st41145)

Adjustment 1.


2.

Adjust the distance between the reference points in the third copy using the following NVM so that it is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart. If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a larger value. If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a smaller value. Table 1 NVM List

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Chain Link

Name

Min

Initial Max

Step

715

051

Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

44

50

56

0.1%

715

702

Platen FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

0

50

100

0.1%

02/2009 4-343




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-344

Version.1 .1.1

NOTE: At shipping, an adjusted value is entered into each NVM. Therefore, the NVM values are different from the initial values but unique to each machine.

ADJ 5.8.3 IIT Calibration (DC945)

3.

After adjustment, set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) again such that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the platen and make copies at A3 SEF 100%.

NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items.

4.

Repeat the procedure until the distance between the reference points in the copy is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.

There are four adjustment methods for IIT calibration.

5.

Adjust the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration.

Purpose

[White Reference Adjustment] Calculates and sets the White Reference Correction Coefficient. Timing: before shipment; when replacing the Platen Glass/Lamp/CCD [CCD Calibration] Corrects the IIT sensitivity dispersion. Timing: before shipment; when replacing the Platen Glass/Lamp/CCD [Light Axis Fluctuation Correction] Reads glass positions (Lead/Side) with the Platen Glass open, and from the differences each between the readings and the targets, calculates an amount of registration skew, and displays it. Timing: when replacing the Lens Unit [Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data] Collects data on side 2 shading from the Duplex CIS White Reference Board (shading tool), and determines whether or not any dirt exists, and displays a result. Timing: before factory shipment; when image quality gets deteriorated. NOTE: Before performing "White Reference Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration" check that ADJ 5.8.1 IIT Side/Lead Edge Registration is properly adjusted. As required, adjust it. If the values are out of spec, perform ADJ 5.7.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Positioning Adjustment. After then perform "White Refer-ence Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration." NOTE: To replace the Lens Unit, first check ADJ 5.8.1 IIT Side/Lead Edge Registration is peoperly adjusted. As required, adjust it. If the values are out of spec, perform ADJ 5.7.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Positioning Adjustment. Next replace the Lens Unit and perform the Light Axis Fluctuation Correction. After then perform "White reference Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration."

Adjustment [White Reference Adjustment] NOTE: Before performing White Reference Adjustment, DC131[715-106]IIT Paper Code needs to be set. The need to do so depends on the paper. To deal with individual paper materials and types, you can also perform White Reference Adjustment by setting a value to 0: Use NVM individual paper coefficeints and entering appropriate values in NVM715-102 to 105 (individual-paper correction). The set values are as follows: 0: Use NVM individual paper coefficients (use 715-102 to 105: P paper parameters) 1: J paper 2: P paper (FX/IBG default: to be set before factory shipment) 3: C2 paper 4: Green100 paper 5: Digital Color Xpression 6: Color Tech+

7: Xerox4200 paper (MN default: to be set before factory shipment)

NOTE: If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the Platen Glass and the mirror, etc. and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked.

8: Xerox Business NOTE: When initializing NVMs, write down parameters in DC131[715-102 to 105] in advance. Initializing NVMs makes values in DC131[715-102 to 105] from P paper parameters to J paper ones. 1.

5.

NOTE: It is recommended to draw a line on the paper and put a mark on the lead edge of Box Driver with adhesive tape as shown in the figure.

Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IIT Calibration (DC945)].

2.

Set execute type to "White Reference Adjustment" and execute.

3.

Place a stack of 10 or more sheets of paper (A3 or 11"x17") set in DC131[715-106] on the Platen Glass, and select [OK].

4.

The Setup Value (NOTE 3) is displayed on the White Reference Setup Value screen.

When "NG" is displayed, turn the Nut according to the display text to perform the correction. (Figure 1)

NOTE: The M/C carries out the following operations: (1)

Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.

(2)

Obtains the shading data.

(3)

Performs sampling of the white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correction Coefficient. (DC131 NVM 715-092 to 096 are set up.)

(4)

Carries out shading to reflect the result of the White Reference Adjustment.

[CCD Calibration] 1.


2.

Set execution type to "CCD Calibration" and execute.

3.

Place Chart (499T276) on the Platen and select [OK].

4.

The setup value and result are displayed in the CCD Calibration Setup Value screen.

6.

After adjustment, perform "Light Axis Fluctuation Correction" again.

5.

When "NG" is displayed, clean the CCD and perform "CCD Calibration" again.

7.

Perform Steps 2 -7 until the results are OK.

Figure 1 Nut Rotation (j0ku41835)

[Light Axis Fluctuation Correction]

NOTE: f the results are OK, the operation can be completed even if the no. of rotations appears.


[Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data]

2.

Set the execution type to [Light Axis Fluctuation Correction] and execute.

1.

3.

Open the platen and make sure there is nothing on the glass then select [OK].

1.

4.

Take out the White Reference Board (Jig) stored in the IIT. (Figure 2)

The Light Axis Fluctuation Correction Settings screen displays the following content. Light Axis Correction Judgement: OK/NG Front Nut Correction Angle: (Numeric) Rear Nut Correction Angle: (Numeric) •

Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle shows a combination of +/- with a numeral.

•

Front Nut items refer to the nuts at the front of the CCD Lens Assembly.

•

Rear Nut items refer to the nuts at the rear of the CCD Lens Assembly.

•

+: Means right rotation.

•

-: Means left rotation.

•

Numeral: Means the angle. (Unit: Degree)

E.g.) If the display shows Front Nut correction angle: 90, Rear Nut correction angle: -45Turn the Front Nut to the right by 90 degrees and the Rear Nut to the left by 45 degrees. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-345




02/2009 4-346

Figure 2 White Reference Board (Jig) Position (j0fu40566) 2.

Install the White reference board (jig) in a proper place and close the DADF. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 White Reference Board Installation Position (j0fu40567) 3.


4.

Set the execution type to "Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data" and execute.

5.

When "Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data" is complete, "Completed" is displayed at the bottom of the screen. An error code will be displayed when failure occurs.

6.

When failure occurs, clean the CIS and execute "Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data" again.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 13.15.1 Adjusting Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity for Paper Thickness

NOTE: Turn the volume a little bit at a time because a value changes quickly.

Purpose To make a fine adjustment, on the MSA PWB, to the sensitivity of Multi Feed Sensor for paper thickness so that the sensor will detect a multifeed and make the machine stop.

Check 1.

Enter the diag mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [IO Check], and then [Analog Monitor].

2.

Check that 077-100 Multi Feed Check Sensor input value is 220+/-30.

Adjustment 1.


2.

(Figure 1) Slide out the drawer. Remove the inner covers and the knob mentioned below: (1)

Transfer Belt Drawer Cover (PL 13.3 )

(2)

Knob (PL 13.1 )

(3)

Registration Drawer Cover (PL 13.3 ) Figure 2 j0ph41352 5.

After the adjustment, exit the diagnostic mode.

6.

Restore the machine to its original state.


Reinstall the drawer.

4.

(Figure 2) Adjust using the Volume (VR1) on the MSA PWB until DC140 077-100 Multi Feed Check Sensor input value is 220+/-30. Input value is smaller: Turn VR1 in the direction of “+.” Input value is larger: Turn VR1 in the direction of “-.”

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-347




4127/4112G

02/2009 4-348


Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 13.15.2 IOT CIS Check Cycle Purpose This cycle checks the edge detection function. The cycle is intended to check if the detection system operates normally.

Check The machine (MC) reports the current values of the below-listed parameters when it goes to another screen as directed by the UI. Then the UI displays these current values. The MC performs edge detection as directed by the UI, and reports measured values and a specific judgment result. If an error occurs, the MC reports the type of the error. The UI displays these check results (measured values, judgment result, and error type). Table 1

Item (parameter name)

NVM/Variable Name

Judgment at End of Check Cycle

Setting Range

Value Current Value Display Display DisplayUn Value at NG Display at OK it

0=OK ,1=NG -

-

O

O


Slide in the drawer back and close the Front Door.

8.

Press the [Start] button. The IOT CIS Check Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the check cycle.

Paper Edge Position (Average)

AVE_Edge

0 to 65535

0.01mm

-

O

-

9.

Paper Edge Position

Line_Edge

0 to 65535

0.01mm

-

O

O

10. The IOT CIS Check Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment result.

Detected Edge Value

EDGE_DATA_X

0 to 65535

-

-

O

O

Detected Edge Value (after correction)

EDGE

0 to 65535

-

-

O

O

The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges.

Edge Detection Threshold Th_DATA_X

0 to 65535

-

-

O

O

Fault Code at NG

-

-

-

-

O

Fault Code

Adjustment 1.

Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IOT CIS Check Cycle].

2.

Select a paper size. NOTE: If a desired size is not available, select one close in width.

3.

Fold the paper selected in step 2 in half and form the centerline.

4.


5.

Slide out the drawer.

6.

Place the paper in the registration area. NOTE: The display of Jam appears. Press the “Close” button to clear the displayed Jam, and proceed. NOTE: Aligning the center of the paper with the center of the registration unit, place the paper so that the edge of the paper can be under the edge scanning sensor. (1)

Align the crease of the paper with the mark at the center of the plate.

(2)

Align the trail edge of the paper with the rear edge of the drawer chassis.

Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the IOT CIS Check Cycle adjustment again.

ADJ 13.15.3 IOT CIS Setup Cycle

NOTE: The display of Jam appears. Press the “Close” button to clear the displayed Jam, and proceed.

Purpose

NOTE: Place an A4-sized blank sheet so that the whole of the side to be scanned can be under the edge scanning sensor in the registration unit.

This cycle optimizes parameter values for CIS edge detection. When the machine is shipped or installed, or when a part is replaced, the cycle optimizes the LED light quantity and stores parameter values in NVM.

Check At an occurrence of an error, preset or measured values and Fail are displayed for the CE to isolate the error in order to find causes of it. Table 1 Val. Dis. at OK

Val. Val. Dis. at Dis. at OK/NG NG/NG

-

O

O

O

0=OK ,1=NG -

-

O

O

O

LED_PWR_AC T_NUM

0 to 65535

1

O

O

O

O

LED Driving Current Value

LED_Current

0 to 255

0.4mA

O

O

O

O

Black Reference Average

AVE [Vod(n)]

0 to 255

-

-

O

O

O

White Reference Average

AVE [Vow_Max(n)]

0 to 255

-

-

O

O

O

Max. Dynamic Range VR_Max

0 to 255

0.01V

-

O

O

-

Fault Code at NG

-

-

-

-

O

O


NVM/Variable Name

Range

Judgment at End of Light Qty Correction

-

0=OK ,1=NG -

Judgment at End of Shading Coefficient Calculation

-

Number of Light Qty Corrections

Fault Code

Display Cur. Unit Val.Dis.


Press the [Start] button.

6.

The IOT CIS Setup Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the adjustment.

7.

The IOT CIS Setup Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment. The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges. Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the IOT CIS Setup Cycle adjustment again.

Adjustment NOTE: If having replaced the CIS, set the value in NVM760-206 (Number of Light Quantity Correction Executions) back to [0] beforehand. 1.

Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IOT CIS Setup Cycle].

2.


3.


4.

Place a sheet of paper in the registration area.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-349




02/2009 4-350

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

7.

ADJ 15.1.1 Fuser Nip Adjustment (DC701) Purpose

Calculate a mean value of the three measured values for each Front/Rear edge and check that the mean value fulfills the specifications.

To create a print for Fuser Nip adjustment and adjust the Fuser Nip width.

Table 1 Nip Measurement Value Specifications

Check NOTE: After replacing the Pressure Roll and when turning ON the cooled down MC, the Pressure Roll is also cool. Therefore run the operation for approx. 100 sheets with A4/DUP. 1.

Enter the diag mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [Fuser Nip Measurement].

2.

Load A4 LEF paper into Tray 1.

3.

Follow the instructions on the screen and print the paper for measurement.

4.

Load the printed measurement paper in Tray 1 and perform printing of measurement paper again.

Front (In) Nip Width

Rear (Out) Nip Width

In/Out difference

11.8+/-0.3mm

11.8+/-0.3mm

Within 0.5mm

Adjustment 1.

Turn the nut on the side which requires nip width adjustment as shown in the figure. (Figure 2) A direction: Nip width becomes smaller. (Anti-clockwise direction) B direction: Nip width becomes larger. (Clockwise direction)

NOTE: Perform printing two times in order to increase the density of the measurement paper and improve legibility of the Nip width. 5.

Follow the instructions on the screen. Load the measurement paper in Tray 1 and measure the nip width. NOTE: Load the measurement paper, aligning the larger erase width with the lead edge of the feeding direction, and the printed side with the Pressure Roll. For Tray 1, load the paper with the printed side up.

6.

Measure the Nip Width (three in front, three at the rear) indicated with black lines which are 15mm away from the front/rear edges of the paper. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Nip Width Adjustment (j0fu41541) 2.

Perform Checking Steps 1 to 7 until the nip width is within the specified range.

Figure 1 Nip Measurement Position (j0fu41540)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-351

15. Fuser



02/2009 4-352

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position Parts List on PL 39.39, PL 39.40 Purpose To make the Stacker Tray evenly horizontal.

Adjustment WARNING Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and disconnect the plug from the socket. 1.


2.

Remove the screws that secuve the Stack No Paper Sensor. (Figure 1) (1)


(2)

Move the Stack No Paper Sensor.


Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover.


Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 4-353

39 HCS



4127/4112G

02/2009 4-354

Version.1 .1.1 (1)

Affix the Belt Clamps (x2) to the belts (x2).

(2)

Secure the Belt Clamps (x2) by using the screws (x4).

Figure 5 j0sa49905

Figure 3 j0sa43999 5. 6.

Remove the jigs (x2) that are stored at the rear of the HCS. (PL 39.37) Install the Right Tray Arm. (Figure 4) (1)

Install the Right Tray Arm in the Stacker Frame.

(2)

Insert the tools (2) into the holes of the Right Tray Arm and secure the tools at the mounting hole positions.


Secure the Right Tray Arm to the belt. (Figure 5)

8.

Similarly, secure the Left Tray Arm.

9.

Remove the jigs (x2).

Chapter 5 Parts List

5 Parts List 5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 5.1.2 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.5

How to Use the Parts List...................................................................................... Precautions ........................................................................................................... Plate Composition ................................................................................................. Terminology and Symbols..................................................................................... Using Parts Navigation..........................................................................................

5 5 6 6 7

5.2 Parts List 1. Cover(IOT/Tray Module) PL 1.1 Front/Left/ROS Cover, Main Switch.................................................................... PL 1.2 Rear/Right Cover ................................................................................................ PL 1.3 Front Door Component .......................................................................................

9 10 11

2. Electrical PL 2.1 PL 2.2 PL 2.3 PL 2.4 PL 2.5 PL 2.6 PL 2.7 PL 2.8 PL 2.9

IOT Rear ............................................................................................................. Drawer Connector (Fuser/Marking/Dup)............................................................. Tray Module Rear ............................................................................................... UI Accessory....................................................................................................... ESS Component ................................................................................................. ESS Option ......................................................................................................... UI Component..................................................................................................... HDD/Video Selector / Image Extention PWB Component .................................. LCD Touch Panel Component ............................................................................

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

3. Air System PL 3.1 Air System-Front, Right....................................................................................... PL 3.2 Air System-Rear..................................................................................................

PL 4.1 DADF Accessory................................................................................................. 23 PL 4.2 DADF Cover, CIS................................................................................................ 24 PL 4.3 DADF PWB, Counter Balance ............................................................................ 25 PL 4.4 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor ..................................................................... 26 PL 4.5 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor ..................................................................... 27 PL 4.6 Feed Motor, Feed Clutch, Invert Drive Roll......................................................... 28 PL 4.7 Pre Regi. Motor, Pre Regi. Roll Chute, Take Away Roll, Baffle Solenoid........... 29 PL 4.8 Regi. Motor, Regi. Roll........................................................................................ 30 PL 4.9 Platen Motor, Platen Roll, Out Roll ..................................................................... 31 PL 4.10 Exit Motor, Exit Roll........................................................................................... 32 PL 4.11 Exit Gate Solenoid, Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid, Nip Solenoid, Inverter Exit Chute, Guide Chute33 PL 4.12 Exit Upper/Lower Chute, Regi. Out Chute, Feeder Lower Chute ..................... 34 PL 4.13 CIS Component ................................................................................................ 35 PL 4.14 DADF Document Tray Component ................................................................... 36 PL 4.15 DADF Document Bottom Tray Component....................................................... 37 PL 4.16 DADF Document Upper Tray Component ........................................................ 38 PL 4.17 Feeder Upper Chute Component...................................................................... 39

4127/4112G

Feeder/Nudger Roll Component ....................................................................... DADF Left Upper Cover Component ................................................................ Pre Regi. Roll Chute Component...................................................................... Inverter Exit Chute Component......................................................................... Guide Chute Component .................................................................................. Exit Upper Chute Component ........................................................................... Exit Lower Chute Component ........................................................................... Regi. Out Chute Component............................................................................. Feeder Lower Chute Component......................................................................

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

PL 5.1 IIT Cover-Front/Top ............................................................................................ PL 5.2 IIT Cover-Rear/Right........................................................................................... PL 5.3 IIT Bottom Bracket .............................................................................................. PL 5.4 IIT Component .................................................................................................... PL 5.5 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS Type IIT Cover................................................................ PL 5.6 IIT Housing-Electrical.......................................................................................... PL 5.7 IIT Housing-Carriage........................................................................................... PL 5.8 IPS Component................................................................................................... PL 5.9 Full Rate Carriage Component ........................................................................... PL 5.10 Half Rate Carriage Component.........................................................................

49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58

5. IIT

6. ROS PL 6.1 ROS ....................................................................................................................

59

7. Tray Module 21 22

4. DADF

Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.18 PL 4.19 PL 4.20 PL 4.21 PL 4.22 PL 4.23 PL 4.24 PL 4.25 PL 4.26

PL 7.1 Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 2 Transport ......................................................................... PL 7.2 Tray 3, Tray 4...................................................................................................... PL 7.3 Left Hand Cover, Chute ...................................................................................... PL 7.4 Take Away Roll, Vertical Transport Roll ............................................................. PL 7.5 Take Away Motor, Wire Harness, Caster............................................................ PL 7.6 Tray 1 Component .............................................................................................. PL 7.7 Tray 2 Component .............................................................................................. PL 7.8 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 1............................................................................. PL 7.9 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 2............................................................................. PL 7.10 Tray 2 Transport Component............................................................................ PL 7.11 Transport Upper Chute Component.................................................................. PL 7.12 Transport Lower Chute Component.................................................................. PL 7.13 Tray Feeder Component................................................................................... PL 7.14 Tray Upper Feeder Component ........................................................................ PL 7.15 Tray Lower Feeder Component ........................................................................ PL 7.16 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Component .............................................................. PL 7.17 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component ........................................................................ PL 7.18 Left Hand Cover Component ............................................................................ PL 7.19 Take Away Motor Component ..........................................................................

60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78

8. MSI 02/2009 5-1

Parts List

Parts List PL 8.1 MSI Accessory .................................................................................................... PL 8.2 MSI Cover ........................................................................................................... PL 8.3 MSI Component .................................................................................................. PL 8.4 MSI Lift Motor Component .................................................................................. PL 8.5 MSI Tray Component .......................................................................................... PL 8.6 MSI Feeder Component...................................................................................... PL 8.7 MSI Upper Feeder Component ........................................................................... PL 8.8 MSI Lower Feeder Component ........................................................................... PL 8.9 Retard/Feed/Nudger Roll Component................................................................. PL 8.10 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component ........................................................................

79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88

10. Drive PL 10.1 PL 10.2 PL 10.3 PL 10.4 PL 10.5

Fuser/Xero.Deve. Transfer Belt/Exit Inverter Drive........................................... Fuser Drive Component .................................................................................... Xero./Deve./Transfer Belt Drive Component..................................................... Exit/Inverter Drive Component .......................................................................... Waste Toner Bottol Auger Drive Gear, Exit Drive Gear Component ................

89 90 91 92 93

11. XERO. Clener PL 11.1 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Front)........................................................................ PL 11.2 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Rear) ........................................................................ PL 11.3 Drum Cartridge Component-1........................................................................... PL 11.4 Drum Cartridge Component-2........................................................................... PL 11.5 ADC Component ............................................................................................... PL 11.6 CC Cleaner Motor Component.......................................................................... PL 11.7 Waste Toner Auger Component ....................................................................... PL 11.8 Drum Cartridge Housing Component................................................................ PL 11.9 Pre Clean Corotron, Pre Transfer Corotron Component................................... PL 11.10 Charge Corotron Component.......................................................................... Deve Accessory ................................................................................................ Deve Housing Accessory .................................................................................. Trickle Duct Component.................................................................................... Toner Dispenser Component ............................................................................ Deve Housing Component ................................................................................ Auger Pipe Component..................................................................................... Toner Dispenser Housing Component..............................................................

104 105 106 107 108 109 110

13. Marking Drawer (Reji/Belt Transfer/Inverter Pre Regi.Moter/Marking Drawer) PL 13.1 Registration Accessory ..................................................................................... PL 13.2 Transfer Belt/Inverter Accessory....................................................................... PL 13.3 Marking Drawer Accessory ............................................................................... PL 13.4 Registration Component ................................................................................... PL 13.5 Inlet Lower Chute Component .......................................................................... PL 13.6 IOT Side HCF Chute Component ..................................................................... PL 13.7 MSI Feed Out Chute Component...................................................................... PL 13.8 Transfer Belt Component .................................................................................. PL 13.9 Belt Cleaner Housing Component (Mechanical) ............................................... PL 13.10 Belt Cleaner Housing Component (Electrical)................................................. PL 13.11 Inverter - Roll, Sensor, Fan ............................................................................. PL 13.12 Inverter - Gate .................................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1 PL 13.13 PL 13.14 PL 13.15 PL 13.16 PL 13.17 PL 13.18

Marking Drawer Component - 1...................................................................... Marking Drawer Component - 2...................................................................... Registration Upper Chute and CIS /Pre Registration Upper Chute Component CIS Control PWB, Pre Registration Sensor .................................................... Inverter Right/Middle Chute Component ........................................................ Inverter Upper Chute Component...................................................................

123 124 125 126 127 128

14. Duplex PL 14.1 PL 14.2 PL 14.3 PL 14.4 PL 14.5 PL 14.6 PL 14.7 PL 14.8 PL 14.9

Duplex Drawer Accessory ................................................................................ Duplex Drawer - Latch, Duplex Chute, Cover................................................... Duplex Drawer - Duplex Motor ......................................................................... Duplex Drawer - Release/Invert Motor ............................................................. Duplex Drawer - Gate/Right Chute ................................................................... Release/Invert Motor Component..................................................................... Dupex Upper Chute Component ...................................................................... Duplex Gate Chute Component........................................................................ Duplex Right Chute Component .......................................................................

129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137

15. Fuser 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103

12. Deve PL 12.1 PL 12.2 PL 12.3 PL 12.4 PL 12.5 PL 12.6 PL 12.7

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-2

111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122

PL 15.1 PL 15.2 PL 15.3 PL 15.4 PL 15.5 PL 15.6 PL 15.7 PL 15.8 PL 15.9

Fuser Accessory ............................................................................................... 138 Fuser Component ............................................................................................. 139 Lower Frame Component ................................................................................. 140 Upper Frame Component ................................................................................. 141 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge Component .............................................................. 142 Fuser Front Cover, Lower Inlet Chute, Lower Exit Chute, Pressure Roll Finger Component143 Lever Component (Front/Rear)......................................................................... 144 Left Frame Component (Upper Frame) ............................................................ 145 Exit Chute Component (Upper Frame) ............................................................. 146

16. Exit PL 16.1 Exit Transport Accessory .................................................................................. PL 16.2 Exit Transport Component................................................................................

147 148

36. I/F Module PL 36.1 IFM Cover ......................................................................................................... PL 36.2 LVPS / Breaker ................................................................................................. PL 36.3 IFM Drive .......................................................................................................... PL 36.4 Trans Roll ....................................................................................................... PL 36.5 Decurler Drive Belt............................................................................................ PL 36.6 Inlet Chute ........................................................................................................ PL 36.7 Gate Assembly ................................................................................................. PL 36.8 Guide Assembly................................................................................................ PL 36.9 Guide Assembly-MID L..................................................................................... PL 36.10 Guide Assembly-MID Low .............................................................................. PL 36.11 Guide Assembly-Exit Up ................................................................................. PL 36.12 Fan..................................................................................................................

149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160

39. HCS PL 39.1 PL 39.2 PL 39.3 PL 39.4 PL 39.5

Lelt / Rear Cover............................................................................................... Top / Front / Right Cover .................................................................................. Front Door Component ..................................................................................... Upper / Transport Inner Cover.......................................................................... HCS Transport Motor 1, HCS Entrance / Top Tray Roll ...................................

161 162 163 164 165

PL 39.6 Transport / Top Tray Clutch .............................................................................. PL 39.7 HCS Transport Motor 2 , Bypass Roll 1 / 2....................................................... PL 39.8 Bypass Clutch 1 / 2 ........................................................................................... PL 39.9 Top Tray Motor , Top Tray Exit Roll.................................................................. PL 39.10 Bypass Roll 3 , 2a Gear Box........................................................................... PL 39.11 Bypass Roll 4 , 3a Gear Box........................................................................... PL 39.12 Bypass Clutch 3 .............................................................................................. PL 39.13 Bypass Roll 5 / 6 , Bypass Exit Roll ................................................................ PL 39.14 HCS Entrance Chute ...................................................................................... PL 39.15 1b Chute Assembly......................................................................................... PL 39.16 1b Chute Component...................................................................................... PL 39.17 2b Chute Assembly , Top Tray Exit Lower Chute ........................................... PL 39.18 2b Chute Component...................................................................................... PL 39.19 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 1 , 2b Chute ..................................................... PL 39.20 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 2 , Bypass Upper Chute 3................................ PL 39.21 3b Chute Assembly , Bypass Lower Chute 3 , Bypass Exit Upper Chute ...... PL 39.22 3b Chute Component...................................................................................... PL 39.23 Gate Solenoid ................................................................................................ PL 39.24 Paddle............................................................................................................. PL 39.25 Stacker Exit Roll Housing and Edge Sensor Frame ....................................... PL 39.26 Stacker Exit Roll Housing Component............................................................ PL 39.27 Edge Sensor Frame Component .................................................................... PL 39.28 Tamper Unit .................................................................................................... PL 39.29 Front Tamper Motor ........................................................................................ PL 39.30 Side Tamper Extension Motor , Pad Move Motor ........................................... PL 39.31 Extension Pad................................................................................................. PL 39.32 Set Clamp Motor , Lead Tamper Motor .......................................................... PL 39.33 Rear Tamper Motor......................................................................................... PL 39.34 Stacker-Left..................................................................................................... PL 39.35 Stacker-Right .................................................................................................. PL 39.36 Stacker-Rear................................................................................................... PL 39.37 Stacker Frame Rear-Electrical........................................................................ PL 39.38 Stacker Elevator-Rear..................................................................................... PL 39.39 Stacker Elevator-Left ...................................................................................... PL 39.40 Stacker Elevator-Right .................................................................................... PL 39.41 Dolly ................................................................................................................ PL 39.42 HCS Control Panel..........................................................................................

166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202

5.3 Parts Navi 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4 5.3.5 5.3.6 5.3.7 5.3.8 5.3.9

Navi.1.1 (Processor + I/F Module + HCS)............................................................. Navi.2.1 (Processor).............................................................................................. Navi.2.2 (DADF) .................................................................................................... Navi.2.3 (IIT).......................................................................................................... Navi.2.4 (Tray Module).......................................................................................... Navi.2.5 (I/F Module)............................................................................................. Navi.2.6 (HCS) ...................................................................................................... Navi.3.1 (HCS Upper) ........................................................................................... Navi.3.2 (HCS Lower) ...........................................................................................

211 211 212 212 213 213 214 214 215

98. Screws 98.1 Screws....................................................................................................................

203

99. Adjustment Area Codes and Paper and Document Area Codes List 99.1 99.2 99.3 99.4 99.5 99.6 99.7 99.8

Paper...................................................................................................................... Consumables ......................................................................................................... Electrical Adjustments ............................................................................................ Mechanical Adjsutments ........................................................................................ Documents ............................................................................................................. Accessories related ................................................................................................ Environment ........................................................................................................... DMP/Network Functions related............................................................................. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

206 206 207 208 208 209 209 210 02/2009 5-3

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-4

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List

5.1.2 Precautions

Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on spare parts.

•

To make the illustration easy to see, hardware such as screws are shown in alphabets. shapes are not shown.

The parts list is used to order replacement parts and enter area codes. To use the parts list correctly, read the description below carefully.

•

Read notes in the Description column carefully before ordering and replacing parts.

•

SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Critical Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.

•

ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important Information Stored Component that stores important customer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the procedure for it described in chapter 4.

•

The area codes are shown on plates each. The area codes (such as toner and Current Adjustment values) which cannot be shown as parts on plates are listed on the list of area codes at the end of this chapter.

To reduce a time to find out Parts No on E-Doc, FX put Navigation screen. Please refer to 5.3 Using Parts Navigation.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-5

Their

5.1 Introduction

Parts List

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-6

5.1 Introduction

Version.1 .1.1

5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols

5.1.3 Plate Composition

Table 1 Terminology and Symbols

Description Informs you that the adjustment procedure for the part is described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.

Figure 1 5002 Informs you that the removal, installation and replacement procedures for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.

Figure 2 5001 Informs you that the removal, installation, replacement and adjustment procedures for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.

Figure 3 5003

Figure 1 j0mf50001 Table 1 Section Name

Chapter 5 Section Name

(1)

Sub System Name

the name of the subsystem

(2)

PLATE NO.

Parts List Reference No. shown in each chapter

(3)

PLATE NAME

Title name of the illustration, which shows the mechanism of the sub system

(4)

ITEM

Matches the number in the illustration.

(5)

PART NO.

The number to be used for ordering parts and filling in the service report.

(6)

DESCRIPTION

Provides the part name, V(MOD) Code and notes, etc.

(7)

AREA CODE

The code to be entered in the failure column of the service report.

3 {4-10

This is indicated on the upper left or upper right of the illustration to show the item represents the assembly including the part. The example shows Item 3 is the assembly of Item 4 through 10.

(1/4PCS)

Informs you that four identical parts are installed but that only one of them is shown in the illustration.

--

This symbol in the PART NO. column shows the part is not managed as a spare part.

(P/O Item 5)

This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is not managed as a single piece of spare part, but as a part of the assembly. The example shows the part is a part of Assembly Item 5.

(New) (Old)

This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows the new part is interchangeable with the old one. Unless otherwise specified or there are no particular reasons, order the old part.

(Alternate)

This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows either one of the parts can be used. This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration is modified by the number in the circle. The area has the modified configuration.

Figure 4 5005

5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation

Table 1 Terminology and Symbols

This section describes how to use the Navigation screen (illustrated) Description This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration has not been modified by the number in the circle. The area still has the previous configuration.

The Navigation screen is divided into two layers, under which there is another layer of PLs. •

The first (top) layer •

Navi 1.1(Processor) The whole processor including DADF and Finisher is illustrated each for good understanding. Find the module which includes the desired part and click on Navi 2.X or PL shown at the end of the call out. Navi 2.X shows there is a more detailed illustration of the module. Otherwise, you will be directly linked to the applicable PL.

Figure 5 5006 The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration is modified by the number in the circle. The item has the modified configuration.

•

The second layer •

Navi 2.1 to 3.2 The module found in Navi 1.1 is divided into more modules, which link to the related PLs. The screen here uses PLXX to show all the parts in the detailed module. Click on the applicable item, and you will see the illustration of the applicable PL. Find the desired part in the PL illustration to learn the part’s item no. After that, obtain the appropriate part no. from the list.

Figure 6 4001 The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration has not been modified by the number in the circle. The item still has the previous configuration.

On E-DOC, clicking on the item no. makes the List screen displayed. Then the appropriate part no. can be found. •

The third (bottom) layer has PLXXs.

Figure 7 4002 with 5V

This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is modified by the number. The part has the modified configuration.

(w/o 5V)

This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part has not been modified by the number. The part still has the previous configuration.

(SCC) Fuser Assembly

SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Critical Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.

(ISC) NVM PWB

ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important Information Stored Component that stores important customer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the procedure for it described in chapter 4.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-7

Clicking on Navi 2.X or PLXX on the upper left of the illustration makes you return to Navi 1.1.

5.1 Introduction

Parts List

Parts List 5.1 Introduction

02/2009 5-8

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 1.1 Front/Left/ROS Cover, Main Switch Item

Part

Description

1 – 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

848K 17572 802K 86610 – 121E 92870 029E 32671 802E 56402 802E 56412 802K 56992 048E 65171 802K 56961 – 110E 11980 – – 130E 81600 003E 60101 003E 60110 802E 57272 802E 63660 – 110E 13020

–

110E 11411

21

962K 68650

– 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 – 29 30

962K 17711 015K 67720 – 130K 64581 – 802K 56951 – 848K 23970 015K 59840 – 068K 62050

–

068K 23643

31 – – – – –

896E 88261 896E 88271 896E 88281 896E 88291 896E 88301 896E 88311

Front Door (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx) (PL 1.3)32B1 Front Door (Serial No. : 4xxxxx) (PL 1.3)32B1 Waste Toner Bottol Cover (P/O Item26)32B2 Magnet 32B3 Hinge Pin 32B4 Left Upper Cover 32B5 Left Lower Rear Cover 32B6 Left Top Cover 32B7 EPSV Cover 32B8 Filter Cover 32B9 (SCC) Switch Bracket 32BB Front Door Interlock Switch7121 Catch Bracket 32BC Sensor Bracket (P/O Item24)32BD Cartridge Door Sensor 32BE Upper Hinge 32BF Lower Hinge 32BG ROS Cover 32BH Blind Cover 32BJ Switch Bracket (P/O Item 30)32BK (SCC) Main Power Switch (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/ 6xxxxx) (REP 1.1.1)32BL (SCC) Main Power Switch (Serial No. : 4xxxxx) (REP 1.1.1)32BL Main Switch Wire Harness (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/ 6xxxxx)32BM Main Switch Wire Harness (Serial No. : 4xxxxx)32BM HCF Docking Plate 32BN Sensor Clip (P/O Item24)32BP Sensor Assembly (Item13, 14, 23)32BQ Cover IIT Seal 32BR Waste Toner Bottol Cover Assembly (Item2, 3)32BS Label (Adobe) 32BV Logo Plate (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx)32BW Logo Plate (Serial No. : 4xxxxx)32BW SER Plate (FX Only) 32BX Main Power Switch , Wire Harness and Bracket (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx) (Item 19-21)32BZ Main Power Switch , Wire Harness and Bracket (Serial No. : 4xxxxx) (Item 19-21)32BZ Name Plate (4112) 32BT Name Plate (4112 Light Publisher)32BT Name Plate (4127) 32BT Name Plate (4127 Light Publisher)32BT Name Plate (4112 EPS) 32BT Name Plate (4127 EPS) 32BT

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-9

5.2 Parts List

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-10

1. Cover(IOT/Tray Module)

PL 1.2 Rear/Right Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 56387 802E 56390 802K 64021 802K 64030 048E 38401 – – 802E 61802 – – – 015K 73250 120E 26720 – – – –

Right Upper Cover Right Lower Front Cover Rear Upper Cover Rear Lower Cover Connector Cover Cover Upper Bracket Cover Lower Bracket Right Lower Rear Cover Label (Earth) (FX Only) Blind Cover Data Plate Finisher Docking Plate Power Cord Clamp Data Plate (IBG) CCC Label (FXCL) Label (FXTW) (FXCL) RoHS Label (FXCL)

32C1 32C2 32C3 32C4 32C5 32C6 32C7 32C8 32C9 32CB 32CC 32CD 32CE 32CF 32CG 32CH 32CJ

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 1.3 Front Door Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Front Door Guide Magnet Inner Cover Toner Cartridge Door Base Hinge Stopper Cable Upper Hinge Lower Hinge Cartridge Label Hinge Bracket Cable Bracket Hinge Pin Shoulder Screw

32D1 32D2 32D3 32D4 32D5 32D6 32D7 32D8 32D9 32DB 32DC 32DD 32DE 32DF

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-11

1. Cover(IOT/Tray Module)

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-12

2. Electrical

PL 2.1 IOT Rear Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 – – – – 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Part

Description

– 960K 36382 160K 95232 – – – – – – – – – 962K 42150 117E 27950 960K 36360 105E 11740 105E 11760 849E 91960 – 068K 23802

PWB Chassis (REP 2.1.1)72B1 (SCC) MCU PWB (REP 2.1.2)72B2 NVM PWB (REP 2.1.2) (with Item24)72B3 Spacer 72B4 Contact Spring 72B5 Upper Hinge Pin 72B6 Lower Hinge Pin 72B7 ESS Cover 72B8 MCU PWB Cover 72B9 PWB Chassis Support Bracket72BB PWB Chassis Left Bracket72BC PWB Chassis Hinge Bracket72BD Wire Harness 72BE Flexible Print Cable 72BF IOT PWB (with Item 29) (REP 2.1.3)7230 (SCC) HVPS (S6) 7321 (SCC) HVPS (S11) 72BG Connector Bracket 72BH Gasket Bracket 72BJ (SCC) Outlet (200V) 72BK (PL 2.5) 72BL ESS (FX : 4112 Light Publisher) (PL 2.5)72BL ESS (FX : 4127 EPS) (PL 2.5)72BL ESS (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (PL 2.5)72BL ESS (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS) (PL 2.5)72BL Cover Bracket 72BM Gasket 72BN Battery (3V) (CR2450) 72BP Harness Guard 72BQ CIS Adapter PWB (REP 2.1.4)72BR Spacer Screw 72BS Shield Gasket 72BT (SCC) Fuse (F10) 72BU PWB Support 72BV

101K 55610 101K 55120 101K 55130 101K 55140 – – 905W 00012 – 960K 35450 014E 56590 068K 58130 908W 00114 920W 00402

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 2.2 Drawer Connector (Fuser/Marking/Dup) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Part

Description

962K 17702 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 962K 57740 962K 57750 962K 57730

AC Wire Harness 72C1 Connector Bracket 72C2 Compression Spring 72C3 Shoulder Screw (Length 22mm)72C4 Connector (P602) (P/O Item16)72C5 Connector (P601) (P/O Item16)72C6 Compression Spring (P/O Item16)72C7 Shoulder Screw (Length 22mm) (P/O Item16)72C8 Shoulder Screw (Length 11.5mm) (P/O Item16)72C9 Connector Bracket (P/O Item16)72CB Connector Bracket (P/O Item16)72CC Drawer Wire Harness (P/O Item16)72CD Connector (Finisher /IF Module) (P/O Item17)72CE Connector (HCF) (P/O Item17)72CF DC Wire Harness (with MSI Connector)72CG Drawer Wire Harness (Item5-12)72CH DC Signal Wire Harness (Item13, 14)72CJ

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-13

2. Electrical

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-14

2. Electrical

PL 2.3 Tray Module Rear Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

– – – – – – 160K 95331 – 105E 17730 920W 00402 105E 17022

12

105E 17761

13 14 15 – – – – – – – – 16 17 18

105E 12052 105E 15191 675K 07300 117E 24990 917W 03003 917W 03100 917W 03101 917W 03102 917W 03103 917W 03104 917W 03105 – – 108E 98520

19

108E 98020

20 21 22 23

108E 98020 – 104E 97430 105K 23082

AC Unit Bracket 72D1 Harness Bracket 72D2 Harness Bracket 72D3 LVPS Bracket 72D4 LVPS Bracket 72D5 PWB Support 72D6 Tray Module PWB (REP 2.3.1)72D7 HVPS Bracket 72D8 (SCC)HVPS S5C (REP 2.3.2)7322 PWB Support 72D9 (SCC) Main LVPS (H1U) (200V) (with Item18,19) (REP 2.3.3)7310 (SCC) AC Unit (H3U) (200V) (with Itme20) (REP 2.3.3)7232 (SCC) +12V LVPS (GU12)72DB (SCC) +24V LVPS (GU10H) (200V)72DC Power Cord (FX : 200V) 7122 Power Cord (FX : 200V -5m)7122 Power Cord (FXTW) 7122 Power Cord (FXA /FXNZ)7122 Power Cord (FXS /FXM /FXHK)7122 Power Cord (FXTH /AG /ICO)7122 Power Cord (FXP) 7122 Power Cord (FXCL) 7122 Power Cord (FXK) 7122 Inlet Bracket 72DD Hand Screw 72DE (SCC) Fuse (5A:200V) (F4001,F4002,F5001,F5002) 72DF Fuse (6.3A:200V) (F2001,F2002,F3001,F3002,F6001-F6003)72DG Fuse (6.3A:200V) (F400-F402)72DH Connector Bracket (P/O Item 23)72DI (SCC) Choke Coil 72DJ (SCC) Main LVPS and AC Unit (Item 11, 12, 21) 72DK

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 2.4 UI Accessory Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– 826E 09550 – 031K 93244 802E 57671 802E 57680 802E 57702 802E 57710 – – 802E 62240 – – 848K 23120

– – –

848K 23150 848K 26130 848K 26110

–

848K 14070

– – –

848K 14100 848K 16380 848K 14110

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 –

802E 62990 802E 63000 802K 63690 120E 26720 – – – 117K37660 – 893E 17691 893E 27001

Stay 75B1 Shoulder Screw 75B2 Base Bracket 75B3 Arm and UI-ESS Cable(Item19-23)75B4 (SCC) Stay Front/Right Cover75B5 (SCC) Stay Left Cover 75B6 (SCC) Arm Cover 75B7 (SCC) Blind Cover 75B8 Bracket 75B9 Support 75BB (SCC) Stay Rear Cover 75BC Tilt Swivel Cover (P/O Item17)75BD Adjust Pen (P/O Item17) 75BE (SCC) UI (FCW2) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 / 4112 Light Publisher) (PL 2.7) 75AA (SCC) UI (FCW2) (FX : 4127 EPS) (PL 2.7)75AA (SCC) UI (FCW2) (IBG : 4127 /4112) (PL 2.7)75AA (SCC) UI (FCW2) (IBG : 4127 EPS /4112 EPS) (PL 2.7)75AA (SCC) UI (FCW1) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 / 4112 Light Publisher) (PL 2.7) 75AA (SCC) UI (FCW1) (FX : 4127 EPS) (PL 2.7)75AA (SCC) UI (FCW1) (IBG : 4127 /4112) (PL 2.7)75AA (SCC) UI (FCW1) (IBG : 4127 EPS /4112 EPS) (PL 2.7)75AA (SCC) Stand Right Cover75BF (SCC) Stand Left Cover 75BG Tilt Cover Assembly (Item12, 13)75BH Power Cord Clamp 75BJ Arm(P/O Item4) 75BK Upper Plate(P/O Item4) 75BL Bush 75BM UI-ESS Cable 75BN Ring 75BP Key Label (Japanese) 75AA Key Label (English) 75AA

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-15

2. Electrical

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-16

2. Electrical

PL 2.5 ESS Component Item

Part

Description

1 2

– 960K 28372

3

160K 99202

4 5 6 7 – 8

105E 10470 133K 23611 133K 23691 133K 23811 133K 23691 540K 08343

–

540K 12010

– – – – 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

540K 08401 540K 08412 540K 12040 540K 08472 960K 16760 014E 55890 960K 16120 014E 56590 – 003E 60141 – 127K 38182 101E 18930 101E 18460 – 021E 12710 – – 826E 06490 826E 08490 826E 16120 – – – 962K 19120 802E 91540 540K 08353

–

540K 12020

– – 32

540K 08422 540K 12050 068K 59000

ESS Chassis 75E1 (SCC) ESS PWB (SPIDER DUO 2T) (REP 2.5.1) 75E2 (ISC) (SCC) NVM PWB (with Item 4) (REP 2.5.2) (ADJ 2.1.3)75E3 Battery (3V) (CR2450) 75E4 Memory (128MB) 75E5 Memory (256MB) 75E5 Memory (512MB) 75E5 Memory (256MB) 75E5 STD ROM (V1.3.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75E6 STD ROM (V1.10.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75E6 STD ROM (FX : 4127 EPS)75E6 STD ROM (V1.103.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75E6 STD ROM (V1.110.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75E6 STD ROM (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS)75E6 (SCC) UI PWB (S1 setting No.1:ON No.2:OFF)75E7 Spacer Screw 75E1 (SCC) JPEG PWB (LYRA3)75E8 Spacer Screw 75E1 Video Selector (PL 2.8) 75F1 Handle 75E9 ESS Fan Duct 75EA (ESS) ESS Fan 75EB Option Panel 75EC EPSV Panel 75ED Blind Cover 75EE USB Cap 75EF Seal 75EF Screw 75E1 Screw 75E1 Screw 75E1 Studscrew 75E1 HDD (PL 2.8) 75EG Clamp 75EF Gasket 75EF Wire Harness 75EH IIT Connector Cover 75E1 STD ROM EM2 (V1.3.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher / 4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75EI STD ROM EM2 (V1.10.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher / 4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75EI STD ROM PS2 (V1.103.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75EI STD ROM PS2 (V1.110.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75EI Image Ext. PWB and Bracket (PL 2.8)75EJ

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 2.6 ESS Option Item

Part

Description

1 –

540K 10713 540K 12120

– – – – 2 –

540K 10693 540K 12100 540K 08432 540K 08452 540K 10723 540K 12130

– – – – 3 4 –

540K 10703 540K 12110 540K 08442 540K 08462 960K 37081 960K 18150 960K 18140

EPROM PS1 (FX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EM EPROM PS1 (FX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.10.x) 75EM EPROM PS1 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EM EPROM PS1 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.10.x)75EM EPROM PS1 (CHINESE)75EM EPROM PS1 (HANGUL) 75EM EPROM PS2 (EX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EN EPROM PS2 (EX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.10.x) 75EN EPROM PS2 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EN EPROM PS2 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.10.x)75EN EPROM PS2 (CHINESE)75EN EPROM PS2 (HANGUL) 75EN Image Comp. PWB (SELENE)75EO USB 2.0 D PWB (USB 2.0 Kit)75EP USB 2.0 H PWB 75EP

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-17

2. Electrical

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-18

2. Electrical

PL 2.7 UI Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4

– – – 848E 24570

–

848E 24580

–

848E 27910

–

848E 24590

5 6 7 8 9

– – – – 848K 13920

–

802K 56475

10 11 12 13

– 802E 57391 802K 63681 848K 14091

–

848K 14121

–

848K 26140

–

848K 26120

–

848K 14090

–

848K 14120

–

848K 16390

–

848K 14130

Case (P/O Item13) 75C1 Switch/LED PWB (P/O Item13) 75C2 (SCC) Bezel Cover (P/O Item13)75C3 (SCC) Overlay Cover (FX : 4127 Light Publisher / 4112 / 4112 Light Publisher) (REP 2.7.1)75C4 (SCC) Overlay Cover (FX : 4127 EPS) (REP 2.7.1) 75C4 (SCC) Overlay Cover (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (REP 2.7.1) 75C4 (SCC) Overlay Cover (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS) (REP 2.7.1)75C4 VR PWB (P/O Item13) 75C5 VR Cable (P/O Item13) 75C6 Mylar Sheet (P/O Item13)75C7 ESD Sheet 75C8 LCD Touch Panel (FCW2) (P/J 7 : Flat Cable Type) (PL 2.9)7520 LCD Touch Panel (FCW1) (P/J 7 : Connector Housing Type) (PL 2.9)7520 EME Cover 75C9 (SCC) Rear Base Cover 75CB (SCC) Tilt Swivel 75CC (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW2 : Item 2 Flat Cable Type) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 / 4112 Light Publisher) (Item1-7) 75CD (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW2 : Item 2 Flat Cable Type) (FX : 4127 EPS) (Item1-7) 75CD (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW2 : Item 2 Flat Cable Type) (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (Item1-7) 75CD (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW2 : Item 2 Flat Cable Type) (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS) (Item1-7) 75CD (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW1 : Item 2 Wire Harness Type) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 / 4112 Light Publisher) (Item1-7)75CD (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW1 : Item 2 Wire Harness Type) (FX : 4127 EPS) (Item1-7)75CD (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW1 : Item 2 Wire Harness Type) (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (Item1-7)75CD (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW1 : Item 2 Wire Harness Type) (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS) (Item17)75CD

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 2.8 HDD/Video Selector / Image Extention PWB Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 –

– – – – 960K 36650 960K 36640

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

960K 44580 921W 41014 – – 962K 19871 962K 32170 121K 41500

13 14 15 16 17 18

826E 09970 – – – 068K 51971 068K 59010

19 20 21

960K 16201 – 849E 68740

Video Selector Bracket 75F2 Backplane PWB Bracket 75F3 Dummy Plate 75F4 PWB Plate 75F5 (SCC) Backplane PWB (4127 EPS / 4112 EPS)75F6 (SCC) Backplane PWB (4127 / 4127 Light Publisher / 4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75F6 Video Selector PWB (REP 2.8.2)75F7 Shield Gasket 75F8 Screw 75F9 HDD Bracket 75FA Wire Harness 75FB Flat Cable 75FC (SCC) (ISC) HDD (80GB) (REP 2.8.1) (ADJ 2.1.3) 75FD Shoulder Screw 75FE Damper 75FF Gasket 75FG Conductor 75FH Riser PWB and Bracket 75FI Image Extention PWB and Bracket (Item 19 , 20) 75FJ Image Extention PWB (TORINO)75FK Bracket (P/O Item 18) 75FL Blind Cover 75FM

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-19

2. Electrical

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-20

2. Electrical

PL 2.9 LCD Touch Panel Component Item

Part

Description

1 – 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 – 10 11 12 – 13

123K 98200 123K 98050 – – – – – – – 117E 28100 117E 23952 – – 105E 18030 960K 30490 960K 37310

–

960K 30081

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 –

– – – 826E 08490 826E 06490 – 802K 65291 848K 14220

LCD Module Assembly (FCW2) (Item2-11)75D1 LCD Module Assembly (FCW1) (Item2-11)75D1 Back Light (P/O Item1) 75D2 LCD (P/O Item1) 75D3 LCD Frame (P/O Item1) 75D4 Cover (P/O Item1) 75D5 Cover (P/O Item1) 75D6 Screw (P/O Item1) 75D7 Tapping Screw (P/O Item1)75D8 Flexible Print Cable (FCW2) (Blue)75D9 Flexible Print Cable (FCW1) (White)75D9 LCD PWB (P/O Item1) 75DB Screw 75DC (SCC) Invertor PWB (FCW2) (CN1 : 4pin)7521 (SCC) Invertor PWB (FCW1) (CN1 : 6pin)7521 UI I/F PWB (FCW2) (Installation screws : 3 Type) (REP 2.9.1)75DD (SCC) UI I/F PWB (FCW1) (Installation screws : 4 Type) (REP 2.9.1)75DD LCD Plate 75DE Touch Panel (P/O Item20)75DF Touch Panele Plate (P/O Item20)75DG Screw 75DH Screw 75DJ Wire Harness 75DK Touch Panel Assembly (Item15, 16) (Alternate)75DL Touch Panel Assembly (Item15, 16) (Alternate)75DL

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 3.1 Air System-Front, Right Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Part

Description

– 054E 23210 127K 37630 127K 37630 962K 17941 054K 23473 – 054K 26901 927W 00214 927W 00214 – 962K 17952 054K 24142 802E 54632 054K 23683 127K 37600 – 053K 91890 – – – – – – – –

Exit Fan Bracket 33B1 Exit Duct 33B2 (SCC) Exit Fan 1 33B3 (SCC) Exit Fan 2 33B4 Exit Fan Wire Harness 33B5 Duct 33B6 Right Plate 33B7 CC Duct 33B8 (SCC) Duplex Fan 1 33B9 (SCC) Duplex Fan 2 33BB Duplex Fan Bracket 33BC Duplex Fan Wire Harness33BD ESV Duct 33BE Front Top Inner Cover 33BF Duct 33BG Cleaner Intake Fan 33BH Tapping Screw (3x22) 33BJ Drum In Filter (REP 3.1.1)3302 Seal 33BL Connector 33BM Seal 33BN Seal 33BN Seal 33BN Seal 33BN Seal 33BN Seal 33BN

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-21

3. Air System

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-22

3. Air System

PL 3.2 Air System-Rear Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

054E 23264 127K 52371 054K 26201 054E 23271 802E 55950 053K 92881 127K 37892 – 054K 24130 – 054E 24050 054K 24171 054K 24181

Fuser Exhaust Fan Housing33C1 (SCC) Fuser Exhaust Fan (REP 3.2.1)33C2 Drawer Rear Duct 33C3 Fuser Exhaust Duct 33C4 Filter Case 33C6 Suction Ozone Filter (REP 3.2.2)3303 Blower Motor 3301 Duct Bracket 33C7 Blower Motor Duct 33C8 Motor Bracket 33C9 ESV Rear Duct 33CB Xero/Belt Transfer Duct 33CC Rear Duct 4062

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.1 DADF Accessory Item 1 2 3 4 5 – 6 7

Part

Description

059K 55913 004K 92582 – 003K 91881 893E 09632 893E 42442 003K 13752 003E 62120

DADF (5.3.3Navi. 2.2) (REP 4.1.1)22AA Platen Cushion 2003 DADF Support 22B1 Knob Screw 22B2 Label (FX) 22B3 Label (IBG) 22B3 Stopper 22B4 Hinge 22B5

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-23

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-24

4. DADF

PL 4.2 DADF Cover, CIS Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

– 032E 23710 802E 56801 802E 56892 802E 56900 130K 64503 – 826E 11600 960K 03241 117E 23930 962K 19053 030K 76572 054E 24130 – – – – – 021E 98600 004K 02330 –

Frame 22BB Harness Guide 22BC (SCC) DADF Rear Cover22BD (SCC) DADF Front Cover22BE (SCC) DADF Left Lower Cover22BF CIS (PL 4.13) (REP 4.2.1)22BG PWB Bracket 22BH Round Point Screw 22BJ CIS DC/DC Convert PWB22BK IIT-DADF Cable 22BL DCDC-CIS Wire Harness22BM Flexible Print Cable 22BN Upper Guide Chute 22BP Screw 22BQ Label (Caution) 22BR Gascket 22BS Core 22BT Bracket 22BV LED Cap 22BW Cushion 22BX Gascket 22BZ

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.3 DADF PWB, Counter Balance Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

032E 21220 – –

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

117E 27450 960K 38720 – 826E 11600 826E 09640 – 849E 16830 – 962K 19295 962K 19304 604K 25240 – – –

Harness Guide 22C1 Left Counter Balance (P/O Item14) (REP 4.3.1)2271 Right Counter Balance (P/O Item14) (REP 4.3.2) 2271 IIT-DADF Cable 22C2 DADF PWB (REP 4.3.3) 22C3 Bush 2281 Round Point Screw (M3) 22C4 Round Point Screw (M4) 22C5 PWB Bracket 22C6 Bracket 22C7 Core 22C8 DADF Front Wire Harness22C9 DADF Motor Wire Harness22CB Left/Right Counter Balance Kit (Item2, 3)2271 Core 22CC Core 22CC Clamp 22CD

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-25

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-26

4. DADF

PL 4.4 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Part

Description

– 807E 01200 807E 01210 003K 14790 004K 02002 007K 89161 130E 84280 – 160K 97600 006E 79262 050K 52414 – – – – – – 127K 38402 032E 21191 807E 00310 807E 00470 807E 00672 826E 11600 – 004K 01941 809E 65080 030K 76271 013E 26250 –

Bracket (P/O Item25) 22D1 Gear (Spur 40T/16T) 22D2 Gear (Spur 32T/16T) 22D3 Hinge 22D4 Oil Damper 22D5 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 27T)22D6 Tray Interlock Sensor 22D7 LED Bracket (P/O Item25)22D8 Document Set LED 22D9 Pinion Shaft 22DB (SCC) DADF Document Tray (PL 4.14)2210 Bracket (P/O Item27) 22DC Gear (Helical 48T) (P/O Item27)22DD Gear (Spur 33T) (P/O Item27)22DE Gear (Spur 33T/18T) (P/O Item27)22DF Gear (Spur 48T/18T) (P/O Item27)22DG Torque Limiter (P/O Item27)22DH Tray Motor 22DJ Rack Guide 22DK Gear (Spur 25T) 22DL Pinion Gear 22DM Sector Gear 22DN Round Point Screw 22DP Bracket 22DQ Oil Damper (Item1, 4, 5, 7, 8)22DR Compression Spring 22DS Lift Gear (Item12-17) 22DT Sleeve Bearing 22DV Bracket 22DW

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.5 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Part

Description

003E 60310 003E 60321 – 110K 11921 – 014E 45101 054K 24444 – – 130E 84280 – 802K 57193 809E 51451 809E 51461 826E 11600 849E 16500 849E 22970 962K 19260 059E 01370 – 003K 13291 130K 64482

Left Cover Front Latch 22E1 Left Cover Rear Latch 22E2 Switch Bracket (P/O Item21)22E3 (SCC) Feeder Cover Interlock Switch22E4 Torsion Spring (P/O Item21)22E5 Bush 22E6 Feeder Upper Chute (PL 4.17)22E7 Bracket (P/O Item22) 22E8 Actuator (P/O Item22) 22E9 L/H Cover Interlock Sensor22EB Tension Spring (P/O Item22)22EC (SCC) DADF Left Upper Cover (PL 4.19)22ED Torsion Spring (right hand)22EE Torsion Spring (left hand)22EF Round Point Screw 22EG Hinge Bracket 22EH Hinge Bracket 22EJ Wire Harness 22EK Roll 22EL Label 22EM (SCC) Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (Item3-5)22EN Cover Interlock Sensor (Item8-11)22EP

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-27

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-28

4. DADF

PL 4.6 Feed Motor, Feed Clutch, Invert Drive Roll Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Part

Description

013E 24840 013E 26250 020E 36760 059E 98620 059K 29471 – – – – – 121K 31860 – 127K 38301 423W 32054 807E 00660 809E 54581 826E 11600 121K 31884 – –

Ball Bearing 22F1 Sleeve Bearing 22F2 Pulley 22F3 Pulley 22F4 Invert Drive Roll (REP 4.6.1)22F5 Clutch Bracket (P/O Item18)22F6 Gear (Spur 24T) (P/O Item18)22F7 Sleeve Bearing (P/O Item18)22F8 Ball Bearing (P/O Item18)22F9 Clutch Shaft (P/O Item18)22FB (SCC) DADF Feed Clutch (REP 4.6.2)2284 Pulley (P/O Item18) 22FC (SCC) DADF Feed Motor22FD Feed Motor Belt (REP 4.6.3)22FE Gear (Spur 20T) 22FF Tension Spring 22FG Round Point Screw 22FH (SCC) Feed Clutch (Item6-12, 20)22FJ Motor Bracket 22FK Tape (P/O Item18) 22FL

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.7 Pre Regi. Motor, Pre Regi. Roll Chute, Take Away Roll, Baffle Solenoid Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Part

Description

807E 10690 013E 24670 020E 36770 – – – 059E 98620 059K 31091 054K 24485 001E 64763 – – – – – 127K 38321 423W 34554 809E 50880 826E 11600 030K 76021 – 121K 31890

Gear (Spur 38T) 22G1 Ball Bearing 22G2 Pulley 22G3 Stud Bracket (P/O Item20)22G4 Gear (Spur 33T/Helical 33T) (P/O Item20)22G5 Gear Pulley (P/O Item20)22G6 Pulley 22G7 Take Away Roll (REP 4.7.1)22G8 Pre Regi. Roll Chute (PL 4.20)22G9 Rail (REP 4.7.2) 22GB Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item22)22GC Baffle Solenoid (P/O Item22)22GD Tension Spring (P/O Item22)22GE Actuator (P/O Item22) 22GF Damper (P/O Item22) 22GG (SCC) DADF Pre Regi. Motor22GH Pre Regi. Motor Belt (REP 4.7.3)22GJ Tension Spring 22GK Round Point Screw 22GL Bracket (Item4-6) 22GM Motor Bracket 22GN Baffle Solenoid (Item11-15) (REP 4.7.4)22GP

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-29

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-30

4. DADF

PL 4.8 Regi. Motor, Regi. Roll Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

020E 36781 023E 21300 059E 98620 127K 38341 – 930W 00211 059K 31082 – 013E 24670 809E 50880 826E 11600 – –

Pulley 22H1 Regi. Motor Belt (REP 4.8.1)22H2 Pulley 22H3 (SCC) DADF Regi. Motor22H4 Sensor Bracket 22H5 Lead Regi. Sensor (REP 4.8.2)22H6 Regi. Roll (REP 4.8.3) 22H7 Regi. In 2 Chute 22H8 Ball Bearing 22H9 Tension Spring 22HB Round Point Screw 22HC Motor Bracket 22HD Tape 22HE

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.9 Platen Motor, Platen Roll, Out Roll Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

– 012E 11440 012E 11450 030K 75802 – – 013E 24670 013E 25911 – 020E 36800 – –

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

059K 31071 849E 17082 059K 30964 809E 50280 809E 50130 013E 24680 005E 18160 005E 18810 127K 38341 809E 50510 809E 50880 826E 09061 – 604K 25230 – – –

Flange (P/O Item26) 22J1 Platen Front Link 22J2 Platen Rear Link 22J3 Tension Bracket 22J4 Pulley (P/O Item26) 22J5 Tension Spring (P/O Item26)22J6 Ball Bearing 22J7 Sleeve Bearing 22J8 Pulley (P/O Item26) 22J9 Pulley 22JB Belt (Width : 4mm) (P/O Item26)22JC Platen Motor Belt (Width : 6mm) (P/O Item26) (REP 4.9.1)2292 Out Roll (REP 4.9.2) 22JD Platen Back Plate 2242 Platen Roll 2226 Torsion Spring (left hand)22JE Torsion Spring (right hand)22JF Sleeve Bearing 22JG Collar 22JH Platen Collar 22JJ (SCC) Platen Motor 22JK Spring Platen (Length 30.8mm)22JL Spring Platen (Length 23mm)22JM Shoulder Screw 22JN Motor Bracket 22JP Spare Parts Kit (Item1, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 22)22JQ Washer 22JR Eliminator 22JS tape 22JT

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-31

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-32

4. DADF

PL 4.10 Exit Motor, Exit Roll Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

013E 24840 013E 26250 020E 36810 059E 98620 059K 27201 059K 29481 127K 38301 423W 33554 809E 50880 –

Ball Bearing 22K1 Sleeve Bearing 22K2 Pulley 22K3 Pulley 22K4 Exit1 Roll (REP 4.10.1) 22K5 Exit2 Roll (REP 4.10.2) 22K6 (SCC) DADF Exit Motor 22K7 Exit Motor Belt (REP 4.10.3)22K8 Tension Spring 22K9 Motor Bracket 22KB

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.11 Exit Gate Solenoid, Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid, Nip Solenoid, Inverter Exit Chute, Guide Chute Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

012E 11270 012E 11280 012E 11290 012E 11301 013E 24160 030K 75631 032E 21421 050K 49650 054K 24219 054K 24231 121K 31680 121K 31700 121K 31680

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

809E 49680 809E 49700 826E 11600 012E 12181 012E 12190 – – – – – –

Link 22L1 Link 22L2 Gate Rear Link 22L3 Link 22L4 Sleeve Bearing 22L5 Gate Link Bracket 22L6 Harness Guide 22L7 Inverter Lower Gate 22L8 Inverter Exit Chute (PL 4.21)2250 Guide Chute (PL 4.22) 22L9 (SCC) Exit Gate Solenoid (REP 4.11.1)22LB (SCC) Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (REP 4.11.2)22LC (SCC) Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid (REP 4.11.3) 22LD Tension Spring (Length 34.15mm)22LE Tension Spring (Length 22.5mm)22LF Round Point Screw 22LG Rear Link 22LH Front Link 22LJ Bracket 22LK Damper 22LL Bracket 22LM Damper 22LN Bracket 22LP Damper 22LQ

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-33

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-34

4. DADF

PL 4.12 Exit Upper/Lower Chute, Regi. Out Chute, Feeder Lower Chute Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

013E 24172 017E 92760 802E 77030 050E 19952 054E 24130 054E 24290 054K 24195 054K 30561 054K 24462 054K 24495 054K 26032 121E 90620 802E 56911 802E 77040 826E 09001 – 849E 23020 – 004K 02181 – 105K 21200

Sleeve Bearing 22M1 Foot 22M2 Cover 22M3 (SCC) DADF Exit Tray 22M4 Guide Upper Chute 22M5 Regi. In1 Chute 22M6 Exit Upper Chute (PL 4.23)22M7 Exit Low Chute (PL 4.24) 22M8 Regi. Out Chute (PL 4.25)22M9 Feeder Lower Chute (PL 4.26)22MB Invert Chute (Item18-20) 22MC Interlock Magnet (White Paint, N Pole : Left) 22MD Magnet Cover 22ME Cover 22MF Shoulder Screw 22MG Bracket 22MH Tray Plate 22MJ Invert Chute (P/O Item11)22MK Damper 22ML Label (P/O Item11) 22MM Eliminator 22MN

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.13 CIS Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

– 849E 17111 – – – – – – – – – 962K 23970 –

CIS 22N1 Plate 22N2 Torsion Spring (left hand)22N3 Torsion Spring (right hand)22N4 Spacer 22N5 Guide 22N6 Film 22N7 Compression Spring 22N8 Stud Screw 22N9 Bush 22NB Front Bracket 22NC Earth Wire 22ND Mylar 22NE

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-35

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-36

4. DADF

PL 4.14 DADF Document Tray Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part

Description

050K 49695 050K 49708 014E 44881 893E 09601 893E 03340 893E 09660

DADF Document Bottom Tray (PL 4.15)22NJ DADF Document Upper Tray (PL 4.16)22NK (SCC) Tray Block 22NL Label (Size) 22NM Label (Instruction) 22NN Label (Max) 22NP

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.15 DADF Document Bottom Tray Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – 059E 98610 – 012K 94451 012E 11480 – – 807E 00420 013E 24800 103E 29881

Bottom Tray Lift Shaft Lift Lever Roll Shaft Front Link Rear Link Front Stud Rear Stud Sector Gear Sleeve Bearing Sensor Film

22P1 22P2 22P3 22P4 22P5 22P6 22P7 22P8 22P9 22PB 22PC 22PD

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-37

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-38

4. DADF

PL 4.16 DADF Document Upper Tray Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Part

Description

– 050E 20041 – 930W 00111 930W 00111 930W 00111 930W 00111 807E 00431 807E 00440 807E 00450 – 012E 11470 809E 50561 059E 98630 032E 21200 032E 21210 019K 99061 962K 19284 930W 00211 809E 54961

Upper Tray 22Q1 Entrance Add Tray 22Q2 Sensor Housing 22Q3 Tray APS Sensor 1 22Q4 Tray APS Sensor 2 22Q5 Tray APS Sensor 3 22Q6 Bottom Sensor 22Q7 Front Rack Gear 22Q8 Rear Rack Gear 22Q9 Pinion Gear 22QB Window Plate 22QC Roll Link 22QD Tension Spring 22QE Roll 22QF (SCC) Front Side Guide 22QG (SCC) Rear Side Guide 22QH Retard Pad 22QJ DADF Tray Wire Harness 22QK Document Set Sensor 22QL Rack Gear Spring 22QM

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.17 Feeder Upper Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

Part

Description

054E 24433 809E 50920 055K 31520 802K 57201 413W 75959 028E 94260 809E 50120 – 930W 00111 930W 00211 930W 00211 930W 00211 930W 00211 130E 84300 030K 75742 059K 31050 809E 50250 013E 24660 105K 21190 – 121E 89921 032E 21170 003K 13272 003K 13282 962K 19274 802E 56930 893E 09611 – 809E 58361 – – – – –

Feeder Upper Chute 22R1 Plate Spring 22R2 Sensor Shield 22R3 Feeder/Nudger Roll (PL 4.18)2220 Sleeve Bearing 22R4 KL-Clip 22R5 Tension Spring 22R6 Sensor Bracket 22R7 DADF Level Sensor 22R8 DADF Feed Sensor 2283 No.1 APS Sensor 22R9 No.2 APS Sensor 22RB No.3 APS Sensor 22RC Pre Regi. Sensor 22RD Pinch Roll Housing 22RE Pinch Roll 22RF Tension Spring 22RG Garter Bearing 22RH Eliminator 22RJ Magnet Bracket 22RK Magnet Catch 22RL (SCC) Chute Guide 22RM Front Hinge 22RN Rear Hinge 22RP DADF Feeder Wire Harness22RQ (SCC) Feeder Upper Cover22RR Label (Size) 22RS Ground Wire 22RT Plate Spring (REP 4.17.1)22RV Roller 22RW Bracket 22RX Bracket 22RY Bracket 22S1 Bracket 22S2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-39

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-40

4. DADF

PL 4.18 Feeder/Nudger Roll Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

– – 059K 29520 059K 29510 – – – – – 028E 94260 413W 75959

Nudger Bracket 22SB Feed Shaft 22SC Feed Roll (REP 4.18.1) 2222 Nudger Roll (REP 4.18.2)2221 Gear (Helical 38T) 22SD Gear (Helical 44T) 22SE Gear (Helical 39T) 22SF Gear (Spur 29T) 22SG Nudger Shaft 22SH KL-Clip 22SJ Sleeve Bearing 22SK

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.19 DADF Left Upper Cover Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

A.C.

– 055K 28071 – – – 120E 22271 003K 13310 –

Left Upper Cover Baffle Baffle Stopper Damper Baffle Cushion Actuator Hinge Baffle Shaft

22SM 22SN 22SP 22SQ 22SR 22SS 22ST 22SV

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-41

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-42

4. DADF

PL 4.20 Pre Regi. Roll Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – – 013E 24840 – 826E 09001 – 013E 31020

Pre Regi. Lower Chute 22T1 Pre Regi. Upper Chute 22T2 Pre Regi. Roll 22T3 Pinch Roll 22T4 Garter Bearing 22T5 Tension Spring (REP 4.20.1)22T6 Release Cam 22T7 Eliminator 22T8 Eliminator 22T9 Ball Bearing 22TB Home Pulley 22TC Shoulder Screw 22TD Film 22TE Bearing 22TF

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.21 Inverter Exit Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

– 050E 19940 809E 47140 809E 49640 – – – – – – 013E 24150 930W 00211 962K 19342 – – 105E 12420 – 006K 23382

Inverter Exit Chute 2251 Inverter Upper Gate 2261 Torsion Spring (left hand)22V1 Torsion Spring (right hand)22V2 Pinch Roll Housing 22V3 Shaft (P/O Item18) 22V4 Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22V5 Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22V6 Pinch Spring (P/O Item18)22V7 Pinch Spring (P/O Item18)22V8 Sleeve Bearing 22V9 Invert Sensor 2 22VB Sensor Wre Harness 22VC Spacer 22VD Earth Spring 22VE Eliminator 22VF Damper 22VG Pinch Roll (Item6-10) 22VH

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-43

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-44

4. DADF

PL 4.22 Guide Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

– – 930W 00211 – 930W 00211 962K 19333 – – – 005E 18570 – – – – – – – 054K 24227

Guide Chute 22W1 Sensor Bracket 22W2 Out Sensor (REP 4.22.1) 22W3 Sensor Bracket 22W4 Invert Sensor 1 (REP 4.22.2)22W5 Sensor Wre Harness 22W6 Sensor Bracket 22W7 Gate Housing (P/O Item18)22W8 Simp/Dup Gate (P/O Item18)22W9 C-Clip 22WB Sleeve Bearing (P/O Item18)22WC Shaft (P/O Item18) 22WD Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22WE Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22WF Pinch Spring (P/O Item18)22WG Damper 22WH Film (P/O Item18) 22WJ Simp/Dup Gate Housing (Item8-15, 17)22WK

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.23 Exit Upper Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

– – 930W 00211 930W 00211 962K 19312 105E 12240 849E 14390 055K 28390

Exit Upper Chute 22WL Sensor Bracket 22WM DADF Exit Sensor 1 (REP 4.23.1)22WN DADF Exit Sensor 2 (REP 4.23.2)22WP Sensor Wre Harness 22WQ Eliminator 22WR Guide Bracket 22WS Sensor Shield 22WT

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-45

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-46

4. DADF

PL 4.24 Exit Lower Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Part

Description

– 013E 26250 – – – – – 103E 29870 826E 08450 – – – 809E 50101 – – – 809E 51401 012E 11601 012E 11590 – – – 809E 60530 059K 31033 –

Exit Lower Chute 22X1 Sleeve Bearing 22X2 Pinch Roll Shaft (P/O Item24)22X3 Pinch Roll (P/O Item24) 22X4 Pinch Roll (P/O Item24) 22X5 Pinch Roll Shaft 22X6 Pinch Plate 22X7 Film 22X8 Shoulder Screw 22X9 Spring Cap 22XB Shaft 22XC Shaft 22XD Tension Spring 22XE Compression Spring 22XF Link 22XG Link 22XH Tension Spring 22XJ Rear Latch 22XK Front Latch 22XL Latch Shaft 22XM Pinch Roll 22XN Spring Housion 22XP Compression Spring 22XQ Pinch Roll (Item3-5) 22XR Seal 22XS

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 4.25 Regi. Out Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

– – 930W 00211 013E 24660 – 059K 31061 809E 50270 012E 11430 962K 19321 –

Regi. Out Chute 22Y1 Sensor Bracket 22Y2 DADF Regi. Sensor (REP 4.25.1)22Y3 Garter Bearing 22Y4 Film 22Y5 Pinch Roll 22Y6 Tension Spring (REP 4.25.2)22Y7 Link 22Y8 Sensor Wre Harness 22Y9 Nylon Washer 22YM

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-47

4. DADF

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-48

4. DADF

PL 4.26 Feeder Lower Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

– – 005K 06810 059K 30951 028E 94260 – – – 809E 50240 103E 32111 019K 98751

Retard Roll Housing (P/O Item11)22YB Retard Roll Shaft (P/O Item11)22YC Torque Limiter 22YD Retard Roll (REP 4.26.1) 2223 KL-Clip 22YE Bracket 22YF Feeder Lower Chute 22YG Shaft 22YH Tension Spring 22YJ Film 22YK Retard Roll (Item1-5) 22YL

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 5.1 IIT Cover-Front/Top Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 – – – – – 12 13 – 14 15

802E 56570 802E 62452 802E 56521 802E 62581 – 806E 04980 809E 56290 – 893E 11600 – 896E 47780 896E 76710 896E 28210 896E 39070 896E 75740 896E 28220 – 055E 57100 055E 55830 – 848K 17600

–

802K 56977

16 17 18 19 –

– 068K 24610 – 893E 21810 893E 39620

(SCC) Top Rear Cover 1 11B1 (SCC) Top Rear Cover 2 11B2 (SCC) Top Left Cover 11B3 (SCC) Blind Cover 11B4 Sensor Shield 11B5 Arm Shaft 11B6 Arm Shaft Holder 11B7 IIT (PL 5.4) 11B8 Label (Caution) 11B9 Top Front Cover (P/O Item15)11BB Name Plate (4127) 11BC Name Plate (4127 Light Publisher)11BC Name Plate (4127 EPS) 11BC Name Plate (4112) 11BC Name Plate (4112 Light Publisher)11BC Name Plate (4112 EPS) 11BC Support Bracket (P/O Item15)11BD Lid (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx)11BE Lid (Serial No. : 4xxxxx) 11BE Bracket 11BF Top Front Cover Assembly (Item10, 12, 13) (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx)11BG Top Front Cover Assembly (Item10, 12, 13) (Serial No. : 4xxxxx)11BG Seal 11BH Table Support (Option) 11BJ Shading Jig 11BK Label (FX) 11BL Label (IBG) 11BL

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-49

5. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-50

5. IIT

PL 5.2 IIT Cover-Rear/Right Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 56502 802E 63030 802E 67240 – 117E 21691 802E 64372 – –

(SCC) IIT Right Cover (SCC) Blind Cover (SCC) Blind Cover DADF Support Bracket IIT-ESS Cable (SCC) IIT Rear Cover Core Clamp

11C1 11C2 11C3 11C4 11C5 11C6 11CE 11CF

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 5.3 IIT Bottom Bracket Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – 826E 08790 – – – – – – – 019E 57250 006K 25510 –

Pivot Bracket Pivot Stud Locate Bracket (Left) Locate Bracket (Right) Foot Bracket Stopper (Right) Stopper (Left) Lock BraceBracket Forming Screw Foot Bottom Seal IIT Frame (REP 5.3.1) Pivot Bracket Pivot Plate Locate Bracket Locate Stud Brace Holder Brace Shaft Arm Bracket

11D1 11D2 11D3 11D4 11D5 11D6 11D7 11D8 11D9 11DB 11DC 11DD 11DE 11DF 11DG 11DH 11DK 11DL 11DM

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-51

5. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-52

5. IIT

PL 5.4 IIT Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

– 130K 64150 130K 64150 – – – 815K 00480 815E 05190 090K 92983 014E 45111 090K 93002 – – – 035E 72970 – – –

IIT Housing (PL 5.6, PL 5.7)11E1 APS Sensor 1 1061 APS Sensor 2 1063 Sensor Bracket 11E2 Lens Cover (REP 5.4.1) 11E3 Platen Glass Support 11E4 Right Plate 11E5 CVT Glass Plate 11E6 CVT Platen Glass 11E7 Spacer 11E8 Platen Glass (REP 5.4.2)1021 Support (Front) 11E9 Support (Rear) 11EB Conductor Plate 11EC Front Seal 11ED Data Plate 11EE Screw (with washer : M3x7.5)11EF Label (CSA) 11EG

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 5.5 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS Type IIT Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 56502 014E 56570 802E 56521 802E 63030 802E 64372 802K 89530 – 815E 28550 802E 92090 802E 62581 835E 02460 –

(SCC) IIT Right Cover Spacer (SCC) Top Left Cover (SCC) Blind Cover (SCC) IIT Rear Cover Top Cover (REP 5.5.1) IIT Frame Center Plate Rear Plate (SCC) Blind Cover Seal CVT Glass Plate

11F1 11F2 11F3 11F4 11F5 11F6 11F7 11F8 11F9 11FB 11FC 11FD

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-53

5. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-54

5. IIT

PL 5.6 IIT Housing-Electrical Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Part

Description

– 110K 11960 – 930W 00112 130E 87280 962K 54430 – 604K 21505 – 127K 38620 054K 26120 054K 26131 127K 38632 127K 38641 – 120K 91990 962K 20213 – – – – – – – 120E21650 –

IIT Frame (PL 5.7) 11G1 Platen Open Switch 11G2 Sensor Bracket 11G3 IIT Registration Sensor (REP 5.6.1)11G4 Platen Angle Sensor (REP 5.6.2)11G5 CCD Flexible Print Cable (REP 5.6.3)11G6 IPS (PL 5.8) 11G7 Lens and CCD Kit (REP 5.6.4)1110 Gasket Bracket 11G8 IPS Fan (REP 5.6.5) 11G9 Duct 11GB Duct 11GC Lamp Fan (REP 5.6.6) 11GD CCD Fan (REP 5.6.7) 11GE Fan Bracket 11GF Actuator 11GG IIT Wire Harness 11GJ DC Wire Harness 11GL Connector Bracket 11GM Screw (Blue) 11GN Seal 11GP Switch Seal 11GQ Seal-S 11GR Seal-L 11GS Clamp 11GT Seal 11GV

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 5.7 IIT Housing-Carriage Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

– 063E 97400 063E 94040 – – – 013E 24910 023E 21370 – 127K 38491 020E 36931 020E 36980 – 012K 94480 012K 94490 020E 21630 809E 41740 041K 94525

19 20 21 22

041K 94553 – – –

IIT Frame 11H1 Tape (Half Rate Carriage)11H2 Tape (Full Rate Carriage)11H3 Front Top Frame 11H4 Rear Top Frame 11H5 Screw (Red) 11H6 Sleeve Bearing 11H7 Belt 11H8 Harness Guide 11H9 Carriage Motor (REP 5.7.1)1041 Pulley 11HB Capstan Pulley 11HC Capstan Shaft 11HD Front Carriage Cable (Black) (REP 5.7.2)11HE Rear Carriage Cable (Silver) (REP 5.7.2)11HF Pulley 11HG Tension Spring 11HH Full Rate Carriage (PL 5.9) (REP 5.7.3) (ADJ 5.7.1) 1010 Half Rate Carriage (PL 5.10) (ADJ 5.7.1)1020 Jig 11HJ Motor Guard 11HK Screw (Blue) 11HL

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-55

5. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-56

5. IIT

PL 5.8 IPS Component Item 1 – 2 – 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

960K 04705 960K 38730 133K 23611 133K 23621 160K 95994 960K 01352 962K 19041 962K 59590 014E 52731 826E 06490 – – – 960K 30801 826E 06490 – – – 960K 24790 962K 38070 962K 54580

Extension Memory PWB (REP 5.8.2)11J1 Extension Memory PWB (Paper Security Kit)11J1 Memory (128MB) 11J2 Memory (64MB) 11J2 1P DUP PWB (REP 5.8.2)11J3 DCPS PWB 11J4 Wire Harness (4pin) 11J5 Wire Harness (9pin) 11J6 Spacer Screw 11J7 Screw 11J8 IPS Chassis 11J9 Screw (Blue) 11JB IPS Cover 11JC IIT/IPS PWB (REP 5.8.1) 1060 Screw 11JD Gasket 11JE Conductor 11JF Gasket Seal 11JG HWM PWB (Paper Security Kit)11JH Wire Harness (Paper Security Kit)11JI Flat Cable (Paper Security Kit)11JK

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 5.9 Full Rate Carriage Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

– – – – – – 122E 92130 105E 12303 117E 21670 – – – –

Full Rate Carriage 11K1 Damper 11K2 Reflector Plate 11K3 Actuator Bracket 11K4 Harness Guide 11K5 Cushion 11K6 Exposure Lamp (REP 5.9.1)1013 Lamp Ballast PWB (REP 5.9.2)1065 (SCC) Slide Cord (REP 5.9.3)11K7 Harness Guide 11K8 No.1 Mirror 1022 Clip (Single) 11K9 Insulator 11KB

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-57

5. IIT

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-58

5. IIT

PL 5.10 Half Rate Carriage Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – – –

Half Rate Carriage Pulley Pulley Harness Pulley Damper No.2 Mirror No.3 Mirror Clip (Single) Clip (Double) Adjust Screw

11L1 11L2 11L3 11L4 11L5 11L6 11L7 11L8 11L9 11LB

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 6.1 ROS Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part

Description

062K 18972 – – 026E 68030 – 962K 38450 –

ROS (with Item 2, 3) (REP 6.1.1)1310 SOS PWB 13B1 MPD PWB 13B2 Shoulder Screw 13B3 Hexagon Driver 13B4 Flexible Print Cable 13B5 Driver Holder 13B6

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-59

6. ROS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-60

7. Tray Module

PL 7.1 Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 2 Transport Item 1 – 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 – 15 – 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Part

Description

019E 57710 019E 69840 801K 04531 801K 04551 – – 012E 11160 809E 42180 – – 802E 54974 050K 49473 802E 54983 050K 49484 110K 11820 110K 15040 110K 11820 110K 15040 059K 38013 – 032E 20881 019E 56300 059K 48295 893E 16040 893E 16020 893E 21910 030K 75330

Transport Pad (Alternate)50B1 Transport Pad (Alternate)50B1 Left Rail 50B2 Right Rail 50B3 Base Bracket (P/O Item 24)50B4 Lable (Coution) 50B5 Link 50B6 Tension Spring 50B7 Stopper 50B8 Stopper Bracket 50B9 (SCC) Tray 1 Front Cover50BB Tray 1 (PL 7.6) (REP 7.1.1)5010 (SCC) Tray 2 Front Cover50BC Tray 2 (PL 7.7) (REP 7.1.1)50BD Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)5011 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)5011 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50BE Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50BE Tray 2 Transport (PL 7.10) (REP 7.1.2)50BF Stopper Bracket 50BG Tray 2 Transport Guide 50BH Holder 50BJ (SCC) Tray 1 Feeder (PL 7.13) (REP 7.1.3)5030 Label (Tray No.1) 50BK Label (Tray No.2) 50BL Label (Instruction) 50BM Base Bracket (Item 4, 6, 7)50BN

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.2 Tray 3, Tray 4 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 – 11 – 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

802E 62252 050K 62523 050K 62523 801K 04292 801K 04301 826E 07310 – – – 110K 11680 110K 12100 110K 11680 110K 12100 802E 62416 019E 56300 059K 48295 059K 48295 802E 64350 035E 68040 893E 21870 893E 21880 893E 15430 012K 94431

Inner Cover 50C1 (SCC) Tray 3 (PL 7.8, PL 7.9) (REP 7.2.2)50C2 (SCC) Tray 4 (PL 7.8, PL 7.9) (REP 7.2.2)50C3 Left Rail 50C4 Right Rail 50C5 Shoulder Screw 50C6 Stopper Link (P/O Item 21)50C7 Stopper Bracket (P/O Item 21)50C8 Torsion Spring (P/O Item 21)50C9 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CB Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CB Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CC Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CC (SCC) Kick Cover 50CD Holder 50CE (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder (PL 7.13) (REP 7.2.1)5050 (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder (PL 7.13) (REP 7.2.1)5060 Cover 50CF Gasket 50CG Label (Tray No.3) 50CH Label (Tray No.4) 50CJ Label (Instruction) 50CK Stopper Link (Item 7-9) 50CL

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-61

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-62

7. Tray Module

PL 7.3 Left Hand Cover, Chute Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

802K 92270 849E 07050 849E 24691 054E 23560 054E 23570 849E 24681 054E 23580 030K 75261 030K 76051 054E 23590 – 059K 32843 019K 99121 809E 42081

15 16 17

809E 54951 038E 26610 030K 75284

(SCC) Left Hand Cover (PL 7.18)50D1 Hinge Bracket 50D2 Upper Bracket 50D3 Take Away Upper Chute 50D4 Take Away Middle Chute 50D5 Lower Bracket 50D6 Take Away Lower Chute 50D7 Latch Upper Bracket 50DB Latch Lower Bracket 50DC Feed Out Chute 50DD Pinch Roll Bracket (P/O Item 17)50DE Pinch Roll 50DF Ball Bearing 50DG Tension Spring (distinguished from Item 15 : white and black) 50DH Tension Spring 50DJ Left Hand Cover Guide 50DK Pinch Roll and Bracket (Item 11-15)50DL

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.4 Take Away Roll, Vertical Transport Roll Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 – 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

– – – 802E 62320 059K 30913 059K 30913 059K 30913 013E 24670 007K 88340 413W 08350 413W 82370 059K 30923 059K 30923 059K 30923 802E 56132 802E 56140 059K 26480 059K 26490

18

030K 76041

Bracket (P/O Item 18) 50E1 Left Hand Cover Interlock Switch (P/O Item 18)50E2 Screw (M2.3) (P/O Item 18)50E3 Cover 50E4 Take Away Roll 1 (REP 7.4.1)5034 Take Away Roll 3 (REP 7.4.2)5055 Take Away Roll 4 (REP 7.4.3)5065 Ball Bearing 50E5 One Way Clutch Gear (Helical 18T)50E6 Ball Bearing (Alternate) 50E7 Ball Bearing (Alternate) 50E7 Vertical Transport Roll 1 (REP 7.4.1)50E8 Vertical Transport Roll 2 (REP 7.4.4)50E9 Vertical Transport Roll 3 (REP 7.4.3)50EB (SCC) Left Front Cover 50EC (SCC) Left Lower Cover 50ED Take Away Roll and Gear (Item 5/6/7-9)50EE Vertical Transport Roll and Gear (Item 8, 9, 11/12/13) 50EF Left Hand Cover Interlock Switch (Item 1-3)50EG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-63

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-64

7. Tray Module

PL 7.5 Take Away Motor, Wire Harness, Caster Item 1 – 2 – 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Part

Description

017K 93170 017K 94220 017K 93160 017K 94230 007K 98140 121K 31560 006E 84941 007E 78600 028E 93800 007K 98150 007K 98160 413W 08350 – – – 114E 15161 809E 49780 826E 11790 826E 07990 809E 49790 962K 17766 962K 18842

Rear Caster (Alternate) 50F1 Rear Caster (Alternate) 50F1 Front Caster (with Stopper) (Alternate)50F2 Front Caster (with Stopper) (Alternate)50F2 (SCC) Take Away Motor 1 (PL 7.19)50F3 Take Away Clutch 1 (REP 7.5.1)50F4 Shaft 50F5 Gear (Helical 42T) 50F6 Wave Washer 50F7 (SCC) Take Away Motor 2 (PL 7.19)50F8 (SCC) Take Away Motor 3 (PL 7.19)50F9 Ball Bearing 50FB Connector Bracket 50FC Connector Bracket 50FD Connector Bracket 50FE Tray 2 Transport Drawer Connector50FF Compression Spring 50FG Shoulder Screw 50FH Shoulder Screw 50FJ Compression Spring 50FK Tray Module Wire Harness50FL Tray 2 Feeder Wire Harness50FM

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.6 Tray 1 Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Part

Description

– – – – 007E 78630 007E 78640 007E 78650 019K 93921 007K 88431 006K 23051 020E 36821 007E 78660 012E 11171 815E 04862 019E 56430 019E 39131 020E 36830 020E 36560 032E 21250 032E 20890 120E 22111 038K 87264 038K 18140 – 893E 09490

Base Tray 50G1 Front Cover Bracket 50G2 Push Bracket (Old Type) 50G3 Lift Gear Bracket 50G4 Gear (Spur 17T) 50G5 Gear (Spur 18T/47T) 50G6 Gear (Spur 35T) 50G7 Brake 50G8 Torque Limiter Gear (Spur 20T/46T)50G9 Lift Shaft 50GB Cable Pulley 50GC Gear (Spur 29T) 50GD Lift Cable (REP 7.6.1) 5022 Bottom Plate 50GE Bottom Pad 50GF Tray Pad 50GG Pulley 50GH Pulley 50GJ Cable Guide 50GK Cable Guide 50GL Size Actuator 50GM Rear Side Guide 50GN Front Side Guide 50GP Side Guide Bracket 50GQ Label (Max) 50GR

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-65

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-66

7. Tray Module

PL 7.7 Tray 2 Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Part

Description

– – – 007E 78630 007E 78640 007E 78670 019K 93921 007K 88431 006K 23051 020E 36821 007E 78660 012E 11181 815E 04862 019E 56430 019E 39131 020E 36830 020E 36560 032E 21250 032E 20890 120E 22111 038K 87294 038K 18160 – 893E 09490

Base Tray 50H1 Front Cover Bracket 50H2 Lift Gear Bracket 50H3 Gear (Spur 17T) 50H4 Gear (Spur 18T/47T) 50H5 Gear (Spur 49T) 50H6 Brake 50H7 Torque Limiter Gear (Spur 20T/46T)50H8 Lift Shaft 50H9 Cable Pulley 50HB Gear (Spur 29T) 50HC Lift Cable (REP 7.6.1) 50HD Bottom Plate 50HE Bottom Pad 50HF Tray Pad 50HG Pulley 50HH Pulley 50HJ Cable Guide 50HK Cable Guide 50HL Size Actuator 50HM Rear Side Guide 50HN Front Side Guide 50HP Side Guide Bracket 50HQ Label (Max) 50HR

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.8 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 1 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Part

Description

007E 78190 012E 11201 – 019E 56430 – 019E 39131 038K 18121 003E 59771 – – – – – – – – 120E 22081 120E 22150 802E 55135 809E 41880 896E 46120 – 893E 15441 015K 60955 038K 87384 038K 87762 – – – – – 896E 46110

Pinion Gear 50J1 End Guide Link 50J2 Bottom Plate (P/O Item 24)50J3 Bottom Pad 50J4 Roll (P/O Item 24) 50J5 Tray Pad 50J6 Rear Side Guide 50J7 Knob 50J8 Lock Slide (P/O Item 25) 50J9 Side Pin (P/O Item 25) 50JB Front Side Guide (P/O Item 25)50JC Torsion Spring (P/O Item 25)50JD Compression Spring (P/O Item 25)50JE End Guide (P/O Item 26) 50JF Compression Spring (P/O Item 26)50JG Lever (P/O Item 26) 50JH Side Actuator 50JJ Side Mix Actuator 50JK Tray Front Cover 50JL Tension Spring 50JM Label (Max) 50JN Slide Lock Block 50JP Label (Size) 50JQ Bottom Plate (Item 3-5) 50JR Front Side Guide (Item 8-13, 28-31)50JS End Guide (Item 14-16) 50JT --Lever (P/O Item 25) 50JU Side Bracket 1 (P/O Item 25)50JW Side Bracket 2 (P/O Item 25)50JX Side Bracket 3 (P/O Item 25)50JY Label (Max) 50JZ

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-67

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-68

7. Tray Module

PL 7.9 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 2 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

006E 79274 006E 79284 007E 78712 007E 78731 007E 78800 013E 84520 – – – 020E 36660 020E 37250 023E 21240 – 120E 22160 029E 35381 807E 02590 807E 02600 809E 42680 849E 13340 – –

Left Lift Shaft 50K1 Right Lift Shaft 50K2 Sector Gear 50K3 Sector Gear 50K4 Coupling Gear (Spur 13T)50K5 Sleeve Bearing 50K6 Tension Bracket 50K7 Gear Bracket (Left) 50K8 Gear Bracket (Right) 50K9 Pulley 50KB Pulley 50KC Belt (REP 7.9.1) 50KD Tray 50KE End Guide Actuator 50KF Pin 50KG Gear Pulley 50KH Gear Pulley 50KJ Tension Spring 50KK Pulley Plate 50KL Stopper Bracket 50KM Film 50KN

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.10 Tray 2 Transport Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

801K 14501 801K 14511 054K 23840 – 059K 28295 802E 63683 893E 11900 893E 11910 893E 11920 059K 26500 –

Left Rail 50L1 Right Rail 50L2 Transport Upper Chute (PL 7.11)50L3 Transport Lower Chute (P/O Item 10) (PL 7.12)50L4 Tray 2 Feeder (PL 7.13) (REP 7.10.1) 5040 Inner Cover 50L5 Label (4a) 50L6 Label (Instruction) 50L7 Label (4) 50L8 Tray 2 Transport (Item 1-4)50L9 Label 50LB

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-69

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-70

7. Tray Module

PL 7.11 Transport Upper Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

– 003E 61050 006E 84981 059E 99130 059E 99310 006E 84932 806E 04371 809E 47100 809E 42150 054E 23612 930W 00211 930W 00211 930W 00211 – 054K 23861

Upper Chute 50M1 Knob 50M2 Shaft 50M3 Slide Roll 50M4 Pinch Roll 50M5 Shaft 50M6 Shaft (Center D-Cut) 50M7 Tension Spring (Gold) 50M8 Tension Spring (White) 50M9 Transport Top Cover 50MB Trans Path Sensor 1 50MC Trans Path Sensor 2 50MD Feed Out Sensor 2 50ME Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 15)50MF Transport Top Cover (Item 10-14)50MG

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.12 Transport Lower Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Part

Description

– – 030K 75411 030K 76030 – 962K 17722 059K 26512 059K 32993 059K 26523 413W 08350 413W 08950 807E 03291 807E 03300 007E 78610 007E 78600 121K 31560 006E 84941 – 028E 93800 011E 14470 809E 54320 – 012E 11160 809E 42170 – – – 113E 37761 – 013E 24670

Lower Chute 50N1 Front Bracket 50N2 Hinge Bracket (Left) 50N3 Hinge Bracket (Right) 50N4 Rear Bracket 50N5 Drawer Connector Wire Harness (Item 28, 29)50N6 Horizontal Transport Roll 1 (REP 7.12.1)50N7 Horizontal Transport Roll 2 (REP 7.12.1)50N8 Take Away Roll 2 (REP 7.12.1)50N9 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 16mm)50NB Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 22mm)50NC Gear (Helical 47T) 50ND Gear (Helical 48T) 50NE Gear (Helical 27T) 50NF Gear (Helical 42T) 50NG Take Away Clutch 2 (REP 7.12.2)50NH Shaft 50NJ Bracket 50NK Wave Washer 50NL Joint 50NM Compression Spring 50NN Stopper Link Bracket 50NP Link 50NQ Tension Spring 50NR Stopper Bracket 50NS Stopper 50NT Bracket 50NV Drawer Connector 50NW Wire Harness (P/O Item 6)50NX Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 16mm)50NY

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-71

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-72

7. Tray Module

PL 7.13 Tray Feeder Component Item 1 2 3 4

Part –

– –

–

–

–

–

–

–

5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Description

A.C.

Tray Feeder Front Frame50P1 Tray Upper Feeder (PL 7.14) 50P2 059K 26556 Tray Lower Feeder (PL 7.15)50P3 Tray 1 Feed Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5032 Tray 2 Feed Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5042 Tray 3 Feed Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5052 Tray 4 Feed Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5062 Tray 1 Nudger Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5031 Tray 2 Nudger Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5041 Tray 3 Nudger Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5051 Tray 4 Nudger Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5061 Tray 1 Retard Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5033 Tray 2 Retard Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5043 Tray 3 Retard Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5053 Tray 4 Retard Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1) 5063 – Tray Feeder Rear Frame 50P4 007E 78130 Gear (Spur 19T) 50P5 007K 88460 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 22T)50P6 012E 11080 Solenoid Link 50P7 121K 31341 (SCC) Tray Nudger Solenoid5092 – Torsion Spring 50P8 – Motor Frame 50P9 007E 78120 Gear (Spur 36T) 50PB 007E 78160 Gear (Spur 32T) 50PC 007K 88280 Gear (Spur 18T) 50PD 007K 88480 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 26T/33T)50PE – Spacer 50PF – Compression Spring 50PG 127K 37681 (SCC) Tray Feed Lift Motor5091 604K 23670 Feeder Roll Kit (Item 4-6)50PH

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.14 Tray Upper Feeder Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

– 006K 23064 007E 78180 – – – – – 120E 22011 962K 17792 930W 00112 930W 00112 930W 00211

Tray Upper Feeder Frame50Q1 Feed/Nudger Shaft (PL 7.17) (REP 7.14.1)50Q2 Gear (Spur 25T) 50Q3 Sleeve Bearing 50Q4 Spacer 50Q5 Pin 50Q6 Upper Chute 50Q7 Upper Rear Chute 50Q8 Actuator 50Q9 Tray Upper Feeder Wire Harness 50QB Tray Level Sensor 50QC Tray No Paper Sensor 50QD Tray Pre Feed Sensor 50QE

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-73

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-74

7. Tray Module

PL 7.15 Tray Lower Feeder Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

006K 23073 – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Retard Shaft Assembly (Item 2-9)50R1 Retard Shaft (P/O Item 1)50R2 Collar (P/O Item 1) 50R3 Friction Clutch (P/O Item 1)50R4 Gear (Spur 29T) (P/O Item 1)50R5 Gear (Helical 15T) (P/O Item 1)50R6 Sleeve Bearing (Length : 5mm) (P/O Item 1)50R7 Sleeve Bearing (Length : 6.6mm) (P/O Item 1)50R8 Retard Bracket (P/O Item 1)50R9 Tray Lower Feeder Frame50RB Retard Slide 50RC Retard Lever 50RD Lower Chute 50RE Compression Spring 50RF Torsion Spring (REP 7.15.1)50RG

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.16 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Component Item 1 – – – 2 3 4 – – – 5 6 7 – – – 8 9

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Tray 1 Feed Roll Tray 2 Feed Roll Tray 3 Feed Roll Tray 4 Feed Roll Pin Compression Spring Tray 1 Nudger Roll Tray 2 Nudger Roll Tray 3 Nudger Roll Tray 4 Nudger Roll Pin Compression Spring Tray 1 Retard Roll Tray 2 Retard Roll Tray 3 Retard Roll Tray 4 Retard Roll Pin Compression Spring

5032 5042 5052 5062 50S1 50S2 5031 5041 5051 5061 50S3 50S4 5033 5043 5053 5063 50S5 50S6

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-75

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-76

7. Tray Module

PL 7.17 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

– – – – – – – 007K 88470 – – – – – –

Nudger Bracket (REP 7.17.1)50T1 Nudger Support 50T2 Shaft 50T3 Gear (Spur 23T) 50T4 Gear (Spur 20T) 50T5 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 22T)50T6 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 19T)50T7 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 26T)50T8 Nudger Lever (REP 7.17.1) 50T9 Sleeve Bearing 50TB Spacer 50TC Pin 50TD Torsion Spring (REP 7.17.1)50TE Ball Bearing 50TF

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 7.18 Left Hand Cover Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part

Description

A.C.

802E 54934 930W 00211 930W 00211 930W 00211 930W 00211 962K 17783 030K 75232 030K 75241 011E 14502 – 809E 42141 003E 59710 – 059K 26471 809E 42130 120E 22200

(SCC) Left Hand Cover Feed Out Sensor 1 Trans Path Sensor 3 Feed Out Sensor 3 Feed Out Sensor 4 Sensor Wire Harness Hinge Bracket (Upper) Hinge Bracket (Lower) Handle Latch Shaft Torsion Spring Hook Left Hand Chute Pinch Roll Tention Spring Interlock Actuator

50V1 50V2 50V3 50V4 50V5 50V6 50V7 50V8 50V9 50VB 50VC 50VD 50VE 50VF 50VG 50VH

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-77

7. Tray Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-78

7. Tray Module

PL 7.19 Take Away Motor Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

127K 52960 – 807E 03011 807E 03020 807E 03030 127K 52970 – 807E 02990 807E 02980 807E 03000 127K 52970 – 807E 03270

(SCC) Take Away Motor 150W1 Motor Bracket 50W2 Gear (Helical 35T) 50W3 Gear (Helical 47T) 50W4 Gear (Helical 60T) 50W5 (SCC) Take Away Motor 250W6 Motor Bracket 50W7 Gear (Helical 30T/40T) 50W8 Coupling Gear (Helical 24T)50W9 Gear (Helical 39T) 50WB (SCC) Take Away Motor 350WC Motor Bracket 50WD Gear (Helical 43T) 50WE

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 8.1 MSI Accessory Item 1 2 3 4 5

Part

Description

059K 62160 893E 16280 893E 16291 893E 38251 893E 44101

MSI (with Cover) (PL 8.2)51AA Label (Instruction) 51B1 Label (Size) 51B2 Label (Caution) 51B3 Label (Paper Reset) 51B4

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-79

8. MSI

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-80

8. MSI

PL 8.2 MSI Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Part

Description

– – – – 110E 11430 – 849E 16031 015K 61062 015K 61502 – 802E 55621 802E 55633 802E 55640 802E 55651 802E 63061 802K 57484 – – 962K 17863 893E 16170 893E 15750 032E 22550 802E 70681 007K 88783 –

Sector Gear (P/O Item24)51C1 Compression Spring (P/O Item24)51C2 Lock Pin (P/O Item24) 51C3 Lock Plate (P/O Item24) 51C4 (SCC) MSI Cover Interlock Switch51C5 Screw (M2.3x9) 51C6 Switch Bracket 51C7 MSI Front Bracket 51C8 MSI Rear Bracket 51C9 MSI (without Cover) (PL 8.3)51CB (SCC) MSI Front Cover 151CC (SCC) MSI Rear Cover 1 51CD (SCC) MSI Front Cover 251CE (SCC) MSI Rear Cover 2 51CF (SCC) Upper Cover 51CG MSI Lower Cover 51CH Torsion Spring 51CJ Lower Plate 51CK MSI Wire Harness 51CL Label (Max) 51CM Label (Number) 51CN Harness Guide 51CP (SCC) Harness Cover 51CQ Lock Gear Assembly (Item1-4)51CR Label 51CS

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 8.3 MSI Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

004E 13461 007E 79331 007E 79350 – – – 050K 49667 059K 55662 801K 05036 –

MSI Damper 51D1 Sector Gear 51D2 Gear (Spur 19T) 51D3 Sleeve Bearing 51D4 Sleeve Bearing 51D5 Sleeve Bearing 51D6 MSI Tray (PL 8.5) 5110 MSI Feeder (PL 8.6) (REP 8.3.1)5130 MSI Lift Motor (PL 8.4) 51D7 MSI Front Frame 51D8

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-81

8. MSI

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-82

8. MSI

PL 8.4 MSI Lift Motor Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – 127K 45841 – – –

Gear (Spur 12T/28T) Gear (Spur 28T) Compression Spring Gear (Spur 12T) Lift Bracket Gear (Spur 10T/20T) Screw (M2.6x2.5) (SCC) MSI Lift Motor Gear (Spur 12T/28T) Gear (Spur 12T/28T) Gear (Spur 12T/44T)

51E1 51E2 51E3 51E4 51E5 51E6 51E7 51E8 51E9 51EB 51EC

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 8.5 MSI Tray Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Part

Description

A.C.

050E 19810 050E 19821 – 015K 61122 802E 55680 038E 26770 038E 26780 038E 30911 – – – 930W 00111 130K 64360 130K 64432 – – – – – – – –

(SCC) Lower Tray (SCC) Extension Tray MSI Tray Bottom Plate Tray Lower Cover (SCC) Front Side Guide (SCC) Rear Side Guide Paper Guide Sensor Bracket Sensor Bracket Gear Plate MSI Down Sensor MSI Paper Set Sensor MSI Paper Size Sensor Shaft Pinion Gear Front Rack Gear Rear Rack Gear Compression Spring Sensor Link MSI Tray Wire Harness Harness Cover

51F1 51F2 51F3 51F4 51F5 51F6 51F7 51F8 51F9 51FB 51FC 51FD 51FE 51FF 51FG 51FH 51FJ 51FK 51FL 51FM 51FN 51FP

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-83

8. MSI

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-84

8. MSI

PL 8.6 MSI Feeder Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – – – 007K 88730 – – – – – – 127K 38252 – – 604K 23660

MSI Feeder Front Frame 51G1 MSI Feeder Rear Frame 51G2 Solenoid Link 51G3 MSI Nudger Solenoid 51G4 Torsion Spring 51G5 Motor Bracket 51G6 Gear (Spur 25T) 51G7 Shaft 51G8 Gear (Spur 19T) 51G9 Gear (Spur 25T) 51GB One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 23T/27T)51GC Block 51GD Retard Roll (PL 8.9) (P/O Item 21) (REP 8.6.1)5133 Feed Roll (PL 8.9) (P/O Item 21) (REP 8.6.2)5132 Nudger Roll (PL 8.9) (P/O Item 21) (REP 8.6.3)5131 MSI Lower Feeder (PL 8.8)51GE MSI Upper Feeder (PL 8.7)51GF MSI Feed Motor 51GG Sleeve Bearing 51GH Ball Bearing 51GJ Feed Roll Kit (Item 13-15)51GK

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 8.7 MSI Upper Feeder Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

– 003E 59570 – 006K 23314 – 011E 14630 – – – – – – – – – – – 802E 55661 – – –

MSI Upper Feeder Frame51H1 Latch 51H2 Latch Shaft 51H3 Feed/Nudger Shaft (PL 8.10) 51H4 Gear (Spur 25T) 51H5 Lever 51H6 Sleeve Bearing 51H7 Spacer 51H8 Pin 51H9 Upper Rear Chute 51HB Upper Chute 51HC MSI Lift Up Sensor 51HD MSI No Paper Sensor 51HE Torsion Spring 51HF Actuator 51HG MSI Pre Feed Sensor 51HH MSI Upper Feeder Wire Harness51HJ (SCC) MSI Upper Feeder Cover51HK Guide 51HL Upper Guide 51HM Solenoid Guide 51HN

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-85

8. MSI

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-86

8. MSI

PL 8.8 MSI Lower Feeder Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – – – – –

MSI Lower Feeder Frame51J1 Retard Shaft 51J2 Retard Bracket 51J3 Collar 51J4 Friction Clutch 51J5 Gear (Helical 15T) 51J6 Gear (Spur 22T) 51J7 Sleeve Bearing (Length : 5mm)51J8 Sleeve Bearing (Length : 6.6mm)51J9 Retard Slide 51JB Lower Chute 51JC Compression Spring 51JD

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 8.9 Retard/Feed/Nudger Roll Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – –

Retard Roll Pin Compression Spring Feed Roll Pin Compression Spring Nudger Roll Pin Compression Spring

5133 51K1 51K2 5132 51K3 51K4 5131 51K5 51K6

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-87

8. MSI

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-88

8. MSI

PL 8.10 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

– – – – – 007K 88540 – – – – – – –

Nudger Support 51L1 Nudger Bracket 51L2 Shaft 51L3 Gear (Spur 23T) 51L4 Gear (Spur 20T) 51L5 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 26T)51L6 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 22T)51L7 Nudger Lever 51L8 Sleeve Bearing 51L9 Sleeve Bearing 51LB Spacer 51LC Pin 51LD Torsion Spring 51LE

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 10.1 Fuser/Xero.Deve. Transfer Belt/Exit Inverter Drive Item

Part

Description

1 2

007K 97991 007K 88618

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

007K 98000 007E 78040 007K 88230 – 020E 36521 068K 23300 –

Fuser Drive (PL 10.2) (REP 10.1.1)4340 Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive (PL 10.3) (REP 10.1.2)4520 Exit/Inverter Drive (PL 10.4)54B1 Gear (Helical 32T) 54B2 Gear (Helical 18T/Bevel 34T)54B3 Waste Toner Auger Gear Bracket 54B4 Fly Wheel 45B1 Retract Bracket (REP 10.1.3) 45B2 Bracket 54B5

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-89

10. Drive

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-90

10. Drive

PL 10.2 Fuser Drive Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part

Description

006K 22982 007K 88150 – – 127K 52740 –

Fuser Drive Shaft 4342 Gear (Helical 36T/72T) 4343 Fuser Drive Frame 43B1 Motor Bracket 43B2 (SCC) Fuser Drive Motor 4341 PWB Support 43B3

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 10.3 Xero./Deve./Transfer Belt Drive Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Part

Description

– 006K 23193 006K 24231 006K 23234 007K 88160 007K 88170 007K 88180 007K 88190 007K 88200 – – – 115K 02231 127K 37480 013K 03270 802E 54890 – 006K 22991 007E 77810 007E 77800 – 007E 77790 – 413W 08350 127K 37460 –

Drive Frame 45C1 Transfer Belt Drive Shaft 45C2 Drum Shaft 45C3 Cleaning Drive Shaft 45C4 Gear (Helical 16T/45T) 45C5 Gear (Helical 32T/64T) 45C6 Gear (Helical 32T) 45C7 Gear (Helical 30T) 45C8 Gear (Spur 20T/Helical 36T)45C9 Shaft Bracket 45CB Shaft Bracket 45CC PWB Support 45CD Drum Shaft Earth 45CE (SCC) Drum Motor 4521 Ball Bearing 45CF Shaft Housing 45CG Fly Wheel Bracket 45CH Deve Drive Shaft 45CJ Gear (Helical 16T/44T) 45CK Gear (Helical 39T) 45CL Compression Spring 45CM Gear (Helical 43T) 45CN Bracket 45CP Ball Bearing 45CQ (SCC) Deve Motor 4031 Retainer 45CR

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-91

10. Drive

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-92

10. Drive

PL 10.4 Exit/Inverter Drive Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– – 006K 86400 006K 23183 007E 78030 007K 88240 007K 98010 007K 88652 – 127K 37490 – 006E 78432 121K 41350 413W 06950

15 16 17 18 19

413W 08350 413W 66250 809E 42000 – 013E 24140

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

423W 47655 – 127K 38290 015K 63121 007E 78850 007E 78880 006K 23291 – – – 604K 46530

Front Bracket (P/O Item 30)54C1 Motor Bracket (P/O Item 30)54C2 Inverter-in Drive Shaft 54C3 Fuser Nip Shaft 54C4 Gear (Helical 55T) 54C5 Gear (Helical 42T) 54C6 Gear (Helical 34T/39T) 54C7 Waste Toner Bottol Auger Drive Gear (PL 10.5)54C8 Clutch Stopper (P/O Item30)54C9 (SCC) Auger Motor 54CB Retainer (P/O Item 30) 54CC Shaft 54CD (SCC) Fuser Nip Clutch 54CE Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 6mm/Outside Diameter 19mm)54CF Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 8mm)54CG Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 4mm)54CH Compression Spring 54CJ Connector (P/O Item 30) 54CK Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 6mm/Outside Diameter 17mm)54CL Belt 54CM Shaft Bracket (P/O Item 30)54CN Exit Motor (Item 28, 29) 54CP Exit Drive Gear (PL 10.5)54CQ Gear Pulley (Helical 16T/Spur 22T)54CR Gear (Helical 27T) 54CS Inverter-out Drive Shaft 54CT PWB Support (P/O Item 30)54CV Damper Motor (P/O Item 22)54CW Exit Motor (P/O Item 22) 54CX Exit/Inverter Drive (Item 1-7, 9-21, 24-29) (REP 10.4.1)5410

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 10.5 Waste Toner Bottol Auger Drive Gear, Exit Drive Gear Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

– 007K 88210 007K 88220 007K 88260 007K 88270 007E 77980 – – – 006E 78730 007E 78830 007E 78840 005K 06960 413W 08350 –

Auger Drive Bracket 42B1 Gear (Helical 27T/52T) 42B2 Gear (Bevel 20T/Helical 40T)42B3 Gear (Helical 20T/46T) 42B4 Gear (Spur 19T/Helical 67T)42B5 Gear (Spur 54T) 42B6 Coupling 42B7 Compression Spring 42B8 Stopper 42B9 Shaft 42BB Gear (Helical 21T) 42BC Gear (Spur 21T) 42BD Torque Limiter 42BE Ball Bearing 42BF Exit Drive Bracket 42BG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-93

10. Drive

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-94

11. XERO. Clener

PL 11.1 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Front) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Part

Description

CT350587 015K 60470 122K 93491 – – 930W 00111 110K 12960 – – – – – 962K 18010 130K 67151 – – 001E 65130 001E 64772 015K 60910 015K 64391

Drum Cartridge (PL 11.3, PL 11.4) (REP 11.1.1)4510 ADC (PL 11.5) (REP 11.1.4)45D1 Erase Lamp (REP 11.1.2)4421 Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 20)45D2 Switch Cover (P/O Item 20)45D3 CC Cleaner Position Sensor45D4 Drum Detect Switch 45D5 Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 20)45D6 Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 20)45D7 ESV Sensor Cover (P/O Item 19)45D8 ESV PWB Bracket (P/O Item 19)45D9 PWB Support (P/O Item 19)45DB ESV Wire Harness 45DC (SCC) ESV PWB and Sensor (REP 11.1.3)45DD ESV Sensor Plate (P/O Item 19)45DE Screw (M4x5) (P/O Item 19)45DF Drum Cartridge Rail 45DG Drum Cartridge Rail 45DH ESV PWB and Sensor (Item 10-16)45DJ CC Cleaner Position Sensor and Drum Detect Switch (Item 4-9)45DK

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 11.2 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Rear) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

015K 60492 – 160K 95831 – 114K 01653 114K 01662 114K 81901 119K 90880 011K 97301 055K 28011 130K 93230 – 130E 91010 – 962K 20300 – CWAA0552 – –

CC Cleaner Motor (PL 11.6) (REP 11.2.1)44B1 PWB Holder 42C1 Drum CRUM PWB 42C2 Connector 42C3 CC Connector 42C4 PCC Connector 42C5 PTC Connector 42C6 Waste Toner Auger (PL 11.7) (REP 11.2.2)4201 Joint 42C7 Shutter 42C8 Waste Bottle Set Sensor 42C9 Sensor Bracket 42CB Waste Toner Full Sensor 42CC Sensor Bracket 42CD Sensor Wire Harness 42CE Sensor Wire Harness 42CF Waste Toner Bottle 4204 Guard Sheet 42CG Clamp 42CH

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-95

11. XERO. Clener

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-96

11. XERO. Clener

PL 11.3 Drum Cartridge Component-1 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

– – – – 125K 93421 125K 93770 125K 93451 – – – –

Drum Cartridge Housing (PL 11.8)45E1 Front Plate 45E2 Rear Plate 45E3 Drum 4511 Pre Clean Corotron (PL 11.9)4210 Charge Corotron (PL 11.10)4410 Pre Transfer Corotron (PL 11.9)4120 Front Cover 45E4 Out-Sleeve 45E5 In-Sleeve 45E6 Tapping Screw 45E7

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 11.4 Drum Cartridge Component-2 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

– – – 033K 94890 – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Handle 42D1 Finger 4110 Sleeve Bearing 42D2 Cleaning Blade (REP 11.4.1)4211 Transfer Belt Chute 42D3 PCC Duct 42D4 Flicker Cover 42D5 Upper Cover 42D6 Sleeve Bearing 42D7 Cleaning Brush 42D8 Seal (Rear) 42D9 Seal (Front) 42DB Film Seal 4202 Upper Seal 42DC Drum CRUM PWB 42DD Gear (Helical 24T) 42DE Seal 42DF Tapping Screw 42DG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-97

11. XERO. Clener

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-98

11. XERO. Clener

PL 11.5 ADC Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – – – 604K 23231 – –

ADC Sensor Holder 45F1 ADC Bracket 45F2 Stud Bracket 45F3 Gear (Spur 17T/Helical 18T)45F4 Gear (Spur 17T/39T) 45F5 Gear (Spur 55T) 45F6 PWB Support 45F7 ADC Sensor (P/O Item 11)45F8 ADC PWB (P/O Item 11) 45F9 Connector 45FB ADC Sensor Kit (Item 8, 9, 13) (REP 11.5.1)4533 Guide 45FC Harness Seal 45FD

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 11.6 CC Cleaner Motor Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

– – – – – 127K 37670 – –

Coupling 44BB Gear (Spur 32T/48T) 44BC Gear (Spur 30T) 44BD Coupling Joint 44BE Motor Plate 44BF (SCC) CC Cleaner Motor 44BG Compression Spring 44BH Connector 44BJ

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-99

11. XERO. Clener

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-100

11. XERO. Clener

PL 11.7 Waste Toner Auger Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

– – – – – – 007E 77970 – – 007E 78511 007K 88320 – – – –

Main Auger Pipe 42E1 Xero Auger Pipe 42E2 Bracket 42E3 Main Auger 42E4 Sleeve Bearing 42E5 Sleeve Bearing 42E6 Gear (Helical 26T) 42E7 Xero Auger 42E8 Sleeve Bearing 42E9 Gear (Bevel 46T) 42EB Gear (Bevel 16T/Spur 33T)42EC Xero Joint Seal 42ED Deve Joint Seal 42EE Sleeve Bearing 42EF Spacer 42EG

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 11.8 Drum Cartridge Housing Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – –

Drum Cartridge Housing Sleeve Bearing Tie Plate Seal Auger Sleeve Bearing Compression Spring Shutter Cover Gear (Helical 30T)

45G1 45G2 45G3 45G4 45G5 45G6 45G7 45G8 45G9

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-101

11. XERO. Clener

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-102

11. XERO. Clener

PL 11.9 Pre Clean Corotron, Pre Transfer Corotron Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – – –

Tension Spring PCC Shield Corotron Wire Insulator (Front) Insulator (Rear) Tension Spring PTC Shield Corotron Wire Insulator (Front) Insulator (Rear)

42F1 42F2 4213 4214 42F3 41B1 41B2 4123 4124 41B3

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 11.10 Charge Corotron Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – 117K 36240 – – – 849E 06731

Coupling 44C1 Lead Shaft 44C2 Tention Spring 44C3 Grid Holder 44C4 CC Cleaner 44C5 Arc Shield (Rear) 44C6 CC Shield 44C7 Arc Shield (Front) 44C8 Corotron Wire (REP 11.10.1)4412 Insulator (Front) 4414 Insulator (Rear) 44C9 Grid Spring 44CB CC Grid 4411

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-103

11. XERO. Clener

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-104

12. Deve

PL 12.1 Deve Accessory Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5

– 011E 14700 054K 25203 962K 19230 094K 04518

6 7 8

802K 73460 032E 22201 CT200554

Deve Housing Unit (PL 12.2) (REP 12.1.1)4000 Lever 40B1 Trickle Duct (PL 12.3) 40B2 Wire Harness 40B3 Toner Dispenser (with Auger Pipe) (PL 12.4) (REP 12.1.2)4020 Toner Cartridge Inner Cover 40B4 Toner Cartridge Guide 40B5 Toner Cartridge 4011

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 12.2 Deve Housing Accessory Item

Part

Description

1

848K 13702

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

– 802K 55900 802K 55862 – – – – – – – – – – – – 015K 61582 801K 05523 675K 16880

Deve Housing (without Developer) (Item 2-4) (REP 12.2.1)4000 Deve Housing (PL 12.5) (P/O Item 1)40C1 Upper Cover 40C2 Right Cover 40C3 Lever Shaft (P/O Item 18)40C4 Retract Shaft (P/O Item 18)40C5 Gear (Spur 21T/D Hole) (P/O Item 18)40C6 Gear (Spur 21T/Circular Hole) (P/O Item 18)40C7 Sector Gear (P/O Item 18)40C8 Cam (Front) (P/O Item 18)40C9 Cam (Rear) (P/O Item 18)40CB Bias Block (P/O Item 18) 40CC Retract Middle Plate (P/O Item 18)40CD Retract Front Frame (P/O Item 18)40CE Bracket (P/O Item 18) 40CF Bias Plate (P/O Item 18) 40CG Retract Upper Plate 40CH Deve Frame Assembly (Item 5-16)40CJ Developer 4051

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-105

12. Deve

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-106

12. Deve

PL 12.3 Trickle Duct Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – –

Duct Seal Seal Seal Coupling Auger Sleeve Bearing Contact

40D1 40D2 40D3 40D4 40D5 40D6 40D7 40D8

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 12.4 Toner Dispenser Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

007E 79920 035E 69040 059K 30993 005E 18680 007E 53651 007E 53660 – – 127K 45720 127K 38220 – – –

14 15

– 094K 04497

Gear (Spur 30T) 40E1 Pipe Seal 40E2 Auger Pipe (PL 12.6) (REP 12.4.1)40E3 Coupling 40E4 Dispense Motor Gear (Spur 19T/25T)40E5 Gear (Spur 21T) 40E6 Compression Spring (P/O Item 15)40E7 Dispenser Plate (P/O Item 15)40E8 (SCC) Cartridge Motor 40E9 (SCC) Dispense Motor 40EB Connector (2Pin) (P/O Item 15)40EC Connector (4Pin) (P/O Item 15)40ED Toner Dispense Housing (PL 12.7) (P/O Item 15) 40EE Rail Bracket (P/O Item 15) 40EF Toner Dispenser (without Auger Pipe) (Item 4-14) 40EG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-107

12. Deve

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-108

12. Deve

PL 12.5 Deve Housing Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 130K 64510 – – – – 849E 14820 962K 17991 –

Gear (Hand of helix:Left 34T)40F1 Gear (Hand of helix:Right 34T)40F2 Coupling Gear (Helical 30T)40F3 Gear (Helical 27T) 40F4 Slide Suction 40F5 Plunger 40F6 Lever 40F7 Sleeve Bearing 40F8 Front Block 40F9 Trimmer Bar Plate 40FB Scraper Plate 40FC Rear Plate 40FD Slide Seal 40FE Seal Roll 40FG Magnet Roll 40FH Wire Harness 40FJ Deve Housing 40FK ATC Sensor (REP 12.5.1)4002 ATC Seal 40FL Lower Cover 40FM Trickle Cover 40FN Compression Spring 40FP MSA Plate 40FQ ATC Wire Harness 40FR ATC Film 40FS

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 12.6 Auger Pipe Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – – – –

Gear (Spur 21T/Bevel 18T)40G1 Gear (Spur 26T) 40G2 Gear (Bevel 18T) 40G3 Gear (Spur 26T) 40G4 Sleeve Bearing 40G5 Auger Pipe 40G6 Housing 40G7 Middle Pipe 40G8 Inner Pipe 40G9 Auger 40GB Bracket 40GC

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-109

12. Deve

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-110

12. Deve

PL 12.7 Toner Dispenser Housing Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part

Description

007E 53670 007E 53681 013K 81010 – – – – 130E 82720 160K 95831 – – – – 913W 11195 962K 17970 –

Gear (Spur 16T) 40H1 Gear (Spur 30T) 40H2 Sleeve Bearing 40H3 Left Agitator 4013 Right Agitator 40H4 Paddle 40H5 Auger 40H6 Low Toner Sensor (REP 12.7.1)4012 Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler40H7 Sensor Cover 40H8 Housing 40H9 Housing Cover 40HB Shutter Seal 40HC Connector 40HD Sensor Wire Harness 40HE Seal 40HF

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.1 Registration Accessory Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part

Description

059K 55651 068K 56400 054K 23604 – – 054E 23284 054E 23290 019K 98570 003E 59951 893E 11460 054K 23576 – – – 007K 88951 054K 23505

Registration Unit (PL 13.4) (REP 13.1.2)5310 Pre Registration Motor (REP 13.1.1)53B1 IOT Side HCF Chute (PL 13.6)53B2 Front Frame (P/O Item 16)53B3 Rear Frame (P/O Item 16)53B4 Left Take Away Chute 53B5 Right Take Away Chute 53B6 Pad 53B7 Knob 53B8 Label (2a) 53B9 MSI Feed Out Chute (PL 13.7)53BB Gear Bracket (P/O Item 15)53BC Gear (Helical 21T) (P/O Item 15)53BD Gear (Helical 28T) (P/O Item 15)53BE MSI Gear Assembly (Item 12-14)53BF Take Away Chute (Item 4-8)53BG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-111

13. Marking Drawer (Reji/Belt Transfer/Inverter Pre Regi.Moter/Marking Drawer)

Parts List

Parts List 13. Marking Drawer (Reji/Belt Transfer/Inverter Pre Regi.Moter/Marking

PL 13.2 Transfer Belt/Inverter Accessory Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

064K 92840 848K 07760 054K 23791 059K 41559 802E 62481 003E 59800 893E 04060 064K 92853 054K 34370 –

Transfer Belt Assembly (PL 13.8)4100 Belt Cleaner Housing (PL 13.9, PL 13.10)41C1 Exit Chute 41C2 Inverter Unit (PL 13.11, PL 13.12) (REP 13.2.2)5240 Inverter Rear Cover 52B1 Knob 41C5 Label (2f) 41C6 Transfer Belt Unit (Item 1-3, 10) (REP 13.2.1)41C7 Inlet Lower Chute (PL 13.4)41C9 Label (CSA) (P/O Item 8)41CA

A.C.

02/2009 5-112

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.3 Marking Drawer Accessory Item

Part

Description

1

604K 46971

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

801K 05183 003E 60060 – – 826E 11671 802E 62743 802E 62752 802E 62760 893E 15280 893E 15290 893E 15310 962K 42171 960K 39320 120P 68201

Marking Drawer (PL 13.13, PL 13.14) (REP 13.3.1) 53C1 Drawer Rail 53C2 Lock Plate 53C3 Guide Pin 53C4 Guide Collar 53C5 Shoulder Screw 53C6 Registration Drawer Cover53C7 Transfer Belt Drawer Cover53C8 Inverter Drawer Cover 53C9 Label (2b Instruction) 53CB Label (3b Instruction) 53CC Label (Lock and Release)53CD Wire Harness 53CE MSA PWB (REP 13.3.3) 53CF PWB Support 53CG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-113


Parts List


PL 13.4 Registration Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

– – – – 059K 54890 059K 26170 005E 18530 – 007E 21230 809E 41710 809E 52460 826E 09880 – – 930W 00211 930W 00211 – 054K 30741 127K 52950 054K 23553 054K 34450 –

23 24 25 26 27 28

– – – – 962K 57790 848K 07560

Front Frame 53D1 Rear Frame 53D2 Registration Lower Chute53D3 Stopper Bracket 53D4 Registration Roll (REP 13.4.1)5311 Pre Registration Roll 53D5 Coupling 53D6 Ball Bearing 53D7 Gear (Helical 49T) 53D9 Tension Spring 53DB Tension Spring 53DC Shoulder Screw 53DD Registration Upper Chute and CIS (PL 13.15)53DE Upper Cover (P/O Item 28)53DF Registration Sensor 5314 Skew Sensor Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 28)53DG Pre Registration Upper Chute (PL 13.15)53DH (SCC) Registration Motor (REP 13.4.2) 53DJ Pre Registration Upper Chute53DK Resistor Chute 5315 CIS Control PWB and Pre Registration Sensor (PL 13.16)53DL CIS Pad 53DM Shoulder Screw 53DN Wave Washer 53DN Nylon Nut 53DN Wire Harness 53DO Upper Cover and Sensor (Item 14-17)53DP

A.C.

02/2009 5-114

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.5 Inlet Lower Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6

Part

Description

A.C.

– – 849E 06761 – 930W 00211 –

Inlet Lower Chute Sensor Bracket Earth Plate Seal Brush Pre Transfer Sensor Sensor Wire Harness

53E1 53E2 53E3 53E4 53E5 53E6

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-115


Parts List


PL 13.6 IOT Side HCF Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – 930W 00211

Lower Chute Sensor Bracket Sensor Wire Harness Upper Chute MSI Feed Out Sensor

53F1 53F2 53F3 53F4 53F5

02/2009 5-116

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.7 MSI Feed Out Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

– – – 059K 26200 007E 78100 413W 08350 962K 17850 – 059K 26210 013E 23631 – – 930W 00211 802E 61580

Front Frame 53G1 Rear Frame 53G2 Lower Chute 53G3 MSI Take Away Roll (REP 13.7.1)53G4 Gear (Helical 19T) 53G5 Ball Bearing 53G6 Sensor Wire Harness 53G7 Upper Chute 53G8 Pinch Roll 53G9 Sleeve Bearing 53GB Tention Spring 53GC Sensor Bracket 53GD MSI Feed Out Sensor 53GE Gear Cover 53GF

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-117


Parts List


PL 13.8 Transfer Belt Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

064E 29090 – 031E 94481 031E 94491 013E 23750 007E 78520 – 032E 20920 015K 60800 849E 06750 059K 54210 059K 54220 059K 54580 809E 42040 809E 76050 005E 17612 003E 60470 013E 27340 – 849E 06740 604K 36914

Transfer Belt (REP 13.8.1)4101 Transfer Belt Frame 41D1 Front Arm 41D2 Rear Arm 41D3 BTR Bearing (Front) 41D4 Gear (Helical 29T) 41D5 Pin 41D6 Contact Guide 41D7 Bias Plate (Item 19, 20) 41D8 BTR Plate 41D9 Drive Roll 41DB Bias Roll 41DC BTR (REP 13.8.2) 41DD Compression Spring 41DE Compression Spring 41DF Coupling 41DG Stopper 41DH BTR Bearing (Rear) 41DJ Contact (P/O Item 9) 41DK Bias Plate 41DL Transfer Belt 600K Kit (Item 1, 13 PL 13.9 Item 7, 26) 41DM

A.C.

02/2009 5-118

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.9 Belt Cleaner Housing Component (Mechanical) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Part

Description

– 059K 26461 – – – – 033K 94423 – – – – 013E 17560 021E 97520 – 802E 54900 052E 97180 007E 78530 007E 78550 006K 23041 121K 31784 – – – – – 042K 92611 014K 82240 604K 36914

Belt Cleaner Housing 41E1 Auger 41E2 Belt Cleaning Brush (P/O Item 26)41E3 Brush Rear Bearing (P/O Item 26)41E4 Brush Front Bearing (P/O Item 26)41E5 Gear (Helical 17T/19T) (P/O Item 26)41E6 Belt Cleaning Blade (REP 13.9.2)41E7 Flicker Bar 41E8 Block (P/O Item 27) 41E9 Seal 41EB Seal (P/O Item 27) 41EC Sleeve Bearing 41ED Cap 41EE Compression Spring 41EF Shutter Cover 41EG Auger Pipe 41EH Gear (Helical 44T) 41EJ Gear (Helical 15T/30T) 41EK Link Shaft 41EL Belt Contact/Retract Solenoid (with Item 25) 41EM Contact Plate 41EN Sleeve Bearing 41EP Film Seal (P/O Item 27) 41EQ Center Seal 41ER Himeron Seal 41ES Belt Cleaning Brush (Item 3-6) (REP 13.9.1)41ET Seal and Block (Item 9, 11, 23)41EV Transfer Belt 600K Kit (Item 7, 26 PL 13.8 Item 1, 13) 41DM

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-119


Parts List


PL 13.10 Belt Cleaner Housing Component (Electrical) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

849E 06791 849E 06801 – – 802E 63632 105E 17830 105E 11770 962K 18581 962K 18590 962K 18601 962K 18611 962K 57800 – 849E 86950

Bias Plate 41F1 Bias Plate 41F2 Earth Plate 41F3 Earth Plate 41F4 HVPS Cover 41F5 (SCC) HVPS (S20) (BTR)41F6 (SCC) HVPS (S3) (DTS) 41F7 Wire Harness 41F8 Wire Harness 41F9 Wire Harness 41FB Wire Harness 41FC Wire Harness 41FD Air Reflector 41FE Earth Plate 41FF

A.C.

02/2009 5-120

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.11 Inverter - Roll, Sensor, Fan Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Part

Description

A.C.

– – 005E 18080 – 054E 23700 – 054K 24011 054K 24024 059K 26741 059K 26752 930W 00212 930W 00212 – – – – – 962K 17891 127K 37650 –

Front Frame Rear Frame Coupling Tie Shaft Duct Left Chute Right Chute (PL 13.17) Middle Chute (PL 13.17) Invert In Roll Invert Out Roll Invert In Sensor Invert Out Sensor Connector Bracket Fan Bracket Roll Holder Sensor Bracket Sensor Bracket Sensor Wire Harness (SCC) Humidity Fan Label (CSA)

52C1 52C2 52C3 52C4 52C5 52C6 5242 52C7 52C8 52C9 52CB 52CC 52CD 52CE 52CF 52CG 52CH 52CJ 52CK 53CL

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-121


Parts List


PL 13.12 Inverter - Gate Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

012E 11210 012E 11230 038K 87410 012K 94520 054K 24037 121E 89690 – 013E 26010 809E 42360 – – 121K 31611 – –

Link 52D1 Link 52D2 Paper Guide 52D3 Link 52D4 Upper Chute (PL 13.18) 52D5 Magnet 52D6 Sleeve Bearing 52D7 Sleeve Bearing 52D8 Tension Spring 52D9 Magnet Bracket 52DB Pad 52DC (SCC) Invert Gate Solenoid (REP 13.12.1)52DD Gate Bracket 52DE Connector 52DF

A.C.

02/2009 5-122

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.13 Marking Drawer Component - 1 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part

Description

– – – – 032E 21080 054E 24251 054K 25226 – – – 930W 00211 – – 127K 39660 – –

Left Frame 52E1 Right Frame 52E2 Registration Frame 52E3 Fuser Plate 52E4 Guide 52E5 Duplex Left Upper Chute 52E6 Invert Path Upper Chute 52E7 Front Frame 52E8 Rear Frame 52E9 Sensor Bracket 52EB Invert Path Sensor 52EC Belt Transfer Intake Fan (P/O Item14)52ED Fan Bracket (P/O Item14)52EE Belt Transfer Intake Fan (Item12, 13)52EF Spacer 52EG Clamp 52EH

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-123


Parts List


PL 13.14 Marking Drawer Component - 2 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Part

Description

003E 60043 – 006K 23250 012E 11380 014E 86390 029E 32621 029E 32630 032E 21090 – 809E 50010 – – 962K 57770 – 130K 87980 – 826E 07810 014E 45431 809E 54520 – 029E 35111 015K 66870 –

Knob 53H1 Fan Pad 53H2 Shaft 53H3 Link 53H4 Block 53H5 Lock Pin 53H6 Latch Pin 53H7 Transfer Belt Guide 53H8 Sleeve Bearing 53H9 Compression Spring 53HB Bracket 53HC Sleeve Bearing 53HD Marking Drawer Wire Harness 53HE Transfer Belt Retractor 53HG Environment Sensor 53HH PWB Support 53HJ Adjust Screw 53HK Block 53HL Compression Spring 53HM Connector Bracket 53HN Lock Pin 53HP Transfer Unit Upper Bracket (REP 13.14.1) 53HQ Transfer Unit Lower Bracket53HR

A.C.

02/2009 5-124

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.15 Registration Upper Chute and CIS /Pre Registration Upper Chute Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

– 059K 26180 830E 60740 013E 23631 809E 09430 809E 55300 893E 04040 – 059K 26190 830E 60740 013E 23631 809E 67640 809E 67650 019K 98591 038E 33540 130K 69770 – – – 826E 24560 – 809E 36510 – 809E 76920 130E 94910

26 27 28

– – 054K 34441

Registration Upper Chute (P/O Item 28)53J1 Pinch Roll 5313 Bearing Support 53J2 Sleeve Bearing 53J3 Tension Spring (Length 19.8mm)53J4 Tension Spring (Length 21.4mm)53J5 Label (2b) 53J6 Pre Registration Upper Chute53J7 Pinch Roll 53J8 Bearing Support 53J9 Sleeve Bearing 53JC Tension Spring (Length 20.52mm)53JD Tension Spring (Length 21.35mm)53JE Pad 53JF Paper Guide 53JG Multi Feed Sensor (REP 13.15.1) (ADJ 13.15.1)53JK Sensor Guide 53JL Pre Registration Lower Chute53JG Sensor Bracket 53JK Spring Stud 53JK Multi Feed Sensor (P/O Item 16)53JK Torsion Spring 53JK Actuator 53JK Plate Spring 53JL CIS (REP 13.15.2) (ADJ 13.15.2) (ADJ 13.15.3) 53JM CIS Cover 53JM Label 53JM Registration Upper Chute (Item 1-7, 24)53JG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-125


Parts List


PL 13.16 CIS Control PWB, Pre Registration Sensor Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

015K 76080 – – 930W 00211 962K 58900 – 960K 29140 962K 57780

Pre Registration Sensor and Plate (Item 2-5)53JO Plate (P/O Item 1) 53JO Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 1) 53JP Pre Registration Sensor 53JP Wire Harness 53JP PWB Bracket 53JQ (SCC) CIS Control PWB 53JR Wire Harness 53JS

A.C.

02/2009 5-126

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 13.17 Inverter Right/Middle Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

013E 82530 – 059K 26720 809E 42340 013E 85980 038E 26712 – 059K 26730 809E 42350 –

Sleeve Bearing 52F1 Right Chute 52F2 Pinch Roll 52F3 Tension Spring (O-Hook) 52F4 Sleeve Bearing 52F5 Guide 52F6 Middle Chute 52F7 Pinch Roll 52F8 Tension Spring (C-Hook) 52F9 Guide 52FB

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-127


Parts List


PL 13.18 Inverter Upper Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

A.C.

011E 15093 – 012E 11820 – – – – – 893E 04050 012E 12120

Lever Lever Link Sleeve Bearing Inverter Gate Support Upper Chute Frame Label (2d) Arm Gate Link

52G1 52G2 52G3 52G4 52G5 52G6 52G7 52G8 52G9 52GB

02/2009 5-128

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 14.1 Duplex Drawer Accessory Item

Part

Description

1

050K 60813

2 3 4 5

801K 05121 826E 07962 – –

Duplex Drawer (PL 14.2, PL 14.3, PL 14.4, PL 14.5) (REP 14.1.1)5250 Rail 52GH Shoulder Screw 52GJ Label (3a 3b) 52GK Label (Caution) 52GL

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-129

14. Duplex

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-130

14. Duplex

PL 14.2 Duplex Drawer - Latch, Duplex Chute, Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Part

Description

– – – – – – 003E 60001 012E 11851 032E 21721 054K 34382 054K 24255 – 127K 37650 – – 802E 56101 806E 04300 893E 15720 962K 17844 849E 25271 003K 13212 –

Handle Bracket (P/O Item 21)53L1 Tension Spring (P/O Item 21)53L2 Hook Shaft (P/O Item 21)53L3 Side Link (P/O Item 21) 53L4 Latch Hook (P/O Item 21)53L5 Latch Shaft (P/O Item 21)53L6 Handle 53L7 Link 53L8 Chute Guide 53L9 Duplex Upper Chute (PL 14.7)53LB Duplex Lower Chute 53LC Duct 53LD (SCC) Duplex Chute Fan 53LE Fan Bracket 53LF Duplex Drawer Frame 53LG Duplex Cover 53LH Link Shaft 53LJ Label (3) 53LK Duplex Wire Harness 53LL Lock Bracket 53LM Drawer Latch (Item 1-6) 53LN Seal 53LP

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 14.3 Duplex Drawer - Duplex Motor Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Part

Description

005K 06790 007E 79521 – 005K 08780 – – 020K 15660 059K 26961 059K 26961 059K 26961 423W 07654 423W 80154 849E 14490 809E 55680 – – 068K 56361

One Way Clutch Pulley (REP 14.3.1)52H1 Gear Pulley 52H2 Motor Bracket (P/O Item 17)52H3 One Way Clutch Pulley 52H4 Duplex Motor (P/O Item 17)52H5 Tension Bracket 52H6 Pulley 52H7 Duplex Path Roll 1 52H8 Duplex Path Roll 2 52H9 Duplex Out Roll 52HB Belt 52HC Belt 5253 Roll Holder 52HD Compression Spring 52HE Flange 52HF Flange 52HG (SCC) Duplex Motor (Item 3, 5)5251

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-131

14. Duplex

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-132

14. Duplex

PL 14.4 Duplex Drawer - Release/Invert Motor Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part

Description

005K 06790 – 013E 26071 – 015K 63193 015K 65143 020E 36650 031K 93131 059K 26961 059K 26981 423W 11354 499W 14124 809E 49750 – – 802E 68841

One Way Clutch Pulley 52J1 Link Lever 52J2 Link Bearing 52J3 Tension Bracket 52J4 Release Motor (PL 14.6) (REP 14.4.1)52J5 Invert Motor (PL 14.6) (REP 14.4.2)52J6 Pulley 52J7 Arm 52J8 Duplex In Roll 52J9 Invert Roll 5241 Belt 52JB Pulley 52JC Tension Spring 52JD Bracket 52JE Flange 52JF Motor Cover 52JG

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 14.5 Duplex Drawer - Gate/Right Chute Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

011K 98210 031K 93191 054K 40080 054K 29520 059K 54870 – 809E 50811 809E 50820 – 930W 00211 – –

Cam Lever 52K1 Release Arm 52K2 Duplex Gate Chute (PL 14.8)52K3 Duplex Right Chute (PL 14.9)52K4 Pinch Roll 52K5 Sleeve Bearing 52K6 Tension Spring (Length 16.48mm)52K7 Tension Spring (Length 17.9mm)52K8 Sensor Bracket 52K9 Duplex In Sensor 52KB Harness Guide 52KC Harness Guide Spacer 52KD

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-133

14. Duplex

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-134

14. Duplex

PL 14.6 Release/Invert Motor Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

– – – 930W 00111 – – – – 121K 31741 – 015K 63202

Cam Shaft 52L1 Cam 52L2 Release Motor 52L3 Invert Release Home Sensor52L4 Motor Bracket 52L5 Motor Bracket (P/O Item 11)52L6 Pulley (P/O Item 11) 52L7 Invert Motor (P/O Item 11)52L8 Duplex Gate Solenoid 52L9 Solenoid Plate 52LB Invert Motor (Item 6-8) 52LC

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 14.7 Dupex Upper Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

A.C.

003E 61070 – – 059E 98743 059K 54880 930W 00211 930W 00211 930W 00211 809E 50811 – 003E 61190 893E 15710 –

Knob Tie Bracket Duplex Upper Chute Roll Pinch Roll Dupex Path Sensor 1 Dupex Path Sensor 2 Dupex Out Sensor Tension Spring Tie Bracket Stopper Label (3a) Sensor Shield

52M1 52M2 52M3 52M4 52M5 52M6 52M7 52M8 52M9 52MB 52MC 52MD 52ME

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-135

14. Duplex

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-136

14. Duplex

PL 14.8 Duplex Gate Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

A.C.

003E 59972 003E 59982 003E 59992 006E 78960 012E 11312 – 050K 49590 050K 49601 054E 24160 054E 24170 054E 89200 – 809E 49721 809E 50840 – – – – – 893E 15701 –

Hook Knob Duplex Gate Lever Latch Shaft Middle Gate Lever Rear Frame Duplex Gate Middle Gate Middle Chute Left Chute Right Chute Sleeve Bearing Tension Spring Torsion Spring Front Frame Tie Plate Tie Plate Bracket Latch Stopper Label (3b) Tie Plate Guard

52N1 52N2 52N3 52N4 52N5 52N6 52N7 52N8 52N9 52NB 52NC 52ND 52NE 52NF 52NG 52NH 52NJ 52NK 52NL 52NM 52NN

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 14.9 Duplex Right Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

– – – – 059E 98520 – – – – 849E 31292

Shaft 52P1 Inner Chute 52P2 Outer Chute 52P3 Upper Chute 52P4 Roll 52P5 Front Plate 52P6 Support Rod 52P7 Upper Chute-2 52P8 Chute Guard 52P9 Chute Support Mylar (REP 14.9.1)52PB

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-137

14. Duplex

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-138

15. Fuser

PL 15.1 Fuser Accessory Item 1 2 3 – 4

Part

Description

– – 126K 24642 126K 24672 –

Pin Bracket 43C1 Pin Support 43C2 (SCC) Fuser Unit (FX) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)4300 (SCC) Fuser Unit (IBG) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)4300 Screw 43C3

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 15.2 Fuser Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

– – 026K 81210 – 059K 37001 604K 24402 126K 24560

–

126K 24580

8

126K 24570

–

126K 24590

9

126K 16142

–

126K 18221

10 11 12

003E 60120 003E 60130 CWAA0551

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

054K 24293 054K 34593 019K 98731 849E 15081 849E 15090 893E 18080 – – 893E 18120 893E 18130 – 893E 18150 802E 62871

Lower Frame (PL 15.3) 43D1 Upper Frame (PL 15.4) 43D2 Shoulder Screw 43D3 Fuser Front Cover (PL 15.6)43D4 Pressure Roll (REP 15.2.1)4320 Heat Roll Kit (REP 15.2.2)4310 (SCC) Main Heater Rod 1 (FX : 200V) (REP 15.2.3) 4311 (SCC) Main Heater Rod 1 (IBG : 200V) (REP 15.2.3) 4311 (SCC) Main Heater Rod 2 (FX : 200V) (REP 15.2.3) 431B (SCC) Main Heater Rod 2 (IBG : 200V) (REP 15.2.3) 431B (SCC) Sub Heater Rod (FX : 200V) (REP 15.2.3) 4312 (SCC) Sub Heater Rod (IBG : 200V) (REP 15.2.3) 4312 Heat Roll Stopper (Front)43D5 Heat Roll Stopper (Rear) 43D6 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge (with Item 18, 23) (PL 15.5) (REP 15.2.4)4370 Lower Inlet Chute (PL 15.6)43D7 Lower Exit Chute (PL 15.6)43D8 Pressure Roll Finger (PL 15.6) (REP 15.2.5)4321 Heater Rod Holder (Front)43D9 Heater Rod Holder (Rear)43DB Label (Jam) 43DC Label (Jam) 43DD Label (200V/208-240V) 43DE Label (Caution) 43DF Label (Caution) 43DG Label (Caution) (P/O Item 12)43DH Label (Knob) 43DJ Harness Cover 43DK

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-139

15. Fuser

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-140

15. Fuser

PL 15.3 Lower Frame Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Part

Description

– – – 006K 24880 – 413W 10650 008E 93160 – 008E 93160 120E 22250 – 849E 14930 849E 14920 – – 011K 97394 011K 97404 – 930W 00111 013E 24190 – – 801K 19830 033K 96310 015K 69630

Lower Plate 43E1 Rear Frame 43E2 Front Frame 43E3 Nip Shaft Assembly (Item5-8)4344 Cam Shaft (P/O Item4) 43E4 Ball Bearing 43E5 Latch Cam 43E6 Nip Joint (P/O Item4) 43E7 Latch Cam 43E8 Nip Actuator 43E9 Tie Plate 43EB Bracket (Nip Rear) 43EC Bracket (Nip Front) 43ED Chute Bracket 43EE Com Follower 43EF Rear Lever (PL 15.7) 43EG Front Lever (PL 15.7) 43EH Sensor Bracket 43EJ Fuser Nip Sensor 43EK Sleeve Bearing 43EL Latch Shaft 43EM Tapping Screw 43EN Cleaner Frame 43EP Fuser Cleaning Blade (REP 15.3.1)43EQ Cleaner Bracket 43ER

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 15.4 Upper Frame Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Part

Description

– – – – – – – 127K 38070 007E 79750 007K 88700 007E 79890 – 802E 62901 802E 56260 802E 63461 – 121E89700 962K 17913 026K 01340 – – 054K 35131 – 110K12091 110E11630 – – – – – –

Rear Frame 43F1 Front Frame 43F2 Tie Plate 43F3 Left Frame (PL 15.8) 43F4 Holder 43F5 Motor Bracket 43F6 Motor Bracket 43F7 Web Motor 43F8 Gear (Spur 14T) 43F9 Joint 43FB Gear (Spir 30T) 43FC Connector Bracket 43FD Right Upper Cover 43FE Harness Cover (Rear) 43FF Harness Cover (Front) 43FG Bracket 43FH Magnet (Exit Chute) 43FJ (SCC) Fuser Wire Harness43FK Shoulder Screw (Exit Chute)43FL Web Motor Wire Harness43FM Sleeve Bearing 43FN Exit Chute (PL 15.9) 43FP Exit Chute Catch 43FQ Web End Switch 43FR Switch Plunger 43FS Compression Spring 43FT Guide 43FV Earth Plate 43FW Faston Plate 43FX Resistor 43FY Motor Cover 43FZ

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-141

15. Fuser

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-142

15. Fuser

PL 15.5 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Front Hub Rear Hub Web Gear (Spur 40T) Gear (Spur 30T/18T) Gear (Spur 16T) Sleeve Bearing Web Roll Web Frame Guide Bracket Web Contact Web Plate Upper Cover Front Plate Rear Plate Knob Screw Gear (Spur 20T) Web Brake Shaft

43G1 43G2 43G3 43G4 43G5 43G6 43G7 43G8 43G9 43GB 43GC 43GD 43GE 43GF 43GG 43GH 43GJ 43GK 43GL

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 15.6 Fuser Front Cover, Lower Inlet Chute, Lower Exit Chute, Pressure Roll Finger Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part

Description

802E 56622 054E 89480 127K 39490 – – – – – 059K 54861 007K 88670 – – – 019E 57810 – –

Fuser Front Cover 43H1 Duct 43H2 (SCC) Fuser Intake Fan 43H3 Tapping Screw 43H4 Inlet Chute 43H5 Eliminator 43H6 Side Cover 43H7 Exit Chute 43H8 Exit Roll 43H9 Gear (Spur 20T) 43HB Sleeve Bearing 43HC Support Bracket 43HD Finger Bracket 43HE Pressure Roll Finger 43HF Finger Stud 43HG Torsion Spring (REP 15.6.1)43HH

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-143

15. Fuser

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-144

15. Fuser

PL 15.7 Lever Component (Front/Rear) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

A.C.

– – – – – – – – – – – –

Rear Lever Lever Nip Spring Nip Screw Nip Bracket Nip Washer Front Lever Lever Nip Spring Nip Screw Nip Bracket Nip Washer

43J1 43J2 43J3 43J4 43J5 43J6 43J7 43J8 43J9 43JB 43JC 43JD

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 15.8 Left Frame Component (Upper Frame) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

– 038E 26750 – – – – 130K 64321 130K 64331 130K 64341 054E 24011 130K 67382

Tie Plate 43K1 Harness Guide 43K2 Thermostat 1 (P/O Item11)4315 Thermostat 2 (P/O Item11)4315 Wire Harness (P/O Item11)43K3 Wire Harness (P/O Item11)43K4 Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (REP 15.8.1)4314 Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (REP 15.8.1)43K5 (SCC) Heat Roll Thermistor 3 (REP 15.8.1)43K6 Upper Inlet Chute 43K7 Thermostat 1and 2 (Item3-6) (REP 15.8.2)4315

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-145

15. Fuser

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-146

15. Fuser

PL 15.9 Exit Chute Component (Upper Frame) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

– – 054E 24283 – 022K 67130 – – 019E 57830 – 809E 49971 – – 802E 62890 – 130K 72090 962K 57810 802E 56310 802E 56320 802E 62881 019K 98743 –

Front Lever 43L1 Rear Lever 43L2 Upper Exit Chute 43L3 Tie Plate 43L4 Pinch Roll 43L5 Torsion Spring (P/O Item 20) (REP 15.9.1)43L6 Finger Plate (P/O Item 20)43L7 Heat Roll Finger 4313 Finger Stud (P/O Item 20)43L8 Torsion Spring 43L9 Lever 43LB Knob 43LC Upper Cover 43LD Sensor Bracket 43LE Fuser Exit Sensor 43LF Sensor Wire Harness 43LG Front Cover 43LH Rear Cover 1 43LJ Rear Cover 2 43LK Heat Roll Finger (Item 6-9, 21) (REP 15.9.2)4313 Spacer (P/O Item 20) 43LL

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 16.1 Exit Transport Accessory Item 1

Part

Description

–

Ext Transport (PL 16.2) (REP 16.1.1)54D1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-147

16. Exit

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-148

16. Exit

PL 16.2 Exit Transport Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

A.C.

– – 007E 78810 007E 78820 – – 059K 33061 059E 98350 105E 12250 930W 00212 – 809E 42330 – 962K 17901 –

Front Frame Shaft Gear (Spur 16T) Gear (Spur 39T) Lower Chute Upper Chute Exit Roll Pinch Roll Eliminator IOT Exit Sensor Rear Frame Tention Spring Sensor Bracket Wire Harness Stud

54DB 54DC 54DD 54DE 54DF 54DG 5411 54DH 54DJ 5414 54DK 54DL 54DM 54DN 54DP

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 36.1 IFM Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Part

Description

848K 08430 848E 25800 – 032E 31370 – 848K 08400 848E 28020 – 848E 25780 848K 08420 – – 848E 15840 848E 15850 848E 25810 – – – 868E 17360 – 015K 79510 015K 78590 – 962K 65440 848E 33450

Front Door Assembly 640A (SCC) Front Cover 640B Front Angle Frame 640B Guard Finger 640C Lower Hinge 640D Inner Cover(REP 36.1.2) 640E Lever Cover 640A Upper Hinge 640F (SCC) Top Cover 640G IFM Control Panel SW/LED640H Bracket 640I Plate 640J (SCC) Rear Left Cover 640K (SCC) Rear Right Cover 640L (SCC) Rear Lower Cover640M LVPS Cover 640N Spanner 640O Spanner 640P Bracket 640Q Caster 640R Shield Plate 640S Docking Plate Assembly 640T Plate 640U Wire Harness 640V Frame Cover 640W

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-149

36. I/F Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-150

36. I/F Module

PL 36.2 LVPS / Breaker Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Part

Description

848K 08310 962K 65420 – – 110E 97990 – 962K 65450 105E 15191 960K 46670 – – 068K 56630 908W 00917 – – 962K 65410 962K 65460 962K 65470 – –

IOT-IFM PWB Communication (Item 2, 4)641A CDI Harness Assembly 641A Bracket 641A Cover 641A IFM Front Door Interlock Switch (REP 36.2.1)641B Bracket 641C Wire Harness 641D (SCC) IFM LVPS 641E IFM PWB (REP 36.2.2) 641F Bracket 641G Bracket 641H Inlet Bracket Assembly (Item 13-16)641I (SCC) Breaker 641J Bracket 641K Inlet Socket 641L (SCC) AC LVPS Harness641M Wire Harness 641N Wire Harness 641O Cover 641P Power Cord 641Q

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 36.3 IFM Drive Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

127K 58160 – 023E 27130 127K 56860 – – – 127K 56870

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

– – – – – 807E 21520 807E 21530 005E 25350 – 013E 34440 005E 25280 020E 45420 006K 87440 – 826E 38620

(SCC) Decurler Belt Motor642A Bracket 642A Deculer Motor Belt (REP 36.3.1)642A (SCC) Decurler Cam Motor (with Item 6)642A Bracket 642A Coupling Cam (P/O Item 4)642A Screw 642A (SCC) IFM Transport Motor Assembly (Item 9-12) 264A IFM Transport Motor 642B Damper 642B Gear 642B Screw 642B Bracket 642C Gear 642D Gear 642E Collar 642F Bracket 642G Bearing 642H Spacer 642I Pulley 642J Shaft 642K Bracket 642L Screw 642M

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-151

36. I/F Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-152

36. I/F Module

PL 36.4 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Trans Roll

Part

Description

059K 57560 059K 57730 005K 08860 020K 15760 005K 09120 059K 57570 059K 57740 005E 26360 005K 09120 020K 15760 – – – 826E 31970 023E 27110 020K 15780 020K 15730 023E 27120

Trans Roll Assembly (Item 2-5)(REP 36.4.1)643A Trans Roll 643A Flange 643A Pulley 643A Torque Limiter Clutch 643A Exit Roll Assembly (Item 7-10)(REP 36.4.2)643B Exit Roll 643B Collar 643B Torque Limiter Clutch 643B Pulley 643B ----Bearing 643D Stud 643E Exit Belt (REP 36.4.3) 643F Pulley 643G Pulley 643H Trans Belt (REP 36.4.3) 643I

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 36.5 Decurler Drive Belt Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Part

Description

003K 86660 – – 023E 26910 005E 25280 020E 45380 – 005E 25270 – 020K 15730 005E 25280 020E 45390 – 806E 22800 013E 34440 020K 15730 – – 059K 55190 059K 55200 059E 03780 059E 03790 023E 07321 023E 07321 005E 25220

Knob Assembly (Item 2,3)644A Label 644A Knob 644A Decurler Drive Belt (REP 36.5.2)644B Spacer 644C Pulley 644C Collar 644D Collar 644E Bearing 644F Pulley 644G Spacer 644H Pulley 644I Bracket 644J Shaft 644K Bearing 644L Pulley 644M Bracket 644N Spacer 644O Upper Decurler Belt Roll 644P Lower Decurler Belt Roll 644Q Upper Idle Roll 644R Lower Idle Roll 644S Decurler Belt Upper (REP 36.5.1)644T Decurler Belt Lower (REP 36.5.1)644T Collar 644U

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-153

36. I/F Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-154

36. I/F Module

PL 36.6 Inlet Chute Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

005E 25170 – – 006K 87090 006K 87090 005E 25180 – 806E 22770 054E 34860 054E 34860 005E 27410 120E 29780 – 006K 86520 107E 08680 107E 08680 – – 068K 56680

Collar 645A Block 645B Bearing 645C Shaft Assembly 645D Shaft Assembly 645E Collar 645F Bearing 645G Shaft 645H Inlet Chute Upper (REP 36.6.1)645I Inlet Chute Lower (REP 36.6.1)645J Coupling Cam 645K Actuator 645L Bearing 645M Cam Shaft (REP 36.6.2) 645N Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2645O Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1645P Bracket 645Q Pin 645R Decurler Bracket 645S

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 36.7 Gate Assembly Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Part

Description

121K 42220 121Çj42720 – – – – 050K 60911 – – – 107E 08680 – –

Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly (Item 2-6)646A Decurler Gate Solenoid 646A Bracket Assembly 646A Spring 646A Bearing 646B Gate Lever 646C Gate Assembly (Item 8,9)(REP 36.7.1)646D Gate 646E Link 646F Bearing 646G Decurler Gate Sensor (REP 36.7.2)646H Bracket 646I Guide 646J

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-155

36. I/F Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-156

36. I/F Module

PL 36.8 Guide Assembly Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Part

Description

038K 18210 – – – 038K 18180 – – – – 038K 18280 011K 98960 011E 20810 038K 18260 011K 98970 038K 18240 038K 18300 011K 98980 038K 18231 038E 36570 038E 36580 038E 36590 107E 08680 – 930W 00211 930W 00211 868E 07540 962K 65490 –

Guide Assembly (Item 2-4)647A Guide 647A Lower Trans Guide 647A Spring 647A Exit Guide Assembly (Item 6-9)647B Guide 647B Knob 647B Plate 647B Lower Exit Guide Assembly647B Guide Assembly L-770 (REP 36.8.1)647C Knob 1A 647L Knob 647M Guide Assembly-MID Low (REP 36.8.1)647A Knob 2B 647W Guide Assembly-Exit Up (REP 36.8.2)648A Guide Assembly-MID U (REP 36.8.1)648O Knob 2A 647W Guide Assembly 647X Guide 647Y Guide 647Z Guide 6471 Entrance Chute Open Sensor6472 Bracket 6473 Decurler In Sensor 6474 IFM Transport Sensor 6475 Bracket 6476 Wire Harness 6477 Bracket 6478

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 36.9 Guide Assembly-MID L Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

059K 55230 – – – – 809E 79160 – – – –

Pinch Roll Assembly (Item 2-5)647D Pinch Roll 647D Bearing 647D Collar 647D Screw 647E Spring 647F Guide 647G Torsion Bar 647H Pad 647I Chute Lever Assembly 647J

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-157

36. I/F Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-158

36. I/F Module

PL 36.10 Guide Assembly-MID Low Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Part

Description

059K 55230 – – – – 809E 79160 – –

Pinch Roll Assemby (Item 2-5)647O Pinch Roll 647P Bearing 647Q Collar 647R Screw 647S Spring 647T Guide Assembly 647U Torsion Bar 647V

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 36.11 Guide Assembly-Exit Up Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

059K 55230 – – – – 809E 79160 – 121E 21830 – – 930W 00211 – – 962K 65430 –

Pinch Roll Assemby (Item 2-5)648B Pinch Roll 648B Bearing 648B Collar 648B Screw 648B Spring 648C Guide Assembly 648D Magnet 648E Knob 648F Bracket 648G IFM Exit Sensor 648H Screw 648I Bracket 648J Wire Harness 648K Torsion Bar 648L

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-159

36. I/F Module

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-160

36. I/F Module

PL 36.12 Fan Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

127K 58070 127E 85610 – – 127K 58070 127E 85610 – – 127K 58060 127E 85610 – – 927W 00335 – – – 068K 61310 – –

Fan 2 Assembly (Item 2-4)648P (SCC) Fan 648P Fan Duct 648P Plate 648P Fan 1 Assembly (Item 6-8)648Q (SCC) Fan 648Q Fan Duct 648Q Plate 648Q Fan 3 Assembly (Item 10-12)648R (SCC) Fan 648R Duct 648R Fan Duct 648R (SCC) Fan 5 648S Fan Duct 648T Bracket 648U Lower Duct 648V Lower Duct Bracket 648W Exhaust Duct 648X Top Duct 648Y

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.1 Lelt / Rear Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part

Description

– – – – 068K 58000 – –

Left Upper Cover 671A Left Lower Cover 671B Rear Cover (REP 39.2.2)671C Inlet Bracket 672A EME Plate 672B Duct 672C Power Cord 672D

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-161

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-162

39. HCS

PL 39.2 Top / Front / Right Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part

Description

A.C.

803E 01160 848K 08610 050E 23970 – 848K 08660 – 826E 40430

Stopper Wire Front Door (PL 39.3) (SCC) Top Tray Right Cover Top Cover (REP 39.2.1) Chute Shoulder Screw

672G 673A 672H 671D 671E 672I 672G

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.3 Front Door Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

– – – – – – – – 962K 65710 – – – 019K 09750 – – – 121E 20640 068K 58070

Front Door 673A Harness Guard (P/O Item 18)673B Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 18)673C Slide (P/O Item 18) 673D Height Sensor Side Center-P (P/O Item 18)673E Height Sensor Side Left-L (P/O Item 18)673F Height Sensor Side Right-L (P/O Item 18)673G Sensor Holder (P/O Item 18)673H (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness 673I Window Plate 673J Bracket 673K Bracket 673K Hook 673L Handle 673M Handle Cover 673M Stopper 673N Magnet 673O Stack Height Sensor and Bracket (Item2-9)673P

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-163

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-164

39. HCS

PL 39.4 Upper / Transport Inner Cover Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Part

Description

068K 56860 – 121E 20640 – – – 121E 21410 – – – – 848K 08600 – 003E 76370

HCS Upper Cover Switch and Magnet (Item2-5)674A Bracket (P/O Item1) 674A Magnet 674A Screw (P/O Item1) 674A HCS Upper Cover Switch (P/O Item1)674A Bracket 674B Magnet 674C Screw 674D Transport Left Inner Cover674E Transport Center Inner Cover674F Transport Right Inner Cover674G Upper Cover (Item13,14) (REP 39.4.1)674H Upper Cover (P/O Item12)674H Stopper 674H

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.5 HCS Transport Motor 1, HCS Entrance / Top Tray Roll Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

– – 005E 25220 – 007K 98220 005K 09120 – 826E 38620 059K 57220 059K 57230 815E 41340 013E 34440 – –

15 16 17 18

– 068K 57250 809E 79440 068K 57210

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

– 962K 65800 962K 65840 807E 21670 059K 57600 – – 423W 44155

HCS Entrance Roll (P/O Item23)675A Bearing Plate (P/O Item 23)675B Collar 675C Collar (P/O Item 23) 675D Gear (HL 32L) 675E Torque Lilmiter 675F Bearing (P/O Item 23) 675G Screw 675H Top Tray Roll 1(REP 39.5.2)675I Top Tray Roll 2 675J Bearing Plate 675K Bearing 675L CE-Ring 675M Transport/Top Tray Clutch and Bracket (PL 39.6) 675N Gear Bracket (PL 39.6) 675N Tension Pulley 675O Spring 675P HCS Transport Motor 1 (Item 24-26) (REP 39.5.1) 675Q Harness Bracket 675R (SCC) Wire Harness (Motor, Clutch, Solenoid)675S Transport Clutch Wire Harness675U Gear (HL 32R) 675V HCS Entrance Roll Assembly (Item 1-8)675W Motor Bracket (P/O Item 18)675Q HCS Transport Motor 1 (P/O Item 18)675Q Belt 675Q

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-165

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-166

39. HCS

PL 39.6 Transport / Top Tray Clutch Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

Part

Description

– – 007K 98220 007K 98210 826E 38620 005K 08870 005K 08890 423W 50055 – – 005E 26570 007K 98240 006K 87110 006K 87120 – 013E 34440 – 005E 25220 020E 45420 005E 26390 826E 38620 – 013E 34440 – 005E 25220 826E 38620 013E 34440 005E 25220 – 020E 45420 005E 26390 826E 38620 – 013E 34440 – 005E 25220 – 807E 21670 826E 38620

Clutch Bracket 676B Gear Bracket 676C Gear (HL32L) 676D Gear (HL32R) 676E Screw 676F Transport Clutch (Item 16-22) (REP 39.6.1)676G Top Tray Clutch (Item 23-26)676H Belt (REP 39.6.1) 676I Bearing 676J Bracket 676K Collar 676L Gear (HL32/22L) 676M Gear Pulley Shaft (Item 27-33)676N Gear Shaft (Item 34-39) 676O Bracket 676P Bearing 676G Transport Clutch (P/O Item 6)676G Collar 676G Pulley 676G Collar 676G Screw 676G Collar (P/O Item 6) 676G Bearing 676H Top Tray Clutch (P/O Item 7)676H Collar 676H Screw 676H Bearing 676N Collar 676N Gear and Shaft (P/O Item 13)676N Pulley 676N Collar 676N Screw 676N Collar (P/O Item 13) 676N Bearing 676O Collar (P/O Item 14) 676O Collar 676O Gear and Shaft (P/O Item 14)676O Gear (HL32R) 676O Screw 676O

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.7 HCS Transport Motor 2 , Bypass Roll 1 / 2 Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

– – – – – 005K 09120 059K 57220 005E 25220 007K 98180 013E 34440 – 826E 38620 006K 86580 – 003K 86670 007K 98220 – 020K 15770 068K 57280 809E 79440 068K 57190

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

962K 65840 059K 57580 020K 15780 826E 38620 – – – 423W 44155

Bypass Roll 1 (P/O Item 23)677A Collar (P/O Item 23) 677A Collar (P/O Item 23) 677A Gear (P/O Item 23) 677A Pulley (P/O Item 23) 677A Torque Lilmiter 677A Bypass Roll 2 677B Collar 677C Gear (SP22) 677D Bearing 677E CE-Ring 677E Screw 677F 1a Shaft 677G Collar 677H 1a Knob 677I Gear (HL 32L) 677J Bypass Clutch 1/2 and Bracket (PL 39.8)677K Pulley and Bracket (Item 24-26)677L Tension Pulley 677M Spring 677N HCS Transport Motor 2 (Item 27-29) (REP 39.7.1) 677O (SCC) Bypass Clutch 1 Wire Harness677P Bypass Roll 1 Assembly (Item 1-6)677A Pulley 677L Screw 677L Bracket (P/O Item 18) 677L Motor Bracket (P/O Item 21)677O HCS Transport Motor 2 (P/O Item 21)677O Belt 677O

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-167

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-168

39. HCS

PL 39.8 Bypass Clutch 1 / 2 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Part

Description

– – 007K 98210 826E 38620 005K 08890 005K 08910 423W 50055 013E 34440 – 005E 25220 826E 38620 013E 34440 005E 26390 – 005E 25220 – 826E 38620

Clutch Bracket 678A Gear Bracket 678B Gear (HL 32R) 678C Screw 678D Bypass Clutch 1 (Item 8-11) (REP 39.8.1)678E Bypass Clutch 2 (Item 12-17)(REP 39.8.1)678F Belt (REP 39.8.1) 678G Bearing 678E Bypass Clutch 1 (P/O Item 5)678E Collar 678E Screw 678E Bearing 678F Collar 678F Bypass Clutch 2 (P/O Item 6)678F Collar 678F Pulley (P/O Item 6) 678F Screw 678F

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.9 Top Tray Motor , Top Tray Exit Roll Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Part

Description

059K 57270 005E 25220 013E 34440 – 826E 38620 – 007K 98250 005K 09110 068K 57230 – 007K 98250 826E 38620

Top Tray Exit Roll 679A Collar 679B Bearing 679C CE-Ring 679D Screw 679E Collar 679F Gear (SP31) 679G Torque Lilmiter 679H Top Tray Motor (Item 10-12) (REP 39.9.1)679I Top Tray Motor (P/O Item 9)679I Gear (SP31) 679I Screw 679I

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-169

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-170

39. HCS

PL 39.10 Bypass Roll 3 , 2a Gear Box Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Part

Description

059E 03910 005E 25220 013E 34440 – 826E 38620 006K 86590 695K 18570 – 003K 86660 013E 34440 826E 38620 007K 98180 068K 57260 423W 46455 005E 26560 005E 26600 005E 26390 007K 98270 020E 45420 809E 79440 – 013E 34440 – 005E 26350 807E 24620 826E 38620 –

Bypass Roll 3 679J Collar 679K Bearing 679L CE-Ring 679M Screw 679N 2a Shaft Assembly (Item 21-26)679O 2a Gear Box (Item8-12) 679P Gear Box (P/O Item7) 679P 2a Knob 679P Bearing 679P Screw 679P Gear (22) 679P Tension Pulley 679Q Belt 679R Collar 679S Collar 679T Collar 679U Oneway Clutch Gear (HL32L)679V Pulley 679W Spring 679X 2a Shaft (P/O Item 6) 679O Bearing 679O Collar (P/O Item 6) 679O Collar 679O Gear (SP22) 679O Screw 679O Spring 679Y

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.11 Bypass Roll 4 , 3a Gear Box Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Part

Description

059E 03910 005E 25220 005E 27080 005E 26350 807E 24620 013E 34440 – 826E 38620 006K 86610 020E 45420 – 005E 26570 007K 98230 020K 15780 695K 18580 – 003K 86690 013E 34440 007K 98180 826E 38620 – 068K 57260 068K 57270 809E 79440 – – – 013E 34440 – 005E 26350 807E 24620 826E 38620

Bypass Roll 4 67AA Collar 67AB Collar 67AC Collar 67AD Gear (SP22) 67AE Bearing 67AF CE-Ring 67AG Screw 67AH 3a Shaft Assembly (Item 27-32)67AI Pulley 67AJ Bearing 67AK Collar 67AL Gear (HL32R/SP22) 67AM Pulley 67AN 3a Gear Box (Item16-20) 67AO Gear Box (P/OItem15) 67AO 3a Knob 67AO Bearing 67AO Gear (22) 67AO Screw 67AO Bypass Clutch 3 and Bracket (PL 39.12)67AP Tension Pulley 67AQ Tension Pulley 67AR Spring 67AS Harness Bracket 67AT Harness Bracket 67AU 3a Shaft (P/O Item 9) 67AI Bearing 67AI Collar (P/O Item 9) 67AI Collar 67AI Gear (SP22) 67AI Screw 67AI

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-171

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-172

39. HCS

PL 39.12 Bypass Clutch 3 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

005K 08940 006K 87100 423W 50055 423W 93355 – – 013E 34440 – 005E 25220 020E 45420 005E 26390 826E 38620 – 005E 26560 013E 34440 005E 25220 – 020E 45420 005E 26390 826E 38620 –

Bypass Clutch 3 (Item7-14) (REP 39.12.1)67BA Gear Pulley Shaft (Item 15-21)67BB Belt 67BC Belt (REP 39.12.1) 67BD Clutch Bracket 67BE Bracket 67BF Bearing 67BA Bypass Clutch 3 (P/O Item 1)67BA Collar 67BA Pulley 67BA Collar 67BA Screw 67BA Collar (P/O Item 1) 67BA Collar 67BA Bearing 67BB Collar 67BB Gear and Shaft (P/O Item 2)67BB Pulley 67BB Collar 67BB Screw 67BB Collar (P/O Item 2) 67BB

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.13 Bypass Roll 5 / 6 , Bypass Exit Roll Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

– – – 005E 25220 – – 013E 34440 826E 38620 059E 03910 059E 03910 005E 27080 – 815E 41330 020E 45420 – – – 059K 57590

Bypass Exit Roll (P/O Item 18)67DA Bearing Plate (P/O Item 18)67DA Collar (P/O Item 18) 67DA Collar 67DA Oneway Clutch (P/O Item 18)67DA Pulley (P/O Item 18) 67DA Bearing 67DA Screw 67DA Bypass Roll 5 67DC Bypass Roll 6 67DD Collar 67DE Collar 67DF Bearing Plate 67DG Pulley 67DH Roll Cover 67DI CE-Ring 67DJ Pulley 67DK Bypass Exit Roll Assembly (Item 1-8)67DA

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-173

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-174

39. HCS

PL 39.14 HCS Entrance Chute Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Part

Description

– – 130E 94971 826E 39100 054K 36370 054K 34720 –

Tie Bracket 67CA Sensor Bracket 67CB Chute Open Sensor 67CC Screw 67CD HCS Entrance Upper Chute67CE HCS Entrance Lower Chute67CF Tie Plate 67CG

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.15 1b Chute Assembly Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

054K 34900 054K 34940 068K 56990 068K 57000 – – – 962K 65810 – 121E 21410 –

1b Lower Chute 67EA 1b Chute (PL 39.16) 67EB Magnet and Bracket 67EC Magnet and Bracket (Item 9-11)67ED Guide (Front) 67EF Guide (Rear) 67EG Nut Plate 67EH (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness67EI Bracket (P/O Item 4) 67ED Magnet 67ED Screw (P/O Item 4) 67ED

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-175

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-176

39. HCS

PL 39.16 1b Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

– – 826E 39100 930W 00211 – 930W 00211 059K 57700 – – 011K 99100 068K 61400

Lever 67EN Sensor Bracket 67EO Screw 67EM Stacker Path Sensor 67EP Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 11)67EM Top Tray Path Sensor 67EM Pinch Roll 67EQ Spring 67EJ Collar 67EK 1b Lever 67EL Top Tray Path Sensor and Bracket (Item 3, 5, 6) 67EM

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.17 2b Chute Assembly , Top Tray Exit Lower Chute Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

– 054K 34920 – 011K 98930 – 011K 99090 059K 57700 – – 054K 34991 038K 18330 – – – – 068K 61790 068K 57040 – 121E 21420 – 962K 65820

Tie Plate 67FA 2a Chute (Item 3, 5-9) 67FB 2a Chute (P/O Item2) 67FB Lever and Bracket (Item5,6)67FB Lever Bracket (P/O Item4)67FB 2a Lever 67FB Pinch Roll 67FB Collar (P/O Item 2) 67FB Spring (P/O Item 2) 67FB 2a Upper Chute (PL 39.18)67FD Top Tray Exit Lower Chute (Item 12-15)67FE Top Tray Exit Lower Chute (P/O Item 11)67FE Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 16)67FE Top Tray Full Sensor (P/O Item 16)67FE Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 16)67FE Top Tray Full Sensor and Harness (Item 13-15)67FF Magnet and Bracket 67FG Bracket 67FH Magnet 67FI Screw 67FJ (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness67FK

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-177

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-178

39. HCS

PL 39.18 2b Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Part

Description

059K 55331 – – – – – 930W 00211 826E 39100 068K 61450

Top Tray Exit Pinch Roll 67FL Spring Plate (Front) 67FD Spring Plate (Rear) 67FD Spring Plate (Center) 67FD Spring 67FD Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 9)67FD Top Tray Exit Sensor 67FD Screw 67FD Top Tray Exit Sensor and Bracket (Item 6-8)67FD

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.19 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 1 , 2b Chute Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

054K 34730 054K 34780 – 059K 55310 – – 054K 34800 – – 826E 39100 930W 00211 011K 99120 068K 61400 068K 56980 – 121E 20640 – – –

Bypass Lower Chute 1 67GA Bypass Upper Chute 1(Item 3-6)67GB Bypass Upper Chute 1(P/O Item 2)67GB Pinch Roll 67GC Collar 67GB Spring 67GB 2b Chute (Item 8-12) 67GD 2b Chute (P/O Item 7) 67GD Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 13)67GD Screw 67GD Bypass Path Sensor 1 67GD 2b Lever 67GD Bypass Path Sensor 1 and Bracket (Item 9-11)67GD Magnet and Bracket (Item 15-17)67GE Bracket (P/O Item 14) 67GE Magnet 67GE Screw 67GE Bracket 67GE Magnet 67GE

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-179

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-180

39. HCS

PL 39.20 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 2 , Bypass Upper Chute 3 Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Part

Description

054K 34750 054K 37220 054K 34820 – 059K 57700 – – 054K 34840 – – 930W 00211 826E 39100 059K 57700 – – 068K 61410 068K 57030 – – – – 121E 20640 –

Bypass Upper/Lower Chute 2 (Item 2, 4-7)67GG Bypass Lower Chute 2 67GG Bypass Upper Chute 2 (Item 4-7)67GG Bypass Upper Chute 2 (P/O Item 3)67GG Pinch Roll 67GH Collar (P/O Item 3) 67GG Spring (P/O Item 3) 67GG Bypass Upper Chute 3 (Item 9-15)67GI Bypass Upper Chute 3 (P/O Item 8)67GI Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 16)67GI Bypass Path Sensor 2 67GI Screw 67GI Pinch Roll 67GJ Collar (P/O Item 8) 67GI Spring (P/O Item 8) 67GI Bypass Path Sensor 2 and Bracket (Item 10-12)67GI Magnet and Bracket (Item 21-23)67GI Bracket 67GK Magnet 67GL Screw 67GM Bracket (P/O Item 17) 67GI Magnet 67GI Screw (P/O Item 17) 67GI

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.21 3b Chute Assembly , Bypass Lower Chute 3 , Bypass Exit Upper Chute Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

054K 34770 054K 34880 038K 18320 – – – 826E 39100 930W 00211 059K 57700 – – 068K 61460 – 068K 56970 068K 56960 068K 56950 – – –

Bypass Lower Chute 3 67HA 3b Chute (PL 39.22) 67HB Bypass Exit Upper Chute (Item 4-11)67HC Bypass Exit Upper Chute (P/O Item 3)67HC Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 12)67HC Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 12)67HC Screw 67HC Bypass Exit Sensor 67HC Pinch Roll 67HD Collar (P/O Item 3) 67HC Spring (P/O Item 3) 67HC Bypass Exit Sensor and Bracket (Item 5-8)67HC Bypass Upper Chute4 67HE Bracket 67HF Bracket 67HG Bracket 67HH Bracket 67HI Washer 67HJ Bracket 67HK

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-181

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-182

39. HCS

PL 39.22 3b Chute Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

068K 61420 011K 98920 – 011E 20860 121E 20640 – 015K 79390 – 011K 99080 015K 79400 059K 57700 – – – –

Pin Bracket 67HB Lever and Bracket (Item3-6)67HB Lever Bracket (P/O Item2)67HB Lever 67HB Magnet 67HL Screw (P/O Item2) 67HB Lever and Bracket (Item8,9)67HM Lever Bracket (P/O Item7)67HM 3b Lever 67HM Rear Plate 67HB Pinch Roll 67HB Collar 67HB Spring 67HB Lever Shaft 67HB Torsion Bar 67HB

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.23 Gate Solenoid Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Part

Description

050K 62960 050K 62970 – 826E 39100 130E 94971 130E 94971 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 130K 72680 012K 96520 012K 96540

Gate 1(REP 39.23.1) 67IA Gate 2 67IB Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 22)67IC Screw 67IC Gate Sensor 1 67ID Gate Sensor 2 67ID Gate Solenoid 1 (P/O Item 23)67IF Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item 23)67IF Solenoid Link (P/O Item 23)67IF Stopper Plate (P/O Item 23)67IF Spring (P/O Item 23) 67IF Gate Solenoid 2 (P/O Item 24)67IG Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item 24)67IG Solenoid Link (P/O Item 24)67IG Stopper Plate (P/O Item 24)67IG Spring (P/O Item 24) 67IG Bearing 67IH Gate Link 67IJ Gate Link 67IK Harness Bracket 67IM Harness Bracket 67IN Gate Sensor and Bracket (Item 3-6)67IC Gate Solenoid 1 (Item 7-11) (REP 39.23.1)67IF Gate Solenoid 2 (Item 12-16)67IG

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-183

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-184

39. HCS

PL 39.24 Paddle Item

Part

Description

1 2

– 005K 09420

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

– 013E 34440 – – 815E 41400 054E 35251 962K 65750 033K 96781 – 013E 34440 – – – – 826E 38620 005E 25220 013E 34440

Clutch Bracket 67JA Stacker Paddle Clutch (Item 11-16) (REP 39.24.1) 67JB Paddle (P/O Item 10) 67JC Bearing 67JC Spring (P/O Item 10) 67JC Paddle Clutch Cover 67JD Bearing Plate 67JE Stacker Chute (Note) 67JF (SCC) Clutch Wire Harness67JG Paddle (Item 3-5) (REP 39.24.2)67JC Stacker Paddle Clutch (P/O Item 2)67JB Bearing 67JB Shaft (P/O Item 2) 67JB Collar (P/O Item 2) 67JB Collar (P/O Item 2) 67JB Spring (P/O Item 2) 67JB Screw 67JH Collar 67JI Bearing 67JJ

A.C.

NOTE: As to Serial No. - 100121, When replacing Item 8, replace PL 39.25 Item 3 simultaneously.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.25 Stacker Exit Roll Housing and Edge Sensor Frame Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

054K 35020 – 059K 55402

4 5 6 7 8

068K 57430 – 005E 25580 – –

Edge Sensor Frame (PL 39.27) (REP 39.25.2)67LA Rail 67KB Stacker Exit Roll Housing (PL 39.26) (REP 39.25.1) (Note)67KA Stacker Exit Motor 67KC Bearing 67KE Collar 67KF Gear (SP31) 67KG Motor Cover 67KH

A.C.

NOTE: As to Serial No. - 100121, When replacing Item 3, replace PL 39.24 Item 8 simultaneously.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-185

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-186

39. HCS

PL 39.26 Stacker Exit Roll Housing Component Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Part

Description

– – 059K 57611 068K 61570 068K 61580 – – – 015K 79440 013E 34440 – 826E 38620 – – 801K 30321

Lower Chute 67KA Spring 67KI Pinch Roll 67KI Offset Roll (Rear) 67KJ Offset Roll (Front) 67KK Bush 67KA Ground Plate 67KA Offset Shaft 67KA Eliminator 67KL Bearing 67KM Spring (P/O Item 15) 67KA Screw 67KA Stacker Exit Roll Housing (P/O Item 15)67KA Screw 67KA Stacker Exit Roll Housing (Item 4-13)67KA

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.27 Edge Sensor Frame Component Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

– 960K 32270 – 930W 00211 826E 39100 – 068K 61480 – 068K 57450 – – – – – – 130E 94971 130E 94971 – 962K 65720 – – – – 930W 00211 – – 930W 00211 – 032E 28730 – 068K 61490 068K 61500 – 130K 72590

35

130K 72600

36 37 38

130K 72610 962K 65680 130K 72620

39

130K 72630

40

–

Upper Chute 67LA (SCC) Sensor A PWB 67LG Sensor Bracket 67LH Stacker Exit Sensor 67LI Screw 67LJ Lower Chute 67LK Edge Sensor Move Motor67LL Harness Guide 67LM Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor67LN Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 34)67LB Height Sensor Lead-L (P/O Item 34)67LB Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 35)67LC Stack Height Control Sensor (P/O Item 35)67LC Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 36)67LD Nut Plate (P/O Item 36) 67LD Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor67LE Paper Edge Home Sensor67LE Screw 67LD (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness67LF Harness Guide 67LO Harness Guide 67LP Sheet 67LQ Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 38)67LF Rear Paper Edge Sensor67LF Sensor B PWB (P/O Item 38or39)67LF Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 39)67LR Front Paper Edge Sensor67LS Sensor Wire Harness 67LT Flexible Print Cable Guide67LU Flexible Print Cable 67LV Rear Rack Gear 67LW Front Rack Gear 67LX Guide Shaft 67LY Height Sensor Lead-L and Bracket (Item 10, 11) 67LB Stack Height Control Sensor and Bracket (Item 12, 13)67LC Sensor and Bracket (Item 14-18)67LD (SCC) Motor Wire Harness67LZ Rear Paper Edge Sensor and PWB (Item 18, 23-25) 67LF Front Paper Edge Sensor and PWB (Item 18, 25-27) 67LF Rack Bracket 67L1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-187

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-188

39. HCS

PL 39.28 Tamper Unit Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6

120E 29800 – 130E 94971 962K 65860 – 038K 18342

7 8

– –

Actuator 680A Sensor Bracket 680B Stacker Upper Limit Sensor680C (SCC) Stacker Upper Limit Switch (1set : 2)680D Screw 680E Tamper Unit (PL 39.29, PL 39.30, PL 39.31, PL 39.32, PL 39.33) (REP 39.28.1)680F Pin Bracket 680G Pin Bracket 680H

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.29 Front Tamper Motor Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

– 068K 57690 – 130E 94971 – – – – – – – – 005E 25610 – 020E 45490 – – – 068K 57720

Belt Clamp 680I Front Tamper Motor (Item 11-18) (REP 39.29.1)680J Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 19)680L Front Tamper Home Sensor 680M Gear Cover 680N Upper Left Cover 680O Upper Right Cover 680P Motor Cover 680Q Front Cover 680R Plate 680S Front Tamper Motor (P/O Item 2)680J Bracket (P/O Item 2) 680J Flange 680J Bearing (P/O Item 2) 680J Pulley 680J Shaft (P/O Item 2) 680J Spring (P/O Item 2) 680J Screw (P/O Item 2) 680J Front Tamper Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 3, 4) 680L

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-189

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-190

39. HCS

PL 39.30 Side Tamper Extension Motor , Pad Move Motor Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

068K 57530 068K 57530 – 130E 94971 130E 94971 – – – – 068K 57550

11

068K 57550

12 13

962K 65670 962K 65790

Side Tamper Extension Motor681A Pad Move Motor 681B Sensor Bracket 681C Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor681D Pad Move Home Sensor 681E Screw 681F Belt Clamp 681G Harness Guide 681H Plate 681I Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 3, 4, 6)681J Pad Move Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 3, 5, 6) 681K (SCC) Motor Wire Harness681L (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness681M

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.31 Extension Pad Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

019E 70290 019E 71430 019K 09740 – – 019E 70300 019E 70310 – 130K 72670

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

– 130E 94971 – 019E 70320 019E 71420 004E 17610 – – – 130E 94971 130K 72420

Extension Pad (Left) 682A Extension Pad (Right) 682B Clamper 682C Clamper Shaft 682D Spring 682E Extension Pad (Front) 682F Extension Pad (Rear) 682G Actuator 682H Set Clamper Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 18, 19) 682I Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 20)682J Stacker Up Curl Sensor 682K Screw (P/O Item 20) 682J Extension Pad (Left) 682M Extension Pad (Right) 682N Damper 682O Damper Shaft 682P Harness Cover 682Q Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 9)682I Set Clamper Home Sensor682L Stacker Up Curl Sensor and Bracket (Item 10-12) 682R

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-191

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-192

39. HCS

PL 39.32 Set Clamp Motor , Lead Tamper Motor Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

807E 21870 068K 57610 – 068K 57630 068K 57650 – 130E 94971 – – – – 005E 25610 – 020E 45490 – – 005E 25610 020E 45490

Gear (SP25) 683A Set Clamp Motor (REP 39.32.1)683B Spring 683C Lead Tamper Motor 683D Pulley Bracket and Belt (Item 11-16)683E Spring 683G Lead Tamper Home Sensor683H Screw 683I Motor Cover 683J Motor Cover 683K Bracket (P/O Item 5) 683E Flange 683E Bearing (P/O Item 5) 683E Pulley 683F Shaft (P/O Item 5) 683E Belt (P/O Item 5) 683E Flange 683L Pulley 683M

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.33 Rear Tamper Motor Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

068K 57500 – 130E 94971 – – – 005E 25610 – 020E 45490 – – – – 068K 57560

15

–

Rear Tamper Motor (Item 6-13) (REP 39.33.1)684A Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 14)684B Rear Tamper Home Sensor684C Screw (P/O Item 14) 684D Harness Cover 684E Rear Tamper Motor (P/O Item 1)684A Flange 684A Bracket (P/O Item 1) 684A Pulley 684F Shaft (P/O Item 1) 684A Bearing (P/O Item 1) 684A Spring (P/O Item 1) 684A Screw (P/O Item 1) 684A Rear Tamper Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 2-4) 684A Edge Guard 684G

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-193

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-194

39. HCS

PL 39.34 Stacker-Left Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Part

Description

017E 12140 201W 33278 068K 59820 068K 57930 – – – – – – 068K 59830 130K 72430 – – – – – – – – 032K 05570

Caster 67MA Nut 67MB Hinge 67MC Paper Fan 1/2and Duct (Item 5-7, 9)67MD Bracket (P/O Item4) 67MD Paper Fan 1 (P/O Item4) 67MD Paper Fan 2 (P/O Item4) 67MD Duct (P/O Item4) 67MD Screw (P/O Item4) 67MD Bracket 67ME Hinge 67MF Stacker NO Paper Sensor67MG Stacker Left Lower Cover67MH Stacker Left Front Cover 67MI Stacker Left Center Cover67MJ Stacker Left Lower Frame (P/O Item 21)67MK Dolly Rail (P/O Item 21) 67MK Duct 67ML Stacker Left Rear Cover 67MM Duct 67MN Stacker Left Lower Frame and Dolly Rail (Item 16, 17) 67MK

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.35 Stacker-Right Item

Part

Description

1 2 3

017E 12140 201W 33278 068K 57840

4

032K 05560

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

068K 57890 003K 15920 – – 130E 94971 – – 121K 41530 – – – 068K 57910 – – – – – – – 962K 65860 – 068K 62170

27 28 29 30 31

– 130E 94971 130E 94971 – –

Caster 67NA Nut 67NB Stacker Lower Limit Switch and Bracket (Item 23-25) 67NC Stacker Right Lower Frame and Dolly Rail (Item 21, 22)67NE HCS Front Door Switch 67NF Front Door Lock (Item7-15)67NG Front Door Lock Bracket (P/O Item6)67NG Sensor Bracket (P/O Item6)67NG Front Door Lock Sensor 67NH Screw (P/O Item6) 67NG Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item 6)67NG (SCC) Front Door Lock Solenoid67NI Pin (P/O Item 6) 67NG Latch (P/O Item 6) 67NG Spring (P/O Item 6) 67NG Height Sensor Lead-P 67NI Stacker Right Lower Cover67NJ Stacker Right Front Cover67NK Stacker Right Center Cover67NL Stacker Right Rear Cover67NM Stacker Right Lower Frame (P/O Item 4)67NE Dolly Rail (P/O Item 4) 67NE Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 3)67NC (SCC) Stacker Lower Limit Switch67ND Screw (P/O Item 3) 67NC Stacker Full/Dolly Set Position Sensor and Bracket (Item27-30)67ND Sensor Bracket (P/O Item26)67ND Stacker Full Sensor 67NE Dolly Set Position Sensor67NF Screw (P/O Item26) 67ND Bracket 67NN

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-195

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-196

39. HCS

PL 39.36 Stacker-Rear Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Part

Description

068K 61850 068K 57880 068K 57920 927W 00335 – – – 130E 94971 –

Tray Set Lever 67OA Tray Set Sensor and Bracket (Item 7-9)67OB Dolly Stopper 67OD Lower Fan 67OE Screw 67OF Stacker Rear Cover 67OG Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 2)67OB Tray Set Sensor 67OC Screw (P/O Item 2) 67OB

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.37 Stacker Frame Rear-Electrical Item

Part

Description

1 2 3 4

017E 12140 011E 21850 201W 33278 068K 57900

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

– – 962K 65650 908W00917 962K 65660 – – 962K 65690 105E15191 – 960K 38110 – 960K 31920 962K 65760 005E 26630 927W 00335 – 962K 65770 962K 65780

Caster 67PA Adjuster 67PB Nut 67PC Height Sensor Side Left-P/Center-L/Right-P and Bracket67PD Inlet Bracket 67PE Collar 67PF (SCC) Inlet 67PG (SCC) Breaker 67PH (SCC) Wire Harness 67PI Screw 67PJ Connector Bracket 67PK (SCC) I/F In Connector 67PL (SCC) HCS LVPS (GU10H) (REP 39.37.3)67PM Bracket 67PN (SCC) HCS PWB (with Item 16) (REP 39.37.2)67PO EP ROM 67PQ (SCC) HCS Drive PWB (REP 39.37.1)67PR (SCC) Wire Harness 67PS Jig 67PT Upper Fan 67PU Screw 67PV (SCC) Motor Wire Harness67PW (SCC) DC Wire Harness 67PX

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-197

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-198

39. HCS

PL 39.38 Stacker Elevator-Rear Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Part

Description

– – – – 020K 15820 006K 86630 – 130E 94971 – 023E 27170 – – – – – – – 023E 26960 013E 33590 029E 45840 – – – 020E 45980 005E 26660 807E 21920 003E 76290 068K 57810 – 013E 33590 029E 45840

Motor Bracket (P/O Item 28)67QA Elevator Motor (P/O Item 28)67QB Pulley (P/O Item 28) 67QA Screw (P/O Item 28) 67QA Worm Wheel (Item 29-31)67QE Worm Gear and Bracket (Item7-10)67QF Worm Gear and Bracket (P/O Item6)67QF Elevator Encoder Sensor 67QG Screw (P/O Item6) 67QF Belt6 7QFH Bracket 67QI Bearing Bracket 67QJ Bracket 67QB Gear Pulley Shaft 67QC Stud 67QD Idler Roll 67QK Collar 67QL Belt 67QM Bearing 67QN Clip 67QO Tension Bracket 67QP Idler and Bracket 67QQ Pulley 67QR Pulley 67QS Flange 67QT Gear (SP20) 67QU Key 67QR Elevator Motor (Item 1-4) 67QA Worm Wheel (P/O Item 5)67QE Bearing 67QE Clip 67QE

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.39 Stacker Elevator-Left Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Part

Description

– 020E 45560 005E 25620 003E 76290 029E 45840 – – – 023E 26970 – 013E 33590 – – – 031K 93730 – – –

Shaft 67RA Pulley 67RB Flange 67RC Key 67RD Clip 67RE Pulley Bracket 67RF Shaft 67RG Pulley 67RH Stacker Belt (REP 39.39.1)67RI Gear (SP20) 67RJ Bearing 67RK Front Rail Support 67RL Rear Rail Support 67RM Belt Clamp 67RN Left Tray Arm (Item16-18) (ADJ 39.39.1)67RO Left Tray Arm (P/O Item15)67RO Front Guide (P/O Item 15)67RO Rear Guide (P/O Item 15)67RO

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-199

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-200

39. HCS

PL 39.40 Stacker Elevator-Right Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Part

Description

020E 45560 005E 25620 003E 76290 029E 45840 – – – – 023E 26970 – 013E 33590 – – – 031K 93760 – – – –

Pulley 67SA Flange 67SB Key 67SC Clip 67SD Shaft 67SE Pulley Bracket 67SF Shaft 67SG Pulley 67SH Stacker Belt (REP 39.40.1)67SI Gear (SP20) 67SJ Bearing 67SK Front Rail Support 67SL Rear Rail Support 67SM Belt Clamp 67SN Right Tray Arm (Item16-18) (ADJ 39.39.1)67SO Right Tray Arm (P/O Item15)67SO Front Guide (P/O Item 15)67SO Rear Guide (P/O Item 15)67SO Actuator 67SP

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

PL 39.41 Dolly Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Part

Description

801K 30440 – 017E 12150 017E 12160 826E 40320 032K 05490 050K 60970 – 848K 08570 003K 86590 826E 40320

Dolly (Item 2-5) 67TA Dolly (P/O Item 1) 67TB Caster (Front) 67TA Caster (Rear) 67TA Bolt 67TA Clamper 67TB Stacker Tray (Item 8, 9) 67TC Stacker Tray (P/O Item 7)67TC Actuator 67TC Handle 67TD Bolt 67TE

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

A.C.

02/2009 5-201

39. HCS

Parts List

Parts List

02/2009 5-202

39. HCS

PL 39.42 HCS Control Panel Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part

Description

962K 65700 – 848K 08670 – – – 960K 31930 – – 848K 16800

(SCC) Control Panel Wire Harness67UA Control Panel Case (P/O Item 10)67UB HCS Control Panel (Item4-7)67UC HCS Control Panel (P/O Item3)67UC Bracket (P/O Item3) 67UC Bracket (P/O Item3) 67UC (SCC) HCS Control Panel PWB (REP 39.42.1)67UD Ground Plate (P/O Item 10)67UE Bracket 67UF HCS Control Panel and Case (Item 2, 4-8)67UH

A.C.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-203

98. Screws

Version.1 .1.1

98.1 Screws

Table 1 Table 1

ITEM

PART NO.

PART NAME

AA

102W 27678

Countersunk Head Screw (M3x6)

AB

112W 27677

Screw (M3x6:Red)

AC

112W 27678

Screw (M3x6:White)

AD

112W 27698

Pan Head Screw (M3x6)

AE

112W 27877

Screw (M3x8:Red)

AF

112W 28078

Screw (M3x10:White)

AG

112W 28298


AH

113W 20478

Screw (M3x4:White)

AJ

113W 20578

Screw (M3x5:White)

AK

113W 20677

Screw (M3x6:Red)

AL

113W 20678

Screw (M3x6:White)

AM

113W 20878

Screw (M3x8:White)

AN

113W 21078

Screw (M3x10:White)

AP

113W 21278

Screw (M3x12:White)

AQ

113W 21478

Screw (M3x14:White)

AR

113W 21778

Screw (M3x18:White)

AS

113W 22578

Screw (M3x25:White)

AT

113W 27488

Pan Head Screw (M3x4:White)

AU

113W 27588


AV

113W 27688


AW

113W 27888


AX

113W 28288


AY

113W 29788


AZ

113W 35678

Screw (M4x6:White)

BA

113W 35878

Screw (M4x8:White)

ITEM

PART NO.

PART NAME

BB

113W 35888


BC

113W 36078

Screw (M4x10:White)

BD

113W 37478

Screw (M4x30:White)

BE

114W 27678

Tapping Screw (3x6:White)

BF

141W 35451

Setscrew (M4x4)

BG

141W 35551

Setscrew (M4x5)

BH

153W 17655

Tapping Screw (3x6)

BJ

153W 17688


BK

153W 17855

Tapping Screw (3x8)

BL

153W 17888


BM

153W 18088


BN

153W 27678


BP

153W 27878


BQ

153W 28078


BR

158W 27678

Screw (M3x6:White)

BS

158W 27688

Round Point Screw (M3x7:White)

BT

158W 27878

Screw (M3x8:White)

BU

158W 28078

Screw (M3x10:White)

BV

158W 35678

Screw (M4x6:White)

BW

158W 35877

Screw (M4x8:Red)

BX

158W 35878

Screw (M4x8:White)

BY

220W 21278

Flange Nut (M3:White)

BZ

251W 24278

Washer (4:White)

CA

251W 29151

Washer (8)

CB

251W 29278

Washer (8:White)

CC

252W 24250

Nylon Washer (4) (t 0.25)

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-204

98. Screws

Version.1 .1.1

Table 1

Table 1

ITEM

PART NO.

PART NAME

ITEM

PART NO.

PART NAME

CD

252W 27350


DF

354W 29251

E-Clip (8)

CE

252W 27550


DG

354W 29278

E-Clip (8:White)

CF

252W 29350


DH

354W 33251

E-Clip (12)

CG

252W 29450

Nylon Washer (8) (t 1)

DJ

252W 33350

Nylon Washer (12)(t 0.5)

CH

271W 21050

Dowel Pin (2.5x10)

DK

113W 36888


CJ

271W 21250

Dowel Pin (2.5x12)

DL

113W 21657

Screw (M3x16)

CK

271W 27850

Dowel Pin (3x8)

DM

158W 45078

Screw (M5x10:White)

CL

271W 28050

Dowel Pin (3x10)

DN

252W 27450

Nylon Washer (6) (t 1)

CM

271W 28250

Dowel Pin (3x12)

DP

252W 29250


CN

271W 28650

Dowel Pin (3x16)

DQ

285W 15651

Spring Pin (2x6)

CP

271W 28850

Dowel Pin (3x20)

DR

102W 28478

Countersunk Head Screw (M3x14)

CQ

271W 37150

Dowel Pin (4x25)

DS

113W 21678

Screw (M3x16:White)

CR

271W 46550

Dowel Pin (5x32)

DT

113W 28888


CS

351W 29250

Retaining Ring (8)

DU

153W 18288


CT

354W 15278

E-Clip (2:White)

DV

220W 24378

Flange Nut (M4:White)

CU

354W 19278

E-Clip (2.5:White)

DW

256W 21278

Spring Washer (3:White)

CV

354W 21251

E-Clip (3)

DX

131W 36051

Screw (M4x10)

CW

354W 21278

E-Clip (3:White)

DY

251W 29178

Washer (8:White)

CX

354W 24251

E-Clip (4)

DZ

252W 31350


CY

354W 24254

KL-Clip (4)

EA

251W 24251

Washer (4)

CZ

354W 24278

E-Clip (4:White)

EB

201W 33278

Nut (M12:White)

DA

354W 26251

E-Clip (5)

EC

354W 21254

KL-Clip (3)

DB

354W 26278

E-Clip (5:White)

ED

--

--

DC

354W 27251

E-Clip (6)

EF

113W 38488


DD

354W 27254

KL-Clip (6)

EG

113W 36878

Screw (M4x20:White)

DE

354W 27278

E-Clip (6:White)

EH

141W 27451

Setscrew (M3x4)

Parts List

02/2009 5-205

98. Screws Table 1 ITEM

PART NO.

PART NAME

EJ

252W 27250


EK

158W 27888


EL

271W 16050

Dowel Pin (2x10)

EM

251W 19278

Washer (2.5:White)

EN

113W 30088


EP

251W 21278

Washer (3:White)

EQ

252W 24350


ER

252W 31550


ES

113W 20698


ET

271W 21650

Dowel Pin (2.5x16)

EU

158W 36278

Screw (M4x12:White)

EV

201W 24278

Nut (M4)

EW

113W 36278

Screw (M4x12:White)

EX

251W 27278

Washer (6:White)

EY

256W 27278

Spring Washer (6:White)

EZ

153W 15888


FA

158W 28278

Screw (M3x12:White)

FB

113W 36678

Screw (M4x16:White)

FC

113W 38278

Screw (M4x45:White)

FD

354W 15251

E-Clip (2)

FE

112W 30098


FF

112W 27878

Screw (M3x8:White)

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-206

99. Adjustment Area Codes and Paper and Document Area Codes List

99.1 Paper

Version.1 .1.1

99.2 Consumables Table 1

Table 1

Paper

A.C

1.

J Paper

57B1

2.

JD Paper

57B2

3.

C2 Paper

57B3

4.

Plain Paper (XEROX)

5711

5.

Plain Paper (Non-XEROX)

57B4

6.

Recycled Paper (XEROX)

5712

7.

Recycled Paper (Non-XEROX)

57B5

8.

Heavy Paper

57B6

9.

Tracing Paper

5714

10.

Transparent Film (FX)

5713

11.

Transpaent Film (Non-FX)

57B7

12.

Tack Film

57B8

13.

Label

57B9

14.

Postcard

57BB

15.

Index

57BC

16.

Punched Paper

57BD

1.

Consumable

A.C

Toner (K)

409K

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-207


Version.1 .1.1

99.3 Electrical Adjustments

Table 1

Table 1

Electrical Adjustment

A.C

39.

Download (Reinstall)

77E1

Electrical Adjustment

A.C

40.

Download (Version UP)

77E2

1.

Side Regi Adjustment (Tray 1)

77B1

41.

HDD Initialization (Patition 1)

77CK

2.


77B2

42.

HDD Initialization (Patition@2)

77CL

3.


77B3

43.


77CM

4.


77B4

44.


77CN

5.

Side Regi Adjustment (MSI Tray 5)

77B5

45.


77CP

6.

Side Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 6)

77C3

46.


77CQ

7.

Side Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 7)

77C4

47.


77CR

8.

Lead Regi Adjustment (Tray 1)

77C5

48.


77CS

9.


77C6

49.

HDD Initialization (ALL Patitions )

77CT

10.


77C7

50.

Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (Booklet)

77CV

11.


77C8

51.

Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (two-fold)

77CW

12.

Lead Regi Adjustment (MSI Tray 5)

77C9

52.

Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (Z fold)

77CX

13.

Lead Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 6)

77CB

53.

Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (small-sized Z fold)

77CY

14.

Lead Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 7)

77CC

54.

FinisherFolding Position Adjustment (C fold)

77CZ

15.

White Ref. Adjustment

771M

55.

Other NVM Changes

7760

16.

IIT Calibration DC945

7726

56.

Other Diag Adjustments

77BN

17.

CCD Calibration

77CD

18.

Optical Axis Fluctuation Correction

77CE

19.

Collection of Side 2 Shading Correction Data

77CF

20.

ROS Write Timing

77B7

21.

Edge Erase Adjustment

77B6

22.

ATC SENSOR SET UP

77B8

23.

Tone UP/DOWN Adjustment

77BC

24.

NVM Initialization (IIT/IPS)

702A

25.

NVM Initialization (SYS-System)

77BE

26.

NVM Initialization (SYS-User)

702D

27.

NVM Initialization (IOT)

77BF

28.

NVM Initialization (INPUT DEVICE)

77CG

29.

NVM Initialization (IISS-EXTENSION)

77CH

30.

NVM Initialization (OUTPUT DEVICE)

77CJ

31.

Lead Edge Erase Amount Adjustment

77BH

32.

Trail Edge Erase Amount Adjustment

77BJ

33.

Side Edge Erase Amount Adjustment

77BK

34.

FS Magnification Adjustment

77BL

35.

SS Magnification Adjustment

77BM

36.

Temperature Adjustment

7751

37.

Switching between Fixed Magnification Ratios

77C1

38.

Buzz Sound

77C2

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-208


99.4 Mechanical Adjsutments

Version.1 .1.1

99.5 Documents

Table 1

Table 1

Mechanical Adjsutment

A.C

Document

A.C

1.

Full/Half Parallel Adjustment

1050

1.

Photo Document

572B

2.

Contact Arc Adjustment

434P

2.

Printed Document

572C

3.

Map, Low-contrast Document

572D

4.

Patched Documet

572E

5.

Dirt/Creased Document

572F

6.

Color-background Documnet

572G

7.

Other document

572H

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-209


99.6 Accessories related

Version.1 .1.1

99.7 Environment Table 1

Table 1

Accessories related

A.C

Accessories related

80AA

1.

2.

EP-SV Unit

8050

2.

Problem Mishandling (beyond User Guide)

9052

3.

Copier-to-EP-SV Connecting Cable

8051

3.

Operational Error (covered by User Guide)

9053

4.

EP-SV-to-Accessory Connecting Cable

8052

4.

Operational Error (beyond User Guide)

9054

5.

TEL Line for EP-SV

8053

5.

No Reproduction after Power ON/OFF

9055

6.

AC Adaptor for EP-SV

8054

6.

Interference with Peripheral

9040

7.

Power at Customer Site

7123

1.

Environment

A.C

Problem Mishandling (covered by User Guide)

9051

Parts List

02/2009 5-210


99.8 DMP/Network Functions related Table 1 DMP Function

A.C

1

Environment

90AA

2

DMP Functions

9060

3

Receiver Problem in sending data (where to store PushScan, etc. or PC, Server, etc.)

9061

4

Sender Problem in receiving data (PC, Server, etc.)

9062

5

Accounting Server *1 Problem (Non-FX produced server)

9063

6

Authentication Server Problem (Keroberos, etc.)

9064

7

Directory Server Problem (LDAP, etc.)

9065

8

Time Server Problem

9066

9

Router Problem

9067

10

HUB Problem

9068

11

USB Device Problem (goods on the market)

9069

12

Memory Media Problem (goods on the market)

906B

13

Wireless LAN Problem

906C

14

Network-linked Service SW*2

9070

15

CenterWareEasyOperator

9071

16

CenterWareEasyAdmin

9072

17

Job-Flow Creating Tool

9073

18

CenterWareFrowService

9074

19

CenterWare Scan Service

9075

20

DocuHouse

9076

21

CenterWare Device Portal Service

9077

22

DocuSheare

9078

23

FreeFrow related (XDOD)

9079

24

Print/Scan Driver

907B

25

XDOM

907C

*1: Accounting Server refers to the server with DocuHouse, etc. that carries out and administers totalling of copy/print quantities. This code is used for non-FX produced servers. *2: DMP Function: 906* is used in the case where the service operating on the remote terminal that has exhibited a problem is a non-FX product. If FX-produced SW is used, Network-linked Service SW: 907* is used.

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

5.3.1 Navi.1.1 (Processor + I/F Module + HCS)

5.3.2 Navi.2.1 (Processor)

Figure 1 j0tk50011

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 1 j0tk50021

02/2009 5-211

5.3 Parts Navi

Parts List

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-212

5.3 Parts Navi

Version.1 .1.1

5.3.4 Navi.2.3 (IIT)

5.3.3 Navi.2.2 (DADF)

Figure 1 j0tk50022

Figure 1 j0tk50023

5.3.5 Navi.2.4 (Tray Module)

5.3.6 Navi.2.5 (I/F Module)

Figure 1 j0tk50024

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 1 j0tk50025

02/2009 5-213

5.3 Parts Navi

Parts List

Parts List

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-214

5.3 Parts Navi

Version.1 .1.1

5.3.8 Navi.3.1 (HCS Upper)

5.3.7 Navi.2.6 (HCS)

Figure 1 j0tk50026

Figure 1 j0tk50031

5.3.9 Navi.3.2 (HCS Lower)

Figure 1 j0tk50032

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 5-215

5.3 Parts Navi

Parts List

Parts List 5.3 Parts Navi

02/2009 5-216

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Chapter 6 General

6 General 6.1 How to Use the Service Mode 6.1.1 UI Diagnostic Mode Structure ............................................................................... 6.1.2 How to Enter the CE Mode.................................................................................... 6.1.3 How to Exit from the CE Mode .............................................................................. 6.1.4 Printing Various Reports ....................................................................................... 6.1.5 Main Reports ......................................................................................................... 6.1.6 ASCII Code Table ................................................................................................. 6.1.7 Special Booting ..................................................................................................... 6.1.8 NVM Settings Recovery Tool ................................................................................ 6.1.9 Download Diag ...................................................................................................... 6.1.10 Long Boot Diag.................................................................................................... 6.1.11 IIT Diag Tool........................................................................................................

3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 13 19 21

6.2 How to Use the DC Codes 6.2.1 NVM Read / Write: DC131 .................................................................................... 23 6.2.2 Component Control (IO Check): DC330................................................................ 24 6.2.3 Analog Monitor (IO Check): DC140....................................................................... 24 6.2.4 Initialize Hard Disk: DC355 ................................................................................... 25 6.2.5 Software Options................................................................................................... 25 6.2.6 Delete All Data ...................................................................................................... 26 6.2.7 Initialize NVM: DC301 ........................................................................................... 26 6.2.8 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test (Sub System): DC355...................................... 27 6.2.9 ADF Independent Operation (Sub-System): DC527 ............................................. 27 6.2.10 Print Test Pattern: DC612 ................................................................................... 28 6.2.11 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup/IIT Calibration): DC945 .................... 28 6.2.12 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 ...................................... 29 6.2.13 Optical Axis Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 ........................... 29 6.2.14 Side 2 Shading Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 ...................... 30 6.2.15 Default Developer Housing ATC Setup (MAX Setup): DC949 ............................ 30 6.2.16 Procon ON/OFF Print (MAX Setup): DC935 ....................................................... 31 6.2.17 Toner Density Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC991 ................................................ 33 6.2.18 Fuser Nip Measurement (MAX Setup): DC701 ................................................... 34 6.2.19 Machine ID / Billing Data (Adjustment / Others): DC132..................................... 35 6.2.20 HFSI Counter (Adjustment / Others): DC135 ...................................................... 36 6.2.21 Fold Position Printout (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC12837 6.2.22 Single Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 . 37 6.2.23 Booklet / Fold & Staple (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC12838 6.2.24 Booklet / Fold Only (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC12839 6.2.25 Z-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128......... 40 6.2.26 Z Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128.... 41 6.2.27 C Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 ... 42 6.2.28 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment (Registration): DC740.................................. 43 6.2.29 System Registration Adjustment (Registration): DC129 ..................................... 43 6.2.30 Paper Path Timing Measurement (Registration): DC726.................................... 44 6.2.31 Jam Counter (Faults): DC118 ............................................................................. 45 6.2.32 Failure Counter (Faults): DC120 ......................................................................... 45 Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

6.2.33 6.2.34 6.2.35 6.2.36 6.2.37 6.2.38 6.2.39 6.2.40

Shutdown History (Faults): DC122...................................................................... IOT CIS Setup Cycle:DC750............................................................................... IOT CIS Check Cycle:DC751 .............................................................................. Upgrading Software (Device UI Method) (FX Only) ............................................ Backup/Restore................................................................................................... Inspection/Repair Request (EP Service): DC003 (FX Only) ............................... Used Parts Collection Notification: DC004 (FX Only) ......................................... Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings ..............................................................

46 46 47 48 49 50 51 51

6.3.1 DC330 Input Component Check List 6.3.1.1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IOT) ........................................................ 6.3.1.2 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module) .............................................. 6.3.1.3 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1).....................................................

53 58 60

6.3.2 DC330 Output Component Check List 6.3.2.1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IOT)...................................................... 6.3.2.2 DC330 Output Component Check List (IF Module)............................................ 6.3.2.3 DC330 Output Component Check List (HCS1) ..................................................

63 88 91

6.3.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List 6.3.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List..........................................................................

93

6.3.4 DC135 HFSI Counter List 6.3.4.1 DC135 HFSI Counter List (IOT) ......................................................................... 6.3.4.2 DC135 HFSI Counters List (IF Module) ............................................................. 6.3.4.3 DC135 HFSI Counters List (HCS1)....................................................................

97 104 105

6.3.5 DC612 Test Pattern List 6.3.5.1 DC612Test Pattern List ...................................................................................... 6.3.5.2 Image Information Flow (Overall) ....................................................................... 6.3.5.3 Details of Functions related to Image Data ........................................................

107 116 117

6.3.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List 6.3.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List.......................................................

119

6.3.7 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719) 6.3.7 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719) ..............................................

121

6.3.8 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711) 6.3.8 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711) .......................................................................

153

6.3.9 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740) 6.3.9 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740) ....................................................................

165

6.3.10 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741) 6.3.10 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741) ...................................................................

167

6.3.11 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742) 6.3.11 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742) .............................................................. 02/2009 6-1

169

General

General 6.3.12 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744) 6.3.12 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744) ..............................................................................

197

6.3.13 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746) 6.3.13 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746).................................................................................

235 249 257 265

6.3.18 DC131 Deve NVM List (762) 6.3.18 DC131 Deve NVM List (762) ................................................................................

269

6.3.19 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764) 6.3.19 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764) ...........................................................................

275

6.3.20.1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770) 6.3.20.1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770).............................................................

331


385


467

6.3.21 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769) 6.3.21 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769) ......................................................................

519

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991) 6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)..............................................................................

531

6.4 Special Keys 6.4.1 Resetting Replace Consumables .......................................................................... 6.4.2 UI Alignment ..........................................................................................................

555 555

6.6 Specifications 6.6.1 6.6.2 6.6.3 6.6.4 6.6.5 6.6.6 6.6.7 6.6.8 6.6.9

Product Name/FWSS Code/Product Code/XJ Code/Serial No. ............................ Software Keys ....................................................................................................... Main Specifications................................................................................................ Machine Installation Space (Recommended Value) and Total Weight ................. Electrical Specification........................................................................................... Noise ..................................................................................................................... Installation Environment ........................................................................................ Warm Up Time ...................................................................................................... First Copy Output Time (FCOT) ............................................................................

6.6.10 Copy Speed

584 592 600 601

6.6.14.1 6.6.14.2 6.6.14.3 6.6.14.4

Things to Take Note When Using the Plinth Kit ............................................... Bundled Accessories........................................................................................ Machine Configuration and Plinth Kit Combination.......................................... Relationship Between Plinth Kit and Installation Space...................................

603 603 604 607

6.7 Tools ........................................................................................................................

611

6.8 Consumables

6.3.17 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760) 6.3.17 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760) .........................................................................

Copy Speed ........................................................................................................ Paper Compatibility ............................................................................................. High Capacity Stacker Toner Block .................................................................... Alignment ............................................................................................................

6.7 Tools

6.3.16 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752) 6.3.16 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752)..............................................................

6.6.10 6.6.11 6.6.12 6.6.13

6.6.14 Plinth Kit

6.3.15 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751) 6.3.15 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751)...................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

217

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749) 6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)................................................................................

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-2

557 571 572 576 581 581 582 582 583

6.8 Consumables ...........................................................................................................

613

6.1.1 UI Diagnostic Mode Structure

Table 1

The UI Diag Screen structure consists of 2 types of "Maintenance / Diagnostics" Screen structures "Color UI Screen (MCW-UI/FCW-UI)". The FCW- UI is an optional device.

Maintenance / Diagnostics Function No. Screen - Upper Layer

Maintenance / Diagnostics Function MCW/ Screen - Lower Layer FCW

The MCU-UI/FCW-UI "Maitenance / Diagnostics" screen configurations are as follows.

21

Current Faults (DC125)

O*4

22

Jam Counter (DC118)

O

23

Failure Counter (DC120)

O

24

Shutdown History (DC122)

O

Machine ID / Billing Data (DC132)

O

26

HFSI Counter (DC135)

O

27

Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment (DC128)

O

Faults

Maintenance / Diagnostics Function List Table 1 Maintenance / Diagnostics Function No. Screen - Upper Layer

Maintenance / Diagnostics Function MCW/ Screen - Lower Layer FCW

1

Initialize Hard Disk (DC355)

2

Delete All Data

O

3

Software Options

O

4

NVM Initialization (DC301)

O

5

NVM Read/ Write(DC131)

O

6

Print Test Pattern (DC612)

O

7

IO Check

Component Control (DC330)

O

Analog Monitor (DC140)

O

Registration

Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment (DC740)

O

10

System Regi Adjustment (DC129)

O

11

Measure Paper Path Timing (DC726)

O

8 9

12

O

Procon ON/OFF Print(DC935)

O

13

Initial Deve Housing ATC Setup (DC949)

O

14

Toner Density Adjustment (DC991)

O

15

IIT Calibration (DC945)

O

16

Fuser Nip Measurement (DC701)

O

17

IOT CIS Setup Cycle (DC750)

O

18

IOT CIS Check Cycle (DC751)

O

ADF Independent Operation (DC527)

O

Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test (DC355)

O

19

MAX Setup

Sub System

20

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Remarks

Inclusive of No Paper Run Feature.

25

Adjustment / Others

28

Software Upgrade (FX Only)

29

Backup/Restore

O Backup

Remarks *4: Displayed when the Faults button is selected.

EPS MC: Operation directive is invalid.

O

30

Restore

O

31

Delete Backup File

O

Inspection/Repair Request (DC003)

O

Displayed for EP System installation.

Used Parts Collection Notification (DC004)

O

Displayed for EP System installation.

32

EP Service(FX Only)

33 34

Delete All Certificates/ Initialize Settings

O

0: Supported -: Unsupported



02/2009 6-3

6.1 How to Use the Service Mode

General

General 6.1 How to Use the Service Mode

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-4

Version.1 .1.1

6.1.2 How to Enter the CE Mode

6.1.3 How to Exit from the CE Mode

1.

Press and hold the [0] key on the Control Panel for 5 seconds or longer and then press the [Start] key while keeping your finger on the [0] key.

There are 2 ways to exit.

The [CE - Enter Passcode] screen will appear.

•


Enter the Access Number "6.7.8.9" and press [Confirm],

•

While remaining on the "System Settings" screen, hold down the [0] key and simultanously press the [Start] key.

2.

The UI display will be reversed, indicating that the mode has changed to the CE mode. As to the EPS machine, [Setup] on the [All the Services] screen should change to [Tools]. As to the EPS machine, go to step 5. 3.

Press the [Log In/Out] key or the [Menu] key. If you pressed the Log In/Out key, go to step 6. If you pressed the Menu key, go to step 4.

4.

The [Menu] screen appears..

5.

On the [Menu] screen, select [Tools].

6.

The [Tools] screen appears.

7.

On the [Tools] screen, select [Common Settings] from Group. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] from Features.

8.

The [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen appears.

NOTE: If "Yes" was selected for "Exit (Keep Log)" or "Exit (Clear Log)" at the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen and the machine is reboot, it will also exit from CE Mode.

6.1.4 Printing Various Reports

6.1.5 Main Reports

1.

Enter the CE Mode.

6.1.5.1 Debug Log Report

2.

Press the [Machine Status] key on the Control Panel.

•

3.

Select the "Machine Status / Print Report" tab.

4.

Select the [Print Report / List] button.

5.

Purpose of the report: To reduce the CE's workloads when repairing failures by printing out the debug messages recorded in the NV memory for CE maintenance.

•

Press the following button.Select the button of the Report to print and press the [Start] key.

Print Contents

The specified report will be printed.

Prints out the debug messages recorded in the NV Memory with the time when the data was stored.

•

The output format is as follows.

[Job Status] button

YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS

Job History Report, Error History Report. • •

6.1.5.2 HFSI Counter Report

Settings List - Common Items.

•

Purpose of the report:

•

Print Contents

[Printer Reports] button

The HFSI information stored in the IOT will be displayed.

Configuration Report (common item), TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List, HP-GL/2 Logical Printers List, ART EX Form List, PostScript Logical Printers List, PCL Settings List, ESC/P Settings List, PC-PR201H Settings List, PCL Macro List, ESC/P Logical Printers List, PC-PR201H Logical Printers List, PDF Settings List, ART IV,ESC/P User Defined List, Font List, TIFF/JPEG Settings List, HP-GL/2 Settings List, PCL Font List, PostScript Font List, DocuWorks Printer Settings List •

"xxxxx" (Recorded message)

[Copy Mode Settings] button

[Scan Reports] button Reports, Address Book

•

[Folder List] button

•

[Job Counter Report] button (FX only)

•

[Auditron Administration] button

•

[EAN128 Bar Code Sample] button

Folder List

Print Auditron Report A4 Bar Code Mode OFF, A4 Bar Code Mode ON, A3 Bar Code Mode OFF, A3 Bar Code Mode ON •

[Used Product Return Form] button

•

[CE] button HFSI Report, Debug Log Report, Jam Report, Failure Report, Shutdown Report

Report Name: HFSI Counter Report Last Date of Visit YYYY/MM/DD Table 1 Current Chain-Link Value xxx-xxx 6-digit Display (Refer to each DC131 Chain-Link No. in 6.3 Service Data for the Chain-Link.

xx Numeric values are displayed.

Standard Value

Average Monthly Value

Operation History (P1)




xx The screen displays the value accumulated from the last service call up to now and the frequency within 30 days calculated by the number of days.

Displays the Replacement Reason as U: UM, S: SM and O: Others. P1: Means the life before previous replacement.

Displays the Replacement Reason as U: UM, S: SM and O: Others. P2: Means the life before previous 2 replacements.

Displays the Replacement Reason as U: UM, S: SM and O: Others. P3: Means the life before previous 3 replacements.

6.1.5.3 Jam Counter Report •

Purpose of the report:

•

Print Contents

To check the frequency of the occurrence of jams that have been registered in advance. Report Name: [Jam Counter Report] Table 2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Chain-Link

Counter Value

xxx-xxx 6-digit Display Search for the Chain Link with the search function.


02/2009 6-5


General

General

Version.1 .1.1

6.1.6 ASCII Code Table

6.1.5.4 Shutdown History Report •

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-6

6.1 How to Use the Service Mode Purpose of the report:

Table 1

To output the history registered for the purpose of CE maintenance. •

Print Contents

Decimal

Hexadecimal

Up to 50 items registered as System Fail, Paper Jam and Document Jam will be displayed respectively. If there is no log, only the item names are displayed and the log is not displayed.

32

20

SP (Space)

48

30

0

49

31

1

50

32

2

51

33

3

52

34

4

53

35

5

54

36

6

55

37

7

56

38

8

57

39

9

65

41

A

66

42

B

67

43

C

68

44

D

69

45

E

70

46

F

71

47

G

72

48

H

73

49

I

74

4A

J

Report Name: [Shutdown History Report] System Fail History Table 3 Date & Time

Chain-Link

Sheets

The date when the trouble occurred is displayed.


Up to 50 items

Paper Jam History Table 4 Date & Time The date when the trouble occurred is displayed.

Chain-Link

Sheets


Up to 50 items

Document Jam History Table 5

Characters (Numeral)

Date & Time

Chain-Link

Sheets

75

4B

K

The date when the trouble occurred is displayed.


Up to 50 items

76

4C

L

77

4D

M

78

4E

N

79

4F

O

6.1.5.5 Failure Counter Report

80

50

P

•

Purpose of the report: To display the number of fails that has been registered in advance for CE maintenance.

81

51

Q

82

52

R

Print Contents

83

53

S

Report Name: Fail Counter Report

84

54

T

The following reports are displayed:

85

55

U

86

56

V

87

57

W

88

58

X

89

59

Y

90

5A

Z

97

61

a

•

Table 6 Chain-Link

Counter Value



6.1.7 Special Booting

Table 1 Decimal

Hexadecimal

Characters (Numeral)

98

62

b

99

63

c

100

64

d

101

65

e

102

66

f

103

67

g

104

68

h

105

69

i

106

6A

j

107

6B

k

108

6C

l

109

6D

m

110

6E

n

111

6F

o

112

70

p

113

71

q

114

72

r

115

73

s

116

74

t

117

75

u

118

76

v

119

77

w

120

78

x

121

79

y

122

7A

z

The following modes are enabled by pressing a combination of keys and turning the main power switch ON, not by a normal key operation. Use these modes when the system is unable to enter Diag mode due to troubles or to clear error data from HDD spooling. Table 1 How to Start Up M/C

Operations at Power ON

How to Use

Startup by complete NVM Initialization

Turn the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key, [Stop] key and [2] key.

Used when recovery is not achieved with Startup by Force NVM Initialization (turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key, [Stop] key and [3] key). This method can also be used to resolve the problem - where the internal clock becomes unstable, therefore causing all the functions that use the clock to become unstable - when the NVM PWB is initialized with the backup battery detached. When an initialization is performed with this method, billing matching etc. occurs as when the NVM PWB is replaced.

Startup by Log Data Ini- Turn the power ON while tialization pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key, [Stop] key and [1] key.

Used when the log data has an error and a Fail such as 116-331 has occured, or when the log data must be cleared for version upgrade that involves a large change in versions.

Startup by Long Boot Diag

Turn ON the power while pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key and the [Start] key.

Mainly checks the parts on the Controller (partially includes communication). If an error is found, the appropriate Fail Code appears. If no error is found, the M/C automatically reboots after going through specified diagnostic items. The M/C is checked in the same manner as in Download Diag, but there are fewer diagnostic items, which take approx. 2 minutes. Unlike Download Diag, diagnostic results of the items are not displayed.

Startup by Force NVM Initialization

Initializes the NVM of the configuration range Turn the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver (Printer Settings etc) inside the Controller by / Clear] key, [Stop] key and force and starts up. [3] key.

Startup by Forced Spool Turn the power ON while Area (HDD) Initialization pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key, [Stop] key and [6] key.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-7

If an error, such as 116-324, has occurred when printing was set to be performed with the data spooled to the hard disk and the machine cannot be started by turning it OFF then ON, this initializes the hard disk area in which the print data is stored before starting the machine.


General

General Table 1 How to Start Up M/C

Operations at Power ON

How to Use

This special boot mode has been added so that a Startup by Forced Spool Turn ON the power while Area (HDD) Initialization pressing the [Start] key and customer can also perform the "turn the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key, the [Stop] key. (for User) [Stop] key and [6] key." Startup by Forced HDD Format

Software Download

Software Download Mode

Backup/Restore

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-8


Turn the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key, [Stop] key and [4] key.

Formats the HDD by compulsion. This operation resets the HDD to partitions at factory settings. Use it as a countermeasure when Fail Code 116354 (HDD Product Fail) occurs. Refer to 116-354 HDD Product Fail FIP in Chapter 2 for the details.

Set it to Software Download mode when performTurn ON the power while pressing the [Power Saver ing Firmware Upgrade. For more information on the Firmware Version Update, refer to "[ADJ / Clear] key. 2.1.4 Firmware Version Update" in Chapter 4. ) Turn ON the power while pressing the following keys: MF M/C: [Power Saver] + [Stop] + [9] P M/C: [Power Saver] + [Right]

A self-contained type of diagnostic program for hardware. Use this when wanting to diagnose a Controller hardware failure.

Turn ON the power while pressing the following keys: MF M/C: [Power Saver] + [Stop] + [5] P M/C: [Set] + [Down]

Use this when wanting to restore backed-up data stored on the hard disk.

Version.1 .1.1

6.1.8 NVM Settings Recovery Tool The NVM Settings Recovery Tool is the GUI tool that sets NVM data collectively from the PC to the DC machine, the multifunction machine or the printer (thereafter generically referred to as “IOT”) that has the USB Interface. The tool has the function of backing up and restoring NVM settings for the IOT (including HCF), Finisher D3/D4, DADF, IIT, IFM and HCS. NOTE: Backup/Restore on the UI is intended for controller data only, not for configuration information such as IOT NVM settings. For the way of backing up controller data, refer to 6.2.37 Backup/Restore in the service manual.

[Preparation] 1.

Obtain the NVM Settings Recovery Tool. From the Firmware Download page, select a model and download the diagnostic program onto the PSW. [FX] http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp [IBG] See IBG RTS Docushare.

2.

Decompress the NVM Settings Recovery Tool. The NvmBackup Restore folder should be created.

3.

Install the NVM Settings Recovery Tool and the USB Driver. NOTE: If the PC has PC-Diag availble, the USB Driver does not need installing.

4.

Install the NVM Settings Recovery Tool. (1)

Activate Setup.exe in the NvmBackup Restore folder.

(2)

The Welcome to the NvmBackup Restore Setup Wizard window appears. Click [Next].

Figure 1 j0vt61001 (3)

The Select Installation Folder window appears. Select a specific destination folder to install the tool to. Click [Next].


Figure 4 j0vt61004

The Confirm Installation window appears. Click [Next]. Installation starts.

(6) 5.

Now the installation is complete. The icon named “NvmBackupRestore" is created on the desktop.

Install the USB Driver. NOTE: The NVM Settings Recovery Tool uses the same USB Driver that PC-Diag does. Therefore, if the PC has PC-Diag available, the USB Driver does not need installing. (1)

Turn ON the IOT.

(2)

Connect the PC and the IOT (USB1.1 Downlaod) with the USB Cable.


When the installation is complete, the Installation Complete window appears. Click [Close].

Figure 5 j0tk61005 (3)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-9

A message appears saying “Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard.” Select [Install the from a list or specific location]. Press the [Next] button.


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-10


Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 j0vt61008


(6)

A message appears saysing “Please choose your search and installation options.” Select the Drivers folder under the folder where the NVM Tool is installed. Press the [Next] button.

When the installation is complete, a message appears saysing “Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard.” Click [Finish].

Select the destination folder selelcted in (3), step 4 (e.g. If the application is installed to "C:\NvmBackupRestore", include “C:\NvmBackupRestore\Drivers".)

Figure 9 j0vt61009 Figure 7 j0vt61007

6.

Installing the NVM Settings Recovery Tool and the USB Driver is complete.

[Procedure for backing up NVM data] (5)

The Hardware Installation window appears. Click [Continue Anyway]. Installation starts.

The NVM data that the NVM Settings Recovery Tool can recover is the NVM data on the NVM list. 1.

Turn ON the IOT. Enter UI Diag. Open the DC131 NVM Read/Write window.

2.

Connect the PSW and the IOT (USB1.1: Download) with the USB Cable.

8.

Figure 12 j0vt61011


The message window appears. Click [OK].

9.

Turn ON the PSW.

4.

Click the [NvmBackupRestore (NVM Settings Recovery Tool)] icon.

5.

The Fuji Xerox NVM Backup Restore Tool window appears. Click the [C/L List] button. Select the the file named “XXXXIIT#1.nvmcll" located in the folder where the NVM Tool is installed. (To backup IIT, select this.)

The Save As...window appears. Select where to save the file to back up, and specify a file name. Click [Save]. NOTE: As a file name, use a specific IOT Serial No. or date.

* xxxx represents a specific model.

Figure 13 j0vt61012 10. When backing up the file is complete, the following window appears. Click [No].

Figure 11 j0vt61010 6.

Enter a comment in the [Memo] pad. (Not always required)

7.

Click the [Machine -> PC] button. If no comment was entered in the Memo pad in step 6, a message appears saying "Memo was not entered. Be continue?" Click [Yes].

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-11


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-12


Version.1 .1.1

NOTE: If [Yes] is clicked, the Explorer starts and displays the hierarchy where the backed-up file is saved.

Figure 16 j0vt61014 Figure 14 j0vt61013 6.

Select the file backed up by the backup procedure.

11. Click the [Exit] and close the NVM Settings Recovery Tool.

[Procedure for restoring NVM data] 1.

Turn ON the IOT. Enter UI Diag. Open the DC131 NVM Read/Write window.

2.

Connect the PSW and the IOT (USB1.1: Download) with the USB Cable.

Figure 17 j0vt61015


Turn ON the PSW.

4.

Click the [NvmBackupRestore (NVM Settings Recovery Tool)] icon.

5.

The Fuji Xerox NVM Backup Restore Tool window appears. Click the [File] button.

7.

Click the [PC -> Machine] button.

8.

The message window appears. Click [OK].

NOTE: If any memo was entered in the Memo pad when backing up the file, the content of it appears in this window.

6.1.9 Download Diag 6.1.9.1 Download Diag Overview The Download Diag provides the following 2 functions. 1.

ESS-related Hardware Diagnostic Function Create a folder named “DIAG” in the USB Memory in advance. Copy the diagnostic program into this folder. Plug the USB memory into the machine and turn ON the power while pressing [Power Saver] + [Stop] +[9] (keypad) to diagnose any failures in the ESS-PWB and installed memory/HDD, etc. (Approx. 5 minutes) The diagnostic results (PASS/FAIL/SKIP) are displayed on the Control Panel and recorded into the USB memory as a diagnostic result log.If "FAIL" is displayed, refer to "6.1.9.6 Diagnostic Contents/ Displayed Results/Actions" and resolve it. * "SKIP" is displayed when the optional parts are not detected. The diagnostic results are saved as a text file right under the DIAG folder.


When restoring the file is complete, a message appears saying ["NVM Restore" completed. OK]. Click [OK].

10. Click [Exit] and close the NVM Settings Recovery Tool.


ESS-related Logging Function Create a folder named "LOG" in a USB memory in advance. Plug the USB memory into the machine and turn ON the power while pressing [Power Saver] + [Stop] +[9] (keypad) to store ESS-related logs in the "LOG" folder. This function can retrieve logs at the same level (detail) as the [Logging Tool] and it can retrieve all the errors that have occurred in the past (the ones stored in the HDD) and the Job Logs*. However, active logs cannot be retrieved. The required operation time is 3 to 5 minutes (depending on size). *Job Logs are encrypted. The logs are saved into a new folder that is created right under the "LOG" folder. The folder names are as follows:

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-13


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-14

Version.1 .1.1

LOG_XXXXXX_Y.TXT

[Diagnostic Procedure]

XXXXXX: Machine Serial Number

If you also want to retrieve the ESS Logs, create a "LOG" folder right under the root of the USB memory in advance.

Y: Sequential number

6.1.9.2 USB Memory We recommend that you use USB memory EasyDisk Platinum2 (499T08261) that is currently registered as a service tool. In some models, the exterior package of the memory may clash with the other ESS connectors. Connect it using the extension cable that comes with the tool.

1.

Turn the machine OFF and make sure that the power is completely off before plugging the USB memory into the machine's USB1.1 Port.

2.

Turn the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] button, the [Stop] button and the [9] key. (Hold the keys down until "DIAGLOAD" is displayed in the Panel.) After approx. 10 seconds, "DIAG PROGRAM READ" is displayed while the Diagnosis Program is being downloaded from the USB memory.

Connect it to the ESS USB1.1 Port. Things to Note for USB Memory [FX] 1. 2.

Do not use the USB memory (tool) to store any confidential/personal information. Install a security software in the USB memory. You can download the security software [KeySafe Plus] for [EasyDisk Platinum2] from the Information Systems Dept. home page http://docubase.ssc.fxhq.fujixerox.co.jp/security/support/usb/

3.

To prevent losing the USB memory, attach the strap that comes with the tool.

4.

Job Logs that include job names and job owner names are encrypted before saved. The diagnostic result logs are not encrypted because they do not contain confidential/personal information.

Areas in the USB memory that are covered by the security function cannot be automatically accessed. Set the security function to leave an unsecured area of 50MB or more so that it can be used as temporary space to perform diagnostics/logging.

Figure 2 j0vt61018

[IBG] Follow the safety guidelines established within the OpCo and ensure that customer data do not get leaked out when servicing.

6.1.9.3 File Name DIAG_ESS_Teak_xxxxxx.bin (diagnostic program for Download Diag) * xxxxxx is the date

6.1.9.4 Download Diag Procedures [Preparation] 1.

Download the Download Diag (diagnostic program) from the following location below into the PC. [FX] URL: http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp (Firmware download page) [IBG]

Figure 3 j0vt61019

Refer to IBG RTS Docushare. 2.

Create a "DIAG" folder right under the root of the USB memory and copy the diagnostic program into that folder.

If a "LOG" folder has been created in the USB memory to record logs, the following display will appear before the "DIAG PROGRAM READ" is displayed and the log will be retrieved. (When the log is being retrieved, the following screen is displayed.)

6.

After the recording into the USB memory has been completed, the message "---DIAG PROGRAM END---" is displayed and the Data LED turns OFF. Turn the machine OFF and make sure that the power is completely off before removing the USB memory. *Note that depending on the machine configuration and error status, the message "---DIAG PROGRAM END--" may be displayed somewhere else other than at the bottom of the screen.

7.

Turn ON the power.

6.1.9.5 Control Panel/LED Indication Specifications The list shows the string displayed on the Control Panel and the lighting status of the Control Panel LED during each processing sequence of the diagnostic program.

Table 1

Contents Figure 4 j0vt61020

3.

String displayed on the Control Panel

LED Status

String 1

String 3*3*4

LED 1*4

LED 2*5

String 2*1

When the diagnostic pro- ---DIAG PROGRAM None gram starts START---

None

Blinking

Off

CAUTION If "DIAG PROGRAM READ" is not displayed, turn OFF the power, remove the USB memory, and then check whether the correct diagnostic program exists in the "DIAG" folder in the USB memory.

When the diagnostic pro- ---DIAG PROGRAM None gram has finished END---

None

Off

Off

When checking the avail- USB MEDIA IS ability of USB memory for CHECKING log record

None

Blinking

Off

After the Diagnosis Program has been completely downloaded, the message "DIAG PROGRAM EXECUTE" is displayed and the diagnosis program runs. The Data LED lights up during diagnosis.

DETECT

NOT DETECT None

Off

None When recording the log USB MEDIA IS into the USB memory for RECORDING NOW log record

None

Blinking

Off

Refer to 6.1.9.6. When each diagnostic SW is running and when the diagnostic results are re-displayed*2

Blinking

Off

PASS

None

FAIL

Refer to 6.1.9.6.

Off

SKIP

None

When the diagnostic ---DIAG PROGRAM None results are re-displayed*2 NG RESULT---

None

Blinking

Off

NO PROBLEM When the diagnostic results are re-displayed*2, every diagnostic result is "PASS"

None

None

Blinking

Off

When a fatal error has occurred

None

None

Off

On

---FATAL ERROR OCCUR---

Off


*1: String 2 is displayed after String 1 in the same line.

Once the diagnosis starts, diagnostic status and results are displayed on the Control Panel. If the diagnostic result is "FAIL", refer to "6.1.9.6 Diagnostic Contents/Displayed Results/Actions" and resolve it.

5.

Once the diagnosis is complete, the message "USB MEDIA IS RECORDING NOW" is displayed on the Control Panel and the diagnostic results are recorded in detail into the USB memory.

*2: When the display has reached the end line of the Control Panel (e.g. when there are many test items), this indicates the results that are displayed again after all tests have been completed. It will not be shown if the display does not reach the end line of the Control Panel. *3: Displayed as an Error Code only when a diagnostic result is "FAIL".

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-15


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-16


Version.1 .1.1

*4: Indicates the "Sending/Receiving" LED.

Table 2 UI Panel display No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name)

Diagnostic Result display

4

PASS FAIL

Test Name

*5: Indicates the "Documents Stored" LED.

6.1.9.6 Diagnostic Contents/Displayed Results/Actions This section explains the contents of the diagnostic test in the order they are performed.

Serial Line communication test 2

IOT COMM

Error Code

Action when diagnosed as FAIL

E04

1.

Check each module contacts ESS (contact between Cable and Board).

2.

Replace each module.

3.

Replace Controller Board.

1.


2.


3.

Repalce Controller Board.

1.


2.


3.


1.

Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2.

2.

Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2.

3.


IOT to Data Link Layer communication test

If there are multiple test items with "FAIL" diagnostic result, action must be taken in the order they were tested. Table 2 UI Panel display No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name)


1

None None (because the test is performed in the first processing sequence before UI is displayed.)

Test Name

VRAM test for UI Panel VRAM read and write verification test

2

UI Panel display test

None (because the test is performed in the first processing sequence before UI is displayed.)

Grid pattern

Visual check of UI Panel display

3


IIT COMM

Error Code

None None (because the test is performed in the first processing sequence before UI is displayed.)

PASS FAIL

E01

Action when diagnosed as FAIL 1.

Disconnect and reconnect UI Cable.

2.

Remove and insert BackPlane Card.

3.

Replace UI Cable.

4.

Replace Back Plane Card.

5.

Replace UI.

6.


1.

Disconnect and reconnect UI Cable.

2.

Remove and insert BackPlane Card.

3.

Replace UI Cable.

4.


5.

Replace UI Card.

6.

Repalce Controller Board.

1.


IIT to Data Link Layer communication test 2.


3.


5

SYSTEM MEM- PASS FAIL Slot1Memory read and ORY M1 SKIP write verification test (diagnostic time: approx. 30 sec)

E02

DRAM test

E03

DRAM test

SYSTEM MEMSlot2 Memory read and ORY M2 write verification test (diagnostic time: approx. 30 sec) 6

Video ASIC test

VIDEO ASIC

PASS FAIL

E05

ASIC (Panther4) test

Table 2



7

PASS FAIL

Test Name

I2C Device read and write verification test

SEEP ROM 1

Error Code


UI Panel display No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name)


E06

1.

Check SEEPROM for poor contact (a bent pin, etc.).

10

PASS FAIL

2.

Check Controller Board and Back Plane Card for poor contact (a disconnected cable, etc.).

Test Name

SEEPROM test including MAC Address

3.

Replace BackPlane Card.

4.

Contact TSC.

5.

Replace the machine. Note 1)

NOTE: 1. If SEEP ROM 1 has failed and SEEP ROM itself has had a failure, replace the machine. Actually SEEP ROM may be provided from the factory on a case-by-case basis. I2C Device read and write verification test

SEEP ROM 2

PASS FAIL

E07

NVM read and write veri- NVM PWB ESS PASS fication test FAIL

E08

1.

9

FontROM test Standard FontROM checksum test FontROM test Optional Font ROM checksum test

STANDARD FONT ROM

PASS FAIL

E09

OPTION FONT PASS ROM FAIL SKIP

E10

1.

Remove and insert NVRAM Board.

2.

Replace NV-RAM Board.

3.


1.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


11

12

1.


2.


2.


3.


STANDARD Standard Page Memory PAGE MEMread and write verifica- ORY tion test (*effective only when IIT COM test result is OK.)

PASS FAIL

E12

1.


Page Memory test

OPTION PAGE Optional Page MemoMEMORY ryread and write verification test (*effective only when IIT COM test result is OK.)

PASS FAIL SKIP

E13

1.

Remove and insert Page Memory (option).

2.

Replace Page Memory (option).

3.


Flash Memory test

PASS FAIL

1.


2.


3.


1.

Check each module contacts ESS (contact between Cable and Board)

ESS ROM


EP ACCESSORY COMM

EP Device to Data Link Layer communication test


02/2009 6-17


Page Memory test

Flash Memory checksum test

14

1.

3.

E11

Calendar Register test (Read only)

13

OS management area test


E14

Contact TSC.

SEEPROM (I2C Device) tests except the above 8

Real Time Clock opera- CLOCK tion test

Error Code

High Compression PDF HIGH-COMP PWB test PDF PWB Test in communication establishment between ESS PWB and High Compression PDF Board (diagnostic time: approx. 1 min. (max 2 min.)

PASS FAIL SKIP

PASS FAIL SKIP

E15

E16

2.


3.


1.

Remove and insert Lyser Card.

2.

Remove and insert SELENE Board.

3.

Replace Lyser Card.

4.

Replace SELENE Board.

5.



General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-18


Version.1 .1.1



15

PASS FAIL SKIP

Test Name

HDD test

HDD

HDD self test and read and write verification test

16

File System test

Power Saving Mode operation test

Error Code


UI Panel display No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name)


E17

1.

Disconnect and reconnect HDD Cable.

22

PASS FAIL

2.

Remove and insert HDD.

3.

Replace HDD and HDD Cable.

4.


1.

Format HDD (Power Saver+Stop+4) to check whether files can be restored.

Test Name

PASS FAIL SKIP

E27

POWER SAVE PASS MODE FAIL

E18

FILE SYSTEM

HDD File check

17

Table 2

1.

IMAGE-LOG PWB test Test of Memory on Image Log Board and Check of Image Path

19

JPEG PWB test

IMAGE-LOG PWB

JPEG PWB

JPEG Chip data compression test (comparison with expected value)

PASS FAIL SKIP

PASS FAIL SKIP

E01

1.


2.


3.


IIT to Data Link Layer communication test

23

IIT test Board built in IIT operation test

IIT DIAGNOSIS PASS FAIL

1. Replace the faulty part(s) See 6.1.11. listed on Table 1 under 2 Table 6.1.11.2 . 1.

If any of the following situations occurs in the LED status shown in the above table, escalate it based on the trouble flow characteristics.

E19

E20

1.

Remove and insert Lyser Card.

2.

Remove and insert Torino Board.

3.

Replace Lyser Card.

4.

Replace Torino Board.

5.


1.

Remove and insert JPEG Board.

2.

Replace JPEG Board.

3.


20

Ethernet test ETHERNET Ethernet PHY Chip Reg- PHY ister read and write verification test

PASS FAIL

E21

1.


21

Serial Line communication test 2-2

PASS FAIL

E04

1.


IOT COMM(2)

IIT COMM(2)


Contact TSC.

Transfer to/Recovery from Power Saving Mode test 18

Serial Line communication test 1-2

Error Code

IOT to Data Link Layer communication test 2.


3.


•

[When a fatal error has occurred] (LED 1: Off/ LED 2: On)

•

LED 1 stopped blinking regardless of whether the diagnostics has completed or not

•

The diagnostic results are not displayed after the Test Names were displayed on the Control Panel

6.1.10 Long Boot Diag

[Diagnostic Contents/Displayed Results/Actions]

Turn ON the power while pressing [Power Saver] + [Start] (continuously for 5 secs) to diagnose any failures in the ESS PWB and installed memory, etc.

From among all the items which are diagnosed in Long Boot Diag, only the following are diagnosed. This section explains the contents of the diagnostic test in the order they are performed.

This completes in approx. 2 minutes because fewer items are diagnosed compared to in the Download Diag.

Table 1 Test Name

[Diagnostic Procedure] Turning ON the power while pressing the [Power Saver] + [Start] will automatically start the diagnostics. The screens displayed from the start till the end of the diagnostics are generally as follows:

Operation Panel display No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name) 5

Error Code


SYSTEM MEM- PASS FAIL Slot1 Memory read and ORY M1 SKIP write verification test (diagnostic time: approx. 30 sec)

E02

1.

Remove and Insert ESS RAM DIMM #1.

2.


3.


DRAM test

E03

1.


2.


3.


1.

Check SEEPROM for poor contact (a bent pin, etc.).

2.

Check Controller Board and Back Plane Card for poor contact (a disconnected cable, etc.).

3.


DRAM test

Slot2 Memory read and write verification test (diagnostic time: approx.30 sec) 7



SYSTEM MEMORY M2

SEEP ROM 1

PASS FAIL

E06

SEEPROM test including MAC Address

4.

Contact TSC.

5.

Replace the machine. Note 1

NOTE: 1. If SEEP ROM 1 has failed and SEEP ROM itself has had a failure, replace the machine. Actually SEEP ROM may be provided from the factory on a case-by-case basis.

Figure 1 j0vt61022 If an error is detected, the Error Code (Chain-Link) will be displayed on the Control Panel. (Unlike in the Download Diag, the diagnostic result of each item is not displayed.)


SEEP ROM 2

PASS FAIL

E07

1.

Contact TSC.

SEEPROM (I2C Device) tests except the above Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-19


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-20


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 Test Name

Operation Panel display No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name) 8


NVM read and write veri- NVM PWB ESS PASS fication test FAIL

Table 1 Error Code


Operation Panel display No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name)


E08

1.

15

PASS FAIL SKIP

Test Name

OS management area test 9

FontROM test Standard FontROM checksum test FontROM test Optional FontROM checksum test

10

STANDARD FONT ROM

12

Remove and insert HDD.

3.

Replace HDD and HDD Cable.

4.


E10

1.


2.


3.


1.


2.


3.


PASS FAIL

E12

1.


OPTION PAGE PASS FAIL Optional Page Memory MEMORY SKIP read and write verification test (*effective only when IIT COM test result is OK.)

E13

1.

Remove and insert Page Memory (option).

2.

Replace Page Memory (option).

3.


Flash Memory test

E14

1.


2.


3.


Page Memory test

Flash Memory checksum test

ESS ROM

PASS FAIL

Disconnect and reconnect HDD Cable.

2.

OPTION FONT PASS ROM FAIL SKIP

Page Memory test STANDARD Standard Page Memory PAGE MEMread and write verifica- ORY tion test (*effective only when IIT COM test result is OK.)

1.



E11

E17


1.

PASS FAIL

HDD

3. E09

Real Time Clock opera- CLOCK tion test

HDD test HDD self test and read and write verification test


2.

PASS FAIL

Calendar Register test (Read only) 11


Error Code

6.1.11 IIT Diag Tool

Table 1

The IIT Diag Tool allows quick execution of the diagnostics functions by simple operations when an error has occurred in the IIT system.

6.1.11.1 IIT Diag Tool Functions

Code

Faulty Parts

11

PWBA HWM

99999

Controller-to-IIT communication failure

This tool allows quick execution of the diagnostics functions by simple operations when an operation error has occurred in the IIT system. The main content of the diagnosis are as follows: •

Analog signal check of the Lamp/CCD, etc.

•

Image quality check using Built-in Test Patterns

•

Open circuit check using harness test signals

NOTE: The tool is currently not able to diagnose the following: •

Communication error between the ESS and the IPS

•

Failure with Error Codes that indicate the relevant faulty parts (Fan fail, etc.)

•

When power is not supplied from the LVPS to the IPS board (in this case, inputs of the NVM715-030 is denied)

6.1.11.2 IIT Diag Tool Procedures Setting NVM 715-030 to "1" at the Control Panel automatically executes the diagnostic function. (Approx. 5 to 10 secs) If the diagnostic result is OK, the value of 715-030 will display "0" or "000". NOTE: "1" is displayed until [Confirm/Change] is pressed on the NVMRead/Write screen. (when [Confirm/Change] is pressed, a result will appear.) If an error is detected, a 3-digit code is displayed. The code is made up of one higher digit and two lower digits, each of which corresponds to the codes (faulty parts) shown in the following table. Although a maximum of two faulty parts is displayed, there are cases when a communication error in one of the faulty parts causes the other parts to be judged as faulty. Therefore, it is recommended that you first replace only one of the faulty parts and re-execute the diagnostics. Example) 110... 01 and 10 002... 02 only Table 1 Code

Faulty Parts

01

Lamp

02

PWBA CCD

03

FFC CCD

04

PWBA IPS

05-09

Currently not relevant

10

LAMP FFC

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-21


General


02/2009 6-22

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

•

6.2.1 NVM Read / Write: DC131 2.

Purpose

1=Jam Bypass ON

Jam Bypass Execution: JAM Bypass operation starts with the copy operation from the User Mode. Stop it with the [Stop] key.

It is possible to refer to or set/change the NVM data. NOTE: All the NVM data including the NVM for the Key Operator are accessible.However, Billing and Auditron Administration Password cannot be rewritten.

3.

Jam Bypass Mode Cancellation: The NVM settings for the JAM Bypass Mode resets (cancels JAM Bypass Mode) by turning the M/C OFF then ON (User Mode).

NOTE: For details on NVM No. (Chain-Link), refer to 6.3.7 through 6.3.22.

Procedure

1.

1.

Select [NVM Read / Write] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

Paper Intentional Stop Function Settings:

2.

Input the Chain-Link No. and press the [Change Settings] button.

Set the NVM of the Paper Intentional Stop Function in NVM Read / Write (set the timing to stop in increments of 10ms), end the operation, and exit the CE Mode.

3.

The current setting value and the "New Value" input column are displayed.

Exit the CE Mode without rebooting the Controller. If the machine reboots due to other reasons, the settings for the Paper Intentional Stop Function will be cleared.

NOTE: E.g.) The machine does not accept "700-6" as an abbreviation of "700-006".When a number starts with "0", the "0" must be entered. 4.

DADF: Set NVM [711-296] Independent Operation Time from "0" -right "2"~"999".

Enter the value that you wish to change to into the "New Value" column using the keypad and press the [Confirm] button.

•

0=Independent Operation OFF (Default)

•

2~999=The time to stop after feeding of independent operation started (in increments of 10ms)

The entered value can be cleared using the [C] button.

IOT: Set NVM [740-012] Paper Intentional Stop Timer from "0" -right "1"~"999".

NOTE: If the entered value is invalid, the following message is displayed.

•

0=Intentional Stop Instruction None (Default)

"Incorrect value. Please re-enter."

•

1~999=The time to stop the paper intentionally (in increments of 10ms)

5.

The entered number is displayed in the "Current Settings" column.

6.

Select [Close] to return to the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2.

Paper Intentional Stop operation starts with the copy operation from the User Mode (1 copy with Paper Tray settings as Simp, Dup, Inv etc).

The M/C stops at the specified timing. Stop the operation by shutting down the M/C. The M/C performs recovery operation (Marking recovery) when it restarts after shutting down.

Function: The NVM Read / Write Special Functions includes Jam Bypass mode and Stop Paper function. 1.

The JAM Bypass Mode operates the IOT or DADF, and checks its operation when the Jam detection is turned OFF. This function can only be operated from the CE (UI) mode.

3.

After setup, ignore the Jam Timer until the next time the power is turned OFF/ON. 2.

Paper Intentional Stop Function Execution:

Paper Intentional Stop Function Cancellation: The NVM settings for the Paper Intentional Stop Function operation resets by turning the M/C OFF then ON (User Mode).

The Paper Intentional Stop Function stops the paper (Hard Down) on the IOT or DADF at a specific time in order to investigate the location on the paper transport path where paper contamination or paper damage has occurred. This function can only be operated from the CE (UI) mode. Paper transportation stops at the timing set.

1.

Jam Bypass Mode Settings: Set the NVM of the Jam Bypass Mode for IOT or DADF in NVM Read / Write, end the operation, and exit the CE Mode. The Controller will exit the CE Mode without rebooting. If the machine reboots due to other reasons, the settings for the JAM Bypass Mode will be cleared. DADF: Set NVM [711-297] Communication Fail Bypass from "0" -right "1". •

0=Communication Fail Bypass OFF (Default)

•

1=Communication Fail Bypass ON

IOT: Set NVM [742-002] Jam Bypass Switching from "0" -right "1". •

0=Jam Bypass OFF (Default)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-23

6.2 How to Use the DC Codes

General

General 6.2 How to Use the DC Codes

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-24

Version.1 .1.1

6.2.2 Component Control (IO Check): DC330

6.2.3 Analog Monitor (IO Check): DC140

Purpose

Purpose

Displays the logic state of Input Component input signals and operates the Output Components.

Monitors the Analog value of the A/D converted sensor, by operating each component (such as C.C). You can temporarily change the output value.

NOTE: For details on Component Control (Chain-Link No.) Code, refer to 6.3.1 and 6.3.2 in Chapter 6.

Procedure

NOTE: For details on the Analog Monitor, refer to 6.3.3.

1.

Select [IO Check] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

Procedure

2.

Select [Component Control] on the "IO Check" screen.

1.

3.

Enter the Chain-Link No. of the Input/Output components (6 digits) using the keypad.

2.

Select [Analog Monitor] on the "IO Check" screen.

3.

The "Analog Monitor" screen is displayed.

NOTE: E.g.) The machine does not accept "1-300" as an abbreviation of "001-300". When a number starts with "0", the "0" must be entered. 4.

Select [IO Check] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

•

"Input / Output" column: Component type (Input / Output component)

•

"Enable / Disable" column: Operation states - Enable (Checking in progress), Disable (Checking stopped)

•

"Level" column: Displays the received output level value. (Level: 0-65535)

•

[Change Output Level] button: Input the output level that is desired to change and check the Output Level of the output component temporarily. Select the [Change Output Level] button, enter the value using either the Keypad on the screen or the arrow keys and press [Confirm].

•

[Enter Number] button: Refer to Step 4

•

[Show Current Status] button: Refer to Step 4

Press the [Start] button.Component operation is started. •

To proceed, select the [Enter Number] button on the screen, enter the Chain-Link No. and press [Start]. NOTE: The status of the latest turned ON component is displayed on the screen.

•

•

To check the status of a previously turned ON component, select the [Enter Number] button, enter the Chain-Link No. of that component and press [Show Current Status]. The status of the previously turned ON component is displayed. Select [Cyclic Motion] for the component to repeat the operation.

5.

Input/Output column (component type), Status column (Operation status: High/Low and On/Off), and Counter column (Operation Count) are displayed on the "Component Control" screen.

6.

To stop the running Input/Output components individually, press the [Stop the component on display] button.

4.

•

Select [Close] to return to the "IO Check" screen.

To proceed, select the [Enter Number] button on the screen, enter the Chain-Link No. and press [Start]. NOTE: The status of the latest turned ON component is displayed on the screen.

•

To stop two or more running Input/Output components simultaneously, press the [Stop all the components] button. 7.

Enter the Chain-Link No. of the analog Input/Output components using the Keypad.

5.

To check the status of a previously turned ON component, select the [Enter Number] button, enter the Chain-Link No. of that component and press [Show Current Status]. The status of the previously turned ON component is displayed.

Select [Close] to return to the "IO Check" screen.

6.2.4 Initialize Hard Disk: DC355

6.2.5 Software Options

Purpose

Purpose

To initialize the Hard Disk partition A only.

Enter the software key (password) to enable the optional functions installed in the device. (Can also be set up in the Machine Administrator Mode)

Table 1 Hard Disk Partition Types Partition No.

Stored information and usages

Partition 1 (A) Resource

Font, Form/Logo, SMB Folder (Config. txt, driver), Job Template

Procedure 1.

Select [Software Options] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2.

Enter the password of the software option using [Keyboard] on the "Software Options" screen.

Partition 2 (B) Print

EPC Print Temporary Data

Partition 3 (C) Mailbox

Extended Mailbox, Scan, Report, Secure Print, Proof Print, Delay Print

NOTE: Software key (password) error occurs in the following situations.

Partition 4 (D) PDL

PDL and MailIO Temporary

•

Input mistake

Partition 5 (E) Copy

EPC Copy Temporary Data

•

Inconsistent model code and machine number

Partition 6 (F) Scan

Stores the information for Scan To Server, Scan To PC, E-Mail Send, JFS Temporary Data, Transmission Report - Undelivered/Transmission Report (Recipient, result, image data)

•

Issuance mistake (Wrong software key (password) number)

Partition 7 (G) DOMS/XDOD

DOMS Scan Data, XDOD FTP Data

Partition 8 (H) Administration Information

Spool Cont. Administration Information (Pflite User Document Store), Job Recovery Data, Instruction Manual, Job Log, Log during trouble, Audit Log, Device verification data

Partition 9 (I) PIT Library

Log Image Creation Temporary Area of the Image Log

Partition 10 (J) Log Images

Log Image Storage Area of Image Log

Partition 16 (K) Backup

The area to store backed up data in and to restore the data from

3.

Press the [Reboot] button.

4.


Procedure 1.

Select [Initialize Hard Disk] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2.

Select [Partition A] and press [Start].

3.

Select [Yes] after the confirmation message is displayed. Partition A of the Hard Disk is initialized.

4.

When "Partition A has been initialized." is displayed, select [Confirm].

5.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-25


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-26


Version.1 .1.1

6.2.6 Delete All Data

6.2.7 Initialize NVM: DC301

Purpose

Purpose

Deletes the data in the Hard Disk, ESS PWB NVRAM, and Backup RAM (User defined/registered information and information recorded automatically by the system). (Can also be set up in the Machine Administrator Mode)

To perform initialization for any NVM area.

CAUTION

NOTE: At NVM Initialize, do not initialize the settings for Billing Counter, M/C Serial No., Market, HFSI, Shutdown History, and Jam/Fail Counter. The values of Shutdown History and Jam/Fail Counter are cleared by the process that is specified at Diag Exit (Exit Diagnostics).

This function is provided to prevent the leak of customer confidential information when the machine is recalled.

Settings set up by the users, such as Fax Speed Dial Registration Data, Mailbox Registration Data, and User Managed Auditron, and individual passwords can be erased by KO Tool.

Executing "Delete All Data" deletes all the data that has been registered/set in the machine.

NOTE: NVM Initialization Precautions

Procedure

•

After NVM initialization, remove the shipping inspection sheet provided in the machine and refer to NVM 752-477 (ATC Barcode No.) described in it to perform ATC Sensor Setup. If this action is not performed, the toner density control will not be performed correctly and may cause image quality problems.

1.

Select [Delete All Data] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2.

A Message is displayed on the "Delete All Data" screen.

3.


4.

Confirmation Message is displayed. Select [Yes].

Procedure

5.

The [Deleting data] message appears.

1.

Select [Initialize NVM] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

6.

The message indicating the completion appears.

2.

The "Initialize NVM" screen is displayed.

7.


3.

Select the NVM area you wish to initialize. Table 1 NVM Area List

NVM Area Item

Remarks

IOT

Initializes the IOT NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted. (Initialization includes Output Device)

Finisher

Initializes the IOT NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted in the Finisher. (Finisher D4 includes Trimmer/Square Fold.)

IFM

Initializes the IFM NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted.

HCS

Initializes the HCS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted.

IISS (IIT/IPS)

Initializes the IISS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted. (Initialization includes Input Device and IISS-Extension)

IISS-Extension

Initializes the IISS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted in Extension.

Input Device

Initializes the IISS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted in DADF/CVT.

Sys-SYSTEM

Initializes the Sys-System NVM-related data that can be set in CE mode.

Sys-USER

Initializes the Sys-User NVM-related data that can be set by user.

4.


5.

Follow the message shown on the "Initialize NVM" screen and select [Yes] or [No].

6.


6.2.8 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test (Sub System): DC355

6.2.9 ADF Independent Operation (Sub-System): DC527

Purpose

Purpose

Perform failure prediction test for Hard Disk (HDD).

To automatically adjust the original size during DADF scan to the desired original size.

Procedure

NOTE: As to the EPS machine, any operation directive is invalid. Error should be displayed.

1.

Select [Sub System] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

Procedure

2.

Select [Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test] on the "Sub System" screen.

1.

Select [Sub System] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

3.

The "Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test" screen is displayed.

2.

Select [ADF Independent Operation] on the "Sub System" screen.

4.

Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Start].

3.

The "ADF Independent Operation" screen is displayed.

5.

The result is displayed on the "Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test" screen.

4.

Following the message, set the document on the DADF. (3 sheets)

6.

If the result is NG, Fault Code is displayed.

7.

Take action according to the message and press the [Confirm] button.

NOTE: The size of the fed original differs according to the market.

Select [Close] to return to the "Sub System" screen.

•

FX, XE/IBG: A4 LEF (210.0 0.7mm)

•

XC: 8.5"x11" LEF (215.9 0.7mm)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

5.


6.

Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Confirm].

7.

Select [Close] to return to the "Sub System" screen.

02/2009 6-27


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-28

Version.1 .1.1

Purpose

6.2.11 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup/IIT Calibration): DC945

Performs copy quality check and isolates the problems by printing the Test Pattern in the machine.

Purpose

6.2.10 Print Test Pattern: DC612

Performs No Paper Run. NOTE: For the Test Pattern List, refer 6.3.5.1 DC612 Test Pattern List in Chapter 6.

Procedure

To perform automatic correction for IIT White Sensitivity Level and Gray Balance. NOTE: Perform this when there are smears and gray contamination etc. of the IIT. NOTE: As to the EPS machine, any operation directive is invalid. Error should be displayed.

1.

Enter [NVM Read / Write] from the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen and change the settings of the NVM Values to match the prerequisites for each of the Test Patterns.

NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.8.3 in Chapter 4.

2.

Select [Print Test Pattern] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

1.

3.

Enter the Pattern Number, select the paper and, if using Tray 5 (Bypass), set the paper type.

2.

Select [IIT Calibration] on the "MAX Setup" screen.

If the Pattern Number prerequisite is wrong, it cannot be executed.

3.

Select [White Reference Adjustment] on the "IIT Calibration" screen.

•

BW

4.

•

Paper Supply: Paper Tray and Paper Type (MSI selected)

Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Start]. (Load 10 or more sheets of blank A3 or 11"x17" paper on the Platen)

*Paper sizes available for the MSI: Standard sizes (with K/O Tools) and Non-standard size (by entering a size) are available for the MSI. However, Paper Size (Standard) Settings is required (NVM870-211). During the Diag, B5 LEF cannot be selected. To use B5 LEF, select each Tray.

NOTE: The machine carries out the following operations. (1)

Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.

*Paper Type (details):

(2)

Obtains the shading data.

Heavyweight

(3)

Performs sampling of white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correction Coefficient. (Written into NVM 715-092 to 096)

(4)

Performs shading to reflect the result of the White Reference Adjustment.

Procedure Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

Extra Heavyweight Plain • 4.

Quantity: 1 to 999

NOTE: This adjustment is performed at factory shipment and when the CCD, Lamp, or Platen Glass is replaced.

Press the [Start] button. NOTE: When Pattern Number is set to "71: No Paper Run", empty rotation is performed as many times as the number set in Quantity. Press the [Stop] button to stop.

5.

6.

The following measured values are displayed on the screen after the White Reference Adjustment is performed. When completed with error, the message "Calibration has been completed with an error." is displayed. •

BW-X (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-X)

•

BW-Y (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Y)

•

R (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Red)

•

G (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Green)

•

B (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Blue)

Select [Close] to return to the "IIT Calibration" screen.

6.2.12 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 Purpose

6.2.13 Optical Axis Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945

To perform automatic correction for the CCD Color Sensitivity Dispersion.

Purpose To automatically measure and adjust skew for Platen and Side Regi.

NOTE: Perform this when the yellow component of the image looks abnormal. NOTE: This adjustment is performed after performing the "White Reference Adjustment".

NOTE: Perform this when something is clearly wrong with the Platen Regi skew.


NOTE: This adjustment is performed after replacing the CCD.



Procedure


1.

Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

Procedure

2.


1.


3.

Select [CCD Calibration] on the "IIT Calibration" screen.

2.


4.

Follow the instructions on the screen, then place the Test Chart (STP5001, 499T276) on the Platen and press [Start].

3.

Select [Optical Axis Correction] on the "IIT Calibration" screen.

4.


5.

The following data are displayed on the screen after execution.

5.

The following obtained data are displayed on the screen after execution. •

b*Correction Coefficient

•

b*Patch Measured Value

•

b*Standard Value

•

Result

•

Reflection Ratio (R, G, B, Y, M, C, K)

•

Result

Open the platen cover, make sure there is nothing on the glass, and execute.

6.

The "Result" column will display "OK" or "NG". When completed with error, the message "Calibration has been completed with an error." is displayed.

7.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

•

Result: OK / NG

•

Front NUT Correction Angle: numeric display

•

Rear NUT Correction Angle: numeric display

6.

If NG, run the necessary adjustment. (Refer to Chapter 4 ADJ 5.8.3)

7.


02/2009 6-29


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-30

Version.1 .1.1

6.2.14 Side 2 Shading Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945

6.2.15 Default Developer Housing ATC Setup (MAX Setup): DC949

Purpose

Purpose

To retrieve the Shading Data of the White Reference Board (jig) for the Duplex CIS to check all pixel outputs, determine existence of dirt, and display the result.

To set ATC Target Value by actually measuring the density of toner in the Developer Housing shortly after the replacement of developer whose toner density is already known, by use of the ATC Sensor sensitivity adjustment function.

NOTE: This correction is performed at factory shipment, when image quality is deteriorated, and when black lines appear in the slow scan direction.

When this adjustment is required:

NOTE: Before performing this correction, remove the White Reference Board (jig) from the specified storage location. Clean the White Reference Board and CIS Glass so that they are free of dirt and dust, and then set the White Reference Board to the predetermined location.

•

After the replacement of Deve Housing

•

After the replacement of ATC Sensor


•

Once you have entered the screen, you will find [ATC Measured Value] and [ATC Target Value] displayed there.

•

[Setting Switch] displayed on the screen can be turned ON or OFF.

•

When the [Start] button is pressed, the data of the displayed [Setting Switch] will be reported to the IOT and entered in NVM, and then the M/C will operate in a mode like No Paper Mode (Transfer Retract) and perform ATC Measurement and judge on Fail.

•

After the M/C finishes the above, the NVM value of Setting Switch, the ATC measured value and the ATC target value are displayed again, and OK or NG is displayed based on a measurement result and a setup result that are NVM values for judgment.

•

After it is turned ON, the Setting Switch will turn OFF without fail because the IOT automatically sets it to OFF.


Procedure 1.


2.


3.

Select [Side 2 Shading Correction] on the "IIT Calibration" screen.

4.

Follow the instructions on the screen, make sure that there is no dirt on the Document Cover and press [Start].

5.

•

After scanning is complete, the "Result" column will display "OK" or "NG". When completed with error, the message "Calibration has been completed with an error." is displayed.

•

If "NG" is displayed, the related Fault Codes: 065-213 (CIS Illumination Fail) or 065-212 (CIS Shading Level Fail) will appear. Follow the action procedures specified for the Fault Code to resolve the problem. At the same time, clean the White Reference Board and CIS Glass and perform the Side 2 Shading Correction again.


Overview

Procedure NOTE: Be sure to use new developer in order to set Target Value. 1.


2.

Select [Default Developer ATC Setup] on the "MAX Setup" screen.

3.

On the screen, turn ON the Setting Switch.

4.


5.

ATC Target Value becomes updated. Check the target value.

6.

Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen.

1.


2.

Select [Default Developer ATC Setup] on the "MAX Setup" screen.

3.

On the screen, turn OFF the Setting Switch

4.


5.

A specific measurement result and a setup result appear. Check the results. Meaning of Results Measurement Result: judgment on whether an ATC Sensor measured value is abnormal. Setup Result: judgment on whether setting ATC Target Value is successfully complete.

6.

Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen

6.2.16 Procon ON/OFF Print (MAX Setup): DC935 Purpose •

This function identifies the cause of an IOT density reproducibility problem by performing Process Control Setup according to the built-in PG output and displays the control-related parameters and existence of failures.

•

There are two modes for Procon Control: [Procon "ON" Print] mode for Process Control ON and [Procon "OFF" Print] mode for Process Control OFF. These modes are use to identify whether the trouble is caused by the Process Control or the IOT.

•

There is also a [Print Density Adjustment] mode, which adjusts the IOT density using the [Density] button to change a Process Control target value.

Overview •

When you enter the screen, the screen starts in the "Procon "ON" Print" mode and displays the [Patch 1], [Patch 2], [Setup Value], [Target Value], [Measured Value], and [Results] parameters. However, at this time, the [Results] is blank.

•

Pressing the [Start] button performs the Minisetup with Process Control conditions that matches the selected mode, outputs one sheet of IOT built-in ADC Patch, and then creates a Job End Patch.

•

All the trays are available (Default: Tray 1). The operation cannot be performed if any tray is empty. A3 SEF, A4 LEF, 11"x17" SEF, or 8.5"x11" LEF paper can be used.

•

After the built-in PG output, the updated [Patch 1], [Patch 2], [Setup Value], [Target Value], [Measured Value], and [Results] parameters will be displayed. The [Result] will display "OK" or "NG".

•

The following describes the operation overview for each mode: Table 1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

No. Name

Description

Remarks

1.

Procon ON Print: Printing with same settings as Customer Mode

Press the [Start] button to instruct the start of operation. Perform Minisetup, then print one sheet of the built-in PG for Procon ON Print and create the Job End Patch. When this process has completed, the automatically updated Procon ON Print related data appears in the results column on the "Procon ON Print" screen.

Built-in PG: Procon PG Screen 300C A print is made using the same quantity of LD light adjusted by ADC for density adjustment as the one in Customer Mode.

2.

Procon OFF Print: Press the [Start] button to instruct the Printing with ADC start of operation. Perform Minisetup, then print one sheet of the built-in PG for Control OFF Procon OFF Print and create the Job End Patch. When this process has completed, the automatically updated Procon OFF Print related data appears in the results column on the "Procon OFF Print" screen.

02/2009 6-31

Built-in PG: Procon PG Screen 300C A print is made using a specific quantity of LD light that makes it possible to obtain the standard electric potential determined by ESV.


General

General

6.

Table 1 No. Name

Description

3.

1.

Print Density Adjustment

2.

3.

4.

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-32

6.2 How to Use the DC Codes Remarks

Execution of Darker or Lighter instruction changes the manual Select [Lighten (+1)], [Darken (+1)] correction amount of the ADC Target Value, ATC Target Value and on the "Print Density Adjustment" screen and press the [Start] button VM Target Value from the current to instruct the start of operation. The NVM status. • DC131[752-216]: RADCS [Result] will display "OK", "NG", Manual Correction Amount "Tone", or "Limit".

Version.1 .1.1 Pressing the [Start] button prints one sheet of the built-in PG for Procon ON Print or Procon OFF Print, and displays the following automatically updated NVM parameter values on the screen. The [Result] will display "OK" or "NG"

Procon ON Print: Identifies the current copy density.

As a guide, the density of Cin 50% changes by 0.1 each time "Darken" or "Lighten" is executed.

•

The [Reset] button on the "Print Density Adjustment" screen is used to reset the VM Target Value. Select [Reset] and press the [Start] button to execute the operation. The [Result] will display "OK" when the ATCS Manual Correction Amount has not changed, or "Tone" when the value has changed.

•

DC131DC131[752-191]: ATCS Manual Correction Amount DC131[752-234]: Delta VMS Manual Correction Amount

The changes in the RADCS Manual Correction Amount and the Delta Manual Correction Amount are reflected in the next Procon ON Print. However, the change in the ATCS Manual Correction Amount will not be reflected unless DC991 Tone Up/Down is performed. If the ATCS Manual Correction Amount has changed, "Tone" appears in the results column. If any of the Process Control related Fails (092-607~092-663) occurs, "NG" appears in the results column. NOTE: Delta: Indicates the difference.

Table 2

Electrostatic: VG

Setup Patch 1

Setup Patch 2

Setup Value

VG_Mini_P1 [752-310]

VG_Mini_P2 [752-311]

VGS_Kari [752-286]

Target Value

Settings/ Measurem ent Value Results VG_OUT [752-276]

Electric VH1 [752-279] VH2 [752-280] VH3 [752-281] VHS_Adj Potential: VH [752-230]

092-608 VH3_Fail *1 OK, NG

Light Intensity: LD (ESV)

LD_Mini_P1 [752-314]

LD_Mini_P2 [752-315]

LDS_ESV_ Kari [752-292]

Electric Potential: VM

VM1 [752282]

VM2 [752283]

VM3 [752284]

Density: RADC

RADC_Mini1[ RADC_Mini2[ RADC_Mini3[ RADC_Adj[ RADC_job 752-088] 752-089] 752-090] 752-096] [752-097]

Light Intensity: LD (ADC) Toner Density: ATC

092-609 LDS_Fail *1 OK, NG VMS_ADC[ VM_ADC 752-325] [752-285]

LDS_ADC [752-295]

1.


2.

Select [Procon ON/OFF Print] on the "MAX Setup" screen.

3.

The "Procon ON/OFF Print" screen is displayed. Display the [Procon ON Print], [Procon OFF Print], and [Print Density Adjustment] mode buttons.

4.

Select [Procon "ON" Print], [Procon "OFF" Print], or [Print Density Adjustment].

5.

The [Procon "ON" Print] or [Procon "OFF" Print] or [ Print Density Adjustment] screen is accordingly displayed.

092-610 VM3_Fail OK, NG 092-663 Miniset_ADC_ Fail OK, NG

LDS [752299] ATCS_Adj [752-132]

ATC_AVE_ D_ATC_OUT_ OUT [752- War OK, NG 130]

Temp. (Degree Centigrade)

Temp_ OUT [752066]

092-661 Temp_SNSR_ Fail OK, NG

Humidity (%)

Hum_OUT [752-067]

092-662 Hum_SNSR_ Fail OK, NG

Density: Vcln

ADC_Vcln [752-083]

092-651 ADC_Vcln_ Fail OK, NG


[Procon "ON" Print]/[Procon "OFF" Print]/[Print Density Adjustment] Procedure

092-607 VGS_Fail *1 OK, NG

<> Darker=1, Lighter=-1, Reset=2

Dout_Adj_S Dout_Adj_Jd OK, NG, Tone, W Limit 0, 1, -1, 2

NOTE: *1: When these failures occur or when the print density cannot be adjusted, use DC140 [092-200] to perform a simple check on ESV. Perform Simple Check on ESV based on the value 2sec after the M/C is turned ON. Execute it 3mins after the print operation has completed successfully. (In order to remove effects from remaining electric potential)

6.2.17 Toner Density Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC991 •

Perform Tone Up/Tone Down to carry out Toner Density Adjustment.

•

Normal Output Range: 0~10

•

Mode for performing Tone Up and Tone Down.

•

Error Determination Level: 50 or above (Between 10 and 50, the ESV Sensor may detect error but there is a high possibility of electric potential remaining on the Photoreceptor in a low humidity environment.)

Item

Purpose

Table 1 Overview

•

Presumed cause of error: ESV Sensor failure.

Tone Up

Operation by No Paper Blank Paper Run + Toner Dispense (specific time).

•

Failure can be detected only when the ESV offsets at the side higher than in reality. There may be some cases where failures cannot be detected.

Tone Down

Operation by No Paper Cin 60% Run + Toner Dispense (0).

NOTE: The results of "Print Density Adjustment" are displayed as "OK", "NG", "Tone" and "Limit". The results of others are displayed as "OK" and "NG". Meaning of the results displayed in the results column are as below:

When this adjustment is required: •

When you want to change the toner density intentionally

•

"OK": Density is within the normal range (Changes of each Manual Correction amount are performed correctly). Check the density in DC935 Process Control ON Print again.

•

"NG": Density related failure (results column) occurs. Check the XERO related data (NVM) (For details density related failure, refer to the relevant FIP in Chapter 2 Troubleshooting).

•

"Tone": Tone density is off from the target. In DC991 perform Tone Up/Down. After then in DC935 Process Control ON Print check the density again.

•

•

"Limit": Print density cannot be adjusted beyond this value (All the manual correction amount has reached the limit). Check the density in DC935 Process Control ON Print again.

With A4LEF and No Paper Run, Tone Up operates by the number of sheets set in Max [Up Sheets] and Tone Down operates by the number of sheets set in [Down Sheets].

•

•

Explanation on NVM is given below.

For XERO/DEVE, this is the same as the case for normal images. The Transfer Belt is retracted. Output is turned OFF. Fusing and Jam detection etc. follows the No Paper Run (Test Pattern Print: DC612).

•

The tray is fixed to Tray 1. The operation cannot be performed if this Tray is empty. Load blank A4 LEF or 8.5"x11" LEF paper into the Tray. The machine operates at the A4L timing. In addition, it does not perform billing up.

•

The machine cannot operate until Fuser Ready.

Table 3

Electrostatic: VG

3 VGrid levels in Miniset (2 fixed levels, and 1 level determined by ESV)

Electric Potential: VH

VH Measurement Value at the above 3 VGrid levels

Light Intensity: LD (ESV)

3 LD Light Intensity levels in Miniset (2 fixed levels, and 1 level determined by ESV)

Electric Potential: VM

VM Measurement Value at the above 3 LD Light Intensity levels

Density: RADC Light Intensity: LD (ADC)

NOTE: To prevent density failures, every operation should only use 30 or less sheets.

Overview Machine operation:

Procon operation: •

Toner supply control settings are as follows and does not follow the settings in Customer mode. After the operation, the Customer mode settings are restored.

ADC Patch Density at the above 3 LD Light Intensity levels

•

Potential Control is the same as in Customer mode settings.

The LD Light Intensity determined by ADC is the basis for the LD Intensity when the M/C is printing.

Toner supply control:

Toner Density: ATC

Adjust the Target Value for each M/C. As a guide, [value in 752006]=TC8% and Delta100=DeltaTC1% Weak (Delta: Indicates the difference.)

•

Temperature

Reads the latest temperature as the direct temperature.

Operates according to the Tone Up/Tone Down settings. However, toner supply is aborted during Belt Restore Setup for Tone Up.


Humidity

Reads the latest humidity as the direct humidity.

Procedure

Density: Vcln

Outputs the photoreceptor plain surface of the ADC Sensor. Indicates the level of contamination. Clean it if it is less than 300.

1. 2.

Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. Select [Toner Density Adjustment] on the "MAX Setup" screen. •

7.

Select [Close] to return to the "Procon ON/OFF Print" screen.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-33

In the screen, the NVM values of [TC Target], [TC Value], and [Toner Density Difference Tolerance Range] for Black are displayed, while [Select Quantity] is "0".


General

General 6.2 How to Use the DC Codes 3.

Follow the instructions on the screen and set the [Select Quantity] (-99 to +99) that is required for Tone Up/Tone Down. •

"+" means Tone Up while "-" means Tone Down. Tone Up increases toner density and decreases the measured value.

4.

Pressing the [Start] button executes the Tone Up or Tone Down MC operation according to the number of sheets that was set.

5.

After the MC operation has completed, "Select Quantity" returns to "0" sheets. Also, NVM 752-132 (ATC Target Value), NVM 752-130 (ATC Measured Value), and Toner Density Difference Tolerance Range for Black are updated and [TC Target], [TC Value], and [Toner Density Difference Tolerance Range] are displayed.

6.

Check the image quality and repeat the procedure until the appropriate density is obtained.

7.

Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen.

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-34

Version.1 .1.1

6.2.18 Fuser Nip Measurement (MAX Setup): DC701 Purpose Makes a copy for the Contact Arc Adjustment by a semi-operation procedure to measure the Fuser Nip Width. Table 1 No.

Item

1

Create Fuser Nip Width Print a sheet of the paper for Fuser Refer to Fuser Nip Width MeasureMeasurement Paper Nip Width measurement by follow- ment Paper (Figure 1) ing the instructions in the screen.

Description

2

Record the Nip Width

3

Adjust the Nip pressure Measure the Nip Width (traces of Contact Arc) with a scale and adjust the nip pressure manually.

Load the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper in the Tray. Following the instructions on the screen, feed the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper, stop it on the Fuser temporarily for three times, then record the nip width and output the paper.

Remarks

Measure the Fuser Nip Width (traces of Contact Arc) by the changes caused by the heat of the 3 black bands.

Procedure 1.


2.

Select [Fuser Nip Measurement] on the "MAX Setup" screen.

3.

At the paper selection, select a Tray that contains A4 LEF or 8.5"x11" LEF. The following paper trays can be selected: •

MSI

•

Tray 5 (HCF-MSI)

•

Tray 1

•

Tray 2

•

Tray 3

•

Tray 4

•

Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF/4000C2-HCF Upper)

•

Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray/4000C2-HCF Lower)

4.


5.

Print 1 sheet of Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper. (Figure 1)

6.2.19 Machine ID / Billing Data (Adjustment / Others): DC132 Purpose To repair the mismatch of Serial No., Product No. and Billing Counter Value among the PWB when MCU PWB, ESS PWB, or BP PWB is replaced, set those values stored in the non-replaced PWB to the replaced PWB. DC132 can be executed when one of the following failures occurs:


Load the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper into the Tray selected in step 3. NOTE: Load the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper such that the side with the larger lead edge erase width in paper feeding direction is at the lead edge of paper feeding and the toner image of the black band is towards the Heat Roll. If Roll in Roll is used, load the paper in the opposite direction to the normal loading. When loading the paper in the MSI, load it with the toner image of the black band facing up.

•

124-324 (Billing Counter is mismatched at 3 positions)

•

124-325 (Billing Counter is mismatched at 1 positions)

•

124-312 (Any Product No. Mismatch)

•

124-313 (Any Serial No. Mismatch)

•

124-315 (DC132 System Fail-2)

•


•


•

124-326 (Unregistered IOT Speed)

•

124-341 (CRUM Market fail MCU)

•

124-342 (CRUM Market fail SYS1)

•

124-343 (CRUM Market fail SYS2)

•

124-351 (CRUM OEM fail MCU)

•

124-352 (CRUM OEM fail SYS1)

•

124-353 (CRUM OEM fail SYS2)

7.


•

124-361 (CRUM validation fail MCU)

8.

Feed the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper and stop it on the Fuser temporarily for three times, then record the nip width and output the paper.

•

124-362 (CRUM validation fail SYS1)

•

124-363 (CRUM validation fail SYS2)

Measure the Fuser Nip Width (traces of Contact Arc) on Nip Width Measurement Paper being output on both sides at three locations using scale.

•

124-381 (CRUM Market fail MCU (2))

9.

•

124-382 (CRUM Market fail SYS1 (2))

10. Press the [Confirm] button to execute Fuser Nip Measurement again as needed.

•

124-383 (CRUM Market fail SYS2 (2))

11. Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen.

•

124-391 (CRUM OEM fail MCU (2))

•

124-392 (CRUM OEM fail SYS1 (2))

•

124-393 (CRUM OEM fail SYS2 (2))

NOTE: When all PWB are replaced at the same time, this setting cannot be executed because occurrence of a failure cannot be checked. NOTE: •Each MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and BP PWB have a Serial No., Product No., and Billing Count respectively (3 locations in total). •

The IOT displayed on the UI screen represents the MCU PWB, while SYS1 represents the BP PWB, and SYS2 represents the ESS PWB.

NOTE: •This function can only be used when failure has occurred. (This function is supposed to be available with the failure active).) •

When exiting the Service Mode after setting up the Serial No., the failure will be canceled. (The Test Pattern Print is not available with the Fail active.)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-35


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-36

Version.1 .1.1

Procedure

6.2.20 HFSI Counter (Adjustment / Others): DC135

1.

Select [Adjustment / Others] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

Purpose

2.

Select [Machine ID / Billing Data] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen.

3.

The "Machine ID / Billing Data" screen is displayed.

Displays the replacement life (Threshold Value) and the current value (usage status) of the periodic replacement parts. You can change the replacement life and reset the current value.

4.

Follow the instructions on the screen, select the PWBA that was not replaced or the PWBA with the correct data and press [Start].

The job history can be used to record/check the previous 3 replacements.

5.

Enter the Serial Number and select [Confirm].

6.

Select [Close] to return to the "Adjustment / Others" screen.

NOTE: For more information on the HFSI target components, refer to 6.3.4 DC135 HFSI Counter List in Chapter 6.

Procedure 1.


2.

Select [Initialize HFSI Counter] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen.

3.

The "Initialize HFSI Counter" screen is displayed.

4.

Follow the instructions on the screen to input the Chain-Link No. and press [Confirm].

5.

The [Replacement Life], [Current Value], [Last Life], [Second Last Life], and [Third Last Life] counters of the specified HFSI are displayed.

6.

If you want to reset the current values, select [Reset Current Value]. A screen message "The values for the Last Life, Second Last Life and Third Last Life will be updated when you reset the current value. Are you sure?" is displayed.

7.

Selecting [Yes] will update the previous 3 replacement records in the HFSI Counter as follows. (1)

The [Second Last Life] value is moved to [Third Last Life].

(2)

The [Last Life] value is moved to [Second Last Life].

(3)

The [Current Value] value is moved to [Last Life].

(4)

The [Current Value] value is set to "0".

8.

If you want to change the Replacement Life, select the [Change Replacement Life] button.

9.

Set up a new Replacement Life (Max. 8 digits) using the keyboard or the seletion buttons and select [Save].

10. The [Replacement Life] value is overwritten with the new [Replacement Life] value. 11. Print and verify the HFSI Report as necessary. 12. Select [Close] to return to the "Adjustment / Others" screen.

6.2.21 Fold Position Printout (Adjustment / Others/Finisher Fold Position Adjustment): DC128

6.2.22 Single Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128

Purpose

Purpose

To print the sample print for verifying the Single Fold position, Staple position, and Booklet fold position of Booklet Folder.

To adjust the Single Fold position of Booklet Folder.

NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Manual.

NOTE:For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Manual.

Procedure

Procedure

1.


1.


2.

Select [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen.

2.


3.

3.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

4.

The "Fold Position Printout" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [Single Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Check the skew amount of the Single Fold position.

Folding Function: Booklet Creation, Single Fold, Z-Fold, Z Tri-Fold, and C Tri-Fold

4.

Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

Trays: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 (Bypass tray is not included)

5.

Select [Single Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

•

1 Sided/2 Sided: 1 Sided, 2 Sided (Side 2 settings is invalid for "Output Orientation" if "2 Sided" was set.)

6.

The "Single Fold" screen is displayed.

7.

Select an Item (B4 or larger, B4 or smaller).

•

Binding Shift: OFF, ON

•

Output Orientation: Side 1, Side 2 ("Output Orientation" setting is invalid when "Booklet Creation" or "Z-Fold" was set.)

•

No. of Sheets: 1 to 200 (Up to 15 sheets can be set for Booklet Creation. Up to 15 sheets can be set for Single Fold.)

•

Quantity: 1 to 999

•

Image: Grid (Fold Position Adjustment), Grid (Alignment Adjustment), HT10%

• •

5.

Select the item to change and select [Change Settings].

6.

Select the Feature of Items and select [Save].

7.

Press the [Start] button. The printout is produced.

8.



Select [Change Settings]. Change the value of Items and select [Save]. •

Increase or decrease the NVM value in the Single Fold misalignment direction. If the upper (lower) half of a two-folded sheet is larger than the other half, decrease (increase) the NVM value. Adjustment value in steps of 0.1mm/NVM (0 to 200)

9.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Again, select [Single Fold] and perform Single Fold printing. Check the skew amount of the Single Fold position.

10. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-37


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-38

Version.1 .1.1

6.2.23 Booklet / Fold & Staple (Adjustment / Others/Finisher Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 Purpose To adjust the Staple position skew of Booklet Folder. NOTE:For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Manual.

Procedure 1.


2.


3.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [Booklet Creation] and [Binding Shift (On)] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Check the skew in the Staple position against the Fold position.

4.


5.

Select [Booklet / Fold & Staple] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

6.

7.

Figure 1 j0vt62003

The "Create Booklet Fold & Staple" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear.

8.

Select [Change Settings]. Change the value of Items and select [Save].

•

2 stapled sheets, B4 or larger

9.

•

2 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller

•

2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or larger

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Again, select the Fold function [Booklet Creation] and [Binding Shift (On)] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Check the skew amount of the Staple position.

•

2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller

•

3 stapled sheets, B4 off

•

4 stapled sheets, B4 off

•

5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 off

•

8 - 14 stapled sheets, B4 off

•

Staple Position Adjustment

Select the item to change. •

Adjust the misalignment of the Fold Position according to the folding size for each set number of sheets.

•

Adjust the misalignment of the staple position and fold position by aligning the staple position to the fold position for each set number of sheets.


6.2.24 Booklet / Fold Only (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 Purpose To adjust the Booklet fold position skew of Booklet Folder. NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Manual.

Procedure 1.


2.


3.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [Booklet Creation] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the Booklet fold position skew amount.

4.


5.

Select [Booklet / Fold Only] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

6.

7.

Figure 1 j0vt62003

The "Create Booklet Folding Only" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear.

8.


•

2 or more stapled sheets, B4 or larger

9.

•

2 or more stapled sheets, B4 or smaller

•


Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Again, select the Fold function [Booklet Creation] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the Booklet fold position skew amount.

•


•


•


•

5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 or larger

•

5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller

•

8 - 14 stapled sheets, B4 or larger

•

8 - 14 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller

•

2 unstapled sheets

•

3 or more unstapled sheets


Select the item to change.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-39


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-40

Version.1 .1.1

6.2.25 Z-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 Purpose To adjust the fold length of Z-Fold position of Booklet Folder. NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.3 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Manual.

Procedure 1.


2.


3.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [Z-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of the Z-Fold position. NOTE: As the length of fold from the tail edge changes by the same amount when the length of fold from the lead edge is adjusted, be sure to adjust the tail edge after adjusting the lead edge.

4. 5. 6.

7.

Figure 1 j0vt62004


8.


Select [Z-Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

9.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [Z-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of the Z-Fold position.

The "Z-Fold" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear. •

A3 front end (First Fold)

•

A3 rear end (Second Fold)

•

11 x 11" front end (First Fold)

•

11 x 11" rear end (Second Fold)

•

B4 front end (First Fold)

•

B4 rear end (Second Fold)

•

8K (TFX) front end (First Fold)

•

8K (TFX) rear end (Second Fold)

•

8K (GCO) front end (First Fold)

•

8K (GCO) rear end (Second Fold)



6.2.26 Z Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128

9.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [Z Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of the Z Tri-Fold position.

Purpose


To adjust fold length of Z Tri-Fold position of Booklet Folder. NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.3 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Manual.

Procedure 1.


2.


3.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [Z Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of the Z Tri-Fold position. NOTE: As the length of fold from the tail edge changes by the same amount when the length of fold from the lead edge is adjusted, be sure to adjust the tail edge after adjusting the lead edge.

4.


5.

Select [Z Tri-Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

6.

The "Z Tri-Fold" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear. •

7.

A4 front end (First Fold)

•

A4 rear end (Second Fold)

•

8.5 x 11" front end (First Fold)

•

8.5 x 11" rear end (Second Fold)




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-41


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-42


Version.1 .1.1

6.2.27 C Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128

9.

Purpose


To adjust fold length of C Tri-Fold position of Booklet Folder. NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.2 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Manual.

Procedure 1.


2.


3.

Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [C Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of the C Tri-Fold position. NOTE: The paper lead edge/tail edge defines the Tray output state. Take note that when a C TriFolded paper is unfolded for viewing, the front edge/tail edge are reversed. NOTE: As the length of fold from the tail edge changes by the same amount when the length of fold from the lead edge is adjusted, be sure to adjust the tail edge after adjusting the lead edge.

4.


5.

Select [C Tri-Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.

6.

The "C Tri-Fold" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear.

7.

•

A4 rear end (First Fold)

•

A4 front end (Second Fold)

•

8.5 x 11" rear end (First Fold)

•

8.5 x 11" front end (Second Fold)




Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold function [C Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of the C Tri-Fold position.

6.2.28 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment (Registration): DC740

6.2.29 System Registration Adjustment (Registration): DC129

Purpose

Purpose

To check that the MSI Guide paper width detection is properly carried out.

Adjusts the IOT Lead Registration and Side Registration.

When this adjustment is required:

•

•

This adjustment is performed when the MSI size sensor is replaced and when a size detection error occurs.

NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 2.1.1 in Chapter 4. •

Procedure

IOT Regi Adjustment performs the Lead Regi and Side Regi adjustments by looking at the output of the Built-in Test Pattern for adjustment.

The display items during adjustment are as follows:

1.

Select [Registration] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2.

Select [Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment] on the Registration screen.

3.

The Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment screen is displayed.

Items

Options (*Default)

Remarks/Note

4.

Select the "Minimum Size Position" or the "Maximum Size Position" button.

IOT*

Built-in Test Pattern Print

5.

When the [Minimum Size Position] button is selected.

Adjustment Module Adjusted Side

Side 1* Side 2

Paper Tray

Tray 1* Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 (Bypass) (A3 SEF) Tray 5 (Bypass) (A4 LEF) Tray 5 (Bypass) (11"x17" SEF) Tray 5 (Bypass) (8.5"x11" LEF) Tray 6 (HCF Upper) Tray 7 (HCF Lower) Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (A3 SEF) Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (A4 LEF) Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (11"x17" SEF) Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (8.5"x11" LEF)

A4 LEF, 11"x17" SEF, and 8.5"x11" LEF are usually selectable for MSI paper size.

Paper Type

Plain Paper* Heavyweight Extra Heavyweight Label Transparency Plain Paper S1

Paper type can be specified only when the MSI is specified. When a tray other than the MSI is specified, the paper type set for that tray is used. Furthermore, adjustment values for Extra Heavyweight, Labels, and Transparencies are set only for the machine MSI and HCF MSI.

Sheets

1*~99

6.

7.

Table 1

(1)

Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the minimum size position.

(2)

Press the [Start] button. •

"OK" appears if the sensor output value is within the specified range. At the same time, the NVM[742-270] MSI Side Guide Minimum Position data is changed.

•

"NG" appears if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. If NG, check the guide position and try again.

When the [Maximum Size Position] button is selected. (1)

Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the maximum size position.

(2)

Press the [Start] button. •

"OK" appears if the sensor output value is within the specified range. At the same time, the NVM[742-271] MSI Side Guide Maximum Position data is changed.

•

"NG" appears if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. If NG, check the guide position and try again.

Select [Close] to return to the "Registration" screen.

•

Adjusting value per step is described below. Table 2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Adjustment Module

Adjustment Registration

IOT

Lead Registration/Side Registration Lead Step = 0.1mm Side Step = 0.01mm

02/2009 6-43

Step Adjustment Amount


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-44

Version.1 .1.1

Procedure

6.2.30 Paper Path Timing Measurement (Registration): DC726

1.


Purpose

2.

Select [System Registration Adjustment] on the Registration screen.

3.

The "System Registration Adjustment" screen is displayed.

To measure the sensor passing timing during paper feed to check the dispersion of the IOT paper feed states, which can be used to diagnose for wear and failure in the feed system.

•

"0" are displayed for the Image Position Adjustment Value of "Lead Registration" and "Side Registration".

4.

Select the "Paper Supply" button and specify the Tray.

5.

Set the Number of Sheets.

6.

1.

Enter the [Timing Type] according to the instruction on the Adjustment screen and press [Confirm] to make the machine notify you of each measurement time [Standard], [Lower Limit], and [Upper Limit] for the paper path timing. (The measurement time means the time defined for measurement)

2.

The machine will continuously feed the number of paper specified in [Print Quantity] and notify the Paper Path timing value at the specified measurement position for each completed measurement interval (for each sheet). (The values are not displayed in the UI one-by-one, but everything at once after the whole process has been completed)

3.

After the specified number of sheets have been printed or the [Stop] button was pressed to stop the operation, the UI screen displays the notified measurement times for [Standard], [Lower Limit], and [Upper Limit], as well as the calculation result for [Average Value], [Minimum Value], [Maximum Value], [Average +3 Sigma], and [Average -3 Sigma].

Select the [Print] button. •

7.

Overview

The message "Job in Progress..." appears.

The specified number of Built-in Test Pattern is output and the message "Job completed." appears. •

The Built-in Test Pattern output is a 1-sided grid alignment 2 (for measuring alignment).

•

If the Built-in Test Pattern cannot be printed, a message "Job completed with an error" is displayed.

8.

Change the image position adjustment value by referring to the test print. This adjustment aligns the Lead Registration and Side Registration.

9.

Measure the lead edge of the Test Pattern from the lead edge of the paper using a scale and check the Lead Regi.

NOTE: For more information on the Paper Path Timing Measurement List, refer to 6.3.6 Paper Path Timing Measurement List: DC726 in Chapter 6.

•

If the Lead Edge measurement is too short: Adjust with the [Down (D)] button.

•

If the Lead Edge measurement is too long: Adjust with the [Up (U)] button.

Procedure

•

Each step of the Lead Regi adjustment value is equal to 0.1mm.

1.

10. Measure the side edge of the Test Pattern from the side edge of the paper using a scale and check the Side Regi. •

If the Side Edge measurement is too long: Adjust with the [Right (R)] button.

•

If the Side Edge measurement is too short: Adjust with the [Left (L)] button.

•

Each step of the Side Regi adjustment value is equal to 0.01mm.


2.

Select [Measure Paper Path Timing] on the Registration screen.

3.

The "Measure Paper Path Timing" screen is displayed.

4.

Follow the instructions on the screen to input the "Timing Type" and press [Confirm]. For more information on the "Timing Type", refer to Chapter 6, 6.3.6 Paper Path Timing Measurement List.

5.

Each of the [Standard], [Lower Limit], and [Upper Limit] measurement time is displayed.

6.

12. The IOT Lead Edge or Side Edge Adjustment NVM value will be updated.

To measure the paper path timings, set the [Print Quantity] and [Paper Supply] and then press the [Start] button.

13. Repeat Steps 7 to 13 until the Lead Registration and Side Registration are aligned.

•

The [Print Quantity] can be set between 1 to 99.

14. Select [Close] to return to the "Registration" screen.

•

For [Paper Supply], set a Tray (Trays 1 to 4, MSI, Tray 5 (HCF1 or 2), Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF), and Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray) that corresponds to the entered [Timing Type].

11. When the registration adjustment value is determined, select [Adjust]. •

The message "Job completed." is displayed.

7.

After the specified number of sheets have been printed, the notified measurement times for [Standard], [Lower Limit], and [Upper Limit], as well as the calculation result for [Average Value], [Minimum Value], [Maximum Value], [Average +3 Sigma], and [Average -3 Sigma] are displayed.

8.

Select [Close] to return to the "Registration" screen.

6.2.31 Jam Counter (Faults): DC118

6.2.32 Failure Counter (Faults): DC120

Purpose

Purpose

Displays the No. of occurrences of jams from the time of reset on completion of the previous servicing up to now.

Displays the No. of occurrences of failures from the time of reset on completion of the previous servicing up to now.

Procedure

Procedure

1.

Select [Faults] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

1.

Select [Faults] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2.

The following Items are displayed on the "Faults" screen.

2.

The following Items are displayed on the "Faults" screen.

•

Current Faults

•

•

Jam Counter button

•

Current Faults Jam Counter button

•

Failure Counter button

•


•

Shutdown History button

•


3.

Select [Jam Counter].

3.

Select [Failure Counter].

4.

The following Items are displayed on the "Jam Counter" screen.

4.

The following Items are displayed on the "Failure Counter" screen.

5.

•

Chain-Link

•

Chain-Link

•

Count

•

Count

NOTE: •Based on the data obtained from the Main Unit, the PSW displays the paper/document jam history.

NOTE: •The screen displays the Failure History based on the data obtained from the Main Unit. •

Displays failures from the last exit from the Service Mode with "Exit (Clear Log)" until now.

•


•

The Count is reset when exiting from the Service Mode by using "Exit (Clear Log)".

•


5.

Select [Close] to return to the "Faults" screen.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-45


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-46

Version.1 .1.1

6.2.33 Shutdown History (Faults): DC122

6.2.34 IOT CIS Setup Cycle:DC750

Purpose

Purpose

Displays history classified into 4 categories: Document Jam, Paper Jam, Failure, and Last 40 Faults.

This cycle optimizes parameter values for CIS edge detection.

Procedure

When the machine is shipped or installed, or when a CIS is replaced, the cycle optimizes the LED light quantity and stores parameter values in NVM.

1. 2.

Select [Faults] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. The following Items are displayed on the "Faults" screen. •

Current Faults

•

Jam Counter button

•


•


3.

Select [Shutdown History].

4.

The following Items are displayed on the "Shutdown History" screen. The Chain Link, Date & Time, and Total CV of the selected button are displayed on the screen. •

Paper Jam button

•

Document Jam button

•

Failures button

•

Last 40 Faults button

NOTE: •The screen displays the Failure History based on the data obtained from the Main Unit. •


•


5.

Selecting any of the [Paper Jam/Document Jam/Failures/Last 40 Faults] button displays the Chain Link, Date & Time, and Total CV of the selected button.

6.


Operation Overview At an occurrence of an error, preset or measured values and Fail are displayed for the CE to isolate the error in order to find causes of it. Table 1 Val. Dis. at OK

Val. Val. Dis. at Dis. at OK/NG NG/NG

-

O

O

O

0=OK ,1=NG -

-

O

O

O

LED_PWR_AC T_NUM

0 to 65535

1

O

O

O

O

LED Driving Current Value

LED_Current

0 to 255

0.4mA

O

O

O

O

Black Reference Average

AVE [Vod(n)]

0 to 255

-

-

O

O

O

White Reference Average

AVE [Vow_Max(n)]

0 to 255

-

-

O

O

O

Max. Dynamic Range VR_Max

0 to 255

0.01V

-

O

O

-

Fault Code at NG

-

-

-

-

O

O


NVM/Variable Name

Range

Judgment at End of Light Qty Correction

-

0=OK ,1=NG -

Judgment at End of Shading Coefficient Calculation

-

Number of Light Qty Corrections

Fault Code

Display Cur. Unit Val.Dis.

NOTE: For the details of the procedure, see ADJ 13.15.3, Chapter 4.

Procedure NOTE: If having replaced the CIS, set the value in NVM760-206 (Number of Light Quantity Correction Executions) back to [0] beforehand. 1.

On the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] window, select [MAX Setup].

2.

On the MAX Setup window, select [IOT CIS Setup Cycle].

3.


4.


5.

Place a sheet of paper in the registration area.


6.2.35 IOT CIS Check Cycle:DC751

NOTE: Place an A4-sized blank sheet so that the whole of the side to be scanned can be under the edge scanning sensor in the registration unit.

This cycle checks the edge detection function. The cycle is intended to check if the detection system operates normally.

Purpose

6.


7.

The IOT CIS Setup Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the adjustment.

Operation Overview

The IOT CIS Setup Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment.

The machine (MC) reports the current values of the below-listed parameters when it goes to another screen as directed by the UI. Then the UI displays these current values.

8.

The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges. Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the IOT CIS Setup Cycle adjustment again.

The MC performs edge detection as directed by the UI, and reports measured values and a specific judgment result. If an error occurs, the MC reports the type of the error. The UI displays these check results (measured values, judgment result, and error type). Table 1


NVM/Variable Name

Setting Range

Value Current Value Display Display DisplayUn Value at NG Display at OK it

Judgment at End of Check Cycle

0=OK ,1=NG -

-

O

O

Paper Edge Position (Average)

AVE_Edge

0 to 65535

0.01mm

-

O

-

Paper Edge Position

Line_Edge

0 to 65535

0.01mm

-

O

O

Detected Edge Value

EDGE_DATA_X

0 to 65535

-

-

O

O

Detected Edge Value (after correction)

EDGE

0 to 65535

-

-

O

O

Edge Detection Threshold Th_DATA_X

0 to 65535

-

-

O

O

Fault Code at NG

-

-

-

-

O

Fault Code

NOTE: For the details of the procedure, see ADJ 13.5.2, Chapter 4.

Procedure 1.

On the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] window, select [MAX Setup].

2.

On the MAX Setup window, select [IOT CIS Check Cycle].

3.

Select a paper size. NOTE: If a desired size is not available, select one close in width.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

4.

Fold the paper selected in step 2 in half and form the centerline.

5.


6.


7.

Place the paper in the registration area.

02/2009 6-47


General


4127/4112G

02/2009 6-48

Version.1 .1.1


6.2.36 Upgrading Software (Device UI Method) (FX Only)

NOTE: Aligning the center of the paper with the center of the registration unit, place the paper so that the edge of the paper can be under the edge scanning sensor.

The Download Device UI function aims at simplifying the procedure for updating Firmware and does not require the PC and the USB memory that have been required so far for updating Firmware. This function obtains a Firmware updating file from a server connected to the network; stores the file onto the HDD in the device; automatically goes into the Download mode; and then updates Firmware.

(1)

Align the crease of the paper with the mark at the center of the plate.

(2)

Align the trail edge of the paper with the rear edge of the drawer chassis.

8.

Slide in the drawer back and close the Front Door.

9.


Purpose

This function in the below-listed methods for upgrading software is called Remote Method.

10. The IOT CIS Check Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the check cycle. 11. The IOT CIS Check Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment result. The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges. Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the IOT CIS Check Cycle adjustment again.

Table 1 Method

Overview

DLD Method

Parallel Cable or USB Cable is used for software upgrading.

PJL Method

Lan Crossing Cable is used for software upgrading.

Device UI Method

Network is used for software upgrading.

NOTE: For the detailed procedure, see ADJ 2.5.1 in chapter 4.

Preparation Put Firmware on a Web server operating on the customer intranet.

Procedure 1.

Enter UI-Diag. Select Tools>Common Service Settings>Maintenance/Diagnostics. On page 2 of Maintenance/Diagnostics, select "Software Upgrade".

2.

Enter information about the Web server in the UI screen.

3.

In the UI screen, press "Download Now".

4.

The device automatically restarts after the download is complete.

1.

6.2.37 Backup/Restore

Select the Backup Files icon and then HDD or USB Memory. Press "Start".

Purpose

Table 2

To make a backup and restore it in case the operation becomes unstable after software upgrading, in order to return the machine to the former state in which it had the backed-up data and to make it operable. The distination to save a backup to is the HDD built in the machine, or a USB memory that is a service tool.

Choice

Operation Desription

HDD

Files are backed up in the Log Image area on the HDD.

USB (HDD installed)

Backed up files are created in the Backup area on the HDD. Firmware is encoded and stored in the "backup" folder in the USB Memory.

USB (HDD not installed)

Firmware is encoded and stored in the "backup" folder in the USB Memory.

NOTE: For the detailed procedure, see ADJ 2.5.2 in chapter 4.

Preparation

The name of the file in the USB Memory for storing data is defined as follows:

•

To save a backup to a USB memory, create a folder named "backup" in the USB memory beforehand.

"BACKUP_" + Product Code + "_" + "Serial No."+ "_"+"year, month, date, hour, minute" + ".AES"

•

Before working, be sure to print a list of function settings.

E.g.: BACKUP_NC100229_185123_0610031651.AES [Restore Files] 1.

Table 1 Information that can be backed up

Select the Restore Backed Up Files icon and then HDD or USB Memory. Press "Start".

Data listing

Backup Files onto HDD

Backup Files onto USB

Firmware Download File

O

O

NOTE: (1) If there are no files backed up on the HDD, instructing the machine to restore files causes an error. (2)

If the name of the backed-up file does not have the same serial number (the backed-up file cannot be restored onto the same machine), an error occurs.

ESS NVRAM

O

O

Resource area on HDD

O

X

Mailbox area on HDD

O

*: Only when HDD is installed. Text data is excluded.

(3)

If there are multiple backed-up files on the "backup" directory in the USB Memory, the backedup file that is judged to be the latest one by its name will be restored.

Management Information area on HDD O

*: Only when HDD is installed.

(4)

If there is a backed-up file, both in the USB Memory and in the Backup area on the HDD, the backed-up file in the USB Memory is given priority.

Procedure

Table 3

1.

Turn off the machine. Disconnect the network cable and the telephone line from the machine.

Choice

Operation Description

2.

The following procedure differs according to the destination to save a backup to.

HDD

The M/C performs the restorative steps in the given order. (1) Initializes the whole area for HDD Backup on the HDD.

[Backup Files onto HDD] Turn ON the machine. Enter UI-Diag and select "Backup Files/Restore Files".

(2)

[Backup Files onto USB] Install the USB Memory and turn ON the machine. Enter UI-Diag and select "Backup Files/Restore Files". 3.

The following icons appear: •

•

•

Backup Files –

HDD

–

USB Memory

USB (HDD installed)

Updates the area for HDD Backup on the HDD.

(3)

Updates the ESS NVRAM.

(4)

Reboots automatically and updates Firmware.

(5)

Reboots automatically after updating Firmware.

The M/C performs the restorative steps in the given order. (1) Initializes the whole area for USB Backup and the Mailbox area on the HDD.

Restore Backed Up Files

(2)

–

HDD

(3)

Updates the ESS NVRAM.

–

USB Memory

(4)

Automatically reboots and updates Firmware.

(5)

Automatically reboots after updating Firmware.

Delete Backed Up Files –

HDD

–

USB Memory

USB (HDD not installed)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

The M/C performs the restorative steps in the given order. (1) Updates the ESS NVRAM. (2)

[Backup Files] 02/2009 6-49

Updates the area for USB Backup on the HDD.

Automatically reboots to start.


General

General 2.

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-50


After the restorative process is complete, remove the USB Memory and print a list of function settings to check the version.

[Delete Backed Up Files]

Version.1 .1.1

6.2.38 Inspection/Repair Request (EP Service): DC003 (FX Only) Purpose Transmits the status (NR Data) of the machine to the FX maintenance server through the EP-SV.

1.

Select the Delete Backed Up Files icon and then HDD or USB Memory. Press "Start". Table 4

NOTE: You cannot select the request items if EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone line.

Choice

Operation Description

NOTE: The machine shows error if EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone line.

HDD

Instructing the machine to delete the files backed up on the HDD allows them to be deleted.

Procedure

USB

1. Install USB Memory. 2. All the files in the "backup" folder in the USB Memory get deleted.

2.

Select [Check / Repair Requests] on the "EP Service" screen.

3.

Select the following items on the "Check / Repair Requests" screen.

1.

Select [EP Service] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

•

Check Request

•

Repair Request

•

Preliminary Diagnostics Request

4.


5.

The "Check Request" screen is displayed.

6.

Follow the instruction messages shown in the screen and select [Yes] or [No].

7.

Select [Close] to return to the "EP Service" screen.

6.2.39 Used Parts Collection Notification: DC004 (FX Only)

6.2.40 Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings

Purpose

Purpose

Requests FFL to collect the Used Parts through the EP-SV.

-> Returns Fail to the Main Unit when EP-SV has received the Used Parts Collection Request from the Main Unit.

Even though [Connectivity and Network Setup]>[Security Settings]>[SSL/TLS Settings] is set to Enabled, a certificate file error, etc. sometimes continuously disable it when the device is on, resulting in the unavailability of cirtificate data. In this case, starting [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings] enables deleting all the other certificates (self-generated certificate, certificate through the utility for obtaining device certificate, and certificate imported from CWIS) than a certificate of the next generation EP function used for billing management. Thus, this function enables the device to recover without deleting all HDD/NVM data.

NOTE: Procedures to deal with the EP-SV problems are as follows: 1.

2.

3. 4.

If the telephone line to EP-SV was busy when EP-SV received the Used Parts Collection Request from the Main Unit

If EP-Front does not answer the phone when EP-SV called EP-Front

NOTE: FXCL: Operation directive is invalid.

-> Returns Fail to the Main Unit when EP-SV cannot be connected to EP-Front even after making the specific number of calls.

Procedure

If the telephone line is disconnected when communicating with EP-Front

1.

On the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen, select [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings].

-> Returns Fail (telephone line is disconnected) to the Main Unit when the line is disconnected.

2.

The [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings] screen displays a message.

If EP-SV is retrying, or waiting for redial or executing when EP-SV received Used Parts Collection Request from the Main Unit.

3.


4.

The Confirmation message appears. Select [Yes].

-> Returns Fail to the Main Unit when EP-SV has received the Used Parts Collection Request from the Main Unit.

5.

After finishing [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings], the device automatically reboot.

NOTE: If the value of 1 or 2 is not set in NVM (EP Data Transmission) 850-003, the [Used Parts Collection Notification] button will not appear.

Procedure 1.

Select [EP Service] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2.

Select [Used Parts Collection Request] on the "EP Service" screen.

3.

The "Used Parts Collection Request" screen is displayed.

4.

•

Used Parts Quantity: 1 to 255 (Default is 1)

•

Customer Representative's Name: Enter the Customer Representative's Name using the keyboard and select [Save].

Enter the Used Parts Quantity and the Customer Representative's Name where necessary.

5.


6.

Select [Close] to return to the "EP Service" screen.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-51


General


02/2009 6-52

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.1.1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IOT) Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IOT) ChainLink

Component Name

Display Description

Module Name

005-102 Document Set Sensor

H/L

Low when document is placed on Document Set Sensor.

IIT

005-110 DADF Regi Sensor

H/L

Low when Regi Sensor detects paper.

IIT

005-202 Bottom Sensor

H/L

High when Tray is at home position.

IIT

005-203 DADF Level Sensor

H/L

High when Nudger Roll is lifted up.

IIT

005-204 DADF Feed Sensor

H/L

Low when DADF Feed Sensor detects paper.

IIT

005-206 DADF Pre-Regi.Sensor

H/L

Low when DADF Pre-Regi Sensor detects paper.

IIT

005-207 Lead Regi.Sensor

H/L

Low when Lead Regi Sensor detects paper.

IIT

005-208 Out Sensor

H/L

Low when Out Sensor detects paper.

IIT

005-209 DADF Exit Sensor 1

H/L

Low when DADF Exit Sensor 1 detects paper.

IIT

005-210 DADF Exit Sensor 2

H/L

Low when DADF Exit Sensor 2 detects paper.

IIT

005-211 Invert Sensor 1

H/L

Low when Invert Sensor 1 detects paper.

IIT

005-212 Feeder Cover Interlock Switch

H/L

Low when Feeder Cover is Open.

IIT

005-214 Tray Interlock Sensor

H/L

High when Tray Interlock is Open.

IIT

005-215 Tray APS Sensor 1

H/L

High when Tray APS Sensor 1 is blocked by the Actuator.

IIT


H/L


IIT


H/L


IIT

005-218 No.1 APS Sensor

H/L

Low when No. 1 APS Sensor detects paper.

IIT


H/L


IIT


H/L


IIT

005-223 L/H Cover Interlock Sensor

H/L

High when Left Hand Cover is Open.

IIT

005-224 Scan Start

H/L

Low when the Scan Start signal is ON.

IIT

005-226 Invert Sensor 2

H/L

Low when Invert Sensor 2 detects paper.

IIT

010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor

H/L

Low when Fuser Exit Sensor detects paper.

Fuser

010-202 Fuser Nip Sensor

H/L

Detects the state of the Fuser Nip Clutch. Low when Fuser is in Nip state.

Fuser

042-200 Fuser Intake X'fer Intake Fan Fail

H/L

Detects the status of the Fuser Intake Fan and Transfer Intake Fan. Low when abnormal rotation of the Fuser Intake Fan and Transfer Intake Fan is detected.

Drive_NOHAD

042-201 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail

H/L

Detects the status of the Fuser Exhaust Fan. High when abnormal rotation of the Fuser Exhaust Fan is detected.

Drive_NOHAD

042-202 Drum Motor Fail

H/L

Detects the status of the Drum Motor. High when abnormal rotation of the Drum Motor is detected.

Drive_NOHAD

061-200 ROS Motor Ready

H/L

Detects ROS Motor Failure. High when abnormal rotation of the ROS Motor is detected.

ROS

061-201 NO SOS Fail Detect

H/L

Detects NO SOS Fail. High when NO SOS Fail is detected.

ROS

061-202 SOS Long Fail Detect

H/L

Detects SOS Long Fail. High when SOS Long Fail is detected.

ROS

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-53

6.3.1 DC330 Input Component Check List

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-54


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IOT) ChainLink

Component Name

Display Description

Module Name

061-203 SOS Short Fail Detect

H/L

Detects SOS Short Fail. High when SOS Short Fail is detected.

ROS

061-204 ROS Data Fail Detect

H/L

Detects ROS Data Fail. High when ROS Data Fail is detected.

ROS

061-205 LD Alarm

H/L

Detects the LD Alarm. High when LD is not good.

ROS

061-206 ROS VDD

H/L

For detection of ROS VDD Fail and ROS VDD Down Fail. High when ROS is turned ON.

ROS

061-207 Panther4 VDD

H/L

Detects the monitor signal of the ASIC-Panther 4 when it is turned ON. High when Panther 4 is turned ON.

ROS

062-201 Sheet Abort

H/L

Detects a document from DADF has reached the regi position. Low when it is detected that a document has reached the regi position

IIT

062-212 IIT Regi Sensor

H/L

Detects the Control Regi position of the Full Rate Carriage. High when IIT Regi Sensor is blocked by the Actuator of the Full Rate Carriage.

IIT

062-240 DADF DETECT

H/L

Detects DADF connection. Low when DADF is connected.

IIT

062-251 APS Sensor 1

H/L

Detects the document length in the Slow Scan Direction. Low when APS Sensor 1 detects paper.

IIT

062-253 APS Sensor 2

H/L

Detects the document length in the Slow Scan Direction. Low when APS Sensor 2 detects paper.

IIT

062-272 ScanStart

H/L

Low when Scan Start signal is ON.

IIT

062-280 CCD Fan Fail

H/L

Detects the status of the CCD Fan. High when abnormal rotation of the CCD Fan is detected.

IIT

062-281 IPS Fan Fail

H/L

Detects the status of the IPS Fan. High when abnormal rotation of the IPS Fan is detected.

IIT

062-282 Lamp Fan Fail

H/L

Detects the status of the Lamp Fan. High when abnormal rotation of the Lamp Fan is detected.

IIT

062-300 Platen Interlock Switch

H/L

Detects the Opening/Closing of the DADF and determines the scanning time of the Platen document size. Low when the Platen Interlock is Open (DADF Open).

IIT

062-301 Angle Sensor

H/L

Detects the opening angle of the DADF and determines the scanning time of the Platen document size. Low when the Platen Interlock is Open (DADF Open).

IIT

071-100 Tray 1Pre Feed Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the Tray 1 Pre Feed position. Low when Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor detects paper.

P/H

071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the Tray 1 Feed Out position. Low when Feed Out Sensor 1 detects paper.

P/H

071-200 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is no paper in Tray 1. High when Tray 1 No Paper Sensor does not detect any paper.

P/H

071-201 Tray 1 Level Sensor

H/L

Detects the paper level in Tray 1 (paper is lifted up to the Feed Ready position). High when Tray 1 Level Sensor detects the Feed Ready position.

P/H

072-100 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor

H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H


Component Name

Display Description

Module Name


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H

073-202 Tray 3 Paper Size Select Switch

H/L

Detects the ON/OFF status of the Tray 3 Paper Size Select switch. Low when the Tray 3 Paper Size Select switch (any of S1~S5) is ON.

P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H

074-202 Tray 4 Paper Size Select Switch

H/L

Detects the ON/OFF status of the Tray 4 Paper Size Select switch. Low when the Tray 4 Paper Size Select switch (any of S1~S5) is ON.

P/H

075-100 MSI Pre Feed Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the MSI Pre Feed position. Low when MSI Pre Feed Sensor detects paper.

P/H

075-101 MSI Feed Out Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the MSI Feed Out position. Low when MSI Feed Out Sensor detects paper.

P/H

075-200 MSI No Paper Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is no paper in the MSI (detection only possible in the Level Up state). High when MSI No Paper Sensor does not detect any paper.

P/H

075-201 MSI Lift Up Sensor

H/L

Detects the paper level in the MSI (paper is lifted up to the Feed Ready position). High when MSI Lift Up Sensor detects the Feed Ready position.

P/H

075-202 MSI Down Sensor

H/L

Detects if the MSI Bottom Plate is at the Down position. High when MSI Lift Down Sensor detects Lift Down (blocked).

P/H

075-203 MSI Paper Set Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper loaded in the MSI. High when MSI Paper Set Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-100 Trans Path Sensor 1

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the Trans Path Sensor 1. Low when Trans Path Sensor 1 detects paper.

P/H


H/L


P/H


H/L


P/H

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-55


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-56


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name

Display Description

Module Name

077-103 Pre REGI Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the MSI Pre Regi position. Low when Pre Regi Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-104 REGI Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the Regi position. Low when Regi Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-105 Invert In Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the Inverter input area. Low when Invert In Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-106 Invert Path Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper inside the Inverter. Low when Invert Path Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-107 Invert Out Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the Inverter output area. Low when Invert Out Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-108 IOT Exit Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the IOT Exit area. Low when IOT Exit Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-109 DUP In Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path input area. Low when DUP In Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-110 DUP Path Sensor1

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path (Inverter side). Low when DUP Path Sensor 1 detects paper.

P/H

077-111 DUP Path Sensor2

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path (Regi side). Low when DUP Path Sensor 2 detects paper.

P/H

077-112 DUP Out Sensor

H/L

Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path output area. Low when DUP Out Sensor detects paper.

P/H

077-113 Pre X'fer Sensor

H/L

Detects whether paper exists at the pre-transfer position. Paper detected: Low

P/H

077-114 Skew Sensor

H/L

Detects whether paper exists at the REGI position. Paper detected:Low

P/H

077-202 Invert Release Home Sensor

H/L

Detects the Invert Roll Release status (Home position). Low when Invert Release Home Sensor is at Home position (blocked state).

P/H

077-300 Front Door Interlock

H/L

Detects the opened/closed state of the Front Door. Low when Front Door is Open.

P/H

077-301 Left Hand Cover Interlock Switch

H/L

Detects the opened/closed state of the Left Hand Cover. High when Left Hand Cover is Open.

P/H

077-302 Tray 2 Trans Path Interlock

H/L

Detects the opening/closing of the Tray 2 Trans Path Interlock. High when Tray 2 Trans Path Interlock is Open.

P/H

077-303 Marking Drawer Interlock

H/L

Detects the pulling out and inserting of the Marking Drawer. High when Marking Drawer Interlock is Open.

P/H

077-304 DUP Drawer Interlock

H/L

Detects the pulling out and inserting of the DUP Drawer. High when DUP Drawer Interlock is Open.

P/H

077-305 MSI Cover Interlock Switch

H/L

Detects the opened/closed state of the MSI Cover. Low when MSI Cover is Open.

P/H

091-200 Drum Detect Switch

H/L

Displays the status of the Drum Detect Switch. High when Drum Detect Switch is ON (Drum is in place).

Xero_Clean

091-201 CC Cleaner Position Sensor

H/L

Displays the status of the CC Cleaner Position Sensor. Low when CC Cleaner Position Sensor detects Home position (blocked).

Xero_Clean


Component Name

Display Description

Module Name

091-202 Waste Bottle Set Sensor

H/L

Detects the Waste Toner Bottle. Low when Waste Toner Bottle is loaded.

Xero_Clean

091-203 Waste Toner Full Sensor

H/L

Detects if the toner in the Waste Toner Bottle is full. High when Waste Toner Full Sensor detects that toner is full.

Xero_Clean

091-204 CC Fail

H/L

Detects the status of the CC Wire. High when CC Wire is cut off.

Xero_Clean

093-200 Low Toner Sensor

H/L

Displays the High/Low status of the Low Toner Sensor. Low when Low Toner Sensor does not detect any toner.

Deve

093-201 Cartridge Door Sensor

H/L

Displays the High/Low status of the Cartridge Door Sensor. High when Cartridge Door is Open.

Deve

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-57


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-58


Version.1 .1.1

6.3.1.2 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module) Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module) ChainLink

Component Name

Display Description of Operation

Module Name

048-100 IOT Exit SNR (Hot Line)

H/L

IOT Exit SNR (Hot Line) detects whether paper exists. Paper detected: Low

I/F Module

048-101 I/F Transport SNR

H/L

I/F Transport SNR detects whether paper exists. Paper detected: Low

I/F Module

048-102 I/F Decurler In SNR

H/L

I/F Decurler In SNR detects whether paper exists. Paper detected: Low

I/F Module

048-103 I/F Exit SNR

H/L

I/F Exit SNR detects whether paper exists. Paper detected: Low

I/F Module

048-201 I/F Decurler Cam Position1 SNR

H/L

I/F Decurler Cam Position1 SNR detects whether light is blocked. Light blocked: High Position1:H,Position2:L -> Pene Up2,Down10 Position1:L,Position2:L -> Pene Up6,Down8 Position1:L,Position2:H -> Pene Up10,Down2 Position1:H,Position2:H -> Pene Up8,Down6

I/F Module

048-202 I/F Decurler Cam Position2 SNR

H/L

I/F Decurler Cam Position2 SNR detects whether light is blocked. Light blocked: High Position1:H,Position2:L -> Pene Up2,Down10 Position1:L,Position2:L -> Pene Up6,Down8 Position1:L,Position2:H -> Pene Up10,Down2 Position1:H,Position2:H -> Pene Up8,Down6

I/F Module

048-203 I/F Decurler Gate SNR

H/L

Detects which direction I/F Decurler Gate has switched. Upper detected: Upper transport (Gate is down): Sensor is at High, blocked. Lower detected: Lower transport (Gate is up): Sensor is at Low, receiving light.

I/F Module

048-204 I/F Manual Decurler Down SW

H/L

Detects I/F Manual Decurler Down SW ON or OFF. SW ON: Low

I/F Module

048-205 I/F Manual Decurler Up SW

H/L

Detects I/F Manual Decurler Up SW ON or OFF. SW ON: Low

I/F Module

048-206 I/F Auto Decurler SW

H/L

Detects I/F Auto Decurler SW ON or OFF. SW ON: Low

I/F Module

048-207 I/F Cooling Fan1/2 LOCK

H/L

Detects both I/F Cooling Fan1 and I/F Cooling Fan2 are rotating. Rotating: Low

I/F Module

048-208 I/F Cooling Fan3 LOCK

H/L

Detects whether I/F Cooling Fan3 is rotating. Rotating: Low

I/F Module

048-209 I/F Cooling Fan5 LOCK

H/L

Detects whether I/F Cooling Fan5 is rotating. Rotating: Low

I/F Module

048-210 Output1 Detect

H/L

Detects whether HCS1 is electrically connected. Connected: Low

I/F Module

048-211 Output2 Detect

H/L

Detects whether D3/D4 Finisher is electrically connected. Open detected: Sensor is at Low, receiving light. Close detected: Sensor is at High, blocked.

I/F Module

048-216 Output1 Exit SNR IN

H/L

Exit SNR on HCS1 Bypass Transport Path detects whether paper exists there. Paper detected: Low

I/F Module

Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module) ChainLink

Component Name


Module Name

048-221 I/F Ent Chute Open SNR

H/L

Detects whether I/F Ent Chute is open. Open detected: Low

I/F Module

048-300 I/F Front Door SW

H/L

Detects whether I/F Front Door is open/closed. Open detected: High

I/F Module

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-59


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-60


Version.1 .1.1

6.3.1.3 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1) Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1) ChainLink

Component Name


Module Name

049-101 TOP TRAY EXIT SNR

H/L

TOP TRAY EXIT SNR detection A jammed output to TOP TRAY is detected (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-102 TOP TRAY PATH SNR

H/L

HCS1 TOP TRAY PATH SNR detection A jam is detected on Transport Line to TOP TRAY (paper detected): Low

049-103 BYPASS EXIT SNR

H/L

BYPASS EXIT SNR detection A jammed straight output is detected (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-104 BYPASS PATH SNR 1

H/L

BYPASS PATH SNR 1 detection A jam is detected on Straight Transport Line (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-105 STACKER PATH SNR

H/L

HCS1 STACKER PATH SNR detection A jam is detected on Transport Line to STACKER (paper detected): Low

049-106 STACKER EXIT SNR

H/L

STACKER EXIT SNR detection A jammed paper for delivery is detected (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-107 BYPASS PATH SNR 2

H/L

BYPASS PATH SNR 2 detection A jam is detected on Straight Transport Line (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-108 UPPER DEVICE EXIT SNR

H/L

IFM EXIT SNR detection Paper detected on IFM EXIT: Low

HCS1

049-200 F-COV LOCK SNR

H/L

F-COV LOCK SNR detection Front Cover locked (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-201 STACKER UP LIM SW

H/L

STACKER UP LIM SW detection Elevator Tray overran the upper limit (SW ON): High

HCS1

049-202 DOLLY REMOVE SW

H/L

DOLLY REMOVE SW detection Removal of paper is requested (Panel SW is pressed down): Low

HCS1

049-203 SAMPLE REJECT SW

H/L

SAMPLE REJECT SW detection Output of sample is requested (Panel SW is pressed down): Low

HCS1

049-207 DOLLY SET POSITION SNR

H/L

DOLLY SET POSITION SNR detection Position where Dolly is removed (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-208 DOLLY SET SNR

H/L

DOLLY SET SNR detection Dolly is present (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-209 STACK HEIGHT SNR YL

H/L

STACK HEIGHT SNR YL detection Abnormal load (Light to SNR is blocked): High

HCS1

049-210 STACK HEIGHT SNR YC

H/L

STACK HEIGHT SNR YC detection Abnormal load (Light to SNR is blocked): High

HCS1

049-211 STACK HEIGHT SNR YR

H/L

STACK HEIGHT SNR YR detection Abnormal load (Light to SNR is blocked): High

HCS1

049-212 STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SNR T

H/L

STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SNR T detection Abnormal load (Light to SNR is blocked): High

HCS1

049-213 STACK ABN DOWN SNR

H/L

STACK ABN DOWN SNR detection Abnormal load (Light to SNR is blocked): High

HCS1

Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1) ChainLink

Component Name


Module Name

049-214 STACK FULL SNR

H/L

STACK FULL SNR detection Stacker full (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-215 STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR

H/L

STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR detection Top sheet of a stack is detected (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-216 STACK ABN CR SNR

H/L

STACK ABN CR SNR detection Abnormal load (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-217 STACK ABN CF SNR

H/L

STACK ABN CF SNR detection Abnormal load (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-218 STACK NO PAPER SENSOR

H/L

STACK NO PAPER SENSOR detection Tray has paper (Light to SNR is blocked): High

HCS1

049-219 STACKER LOWER LIM SW

H/L

STACKER LOWER LIM SW detection Elevator Tray overran the lower limit (SW ON): High

HCS1

049-221 LEAD TAMPER HOME SENSOR

H/L

LEAD TAMPER HOME SENSOR detection Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-223 SET CLAMPER HOME SNR

H/L

SET CLAMPER HOME SNR detection Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-224 SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION HOME SNR

H/L

SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION HOME SNR detection Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-225 IN TAMP HOME SNR

H/L

IN TAMP HOME SNR detection Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-226 OUT TAMP HOME SNR

H/L

OUT TAMP HOME SNR detection Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-227 PAD MOVE HOME SNR

H/L

PAD MOVE HOME SNR detection Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-228 TOP TRAY FULL SNR

H/L

TOP TRAY FULL SNR detection TOP TRAY full (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-229 EXIT ROLL HOME SNR

H/L

EXIT ROLL HOME SNR detection Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-230 GATE 1 SNR

H/L

GATE 1 SNR detection Transport to Stacker (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-231 GATE 2 SNR

H/L

GATE 2 SNR detection Transport to Bypass (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-232 PAPER IN EDGE SNR

H/L

PAPER IN EDGE SNR detection The inboard edge of paper is detected (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-233 PAPER OUT EDGE SNR

H/L

PAPER OUT EDGE SNR detection The outboard edge of paper is detected (paper detected): Low

HCS1

049-234 P-EDGE HOME SNR

H/L

P-EDGE HOME SNR detection Home position (light to SNR is blocked): Low

HCS1

049-235 FAN LOWER1 SNR

H/L

Built-in FAN LOWER1 SNR detection FAN error (FAN stops): High

HCS1

049-237 FAN PAPER1 SNR

H/L

Built-in FAN PAPER1 SNR detection FAN failure (FAN stops): High

HCS1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-61


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-62


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1) ChainLink

Component Name


Module Name

049-238 FAN PAPER2 SNR

H/L

Built-in FAN PAPER2 SNR detection FAN failure (FAN stops): High

HCS1

049-239 FAN UPPER1 SNR

H/L

Built-in FAN UPPER1 SNR detection FAN failure (FAN stops): High

HCS1

049-241 STACKER UP LIM SNR

H/L

STACKER UP LIM SNR detection HCS1 Elevator Tray overran the upper limit (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

049-242 CHUTE OPEN SNR

H/L

Chute Open Sensor detection Chute Open (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

049-243 ELEVATOR SENSOR

H/L

Elevator Motor step-out HCS1 detected by Elevator Encoder Sensor (Light to SNR is blocked): Low

049-244 STACK ABN UP SNR

H/L

STACK ABN UP SNR detection Abnormal load (UP curl detected=SNR receives light): High

HCS1

049-301 UPPER COVER SW

H/L

UPPER COVER SW detection Upper Cover open: High

HCS1

049-302 F-DOOR SW

H/L

F-DOOR SW detection Front Cover open: High

HCS1

HCS1

6.3.2.1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IOT) Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IOT) ChainLink

Component Name

Multiple Output Prohibited Items

Module Name

OFF

005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic

005-001 DADF Feed Motor

Rotation of the DADF Feed Motor: Operation speed 55.0mm/sec

-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-63

6.3.2 DC330 Output Component Check List

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-64


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IOT) ChainLink

Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-






Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-65


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-66


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-013 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-014 005-074

IIT

-

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-074

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-




Reverse rotation of the DADF Feed Motor: Operation speed 700.0mm/sec


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic

005-015 DADF Pre-Regi Motor

Rotation of the DADF Pre-Regi Motor: Operation speed 55.0mm/sec

-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-67


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-68


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-






Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-69


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-70


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-025 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-076 005-077 005-089

IIT

-

OFF

005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-



005-026 DADF Regi Motor

Rotation of the DADF Regi Motor: Operation speed 55.0mm/sec


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-026 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-71


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-72


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-






Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-73


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-74


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-038 005-039 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT

Rotation of the DADF Platen Motor: Operation speed 73.3mm/sec

-

OFF

005-037 005-039 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT


-

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic


Reverse rotation of the DADF Regi Motor: Operation speed 35.2mm/sec

-

005-037 DADF Platen Motor





Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT

-

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-041 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT


-

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-041 005-042 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT


-

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-045 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-75


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-76


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-046 005-047 005-085

IIT

-

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-047 005-085

IIT


-

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-085

IIT

Rotation of the DADF Exit Motor: Operation speed 55.0mm/sec

-

OFF

005-049 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-




005-048 DADF Exit Motor


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-048 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT

-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT


-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT


-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-051 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic


Rotation of the DADF Exit Motor: Operation speed 73.3mm/sec (PF1)

-





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-77


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-78


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

048 049 050 051 052 054 057 058 059 060 061

IIT

-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT


-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-058 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT


-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-059 005-060 005-061

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-







Module Name

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-060 005-061

IIT

-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-061

IIT


-

OFF

005-048 005-049 005-050 005-051 005-052 005-053 005-054 005-057 005-058 005-059 005-060

IIT

005-062 Feed Clutch

The clutch that transmits the DADF Feed Motor drive to the Nudger Roll and Feed Roll.

-

OFF

005-069

IIT

005-065 Baffle Solenoid

Suction goes on for 100ms after Baffle Solenoid is turned ON, holds it there for 220ms, then turns OFF.

OFF

005-063

IIT

005-067 CVT Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (Return)

Activates the returning of the Simp/Dup Gate.(100ms On)

-

OFF

005-068 005-070

IIT

005-068 CVT Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (Suction)

Activates the suctioning of the Simp/Dup Gate.(100ms On)

-

OFF

005-'067 005-070

IIT

005-069 Exit Gate Solenoid

Turns ON the Exit Gate.

-

OFF

005-062

IIT

005-070 Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid

Activates the Invert Roll Nip/Release.

-

OFF

005-067 005-068

IIT

Component Name

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-79


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-80


Version.1 .1.1


Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-077

IIT

-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-






Component Name


Module Name

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-079 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-080

IIT

-

OFF

005-026 005-027 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-035 005-036 005-078 005-079

IIT

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-





005-083 Doc Ready

Outputs the ready document.

-

OFF

-

IIT

005-084 Document Set LED

Turns Document Set LED ON

-

OFF

-

IIT

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-81


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-82


Version.1 .1.1



Module Name

OFF

005-037 005-038 005-039 005-040 005-041 005-042 005-043 005-044 005-045 005-046 005-047

IIT

-

OFF

005-087 005-091 005-092

IIT

Lifts document tray up by reverse rotation (CCW direction) of the Tray Motor. When turned ON, tray is lifted up little by little.

-

OFF

005-086 005-091 005-093

IIT



-

OFF

005-015 005-016 005-017 005-018 005-019 005-020 005-021 005-022 005-023 005-024 005-025 005-076 005-077

IIT

005-091 Tray Motor CW

Moves the document tray downwards by regular rotation (CW direction) of the Tray Motor.

-

OFF

005-086 005-087 005-092

IIT

005-092 Tray Motor CCW

Lifts document tray up by reverse rotation (CCW direction) of the Tray Motor.

-

OFF

005-086 005-087 005-091

IIT

010-001 Fuser Drive Motor

Rotation of the Fuser Drive Motor.

-

OFF

-

Fuser

Component Name

Description

T-ON

Cyclic



-

005-086 Tray Lift Up Action 1

Lifts document tray up by reverse rotation (CCW direction) of the Tray Motor.

005-087 Tray Lift Up Action 2


Component Name

010-002 Main Heater Rod 1

010-003 Main Heater Rod 2

010-004 Sub Heater Rod


Module Name

OFF

010-003 010-004

Fuser

1000[ms]

OFF

010-002 010-004

Fuser

Turns Lamp ON/OFF for Sub Heater Rod. However it doesn’t operate if any 1000[ms] of the following occurs : 1. Fuser Heat Roll STS-1/STS-2/STS-3 Disconnection Fail

OFF

010-002 010-003

Fuser

Description

T-ON

Cyclic

Turns Lamp ON/OFF for Main Heater Rod 1. However it doesn’t operate if any of the following occurs : 1. Fuser Heat Roll STS-1/STS-2/STS-3 Disconnection Fail

1000[ms]

2.

Heat Roll Over Temperature Fail

3.

The value in [NVM744-156 Over Temperature Fail History(HeatRoll)] is not 0.

4.

Wait Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail

5.

Standby Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail

6.

Not Ready Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail

7.

Fan Fail (Blower Mot Fan, Cleaner Intake Fan, Fuser Exhaust Fan)

Turns Lamp ON/OFF for Main Heater Rod 2. However it doesn’t operate if any of the following occurs : 1. Fuser Heat Roll STS-1/STS-2/STS-3 Disconnection Fail 2.


3.


4.


5.


6.


7.


2.


3.


4.


5.


6.


7.


010-005 Web Motor

Rotation of the Web Motor.

-

OFF

-

Fuser

010-006 Fuser Nip Clutch

Activates the Fuser Nip Clutch.

-

OFF

-

Fuser

042-001 Fuser Intake Fan

Controls the rotation speed of the Fuser Intake Fan. Rotates at high speed if turned ON and at low speed if turned OFF.

OFF

-

Drive_NOH AD

042-002 Fuser Exhaust Fan

Controls the rotation speed of the Fuser Exhaust Fan. Rotates at high speed if turned ON and at low speed if turned OFF.

-

OFF

-

Drive_NOH AD

042-003 Blower Fan (High)

Rotates the Blower Fan at high speed.

-

OFF

042-004

Drive_NOH AD

042-004 Blower Fan (Low)

Rotates the Blower Fan at low speed.

-

OFF

042-003

Drive_NOH AD

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-83


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-84


Version.1 .1.1


Description

T-ON

Cyclic


Module Name

042-005 Exit Fan/Cleaner Intake Fan Motor

Rotates the Exit Fan and Cleaner Intake Fan.

-

OFF

-

Drive_NOH AD

042-006 Duplex Fan/Humidity Fan

Rotates the Duplex Fan and Humid Fan.

-

OFF

-

Drive_NOH AD

042-007 Drum Motor

Rotates the Drum Motor.

-

OFF

093-001 093-002

Drive_NOH AD

042-008 Auger Motor

Rotates the Auger Motor.

-

OFF

-

Drive_NOH AD

042-009 Duplex Chute Fan

Rotates the Duplex Chute Fan.

-

OFF

-

Drive_NOH AD

061-001 ROS Motor

Rotates the ROS Motor.

-

OFF

061-002

ROS

061-002 APC Start

Laser (VCSEL) output

-

OFF

061-001

ROS

062-002 Exposure Lamp

Exposure Lamp ON

-

OFF

-

IIT

062-004 IPS Fan (Low speed)

IPS Fan rotates at low speed.

-

OFF

-

IIT

062-005 Carriage Motor (Scan Direction)

Drives the Full Rate Carriage and Half Rate Carriage in the Scan direction. -

OFF

062-006

IIT

062-006 Carriage Motor (Return direction)

Drives the Full Rate Carriage and Half Rate Carriage in the Return direction.

-

OFF

062-005

IIT

062-014 IPS Fan (High speed)

IPS Fan rotates at high speed.

-

OFF

-

IIT

062-015 Lamp Fan

Rotation of the Lamp Fan

-

OFF

-

IIT

062-017 CCD Fan

Rotation of the CCD Fan

-

OFF

-

IIT

071-001 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (Feed)

Drives Feed Roll at transport speed of 450mm/s after specified step up.

-

OFF

071-002

P/H

071-002 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (Lift)

Lifting up.

12000[ms]

OFF

071-001

P/H

071-003 Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid (Down)

Moves the Nudger Roll in the Feeder of Tray 1 downwards.

2000[ms]

OFF

071-004

P/H

071-004 Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid (Hold)

Holds the Nudger Roll in the Feeder of Tray 1.

2000[ms]

OFF

071-003

P/H



-

OFF

072-002

P/H


Lifting up.

17500[ms]

OFF

072-001

P/H



2000[ms]

OFF

072-004

P/H



2000[ms]

OFF

072-003

P/H



-

OFF

073-002

P/H


Lifting up.

6000[ms]

OFF

073-001

P/H



2000[ms]

OFF

073-004

P/H



2000[ms]

OFF

073-003

P/H



-

OFF

074-002

P/H


Lifting up.

6000[ms]

OFF

074-001

P/H



2000[ms]

OFF

074-004

P/H



2000[ms]

OFF

074-003

P/H

075-001 MSI Lift Motor (Up)

6000[ms] Moves the MSI Lifter upwards. Activates only when MSI Lift Up Sensor is turned OFF. Stops when MSI Lift Up Sensor ON is detected. It also does not activate when the MSI Lift Up Sensor is turned ON at the start of the operation.

OFF

075-002 075-003 075-004

P/H

Component Name


Component Name

Description

T-ON

Cyclic


Module Name

075-002 MSI Lift Motor (Down)

6000[ms] Moves the MSI Lifter downwards. Activates only when MSI Lift Down Sensor is turned OFF. Stops when MSI Lift Down Sensor ON is detected. It also does not activate when the MSI Lift Down Sensor is turned ON at the start of the operation.

OFF

075-001 075-003 075-004

P/H

075-003 MSI Feed Motor 220mm/s

Drives Feed Roll at transport speed of 220mm/s.

-

OFF

075-001 075-002 075-004

P/H

075-004 MSI Feed Motor 300mm/s

Drives Feed Roll at transport speed of 300mm/s.

-

OFF

075-001 075-002 075-003

P/H

075-005 MSI Nudger Solenoid (Down)

Moves the Nudger Roll downwards.

2000[ms]

OFF

075-006

P/H

075-006 MSI Nudger Solenoid (Hold)

Holds the Nudger Roll.

2000[ms]

OFF

075-005

P/H

077-001 Take Away Motor 1

Drives the T/A Roll at transport speed of 1100mm/s.

-

OFF

-

P/H



-

OFF

-

P/H



-

OFF

-

P/H

077-004 Pre Regi Motor 1100mm/s

Drives the Pre Regi Roll at transport speed of 1100mm/s.

-

OFF

077-005

P/H

077-005 Pre Regi Motor 535mm/s

Drives the Pre Regi Roll at transport speed of 535mm/s.

-

OFF

077-004

P/H

077-006 Regi Motor 1100mm/s

Drives the Regi Roll at transport speed of 1100mm/s.

-

OFF

077-007

P/H

077-007 Regi Motor 535mm/s

Drives the Regi Roll at transport speed of 535mm/s.

-

OFF

077-006

P/H

077-010 Exit Motor

Drives Exit Roll at transport speed of 1100mm/s.

-

OFF

077-011

P/H

077-012 Invert Motor High

Drives Invert Roll at transport speed of 1100mm/s (output side).

-

OFF

077-013 077-014

P/H

077-013 Invert Motor Middle

Drives Invert Roll at transport speed of 1054mm/s (input side).

-

OFF

077-012 077-014

P/H

077-014 Invert Motor Low

Drives Invert Roll at transport speed of 1000mm/s (output side).

-

OFF

077-012 077-013

P/H

077-015 Duplex Motor

Drives DUP Roll at transport speed of 1000mm/s.

-

OFF

-

P/H

077-016 Release Motor

The Release Motor operation stops when the Release Home Sensor detects edge of the light blocking actuator.

-

OFF

-

P/H

077-017 Takeaway Clutch 1

Turns ON Takeaway Clutch 1.

500[ms]

OFF

-

P/H


Turns ON Takeaway Clutch 2.

500[ms]

OFF

-

P/H

077-019 Invert Gate Solenoid Invert

Changes the direction of the Invert Gate to the Invert direction.

80[ms]

OFF

077-020

P/H

077-020 Invert Gate Solenoid Exit

Changes the direction of the Invert Gate to the Exit direction.

80[ms]

OFF

077-019

P/H

077-021 Duplex Gate Solenoid (Exit)

Changes the direction of the Duplex Gate to the Exit direction.

80[ms]

OFF

077-022

P/H

077-022 Duplex Gate Solenoid (Duplex)

Changes the direction of the Duplex Gate to the Duplex direction.

80[ms]

OFF

077-021

P/H

089-001 CIS LED On/Off

CIS LED output *When Front/Drawer Interlock is open, LED is forced to turn off.

-

OFF

-

RegiCon

091-001 Charge Corotron (CC Grid, CC Wire)

Discharges the CC.

-

OFF

091-003 091-004

Xero

091-002 Erase Lamp

Performs Lamp ON for Erase Lamp.

-

OFF

-

Xero

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-85


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-86


Version.1 .1.1



Module Name

OFF

091-001 091-004

Xero

-

OFF

091-001 091-003

Xero

Checks the output of the Pre Clean Corotron DC. However, being turned ON for a long time might cause damage to the Drum.

-

OFF

-

Xero_Clean

092-001 ADC LED On

LED Lamp ON/OFF on the ADC mirror surface.

-

OFF

-

ProCon

093-001 Deve Motor FWD

Checks the output of the Deve Motor Forward. Turns ON the Drum Motor at the same time as the Deve Motor.

-

OFF

042-007 093-002

Deve

093-002 Deve Motor RVS

Checks the output of the Deve Motor Forward. Turns ON the Drum Motor at the same time as the Deve Motor.

-

OFF

042-007 093-001

Deve

Component Name

Description

T-ON

Cyclic

091-003 CC Cleaner Motor (Rear)

Moves the CC Cleaner from the front to the rear.

2000[ms]

091-004 CC Cleaner Motor (Front)

Moves the CC Cleaner from the rear to the front.

091-005 PCC Remote

093-003 Dispense Motor

Checks the output of the Dispense Motor.

2000[ms]

OFF

-

Deve

093-004 Cartridge Motor

Checks the output of the Cartridge Motor.

-

OFF

-

Deve

093-005 Deve Bias AC

Checks the output of the Deve Bias AC.

-

OFF

-

Deve

093-006 DC Remote

Checks the output of the Deve Bias DC.

-

OFF

-

Deve

094-001 Belt CNT/RET Solenoid

Controls the contacting/retracting of the Copying Belt. Contacts at Start (Solenoid suction)

-

OFF

-

X'fer

094-002 BTR Remote

Checks the output of the Bias Roll. As there may be serious influence on the M/C when a single component is operated alone, carry out the following procedures simultaneously. 1. Activate the DC330[042-007] Drum Motor.

OFF

-

X'fer

-

OFF

-

X'fer

-

OFF

-

X'fer

094-003 Bias Roll Remote

094-004 DTS Remote

2.

Activate the DC330[091-002] Erase Lamp.

3.

Activate the DC330[091-001] Charge Colotron.

4.

Activate the DC330[093-006] Deve Bias DC.

5.

Activate the DC330[094-001] Belt Contact/Retract Solenoid.

6.

Activate the DC330[094-002] BTR Remote and the DC330[094003]Bias Roll Remote.

Checks the output of the Bias Roll. 1. Activate the DC330[042-007] Drum Motor. 2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Activate the DC330[094-002] BTR Remote and the DC330[094003]Bias Roll Remote.

Checks the output of the De Tack Saw .


Component Name

094-006 PTC Remote

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Description

T-ON

Checks the output of the Pre Transfer Corotron DC. As there may be serious influence on the M/C when a single component is operated alone, carry out the following procedures simultaneously. 1. Activate the DC330[042-007] Drum Motor. 2.


3.


4.


5.


6.

Activate the DC330[094-006] PTC Remote.

02/2009 6-87

Cyclic


Module Name

OFF

-

X'fer


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-88


Version.1 .1.1

6.3.2.2 DC330 Output Component Check List (IF Module) Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IF Module) ChainLink

Description of Operation

T-ON

Cyclic


Module Name

048-001 I/F Transport Mot 1000mm/s

Drives I/F Transport Mot at transport speed of 1000mm/s (3183pps). *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

-

OFF

048-045~047

I/F Module

048-002 I/F Decurler Belt Mot Speed 1

Drives I/F Decurler Belt Mot at speed 1. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

-

OFF

048-003~009, 048-026~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002, 048-004~009, 048-026~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002, 048-003, 048-005~009, 048026~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~004, 048-006~009, 048026~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~005, 048-007~009, 048026~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~006, 048-008~009, 048026~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~007, 048-009, 048-026~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~008, 048-026~041

I/F Module

048-010 I/F Decurler Cam Mot Hold

Holds I/F Decurler Cam Mot on by weak energy. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

-

OFF

048-011, 048-012

I/F Module

048-011 I/F Decurler Cam Mot CW

Drives I/F Decurler Cam Mot CW at 337.5rpm. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

-

OFF

048-010, 048-012

I/F Module

048-012 I/F Decurler Cam Mot CCW

Drives I/F Decurler Cam Mot CCW at 337.5rpm. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

-

OFF

048-010, 048-011

048-014 I/F Decurler Gate Sol Upper

Switches I/F Decurler Gate to Upper (upper transport).

100msec

OFF

048-015

I/F Module

100msec

OFF

048-006

I/F Module

Component Name

NOTE: I/F Decurler Gate is positioned at the lower position. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate. 048-015 I/F Decurler Gate Sol Lower

Switched I/F Decurler Gate to Lower (lower transport). NOTE: I/F Decurler Gate is positioned at the upper position. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

048-016 I/F Cooling Fan1/2

Turns on I/F Cooling Fan1/2. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

-

OFF

-

I/F Module

048-017 I/F Cooling Fan3

Turns on I/F Cooling Fan3. *When Interlock Open is detected, this does not operate.

-

OFF

-

I/F Module

048-018 I/F Decurler LED Pene Up10

Turns on I/F Decurler LED Pene Up10.

-

OFF

-

I/F Module



-

OFF

-

I/F Module



-

OFF

-

I/F Module

Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IF Module) ChainLink

Component Name


T-ON

Cyclic


Module Name



-

OFF

-

I/F Module

048-022 I/F Decurler LED Pene Down6

Turns on I/F Decurler LED Pene Down6.

-

OFF

-

I/F Module



-

OFF

-

I/F Module



-

OFF

-

I/F Module

048-025 I/F Auto Decurler LED

Turns on I/F Auto Decurler LED.

-

OFF

-

I/F Module


Drives I/F Decurler Belt Mot at speed 9. *Does not operate with Interlock Open detected.

-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-027~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026, 048-028~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026, 048-027, 048029~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~028, 048030~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~029, 048031~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~030, 048032~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~031, 048033~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~032, 048034~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~033, 048035~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~034, 048036~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~035, 048037~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~036, 048038~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~037, 048039~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~038, 048040~041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~039, 048-041

I/F Module



-

OFF

048-002~009, 048-026~040

I/F Module

048-042 I/F Cooling Fan5

Turns ON I/F Cooling Fan5. *Does not operate with Interlock Open detected.

-

OFF

-

I/F Module

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-89


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-90


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IF Module) ChainLink


T-ON

Cyclic


Module Name

048-045 I/F Transport Mot 732.3mm/s

Drives I/F Transport Mot at a transport speed of 732.3mm/ s(2331pps). *Does not operate with Interlock Open detected.

-

OFF

048-001, 048-046, 048-047

I/F Module

048-046 I/F Transport Mot 606mm/s

Drives I/F Transport Mot at a transport speed of 606mm/ s(1929pps). *Does not operate with Interlock Open detected.

-

OFF

048-001, 048-045, 048-047

I/F Module

048-047 I/F Transport Mot 350.3mm/s

Drives I/F Transport Mot at a transport speed of 350.3mm/ s(1115pps). *Does not operate with Interlock Open detected.

-

OFF

048-001, 048-045, 048-046

I/F Module

Component Name

6.3.2.3 DC330 Output Component Check List (HCS1) Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (HCS1) ChainLink


T-ON

Cyclic


Module Name

049-001 SOL F-DOOR Lock

Locks Front Door. Door locked (Keep Solenoid pulled in)

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-002 SOL F-DOOR Unlock

Unlocks Front Door. Door unlocked (Keep Solenoid returns)

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-003 Start Panel LED Test

Tests LEDs on the panel. Repeat turning them ON then OFF.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-006 ELEVATOR MOT High

Raises and lowers Stacker at high speed (4000PPS) continuously.

-

OFF

049-007, 049-008

HCS1

049-007 ELEVATOR MOT Middle

Raises and lowers Stacker at medium speed (2000PPS) continuously.

-

OFF

049-006, 049-008

HCS1

049-008 ELEVATOR MOT Low

Raises and lowers Stacker at low speed (1100PPS) continuously.

-

OFF

049-006, 049-007

HCS1

049-009 SET CLAMPER MOT

Performs the two-way operation 10 times.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-010 LEAD TAMPER MOT

Performs the Lead Tamper operation 10 times.

-

OFF

-

HCS1 HCS1

Component Name

049-011 Rear TAMPER MOT

Performs the Rear Tamper operation 10 times.

-

OFF

-

049-012 Front TAMPER MOT

Performs the Front Tamper operation 10 times.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-013 PAD MOVE MOT


-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-014 SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION MOT


-

OFF

-

HCS1

048-015 Stacker Paddle Clutch

Clutch ON

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-019 Top Tray Clutch

Clutch ON

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-021 EDGE SNR MOVE MOT

Makes Edge Sensor Unit perform the right-to-left operation 10 times.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-022 Lower Fan

Rotates Fan.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-023 Upper Fan

Rotates Fan.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-024 Paper Fan1,2

Rotates Fan.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-028 HCF Transport Motor 1

Rotates HCF Transport Motor 1.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-029 Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor

Makes Offset Roll perform the right-to-left operation 10 times.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-030 Gate Solenoid TOP

Switches Gate to Top Tray

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-031 Gate Solenoid STACKER

Switches Gate to Stacker.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-032 Gate Solenoid BYPASS

Switches Gate to Bypass.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-034 STACKER EXIT MOT High

Runs STACKER EXIT MOT at high speed.

-

OFF

049-035

HCS1

049-035 STACKER EXIT MOT Low

Runs STACKER EXIT MOT at high speed and low speed.

-

OFF

049-034

HCS1

049-036 TOP TRAY MOT High

Runs TOP TRAY MOT at high speed.

-

OFF

049-037

HCS1

049-037 TOP TRAY MOT Low

Runs TOP TRAY MOT at high speed and low speed.

-

OFF

049-036

HCS1

049-038 Bypass Clutch 1

Clutch ON

-

OFF

-

HCS1


Clutch ON

-

OFF

-

HCS1


Clutch ON

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-041 Transport Clutch

Clutch ON

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-042 HCF Transport Motor 2

Operates HCF Transport Motor 2.

-

OFF

-

HCS1

049-043 No paper run

No paper run *This is for development EME evaluation and different from the normal No Paper Run.

OFF

All outputs prohibited

HCS1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-91


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-92


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (HCS1) ChainLink

Component Name

049-044 No paper run 2


T-ON

Cyclic


Module Name

No paper run for an endurance test *This is for an endurance test and different from the normal No Paper Run.

-

OFF

All outputs prohibited

HCS1

6.3.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List Table 1 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List

IN/ OUT

Prohibited Concurrent Time Output Description Out Items

010-200 Heat Roll Thermistor-1

IN

-

-

Displays the AD value of the output temperature for Heat Normal Output Range: 1015~128 Failure Determination Level: Below 128 Roll Thermistor-1. Cause of Failure and Corresponding Corrective Action: [A/D]FSR_HR_STS1 Refer to Fault List 10-320

Fuser


IN

-

-


Fuser


IN

-

-


Fuser

010-204 M/C Voltage Monitor

IN

-

-

Displays the AD value of the M/C power supply voltage. [A/D]MC_V_MONI

Fuser

ChainLink

Component Name

Module Name

CE Action Column

Normal Output Range: • 100~200V Series = 551~697 •

Series above 208V = 576~858

Failure Determination Level: Out of Normal Output Range Cause of Failure: Input voltage out of specified range or Distortion of voltage waveform Corrective Action: Measure the voltage with a voltmeter. If voltage is outside the specified range, adjust the input voltage until it falls within the specified range. If the voltage waveform is distorted, input the ratio of the measured voltage and the analog output into NVM744-151 to rectify it. 071-100 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor

IN

-

-

Displays the AD value of the paper size in Tray 1. [A/D]TRAY1_SIZE_SW

Normal Output Range: • A4L Set = 304~367

P/H

•

B5 LEF Set = 800~863

•

When tray is removed = 928~1023

Failure Determination Level: Out of abovementioned range Cause of Failure: • Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor Operation Failure •

Tray 1 Size Detector Mechanical Failure

•

Harness, Tray Module PWB or MCU PWB Failure

•

Software Error

Corrective Action: • Replace the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-93

•

Replace the Tray 1 Size Detector Mechanism.

•

Replace the Harness, Tray Module PWB or MCU PWB.

6.3.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-94


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List

ChainLink

Component Name

072-100 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor

IN/ OUT


IN

-

-


CE Action Column Normal Output Range: • A4L Set = 304~367 •

B5 LEF Set = 800~863

•


Module Name P/H



•


•

Software Error

Corrective Action: • Replace the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor.


IN

-

-


•


•


Normal Output Range: • 11x17" Set = 0~63 •

A5 SEF Set = 800~863

•




•


•

Software Error

Corrective Action: • Replace the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor. •


•


P/H

Table 1 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List

ChainLink

Component Name


IN/ OUT


IN

-

-

Module Name

CE Action Column


Normal Output Range: • 11x17" Set = 0~63

P/H

•

A5 SEF Set = 800~863

•




•


•

Software Error

Corrective Action: • Replace the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor. •


•


075-100 MSI Paper Size Sensor

IN

-

-

Displays the AD value of the paper size in the MSI. [A/D]MSI_SIZE_SNR

P/H Normal Output Range: 60~966 (Nominal) Failure Determination Level: No change for below 20 Cause of Failure: MSI Paper Size Sensor Operation Failure Corrective Action: Check the MSI Paper Size Sensor (check for faulty hardware/check Sensor Output AD Value) etc. If result is NG, the MSI Paper Size Sensor needs to be replaced.

077-100 Multi Feed Sensor

IN

-

-

Displays AD value of paper thickness for transport. [A/D]Multi Feed Check FC SNR

Normal Output Range: no paper: set to 220+/-30 (Adjust by P/H MSA PWB VR 1.) One sheet of standard paper (EP paper): add approx. +80 (depends on paper thaickness) to the above value. Failure Determination Level: out of the above output range despite attempts to adjust. Possible Cause of Failure: Multi Feed Sensor/MSA PWB fault. The harness is defective from Multi Feed Sensor to MSA PWB. Corrective Action: Check Multi Feed Sensor, MSA PWB and the harness. If not good, the above parts need replacing.

092-200 ESV Sensor

IN

-

-

Displays the Potential AD value on the surface of the PR. NOTE: NOTE: After turning ON, wait for 2 seconds before [A/D]ESV_SNR determining the value.

ProCon

Normal Output Range: 0~10 Failure Determination Level: Above 50 Cause of Failure: Faulty ESV Sensor Corrective Action: Replace the ESV Sensor.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-95


General

General 6.3.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List

02/2009 6-96

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.4.1 DC135 HFSI Counter List (IOT) Table 1 DC135 HFSI Counter List (IOT) ChainLink

HFSI Name

Threshold

Setting Range Unit

Count Conditions

Module Name

Remarks

954-800 Tray 1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll 300000

0~300000

1[Feed] Count occurs when feeding from Tray 1. +1 regardless of Paper Size.

Feed Count from Tray 1 Feed Roll, Tray 1 Retard Roll and Tray 1 P/H Nudger Roll


0~300000




0~300000




0~300000



954-804 Takeaway Roll 1 (right after Tray 1500000 1 Feeder)

0~1500000


The number of sheets that passed through the T/A Roll 1

P/H


0~1500000



P/H


0~1500000



P/H


0~1500000



P/H

954-810 Horizontal Transport Roll 1, 2

8000000

0~8000000


The number of sheets that passed through the H-Transport Roll 1 P/H and H-Transport Roll 2

954-811 Vertical Transport Roll 1

8000000

0~8000000

1[Feed] Count occurs when feeding from Trays 1, 3 or 4. +1 regardless of Paper Size.

The number of sheets that passed through the Transport Roll 1

P/H


8000000

0~8000000

1[Feed] Count occurs when feeding from Trays 3 or 4. +1 regardless of Paper Size.


P/H


8000000

0~8000000



P/H


8000000

0~8000000

1[Feed] Count occurs when feeding from Trays 1, 3 or 4. +1 regardless of Paper Size.

T/A Clutch 1 ON/OFF Count

P/H


8000000

0~8000000


T/A Clutch 2 ON/OFF Count

P/H

954-820 Tray 1 Feeder

3000000

0~3000000


Tray 1 Feeder Unit Operation Count

P/H


3000000

0~3000000



P/H


3000000

0~3000000



P/H


3000000

0~3000000



P/H

954-826 MSI Feeder

1500000

0~1500000

1[Feed] Count occurs when feeding from MSI (regardless MSI Feeder Unit Operation Count of whether it is attached to HCF). +1 regardless of Paper Size.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-97

P/H

6.3.4 DC135 HFSI Counter List

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-98


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC135 HFSI Counter List (IOT) ChainLink

Threshold

Setting Range Unit

Count Conditions

Remarks

Module Name

954-827 Pre Regi Roll

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]

Counts when paper passes Fuser (only Duplex Side 1). Counts when paper is output (both Simplex and Duplex). +1 regardless of paper size

the number of sheets that passed the Regi area

P/H

954-828 Registration Roll

12000000

0~12000000

1[PV]

Count occurs when paper passes through Fuser (Duplex Side 1 only) and when paper is output (both Simplex and Duplex). +1 regardless of Paper Size.

The number of sheets that passed through the Regi

P/H

954-829 One Way Clutch Pulley (Duplex 8100000 Path Roll 1)

0~8100000

1 [Time] Count occurs when paper passes through Fuser Exit (Simplex Invert or Duplex Side 1). +1 regardless of Paper Size.

The number of sheets that passed through the Duplex In Roll and P/H Path Roll

954-830 Invert Gate Solenoid

12000000

0~12000000

1 [Time] Count occurs when Gate Switching Port (both Invert or Exit) is ON. +1 regardless of Paper Size.

Invert Gate Switch Count

P/H

954-831 MSI Takeaway Roll

3000000

0~3000000

1[Feed] Count occurs when feeding from MSI (only when not attached to HCF). +1 regardless of Paper Size.

The number of sheets that passed through the MSI T/A Roll

P/H

954-832 Paper Dust Cleaner PAD

3000000

0~3000000

1[PV]

The number of sheets that passed through the Regi

P/H

954-835 MSI Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll

300000

0~300000

1[Feed] Count occurs when feeding from MSI (regardless Feed Count from MSI Feed Roll, MSI Retard Roll and MSI Nudger Roll of whether it is attached to HCF). +1 regardless of Paper Size.

954-838 Invert Mylar

5000000

0~5000000

1[PV]


The number of sheets that passed through the Invert part

P/H

954-839 Invert Roll

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed Invert Roll

P/H

954-840 Invert In Roll

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed Invert In Roll

P/H

954-841 Heat Roll Assy

1200000

0~1200000

1[PV]

Count occurs when paper passes through Fuser (Duplex Side 1 only) and when paper is output (both Simplex and Duplex). Paper length in Process direction 216mm and below: +1 Paper length in Process direction above 216mm: +2

Identifies the replacement time for the Heat Roll.

Fuser

HFSI Name

Count occurs when paper passes through Fuser (Duplex Side 1 only) and when paper is output (Both Simplex and Duplex). +1 regardless of Paper Size.

P/H


Threshold

Setting Range Unit

Count Conditions

Remarks

Module Name

954-842 Pressure Roll

1200000

0~1200000

1[PV]


Identifies the replacement time for the Pressure Roll.

Fuser

954-843 Heat Roll Finger

1200000

0~1200000

1[PV]


Identifies the replacement time for the guide used to transport paper which comes with the Heat Roll.

Fuser

954-844 Pressure Roll Finger

1200000

0~1200000

1[PV]


Identifies the replacement time for the guide used to transport paper which comes with the Pressure Roll.

Fuser

954-845 Heat Roll STS

3000000

0~3000000

1[PV]

General term for Control 1 Thermistor, Control 2 Thermistor and (SCC) Overheat Thermistor. Count occurs when paper passes through Fuser (Duplex Side 1 only) and when paper is output (both Simplex and Duplex). Paper length in Process direction 216mm and below: +1 Paper length in Process direction above 216mm: +2

Identifies the replacement time for the sensor which performs the Fuser temperature detection and open circuit detection of the Heat Roll.

954-846 Fuser Exit Lower Chute

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]

Counts when paper (only Duplex Side 1) passes Learn when to replace Fuser Exit Lower Chute. Fuser. Counts when paper is output (both Simplex and Duplex). Paper length in Process direction is 216mm or less: +1 Paper length in Process direction is over 216mm: +2

Fuser

954-847 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge

34000

0~34000

1[s]

When the Output ON time of the Fuser Web Motor Identifies the replacement time for the web which removes the reaches the specified value (1[s]): +1 Offset Toner of the Heat Roll.

Fuser

HFSI Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-99


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-100


Version.1 .1.1


Threshold

Setting Range Unit

Count Conditions

Remarks

Module Name

954-848 Fuser Cleaning Blade

1200000

0~1200000

1[PV]

Counts up when paper passes through Fuser (Duplex Side 1 only) and when paper is output (both Simplex and Duplex) Paper length in process direction 216mm or below: +1 Paper length in process direction above 216mm: +2

Get to know due replacement time for Fuser Cleaning Blade.

Fuser

954-850 Deve Housing

6000000

0~6000000

1[PV]


Print Count made in Developer Unit currently in use

Deve

954-851 Developer Print Count

6000000

0~6000000

1[PV]


the number of prints made in developer in use

Deve

954-863 Erase ON Time

90000000

0~90000000

100[ms] When the cumulative Output ON time of the Erase Cumulative Erase Lamp ON Time Lamp reaches the specified value (100[ms]): +1

954-870 Drum In Filter

600000

0~600000

1[PV]


Identifies the replacement time for the CC Filter.

Drive

954-871 Suction Ozone Filter

600000

0~600000

1[PV]


Identifies the replacement time for the Suction Filter.

Drive

954-872 Fuser Ozone Filter

1200000

0~1200000

1[PV]


Identifies the replacement time for the Fuser Ozone Filter.

Drive

954-880 Transfer Belt

600000

0~600000

1[PV]


Identifies the Belt Usage Count with the PV.

X'fer

HFSI Name

Xero


Threshold

Setting Range Unit

Count Conditions

Remarks

Module Name

954-881 Belt Cleaning Blade

300000

0~300000

1[PV]


Identifies the CLN Blade Usage Count with the PV.

X'fer

954-882 Belt Cleaning Brush

300000

0~300000

1[PV]


Identifies the CLN Brush Usage Count with the PV.

X'fer

954-884 BTR

600000

0~600000

1[PV]


Identifies the BTR Usage Count with the PV.

X'fer

954-885 Transfer Unit Life

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]

X'fer Counts when paper (only Duplex Side 1) passes Learn by PV how many times Transfer Unit was used. Fuser. Counts when paper is output (both Simplex *When this HFSI Counter is cleared, Counters 954-880, 954-881, 954-882 and 954-884 are also simultaneously cleared and Duplex). Paper length in Process direction is 216mm or less: +1 Paper length in Process direction is over 216mm: +2

954-886 Invert Out Roll

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]

Counts when paper is output (both Simplex and Duplex). +1 regardless of paper size

the number of sheets that passed Invert Out Roll

P/H

954-887 Duplex In Roll

9000000

0~9000000

1[PV]

Counts when Duplex Side1 exits from Fuser. +1 regardless of paper size

the number of sheets that passed Duplex In Roll

P/H

954-888 Duplex Path Roll1

9000000

0~9000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed Duplex Path Roll1

P/H

954-889 Duplex Path Roll2

9000000

0~9000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed Duplex Path Roll2

P/H

954-890 Duplex Out Roll

9000000

0~9000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed Duplex Out Roll

P/H

954-891 IOT Exit Roll

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed IOT Exit Roll

P/H

HFSI Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-101


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-102


Version.1 .1.1


Threshold

Setting Range Unit

Count Conditions

Remarks

Module Name

954-892 Torque Limiter_IOT Exit Roll

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed IOT Exit Roll

P/H

954-893 Torque Limiter_Invert In Roll

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed the Invert area

P/H

954-894 Regi Motor

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]



P/H

954-895 Invert Motor

25000000

0~25000000

1[PV]


the number of sheets that passed the Invert area

P/H

954-896 PAD Regi

18000000

0~18000000

1[PV]



P/H

For periodic servicing interval.

System

HFSI Name

954-899 Trim

300000

0~300000

1 [Time] +1 per Billing

955-806 DADF Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/ Retard Pad

200000

0~5000000

CVT Tray Feed Count 1[Feed] Counts up when Feed Sensor is turned ON. HFSI->Document Feed count after clearing HFSI The NVM is controlled by the CVT. Counter Recycle->Total Document Feed count without clearing

IIT

955-807 Document Feed Simp

3388000

0~5000000

The NVM is controlled by the CVT. 1[Feed] Counts the number of document sheets fed in * Life is common to 955-808. Simplex mode. Counts up when DADF Exit Sensor 1 of document transported from tray is OFF.

IIT

955-808 Document Feed Dup

3388000

0~5000000

The NVM is controlled by the CVT. 1[Feed] Counts the number of document sheets fed in * Life is common to 955-807. Duplex mode. Counts number of pages of document passing through the Invert Path. Counts up when DADF Exit Sensor 1 is OFF during Duplex transport or when DADF Regi Sensor is ON during Invert.

IIT

955-810 Platen Open/Close Count

432000

0~1000000

1 [Time] Counts up when the Platen Interlock is open.

The NVM is controlled by the CVT.

IIT

955-820 Nudger Solenoid Operation Count

324000

0~1000000

1 [Time] Counts up when Nudger Solenoid is ON.


IIT

955-822 Baffle Solenoid Operation Count 3888000

0~3888000

1 [Time] Counts up when Buffle Solenoid is ON.


IIT

955-824 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Opera- 324000 tion Count (Suction End)

0~2000000

1 [Time] Counts up when Suction End of Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid is ON.


IIT

955-825 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Opera- 324000 tion Count (Returning End)

0~2000000

1 [Time] Counts up when Returning End of Simp/Dup Gate The NVM is controlled by the CVT. Solenoid is ON.

IIT


HFSI Name

Threshold

Setting Range Unit

Count Conditions

Remarks

Module Name

955-826 Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid 1296000 Operation Count

0~1296000

1 [Time] Counts up when Nip Release Solenoid is ON.


IIT

955-827 Exit Gate Solenoid Operation Count

1296000

0~1296000

1 [Time] Counts up when Exit Gate Solenoid is ON.


IIT

955-828 DADF Feed Clutch Operation Count

6480000

0~6480000

1 [Time] Counts up when Feed Clutch is ON.


IIT

955-832 Feed Cover Open Count

100000

0~100000

CVT The NVM is controlled by the CVT.

IIT

956-802 IIT Scan

6000000

0~6881175

1 [Time] Scan Count (including pre-Scan) Counts up with every scan. HFSI->Scan count after clearing HFSI Counter Recycle->Total scan count without clearing

NVM Write Timing T.B.D Count Unit = 1 time Max Count Value = Above 6,000K times Counts only Platen Scan. Does not count CVT Scan.

IIT

956-803 Lamp ON Time

7200000

0~7864200

1 [Second]

IIT Lamp Life 2000 hours Count Unit = 1 second Max Count Value = Above 7,200K Counts the total duration when the lamp is ON (including AGOC, Lamp Check etc.).

956-804 Lamp ON Count

6000000

0~6881175

1 [Time] Lamp ON count after clearing HFSI Counter Counts up after lamp turns ON. Writes to the NVM when CRG initializes.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Lamp ON Time Starts timing when the lamp turns ON. Stops timing when the lamp turns OFF. Writes to the NVM when CRG initializes. HFSI->Lamp ON Time after clearing HFSI Counter Recycle->Total Lamp ON Time without clearing

02/2009 6-103

IIT Lamp Life 6000K times Count Unit = 1 time Max Count Value = Above 6,000K Counts the total duration when the lamp is ON (including AGOC, Lamp Check etc.).


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-104


Version.1 .1.1

6.3.4.2 DC135 HFSI Counters List (IF Module) Table 1 DC135 HFSI Counters List (IF Module) ChainLink

HFSI Name

959-800 Periodic Replacement of I/F Decurler Belt

Threshold

Setting Range

Unit

Count Condition

6,000,000

0~6000000

1 sheet

Counts when paper passes I/F Gate In SNR. life of I/F Module Decurler Belt Counts sheets that passed I/F Gate In SNR.

Description

Module Name I/F Module

6.3.4.3 DC135 HFSI Counters List (HCS1) Table 1 DC135 HFSI Counters List (HCS1) ChainLink

HFSI Name

Threshold

960-800 Life of High Capacity Feeder Output Paddle 10000000

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Setting Range

Unit

Count Condition

Description

0~10000000

1[PV]

the number of sheets output to Stacker (the number of sheets that used Paddle)

current life of the puddle at High Capacity Feeder Output

02/2009 6-105

Module Name HCS1


General

General 6.3.4 DC135 HFSI Counter List

02/2009 6-106

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.5.1 DC612Test Pattern List On the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen in CE Mode, select [NVM Read/Write] and rewrite necessary NVM values before outputting a test pattern.-

NOTE: If the NVM setting conditions for each test pattern is incorrect, the message "Invalid parameter. Please re-enter." is displayed and the Test Pattern Print cannot be performed. In such cases, change the NVM value that is different from the NVM setting specified for the test pattern and try again.NOTE: In the case of 4127 EPS/4112 EPS, the selection of an IISS (IIT/IPS)-related PG is invalid, resulting in error display. *1: NVM870-203 1 Sided Output/2 Sided Output Setting (0 = 1 Sided (Default), 1 = 2 Sided (Head to Head), 2 = 2 Sided (Head to Toe)) *2: ALL = Tray1/2/3/4, Tray5(MSI), Tray5 (HCF-MSI), Tray6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF), Tray7 (4000HCF Lowr Tray) *3: Standard sizes (with K/O Tools) and Non-standard size (by entering a size) are available for the MSI. However, Paper Size (Standard) Settings is required. NVM870-211 Paper Size (Standard) Settings ((5 = A4 LEF (Default), 0 (A6 SEF) - 50 (Kakukei 6 (Envelope) LEF)) cannot be selected. In addition, B5 LEF cannot be selected during Diag. To use B5 LEF, select each Tray. *4: NVM870-207 Screen Setting (0 = Text, 2 = Binary ED, 5 = 600, 6 = 300(Default), 8 = 200R, 9 = 150)*5: NVM870-209 Density Setting (0 (Default) to 100%)

Table 1 DC612Test Pattern List Paper Type for MSI*3 Quantity

Image Size

Screen*4 NVM Settings

•A3SEF •A4SEF •A4LEF •8.5"X11"SEF •8.5"X11"LEF •11"X17"SEF

Plain

1-99

A3SEF

300C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(6)

ALL


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

300C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(6)

S/D

ALL


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

•600C •300C •150C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(5 or 6 or 9)

S/D

ALL


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

•600C •300C •150C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(5 or 6 or 9)

Image Storage Sub

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2

IOT

S/D

ALL

Grid 45 Degrees

To check Diagonal Line IOT Reproducibility. •Full Grid Pattern of 2dot-wide lines at intervals of 35.3mm (45 degrees)

S/D

3

Fusing Measurement

IOT To measure Fusing Level. •20x20mm Cin 60~100% Patch each at right, left and center in the scan direction

4

Banding

IOT To check Banding. •Band of a ladder pattern in the process direction each at right, left and center in the scan direction (1on4off/ 300dpi, 5-mm-wide)

Pattern Number

Name

Purpose/Overview

1

Grid (for measuring alignment)

To measure alignment. •Full Grid Pattern of 2dot-wide lines at intervals of 20mm

2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Available Paper Size (to select Tray)

02/2009 6-107

6.3.5 DC612 Test Pattern List

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-108


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC612Test Pattern List Paper Type for MSI*3 Quantity

Image Size


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

•600C •300C •150C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(5 or 6 or 9)

ALL


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

•600C •300C •150C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(5 or 6or 9)

S/D

ALL


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

•600C •300C •150C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(9 or 11) *5: 870-209(0~100%) [Note]: Because the default density is "0%", blank paper is output when no setting is made.

IOT

S/D

ALL


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

•600C •300C •150C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(5 or 6 or 9)

To measure DMA/TMA. IOT •Cin=100% Patch (20mm in the process direction x 50mm in the scan direction) each at right, left and center in the scan direction

S/D

ALL


Plain

1-99

A3SEF

•600C •300C •150C

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *3: 870-211(0-50) *4: 870-207(5 or 6 or 9)

Image Storage Sub

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2

IOT ProCon, Halftone, Defect detection •Cin 10~99.6% Tone Pattern each at right, left and center in the scan direction

S/D

ALL

16 Gradations

Halftone, Defect detec- IOT tion •Cin 0~99.6% 16-step halftone band each at right, left and center in the scan direction

S/D

7

All Halftone

Defect detection •Full Halftone across paper (Default Cin=20%. This can be changed in NVM.)

IOT

8

IN/OUT Adjustment (Single Color) IN-OUT Adjustment •Cin=20/60% (can be changed in NVM) Halftone Band (105-mmwide in the process direction)

9

DMA/TMA

Pattern Number

Name

Purpose/Overview

5

ProCon

6



Table 1 DC612Test Pattern List Image Storage Sub

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2

IOT

S/D

ALL

Pattern Number

Name

Purpose/Overview

12

Side 1 to Side 2 Regi

For Side 1 to Side 2 Regi

52

Total Chart

Contoller Check at shipment; adjustment in the market; isolation of trouble cause •Chart for checking IOT performance specifications: solid patch for checking halftone; pattern for checking for defects; pattern for checking lines, letters, etc.

62

Chart for Evaluating Transferred Smear

Check at shipment; adjustment in the market; isolation of trouble cause •Chart for evaluating smear at transfer: TBD

71

No Paper Run

No Paper Run

112

IIT Analog Gradation BW

To check Analog-to-Pre IISS IPS connection. •Analog-related B/W gradation in FS direction

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


Paper Type for MSI*3 Quantity

Image Size


1-99 Plain* *: Tools>C ommon Settings>Ma intenance>Al ignment Correction Setting: Thick 1 and Thick 2 are availble.

No limit on size

•A3SEF Feed •11"X17"SEF paper from MSI if A3 Tray is unavailable.

-

1

•294mm x 17"(A3 short edge x Ledger long edge)

*3: 870-211(0-50)

Contoller -

•A3SEF Feed •11"X17"SEF paper from MSI if A3 Tray is unavailable.

-

1

•294mm x 17" (A3 short edge x Ledger long edge)

*3: 870-211(6-50)

Contoller -

Tray1

•A4LEF •8.5"X11"LEF

-

1-99

-

-

*3: 870-211(6-50)

Tray3

•A3SEF •11"X17"SEF

MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

S/D

•A3SEF •A4LEF •8.5”x11”LEF •11”x17”SEF

02/2009 6-109

600C

*1: 870-203 (0 or 1 or 2) *3: 870-211 (0-50) *4: 870-207 (5)


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-110


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC612Test Pattern List Image Storage Sub

IISS To check Pre IPS-toPost connection •Pre IPS-related B/W gradation in FS direction

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

IISS

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

IISS

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

IISS To check how uneven light qty is and check for streaks in FS direction. •Pre IPS B/W Shading

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

IISS

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

Purpose/Overview

115

PreIPS/FS Increment BW

119

PreIPS/SS Increment BW

To check Pre IPS-toPost IPS connection •Pre IPS-related B/W gradation in SS direction

121

PreIPS/Grid BW To check B/W Image Path below Pre IPS. •Pre IPS B/W Grid (for development)

123

PreIPS/Shading Data BW

128

PostIPS/Grid BW

Image Size

Tray *2

Name

Check B/W Image Path below Post IPS. •Post IPS B/W Grid (for development)



Simp/ Dup*1

Pattern Number


131

PostIPS/Bit Pattern/Binary/BW

IISS To check B/W Image Path between Post IPS and Controller. •TRC, B/W increment in FS direction, binary, vertical stripe

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

133

PostIPS/Bit Pattern/Multi-value/ BW

IISS To check B/W Image Path between Post IPS and Controller. •TRC, B/W increment in FS direction, multivalue, vertical stripe

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

200R

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(8)

143

IISS Side 2 Scan PostIPS 1-Dot-Wide To check Post IPS-toGrid (via Ext. memory) EXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (via SO-DIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, 1-dotwide, B/W Grid, via SODIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

Table 1 DC612Test Pattern List Pattern Number

Name

Purpose/Overview

Image Storage Sub

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2



Image Size


144


S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

145


S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

146

Side 2 Scan PostIPS FS Increment (via Ext. memory)

IISS To check Post IPS-toEXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (via SO-DIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in FS direction, via SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

147

Side 2 Scan PostIPS SS Increment (via Ext. memory)

IISS To check Post IPS-toEXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (via SO-DIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in SS direction, via SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-111


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-112


Version.1 .1.1


Image Storage Sub

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2



Image Size


Name

Purpose/Overview

148

Side 2 Scan PostIPS SS Dotted Line (via Ext. memory)

IISS To check Post IPS-toEXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (via SO-DIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in SS direction, via SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

149

Side 2 Scan PostIPS All Even (via To check Post IPS-toExt. memory) EXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (via SO-DIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W even density across paper, via SO-DIMM

IISS

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

150

IISS Side 2 Scan PreIPS FS Increment To check Pre IPS-to(via Ext. memory) EXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (via SO-DIMM) •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in FS direction, via SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

151

IISS Side 2 Scan PreIPS SS Increment To check Pre IPS-to(via Ext. memory) EXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (via SO-DIMM) •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in SS direction, via SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)


Name

Purpose/Overview

Image Storage Sub

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2



Image Size


152

IISS Side 2 Scan PostIPS 1-Dot-Wide To check Post IPS-toGrid (Ext. Bypass) EXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (through SODIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, 1-dotwide, B/W Grid, through SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

153


S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

154


S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

155

Side 2 Scan PostIPS FS Increment (Ext. Bypass)

IISS To check Post IPS-toEXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (through SODIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in FS direction, through SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-113


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-114


Version.1 .1.1


Image Storage Sub

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2



Image Size


Name

Purpose/Overview

156

Side 2 Scan PostIPS SS Increment (Ext. Bypass)

IISS To check Post IPS-toEXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (through SODIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in SS direction, through SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

157

Side 2 Scan PostIPS SS Dotted Line (Ext. Bypass)


S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

158

Side 2 Scan PostIPS All Even (Ext. Bypass)


S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

159

IISS Side 2 Scan PreIPS FS Increment To check Pre IPS-to(Ext. Bypass) EXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (through SODIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in FS direction, through SO-DIMM

S/D

Tray3


MSI unavailable

1-99

-

Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)

Table 1 DC612Test Pattern List Pattern Number 160

Name

Purpose/Overview

Image Storage Sub

IISS Side 2 Scan PreIPS SS Increment To check Pre IPS-to(Ext. Bypass) EXT-MEM PWB connection for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2 (through SODIMM). •2 Sided Simultaneous Scan Side 2, B/W increment in SS direction, through SO-DIMM

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Simp/ Dup*1

Tray *2

S/D

Tray3

Available Paper Size (to select Tray) •A3SEF •11"X17"SEF

02/2009 6-115

Paper Type for MSI*3 Quantity MSI unavailable

1-99

Image Size -

Screen*4 NVM Settings Binary ED

*1: 870-203(0 or 1or 2) *4: 870-207(2)


General

General

02/2009 6-116


6.3.5.2 Image Information Flow (Overall)

Version.1 .1.1

NOTE: Each PG No. in the following image information flow corresponds to the pattern No. in 6.3.5.1 DC612 Test Pattern List. •

Figure 1 j0tk63001

4127/4112G

Image Intormation Flow (Figure 1) (For Details 1-19 in the figure, see 6.3.5.3 Details of Functions related to Image Data.)

6.3.5.3 Details of Functions related to Image Data Table 1

Table 1 Detail No. Function Name

Function

16

•

Adjusts ROS light qty for each area in fast scan direction.

•

Used for adjustment of ROS light qty distribution and of density difference between Inboard/Outboard sides.

SMC(Smile Correction)

Detail No. Function Name

Function

1

•

Input Adjustment (SD/Gap/Black Line Correction)

•

AE/Density Adjustment/ED (Error Diffusion)

17

March

Analog ASIC for controlling ROS VCSEL

18

VCSEL

Surface-Emitting Laser. Multi-beam laser of a total of 32 beams: 4 in fast scan by 8 in slow scan

19

Image Flow(Scanning/ Copying)

•

Side 1 image is processed/binalized by ASIC-Prato.

•

Side 2 image is processed/binarized by ASIC-DIPS, and the binary data is stored in Page Memory.

•

Side 1 image and Side 2 image are alternately transferred to Controller.

2

ASIC DIPS

DAM+FPGA

•

Side 2 Image Processing/Binalization

•

Temporary storage and control of Side 1 image

•

Temporary storage and control of Side 2 image

•

Transfer of image data to S2X (Post Launch)

3

AFE

AGC/AOC/AD Conversion

4

ASIC Prato

•

Input Adjustment (SD/Gap/Black Line Correction)

•

Input Density Adjustment (ENL)

•

Document Detection/AE Detection

•

b*Correction

•

Reduce&Enlarge/Filter/AE

•

Density/Contrast

•

Density Adjustment

•

ED (Error Diffusion)/Edge Erase

•

Side 1 Image Processing/Binalization

5

ASIC DAM

Scans 2-bit data of 600dpi in copy mode, and max 24-bit data of 2400dpi in scan mode.

6

ASIC Panther4E

•

ALLA-compresses 2-bit data of 600dpi .

•

Decompresses 2-/8-bit ALLA-compressed data of 600dpi into 8-bit data of 600dpi and outputs it to IOT through LUT for Image Data Adjustment.

7

ASIC Luke

8

ASIC Zero 2

9

I/O Control ASIC equipped with IDE (Disk) I/F, Network I/F, etc. •

Bus Bridge ASIC

•

Interconnects CPU, System Memory and PCI Bus.

CONTIF(Controller Interface)

Asynchronous Line Buffer by FIFO, and circuit that switches for each data format

10

IE(Image Enhance)

Circuit for line image smoothing. This reduces jaggy.

11

Dither(Dither Matrix Screen)

Circuit that generates Dither Screen

12

XSEL(Selector)

Circuit that selects data each from screens

13

IRECT(Image Registration Circuit that adjusts regi by processing an image Control )

14

ROSIF(ROS Interface)

Rearrangement of images and adjustment of timings to adjust the images to VCSEL ROS Matrix

15

TIMG(Timing )

Circuit that generates areas to plot patches/images in and various timings

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-117


General

General 6.3.5 DC612 Test Pattern List

02/2009 6-118

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List

Table 1 Measurement Time [ms]

Table 1

No. Items

Measurement Time [ms] No. Items 1 2

Tray

:Tray 1 Feed Tary1 Start >> Tray 1 Feed Out SNR ON :Tray 1 Feed Out SNR ON >> Pre Regi SNR ON

Tary1

Min

Nominal

Max

187

304

340

91

141

:Tray 2 Feed Tary2 Start >> Tray 2 Feed Out SNR ON

181

288

320

4

Tary2 :Tray 2 Feed Out SNR ON >> Trans Path SNR 1 ON

158

210

262

5

:Trans Path SNR 1 ON >> Pre Regi SNR ON

85

137

224

6


206

323

360

7

Tary3 :Tray 3 Feed Out SNR ON >> Tray 1 Feed Out SNR ON

102

154

232

8

:Tray 1 Feed Out SNR ON >> Pre Regi SNR ON

91

141

228

Tary3

Nominal

Max

Remarks

:HCF Tray HCF 7 Feed Start >> HCF Tray 2 Feed Tary7 Out SNR ON

172

223

320

4000HCF Lower Tray

17

:HCF Tray HCF 7 Feed Out SNR ON >> HCF Exit Tary7 SNR ON

290

336

420

4000HCF Lower Tray

18

HCF MSI 210 :HCF MSI Feed Start >> Feed Out SNR-MSI ON

357

530

19

: Feed Out SNR-MSI ON >> HCF Exit SNR ON

HCF MSI 280

328

440

20

: Dup Feed Start >> Pre Regi SNR ON

Any Tray

65

115

185

21

:Pre Regi SNR ON >> Regi SNR ON

Any Tray

110

142

190

22

:Regi Feed Start >> Fuser Exit SNR ON

Any Tray

630

680

710

23

: Fuser Exit SNR ON >> IOT Exit SNR ON

Any Tray

104

234

394

24

:Fuser Exit SNR ON >> INV In SNR ON

Any Tray

118

228

383

Remarks

228

3

Tary2

Min

16

Tray

9


189

306

340

25

: Invert Start Any Tray >> Invert Out SNR ON

103

143

193

10

Tary4 :Tray 4 Feed Out SNR ON >> Tray 1 Feed Out SNR ON

214

266

343

26

: Invert Out SNR ON >> IOT Exit SNR ON

Any Tray

62

111

162

27

110

160

:Tray 1 Feed Out SNR ON >> Pre Regi SNR ON

Tary4

91

141

228

: Invert Start Any Tray >> Dup In SNR ON

70

11

28

: Dup In Any Tray SNR ON >> Dup Path SNR 1 ON

88

145

228

12

:MSI Feed Start >> MSI Feed Out SNR ON

MSI

194

351

550

29

: Dup Path SNR 1 ON >> Dup Out SNR ON

Any Tray

256

306

374

13

:MSI Feed Out SNR ON >> Pre Regi SNR ON

MSI

86

136

416

56

: 2000A3HCF MSI Feed Start>>Feed Out SNR-MSI ON

2000A3H 210 CF MSI

357

530

14

:HCF Tray HCF 6 Feed Start >> HCF Tray 1 Feed Tary6 Out SNR ON

172

223

320

4000HCF UpperTray

57

: Feed Out 2000A3H 280 SNR-MSI ON>>2000A3HCF Exit CF MSI SNR ON

328

440

15

:HCF Tray HCF 6 Feed Out SNR ON >> HCF Exit Tary6 SNR ON

160

206

260

4000HCF UpperTray

58

: 2000A3HCF Tray6 Feed Start>>2000A3HCF Tray6 Feed Out SNR ON

2000A3H 147 CF Tray6

197

398

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-119

6.3.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List

General

General

02/2009 6-120

6.3.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List Table 1 Measurement Time [ms] No. Items 59

Tray

Min

: 2000A3H 313 CF Tray6 2000A3HCF Tray6 Feed Out SNR ON>>2000A3HCF Exit SNR ON

Nominal

Max

358

403

Remarks

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.7 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719) Table 1 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719)

Initial Value

Setting Range (Min Value)

Setting Range (Max Value)

Initializati Read/ on Write Description

710-551 Jam Bypass

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Do not bypass Write 1: Bypass Also applies to CVT.

710-556 8.5x11" LEF Threshold Value

2093

1993

2193

Permitted

Read/ Threshold value to differentiate between 8.5"x11" LEF and 8"x10" LEF durWrite ing size detection.

710-559 Fast Scan Direction Maximum Value

2970

1297

3070

Permitted

Read/ For customized registration of the DADF Document Size Detection Table. Write

710-560 Fast Scan Direction Minimum Value

2970

1297

3070

Permitted


710-561 Slow Scan Direction Maximum Value

2100

1297

4418

Permitted


710-562 Slow Scan Direction Minimum Value

2100

1297

4418

Permitted


710-563 Document Size

8

3

20

Permitted


710-564 Specification of Document Feed Direction

0

0

1

Permitted


710-565 Specification of Customized Registration for DADF Docu- 0 ment Size Detection Table

0

1

Permitted


710-600 Size Mismatch Jam Detection Setting (Applicable only in Simplex mode)

1

1

2

Permitted

Read/ 1: Size Mismatch Jam Detection ON. Write 2: Size Mismatch Jam Detection OFF.

710-608 Alternate Size Setting 8

0

0

4

Permitted

Read/ Switches between B4 S, 8K S, 11x15" S and 11x17" S. Size-Mix: mm Write 0: Default 1: B4 S 2: 8K S 3: For design verification, performance not guaranteed 4: 11x17" S


0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Switches between B5 L and 16K L. Size-Mix: mm Write 0: Default 1: B5 L 2: 16K L


0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ Switches between B5 S, 16K S and 8.5x11" S. Size-Mix: mm Write 0: Default 1: B5 S 2: For design verification, performance not guaranteed 3: 8.5x11" S

715-017 IIT Fail Bypass

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Without Fail Bypass Write 1: With Fail Bypass

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-121

6.3.7 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-122


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719)

Initial Value




715-018 Fan Control Mode

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Normal mode Write 1: Multiple vendor mode

715-020 Number of APS

1

0

1

Not permitted

Read/ 0: 1 APS Write 1: 2 APS

715-022 Lamp Fan Fail Bypass

0

0

1

Not permitted

Read/ Sets Lamp Fan Fail Detection ON/OFF. Write 0: Detects Lamp Fan Fail 1: Does not detect Lamp Fan Fail

715-023 Lamp Fan Low Rotation ON Time

15

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Lamp Fan low rotation ON time (unit: min) Write

715-024 Lamp Fan Stop Time

0

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Lamp Fan stop time (unit: min) Write

715-025 FL Timer Set

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Standard FL Timer settings (30min rest/0.5sec ON) Write 1: Condensation mode settings (Diag 715-026, 715-027 timer settings apply)

715-026 Lamp ON Interval

30

1

60

Permitted

Read/ Interval setting (unit: min) Write

715-027 Lamp ON Time

1

1

60

Permitted

Read/ Lamp ON time setting (unit: sec) Write

715-030 IIT Failure Part Diagnostic

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read/ ITT Failure Part Diagnostic begins by writing 1. Write After the diagnostic is completed, this NVM is read and the part number of the inferred failure part is displayed. If failure occurs during failure part diagnosis, this Fail Code is recorded in the NVM and the diagnostic ends. Note: when "1" is written, "1" is not actually written. Besides, if any value other than "1" is written, the written value becomes illegal.

715-050 Platen Slow Scan Regi Adjustment Value

100

16

184

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Direction Regi Adjustment Value (0.036mm/step) Write "Factory Settings"

715-051 Platen Slow Scan Magnification Adjustment Value

50

44

56

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Direction Magnification Adjustment Value (0.1%/step) Write "Factory Settings"

715-052 Platen Glass Type

2

0

2

Permitted

Read/ 0: Platen model Write 1: Belt DADF 2: CVT "Factory Settings"

715-053 Platen Fast Scan Regi Adjustment Value

120

0

240

Permitted

Read/ Fast Scan Direction Regi Adjustment Value (Dot) Write VLSS=PROMVLSS+(PRadjF-120)x2 "Factory Settings"

715-056 CVT FS Offset Side 1-1 (139.7 to 148)

120

0

240

Permitted

Read/ Fast Scan Direction Regi Adjustment Value (0.1mm/step) in CVT. Write "Factory Settings"

715-057 CVT FS Offset Rear Side 2-1 (139.7 to 148)

120

0

240

Permitted


715-058 CVT FS Offset Side 1-2 (182 to 194)

120

0

240

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value





120

0

240

Permitted


715-060 CVT FS Offset Side 1-3 (203.2)

120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted


715-062 CVT FS Offset Side 1-4 (210)

120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted


715-064 CVT FS Offset Side 1-5 (214.9 to 215.9)

120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-123


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-124


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value





120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted


715-092 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient Red

140

70

255

Permitted

Read/ Red W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient, "Factory Settings" Write

715-093 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient Green

140

70

255

Permitted

Read/ Green W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient, "Factory Settings" Write

715-094 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient Blue

140

70

255

Permitted

Read/ Blue W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient, "Factory Settings" Write

715-095 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient BW-X

140

70

255

Permitted

Read/ BW-X W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient, "Factory Settings" Write

715-096 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient BW-Y

140

70

255

Permitted

Read/ BW-Y W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient, "Factory Settings" Write

715-102 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient Red (Individual Paper)

63

0

127

Permitted

Read/ Red W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient for each individual paper type Write

715-103 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient Green (Individual Paper)

63

0

127

Permitted

Read/ Green W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient for each individual paper type Write

ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




715-104 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient Blue (Individual Paper)

63

0

127

Permitted

Read/ Blue W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient for each individual paper type Write

715-105 W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient BW (Individual Paper)

63

0

127

Permitted

Read/ BW W-Ref Adjustment Coefficient for each individual paper type Write

715-106 IIT Paper Code

0

0

8

Permitted

Read/ 0: NVM uses a different coefficient for each individual paper type(NVMs Write 715-102 to 715-105 for use) 1: J paper 2: P paper 3: C2 paper 4: Green 100 paper 5: Digital Color Xpression 6: Color Tech+ 7: Xerox 4200 paper 8: Xerox Business

715-107 Optical Axis Correction Front Nut Rotation Angle

990

0

1980

Permitted

Read

Optical Axis Correction Front Nut Rotation Angle 990~1980: Right rotation angle 0 to 990: Left rotation angle

715-108 Optical Axis Correction Rear Nut Rotation Angle

990

0

1980

Permitted

Read

Optical Axis Correction Rear Nut Rotation Angle 990~1980: Right rotation angle 0 to 990: Left rotation angle

715-110 CVT FS Offset Side1 Reference Adjustment

120

0

240

Permitted

Read/ Fast Scan Direction Regi Adjustment Value (0.1mm/step) in CVT. Write "Factory Settings" • At Power ON, this will be over written by the DADF NVM (711-272)


120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted


715-119 W-Ref Correction Lamp On Wait Time

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Lamp On Wait Time (in sec) before W-Ref correction Write

715-201 BW/Color Auto Recognition Level Adjustment Extension

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Normal Write 1: Expand adjustment range

715-241 Black Line Correction Level Value (for Color)

8

0

15

Permitted

Read/ Sets Black Line Correction Strength Level when reading Color. Write The larger the value, the stronger the correction ("0" resets correction).

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-125


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-126


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




715-242 Black Line Correction Level Value (for BW)

8

0

15

Permitted

Read/ 0-13: Sets Black Line Correction Strength Level when reading BW. Write 1: (lower) to 13 (higher) 0: No correction 14: For development test purposes 15: For machines with Black Line non-detection area countermeasure uninstalled

715-243 Black Line Correction Test Mode

0

0

7

Permitted

Read/ Test Mode Setting for Black Line Correction Parameter Design Write "0" means normal operation.

715-244 BW Correction Table

0

0

7

Permitted

Read/ BW Correction Table BW Correction Table Customized Registration (BWC) Write "0" resets BW Correction function.

715-280 HOSEI_SCAN (for detection)

3

0

6

Permitted

Read/ Adjustment Coefficient No. "Factory Settings" Write

715-281 HOSEI_SCAN (for images)

3

0

6

Permitted

Read/ Adjustment Coefficient No. "Factory Settings" Write

715-282 CCD Calib Y Scan Red

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib Y patch when scanning Red (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory Settings" Write

715-283 CCD Calib Y Scan Green

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib Y patch when scanning Green (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory SetWrite tings"

715-284 CCD Calib Y Scan Blue

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib Y patch when scanning Blue (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory Settings" Write

715-285 CCD Calib M Scan Red

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib M patch when scanning Red (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory Settings" Write

715-286 CCD Calib M Scan Green

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib M patch when scanning Green (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory SetWrite tings"

715-287 CCD Calib M Scan Blue

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib M patch when scanning Blue (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory Settings" Write

715-288 CCD Calib C Scan Red

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib C patch when scanning Red (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory Settings" Write

715-289 CCD Calib C Scan Green

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib C patch when scanning Green (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory SetWrite tings"

715-290 CCD Calib C Scan Blue

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib C patch when scanning Blue (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory Settings" Write

715-291 CCD Calib PK Scan Red

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib PK patch when scanning Red (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory SetWrite tings"

715-292 CCD Calib PK Scan Green

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib PK patch when scanning Green (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory SetWrite tings"

715-293 CCD Calib PK Scan Blue

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ CCD Calib PK patch when scanning Blue (Reflectivity LSB)"Factory SetWrite tings"

715-300 A6/Postcard Detection Selection

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ 0: Table top default Write 1: A6 SEF 2: Postcard SEF (mm series) or Postcard SEF (inch series)

ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




715-302 A4 S/8.5" Detection 2 Selection

3

0

6

Permitted

Read/ 0: 210mm Write 1: 211mm 2: 212mm 3: 213mm 4: 214mm 5: 215mm 6: 216mm

715-303 B5/8x10" Detection Selection

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ 0: Table top default Write 1: Detects B5 LEF or Executive LEF 2: 8x10" LEF 3: For design verification, performance not guaranteed

715-305 8.5x13"/8.5x14" Detection Selection

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ 0: Table top default Write 1: For design verification, performance not guaranteed 2: 13inch 3: 14inch

715-310 A3/11x17" Detection Selection

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ 0: Table top default Write 1: A3 SEF 2: For design verification, performance not guaranteed 3: Detects A3 SEF/11x17" SEF Mix

715-311 A4/8.5x11" Detection Selection

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ 0: Table top default Write 1: A4 LEF 2: For design verification, performance not guaranteed 3: Detects 8.5x11" LEF/A4 LEF Mix

715-312 Non-standard/A6S Threshold Setup

90

50

110

Permitted

Read/ Changes thresholds for Non-standard/Official Postcard SEF, Postcard SEF Write and A6SEF. If a value out of the range of 50~110 is set up, the fast scan threshold is 90mm. 50:50mm (1step=1mm) 110:110mm

715-344 Document Size Detection, Platen Back Dirt Countermea- 0 sure

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Detects by 4 registers Write 1: Detects by 3 registers (countermeasure for dirt)

715-346 B4/8K Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting

0

6

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

3

02/2009 6-127


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-128


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




715-347 8K/11x17" SEF Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting

3

0

6

Permitted


715-349 B6/5x7" Detection

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ 0: Table top default Write 1: B6 SEF 2: 5x7" SEF

715-362 B6/5x7" Detection Lamp Check NG Count

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Lamp Check NG Count (Reset when lamp is replaced) Write

715-363 Lamp Check NG Data

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Data obtained when Lamp Check is NG (G white reading data compared at Write checking)

715-418 AOC Flow End Error Count

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Number of times the AOC flow has ended abnormally Write

715-550 Speed Priority AE BW Copy BGR-AE Adjustment Level (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted

Read/ Value (0 to 15)x3 = Erase Amount (8bit conversion) Write (x12 for 10bit conversion) Lower digits 0 to 3bit, Platen 4bit to 7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit, CVT or DADF, 2 Sided copy

715-551 Speed Priority AE Color Copy BGR-AE Adjustment Level (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-552 Speed Priority AE BW Copy BGR-AE Adjustment Level (Text)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-553 Speed Priority AE Color Copy BGR-AE Adjustment Level (Text)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-554 Speed Priority AE BW Contone Scan BGR-AE Adjustment Level (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




715-555 Speed Priority AE Contone Color Scan BGR-AE Adjustment Level (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-600 Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan External Area 1

255

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV Write In SMPST, SMPED setting


255

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV Write In HAEFST, HAEFSE setting


255

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV Write In MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (*Detection area also used for PreIPS noise removal)


255

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV Write In NAEFST, NAEFSE setting

715-604 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Fixed Position

60

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Varied Fixed Position/NCON Write Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount (1 step = 0.16mm)

715-605 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan End Position (For HAE)

240

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Direction End Position Write Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount HAESSE

715-606 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan End Position (For MAE)

240

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Direction End Position Write Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount MAESSE (*Detection area also used for PreIPS noise removal)

715-607 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan End Position (For NAE)

240

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Direction End Position Write Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount NAESSE

715-608 LIM Control for BW Copy

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ LIM Control mode Write

715-609 LIM Control for Color Copy

1

0

1

Permitted


715-610 LIM Control for FAX and Binary Scan

1

0

1

Permitted


715-611 LIM Control for Contone Scan

1

0

1

Permitted


715-612 Speed Priority Background Suppression Threshold Value 127 (HAE)

0

255

Permitted

Read/ HAE Histogram Threshold Value Write Set in units of 100/255% (HAETH)

715-613 Speed Priority Background Suppression Threshold Value 33 (NAE1)

0

255

Permitted

Read/ NAE Block Threshold Value (Color Block Threshold Value) Write Set in units of 100/255% (NAEBLKTHC)


0

255

Permitted

Read/ NAE Block Threshold Value (Specified Color Block Threshold Value) Write Set in units of 100/255% (NAEBLKTHY)


0

65535

Permitted

Read/ NAE Color Line Threshold Value Write Specifies the number of lines (NAETHC)

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-129


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-130


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719) Setting Range (Min Value)




0

65535

Permitted

Read/ NAE Color Line Threshold Value Write Specifies the number of lines (NAETHY)

715-617 AE Fast Scan Length Control

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Always uses the document size detection result Write 1: Uses the input document size as the detection size For AES parameter calculation

715-618 Minimum AE Fast Scan Length

500

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Fast Scan Detection minimum range (1 step = 0.1mm) Write For AES parameter calculation

715-619 AE Parameter Slow Scan Magnification Adjustment Upper Limit 1

4000

0

4000

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Detection maximum range (1 step = 0.1%) Write For RAE


4000

0

4000

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Detection maximum range (1 step = 0.1%) Write For MAE


4000

0

4000

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Detection maximum range (1 step = 0.1%) Write For HAE


4000

0

4000

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Detection maximum range (1 step = 0.1%) Write For NAE

715-630 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text/Photo Mode (Print, Photo Scanning, Copy)

0

0

4095

Permitted

Read/ 0: Strength Level 0 (standard) Write 1: Strength Level 1 2: Strength Level 2 3: Strength Level 3 4: Strength Level 4 5 to 15 and above: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit Platen 4bit to 7bit CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit CVT or DADF, 2 Sided copy (*Also used as PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

715-631 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text/Photo Mode (Print, Photo Scanning, Copy)

273

0

4095

Permitted

Read/ 0: Strength Level 0 (standard) Write 1: Strength Level 1 2: Strength Level 2 3: Strength Level 3 4: Strength Level 4 5 to 15 and above: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit Platen 4bit to 7bit CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit CVT or DADF, 2 Sided copy

ChainLink

NVM Name

Initial Value


Initial Value




715-632 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Normal, Pencil)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-633 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Normal, Pencil)

273

0

4095

Permitted


715-634 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text/Photo Mode (Light Document)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-635 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text/Photo Mode (Light Document)

273

0

4095

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-131


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-132


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




715-636 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Tracing Paper)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-637 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Tracing Paper)

273

0

4095

Permitted


715-642 Background Suppression Level for BW Contone Scan (Text & Photo)

819

0

4095

Permitted


715-643 Background Suppression Offset Level for BW Contone Scan (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




715-644 Background Suppression Level for BW Contone Scan (Other than Text/Photo)

819

0

4095

Permitted


715-645 Background Suppression Offset Level for BW Contone Scan (Other than Text/Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-646 Background Suppression Level for Color Contone Scan (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted

Read/ 0: Strength Level 0 (standard) Write 1: Strength Level 1 2: Strength Level 2 3: Strength Level 3 4: Strength Level 4 5 to 15 and above: Level 0 (standard) 0bit to 3bit Platen 4bit to 7bit CVT or DADF 8bit to 11bit CVT or DADF, 2 Sided copy Linked to Tools (Determine the Parameter Selection Level by adding the tool value (level 0 to 4) and the NVM Level (level 0 to 4). If the total is Level 4 and above, it is determined as Level 4) (*Also used as PreIPS EAER_DAT Removal Level)

715-647 Background Suppression Offset Level for Color Contone Scan (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-133


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-134


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




715-648 Background Suppression Level for Color Contone Scan (Other than Text/Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-649 Background Suppression Offset Level for Color Contone Scan (Other than Text/Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


715-660 2 Sided AE Control Parameter Lower Limit for Multiplied Values

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Used when calculating the HAE background amount. Write 1/255 units. 255 means 1.

715-661 2 Sided AE Control Parameter Upper Limit for Multiplied Values

255

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Used when calculating the HAE background amount. Write Set the values such that Upper limit multiplication coefficient + Lower limit multiplication coefficient = 255 1/255 units. 255 means 1.

715-662 2 Sided AE Control ParameterComparison Margin Offset 8

0

255

Permitted

Read/ The value that is added (or subtracted) when comparing the RAE backWrite ground amount and the HAE background amount.When the value is large, Side2 cannot be selected.

715-663 2 Sided AE Control ParameterBackground Level Thresh- 16 old Value Level N

0

255

Permitted

Read/ The value used to compare with the HAE background amount when selectWrite ing 2 Sided. 2 Sided is not selected if this NVM is not reached for the HAE background amount.

715-664 2 Sided AE Control ParameterForced Selection

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ 0: Performs 2 Sided AE Control Write 1: Selects Side 1 (L0) mandatorily 2: Outputs Side 2 (L1) mandatorily

715-669 Tracing Paper Mode Setting

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Normal Write 1: Tracing Paper mode (*Also used in PreIPS C Mode)

715-702 Fast Scan Direction Magnification Adjustment Value (Platen/ Belt DADF Scanning)

50

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Magnification ratios. Specify within Write the range of 0 and 100 in units of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at +/-5% (0.1% units). (No adjustment at shipment)

ChainLink

NVM Name

Table 1 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719) Setting Range (Min Value)



715-703 Fast Scan Direction Magnification Adjustment Value (CVT 50 Scanning)

0

100

Permitted


715-704 IPS Bypass Setting 1

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ IPS Bypass Setting 1. Write Bypasses all Image Processing functions at memory sampling scan. Changes value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set "0" under normal usage. (Handle with care)


0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ IPS Bypass Setting 2. Write Sets the 4DLUT Bypass mode. This bypass setting is valid only when IPS Bypass Setting 1 is set to bypass 4DLUT. Changes value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. 0: L*a*b* Bypass from Y Block 1: L*a*b* Bypass from M Block 2: L*a*b* Bypass from C Block 3: L*a*b* Bypass from K Block 4: L* Bypass from YMCK Block 5: a* Bypass from YMCK Block 6: b* Bypass from YMCK Block 7: to 65535: 0h output

715-720 B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment Write

715-721 B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Write

715-722 Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment Write

715-723 Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Write

715-724 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Non-detection Area for Platen Model

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Non-detection Area Setup Value at Real Time AE for Platen Write model BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

715-725 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Non-detection Area for DADF Model Platen Job

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF Write model Platen job or CVT job BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

715-726 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Non-detection Area for DADF Model DADF Job

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Non-detection Area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF job Write BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

715-780 B-Hue Start Degree

270

0

360

Permitted

Read/ 1 step = 1 degree. Write When Start > End, it means that End-360 and 0-Start.

715-781 B-Hue End Degree

320

0

360

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value

02/2009 6-135


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-136


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




715-782 G-Hue Start Degree

110

0

360

Permitted


715-783 G-Hue End Degree

200

0

360

Permitted


715-784 R-Hue Start Degree

350

0

360

Permitted


715-785 R-Hue End Degree

60

0

360

Permitted


715-786 Y-Hue Start Degree

60

0

360

Permitted


715-787 Y-Hue End Degree

120

0

360

Permitted


715-788 M-Hue Start Degree

320

0

360

Permitted


715-789 M-Hue End Degree

10

0

360

Permitted


715-790 C-Hue Start Degree

190

0

360

Permitted


715-791 C-Hue End Degree

280

0

360

Permitted


715-800 IISS~DADF Communication Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Cumulative Failure Counter Value (Write protected)

715-801 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Cumulative Failure Counter Value from previous reset (Write protected)

715-802 IISS-Controller Communication Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-803 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-804 DADF EEPROM Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-805 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-806 IPS Fan Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-807 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-808 CRG Position Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-809 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value



715-810 IISS LOGIC Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-811 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-814 Lamp Illumination Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-815 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-816 CRG Over Run Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-817 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-818 Lamp Fan Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-819 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-820 CCD Fan Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-821 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-822 AGC Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-823 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-824 AOC Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-825 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-826 IPS PWBA Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-827 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-828 IISS~EXT Communication Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-829 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-830 Extension EEPROM Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-831 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 6-137


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-138


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



715-832 IPS-EXT Connection Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-833 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-840 IPS PWBA Memory Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-841 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-856 IIT Hot Line Failure

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-857 (As above)

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


715-860 Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

91

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write protected): 6,000,000 times (Pre Scan included)

715-861 Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

36224

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (Write protected)

715-875 Lamp ON Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

109

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Lamp ON Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write protected): 7,200,000 seconds (2000 hours)

715-876 Lamp ON Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

56576

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Lamp ON Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (Write protected)

715-890 Lamp ON Replacement Life Count (upper digits)

91

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Lamp ON Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (Write protected): 6,000,000 times

715-891 Lamp ON Replacement Life Count (lower digits)

36224

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

Lamp ON Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (Write protected)

716-001 EXT. Tail Edge Adjustment (73.3mm/sec)

122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), Unit:0.1mm • Once in a package of CIS Tail Edge Adjustments NVM 716-066 is rewritten, NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 corresponding to it will be rewritten.

ChainLink

NVM Name


When NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 are changed individually, be aware of this. 716-002 EXT. Tail Edge Adjustment (82.5mm/sec)

122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), Unit:0.1mm • Once in a package of CIS Tail Edge Adjustments NVM 716-066 is rewritten, NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 corresponding to it will be rewritten. When NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 are changed individually, be aware of this.


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted


716-007 EXT. Tail Edge Adjustment (220mm/sec)

122

0

244

Permitted


716-008 EXT. Tail Edge Adjustment (330mm/sec

122

0

244

Permitted


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-139


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-140


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), Unit:0.1mm • Once in a package of CIS Tail Edge Adjustments NVM 716-066 is rewritten, NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 corresponding to it will be rewritten. When NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 are changed individually, be aware of this

716-010 EXT. Lead Regi Adjustment (55.0mm/sec)

122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), Unit:0.1mm • Once in a package of CIS Lead Regi Adjustments NVM 716-067 is rewritten, NVMs 716-010~716-019 and 716-047 corresponding to it will be rewritten. NVMs 716-010~716-019 and 716-047 are changed individually, be aware of this.


122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted



ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted


716-017 EXT. Lead Regi Adjustment (220mm/sec)

122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted



122

0

244

Permitted


716-020 CVT FS Offset (1p Duplex) Side 2-1

120

0

240

Permitted

Read/ IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Unit:0.1mm) at 1p Duplex CIS Write "Factory Settings" • Once in a package of FS Offset Adjustments (CIS Side Regi Adjustment) NVM 716-068 is rewritten, NVMs 716-020~716-028 corresponding to it will be rewritten. When NVMs 716-020~716-028 are changed individually, be aware of this.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-141


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-142


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value





120

0

240

Permitted

Read/ IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Unit:0.1mm) at 1p Duplex CIS Write "Factory Settings" • Once in a package of FS Offset Adjustments (CIS Side Regi Adjustment) NVM 716-068 is rewritten, NVMs 716-020~716-028 corresponding to it will be rewritten.


120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted



120

0

240

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

When NVMs 716-020~716-028 are changed individually, be aware of this.








Initial Value





120

0

240

Permitted


716-029 CVT-CIS Center Regi Position (1p Duplex)

3598

0

7196

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Center Regi Position (1p Duplex) (Daimajin Regi) Write

716-030 CIS Black Level Average Line Count

3

0

3

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the CIS black level average line count Write BL [1:0] setting

716-032 Black Level Auto Adjustment Target Value

16

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the CIS black level Write SDBL [7:0] setting

716-033 White Level Auto Adjustment Target Value

820

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the CIS white level Write SDWL [9:0] setting

716-035 Digital Offset Level

512

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Adds/subtracts the setting value to/from the CIS image data Write BDF+BST [8:0] setting BOF=0: (-) BOF=1: (+)

716-036 Output Mode Setting

1

0

7

Permitted

Read/ CIS Test Mode and Output Mode settings Write S[2:0] setting value

716-037 Black Level Correction Value

128

0

255

Permitted

Read

Displays correction value after CIS Black Level Correction RD_BKDA [7:0] value

716-038 White Level Correction Value

255

0

255

Permitted

Read

Displays correction value after CIS White Level Correction RD_LEDDA1 [7:0] value

716-039 DIPS White Level Average Line Count

4

0

4

Permitted

Read/ Sets the shading accumulative line count Write DIPS SDLN [2:0] setting 0: 1 line 1: 4 lines 2: 8 lines 3: 16lines 4: 32 lines

716-040 White Level Correction Start Point

10

0

4095

Permitted

Read/ Sets the start point for averaging white fluctuation correction Write DIPS AVEST1 [11:0] setting

716-041 White Level Correction Averaging Area

217

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Sets the averaging area for white fluctuation correction Write DIPS AVEAR1 [7:0] setting Setting value=(AVEAR1+1) x 32

716-042 White Level Correction Reference Value

962

0

1023

Permitted

Read

716-043 W-Ref Density Adjustment Coefficient Value

158

100

255

Permitted

Read/ W-Ref density correction coefficient value setting for Daimajin Write

ChainLink

NVM Name


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-143

Displays the initial value (Jump table value) for white fluctuation correction Initial average result for Jump table (DIPS AVE1M [9:0])


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-144


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




716-044 Highlight Fine Adjustment Coefficient during White Level Correction

100

80

120

Permitted

716-045 W-Ref Density Adjustment Coefficient Setting Value

255

0

255

Permitted

Read


122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), 2 Pulse increments • Once in a package of CIS Tail Edge Adjustments NVM 716-066 is rewritten, NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 corresponding to it will be rewritten.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Read/ Highlight fine adjustment (used after conversion to 1/100) Write Displays the DIPS WMULM [7:0] setting value

When NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 are changed individually, be aware of this. 716-047 EXT. Lead Regi Adjustment (460mm/sec)

122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), 2 Pulse increments • Once in a package of CIS Lead Regi Adjustments NVM 716-067 is rewritten, NVMs 716-010~716-019 and 716-047 corresponding to it will be rewritten. NVMs 716-010~716-019 and 716-047 are changed individually, be aware of this.

716-048 Main/Sub Change

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Main Write 1: Sub

716-049 Shading Adjustment Garbage Detection Threshold at Shipment

500

0

5000

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the garbage detection threshold value when obtaining data for shadWrite ing during shipment inspection

716-050 EXT Fail Bypass

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Disable Fail Bypass Write 1: Enable Fail Bypass

716-051 Daimajin Fail Bypass

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Disable Fail Bypass Write 1: Enable Fail Bypass

716-052 Data obtained when White Correction fails

1023

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Data obtained when White Correction fails Write PF1: Green PF2: Main (X)


Initial Value




716-053 Pre ASIC Through Setting 1

448

0

8191

Permitted

Read/ Pre ASIC Through Setting 1 Write bit0: WMULTF bit1: WRDTF bit2: WSDTF bit3: DKTF bit4: SSFTF bit5: GPTF bit6: DCACTF bit7: DCBKTF bit8: DCFTF bit9: IPTF bit10: FDG1TF bit11: FDG2TF bit12: LLUT_TH bit13: (spare) bit14: (spare) bit15: (spare)

716-054 BW-PG Density

128

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Beta PG density of the whole page (0: Black) Write


122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), Unit:0.1mm • Once in a package of CIS Tail Edge Adjustments (CIS Tail Edge Adjsutment) NVM 716-066 is rewritten, NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 corresponding to it will be rewritten.

ChainLink

NVM Name

When NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 are changed individually, be aware of this. 716-056 Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan External Area 1

255

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV Write In SMPST, SMPED setting


255

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV Write In MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (*Detection area also used for PreIPS noise removal)

716-058 Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Fixed Position

60

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Speed Priority AE/Slow Scan Varied Fixed Position/NCON Write Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount (1 step = 0.16mm)

716-059 LIM Control for BW Copy

1

0

1

Permitted


716-060 LIM Control for FAX and Binary Scan

1

0

1

Permitted


716-061 LIM Control for Contone Scan

1

0

1

Permitted


716-062 AE Fast Scan Size Control

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ 0: Always uses the document size detection result Write 1: Uses the input document size as the detection size For AES parameter calculation

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-145


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-146


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




716-063 Minimum AE Fast Scan Size

500

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Fast Scan Detection minimum range (1 step = 0.1mm) Write For AES parameter calculation


4000

0

4000

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Detection maximum range (1 step = 0.1%) Write For RAE

716-065 Market Shading Adjustment Garbage Detection Threshold

500

0

5000

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the garbage detection threshold value when obtaining data for shadWrite ing in the market

716-066 EXT. Tail Edge Adjustment - All

122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the full speed Image Area (Page Sync.) ON timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), 2 Pulse increments • Once in a package of CIS Tail Edge Adjustments NVM 716-066 is rewritten, NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 corresponding to it will be rewritten.

ChainLink

NVM Name

When NVMs 716-001~716-009, 716-046 and 716-055 are changed individually, be aware of this. 716-067 EXT. Lead Regi Adjustment - All

122

0

244

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the full speed Image Area (Page Sync.) OFF timing Write +/-5.08mm (600dpi, 120 pixels), 2 Pulse increments • Once in a package of CIS Lead Regi Adjustments NVM 716-067 is rewritten, NVMs 716-010~716-019 and 716-047 corresponding to it will be rewritten. NVMs 716-010~716-019 and 716-047 are changed individually, be aware of this.

716-068 FS Offset Adjustment - All

120

0

240

Permitted

Read/ IPS Fast Scan Direction Offset Value (Dot) for all sizes at 1p Duplex CIS Write "Factory Settings" • Once in a package of FS Offset Adjsutments (CIS Side Regi Adjustment) NVM 716-068 is rewritten, NVMs 716-020~716-028 corresponding to it will be rewritten.

716-070 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text/Photo Mode (Print, Photo Scanning, Copy)

0

0

4095

Permitted




Initial Value




716-071 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text/Photo Mode (Print, Photo Scanning, Copy)

273

0

4095

Permitted


716-072 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Normal, Pencil)

0

0

4095

Permitted


716-073 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Normal, Pencil)

273

0

4095

Permitted


716-074 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text/Photo Mode (Light Document)

0

0

4095

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-147


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-148


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




716-075 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary ScanText/ Photo Mode (Light Document)

273

0

4095

Permitted


716-076 AE Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Tracing Paper)

0

0

4095

Permitted


716-077 AE Offset Level for BW Copy, Fax and Binary Scan Text Mode (Tracing Paper)

273

0

4095

Permitted


716-078 Background Suppression Level for BW Contone Scan (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




716-079 Background Suppression Offset Level for BW Contone Scan (Text & Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


716-080 Background Suppression Level for BW Contone Scan (Other than Text/Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


716-081 Background Suppression Offset Level for BW Contone Scan (Other than Text/Photo)

0

0

4095

Permitted


716-082 Background Suppression Level for BW Binary Scan (Text 0 Mode) Noise Removal Level

0

14

Permitted

Read/ Specifies removal level. IP parameter selection factor. Write 0: Does not remove 1 to 14 specifies removal level. The larger value is the removal amount

716-090 EXT Major Version

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ EXT Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded) Write Writes with software on startup.

716-091 EXT Minor Version

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ EXT Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded) Write Writes with software on startup.

716-092 EXT Revision Version

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ EXT Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded) Write Writes with software on startup.

716-093 EXT Patch Version

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ EXT Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded) Write Writes with software on startup.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-149


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-150


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




2

0

4

Permitted

Read/ 0: More Text Write 1: Text 2: Normal 3: Photo 4: More Photo (Tools)

716-112 Fast Scan Direction Magnification Adjustment Value (CVT 50 Scanning)

0

100

Permitted



0

0

511

Permitted

Read/ IPS Bypass Setting 1 Write Bypasses all Image Processing functions at memory sampling scan. Changes value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set "0" under normal usage. (Handle with care)

716-120 B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment Write

716-121 B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Write

716-122 Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment Write

716-123 Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment

128

0

256

Permitted

Read/ Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Write

716-126 Speed Priority Background Suppression/Slow Scan Non- 0 detection Area

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Non-detection Setup Value at Real Time AE Write BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS

716-127 Slow Scan End Position (For Noise Removal)

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan end position Write Slow Scan Lead Edge AE Detection Amount (For noise removal)

ChainLink

NVM Name

716-110 Text/Photo Separation Level

240

MAESSE

716-128 Upper Limit of Slow Scan Magnification Adjustment (For Noise Removal)

4000

0

4000

Permitted

Read/ Slow Scan Detection maximum range (1 step = 0.1%) Write (For noise removal)

716-197 Result of CIS dirt detection

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Sigma/Average of CIS input data Write

716-202 Market Shading Adjustment Garbage Detection Threshold

500

0

5000

Permitted

Read/ Adjusts the garbage detection threshold value when obtaining data for shadWrite ing before a job.

716-220 Shading Data Selection for Black Line Removal

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Selects shading data obtained during black line removal. Write

716-221 White Reference Value at Shipment

636

1

1000

Permitted

Read/ Memorizes the white reference value obtained in collecting shading data at Write shipment.

716-222 Switching of Method for Calculating White-Correction Multiplication Coefficient

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Switches between the methods for calculating a specific W-Ref multiplicaWrite tion coefficient for each scan.

716-223 Paper Dust Detection Threshold

150

0

10000

Permitted

Read/ Compares the deviation of white readings with the average of them. A range Write of 0%~30% is available for specification.


Initial Value




716-224 VALID Starting Position

288

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Specifies the Line Synch starting position. This value is to be set in DIPS Write LS_SDST.

719-008 Market Information

0

0

3

Not permitted

Read/ FX=0 Write IBG=1 XC=2 XE=3 SA=4

719-009 IISS Major Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

IISS Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-010 IISS Minor Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

IISS Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-011 IISS Revision Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

IISS Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-012 IISS Patch Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

IISS Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-013 ADF Major Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

ADF Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-014 ADF Minor Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

ADF Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-015 ADF Revision Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

ADF Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-016 ADF Patch Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

ADF Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded)

719-017 IPL Version

0

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

IPL Version Number

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-151


General

General 6.3.7 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719)

02/2009 6-152

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.8 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711) Table 1 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711) Initial Value

Setting Setting Range Range (Min Value) (Max Value)

Initialization Read/Write Description

711-001 DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side 1) (55.0mm/s)

120

105

135

Permitted

Read/Write 1) Initial Value 0mm (When 711-140 value is Default and 711-001 value is 120) 2) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is Default) : +1.5mm (105pulse) / -1.5mm (135pulse) 3) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is 70 to 170) : +6.5mm (70pulse) / -6.5mm (170pulse)


120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-153

6.3.8 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-154


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711) Initial Value



711-007 DADF Lead Regi Adjustment (Side 1) (220mm/s)

120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name





120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-155


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-156


Version.1 .1.1





120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


711-029 DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side 1) (55.0mm/s)

120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name





120

105

135

Permitted


711-035 DADF Tail Edge Adjustment (Side 1) (220mm/s)

120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-157


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-158


Version.1 .1.1





120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name





120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted



120

105

135

Permitted


711-057 Vertical Magnification Fine Adjustment (55.0mm/sec) (Alters the adjustment values of Pre-Regi Motor, Regi Motor, Platen Motor and Exit Motor at the same time)

20

0

40

Permitted

Read/Write +/-2%, 0.1% increment and top speed adjustments only. •Once in a package of Vertical Magnificaion Fine Adjustments NVM 711-144 is rewritten, NVMs 711-057~711-100 corresponding to it will be rewritten. When NVMs 711-057~711-100 are changed individually, be aware of this.


20

0

40

Permitted



20

0

40

Permitted


711-069 Vertical Magnification Fine Adjustment (110.0mm/sec) 20 (Alters the adjustment values of Pre-Regi Motor, Regi Motor, Platen Motor and Exit Motor at the same time)

0

40

Permitted



0

40

Permitted


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-159


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-160


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711) Setting Setting Range Range (Min Value) (Max Value)



0

40

Permitted



0

40

Permitted



0

40

Permitted



0

40

Permitted



0

40

Permitted



0

40

Permitted


711-140 DADF Lead Regi Offset NVM (Side 1)

120

70

170

Permitted

Read/Write Initial Value: 0mm (120 pulse) : +5.0mm (70pulse) / -5.0mm (170pulse)

711-141 DADF Lead Regi Offset NVM (Side 2)

120

70

170

Permitted


711-142 DADF Tail Edge Offset NVM (Side 1)

120

80

170

Permitted


711-143 DADF Tail Edge Offset NVM (Side 2)

120

80

170

Permitted


711-144 Vertical Magnification Fine Adjustment - All

20

0

40

Permitted

Read/Write +/-2%, 0.1% increment and top speed adjustments only. •Once in a package of Vertical Magnification Fine Adjustments NVM 711144 is rewritten, NVMs 711-057~711-100 corresponding to it will be rewritten. When NVM711-057~711-100 are changed individually, be aware of this.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Initial Value




711-150 Initial Loop Length Adjustment (Side 1)

1

1

5

Permitted

Read/Write 1: 5mm 2: 7mm 3: 9mm 4: 11mm 5: 13mm

711-151 Initial Loop Length Adjustment (Side 2)

1

1

5

Permitted

Read/Write 1: 5mm 2: 7mm 3: 9mm 4: 11mm 5: 14mm

711-154 Regi Roll Hit Speed Setting

2

1

2

Permitted

Read/Write Sets the plunge speed towards the Regi Roll at Pre-registration and Invert. 1: 300mm/sec 2: 440mm/sec

711-155 Regi Roll Reverse Rotation Setting

2

1

3

Permitted

Read/Write Sets reverse rotation of the Regi Roll when Initial Loop is formed. 1: OFF 2: ON (110mm/sec) 3: ON (220mm/sec)

711-156 Pre-Feed Stop Position Adjustment (Simplex)

48

0

72

Permitted

Read/Write Adjusts the pulse count value from Feed Sensor ON to start of Feed Motor slowdown. The adjustment range with each pulse increment is from -40 pulses to +32 pulses. 1 Step=0.1184mm

711-158 Invert Stop Position Adjustment

42

0

84

Permitted

Read/Write Adjusts the pulse count value from Invert Sensor OFF to start of Feed Motor slowdown at Invert. The adjustment range with each pulse increment is +/-42 pulses (+/-4.98mm). 1 Step=0.1184mm

711-159 Invert Output Stop Position Adjustment

42

0

84

Permitted

Read/Write Adjusts the pulse count value from Invert Sensor OFF to start of Feed Motor slowdown at Invert. The adjustment range with each pulse increment is +/-42 pulses (+/-4.98mm).

711-160 Smudge Countermeasure Mode Setting (Nudger Roll Up/Down)

1

1

2

Permitted

Read/Write Performs the settings for moving/not moving the Nudger Roll up/down with every sheet of paper fed. 1: OFF (Does not move) 2: ON (Moves)

711-161 Tray Highest Position Adjustment at Start of Job

0

0

15

Permitted

Read/Write Adjusts timer value from Level Sensor ON at start of job to start of Tray Motor slowdown. 0 to 150msec 1 Step=10msec

711-162 Output Speed Adjustment (Long Size)

1

1

3

Permitted

Read/Write Sets the output speed of Size L documents. 1: 220mm/sec 2: 330mm/sec 3: 440mm/sec

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-161


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-162


Version.1 .1.1




711-163 Output Speed Adjustment (Short Size)

1

1

3

Permitted

Read/Write Sets the output speed of Size S/M1a/M1b/M2 documents. 1: 220mm/sec 2: 330mm/sec 3: 440mm/sec

711-164 Slow Scan Document Size Adjustment Value

50

0

100

Permitted

Read/Write Adjustment value for "Size Detection Auto-Adjustment Function". Document Size Adjustment Value: +/-5mm 1 Step=0.1mm

711-166 Elevator Tray Active Timer Setting

20

0

50

Permitted

Read/Write Controls the timer according to the value of NVM 785-081 "Elevator Tray Operation Trigger Selection" - When the NVM 785-081 value is "1": (1) or (2) described below is used whichever is triggered earlier. When the timer for NVM 711-166 is set, only (1) can be used. (1): When NVM set time has passed after Document Set Sensor ON. If Document Guide shifts (#1 to 3 Tray APS Sensor Level changes), reset the timer. Ignore the level change during Tray lift up. (2): When Document Set Sensor is On and Start button is pressed. - When the NVM 785-081 value is "2": Only when Document Set Sensor is On and Start button is pressed, but the NVM 711-166 timer setting is ignored. 1 Step=100msec

711-167 Tray Highest Position Adjustment on Job

4

0

30

Permitted

Read/Write Adjusts timer value from Level Sensor ON when job is in progress to start of Tray Motor slowdown. 1 Step=10msec

711-168 CVT Productivity Information

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/Write 0: High speed mode, 1: Normal mode

711-169 Holed Paper Mode Setting

1

1

2

Permitted

Read/Write 1: Disable 2: Enable

711-272 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 3 Side 1 Side Regi ADJ.

120

0

240

Permitted

Read/Write Side 1 Side Regi Adjustment Value

711-274 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 5 Side 2 Side Regi ADJ.

120

0

240

Permitted

Read/Write Side 2 Side Regi Adjustment Value

ChainLink

NVM Name

711-277 ADF-IIT Combined Adjustment Value Data 8

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/Write Adjustment Value Data 8 sent to IIT when ADF-IIT combine.


0

0

255

Permitted



0

0

255

Permitted



0

0

255

Permitted



0

0

255

Permitted



0

0

255

Permitted



0

0

255

Permitted



0

0

255

Permitted


711-296 Independent Run Time

0

0

999

Permitted

Read/Write 0: Does not run independently 2 to 999: Stop time from start of feed in independent operation (10msec increments)




711-297 Communication Failure Bypass

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/Write 0: Does not perform Communication Failure Bypass 1: Performs Communication Failure Bypass

711-298 Diag Request Setting

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/Write Sets the operating conditions of "DADF Independent Operation" and "No Paper Run" in the Diag Request Operation. 0: Operation does not start when I/L is Open 1: Operation can be started when I/L is Open

711-450 Nudger Solenoid Release Life Count (upper digits)

4

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

324000 * Life value can be changed in Counter Write Command but cannot be written in Chain Link setting.

711-451 Nudger Solenoid Release Life Count (lower digits)

61856

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

324000 * Life value can be changed in Counter Write Command but it cannot be written in Chain Link setting.

711-454 Baffle Solenoid Open Life Count (upper digits)

59

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-455 Baffle Solenoid Open Life Count (lower digits)

21376

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-458 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Suction End Operation Life Count (upper digits)

4

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-459 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Suction End Operation Life Count (lower digits)

61856

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-460 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Return End Operation Life Count (upper digits)

4

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-461 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Return End Operation Life Count (lower digits)

61856

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-462 Nip Release Solenoid Operation Life Count (upper dig- 19 its)

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-463 Nip Release Solenoid Operation Life Count (lower dig- 50816 its)

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-464 Exit Gate Solenoid Operation Life Count (upper digits) 19

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-465 Exit Gate Solenoid Operation Life Count (lower digits)

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

50816

02/2009 6-163


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-164


Version.1 .1.1



711-466 Feed Clutch Operation Life Count (upper digits)

98

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-467 Feed Clutch Operation Life Count (lower digits)

57472

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-468 DADF (Platen) Open/Close Life Count (upper digits

6

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-469 DADF (Platen) Open/Close Life Count (lower digits)

38784

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-470 DADF Document Feed Life Count (upper digits)

3

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-471 DADF Document Feed Life Count (lower digits)

3392

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-472 Document Feed Life Simp+Dup (upper digits)

59

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

3888000 * Life value can be changed in Counter Write Command but it cannot be written in Chain Link setting

711-473 Document Feed Life Simp+Dup (lower digits)

21376

0

65535

Not permitted

Read

3888000 * Life value can be changed in Counter Write Command but it cannot be written in Chain Link setting

711-474 Feed Cover Open/Close Life Count (upper digits)

1

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


711-475 Feed Cover Open/Close Life Count (lower digits)

34464

0

65535

Not permitted

Read


ChainLink

NVM Name


6.3.9 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740) Table 1 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740)

Initial Value



Read/ Initialization Write

740-012 PaperIntentionalStopTimer

0

0

999

Permitted

740-015 IOT-PL ProductName

4

0

255

Not permitted Read

Product ID =0:APC/DC C5440IG =1:DC1100/900 =2:AP/DC 7500IG =3:AP-II/DC-II 7000G =4:4127/4112G =5~255:NotUsed

740-016 IOT-PL Number

5

0

255

Not permitted Read

IPL Version = 0~254: IPL is correct. = 255: IPL is wrong.

740-017 Comm Fail ID

3

0

3

Permitted

At the occurrence, connected to: = 0x00 : Output = 0x01 : Controller = 0x02 : Feeder = 0x03 : No occurrence

740-018 Comm Fail State

0

0

3

Not permitted Read

Comm Fail Type = 1 : Send Queue NG = 2 : No ACK = 3 : Receive Queue Full

740-019 Comm Fail Tx State

0

0

4

Not permitted Read

Send Status at the occurrence = 0 : Idle (Waiting) = 1 : Msg sending = 2 : Waiting for Ack to Msg Send = 3 : Waiting for Ack to Syn Send = 4 : Checking Send Queue after Msg Send

740-020 Comm Fail Rx State

0

0

5

Not permitted Read

Receive Status at the occurrence = 0 : Idle (Waiting) = 1 : Waiting to receive Msg Length = 2 : Waiting to receive ClientData/BCC = 3 : Waiting to receive Synch Setup Command = 4 : End of receiving Msg = 5 : End of receiving Synch Setup Command

740-021 Comm Fail Uart Tx Use

0

0

1

Not permitted Read

How Send Physical Layer is used = 0 : Used to send Msg = 1 : Used to send Ack

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-165

Read/ Write

Read/ Write

Description Paper intentional stop time =0: no intentional stop time =1 to 999: 10 to 9990 [ms]

6.3.9 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-166

6.3.9 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740)

Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740)

Initial Value




740-022 Comm Fail Rx Func Use

0

0

1

Not permitted Read

Checks to see Receive Function at the occurrence. = 0 : Receive Function Use Status: Clear = 1 : Receive Function Use Status: Set

740-023 Auto NVM Updating Switch

0

-2

2

Not permitted Read/ Write

Auto NVM Updating Switch Rewriting this NVM to "Auto NVM Updating available” and powering Off then On make [new default with version upgrade] reflelcted in relevalnt NVMs. (This NVM is cleared to 0 after auto NVM updating. However, if it is negative, the value is not cleared to 0. =0: Auto NVM Updating unavailable =1-2: Auto NVM updating available • =1, -1: Unconditional update (With version upgrade, new default is reflected in every NVM.)

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

• 740-024 NVM Initialize Version

4000

0

4999

Not permitted Read

=2, -2: Conditional update (New default is reflected only in NVM where old version of default is set.)

IOT Version is used to show Current NVM Initialization Level. Specifically, This NVM stores IOT version for doing the “NVM Initialize” operations below: 1. Auto NVM Updating at 1st Power On 2.

DC301 NVM Initialize

3.

Auto NVM Updating (740-023=”Auto NVM Updating available” and power off then on)

In auto NVM updating, NVMs are initialized and updated from a certain version stored in this NVM to current operating version. 740-026 Fuhjin Family Product Name

1

0

1

Not permitted Read/ Write

GA/GO Product Family Identifier =0: GO =1: GA

740-027 IM Logic Fail Occurrence Info

0

0

3

Permitted

Info about occurrence of Logic Fail =0: Logic Fail did not occur. «0: Logic Fail occurred. • = 1: DevcieState/StateID Error

740-031 HFSI Initialize Version

4000

0

4999

Read/ Write

Not permitted Read

•

= 2: IOT Condition Error

•

= 3: DeviceStateCheck failed.

Shows the level, IOT Version, for which to initialize HFSI. To put it concretely, a specific IOT version gets stored at execution of the following ""HFSI Initialize"" operations. 1. HFSI Auto Initialize At First Power On 2.

DC301 Nvm Initialize

3.

HFSI Auto Initialize

At execution of ""HFSI Auto Initialize,"" HFSI is initialized from a certain version stored in this NVM to the current operating version.

6.3.10 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741) Table 1 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741)

Initial Value



Initializati Read/ on Write

Description

741-001 Drum Motor Fine Adjustment

4404

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fine adjustment of Drum Motor speed

741-002 Drum Motor BrakeOnTime

55

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Brake port ON time when brake is in use Unit: [1ms]

741-018 Suction Filter State

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Suction Filter State 0: Initial Value: When HFSI Reset is detected 1: From first job after Reset to life detection 2: After third failure of life detection

741-019 Number of Revolutions by Blower Motor

0

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Latest number of revolutions made by the Blower Motor derived from FGO pulse count Unit: [10RPM]

741-020 Number of Revolutions by Blower Motor after Filter Replacement

0

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Number of revolutions made by Blower Motor when Filter pressure loss is low. (Number of revolutions for new item) Unit: [10RPM]

741-021 Number of Revolutions by Blower Motor during Life Prediction

0

0

150000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Suction Filter Life Detection Threshold Value Unit: [10RPM] Number of revolutions. Derived from the number of revolutions by Blower Motor right after Filter replacement and rate of change of the revolutions.

741-024 Suction Filter Life Detection Count

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ Write

Suction Filter Life Detection Threshold Value 0 to 2: Filter within life 3: Filter life expired

741-028 Drum OFF Timing when Hard Down

20

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum Motor stop timing when Hard Down occurs Unit: [1ms]

741-031 Drum Forward Revolution Time after Backward Revolution

100

0

225

Permitted

Read/ Write

How long Drum Motor rotates forward after rotating backward. Unit: [1ms]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-167

6.3.10 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741)

General

General 6.3.10 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741)

02/2009 6-168

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.11 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742) Table 1 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742)

Initial Value




742-001 No Paper Run Selection

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Normal Mode/No Paper Run Mode selection 0=Normal Mode 1=No Paper Run Mode

742-002 Jam Bypass Selection

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper Jam Bypass selection 0=Does not perform Jam Bypass (Normal) 1=Performs Jam Bypass

742-003 IOT Jam Sensor Chain No

0

0

999

Permitted

Read/ Write

The chain number in DC330 of the target sensor during the latest IOT Jam detection

742-004 IOT Jam Sensor Link No

0

0

999

Permitted

Read/ Write

The link number in DC330 of the target sensor during the latest IOT Jam detection

742-005 Fuser Exit ON Jam Timer High

3

0

13

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Exit ON Jam Timer Value at high speed

742-006 Fuser Exit ON Jam Timer Low

3

0

13

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Exit ON Jam Timer Value at low speed

742-013 Tray1~4,2000A3HCF Tray All Trays B5 LEF, 16K LEF/7.25x10.5" LEF Selection

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switches between paper sizes to be sensed for Trays 1~4 and 2000A3HCF Tray. 0=Links and changes to paper size group 1 = Tray 1, 2: B5 LEF (The trays cannot hold 16K LEF.) Tray 3, 4: B5 LEF, 16K LEF 2000A3HCF Tray: 16 K LEF (B5 LEF unavailable for detection.) 2=7.25x10.5" LEF

742-014 Tray 3 & Tray 4 12.6x19.2" SEF/13x19" SEF Selection

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper size selection in Tray 3 and Tray 4 0=Links and changes to paper size group 1=12.6x19.2" SEF 2=13x19" SEF

742-015 Tray 3 & Tray 4 A5 SEF/5.5x8.5" SEF Selection

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper size selection in Tray 3 and Tray 4 0=Links and changes to paper size group 1=A5 SEF 2=5.5x8.5" SEF

742-016 Tray 3 & Tray 4 SRA3 SEF/13x18" SEF/12x18" SEF Selec- 0 tion

0

3

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper size selection in Tray 3 and Tray 4 0=Links and changes to paper size group 1=SRA3 SEF 2=13x18" SEF 3=12x18" SEF

742-017 MSI Nudger Solenoid ON Timing

0

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the MSI Nudger Solenoid ON Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 0=300ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +50ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

02/2009 6-169

Description

6.3.11 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-170


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742)

ChainLink

NVM Name

742-018 Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing

Initial Value




5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Description Adjusts the Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=830ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +60ms and -40ms. NOTE: With Tray1 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value>=Tray1 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value (NVM742-023), operation is not guaranteed.


5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=640ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms. NOTE: With Tray2 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value>=Tray2 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value (NVM742-024), operation is not guaranteed.


5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray 3 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=660ms (paper feed length<=432mm) or 5=540ms (paper feed length>432mm), adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms. NOTE: With Tray3 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value>=Tray3 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value (NVM742-025), operation is not guaranteed.


5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray 4 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=560ms (paper feed length<=432mm) or 5=430ms (paper feed length>432mm), adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms and -40ms. NOTE: With Tray4 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value>=Tray4 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value (NVM742-026), operation is not guaranteed.

742-022 MSI Feed Start Timing (Main Processor)

15

0

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Operation Start Timing of the MSI Feed attached to the Main Processor. 1 Count = 10ms Where 15=390ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-150ms.

742-023 Tray 1 Feed Start Timing

5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray 1 Feed Operation Start Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=870ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms. NOTE: With Tray1 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value (NVM742-018) >=Tray1 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value, operation is not guaranteed.


5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray 2 Feed Operation Start Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=680ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms. NOTE: With Tray2 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value (NVM742-019 ) >=Tray2 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value, operation is not guaranteed.


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Description Adjusts the Tray 3 Operation Start Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=700ms (paper feed length<=432mm) or 5=580ms (paper feed length>432mm), adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms. NOTE: When Tray3 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value (NVM742-020) >=Tray3 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value, operation is not guaranteed.


5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray 4 Operation Start Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=600ms (paper feed length<=432mm) or 5=470ms (paper feed length>432mm), adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms. NOTE: With Tray4 Nudger Solenoid ON Timing Value (NVM742-021) >=Tray4 Feed Operation Starting Timing Value, operation is not guaranteed.

742-027 MSI Feed Motor Speed Up Timing

3

3

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the MSI Feed Motor Speed Up Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 3=30ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 30ms to 100ms

742-028 HCF MSI Feed Operation Start Timing (33/55CPM)

20

0

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Operation Start Timing (33/55CPM) of the MSI Feed attached to the HCF. 1 Count = 10ms Where 20=200ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0ms to 300ms.

742-029 HCF MSI Feed Operation Start Timing (70CPM)

20

0

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Operation Start Timing (70CPM) of the MSI Feed attached to the HCF. 1 Count = 10ms Where 20=200ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0ms to 300ms.

742-030 MSI Lifter Adjustment Time

10

0

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the MSI Lifter Adjustment Time. 1 Count = 10ms Where 10=100ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0ms to 200ms.

742-031 Tray Lifter Adjustment Time

5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray Lifter Adjustment Time. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=50ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms.

742-032 Tray 1 Lift Up Time

0

0

12000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the Tray 1 Lift Up Time.


0

0

17500

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

6000

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

6000

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-036 Tray 1 & Tray 2 Paper Stock Detection Count (Lifter Adjustment Time)

47

1

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Count for calculating paper stock value in Tray 1 and Tray 2. (Lifter Adjustment Time) 1 Count = 1ms Where 47=47ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0 to 100ms.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-171


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-172


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-037 Tray 3 & Tray 4 Paper Stock Detection Count (Lifter Adjustment Time)

45

1

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Count for calculating paper stock value in Tray 3 and Tray 4. (Lifter Adjustment Time) 1 Count = 1ms Where 45=45ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0 to 100ms.

742-038 Tray 1 Lifter Adjustment Count Value

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts the number of Tray 1 Lifter Adjustments. Where value=0 immediately after Tray Lift Up, count increases by 1 with every Lifter Adjustment.


0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-042 MSI Size Guide Minimum Position

966

905

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

MSI Paper Detection Size (Stores the analog value of the minimum width in the Side Guide range of movement) 1 Count = 1

742-043 MSI Size Guide Maximum Position

60

0

164

Permitted

Read/ Write

MSI Paper Detection Size (Stores the analog value of the maximum width in the Side Guide range of movement) 1 Count = 1

742-058 Tray 3, Tray 4 Switching between A4 SEF and DT Special A4SEF

1

1

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switching between Tray 3/Tray 4 paper sizes to be sensed 1 = A4 SEF 2 = DT Special A4 SEF

742-059 Tray 3, Tray 4 1 Switching between A4 LEF/A3 SEF and DT Special A4 LEF

1

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switching between Tray 3/Tray 4 paper sizes to be sensed 1 = A4 LEF, A3 SEF 2 = DT Special A4 LEF

0 742-060 4000HCF Tray Switching between B5 LEF, 7.25""x10.5"" and LEF/DT Special A4 LEF

0

3

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switching between 4000HCF Tray paper sizes to be sensed 0 = Change with the paper size groups. 1 = B5 LEF 2 = 7.25""x10.5"" LEF 3 = DT Special A4 LEF

742-061 2000A3HCF Tray Switching between A4 LEF and DT Special A4 LEF

1

1

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switching between 2000A3HCF Tray paper sizes to be sensed 1 = A4 LEF 2 = DT Special A4 LEF

742-062 2000A3HCF Tray Switching between A4 SEF and DT Special A4SEF

1

1

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switching between 2000A3HCF Tray paper sizes to be sensed 1 = A4 SEF 2 = DT Special A4 SEF

742-063 2000A3HCF Tray Switching between 12""x18"" SEF/SRA3 SEF and DT Special A3 SEF

1

1

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switching between 2000A3HCF Tray paper sizes to be sensed 1 = 12""x18"" SEF, SRA3 SEF 2 = DT Special A3 SEF

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




742-064 Trans Path Eject Time

30

0

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Trans Path Eject Time. 1 Count = 10ms Where 30=300ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0 to 500ms.

742-065 Clutch OFF Delay Time during Trans Path Eject

10

0

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the TA Clutch OFF Delay Time during Trans Path Eject operation. 1 Count = 10ms Where 10=100ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0 to 200ms.

742-070 MSI Length Measurement Result (Depth)

0

0

10000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper size (depth) from MSI Unit: 0.1mm

742-071 MSI Length Measurement Result (Width)

0

0

10000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper size (width) from MSI Unit: 0.1mm

742-072 MSI Tail Edge Removed Calculation Result Regi Front ON

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

MSI Nudger Solenoid operation after tail edge is removed Regi Front ON Timing Calculation Result

742-073 MSI Tail Edge Removed Calculation Result Regi Rear ON

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

MSI Nudger Solenoid operation after tail edge is removed Regi Rear ON Timing

742-074 MSI Tail Edge Removed Calculation Result Regi Front OFF 0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

MSI Nudger Solenoid operation after tail edge is removed Regi Front OFF Timing Calculation Result

742-075 MSI Tail Edge Removed Calculation Result Regi Rear OFF 0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

MSI Nudger Solenoid operation after tail edge is removed Regi Rear OFF Timing

742-078 Takeaway Motor Brake Timer

5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Takeaway Motor Brake operation time. 1 Count = 100ms Where 5=500ms, adjustment is possible within a range from 0 to 1,000ms.

742-079 Take Away Motor 1 Driving Timing (Tray 1)

8

0

23

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting driving Take Away Motor 1 at paper feed from Tray 1. 1Count = 10ms Where 8=80ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~230ms.


3

0

18

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-081 Take Away Motor 1 Driving Timing (Tray4)

13

0

28

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-082 Take Away Motor 2 Driving Timing

8

0

23

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting driving Take Away Motor 2. 1Count = 10ms Where 8=80ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~230ms.


60

45

75

Permitted

Read/ Write



50

35

65

Permitted

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-173

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-174


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-085 Take Away Brake 1 On & Take Away Clutch 1 Off Timings (432.0mm or shorter)

1

1

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-086 Spare086

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-087 Spare087

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-088 Spare088

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-089 Spare089

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-090 Pre Registration Start Timing (Trays 1, 3 & 4) 17" and below

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Pre Registration Start Timing for paper transported from the Takeaway Path. 1 Count = 1ms Where 40=1,146ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-40ms.

742-091 Pre Registration Start Timing (Tray 2)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-092 Pre Registration Start Timing (Trays 3 & 4) Above 17"

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-093 Pre Registration Start Timing (4000HCF-Upper, 4000HCFLower, 2000A3HCF-HiSpeed)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Pre Registration Start Timing for paper transported from the MSI Path. 1 Count = 1ms Where 40=1,160ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-40ms.

742-094 Pre Registration Start Timing (MSI)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Pre Registration Start Timing for paper transported from the MSI Path. 1 Count = 1ms Where 40=500ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-40ms.

742-095 Pre Registration Start Timing (HCF-MSI:33/55PPM)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-096 Pre Registration Start Timing (HCF-MSI:70PPM)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-097 Pre Registration Start Timing (Duplex)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Pre Registration Start Timing for paper transported from the Duplex Path. 1 Count = 1ms Where 40=1,146ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-40ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description Adjusts the Take Away Brake 1 On timing and Take Away Clutch 1 Off timing when feeding 432.0mm-long-or-shorter paper from Tray1, Tray3 or Tray4. 1Count = 10ms Where 1=10ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 10ms to 50ms.


Initial Value




742-098 Pre Regi Start Timing(2000A3HCF-LoSpeed)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-099 Spare099

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-100 Spare100

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-101 Pre Regi Sensor ON Timing (Tray Design Value)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the design value of the Pre Regi Sensor ON Timing. 1 Count = 1ms Where 40=1,291ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-40ms.

742-102 Pre Regi Sensor ON Timing (HCF-MSI:70PPM Design Value)

40

0

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the design value of the Pre Regi Sensor ON Timing. 1 Count = 1ms Where 40=1,189ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-40ms.

742-103 Spare103

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-104 Spare104

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-105 Spare105

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-106 Pre Registration Stop Timing (Tray 1,2,3,4, 4000HCF, 2000A3HCF Plain Paper Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray Pre Registration Stop Timing. [ 1,2,3,4 4000HCF] Paper Type = Plain Group (Plain/Side 2 Recycled/Pre-punched) [2000A3HCF] Paper Type=Plain paper/Light paper/Used paper/Punched paper [2000A3HCF: Width 216mm or below] Paper=Plain paper S1/Recycled paper S1/Used paper (Back Side) S1/Coated paper 1 1 Count = 1ms Where 16=67ms, adjustment is possible within a range of -16~+44ms.

742-107 Pre Registration Stop Timing (Tray 1,2,3,4, 4000HCF, 2000A3HCF Heavyweight 1 Group)

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray Pre Registration Stop Timing. [ 1,2,3,4, 4000HCF] Paper Type = Heavyweight 1 Group (Heavyweight 1/Tab Paper (Heavyweight 1)) [2000A3HCF ] Paper=Heavy paper 1/Tab paper (Heavy paper 1) 1 Count = 1ms Where 30=67ms, adjustment is possible within a range from +/-30ms.

742-108 Pre Registration Stop Timing (HCF-MSI:70PPM Plain Paper Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray Pre Registration Stop Timing. [HCF-MSI] Paper Type = Plain Group (Plain/Side 2 Recycled/Pre-punched) 1 Count = 1ms Where 16=67ms, adjustment is possible within a range of -16~+44ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-175

Description Adjusts the timing of starting the Pre Registration operation for paper transported from MSI Path. 1Count = 1ms Adjustable by adding a value between +40ms and -40ms, with 40=1040ms.


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-176


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-109 Pre Registration Stop Timing (HCF-MSI:70PPM Heavyweight 1 Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray Pre Registration Stop Timing. [HCF-MSI] Paper Type = Heavyweight 1 Group (Heavyweight 1/Tab Paper (Heavyweight 1)) 1 Count = 1ms Where 16=67ms, adjustment is possible within a range of -16~+44ms.

742-110 Pre Registration Stop Timing (HCF-MSI:70PPM Transparency Group)

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Tray Pre Registration Stop Timing. [HCF-MSI] Paper Type = Transparency Sheet 1 Count = 1ms Where 30=61ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-30ms.

742-111 Spare111

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-112 Spare112

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-113 Spare113

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-114 Pre Registration Stop Timing (MSI Plain Paper Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping MSI Pre Registration. [MSI] Paper Type=Plain paper/Light paper/Used paper/Punched paper 1Count = 1ms Where 16=69ms, adjustment is possible in a range of -16~+44ms.

742-115 Pre Registration Stop Timing (MSI Heavyweight 1 Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping MSI Pre Registration. [MSI, HCF-MSI] Paper Type=Heavy paper 1/Tab paper (Heavy paper 1) 1Count = 1ms Where 16=69ms, adjustment is possible in a range of -16~+44ms.

742-116 Pre Registration Stop Timing (MSI Heavyweight 2 Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping MSI Pre Registration. [MSI] Paper Type=Heavy paper 2/Tab paper (Heavy paper 2) 1Count = 1ms Where 16=69ms, adjustment is possible in a range of -16~+44ms.

742-117 Pre Registration Stop Timing (MSI Labels Group)

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the MSI Pre Registration Stop Timing. [MSI] Paper = Label paper1/Label paper2 1 Count = 1ms Where 30=63ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-30ms.

742-118 Pre Registration Stop Timing (MSI Transparency Group)

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping MSI Pre Registration. [MSI] Paper Type=Transparency Sheet 1Count = 1ms Where 30=63ms, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

Table 1 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742) Setting Range (Min Value)



742-119 Pre Registration Stopping Timing (2000A3HCF-Low Speed, 16 HCF-MSI Plain Paper Group)

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping HCF-MSI Pre Registration. [HCF-MSI] Paper Type=Plain paper/Light paper/Used paper/Punched paper [2000A3HCF: over Width 216mm] Paper Type=Plain paper S1/Recycled paper S1/Used paper S1/Coated paper 1 1Count = 1ms Where 16=67ms, adjustment is possible in a range of -16~+44ms.

742-120 Pre Registration Stopping Timing (HCF-MSI, 2000A3HCF Heavy Paper 1 Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping HCF-MSI Pre Registration. [HCF-MSI] Paper Type=Heavy paper 1/Tab paper (Heavy paper 1) [2000A3HCF] Paper Type=heavy paper 1S1/Coated paper 1A/Coated paper 1B 1Count = 1ms Where 16=67ms, adjustment is possible in a range of -16~+44ms.

742-121 Pre Registration Stopping Timing (HCF-MSI, 2000A3HCF Heavy Paper 2 Group)

16

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping HCF-MSI Pre Registration. [HCF-MSI] Paper Type=Heavy paper 2/Tab paper (Heavy paper 2) [2000A3HCF] Paper Type=Heavy paper 2/Heavy paper 2S1/Heavy paper 2B/Tab paper (Heavy 2)/ Coated paper 2 1Count = 1ms Where 16=67ms, adjustment is possible in a range of -16~+44ms.

742-122 Pre Registration Stopping Timing (HCF-MSI, 2000A3HCF Label Paper Group)

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping HCF-MSI Pre Registration. [HCF-MSI,2000A3HCF] Paper Type=Label paper 1/Label paper 2 1Count = 1ms Where 30=61ms, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30ms.

742-123 Pre Registration Stopping Timing (HCF-MSI, 2000A3HCF Transparency Group)

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping HCF-MSI Pre Registration. [HCF-MSI,2000A3HCF] Paper Type=Transparency Sheet 1Count = 1ms Where 30=61ms, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30ms.

742-124 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-125 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-126 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value

02/2009 6-177

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-178


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-127 Registration Start Timing Side1/Short Size/Plain Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Short Size (below 194.6mm)] Paper Type=Plain Paper G (Plain paper/Plain paper S1/Light paper (tracing paper)/ Recycled paper S1/Used paper/Used paper S1/Punched paper/Coated paper 1) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-128 Registration Start Timing Side1/Short Size/Heavy Paper 1 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Short Size (below 194.6mm)] Paper Type=Heavy paper 1 G (Heavy paper 1/Heavy paper 1S1/Tab paper (Heavy 1)/Coated paper 1A/Coated paper 1B) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-129 Registration Start Timing Side1/Short Size/Heavy Paper 2 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation . (for shipment) [Width = Short Size (below 194.6mm)] Paper Type=Heavy paper 2 G (Heavy paper 2/Heavy paper 2S1/Heavy paper 2B/ Tab paper (Heavy 2)/Coated paper 2) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-130 Registration Start Timing Side1/Short Size/Label Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation . (for shipment) [Width = Short Size (below 194.6mm)] Paper Type=Label Paper G (Label paper 1/Label paper 2) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-131 Registration Start Timing Side1/Short Size/Transparency Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation . (for shipment) [Width = Short Size (below 194.6mm)] Paper Type=Transparency G (Transparency Sheet) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-132 Registration Start Timing Side1/Middle Size/Plain Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Middle Size (194.6mm (inclusive) to 239.0mm (exclusive)] Paper Type=Plain Paper G (Plain paper/Plain paper S1/Light paper (tracing paper)/ Recycled paper S1/Used paper/Used paper S1/Punched paper/Coated paper 1)] 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




742-133 Registration Start Timing Side1/Middle Size/Heavy Paper 1 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Middle Size (194.6mm (inclusive) to 239.0mm (exclusive))] Paper Type=Heavy Paper 1 G (Heavy paper 1/Heavy paper 1S1/Tab paper (Heavy 1)/Coated paper 1A/Coated paper 1B) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-134 Registration Start Timing Side1/Middle Size/Heavy Paper 2 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Middle Size (194.6mm (inclusive) to 239.0mm (exclusive)] Paper Type=Heavy Paper 2 G (Heavy paper 2/Heavy paper 2S1/Heavy paper 2B/ Tab paper (Heavy 2)/Coated paper 2) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-135 Registration Start Timing Side1/Middle Size/Label Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Middle Size (194.6mm (inclusive) to 239.0mm (exclusive)] Paper Type=Label Paper G (Label paper 1/Label paper 2) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-136 Registration Start Timing Side1/Middle Size/Transparency Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Middle Size (194.6mm (inclusive) to 239.0mm (exclusive)] Paper Type=Transparency G (Transparency Sheet) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-137 Registration Start Timing Side1/Long Size/Plain Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Long Size (239.0mm or above)] Paper Type=Plain Paper G (Plain paper/Plain paper S1/Light paper (tracing paper)/ Recycled paper S1/Used paper/Used paper S1/Punched paper/Coated paper 1) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-138 Registration Start Timing Side1/Long Size/Heavy Paper 1 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Long Size (239.0mm or above)] Paper Type=Heavy Paper 1 G (Heavy paper 1/Heavy paper 1S1/Tab paper (Heavy 1)/Coated paper 1A/Coated paper 1B) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-179

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-180


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-139 Registration Start Timing Side1/Long Size/Heavy Paper 2 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Long Size (239.0mm or above)] Paper Type=Heavy paper 2 G (Heavy paper 2/Heavy paper 2S1/Heavy paper 2B/ Tab paper (Heavy 2)/Coated paper 2) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-140 Registration Start Timing Side1/Long Size/Label Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Long Size (239.0mm or above)] Paper Type=Label Paper G (Label paper 1/Label paper 2) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-141 Registration Start Timing Side1/Long Size/Transparency Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 1 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Long Size (239.0mm or above)] Paper Type=Transparency G (Transparency Sheet) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-142 Registration Start Timing Side2/Short Size/Plain Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 2 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Short Size (below 194.6mm)] Paper Type=Plain Paper G (Plain paper/Plain paper S1/Light paper (tracing paper)/ Recycled paper S1/Used paper/Used paper S1/Punched paper/Coated paper 1) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-143 Registration Start Timing Side2/Short Size/Heavy Paper 1Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 2 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Short Size (below 194.6mm)] Paper Type=Heavy Paper 1G (Heavy paper 1/Heavy paper 1S1/Tab paper (Heavy 1)/Coated paper 1A/Coated paper 1B) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-147 Registration Operation Starting Timing Side2/Middle Size/ Plain Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 2 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Middle Size (194.6mm (inclusive) to 239.0mm (exclusive)] Paper Type=Plain Paper G (Plain paper/Plain paper S1/Light paper (tracing paper)/ Recycled paper S1/Used paper/Used paper S1/Punched paper/Coated paper 1) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




742-148 Registration Operation Starting Timing Side2/Middle Size/ Heavy Paper 1 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 2 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Middle Size (194.6mm (inclusive) to 239.0mm (exclusive)] Paper Type=Heavy Paper 1G (Heavy paper 1/Heavy paper 1S1/Tab paper (Heavy 1)/Coated paper 1A/Coated paper 1B) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-152 Registration Operation Starting Timing Side2/Long Size/ Plain Paper Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 2 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Long Size (239.0mmor above)] Paper Type=Plain Paper G (Plain paper/Plain paper S1/Light paper (tracing paper)/ Recycled paper S1/Used paper/Used paper S1/Punched paper/Coated paper 1) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-153 Registration Operation Starting Timing Side2/Long Size/ Heavy Paper 1 Group

30

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing Side 2 for starting the Registration operation. (for shipment) [Width = Long Size (239.0mm or above)] Paper Type=Heavy Paper 1 G (Heavy paper 1/Heavy paper 1S1/Tab paper (Heavy 1)/Coated paper 1A/Coated paper 1B) 1Count = 0.2ms = 0.107mm Where 30=nominal value, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-30 Counts (+/3.21mm).

742-157 Regi Motor Stopping Timing

20

0

40

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for stopping Regi Motor. 1Count = 1ms [Regi Ope. Type = Tray Registration Ope.] Paper Type=other than punched paper and tab paper Where 20=37ms, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-20ms. Paper Type=other than punched paper and tab paper Where 20=62ms, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-20ms. [Regi Ope. Type = MSI, HCF-MSI Registration Ope.] Where 20=62ms, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-20ms.

742-158 Regi Motor Process Speed Adjustment

3

0

6

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Regi Motor Process Speed. 1Count = 2pps Where 3= 3921pps, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-6pps.

742-159 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-160 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-161 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-181

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-182


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-162 Side Regi Shift Correction

0

0

4

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-163 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-164 Side Regi Fail Frequency

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

the number of Side Regi Fails that have occurred since power On

742-165 Skew Servo Fail Frequency

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

the number of Skew Servo Fails that have occurred since power On

742-166 Qty of Side Edge Fails Detected

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

the number of Side Edge Fails that have been detected since power On

742-167 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-168 Output of Paper with its Side Edge Fail Detected

0*1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-169 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-170 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-171 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-172 Pre Regi Motor Drive Starting Timing at Regi Feed (Plain Paper Group)

0

0

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting driving Pre Regi Motor to start Regi Feed (Plain Paper Group). 1Count = 1ms Where 0=0ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~5ms.

742-173 Pre Regi Motor Drive Starting Timing at Regi Feed (Heavy Paper 1 Group)

0

0

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting driving Pre Regi Motor to start Regi Feed (Heavy Paper 1 Group) 1Count = 1ms Where 0=0ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~5ms.

742-174 Pre Regi Motor Drive Starting Timing at Regi Feed (Heavy Paper 2 Group)

2

0

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting driving Pre Regi Motor to start Regi Feed (Heavy Paper 2 Group). 1Count = 1ms Where 2=2ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~5ms.

742-175 Pre Regi Motor Drive Starting Timing at Regi Feed (Label Paper Group)

0

0

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting driving Pre Regi Motor to start Regi Feed (Label Paper Group). 1Count = 1ms Where 0=0ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~5ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description Set to allow/prohibit Side Regi Shift Correction. 0 = Correction allowed (all paper widths (CIS Correction+Skew Correction)) 1 = Correction prohibited (all paper widths) 2 = Correction prohibited (over 305.0mm paper width only) 3 = Correction prohibited (all paper widths (CIS scans paper.)) 4 = Correction allowed (all paper widths (CIS Correction))

Output of the paper that is detected having a side edge fail (Side Regi Fail, Skew Servo Fail, Side Edge Fail). 0 = Permitted 1 = Prohibited (Side Regi System Fail occurred.)


Initial Value




742-176 Pre Regi Motor Drive Starting Timing at Regi Feed (Transparency Group)

0

0

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-177 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-178 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-179 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-180 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-181 Simplex Invert Operation Timing (Size1 Group)

33

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting the Invert operation (width<=183). 1Count = 1ms Where 33=33ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~100ms.


40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting the Invert operation (183

59

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write


77

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write


88

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write


80

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-187 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-188 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-189 Invert Gate Switch Timing

5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Gate Switch Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=620ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms.

742-190 Duplex Gate Switch Timing

5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Duplex Gate Switch Timing. 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=60ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-183

Description Adjusts the timing for starting driving Pre Regi Motor to start Regi Feed (Transparency Group). 1Count = 1ms Where 0=0ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~5ms.


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-184


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-192 Invert Input Stop Timing (Except for Tab Paper)

10

0

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Input Stop Timing. Paper Type = All except Tab Paper 1 Count = 1ms Where 10=33ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-10ms.

742-193 Invert Input Stop Timing (Tab Paper)

10

0

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Input Stop Timing. Paper Type = Tab Paper 1 Count = 1ms Where 10=44ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-10ms.

742-194 Invert Output Start Timing (Simplex)

10

0

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Output Start Timing (Simplex). 1 Count = 1ms Where 10=94ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-10ms.

742-195 Invert Output Start Timing (Duplex)

10

0

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Output Start Timing (Duplex). 1 Count = 1ms Where 10=94ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-10ms.

742-196 Invert Roll Release Timing (Simplex)

20

0

40

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Roll Release Timing. (Simplex) 1 Count = 1ms Where 20=103ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-20ms.

742-197 Invert Roll Release Timing (Simplex Tab Paper)

20

0

40

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Roll Release Timing. (Simplex Tab Paper). 1 Count = 1ms Where 20=122ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-20ms.

742-198 Invert Roll Release Timing (Duplex)

5

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Invert Roll Release Timing. (Duplex) 1 Count = 10ms Where 5=120ms, adjustment is possible within a range of +/-50ms.

742-199 742-199Invert Roll Nip Timing

20

0

40

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for making Invert Roll nip. 1Count = 1ms Where 20=32ms, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-20ms.

742-200 Duplex Transport Stop Timing

16

0

40

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Duplex Transport Stop Timing. 1 Count = 1ms Where 16=16ms, adjustment is possible within a range of 0~40ms.

742-201 Duplex Feed Start Timing

10

0

40

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the Duplex Feed Start Timing. 1 Count = 1ms Where 10 = 1177ms, adjustment is possible within a range of -10~+30ms.

742-202 Spare202

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-203 Duplex Invert Starting Timing (B4 Size Group)

38

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

Adjusts the timing for starting the Duplex Invert operation. (298

Initial Value




742-204 Duplex Invert Starting Timing (except B4 Size Group)

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting the Duplex Invert operation. (width<=298 or 365
742-205 Adjustment of Energizing Time before Duplex Invert (Pitch Group 4)

30

06

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts energizing time before the Duplex Invert operation. (Pitch Group 4) 1Count = 1ms Where 30=60ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 30~90ms.

742-206 Adjustment of Invert In Purge Drive Time (Invert Out Sensor Off)

15

5

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Invert Motor Drive Time in the Invert In Purge operation. (Invert Out Sensor Off) 1Count = 10ms Wherer 15 = 150ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 50~1000ms.

742-207 Adjustment of Invert In Purge Drive Time (Invert Out Sensor On)

25

5

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Invert Motor Drive Time in the Invert In Purge operation. (Invert Out Sensor On) 1Count = 10ms Where 25 = 250ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 50~1000ms.

742-208 Component Control Release Motor Operation Switch

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Changes the Release Motor operation (077-016) in Component Control. 0 = Release operation 1 = Nip operation

742-209 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-210 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-211 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-212 4000HCF Exit Clutch On Timing

0

0

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-213 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-214 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-215 4000HCF Upper Tray Paper Remain

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the remaining paper before the power of the 4000HCF Upper Tray turns OFF. 0, 25, 50, 75, 100 (%)

742-216 4000HCF Nudger Solenoid ON Timing

6

0

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when feed from 4000HCF Upper and Lower Trays is requested to when the Nudger Solenoid turns ON. 1 Count = 10ms

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-185

Description

4000HCF Displays the time from when the HCF Exit Sensor turns OFF to when the HCF Exit Roll Clutch turns ON. 1 Count = 10ms


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-186


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-217 4000HCF Nudger Solenoid Tail Drop ON Timing 1

6

0

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the 4000HCF Upper Tray and Lower Tray Feed Out Sensor turns ON to when the Nudger Solenoid turns ON. Only for B5 L/7.25x10.5" 1 Count = 10ms

742-218 4000HCF Nudger Solenoid Tail Drop ON Timing 2

9

0

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the 4000HCF Upper Tray and Lower Tray Feed Out Sensor turns ON to when the Nudger Solenoid turns ON. Only for A4 L/Letter L/A4 Oversize 1 Count = 10ms

742-219 4000HCF Nudger Solenoid OFF Timing

65

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the 4000HCF Upper Tray and Lower Tray Pre Feed Sensor turns ON to when the Nudger Solenoid turns OFF. 1 Count = 2ms

742-220 4000HCF Nudger Solenoid Tail Drop OFF Timing 1

8

0

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the Nudger Solenoid turns ON after the 4000HCF Upper and Lower Trays are removed to when the Nudger Solenoid turns OFF. Only for B5 L/7.25x10.5" 1 Count = 10ms

742-221 4000HCF Nudger Solenoid Tail Drop OFF Timing 2

8

0

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the Nudger Solenoid turns ON after the 4000HCF Upper and Lower Trays are removed to when the Nudger Solenoid turns OFF. Only for A4 L/Letter L/A4 Oversize 1 Count = 10ms

742-222 4000HCF Feed Start Timing 1

10

5

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when feed from 4000HCF Upper and Lower Trays is requested to when feeding begins (Motor Step Up begins). 1 Count = 10ms

742-223 4000HCF Late Feed Start Timing 2

15

5

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when Pre Feed Sensor turns ON during feed request from 4000HCF Upper and Lower Trays to when feeding begins (Motor Step Up begins). 1 Count = 10ms

742-224 4000HCF Feed Motor Speed Change Timing 1

75

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the 4000HCF Upper Tray and Lower Tray Feed Pre Feed Motor Pulse ON to when the Feed Motor starts to speed up. (In cases where Time (T) from when feeding begins to when Pre Feed Sensor turns ON is above 130(NVM:742-219)ms.) 1 Count = 2ms

742-225 4000HCF Feed Motor Speed Change Timing 2

0

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the 4000HCF Upper Tray and Lower Tray Feed Pre Feed Sensor turns ON to when the Feed Motor starts to speed up. (In cases where Time (T) from when feeding begins to when Pre Feed Sensor turns ON is above 130(NVM:742-219)ms.) 1 Count = 2ms

742-226 4000HCF Feed Motor OFF Timing

5

0

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the 4000HCF Upper Tray and Lower Tray Feed Out Sensor turns ON to when the Feed Motor Step Down begins. 1 Count = 10ms

742-227 4000HCF Lift Up Time

45

0

150

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the Lift Up time when feeding from the 4000HCF Upper Tray and Lower Tray (from when the Feed Motor Step Up begins to when Step Down begins). 1 Count = 2ms

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




742-228 4000HCF Upper Tray Feed Request Timing

620

520

720

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time between the 4000HCF Upper PH standard signal to when the Feed Request Hotline is sent. 1 Count = 1ms

742-229 4000HCF Feed Mode Change Timing2

85

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Indicates Threshold Time for speeding up feed from 4000HCF HCF Upper/Lower Tray and for changing to Top Speed Feed Mode. If time from Feed Start to Pre Feed SNR On is below Threshold Time, Speed-up Feed Mode is used for control. If it is equal to or over Threshold Time , Top Speed Feed Mode is used. 1Count = 2ms

742-230 4000HCF Lower Tray Paper Remain

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the remaining paper before the power turns OFF. 0, 25, 50, 75, 100 (%)

742-231 4000HCF Lower Tray Feed Request Timing

490

390

590

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time between the 4000HCF Lower PH standard signal to when the Feed Request Hotline is sent. 1 Count = 1ms

742-232 HCF MSI Nudger Solenoid On Timing 1

5

0

7

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when feed is requested to when the HCF Nudger Solenoid turns ON. 1 Count = 10ms

742-233 HCF MSI Feed Start Timing

13

5

23

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time between the HCF MSI Feed Request Hotline to when the Feed Motor turns ON. 1 Count = 10ms

742-234 HCF MSI Late Feed Start Timing

30

5

40

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time between the HCF MSI Feed Request Hotline to when the Feed Motor turns ON (during late feed). 1 Count = 10ms

742-235 HCF MSI Feed Motor Speed Change Timing

3

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Displays the time from when the HCF MSI Nudger Solenoid turns OFF to when the HCF MSI Feed Motor starts to step up in the middle. 1 Count = 10ms

742-238 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-239 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-240 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-246 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-247 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-248 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-249 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-187

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-188


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-250 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-251 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-252 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-253 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-254 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-255 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-256 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-257 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-258 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-259 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-260 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-261 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-262 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-263 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-264 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-265 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-266 Paper Qty Limit for Previous Multifeed Detection

5

2

9

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the qty limit of sheets for previous multifeed detection. 1Count = 1 sheet Default is 5 = 5 sheets. Adjustment is possible in a range of 2~9.

742-267 Multifeed Detection: Sampling Interval with no paper

3

1

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts multifeed-detection sampling interval with no paper loaded. 1Count = 1ms Where 3=3ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 1~10ms.

742-268 Multifeed Detection

0*

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sets permitting/prohibiting multifeed detection. 0 = Permitted 1 = Prohibited

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

Table 1 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742) Setting Range (Min Value)



742-269 Multifeed Detection: waiting time until start of sampling with 8 paper loaded

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts waiting time until the start of multifeed detection sampling with paper loaded. 1 Count=10ms Where 8=80ms, this can be adjusted within a range of 0 to 100ms.

742-270 Multifeed Detection: sampling qty with paper loaded

6

3

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the quantity of multifeed detection samplings with paper loaded. 1 Count=1 Where 6 =6, this can be adjusted within a range of 3 to 10.

742-271 Multifeed Detection: threshold for determining sensor failure 2

1

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjsuts the threshold for determining a sensor failure in multifeed detection. 1 Count= Where 2=threshold, this can be adjusted within a range of 1 to 100.

742-272 Multifeed Detection: comparative ratio adjustment value

10

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts comparative ratio in multifeed detection. 1 Count=0.1 Where 15=1.5, this can be adjusted within a range of 10 to 30.

742-273 Multifeed Detection: waiting time until start of sampling with 35 no paper

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts waiting time until the start of multifeed detection sampling with no paper. 1 Count=1ms [Paper Type=except Tab Paper] Where 35=35ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~100ms. [Paper Type=Tab Paper] Where 35=65ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 30~130ms."

742-275 Multifeed Detection: paper width used to perform detection

138

110

160

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the width (lower limit) of paper used for performing multifeed detection. 1 Count=1mm Where 138=138mm, this can be adjusted within a range of 110 to 160.

742-276 Reserved

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-277 Reserved

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-278 Custom Order: TRAY1 Paper Length

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

For a custom-ordered adjustment Specifies TRAY1 paper feed length. With a size specified, Paper Size Sensing is ignored and the size is recognized. This size specification is available only when 742-279[Custom Order: TRAY1 Paper Width] also has an available value entered. 1Count = 0.1mm 0: unavailable, 1-65535: available

742-279 Custom Order: TRAY1 Paper Width

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

For a custom-ordered adjustment Specifies TRAY1 paper width. With a size specified, Paper Size Sensing is ignored and the size is recognized. This size specification is available only when 742-278[Custom Order: TRAY1 Paper Length] also has an available value entered. 1Count = 0.1mm 0: unavailable, 1-65535: available

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value

15

02/2009 6-189

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-190


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value





0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




742-287 Tray1 Nudger Solenoid OFF Timing

0

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Tray1 Nudger Solenoid OFF Timing. 1Count = 10ms Adjustable up to +100ms, with 0=0ms.


0

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-291 4000HCF Upper Tray Nudger Solenoid OFF Timing

0

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sets time from 4000HCF Upper Tray Pre Feed SNR On to Nudger Solenoid Off. 1Count = 10ms

742-292 4000HCF Lower Tray Nudger Solenoid OFF Timing

0

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sets time from 4000HCF Lowe Tray Pre Feed SNR On to Nudger Solenoid Off. 1Count = 10ms

742-293 Tray Lift Up Assumption Change

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Enables selecting "Prohibit Lift Up Operation during printing" or "Permit Lift Up Operation during printing. 0: Prohibit 1: Permit

742-294 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-295 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-296 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-297 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-298 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-299 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-300 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-301 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

742-302 Spare

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-191

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-192


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-303 Side Regi Adjustment MSI / HCF-MSI Side1

500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Write Position Correction Quantity when Side Regi Error Correction is prohibited. (MSI / HCF-MSI Side1) 1Count = 0.01mm Where 500=0, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-5.00mm.

742-304 Side Regi Adjustment Tray1 Side1

500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Write Position Correction Quantity when Side Regi Error Correction is prohibited. (Tray1 Side1) 1Count = 0.01mm Where 500=0, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-5.00mm.


500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-319 Side Regi Adjustment MSI / HCF-MSI Side2

500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Write Position Correction Quantity when Side Regi Error Correction is prohibited. (MSI / HCF-MSI Side2) 1Count = 0.01mm Where 500=0, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-5.00mm.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value





500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write


742-335 Correction of Side Regi Variations among Machines

500

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts value for correcting variations among machines in Side Edge Detection Control. 1Count = 0.01mm Where 500=0, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-5.00mm.

742-336 Correction of Side Regi Variations among Dup Mechanisms 200

0

400

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts value for correcting variations among Dup Mechanisms in Side Edge Detection Control. 1Count = 0.01mm Where 200=0, adjustment is possible in a range of +/-2.00mm.

742-340 Side Edge Detection Starting Timing (SS-2, DS-2)

13

80

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the timing for starting Side Edge Detection Control. (SS-2, DS-2) 1Count 10ms Where 17=170ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 130~800ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

17

02/2009 6-193

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-194


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




742-341 Side Regi Skew Correction Coefficient Side1 Plain Paper Group

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Side Regi Skew Correction Quantity. (Side1; Plain Paper Group) 1Count = 0.01 Where 30=0.30, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~1.00.

742-342 Side Regi Skew Correction Coefficient Side1 Heavy Paper 1 Group

35

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Side Regi Skew Correction Quantity. (Side1; Heavy Paper 1Group) 1Count = 0.01 Where 35=0.35, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~1.00.


40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Side Regi Skew Correction Quantity. (Side1; Heavy Paper 2 Group) 1Count = 0.01 Where 40=0.40, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~1.00.

742-344 Side Regi Skew Correction Coefficient Side1 Label Paper Group

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Side Regi Skew Correction Quantity. (Side1; Label Paper Group) 1Count = 0.01 Where 30=0.30, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~1.00.

742-345 Side Regi Skew Correction Coefficient Side1 OHP Group

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Side Regi Skew Correction Quantity. (Side1; OHP Group) 1Count = 0.01 Where 30=0.30, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~1.00.

742-346 Side Regi Skew Correction Coefficient SidePlain Paper Group

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Side Regi Skew Correction Quantity. (Side2; Plain Paper Group) 1Count = 0.01 Where 30=0.30, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~1.00.


35

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts Side Regi Skew Correction Quantity. (Side2; Heavy Paper 1 Group) 1Count = 0.01 Where 35=0.35, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~1.00.


40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

None (for use when it becomes possible to run Side2/Heavy Paper 2G.)

742-349 Side Regi Skew Correction Coefficient Side2 Label Paper Group

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

None (for use when it becomes possible to run Side2/Label Paper G.)

742-350 Side Regi Skew Correction Coefficient Side2 OHP Group

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

None (for use when Side2/OHPG gets ready to run.)

742-351 Switch for Dup Side1 CIS Data Correction Calculation

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

The switch reflects the D2 calculation formula [Ls1 - Ls1' ]. 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled

742-352 Switch for Dup Side1 Skew Data Correction Calculation

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

The switch reflects the D2 calculation formula [Skew Time (Side1) X 2 X Correction Coefficient (NVM) X 0.569]. 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled

742-353 Time Difference for Skew Servo Fail Detection

600

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

Time difference between Regi Sensor On and Skew Sensor On, by which to detect Skew Servo Fail. 1Count = 0.01ms Where 600= 6.00ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0.00~6.00ms.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


ChainLink

NVM Name

742-356 Pre Regi Motor Speed Switching Timing Adj.: Width (HCFTray)

Initial Value




3650

0

4880

Permitted

Read/ Write

Description Width for adjusting the timing for switching Pre Regi Motor Speed [4000HCF-Upper, 4000HCF-Lower, 2000A3HCF-Tray, HCF-MSI(70PPM)] 1Count = 0.1mm Where 3650 = 365.0ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~488.0mm. NOTE: Timing T for switching Pre Regi Motor Speed for paper of a width above the width set in this NVM: 742-361 <= T1 <= 76ms

742-360 Pre Regi Motor Speed Switching Timing Adj. Min. Value (Tray)

40

0

76

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the minimum timing value for switching Pre Regi Motor Speed. [Tray1, 2, 3, 4 : Width > 742-355] 1Count = 1ms Where 40 = 40ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~76ms.

742-361 Pre Regi Motor Speed Switching Timing Adj. Min. Value (HCF-Tray)

40

0

76

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjusts the minimum timing value for switching Pre Regi Motor Speed. [4000HCF-Upper, 4000HCF-Lower, 2000A3HCF-Tray, HCF-MSI(70PPM) : Width > 742-356 ] 1Count = 1ms Where 40 = 40ms, adjustment is possible in a range of 0~76ms.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-195


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-196


Version.1 .1.1

*1: The defaults are varied depending on the destination as follows: Table 2 Default: GO ChainLink

Default: GA

125ppm(TBD) NVM Name

742-168 Output of Paper with its Side Edge Fail Detected

110ppm: 4112

125ppm:4127 LP/4127 CP/4127 EPS

110ppm:4112 LP/4112 CP/4112 EPS

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

6.3.12 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744) Table 1 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744)

Initial Value


Setting Range Initializati Read/ (Max Value) on Write

744-001 Warm-up Control Temperature (Heat Roll)

192

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll control temperature during warm-up 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-002 Wait Main/Sub Lamp Change Temperature

-15

-100

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Wait Main/Sub Lamp change temperature 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-003 Fuser Motor Idling Start Temperature

185

150

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll temperature when Fuser Motor starts to idle during warm-up 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-004 Fuser Warm-up End Heat Roll Temperature

188

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll temperature when warm-up has concluded 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-005 Fuser Hysteresis Temperature

1

0

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Hysteresis temperature for target temperature

744-006 Fuser Motor Idling ON/OFF

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Setting of Fuser Motor Idling during warm-up 0: Idling OFF 1: Idling ON

744-007 Idling Time when Environment Temperature >18

45

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time when environment temperature>18 degree Celsius during warm-up 1 Count = 1[s]


50

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time when 18 degree Celsius (incl.)>environment temperature>15 degree Celsius during warm-up 1 Count = 1[s]


60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time when 15 degree Celsius (incl.)>environment temperature>10 degree Celsius during warm-up 1 Count = 1[s]

744-010 Idling Time when Environment Temperature <10 (incl.)

60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time when environment temperature<10 degree Celsius (incl.) during warm-up 1 Count = 1[s]

744-011 Idling Time Voltage Addition 1

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time addition during warm-up where 100[V]/200[V] series power supply voltage AD value is 600>AD>587 (incl.) Idling time addition during warm-up where 220[V] series power supply voltage AD value is 672>AD>658 (incl.) 1 Count = 1[s]


0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time addition during warm-up where 100[V]/200[V] series power supply voltage AD value is 587>AD>565 (incl.) Idling time addition during warm-up where 220[V] series power supply voltage AD value is 658>AD>632 (incl.) 1 Count = 1[s]


0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time addition during warm-up where 100[V]/200[V] series power supply voltage AD value is 565>AD Idling time addition during warm-up where 220[V] series power supply voltage AD value is 632>AD 1 Count = 1[s]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-197

Description

6.3.12 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-198


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744)

Initial Value



744-014 Low Temp Not Ready Temperature (Plain Paper)

-12

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low Temp Not Ready Temperature for Plain Paper 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-015 Low Temp Not Ready Temperature (Lightweight)

-12

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low Temp Not Ready Temperature for Lightweight 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-016 Low Temp Not Ready Temperature (Heavyweight 1) -12

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low Temp Not Ready Temperature for Heavyweight 1 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-017 Low Temp Not Ready Temperature (Heavyweight 2) -12

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low Temp Not Ready Temperature for Heavyweight 2 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-018 Low Temp Not Ready Temperature (Transparency)

-12

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low Temp Not Ready Temperature for Transparency 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-019 High Temp Not Ready Idling Time

300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Idling Time 1 Count = 1[s]

744-020 High Temp Not Ready Temperature (Normal 1)

250

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Normal (before update) High Temp Not Ready Temperature when paper width>272mm 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


250

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Normal (before update) High Temp Not Ready Temperature when 187mm<272mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


250

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write



240

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write



230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Normal (before update) High Temp Not Ready Temperature when paper width<133mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-025 High Temp Not Ready Temperature (Update 1)

250

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Temperature during update when paper width>272mm 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


250

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Temperature during update when 187mm<272mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


250

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write



240

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write



230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Temperature during update when paper width<133mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-030 High Temp Not Ready Time (Update 11)

300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Update Time for Plain Paper/Lightweight when paper width>272mm 1 Count = 1[s]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Update Time for Plain Paper/Lightweight when 187mm<272mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[s]


300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write



300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write



300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Update Time for Plain Paper/Lightweight when paper width<133mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[s]


300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Update Time for Heavyweight 1/Heavyweight 2/Transparency when paper width>272mm 1 Count = 1[s]


300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Update Time for Heavyweight 1/Heavyweight 2/Transparency when 187mm<272mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[s]


300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write



300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write



300

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Update Time for Heavyweight 1/Heavyweight 2/Transparency when paper width<133mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-040 High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature (Normal 1)

230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Normal (before update) High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature when paper width>272mm 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Normal (before update) High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature when 187mm<272mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write



220

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-199

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-200


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




210

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Normal (before update) High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature when paper width<133mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-045 High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature (Update 1)

230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature during update when paper width>272mm 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature during update when 187mm<272mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


230

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write



220

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write



210

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

High Temp Not Ready Release Temperature during update when paper width<133mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-050 Ready Control Temperature (Heat Roll)

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll control temperature when ready 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-051 Standby Main/Sub Lamp Switch Temperature

0

-100

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standby Main/Sub Lamp Switch Temperature 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-052 Idling Control Temperature (Heat Roll) (Plain Paper)

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Plain Paper) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-053 Idling Control Temperature (Heat Roll) (Lightweight)

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Lightweight) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-054 Idling Control Temperature (Heat Roll) (Heavyweight 1)

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Heavyweight 1) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-055 Idling Control Temperature (Heat Roll) (Heavyweight 2)

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Heavyweight 2) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-056 Idling Control Temperature (Heat Roll) (Transparency)

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Transparency) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-057 Print End Control Temperature Time (Plain Paper)

60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Plain Paper) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-058 Print End Control Temperature Time (Lightweight)

60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Lightweight) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-059 Print End Control Temperature Time (Heavyweight 1)

60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Heavyweight 1) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-060 Print End Control Temperature Time (Heavyweight 2)

60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Heavyweight 2) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-061 Print End Control Temperature Time (Transparency)

60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll control temperature after printing ends (Transparency) 1 Count = 1[s]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value



744-062 Print End Idling Time(Plain Paper)

2

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Motor idling time after printing ends (Plain Paper) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-063 Print End Idling Time(Lightweight)

2

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Motor idling time after printing ends (Lightweight) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-064 Print End Idling Time(Heavyweight 1)

2

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Motor idling time after printing ends (Heavyweight 1) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-065 Print End Idling Time(Heavyweight 2)

2

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Motor idling time after printing ends (Heavyweight 2) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-066 Print End Idling Time(Transparency)

2

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Motor idling time after printing ends (Transparency) 1 Count = 1[s]

744-067 Print Control Temperature 1

192

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature 1 during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-068 Print Control Temperature 2

192

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature 2 during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-069 Print Control Temperature 1 Time

300

0

6000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll Control Temperature 1 during print 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-070 Print Control Temperature 2 Time

100

0

6000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll Control Temperature 2 during print 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-071 Print Paper Standard Temperature 1

2

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature during print when paper width>272mm 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


2

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature during print when 272mm (incl.)>paper width>221mm 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]


2

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



2

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



2

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



2

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature during print when paper width<133mm (incl.) 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-079 Print Paper Type Standard Temperature (Plain Paper)

10

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature for Plain paper type during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-080 Print Paper Type Standard Temperature (Lightweight)

10

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature for Lightweight paper type during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-081 Print Paper Type Standard Temperature (Heavyweight 1)

15

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature for Heavyweight 1 paper type during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-201

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-202


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



15

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature for Heavyweight 2 paper type during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-083 Print Paper Type Standard Temperature (Transpar- 10 ency)

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll control temperature for Transparency paper type during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-084 Print Control Temperature Limiter Value (High Temp)

210

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Maximum temperature of Heat Roll control temperature during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-085 Print Control Temperature Limiter Value (Low Temp) 175

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Minimum temperature of Heat Roll control temperature during print 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

ChainLink

NVM Name

744-082 Print Paper Type Standard Temperature (Heavyweight 2)

Description

744-086 Print Main/Sub Switch Temperature (Paper Width 1)

0

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature of Main/Sub Lamp switch during print when paper width>272mm


0

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature of Main/Sub Lamp switch during print when 272mm (incl.)>paper width>221mm


0

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature of Main/Sub Lamp switch during print when paper width<133mm (incl.)

744-103 Low Power Control Temperature (Heat Roll)

155

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low power Heat Roll control temperature 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-104 Temperature Up Speed Coefficient

102

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

The temperature up speed coefficient for displaying and calculating waiting time

744-105 Fuser Nip Check Stop Time

7

1

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper stop time in Fuser Nip Check mode 1 Count = 1[s]

744-106 Fuser Nip Check Heat Roll Allowed Temperature

178

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Allowed Heat Roll temperature in Fuser Nip Check mode 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-108 Fuser Nip Check Idling Time

30

1

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time when temperature is lower than permitted in Fuser Nip mode 1 Count = 1[s]

744-109 Environment Temperature Correction Type

5

0

15

Permitted

Read/ Write

Selection of correction type according to environment temperature 0: No correction 1 to 15: Correction (1 Count = 0.1)

744-110 Idling Time After Fuser Jam

30

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time during warm-up after the occurrence of a Fuser Jam which will turn OFF the Fuser Relay 1 Count = 1[s]

744-113 Feed Time Condition for Idling in Print End Cleaning 18

0

5000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Feed time condition which is one of the conditions for idling in print end cleaning 1 Count = 1[sec]


Initial Value



744-114 Idling Time for Print End Cleaning

5

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time for print end cleaning which is carried out according to feed time and average image density conditions 1 Count = 1[sec]

744-115 Image Density Condition for Idling in Print End Cleaning

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Image density condition which is one of the conditions for idling in print end cleaning 1 Count = 1[%]

744-116 Web Roll Factor after Fuser Jam

55

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Web roll up time during warm-up after the occurrence of a Fuser Jam which will turn OFF the Fuser Relay 1 Count = 0.1[ms]

744-117 Fuser Web Exit Sensor ON Cumulative Factor

67

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Web Exit Sensor ON Time cumulative factor 1 Count = 1[%]

744-118 Fuser Web Image Density Threshold Value

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Image density threshold value when changing Fuser Web roll up time 1 Count = 1[%]

744-119 Fuser Web Temperature Threshold Value

175

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll temperature threshold value when changing Fuser Web roll up time 1 Count = 1[%]

744-120 Fuser Web Roll Up Time Lower Limit

50

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Web roll up time lower limit 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-121 Phase Control Soft Start Start Value

147

0

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Beginning Soft Start conductivity rate setting value common to all lamps and modes

744-122 Phase Control Soft Start End Value

49

0

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Ending Soft Start conductivity rate setting value common to all lamps and modes

744-123 Phase Control Soft Start Increase Rate 1

6

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Wait Soft Start increased conductivity rate setting value (Main Lamp)


9

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Wait Soft Start increased conductivity rate setting value (Sub Lamp)


9

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Print Soft Start increased conductivity rate setting value


6

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standby, Low Power Soft Start increased conductivity rate setting value

744-127 Phase Control Soft Stop Start Value

49

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Beginning Soft Stop conductivity rate setting value common to all lamps and modes

744-128 Phase Control Soft Stop End Value

147

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Ending Soft Stop conductivity rate setting value common to all lamps and modes

744-129 Phase Control Soft Stop Decrease Rate 1

12

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Wait Soft Stop decreased conductivity rate setting value (Sub Lamp)

744-130 Phase Control Soft Stop Decrease Rate 2

9

1

163

Permitted

Read/ Write

Other Soft Stop decreased conductivity setting value

744-131 Lamp ON Time Difference during Wait

7

1

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Lamp ON time difference during Wait 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-132 Lamp ON Time Difference during Print

4

1

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Lamp ON time difference during Print 1 Count = 100[ms]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-203

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-204


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



744-133 Lamp ON Time Difference during Standby

4

1

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Lamp ON time difference during Standby 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-134 Warmup Sub ON Count High Electric Power

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp ON Count during Warm-up (at High Power for a 6-minute warmup) is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power off then on). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-135 Warmup Sub OFF Count High Electric Power

20

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp OFF Count during Warm-up (at High Power for a 6-minute warmup) is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-136 Warm-up Sub ON Count

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp ON count during Warm-up is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-137 Warm-up Sub OFF Count

20

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp OFF count during Warm-up is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-138 Ready Main 1 ON Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 1 Lamp ON count when Ready is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-139 Ready Main 1 OFF Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 1 Lamp OFF count when Ready is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-140 Ready Main 2 ON Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 2 Lamp ON count when Ready is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On) 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-141 Ready Main 2 OFF Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 2 Lamp OFF count when Ready is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-142 Idling Main 1 ON Count

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 1 Lamp ON count when Idling is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-143 Idling Main 1 OFF Count

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 1 Lamp OFF count when Idling is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value



744-144 Idling Main 2 ON Count

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 2 Lamp ON count when Idling is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-145 Idling Main 2 OFF Count

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 2 Lamp OFF count when Idling is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-146 Low Power Main 1 ON Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 1 Lamp ON count at Low Power is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-147 Low Power Main 1 OFF Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 1 Lamp OFF count at Low Power is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-148 Low Power Main 2 ON Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 2 Lamp ON count at Low Power is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-149 Low Power Main 2 OFF Count

40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main 2 Lamp OFF count at Low Power is not used immediately after being set, but is used after Print Function (power Off then On). 1 Count = 100[ms]

744-150 Fuser Motor Reverse Time

5

0

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Motor reverse rotation time 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-151 Power Supply Voltage Correction Rate Value

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Rate value to be adjusted when used for controlling the power supply voltage value detected 1 Count = 1[%]

744-152 Fuser Retract Clutch Off Delay Timer

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Time delay in the process from the detection of Nip Sensor Off to Clutch Off in Fuser Latch Retract Control 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-156 High Temperature Failure Detection History (Heat Roll)

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ Write

Memory of sensor that detected Heat Roll high temperature failure 0: Normal (No failure occurred) 1: High Temperature Failure (detected by Fuser Heat Roll STS-1) 2: High Temperature Failure (detected by Fuser Heat Roll STS-2) 3: High Temperature Failure (detected by Fuser Heat Roll STS-3)

744-162 Fuser Motor Pulse Ratio

3706

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Motor drive pulse frequency setting

744-163 Fuser Web Check

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Web Control 0: Does not perform Fuser Web Control 1: Performs Fuser Web Control

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-205

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-206


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



744-164 Fuser Exit Sensor ON Cumulative Threshold Time

231

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Exit Sensor ON cumulative threshold time 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-165 Fuser Web Motor ON Time

215

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Time when Fuser Web Motor is turned ON 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-166 Fuser Exit Sensor ON Cumulative Time

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Exit Sensor ON cumulative time 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-167 Fuser Web Motor ON Cumulative Time Upper Digits 65535

0

65535

Not Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Web Motor ON cumulative time 1 Count = 1[s]

744-169 Web Limit Warning Threshold Value

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Web limit warning threshold value 1 Count = 1[%]

744-170 FUSER_KIT Check

5

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Determines if Kit is installed or not 0: Fuser Kit not installed 1: Fuser Kit installed

744-171 Voltage Configuration Information

1*1

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Voltage information classified by market 0: 100[V] system 1: 200[V] system 2: 220[V] system

744-172 Warm-up Motor Start Temperature

133

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature that determines whether to perform Fuser Motor idling during warm-up 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-173 Low Temp Not Ready End Temperature

-7

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low Temp Not Ready end temperature. However, End Temperature = "Ready Control Temperature (Heat Roll)" + "Low Temp Not Ready End Temperature" 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-174 Web MOT Cumulative ON Time Step 1

2765

0

300000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Value less than the threshold value of Step 1 Web MOT cumulative ON time 1 Count = 1[s]


6424

0

300000

Permitted

Read/ Write



11281

0

300000

Permitted

Read/ Write



17730

0

300000

Permitted

Read/ Write



26308

0

300000

Permitted

Read/ Write


744-179 Web MOT ON Time Ratio Step 2

756

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Step 1 and Step 2 Web MOT ON time ratio (=initial value/1000)


571

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



431

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write



325

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value



Description


245

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write


744-184 Processing Method after Web End

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Processing method about whether print can be continued or not when Web End is detected 0: Discontinue 1: Continue

744-185 Fuser Cleaning Web Limit Warning Adjustment Value

34000

0

99999

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser cleaning web limit warning adjustment value 1 Count = 1[sec]

744-187 Motor Drive Time in Fuser Nip Check Mode

10

1

15

Permitted

Read/ Write

Motor drive time in Fuser Nip Check mode 1 Count = 10[ms]

744-188 Temperature for starting to idle Fuser Motor for Soft 185 Roll

150

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll temperatiure for starting to idle Fuser Motor during warm-up (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-189 HR temperature at the end of warming up Fuser for Soft Roll

185

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll temperature for deciding the end of Warm-up (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-190 Idlig Time for Soft Roll with environ. temp >18

45

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling Time during warm-up with environmental temp >18 degrees C (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[s]


50

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling Time during warm-up with 18 degrees C >=Enviro. Temp. >15 degrees C (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[s]


60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling Time during warm-up with 15 degrees C >=Enviro. Temp. >10 degrees C (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[s]

744-193 Idlig Time for Soft Roll with environ. temp <=10

60

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling Time during warm-up with 10 degrees C >=Enviro. Temp. (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[s]

744-194 Low Temp.: Not Ready Temp. for Soft Roll (Plain Paper)

-17

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for plain paper (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-207


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-208


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



744-195 Low Temp.: Not Ready Temp. for Soft Roll (Light Paper)

-22

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for light paper (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-196 Low Temp.: Not Ready Temp. for Soft Roll (Heavy Paper 1)

-17

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for heavy paper 1 (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-197 Low Temp.: Not Ready Temp. for Soft Roll (Heavy Paper 2)

-17

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for heavy paper 2 (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-198 Low Temp.: Not Ready Temp. for Soft Roll (Transparency)

-5

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for transparency (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-199 1st Control Temp. during Print for Soft Roll

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll 1st Control Temperature during print (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-200 2nd Control Temp. during Print for Soft Roll

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll 2nd Control Temperature during print (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-201 1st Control Temp. Time during Print for Soft Roll

200

0

6000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll 1st Control Temp. during print (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=10[ms]

744-202 2nd Control Temp. Time during Print for Soft Roll

100

0

6000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Time at Heat Roll 2nd Control Temp. during print (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=10[ms]

744-203 Low Power Control Temp (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll

155

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temp. in the Low Power mode (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-204 Temp. Rise Speed Coefficient for Soft Roll

102

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature-rise speed coefficient for calculating waiting time for display (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On).

744-209 Fuser Motor Pulse Ratio for Soft Roll

3706

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sets Fuser Motor Drive Pulse Frequency (for Soft Roll). The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On).

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value



744-210 Warm-up Control Temp. (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Time at warm-up (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-211 Control Mode ON/OFF after Continuous Small Size Feed

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Control Mode ON/OFF after continuous small size paper feed 0: OFF 1: ON

744-212 Idling Control Condition after Small Size Feed-End Time

4

0

15

Permitted

Read/ Write

Time condition that allows idling after small-paper feed during a period from print end to next print start 1 Count = 1[min]

744-213 Idling Control Condition after Small Size Feed-Sheet 50 Count

1

999

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sheet Count threshold value as a condition for the number of printed sheets that performs idling after small size feedPaper quantity threshold as a condition that allows idling after small-paper feed. 1 Count = 1[sheet]

744-214 Sheet Count Up 1 for Idling after Small Size Feed

50

1

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Thresold 1 for calculating how long the motor should idle after small-paper feed 1 Count = 1[sheet]


200

101

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold 2 for calculating how long the motor should idle after small-paper feed 1 Count = 1[sheet]


500

301

999

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold 3 for calculating how long the motor should idle after small-paper feed 1 Count = 1[sheet]

744-217 Idling Time 1 after Small Size Feed

5

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time after small-paper feed when Threshold 1 in use for calculating how long the motor should idle after small-paper feed 1 Count = 1[sec]


10

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write



30

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write



30

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write


744-229 Ready Control Temp. (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll

188

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature at Ready (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-230 Idling Control Temp. (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll (Plain Paper)

183

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature after the end of print (plain paper) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-209

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-210


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



183

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature after the end of print (light paper) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-232 Idling Control Temp. (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll (Heavy 183 Paper 1)

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature after the end of print (heavy paper 1) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-233 Idling Control Temp. (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll (Heavy 183 Paper 2)

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature after the end of print (heavy paper 2) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-234 Idling Control Temp. (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll (Trans- 183 parency)

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll Control Temperature after the end of print (transparency) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-235 Duplex Electrostatic Offset Measure (Temperature)

15

0

35

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature adjustment condition for Web Motor Drive Count using Electrostatic Offset 1 Count = 1[degree Celsius]

744-236 Duplex Electrostatic Offset Measure (Humidity)

15

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Humidity adjustment condition for Web Motor Drive Count using Electrostatic Offset 1 Count = 1[%]

744-237 Duplex Electrostatic Offset Fuser Exit Sensor ON Cumulative Factor

3

1

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Exit ON cumulative time adjustment factor according to electrostatic offset measure 1 Count = 1[time]

744-238 Warm-up Sub ON Count at High Power for Soft Roll 10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp ON Count at warm-up (for Soft Roll) (at High Power for 6 min of warm-up) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100[ms]

744-239 Warm-up Sub OFF Count at High Power for Soft Roll 20

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp OFF Count at warm-up (for Soft Roll) (at High Power for 6 min of warm-up) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100[ms]

744-240 Temp. deciding on Warm-up Idling for Soft Roll

133

0

250

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature for deciding whether to idle Fuser Motor during warm-up (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-241 Fuser Skip Pitch Web Control Switch

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Specifies how to control for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser . 0: No control 1: Control

744-242 Fuser Skip Pitch Web Rewinding Time

200

1

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Time Web Motor takes to rewind web for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser 1 Count=10 [ms]

744-243 Fuser Skip Pitch Web Paper Gap Time

127

0

60000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper Gap Time for judging on action for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser 1 Count=10[ms]

ChainLink

NVM Name

744-231 Idling Control Temp. (Heat Roll) for Soft Roll (Light Paper)

Description


Initial Value



744-244 Fuser Ski Pitch Web Paper Length

3600

0

5000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Paper Length for judging on action for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser 1 Count=0.1[mm]

744-245 Fuser Skip Pitch Web Drive Count

1

0

60000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Web Drive Control Execution Count for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser 1 Count=1[drive operation]

744-246 Fuser Skip Pitch Web Interrupt Count

0

0

60000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Web Drive Control Interrupt Count for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser 1 Count=1[interrupt operation]

744-247 Fuser Skip Pitch New Web Rewinding Factor

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Post-print New Web Rewinding factor for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser 1 Count=0.1[mm]

744-248 Fuser Skip Pitch Web Environment Temp

18

0

35

Permitted

Read/ Write

Skip Pitch exists at Environment Temp or above for judging on action for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser. 1 Count=1[deg.C]

744-249 Fuser Skip Pitch Web Environment Humid

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Skip Pitch exists at Environment Humidity or above for judging on action for dirty Side 2 due to Fuser 1 Count=1[%]

744-251 Temp for Permitting Pitch Generation

0

0

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature that permits Paper Pitch generation for OHP film. 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-252 Print 1st Control Temp (OHP)

192

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll 1st Control Temperature for OHP film during print 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-253 Print 2nd Control Temp (OHP)

192

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll 2nd Control Temperature for OHP film during print 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-254 Temp for Clearing Cold Not Ready (OHP)

-7

-20

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature to clear Cold Not Ready for OHP film. Temp for Clearing=[Ready Control Temp (Heat Roll)]+[Temp for Clearing Cold Not Ready] 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-255 Fuser Nip Retract Starting Time (NVM for debug)

0

0

4294967295 Permitted

Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to the start of Fuser Nip Retract (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected when Fuser Exit Sensor turns On/Off.) 1 Count=1 [ms]

744-256 Fuser Nip Contact Starting Time (NVM for debug)

0

0


Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to the start of Fuser Nip Contact (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected when Fuser Exit Sensor turns On/Off.) 1 Count=1 [ms]

744-257 Fuser Nip Contact Ending Time (NVM for debug)

0

0


Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to the end of Fuser Nip Contact (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected when Fuser Exit Sensor turns On/Off) 1 Count=1 [ms]

744-258 Time of Occurrence of Fuser Nip Contact Fail (NVM 0 for debug)

0


Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to detection of Fuser Nip Contact Fail (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected when Fuser Exit Sensor turns On/ Off) 1Count=1[ms]

744-259 Fuser Nip Retract Starting Time 2 (NVM for debug)

0


Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to the start of Fuser Nip Retract (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected at normal Contact) 1 Count=1 [ms]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

02/2009 6-211

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-212


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744) Setting Range (Min Value)


744-260 Fuser Nip Contact Starting Time 2 (NVM for debug) 0

0


Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to the start of Fuser Nip Contact (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected at normal Contact) 1Count=1[ms]

744-261 Fuser Nip Contact Ending Time 2 (NVM for debug)

0

0


Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to the end of Fuser Nip Contact (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected at normal Contact) 1 Count=1 [ms]

744-262 Time 2 of Occurrence of Fuser Nip Contact Fail (NVM for debug)

0

0


Read

Elapsed time from M/C Power On to detection of Fuser Nip Contact Fail (To be logged only if Fuser Nip Contact Fail is detected at normal Contact) 1 Count=1 [ms]

744-263 Fuser Nip Contact Fail History (NVM for debug)

255

0

255

Read/ Write

This maintains log info on the last four detected Fuser Latch Contact Fails. The info is expressed by the binary system. Odd-/even-numbered bits mean the following: • Odd-numbered Bit (Bit 1/3/5/7)

ChainLink

NVM Name

Initial Value

Permitted

Description

0=Contact Fail occurred 1=No occurrence •

Even-numbered Bit (Bit 0/2/4/6) 0=Fail due to the normal Contact operation occurred. 1=Fail due to Fuser Exit Sensor On/Off detected

Bit 0, Bit 1: Info on the latest Fuser Latch Contact Fail Bit 2, Bit 3: Info on the 2nd latest Fuser Latch Contact Fail Bit 4, Bit 5: Info on the 3rd latest Fuser Latch Contact Fail Bit 6, Bit 6: Info on the 4th latest Fuser Latch Contact Fail 744-264 Fuser Nip Contact Fail Time

230

0

600

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Nip Contact Fail detection time 1 Count=10 [ms]

744-265 Fuser Contact Clutch Off Delay Timer

10

0

100

Not Permitted

Read/ Write

Time delay in the process from detection of Nip Sensor On to Clutch Off in Fuser Latch Contact Control 1Count=10[ms]

744-266 Print Fuser Nip Check

0

0

1

Not Permitted

Read/ Write

This sets whether or not to check Fuser Nip Contact during processing prints 0=No check 1=Check


1*1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Presence of Fuser Cleaning Blade 0=Not present 1=Present

744-268 Idling Time against Contaminated Side 2 of Coated Paper

0

0

15

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling Time against contaminated side 2 of coated paper 0: None 1~15: Idling Time (1Cont=1s)

744-269 Temp for Clearing Cold Not Ready for Soft Roll

-9

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature for clearing Cold Not Ready. Note: Clearance Temp.="Ready Control Temp. (Heat Roll)” + "Temp for clearing Cold Not Ready" (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]


Initial Value



744-270 Web Pre-Near-End Display

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Web Pre-Near-End Display Switch 0: Unavailable 1: Available

744-286 Warm Up Sub ON Count (low humidity)

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp ON Count under the following: FarWait HR STS1<100 degrees and WarmUp Environment Temp<15 degrees The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100ms

744-287 Warm Up Sub OFF Count (low humidity)

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Sub Lamp OFF Count under the following: FarWait HR STS1<100 degrees and Warm Up Environment Temp<15 degrees The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100ms

744-288 PrePrint Main2 ON Count

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main2 Lamp ON Count at PrePrint (Ready) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100ms

744-289 PrePrint Main2 OFF Count

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main2 Lamp OFF Count at PrePrint (Ready) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100ms

744-290 Fuser On Time Fail (Haet Roll) (additional ON time after the start of idling)

10

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

ON time to be added after the start of idling when Fuser is waiting, as long as warmup is not complete. 1Count=1[s]

744-291 Standard Temp. 1 for Print Paper for Soft Roll

-15

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on paper of the following width: paper width>272mm (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]


-15

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on paper of the following width: 272mm>=paper width>221mm (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]


-15

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on paper of the following width: 221mm>=paper width>=187mm (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-213

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-214


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




-15

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



-15

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write



-15

-50

50

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on paper of the following width: 133mm>=paper width (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-297 Standard Temp. for Print Paper Type for Soft Roll (Tansparency)

15

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on transparency (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-298 Idling Time 1 after Small Size for Soft Roll

10

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write

Idling time after small-paper feed when Threshold 1 in use for calculating how long the motor should idle after small-paper feed. (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[s]


40

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write



60

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write



60

0

90

Permitted

Read/ Write


744-302 Temp. for Permitting Pitch Generation for Soft Roll

193

0

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature that permits Paper Pitch generation for transparency The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

Table 1 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744) Setting Range (Min Value)


744-303 Print 1st Control Temp. (Transparency) for Soft Roll 195

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll 1st Control Temperature in printing on transparency (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-304 Print 2nd Control Temp. (Transparency) for Soft Roll 195

130

230

Permitted

Read/ Write

Heat Roll 2nd Control Temperature in printing on transparency (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-305 Temp. for Clearing Cold Not Ready (Transparency) for Soft Roll

-2

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature for clearing Cold Not Ready when paper type is transparency. Note: Clearance Temp.="Ready Control Temp. (Heat Roll)” + "Temp for clearing Cold Not Ready" (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-306 PrePrint Main2 ON Count for Soft Roll

0

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main2 Lamp ON Count at PrePrint (Ready) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100[ms]

744-307 PrePrint Main2 OFF Count for Soft Roll

10

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Main2 Lamp OFF Count at PrePrint (Ready) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=100[ms]

744-308 Power Config. Info. for Soft Roll

1*1

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Voltage Information by market (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 0: 100[V] system 1: 200[V] system 2: 220[V] system

744-309 SoftRoll_Kit Switch

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Presence of SoftRoll_Kit 0: Not present 1: Present

744-310 Print Paper Type Standard Temp. (Coated Paper)

10

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on coated paper (~105gsm) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-311 Print Paper Type Standard Temp. (Heavy Coated Paper 1)

15

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on heavy coated paper 1 (106~216gsm) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value

02/2009 6-215

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-216


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



744-312 Print Paper Type Standard Temp. (Heavy Coated Paper 2)

15

-30

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Standard Heat Roll Control Temperature in printing on heavy coated paper 2 (217gsm~) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-313 Low Temp: Not Ready Temp (Coated Paper)

-12

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for coated paper (~105gsm) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-314 Low Temp: Not Ready Temp (Heavy Coated Paper 1)

-12

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for heavy coated paper 1 (106~216gsm) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-315 Low Temp: Not Ready Temp (Heavy Coated Paper 2)

-12

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for heavy coated paper 2 (217gsm~) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-316 Low Temp: Not Ready Temp (Coated Paper) for Soft -17 Roll

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for coated paper (~105gsm) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-317 Low Temp: Not Ready Temp (Heavy Coated Paper 1) for Soft Roll

-17

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for heavy coated paper 1 (106~216gsm) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

744-318 Low Temp: Not Ready Temp (Heavy Coated Paper 2) for Soft Roll

-17

-50

0

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low temperature: Not Ready temperature for heavy coated paper 2 (217gsm~) (for Soft Roll) The new value is not used immediately after the old one is changed, but it is used after Print Function (Power Off then On). 1Count=1[deg.C]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

*1: The defaults are varied depending on the destination as follows: Table 2 Default: GO

ChainLink

Default: GA


FX

IBG

110ppm: 4112 XC

125ppm:4127 LP/4127 CP/4127 EPS

110ppm:4112 LP/4112 CP/4112 EPS

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

744-171 Voltage Configuration Info

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2


1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Table 2 Default: GO

ChainLink

Default: GA


744-308 Power Config. Info. for Soft Roll

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

110ppm: 4112

125ppm:4127 LP/4127 CP/4127 EPS

110ppm:4112 LP/4112 CP/4112 EPS

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

02/2009 6-217


General

6.3.13 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746) Table 1 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746)

Initial Value




Description

746-001 BTR Output (Diag)

50

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Output

746-002 H Bias Output (Diag)

50

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

H Bias Output (Diag)

746-003 DTS Output (Diag)

300

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Diag)

746-004 PTC (Output) (Diag)

100

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC Output (Diag)

746-021 Control Param. Selection in Reused Mode

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Selects a control parameter in Reused Paper mode. 0: Side 1 1: Side 2

746-022 Use of BTR Control Switch by Category

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Output Value Table Control Switch 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

746-023 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-024 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-025 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-026 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-027 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-028 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-029 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-030 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-031 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-032 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-033 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-034 BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-217

6.3.13 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-218


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746)

Initial Value




746-035 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-036 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-037 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-038 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-039 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-040 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-041 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-042 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-043 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-044 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-045 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-046 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-047 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-048 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-049 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-050 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-051 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-052 BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-053 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-054 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




746-055 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-056 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-057 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-058 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

75

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-059 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

120

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-060 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-061 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

90

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-062 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-063 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-064 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-065 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-066 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-067 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

75

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-068 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

120

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-069 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-070 BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

90

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-071 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-072 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

85

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-073 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-074 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-219

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-220


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




746-075 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

85

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-076 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-077 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-078 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

85

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-079 BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 1st Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-080 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-081 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-082 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-083 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-084 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-085 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-086 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-087 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-088 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-089 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-090 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-091 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-092 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-093 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-094 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




746-095 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-096 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-097 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-098 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-099 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-100 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-101 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-102 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-103 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-104 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-105 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-106 BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-107 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-108 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-109 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-110 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-111 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-112 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-113 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-114 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-221

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-222


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




746-115 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-116 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-117 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-118 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-119 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-120 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-121 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-122 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

95

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-123 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

80

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-124 BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-125 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-126 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-127 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-128 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-129 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-130 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

75

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-131 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

120

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-132 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-133 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

90

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-134 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




746-135 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-136 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-137 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

130

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-138 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-139 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

75

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-140 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

120

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-141 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

100

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-142 BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

90

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-143 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size)

100*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-144 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size)

85*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-145 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size)

60*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-146 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size)

100*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-147 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size)

85*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-148 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size)

70*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-149 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size)

100*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Small Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-150 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size)

85*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Medium Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-151 BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size)

70*1

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR 2nd Level Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) (Large Size) Unit: 1[microA]

746-152 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-153 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-154 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-223

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-224


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




746-155 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-156 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-157 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-158 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-159 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-160 Spare

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-166 IIBias Humidity Threshold Value (Low Humidity)

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Humidity Control Threshold Value (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-167 IIBias Humidity Threshold Value (High Humidity)

70

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Humidity Control Threshold Value (High Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-179 DTS Output Acquired From Output Table

300

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS output acquired from Output Table Unit: 10[V]

746-180 DTS Humidity Threshold Value (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Humidity Control Threshold Value (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-181 DTS Humidity Threshold Value (Side 1) (High Humidity)

70

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Humidity Control Threshold Value (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-182 DTS Humidity Threshold Value (Side 2) (Low Humidity)

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Humidity Control Threshold Value (Side 2) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-183 DTS Humidity Threshold Value (Side 2) (High Humidity)

70

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Humidity Control Threshold Value (Side 2) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-189 DTS Output (Side 2) (High Humidity)

300

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side 2) (High Humidity)

746-226 Resistance Detection Activation Switch

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Resistance Detection Activation Switch Activate: 1 Does not activate: 0

746-227 Resistance Detection Activation Condition (Cumulative CV Threshold Value)

500

0

1500

Permitted

Read/ Write

Resistance Detection Activation Condition (Cumulative CV Threshold Value)

746-228 Resistance Detection Activation Condition (Humidity Change Threshold Value)

15

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Resistance Detection Activation Condition (Humidity Change Threshold Value) Unit: 1[%]

746-229 Value of Current Applied at Resistance Detection

50

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

Value of Current applied at Resistance Detection Unit: 1[microA]

746-233 Resistance Detection Correction Coefficient (for BTR) Stored Value

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Resistance Detection Correction Coefficient (for BTR) Stored Value Unit: 1[%]

746-234 Resistance Detection Correction Coefficient (for II Bias) Stored Value

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Resistance Detection Correction Coefficient (for II Bias) Stored Value Unit: 1[%]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




746-236 V Monitor Average Calculation Result

1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write

V Monitor Average Calculation Result Unit: 1[V]

746-237 BTR Correction Coefficient Table (-V1)

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Correction Coefficient Table (-V1) Unit: 1[%]

746-238 BTR Correction Coefficient Table (V1-V2)

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Correction Coefficient Table (V1-V2) Unit: 1[%]


100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write


746-247 BTR Correction Coefficient Table (V10-)

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Correction Coefficient Table (V10-) Unit: 1[%]

746-248 II Correction Coefficient Table (-V1)

0

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

II Correction Coefficient Table (-V1) Unit: 1[%]

746-249 II Correction Coefficient Table (V1-V2)

0

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

II Correction Coefficient Table (V1-V2) Unit: 1[%]


100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-225

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-226


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value





100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write



100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write


746-258 II Correction Coefficient Table (V10-)

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

II Correction Coefficient Table (V10-) Unit: 1[%]

746-270 V Monitor Threshold Value V1

200

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write

V Monitor Threshold Value V1 Unit: 1[V]


350

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



550

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



750

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1000

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1500

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



2000

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



2500

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



3000

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



3500

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write


746-280 V Monitor Result 1

1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write

V Monitor Result 1 Unit: 1[V]


1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value





1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write



1400

0

6500

Permitted

Read/ Write


746-302 Cleaning Cycle Activation SW (MSI)

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Activation Switch (during MSI size mismatch) Activate: 1 Does not activate: 0

746-309 Cleaning Cycle Activation SW (Punch)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Activation Switch (when Pre-punched paper is used) Activate: 1 Does not activate: 0

746-310 Cleaning Cycle Activation SW (Tab)

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Activation Switch (when Tab paper is used) Activate: 1 Does not activate: 0

746-313 BTR Output (Diag)

65

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Output (for Component Control) Unit: 1[microA]

746-314 II Bias Output (Diag)

65

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

II Bias Output (for Component Control) Unit: -10[V]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-227

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-228


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




746-315 DTS Output (Diag)

300

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (for Component Control) Unit: 10[V]

746-317 PTC DC Output (Diag)

80

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC_DC Output (for Component Control) Unit: 1[microA]

746-319 PTC Humidity Threshold Value (Low Humidity)

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC Humidity Threshold Value (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-320 PTC Humidity Threshold Value (High Humidity)

70

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC Humidity Control Threshold Value (High Humidity) Unit: 1[%]

746-321 PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

100

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-322 PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-323 PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-324 PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity)

100

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-325 PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-326 PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-327 PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

100

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-328 PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-329 PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-330 PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity)

100

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-331 PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-332 PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-333 PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-334 PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-335 PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-336 PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




746-337 PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-338 PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-339 PTC DC Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-340 PTC DC Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-341 PTC DC Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: 1[microA]

746-342 Spare

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-343 Spare

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-344 Spare

0

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-345 PTC DC Output Acquired From Output Table

86

0

300

Permitted

Read/ Write

PTC DC Output acquired from Output Table

746-347 IIBias Feeder Final Output Stored Value

100

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Final Output Stored Value Unit: -10[V]

746-348 IIBias Feeder Output Acquired From Output Table

100

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output acquired from Output Table Unit: -10[V]

746-349 IIBias Start/End Output

120

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Start/End Output Unit: -10[V]

746-350 IIBias Inter Image Output

120

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Inter Image Output Unit: -10[V]

746-351 Output during IIBias Cleaning Cycle

120

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

Output during IIBias Cleaning Cycle Unit: -10[V]

746-352 IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-353 IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-354 IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-355 IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-356 IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-357 IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Plain Paper) (Side 2) (High Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-229

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-230


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




746-358 IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-359 IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-360 IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-361 IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-362 IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-363 IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Lightweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-364 IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-365 IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-366 IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-367 IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Low Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-368 IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (Medium Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-369 IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Heavyweight) (Side 2) (High Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-370 IIBias Feeder Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Low Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-371 IIBias Feeder Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (Medium Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-372 IIBias Feeder Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity)

12

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Feeder Output (Transparency) (Side 1) (High Humidity) Unit: -10[V]

746-373 Spare

0

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-374 Spare

0

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-375 Spare

0

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

746-376 Copy Toner Band Activation Switch

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Copy Toner Band Activation Switch 0: Not activated 1: Activated

746-377 Toner Band Creation Temperature Threshold Value

25

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Toner Band Creation Temperature Threshold Value Unit: 1[%]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


Initial Value




746-378 Toner Band Creation Humidity Threshold Value

60

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Toner Band Creation Humidity Threshold Value Unit: 1[%]

746-379 Toner Band Depth

305

200

323

Permitted

Read/ Write

Toner Band Depth Unit: 1[mm]

746-380 Toner Band Cin

20

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Toner Band Cin Unit: 1[%]

746-381 Toner Band Creation Interval

50

1

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Toner Band Creation Interval

746-382 Toner Band Counter

0

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Toner Band Counter

746-383 BTR Output (during Band Creation)

50

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Output (during band creation) Unit: 1[microA]

746-384 BTR Output (during Cleaning Cycle)

0

0

180

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Output (during Cleaning Cycle) Unit: 1[microA]

746-385 Cleaning Cycle Bias Application Time (BTR)

0

0

150

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Bias Application Time (BTR) Unit: 10[ms]

746-386 Cleaning Cycle Bias Application Time (I-IBias)

150

0

150

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Bias Application Time (I-IBias) Unit: 10[ms]

746-387 Cleaning Cycle Repetition Count 1

2

0

6

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Repetition Count (during Hard Down Jam/Cycle Down Jam)


2

0

6

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Repetition Count (MSI size mismatch/Pre-punched paper)


1

0

6

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Repetition Count (Tab Paper)


2

0

6

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cleaning Cycle Repetition Count (when running continuously above Tab Paper CV threshold value)

746-393 CV Threshold Value during Tab Paper Continuous Run

30

1

99

Permitted

Read/ Write

CV Threshold Value during Tab Paper Continuous Run

746-394 No Paper Run Total Number of Set Sheets at Max Setup

20

0

99

Permitted

Read/ Write

No Paper Run total number of set sheets at Max Setup (Belt Restore Setup Entry Reference)

746-395 Belt Walk Correction Time

12

0

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

Belt Walk Correction Time Unit: 1[sec]

746-396 BTR Current Correction Coefficient for Envelope

100

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Current Correction Coefficient for Envelope Unit: 1[%]

746-397 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Separate Correction SW

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Separate Correction SW 0: Does not activate 1: Activate

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction Coefficient (Plain Paper) (Side 1) Unit: 1[%]

ChainLink

NVM Name

746-398 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction 70 Coefficient (Plain Paper) (Side 1) Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-231

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-232


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746) Setting Range (Min Value)



746-399 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction 63 Coefficient (Plain Paper) (Side 2)

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction Coefficient (Plain Paper) (Side 2) Unit: 1[%]

746-400 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction 70 Coefficient (Lightweight) (Side 1)

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction Coefficient (Lightweight) (Side 1) Unit: 1[%]

746-401 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction 63 Coefficient (Lightweight) (Side 2)

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction Coefficient (Lightweight) (Side 2) Unit: 1[%]

746-402 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction 100 Coefficient (Heavyweight) (Side 1)

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction Coefficient (Heavyweight) (Side 1) Unit: 1[%]

746-403 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction 100 Coefficient (Heavyweight) (Side 2)

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction Coefficient (Heavyweight) (Side 2) Unit: 1[%]

746-404 Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction 100 Coefficient (Transparency) (Side 1)

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Fuser Copy Side 2 Stain Correction BTR Current Correction Coefficient (Transparency) (Side 1) Unit: 1[%]

746-405 Spare

0

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Spare

746-406 DTS Paper Width Threshold (small size)

182

0

330

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Paper Width Threshold (small size) Unit: 1[mm]

746-407 DTS Paper Width Threshold (large size)

257

0

330

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Paper Width Threshold (large size) Unit: 1[mm]

746-408 DTS Output (Side1) (low humid) (small size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1) (low humid) (small size) Unit: 10[V]

746-409 DTS Output (Side1) (low humid) (medi. size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1)(low humid) (medi. size) Unit: 10[V]

746-410 DTS Output (Side1)(low humid)(large size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ WriteD

TS Output (Side1)(low humid)(large size) Unit: 10[V]

746-411 DTS Output (Side1)(medi. humid)(S size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1)(medi humid)(small size) Unit: 10[V]

746-412 DTS Output (Side1)(medi humid)(medi size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1)(medi humid)(medi size) Unit: 10[V]

746-413 DTS Output (Side1)(medi humid)(large size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1)(medi humid)(large size) Unit: 10[V]

746-414 DTS Output (Side1)(high humid)(small size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1)(high humid)(small size) Unit: 10[V]

746-415 DTS Output (Side1)(high humid)(medi size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1)(high humid)(medi size) Unit: 10[V]

746-416 DTS Output (Side1)(high humid)(large size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side1)(high humid)(large size) Unit: 10[V]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Initial Value

Description


Initial Value




Description

746-417 DTS Output (Side2)(low humid)(small size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(low humid)(small size) Unit: 10[V]

746-418 DTS Output (Side2)(low humid)(medi size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(low humid)(medi size) Unit: 10[V]

746-419 DTS Output (Side2)(low humid)(large size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(low humid)(large size) Unit: 10[V]

746-420 DTS Output (Side2)(medi humid)(small size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(medi humid)(small size) Unit: 10[V]

746-421 DTS Output (Side2)(medi humid)(medi size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(medi humid)(medi size) Unit: 10[V]

746-422 DTS Output (Side2)(medi humid)(large size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(medi humid)(large size) Unit: 10[V]

746-423 DTS Output (Side2)(high humid)(small size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(high humid)(small size) Unit: 10[V]

746-424 DTS Output (Side2)(high humid)(medi size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(high humid)(medi size) Unit: 10[V]

746-425 DTS Output (Side2)(high humid)(large size)

300*1

0

500

Permitted

Read/ Write

DTS Output (Side2)(high humid)(large size) Unit: 10[V]

746-426 Belt Precharge SW

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switch that controls Belt Precharging Operation during Cycle-up 0: Not precharge 1: Prechage

746-427 Belt Precharge Condition (humidity thresold)

70

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Condition for Belt Precharge during Cycle-up (Humidity Threshold) Unit: 1[%]

746-428 BTR Precharge Output

60

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

BTR Output in precharging Belt Unit: 1[microA]

746-429 IIBias Precharge Output

47

0

120

Permitted

Read/ Write

IIBias Output in precharging Belt Unit: -10[V]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-233


General

General 6.3.13 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746)

02/2009 6-234

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749) Table 1 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

ChainLink

NVM Name

749-031 LD_DATA(CH1,1) Setting

Initial Value




96

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Description LD_DATA (CH1,1) Setting bit 0 to bit 4: • Random APC (0 to 31) bit 5 to bit 6: • 0: (100-3*R2/R1)% •

1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%

bit 7: • 0: Enable APC Control •

1: Disable APC Control

*R1: Resistance value for connecting to REFRIN terminal *R2: Resistance value for connecting to STRIN terminal 749-032 LD_DATA(CH1,2) Setting

97

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD_DATA (CH1,2) Setting bit 0 to bit 4: • Random APC (0 to 31) bit 5 to bit 6: • 0: (100-3*R2/R1)% •

1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%



*R1: Resistance value for connecting to REFRIN terminal *R2: Resistance value for connecting to STRIN terminal

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-235

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-236

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




98

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




99

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




100

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%





ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




101

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




102

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




103

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%



*R1: Resistance value for connecting to REFRIN terminal *R2: Resistance value for connecting to STRIN terminal Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-237

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-238

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




104

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




105

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




106

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%





ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




107

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




108

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




109

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




4127/4112G

02/2009 6-239

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-240

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




110

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




111

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




112

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%





ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




113

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




114

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




115

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




4127/4112G

02/2009 6-241

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-242

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




116

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




117

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




118

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%





ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




119

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




120

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




121

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




4127/4112G

02/2009 6-243

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-244

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




122

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




123

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




124

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%





ChainLink

NVM Name


Initial Value




125

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




126

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




127

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


1: (100-2*R2/R1)%

•

2: (100-R2/R1)%

•

3: 100%




4127/4112G

02/2009 6-245

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-246

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Name

749-063 LD_DATA(RSV) Setting

Initial Value




104

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Description LD_DATA_RSV Setting bit 0 to bit 1: Current Amp Gain • 0: x1 •

1: x2

•

2: x4

•

3: x8

bit 2 to bit 3: Load Resistance Data • 0: 2kOhm •

1: 4kOhm

•

2: 8kOhm

•

3: 16kOhm

bit 4 to bit 5: Integration Resistance Data • 0: 2kOhm •

1: 4kOhm

•

2: 8kOhm

•

3: 16kOhm

bit 6 to bit 7: Voltage Drive Time Data • 0: 3ns •

1: 5ns

•

2: 8ns

•

3: Voltage Drive Method Selection

749-064 Initial APC Repetition Count

20

1

32

Permitted

Read/ Write

Initial APC Repetition Count Setting 1 to 32 times

749-065 CKAPC1 Cycle Time Setting

35

20

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

CKAPC1 Cycle Time Setting 2 to 6[microsecond] 0.1 microsecond units

749-066 ROS Motor Ready Detection Interval

2

1

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Motor Ready Detection Interval 10 to 100[ms] Unit: 10ms

749-067 ROS Motor Ready Detection Count

3

1

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Motor Ready Detection Count 1 to 5 times

749-068 Polygon Motor Failure Detection Interval

4

3

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

Polygon Motor Failure Detection Interval 3 to 5[s]

749-069 Wait Value from ROS Motor Ready

50

0

150

Permitted

Read/ Write

Wait Value from ROS Motor Ready 0 to 1500[ms] Unit: 10ms

749-070 ROS Motor Stop Time

10

0

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Motor Stop Time 0 to 30[s]


Initial Value




749-071 Lead Edge Erase Amount Setting

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Lead Edge Erase Amount Setting 0: No edge erase 1~100: Erase Amount Default 30: an erase amount of 3mm 0 to 100 [0.1mm]

749-072 Tail Edge Erase Amount Setting

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Tail Edge Erase Amount Setting 0: No edge erase 1~100: Erase Amount Default 30: an erase amount of 3mm 0 to 100 [0.1mm]

749-073 Side Edge Erase Amount Setting

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Side Edge Erase Amount Setting 0: No edge erase 1~100: Erase Amount Default 30: an erase amount of 3mm 0 to 100 [0.1mm]

749-075 ROS Data Failure Detection Count

1

1

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Data Failure Detection Count

749-076 ROS Data Failure Data

0

0

31

Permitted

Read/ Write

ROS Data Failure Data

749-077 LD State for LD Aram

0

0

4294967 Permitted 295

Read/ Write

Indicates LD status when LD Aram occurs. Bit 0 to bit 31 each represent LD(1, 1) to LD(8, 4) respectively. 0: Normal 1: Abnormal

749-078 ProconPG CIN 1 Information

255

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

ProconPG Cin Information Cin 1 Information 0 to 255


204

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



153

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



140

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



128

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



102

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



77

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



51

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



38

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-247

Description

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-248

6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)

Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value





26

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



13

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


749-089 IN-OUT Adjustment CIN 1 Information

153

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

IN-OUT Adjustment Cin Information Cin 1 Information 0 to 255

749-090 IN-OUT Adjustment CIN 2 Information

51

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

IN-OUT Adjustment Cin Information Cin 2 Information 0 to 255

749-091 Cycle Up Wait Time during FCOT

10

5

15

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cycle Up Wait Time during FCOT (Wait Time between Device Action and Cycle Up) 5 to 15(sec), Default Value: 10sec

749-098 SCUD Signal Value to be output in APC2 Area

0

0

127

Permitted

Read/ Write

SCUD Signal Value to be output in APC2 Area 0=125% 64=75%

749-099 Pre-punched Paper Edge Erase Setting

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Side Edge Erase Mode Switch 0: Normal Edge Erase operation (No Pre-punched paper setting) 1: Performs Edge Erase for paper with holes (Priority to Full Page Copy) 2: Performs Edge Erase for paper with holes (Higher priority than Full Page Copy)

749-100 Pre-punched Paper Edge Erase Amount Setting

16

0

30

Permitted

Read/ Write

Pre-punched Paper Edge Erase Amount Setting 0 to 30 [1mm]

749-101 SOS (Long/Short) Failure / LD Alarm Detection Interval

2

1

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

SOS (Long/Short) Failure/LD Alarm Detection Interval (Unit: 10ms)

749-102 SOS (Long/Short) Failure / LD Alarm Detection Count

3

1

10

Permitted

Read/ Write

SOS (Long/Short) Failure/LD Alarm Detection Count (Unit: times)

749-103 Wait Time after ROS Motor OFF

1

1

3

Permitted

Read/ Write

Wait Time from ROS Motor OFF to when rotation stops (Unit: 100ms)

749-104 ROS Motor Related Failure Information

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Information on ROS Motor Related Failure Bit 0: ROS Motor ON signal (1 when On) Bit 1: ROS Motor Ready signal (1 when Ready) Bit 2 to 5: Occurrence timing

749-105 LD Alarm Occurrence CH Number for ROS LD Fail- 3 ure Detection

1

32

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD Alarm Occurrence CH Count for LD Failure Detection 1 to 32[CH]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

6.3.15 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751) Table 1 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751) Initial Value



751-001 CC Wire Failure Detection SW

0

(Min Value)

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

CC Wire Breakage Detection Switch 0: Not bypassed (Error Detection enabled) 1: Bypassed (Error Detection ignored)

751-028 CC Wire Current Value Environment Adjustment SW

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

CC Wire Current Value Environment Adjustment Switch 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

751-030 Drum Reverse Rotation SW

5

0

7

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum Reverse Rotation Switch 0: Prohibit 1: Activates under the conditions for reverse rotation at Cycle Down 2: Activates under the conditions for reverse rotation during print. 3: Activates under reverse rotation at Cycle Down and the conditions for reverse rotation during print. 4: Activates at PowerOn or when Drum is disconnected then reconnected (Cycle Up and immediately Cycle Down, then reverse rotation). 5: Activates under reverse rotation at Cycle Down and at Power On or when Drum is disconnected then reconnected. 6: Activates under reverse rotation during print and at Power On or when Drum is disconnected then reconnected. 7: Activates under reverse rotation at Cycle Down, reverse rotation during print and at Power On, or when Drum is disconnected then reconnected. • Bit 0: Cycle Down conditions (1: valid 0: invalid)

ChainLink

NVM Name

751-033 Cumulative Sheet Count for Cycle Down Drum Reverse Rotation

Description

•

Bit 1: the conditions during Print (1: valid 0: invalid)

•

Bit 2: Power On or disconnect then reconnect Drum (1: valid 0: invalid)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cumulative number of sheets for Cycle Down reverse rotation (to be reset when reverse rotation is activated) Unit: [1PV]

751-034 Cumulative Sheet Count for Drum Reverse Rotation dur- 0 ing Print

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Cumulative number of sheets for reverse rotation during Print (to be reset when reverse rotation is activated) Unit: [1PV]

751-035 Cycle Down Drum Reverse Rotation Threshold Value

100

50

10000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold value for Cycle Down reverse rotation Unit: [1PV]

751-036 Drum Reverse Rotation Threshold Value during Print

200

50

10000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold value for reverse rotation during Print Unit: [1PV]

751-043 Initial Touch Up Operation SW

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Initial Touch Up Operation Switch 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

751-044 Initial Touch Up Activation Threshold

10

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Initial Touch Up activation threshold value

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-249

6.3.15 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-250


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751) Initial Value



751-045 Initial Touch Up Band Width

100

1

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Initial Touch Up Band Width (Process Direction) Unit: [1mm]

751-046 Initial Touch Up Band Length

328

150

330

Permitted

Read/ Write

Initial Touch Up Band Length (Axial Direction) Unit: [1mm]

751-047 Initial Touch Up Band Panel Count

2

1

3

Permitted

Read/ Write

Number of Initial Touch Up Bands Unit: [1 Panel] (Two Toner Bands are created for 1 Panel)

751-048 Initial Touch Up Band Interval

90

22

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Initial Touch Up Band Interval Unit: [10mm]

751-049 Initial Touch Up Band Cin

100

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Initial Touch Up Band Cin Unit: [%]

751-050 Drum Replacement CC Cleaner Activation SW

1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum Replacement CC Cleaner Activation Switch 0: Does not activate 1: Activate Note: When activated, NVM "Forced CC Cleaning Activation SW" is overwritten to 1 (Activate) when Drum is replaced.

751-051 Empty Counter

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counter when Empty Unit: [1s]

751-052 Full Counter

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counter when Near Full: [1s]

751-055 Full Bottle Threshold Value

1

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold value to determine full bottle Unit: [1s]

751-057 Full Bottle Threshold Value Calculation Coefficient

86

0

200

Permitted

Read/ Write

Coefficient for calculation of Bottle Goal Unit: [0.1%]

751-060 PV Count

0

0

2000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

PV Counter Unit: [1PV]

751-061 Drum Cycle Count

0

0

2000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum Cycle Count Unit: [1 Cycle]

751-062 Pixel Count

0

0


Read/ Write

Pixel Count Unit: [100 (dot/65536) Pixel]

751-063 CC ON Time Count

0

0

10000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

CC ON Time Count Unit: [100ms]

751-068 CC Cleaner Operation Count

0

0

10000

Permitted

Read/ Write

CC Cleaner Operation Total Count Unit: [times]

751-088 CC Cleaner Repetition Count

1

1

5

Permitted

Read/ Write

CC Cleaner Repetition Count Unit: [times] Note: Counts "Front to Rear, Rear to Front" action as 1 time

751-090 CC Cleaner Operation SW

1

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

CC Cleaner Operation Switch 0: Disabled 1: Perform at Cycle Down. 2: Perform at Print Function Change.

751-096 Output Value for PCC Pre ON

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

Output for PCC Pre Power ON Unit: [-1microA]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description




Description

751-097 Drum Life Threshold Value

610000*1

0

2000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum Life Threshold Value Unit: [1 Cycle]

751-098 Drum Cycle Count

0

0

2000000

Not permitted

Read

Drum Cycle Count Unit: [1 Cycle]

751-099 Drum Warning Threshold Value

577000*1

0

2000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum Warning Threshold Value

ChainLink

NVM Name

NOTE: Enter a smaller number than Drum Life Threshold. 577000 (125ppm), 587000 (110ppm) Unit: [1 Cycle]

751-101 Total Printed Sheet Count

0

0

16777215

Permitted

Read

Drum Unit Total Printed Sheet Count Note: Value before failure if CRUM failure occurs

751-106 PCC Low Humidity Threshold Value

30

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Copy History Power OFF Operation Low Humidity Threshold Value Unit: [1%]

751-107 PCC High Humidity Threshold Value

70

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Copy History Power OFF Operation High Humidity Threshold Value Unit: [1%]

751-108 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-109 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [Low Humidity] [Center]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [Low Humidity] [Center]

751-110 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-111 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-112 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

751-113 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-114 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-115 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [High Humidity] [Center]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [High Humidity] [Center]

751-116 PCC Paper Output Value [Plain Paper] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Plain Paper] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-251


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-252


Version.1 .1.1




751-117 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-118 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [Low Humidity] [Center]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [Low Humidity] [Center]

751-119 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-120 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-121 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

751-122 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-123 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-124 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [High Humidity] [Center]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [High Humidity] [Center]

751-125 PCC Paper Output Value [Heavyweight] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Heavyweight] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-126 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-127 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [Low Humidity] [Center]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [Low Humidity] [Center]

751-128 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-129 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-130 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

751-131 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description




751-132 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-133 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [High Humidity] [Center]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [High Humidity] [Center]

751-134 PCC Paper Output Value [Lightweight] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

600

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Lightweight] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-135 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [Low Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-136 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [Low Humidity] [Center]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [Low Humidity] [Center]

751-137 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [Low Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-138 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [Medium Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-139 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [Medium Humidity] [Center]

751-140 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [Medium Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-141 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [High Humidity] [Lead Edge]

751-142 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [High Humidity] [Center]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [High Humidity] [Center]

751-143 PCC Paper Output Value [Transparency] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

800

0

800

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCC Paper Output Value Unit: [-1microA] [Transparency] [High Humidity] [Tail Edge]

751-190 CRUM Comm Failure Information

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

CRUM Comm Failure Occurrence status 0: Not occurred 1: Occurred due to REQ RX command 2: Occurred due to ATTRIB command 3: Occurred due to CSPWD command 4: Occurred due to normal Read/Write command

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-253

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-254


Version.1 .1.1




751-191 Status Regi Information

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Status Register status when CRUM Comm Failure occurs Stores the register data at the timing of occurrence. * Note that the following status is excluded. When data error has occurred in FIFO: Stores 0xFF When data length error has occurred: Stores 0xFE (including the case when FIFOBL value is 36 or more)

751-192 ASIC Comm Failure Information

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

CRUM ASIC Comm Failure Occurrence Status 0: Not occurred 1: Busy is not cleared in the CRUM ASIC Status register 2: ACK is not returned for I2C command 3: CRC calculation results of the data received at I2C do not match

751-193 CRUM Failure Reserve

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

CRUM Failure Occurrence Backup information

751-203 Forced CC Cleaning Activation SW

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Forced CC Cleaning Activation Switch 0: No action 1: Performs CC Cleaning operation

751-212 Environment No.

10

0

15

Permitted

Read

Environment No.

751-213 Temp Threshold 1 in Setting Envi. No.

13

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temp Threshold 1 in setting Envi No.: Unit: degree


18

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write



26

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write


751-216 Humid Threshold 1 in Setting Envi. No.

25

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write

Humid Threshold 1 in Setting Envi. No.: Unit: %


40

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write



70

0

100

Permitted

Read/ Write


751-224 PCC Low Temp Threshold

20

0

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Transfer History Eliminating Operation Low Temp Threshold for PCC Paper Unit: degree

751-225 Drum Pre Warning Threshold

533000*1

0

2000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum Pre Warning Threshold

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description

NOTE: The value will be overwritten to 0 after CC Clearning.

NOTE: Enter a smaller number than Drum Warning Threshold. 533000 (125ppm), 557000 (110ppm)

751-226 Drum Max Impression

559*1

0

1000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Drum maximum impression

751-227 Drum Remaining PV

100

0

65535

Permitted

Read

Stores the remaining PV against Target Drum Life in steps of 1%.Unit: KPV

751-228 Drum Coating Reduction Coefficient

2380

1000

3000

Permitted

Read

Drum Coating Reduction Coefficient Unit: 0.01nm/kCycle




751-229 Total CC Charge Time

0

0

10000000

Prohibited Read

Total CC Charge Time Unit: 100ms Stores and counts the value loaded from CRUM at replacement of Drum.

751-230 Drum Pre Warning Reporting SW

1

0

1

Permitted

Drum Pre Warning Reporting SW 0: Disabled 1: Enabled

ChainLink

NVM Name

Read/ Write

Description

*1: The defaults are varied depending on the destination as follows: Table 2 Default: GO/OPBG

ChainLink

Default: GA/PSBG


751-097 Drum Life Threshold

125ppm:4127 LP, 4127 Copier/Printer, 110ppm:4112 LP, 4112 Copier/Printer, 4127 EPS 4112 EPS

110ppm: 4112, 4112CP

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

610000

751-099 Life Warning Threshold

577000

577000

577000

577000

587000

587000

587000

587000

577000

577000

577000

577000

587000

587000

587000

587000

751-225 Life Pre Warning Threshold

533000

533000

533000

533000

557000

557000

557000

557000

533000

533000

533000

533000

557000

557000

557000

557000

751-226 Drum Max Impression

559

559

559

559

485

485

485

485

559

559

559

559

485

485

485

485

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-255


General

General 6.3.15 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751)

02/2009 6-256

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.16 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752) Table 1 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752) Initial Value



752-001 Dispense Switch (Disp_SW)

1

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Dispense Switch 0: Timer Toner Refill Mode 1: PCON Toner Refill Mode 2: ICDC Toner Refill Mode

752-002 Electricity Control Setting Switch (Elec_SW)

1

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Electricity Control Setting Switch 0: Fixed Voltage Mode 1: PCON Voltage Mode 2: Standard Voltage Mode

752-006 ATC Target Value (ATCS)

560

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATC Target Value (adjsutment item for each M/C)

752-015 Warning_PCON Related Failure (Total_Warning)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Warning on whether PCON related failure occurred

752-016 ADC Sensor Failure (ADC_Vcln_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-017 ADC Patch Failure (ADC_Patch_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-018 ATC Output Failure (ATC_OUT_Fail)

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATC Output Failure 0: Normal 1: Larger than maximum 2: Smaller than minimum

752-019 ADC Amplitude Output Failure (ADC_PP_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATC Amplitude Output Failure 0: Normal 1: Smaller than minimum

752-020 Temperature Sensor Failure (Temp_SNSR_Fail)

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature Sensor Failure 0: Normal 1: Larger than maximum 2: Smaller than minimum

752-021 Humidity Sensor Failure (Hum_SNSR_Fail)

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

Humidity Sensor Failure 0: Normal 1: Larger than maximum 2: Smaller than minimum

752-022 (VHVM_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

VHVM Failure 0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-023 (VGS_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

VGS_Fail 0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-024 (VH3_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

VH3_Fail 0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-257

Description

6.3.16 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-258


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752) Initial Value



752-025 (LDS_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

LDS_Fail 0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-026 (VM3_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

VM3_Fail 0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-027 (VM_ADC_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

VM_ADC_Fail 0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-028 (Minisetup_ADC_Fail)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Minisetup ADC Fail 0: Normal 1: Failure occurred

752-029 ADC_SnrFail Counter (ADC_Sensor_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Sensor Failure Counter

752-030 ADC Patch Failure Counter (ADC_Patch_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts up by 1 with every ADC Patch failure

752-031 ATC Output Failure Counter (ATC_OUT_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts up by 1 with every ATC Output failure

752-032 ATC Amplitude Output Failure Counter (ATC_PP_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts up by 1 with every ATC Amplitude Output failure

752-033 Temperature Sensor Failure Counter (Temp_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts up by 1 with every temperature sensor failure

752-034 Humidity Sensor Failure (Hum_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts up by 1 with every humidity sensor failure

752-035 VHVM_Fail Counter (VHVM_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts up by 1 with every VHVM failure

752-036 VM_ADC_Fail Counter (VM_ADC_Fail_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Counts up by 1 with every VM ADC failure

752-045 Total power ON time (min) from last Minisetup execution (Time_After_Miniset_job)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Total power ON time (min) from last Minisetup execution

752-053 Panel Counter for Patch (ADC_PV_CNTR

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

Panel Counter for Patch

752-058 ADC Patch Formation Counter (ADC_Patch_CNTR)

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Patch Formation Counter

752-066 Temperature (Temp_OUT)

0

-20

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Temperature

752-067 Humidity (Hum_OUT)

0

0

107

Permitted

Read/ Write

Humidity

752-082 ADC Dark Current Output (ADC_Vdark)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Dark Current Output

752-083 ADC Vclean Output (ADC_Vcln)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Vclean Output

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description




Description

752-084 ADC_Min1 Patch Output (ADC_Min1_Vp)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Min1 Patch Output


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write


752-087 ADC Patch Output (ADC_job_Vp)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Patch Output (ends a job in progress)

752-088 ADC_Min1 RADC Value (RADC_Mini1)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Min1 RADC Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Min2 RADC Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Min3 RADC Value

752-096 ADC Modified Target Value (RADCS_adj)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Modified Target Value

752-097 ADC RADC Value (RADC_job)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC RADC Value

752-126 ATC Amplitude Output (ATC_PP_OUT)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATC Amplitude Output (A/D value)

752-130 ATC Average Output Value (ATC_Ave_OUT)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATC Average Output Value

752-132 ATC Modified Target Value (ATCS_Adj)

580

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATC Modified Target Value

752-133 ATC Movement Average Value [0] (ATC_W_Ave_OUT[0])

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

New ATC Movement Average Value (Latest value)

752-152 DEVE Drive Extension Counter (DEVE_ON_CNTR)

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

DEVE Drive Extension Counter

752-169 PCON Toner Refill Time (Disp_Time_PCON)

0

-32768

32767

Permitted

Read/ Write

PCON Toner Refill Time Unit: 1ms

752-174 Image ICDC

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Image Area A4L Conversion ICDC Count

752-179 ICDC Toner Refill Time (Disp_Time_ICDC)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

ICDC Toner Refill Time Unit: 1ms

752-191 ATCS Manual Compensation Value (D_ATCS_Manu)

0

-512

511

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATCS Manual Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-194 ATCS Delta Humidity Compensation Value (D_ATCS_Hum)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATCS Delta Humidity Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-199 Delta ATCS Deve Compensation Value (D_ATCS_Deve)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaATCS Deve Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-259


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-260


Version.1 .1.1




Description

752-203 ATCS Delta PR Compensation Value (D_ATCS_PR)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATCS Delta PR Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-205 ATCS Delta AC Compensation Value (D_ATCS_HiAC)

0

-32768

32767

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATCS Delta AC Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-213 ATCS Delta LD Compensation Value (D_ATCS_LD)

0

-1023

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATCS_Delta LD Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-216 RADCS Manual Compensation Value (D_RADCS_Manu)

0

-512

511

Permitted

Read/ Write

RADCS Manual Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-219 Delta RADCS Humidity Compensation Value (D_RADCS_Hum)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaRADCS Humidity Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-224 Delta RADCS Deve Compensation Value (D_RADCS_Deve)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaRADCS Deve Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-227 Delta RADCS PR Compensation Value (D_RADCS_PR)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaRADCS PR Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-230 VH Modified Target Value (VHS_adj)

767

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VH Modified Target Value

752-231 VM Modified Target Value (VMS_adj)

455

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VM Modified Target Value

752-232 Bias Modified Target Value (VBS_adj)

512

0

639

Permitted

Read/ Write

Bias Modified Target Value

752-233 Delta VHS Manual Compensation Value (D_VHS_Manu)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVHS Manual Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-234 Delta VMS Manual Compensation Value (D_VMS_Manu)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVMS Manual Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-235 Delta VBS Manual Compensation Value (D_VBS_Manu)

0

-639

639

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVBS Manual Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-236 Delta VHS Humidity Compensation Value (D_VHS_Hum)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVHS Humidity Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-241 Delta VHS PR Compensation Value (D_VHS_PR)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVHS PR Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-244 Delta VMS Humidity Compensation Value (D_VMS_Hum)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVMS Humidity Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-249 Delta VMS PR Compensation Value (D_VMS_PR)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVMS PR Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-254 Delta VMS Trans Compensation Value (D_VMS_Trans)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

DeltaVMS Trans Compensation Value (Delta indicates difference)

752-268 Deve Compensation Counter Value (Deve_CNTR)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Deve Compensation Counter Value (Unit: 1kPV)

752-271 PR Counter Value (PR_CNTR)

0

0

32000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Decrease in amount of PR compensation film (Unit: Microm)

752-276 Final VG Output (VG_OUT)

680

0

853

Permitted

Read/ Write

Final VG Output

ChainLink

NVM Name




Description

752-277 Final Bias Output (BIAS_OUT)

512

0

639

Permitted

Read/ Write

Final Bias Output

752-278 Final LD Output (LD_OUT)

600

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

Final LD Output

752-279 VH1 Measured Value (VH1)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VH1 Measured Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VH2 Measured Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VH3 Measured Value

752-282 VM1 Measured Value (VM1)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VM1 Measured Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VM2 Measured Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

VM3 Measured Value

752-285 ADC Patch ESV Measured Value (VM_ADC)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Patch ESV measurement value when a job in progress is ended.

752-286 VG Temporary Setting Value(VGS_Kari)

0

0

853

Permitted

Read/ Write

VG Temporary Setting Value

752-287 VG Setting Value (VGS)

680

0

853

Permitted

Read/ Write

VG Setting Value

752-292 LD_ESV Temporary Setting Value(LDS_ESV_Kari)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD_ESV Temporary Setting Value

752-293 LD_ESV Setting Value (LDS_ESV)

600

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD_ESV Setting Value

752-294 LD_ADC Temporary Setting

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD_ADC temporary setting value

752-295 LD_ADC Setting Value (LDS_ADC)

600

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD_ADC Setting Value

752-296 LDS Difference of ESV_ADC (D_LDS)

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

LDS Difference of ESV_ADC

752-299 LD Setting Value (LDS)

600

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD Setting Value

752-310 MinisetVG Output [1](VG_Mini_P[1])

0

0

853

Permitted

Read/ Write

MinisetVG Output [1]

752-311 MinisetVG Output [2](VG_Mini_P[2])

0

0

853

Permitted

Read/ Write

MinisetVG Output [2]

752-314 Miniset_LD Output [1](LD_Mini_P[1])

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

Miniset_LD Output [1]

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-261


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-262


Version.1 .1.1




Description

752-315 Miniset_LD Output [2](LD_Mini_P[2])

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

Miniset_LD Output [2]

752-325 ADC Patch VM Target Value(VMS_ADC)

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC Patch VM Target Value

752-344 ATC Setup Measured Value Judgment

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Judgment on Measured Value in ATC Setup

752-345 ATC Setup Judge (ATCSet_id)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

ATC Setup Judgment

752-363 D_ATC Average Output Value Warning(D_ATC_OUT_War)

0

0

2

Permitted

Read/ Write

D_ATC Average Output Value Warning

752-364 D_ATC Average Output Value Low Counter (D_ATC_OUT_CNTR_Lo)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

D_ATC Average Output Value Low Counter

752-365 D_ATC Average Output Value High Counter (D_ATC_OUT_CNTR_Hi)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

D_ATC Average Output Value High Counter

752-367 Concentration Adjustment Judge (Dout_Adj_Jd)

0

0

3

Permitted

Read/ Write

Concentration Adjustment Judge

752-392 Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value (LoAC_Band_ON_TH)

15000

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value

752-393 Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value High Temperature (LoAC_Band_ON_TH[0])

7500

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value High Temperature

752-394 Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value Mid Temperature (LoAC_Band_ON_TH[1])

15000

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value Mid Temperature

752-395 Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value Low Temperature (LoAC_Band_ON_TH[2])

15000

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band-ON Threshold Value Low Temperature

752-396 Low AC Band Buffer Limit (LoAC_Band_Buffer_Limit)

30000

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band Buffer Limit

752-397 Low AC Band Buffer (LoAC_Band_Buffer)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band Buffer

752-398 Low AC Band Flag (LoAC_Band_Flag)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band Flag

752-399 Low AC Band Interval [Az] [1%] (LoAC_Band_INTV[0][0])

60

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band Interval [Az] [1%]


60

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



80

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



110

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



180

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


752-404 Low AC Band Interval [Bz] [1%] (LoAC_Band_INTV[1][0])

60

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band Interval [Bz] [1%]

ChainLink

NVM Name




Description


80

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



160

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



160

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



180

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


752-409 Low AC Band Interval [Cz] [1%] (LoAC_Band_INTV[2][0])

80

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Low AC Band Interval [Cz] [1%]


160

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



160

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



160

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write



180

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write


752-414 Job Space Patch Formation Interval (SuperShort) (ADC_INTV_SKIP[SS])

60

3

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Job Space Patch Formation Interval (SuperShort)

752-419 ICDC Image Total Count (Image ICDC_Accum)

0

0

71582788

Permitted

Read/ Write

ICDC Total Count

752-420 ICDC Image Average Value (Image ICDC_AVE Image)

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

ICDC Average Value

752-421 Recovery Sequence Switch (Rcv_Seq_SW)

0

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Recovery Sequence Switch (Detects Toner Cartridge replacement and determines when ATC measurement is made) 0: OFF (Recovery Sequence does not run) 1: ON (Recovery Sequence runs)

752-422 Recovery Sequence ATC Threshold Value 1 (Rcv_Seq_ATC_TH1)

950

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

Recovery Sequence ATC Threshold Value 1


1000

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write



920

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write


752-425 Recovery Sequence ADC Threshold Value (Rcv_Seq_ADC_TH)

500

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

Recovery Sequence ADC Threshold Value

752-431 LD Light Qty OHP Compensation Switch (LD_OUT_OHP_SW)

0*1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

LD Light Qty OHP Compensation Switch 0: No compensation 1: Yes

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-263


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-264


Version.1 .1.1




752-434 ADC Blank Detection Enabling Switch

1*1

0

1

Permitted

Read/ Write

Switch for judging on ADC Blank Paper Detection Fail 0:OFF (Disabled) 1:ON (Enabled)

752-438 A4L Conversion Threshold

226

0

512

Permitted

Read/ Write

Panel Length Threshold for conversion to A4L

752-446 Panel Counter for Dmax Patch

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

Panel Counter for Dmax Patch

752-447 ADC_Dmax Patch Creation Interva_Short

1000

3

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Dmax Patch Creation Interval_Short

752-448 ADC_Dmax Patch Creation Interval_Long

5000

3

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Dmax Patch Creation Interval_Long

752-449 ADC_Dmax1 Patch Output

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Dmax1 Patch Output


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write



0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write


752-452 ADC_Dmax1RADC Value

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Dmax1RADC Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Dmax2RADC Value


0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

ADC_Dmax3RADC Value

752-455 RADCS_Dmax Correct. Amount

0

-1024

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

RADCS_Dmax Correction Amount

752-456 RADCS_Dmax2-RADCS_Dmax3 Difference

0

0

1023

Permitted

Read/ Write

Difference between RADCS_Dmax2 and RADCS_Dmax3

752-457 RADCS_Dmax2-to-RADCS_Dmax3 Ratio

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

RADCS_Dmax2-to-RADCS_Dmax3 Ratio

752-509 Maximum environmental temperature (Max_Temp)

-20

-20

60

Permitted

Read/ Write

Save the record of the maximum environmental temperature (Unit: 1[deg C])

ChainLink

NVM Name

Description


ChainLink

Default: GA

125ppm(TBD)

125ppm:4127 LP/4127 CP/4127 EPS

110ppm: 4112

110ppm:4112 LP/4112 CP/4112 EPS

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

752-431 LD_Light Qty OHP Correction Switch

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

752-434 ADC Blank Detection Enabling Switch

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

NVM Name

6.3.17 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760) Table 1 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760)

Initial Value




760-003 Side 1 FS Magnification Offset

0

-16

16

Permitted

Read/ Write

Side 1 Fast Scan Magnification Offset (image only) -: Fast Scan Length reduces. +: Fast Scan Length increases. unit: 0.025% (+-0.4%)

760-004 Side 2 FS Magnification Offset

0

-16

16

Permitted

Read/ Write

Side 1 Fast Scan Magnification Offset (image only) -: Fast Scan Length reduces. +: Fast Scan Length increases. unit: 0.025% (+-0.4%)

760-005 Side 1 SS Magnification Offset

0

-16

16

Permitted

Read/ Write

Slow Scan Magnification Correction Quantity (image only) -: Slow Scan Length reduces. +: Slow Scan Length increases. unit: 0.025% (+-0.4%)

760-006 Side 2 SS Magnification Offset

0

-16

16

Permitted

Read/ Write

Slow Scan Magnification Correction Quantity (image only) -: Slow Scan Length reduces. +: Slow Scan Length increases. unit: 0.025% (+-0.4%)

760-007 Side 1 Skew Offset

0

-20

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Side 1 Skew Offset (image only) -: EOS becomes earlier. +: SOS becomes earlier. unit: 1BigDot (1 pixel@600dpi)

760-008 Side 2 Skew Offset

0

-20

20

Permitted

Read/ Write

Side 2 Skew Offset (image only) -: EOS becomes earlier. +: SOS becomes earlier. unit: 1BigDot (1 piexl@600dpi)

760-197 Target Dynamic Range

50

30

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Target voltage for light quantity adjustment (unit: 0.01V)

760-200 Current Setting for LED

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Current Value setting for LED (unit: 0.4mA)

760-202 White Reference Threshold for Light Qty Correction

30

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Minimum Black Reference or Threshold that makes white reference data invalid to correct light qty.

760-203 White Reference Value for Shading Correction

20

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Minimum Value or Threshold that makes white reference data invalid for shading correction

760-205 Gain Adjustment Value

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Gain Adjustment Value

760-206 Qty of Light Qty Corrections Made

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

the number of light quantity adjustments made since sensor replacement(unit: 1 correction)

760-208 AFE Clamp Voltage Setting

0

0

16

Permitted

Read/ Write

AFE Clamp Voltage Setting

760-210 AFE Offset Adjustment Value

0

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

AFE Offset Voltage Setting

760-212 Area Detection Correction Value

0

-128

127

Permitted

Read/ Write

Area Detection Value Offset

760-213 CAP Timing Adjustment

11

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Adjustment of the timing for obtaining Edge data (unit: 0.5ms)

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-265

Description

6.3.17 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-266


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760)

NVM Name

Initial Value




Description

760-215 CIS 1st Pixel Position

16850

10000

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

the distance from the center position to the 1st pixel on CIS (unit: 0.01mm)

760-216 Variations among CIS Assemblies

0

-32768

32767

Permitted

Read/ Write

Correction value for variations in CIS position among Assemblies (unit: 0.001mm)

760-222 Range of Edge Detection

255

32

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Range to search for edges in (1dot@300dpi)

760-223 Edge Detection Area: Allowable Left Edge Value

94

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold to the density detected at the left edge of the detection area

760-224 Edge Detection Area: Allowable Right Edge Value

128

0

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold to the density detected at the right edge of the detection area

760-225 Total Number of Edge Detections

0

0

100000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

A total number of edge detections performed (unit: 1 detection) *Counts up 2 because two detections are performed for every print side.

760-226 Recommended Number of Shading Updates

3000000 0

100000000

Permitted

Read/ Write

Recommended number of shading updates *When 0 is set, never perform CIS Shading Recommend Detection.

760-227 Side Edge Detect Fail Threshold

3

1

255

Permitted

Read/ Write

Threshold for judging Side Edge Detect Fail

760-228 Communication Retry Number(for Edge Detection)

1

1

32

Permitted

Read/ Write

the number of communications to retry for edge detection

760-229 Communication Retry Number(except for Edge Detection)

3

1

32

Permitted

Read/ Write

the number of communications to retry for anything other than Edge Detection

760-230 CIS Communication Fail Info

0

0

65535

Permitted

Read/ Write

CIS Communication Fail Information bit0: Slave CheckSum Error (0: OK, 1: NG) bit1: Slave Instruction Error (0: OK, 1: NG) bit2~7: Not Used bit8: IF Status (0: Complete, 1: Running) bit9: Master CheckSum Error (0: OK, 1: NG) bit10: Master Instruction Error (0: OK, 1: NG) bit11~bit14: Not Used bit15: Error Info (0: No Error occurred; 1: Error occurred)

760-231 Info on Whether CIS Fail Occurred

0

0

255

Permitted

Read

Info on whether CIS-related Fail occurred (0: did not occur, 1: Occurred) 0bit:Info on whether CIS Dark Level Error occurred or not. 1bit:Info on whether CIS White Level Error occurred or not. 2bit:Info on whether CIS LED Power Control Fail occurred or not. 3bit:Info on whether CIS Shading Data Fail occurred or not. 4bit:Info on whether CIS FPGA Fail occurred or not. 5bit:Info on whether CIS Comm Fail occurred or not. 6bit:Info on whether CIS Side Edge Detect Fail occurred or not. 7bit:Info on whether CIS Shading Recommend occurred or not.

ChainLink

Table 1 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760)

ChainLink

NVM Name

760-232 Fail Type Switching

760-299 Reference Position Correction Value

Initial Value




0*1

0

1

Permitted

0

-1000

1000

Read/ Write

Permitted

Read/ Write

Description Switching between Fail types (0: Hidden Fail, 1: Send SubSystem Fail) Switches between the operations at occurrence of any of the below-listed hidden Fails. 0: Send only the hidden Fail that occurred. 1: Send SubSystem Fail along with the hidden Fail that occurred. List of hidden Fails covered: • CIS Dark/White Level Error •

CIS LED Power Control Fail

•

CIS Shading Data Fail

•

CIS FPGA Fail, CIS Comm Fail

•

CIS SideEdge Detect Fail

Correction of the gap between ROS and CIS (unit: 0.01mm)


Default: GA

125ppm(TBD)

110ppm: 4112

125ppm:4127 LP/4127 CP/4127 EPS

110ppm:4112 LP/4112 CP/4112 EPS

ChainLink

NVM Name

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

760-232

Fail Type Switching

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-267


General

General 6.3.17 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760)

02/2009 6-268

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.18 DC131 Deve NVM List (762) Table 1 DC131 Deve NVM List (762) Initial Value

Range Range (Minimum (Maximum Value) Value)

Initialization Possible Read/Write Description

762-005 Crum Mode Information

0

0

1

No

Read

Crum Machine Mode Information 0: Xerox Mode 1: 3rd Party Mode

762-006 Crum Mode Switch

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Switching of Crum Machine Mode 0: No switching 1: Switch to Xerox Mode

762-019 Deve Motor Off/On Control Switch

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Deve Motor Off/On Control Switch 0: Normal mode 1: No Off Mode Deve Motor Frequency Divider Ratio

ChainLink

NVM Names

762-020 Deve Motor Frequency Divider Ratio

1920

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

762-021 Deve Motor Deceleration Frequency Divider Ratio

3061

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

Deve Motor Deceleration Frequency Divider Ratio

762-022 Deve Motor On

53

0

489

Yes

Read/Write

Deve Motor On Timing Unit: 1[ms]

762-026 Deve Motor Reverse Rotation Start Timing

20

0

30

Yes

Read/Write

The timing from the basic triggering of the Deve Motor reverse operation until the actual start Unit: 10[ms]

762-027 Deve Motor Reverse Rotation Time

0

0

20

Yes

Read/Write

The run time for the Deve Motor reverse operation Unit: 10[ms]

762-037 Deve Bias DC Level-1 On

86

10

250

Yes

Read/Write

The On timing of Deve Bias DC component level 1 Unit: 1[ms]


43

0

100

Yes

Read/Write



22

0

100

Yes

Read/Write


762-040 Deve Bias DC Level-2 Off

132

10

320

Yes

Read/Write

The Off timing of Deve Bias DC component level -2 Unit: 1[ms]


43

0

100

Yes

Read/Write

The Off timing of Deve Bias DC component level -1 Unit: 1[ms]


43

0

100

Yes

Read/Write

The Off timing of Deve Bias DC component level 0 Unit: 1[ms]

762-045 Dispense Motor Drive Prohibited Time

20

0

3000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor Drive Prohibited Time after the Deve Motor Drive Start Unit: 10[ms]

762-046 Dispense Motor Drive Process Interval

50

0

3000

Yes

Read/Write

The Interval for Dispense Motor drive judgment Unit: 10[ms]

762-047 Disp Unit Time

30

0

3000

Yes

Read/Write

The minimum drive time for the Dispense Motor Unit: 10[ms]

762-048 Disp Max Time

50

0

30000

Yes

Read/Write

The maximum drive time for the Dispense Motor Unit: 10[ms]

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-269

6.3.18 DC131 Deve NVM List (762)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-270


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Deve NVM List (762) Initial Value



762-049 Dispense Over Run Time

10

0

30000

Yes

Read/Write

The correction time for when an overrun has occured at the Dispense Motor Stop Unit: 1[ms]

762-050 Cartrigde Replacement Dispense Motor Subtraction Time

50

1

150

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive subtraction time during replacement of Cartridge Unit: 100[ms]

762-055 Dispense Time

0

0

16777215

No

Read

The accumulated drive time for the Dispense Motor Unit: 1[ms]

762-056 Toner Status

0

0

3

Yes

Read

Indicates the remaining toner in the Cartridge 0: Normal 1:Low Toner 2:Toner Near Empty 3:Toner Empty

762-057 Low Toner Occurrence Count

20

10

30

Yes

Read/Write

The number of continuous [No Toner] detection that is used to determine that Low Toner has occurred

762-058 Toner Near Empty Occurence Time

50000

0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time that is used to determine that Toner Near Empty has occurred Unit: 1[ms]

762-059 Toner Empty Occurence Time

350000 0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time that is used to determine that Toner Empty has occurred Unit: 1[ms]

762-060 Low Toner and Toner Near Empty Release Count

10

5

20

Yes

Read/Write

The number of continuous [Toner Available] detection that is used to determine whether the machine has been released from the Low Toner or Toner Near Empty state

762-061 Toner Cartridge Replacement Subtraction Time

50000

0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The subtraction time for [Toner Near Empty Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time] and [Empty Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time] values during replacement of Toner Cartridge. Unit: 1[ms]

762-062 Toner Cartridge Replacement Subtraction Time 2

20000

0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The subtraction time 2 for [Toner Near Empty Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time] and [Empty Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time] values during replacement of Toner Cartridge. Unit: 1[ms]

762-063 Toner Near Empty Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time 0

0

1000000

No

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time that is used to determine that Toner Near Empty has occurred Unit: 1[ms]

762-064 Empty Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time

0

0

1000000

No

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time that is used to determine that Toner Empty has occurred Unit: 1[ms]

762-065 Cartrigde Replacement Print Operation Wait Time

50

1

150

Yes

Read/Write

The time when print operation is prohibited during replacement of Cartridge Unit: 100[ms]

762-074 Cartridge Door Open Replacement Possible Time

300000 0

10000000

Yes

Read/Write

The time where Toner Cartridge replacement is possible even as the print operation continues with the Cartridge Door open Unit: 1[ms]

ChainLink

NVM Names

Table 1 DC131 Deve NVM List (762) ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value



762-075 Cartridge Door Continuous Open Replacement Possible Time

400000 0

10000000

Yes

Read/Write

The time where Toner Cartridge replacement is possible even as the print operation continues with the Cartridge Door open (stops by the accumulation of open time) Unit: 1[ms]

762-076 Cartridge Door Open Time

0

10000000

Yes

Read/Write

The accumulated time from the Cyce Up of Cartridge Door Open until the Print Standby Unit: 1[ms]

762-078 Near Empty Wait Time

120000 0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Rate Reduction Judgment Value Unit: 1[ms]

762-079 New Toner Cartridge Wait Time

100000 0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Rate Recovery Threshold Value Unit: 1[ms]

762-081 Insufficient Toner Occurrence Count

5

3

10

Yes

Read/Write

The number of [No Toner] detection that is used to determine the Cartridge Motor drive timing

762-082 Cartridge Motor Drive Time at Insufficient Toner

100

50

300

Yes

Read/Write

The Cartridge Motor drive time due to insufficient Toner Unit: 100[ms]

762-083 Cartridge Motor Drive Time at Cartridge Door Open/Close

200

100

600

Yes

Read/Write

The Cartridge Motor drive time due to the Cartridge replacement detection at Cartridge Door Close Unit: 100[ms]

762-084 Dispense Status

0

0

3

Yes

Read/Write

Indicates the Dispenser status 0: Normal 1: Doubt 2: Dispense Near Broken 3: Dispense Broken

762-085 Doubt Ocurence Count

10

5

20

Yes

Read/Write

The number of continuous [Toner Available] detection that is used to determine that Doubt has occurred

762-086 Dispense Near Broken Occurence Time

70000

0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time that is used to determine that Dispense Near Broken has occurred Unit: 1[ms]

762-087 Dispense Broken Occurence Time

90000

0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time that is used to determine that Dispense Broken has occurred Unit: 1[ms]

762-088 Broken Release Count

5

3

10

Yes

Read/Write

The number of continuous [No Toner] detection after Doubt has occured that is used to determine the release of Dispense Status other than [Normal]

762-089 Toner Available Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time

0

0

1000000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time at any time other than when Dispense Status is [Normal] Unit: 1[ms]

762-090 Supply Mode Status

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The execution judgment of Toner Supply Mode 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-091 Toner Supply Mode Operation Time

1300

0

1500

Yes

Read/Write

Cartridge Motor and Dispense Motor Drive Time at Toner Supply Mode Unit: 100[ms]

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

02/2009 6-271


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-272


Version.1 .1.1




762-093 Deve Bias AC Talc Switch

0

0

3

Yes

Read/Write

Deve Bias AC Output Value Setting for Toner Smear Mode 0: Do not perform 1~3: Perform overlap mode for each settings value

762-094 Deve Bias DC Talc Switch

0

0

6

Yes

Read/Write

Deve Bias DC Output Value Setting for Toner Smear Mode 0: Do not perform 1~6: Perform overlap mode for each settings value

762-095 Talc Mode Humi TH

60

0

107

Yes

Read/Write

Toner Smear Mode Execution Humidity Threshold Value Unit: 1[%]

762-097 Rf CRT Replacement Count

0

0

999

No

Read/Write

Rf CRT Replacement Count =0: Usual Parts Other than 0: Refill Parts

762-098 CRUM RfCounter

0

0

255

No

Read

CRUM RfCounter =0: Usual Parts Other than 0: Refill Parts

762-099 Rf CRT Determination Dispense Motor Drive Time Threshold Value

530000 400000

700000

Yes

Read/Write

Rf CRT Determination Dispense Motor Drive Time Threshold Value Unit: 1[ms]

762-100 Rf CRT Determination Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time

0

0

700000

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive accumulated time that determines the Rf CRT Unit: 1[ms]

762-102 Humidiy Threshold Value 1 (High Humidity) at Toner Recov- 60 ery

0

107

Yes

Read/Write

The Humidiy Threshold Value 1 (High Humidity) that is used to calculate the Dispense Motor drive time during Toner Recovery Unit: 100[ms]

762-103 Humidiy Threshold Value 2 (Low Humidity) at Toner Recov- 20 ery

0

107

Yes

Read/Write

The Humidiy Threshold Value 2 (Low Humidity) that is used to calculate the Dispense Motor drive time during Toner Recovery Unit: 100[ms]

762-104 Dispense Motor Drive Time 1 (High Humidity) at Toner Recovery

27

1

35

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time 1 (High Humidity) at Toner Recovery Unit: 100[ms]

762-105 Dispense Motor Drive Time 2 (Mid Humidity) at Toner Recovery

30

1

35

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time 2 (Mid Humidity) at Toner Recovery Unit: 100[ms]

762-106 Dispense Motor Drive Time 3 (Low Humidity) at Toner Recovery

32

1

35

Yes

Read/Write

The Dispense Motor drive time 3 (Low Humidity) at Toner Recovery Unit: 100[ms]

762-107 Deve Motor Empty Rotation Time at Toner Recovery

100

30

120

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Motor empty rotation time at Toner Recovery Unit: 100[ms]

762-108 Toner Band Operation SW

1

0

3

Yes

Read/Write

The Switching of Toner Band Operation 0: Prohibit 1: Perform Print accumulated band 2: Perform Setup Cycle band 3: Perform all bands (Bit 0: Print accumulation, Bit 1: Setup Cycle)

762-110 Print Accumulated Toner Band Creation High Density Threshold Value

10

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The high density threshold value for Print Accumulated Toner Band Creation Unit: 1[PV]

762-111 Print Accumulated Toner Band Creation Low Density Threshold Value

10

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The low density threshold value for Print Accumulated Toner Band Creation Unit: 1[PV]

ChainLink

NVM Names




762-118 Toner Band Accumulated PV Counter

0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The Accumulated PV Counter for the creation of Toner Band Unit: 1[PV]

762-129 High Image Density Toner Band Length

328

150

330

Yes

Read/Write

The High Image Density Toner Band Length (Axis Direction) Unit: 1[mm]

762-133 High Image Density Toner Band Cin

60

0

100

Yes

Read/Write

The Cin of High Image Density Toner Band Unit: [%]

762-134 Parking Deletion SW

0

0

7

Yes

Read/Write

Parking Deletion Setup Execution SW 0: Prohibit 1: Perform during high temperature and high humidity 2: Perform during mid temperature and mid humidity 3: Perform during low temperature and low humidity 4: Perform when above mid temperature and mid humidity 5: Perform when less than high temperature and high humidity 6: Perform during high temperature and high humidity or low temperature and low humidity 7: Perform in all environment

762-135 Parking Deletion Stop Time Threshold Value

720

0

10000

Yes

Read/Write

Parking Deletion Stop Time Threshold Value, Unit: 1[min] Perform Setup when greater than the threshold value (0: No conditions)

762-137 Parking Deletion Humidity Threshold Value (High Humidity) 60

0

107

Yes

Read/Write

Parking Deletion Humidity Threshold Value (High Humidity) Unit: [%]

762-138 Parking Deletion Humidity Threshold Value (Low Humidity)

30

0

107

Yes

Read/Write

Parking Deletion Humidity Threshold Value (Low Humidity) Unit: [%]

762-139 Parking Deletion Temperature Threshold Value (High Tem- 28 perature)

0

100

Yes

Read/Write

Parking Deletion Temperature Threshold Value (High Temperature) Unit: [Degree]

762-140 Parking Deletion Temperature Threshold Value (Low Temperature)

20

0

100

Yes

Read/Write

Parking Deletion Temperature Threshold Value (Low Temperature) Unit: [Degree]

762-141 Parking Deletion Operation Time

60

10

250

Yes

Read/Write

Parking Deletion Operation Time, Unit: 1[sec]

762-146 Toner Remaining Amount Detection Change SW

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Toner Remaining Amount detection process change SW 0: 50% -> 50% Mode 1: 50% -> 100% Mode

762-148 Toner Filling % Diff

100

50

100

No

Read

The Toner supply proportion compared to when the installed Toner Cartridge is fully supplied Unit: 1[%] (50 or 100)

762-149 Toner Remaining Amount Detection Lower Limit Rounded Value

1

0

100

Yes

Read/Write

The value when the calculated Toner Remaining Amount is less than 1% Unit: 1[%]

762-151 Toner Pre Near Empty Occurence Time

0

0

6000000

No

Read

The Dispense Motor drive time that is used to determine that Toner Pre Near Empty has occurred Unit: 1[ms]

762-155 Toner Pre Near Empty Detection Dates

7

0

20

Yes

Read/Write

The day when Toner Pre Near Empty is detected Unit: 1[Day]

Yes

Read/Write

The coefficient used for the Toner Pre Near Empty correction calculation

Read

The Dispense Motor Drive Accumulated Time since the M/C was installed

ChainLink

NVM Names

762-157 Toner Pre Near Empty Correction Coefficient

1

1

100

762-158 M/C Dispense Time Accumulated Value

0

0

4294967295 No

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-273


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-274


Version.1 .1.1



762-159 Toner Usage Accumulated Value

0

0

3000000000 No

Read

The amount of Toner that has been used by the M/C Unit: 0.0001[g]

762-169 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (Gloss)

1

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (Gloss) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-173 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (Gloss A)

1

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (Gloss A) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-177 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (Gloss B)

1

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (Gloss B) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-181 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (HW Gloss)

1

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (HW Gloss) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-185 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (Heavyweight)

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (Heavyweight) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-189 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (Heavyweight S1)

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (Heavyweight S1) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-193 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (Extra Heavyweight)

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (Extra Heavyweight) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-197 Deve Bias AC Paper Type Specific Change (Extra Heavyweight S1)

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

The Deve Bias AC output change SW (Extra Heavyweight S1) 0: Do not perform 1: Perform

762-207 High Image Density Toner Band Width

8

1

90

O

Read/Write

The High Image Density Toner Band Width (Process Direction), Unit: 1[mm]

ChainLink

NVM Names


6.3.19 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764) Table 1 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764) Initial Value

Range (Minimum Value)

Range (Maximum Initialization Value) Possible Read/Write Description

764-002 D-Finisher Penetration Level 1 (Simplex)

2*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-275

6.3.19 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-276


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764) Initial Value




3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


2*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

- Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)





3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-277


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-278


Version.1 .1.1





3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names



2*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)





3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-279


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-280


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764) ChainLink

NVM Names


Initial Value



3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)



3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)





2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

02/2009 6-281


General

General

02/2009 6-282


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1





1*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


1*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names





1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names



3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-283


General

General

02/2009 6-284


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1





2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


NVM Names


Initial Value



2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


764-062 D-Finisher Penetration Level 61 (Duplex)

3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-285


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-286


Version.1 .1.1





3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


NVM Names


Initial Value



2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)



3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-287


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-288


Version.1 .1.1





3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


NVM Names


Initial Value



2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)



3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3*1

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-289


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-290


Version.1 .1.1





3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


3

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


NVM Names


Initial Value



2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


764-098 Spare

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

764-099 Spare

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

764-100 Spare

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

764-101 I/F Module Penetration Level 1 (Simplex)

5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-291


General

General

02/2009 6-292


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names





5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

02/2009 6-293


General

General

02/2009 6-294


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1





4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-295


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-296


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names


Initial Value



4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)



5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-297


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-298


Version.1 .1.1





5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)





4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-299


General

General

02/2009 6-300






4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names


Initial Value



4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)



5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-301


General

General

02/2009 6-302


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names





5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

02/2009 6-303


General

General

02/2009 6-304


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1





4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 0% < (incl.) Toner Ratio < (incl.) +50% - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-305


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-306


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names


Initial Value



4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


764-161 I/F Module Penetration Level 61 (Duplex)

5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-307


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-308


Version.1 .1.1





5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


NVM Names


Initial Value



4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)



5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-309


General

General

02/2009 6-310


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names





5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

02/2009 6-311


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-312


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names


Initial Value



4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)



5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5*1

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)





4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - -50 < (incl.) Toner Ratio T [%] < (incl.) 50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-313


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-314


Version.1 .1.1





5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write


Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 230.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


NVM Names






Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value



4

1

7

3

3

2

2

1

1

1

1

3

3

3

3

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

02/2009 6-315


- 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0

- 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm]




General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-316


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names







Initial Value



3

1

3

3

2

2

3

3

1

1

1

1

1

3

3

3

3

3

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)








NVM Names





Initial Value



2

1

3

2

3

3

1

1

1

3

3

3

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)






2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-317


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-318


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names





Initial Value



2

1

3

2

3

3

1

1

1

3

3

3

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)






2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


NVM Names





Initial Value



2

1

3

2

3

3

1

1

1

3

3

3

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)






2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)


2

1

3

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-319


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-320


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names





Initial Value



2

1

3

2

4

4

1

1

1

3

7

7

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Straight Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Down Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)






NVM Names





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value



4

1

7

4

4

4

1

1

1

7

7

7

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

02/2009 6-321






General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-322


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names





Initial Value



4

1

7

4

4

4

1

1

1

7

7

7

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)






NVM Names





Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value



4

1

7

4

4

4

1

1

1

7

7

7

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Simplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Invert = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

02/2009 6-323






General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-324


Version.1 .1.1





5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - Humidity M [%] < (incl.) 30 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write


ChainLink

NVM Names


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write





NVM Names



Initial Value



4

1

7

4

1

7

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)




5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-325


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-326


Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names





Initial Value



4

1

7

4

4

4

1

1

1

7

7

7

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 30 < Humidity M [%] < 70 - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction) Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - 50 < Toner Ratio T [%] - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)









5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 230.0 < Paper Length L [mm] < (incl.) 310.0 - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


5

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Plain/Lightweight - 310.0 < Paper Length L [mm] - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)


4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

ChainLink

NVM Names


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

4

1

7

Yes

Read/Write

Penetration level when the following is set: - Duplex - Toner Ratio T [%] < -50 - Heavyweight/Extra Heavyweight/Transparency - 70 < (incl.) Humidity M [%] - Straight = 1: Penetration Level 1 (Upper High Correction) = 2: Penetration Level 2 (Upper Mid Correction) = 3: Penetration Level 3 (Upper Low Correction) = 4: Penetration Level 4 (Straight Correction) = 5: Penetration Level 5 (Down Low Correction) = 6: Penetration Level 6 (Down Mid Correction) = 7: Penetration Level 7 (Down High Correction)

02/2009 6-327




General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-328


Version.1 .1.1

*1 Depending on the destinations, the initial value varies as follows. Table 2 OutCon NVM List (764) - Market Specific Initial Value: GO/OPBG

Initial Value: GA/PSBG

125ppm (TBD)

110ppm: 4112, 4112CP

125ppm:4127 LP, 4127 Copier/Printer, 4127 EPS


Chain-Link NVM Names

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

764-002

D-Finisher Penetration Level 1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

764-003


2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

764-004


2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

764-012


2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

764-013


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-014


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-022


2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

764-023


2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

764-024


2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

764-032


3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

764-033


3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

764-034


3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

764-042


1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

764-043


1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

764-044


1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

764-052


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-053


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-054


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-062


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-063


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-064


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-074


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-075


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-076


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-086


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-087


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-088


3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

764-101

I/F Module Penetration Level 1

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-102


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-103


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-111


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-112


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-113


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-121


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-122


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Table 2 OutCon NVM List (764) - Market Specific Initial Value: GO/OPBG

Initial Value: GA/PSBG

125ppm (TBD)

110ppm: 4112, 4112CP



Chain-Link NVM Names

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

FX

IBG

XC

XE

764-123


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-131


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-132


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-133


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-141


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-142


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-143


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-151


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-152


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-153


4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

764-161


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-162


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-163


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-173


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-174


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-175


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-185


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-186


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

764-187


5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-329


General

General 6.3.19 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764)

02/2009 6-330

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.20.1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770) Table 1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770) Settings Range

Can be initialized SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-061

Availability of Fax Card

-

-2

0

No

No

Read

0: Normal, -1: Error, -2: Not installed

700-064

Availability of Fax Card for Ch0

0: None

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON (Installed by Host. It is ok that the Fax Card performs only auto detection.)

700-071

USB Port Receive Buffer

64KB

64

1*1024

No

No

Read/ Write

[64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-073

Page Memory Size (Capacity)

-

32* 1024* 1024

256* 1024* 1024

No

No

Read

bytes (Auto Set)

700-075

ART User Definition Memory (Valid only when the Imari machine is installed with the ART/ Emulation option)

32KB

32

2048

No

No

Read/ Write

[32~2048KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-076

PostScript Memory

24MB (24*1024)

No

No

Read/ Write

[16MB~96MB] (0.25MB increments) Unit: Kbyte (Valid when PS option is installed)

700-078

Form Data Memory (ART and ESC/P)

128KB

128

2048

No

No

Read/ Write

128~2048KB

700-080

HPGL/Auto Layout Memory

64KB

64

5120

No

No

Read/ Write

[64KB~5120KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-081

Parallel (IEEE1284) port

64KB

64

1*1024

No

No

Read/ Write

[64~1024KB (1MB)] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-082

Port 9100

256KB

64

1*1024

No

No

Read/ Write


700-083

lpd: No spool

1MB (1024KB)

1*102 4

2*1024

No

No

Read/ Write

[1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-084

NetWare

256KB

64

1*1024

No

No

Read/ Write


700-085

AppleTalk (EtherTalk)

1MB (1024KB)

1*102 4

2*1024

No

No

Read/ Write

[1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-331

6.3.20.1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-332


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770) Settings Range


ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-086

SMB: No spool

256KB

64

1*1024

No

No

Read/ Write


700-087

IPP: No spool

256KB

64

1*1024

No

No

Read/ Write


700-089

Availability of HDD

(Auto Set)

-2

0

No

No

Read

0: Available, -1: Malfunctioning, -2: Not available (Auto Detect)

700-100

Allow/Prohibit the Setting of Forced Warmup Mode

0: Cannot be set

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Cannot be set, 1: Can be set

700-109

Forced Warmup Mode

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-110

Specify Start Time for Forced Warmup (Hour)

8 (Hours)

0

23

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-23 (Hours)

700-111

Specify Start Time for Forced Warmup (Min)

0 (Minutes)

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-59 (Minutes)

700-119

Log Image Creation Service Setting

0x000f

0

0x000f

No

No

Read/ Write

Service Setting of Log Image Creation (Specified with logical sum) 0x0001: Copy, 0x0002: Print, 0x0004: Fax: 0x0008: Scan, 0x0000: None

700-120

Time Zone

[FX] +540 [IBG] +600 [MN] -300

-2460

2460

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Displays time difference (min) from GMT. Japan: +540, USA: -300, Canada: -300, Brazil: -180, UK: 0, Germany: +60, Italy: +60, France: +60, Spain: +60, Sweden: +60, Belgium: +60, Austria: +60, Portugal: 0, Finland: +120, Denmark: 60, Norway: +60, Greece: +120, Ireland: 0, Australia: +600, New Zealand: +720, Singapore: +480, Malaysia: +480, Philippines: +480, Thailand: +420, Hong Kong: +480, Taiwan: +480, Korea: +540

700-124

Auto Clear Timer (Combining Auto Resume Timer, Auditron Off Timer and Tools Off Timer)

[FX] 1min (MF: 60sec, P: 1min) [IBG] MF: 30sec, P: 1min (When individual settings is enabled) MF: 20sec

0

900

Yes

No

Read/ Write

[MF] 0 (prohibit), 30~900 (sec) [P] 0 (prohibit), 1~30 (min) (0 (prohibit )~900 can be entered from ChainLink for MF and P but they must be within the range specified above.) (When individual settings is enabled) [MF] 0 (prohibit), 20~the max value for each product

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-125

Job Cancel Timer

0: Prohibit

0

5940

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 (prohibit), 240~5940 (4~99min), (1min increments, Unit: sec) (The value is different from the MF-UI SOD value. This value is extracted from the COPY SOD.)

700-126

Timer during operation

[FX] 10sec, [IBG/ MN] 2sec

0

240

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not start, 1~240sec (1sec increments)

700-127

Job End Timer

6sec

0

240

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not start, 1~240sec (1sec increments)

700-128

Scanning Timer

1sec

1

20

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1~20sec (Unit: 1sec)

700-129

Low Power Mode Timer

15min

1

240

Yes

No

Read/ Write

[1~240min (1min increments)] (Ignored if Low Power mode is disabled)

700-130

Sleep Mode Timer

60min, [MN] 45min

1

240

Yes

No

Read/ Write

[1~240min (1min increments)] (Ignored if Sleep mode is disabled)

700-131

Sleep Mode Availability Setting

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-132

Panel Select Tone

2: Normal [MN] 1: Soft

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud

700-133

Panel Alert Tone

2: Normal

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-136

Alert Tone

0: Off

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud (For P Models, there is no volume adjustment. Any setting in soft, normal or loud means On.)

700-137

Fault Tone

2: Normal

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-138

Machine Ready Tone


0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-139

Low Toner Alert Tone

2: Normal

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-140

Ringing Volume


0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-333

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-334


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-141

Line Monitor Volume


1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud

700-142

Low Power Mode Availability Setting

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-143

Stored Programming Tone


0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-144

Job History Report - Auto Output Setup

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-145

2 Sided Print Setup

0: OFF [MN] 1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-146

Mailbox Documents Report Output Setup

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-147

Protocol Monitor Output Control

0: When print instruction is specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: When print instruction is specified, 1: When Error has occurred, 2: Always

700-148

Broadcast/Multi-Poll Report Output Control

1: Output

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not output, 1: Output

700-149

Relay Broadcast Report Output Setup

1: Send to Relay Station

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: Send to Relay Station, 2: Send to Own Station, 3: Send to Relay Station and Send Station

700-150

Activity Report Output Setup

1: Output

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-151

Output Transmission Report - Job Undelivered

1: Print only when completed with error

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not output, 1: Output only when completed with error, 2: Always output, 3: Output only when completed normally (Note: Confirmation Reports can only be printed from the Panel. However, when the Monitor Report is set to "Output only when completed with error", a send failure will print the unsent report unconditionally.)

700-152

Output Settings for Transmission Report - Job Undelivered when sending is stopped

0: Do not output

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-153

Alert Tone (Out of paper)

2: Normal

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-154

Auto Clear Alert Tone

0: Off

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-155

Base Tone


0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-156

Transmission/Undelivered Report Output Control

1: Output by following the Net Transmission/Fax Send Settings

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not print 1: Output by following the Net Transmission/Fax Send Settings

700-158

Blank Page Processing Setting for 2 Sided Print

1: Print blank pages

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Print blank pages, 2: Skip blank pages

700-159

Charge Print/Private Charge Print Process Information

0x0: User Mode only

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0x0: User Mode only, 0x1: Mailbox Storage has priority over Private Storage (Bit assign)

700-160

Case Sensitivity During User ID Verification

0: Case sensitive

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Case Sensitive, 1: Not case sensitive

700-161

Whether to Display the Retrieved Related ID Instead of the Entered ID for User ID Display

1: Use the related ID

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Use the entered ID, 1: Use the related ID

700-162

SNTP Server Address

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Can be input in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal formats. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only ASCII characters are supported. The range/convention of usable characters complies with RFC1034.

700-164

Language

[FX] 1: Japanese [IBG/MN] 2: English

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: Garman, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portugese, 8: Russian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14: Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portugese, 20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Romanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1

PFV_ MAX_ LANG

02/2009 6-335

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-336


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

No

No

Read/ Write

(Uses ISO3166 values) The Key Code to change the system data default value to the target value in the EPROM compatible for multiple countries. 0=Undefined, 840=USA, 124=Canada, 076=Brazil, 826=UK, 276=Germany, 380=Italy, 250=France, 724=Spain, 528=Holland, 756=Swiss, 752=Sweden, 056=Belgium, 040=Austria, 620=Portugal, 246=Finland, 208=Denmark, 578=Norway, 300=Greece, 372=Ireland, 036=Australia, 554=New Zealands, 360=Indonesia, 702=Singapore, 458=Malaysia, 608=Philippines, 764=Thailand, 344=Hong Kong, 704=Vietnam, 392=Japan, 158=Taiwan, 410=Korea, 484=Mexico, 152=Chile, 032=Argentina, 862=Venezuela, 170=Columbia, 604=Peru, 356=India, 818=Egypt, 710=South Africa, 792=Turkey, 643=Russia, 203=Czech Republic, 616=Poland, 348=Hungary, 642=Romania, Bulgaria=100, 504=Morocco, 156=China, 703=Slovakia, 048=Bahrain, 072=Botswana, 196=Cyprus, 231=Ethiopia, 238=Falklands, 292=Gibraltar, 364=Iran, 376=Israel, 400=Jordan, 414=Kuwait, 422=Lebanon, 586=Pakistan, 634=Qatar, 682=Saudi Arabia, 512=Oman, 784=UAE, 232=Eritrea, 270=Gambia, 288=Ghana, 404=Kenya, 426=Lesotho, 454=Malawi, 470=Malta, 516=Namibia, 566=Nigeria, 736=Sudan, 694=Sierra Leone, 748=Swaziland, 760=Syria, 834=Tanzania, 800=Uganda, 894=Zambia, 887=Yemen, 716=Zimbabwe, 012=Algeria, 450=Madagascar, 480=Mauritius, 646=Rwanda, 148=Chad, 788=Tunisia, 562=Niger, 108=Burundi, 178=Congo, 266=Gabon, 384=Cote dlvoire, 024=Angola, 854=Burkina Faso, 120=Cameroon, 132=Cape Verde, 140=CAR, 180=DR Congo, 466=Mali, 508=Mozambique, 686=Senegal, 690=Seychelles, 768=Togo, 218=Ecuador, 780=Trinidad and Tobago

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-165

Country Code SEEPROM Information

Depends on factory settings

700-172

Forced Warmup Continuous Time

120 (min)

1

1440

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~1440 (min)

700-173

Off Hook Alarm (XE)

2: Normal

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-174

Activity Report Log Display Content Priority

0: Recipient Name> Remote Terminal Name> Remote ID> Telephone Number> Communication Mode

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Recipient Name>Remote Terminal Name>Remote ID> Telephone Number>Communication Mode 1: Remote ID>Recipient Name>Telephone Number> Remote Terminal Name>Communication Mode 2: Recipient Name>Telephone Number>Remote Terminal Name> Remote ID>Communication Mode

Max.

Description



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

700-175

Specifying display position of remote terminals on Activity Report

0: First 40 characters

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: First 40 characters 1: Last 40 characters

700-176

Stored Print Document - Auto Deletion Settings

0: Do not auto delete

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not auto delete 1: Delete based on the specified storage time 2: Delete when the specified time has passed (The document is stored and will be delted after the member's passage time has elapsed)

700-177

Stored Print Document Storage Time - Passage Time (Hours)

4

0

120

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-120

700-179

Accounting Accessory Relation

0: Link and operate [MN] 1: Operate by either one

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Link and operate 1: Operate by either one

700-184

IPSEC Enabled/Disabled

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Disabled 1: Enabled

700-185

IPSEC Key Exchange Authentication Method

0: IKE - Pre-shared Key Authentication (PSK)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: IKE - Pre-shared Key Authentication (PSK) 1: IKE - Digital Signature Authentication (PKI)

700-186

IPSEC Pre-shared Key

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Key Character String (Character strings are terminated by NULL. ASCII character string)

700-187

IPSEC Certificate

0

0

0x FFFFFFF F

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Certificate Number (The Certificate Number sets the certificate linked number that is used in VKCM)

700-188

IPSEC IKE-SA Life

480 (min)

5

28800

Yes

No

Read/ Write

5~28800 (min) (Longer than the IPSC-SA Life)

700-189

IPSEC IPSC-SA Life

3600 (sec)

300

172800

Yes

No

Read/ Write

300-172800 (sec)

700-190

DH Group

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-191

IPSEC PFS Settings

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-337


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-338


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-193

IPSEC Destination Address [IPv4]

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

The IPv4 address that applies the IPsec policy (Character strings are terminated by NULL. Only single-byte alphanumeric characters (0-9, a-f) used in the IPv4 format, colon (:), and hypen (-) for specifying range can be used.)

700-195

IPSEC Destination Address [IPv6]

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

The IPv6 address that applies the IPsec policy (Character strings are terminated by NULL. Only single-byte alphanumeric characters (0-9, a-f) used in the IPv6 format, colon (:), and hypen (-) for specifying range can be used.)

700-196

Non-IPSEC Communication

0: Bypass

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Bypass, 1: Discard

700-197

Maximum No. of Jobs

0: The system operates based on the value that is determined by the configuration

0

600

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 600 0: The system operates based on the value that is determined by the configuration

700-198

Flag to permit/prohibit job passing

0: Prohibit [MN] 1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit 1: Allow

700-202

Auditron Color Mode for Print (Color Mode for unauthenticated user)

0: Prohibit

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit, 1: BW

700-207

Support for 2-byte Detect Error State (RFC2790)

0: Non-2-byte Operation (RFC1514) [MN] 1: 2-byte Operation (RFC2790)

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1: 2-byte Operation (RFC2790) 0: Non-2-byte Operation (RFC1514)

700-211

Operation Permission - Job Cancel

0: Free Access

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Free Access 1: Limited Access (KO/System Administrator only)

700-212

Authentication Mode

0: None

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None 1: Local 2: Remote 3: CA (Convenience Authentication)

700-213

Authentication Pathway Access - Service/Feature

0: Free Access

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Free Access 1: Limited Access

700-214

Authentication Pathway Access - Job Status

0: Free Access

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Max.

Description



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

700-215

Authentication Pathway Access - Device Status

0: Free Access

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-216

Authentication Service Access - Copy

1: Limited Access (Accessible) [MN] 0: Free Access

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Free Access 1: Limited Access (Accessible) 2: Limited Access (Not accessible)

700-217

Authentication Service Access - Fax


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-218

Authentication Service Access - iFax


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-219

Authentication Service Access - Scan to Mail


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-220

Authentication Service Access - Scan to Box


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-221

Authentication Service Access - Scan to Server


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-222

Authentication Service Access - Scan to PC


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-223

Authentication Service Access - Document Print


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-224

Authentication Service Access - Photo Print


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-225

Authentication Service Access - Box

1: Limited Access (Accessible)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-339


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-340


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-226

Authentication Service Access - Job Memory

0: Free Access

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-227

Authentication Service Access - Job Flow


1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Limited Access (Accessible) 2: Limited Access (Not accessible)

700-228

Authentication Service Access - Web Access


1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-229

Authentication Service Access - BMLinkS

0: Free Access

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-230

Authentication Service Access - CUI


1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-231

Authentication Service Access - Copy Color

0: Free Access

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-232

Version Information

-

0

255

No

No

Read

0-255

700-233

Job Complete Tone 1

1: Soft

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1: Soft 2: Normal 3: Loud

700-234

Job Complete Tone 2

3: Loud

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1: Soft 2: Normal 3: Loud

700-235

Pitch of Job Complete Tone 1

0: L

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: L 1: H

700-236

Pitch of Job Complete Tone 2

1: H

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: L 1: H

700-237

Job Complete Tone Type - Copy

1: ON (Tone 1)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON (Tone 1) 2: ON (Tone 2)

700-238

Job Complete Tone Type - Print

2: ON (Tone 2)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-239

Job Complete Tone Type - Report

2: ON (Tone 2)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-240

Job Complete Tone Type - Fax Send

1: ON (Tone 1)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-241

Job Complete Tone Type - Received Print

2: ON (Tone 2)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-242

Job Complete Tone Type - Mailbox Receive

2: ON (Tone 2)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-243

Job Complete Tone Type - Others

1: ON (Tone 1)

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-244

Error Job Tone Type - Copy

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-245

Error Job Tone Type - Print

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-246

Error Job Tone Type - Report

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-247

Error Job Tone Type - Fax Send

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-248

Error Job Tone Type - Received Print

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-249

Error Job Tone Type - Mailbox Receive

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-250

Error Job Tone Type - Others

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-341

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-342


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-251

Scheduled Image Overwrite setting

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON [Available for MN only]

700-252

Scheduled Image Overwrite timing

2 : Every week

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 : Every day 2 : Every week 3 : Every month [Available for MN only]

700-253

Scheduled Image Overwrite start time (o'clock)

0 (o'clock)

0

23

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 23 (o'clock) [Available for MN only]

700-254

Scheduled Image Overwrite start time (minute)

0 (minute)

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 59 (minute) [Available for MN only]

700-255

Scheduled Image Overwrite start day of the week

0 : Sunday

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Sunday 1 : Monday 2 : Tuesday 3 : Wednesday 4 : Thursday 5 : Friday 6 : Saturday [Available for MN only]

700-256

Scheduled Image Overwrite start day

1 (day)

1

28

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 28 (day) [Available for MN only]

700-258

Smart Card Authentication Certificate Verification Settings

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-259

Certificate for SMIME Forced Signature

0: Device Certificate

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Device Certificate 1: IC Card (Smart Card) Certificate

700-260

Certificate for ScanFile Forced Signature

0: Device Certificate

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Device Certificate 1: IC Card (Smart Card) Certificate

700-261

ESS Fan OFF Control Enabled

1: ON

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-270

Certificate Verification Level

0: L

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: L 1: M 2: H

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-271

Expiry Checking Mode

0: CRL

0

1

Yes

700-272

OCSP Operation Mode

0: Certificate Fixed Responder

0

1

700-273

OCSP Responder URL

NULL

700-274

OCSP Communication Timeout

5 (sec)

5

700-275

Automatically Obtain CRL

0: Do not obtain automatically

700-276

Obtain CRL Communication Timeout

15 (sec)

700-277

Color Copy Access Group DN

NULL

700-279

Login User ID UNP Format Notification for External Authentication

0: OFF (FALSE)

0

700-281

Authentication Information Cache Function

0: Disabled

700-282

Clear Interval Type

0: Do not auto clear

700-283

Year

2007 (Year)

700-284

Month

1 (Month)

1

700-285

Day

1 (Day)

1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write

0: CRL 1: OCSP

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Certificate Static Responder 1: System Static Responder

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Maximum 255 Bytes

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

5-60 (sec)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not obtain automatically 1: Obtain automatically

5

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

5-60 (sec)

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 255 bytes

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF (FALSE) 1: ON (TRUE)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not auto clear 1: Perform auto clear monthly 2: Perform auto clear weekly

Yes

No

Read/ Write

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-12 (Month)

31

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-31 (Day) (31 will be limited by its availability in the particular months)

02/2009 6-343


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-344


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-286

Day of Week

0: Sunday

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Sunday 1: Monday 2: Tuesday 3: Wednesday 4: Thursday 5: Friday 6: Saturday

700-287

Hours

3 (Hours)

0

23

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-23 (Hours)

700-288

Minutes

0 (Minutes)

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-59 (Minutes)

700-289

Seconds

0 (sec)

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-59 (sec)

700-291

Min Password Length of User

0

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0A4-12

700-292

Authentication Service Access - Print


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Free Access 1: Limited Access (Accessible)

700-293

External Authentication Server Connection/ Communication Timeout

5 (sec)

1

75

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-75 (sec)

700-294

External Authentication Search Timeout

30 (sec)

1

120

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-120 (sec)

700-297

Serial # Prefix (1st character)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-298

Serial # Prefix (2nd character)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-299

Serial # Prefix (3rd character)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-300

Serial # Model Code

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-301

SEEPROM Serial# (1st digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-302

SEEPROM Serial# (2nd digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

Description


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-303

SEEPROM Serial# (3rd digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-304

SEEPROM Serial# (4th digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-305


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-306


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-307


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-308


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-309


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-310


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-311

Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (1st digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-312

Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (2nd digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-313

Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (3rd digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-314

Battery Backup SRAM Serial # (4th digit)

-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-315


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-316


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-317


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-318


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-319


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-320


-

No

No

Read

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-321

SEEPROM Product # (1st digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

700-322

SEEPROM Product # (2nd digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

700-323

SEEPROM Product # (3rd digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

700-324

SEEPROM Product # (4th digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

700-325

Battery Backup SRAM Product # (1st digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-345


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-346


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-326

Battery Backup SRAM Product # (2nd digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

700-327

Battery Backup SRAM Product # (3rd digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

700-328

Battery Backup SRAM Product # (4th digit)

-

No

No

Read

Numbers (ASCII)

700-329

SEEPROM Product Code (1st digit)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-330

SEEPROM Product Code (2nd digit)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-331

SEEPROM Product Code (3rd digit)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-332

SEEPROM Product Code (4th digit)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-333


-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-334


-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-335


-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-336


-

No

No

Read/ Write

abc/123 (ASCII)

700-337

Device Type (SEEPROM Information)

-

No

No

Read/ Write

0x01: P(rinter), 0x02: F(ax), 0x04: C(opy), 0x08: S(can) This is set during production at the factory. Bits are allocated to each and then displayed using the OR logic. (C only is a MN request) (Operates together with 700-006)

700-338

Territory Information (SEEPROM Information)

-

1

4

No

No

Read/ Write

1: FX, 2: XC, 3: XE, 4: IBG (Data is not covered as National Initialization Functions)

700-354

Authentication Service Access - Custom


1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Max.



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-355

Debug Log Save Prohibition Settings

0: Save all logs

0

3

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Save all logs 1: Do not save IOT logs 2: Do not save IIT logs 3: Do not save IOT/IIT logs

700-356

Stored Print Document Storage Time - Passage Time (Minutes)

0

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-59 * When the [Hours] setting is 0, this setting cannot be less than 15 (Minutes) * When the [Hours] setting is 120, this setting cannot be any other than 0 (Minutes)

700-368

lpd: Memory spool

1024 (1MB)

512

32*1024

No

No

Read/ Write

During memory spool: [512KB~32MB] (256KB increments) Unit: Kbyte

700-370

SA Group DN

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 255 bytes

700-371

AA Group DN

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 255 bytes

700-372

LDAP Search Filter

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 512 bytes

700-379

Certificate OID for SmartCard authentication

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Set the OID (hexadecimal character string) of the certificate for authentication. "0000" - "FFFF"

700-380

Certificate OID for SmartCard signature

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Set the OID (hexadecimal character string) of the certificate for signature. "0000" - "FFFF"

700-381

Certificate OID for SmartCard encryption

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Set the OID (hexadecimal character string) of the certificate for encryption. "0000" - "FFFF"

700-390

Memory size for mail print (E-mail To Print)

256 (KB)

64

1024

No

No

Read/ Write

64~1024 (KB)

700-396

Auditron Color Mode for Copy (Color Mode for unauthenticated user)

0: Prohibit

0

2

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit, 1: BW, 2: BW & Low Price Color

700-397

Default Paper Size for Reports

5: A4 [MN] 44: Letter

Yes

No

Read/ Write

5: A4 44: Letter

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-347

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-348


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

700-398

CE Auditron Mode (Print User Restriction Setup Menu Display)

1: Display

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not display 1: Display

700-399

Millimeter/Inch Settings

1: Millimeters [MN] 3: Inches

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Millimeters 3: Inches

700-401

Paper Size Group (NVM)

The value specified in Paper Size Group (Factory Settings SEEPROM)

1

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: IBG, 5: SA (South America)

700-402

Paper Size Group (SEEPROM)

Set for each destination at the factory

1

5

No

No

Read/ Write

1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: IBG, 5: SA (South America)

700-404

802.1x Authentication Enabled/Disabled

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-405

Authentication Method

0: EAP_MD5

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: EAP_MD5 1: EAP_MSCHAPv2 2: EAP_PEAP_MSCHAPv2

700-406

Authentication User Name

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII character string below 128bytes (NULL termination)

700-407

Authentication Password

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII character string below 128bytes (NULL termination)

700-408

Server Certificate Verification Availability

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON (Only valid for EAP-PEAPv0/EAP-MS-CHAP-V2)

700-409

CUI Custom Service Function Enabled/Disabled

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Disabled 1: Enabled [Available for MN only]

700-413

Server Address

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Specified at FQDN/IPv4/IPv6. 127 character string + NULL termination

700-414

Server Path

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Path on the server. 255 character string + NULL termination

700-415

Permission to Instruct Login from the Device

0: Login cannot be instructed from the device

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Login cannot be instructed from the device 1: Login can be instructed from the device

ChainLink

0

1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

700-416

Permission to Obtain Accounting Code from the Server

0: Accounting Code cannot be obtained

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Accounting Code cannot be obtained 1: Accounting Code can be obtained

700-417

Server Access Timeout

8 (sec)

1

300

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-300 (sec)

700-418

Default Prompt Character String

"Please complete all steps required by the authentication device to gain access to the system."

Yes

No

Read/ Write

255 character string + NULL termination

700-419

Default Title Character String

"Login"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-420

Download Disable Flag

0: Allow

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Allow 1: Prohibit

700-421

Product ID to identify downloaded file (1st character)

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

700-422

Product ID to identify downloaded file (2nd character)

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

700-423

Product ID to identify downloaded file (3rd character)

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

700-424

Product ID to identify downloaded file (4th character)

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

700-425


NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

700-426


NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

700-427


NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

700-428


NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

ASCII

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

1

02/2009 6-349


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-350


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-430

Certificate Trust Level (PKI Mode)

1: Level 1

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Level 1, 2: Level 2, 3: Level 3

700-431

Device Certificate Type

0: Not registered

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not registered, 1: Available (Self-generated), 2: Available (External Import)

700-437

SSL Enable/Disable Setting

0: Disabled (FALSE)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-440

S/MIME Enable/Disable Setting

0: Disabled (FALSE)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-441

S/MIME Device Certification

0

0

0x FFFFFFF F

Yes

No

Read/ Write

The index number of the certificate used in S/MIME

700-442

S/MIME Message Digest Algorithm

0: SHA1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: SHA1, 1: MD5

700-443

S/MIME Contents Encryption Method

0: 3DES

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 3DES, 1: RC4-40, 2: RC4-64, 3: RC4-128

700-444

S/MIME Signature Mode

0: Fixed as Device Certificate

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Fixed as Device Certificate (Default) 1: Fixed as Personal Certificate 2: Fixed as User Certificate

700-445

SSL Port Number

443

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

700-446

HDD Overwrite Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-447

HDD Overwrite Count Settings

3

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1, 3

700-454

SNTP Enabled/Disabled

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-455

SNTP Retrieval Interval Time

168 hours

1

500

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~500hr

700-458

Prohibit Receiving of Untrusted E-mail

0: Do not prohibit

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not prohibit 1: Prohibit

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

700-459

Enable/Disable Auto Store Certificates

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-460

CE mode Restriction Setup

0: OFF

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-461

Prohibit Receiving of Untrusted E-mail (@iFax)

0: Do not prohibit

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-462

SCANFILE Signature Device Certification

0: Not set

0

0X FFFFFFF F

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not set 0-: Certificate index number

700-463

SCANFILE Signature Signer

0: Fixed as Device Signature

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Fixed as Device Certificate 1: Fixed as Personal Certificate 2: Fixed as User Certificate

700-464

XDW Signature

4: User selection

2

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

2: Always add signature (visible) 3: Do not add signature 4: User selection

700-465

PDF Signature

4: User selection

1

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Always add signature (invisible) 2: Always add signature (visible) 3: Do not add signature 4: User selection

700-466

Print Delay Restriction Prohibition Settings

0: Do not prohibit

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-467

Time to Start Print Prohibited State (Hour)

21 Hours

0

23

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-23 (Hours)

700-468

Time to Start Print Prohibited State (Min)

0 Minutes

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-59 (Minutes)

700-469

Time to End Print Prohibited State (Hour)

9 Hours

0

23

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-23 (Hours)

700-470

Time to End Print Prohibited State (Min)

0 Minutes

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-59 (Minutes)

700-471

Output CO User Report

1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-351


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-352


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-500

Enable/Disable iFax Transfer for iFax Receive

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-501

Enable/Disable E-mail Transfer for iFax Receive

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-502

Enable/Disable Auto Deletion of Extended Mailbox Document

0: Do not auto delete

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Auto delete, 0: Do not auto delete

700-503

Extended Mailbox Document Auto Deletion Frequency by Days

7 Days

1

14

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~14 Days

700-504

Extended Mailbox Document Auto Deletion Frequency by Time (Hours)

3 Hours

0

23

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-23

700-505

Extended Mailbox Document Auto Deletion Frequency by Time (Minutes)

0 Minutes

0

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-59

700-506

Document Processing after retrieving document from Client

0: Follow Box settings

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Follow Box settings, 1: Delete

700-513

Confirmation screen control for the Print Saved Job of Box Service

1: Display [MN] 0: Do not display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not display, 1: Display

700-520

SESAMi Manager Port Number

80

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

700-521

SESAMi Manager Maximum Sessions

3

1

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-5

700-522

SESAMi Manager Connector Timeout Time (Unit: sec)

30

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-255

700-523

Communication Timeout at the Start of Application Link

60

1

900

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-900

700-530

Rebooting when failure occurs

1: ON

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-540

Auditron Mode (Login Mode)

0: OFF

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: INTERNAL AUDITRON 2: NETWORK ACCOUNTING 3: REMOTE AUTHENTICATION [IBG/MN] 4: XS Accounting

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-541

Print Limit from Box

1: On

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)

700-542

Electronic Document Output Limit from Box

1: On

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)

700-543

User Information Location (User Information Storage Area)

0: NVRAM

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: NVRAM, 1: HDD

700-544

Verify User Details

[FX/IBG] 0: Disabled [MN] 1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Disabled, 1: Enabled

700-545

Password Mode for Local Access (Login Password Mode)

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-546

Operation when Login Information is not available

0: Cancel

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Cancel, 1: Store

700-547

User ID Format

User ID

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)

700-548

Account ID Format

Account ID

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-549

Conceal UserID

0: FALSE

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: FALSE, 1: TRUE

700-550

Conceal AccountID

0: FALSE

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: FALSE, 1: TRUE

700-551

Remote Authentication Guest Mode

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

700-552

Remote Authentication Service (Remote Login Service Selection)

0: Kerberos (Windows2000)

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Kerberos (Windows2000) 1: Kerberos (Solaris) 2: Authentication agent 3: LDAP 4: SMB

700-553

Guest Password

"guest"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-555

KDC Server Port Number

88

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Values between 1 and 65535

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

65535

02/2009 6-353

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-354


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-556

KDC FQDN

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Can be input in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal formats. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only single-byte alphanumeric characters, single-byte hypen, separator character dot (.) and colon (:) used in addresses are usable. Single-byte hypen (-) in the header and ending of character strings cannot be used.

700-557

KDC Realm Name

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Character string below 64bytes

700-558

Billing Authentication Storage

0: Off

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off, 1: On, 2: Force to store print jobs. (The Authentication User ID is used as a key)

700-559

Enable/Disable Billing Authentication Storage Job Command

0: Disabled [MN] 1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-560

Operation at Login Information Error

0: Cancel

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Cancel, 1: Store

700-561

Enable/Disable Billing Authentication Control Job Command

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-562

No Account User Print (Enable/Disable Unauthenticated Print)

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-563

Maximum Number of Continuous KO Login Errors

5

0

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-10

700-564

Max Login Error Count

10

0

600

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-600

700-566

KDC Server Port Number-2

88

0

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-567

KDC FQDN-2

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-568

KDC Realm Name-2

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Max.

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-580


88

0

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-581

KDC FQDN-3

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-582

KDC Realm Name-3

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-584


88

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-585

KDC FQDN-4

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-586

KDC Realm Name-4

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-588


88

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-589

KDC FQDN-5

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-590

KDC Realm Name-5

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-591

Direct Fax Job Restricted Mode

0: Allow

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Allow 1: Prohibit

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

0

0

65535

65535

1

02/2009 6-355

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-356


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

700-592

Verify User Details (Network received jobs)

0

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not verify 1: Verify

700-594

User Prompt Customization

0: Both

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Both 1: Prompt 1 (User ID) only 2: Prompt 2 (Account ID) only 3: None

700-595

Minimum number of digits for the Secure Print/Charge Print Password

0

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-12

700-596

Job Log Drop Prevention

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-600

DC132 Supplementary Data Group 1 (IOT)

(Auto Set)

0

0xFFFF

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-601

DC132 Supplementary Data Group 1 (SYS1)

(Auto Set)

0

0xFFFF

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-602


(Auto Set)

0

0xFFFF

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-603


(Auto Set)

0

0x FFFFFFF F

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-604


(Auto Set)

0

0x FFFFFFF F

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-605


(Auto Set)

0

0x FFFFFFF F

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-606


(Auto Set)

0

0xFFFF

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-607


(Auto Set)

0

0xFFFF

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-608


(Auto Set)

0

0xFFFF

No

No

Read

(Auto Set)

700-609

XPS Signature

4: User setting

1

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Always add signature (invisible) 3: Do not add signature 4: User setting

700-610

IT Option Connection Settings

0: Do not connect

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not connect, 1: Connect


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-616

KDC FQDN - For Backup 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-617


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-618


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-619


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-620


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-621

KDC Server Port Number - For Backup 1

88

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

700-622


88

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-357

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-358


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

700-623


88

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

700-624


88

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

700-625


88

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

700-627

LDAP Authentication - Sequence Type

0: Direct Login

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Direct Login 1: Search and Login

700-628

LDAP Authentication - Login User Login Attributes Type

"samAccountName"

Yes

No

Read/ Write

String (ASCII 32 Characters)

700-629

LDAP Authentication - Login User Search Attributes Type

"mail"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-630

LDAP Authentication - User Name Additional Text

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-631

LDAP Authentication - Enable/Disable User Name Additional Text

0: Disabled

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-632

SMB Authentication - Domain Name 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-633


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-634


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-635


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-636


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


0

1

Read/ Write

Description


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-642

SMB Authentication - Server/SMB Name 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Can be input in any one of the FQDN, IPv6 adresses (literal format) and IPv4 address (literal format). Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitations [When specifying the NetBIOS Host Name] Prohibited characters: " * + , /: ; < = > ? [ \ ] | (15 characters) Prohibition conditions: A space is specified at the header or the ending of a character string. The character string is composed entirely of a period. Text length: A maximum of 16 bytes (inclusive of NULL characters) can be specified. Character limitations [When specifying the FQDN] Usable characters: single-byte alphanumeric, "-" (single-byte hypen), "." (period) Prohibition conditions: single-byte hypen (-) are specified at the header or the ending of a character string.

700-643


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-359

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-360


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-644


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


700-645


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Max.

Description


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: DOMAIN_NAME 1: SERVER_NAME

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

700-646


NULL

700-652

SMTP Authentication - Specification Method

0: DOMAIN_NAME

700-653

Login User Login Attributes Type for Notification

"samAccountName"

Yes

No

Read/ Write

String (ASCII 32 bytes)

700-654

User Search Attributes Type

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

String (ASCII 32 bytes)

700-655

Password Mode for IC-Card Gate External Authentication Link

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

700-656

Use of UserCredential on LDAP

0 : Not use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not use 1 : Use

700-657

Use of UserCredential on SMTP

0 : Not use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not use 1 : Use

700-658

Use of UserCredential for ScanToPC

0 : Not use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not use 1 : Use

700-659

Extraction control of User ID for ScanToFTP

0 : Not control

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not control 1 : Control

700-660

Web Print Executable Time

0: No limit (will not time-out)

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~255 (Unit: Minutes)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

Max.

1

02/2009 6-361

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-362


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

700-701

DMP Indication

3

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write

0: DMP1/2, 1: DMP3/4, 2: DMP5/6, 3: DMP2007, 4: DMP2008

701-912

LUT validity in ADC gradation adjustment (A, B)

1 : Valid

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 : Invalid 1 : Valid

701-917

LUT validity in ADC gradation adjustment (E, F)

1 : Valid

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


701-924

LUT validity in auto gradation adjustment (A, B)

1 : Valid

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


701-929

LUT validity in auto gradation adjustment (E, F)

1 : Valid

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


702-931

Memory partition information for Buffer Cont management

0 : Not inhibited

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Inhibition of extending the size of memory partition 1 : Inhibited 0 : Not inhibited When extending the size of memory partition is inhibited, the request for extending memory partition with PfBufIoctl() is rejected.

702-932

External Scan Feature

0: None

0

2

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: None 1: ExtNetScan 2: CDIScan

702-933

Client identification information for backup and restoring

NULL

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Only single-byte alphameric characters (A - F, a - f, 0 - 9) and , dot (.) and colon (:) as separator characters to be used in address

702-934

Output Settings for Error Report when Error Has Occurred in JFS

0: Auto output Off

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto output Off 1: Auto output On

702-935

Confirmation screen control for the Print Saved Job of Print Service

1: Display [MN] 0: Do not display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


702-936

Client Address for Backup, Restore

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Can be input in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal formats. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only single-byte alphanumeric characters, separator character dot (.) and colon (:) used in addresses are usable.

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

702-940

Size Type Setting for Sending Fax Document

2: Non-standard

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Standard Size 2: Non-standard

702-941

Threshold Value Settings for size determination in Slow Scan direction during sending of Fax Document

10mm

0

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-10mm

702-942

"Mixed A3 and Ledger" Condition Settings for size determination in Slow Scan direction during sending of Fax Document

-

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Mixed A3 and Ledger allowed 2: Mixed A3 and Ledger prohibited

720-002

Billing Display

1: Billing1 [MN] 2: Billing2

0

0xFFFF

No

No

Read/ Write

1: Billing1, 2: Billing2, 3: Billing3, 4: Billing4, 5: Billing5, 6: Billing6, 7: Billing7

720-003

Master Print-Full Color

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-004

Master Print-Color1

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-005

Master Print-Color2

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-006

Master Print-B

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-007

Master Copy-Full Color

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-008

Master Copy-Color2

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-009

Master Copy-B

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-010

Master FAX-Full Color

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-011

Master FAX-B

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-046

Master Large Size B

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-047

Master Large Size Color

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-052

Billing Count Type

0: Standard

0

0x FFFFFFF F

No

No

Read/ Write

720-053

Master Modal Color

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

720-054

Master Modal B

-

-1

-1

No

No

Read

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-363

0: Standard 1: Custom 1 2: Custom 2


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-364


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

720-057

Modal Break Point

10

10

100

No

No

Read/ Write

10-100

730-010

Control of Correctly Authenticated Print Job in the Authentication Mode of Print Auditron

0: Print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Print, 1: Forced save

730-011

Total No. of Printed Sides

0

0

0x FFFFFFF F

No

No

Read/ Write

0[Only valid for FX]

730-012

Upper Limit of Printed Sides

9,999,999: Print free

0

9999999

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Print prohibited 1-9,999,998: Upper Limit Value 9,999,999: Print free [Only valid for FX]

730-013

Upper Limit of Printed Sides Warning Display Threshold Value

80 (%)

0

100

No

No

Read/ Write

Percentage (%) of total number of printed sides compared to the upper limit of the number of sides that can be printed [Only valid for FX]

731001~99 9

Modem Speed

0: Follow system data for modem speed

0

14

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Follow system data for modem speed, 1: 2400 bps, 2: 4800 bps, 3: 7200 bps, 4: 9600 bps, 5: 12000 bps, 6: 144000 bps, 7: 16800 bps, 8: 19200 bps, 9: 21600 bps, 10: 24000 bps, 11: 26400 bps, 12: 28800 bps, 13: 31200 bps, 14: 33600bps

732001~99 9

Super G3 Prohibition Setting

0: Do not prohibit

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


733001~99 9

ECM Prohibition Setting

0: Do not prohibit

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


734001~99 9

JBIG Prohibition Setting

0: Do not prohibit

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


770-001

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-002

Print Mode

1: Auto

1

29

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 9: 201H, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-003

JCL Switch

1: ON

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

770-004

Adobe Communication Protocol

0: Standard

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Standard, 1: Binary, 2: TBCP

770-005

Auto Eject Time

6 (30 sec)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-255 (5-1275s)

770-006

Input Prime

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

770-007

Bi-Direction Mode

0: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: ON, 1: OFF

770-009

Supported Communication Standards

0: IEEE P1284

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: IEEE P1284, 1: Centronics

770-010

Operation Speed

0x7F (127): Auto

1

0x7F

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0x7F: Auto, 0x11: 10BASE-T (Half-Duplex), 0x12: 100BASE-T (Half-Duplex), 0x21: 10BASE-T (Full Duplex), 0x22: 100BASE-T (Full Duplex)

770-011

JBA 2004 Extensions

0: Not supported

0

1

No

Yes

Read

0: Not supported 1: Operate in expanded mode

770-012

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-020

Operation Speed

4: Auto

Yes

No

Read/ Write

4: Auto, 1: 4MB/s, 2: 16MB/s, 3: 100MB/s

770-021

Max Packet Size

1500

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1500A2088A4472A8232

770-030

Operation Frame Type Setting

255: Auto

Yes

No

Read/ Write

255: Auto 2: Ethernet II 4: Ethernet SNAP 3: Ethernet 802.2 1: Ethernet 802.3 6: Token SNAP 5: Token 802.5

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

255

02/2009 6-365

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-366


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

770-039

Lpd Port Maximum Sessions

5

1

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-10

770-040

Enable Settings

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-041

Print Mode

5: PostScript

Yes

No

Read/ Write

5: PostScript

770-042

JCL Switch PJL Switch for AP

1: ON

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

770-050

Enable Settings

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-051

Print Mode

1: Auto

1

29

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-052

JCL Switch

1: Can be used

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Cannot be used, 1: Can be used

770-053

Filter

0: None

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-054

Transport

1: IPX/SPX

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: IPX/SPX, 2: TCP/IP, 3: both

770-055

Burst Transfer

1: Used

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not Used 1: Used

770-060

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-061

Print Mode

1: Auto

1

29

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-062

JCL Switch

1: ON

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

770-063

Filter

0: None

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: TBCP

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-064

Spool Type

0: Non Spool

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Non Spool, 1: Spool

770-065

Connection Timeout Time

16sec

2

3600

Yes

No

Read/ Write

2~3600sec (Setting Range=2 to 65,535)

770-068

Port Number

515

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-069

IT Option Address

NULL

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Can be input in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal formats. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only single-byte alphanumeric characters, separator character dot (.) and colon (:) used in addresses are usable.

770-070

Address Limitations

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

770-077

SMTP Port Number

25

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

25, 8000-9999

770-080

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-081

Print Mode

1: Auto

1

29

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-082

JCL Switch PJL Switch for AP

1: ON

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

770-083

Filter

0: None

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-084

Spool Type

0: Non Spool

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-085

Transport

6: both

2

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

2: TCP/IP, 4: NetBeui , 6: both

770-087

Discovery Timeout Time

5 (sec)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~255sec

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-367

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-368


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-088

IP Packet Validity Time (TTL Value) for SSDP Ad

1

1

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-10

770-089

Filtering Method for Document Referral

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None 1: ON

770-090

Enable Settings

0: Disabled [MN] 1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-091

Print Mode

1: Auto

1

29

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-092

JCL Switch

1: ON

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

770-093

Filter

0: None

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-094

Acl Authorisation (Acl Authorisation)

0: OFF (none)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: ON (local), 0: OFF (none)

770-095

Use DNS Name

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: ON, 0: OFF

770-097

Port no. (User modifiabe value)

80

0

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0, 1-65535

770-098

Spool Type

0: Non Spool

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-099

Time-Out

60 (sec)

0

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-65535 (sec)

770-100

IP Address Resolution

2: DHCP

1

0x10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0x10: Manual 4: BOOTP 2: DHCP 1: RARP

770-104

IP Protocol Operation Mode

4

4

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

4: Start IPv4 protocol only 6: Start IPv6 protocol only 10: Start both IPv4 and IPv6 protocols

770-110

DNS Auto Config.

0x02: DHCP

0

0x10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP

ChainLink

Read/ Write

Description


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Yes

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write

DNS Domain Name (Normally, it is within 255 characters including the "." (dot) at the end which is not displayed)

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Only valid in IPv4 protocol. Can be input in IPv4 literal format. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only 0~9 and dot (.) can be specified.

Subnet Mask

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Only valid in IPv4 protocol. Can be input in IPv4 literal format. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only 0~9 and dot (.) are usable.

770-118

WINS Server Address 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Can be input in IPv4 literal format. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only numbers (0~9) and separator character dot (.) are usable.

770-119

WINS Server Address 2

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Can be input in IPv4 literal format. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only numbers (0~9) and separator character dot (.) are usable.

770-120

WINS Auto Config.

0x02: DHCP

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP

770-122

Gateway Address

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Only valid in IPv4 protocol. Can be input in IPv4 literal format. Character strings are terminated by NULL. Character limitation: Only 0~9 and dot (.) are usable.

770-126

Manual Settings Function Enabling Settings

0: Disable this function

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Disable this function 1: Enable this function

770-127

Manual Settings IPv6 Address/Prefix Length

0

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~128 (No. of bits)

770-128

Manual Settings IPv6 Address (Including Prefix Length Specification)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

The IPv6 address is represented by literal format (NULL character termination)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

770-112

DNS Domain Name

NULL

770-113

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

770-114

WSD Print Port Number

80

1

65535

770-116

IP Address

770-117

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-369


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-370


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Yes

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: both OFF, 1: IPX, 2: UDP, 3: both ON

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

JISX0201 character code 12 characters

Receive IP Address 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Stores the IPv4 address at the literal format (NULL character termination).

770-136


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-137


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-138


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-139


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-140

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-151

IPv6 Access Control Function Operation Mode

0: Disable the access control

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Disable the access control 1: Enable the access control

770-152

IPv6 Protocol Auto Settings IPv6 Address - 1

NULL

No

No

Read


770-153


NULL

No

No

Read


770-154


NULL

No

No

Read


770-155

IPv6 Protocol Auto Settings IPv6 Address/ Prefix Length - 1

0

No

No

Read

0~128 (No. of bits)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

770-129

Manual Settings Default Gateway Address

NULL

770-130

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

770-131

Transport

2: UDP

0

3

770-133

Community Name (For Set/Get Access)

770-135

0

Max.

128



Read/ Write

Description

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-156


0

0

128

No

No

Read

0~128 (No. of bits)

770-157


0

0

128

No

No

Read

0~128 (No. of bits)

770-158

IPv6 Protocol Auto Settings Link Local Address

NULL

No

No

Read


770-159

IPv6 Protocol Auto Settings Default Gateway Address

NULL

No

No

Read

The IPv6 address is represented by literal format (NULL character termination) (The prefix is 64 bits)

770-160

Enable Settings

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-161

LPD Job Processing Priority Mode

0: High Performance

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: High Performance 1: Set priority in received order

770-163

SNMP Protocol Version

0x01: V1/V2C

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0x01: V1/V2C 0x02: V3 (The bit of the enabled version is ON)

770-166

No. of Simultaneous Request Received

5

1

15

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-15

770-179

SLP Version

1: SLP Version 1.0 [IBG/MN] 2: SLP Version 2

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: SLP Version 1.0 2: SLP Version 2.0

770-186

Port number for receiving IPP order from FreeFlow client

631

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 65535

770-187

Timeout value for the connection with client (second)

30

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 65535

770-188

No. of completed jobs holding information with FreeFlow interface

20

0

100

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 100

770-189

Flag showing whether TBCP is valid or not

0 : Not identify TBCP

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not identify TBCP 1 : Identify TBCP

770-191

Address of Mail Sender (Self-machine mail address)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Maximum 128 characters of ASCII (Character types include alphanumerics, [@] [(period)] [+] [-] [=] [(underscore)] [/] [ < ] [>]) Format of [email protected]

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-371


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-372


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

770-199

Sending buffer size when data is transferred

8 (KB)

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 to 1024 (Kbytes)

770-200

Frequency of the delay insertion when data is transferred with non-SSL

0 (time): No delay insertion

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 to 1024 (times) Perform task delay (1) once every time calling for the number of times that the call-back function for sending specifies is made. When 0 is specified, the delay is not inserted.

770-201

Frequency of the delay insertion when data is transferred with SSL

30 (times)

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 to 1024 (times) Perform task delay (1) once every time calling for the number of times that the call-back function for sending specifies is made. When 0 is specified, the delay is not inserted.

770-222

Enable Settings

1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-250

Adobe Communication Protocol

0: Standard

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Standard 1: Binary 2: TBCP 3: RAW Mode

770-251

JCL Switch

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

770-252

Print Mode

1: Auto

1

29

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Auto, 2: PCL, 3: HPGL2, 5: PostScript, 8: ESCP, 10: TIFF 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895

770-254

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-255

Auto Eject Time

6 (30 sec)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~255 (Unit: 5sec) (5~1275sec)

770-280

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-281

Print Mode

1: Auto

1

29

Yes

No

Read


770-282

JCL Switch

1: ON

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read

0: OFF, 1: ON

Max.

Description



Read/ Write

Description

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-283

Filter

0: None

FALS E

TRUE

Yes

No

Read

0: None, 1: TBCP

770-284

Spool Type

0: Non Spool

0

1

Yes

No

Read

0: Non Spool (ring buffer), 1: Spool (RAM Disk)

770-285

Print Control for Mail Header and Contents in Email Receive Print

1: Print basic header and contents

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Print full header and contents 1: Print basic header and contents 2: Do not print header and contents 3: Auto print depending on the contents 4: Print full header and contents (S/MIME information attached)

770-286

POP Server User Name

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

770-287

POP Server Password

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

770-290

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-291

UPnP Port Number

80

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-295

Enable Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-296

BMLinkS Discovery Service Port Number

80

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-297

BMLinkS Print Service Port Number

80

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-301

Directory Server (Primary) Name

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Within 64bytes. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.

770-303

Directory Server (Primary) - LDAP Port Number

389

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-304

Directory Server (Secondary) Name

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Within 64bytes. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.

770-306

Directory Server (Secondary) - LDAP Port Number

389

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1

1

65535

65535

02/2009 6-373


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-374


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

770-307

LDAP Referral Enable/Disable

0: Referral disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Referral disabled 1: Referral enabled

770-308

LDAP Referral Upper Limit HOP Count

5

1

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

LDAP Referral Upper Limit HOP Count

770-310

Notification Timing for Recipient 1

0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not specified (NULL) 1: Regular Status Notification Request (STATUS_REPORT) 2: Immediate Status Notification Request (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT)

770-311


0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-312


0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-320

Sesami External Interface Settings Information

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-330

No. of sessions that can be connected at the same time

32

1

48

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 48

770-331

Timeout of the session with client (second)

900

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 65535

770-332

Port number for control connection

21

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 65535

770-333

Port number for data connection

20

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 65535

770-334

User name that can log in the FTP server

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

US ASCII (excluding the control characters), 1 or more - 14 or less characters.

770-335

Password that can log in the FTP server

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

US ASCII (excluding the control characters) , 1 or more - 49 or less characters. The end should be NULL-terminated.

770-339

FTP Server Availability

0

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1: On

0

1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

770-340

IT Option MAC Address

0x0

770-342

IT Option MAC Address #1

0x0

0x0

0xff

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Byte 1 of IT Option MAC Address

770-343


0x0

0x0

0xff

No

Yes

Read/ Write


770-344


0x0

0x0

0xff

No

Yes

Read/ Write


770-345


0x0

0x0

0xff

No

Yes

Read/ Write


770-346


0x0

0x0

0xff

No

Yes

Read/ Write


770-347


0x0

0x0

0xff

No

Yes

Read/ Write


770-400

Enable Settings

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-401

Port no. (User modifiabe value)

80

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Port no.

770-402

Time-Out

30 (sec)

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Time-Out (Seconds)

770-705

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Data not set 1: TCP Port 2: UDP Port

770-706

Position of Control Target Port

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Data not set 1: Control target is source port 2: Control target is destination port

770-707

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-708

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-375

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-376


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

770-709


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-710

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-711

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-712


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-713

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-714

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-715


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-716

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-717

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-718


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-719

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-720

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-721


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-722

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-723

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-724


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-725

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-726

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-727


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-728

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-729

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-730


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-731

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-732

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-377

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-378


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

770-733


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-734

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-735

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-736


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-737

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-738

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-739


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-740

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-741

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-742


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-743

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-744

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-745


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-746

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-747

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-748


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-749

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-750

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-751


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-752

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-753

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-754


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-755

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-756

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-379

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-380


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

770-757


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-758

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-759

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-760


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-761

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-762

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-763


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-764

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-765

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-766


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-767

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-768

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-769


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-770

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-771

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-772


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-773

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-774

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-775


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-776

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-777

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-778


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-779

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-780

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-381

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-382


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

770-781


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-782

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-783

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-784


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-785

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-786

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-787


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-788

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-789

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-790


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-791

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-792

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

770-793


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-794

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-795

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-796


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-797

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-798

Protocol Type

0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-799


0: Data not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


770-800

Port Number

0

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

770-801

DL Server Address

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the source server address using ASCII printable character string with NULL end character Maximum length is 256 + 1 octet including NULL end character The server address can be in any of the following formats: FQDN, IPv4 address, IPv6 address

770-802

Connection Schema to DL Server

8: HTTP

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Not set, 8: HTTP, 9: HTTPS, 16: FTP, 17: FTPS

770-803

FW Renewal File Storage Directory Path

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the directory path of obtained file using ASCII printable character string with NULL end character Maximum length is 128 + 1 octet including NULL end character (/) is used as path separator character

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

17

02/2009 6-383

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-384


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

770-804

FW Renewal File Name

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the file name of obtained file using ASCII printable character string with NULL end character Maximum length is 128 + 1 octet including NULL end character

770-805

User Name

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the Authentication User Name at the source server using ASCII printable character string with NULL end character Maximum length is 64 + 1 octet including NULL end character

770-806

Password

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the Authentication Password at the source server using ASCII printable character string with NULL end character Maximum length is 32 + 1 octet including NULL end character

770-807

Port Number

80

0

65535

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the connection port number to the source server (0: Specify schema/default port number)

770-808

Timeout Value

60

0

65535

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the connection timeout time in units of seconds (0 : The specified time is regarded as 60 seconds.)

770-809

Client Certificate Identifier during SSL Connection

0

0

0x FFFFFFF F

No

No

Read/ Write

Sets the Idenfier of Client Certificate during SSL Connection If "0" is set, it will be presumed that the certificate is not specified. (As SSL cannot be used in the early products, set this as "0")

Max.

Description

6.3.20.2 DC131 Controller NVM List (780~790) Table 1 DC131 Controller NVM List (780~790)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-013

Paper Type for Tray 1

1: Plain

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

1

255

Yes

No

02/2009 6-385

Read/ Write Read/ Write

Description 1: Plain, 2: Transparency Sheet, 3: Envelope, 4: Plain Envelope, 5: Windowed Envelope, 6: Labels, 7: Form, 8: Gloss, 1: Tracing Paper, 9: Heavyweight, 11: Heayvweight Reload, 12: Extra Heavyweight, 13: Extra Heavyweight Reload, 14: Recycled, 15: Continuous Paper (Long), 16: Continuous Paper (Short), 17: TABSTOCK, 18: MULTILAYER, 19: OPAQUEFILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: Lightweight, 22: Bond Paper, 23: Custom Paper 1, 24: Custom Paper 2, 25: Custom Paper 3, 26: Custom Paper 4, 27: Custom Paper 5, 28: Others, 29: Gift Wrapping Paper, 30: Coated Paper, 31: HW Gloss, 32: Gloss (Reload), 33: HW Gloss (Reload), 34: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight, 35: Finisher-compliant Gloss, 36: Heavyweight_A, 37: Heavyweight_B, 38: Heavyweight_C, 39: Heavyweight_S, 40: Extra Heavyweight_A, 41: Extra Heavyweight_B, 42: Extra Heavyweight_C, 43: Extra Heavyweight_D, 44: Extra Heavyweight_S, 45: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_A, 46: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_B, 47: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_C, 48: Finishercompliant Heavyweight_S, 49: Postcard Paper, 50: Postcard Paper (Reload), 51: Plain (Reload), 52: Bond Paper (Reload), 53: Recycled (Reload), 54: Special, 55: Special (Reload), 56: Plain Reload, 57: Punched, 58: Tab Stock, 59: HW Tab Stock, 60: Labels, 61: HW Labels, 62: Plain A, 63: Plain B, 64: Plain C, 65: Plain D, 66: Plain E, 67: Plain F, 68: Plain G, 69: Plain S, 70: Plain S1, 71: Plain S2, 72: Recycled A, 73: Recycled B, 74: Heavyweight_S1, 75: Heavyweight_S2, 76: Extra Heavyweight_E, 77: Extra Heavyweight_S1, 78: Extra Heavyweight_S2, 79: Gloss_A, 80: Gloss_B, 81: Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 82: Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 83: Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 84: Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 85: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 86: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 87: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 88: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_D, 89: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 90: Extra Heavyweight Plus, 91: Heavyweight 4, 92: Extra Heavyweight Plus Reload, 93: Heavyweight 4 Reload, 94: Transfer Paper, 95 Coated paper 3, 96 Coated paper 4, 97 Coated paper 3 (Side 2), 98 Coated paper 4 (Side 2), 99 Recycled paper_S1, 100 Side 2_S1, 101 Letter head paper , 102 Pre-printed paper, 103 Bond paper worth of heavier paper 2, 104 Not Coated paper, 105 Coated paper, 106 Tab paper, 107 Not Coated paper (Side 2), 108 Coated paper (Side 2), 109 Custom paper type 1, 110 Custom paper type 2, 111 Custom paper type 3, 112 Custom paper type 4, 113 Custom paper type 5, 114 Custom paper type 6, 115 Custom paper type 7, 116 Custom paper type 8, 117 Custom paper type 9, 118 Custom paper type 10


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-386


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 Controller NVM List (780~790)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-014


1: Plain

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

1

255

Yes

No




ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-015


1: Plain

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

1

255

Yes

No

02/2009 6-387




General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-388


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-016


1: Plain

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

1

255

Yes

No




ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-018

Paper Type for SMH

1: Plain

780-019

Custom Paper: Name of Paper Type 1

NULL

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Plain, 2: Transparency Sheet, 3: Envelope, 4: Plain Envelope, 5: Windowed Envelope, 6: Labels, 7: Form, 8: Gloss, 1: Tracing Paper, 9: Heavyweight, 11: Heayvweight Reload, 12: Extra Heavyweight, 13: Extra Heavyweight Reload, 14: Recycled, 15: Continuous Paper (Long), 16: Continuous Paper (Short), 17: TABSTOCK, 18: MULTILAYER, 19: OPAQUEFILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: Lightweight, 22: Bond Paper, 23: Custom Paper 1, 24: Custom Paper 2, 25: Custom Paper 3, 26: Custom Paper 4, 27: Custom Paper 5, 28: Others, 29: Gift Wrapping Paper, 30: Coated Paper, 31: HW Gloss, 32: Gloss (Reload), 33: HW Gloss (Reload), 34: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight, 35: Finisher-compliant Gloss, 36: Heavyweight_A, 37: Heavyweight_B, 38: Heavyweight_C, 39: Heavyweight_S, 40: Extra Heavyweight_A, 41: Extra Heavyweight_B, 42: Extra Heavyweight_C, 43: Extra Heavyweight_D, 44: Extra Heavyweight_S, 45: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_A, 46: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_B, 47: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_C, 48: Finishercompliant Heavyweight_S, 49: Postcard Paper, 50: Postcard Paper (Reload), 51: Plain (Reload), 52: Bond Paper (Reload), 53: Recycled (Reload), 54: Special, 55: Special (Reload), 56: Plain Reload, 57: Punched, 58: Tab Stock, 59: HW Tab Stock, 60: Labels, 61: HW Labels, 62: Plain A, 63: Plain B, 64: Plain C, 65: Plain D, 66: Plain E, 67: Plain F, 68: Plain G, 69: Plain S, 70: Plain S1, 71: Plain S2, 72: Recycled A, 73: Recycled B, 74: Heavyweight_S1, 75: Heavyweight_S2, 76: Extra Heavyweight_E, 77: Extra Heavyweight_S1, 78: Extra Heavyweight_S2, 79: Gloss_A, 80: Gloss_B, 81: Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 82: Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 83: Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 84: Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 85: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 86: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 87: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 88: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_D, 89: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 90: Extra Heavyweight Plus, 91: Heavyweight 4, 92: Extra Heavyweight Plus Reload, 93: Heavyweight 4 Reload, 94: Transfer Paper, 95 Coated paper 3, 96 Coated paper 4, 97 Coated paper 3 (Side 2), 98 Coated paper 4 (Side 2), 99 Recycled paper_S1, 100 Side 2_S1, 101 Letter head paper , 102 Pre-printed paper, 103 Bond paper worth of heavier paper 2, 104 Not Coated paper, 105 Coated paper, 106 Tab paper, 107 Not Coated paper (Side 2), 108 Coated paper (Side 2), 109 Custom paper type 1, 110 Custom paper type 2, 111 Custom paper type 3, 112 Custom paper type 4, 113 Custom paper type 5, 114 Custom paper type 6, 115 Custom paper type 7, 116 Custom paper type 8, 117 Custom paper type 9, 118 Custom paper type 10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

[P] Alphanumeric single-byte Katakana, 8 characters [MF] Single-byte symbols, double-byte Katakana, Hiragana, Chinese characters, Max. 12 characters (Local); ASCII Max. 24 characters (M/N)

02/2009 6-389

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-390


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-020


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

780-021


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

780-022


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

780-023


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

780-025

Image Quality Control Classification: Bond Paper

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-026

Image Quality Control Classification: Plain

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-027

Image Quality Control Classification: Recycled

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-028

Image Quality Control Classification: Custom Paper 1

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-029


-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-030


-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-031


-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-032


-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-033

Image Quality Control Classification: Heavyweight

Heavyweight

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-034

Image Quality Control Classification: Heavyweight (Finisher)

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-035

Image Quality Control Classification: Heavyweight (Reload)

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

Max.

Description


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

780-036

Image Quality Control Classification: Extra Heavyweight

Extra Heavyweight

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-037

Image Quality Control Classification: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-038

Image Quality Control Classification: Plain Reload

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-039

Flag indicating the availability of duplex with a part of heavy weight paper 2 (up to 220gsm)

0 : Invalid

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Invalid 1 : Valid [Available for IBG/MN only]

780-040

Image quality control classification: Heavy weight paper 3

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

[Available for IBG/MN only]

780-041

Image quality control classification: Heavy weight paper 3 (side 2)

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-042

Image quality control classification: Heavy weight paper 4

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-043

Image quality control classification: Heavy weight paper 4 (side 2)

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-045

Image quality control classification: T-shirt transfer material

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

[Available for MN only]

780-046

Specify Position Sample Operation

1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Inclusive Mode, 1: Exclusive Mode

780-047

Dynamic Sample Operation Mode

1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Inclusive Mode (default) 1: Exclusive Mode (factory setting) NOTE: As resetting the NVM makes the value back to the default "0: Inclusive Mode", change it to 1: Exclusive Mode.

780-048

Dyanmic Sample Control Main

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1

0

1

Yes

No

02/2009 6-391

Read/ Write

0: IOT (HCS), 1: Controller


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-392


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-050

Paper Type Priority: Bond Paper

X: 0xff (According to priority not controlled by APS/ATS)

0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-n: 1-n X: 0xff (According to priority not controlled by APS/ATS) (Repetition allowed. n is the max. no. of supported paper types)

780-051

Paper Type Priority: Plain

1

0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-052

Paper Type Priority: Recycled

2

0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-053

Paper Type Priority: Custom Paper 1


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-054



0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-055



0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-056



0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-057



0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-n: 1-n X: 0xff (According to priority not controlled by APS/ATS) Repetition allowed. n is the max. no. of supported paper types.

780-058

Gloss Type Release Spec Limitation

0: Do not release

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not release, 1: Release

780-059

Tab Stock Release Spec Limitation

1: Release

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not release, 1: Release

780-060

Tray 1 Priority

1

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-6 * Priority is in the order of the numbers with 1 being the highest in priority. Repetition is not supported. * Depending on the number of Trays that are installed, 4~6 can be selected. * 0: APS/ATS not applicable

780-061

Tray 2 Priority

2

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-062

Tray 3 Priority

3

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-063

Tray 4 Priority

4

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-064

Validity of coated paper 3 function

0 : Invalid

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Invalid 1 : Valid [Available for IBG/MN only]

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-393

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-394


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

780-066

Adjustment value for edge erase (leading edge)

4.0

40

50

No

Yes

Read/ Write

4.0 - 5.0mm (by 0.1mm)

780-067

Adjustment value for edge erase (trail edge)

2.0

20

30

No

Yes

Read/ Write

2.0 - 3.0mm (by 0.1mm)

780-068

Adjustment value for edge erase (side)

2.0

10

30

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1.0 - 3.0mm (by 0.1mm)

780-069

Image Enhancement MC Setting

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

780-070

Fuser Web Forced CRU Settings

0: Off (ERU)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off (ERU), 1: On (CRU)

780-071

Custom Paper: Name of Paper Color 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-072

Offset Operation of Center Tray

1: Offset per set

1

3

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No Offset

780-073

Offset Operation of Finisher Tray

1: Offset per set

1

3

No

Yes

Read/ Write


780-074

Large Capacity Waste Toner Container Setting

0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Available, 0: None

780-075

Availability of the print suspension when the life of the drum (consumables) is reached

1 : Stop

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not stop 1 : Stop

780-076

Paper Type Priority: Heavyweight (Finisher)


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write



Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-077

Paper Type Priority: Heavyweight Finisher (A)


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-078

Paper Type Priority: Heavyweight Finisher (B)


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-079

Paper Type Priority: Heavyweight Finisher (C)


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-080

Paper Type Priority: Heavyweight Finisher (S)


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-081

Paper Type Priority: Gloss Finisher


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-084

Paper Type Priority: Plain Reload


0x0 1

0xff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-395

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-396


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-096


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-097


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

780-098


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

780-099


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

Max.

Description


ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-108

Paper Type for Tray 6 (HCF)

1: Plain

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

1

255

Yes

No

02/2009 6-397




General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-398


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-109

Paper Type for Tray 7 (HCF)

1: Plain

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Plain, 2: Transparency Sheet, 3: Envelope, 4: Plain Envelope, 5: Windowed Envelope, 6: Labels, 7: Form, 8: Gloss, 1: Tracing Paper, 9: Heavyweight, 11: Heayvweight Reload, 12: Extra Heavyweight, 13: Extra Heavyweight Reload, 14: Recycled, 15: Continuous Paper (Long), 16: Continuous Paper (Short), 17: TABSTOCK, 18: MULTILAYER, 19: OPAQUEFILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: Lightweight, 22: Bond Paper, 23: Custom Paper 1, 24: Custom Paper 2, 25: Custom Paper 3, 26: Custom Paper 4, 27: Custom Paper 5, 28: Others, 29: Gift Wrapping Paper, 30: Coated Paper, 31: HW Gloss, 32: Gloss (Reload), 33: HW Gloss (Reload), 34: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight, 35: Finisher-compliant Gloss, 36: Heavyweight_A, 37: Heavyweight_B, 38: Heavyweight_C, 39: Heavyweight_S, 40: Extra Heavyweight_A, 41: Extra Heavyweight_B, 42: Extra Heavyweight_C, 43: Extra Heavyweight_D, 44: Extra Heavyweight_S, 45: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_A, 46: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_B, 47: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_C, 48: Finishercompliant Heavyweight_S, 49: Postcard Paper, 50: Postcard Paper (Reload), 51: Plain (Reload), 52: Bond Paper (Reload), 53: Recycled (Reload), 54: Special, 55: Special (Reload), 56: Plain Reload, 57: Punched, 58: Tab Stock, 59: HW Tab Stock, 60: Labels, 61: HW Labels, 62: Plain A, 63: Plain B, 64: Plain C, 65: Plain D, 66: Plain E, 67: Plain F, 68: Plain G, 69: Plain S, 70: Plain S1, 71: Plain S2, 72: Recycled A, 73: Recycled B, 74: Heavyweight_S1, 75: Heavyweight_S2, 76: Extra Heavyweight_E, 77: Extra Heavyweight_S1, 78: Extra Heavyweight_S2, 79: Gloss_A, 80: Gloss_B, 81: Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 82: Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 83: Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 84: Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 85: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 86: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 87: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 88: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_D, 89: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 90: Extra Heavyweight Plus, 91: Heavyweight 4, 92: Extra Heavyweight Plus Reload, 93: Heavyweight 4 Reload, 94: Transfer Paper, 95 Coated paper 3, 96 Coated paper 4, 97 Coated paper 3 (Side 2), 98 Coated paper 4 (Side 2), 99 Recycled paper_S1, 100 Side 2_S1, 101 Letter head paper , 102 Pre-printed paper, 103 Bond paper worth of heavier paper 2, 104 Not Coated paper, 105 Coated paper, 106 Tab paper, 107 Not Coated paper (Side 2), 108 Coated paper (Side 2), 109 Custom paper type 1, 110 Custom paper type 2, 111 Custom paper type 3, 112 Custom paper type 4, 113 Custom paper type 5, 114 Custom paper type 6, 115 Custom paper type 7, 116 Custom paper type 8, 117 Custom paper type 9, 118 Custom paper type 10

780-110

Tray 6 (HCF) Priority

5

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-111

Tray 7 (HCF) Priority

6

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-119

Recovery Offset Enabled/Disabled

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-120

Recovery Offset Tray Selection Method

0: Not specified

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not specified, 1: Specify by Tray No. (Specify Tray by combining with the Tray Number)

780-121

Recovery Offset Tray Number

0: Not specified

0

8

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-8 (0 means not specified) (Specify Tray by combining with the Tray Selection Method)

780-140

HCS Mixed Stack

0: Not allowed

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not allowed, 1: Allowed

780-141

Offset Operation of Center Tray #2

1: Offset per set

1

3

No

Yes

Read/ Write


780-142

Forced Duplex for Odd Number Page in 2 Sided Print

1: 2 Sided

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided

780-143

Stop Position when the HCS Paper Eject Button is Pressed

1: Stop immediately

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Stop at the end of the set, 1: Stop immediately

780-145

Offset Operation at Staple

1: Offset per set

1

3

No

Yes

Read/ Write


780-146

Operation for Abnormal Width Mix Size Staple

0: Cancel

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Cancel, 1: Forced execution

780-147

Maximum Paper Count for 1 Set

50 sheets

10

150

No

No

Read

10 to 100 sheets (Finisher B) 25 to 75 sheets (Finisher C/Finisher D (50 sheets)) 50 to 150 sheets (Finisher D (100 sheets))

780-148

Maximum Paper Count for 1 Set (/Small Size)

100 sheets

2

200

No

No

Read

2 to 200 sheets

780-149

Maximum Paper Count for 1 Set (/Large Size)

65 sheets

2

200

No

No

Read

2 to 200 sheets

780-150

Maximum Paper Count for Single Fold

5 sheets

1

15

No

No

Read

1 to 15 sheets

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-399

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-400


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

780-151

Max Sheets Per Set

15 sheets

0

0xff

No

No

Read

2 to 25 sheets

780-153

System Data for User Intervention at Tray Paper Type Mismatch

2: User intervention

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: No user intervention - Auto Job is continued by ignoring the Paper Type setting for the job 1: User intervention - Cancel the Paper Type specified for the job and continue with the Job 2: User intervention - Change the Paper Tray selection and continue with the Job

780-161

SMH Size Auto Detection

0: Auto Size Detect

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto Size Detect, 1: Free Size Detect

780-162

Tray 1 Paper Attributes

0: Not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not set, 1: Specialized for color, 2: Specialized for B/W

780-163


0: Not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-164


0: Not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-165


0: Not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-166

Tray 6 (HCF) Paper Attributes

0: Not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-167

Tray 7 (HCF) Paper Attributes

0: Not set

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-168

Tab Paper Tab Width

15 (mm)

7

20

No

Yes

Read/ Write

7~20mm (1mm increments)

780-170

Tray Paper Attribute "Color" Setting

1: Use

1

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not use, 1: Use

780-171

Tray Paper Attribute "Punched" Setting

0: Off

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not use, 1: Use

780-172

Paper Punch Attribute Tray 1

1: Whole Paper

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Whole Paper, 2: Hole Punched Paper (Number of holes and hole positions are not considered)

780-173


1: Whole Paper

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write



Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write


2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


1: Whole Paper

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write



1: Whole Paper

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-192

Image Quality Control Classification: Gloss

Gloss

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-193

Image Quality Control Classification: Gloss (Reload)

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

780-196

Output Tray Offset Feature Availability

-

0

1

No

No

Read

0: OFF, 1: ON (Auto Detect)

780-198

A5 SEF Stacker Output

0: Not allowed

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not allowed, 1: Allowed

780-203

Tray 1 Standard Paper Size - Orientation

0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-174


1: Whole Paper

1

2

Yes

780-175


1: Whole Paper

1

2

780-176


1: Whole Paper

1

780-177


1: Whole Paper

780-178


780-179

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-401


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-402


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-204

Tray 1 Standard Paper Size - Size

0: Not specified

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not specified, 1: A0, 2: A1, 3: A2, 4 A3, 5: A4, 6: A5, 7: A6, 8: A7, 9: A8, 10: A9, 11: A10, 12: ISO B0, 13: ISO B1, 14: ISO B2, 15: ISO B3, 16: ISO B4, 17: ISO B5, 18: ISO B6, 19: ISO B7, 20: ISO B8, 21: ISO B9, 22: ISO B10, 23: ISO C3, 24: ISO C4, 25: ISO C5, 26: Envelope - Youkei 2 (ISO-C6), 27: Envelope DL, 28: JIS B0, 29: JIS B1, 30: JIS B2, 31: JIS B3, 32: JIS B4, 33: JIS B5, 34: JIS B6, 35: JIS B7, 36: JIS B8, 37: JIS B9, 38: JIS B10, 39: 11x17 (Ledger), 40: 170x220, 41: 220x340, 42: 340x440, 43: Postcard, 44: 8.5x11 (Letter), 45: 8.5x14 (Legal), 46: 12x18, 47: 12.6x18.0, 48: 12.0x19.2, 49: 16K (TFX), 50: 8K (TFX), 51: 3.5x5.5, 52: 4.0x6.0, 53: 5.0x7.0, 54: 5.5x8.5, 55: 6.0x9.0, 56: 8.0x10.0, 57: 8.5x13, 58: 7.25x10.5 (Executive), 59: 8.5x10.83, 60: Envelope Choukei 3, 61: Envelope - Choukei 4, 62: 10x11, 63: 10x12, 64: 11x15, 65: 12x1, 66: 35x50, 67: Non-standard, 68: Unknown, 69: Free Size, 70: SRA3, 71: 12.0x19.0, 72: Envelope - Monarch 7.3/4, 73: Envelope - Commercial #10, 74: Envelope - Youkei 3, 75: Envelope - Youkei 4, 76: 8.5x12.4, 77: 16K (FXCL), 78: 8K (FXCL), 79: A4-Cover, 80: Letter-Cove, 81: Special A4, 82: Special A3, 83: Prepaid Postcard, 84: 12.6x19.2, 85: 13x18, 86: 13x19, 87: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4), 88: DT Special A3, 89 8.5x13.4 Mexican Officio

780-205


0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-206


0: Not specified

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-207


0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-208


0: Not specified

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-209


0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-210


0: Not specified [Volante] 5: A4

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-211

Tray 6 (HCF) Standard Paper Size - Orientation

0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-403

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-404


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-212

Tray 6 (HCF) Standard Paper Size - Size

0: Not specified

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-213

Tray 7 (HCF) Standard Paper Size - Orientation

0: Not specified

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-214

Tray 7 (HCF) Standard Paper Size - Size

0: Not specified

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


780-215

Offset Operation of HCS Tray

1: Offset per set

1

3

No

Yes

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

780-216

Test Pattern Number for User Regi Adjustment

12: Dual registration

1

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Grid, 12: Dual registration

780-218

Continuing print when staples run out

0 : Not continue

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not continue 1 : Continue

780-222

Image Quality Control Classification: Bond Paper

-

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Plain A, 1: Plain B, 2: Plain C, 3: Plain D, 4: Plain E, 5: Plain F, 6: Plain G, 7: Plain S, 10: OHP, 11: Heavyweight, 12: Heavyweight (Reload), 13: Extra Heavyweight, 14: Extra Heavyweight (Reload), 15: Gloss, 16: Gloss (Reload), 17: HW Gloss, 18: HW Gloss (Reload), 19: Heavyweight_A, 20: Heavyweight_B, 21: Heavyweight_C, 22: Heavyweight_S, 23: Heavyweight_A (Reload), 24: Heavyweight_B (Reload), 25: Heavyweight_C (Reload), 26: Heavyweight_S (Reload), 27: Extra Heavyweight_A, 28: Extra Heavyweight_B, 29: Extra Heavyweight_C, 30: Extra Heavyweight_D, 31: Extra Heavyweight_S, 32: Extra Heavyweight_A (Reload), 33: Extra Heavyweight_B (Reload), 34: Extra Heavyweight_C (Reload), 35: Extra Heavyweight_D (Reload), 36: Extra Heavyweight_S (Reload), 37: Plain T, 38: Plain S1, 39: Plain S2, 40: Recycled A, 41: Recycled B, 42: Labels, 43: HW Labels, 44: Heavyweight_S1, 45: Heavyweight_S2, 46: Heavyweight_S1 (Reload), 47: Heavyweight_S2 (Reload), 48: Extra Heavyweight_E, 49: Extra Heavyweight_S1, 50: Extra Heavyweight_S2, 51: Tab Stock, 52: HW Tab Stock, 53: Coated Paper, 54: Gloss_A, 55: Gloss_B, 56: Gloss_A (Reload), 57: Gloss_B (Reload), 58: Extra Heavyweight_E (Reload), 59: Extra Heavyweight_S1 (Reload), 60: Extra Heavyweight_S2 (Reload)

780-229

Perform Offset in Booklet Units

1: Perform

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not perform, 1: Perform

780-230

Punch unit type

0 : Standard specification

0

1

No

No

Read

0 : Standard specification 1 : Swedish specification

780-236

Banner sheet offset

0 : Not implement

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not implement 1 : Implement

780-241

Default feed tray for separator (separating paper)

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Tray number (1 - )

780-243

Screen number for test printing of custom paper type

7 : 200C

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 : Character, 1 : Photo, 2 : Bynary ED, 3 : 24ED, 4 : 300DACS, 5 : 600, 6 : 300, 7 : 200C, 8 : 200R, 9 : 150, 10 : FINE, 11 : 106 lines, 12 : Gray Font (1200)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

12

02/2009 6-405

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-406


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

780-244

Screen number for test printing of second transfer voltage

7 : 200C

0

12

No

Yes

Read/ Write


780-245

Screen number for sample printing of the user registration adjustment

5 : 600

0

12

No

Yes

Read/ Write


780-246

Screen number for sample printing of paper curl adjustment

12:GrayFont(1200)

0

12

No

Yes

Read/ Write


780-247

Density for test printing of custom paper type

60

0

100

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 100

785-002

ACS Separation Level

3: Normal

0

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: More Black, 2: Black, 3: Normal, 4: Color, 5: More Color

785-004

Background Suppression in B/W Mode

1: High Speed

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: High Quality, 1: High Speed

785-005

Auto background suppression for color printing

1 : Speed prioritized

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Image quality prioritized 1 : Speed prioritized

785-008

DADF Type

0: Not set (Auto recognition)

0

3

Yes

No

Read

0: Not set, 1: PF1, 2: PF2, 3: PF1.5

785-010

FAX Document Size Detection Method in DADF

0: A/B series [MN] 1: Inch series

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: A/B series, 1: Inch series

785-015

Text/Photo Separation Level

3: Normal

1

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: More Text, 2: Text, 3: Normal, 4: Photo, 5: More Photo

785-016

Photo reproduction level

3 : Standard

1

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 : Towards characters, 3 : Standard, 5 : Towards photo

785-020

Copy Text/Photo Mode Special Color Reproduction

0: Normal

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Normal, 1: Inkjet, 2: Highlight Pen

785-021

HWM Detection H/W Installation Availability

0: Not installed

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Not installed, 1: Installed

785-022

Background Suppression Level (Color Copy Text/Photo)

1: +1

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 0, 1: +1, 2: +2, 3: +3, 4: +4


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

785-023

Background Suppression Level (Color Copy Text)

1: +1

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 0, 1: +1, 2: +2, 3: +3, 4: +4

785-024

100% Fine Adjustment Fast Scan R/E

100.0%

980

1020

Yes

No

Read/ Write

980: 98.0%-1020: 102.0% *0.1% increments

785-025

100% Fine Adjustment Slow Scan R/E

100.0%

980

1020

Yes

No

Read/ Write

980: 98.0%-1020: 102.0% *0.1% increments

785-026

100% Fine Adjustment DADF Application Setting

0: Do not apply

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not apply, 1: Apply

785-028

CVT Original Size Requirement Setting

1: Required

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not required, 1: Required

785-030

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (5.5x8.5 (Statement))

(Set for each region)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable

785-031

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (A5)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-032

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (B5)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-033

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (8.25x10.5 (Executive))


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-034

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (8x10)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-035

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (16K)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-036

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (8.5x11 (Letter))


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-407


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-408


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

785-037



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-038

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (8.5x13 (Foolscap))


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-039

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (8.5x14 (Legal))


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-040

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (B4)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-041

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (8K)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-042

APS Applicable / Not Applicable (11x17 (Ledger))


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-043



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-050

Input Original Size Applicable Range when Original Size is Not Specified

0: Applicable to those Originals only

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Applicable to those Originals only, 1: Applicable to all the following non-standard Originals

785-051

BW Both Sides Document Simultaneous Scan Mode Switching (Copy)

1: Scan both sides at the same time

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not scan both sides at the same time, 1: Scan both sides at the same time

785-052

BW Both Sides Document Simultaneous Scan Mode Switching (FAX)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

785-053

BW Both Sides Document Simultaneous Scan Mode Switching (Scan)


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


785-055

Background Suppression Transfer Mode

0: 1 Sided

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided

785-065

Image Layout Center/Corner Switch for Large Size Paper

1: Paste to Center

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Paste to Corner, 1: Paste to Center

785-070

Document Return Method to DADF

2: Return N sheets

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Return all sheets, 2: Return N sheets

785-080

Edge Erase Settings for smaller paper

5 (mm)

0

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~10mm (Unit: mm)

785-081

Elevator Tray Operation Trigger Switching

1

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: The faster one among the following (A) or (B) will be the trigger. (A) When the NVM setting time has passed after Document Set Sensor has turned ON. If the Document Guide shifts (#1 to 3 Tray APS Sensor Level changes), reset the timer. Ignore the level change during Tray lift up. (B) The Start button is pressed when the Document Set Sensor is ON. 2: Only if the Start button is pressed when the Document Set Sensor is ON.

785-082

SCAN Background Suppression Method

1: High Speed

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-001

Initial Display Screen Settings

0: Settings List screen [MN and P configurations] 1: Job Management Screen

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Settings List screen, 1: Job Management Screen, 2: Feature Information Screen

790-002

Function Settings List Screen

[DC/MF] 1: Copy [P] 0: All Services

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-17 0: All Services, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print - Photos, 15: Media Print - Text, 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-409


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-410


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: Perform only when there are multiple recipients, 2: Always perform (Both Fax & iFax are supported in [FX/IBG] while only Fax is supported in [MN])

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit

59

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~59sec

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not print, 1: Print

1

1

99999 9999

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 to 999999999 *Max of 9 digits

Default Print Next Page (Page Number)

0: All pages

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: All pages, 2: All pages excluding the first page

790-045

Default Print Availability (Date)

0: Do not print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-046

Default Print Page (Date)

0: All pages

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: All pages, 1: First page only, 2: All pages excluding the first page

790-047

Default Print Availability (Stamp)

0: Do not print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-048

Default Print Page (Stamp)

0: All pages

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: All pages, 1: First page only, 2: All pages excluding the first page

790-050

Preset Tray 1

1: Tray 1

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None (not in use) 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A-HCF), 7: Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray)

790-051

Preset Tray 2

2: Tray 2

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-052

Preset Tray 3

3: Tray 3

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-003

Recipient Confirmation during Fax/iFax Send

1: Perform only when there are multiple recipients

0

2

Yes

790-005

Address Keyboard, 10 Key Input Prohibited

0: Do not prohibit

0

1

790-019

Remaining Job Auto Clear Timer Settings When Accessory is Connected

15 (sec)

1

790-042

Default Page Print Settings (Page Number)

0: Do not print

790-043

Default Start Number (Page Number)

790-044


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-053

Preset Tray 4

5: SMH

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-054

Default color (page number)

1 : Black

1

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 : Black (Changeable) [MN] 1: Black, 2: Red, 3: Green, 4: Blue, 5: Yellow, 6: Magenta, 7: Cyan

790-055

Default color (date)

1 : Black

1

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 : Black (Not changeable) [MN] 1: Black, 2: Red, 3: Green, 4: Blue, 5: Yellow, 6: Magenta, 7: Cyan

790-056

External Access Old Version (V 2.0) Operation

0: Do not operate in old version (V 2.0)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not operate in old version (V 2.0), 1: Operate

790-058

Initialize Persistent Cookies at Termination of External Access

0: Do not perform

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-059

Initialize Cache at Termination of External Access

0: Do not perform

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-060

R/E Preset 1

4: R/E Preset 4

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not set 1-12: R/E Preset 1~12

790-061

R/E Preset 2

5: R/E Preset 5

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-062

R/E Preset 3

9: R/E Preset 9

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-063

JavaScript Enabled/Disabled

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: JavaScript Disabled, 1: Enabled

790-064

Cache Enabled/Disabled

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Cache Disabled, 1: Enabled

790-065

Cache Operation

0: Auto confirm

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto confirm 1: Check as each page is displayed 2: After starting up, check only once as the page is being displayed 3: Off

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-411

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-412


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-066

Cookie Operation

2: Check for storage as each cookie is received

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Disable cookies. (Do not use cookies) 1: Enable cookies. (Use cookies) 2: Check for storage as each cookie is received

790-067

TLS1.0 Enabled/Disabled

1: Use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not use TLS1.0 1: Use

790-068

SSL2.0 Enabled/Disabled

1: Use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not use SSL2.0 1: Use

790-069

SSL3.0 Enabled/Disabled

1: Use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not use SSL3.0 1: Use

790-070

Default Tray Setting in Copy Mode

0: Auto

0

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A-HCF), 7: Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray)

790-071

Tray for Auto Job Release

1: Tray 1

1

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A-HCF), 7: Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray)

790-072

Default R/E Setting in Copy Mode

0: 100%

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 100% 1-12: R/E Preset 1~12 255: Auto

790-073

R/E Preset 1 Setting

1001: 25.00%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~24: Not in use, 25~400: 25~400%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%

790-074


1003: 50.00%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as R/E Preset 1 Setting (790-073).

790-075


1005: 61.20%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-076


1007: 70.70%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-077


1009: 81.60%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-078


1010: 86.60%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-079


1013: 115.40%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-080

R/E Preset 8 Setting (For Full UI)

1014: 122.50%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-081


1017: 141.40%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-082


1019: 163.20%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-083


1022: 200.00%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-084


1025: 400.00%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-085

Movement Operation Between Sites

0: Do not warn when moving between secured and nonsecured sites

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not warn when moving between secured and non-secured sites 1: Always warn

790-086

Redirect Operation

2: Warn when being redirected to a different host

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not warn if being redirected while sending form 1: Always warn 2: Warn when being redirected to a different host

790-087

SSL Server Certificate Post-Verification Operation

1: Ask the user

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Stop temporary access to untrusted server 1: Ask the user

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-413

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-414


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-088

Logout Confirmation Screen Display

0: Do not display [MN] 1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-089

Default extraction color for 2 colors

1(0x01) : Other than black

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1(0x01) : Other than black 2(0x02) : Red 4(0x04) : Green 8(0x08) : Blue 16(0x10) : Yellow (Y) 32(0x20) : Magenta (M) 64(0x40) : Cyan '(C)

790-090

Default color mode

2:B

0

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : None, 1 : Automatically selected, 2 : B, 3 : 4 colors, 4 : Single color, 5 : 2 colors

790-091

Default selected color for single color

1 : Fixed registered color 1

1

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 - 6 : "Fixed registered color 1" - "Fixed registered color 6" 7 - 12 : "User registered color 1" - "User registered color 6"

790-092

Default reproduced color specification other than extracted area

0 : Black

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Black 1 - 6 : "Fixed registered color 1" - "Fixed registered color 6" 7 - 12 : "User registered color 1" - "User registered color 6"

790-093

Default reproduced color specification for extracted area

1 : Fixed registered color 1

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Black 1 - 6 : "Fixed registered color 1" - "Fixed registered color 6" 7 - 12 : "User registered color 1" - "User registered color 6"

790-094

Default Document Type (B/W Machine)

1: Text

1

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Text, 2: Text & Photo, 3: Photo, 4: Light Text

790-096

Default document type (Color configuration)

4 : Character/Photo (Printing photo)

0

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Automatically selected 1 : Character (Standard character) 2 : Character (Pencil character (black)) 4 : Character/Photo (Printing photo) 5 : Character/Photo (Photograph) 6 : Character/Photo (Color copy document) 7 : Photo (Printed picture) 8 : Photo (Photograph) 9 : Photo (Color copy document) 10 : Map

Description


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-097

Default Auto Exposure

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-098

Default Density Adjustment

3: Normal

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Lighten +3, 1: Lighten +2, 2: Lighten +1, 3: Normal, 4: Darken +1, 5: Darken +2, 6: Darken +3

790-099

Default Mixed Sizes

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-100

Default color balance (Y: low density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 6 : "-3 - 3" (Weak 3, Weak 2, Weak 1, Regular, Strong 1, Strong 2, Strong 3)

790-101

Default color balance (Y : middle density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-102

Default color balance (Y : high density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-103

Default color balance (M : low density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-104

Default color balance (M : middle density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-105

Default color balance (M : high density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-106

Default color balance (C : low density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-107

Default color balance (C : middle density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-108

Default color balance (C : high density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-109

Default color balance (K : low density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-110

Default color balance (K : middle density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-415

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-416


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-111

Default color balance (K : high density)

3 : "0" Regular

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-112

Stamp User Registered Text 1 Edit Permission

1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit, 1: Allow [Available for MN only]

790-113


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-114


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-115


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-116


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-117


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-118


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-119


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-120

Default tone

2 : "0"

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : "-20", 1 : "-10", 2 : "0", 3 : "+10", 4 : "+20"

790-121

Default saturation

2 : Regular

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Strong 2 (High), 1 : Strong 1 (Slightly high), 2 : Regular, 3 : Weak 1 (Slightly low), 4 : Weak 2(Low)

790-122

Default Sharpness

2: Normal

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Sharp, 1: Sharper, 2: Normal, 3: Softer, 4: Soft

790-123

Default contrast

2 : Regular

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Strong, 1 : Slightly strong, 2 : Regular, 3 : Slightly weak, 4 : Weak

790-124

Default Center/Corner Shift Position (Side 1)

0: None

0

9

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center

Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-125

Default Center/Corner Shift Position (Side 2)

10: Opposite to Side 1 position

0

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center, 10: Opposite to Side 1 position

790-126

FAX Broadcast Control

0: Do not broadcast

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Broadcast prohibited, 1: Broadcast allowed (no need to input twice), 2: Broadcast allowed (must input twice)

790-127

Secondary Input Method of First Speed Dial Instruction Condition

0: Speed Dial

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Speed Dial, 1: Full Dial, 2: Do not perform secondary input

790-128

Default Center Erase

0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-129

Rotation Default Setting

1: ON only for APS/ AMS

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Always ON, 1: ON only for APS/AMS, 2: Always OFF

790-130

Image Orientation Default Setting

[w/ Finisher] 0: Auto [w/o Finisher] 1: Portrait Original Left Edge

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto, 1: Portrait Original - Left Edge, 2: Portrait Original - Right Edge

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-417

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-418


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-131

Fixed Size 1 of Copy Document Size Input

10: A3 SEF

2

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Not fixed, 10: A3 SEF, 11: A4 LEF, 12: A4 SEF, 13: A5 LEF, 14: A5 SEF, 15: A6 LEF, 16: A6 SEF, 50: Envelope C4 SEF, 51: Envelope: C5 LEF (same as Kakukei 6), 52: Envelope: C5 SEF (same as Kakukei 6), 55: Envelope: DL LEF, 66: B4 SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5 SEF, 69: B6 LEF, 70: B6 SEF, 80: 11x17 SEF, 87: Postcard LEF, 88: Postcard SEF, 89: 8.5x11 LEF, 90: 8.5x11 SEF, 92: 8.5x14 SEF, 94: 12x18 SEF, 98: 12x19 SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5 LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5 SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10 LEF, 116: 8x10 SEF, 118: 8.5x13 SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5 LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5 SEF, 123: Envelope: You Chou 3 LEF, 124: Envelope: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Envelope: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15 SEF, 135: 3.5x5 (Photo L) LEF, 136: 3.5x5 (Photo L) SEF, 137: Envelope: Commercial #10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3 SEF, 143: Special A4 LEF, 144: Special A4 SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19 SEF, 148: 13x18 SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2 SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Envelope: Monarch 7.3/4 LEF, 154: Return Postcard LEF, 155: Return Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (FXCL), 157: 16K SEF (FXCL), 159: 8K SEF (FXCL), 160: DT Special A3

790-132


12: A4 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-133


11: A4 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-134


14: A5 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-135


16: A6 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-136


66: B4SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-137


68: B5SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-138


67: B5 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

Description


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-139


70: B6SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-140


110: PostCard(5x7)S EF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-141


136: 3.5x5 (Photo L) SEF(FX) 104: 8K SEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-142


88: Postcard SEF (FX) 102: 16K SEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-143


80: 11x17" SEF (FX) 101: 16K LEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-144


92: 8.5x14" SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-145


118: 8.5x13" SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-146


90: 8.5x11" SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-147


89: 8.5x11" LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-148

Operation When JFS List is Selected

1: Open the Details/Settings screen

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Select the list, 1: Open the Details/Settings screen

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-419

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-420


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

790-149

Multiple Sets

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

9,999 (sheets)

1

9999

Yes

No


Description 1~9999 (sheets)


ChainLink 790-172

NVM Names Paper Type Limitation during Copy APS/ATS Implementation

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

0: Follow the existing priority order

0

255

Yes

No

02/2009 6-421


Description 0: Follow the existing priority order *Refer to the following for other values 1: Plain, 2: Transparency Sheet, 3: Envelope, 4: Plain Envelope, 5: Windowed Envelope, 6: Labels, 7: Form, 8: Gloss, 1: Tracing Paper, 9: Heavyweight, 11: Heayvweight Reload, 12: Extra Heavyweight, 13: Extra Heavyweight Reload, 14: Recycled, 15: Continuous Paper (Long), 16: Continuous Paper (Short), 17: TABSTOCK, 18: MULTILAYER, 19: OPAQUEFILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: Lightweight, 22: Bond Paper, 23: Custom Paper 1, 24: Custom Paper 2, 25: Custom Paper 3, 26: Custom Paper 4, 27: Custom Paper 5, 28: Others, 29: Gift Wrapping Paper, 30: Coated Paper, 31: HW Gloss, 32: Gloss (Reload), 33: HW Gloss (Reload), 34: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight, 35: Finisher-compliant Gloss, 36: Heavyweight_A, 37: Heavyweight_B, 38: Heavyweight_C, 39: Heavyweight_S, 40: Extra Heavyweight_A, 41: Extra Heavyweight_B, 42: Extra Heavyweight_C, 43: Extra Heavyweight_D, 44: Extra Heavyweight_S, 45: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_A, 46: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_B, 47: Finisher-compliant Heavyweight_C, 48: Finishercompliant Heavyweight_S, 49: Postcard Paper, 50: Postcard Paper (Reload), 51: Plain (Reload), 52: Bond Paper (Reload), 53: Recycled (Reload), 54: Special, 55: Special (Reload), 56: Plain Reload, 57: Punched, 58: Tab Stock, 59: HW Tab Stock, 60: Labels, 61: HW Labels, 62: Plain A, 63: Plain B, 64: Plain C, 65: Plain D, 66: Plain E, 67: Plain F, 68: Plain G, 69: Plain S, 70: Plain S1, 71: Plain S2, 72: Recycled A, 73: Recycled B, 74: Heavyweight_S1, 75: Heavyweight_S2, 76: Extra Heavyweight_E, 77: Extra Heavyweight_S1, 78: Extra Heavyweight_S2, 79: Gloss_A, 80: Gloss_B, 81: Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 82: Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 83: Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 84: Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 85: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_A, 86: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_B, 87: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_C, 88: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_D, 89: Extra Heavyweight (Reload)_S, 90: Extra Heavyweight Plus, 91: Heavyweight 4, 92: Extra Heavyweight Plus Reload, 93: Heavyweight 4 Reload, 94: Transfer Paper, 95 Coated paper 3, 96 Coated paper 4, 97 Coated paper 3 (Side 2), 98 Coated paper 4 (Side 2), 99 Recycled paper_S1, 100 Side 2_S1, 101 Letter head paper , 102 Pre-printed paper, 103 Bond paper worth of heavier paper 2, 104 Not Coated paper, 105 Coated paper, 106 Tab paper, 107 Not Coated paper (Side 2), 108 Coated paper (Side 2), 109 Custom paper type 1, 110 Custom paper type 2, 111 Custom paper type 3, 112 Custom paper type 4, 113 Custom paper type 5, 114 Custom paper type 6, 115 Custom paper type 7, 116 Custom paper type 8, 117 Custom paper type 9, 118 Custom paper type 10 *Paper Type that can be set in Tray other than SMH/Interposer, with the exception of Tab Stock, can be specified.


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-422


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

0

21

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: All paper colors are supported, 1: White, 2: Pink, 3: Yellow, 4: Ocher, 5: Chrome Yellow, 6: Blue, 7: Green, 8: Transparent, 10: Red, 13: Others, 14: Cream, 15: Gray, 16: Orange, 17: Custom Color 1, 18: Custom Color 2, 19: Custom Color 3, 20: Custom Color 4, 21: Custom Color 5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Character string of up to 31 bytes including NULL end character [Available for MN only]

Read/ Write

Description

790-173

Paper Color Limitation Settings during Copy APS/ATS Implementation

1: White

790-174

Company Name

NULL

790-175

Full Document Print (Private, Secure, Proof) Output Order

0: In ascending oder of document registration date

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: In ascending oder of document registration date, 1: In descending oder of document registration date, 2: In ascending oder of document name, 3: In descending oder of document name

790-176

Group Recipient Specification Permission during Fax Double Input

1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit, 1: Allow

790-177

Double Input Screen Display during Fax Double Input Group Recipient Specification

1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-179

Authentication Status Display

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-180

Default "Document Orientation" in Copy Mode

0: Head to Top

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left

790-181

2 Sided Feature Default Setting

0: None (11 Sided)

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None (1-1 Sided), 1: 1-2 Sided, 2: 2-1 Sided, 3: 2-2 Sided

790-182

Default Collate Mode in Copy Mode

0: Auto [MN] 1: Collated

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto, 1: Collated, 2: Uncollated, 3: Uncollated - insert separators


ChainLink

NVM Names

790-183

Default Output Destination in Copy Mode

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Decided from among the installed ouput destinations in the following priority order 1) 0: Center Tray (Center Tray 1) 2) 3: Center Tray 2 3) 5: HCS 1 Top Tray 4) 4: Top Tray 5) 2: Finisher Tray 6) 22 : Output tray (When none of the above 1) to 5) does not exist)

0

22

Yes

No

Default iFax Title

NULL [MN] iFax from a Xerox (product name)

790-199

All Services Screen - Operation Settings during Service Selection

0: Transit to selected service

0

790-207

Add Sender Address to "To:"

0: OFF

0

4127/4112G

Read/ Write

Description 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS 1 Top Tray, 6: HCS 1 Stacker Tray, 7: HCS 2 Top Tray, 8: HCS 2 Stacker Tray, 7:, 22: Output tray NOTE: Options that are not installed cannot be selected.

790-191

Version.1 .1.1

Read/ Write

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Maximum 128 Bytes. NULL end.

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Transit to selected service, 1: Display service description

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

02/2009 6-423


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-424


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-208

Add Sender Address to "CC:"

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-209

Edit Mail Destination

1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-222

Default Mixed Sizes

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-223

Default Output color

2: Black & White [MN-Color] 3: Auto

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Full Color, 1: Grayscale, 2: Black & White, 3: Auto

790-224

Default Paper Type

0: Text [Pinehurst MN] 2: Text & Photo

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Text & Photo

790-225

Default Resolution

0: 200dpi

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 200dpi, 1: 300dpi, 2: 400dpi, 3: 600dpi

790-226

Default Top and Bottom Edge Erase

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-227

Default Left and Right Edge Erase

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-228

Default Center Erase

0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-229

Default Density/Brightness Adjustment (Using data common to Density, Brightness)

3: Normal

0

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Brightness (Density) 3, 1: Brightness (Density) 2, 2: Brightness (Density) 1, 3: Normal, 4: Brightness (Density) -1, 5: Brightness (Density) -2, 6: Brightness (Density) -3

790-230

Default Contrast Adjustment

2: Normal

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Sharpen +2, 1: Sharpen +1, 2: Normal, 3: Soften +1, 4: Soften +2

Description


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-231

Fixed Size for Original Size for Scan - 1

10: A3 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Not fixed, 10: A3 SEF, 11: A4 LEF, 12: A4 SEF, 13: A5 LEF, 14: A5 SEF, 15: A6 LEF, 16: A6 SEF, 50: Envelope C4 SEF, 51: Envelope: C5 LEF, 52: Envelope C5 SEF, 55: Envelope: DL LEF, 66: B4 SEF, 67: B5 LEF, 68: B5 SEF, 69: B6 LEF, 70: B6 SEF, 80: 11x17 SEF, 87: Postcard LEF, 88: Postcard SEF, 89: 8.5x11 LEF, 90: 8.5x11 SEF, 92: 8.5x14 SEF, 94: 12x18 SEF, 98: 12x19 SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5 LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5 SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10 LEF, 116: 8x10 SEF, 118: 8.5x13 SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5 LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5 SEF, 123: Envelope: You Chou 3 LEF, 124: Envelope: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Envelope: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15 SEF, 135: 3.5x5 (Photo L) LEF, 136: 3.5x5 (Photo L) SEF, 137: Envelope: Commercial #10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3 SEF, 143: Special A4 LEF, 144: Special A4 SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19 SEF, 148: 13x18 SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2 SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Envelope: Monarch 7.3/4 LEF, 154: Return Postcard LEF, 155: Return Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (FXCL) 157: 16K SEF (FXCL), 159: 8K SEF (FXCL),160: DT Special A3 SEF

790-232


12: A4 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-233


11: A4 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-234


14: A5 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-235


16: A6 SEF *

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-236


66: B4 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-237


68: B5 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-238


67: B5 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-425

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-426


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-239


70: B6 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-240


109: Postcard (5x7) LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-241


135: 3.5x5 (Photo L) LEF (FX) 104: 8K SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-242

Download Print Through Browser

1: Use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not use 1: Use

790-243

Envelope Tray Display Setting

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

790-244

Recipient Confirmation during E-mail Send

0: Off

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1: Perform only when there are multiple recipients 2: Always perform

790-245

Web Display Optimization

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

790-246

Recipient Confirmation during Server Fax Send

1: Perform only when there are multiple recipients

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1: Perform only when there are multiple recipients 2: Always perform

790-247

Broadcast Switch Button Display

0: Do not display

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-248

Redial Address Storage Number

15

1

15

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-15

790-249

Redial Target Address Type

0x01: Full Dial

0

15

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Use the following OR values 0x01: Full Dial 0x02: Address Number 0x04: Group 0x08: Wild Card

Description


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-250

Fixed Size 1 Fast Scan

0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-251

Fixed Size 1 Slow Scan

0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-252


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-253


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-254


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-255


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-256


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-257


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-258


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-259


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-260


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-261


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-262


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-263


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-427

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-428


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-264


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-265


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-266


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-267


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-268


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-269


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-270


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-297mm

790-271


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15-432mm

790-272

Default "Document Orientation" in Scan Mode

1: Head to Left [MN] 0: Head to Top

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left

790-273

Default R/E Preset for Scan - 1

1003:50.00 %

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~24: Not in use, 25~400: %, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%

790-274


1007:70.70 %

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as Default R/E Preset for Scan - 1 setting (780-273)

790-275


1009:81.60 %

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-276


1010:86.60 %

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-277


1013:115.4 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-278


1014:122.5 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-279


1017:141.4 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-280

Output Size 1

10: A3 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Not fixed, 10: A3 SEF, 11: A4 LEF, 12: A4 SEF, 13: A5 LEF, 14: A5 SEF, 15: A6 LEF, 16: A6 SEF, 50: Envelope C4 SEF, 51: Envelope: C5 LEF, 52: Envelope C5 SEF, 55: Envelope: DL LEF, 66: B4 SEF, 67: B5 LEF, 68: B5 SEF, 69: B6 LEF, 70: B6 SEF, 80: 11x17 SEF, 87: Postcard LEF, 88: Postcard SEF, 89: 8.5x11 LEF, 90: 8.5x11 SEF, 92: 8.5x14 SEF, 94: 12x18 SEF, 98: 12x19 SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5 LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5 SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10 LEF, 116: 8x10 SEF, 118: 8.5x13 SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5 LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5 SEF, 123: Envelope: You Chou 3 LEF, 124: Envelope: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Envelope: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15 SEF, 135: 3.5x5 (Photo L) LEF, 136: 3.5x5 (Photo L) SEF, 137: Envelope: Commercial #10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3 SEF, 143: Special A4 LEF, 144: Special A4 SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19 SEF, 148: 13x18 SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2 SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Envelope: Monarch 7.3/4 LEF, 154: Return Postcard LEF, 155: Return Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (FXCL), 157: 16K SEF (FXCL), 159: 8K SEF (FXCL),160: DT Special A3 SEF

790-281

Output Size 2

12: A4 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-282

Output Size 3

11: A4 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-283

Output Size 4

14: A5 SEF (FX) 66: B4 SEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-429

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-430


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-284

Output Size 5

16: A6 SEF (FX) 68: B5 SEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-285

Output Size 6

66: B4 SEF (FX) 104: 8K SEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-286

Output Size 7

68: B5 SEF (FX) 101: 16K LEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-287

Output Size 8

89: 8.5x11 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

790-288

Default Auto Exposure in Scan Mode

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

790-289

Basic Copying Screen No. of Selection Buttons

0: 4 Buttons

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 4 Buttons 1: 5 Buttons

790-290

Features Screen R/E Preset 1

2: R/E Preset 2

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1-12: R/E Preset 1~12

790-291

Features Screen R/E Preset 2

3: R/E Preset 3

0

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Off 1-12: R/E Preset 1~12

790-297

Default Scan Image Data Compression Format

0: Auto Select

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto Select 1: User Selection

790-298

Default Priority Compression Format for Binary Image Data at User Selection

1: MMR Compression

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: MH Compression 1: MMR Compression 2: JBIG2 compression (arithmetic coding) 3: JBIG2 compression (Huffman coding)

790-300

Special Originals Selection Display Availability

1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-301

Default Top Edge Erase

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-302

Default Bottom Edge Erase

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-303

Default Left Edge Erase

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-304

Default Right Edge Erase

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-305

Default Upright

1: ON

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-306

Default Background Suppression

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-307

Default Compression

2: Normal

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: High Compression Rate, 1: Higher Compression Rate, 2: Normal, 3: Higher Quality, 4: High Quality

790-308

Default Transfer Protocol

0: FTP

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: FTP, 1: SMB, 2: SMB (UNC)

790-309

Default File Format

[Color Scan] 0: TIFF/JPEG Auto Select [BW Scan], 2: TIFF (Multi-page)

0

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: TIFF/JPEG Auto Select, 1: TIFF (1 page per file), 2: TIFF (Multi-page), 3: PDF, 4: XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE), 5: High Compression PDF, 6: High Compression XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE), 7: XPS, 8: High Compression XPS, 9: PDF/A, 10: High-compression PDF/A

790-310

Default iFax Delivery Confirmation

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-311

Default Sharpness Adjustment

2: Normal

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-312

Edge Erase Setting

0: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: ON, 1: OFF

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-431

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-432


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-317

Color Space Display Setting

1: Do not display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Display, 1: Do not display

790-320

Default document type for B copy (when the document type is selected 'automatically')

1 : Character (Regular character)

1

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 : Character (Regular character), 2 : Character (Pencil character (black)), 4 : Text photo (Print), 5 : Text photo (Photograph), 6 : Text photo (Color copy), 7 : Photo (Print), 8 : Photo (Photograph), 9 : Photo (Color copy), 10 : Map

790-321

Default document type for color/automatic (ACS) (when the document type is selected 'automatically')

4 : Text photo (Print)

1

10

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 : Character (Regular character), 4 : Text photo (Print), 5 : Text photo (Photograph), 6 : Text photo (Color copy), 7 : Photo (Print), 8 : Photo (Photograph), 9 : Photo (Color copy), 10 : Map

790-322

Default Side 2 Edge Erase

0: Same as Side 1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Same as Side 1, 1: Opposite to Side 1

790-323

Availability of Tone Function

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-324

Confirmation of address for sending iFax

1 : Confirm the multiple addresses only

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not confirm 1 : Confirm the multiple addresses only 2 : Always confirm [Available for MN only]

790-325

Default iFax Sender Record

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-326

Fax/iFax Address Book Type

1: Type 2 (SUI)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Type 1 (Existing Address Book), 1: Type 2 (SUI)

Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-350



1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as Fixed Size 1 (790-231) 1: Not fixed, 10: A3 SEF, 11: A4 LEF, 12: A4 SEF, 13: A5 LEF, 14: A5 SEF, 15: A6 LEF, 16: A6 SEF, 50: Envelope C4 SEF, 51: Envelope: C5 LEF, 52: Envelope C5 SEF, 55: Envelope: DL LEF, 66: B4 SEF, 67: B5 LEF, 68: B5 SEF, 69: B6 LEF, 70: B6 SEF, 80: 11x17 SEF, 87: Postcard LEF, 88: Postcard SEF, 89: 8.5x11 LEF, 90: 8.5x11 SEF, 92: 8.5x14 SEF, 94: 12x18 SEF, 98: 12x19 SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5 LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5 SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10 LEF, 116: 8x10 SEF, 118: 8.5x13 SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5 LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5 SEF, 123: Envelope: You Chou 3 LEF, 124: Envelope: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Envelope: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15 SEF, 135: 3.5x5 (Photo L) LEF, 136: 3.5x5 (Photo L) SEF, 137: Envelope: Commercial #10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3 SEF, 143: Special A4 LEF, 144: Special A4 SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19 SEF, 148: 13x18 SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2 SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Envelope: Monarch 7.3/4 LEF, 154: Return Postcard LEF, 155: Return Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (FXCL), 157: 16K SEF (FXCL), 159: 8K SEF (FXCL), 160: DT Special A3 SEF

790-351


80: 11x17 SEF (FX) 101: 16K LEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as Fixed Size 1 (790-231)

790-352


92: 8.5x14 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-353


118: 8.5x13 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-354


90: 8.5x11 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-355


89: 8.5x11 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-356

Completed Jobs Display

0: Always display

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Always display 1: Display when authenticated 2: Do not display

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-433

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-434


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write

0: All 1: Only jobs for the authenticated user

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~297 (mm)

0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~432 (mm)


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~297 (mm)

790-363


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~432 (mm)

790-364


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~297 (mm)

790-365


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~432 (mm)

790-366


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~297 (mm)

790-367


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~432 (mm)

790-368


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~297 (mm)

790-369


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~432 (mm)

790-370


0 (mm)

0

297

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~297 (mm)

790-371


0 (mm)

0

432

Yes

No

Read/ Write

15~432 (mm)

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-357

Completed Jobs Display - Target Job Display

0: All

0

1

Yes

790-358

Completed Jobs Display - Display Info Limitation

0: OFF

0

1

790-359

Running/Pending Jobs Display - Display Info Limitation

0: OFF

0

790-360


0 (mm)

790-361


790-362


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-372

Nup Initial Value

0: Off

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1: 2 Up 2: 4 Up 3: 8 Up

790-373

Nup Initial Value - Image Order

0: Left to Right/Up to Down

0

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Left to Right/Up to Down 1: Right to Left 2: Left Up to Right 3: Left Up to Down 4: Right Up to Left 5: Right Up to Down

790-374

Use of the domain information to authenticated user

0 : Not use

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not use 1 : Use

790-380


1014:122.5 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as Default R/E Preset for Scan - 1 setting (780-273). 1~24: Not in use, 25~400: %, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%

790-381


1017:141.4 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-382


1019:163.2 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-435

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-436


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-383


1022:200.0 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-384


1025:400.0 0%

25

1026

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-390

Output Size 9

70: B6SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as Output Size 1 (790-280), 1: Not fixed, 10: A3 SEF, 11: A4 LEF, 12: A4 SEF, 13: A5 LEF, 14: A5 SEF, 15: A6 LEF, 16: A6 SEF, 50: Envelope C4 SEF, 51: Envelope: C5 LEF, 52: Envelope C5 SEF, 55: Envelope: DL LEF, 66: B4 SEF, 67: B5 LEF, 68: B5 SEF, 69: B6 LEF, 70: B6 SEF, 80: 11x17 SEF, 87: Postcard LEF, 88: Postcard SEF, 89: 8.5x11 LEF, 90: 8.5x11 SEF, 92: 8.5x14 SEF, 94: 12x18 SEF, 98: 12x19 SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5 LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5 SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10 LEF, 116: 8x10 SEF, 118: 8.5x13 SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5 LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5 SEF, 123: Envelope: You Chou 3 LEF, 124: Envelope: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Envelope: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15 SEF, 135: 3.5x5 (Photo L) LEF, 136: 3.5x5 (Photo L) SEF, 137: Envelope: Commercial #10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3 SEF, 143: Special A4 LEF, 144: Special A4 SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19 SEF, 148: 13x18 SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2 SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Envelope: Monarch 7.3/4 LEF, 154: Return Postcard LEF, 155: Return Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (FXCL), 157: 16K SEF (FXCL), 159: 8K SEF (FXCL), 160: DT Special A3 SEF

790-391

Output Size 10

109: Postcard (5x7) (Photo 2L) LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as Output Size 1 (790-280)

Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-392

Output Size 11

135: 3.5x5 (Photo L) LEF (FX) 104: 8K SEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-393

Output Size 12


1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-394

Output Size 13

80: 11x17 SEF (FX) 101: 16K LEF (IBG)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-395

Output Size 14

92: 8.5x14 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-396

Output Size 15

118: 8.5x13 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-397

Output Size 16

90: 8.5x11 SEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-398

Output Size 17

89: 8.5x11 LEF

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-399

Right Binding Options Display Settings

0: Do not display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not display 1: Display [Available for MN only]

790-400

Consumables 1% Remaining Amount Display Settings

1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-437

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-438


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-401

All Services screen Favorite Setting 1

1: Copy

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare (web external linkage), 14: Media Print - Photos, 15: Media Print - Text, 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS, 18: CUI, 61: Expansion Service 1, 62: Expansion Service 2, 63: Expansion Service 3, 64: Expansion Service 4, 65: Expansion Service 5, 66: Expansion Service 6, 67: Expansion Service 7, 68: Expansion Service 8, 69: Expansion Service 9, 70: Expansion Service 10, 81: Custom Service 1, 82: Custom Service 2, 83: Custom Service 3, 84: Custom Service 4, 85: Custom Service 5, 86: Custom Service 6, 87: Custom Service 7, 88: Custom Service 8, 89: Custom Service 9, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Store, 160: Print Mode, 107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box, 109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box, 111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box, 200: Screen Brightness / Contrast

790-402


2: FAX/ iFAX

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [All Services screen Favorite Setting 1] (790-401)

790-403


3: Scan to Email

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-404


4: Scan to Mailbox

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-405


5: Scan to Server

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-406


6: Scan to PC

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-407


15: Media Print - Text

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-408


14: Media Print - Photos

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-409


7: BOX

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-410


10: Job Memory

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-411


9: Job Flow Service

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-412


13: DocuShare

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-413


17: BMLinkS

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-414


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-415


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-416


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-417

All Services screen - Utility Setting 1

104: Language

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-418


200: Screen Brightness / Contrast

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-419


105: Store

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-420


101: Auto Gradation Adjustment

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-421

Basic Copying - No. of Frequently Used Features (0/3/6)

1: Customized L1

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Non-customized 1: Customized L1 2: Customized L2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-439

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-440


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-422

Basic Copying - Frequently Used Features Setting (L1-1)

[FCW-UI] 3: Original Type

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not set, 1: Output Color, 2: Color Effects, 3: Original Type, 4: Lighten / Darken / Contrast (Color), 5: Lighten / Darken (Open), 6: Sharpness / Saturation (Color), 7: Sharpness (B/W), 8: Background Suppresion, 9: Color Balance, 10: Color Shift, 21: 2 Sided Copying, 22: Book Copying, 23: 2 Sided Book Copying, 24: Original Size, 25: Edge Erase, 26: Image Shift, 27: Image Rotation, 28: Invert Image, 29: Original Orientation, 30: Mixed Size Originals, 41: Copy Output, 42: Booklet Creation, 43: Covers, 44: Transparency Options, 45: Multiple-Up, 46: Poster, 47: Repeat Image, 48: Chapter Start / Insert Separators, 49: Annotations, 50: Watermark, 51: Output Orientation, 52: Folding, 61: Build Job, 62: Image Overlay (Overlay Copy), 63: Delete Outside / Delete Inside, 64: Preset Repeat Image, 65: Tab Stock Copy, 66: Gloss Level, 67: Sample Job, 68: Volume Copy, 69: HWM, 70: Image Enhancement, 71: Image Options, 72: ID Card Copying, 101: 2 Sided Copying (1 Sided -> 2 Sided (H to H)), 102: 2 Sided Copying (2 Sided -> 2 Sided (H to H)), 103: Mixed Size Originals (specify directly), 104: Margin Shift (Center), 105: Copy Output (Sort), 106: Copy Output (Staple (1 Staple, Left), 107: Copy Output (Staple (2 Staple, Left), 108: Multiple-Up (2-Up (Right -> Left)), 109: Multiple-Up (2-Up (Left -> Right/Top -> Bottom)), 110: Output Orientation (specify reverse order), 111: Folding (Z-fold), 112: Sample Job, 113: Combine Original Sets, 114: Preset Repeat Image (specify directly), 115: Copy All, 116: Background Suppression (specify directly), 117: Original Orientation (Head to Left) (specify directly), 118: Folding (Fold/Do not fold) (specify directly), 119: Build Job (specify directly), 120: Image Overlay (Overlay Copy) (specify directly), 121: Copy Output (Punch (2 Staple, Left), 122: 1 Staple / 2 Staples, 123: 2 Staples / 2H Punch, 124: 2 pages Up / 4 pages Up

790-423


[FCW-UI] 41: Output

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Basic Copying - Frequently Used Features Setting (L1-1)] (790-422)

790-424


[FCW-UI] 45: MultipleUp

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-425


[FCW-UI] 26: Image Shift

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-426


[FCW-UI] 25: Edge Erase

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write



ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-427


[FCW-UI] 30: Mixed Size Orig.

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-428


[FCW-UI] 3: Original Type

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-429


[FCW-UI] 21: 2 Sided Copying

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-430


[FCW-UI] 41: Output

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-431


[FCW-UI] 45: MultipleUp

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-433

Basic Scanning - Frequently Used Features (L1-1)

0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: No feature 1: 2 Sided Scan 2: Scan Resolution 3: Scan Density 4: Reduce/Enlarge

790-435

Current Display Language

1: Japanese

1

32

No

No

Read/ Write

1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: Garman, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portugese, 8: Russian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14: Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portugese, 20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Romanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew, 30 : Catalan, 31 : British English

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-441


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-442


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-436

Service Customize Key 1

1: Copy

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare (web external linkage), 14: Media Print - Photos, 15: Media Print - Text, 17: BMLinkS, 61: Expansion Service 1, 62: Expansion Service 2, 63: Expansion Service 3, 64: Expansion Service 4, 65: Expansion Service 5, 66: Expansion Service 6, 67: Expansion Service 7, 68: Expansion Service 8, 69: Expansion Service 9, 70: Expansion Service 10, 81: Custom Service 1, 82: Custom Service 2, 83: Custom Service 3, 84: Custom Service 4, 85: Custom Service 5, 86: Custom Service 6, 87: Custom Service 7, 88: Custom Service 8, 89: Custom Service 9, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Store, 160: Print Mode, 107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box, 109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box, 111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box

790-437


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Service Customize Key 1] (790-436)

790-438


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Service Customize Key 1] (790-436)

790-440

Supports ASCII Only keyboard

1: Display other than ASCII

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Display ASCII only, 1: Display other than ASCII

790-441

Display Language Limit - Language 1

1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-442


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-443


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-444


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-445


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-446


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write


1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write



1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-453


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-454


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-455


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-456


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-457


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-458


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-459


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-460


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-447


1: Display

0

1

Yes

790-448


1: Display

0

1

790-449


1: Display

0

790-450


1: Display

790-451


790-452

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-443


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-444


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write


1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write



1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-467


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-468


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-469


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-470


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-471


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-472


1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-473

Job List Display Filter Control

0: Display All

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Display All, 1: Transfer, 2: Print, 3: Communicate

790-474

Covers Tray Preset 1

3: Tray 3

1

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF), 7: Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray)

790-475

Covers Tray Preset 2

4: Tray 4

1

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-461


1: Display

0

1

Yes

790-462


1: Display

0

1

790-463


1: Display

0

790-464


1: Display

790-465


790-466


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write


1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [All Services screen Favorite Setting 1] (790-401) 0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare (web external linkage), 14: Media Print - Photos, 15: Media Print - Text, 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS, 18: CUI, 61: Expansion Service 1, 62: Expansion Service 2, 63: Expansion Service 3, 64: Expansion Service 4, 65: Expansion Service 5, 66: Expansion Service 6, 67: Expansion Service 7, 68: Expansion Service 8, 69: Expansion Service 9, 70: Expansion Service 10, 81: Custom Service 1, 82: Custom Service 2, 83: Custom Service 3, 84: Custom Service 4, 85: Custom Service 5, 86: Custom Service 6, 87: Custom Service 7, 88: Custom Service 8, 89: Custom Service 9, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Store, 160: Print Mode, 107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box, 109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box, 111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box, 200: Screen Brightness / Contrast

0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write



103: Activity Report

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-491


102: Fax Receiving Mode

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-492


106: Print Mode

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-495

Default Scan OCR Processing

0: Off

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off 1: On

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-476

Side 2 Covers Tray Preset 1

3: Tray 3

1

7

Yes

790-477

Side 2 Covers Tray Preset 2

4: Tray 4

1

7

790-478

Key Repeat Setting

1: ON

0

790-488


0: No feature

790-489


790-490

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-445


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-446


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-496

Default Scan OCR Processing Language

0: Auto

0

PFV_ MAX_ LANG

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Automatic (Language displayed on the panel), 2 : English, 3 : French, 4 : German, 5 : Italian, 6 : Spanish, 7 : Portuguese, 8 : Russian, 14 : Dutch, 15 : Danish, 19 : Brazillian Portuguese, 16 : Swedish, 17 : Finnish, 18 : Norwagian, 21 : Polish, 22 : Hungarian, 23 : Romanian, 24 : Czech, 25 : Greece, 26 : Turkish, 30 : Catalan, 31 : British English

790-497

Text Data Compression Method in Scan PDF File

1: Compress

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not compress 1: Compress

790-531


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-532


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-533


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-534


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-535


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-536


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-546

Limitation of paper weight for copy APS/ATS

0 : Not specified

0

9

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not specified 1 : Weight 1 2 : Weight 2 3 : Weight 3 4 : Weight 4 5 : Weight 5 6 : Weight 6 7 : Weight 7 8 : Weight 8 9 : Weight 9 * Each range of Weight 1 - 9 depends on ByPro.

Max.

Description


ChainLink

NVM Names

790-547

Limitation of paper type for report APS/ATS

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

0 : Not necessary

0

255

Yes

No

02/2009 6-447


Description 0 : Not necessary, 1: Plain paper, 2: OHP (transparency) sheet, 3: Envelope, 4: Envelope (plain), 5: Envelope (w. window), 6: Label, 7: Form, 8: Coated paper 1, 9: Tracing paper, 10: Heavier paper 1, 11: Side 2 of Heavier paper 1, 12: Heavier paper 2, 13: Side 2 of Heavier paper 2, 14: Recycled paper, 15: Continuous form (long), 16: Continuous form (short), 17: Tab stock, 18: Multilayer, 19: Opaque film, 20: Tack film, 21: Fine paper, 22: Bond paper, 23: User selection 1, 24: User selection 2, 25: User selection 3, 26: User selection 4, 27: User selection 5, 28: Ohters, 29: Gift wrapping paper, 30: Dedicated glossy paper, 31: Coated paper 2, 32: Side 2 of coated paper 1, 33: Side 2 of coated paper 2, 34: Heavier paper 1 that can be handled by Finisher, 35: Coated paper 1 that can be handled by Finisher, 36: Heavier paper 1_A, 37: Heavier paper 1_B, 38: Heavier paper 1_C, 39: Heavier paper 1_S, 40: Heavier paper 2_A, 41: Heavier paper 2_B, 42: Heavier paper 2_C, 43: Heavier paper 2_D, 44: Heavier paper 2_S, 45: Heavier paper 1_A that can be handled by Finisher, 46: Heavier paper 1_B that can be handled by Finisher, 47: Heavier paper 1_C that can be handled by Finisher, 48: Heavier paper 1_S that can be handled by Finisher, 49: Postcard, 50: Side 2 of postcard, 51: Side 2 of plain paper, 52: Side 2 of bond paper, 53: Side 2 of recycled paper, 54: Special, 55: Side 2 of special, 56: Side 2, 57: Pre-punched paper, 58: Heavier tab paper 1, 59: Heavier tab paper 2, 60: Label 1, 61: Label 2, 62: Plain paper_A, 63: Plain paper_B, 64: Plain paper_C, 65: Plain paper_D, 66: Plain paper_E, 67: Plain paper_F, 68: Plain paper_G, 69: Plain paper_S, 70: Plain paper_S1, 71: Plain paper_S2, 72: Recycled paper_A, 73: Recycled paper_B, 74: Heavier paper 1_S1, 75: Heavier paper 1_S2, 76: Heavier paper 2_E, 77: Heavier paper 2_S1, 78: Heavier paper 2_S2, 79: Coated paper 1_A, 80: Coated paper 1_B, 81: Heavier paper 1_A (Side 2), 82: Heavier paper 1_B (Side 2), 83: Heavier paper 1_C (Side 2), 84: Heavier paper 1_S (Side 2), 85: Heavier paper 2_A (Side 2), 86: Heavier paper 2_B (Side 2), 87: Heavier paper 2_C (Side 2), 88: Heavier paper 2_D (Side 2), 89: Heavier paper 2_S (Side 2), 90: Heavier paper 3, 91: Heavier paper 4, 92: Heavier paper 3 (Side 2), 93: Heavier paper 4 (Side 2), 94: T-shirt transfer material, 95: Coated paper 3, 96: Coated paper 4, 97: Coated paper 3 (Side 2), 98: Coated paper 4 (Side 2), 99: Recycled paper_S1, 100: Side 2_S1, 101: Letter head paper, 102: Pre-printed paper, 103: Bond paper worth of heavier paper 2, 104: Not Coated paper, 105: Coated paper, 106: Tab paper, 107: Not Coated paper (Side 2), 108: Coated paper (Side 2), 109: Custom paper type 1, 110: Custom paper type 2, 111: Custom paper type 3, 112: Custom paper type 4, 113: Custom paper type 5, 114: Custom paper type 6, 115: Custom paper type 7, 116: Custom paper type 8, 117: Custom paper type 9, 118: Custom paper type 10


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-448


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-548

Limitation of paper color for report APS/ATS

1 : White

0

21

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : All paper colors included 1 : White 2 : Pink 3 : Yellow 4 : Ocher 5 : Bright yellow 6 : Blue 7 : Green 8 : Transparent 10 : Red 13 : Other 14 : Ivory 15 : Gray 16 : Orange 17 : User color 1 18 : User color 2 19 : User color 3 20 : User color 4 21 : User color 5

790-549

Limitation of paper weight for report APS/ATS

0 : Not specified

0

9

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not specified 1 : Weight 1 2 : Weight 2 3 : Weight 3 4 : Weight 4 5 : Weight 5 6 : Weight 6 7 : Weight 7 8 : Weight 8 9 : Weight 9 * Each range of Weight 1 - 9 depends on ByPro.

790-570

User permission settings for PTT country modification

0: Not allowed

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not allowed 1: Can be set for countries in EU area 2: Can be set for countries in NA area 3: Can be set for countries in EU/NA/DMO area

790-571

Registered Name in Custom Service 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-572


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

Description


Can be initialized

Min .

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-573


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-574


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-575


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-576


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-577


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-578


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-579


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

63+1 bytes

790-580

Edge Erase Preset 1 - Name

"Hole Punch Erase"

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Alphanumeric (up to 24 ASCII characters + NULL end character) character string

790-581

Edge Erase Preset 1 - Type of Edge Erase

2: 4 Sides, Independent (Top, Bottom, Left, Right)

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 2: 4 Sides, Independent (Top, Bottom, Left, Right), 3: 4 Sides, Identical (Top, Bottom, Left, Right), 4: 4 Sides, Independent (Side 1 independent of Side 2)

790-582

Edge Erase Preset 1 - Side 1 Top Edge Erase Amount

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-583

Edge Erase Preset 1 - Side 1 Bottom Edge Erase Amount

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-584

Edge Erase Preset 1 - Side 1 Left Edge Erase Amount

13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-585

Edge Erase Preset 1 - Side 1 Right Edge Erase Amount

2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-449

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-450


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-586


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-587


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-588


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-589


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-590


"Header/ Footer Erase"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-591


2: 4 Sides, Independent (Top, Bottom, Left, Right)

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-592


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-593


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-594


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-595


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-596


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-597


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-598


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-599


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-600

Poster Overlap Width

10 (mm)

1

25

Yes

No

Read/ Write

10mm~25mm

790-601

Index Paper Copy Image Shift Amount

13 (mm)

0

15

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0mm~15mm

790-602

Default Output Face

0: Auto

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto, 1: Output Side 2, 2: Output Side 1, 3: Output in reverse order

790-603

Reverse Order Selection

1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not Display Display

790-604

Single Copy Output Face Switch

0

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Face Up, 1: Face Down

790-605

Sample Copy Default

0: Off

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Sample Copy - Off, 1: Sample Copy - On

790-606

Default Print Pattern (Page Number)

1: N

1

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: N, 2: -N-, 3: Page N, 4: N/M, 5: -N/M-, 6: Page N/M [MN] 1: N, 2: -N-, 3: Page N

790-607

Default Print Position (Page Number)

6: Bottom Center [MN] 5: Bottom Right

1

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center

790-609

Side 2 Position Specification (Page Number)

0: Opposite to Side 1 [MN] 1: Same as Side 1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1

790-611

Default Print Position (Date)

5: Bottom Right [MN] 4: Bottom Left

1

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left , 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-451


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-452


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-613

Side 2 Position Specification (Date)

0: Opposite to Side 1 [MN] 1: Same as Side 1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-614

Default Print Position (Stamp)

2: Top Right

1

9

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center, 7: Left Center, 8: Right Center, 9: Center

790-616

Default color (stamp)

1 : Black

1

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 : Black, 2 : Red, 3 : Green, 4 : Blue, 5 : Yellow, 6 : Magenta, 7 : Cyan

790-617

Permeability (Stamp)

0: 0%

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: 0% (Beta), 1: 25%, 2: 50%

790-618

Side 2 Position Specification (Stamp)

1: Same as Side 1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-619

Stamp Orientation Reference for Mixed Originals

1: Set for each sheet [MN] 0: Decided by first sheet

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Decided by first sheet, 1: Set for each sheet

790-620

Allover Copy Execution Availability

1: Do not execute (Copy All)

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Do not execute (Copy All) 2: Execute Allover Copy

790-621

Scan Service Completion Display Support

0: Do not display the 7sec scan completion message nor the "Transferring data..." messages

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not display the 7sec scan completion message nor the "Transferring data..." messages 1: Display the 7sec scan completion message but do not display the "Transferring data..." messages 2: Display the message after the transfer has completed 3: Display continuously with the transfer screen

Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-630

Number of Digits for Virtual Address Number

0: Real Address Book

0

6

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Real Address Book 3: 3-digit Virtual Address Book 4: 4-digit Virtual Address Book 5: 5-digit Virtual Address Book 6: 6-digit Virtual Address Book (*1 and 2 cannot be set)

790-631

Moving Registered Data in Address Book

0: Do not transfer

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not transfer 1: Transfer

790-632

Added Thumbnail Default (Net Save)

1: Add

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not add, 1: Add

790-633

Added Thumbnail Default (Mail)

0: Do not add

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not add, 1: Add

790-634

Change Counter Area Display

0: Quantity + Remaining Memory [MN] 2: Quantity only

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Quantity + Remaining Memory, 1: Quantity + Document Counter, 2: Quantity only

790-635

Box Service Start Display

0: Extended Mailbox [Teak (Machines installed with Copy Server)] 1: Copy Server Box

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Extended Mailbox 1: Copy Server Box

790-636

Job Remaining Time Display

0: Remaining Time Display (Cumulative)

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Remaining Time Display (Cumulative), 1: Required Time Display (Job by Job)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-453

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-454


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-639

Information on Spoolable Positions

(Auto Set during Star Up)

0

255

No

No

Read

Disjunction of the following 0x01: Left Tail Edge Single 0x02: Right Tail Edge Single 0x04: Center Tail Edge Single 0x08: Center Tail Edge Double 0x10: Center Tail Edge 4 Positions

790-640

Paper Type Change Screen Display

0: Do not display

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-641

Paper Information - Color Attribute Display Setting

1: Display

1

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Display

790-642

Paper Information Other Attributes Display Availability

1: Display applied size

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not display, 1: Display applied size, 2: Display hole punch attributes, 3: Display color attributes

790-650

Tray preset 1

1 : Tray 1

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : No set (Not used), 1 : Tray 1, 2 : Tray 2, 3 : Tray 3, 4 : Tray 4, 5 : SMH, 6 : Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF), 7 : Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray)

790-651

Tray preset 2

2 : Tray 2

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-652

Tray preset 3

[FCW-UI] 5 : SMH

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-653

Tray preset 4

[FCW-UI] 0 : Not set

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-654

Tray preset 1

1 : Tray 1

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-655

Tray preset 2

[FCW-UI] 5 : SMH

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-656

Tray preset 3

[FCW-UI] 0 : Not set

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-661

Report Storage Mailbox

1

1

500

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Mailbox No

790-662

Consumables Check Auto Display Timing Settings

0: Do not display

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not display 1: Display only after the Power ON initialization sequence has completed and the system is Ready 2: Display every time auto clear occurred

Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-664

Address Book Import Operation Mode

0: Add Mode

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Add Mode, 1: Substitute Mode

790-665

Paper Tray Settings Screen Access on Setup Menu

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-666

DADF Mixed Standard Size Scan Mode Display Settings

1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-667

Blank Document Detection Feature Panel Default

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

790-670

Blank Document Detection Feature Display Settings

0: Do not display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-671

Auto Resume Function Enable Setting

0: Do not Auto Resume

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not Auto Resume, 1: Auto Resume

790-672

Auto Clear Time-Out Display Screen

1: Follow M/ C configuration

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Maintain previous service, 1: Follow M/C configuration

790-674

Basic FAX favorite setting (2nd row)

0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: No feature, 1: 2 Sided Document Feed, 2: Confirmation Report, 3: Communication Mode, 4: Sender Record

790-676

Separator Tray Default for Build Separator Insertion

5: SMH

1

8

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF), 7: Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray), 8 : Interposer

790-677

Side 1 Cover Tray Default for Cover

5: SMH

1

8

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-678

Side 2 Cover Tray Default for Cover

5: SMH

1

8

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-679

Side 1 Cover Tray Default for Booklet

5: SMH

1

8

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-680

Fax Number Double Input Restriction

0: Do not allow double input

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not allow double input, 1: Allow double input

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-455

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-456


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-681

Default Copy Edge Erase Function (Availability)

0: OFF (Standard) [MN] 3: 4 Sides, Identical (Top, Bottom, Left, Right)

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF (Standard), 1: Opposing sides, Identical (Top/Bottom, Left/Right), 2: 4 Sides, Independent (Top, Bottom, Left, Right), 3: 4 Sides, Identical (Top, Bottom, Left, Right) [MN] 2: 4 Sides, Independent (Top, Bottom, Left, Right), 3: 4 Sides, Identical (Top, Bottom, Left, Right)

790-682

Separator Sheet Default Tray Setting

5: SMH

0

8

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 : Automatic, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF), 7: Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray), 8 : Interposer

790-683

Brightness/Contrast Settings

0

127

127

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-127~127

790-684

UI Screen Default Shortcut Screen Settings

0: Do not display anything

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not display anything, 1: Display login screen

790-685

Registered Service in Expansion Service 1

0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare (web external linkage), 14: Media Print - Photos, 15: Media Print - Text, 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS, 61: Expansion Service 1, 62: Expansion Service 2, 63: Expansion Service 3, 64: Expansion Service 4, 65: Expansion Service 5, 66: Expansion Service 6, 67: Expansion Service 7, 68: Expansion Service 8, 69: Expansion Service 9, 70: Expansion Service 10

790-686


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Registered Service in Expansion Service 1] (790-685)

790-687


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-688


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-689


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-690


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write



Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-691


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-692


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-693


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-694


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-695

Additional Information Type in Expansion Service 1

0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: Index

790-696


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Additional Information Type in Expansion Service 1] (790-695)

790-697


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-698


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-699


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-700


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-701


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-702


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-703


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-704


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-457

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-458


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min .

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

790-705

Additional Information in Expansion Service 1

0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Any 4-byte value according to the target service and additional information type

790-706


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Additional Information in Expansion Service 1] (790-705)

790-707


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-708


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-709


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-710


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-711


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-712


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-713


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-714


0

0

0xffffff ff

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-720


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-721


3: 4 Sides, Identical (Top, Bottom, Left, Right)

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-722


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-723


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

Max.

Description


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-724


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-725


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-726


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-727


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-728


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-729


2 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-730

Image Shift Preset 1 - Name

"Shift Right"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-731

Image Shift Preset 1 - Type of Image Shift

2: Adjust shift amount

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not shift, 1: Shift to center, 2: Adjust shift amount, 3: Adjust shift amount (Side 1 independent of Side 2)

790-732

Image Shift Preset 1 - Side 1 Top/Bottom Shift Amount

0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-733

Image Shift Preset 1 - Side 1 Top/Bottom Shift Direction

0: Off

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off, 1: Upwards, 2: Downwards

790-734

Image Shift Preset 1 - Side 1 Left/Right Shift Amount

13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-735

Image Shift Preset 1 - Side 1 Left/Right Shift Direction

4: Rightwards

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Off, 3: Leftwards, 4: Rightwards

790-736


0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-737


0: Off

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-459


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-460


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-738


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-739


3: Leftwards

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-740


"Shift Down"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-741


2: Adjust shift amount

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-742


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-743


2: Downwards

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-744


0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-745


0: Off

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-746


13 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-747


2: Downwards

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-748


0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-749


0: Off

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-750


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-751


0: No Shift

0

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-752


0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)


ChainLink

NVM Names

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

790-753


0: Off

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-754


0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-755


0: Off

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-756


0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-757


0: Off

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-758


0 (mm)

0

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0~50 (mm)

790-759


0: Off

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-760


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as [All Services screen Favorite Setting 1] (790-401) 0: No feature, 1: Copy, 2: Fax/iFax, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare (web external linkage), 14: Media Print - Photos, 15: Media Print - Text, 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BMLinkS, 18: CUI, 61: Expansion Service 1, 62: Expansion Service 2, 63: Expansion Service 3, 64: Expansion Service 4, 65: Expansion Service 5, 66: Expansion Service 6, 67: Expansion Service 7, 68: Expansion Service 8, 69: Expansion Service 9, 70: Expansion Service 10, 81: Custom Service 1, 82: Custom Service 2, 83: Custom Service 3, 84: Custom Service 4, 85: Custom Service 5, 86: Custom Service 6, 87: Custom Service 7, 88: Custom Service 8, 89: Custom Service 9, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: Fax Receiving Mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Store, 160: Print Mode, 107: Help, 108: Charge Print Box, 109: Secure Print Box, 110: Sample Set Box, 111: Delayed Print Box, 112: Private Charge Print Box, 200: Screen Brightness / Contrast

790-761


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-762


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-461


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-462


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-763


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-764


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-765


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-766


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-767


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-768


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-769


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-770


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-771


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-772


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-773


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-774


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-775


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-776


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-777


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-778


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-779


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-780


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-781


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-782


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-783


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-784


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-785


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-786


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-787


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-788


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-789


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-790


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-791


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-463

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-464


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-792


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-793


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-794


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-795


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-796


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-797


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-798


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-799


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-800


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-801


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-802


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-803


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-804


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-805


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-806


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-807


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-808


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-809


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-810


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-811


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-812


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-813


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-814


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-815


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-816


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-817


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-818


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-819


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-820


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-465

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-466


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Initial Value

Min .

Max.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

790-821


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-822


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-823


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-824


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-825


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-826


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-827


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-828


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-829


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-830


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


790-831


0: No feature

0

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description

6.3.20.3 DC131 Controller NVM List (800~920) Table 1 DC131 Controller NVM List (800~920)

ChainLink

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Yes

No

Read/ Write

2: Use Nearest Size (adjustment) 5: Use Larger Size (no adjustment) 6: Display Message (SPS Off) 8: Feed from Bypass Tray

Max.

Read/ Write

Description

NVM Names

Initial Value

800-001

Operation when no tray contains the specified paper size

6: Display Message

800-002

Tab Margin Shift - Operation

0: Not specified

0

3

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Not specified, 1: OFF, 2: Print only tab section 3: Print page body + tab section

800-003

Tab Margin Shift - Shift Value

130 (13mm)

0

150

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1~150 (0.1 mm increments)

800-004

Default Output Destination of Incoming E-mail Print

0: Center Tray (D-Fin not installed) 4: Top Tray (D-Fin installed) 5: HCS Top Tray (HCS1 installed)

0

127

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33~42: MailBox 1~10, 127: AUTO (Options that are not installed cannot be selected)

800-005

PJL EOJ Enable/Disable Setting for RAW System I/F Job

0: Enable @PJL EOJ and end the Job

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Enable @PJL EOJ and end the Job 1: Ignore @PJL EOJ and do not end the Job

800-006

Print Area

1: Normal

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Normal, 2: Extended

800-016

ID Print

5: Disabled

1

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Print at Top Left 2: Print at Top Right 3: Print at Bottom Left 4: Print at Bottom Right 5: Disabled

800-017

Secure Print Output Operation

1: Permit device print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Permit device print 0: Prohibit device print

800-018

Forced Entend Print Setting

1: Do not force extend print

1

2

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1: Do not force extend print 2: Force extend print

800-019

XPS Print Ticket Process Setting

2: Normal

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Off, 2: Normal, 3: Microsoft Specifications Compatible

800-020

Default value of Error Diffusion Pattern when density is [Lighter] (Black)

18

0

64

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-64

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-467


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-468


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

800-023

Default value of Error Diffusion Pattern when density is [Normal] (Black)

15

0

64

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-64

800-026

Default value of Error Diffusion Pattern when density is [Darker] (Black)

27

0

64

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-64

800-029

Error Diffusion Pattern increments when density is "Lighter" (Black)

2

1

20

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1-20

800-032

Error Diffusion Pattern increments when density is "Normal" (Black)

4

1

20

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1-20

800-035

Error Diffusion Pattern increments when density is "Darker" (Black)

3

1

20

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1-20

800-039

Position Correction during PS Booklet Creation

0: With margin (process as usual)

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: With margin (process as usual) 1: No margin (emulate existing machine error (AR86313))

800-040

Dither Pattern Threshold Value when density is [Lighter] (Black)

23

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-128

800-043

Dither Pattern Threshold Value when density is [Normal] (Black)

27

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-128

800-046

Dither Pattern Threshold Value when density is [Darker] (Black)

35

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-128

800-049

Enabling the print of the stamp to specify the quantity

0 : Not enable

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not enable 1 : Enable

800-050

User character string

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Single-byte 24 characters (Double-byte 12 characters)

800-051

Position of the stamp to specify the quantity

9 : Center

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not specified 1 : Top left 2 : Top right 3 : Bottom left 4 : Bottom right 5 : Top center 6 : Bottom center 7 : Left center 8 : Right center 9 : Center

ChainLink

0

9

Read/ Write

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

800-052

Stamp to specify the quantity: Size 1

6 : A5

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Not specified, 1: A0, 2: A1, 3: A2, 4 A3, 5: A4, 6: A5, 7: A6, 8: A7, 9: A8, 10: A9, 11: A10, 12: ISO B0, 13: ISO B1, 14: ISO B2, 15: ISO B3, 16: ISO B4, 17: ISO B5, 18: ISO B6, 19: ISO B7, 20: ISO B8, 21: ISO B9, 22: ISO B10, 23: ISO C3, 24: ISO C4, 25: ISO C5, 26: Envelope - Youkei 2 (ISO-C6), 27: Envelope - DL, 28: JIS B0, 29: JIS B1, 30: JIS B2, 31: JIS B3, 32: JIS B4, 33: JIS B5, 34: JIS B6, 35: JIS B7, 36: JIS B8, 37: JIS B9, 38: JIS B10, 39: 11x17 (Ledger), 40: 170x220, 41: 220x340, 42: 340x440, 43: Postcard, 44: 8.5x11 (Letter), 45: 8.5x14 (Legal), 46: 12x18, 47: 12.6x18.0, 48: 12.0x19.2, 49: 16K (TFX), 50: 8K (TFX), 51: 3.5x5.5, 52: 4.0x6.0, 53: 5.0x7.0, 54: 5.5x8.5, 55: 6.0x9.0, 56: 8.0x10.0, 57: 8.5x13, 58: 7.25x10.5 (Executive), 59: 8.5x10.83, 60: Envelope - Choukei 3, 61: Envelope - Choukei 4, 62: 10x11, 63: 10x12, 64: 11x15, 65: 12x1, 66: 35x50, 67: Non-standard, 68: Unknown, 69: Free Size, 70: SRA3, 71: 12.0x19.0, 72: Envelope - Monarch 7.3/4, 73: Envelope Commercial #10, 74: Envelope - Youkei 3, 75: Envelope - Youkei 4, 76: 8.5x12.4, 77: 16K (FXCL), 78: 8K (FXCL), 79: A4-Cover, 80: Letter-Cove, 81: Special A4, 82: Special A3, 83: Prepaid Postcard, 84: 12.6x19.2, 85: 13x18, 86: 13x19, 87: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4), 88: DT Special A3, 89: 8.5x13.4 Mexican Officio

800-053

Number-1 of the stamps to specify the quantity

1

0

9

No

No

Read/ Write

The number of the stamps to be output onto the specified size of paper. 0, 1, 2 and 4 can be specified. 0 indicates it is not output.

800-054


5 : A4

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-469

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-470


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

800-055


1

0

9

No

800-056


4 : A3

0

255

800-057


1

0

800-058


33 : B5

0

ChainLink

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


No

No

Read/ Write


9

No

No

Read/ Write


255

No

No

Read/ Write




NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

800-059


1

0

9

No

800-060


32 : B4

0

255

800-061


1

0

9

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


No

No

Read/ Write


No

No

Read/ Write


02/2009 6-471


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-472


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

800-062


44 : Letter

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write


800-063


1

0

9

No

No

Read/ Write


800-064


39:Ledger

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write


800-065


1

0

9

No

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

800-066

Forced annotation print

0 : Not implement

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not implement 1 : Implement

800-067

Forced annotation print position

4 : Bottom right

3

4

No

No

Read/ Write

3 : Bottom left 4 : Bottom right

800-068

Forced annotation charater size

6 (point)

4

10

No

No

Read/ Write

4 - 10 (point)

800-069

Forced annotation print position adjustment to bottom left (vertical)

12 (6mm)

0

200

No

No

Read/ Write

0 - 100 mm (by 0.5mm) *0 : Bottom left corner

800-070

Forced annotation print position adjustment to bottom left (horizontal)

12 (6mm)

0

200

No

No

Read/ Write

0 - 100 mm (by 0.5mm) *0 : Bottom left corner

800-071

Forced annotation print position adjustment to bottom right (vertical)

12 (6mm)

0

200

No

No

Read/ Write

0 - 100 mm (by 0.5mm) *0 : Bottom right corner

800-072

Forced annotation print position adjustment to bottom right (horizontal)

12 (6mm)

0

200

No

No

Read/ Write

0 - 100 mm (by 0.5mm) *0 : Bottom right corner

800-073

Character effect

3 : Stamp

3

4

No

No

Read/ Write

3 : Stamp 4 : Edged character

800-074

Paper size quantity

0 : Apply to all sizes

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Apply to all sizes 1 : Change depending on size

800-075

Saving custom-size LEF box

0 : OFF (SEF always saved)

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : OFF (SEF always saved) 1 : ON (LEF preferentially saved)

800-080

Time to erase the data transferred with ftp

24

0

72

No

No

Read/ Write

The value that can be set is the integer value from 0 or 1 to 72. When 0 is set, file deletion with timer is not implemented.

800-081

Forced WM printing policy

0 : Forced WM prioritized

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Forced WM prioritized 1 : Trust Mark prioritized

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-473


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-474


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

800-082

UUID service selection

0 : Not specified (All services are available)

0

256

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not specified (All services are available) 0x01 : Copy 0x02 : Print 0x04 : BOX 0x08 : Media 0x10 : FAX 0x20 : Report (UUID is available with the service for which Bit is turned on.)

800-083

UUID type

0 : Regular UUID

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Regular UUID 1 : Forced Annotation

800-084

Forced annotation printing type

0 : Character string that is available with FX-K

0

10

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Character string that is available with FX-K 1 : Type 1 2 : Type 2 3 : Type 3

803-505

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-506

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-507

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-508

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-509

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-510

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-511

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-512

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-513

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

803-514

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-515

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-516

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-517

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-518

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-519

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-520

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-521

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-522

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-523

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-524

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

803-525

Emulation Target

0: HP750c

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: HP750c, 1: FX4036

805-781

Bypass Tray Feed Orientation

0: Landscape Priority (SEF)

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Landscape Priority (SEF), 1: Portrait Priority (LEF)

805-782



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-783



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-475

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-476


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

805-784



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-785



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-786



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-787



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-788



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-789



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-790



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-791



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-792



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-793



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-794



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-795



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-796



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-797



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-798



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

805-799



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


805-800



0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


806-996

Font Mismatch

0: Substitute Font

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Substitute Font, 1: End the job

806-997

ATCX

0: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: ON, 1: OFF

806-998

Default PS Color

1: Color

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: BW, 1: Color

806-999

DMS Settings

1: Enabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


809-257

Cut Sheet Feeder Setting

0: None

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1: Available

809-258


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


809-259


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


809-260


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


809-261


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


809-262


0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-001

Default Print Availability

0: Do not print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not print, 1: Print [Available for MN only]

810-002

Y component

102 : 80%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-003

M component

128 : 100%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-477

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-478


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

810-004

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-005

Y component

118 : 92%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-006

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-007

C component

128 : 100%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-008

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-009

M component

102 : 80%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-010

C component

128 : 100%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-011

Y component

128 : 100%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-012

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-013

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-014

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-015

M component

128 : 100%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-016

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-017

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-018

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-019

C component

128 : 100%

0

128

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-020

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-021

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-022

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-023

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-024

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-025

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-026

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-027

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-028

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-029

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-030

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-031

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-032

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-033

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-479

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-480


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

810-034

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-035

Y component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 - 128 : 0 - 100% (by 1/128%)

810-036

M component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-037

C component

0 : 0%

0

128

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-038

Background suppression

0 : Not perform

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 : Not perform, 1 : Perform

810-039

Density adjustment

2 : Light 1

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 : Light 3, 1 : Light 2, 2 : Light 1, 3 : Regular, 4 : Dark 1, 5 : Dark 2, 6 : Dark 3

810-040

Color balance (Y : low density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 : Weak 3, 1 : Weak 2, 2 : Weak 1, 3 : Regular, 4 : Strong 1, 5 : Strong 2, 6 : Strong 3

810-041

Color balance (Y : middle density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-042

Color balance (Y : high density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-043

Color balance (M : low density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-044

Color balance (M : middle density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-045

Color balance (M : high density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-046

Color balance (C : low density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-047

Color balance (C : middle density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-048

Color balance (C : high density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-049

Color balance (K : low density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-050

Color balance (K : middle density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-051

Color balance (K : high density)

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-052

Tone

2 : 0 deg

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 : -20 deg, 1 : -10 deg, 2 : 0 deg, 3 : +10 deg, 4 : +20 deg

810-053

Saturation

0 : High

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0 : High, 1 : Slightly high, 2 : Regular, 3 : Slightly low, 4 : Low

810-054

Sharpness

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-055

Contrast

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-056

Ground color remove

0 : Not perform

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1 : Perform, 0 : Not perform

810-057

Density adjustment

4 : Dark 1

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-058


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-059


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-060


6 : Strong 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-061


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-062


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-063


6 : Strong 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-481

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-482


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

810-064


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-065


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-066


6 : Strong 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-067


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-068


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-069


6 : Strong 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-070

Tone

2 : 0 deg

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-071

Saturation

1 : Slightly high

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-072

Sharpness

0 : Strong

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-073

Contrast

0 : Strong

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-074


1 : Perform

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-075

Density adjustment

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-076


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-077


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-078


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-079


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-080


4 : Strong 1

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-081


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-082


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-083


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-084


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-085


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-086


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-087


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-088

Tone

2 : 0 deg

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-089

Saturation

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-090

Sharpness

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-091

Contrast

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-092


1 : Perform

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-093

Density adjustment

3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-483

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-484


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

810-094


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-095


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-096


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-097


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-098


0 : Weak 3

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-099


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-100


4 : Weak 1

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-101


5 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-102


5 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-103


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-104


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-105


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-106

Tone

2 : 0 deg

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-107

Saturation

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-108

Sharpness

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write




ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-109

Contrast

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-110


1 : Perform

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-111

Density adjustment

2 : Light 1

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-112


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-113


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-114


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-115


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-116


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-117


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-118


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-119


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-120


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-121


3 : Regular

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-122


1 : Weak 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

810-123


5 : Strong 2

0

6

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Same as above

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-485

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-486


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

810-124

Tone

2 : 0 deg

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-125

Saturation

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-126

Sharpness

2 : Regular

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-127

Contrast

1 : Slightly strong

0

4

No

Yes

Read/ Write


810-129

Maximum Stored Number of Copy Sheets

2000

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~2000 (pages)

810-132

ATS Operation Setting

1: Perform only when APS is selected

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Always perform ATS 1: Perform only when APS is selected 2: Always perform ATS (When selecting Trays, only the same paper quality is allowed)

810-133

Default Start Number

1

1

999999 999

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 to 999999999 *Max of 9 digits [Available for MN only]

810-134

Default Print Page

0: All Pages

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: All pages, 2: All pages excluding the first page [Available for MN only]

810-135

Default Bates Numbering Character String

128: Custom String 1

128

135

Yes

No

Read/ Write

128: Custom String 1, 129: Custom String 2, 130: Custom String 3, 131: Custom String 4, 132: Custom String 5, 133: Custom String 6, 134: Custom String 7, 135: Custom String 8 [Available for MN only]

810-136

APS 2 Sided Chapterize Setting

0: Do not chapterize

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not chapterize, 1: Chapterize

810-137

Bates Character String 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

16+1 Bytes (8 double byte characters, 16 single byte characters) character string [Available for MN only]

810-138


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

810-139


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-140


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-141


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-142


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-143


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-144


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-145

Default color

1 : Black

1

7

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Black, 2: Red, 3: Green, 4: Blue, 5: Yellow, 6: Magenta, 7: Cyan

810-155

Print User Information Setting for Analog Watermark

0: Print the user administration number

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Print the user administration number, 1: Print the user ID

810-156

Default Text Effect

3: Text

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Embossed, 2: Outline, 3: Text

810-157

Text Size

48 Points

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

24~80 (Points)

810-158

Background Pattern

8: Fan

1

8

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Wave, 2: Circle, 3: Stripe, 4: Chain, 5: Beam, 6: Rhombic, 7: Sunflower, 8: Fan

810-159

Background Color (Text Color)

9: Black

9

12

Yes

No

Read/ Write

9: Black, 11: Magenta, 12: Cyan

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-487

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-488


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

810-160

Density

8: Normal

7

9

Yes

No

Read/ Write

9: Light, 8: Normal, 7: Dark

810-161

Contrast

7: Contrast 5

0

13

Yes

No

Read/ Write

11: Contrast 1 10: Contrast 2 9: Contrast 3 8: Contrast 4 7: Contrast 5 6: Contrast 6 5: Contrast 7 4: Contrast 8 3: Contrast 9

810-162

Print Pattern (Date)

[FX] 1: 20yy/mm/dd [IBG/XE] 3: dd/mm/ 20yy [XC] 2: mm/dd/20yy

1

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: 20yy/mm/dd (hh:mm) 2: mm/dd/20yy (hh:mm) 3: dd/mm/20yy (hh:mm) 4: 20yy/mm/dd (hh H mm min) (hh H mm min)

810-163

Forced Copy Analog WaterMark Output Settings

0: Do not print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-164

Forced Client Print Analog WaterMark Output Settings

0: Do not print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-165

Analog Watermark Output Settings of Forced Device Startup Print

0: Do not print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-166

Analog WaterMark Output Settings of Forced Media Print

0: Do not print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-168

Activity Report Setting

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON [Available for MN only]

810-170

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: Setup Value x 0.5(mm)

810-171

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-172

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-173

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-174

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-175

Page Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-176

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-177

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-178

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-179

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-180

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-181

Page Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-182

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-183

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-184

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-185

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-186

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-187

Date Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-188

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-489

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-490


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-189

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-190

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Horizontal)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-191

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-192

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-193

Date Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Vertical)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-194

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Horizontal)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-195

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Vertical)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-196

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Horizontal)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-197

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Vertical)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-198

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-199

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Vertical)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-200

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Horizontal)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-201

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Vertical)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-202

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Horizontal)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-203

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Vertical)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

Read/ Write

Description



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-204

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-205

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Vertical)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-206

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Left Center (Horizontal)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-207

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Left Center (Vertical)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-208

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Right Center (Horizontal)

28

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-209

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Right Center (Vertical)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-210

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Center (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-211

Stamp Position Fine Adjustment Center (Vertical)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-212

Side 2 Print Page Position Fine Adjustment (Horizontal)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-213

Side 2 Print Page Position Fine Adjustment (Vertical)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-214

Stamp User Registered Text 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

64+1 Bytes (32 double byte characters, 64 single byte characters)

810-215


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-216


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-217


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-218


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-491

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-492


Version.1 .1.1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

810-219


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-220


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-221


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-222

AWM User Registered Text 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-223


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-224


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-225

Font Size (Stamp)

48 (Points)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write

6~64 (Points), [MN] 6~18 (Points)

810-226

Font Size (Date) Default

10 (Points)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-227

Font Size (Page Number) Default

10 (Points)

1

255

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-228

Text Default (Stamp)

1: CONFIDENTIAL

1

71

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: CONFIDENTIAL, 2: VOID, 4: Copy Prohibited, 6: IMPORTANT, 7: Circulate, 8: URGENT, 9: Ignore Side 2, 10: DRAFT 64: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 1 65: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 2 66: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 3 67: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 4 68: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 5 69: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 6 70: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 7 71: Stamp Custom Digital Watermark 8 [MN] 64: Stamp

810-229

Text Default (AWM)

4: Copy Prohibited

1

34

Yes

No

Read/ Write

3: Duplicate, 4: Copy Prohibited, 5: Copy 32: AWM Custom Digital Watermark 1 33: AWM Custom Digital Watermark 2 34: AWM Custom Digital Watermark 3

Max.

Description



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-253

HWM Code Pattern Gradation K Color

13

0

144

No

No

Read/ Write

1~144 1 gradation/step

810-254

HWM Code Pattern Tint Gradation Gap K Color

140

0

288

No

No

Read/ Write

0~288 1 gradation/step (As this value becomes larger, the gap between the tint and the code pattern widens, which causes the code pattern to be printed more clearly. Oppositely, they become harder to differentiate as the value gets smaller)

810-255

HWM Latent Text Contrast Number 1 Gradation K Color

11

0

144

No

No

Read/ Write


810-256

HWM Latent Text Between Contrast Numbers Gradation Gap K Color

3

0

144

No

No

Read/ Write


810-257

HWM Latent Text Tint Gradation Gap K Color

140

0

288

No

No

Read/ Write


810-258

HWM Code Pattern Gradation M Color

23

0

144

No

No

Read/ Write


810-259

HWM Code Pattern Tint Gradation Gap M Color

138

0

288

No

No

Read/ Write


810-260

HWM Latent Text Contrast Number 1 Gradation M Color

11

0

144

No

No

Read/ Write


810-261

HWM Latent Text Between Contrast Numbers Gradation Gap M Color

4

0

144

No

No

Read/ Write


810-262

HWM Latent Text Tint Gradation Gap M Color

138

0

288

No

No

Read/ Write


810-264

Default Digits

0: Not specified

0

9

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Not specified, 1~9: 1 to 9 digits

810-265

Default Print Position

6: Bottom Center

1

6

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-493

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-494


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

810-266

Default Font Size

10 (Points)

6

24

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-267

Side 2 Position Specification

1: Same as Side 1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-268

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Left/Right)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-269

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Top Left (Top/Bottom)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-270

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Left/Right)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-271

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Top Right (Top/Bottom)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-272

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Left/Right)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-273

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Top Center (Top/Bottom)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-274

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Left/Right)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-275

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Left (Top/Bottom)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-276

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Left/Right)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-277

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Right (Top/Bottom)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-278

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Left/ Right)

200

0

400

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Description



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

810-279

Bates Numbering Position Fine Adjustment Bottom Center (Top/Bottom)

12

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-280

Bates Character String 1 Edit Permission

1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-281


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-282


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-283


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-284


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-285


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-286


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


810-287


1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


830-009

POP User Name (2)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 64 characters

830-011

POP User Name (3)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 64 characters

830-013

POP User Name (4)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 64 characters

830-015

POP User Name (5)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

ASCII 64 characters

830-022

SMTP/POP3 Receive Start Up

1: POP Receive

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: SMTP Receive, 1: POP Receive

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

1

02/2009 6-495

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-496


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

830-023

POP Receive Interval

10 Minutes

1

120

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1~120min

830-024

Deletion after POP is obtained

0: Delete

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Do not delete, 0: Delete

830-025

Print Control for Mail Header and Contents in iFax Receive Print

1: Print basic header and contents

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Print full header and contents 1: Print basic header and contents 2: Do not print header and contents 3: Auto print depending on the contents 4: Print full header and contents (S/MIME information attached)

830-026

Error Mail Print Setting

1: Always print headers and contents

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents

830-027

Sending of error notification mail

0: Do not send

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Send, 0: Do not send

830-030

Receive E-mail Limitation

0: Do not limit

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not limit 1: Set domains to allow 2: Set domains to prohibit

830-081

Fax Transmission Limitation by Address Book (Speed Dial)

0: Do not limit

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

1: Limit, 0: Do not limit

830-083

SMTP Send Start Up

1: Start Up

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Stop, 1: Start Up

830-084

Profile Selection at Broadcast

0: TIFF-S

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J

830-085

Broadcast Communication Mode Setting

0: G3 Auto

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: G3 Auto, 1: F4800, 2: G4 Auto

830-086

Mail Partition Send Threshold - B

0

0

999

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0 to 999 pages (0: No limit)

830-087

Delivery Confirmation Setting at Broadcast

0: None

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


830-088

Delivery Confirmation Method

1: MDN

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: DNS,1: MDN

830-090

Upper Limit Size for Fax Transmission

8192

0

65535

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0~65535KB (0: No limit)

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

830-091

POP Authentication (1)

0

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Panel authentication, 1: APOP authentication

830-092

POP Server Port Number

110

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

110, 8000-9999

830-103

Print Delivery Confirmation Mail

2

0

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents, 2: Print only when fail

830-109

Response to MDN Request

1

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Always do not reply, 1: Always reply

830-116

Ifax Sending Path Specification

1: Via MTA

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Via MTA 2: P2P connection 3: By user specification (not immediate)

830-118

P2P iFax Retry Attempts

1

0

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not retry 1-5: No. of retry attempts

830-119

P2P iFax Retry Interval (Unit: mins)

1

0

60

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Retry immediately 1-60: Interval (Minutes)

830-120

Print Mode when Receiving IFAX

0: Auto distribute

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto distribute 1: Print as IFAX data

830-121

Default iFax Contents Comment

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


830-122

iFax: Add Login User Name

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-123

iFax: Add Login User Address

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-124

iFax: Add Number of Scanned Document Pages

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-125

iFax: Add File Format

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-126

iFax: Add IP Address of Device

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-497

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-498


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

830-127

iFax: Add Serial Number of Device

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-128

iFax: Add Mac Address of Device

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-129

iFax: Add Name of Device

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-130

iFax: Add Installation Location Information of Device

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

830-131

iFax Signature Character String

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-002

Scan Illegal Operation (Operation when there was no specific timing when an error occurs in storing)

1: Enable stored documents

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Discard stored documents 1: Enable stored documents

840-003

Maximum Stored Number of Sheets

999 sheets

1

999

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1 to 999 sheets

840-004

Brightness 3 Setting

192: [-92 (Density)]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-005


161: [-61 (Density)]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-006


131: [-31 (Density)]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-007

Brightness -1 Setting

99: [1 (Density)]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-008


98: [2 (Density)]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-009


97: [3 (Density)]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-010

Higher +2 Setting

150: [50]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-011

Higher +1 Setting

125: [25]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

840-012

Lower -1 Setting

75: [-25]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-013

Lower -2 Setting

50: [-50]

0

200

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0-200: [-100-100]

840-019

RGB Color Space

0: Standard Color Space

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Standard Color Space 1: Device Color Space

840-021

SCAN ACS Menu Display Settings

0: Do not display [IBG/MN] 1: Display

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-022

Default Color Saturation

2: Normal

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-023

Auto Exposure Level Adjustment

1: +1

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Normal, 1: Stronger +1, 2: Stronger +2, 3: Stronger +3, 4: Stronger +4 Applicable for Full Color only

840-024

Default Background Suppression

2: Normal

0

4

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Lower, 1: Soften +1, 2: Normal, 3: Sharpen +1, 4: Enhanced

840-031

Analog Fax/iFax Service and Service Fax Switch

1: Server Fax has priority

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Server Fax has priority 2: Analog Fax has priority

840-032

Output Server Fax Forwarding Transmission Report

2: Output report only when an error has occurred

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Always output report 2: Output report only when an error has occurred 3: Do not output report

840-034

Server Fax Forwarding Protocol

1: FTP

1

5

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: FTP, 2: NCP, 3: SMB, 4: SMTP, 5: HTTP

840-041

ScanToPC Network Browsing Time Out Time

5 (sec)

1

300

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-300 (sec)

840-046

Remote Address Book - Name Search Condition: Use LDAP Attribute Type for "Recipient Name"

1: ON

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: ON, 2: OFF

840-047

Remote Address Book - Name Search Condition: Use LDAP Attribute Type for "Last Name"

2: OFF

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: ON, 2: OFF

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-499

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-500


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

840-048

Remote Address Book - Name Search Condition: Use LDAP Attribute Type for "First Name"

2: OFF

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: ON, 2: OFF

840-049

Remote Address Book - Name Search Condition: Use Custom LDAP Attribute Type

2: OFF

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: ON, 2: OFF

840-080

Remote Mail Address Book Setting

Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Allow: 0 Prohibit

840-081

LDAP Attribute Type for "Recipient Name"

"cn"

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Character string within 32bytes

840-082

LDAP Attribute Type for "Last Name"

"sn"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-083

LDAP Attribute Type for "First Name"

"givenname"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-084

LDAP Attribute Type for "E-mail Address"

"mail"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-085

Attribute Name assigned for "Custom Item 1"

[FX] "Phone Number" (The default character depends on the shipping country)

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Character string within 16bytes (for Domestic)

840-086

LDAP Attribute Type for "Custom Item 1"

"telephonenumber"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-087


[FX] "Office" (The default character depends on the shipping country)

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-088


"o"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-089


[FX] "Department" (The default character depends on the shipping country)

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

Read/ Write

Description


ChainLink

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Max.

Read/ Write

Description

NVM Names

Initial Value

840-090


"ou"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-091

Max Number of Hits

50

Yes

No

Read/ Write

5-100

840-092

Device User DN Name (for LDAP Authentication)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Within 256bytes. Do not set if LDAP Authentication is not required.

840-093

Password (for LDAP Authentication)

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Within 32bytes. Do not set if password is not required for LDAP Authentication.

840-094

Search Root Entry DN

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Within 255bytes.

840-095

Search Range

All levels below root entry

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Root entry only, 2: One level below root entry only, 3: All levels below root entry

840-096

Object Class

*

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Within 32bytes.

840-097

Timeout Value (sec)

30

Yes

No

Read/ Write

For 0 or 5~120 detected by the device, set the timeout value to a numerical value other than 0. If 0 is specified, the device will not detect timeout. The timeout setting will follow the setting in the Directory Server Service.

840-098

Directory Server Application

0

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: NONE (other undefined application servers) 1: Microsoft) ActiveDirectory 2: Novell) NetWare5.* 3: IBM) Domino6.* 4: Microsoft Exchange Mapping of properties for retrieval and LDAP property is done based on this setting.

840-104

Remote Address Book - Name Search Condition: Custom LDAP Attribute Type

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Up to 32 bytes including NULL end character Case sensitive. To enable this system data characters, [Use Custom LDAP Attribute] must be ON.

840-115

STM Function Enable Setting

0: Do not enable

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not enable, 1: Enable

840-116

ScanToEmail Transmission S/MIME Signature Settings

3: By user specification

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Always add signature 2: Do not add signature 3: By user specification

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

1

0

3

4

02/2009 6-501


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-502


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

840-117

iFAX Transmission S/MIME Signature Settings

3: User selection

1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Always add signature 2: Do not add signature 3: User selection

840-118

Certificate Attribute Name

"userCertificate;binary"

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Text that displays the certificate attribute name

840-119

Output External Login User Name

1: Print

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-121

Resolution Change Process for Fax Transmission of Scanned Documents

15: Input resolution

2

15

Yes

No

Read/ Write

2: 200x200 15: Input resolution

840-122

Color Page Resolution Change Process for IFax Transmission of Scanned Documents

1: High Speed

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-123

BW Page Resolution Change Process for IFax Transmission of Scanned Documents

1: High Speed

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: High Speed, 2: High Profile

840-125

LDAP - SSL ON/OFF During Server Access

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

840-126

Body Text Message

[FX/IBG] NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

840-127

Add Login User Name

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-128

Add Login User Address

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-129

Add Number of Pages Sent

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-130

Add Appended File Format Information

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-131

Add IP Address of Sender Device

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-132

Add Serial Number of Sender Device

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

ChainLink

Read/ Write

Description



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

840-133

Add MAC Address of Sender Device

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-134

Add Device Name of Sender Device

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-135

Add Location Information of Sender Device

1: ON

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF 1: ON

840-136

Signature Message

[FX/IBG] NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

-

840-137

Permission to change "From:", when successful in obtaining E-mail address during authentication.

0: Prohibit

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-138

Permission to change "From:", when failed in obtaining E-mail address during authentication.

1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-139

Permission to change "From:", for Guest User.

0: Prohibit

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-140

Permission to change "From:", when not authenticated.

0: Prohibit

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-141

Permission to use ScanToEmail, when failed in obtaining E-mail address during authentication.

1: Allow

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-142

Transmission/Undelivered Report Output Control


1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-144

Transmission/Undelivered Report Output Control for CWSS


1

3

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-147

Page Orientation when OCR is Specified

1: Follow the OCR result

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: Follow the OCR result 2: Follow the input orientation

840-148

System Control Information for Scan to Home

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-503


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-504


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

840-149

System Control Information for Scan to Myfolder

0: Disabled

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-150

Image Storage Location Retrieval Method

0: LDAP

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: LDAP 1: NO_LDAP

840-151

Subdirectory Name

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

64+1 (bytes)

840-152

Subdirectory Auto Creation Control Flag

0: Do not automatically create subdirectory

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not automatically create subdirectory 1: Automatically create subdirectory

840-153

User Name Directory Addition Control Flag

0: Do not add User Name Directory

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not add User Name Directory 1: Add User Name Directory

840-154

User Name Directory Auto Creation Control Flag

0: Do not automatically create User Name Directory

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not automatically create User Name Directory 1: Automatically create User Name Directory

840-155

Path Creation Rule

0: SUB_USER

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: SUB_USER 1: USER_SUB

840-156

Base Directory Path

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

128+1 (bytes)

840-157

Transfer Destination Change Control Information

0: Transfer Destination can be changed

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Transfer Destination can be changed 1: Transfer Destination cannot be changed

840-158

LDAP Attribute Type Corresponding to "iFax Address"

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-159

LDAP Attribute Type Corresponding to "Fax Address"

"facsimileTelephoneNumber"

Yes

No

Read/ Write


840-160

Custom filter: Use of the filter for email address search

0 : Not use

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not use 1 : Use

840-161

Custom filter: The filter for email address search

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Up to 513 bytes including the NULL termination character string. Local character code defined in Globalization.

840-162

Custom filter: Use of the filter for Fax address search

0 : Not use

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not use 1 : Use

ChainLink

0

0

0

1

1

1


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

No

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Not use 1 : Use

No

No

Read/ Write


1

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : CommonName 1 : SurName

512

20480

No

No

Read/ Write

512 - 20480 (KB)

200000 (KB)

512

200000

No

No

Read/ Write

512 - 200000 (KB)

Maximum number of fragments

1

1

500

No

No

Read/ Write

1 - 500

840-170

Mail separation method

1 : Separate by the page

1

2

No

No

Read/ Write

1 : Separate by the page 2 : Separate by data size

840-171

Mail attachment for single-page file

0: Multiple files for 1 mail

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Multiple files for 1 mail 1: 1 file for 1 mail

849-001

BcpLibrary Settings

1: ON

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

849-002

EdgeEnhance Settings

2: ON by condition

0

2

No

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON, 2: ON by condition

850-001

EP-SV, EP Accessory Connection

0: None

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


850-002

Telephone Line Connection

0: None

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


850-003

EP Data Send Type (This data is the same as that of EP-DX)

0: Send to the EP-SV

0

2

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Send to the EP-SV, 1: Send to the EP-DX, 2: Send to both

850-004

Billing Display Setting (This data is the same as that of EP-DX)

0: Prohibit

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit, 1: Perform

ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

840-163

Custom filter: Use of the filter for Fax address search

NULL

840-164

Custom filter: Use of the filter for iFax address search

0 : Not use

840-165

Custom filter: Use of the filter for iFax address search

NULL

840-166

Search order for LDAP search

0 : CommonName

0

840-167

Maximum message size

10240 (KB)

840-168

Maximum total job size

840-169

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

0

Max.

1

02/2009 6-505


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-506


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

850-007

Accessory Types

Refer to FF in EP Accessory

0

12

No

Yes

Read/ Write

Refer to FF in EP Accessory

850-009

Print Control Feature

0: Do not control

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not control, 1: Control

850-010

Interrupt operation when connected to count back type

1: Interrupt Off

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Interrupt On, 1: Interrupt Off

850-011

CRU Replacement Notification

0: Prohibit

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


850-012

CRU Warning Notification

0: Prohibit

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write


850-014

EP Accessory (ICCG-H) Connection Monitor Timer Settings

0: Do not retry WakeUp command (Timeout after 10 secs)

0

9

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-9 0: Do not retry WakeUp command (Timeout after 10 secs) 1-9: Wait for the set time (minutes)

850-015

Scan/Fax/iFax Control Feature

0: Do not control

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not control, 1: Control

850-016

Operation for Disable Receive when connected to count back type

0: Cancel job (Cancel)

0

2

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Cancel job (Cancel) 1: Pause Job 2: Abort or Hold depending on the status

850-017

Use Card Number in Print Control

1: Use card number

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not use card number 1: Use card number

850-019

Remaining Job Auto Clear Mode Release Timer Settings When Accessory is Connected

15 (sec)

10

300

No

Yes

Read/ Write

10-300 (sec)

850-020

Lyzer (Accessory) Continuous Job Control

0: Prohibit

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


850-021

Fax Send Billing Control

0: Do not bill

0

1

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0: Do not bill 1: Bill

850-022

Fax Send Billing - Unit Cost (Standard Image Quality)

0

0

65535

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-65535

850-023

Fax Send Billing - Unit Cost (High Image Quality)

0

0

65535

No

Yes

Read/ Write

0-65535

Description


ChainLink

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

Max.

NVM Names

Initial Value

870-010

XERO: CRU #1 Wear Reduction Current Value

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-011


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-012


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-013


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-014

XERO: #1CRU Warning Current Value

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-015

XERO: #1Drum Total Cycle Current Value

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-016


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-017


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-018


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-019

XERO: #1 Drum DC Cycle Current Value

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-020


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-021


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-022


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-023

XERO: #1 Drum AC Cycle Current Value

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-024


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-507


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-508


Version.1 .1.1


ChainLink

Settings Range

Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

Max.

NVM Names

Initial Value

870-025


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-026


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-027

X'fer: IBT Belt (IMPS)

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-028

X'fer: IBT Belt (CYCLE)

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-029

X'fer: 1st BTR

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-030

X'fer: Back Up Roll

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-031

X'fer: 2nd BTR Unit

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-032

X'fer: Bearing BTR

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-033

X'fer: Trim within Transfer Module

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-034

X'fer: Belt Cleaner Blade

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-035

X'fer: Belt Cleaner Film Seal

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-036

PH: 1 Tray Feed Count

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-037

PH: MSI Feed Count

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-038

PH: 3TM 2Tray Feed Count

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-039


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-040


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-041


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-042

PH: TTM 2Tray Feed Count

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-043


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-044


-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999

870-045

Fuser, NOHAD: PV (CV) Counter for checking the replacement life of the Filter used for ROS contamination

-

No

Yes

Read

0-99999999



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

870-200

Input Tray Settings

1: Tray 1

0

9

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: Tray 5, 6: SMH, 7: Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF), 8: Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray), 9: Interposer

870-202

Copies (Output Sheet Count) Settings

1: 1 sets

1

999

No

No

Read/ Write

1~999 set

870-203

1 Sided Output/2 Sided Output Settings

0: 1 Sided

0

2

No

No

Read/ Write

0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided (Head to Head), 2: 2 Sided (Head to Toe)

870-204

Paper Type Settings

0: Plain

0

79

No

No

Read/ Write

0 : Plain, 1: Recycled, 2: Bond Paper, 3: Lightweight, 4: Heavyweight, 5: Extra Heavyweight, 6: Heavyweight (Reload), 7: Extra Heavyweight (Reload), 8 : Extra Heavyweight Plus, 9: Extra Heavyweight Plus (Reload), 10: Transparency, 11: Tab Stock, 12: Labels, 13~31: Plain A~S, 32: Heavyweight A, 33 : Heavyweight B, 34: Heavyweight S, 35: Heavyweight A (Reload), 36: Heavyweight B (Reload), 37: Heavyweight (Reload) S, 38: Extra Heavyweight A, 39 : Extra Heavyweight B, 40: Extra Heavyweight S, 41: Extra Heavyweight (Reload) A, 42: Extra Heavyweight (Reload) B, 43: Extra Heavyweight (Reload) S, 44: Heavyweight C, 45 : Heavyweight C (Reload), 46: Extra Heavyweight C, 47: Extra Heavyweight C (Reload), 48: Extra Heavyweight D, 49: Extra Heavyweight D (Reload), 50: Gloss, 51 : Gloss (Reload), 52: HW Gloss, 53: HW Gloss (Reload), 54: Gloss Special (Coated Paper), 55~59 : Custom Paper 1~5, 60: Tracing Paper , 61: Reload, 62: Tab Stock, 63: HW Tab Stock, 64: Labels, 65 : HW Labels, 66: Hole Punched, 67: Plain S1, 68: Plain S2, 69: Recycled (Recycled A), 70 : Recycled (Recycled B), Heavyweight S1, 72: Heavyweight S2, 73: Extra Heavyweight E, 74: Extra Heavyweight S1, 75: Extra Heavyweight S2, 76 : Tab Stock 1, 77: Tab Stock 2, 78: Gloss A, 79: Gloss B

870-205

Output Color Settings

3: BW

0

3

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Full Color (4 colors) 1: Full Color (3 colors) 2: Mono Color 3: BW

870-206

Single Color Settings

0: Black

0

6

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Black, 1: Yellow, 2: Magenta, 3: Cyan, 4: Red, 5: Green, 6: Blue

870-207

Screen Settings

0

0

12

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Binary ED, 3: 24ED, 4: 320DACS, 5: 600, 6: 300, 7: 200C, 8: 200R, 9: 150, 10: FINE, 11: 106 lines, 12: Gray Font (1,200)

870-208

LUT Settings

3: IOT & Ctack On

0

3

No

No

Read/ Write

0: All Off, 1: IOT On, 2: Ctack On, 3: IOT & Ctack On

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-509

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-510


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

870-209

Density Settings

50 : 50%

0

100

No

No

Read/ Write

0-100%

870-210

Resolution Settings

0: 1200x1200

0

4

No

No

Read/ Write

0: 1200x1200 1: 1200x600 2: 600x600 3: 300x300 4: Not Used

870-211

Paper Size (Standard) Settings

5: A4 LEF

0

50

No

No

Read/ Write

0: A6 SEF, 1: A6 LEF, 2: A5 SEF, 3: A5 LEF, 4: A4 SEF, 5: A4 LEF, 6: A3 SEF, 7: B6 SEF, 8: B6 LEF, 9: B5 SEF, 10: B5 LEF, 11: B4 SEF, 12: 5.5x8.5 (Statement) SEF, 13: 5.5x8.5 (Statement) LEF, 14: 7.25x10.5 (Executive) SEF, 15: 7.25x10.5 (Executive) LEF, 16: 8x10 SEF, 17: 8x10 LEF, 18: Letter SEF, 19: Letter LEF, 20: 8.46x12.4 (Spanish) SEF, 21: 8.5x13 (Legal 13) SEF, 22: 8.5x13 (Legal 14) SEF, 23: 11x15 SEF, 24: 11x17 (Ledger) SEF, 25: A4 Cover LEF, 26: 9x11 (Letter Cover) LEF, 27: 12.0x18.0 SEF, 28: 12.6x17.7 (SRA3) SEF, 29: 12.6x19.2 SEF, 30: 13x18 SEF, 31: 13x19 SEF, 32: 16K (TFX) SEF, 33: 16K (TFX) LEF, 34: 8K (TFX) SEF, 35: 16K (GCO) SEF, 36: 16K (GCO) LEF, 37: 8K (GCO) SEF, 38: Postcard SEF, 39: Postcard LEF, 40: Return Postcard SEF, 41: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 42: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 43: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 44: Envelope (Choukei 3) SEF, 45: Envelope (Choukei 3) LEF, 46: Commercial #10 LEF, 47: Monarch LEF, 48: DL LEF, 49: Envelope (Kakukei 20) SEF, 50: Envelope (Kakukei 6) LEF

880-001

Job Flow Sheet Pool Server Usage

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

880-002

Port Number

80

1

65535

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

880-003

Connection Schema

1: HTTP

1

2

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1: HTTP, 2: HTTPS

880-004

Device Specific Authentication Information Usage

0: OFF

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: OFF, 1: ON

880-005

Time-Out Time

60

1

300

Yes

No

Read/ Write

1-300

880-006

Job Flow Sheet Repository

0: Device

0

1

Yes

No

Read/ Write

0: Device, 1: Pool Server

880-007

Job Flow Sheet Search Keyword 1

NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write

Single-byte symbols, double-byte Katakana, Hiragana, Chinese characters, Max. 6 characters (Local); ASCII Max. 12 characters (M/N)

Description


Can be initialized

Min.

SysUser

SysSyste m

Read/ Write

Description

No

Read/ Write


Yes

No

Read/ Write


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write



NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-012


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-013


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-014


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-015


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-016


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-017


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-018


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-019


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-020


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


880-021


NULL

Yes

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

880-008


NULL

Yes

880-009


NULL

880-010


880-011

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Max.

02/2009 6-511


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-512


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

900001~99 9

Tag 1V~Tag 999V

0

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

Tag information 1V~999V 0: Off, 1: ON

920-001

WEP Installation Status

0: Not installed

0

2

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Not installed 1: Undergoing installation/removal 2: Installed

920-002

WEP Installation Date

0

-1

-1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Not installed 1-: Installation date (accumulated time since 1970)

920-003

Connection Destination Address

Being adjusted

No

No

Read/ Write


920-004

Connection Destination Path

Being adjusted

No

No

Read/ Write


920-005

EPA Port Number

443

1

65535

No

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

920-006

EPA Proxy Port Number

8080

1

65535

No

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

920-007

Connection Destination Type

0: Edge Server

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Edge Server 1: EPA Server

920-008

WEP Installation Personnel

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write


920-009

Periodic Polling Cycle

0: None

0

56

No

No

Read/ Write

0: None, 1~31: Once/month 40: Once/day (everyday) 50: Once/week (sundays) 51: Once/week (mondays) 52: Once/week (tuesdays) 53: Once/week (wednesdays) 54: Once/week (thursdays) 55: Once/week (fridays) 56: Once/week (saturdays)

920-010

Periodic Polling Time (Hour)

0

0

23

No

No

Read/ Write

0-23

920-011

Periodic Polling Time (Minute)

0

0

59

No

No

Read/ Write

0-59

ChainLink



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

920-012

Current Billing Periodic Notification Cycle

0: None

0

56

No

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Periodic Polling Cycle] (920-009).

920-013

Diag Data Periodic Notification Cycle

0: None

0

56

No

No

Read/ Write

Same as [Periodic Polling Cycle] (920-009).

920-014

Billing Settings Cutoff Date (Day)

0: Prohibit Operation

0

31

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit Operation 1-31 (Day)

920-015

Billing Settings Cutoff Date (Hour)

0

0

23

No

No

Read/ Write

0-23 (Hours)

920-016

Billing Settings Cutoff Date (Minute)

0

0

59

No

No

Read/ Write

0-59 (Minutes)

920-017

Cutoff Billing Notification Date (Day)

0: Prohibit Operation

0

31

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Prohibit Operation 1-31 (Day)

920-018

Cutoff Billing Notification Date (Hour)

0

0

23

No

No

Read/ Write

0-23 (Hours)

920-019

Cutoff Billing Notification Date (Minute)

0

0

59

No

No

Read/ Write

0-59 (Minutes)

920-020

CRU Replaced Notification Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Do not notify 1: Notify

920-021

CRU Near Empty Notification Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


920-022

CRU Near Full Notification Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


920-023

ERU Near Empty Notification Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


920-024

Alert Call Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


920-025

Diagnostic Request (Customer) Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


920-026

Diagnostic Request (CE) Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-513

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-514


Version.1 .1.1



ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

Read/ Write

Description

920-027

Diagnostic Request (KOC) Setting

0: Do not notify

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write


920-028

Receivable Request Count

1

1

1

No

No

Read/ Write

1 (fixed value in DMP2007-2a)

920-029

Receivable Request Size (Bytes)

Being adjusted

-1

-1

No

No

Read/ Write

0-4294967295

920-030

Most Urgent Alert Level Among Outgoing Alert Calls

0

0

6

No

No

Read/ Write

0-6

920-031

Short Cycle Retry Attempts

4

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write

0-255

920-032

Short Cycle Retry Interval (Second)

45

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write

0-255 (sec)

920-033

Long Cycle Retry Attempts

45

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write

0-255

920-034

Long Cycle Retry Interval (Minute)

30

0

255

No

No

Read/ Write

0-255 (Minutes)

920-035

Proxy Server Name

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Up to 256 bytes including NULL end character

920-036

Proxy Server Port Number

8080

1

65535

No

No

Read/ Write

1-65535

920-037

Proxy Basic Authentication Setting

0: Disabled (do not use proxy authentication)

0

1

No

No

Read/ Write

0: Disabled (do not use proxy authentication) 1: Enabled (use proxy authentication)

920-038

Proxy Basic Authentication User Name

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Up to 32 bytes including NULL end character. Only single-byte alphanumeric (A~Z, a~z, 0~9) and single-byte hypen (-) can be used. Kanji, Hiragana, Katakana, Symbols, and etc. cannot be used.

920-039

Proxy Basic Authentication Password

NULL

No

No

Read/ Write

Up to 32 bytes including NULL end character. Only single-byte alphanumeric (A~Z, a~z, 0~9) and single-byte hypen (-) can be used. Kanji, Hiragana, Katakana, Symbols, and etc. cannot be used.

920-501

Single Alert Setting No.1 Chain Number

0

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

0

999



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

920-502

Single Alert Setting No.1 Link Number

0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-503


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-504


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-505


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-506


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-507


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-508


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-509


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-510


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-511


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-512


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-513


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-514


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-515


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-516


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-515

Read/ Write

Description


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-516


Version.1 .1.1



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

920-517


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-518


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-519


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-520


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-521


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-522


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-523


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-524


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-525


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-526


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-527


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-528


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-529


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-530


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-531


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

ChainLink

Read/ Write

Description



NVM Names

Initial Value

Min.

Max.

SysUser

920-532


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-533


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-534


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-535


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-536


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-537


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-538


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-539


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

920-540


0

0

999

No

No

Read/ Write

0-999

ChainLink

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-517

Read/ Write

Description


General

General 6.3.20.3 DC131 Controller NVM List (800~920)

02/2009 6-518

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.21 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769) Table 1 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769)

Initial Value



Initializati on Read/Write Description

769-003 I/F Module Major Soft Version

0

0

65535

Prohibited Read/Write Major Version of I/F Module Software

769-004 I/F Module Minor Soft Version

0

0

65535

Prohibited Read/Write Minor Version of I/F Module Software

769-005 IPL Version

0

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Shows an IPL version.

769-008 Power ON Decurler Control

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write Makes a selection about Decurler Control at Power ON. When 0 is selected, the default at NVM 769-009 (Decurler Control Memory) shall be applied as Deculer Control at Power ON. 0: Control before Power OFF 1: Auto

769-009 Decurler Control Memory

0

0

8

Prohibited Read/Write Memorizes a certain Decurler Control (status set by Manual SW) at Power OFF. Rewrites the default at Power OFF. 0:Auto 1:Manual Pene Up10 2:Manual Pene Up8 3:Manual Pene Up6 4:Manual Pene Up2 5:Manual Pene Down6 6:Manual Pene Down8 7:Manual Pene Down10 8:Undecided

769-010 Decurler Auto LED ON Duration

20

1

100

Prohibited Read/Write Changes how long to keep LED on when Auto Decurler Control is selected. 1=100msec

769-012 OHP Curl Correction 1

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write Sets whether to make Manual Decurler SW Setting valid or not for correcting curled OHP fed from IOT. 0: Manual Decurler SW Setting not followed. 1: Manual Decurler SW Setting followed.

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-519

6.3.21 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769)

General

General

02/2009 6-520


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769)

Initial Value



769-013 OHP Curl Correction 2

4

0

8

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended to change Curl Correction Quantity for OHP fed from IOT. When 0 is set at NVM 769-012 (OHP Curl Correction 1), a setting at this NVM is valid. Setting 0 (Auto): Regardless of Manual Decurler SW Setting, curl correction is made as directed by Finishing Device or IOT. Setting 1 to 7: Regardless of Manual Decurler SW Setting, curl correction is made as set by this NVM. 0:Auto 1:Pene Up10(Up High) 2:Pene Up8(Up Mid) 3:Pene Up6(Up Low) 4:Pene Up2(Straight) 5:Pene Down6(Down Low) 6:Pene Down8(Down Mid) 7:Pene Down10(Down High) 8:Manual Decurler SW Setting followed.

769-014 Tack Film Curl Correction 1

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write Sets whether to make Manual Decurler SW Setting valid for correcting curled tack film fed from IOT. 0: Manual Decurler SW Setting not followed. 1: Manual Decurler SW Setting followed.

769-015 Tack Film Curl Correction 2

4

0

8

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended to change Curl Correction Quantity for Tack Film fed from IOT. When 0 is set at NVM 769-014 (Tack Film Curl Correction 1), a setting at this NVM is valid. Setting 0 (Auto): Regardless of Manual Decurler SW Setting, curl correction is made as directed by Finishing Device or IOT. Setting 1 to 7: Regardless of Manual Decurler SW Setting, curl correction is made as set at this NVM. 0:Auto 1:Pene Up10(Up High) 2:Pene Up8(Up Mid) 3:Pene Up6(Up Low) 4:Pene Up2(Straight) 5:Pene Down6(Down Low) 6:Pene Down8(Down Mid) 7:Pene Down10(Down High) 8:Manual Decurler SW Setting followed.

769-016 Label Paper Curl Correction 1

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write Sets whether to make Manual Decurler SW Setting valid for correcting curled label paper fed from IOT. 0: Manual Decurler SW Setting not followed. 1: Manual Decurler SW Setting followed.

ChainLink

NVM Name



ChainLink

NVM Name

769-017 Label Paper Curl Correction 2

Initial Value



4

0

8

Initializati on Read/Write Description Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended to change Curl Correction Quantity for label paper fed from IOT. When 0 is set at NVM 769-016 (Label Paper Curl Correction 1), a setting at this NVM is valid. Setting 0 (Auto): Regardless of Manual Decurler SW Setting, curl correction is made as directed by Finishing Device or IOT. Setting 1 to 7: Regardless of Manual Decurler SW Setting, curl correction is made as set at this NVM. 0:Auto 1:Pene Up10(Up High) 2:Pene Up8(Up Mid) 3:Pene Up6(Up Low) 4:Pene Up2(Straight) 5:Pene Down6(Down Low) 6:Pene Down8(Down Mid) 7:Pene Down10(Down High) 8:Manual Decurler SW Setting followed.

769-080 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Paper Size Change)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among sheets of paper at a change of paper size. (msec)

769-081 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Paper Type Change)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among sheets of paper at a change of paper type. (msec)

769-082 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Feed Tray Change)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among sheets of paper at a change of Feed Tray. (msec)

769-083 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Side Change for Output)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among sheets of paper at a change of side for output (Simp/Invert/Dup). (msec)

769-084 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Thin Paper
0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: thin paper 300mm long or shorter in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-085 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Thin Paper >300mm)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: thin paper longer than 300mm in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-086 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Plain/Reused/Recycled/ Punched Paper
0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Plain/Reused/Recycled/Punched Paper 300mm long or shorter in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-087 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Plain/Reused/Recycled/ Punched Paper >300mm)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Plain/reused/Recycled/Punched Paper longer than 300mm in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-088 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Thick Paper 1
0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously; Thick 1 Paper 300mm long or shorter in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-089 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Thick Paper 1 >300mm)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Thick 1paper longer than 300mm in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-090 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Tab/Thick 1 Paper
0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Tab/Thick 1 paper 300mm long or shorter in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-091 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Tab/Thick 1Paper >300mm)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Tab/Thick 1paper longer than 300mm in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-092 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Coated Paper 1
0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Coated 1paper 300mm long or shorter in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-521


General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-522


Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



769-093 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Coated Paper 1 >300mm)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Coated 1longer than 300mm in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-094 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Thick 2/Tab Thick 2/Coated 2 Paper
0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Thick 2/Tab Thick 2/Coated 2 paper 300mm long or shorter in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-095 Pitch Variation among Sheets (Thick 2/Tab Thick 2/Coated 2 Paper >300mm)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: Thick 2/Tab Thick 2/Coated 2 paper longer than 300mm in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-096 Pitch Variation among Sheets (OHP/Label Paper/Tack Film
0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: OHP/Label paper/Tack film 300mm long or shorter in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-097 Pitch Variation among Sheets (OHP/Label Paper/Tack Film >300mm)

0

0

200

Prohibited Read/Write Sets a pitch variation among the following sheets of paper running continuously: OHP/Label Paper/Tack Film longer than 300mm in feed (SS) direction. (msec)

769-126 IFM Paper Exit Count

0

0

9999

Prohibited Read

Displays Recycle Count [Count of sheets that passed I/F Exit SNR]. The count is displayed by the unit of 10000: NVM Value X 10000

769-127 IFM Decurler Change Count

0

0

9999

Prohibited Read

Displays Recycle Count [Count of Decurler Changing Operations]. The count is displayed by the unit of 1000: NVM Value X 1000

769-128 IFM Gate Change Count

0

0

9999

Prohibited Read

Displays Recycle Count [Count of Gate Changing Operations]. The count is displayed by the unit of 1000: NVM Value X 1000

769-129 Spare

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write

769-130 Spare

0

0

1


769-131 Spare

0

0

1


769-132 Spare

0

0

1


769-133 Spare

0

0

1


769-134 Spare

0

0

1


769-135 Device ID that Caused Communication Fail

0

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Device ID that caused a communication fail. 0:IOT 1:HCS1 2:D-Fin 3:HCS2 4:Tape

769-136 Communication Fail Type

0

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Communication Fail Type 1: Send queue cannot be stored 5: Receiving checksum error 6: Physical error with communication layer (Parity error, etc.) 7: Receiving timeout between bytes 8: No ACK

769-137 Send Status at Communication Fail

0

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Send status at occurrence of a communication fail: 0: Idling (No sending) 1: SYNC packet sending state 2: ACK packet sending state 3: Message sending state 8: No ACK

ChainLink

NVM Name



Initial Value



0

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Status on reception at occurrence of a communication fail: 0: Idle state 6: Waiting to receive Msg Length 7: Waiting to receive ClientData/CheckSum 8: Waiting to receive DEL/SYN Trailer after receiving SYN Header 9: Waiting to receive DEL/SYN Trailer1 after receiving SYN Header 10: Waiting to receive DEL/SYN Trailer2 after receiving SYN Header

769-139 Use state of the physical layer for sending when the communi- 0 cation failure occurs

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Use state of the physical layer for sending when the communication failure occurs. 0: Not sending 1: Sending

769-140 Waiting for Receive Function at Commu. Fail

0

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Waiting for a receive function at occurrence of a communication fail: 0: Receiving function is not being used 1: Receiving function is being used

769-141 Communication Physical Layer Error Status at Commu. Fail

0

0

255

Prohibited Read/Write Communication Physical Layer error status at occurrence of a communication fail CPU Register SSR (Serial Status Register) Value. This is valid when 6 is set at 769-136.

769-142 The number of communication failure occurrences

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write The number of communication failure occurrences When this NVM is set to 1 or more, 769-135 to 141 are logs of the communication failure that occurred right now When it is set to 0, 769-135 to 141 are logs of communication failures that occurred in the past.

769-143 I/F Decurler Belt Mot Speed Plastic label Pene Up (732.3mm/s)

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write Paper quality: Plastic label Decurler Penetration: Pene Up Determine the speed of I/F Decurler Belt Mot under the above conditions. The meaning of the NVM is the same as "I/F Decurler Belt Mot Speed Plain Paper Pene Up (732.3mm/s)."

769-144 I/F Decurler Belt Mot Speed Plastic label Pene Down (732.3mm/s)

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write Paper quality: Plastic label Decurler Penetration: Pene Down Determine the speed of I/F Decurler Belt Mot under the above conditions. The meaning of NVM is the same as "I/F Decurler Belt Mot Speed Plain Paper Pene Down(732.3mm/s)."

769-145 Spare

0

0

1


769-160 Spare

0

0

1


769-161 Spare

0

0

1


769-162 Spare

0

0

1


769-163 Spare

0

0

1


769-164 Spare

0

0

1


769-165 Spare

0

0

1


769-166 Spare

0

0

1


ChainLink

NVM Name

769-138 Receive Status at Communication Fail

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 6-523


General

General

02/2009 6-524


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value




769-167 Spare

0

0

1


769-168 Spare

0

0

1


769-169 Spare

0

0

1


769-170 Spare

0

0

1


769-171 Spare

0

0

1


769-172 Spare

0

0

1


769-173 Spare

0

0

1


769-174 Spare

0

0

1


769-175 Spare

0

0

1


769-176 Spare

0

0

1


769-177 Spare

0

0

1


769-178 Spare

0

0

1


769-179 Spare

0

0

1


769-180 Simplex Straight Black & White Paper Decurler Setting 1 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is <=216mm in the Black & White mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto (setting reported from IOT) 1:Up High (Decurls up with strong force.) 2:Up Mid (Decurls up with medium force.) 3:Up Low (Decurls up with weak force.) 4:Straight (Never decurls.) 5:Down Low (Decurls down with weak force.) 6:Down Mid (Decurls down with medium force.) 7:Down High (Decurls down with strong force.)

769-181 Simplex Straight Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 2 (paper 0 length<=216mm)

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is <=216mm in the Black & White mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-182 Simplex Straight Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 3 (paper 0 length>216mm)

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is >216mm in the Black & White mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

ChainLink

NVM Name

Table 1 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769) Setting Range (Min Value)


769-183 Simplex Straight Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 4 (paper 0 length>216mm)

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is >216mm in the Black & White mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-184 Simplex Invert Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 1 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is <=216mm in the Black & White mode and for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-185 Simplex Invert Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 2 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is <=216mm in the Black & White mode and for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-186 Simplex Invert Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 3 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is >216mm in the Black & White mode for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-187 Simplex Invert Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 4 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is >216mm in the Black & White mode and for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Initial Value


02/2009 6-525


General

General

02/2009 6-526


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



769-188 Duplex Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 1(paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is <=216mm in the Black & White mode and for duplex output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto (setting reported from IOT) 1:Up High (Decurls up with strong force.) 2:Up Mid (Decurls up with medium force.) 3:Up Low (Decurls up with weak force.) 4:Straight (Never decurls.) 5:Down Low (Decurls down with weak force.) 6:Down Mid (Decurls down with medium force.) 7:Down High (Decurls down with strong force.)

769-189 Duplex Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 2(paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is <=216mm in the Black & White mode and for duplex output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-190 Duplex Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 3 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is >216mm in the Black & White mode and for duplex output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-191 Duplex Black & White PaperDecurler Setting 4 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is >216mm in the Black & White mode and for duplex output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

ChainLink

NVM Name



Initial Value



769-192 Simplex Straight Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 1 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is <=216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto (setting reported from IOT) 1:Up High (Decurls up with strong force.) 2:Up Mid (Decurls up with medium force.) 3:Up Low (Decurls up with weak force.) 4:Straight (Never decurls.) 5:Down Low (Decurls down with weak force.) 6:Down Mid (Decurls down with medium force.) 7:Down High (Decurls down with strong force.)

769-193 Simplex Straight Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 2 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is <=216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-194 Simplex Straight Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 3 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is >216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-195 Simplex Straight Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 4 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is >216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex straight output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 6-527


General

General

02/2009 6-528


4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value



769-196 Simplex Invert Full Color PaperDecurler 1 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is <=216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-197 Simplex Invert Full Color PaperDecurler 2 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is <=216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-198 Simplex Invert Full Color PaperDecurler 3 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is >216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-199 Simplex Invert Full Color PaperDecurler 4 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is >216mm in the Full Color mode and for simplex invert output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

ChainLink

NVM Name



Initial Value



769-200 Duplex Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 1 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is <=216mm in the Full Color mode and for duplex output . Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto (setting reported from IOT) 1:Up High (Decurls up with strong force.) 2:Up Mid (Decurls up with medium force.) 3:Up Low (Decurls up with weak force.) 4:Straight (Never decurls.) 5:Down Low (Decurls down with weak force.) 6:Down Mid (Decurls down with medium force.) 7:Down High (Decurls down with strong force.)

769-201 Duplex Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 2 (paper length<=216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is <=216mm in the Full Color mode and for duplex output. Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-202 Duplex Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 3 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for plain, recycled, punched, reused or thin paper whose length is >216mm in the Full Color mode and for duplex output . Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-203 Duplex Full Color PaperDecurler Setting 4 (paper length>216mm)

0

0

7

Prohibited Read/Write This NVM is intended for paper output to HCS1 Stacker. Selects a Decurler setting from the following, for thick 1, thick 2, coated 1, coated 2, tab 1 or tab 2 paper whose length is >216mm in the Full Color mode and for duplex output . Paper from I/F Module Interposer is irrelevant. 0:Auto 1:Up High 2:Up Mid 3:Up Low 4:Straight 5:Down Low 6:Down Mid 7:Down High

769-223 Dolly Paper Check

0

0

1

Prohibited Read/Write NVM for HCS If STACK NO PAPER SNR is ON (paper exists) when F-DOOR SW, which has been open, is closed, ELEVATOR MOTOR will not be operated. (STACKER is not to be lifted up.) 0: Disable 1: Enable

ChainLink

NVM Name

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


02/2009 6-529


General

General 6.3.21 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769)

02/2009 6-530

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991) Table 1 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Initial Value

Range Range (Minimum (Maximum Can be Value) initialized Read/Write Value)

991-002 Output Device Configuration

0

0

5

Yes

Read/Write

0: HCS 1: TBD 2: TBD 3: TBD 4: TBD

991-003 HCS Major Soft Version

0

0

65535

No

Read

Major Version of HCS Software

991-004 HCS Minor Soft Version

0

0

65535

No

Read

Minor Version of HCS Software

991-006 IPL Version

0

0

255

No

Read

Displays the IPL version

991-009 Abort factor when failure (49-248) occurs

0

0

65535

Yes

Read

0: Stop due to the ordinary Fail (49-248). See below for other than 0. Bit0: Edge sensor motor Bit1: Offset motor Bit2: Out tamper motor Bit3: Lead tamper motor Bit4: In tamper motor Bit5: Extension motor Bit6: Clamper motor Bit7: PAD motor

991-010 The number of retries to do the Edge Sensor Unit home oper- 0 ation

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The number of retries

991-011 Air Extractor Fan (Paper 1, 2) Control Selection

1

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Selects the availability of Air Extractor Fan control 0: Control not available, 1: Control available

991-013 Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control Selection (Exhaust)

1

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Selects the availability of Cooling Fan Lowe 1 control 0: Control not available, 1: Control available

991-014 Cooling Fan Upper 2 Control Selection (Exhaust)

1

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Selects the availability of Cooling Fan Upper 2 control 0: Control not available, 1: Control available

991-015 Offset Position

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Last Offset Position 0: Rear, 1: Front

991-016 Fan Settings

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Fan Settings. When disabled, fan alarm will not be detected. 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled

991-085 Dispersion Time 1_Paper Size Change

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when changing the Paper Size Unit: msec

991-086 Dispersion Time 2_Paper Type Change

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when changing the Paper Type Unit: msec

991-087 Dispersion Time 3_Feed Tray Change

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when changing the Feed Tray Unit: msec

991-088 Dispersion Time 4_Output Face (Simp/Invert/Dup) Change

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when changing the Output Face Unit: msec

991-089 Dispersion Time 5_Lightweight

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when transporting Lightweight Paper Unit: msec

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-531

Description

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-532

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991) ChainLink

NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

991-090 Dispersion Time 6_Plain/Reload/Recycled/Hole Punched

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when transporting Plain/Reload/Recycled/Hole Punched Paper Unit: msec

991-091 Dispersion Time 7_Heavyweight

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when transporting Heavyweight Paper Unit: msec

991-092 Dispersion Time 8_Tab Stock

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when transporting Tab Stock Unit: msec

991-093 Dispersion Time 9_Gloss

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when transporting Gloss Paper Unit: msec

991-094 Dispersion Time 10_Extra Heavyweight/HW Tab Stock/ HW Gloss

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when transporting Extra Heavyweight/HW Tab Stock/HW Gloss Paper Unit: msec

991-095 Dispersion Time 11_Transparency/Labels/Adhesive

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

The dispersion time when transporting Transparency/Labels/Adhesive Paper Unit: msec

991-113 Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control 1

4127/4112G: 11 0 700DCP: 11

15

Yes

Read/Write

Determines whether the Cooling Fan Lower 1 should operate based on the Copy Mode and Paper Type The paper type of this NVM is applied to Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper 0: Do not operate 1: Operate only for 1 Sided/Single Color 2: Operate only for 2 Sided/Single Color 3: Operate only for 1 Sided/Single Color, 2 Sided/Single Color 4: Operate only for 1 Sided/Color 5: Operate only for 2 Sided/Color 6: Operate only for 1 Sided/Color, 2 Sided/Color 7: Operate only for 1 Sided/Single Color, 1 Sided/Color 8: Operate only for 1 Sided/Single Color, 2 Sided/Color 9: Operate only for 1 Sided/Single Color, 1 Sided/Color, 2 Sided/Color 10: Operate only for 2 Sided/Single Color, 1 Sided/Color 11: Operate only for 2 Sided/Single Color, 2 Sided/Color 12: Operate only for 2 Sided/Single Color, 1 Sided/Color, 2 Sided/ Color 13: Operate only for 1 Sided/Single Color, 2 Sided/Single Color, 1 Sided/Color 14: Operate only for 1 Sided/Single Color, 2 Sided/Single Color, 2 Sided/Color 15: Operate for all


4127/4112G: 11 0 700DCP: 11

15

Yes

Read/Write

Determines whether the Cooling Fan Lower 1 should operate based on the Copy Mode and Paper Type The paper type of this NVM is applied to Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper The values are the same as for [Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control 1]


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description


4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

15

Yes

Read/Write

Determines whether the Cooling Fan Lower 1 should operate based on the Copy Mode and Paper Type The paper type of this NVM is applied to Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper The values are the same as for [Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control 1]


4127/4112G: 15 0 700DCP: 15

15

Yes

Read/Write

Determines whether the Cooling Fan Lower 1 should operate based on the Copy Mode and Paper Type The paper type of this NVM is applied to Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper The values are the same as for [Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control 1]


4127/4112G: 15 0 700DCP: 15

15

Yes

Read/Write

Determines whether the Cooling Fan Lower 1 should operate based on the Copy Mode and Paper Type The paper type of this NVM is applied to HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper The values are the same as for [Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control 1]


4127/4112G: 7 700DCP: 7

0

15

Yes

Read/Write

Determines whether the Cooling Fan Lower 1 should operate based on the Copy Mode and Paper Type The paper type of this NVM is applied to Transparency The values are the same as for [Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control 1]


4127/4112G: 7 700DCP: 7

0

15

Yes

Read/Write

Determines whether the Cooling Fan Lower 1 should operate based on the Copy Mode and Paper Type The paper type of this NVM is applied to Labels, HW Labels and Transfer Paper The values are the same as for [Cooling Fan Lower 1 Control 1]

991-120 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Normal Paper SS_Size < 210mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-121 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Thick Paper #1 SS_Size < 210mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-533

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-534

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Initial Value


991-122 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Thick Paper #2 SS_Size < 210mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-123 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Coated Paper #1 SS_Size < 210mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-124 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Coated Paper #2 SS_Size < 210mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-125 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Label Paper SS_Size < 210mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-126 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Normal Paper 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

ChainLink

NVM Names

Description


Initial Value


991-127 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Thick Paper #1 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-128 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Thick Paper #2 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-129 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Coated Paper #1 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-130 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Coated Paper #2 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-131 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Label Paper 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-535

Description

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-536

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value


991-132 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Normal Paper 297mm < SS_Size

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-133 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Thick Paper #1 297mm < SS_Size

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-134 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Thick Paper #2 297mm < SS_Size

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-135 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Coated Paper #1 297mm < SS_Size

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-136 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Coated Paper #2 297mm < SS_Size

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

ChainLink

NVM Names

Description


Initial Value


991-137 Full Stack (Sheet Count) Label Paper 297mm < SS_Size

50

0

50

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following output sheet count NVM values 0: Do not perform count control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 100 sheets load E.g.) At 35, full will be detected at 35x100 = 3500 sheets load

991-140 Full Stack (Height Limit) Normal Paper SS_Size < 210mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-141 Full Stack (Height Limit) Thick Paper #1 SS_Size < 210mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-142 Full Stack (Height Limit) Thick Paper #2 SS_Size < 210mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-143 Full Stack (Height Limit) Coated Paper #1 SS_Size < 210mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-537

Description

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-538

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value


991-144 Full Stack (Height Limit) Coated Paper #2 SS_Size < 210mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-145 Full Stack (Height Limit) Label Paper SS_Size < 210mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with paper length < 210mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-146 Full Stack (Height Limit) Normal Paper 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-147 Full Stack (Height Limit) Thick Paper #1 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-148 Full Stack (Height Limit) Thick Paper #2 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

ChainLink

NVM Names

Description


Initial Value


991-149 Full Stack (Height Limit) Coated Paper #1 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-150 Full Stack (Height Limit) Coated Paper #2 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-151 Full Stack (Height Limit) Label Paper 210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with 210mm < (incl.) paper length < (incl.) 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-152 Full Stack (Height Limit) Normal Paper 297mm < SS_Size

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-153 Full Stack (Height Limit) Thick Paper #1 297mm < SS_Size

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

ChainLink

NVM Names

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-539

Description

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-540

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


Initial Value


991-154 Full Stack (Height Limit) Thick Paper #2 297mm < SS_Size

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-155 Full Stack (Height Limit) Coated Paper #1 297mm < SS_Size

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-156 Full Stack (Height Limit) Coated Paper #2 297mm < SS_Size

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-157 Full Stack (Height Limit) Label Paper 297mm < SS_Size

0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with paper length > 297mm, full detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform height control For 1 and above, full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 67, full will be detected at 67x6.9 = 462.3mm height

991-160 Half Stack Normal Paper SS_Size < 210mm

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with paper length < 210mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

ChainLink

NVM Names

Description


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

991-161 Half Stack Thick Paper #1 SS_Size < 210mm

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with paper length < 210mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-162 Half Stack Thick Paper #2 SS_Size < 210mm

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with paper length < 210mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-163 Half Stack Coated Paper #1 SS_Size < 210mm

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length < 210mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-164 Half Stack Coated Paper #2 SS_Size < 210mm

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length < 210mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-165 Half Stack Label Paper SS_Size < 210mm

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with paper length < 210mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-541

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-542

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

991-166 Half Stack Normal Paper 297mm < SS_Size

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Plain, Recycled, Reload, and Hole Punched Paper with paper length > 297mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-167 Half Stack Thick Paper #1 297mm < SS_Size

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Heavyweight, Heavyweight (Reload), Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Heavyweight Paper with paper length > 297mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-168 Half Stack Thick Paper #2 297mm < SS_Size

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Extra Heavyweight, Extra Heavyweight (Reload), HW Tab Stock, and Hole Punched Extra Heavyweight Paper with paper length > 297mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-169 Half Stack Coated Paper #1 297mm < SS_Size

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Gloss and Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length > 297mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-170 Half Stack Coated Paper #2 297mm < SS_Size

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of HW Gloss and HW Gloss (Reload) Paper with paper length > 297mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

991-171 Half Stack Label Paper 297mm < SS_Size

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output of Labels and HW Labels with paper length > 297mm, half detection control is performed based on the following Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform half control For 1 and above, half detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 39, half will be detected at 39x6.9 = 269.1mm height

991-174 Mixed Stack Full Select

4127/4112G: 0 700DCP: 0

0

85

Yes

Read/Write

During stacker output, perform mixed full detection based on the Stacker Tray height NVM values 0: Do not perform mixed full control For 1 and above, mixed full detection control is performed using 1 = 6.9mm height E.g.) At 13, mixed full will be detected at 13x6.9 = 89.7mm height

991-175 Stacker Tray Paper Select

0

0

1

Yes

Read/Write

Setting of the timing to detect paper on Stacker Tray 0: Regular 1: Detect at the upper area

991-176 Tamper Wait Time

10

0

65535

Yes

Read/Write

After the tamper is moved to the home position, wait this preset time before setting paper size. Preset value x 10msec (Ex: When 10 is set, wait for 10msec.)

991-177 Full Stack(SheetCount) Coated Paper #1-1 Simplex / SS_Size<210mm

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Simplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "17: Coated Paper #1 (64-105gsm)" 700DCP: No appropriate media NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Simplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "18: Coated Paper #1 A (106-135gsm)" 700DCP: "11:Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" "52:Reused Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-543

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-544

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Simplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "19: Coated Paper #1 B (136-216gsm)" 700DCP: "12:Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" "53:Reused Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Simplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: No appropriate media 700DCP: "13:Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" "54:Reused Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

991-181 Full Stack(SheetCount) Coated Paper #1-1 Duplex / SS_Size<210mm

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Duplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "17: Coated Paper #1 (64-105gsm)" 700DCP: No appropriate media NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Duplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "18: Coated Paper #1 A (106-135gsm)" 700DCP: "11:Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" "52:Reused Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Duplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "19: Coated Paper #1 B (136-216gsm)" 700DCP: "12:Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" "53:Reused Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Duplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: No appropriate media 700DCP: "13:Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" "54:Reused Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write



4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Simplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "20: Coated Paper #2 (217-253gsm)" 700DCP: "15:Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" "56:Reused Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-545

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-546

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write



4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write



4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. The length of paper when output as Stacker Duplex is shorter than 210mm 4127/4112G: "20: Coated Paper #2 (217-253gsm)" 700DCP: "15:Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" "56:Reused Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write



NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

991-191 Full Stack(SheetCount) Coated Paper #1-1 Simplex / 210mm<=SS_Size<=297mm

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "17: Coated Paper #1 (64-105gsm)" 700DCP: No appropriate media NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "18: Coated Paper #1 A (106-135gsm)" 700DCP: "11:Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" "52:Reused Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "19: Coated Paper #1 B (136-216gsm)" 700DCP: "12:Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" "53:Reused Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: No appropriate media 700DCP: "13:Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" "54:Reused Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-547

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-548

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

991-195 Full Stack(SheetCount) Coated Paper #1-1 Duplex / 210mm<=SS_Size<=297mm

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "17: Coated Paper #1 (64-105gsm)" 700DCP: No appropriate media NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "18: Coated Paper #1 A (106-135gsm)" 700DCP: "11:Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" "52:Reused Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "19: Coated Paper #1 B (136-216gsm)" 700DCP: "12:Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" "53:Reused Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: No appropriate media 700DCP: "13:Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" "54:Reused Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write



4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "20: Coated Paper #2 (217-253gsm)" 700DCP: "15:Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" "56:Reused Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write



4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-549

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-550

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than/equal to 210mm and shorter than/equal to 297mm 4127/4112G: "20: Coated Paper #2 (217-253gsm)" 700DCP: "15:Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" "56:Reused Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write


991-205 Full Stack(SheetCount) Coated Paper #1-1 Simplex / 297mm
4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "17: Coated Paper #1 (64-105gsm)" 700DCP: No appropriate media NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "18: Coated Paper #1 A (106-135gsm)" 700DCP: "11:Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" "52:Reused Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "19: Coated Paper #1 B (136-216gsm)" 700DCP: "12:Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" "53:Reused Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: No appropriate media 700DCP: "13:Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" "54:Reused Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

991-209 Full Stack(SheetCount) Coated Paper #1-1 Duplex / 297mm
4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "17: Coated Paper #1 (64-105gsm)" 700DCP: No appropriate media NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "18: Coated Paper #1 A (106-135gsm)" 700DCP: "11:Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" "52:Reused Coated Paper (106-128gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-551

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-552

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

Version.1 .1.1


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "19: Coated Paper #1 B (136-216gsm)" 700DCP: "12:Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" "53:Reused Coated Paper (129-150gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: No appropriate media 700DCP: "13:Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" "54:Reused Coated Paper (151-176gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Simplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "20: Coated Paper #2 (217-253gsm)" 700DCP: "15:Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" "56:Reused Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking


NVM Names

Initial Value


Description

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write


4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write

Perform the Full detection by counting the number of output sheets under the following conditions. SS_Size when output as Stacker Duplex is longer than 297mm 4127/4112G: "20: Coated Paper #2 (217-253gsm)" 700DCP: "15:Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" "56:Reused Coated Paper (221-256gsm)" NVM numerical value 0: Not perform the count control 1 or more: Perform the Full detection control as 1 = 100-sheet stacking Ex) Full detection as 35 = 35 x 100 = 3500-sheet stacking

4127/4112G:20 0 700DCP:50

50

Yes

Read/Write


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-553

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

General

General 6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

02/2009 6-554

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.4.1 Resetting Replace Consumables

6.4.2 UI Alignment

The following modes are enabled by pressing a combination of keys and not by normal key operation.

The following modes are enabled by pressing a combination of keys and not by normal key operation.

Function

Function

To reset the current value of the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge (Fuser Cleaning Web Unit) without using the Reset Current Value function of the DC135 HFSI Counter.

Corrects the grid coordinates position on the Touch Panel in order to have a correct positional relationship between the UI Touch Panel and LCD Display.

Procedure

Procedure

1.

In the User Mode screen, press the [9] key and the [Stop] key at the same time.

1.

2.

The Replace Consumables screen appears.

In the User Mode screen, press and hold the [0], [1] and [3] keys, and turn ON the power at the same time.

3.

The "Have you replaced the Fuser Cleaning Web?" message appears with [Yes] and [No] buttons.

2.

The UI Alignment screen for correcting the grid coordinates position appears.Refer to ADJ2.4.1 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction in Chapter 4 for details on the procedure.

02/2009 6-555

6.4 Special Keys

4.

Press the [Yes] button to reset the Current Value to "0". •

DC135 [954-847] Fuser Web and DC131 [744-167] Fuser Web Motor ON Cumulative Time Upper Level (Cumulated time of Fuser Web Motor ON) are both reset to "0". NOTE: If the Fuser unit is inserted into the IOT unit when the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge is not installed, the system detects 10-400 Fuser Web Near End Warning or 10-910 Fuser Web End Fail. There are two ways to clear the errors. (1)

After installing the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge, reset the Replace Consumables again. If the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge in use is used again, the process used up to now is cleared. Instead of identifying Near Empty, the system suddenly detects 10-910 Fuser Web End Fail and shuts down.

(2)

After installing the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge, set DC131 [744-167] Fuser Web Motor ON Cumulative Time Upper Level (Cumulated time of Fuser Web Motor ON) to "0" to clear the detection. If it is necessary to continue the cumulative time of Fuser Web Motor ON, note down the value of DC131 [744-167] on a paper etc, and then input this value into DC131 [744-167] that is being reset.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

General

General 6.4 Special Keys

02/2009 6-556

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.6.1 Product Name/FWSS Code/Product Code/XJ Code/Serial No. •

Main Unit

Table 2 Destinatio n Product Name

FWSS Code

Item Codes

XJ Code

Serial No.

FX

4112 (DC Model)

4112DC

NM200023 (LD100041*1)

TGA

410001~419999

FX

4112 (CP Model)

4112CP

NM200024 (LD100042*1)

TGB

410001~419999

FX

4112 Light Publisher 4112LP

NM200025 (LD100043*1)

TGC

410001~419999

FX

4127 Light Publisher 4127LP

NM200026 (LD100044*1)

TGD

410001~419999

IBG

4112 Copier/Printer

-

TM200048

TGG

430001~439999

IBG

4127 Copier/Printer

-

TM200050

TGH

430001~439999 450001~459999

IBG (FXCL) 4112 Copier/Printer

-

TM200049

TGF

440001~449999

IBG (FXCL) 4127 Copier/Printer

-

TM200051

TGE

460001~469999

IBG

4112 Enterprise Printing System

-

TM200052

TVJ

480001~489999

IBG

4127 Enterprise Printing System

-

TM200053

TVK

470001~479999 480001~489999

NM200039 (LC200049)*2

UFF

IBG

4112 Copier/Printer

-

TM200067

UFG

550001~559999

IBG

4127 Copier/Printer

-

TM200068

UFH

560001~569999

IBG

4112 Enterprise Printing System (EPS)

TM200069

UFJ

570001~579999

IBG


TM200070

UFK

580001~589999

IBG (FXCL)

4112 Copier/Printer

-

TM200071

UFL

590001~599999

IBG (FXCL)

4127 Copier/Printer

-

TM200072

UFM

600001~609999

IBG (FXCL)


TM200073

UFT

610001~619999

IBG (FXCL)


TM200074

UFU

620001~629999

•

Main Unit Large Color Control Panel (EC101035)

–

Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit (Right) (EM200081)

–

Bypass Tray (QM200016)

Table 2 Destinatio n Product Name

FWSS Code

FX

4112(DC M/C)

4112DC2

NM200035 (LD100048)*1

UFC

500001~509999

FX

4112(CP M/C)

4112CPS2

NM200036 (LD100049)*1

UFD

530001~539999

FX

4112 Light Publisher

4112LP2

NM200038 (LD100050)*1

UFN

FX

4127 Light Publisher

4127LP2

NM200037 (LD100051)*1

UFE

4127/4112G

Large Color Operation Panel (EC101035)

–

Large Color Operation Panel Installing Kit (Right) (EM200081)

–

MSI Tray (QM200016)

*2: This product is managed with its set code. This consists of the following:

Main Unit (available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch)

Version.1 .1.1

Main Unit

–

–

Item Code

540001~549999

*1: These products are managed with their respective set codes. Each consists of the following:

*1: This product uses the Set Cord. The configuration is as follows. –

XJ Code Serial No.

4127 Enterprise Printing System 4127EPS (EPS)

–

–

Item Code

FX Table 1 Destination Product Name

FWSS Code

Main Unit

–

Large Color Operation Panel (QM200034)

–

Large Color Operation Panel Installing Kit (Right) (EM200081)

–

MSI Tray (QM200016)

–

Controller Basic Model: Domestic (ND300029)

–

Display -19 inches (TD100030)

XJ Code Serial No.

02/2009 6-557

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-558

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1 A: Standard, B: Option, C: Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only), D:Extension Memory (512MB), E: Power cable for Finisher, F: Interface Module, G: Interface Cable (Short), H: Interface Cable (Long), I: Image Compression Kit, J: Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font or Morisawa 2 Font) (FX Only)

•Optional features and their prerequisites.

Table 3 FX

Optional Product Name

Item Codes

Functions provided/overview of required installation options

IBG

4112/4127 Light 4112/4127 4112DC 4112CP Publisher 4127 EPS 4112/4127 4112/ 4127 Copier/ (Post (Post (Post (Post Light EPS Printer 4112DC 4112CP Publisher Launch) Launch) Launch) Launch)

4112/4127 Copier/ 4112/4127 Printer EPS (Post (Post Launch) Launch)

FX: QM200028 AP: EM200172 FXTW: EM200180

Stack, Sort, Staple (100 sheets), Punch (2H/4H). BEG Requires the separate option: power cable and inter- H face cable. A separate power cord is also required because it is unable to draw power from the Main Unit.

BEG H

BEG H

-

-

-

-

BEG H

BEG H

-

-

Center-binding Fin- FX: QM200029 isher-D3*1 AP: EM200173 FXTW: EM200181

Stack, Sort, Staple (100 sheets), Punch (2H/4H), BEG Center Fold, Center Bind. H Requires the separate option: power cable and interface cable. A separate power cord is also required because it is unable to draw power from the Main Unit.

BEG H

BEG H

-

-

-

-

BEG H

BEG H

-

-

FX: QM200039 Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. IBG: EM200246 Design changed. Copes with streaks in running coated paper. Stack, Sort, Staple (100 sheets), Punch (2H/4H). Requires the separate option: power cable and interface cable. A separate power cord is also required because it is unable to draw power from the Main Unit.

-

-

BEGH BEGH BEGH

BEGH

-

-

BEGH

BEGH

Center-binding Fin- FX: QM200040 Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. isher-D4*1 IBG: EM200247 Design changed. Stack, Sort, Staple (100 sheets), Punch (2H/4H), Center Fold, Booklet (center binding)* Requires the separate option: power cable and interface cable. A separate power cord is also required because this Finisher cannot be supplied with power from the Main Unit. *: Can staple 25 sheets (standard paper) for making a booklet. Note that the staple cartridge for booklet is different from the existing one.

-

-

BEGH BEGH BEGH

BEGH

-

-

BEGH

BEGH

Finisher-D3*1

Finisher-D4*1

Table 3 FX

Optional Product Name Trimmer/Square Fold: FX Square Fold & Trimmer Module: IBG*

Item Codes FX/IBG: QM200042


IBG


Available as a post launch product in and after Feb. 2009. (DMP2008) Connectable to Finisher D4 with Booklet Maker. (only to Finisher D4 with Booklet Maker connected to the following: FX: M/C No. 450059~ IBG: M/C No. 040069~) Included is the exclusive Wire Harness between Finisher D4 with Booklet Maker and Trimmer/Square Fold. Another optional power cord needs to be prepared. *: Not installed by FXTW (VCCI Class A Option).

-

-

BFEG BFEG BFEG High Capacity FX: LD100045 Stack, Sort. The Interface Module (QM200031) is Stacker (HCS)*1*2 IBG: QM200032 required to connect the High Capacity Stacker to the Main Unit. Each High Capacity Stacker and Interface Module requires the separate option: power cable and interface cable. A separate power cord is also required because it is unable to draw power from the Main Unit. For FX, use the Set Cord. The configuration is as follows. LD100045: – High Capacity Stacker (QM200032) –


B

B

B

-

-

-

B*

-

-

-

-

-

BFEG

BFEG -

-

Stacker Cart (EM200254)

FX/IBG: QM200043

Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. HCS Option including Stacker Cart. Stack, Sort. Interface Module (QM200031) is required for connecting HCS to main unit. HCS and Interface Module require their respective power cables and interface cables which are separate options. A separate power cord is also required because HCS cannot be supplied with power from the Main Unit.

-

-

-

BFEG BFEG

BFEG

BFEG

-

-

BFEG

BFEG

Interface Module*2 QM200031

This is required when ordering the High Capacity Stacker (LD100045 or QM200043). Each High Capacity Stacker and Interface Module requires the separate option: power cable and interface cable. A separate power cord is also required because it is unable to draw power from the Main Unit. *: To be installed for IBG 1byte zones only.

BEG

BEG

BEG

BEG

BEG

BEG

B*EG

-

BEG

BEG

High Capacity Stacker (Stacker Cart included)*1*2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-559

BEG

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-560

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

Table 3 FX


Item Codes


IBG



Power Cord for Finisher

FX: EM100188 FXA/FXNZ: ED200145 FXS/FXM/ FXHK: ED200146 FXTH/AG/ICO: ED200147 FXP: ED200148 FXCL: EL200600 FXK: ED200168 FXTW: EM200238*

Required for installing Finisher D3/D4, Finisher D3/ B D4 with Booklet Maker, High Capacity Stacker (including Interface Module), High Capacity Feeder full-bleed A3, High Capacity Stacker, Interface Module, or Trimmer/Square Fold. *: FXTW: Finisher D4 not installed yet.

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

Interface Cable (Short)

EM200215

This is required when installing the Finisher-D3/D4, Center-binding Finisher-D3/D4, or High Capacity Stacker (Interface Module included).

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

Interface Cable (Long)

EM200216

B This is required when the High Capacity Stacker (Interface Module included) is installed together with either the Finisher-D3/D4 or Center-binding FinisherD3/D4. *: To be installed for IBG 1byte zones only.

B

B

B

B

B

B

B*

-

B

B

Folder Unit D3

FX: QM200030 This is an option for Finisher-D3 and Center-binding B IBG: EM200174 Finisher-D3. It is a unit that performs Z-Fold (Half Sheet) for A3/B4 sizes and Tri-Fold for A4/Letter sizes.

B

B

-

-

-

-

B

B

-

-

Folder Unit D4

FX: QM200041 Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. IBG: EM200248 Design changed. This is an option for Finisher-D4 and Center-binding Finisher-D4. It is a unit that performs Z-Fold (Half Sheet) for A3/B4 sizes and Tri-Fold for A4/Letter sizes.

-

-

B

B

B

B

-

-

B

B

3H Punch Unit

EM200170

This is an option to change the Finisher-D3/D4 and Center-binding Finisher-D3/D4 Punch Unit into 3Holes. After which, 2-Hole and 4-Hole punch will no longer be available.

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

High Capacity Stacker Panel Tilt Kit

EM200245

This is used to tilt the Control Panel of the High Capacity Stacker by 15 so as to make the display easier to see. *: To be installed for IBG 1byte zones only.

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B*

-

B

B

Table 3 FX


Item Codes


IBG



Stacker Cart (for High Capacity Stacker)

EM200254

An option for High Capacity Stacker. An option for additional purchase. One unit is sent together or included when installing HCS. *: To be installed for IBG 1byte zones only.

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B*

-

B

B

Bypass Tray

QM200016

Externally installed to the Main Unit. It uses the Set Cord of the Main Unit.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

B This is required when the High Capacity Feeder (2 level) or High Capacity Feeder (Oversized A3) is not installed.

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

FX: LD100046 This is a 2-level tray that is capable of storing Over- B IBG: QM200036 sized A4 paper, and it comes with a wing table. It has a storage capacity of 2300 sheets x 2 levels, and in FX, uses the Set Cord. The configuration is as follows. LD100046: – 4000HCF (QM200036)

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

Bypass Installation EM200084 Kit (HCF not installed)*3 High Capacity Feeder (2 level)

–

Wing Table (EM200083)

FX: LM200018 This is a 1-level tray that is capable of storing Over- B High Capacity Feeder (Oversized IBG: ED200167 sized A3 paper, and it comes with a wing table. It has a storage capacity of 2300 sheets x 1 level (P Paper) A3) and requires a separate power cord because it is unable to draw power from the Main Unit. For FX, use the Set Cord. The configuration is as follows. LM200018: – 2000A3-HCF (QC100028)* –

Blower Kit (EM200167)

–

Wing Table (EM200083)

*: Power Cord included. Blower Kit

FX: EM200167 This is a standard option for the High Capacity IBG: EM200168 Feeder (Oversized A3). For FX, use the 2000A3HCF along with the Set Cord.

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

Wing Table

EM200083

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

This is a common option for the High Capacity Feeder (2 level) and the High Capacity Feeder (Oversized A3). For FX, use the HCF along with the Set Cord.

02/2009 6-561

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-562

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

Table 3 FX


Item Codes


IBG


4112/4127 Copier/ Printer 4112/4127 (Post EPS (Post Launch) Launch)

FX/IBG: High Capacity Feeder C2-DS: FX QM200044 HCF C2-DS: IBG*

Available as a post-launch product in and after Feb. 2009. (DMP2008) Wing Table and Blower Kit are not options (HCF is equipped as standard with Lead/End Blower at front and Front/Rear Blower on Feeder. The Blowers are not the same as those for 2000A3-HCF.) Postcard Guide Kit (1 set) is included. Use of both upper and lower trays requires an additional option. Another optional power cord needs to be prepared. *: Not installed by FXTW (VCCI Class A Option). Note: Different from 4000A3-HCF (High Capacity Feeder C1-DS) installed on 700DCP.

-

-

B

B

B

-

-

-

B*

B*

Postcard Guide Kit FX: ED200260 (for High Capacity Tray C2-DS)

Available as a post-launch product in and after Feb. 2009. (DMP2008) 1 set comes with High Capacity Feeder C2DS(4000C2-HCF). Use of both upper and lower trays requires an additional option. *: For IBG, this is handled as a spare part, not provided as an option. This is not installed by FXTW (VCCI Class A Option).

-

-

B

B

B

-

-

-

-*

-

A

A

A

A

A

-

A

-

A

-

Large Color Control Panel

FX: EC101035 Large Color Control Panel. IBG: EM200232 For FX, use the Set Cord of the Main Unit.

A

Large Color Control Panel (for Printer)

FX: QM200034 Large Color Control Panel. For FX, use the Set Cord IBG: EM200231 of the Main Unit.

-

-

-

-

-

A

-

A

-

A

Large Color Control Panel (FCW2UI)

IBG: EM200282 Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. Cost Down realized. Large Color Control Panel(FCW2UI)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

Large Color Control Panel (FCW2UI) (for Printer)

IBG: EM200281 Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. Cost Down realized. Large Color Control Panel(FCW2UI) (for Printer)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit (Right)

FX: EM200081 Required when installing the Large Color Control IBG: EM200118 Panel. For FX, use the Set Cord of the Main Unit.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit (Left)

FX: EM200082

This allows the Control Panel that is usually installed B at the right side to be installed at the left side.

B

B

B

B

B

B

-

-

-

-

Table 3 FX


Item Codes

Extension Memory EM200223 (512MB)


IBG


Required for installing Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei B 3 fonts or Morisawa 2 fonts) (FX Only), Searchable PDF Kit, Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3), External Access Kit (WEB UI Kit), Image Extension Kit (IBG Only), and Image Compression Kit (M/C with DMP2008 or later).


B

B

B

B

B

-

B

-

B

-

Address Book Extension Kit (Address Extension Kit AP)

FX: EM200189 This increases the no. of registration in the Address IBG: EM200204 Book from 500 to 999. For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required. SW key No. 4

BC

B

B

BC

B

B

-

B

-

B

-

Copy Server

-

-

-

-

A

A

A

-

-

-

A

-

Back-Up Tool for FX: EM200277 Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. restored document IBG: EM200275 PC Application Software (Japanese/English only). Back-up Tool for restored document is software that backs up documents in mailboxes of the device (CPS M/C). FX: 4112 DC Model requires Printer Color Scanner Kit.

-

-

BC

B

B

-

-

-

B

-

Available in and after Sept., 2008. Copy Server function (Box for Re-output function)

English Kit

FX: EM200186

This Kit consists of English Manual, Labels, and Con- B trol Panel Cover (the changing of control panel display is a Main Unit standard installation)

B

B

B

B

B

-

-

-

-

-

Attention Light II

FX: EC100639

This is to alert the user by blinking when errors or faults have occurred in the machine.

B

B

B

B

B

B

-

-

-

-

-

5m Power Cord 200V

FX: EM200095

B Use this Power Cord if the standard Power Cord is too short. Plug this Power cord into the same outlets as for the standard one.

B

B

B

B

B

B

-

-

-

-

Main Unit Power Cord

FXA/FXNZ: EM200112 FXS/FXM/ FXHK: EM200113 FXK/AG/ICO: EM200114 FXP/FXTH: EM200115 FXCL: EM200116 FXTW: EM200117

This is required when installing the Main Unit. In FX, A this is bundled with the Main Unit.

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-563

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-564

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

Table 3 FX


Item Codes


IBG



B

Printer-related Options A

A

B

A

A

-

-

-

-

-

BCD Supports Standard PDL + 201H/HPGL/HPGL2/ PCL5/PCLXL/PS/BMLinks/EtherTalk/Heisei 3 Font. Requires the Extension Memory (512MB). For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required.

BD

BD

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Adobe PostScript 3 FX: EM200279 Kit (Heisei 3 Font)*4

Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. Supports Standard PDL + 201H/HPGL/HPGL2/ PCL5/PCLXL/PS/BMLinks/EtherTalk/Heisei 3 Font. Requires the Extension Memory (512MB). For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required.

-

-

BCD

BD

BD

-

-

-

-

-

Adobe PostScript 3 FX: EM200184 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font)*4

BCD Supports Standard PDL + 201H/HPGL/HPGL2/ PCL5/PCLXL/PS/BMLinks/EtherTalk/Morisawa 2 Font. Requires the Extension Memory (512MB). For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required.

BD

BD

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Adobe PostScript 3 FX: EM200280 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font)*4

Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. Supports Standard PDL + 201H/HPGL/HPGL2/ PCL5/PCLXL/PS/BMLinks/EtherTalk/Morisawa 2 Font. Requires the Extension Memory (512MB). For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required.

-

-

BCD

BD

BD

-

-

-

-

-

B

B

BC

B

B

-

B

-

B

-

Printer/Color Scan- FX: EM200182 ner Kit

For 4112 DC model. An option for enabling the Printer and Scanner (color) functions. For 4112DC, this option also enables emulation and Scan to Email. For 4112LP/4127LP, emulation is available as standard, but Scan to Email is unavailable. SW key No. 11

Adobe PostScript 3 FX: EM200183 Kit (Heisei 3 Font)*4

USB2.0 Extension Kit: FX*5 USB2.0 Kit: IBG*7

BC FX: EM200257 USB2.0 becomes usable. IBG: EM100155 – FX: 4112 DC Model requires Printer and Color Scanner Kit. With USB2.0 Extension Kit installed, both Image Compression Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (MC with DMP2008 or later) cannot beinstalled (only one can be installed). –

IBG: With USB2.0 Extension Kit installed, only one of Image Compression Kit, Image Extension Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (MC with DMP2008 or later) can be installed. (Up to 2 of the 4 kits can be installed.)

Table 3 FX


IBG



Item Codes


PCL Kit

PCL Kit (Hangul Font): EM200197 PCL Kit (Chinese Font): EM200198

Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. Depending on the installed options, it supports the following PDL. Hangul Font: KS/KSSM/KS5895 Chinese Font: ESC/PK

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

Multi-Language Font Kit

FX/IBG: EC101145

PC Application Software UniCode(TM) Font Kit for PCL language, intended for core systems such as SAP. Ref.: [UniCode] is the uniform character code by which Xerox proposed handling multiple languages such as Chinese, Korean, Japanese and English.

-

-

-

BC

B

B

-

-

-

B

-

Image Compression Kit: FX*5 High Comression PDF Kit: IBG*7

EM200194

FX: 4112 DC Model requires Printer and Color Scan- B C ner Kit (FX Only). With Image Compression Kit installed, both USB2.0 Extension Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (MC with DMP2008 or later) cannot be installed (only one can be installed). IBG: With Image Compression Kit installed, only one of USB2.0 Extension Kit, Image Extension Kit, and USB Memory Print Kit (MC with DMP2008 or later). (Up to 2 of the 4 kits can be installed.) FX/IBG: When and after DMP2008 is installed, additional memory (512MB) is required.

B

B

BC

B

B

-

B

-

B

-

Searchable PDF Kit (Searchable PDF (OCR) Kit)

FX: EM200220 This enables the search feature by performing OCR B C D H B D H IBG: EM200219 process during the scan and adding the text information into the generated PDF. Requires the Image Compression Kit and Extension Memory (512MB). For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required. SW key No. 2

BDH

BCDH BDH

BDH

-

BDH

-

BDH

-

B

BC

B

-

BD

-

BD

-

BC External Access Kit FX: EM200190 Enables direct access to web applications, down(Web UI Kit) IBG: EM200205 loading of scanned document, direct printing of documents, and etc. through a dedicated browser that is displayed on the Control Panel. FX: For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required. IBG: Requires the Extension Memory (512MB). SW key No. 12

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

B

02/2009 6-565

B

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-566

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

Table 3 FX

IBG



Network Accouting IBG: EM200203 This option provides the user with the accounting feature. Kit (Job Based SW key No. 8 Acount Kit AP)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

B

-

FreeFlow connect Kit

-

-

-

-

-

BJD

-

-

-

B

-


Item Codes


FX: EM200278 Available in and after Sept., 2008: Post Launch. IBG: EM200276 Required for connecting FreeFlow. Besides, FX is required to prepare PostScript3 Kit and additional memory (512MB). SW key No.10

Table 3 FX


Item Codes

USB Memory Print FX/IBG: EM200292 Kit: FX USB Memory Print Kit: IBG*


IBG


Available as a post launch product in and after Feb. 2009. (DMP2008) Enables printing from USB Memory inserted in IOT. This is intended for USB2.0 memory. It is possible to print directly PDF/TIFF/XPS/XDW File in Memory. (USB 1.1/1.0 Memory not supported.)

-

-

C

B

B

-

-

-

4112/4127 Copier/ 4112/4127 Printer EPS (Post (Post Launch) Launch) B*

-

NOTE: –Using USB Host Adapter, the customer can print from their USB Memory (and USB Cable if necessary), but the operation is not guaranteed. –

As to Media Print, only files existing under the root directory of USB Memory can be printed. Available files are PDF/TIFF/XPS/XDW.

–

Intended for USB2.0 Memory. (Unavailable USB Memory: USB Memory having multiple media partitions that require a separate utility for access to the contents of USB Memoy, and USB Memory connected via External HUB)

–

Multiple USB Memories cannot be installed for use at one time.

–

Not provided is Removal Menu for avoiding removal of USB Memory during access to it.

–

One USB 2.0 Memory can be inserted into either port for operation.

–

When USB 2.0 Memories are inserted into both ports, only one of the memories is available. Which to use cannot be selected.

FX: 4112 DC Model requires Printer and Color Scanner Kit (FX Only). With USB Memory Print Kit installed, both USB2.0 Extension Kit and Image Compression Kit cannot be installed (only one can be installed). IBG: With USB Memory Print Kit installed, only one of USB2.0 Extension Kit, Image Compression Kit and Image Extension Kit can be installed. (Up to 2 of the 4 kits can be installed.) *: Not installed by FXTW. (VCCI Class A Option) Security-related Options

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-567

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-568

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

Table 3 FX


Item Codes


IBG



Watermark Extension Kit (Copy Management Kit)

FX: EM200187 This Kit provides the feature to print hidden waterIBG: EM200201 marks. It prevents the reproduction of confidential documents by printing hidden watermarks with text such as CONFIDENTIAL, etc. on all pages. SW key No. 6

B

B

B

B

B

B

-

B

-

B

-

Data Security Kit

FX: EM200188 A kit that strengthens the security of data written to IBG: EM200202 the hard disk (HDD Overrwrite & Encryption). Not supported in FXCL. SW key No. 7

B

B

B

B

B

B

-

B

-

B

-

B

B

B

B

B

B

-

B

-

B

-

B

B

BC

B

B

-

-

-

-

-

BDI

BCDI

BDI

BDI

-

-

-

B

-

Secure Watermark EM200191 Kit

Functions to prevent illegal copy. It enables the embedding of digital codes, such as the Secure Watermark Code and Job Information, during printing/copying. By this, restrictions can be placed on duplication/output of documents, as well as enables the analysis of output history.

Image-related Options Image Log Kit*6

FX: EM200192

BC For models without the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit installed. This option stores and manages all Job Images that has been processed by the multifunction device. – For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required. –

When the Image Log Feature is enabled, the Copy Server Feature (that will be supported in future) will become unavailable.

SW key No. 15 Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3 )*6

FX: EM200235 For models with the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit installed. B C D I B D I IBG: EM200236 The rest are the same as for the Image Log Kit. – FX: The Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font or Morisawa 2 Font) and the Extension Memory (512MB) are required. For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required. –

IBG: The Image Extension Kit is required.

–

When the Image Log Feature is enabled, the Copy Server Feature (that will be supported in future) will become unavailable.

SW key No. 17

Table 3 FX

Optional Product Name Image Extension Kit*7

Item Codes


IBG



A IBG: EC100843 This is required when installing the Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3). Requires the Extension Memory (512MB). With Image Extension Kit installed, only one of USB2.0 Extension Kit, Image Compression Kit and USB Memory Print Kit can be installed. (Up to 2 of the 4 kits can be installed.)

A

A

A

A

A

-

BD

-

BD

-

IBG: EM200200 It enables DFE connection.

-

-

-

-

-

-

A

B

A

B

A

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

DFE Option DFE VSEL Kit Other Options Plinth Kit (for Docu- FX/IBG: Color 1250 IOT) EC100079

Plinth Kit including the docking plate (change from WU83) W700mm x D760mm (horizontal surface: 725mm)

Manual Manual Pack Taiwan

IBG: EM200286 FXTW(TC) Manual Pack

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

Manual Pack Korea

IBG: EM200287 Korean Manual Pack

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

Manual Pack Korea PR

IBG: EM200288 Printer (EPS)M/C Korean Manual Pack

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

Manual Pack Taiwan MF

IBG: EM200298 Available as a post-launch product in and after Feb. 2009. (DMP2008) MF Machine FXTW (TC) Manual Pack

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

Manual Pack Korea MF

IBG: EM200296 Available as a post-launch product in and after Feb. 2009. (DMP2008) MF Machine Korean Manual Pack

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

B

-

*1: Required when installing the Finisher-D3/D4, Center-binding Finisher-D3/D4, or High Capacity Stacker.

*6: The use of Image Log Kit or Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3) disables the Copy Server function.

*2: The Interface Module is required when installing the High Capacity Stacker.

*7: Up to two of the four kits: USB2.0 Extension Kit, Image Compression Kit and Image Extension Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (only MC with DMP2008 or later) can be installed. (The 4 kits cannot be installed together.)

*3: When High Capacity Feeder (2 trays), High Capacity Feeder full-bleed A3, or High Capacity Feeder C2-DS is not installed, the MSI Installing Kit (without HCF) is required. *4: The Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font) and the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font) cannot both be installed at the same time. Features that correspond to the Emulation Kit is a standard component. (CPS Module) *5: USB2.0 Extension Kit, Image Compression Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (MC with DMP2008 or laer) cannot be installed together. (Only one can be installed.)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-569

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-570

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1 The Earthquake Preparedness Kit requires approximately 3 months from first order till delivery.

•Accessories

Table 6

Table 4 Name

Parts No.

Contents

Main Unit

ZB38

To secure the Main Unit

Accessories

4000HCF

ZB38

To secure the HCF

IC Card Reader

2000A3-HCF

ZB38

To secure the HCF

Item Codes

Product Name

Reference

E9100100

FeliCa, M Interface ARE (Type A), eLWISE (Type B) and ELWISE support

Main Unit - Accessories Cable (direct connection)

4000C2-HCF

ZB38

To secure the HCF

Finisher-D3/D4

ZB38

The Finisher must also be secured when installing a High Capacity Stacker.

IC Card Gate/MC Connection Cable E9100054 (14 Pin D-Sub, 95cm)

For connecting the Main Unit (14 Pin D-Sub) to the IC Card Gate 1.0 (0.9m)

Booklet Finisher-D3/D4

ZB38

IC Card Gate/MC Connection Cable E9100063 (14 Pin D-Sub, 150cm)

For connecting the Main Unit (14 Pin D-Sub) to the IC Card Gate 1.0 (1.5m)

The Finisher must also be secured when installing a High Capacity Stacker.

Trimmer/Square Fold

ZB38

When this is installed on Trimmer/Square Kit, Finsiher does not need securing.

EM200239 A separate product from the one for Main Unit

Accessory Installation Kit Accessory Installation Kit A (Large)

YR84

Mount for DocuLyzer/DocuLyzer NW/Dispenser 2

High Capacity Stacker (HCS)

Accessory Installation Kit B (Small)

YR85

Mount for CopyLyzer/IC Card Gate 1.0/IC Card Gate Pro 1.0 (inner side)

•

Accessory Installation Kit Adaptor

EM200096 An adapter for installing the Accessory Installation Kit A/B to the Main Unit. (Can be installed at either left/right side. However, only the left side is available when a Finisher is installed.)

•

Heater Kit(FX Only) In 4127/4112G, a Heater Kit is provided to prevent condensation. Table 5

Name

Parts No.

Contents

Control PWBA for each heater

604K 23251 Required for the installation of Condensation Prevention Heater

IIT/ROS

Condensation Prevention Heater

604K 25040 The Condensation Prevention Heater and the Harness Kit must come as a set

Harness Kit

604K 23180

Main Unit Tray Module Condensation Preven- 604K 23210 tion Heater High Capacity Feeder Condensation Prevention Heater (4000HCF)

604K 25150

High Capacity Feeder Condensation Prevention Heater (2000A3-HCF)

604K 32050 for 100V

High Capacity Feeder Condensation Prevention Heater(4000C2-HCF)

604K 50320 for 100V

•

Earthquake Preparedness Kit(FX Only) In 4127/4112G, an Earthquake Preparedness Kit is provided to prevent the machine from toppling down due to earthquakes, etc. (This Kit is the type that uses anchors to secure the machine to the floor)

Which Ones of Combined Modules Require Earthquake Preparedness Kit Table 7

Combination

Module requiring Earthquake Preparedness Kit

IOT+Finisher

IOT

HCF+IOT+Finisher

HCF, IOT

IOT+High Capacity Stacker+Finisher

IOT, High Capacity Stacker, Finisher

HCF+IOT+High Capacity Stacker+Finisher

HCF, IOT, High Capacity Stacker, Finisher

IOT+Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

IOT, Trimmer/Square Fold

HCF+IOT+Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

HCF, IOT, Trimmer/Square Fold

IOT+High Capacity Stacker+Finisher+Trimmer/ Square Fold

IOT, High Capacity Stacker, Trimmer/Square Fold

HCF+IOT+High Capacity Stacker+Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

HCF, IOT, High Capacity Stacker, Trimmer/Square Fold

-: Without option setting

6.6.2 Software Keys 6.6.2.1 Options Requiring Software Keys 0: With option setting

Table 1 FX

IBG

4112/4127 Copier/ Printer

4112/4127 Copier/ Pritner (Post Launch)

4112/4127 EPS

4112/4127 EPS(Post Launch) -

4112CPS

4112/4127 4112DC (Post Light Publisher Launch)

4112CPS (Post Launch)

4112/4127 Light Publisher 4127 EPS (Post (Post Launch) Launch)

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

0

0

-

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

0

0

-

-

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

0

0

-

-


SW key No.

4112DC

Searchable PDF Kit (Searchable PDF (OCR) Kit)

No. 2

Address Book Extension Kit (Address Extension Kit AP)

No. 4

Watermark Extension Kit (Copy Management Kit)

No. 6

Data Security Kit

No. 7

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

0

0

-

-

Network Accouting Kit (Job Based Acount Kit AP)

No. 8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

0

-

-

FreeFlow connect Kit

No. 10

-

-

-

-

-

0

-

-

0

-

-

Printer/Color Scanner Kit

No. 11

0

-

-

0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

External Access Kit (Web UI Kit)

No. 12

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

0

0

-

-

Image Log Kit

No. 15

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

-

-

-

-

Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3)

No. 17

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

-

0

-

-

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-571

6.6 Specifications

General

General 6.6 Specifications

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-572

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.2.2 Provision of/How to Obtain the Software Keys

6.6.3 Main Specifications

There are 3 ways in which the Software Keys are provided/can be obtained.

•

1.

Listed in the NVM Setting List (FX/IBG) These software keys support the Main Unit built-in functions and are used for the standard functions recovery at reset. Therefore, they do not need to be set at installation.

2.

IOT Specifications

When the Software Key is included in the license agreement (FX/IBG) Use the password (Software Key) included in the license agreement to perform the setting.

Table 1 Item

Console Type

Tray Capacity Tray 1

1100 Sheets (80gsm), 1200 sheets (P Paper 64gsm)

Tray 2


Tray 3, 4


Tray 5 (MSI)


If the password (Software Key) was obtained from places other than the central warehouse (Odep), settings must be made at "Software Key/Passcode" of the Main Unit.

Tray 6, 7 (2 Level A4 HCF)


When the Software Key is not bundled together (FX only)

Tray 6 (1 Level A3 HCF)

2000 Sheets (80gsm), 2300 sheets (P Paper 64gsm) Reference: J Paper (82gsm): 2100 sheets

This is for cases where it is delivered together with the Main Unit. The Main Unit and license agreement are delivered. The password (Software Key) was obtained at the central warehouse (Odep) and included in the license agreement.

3.

Contents

Type

Obtain and set by using the following method. If the Software Key is not included, contact our Support Centre or an office with access to our Intranet by E-mail or phone. Tell them your Inquiry Code and Main Unit Serial No. (+Check Digit) to request for the key.

Tray6,7 ( 2-level 2,000 sheets (80gsm), 2,300 sheets (P Paper 64gsm) A3 HCF) Ref.: J Paper (82gsm): 2,100 sheets, Postcard (190gsm): 890 sheets Scan Resolution

600x600 dpi (23.6x23.6 Dot/mm)

Furthermore, if you are unable to enter the Intranet from the customer's location, you can also use a PC or a mobile phone to obtain the Software Key via the Internet. (Fax support is no longer available. You have to obtain the Software Key through the Internet.)

Scan Resolution

Output Resolution (Standard): 600x600 dpi (23.6x23.6 Dot/mm) Output Resolution (High definition): 1200x1200 dpi (47.2x47.2 Dot/mm)

Gradation

256 Gradation

•

Contacts to obtain S/W Key by E-mail or phone

Warm Up Time

Less than 5 mins (at room temp of 20 deg. C)

Support Center: FUJIFILM Logistics Co., Ltd.

Copy Original

Up to 297x432mm (A3, 11x17") for Sheet Book

E-Mail: [email protected]

Paper Size

Max: A3/12.6x19.2" (330x488mm), Min: A5 (A6, Postcard for Bypass Tray)

TEL: 0120-200-872 or 7-637-555

Tray 1, 2 B5 LEF*1, A4 LEF, 7.25x10.5 LEF*2, 8.5x11" LEF*1

Office Hours: weekdays: 9:30-17:30, Lunch Break: 12:00-13:00 • •

Address to obtain S/W Key through the Intranet URL: http://swkey.ssc.fxhq.fujixerox.co.jp:8881

*1 Requires the CE to change the Paper Guide positions.

Address to obtain S/W Key through the Internet

*2 Requires the CE to change Machine Settings and Paper Guide positions.

URL(PC): https://swkey.fujixerox.co.jp/

Tray 3, 4 [Standard Size] A5, B5, B5 LEF, A4, DT Special A4, A4 LEF, DT Special A4 LEF, B4, A3, DT Special A3, SRA3, 8.5x11", 8.5x11" LEF, 8.5x13", 8.5x14", 11x17", 12.6x19.2", 16K LEF, Tab Stock (A4)

NOTE: For customers who have already registered in the Intranet, delete the "*" in the User ID (E-mail Address column) and User Code, and then type in the password for the Intranet. All other applicant information columns can be left blank. For customers who have not registered in the Intranet or have forgotten their password, fill up all applicant information columns other than the User Code column containing "*".

[Non-standard Size] X - 182 to 488mm, Y - 140 to 330mm

URL (mobile phone): https://swkey.fujixerox.co.jp/swkey/SWHttpServletM

Tray 5 (Bypass) [Standard Size] B6, A6, A5, B5, B5 LEF, A4, A4 LEF, B4, A3, SRA3, 8.5x11", 8.5x11" LEF, 8.5x13", 8.5x14", 11x17", 12x18", 13x19", Postcard, Prepaid Postcard, Standard Env. 3, Tab Stock (A4), Tab Stock (8.5x11")

NOTE: User registration is required before working via the Intranet (User ID and Password are required). For better efficiency, record your User ID and Password in your mobile phone or Email memo tool and use Cut & Paste to enter them.

[Non-standard Size] X - 148 to 488mm, Y - 100 to 330 mm First Copy Time

Top Tray/Platen - less than 3.5sec when connected to only the Finisher

Table 4

Table 1 Item

Contents

Item

Barcode Output (Reference: ART EX Barcode Mode Output) (FX Only)

UCC/EAN128 Barcode output fulfils JIS X0520 Point 1.5 (ANSIX3.182) by the following conditions. *Depending on the sensitivity dispersion, etc., there may be cases where the barcode is unreadable even though it fulfils the Point value. The reproducibility of 1 dot line is inferior compared to normal printing. This mode also does not provide guarantee for gradation. Depending on the installation location, a regular inspection is recommended.

Copy Reduce/ Enlarge

Dimensions

W 780 (w/ MSI)/700 (Main Unit only) x D 781 (Post-launch M/C:786) x H 991 (Platen surface) *: The height of EPS M/C is 1005mm.

Weight

275kg (EPS:252kg)

Power Consumption

3.0KVA and less

•

Fixed Reduce/ Enlarge

1:0.250, 1:0.500, 1:0.612, 1:0.707, 1:0.816, 1:0.866, 1:1, 1:1.154, 1:1.225, 1:1.414, 1:1.632, 1:2.000, 1:4.000

Variable Reduce/ Enlarge

1:0.25 to 1:4.00 (1% increment)

DADF Specifications (except 4127EPS/4112EPS) Table 5

Table 2 Maximum Guaranteed Print Area

At Printing

Width 305mm x Length 480mm


Copy Mode



•

1:1+/-0.7%

Item

Maximum Printable Area

Maximum Printable Area

•

Contents 100%

Non-Guaranteed Print Area

Contents

Type of DADF

Duplex Auto Document Feeder

Document Size

Max: A3/11x17" (297x432mm), Min: A5 (140x210mm)

Paper Type

30~200g/m2 (50~128g/m2 for 2 path Duplex Mode)

Originals capacity

250 sheets* Lightweight (38~49g/m2): 250 sheets Plain (50~80g/m2): 250 sheets Heavyweight (81~128g/m2): 150 sheets Heavyweight (129~200g/m2): 100 sheets

Original Replacement Speed (A4 LEF 1 Sided)

100 sheets/min

Table 3 Item Lead Edge

5mm (Edge Erase: 3mm)

Both Edges


Tail Edge


•

•

Contents

Table 6

Copy Feature Specifications Table 4

Item

Contents

Type

Console Type

Scan Resolution

600x600 dpi (23.6x23.6 Dot/mm)

Scan Resolution

600x600 dpi (23.6x23.6 Dot/mm)

Gradation

256 Gradation

Copy Original

Up to 297x432mm (A3, 11x17") for Sheet Book

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Interface Module (Option) Specifications>

Item

Contents

Color Correction Feature

Auto, Manual 7 levels

Dimensions

W 345mm x D 725mm x H 992mm

Weight

45kg

Power Source (separate from IOT)

FX:100V+/-10%, IBG:220-240V+/-10%

Power Consumption

FX:0.20KVA, IBG:0.24KVA

* FujiXerox P Paper •

High Capacity stacker (HCS) (Option) Specifications> Table 7

Item

Contents

Top Tray Stack Capacity

500 sheets

Stacker Tray Stack Capacity

5000 sheets*

02/2009 6-573

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-574

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1 Table 8

Table 7 Item

Contents

Item

Dimensions

W 805mm x D 725mm x H 1042mm

Standard:

Weight

Stacker: 114kg, Stacker Cart: 11kg

Supported OS*3*5

Contents

Options:

Standard addition: Mac OS 8.6~9.2.2, Mac OS X 10.3.9~10.4.10

Built-in Fonts*5

Standard:

FX: Japanese 2 styles (Heisei Minchou W3, Heisei Kaku Gothic W5), European 17 styles [PCL] European 81 styles, Symbol 35 sets IBG: [PCL Fonts] 81 Roman outline Fonts, PostScript 3: 136 Roman Fonts

Options:

FX: [PostScript 3 Kit] Heisei 3 Font Family: Heisei Mincho W3, Heisei Kaku Gothic W5, and Heisei Maru Gothic W4, 136 Roman Fonts, Morisawa 2 Font Family: Ryumin L-KL, Chu Gothic BBB, 136 Roman Fonts IBG: [PCL Fonts] PCL Fonts: 6 Korean Fonts PCL Fonts: 1 Simplified Chinese Font and 1 Traditional Chinese Font

Power Source (separate from IOT) FX:100V+/-10%, IBG:220-240V+/-10% Power Consumption

FX:0.15KVA, IBG:0.19KVA

* FujiXerox P Paper, reference max capacity - 104gsm: 5200 sheets, 127gsm: 4000 sheets, 157gsm: 3300 sheets •

Print Feature Specifications Table 8

Item

Contents

Type

Built-in Type

Continuous Print Speed

Same as Main Unit

Resolution

Output Resolution (Standard): 600x600 dpi (23.6x23.6 Dot/mm) Output Resolution (High definition): 1200x1200 dpi (47.2x47.2 Dot/mm)

Page-Descrip- Standard: tion Language*5

FX: ART EX, ART , ESC/P(VP-1000), TIFF, FXPDF, PC-PR201H, HP-GL (HP7586B), HP-GL2/RTL (HP Design Jet 750C Plus), PCL5e, PCL6 IBG: PCL XL, PCL 5e, PostScript 3

Options:

PostScript3*1 BM-Links

Emulation (IBG Only)*5

Standard:

FX-PDF, Tiff, HP-GL/ HP-GL2, KS/KSSM (Korea), ESC/P-K(Taiwan)

Supported Protocols

Standard:

FX: TCP/IP (lpd, Port9100, IPP), SMB, Novell NetWare (IPX/SPX) IBG: TCP/IP (lpd, Port9100, IPP, SMB)

Option (FX Only):

EtherTalk*2 Memory Capacity Interface

FX: Windows 2000 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Server 2003 Japanese Edition/ English Edition, Windows Vista Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Professional x64 Japanese Edition, Windows Server 2003 x64 Japanese Edition, Windows Vista 64 Bit Japanese Edition. Windows Vista Japanese Edition, Windows Vista 64 Bit Japanese Edition IBG: Windows 2000/XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista Windows 2000/XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, MacOx [10.1.5/10.2/10.3.3]

768MB Standard:

Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T

Options:

USB2.0*4

*1: When PostScript 3 Kit is installed. The PostScript 3 Kit comes in Heisei 3 Fonts and Morisawa 2 Fonts versions. From the Standard Memory (512MB+256MB), remove the 256MB chip and install the Extension Memory (512MB). *2: Supports Mac OS 8.6~9.2.2, Mac OS X 10.3.9~10.4.10. *3: Check our homepage for the latest supported OS. *4: USB2.0 supported in Windows 2000 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Server 2003 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Professional x64 Japanese Edition, Windows Server 2003 x64 Japanese Edition, Mac OS 8.6~9.2.2 Japanese Edition/English Edition, and Mac OS X 10.3.8~10.4.10 Japanese Edition. *5: Not suported in 4127EPS/4112EPS. Free Flow Print Server only supports print.

•

Network Scanner Feature Specifications (except 4127EPS/4112EPS)

Table 9 Item

Table 9 Item

Contents

Type

Color Scanner

Scan Size

Max: A3/11x17" (297x432mm)

Scan Resolution

600x600 dpi (23.6x23.6 Dot/mm), 400x400 dpi (15.7x15.7 Dot/mm), 300x300 dpi (11.8x11.8 Dot/mm), 200x200 dpi (7.9x7.9 Dot/mm),

Scan to E-mail

Contents Supported Protocols TCP/IP (SMTP) Output Format

Monochrome Binary: TIFF (Compression format: MH, MMR), DocuWorks Document, PDF, XPS Grayscale/Color: TIFF (Compression format: JPEG), JPEG, DocuWorks Document, PDF, XPS, High Compression Docuworks Document*, High Compression PDF*, High Compression XPS* *: When the Image Compression Kit is installed.

Scan Gradation

Color: 24 Bits, B&W: 1 Bit

Document Scan Speed

B&W:100 sheets/min*1 Color: 50 sheets/min*1

*1 The scan speed differs depending on the document.

Interface

Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T

*3 The only applicable protocol is SMB.

Scan to Mailbox

Scan to PC

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

*2: Check our homepage for the latest supported OS. *4 The only applicable protocol is FTP.

Supported Protocols TCP/IP (Salutation, HTTP) Output Format

Monochrome Binary: TIFF, DocuWork Documents*2, PDF*2, XPS*2 Grayscale/Color: TIFF, JPEG, DocuWorks Documents*2, PDF*2, XPS*2

Driver

TWAIN (Salutation)

Supported OS for Driver*3

FX: Windows 2000 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Server 2003 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Vista Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Professional x64 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Server 2003 x64 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Vista 64 Bit Japanese Edition/English Edition. IBG: Windows 2000/XP, Windows Server 2003

Supported Protocols TCP/IP (SMB, FTP) Supported OS*2

FX: Windows 2000 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Server 2003 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows Vista Japanese Edition/English Edition, Windows XP Professional x64 Japanese Edition, Windows Server 2003 x64 Japanese Edition, Windows Vista 64 Bit Japanese Edition, Mac OS 8.6~.9.2.2 Japanese Edition/English Edition, Mac OS 10.0/10.3~10.4.8 Japanese Edition, NetWare 5.11J/5.12J Japanese Edition*4 IBG: Windows 2000/XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, Mac OS X 10.1.5/10.2.X *4, Novell NetWare 5.11/5.12*4

Output Format

B&W: TIFF, JPEG, DocuWorks, PDF, XPS Grayscale: TIFF, JPEG, DocuWorks, PDF, XPS, JPEG Color: Color: TIFF, JPEG, DocuWorks, PDF, XPS, JPEG 02/2009 6-575

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-576

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.4 Machine Installation Space (Recommended Value) and Total Weight

D: The max. depth with the Tray pulled out is 1422mm (1462 with the 2000A3 HCF connected). (Including the Front Cover)

The installation space is as follows.

Add 400mm to the front and 20mm to the rear for the work space.

W: The max. width with the MSI Tray pulled out is 594mm. Add 20mm to the left and 80mm to the right for the work space.

The total weight does not include the Toner Cartridges.

Table 1 DC/CPS M/C DC/CPS M/C (N/ (Post Launch) L) Total Weight Total Weight

EPS(N/L) M/C Total Weight

EPS M/C (Post Launch) Total Weight

Configuration

Width

Depth

Area

Main Unit + I/F Module + HCS

2439+/-15mm

1,969+/-5mm

4.80 m2

475kg or less

475kg or less

452kg or less

452kg or less

Main Unit + I/F Module + HCS + Finisher

3549+/-15mm

1,969+/-5mm

6.99 m2

590kg or less

590kg or less

557kg or less

567kg or less

Main Unit + I/F Module + HCS + Finisher + Folder

3749+/-15mm

1,969+/-5mm

7.38 m2

630kg or less

630kg or less

597kg or less

607kg or less

Main Unit + I/F Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher

3554+/-15mm

1,969+/-5mm

7.00 m2

625kg or less

625kg or less

587kg or less

602kg or less

Main Unit + I/F Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher + Folder

3754+/-15mm

1,969+/-5mm

7.39 m2

665kg or less

665kg or less

627kg or less

642kg or less

Main Unit + I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

4,336 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

8.54 m2

-

725kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

4,536 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

8.92 m2

-

765kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000HCF + I/F Module + HCS

2695+/-15mm

1,969+/-5mm

5.31 m2

547kg or less

547kg or less

524kg or less

524kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Finisher

3805+/-20mm

1,969+/-5mm

7.49 m2

662kg or less

662kg or less

629kg or less

639kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Finisher + Folder

4005+/-20mm

1,969+/-5mm

7.89 m2

702kg or less

702kg or less

669kg or less

679kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher

3810+/-20mm

1,969+/-5mm

7.50 m2

697kg or less

697kg or less

659kg or less

674kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher + Folder

4010+/-20mm

1,969+/-5mm

7.90 m2

737kg or less

737kg or less

699kg or less

714kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

4,592 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

9.04 m2

-

797kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

4,792 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

9.44 m2

-

837kg or less

-

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + I/F Module + HCS

2910+/-15mm

1,989+/-5mm

5.79 m2

586kg or less

586kg or less

563kg or less

563kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Finisher

4020+/-20mm

1,989+/-5mm

8.00 m2

701kg or less

701kg or less

668kg or less

678kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Finisher + Folder

4220+/-20mm

1,989+/-5mm

8.39 m2

741kg or less

741kg or less

708kg or less

718kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher

4025+/-20mm

1,989+/-5mm

8.01 m2

736kg or less

736kg or less

698kg or less

713kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + I/F Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher + Folder

4225+/-20mm

1,989+/-5mm

8.40 m2

776kg or less

776kg or less

738kg or less

753kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

4,807 +/-20mm

1,989 +/-5mm

9.56 m2

-

836kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

5,007 +/-20mm

1,989 +/-5mm

9.96 m2

-

876kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+I/F Module+HCS

2,910 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

5.73 m2

-

680kg or less

-

657kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Finisher

4,020 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

7.92 m2

-

795kg or less

-

772kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Finisher+Folder

4,220 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

8.31 m2

-

835kg or less

-

812kg or less 807kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher

4,025 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

7.93 m2

-

830kg or less

-

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Folder

4,225 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

8.32 m2

-

870kg or less

-

847kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

4,807 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

9.46 m2

-

930kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+I/F Module+HCS+Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

5,007 +/-20mm

1,969 +/-5mm

9.86 m2

-

970kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + Finisher

2,400+/-10mm

1862+/-5mm

4.47m2

380kg or less

390kg or less

357kg or less

367kg or less

Main Unit + Finisher + Folder

2599+/-10mm

1862+/-5mm

4.84m2

420kg or less

430kg or less

397kg or less

407kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + Finisher

2655+/-15mm

1862+/-5mm

4.94m2

452kg or less

462kg or less

429kg or less

439kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + Finisher + Folder

2855+/-15mm

1862+/-5mm

5.32m2

492kg or less

502kg or less

469kg or less

479kg or less

Table 1 DC/CPS M/C DC/CPS M/C (N/ (Post Launch) L) Total Weight Total Weight

EPS(N/L) M/C Total Weight

EPS M/C (Post Launch) Total Weight

Configuration

Width

Depth

Area

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + Finisher

2870+/-15mm

1882+/-5mm

5.40m2

491kg or less

501kg or less

468kg or less

478kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + Finisher + Folder

3070+/-15mm

1882+/-5mm

5.78m2

531kg or less

541kg or less

508kg or less

518kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+Finisher

2,870 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

5.34m2

-

595kg or less

-

572kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+Finisher+Folder

3,070 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

5.72m2

-

635kg or less

-

612kg or less

Main Unit + Booklet Finisher

2,405+/-10mm

1862+/-5mm

4.48m2

410kg or less

425kg or less

387kg or less

402kg or less

Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + Folder

2,605+/-10mm

1862+/-5mm

4.85m2

450kg or less

465kg or less

427kg or less

442kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + Booklet Finisher

2660+/-15mm

1862+/-5mm

4.95m2

482kg or less

497kg or less

459kg or less

474kg or less

Main Unit + 4000HCF + Booklet Finisher + Folder

2860+/-15mm

1862+/-5mm

5.33m2

522kg or less

537kg or less

499kg or less

514kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + Booklet Finisher

2875+/-15mm

1882+/-5mm

5.41m2

516kg or less

536kg or less

498kg or less

513kg or less 553kg or less

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF + Booklet Finisher + Folder

3075+/-15mm

1882+/-5mm

5.79m2

556kg or less

576kg or less

538kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+Booklet Finisher

2,875 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

5.35m2

-

630kg or less

-

607kg or less

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+Booklet Finisher+Folder

3,075 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

5.73m2

-

670kg or less

-

647kg or less -

Main Unit + Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,186 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

5.93m2

-

525kg or less

-

Main Unit + Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,386 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

6.30m2

-

565kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000HCF+Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,442 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

6.41m2

-

597kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000HCF+Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,642 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

6.78m2

-

637kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF+Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,657 +/-15mm

1,882 +/-5mm

6.88m2

-

636kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF+Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,857 +/-15mm

1,882 +/-5mm

7.26m2

-

676kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+Booklet Finisher+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,657 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

6.81m2

-

730kg or less

-

-

Main Unit + 4000C2-HCF+Booklet Finisher+Folder+Trimmer/Square Fold

3,857 +/-15mm

1,862 +/-5mm

7.18m2

-

770kg or less

-

-

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-577

6.6 Specifications

General

General •

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-578

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

Main Unit + Finisher (Unit: mm):

•Main Unit + Booklet + Finisher (Unit: mm):

NOTE: The machine dimensions are those of Finisher-D4.


Figure 1 j0tk66021

Figure 2 j0tk66022

•4000HCF + Main Unit + Booklet + Folder (Unit: mm):

•4000HCF + Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + Folder (Unit: mm):



Figure 3 j0tk66023

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 4 j0tk66024

02/2009 6-579

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-580

6.6 Specifications

Version.1 .1.1

•2000A3-HCF + Main Unit + IF Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher + Folder (Unit: mm): NOTE: The machine dimensions are those of Finisher-D4.

Figure 6 j0tk66033

Figure 5 j0tk66025 •

4000C2-HCF + Main Unit + IF Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher D4 + Folder + Trimmer/Square Fold (Unit: mm)

6.6.5 Electrical Specification

6.6.6 Noise

6.6.5.1 Power Voltage and Frequency

Table 1

The power voltage and frequency by destinations are as follows: 125 ppm Table 1

Main Unit

Applicable Area

Voltage (V)

Frequency (Hz)

FX

100V + / -10%

50/60 +/-3%

IBG

220 -240V +/-10%

50/60 +/-3%

110 ppm Full system*1

Main Unit

Full system*1

A characteristic power level during 6.3 Standby (Unit: B)

6.3

6.3

6.3

A characteristic power level during 8.3 operation (Unit: B)

8.8

8.3

8.7

*1: Full system configuration consists of: Main Unit + 2000A3-HCF/4000C2-HCF (Option) + Finisher-D3/ D4 (Option) + IFM (Option) + HCS (Option)

6.6.5.2 Power Consumption The power consumption for each market is less than the value shown in the table below. Table 2 Power Consumption Destination Item FX

IBG

Power Power Consumpti Consumpti Rating+10 Rated Rated on (kVA) % (kVA) Voltage (V) Current (A) on (w)

IOT

200

15

3000

3.0

-

2000A3-HCF

100

3

300

0.3

-

4000C2-HCF

100

5

500

0.5

-

IFM

100

2

200

0.2

-

HCS

100

1.5

150

0.15

-

Finisher (Staple/Booklet)

100

2

200

0.2

-

Trimmer/Square Fold

100

0.8

80

0.08

-

IOT

240

15

3600

3.6

-

2000A3-HCF

240

3

720

0.72

-

4000C2-HCF

240

3

720

0.72

-

IFM

240

1

240

0.24

-

HCS

240

0.8

192

0.19

-

Finisher (Staple/Booklet)

240

1

240

0.24

-

Trimmer/Square Fold

240

0.4

96

0.1

-

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-581

6.6 Specifications

General

General 6.6 Specifications

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-582

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.7 Installation Environment

6.6.8 Warm Up Time

•

Temperature: 10-32 C

•

Humidity: 15 - 85% RH (No condensation)

The time from the power is turned ON to the Standby mode, and the time from the Low Power Mode is cancelled to the Standby mode are as below.

NOTE: During usage, keep the humidity at less than 62.5% when the temperature is 32×C and keep the temperature at less than 28×C when the humidity is 85%. •

Operating Balance: The machine operates without functional failures if the maximum level difference is 5mm (Depthwise) and 10mm (Widthwise).

•

Operating Air Pressure (Altitude): The machine operates normally under the altitude condition of 0 to 8,200 feet (0 to 2,500m). However, when the altitude exceeds 2000m, an adjustment in the field may be required.

•

Table 1 Item

Contents

Measurement Conditions

Rated at 20 C/65% RH. Toner Recovery and Setup Cycle are not included.

Basic Configuration

Main Unit + Finisher-D3/D4 (No Finisher option, no Booklet option)

Warm Up Time

Operation Surrounding Illumination: The machine operates without errors and abnormal images at 3,00lx or less (without direct sunlight).)

•

Corrosion Resistance: This machine was manufactured by using materials that are suitable for use in the general workplace environment, and would last as long as the proper environmental conditions are maintained. Furthermore, rust will not appear at locations where performance might be affected or at locations that are visible to the users.

Table 2 Warm Up Time Config.

AC

After Power On or recovery After Low Power Mode is from Sleep Mode cancelled *

FX: DC/CPS

200V 15A

Within 300sec (5min)

45sec or less

IBG: CPS

220~240V 15A

Within 300sec (5min)

Within 45 seconds

*: When the Low Power Mode is cancelled one hour after it is initiated.

6.6.9 First Copy Output Time (FCOT) The time that is required since the [Start] button is pressed until the the first paper is output from the machine. Measure the time that is required since the [Start] button is pressed until the paper tail edge is output to the predetermined output destination. Table 1 Item

Contents

Document/Paper Size and Orientation

A4 LEF and Letter LEF documents; The size of A4 LEF and Letter LEF documents are detected before the [Start] button is pressed.

IIT/DADF Status

If the Platen is used, the document size is detected when the Platen Cover is closed. When DADF is used, the Elevator Tray rises before the [Start] button is pressed.

Tray Used

Tray 1

Copy Side Settings

1 > 1 Sided Copy

Paper Quality Settings

Plain

Quantity Settings

1 set

Reduce/Enlarge

100% (excluding the case of 100% Fine Adjustment)

Output Tray

Finisher Top Tray, HCS Top Tray

Output Orientation

Auto (Face-up output)

Fuser Status

Fuser must be in the Ready status

ROS Status

The ROS reboots before the [Start] button is pressed.

UI

FCW-UI

Others

Other application functions or optional functions must not be set

Auto Exposure

Not related to ON/OFF (When 1 sided AE is set) (However, there is an exception when AE Mode is set as 2 sided AE at CE NVM) Table 2

Output Tray

Platen

When using DADF

Finisher Top Tray

3.5sec or less

5.0sec or less

HCS Top Tray

3.7sec or less

5.2sec or less

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-583

6.6 Specifications

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-584

6.6.10 Copy Speed

6.6.10 Copy Speed

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.10.1 Copy Speed (Printing the same document) PPM of [4127/4112] IOT (Tray1~4) and 4000HCF Option (Tray6~7) Table 1 IOT (Tray1~4) and 4000HCF 4127

Unit: Simplex: ppm, Duplex: ipm Paper Size

4112

Light/Plain/Recycled/Reused*5/ Punched/Heavy1

Index Heavy1*1

Light/Plain/Recycled/Reused*5/ Punched/Heavy1

Index Heavy1*1

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

116

116*2

110

110*2

Duplex

B5LEF

125

125

A4LEF

125

125

30(110)*3

8.5x11LEF

29(100)*3

28(88)*3

27(78)*3

DTSpecial A4LEF

110

110*2

100

100*2

B5SEF/A4SEF/8.5x11SEF*1

88

88*2

78

78*2

B4SEF/8.5x14/8.5x13SEF*1

78

78*2

69

69

A3SEF/11x17SEF*1

62

62

55

55

DT Special A3SEF*1

55

55

55

55

12x18SEF/12x19.2SEF *1

34

34

34

34

Table 2 2000A3-HCF Heavy2_S1 Coated2 Label2 Index OHP Heavy2


Light/Plain/Recycled/ Reused*5/Punched/ Heavy1

Index Heavy1

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

B5LEF

125

125

-

78

78*2

55

55

55

55

55

34

-

A4LEF

125

125

30(110)*3

78

78*2

55

55

55

55

55

34

13(20)*3

8.5x11LEF

Plain_S1 Recycled_S1 Reused_S1*5 Coated1*4 Coated1A*4

Heavy1_S1 Coated1B*4 Label1*5 Heavy2

28(88)*3

DT Special A4LEF

110

110*2

-

55

55

55

55

30

55

33

20

-

B5SEF/A4SEF/8.5x11SEF

88

88*2

-

55

55

55

55

30

55

33

20

-

B4SEF/8.5x14/8.5x13SEF

78

78*2

-

34

55

34

55

30

55

33

20

-

A3SEF/11x17SEF

62

62

-

34

34

34

34

30

34

33

20

-

DT Special A3SEF

55

55

-

34

34

34

34

30

34

33

20

-

12x18SEF/12x19.2SEF

34

34

-

30

34

30

34

20

34

33

12

-

PPM of [4112] 2000A3-HCF Option (Tray6) Table 3 2000A3-HCF


Light/Plain Recycled/Reused*5 Punched Heavy1 Simplex

Duplex

Heavy2

Heavy2_S1 Coated2 Label2 Index OHP Heavy2

Simplex

Simplex

Heavy1_S1 Coated1B*4 Label1*5

Index Heavy1

Plain_S1 Recycled_S1 Reused_S1*5 Coated1*4

Coated1A*4

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Duplex

Duplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

B5LEF

116

116*2

-

78

78*2

55

55

55

55

55

34

-

A4LEF

110

110*2

29(100)*3

78

78*2

55

55

55

55

55

34

3(20)*3

DT Special A4LEF

100

100*2

-

55

55

55

55

30

55

33

20

-


78

78*2

-

55

55

55

55

30

55

33

20

-


69

69

-

34

55

34

55

30

55

33

20

-

A3SEF/11x17SEF

55

55

-

34

34

34

34

30

34

33

20

-

DT Special A3SEF

55

55

-

34

34

34

34

30

34

33

20

-

12Çò18SEF/12x19.2SEF

34

34

-

30

34

30

34

20

34

33

12

-

8.5x11LEF

27(78)*3

PPM of [4127] 4000C2-HCF Option (Tray6~7) Table 4 4000C2-HCF Light/Plain Recycled Reused*5 Punched Heavy1

Index Heavy1

Plain_S1 Recycled_S1 Reused_S1*5 Heavy1_S1

Coated1*4*8

Coated1A*4*8 Coated1B*4*8

Heavy2

Heavy2_S 1 Index Coated2 Heavy2

Label 1

Label 2 OHP


Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Postcard SEF*11

70

-

-

*9

-

*10

-

*10

B5LEF

125

125

-

125

125

125

125(78)

125

78*2(55)

55

55

-

55

34

A4LEF

125

125

30(110)*3 125

125

125

125(78)

125

78*2(55)

55

55

18(33)*3

55

34

DT Special A4LEF

110

110*2

-

110

110*2

110

110*2(55) 110

55

33

33

-

30

20


88

88*2

-

88

88*2

88

88*2(55)

88

78*2(55)

33

33

-

30

20


78

78*2

-

78

78*2

78

78*2(55)

78

78*2(55)

33

33

-

30

20

A3SEF/11x17SEF

62

62

-

62

62

62

62(34)

62

62(34)

33

33

-

30

20

DT Special A3SEF

55

55

-

55

55

55

55(34)

55

55(34)

33

33

-

30

20


34

34

-

34

34

34

34

34

34

33

33

-

20

12

8.5x11LEF

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

-

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

55

*10

-

-

-

28(88)*3

18(33)*3

02/2009 6-585

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-586

6.6.10 Copy Speed

Version.1 .1.1

PPM of [4112] 4000C2-HCF Option (Tray6~7) Table 5 4000C2-HCF

Unit: Simplex: ppm, Duplex: ipm Paper Size Postcard SEF*11 PostCard 4x6SEF

Index Heavy1

Plain_S1 Recycled_S1 Reused_S1*5 Heavy1_S1

Coated1*4*8

Coated1A*4*8 Coated1B*4*8

Heavy2

Heavy2_S Index 1Coated2 Heavy2

Label1

Label2 OHP

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

-

-

*9

-

*10

-

*10

-

55

*10

-

-

-

Light/Plain Recycled/Reused*5 Punched Heavy1 Simplex 70

B5LEF

116

116*2

-

116

116*2

116

116*2(78) 116

78*2(55)

55

55

-

55

34

A4LEF

110

110*2

29(100)*3 110

110*2

110

110*2(78) 110

78*2(55)

55

55

18(33)*

355

34 20

8.5x11LEF

27(78)*3

18(33)*3

DT Special A4LEF

100

100*2

-

100

100*2

100

100*2(55) 100

55

33

33

-

30


78

78*2

-

78

78*2

78

78*2(55)

78

78(55)

33

33

-

30

20


69

69

-

69

69

69

69(55)

69

69(55)

33

33

-

30

20

A3SEF/11x17SEF

55

55

-

55

55

55

55(34)

55

55(34)

33

33

-

30

20

DT Special A3SEF

55

55

-

55

55

55

55(34)

55

55(34)

33

33

-

30

20


34

34

-

34

34

34

34

34

34

33

33

-

20

12

PPM of [4127/4112] MSI (Tray5) (connected-to-IOT type) Table 6 [4127/4112] MSI (connected-to-IOT type)*7 Light/Plain/Recycled/Used*5/ Punched/Heavy1

Heavy2

OHP

Label 1 Label 2

Index Heavy1

Index Heavy2 Simplex


Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

B5LEF

49(55*6)

33

31(55*6)

-

-

-

-

A4LEF/8.5x11LEF

49(55*6)

33

31(55*6)

49(55*6)

49(55*6)

18(33) *3

18(33) *3

A4SEF/8.5x11SEF/B5SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

32(A4)

32(A4)

-

-

B4SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

-

-

-

-

A3SEF/11x17SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

31

-

-

-

12Çò18SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

-

-

-

-

PPM of [4127/4112] MSI (Tray5) (connected-to-4000HCF/2000A3-HCF/4000C2-HCF type) Table 7 [4127/4112] MSI (connected-to-4000HCF/2000A3-HCF/4000C2-HCF type) *7 Light/Plain/Recycled/Reused*5/ Punched/Heavy1

Heavy2

OHP

Label 1 Label 2

Index Heavy1

Index Heavy2


Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

B5LEF

59(70*6)

64(70*6)

49(55*6)

-

-

-

-

Table 7 [4127/4112] MSI (connected-to-4000HCF/2000A3-HCF/4000C2-HCF type) *7 Light/Plain/Recycled/Reused*5/ Punched/Heavy1

Heavy2

OHP

Label 1 Label 2

Index Heavy1

Index Heavy2


Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

Simplex

A4LEF/8.5x11LEF

59(70*6)

64(70*6)

49(55*6)

59(70*6)

49(55*6)

18(33) *3

18(33) *3

A4SEF/8.5x11SEF/B5SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

32(A4)

32(A4)

-

-

B4SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

-

-

-

-

A3SEF/11x17SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

31

-

-

-

12x18SEF

31(33*6)

33

31(33*6)

-

-

-

-

*1: Only Tray 3 and Tray 4 are available.

*9 *10: Since the Air Assist function is not available for postcards, the performance is not guaranteed for this setting.

*2: When measurement starts with the 2nd sheet. (Ref.: As Air Assist is not available, the machine operates at speed of 70ppm in the case of *8 and 55ppm in the case of *9.)

*3: Without (parenthesis): Cleaning Cycle ON (Default) With (parenthesis): productivity with Cleaning Cycle OFF in CE NVM. *4: Default: Duplex disabled.

*11: Only for Heavy 1 and Heavy 2, the performance for postcard SEF and 4 x 6SEF is guaranteed. (Though a type of paper other than Heavy 1/Heavy 2 can be selected, the performance is not guaranteed.

*5: When Reused/Reused_S1/Label 1 is selected, duplex is disabled.

The Air Assist function is not available for postcard SEF and 4 x 6SEF either.)

*6: PPM/IPM in parenthesis: value when measurement starts with the 2nd sheet and afterward.

6.6.10.2 Copy Speed (Productivity by paper size) 1.

*7: Except at auto size detection.

IOT Tray 1~4 (common to all paper-type groups), 4000HCF (common to all paper-type groups), 2000A3-HCF (Plain*1, Heavy1*2), 4000C2-HCF (Plain*3, Heavy1*4) Width/Depth Unit: [mm]

*8: Productivity as to duplex of coated paper: according to temperature of the inside of the machine, duplex productivity will sometimes drop to value in parenthesis.

Table 8 IOT Tray 1~4 (common to all paper-type groups), 4000HCF (common to all paper-type groups), 2000A3-HCF (Plain*1, Heavy1*2), 4000C2-HCF (Plain*3, Heavy1*4) Width (feed direction) Depth (scan direction)

W<=183

183
216
226
241
298
365
432
D<=139

11

11

11

11

11

11

6

8

139
1

2

3

4

4

5

6

8

229
1

2

3

4

5

5

6

8

258
1

2

3

4

5

6

6

8

298
3

3

3

4

5

6

7

8

NOTE: The numeral in the frame represents the Pitch Group. For the details of the Pitch Group, refer to 6. Paper Pitch Interval. *1: Excludes Plain S1, Recycled S1, Reused S1 and Coated 1.

*4: Excludes Coated 1A and Coated 1B. 2.

MSI connected to IOT (common to all paper-type groups)

*2: Excludes Heavy 1S1, Coated 1A and Coated 1B. *3: Excludes Coated 1. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-587

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-588

6.6.10 Copy Speed

Version.1 .1.1

Width Unit: [mm] Table 9 MSI Connected to IOT (common to all paper-type groups) Width (feed direction) Paper-Type Groyp

W<=183

183
216
226
241
298
365
432
Plain

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

Heavy 1

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

OHP

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

Heavy 2

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

Label

9

9

10

10

10

10

10

10

NOTE: The numeral in the frame represents the Pitch Group. For the details of the Pitch Group, refer to 6. Paper Pitch Interval.

3.

MSI connected to HCF (different according to paper-type group) Width Unit: [mm]

Table 10 MSI Connected to HCF (different according to paper-type group) Width (feed direction) Pape- Type G

W<=183

183
216
226
241
298
365
432
Plain

11

11

13

13

13

13

13

13

Heavy 1

11

11

13

13

13

13

13

13

OHP

11

11

13

13

13

13

13

13

Heavy 2

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

Label

12

12

13

13

13

13

13

13

NOTE: The numeral in the frame represents the Pitch Group. For the details of the Pitch Group, refer to 6. Paper Pitch Interval.

4.

2000A3-HCF (different according to paper type) Width Unit: [mm]

ÅE Pitch Group No.11: Pre Registration Control is performed as at feed from the IOT Trays, Table 11 2000A3-HCF (different according to paper type) Width (feed direction) Paper Type

Paper-type G

W<=183

183
216
226
241
298
365
432
Plain

Plain S1 Recycled S1 Reused S1 Coated 1

14

14

15

15

15

16

17

18

Heavy 1

Coated 1A

15

15

15

15

15

16

17

18

Heavy 1S1 Coated 1B

15

15

19

19

19

19

18

20

OHP

OHP

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

24

Heavy 2

Heavy 2

15

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

Heavy 2S1 Heavy 2B Tab Heavy 2 Coated 2

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

24

Table 11 2000A3-HCF (different according to paper type) Width (feed direction) Paper Type

Paper-type G

W<=183

183
216
226
241
298
365
Label

Label 1

15

15

19

19

19

19

18

20

Label

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

24

NOTE: The numeral in the frame represents the Pitch Group. For the details of the Pitch Group, refer to 6. Paper Pitch Interval. •

The types of paper to be fed from 2000A3-HCF Tray other than the above-listed ones: the same Pitch Groups (No.1~No.8 and No11) as the ones for the IOT Trays

•

The pitch groups other than Pitch Group No.14: Pre Registration Control is performed as at feed from MSI connected to HCF.

5.

432
4000C2-HCF (different according to paper type) Width/Depth Unit: [mm]

Table 12 4000C2-HCF (different according to paepr type) Width (feed direction) Paper Type

Depth (scan direction)

W<=183

183
216
226
241
298
365
Coated 1

D<=139

11

11

11

11

11

11

6*1(30)

8

139
1*1(25)

2*1(26)

3*1(27)

4*1(28)

4*1(28)

5*1(29)

6*1(30)

8

229
1*1(25)

2*1(26)

3*1(27)

4*1(28)

5*1(29)

5*1(29)

6*1(30)

8

258
1*1(25)

2*1(26)

3*1(27)

4*1(28)

5*1(29)

6*1 (34)

6*1(30)

8

298
3*1(27)

3*1(27)

3*1(27)

4*1(28)

5*1(29)

6*1 (34)

7*1(35)

8

D<=139

11

11

11

11

11

11

6*1(30)

8

139
25*1(31)

26*1(32)

27

33*1(28)

33*1(28)

5*1(29

6*1(30)

8

229
25*1(31)

26*1(32)

27

33*1(28)

5*1(29

5*1(29

6*1(30)

8

258
25*1(31)

26*1(32)

27

33*1(28)

5*1(29

6*1 (34)

6*1(30)

8

298
27

27

27

33*1(28)

5*1(29

6*1 (34)

7*1(35)

8

OHP

-

22

23

23

23

23

23

23

24

Heavy 2 Heavy 2S1 Heavy 2B Tab Heavy 2 Coated 2

-

15

15

21

21

21

21

21

21

Label 1

-

15

19

19

19

19

19

18

20

Label 2

-

22

22

23

23

23

23

23

24

Coated 1A Coated 1B

NOTE: The numeral in the frame represents the Pitch Group. For the details of the Pitch Group, refer to 6. Paper Pitch Interval. •

The types of paper to be fed from 4000C2-HCF Tray other than the above-listed ones: the same Pitch Groups (No.1~No.8 and No11) as the ones for the IOT Trays

•

Pitch Groups 15~24: Pre Registration Control is performed as at feed from MSI connected to HCF.

NOTE: At Power On, the Pitch Group outside the parethesis is used. At the start of printing the machine prints at the same rate of productivity as the one at the end of the previous print job. During printing the temperature inside the machine (Temperature Sensor output) is detected at intervals of 60s. After a temperature over 28 degrees is detected five consecutive times, the Pitch Group in the parenthesis is used. When a temperature under 26 (=28-2) degrees is detected five consecutive times, the machine returns to the pitch group outside the parenthesis. 6.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

432
02/2009 6-589

Paper Pitch Interval

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

02/2009 6-590

6.6.10 Copy Speed PPM [sheets/minute] Table 13 Paper Pitch Interval 4127/4112G 125-sheet M/C

110-sheet M/C

Pitch Group

Simplex

Duplex

Simplex

Duplex

Remarks

1

125

<-

116

<-

B5L

2

125

<-

110

<-

3

110

<-

100

<-

DT Special A4L

4

88

<-

78

<-

A4S

5

78

<-

69

<-

B4S

6

62.5

<-

55

<-

7

55

<-

55

<-

8

34

<-

34

<-

DT Special A3S 18"S, 19"S

9

55

33

55

33

B5L, A4L, LetterL

10

33

<-

33

<-

A4S, B4S, A3S, 17"S, 18"S, 19"S

11

70

<-

70

<-

12

55

<-

55

<-

13

33

<-

33

<-

A4S, B4S, A3S, 17"S, 18"S, 19"S

14

78

<-

78

<-

B5L, A4L, LetterL(105gsm or less)

<-

B5L, A4L, LetterL(over 216gsm and Label)

15

55

<-

55

16

34

55

34

55

B4S(135gsm or less)

17

34

<-

34

<-

A3S, 17"S(135gsm or less)

18

30

34

30

34

18"S, 19"S(135gsm or less) A3S, 17"S(106~216gsm)

19

30

55

30

55

A4S, B4S(106~216gsm)

20

20

34

20

34

18"S, 19"S(106~216gsm)

21

33

-

33

-

A4S, B4S, A3S, 17"S(over 216gsm)

22

34

-

34

-

B5L, A4L, LetterL(over 216gsm and OHP)

23

20

-

20

-

A4S, B4S, A3S, 17"S( over 216gsm and OHP)

24

12.3

-

12.3

-

18"S, 19"S(over 216gsm and OHP)

25

125

78

116

78

B5L(4000C2-HCF) Coated1*, Coated1A*, Coated 1B*

26

125

78

110

78

A4L, LetterL(4000C2-HCF) Coated1*, Coated1A*, Coated1B*

27

110

55

100

55

DT Special A4L(4000C2-HCF) Coated1*, Coated1A, Coated1B

28

88

55

78

55

A4S(4000C2-HCF) Coated1*, Coated1A*, Coated1B*

29

78

55

69

55

B4S(4000C2-HCF) Coated1*, Coated1A*, Coated1B*

30

62.5

34

55

34

A3S, 17"S(4000C2-HCF) Coated1*, Coated1A*, Coated1B*

31

125

55

116

55

B5L(4000C2-HCF) Coated1A*, Coated1B*

32

125

55

110

55

A4L, LetterL(4000C2-HCF) Coated1A*, Coated1B*

33

88

78

78

78

A4S(4000C2-HCF) Coated1A*, Coated1B*

34

62.5

55

55

<-

Non-standard (298
35

55

34

55

34

DT Special A3S(4000C2-HCF) Coated1A*, Coated1B*

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

*: The temperature inside the machine is over/under a specified one.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-591

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-592

6.6.10 Copy Speed

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.11 Paper Compatibility 6.6.11.1 Paper Size and Duplex/Invert Availability IOT Tray 1 to 4, 400HCF, 2000A3-HCF, 40000C2HCF Table 1 IOT Tray 1 to 4, 400HCF, 2000A3-HCF, 40000C2HCF Scan x Feed Direction (mm)

Paper Size

PH DUP

INV

Tray 1 and 2

Tray 3 and 4

Tray 6 and 7 400HCF (Option)

Tray 6 2000A3-HCF (Option)

Tray 6 and 7 40000C2HCF (Option)

Postcard

SEF

100.0 X148.0

X

X

-

-

-

-

-

A5

SEF

148.0 x 210.0

O

O

-

OA

-

-

-

5.5x8.5

SEF

139.7 x 215.9

O

O

-

A

-

-

-

B5

SEF

182.0 x 257.0

O

O

-

O

-

-

-

B5

LEF

257.0 x 182.0

O

O

(CE) B

OB

OG

O

O

7.25x10.5

LEF

266.7 x 184.2

O

O

B

B

G

B

B

16K (FXTW)

LEF

267.0 x 194.0

O

O

-

OB

-

OB

OB

16K (FXCL)

LEF

270.0 x 195.0

O

O

-

OB

-

OB

OB

8x10

SEF

203.2 x 254.0

O

O

-

-

-

-

-

8x10

LEF

254.0 x 203.2

O

O

O

O

8.5x11 (Letter)

SEF

215.9 x 279.4

O

O

-

O

-

O

O

8.5x11 (Letter)

LEF

279.4 x 215.9

O

O

(CE)

O

O

O

O

A4

SEF

210.0 x 297.0

O

O

-

OE

-

OJ

OJ

A4

LEF

297.0 x 210.0

O

O

O

OF

O

OH

OH

DT Special A4

SEF

226.0 x 310.0

O

O

-

E

-

J

J

DT Special A4

LEF

310.0 x 226.0

O

O

-

F

G*5

H

H

8.5x13 (Legal)

SEF

215.9 x 330.2

O

O

-

O

-

O

O

8.5x14 (Legal)

SEF

215.9 x 355.6

O

O

-

O

-

O

O

8K (FXTW)

SEF

267.0 x 388.0

O

O

-

-

-

-

-

8K (FXCL)

SEF

270.0 x 390.0

O

O

-

-

-

-

B4

SEF

257.0 x 364.0

O

O

-

O

-

O

O

A3

SEF

297.0 x 420.0

O

O

-

OF

-

O

O

11x17 (Ledger)

SEF

279.4 x 431.8

O

O

-

O

-

O

O

12x18

SEF

304.8 x 457.2

O

O

-

C

-

OK

OK

DT Special A3

SEF

310.0 x 432.0

O

O

O

-

K

K

SRA3 (12.6x17.7)

SEF

320.0 x 450.0

O

O

-

OC

-

OK

OK

12.6x19.2

SEF

320.0 x 488.0

O

O

-

OD

-

O

O

13x18

SEF

330.2 x 457.2

O

O

-

C

-

O

O

13x19

SEF

330.2 x 482.6

O

O

-

D

-

O

O

A4 (Tab Stock)*3

LEF

297.0 x 223.0*4

X

O

-

O

-

O

O

3.5x11 (Tab Stock)*8

LEF

279.4 x 228.6*4

X

O

-

-

-

-

-

O

O

-

O*2: Width: O*1: Width: *2 Width: *1 Width: 182.0~330.2mm; 210.0~330.0mm; 297.0~330.0mm; 139.7~330.0mm; Length: 182.0~488.0mm Length: 182.0~241.0mm Length: 182.0~488.0mm Length: 182.0~488.0mm

Non-standard - Width: 139.7mm~330mm; Length: 182mm~488mm

O: Default of Paper Size Group, (CE): Size can be changed by a CE. Note that jigs (to affix screws) are required to change the Guide position. (Paper sizes can be automatically detected) A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K: Sizes that can be detected as standard by using the Alt switch (NVM). (O's are detected as standard) When changing a paper size that can be detected by Auto Size Detection B, the change is applied to all Trays (the size change cannot be applied to only one Tray) L: The exclusive Postcard Guide Kit needs installing. *1: Set the Side Guide of the tray to a position that aligns with the width of paper, and set the End Guide to a position that aligns with the length of paper. Input the sizes from Key Operator Tools mode (KO) or the Control Panel (CO). *2: It is necessary for the CE to change the position of the Side Guide Plate of the tray. (Affix screws) Input the sizes from Key Operator Tools mode (KO) or the Control Panel (CO). *3: There is no paper size selection button for the Tab Stock. (When Tab Stock is set as the Paper Type, it is processed as the Tab Stock with the size that is defined in the paper size group.) (Auto Detection using the Tray Guide is unavailable.) *4: The Slow Scan (length) of Tab Stock is the Xerox standard size. While there are varying tab lengths in the market, the length of Tab (extra length from standard paper) that is guaranteed for paper run is up to 13mm. (Exceeding this limit causes error operation of the Invert part in detecting the tail edge.) *5: It is necessary for the CE to change the position of the Side Guide Plate of the tray. (Affix screws) Sizes can be detected as standard by using the Alt switch (NVM) G.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-593

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-594

6.6.10 Copy Speed

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.11.2 MSI

Table 2

Paper Size/Orientation (mm)

DUP INV

Standard Size Auto Size Detection *2 Specification KO/CO *3 Selection*4 Spec

16K (FXCL)

SEF

195.0 x 270.0

O

O

-

*

O*5

16K (FXCL)

LEF

270.0 x 195.0

O

O

-

*

O*2

PH

Table 2

Paper Size/Orientation (mm)

DUP INV

Standard Size Auto Size Detection *2 Specification KO/CO *3 Selection*4 Spec

Postcard*8

SEF

100.0 x 148.0

X

X

-

O

O

8K (FXTW)

SEF

267.0 x 388.0

O

O

-

A

O*2

Prepaid Postcard *8

SEF

148.0 x 200.0

O

O

-

O

O

8K (FXCL)

SEF

270.0 x 390.0

O

O

-

*

O*2

Postcard 4x6*8

SEF

101.6 x 152.4

X

X

-

A

O

B4

SEF

257.0 x 364.0

O

O

B

O

O

Postcard 5x7*8

SEF

127.0 x 177.8

X

X

-

A

O

A3

SEF

297.0 x 420.0

O

O

B

O

O

A6

SEF

105.0 x 148.0

X

X

-

O

O

11x15

SEF

279.4 x 381.0

O

O

-

A

O

B6

SEF

128.0 x 182.0

X

X

-

O

O

A5

SEF

148.0 x 210.0

O

O

B

O

O

A5

LEF

210.0 x 148.0

X

X

-

A

5.5x8.5

SEF

139.7 x 215.9

O

O

-

5.5x8.5

LEF

215.9 x 139.7

X

X

-

6x9 Postcard

SEF

152.4 x 228.6

O

O

PH

11x17 (Ledger)

SEF

279.4 x 431.8

O

O

-

O

O

12x18

SEF

304.8 x 457.2

O

O

-

O

O

O

SRA3 (12.6x17.7)

SEF

320.0 x 450.0

O

O

-

O

O

A

O

12.6x19.2

SEF

320.0 x 488.0

O

O

-

A

O

X

X

DT Special A3

SEF

328.0 x 453.0

O

O

-

O

O

-

*

X

13x18

SEF

330.2 x 457.2

O

O

-

A

O

6x9 Postcard

LEF

228.6 x 152.4

X

X

-

*

X

13x19

SEF

330.2 x 482.6

O

O

-

O

O

B5

SEF

182.1 x 257.0

O

O

B

O

O

A4 (Tab Stock)

LEF

297.0 x 223.0*7 X

O

-

O*3

X*3

B5

LEF

257.0 x 182.0

O

O

B

O

O

LEF

279.4 x 228.6*7 X

O

-

O*3

X*3

7.25x10.5

SEF

184.2 x 266.7

O

O

-

A

O

8.5x11 (Tab Stock)

7.25x10.5

LEF

266.7 x 184.2

O

O

-

A

O

*1

*1

-

SEF

203.2 x 254.0

O

O

-

A

O

O Default 200x200

O

8x10 8x10

LEF

254.0 x 203.2

O

O

-

A

O

8.5x11 (Letter)

SEF

215.9 x 279.4

O

O

-

O

O

8.5x11 (Letter)

LEF

279.4 x 215.9

O

O

-

O

O

Letter Cover (9x11)

SEF

228.6 x 279.4

O

O

-

*

X

Letter Cover (9x11)

LEF

279.4 x 228.6

O

O

-

A

O

A4

SEF

210.0 x 297.0

O

O

B

O

O

A4

LEF

297.0 x 210.0

O

O

B

O

O

A4 Cover

SEF

223.0 x 297.0

O

O

-

*

X

A4 Cover

LEF

297.0 x 223.0

O

O

-

A

O

DT Special A4

SEF

226.0 x 310.0

O

O

-

A

O

DT Special A4

LEF

310.0 x 226.0

O

O

-

O

O

8.46x12.4 (Span- SEF ish)

215.0 x 315.0

O

O

-

A

O

8.5x13

SEF

215.9 x 330.2

O

O

-

A

O

8.5x14 (Legal)

SEF

215.9 x 355.6

O

O

-

O

O

16K (FXTW)

SEF

194.0 x 267.0

O

O

-

A

O*5

16K (FXTW)

LEF

267.0 x 194.0

O

O

-

A

O*5

Non-standard Width: 100.0~330.0mm; Length: 148.0~488.0mm

PH (DUP/INV) O: Dup or Invert is allowed, X: Dup or Invert is not allowed Auto Size Detection Settings, B: Standard Auto Size Detection available, -: Auto Size Detection not available Standard Size Specification, O: Can run when specified as Standard Size (Standard Size button is displayed by default) A: Select the standard sizes from Key Operator Tools mode (KO) or the Control Panel (CO). *: Can run if specified as non-standard size, X: Loading/feeding not allowed *1: Dup/Invert allowed for sizes of Width: 139.7~330, Length: 182~488 *2: Initial values for different country codes are different. (They are switched according to Country code. Use FXTW size for other than GCO.) *3: When Tab Stock or HW Tab Stock is selected in Paper Type, the system recognizes the Tab Stock by selecting A4 LEF or Letter LEF. (When there is no selection button for the Tab Stock size or HW Tab Stock is selected, Invert is not allowed)

6.6.11.3 Paper Type and Duplex/Invert Availability Table 3 Tray 1, 2

Tray 3, 4

Tray 5 (MSI)

Tray 6, 7 4000HCF

Tray 6 2000A3-HCF

Tray 6, 7 4000C2-HCF

Setting

Weight (gsm)

52~216 gsm

52~216 gsm

52~253 gsm

52~216 gsm

52~253 gsm

52~253 gsm

Duplex

Invert

Lightweight

52~63

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Plain

64~105

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Plain S1

64~105

X

X

X

X

B

B

O

O

Recycled

64~105

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Recycled S1

64~105

X

X

X

X

B

B

O

O

Plain Reload

64~105

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

Plain Reload S1

64~105

X

X

X

X

B

B

X

O

Punched

64~105

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Heavyweight

106~216

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Heavyweight S1

106~216

X

X

X

X

B

B

O

O

Extra Heavyweight

217~253

X

X

O

X

O

O

X

X

Extra Heavyweight S1

217~253

X

X

X

X

B

B

X

X

Tab Stock

106~216

X

O

O*1

X

O

O

X

O

HW Tab Stock

217~253

X

X

O*1

X

B

B

X

X

Transparency

-

X

X

O

X

B

B

X

X

Labels

106~216

X

X

O

X

B

B

X

X

HW Labels

217~253

X

X

O

X

B

B

X

X

Gloss

64~105

X

X

O

X

B

B

X*2

X*2

Gloss A

136~216

X

X

O

X

B

B

X*2

X*2

Gloss B

64~105

X

X

O

X

B

B

X*2

X*2

HW Gloss 2

217~253

X

X

X

X

B

B

X

X

*1: When feeding from the MSI, size cannot be set as Auto. *2: Dup/Invert Feed and Enable/Disable Printing for Gloss G can be set with CE NVM setting (780-058). (Default: Disable)Setting the NVM does not guarantee the operability and image quality. Explain to the customer that jams may still occur depending on the paper used, and make changes.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-595

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-596

6.6.10 Copy Speed

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.11.4 Output Destination Functions/Output and Paper Type/Weight Table 4 Finisher

HCS

Top Tray

Stacker Tray Tray Output

Paper Type

Weight (gsm)

Tray Output 52-253

Lightweight

52~ 63

O

Plain

64~105

Plain S1

Booklet Tray

Folder

Interposer Tray set

Top Tray Output

Stacker Output

FinisherD3/D4 Output

60-90

60-220*7

52-253

52-253

52-253

A*3

A*3

O

O

O

A*5

A*5

O

O

O

O

A*4

A*5

A*5

X

O

O

O

O

A*4

A*5

A*5

O

O

O

O

O

O

A*4

A*5

A*5

X

O

O

O

O

O

X

A*5

A*5

O

O

O

O

O*8

O

O

X

A*5

A*5

X

O

O

O

O

O*8

X

X

X

A*5

A*5

O

O

O

O

O

O

A*8*9

A*2

X

A*4

X

X

O

O

O

O

O

O

A*8*9

A*2

X

A*4

X

X

X

O

O

O

217~253

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

A*6

O

O

O

217~253

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

106~216

O

O

A*8*9

A*2

X

X

X

X

O

O

O*11

O

HW Tab Stock

217~253

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

A*6

O

O*11

O

Transparency

-

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

Labels

106~216

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

HW Labels

217~253

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

Gloss

64~105

O

O

X*1

O

X*1

X*1

X*1

X*1

X

O

O

O

Gloss A

106~135

O

O

X*1

O

X*1

X*1

X

X

X

O

O

O

Gloss B

136~216

O

O

X*1

A*2

X*1

X*1

X

X

X

O

O

O

HW Gloss

217~253

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

Staple

Binding Hole Punch Single Fold Shift

Z-Fold (Half Sheet)

Tri-Fold

52-216

52-176

52-200

60-105

60-90

60-90

O

O

O

A*3

A*3

A*3

O

O

O*8

O

O

A*4

64~105

O

O

O*8

O

O

Recycled

64~105

O

O

O*8

O

Recycled S1

64~105

O

O

O*8

Plain Reload

64~105

O

O

O*8

Plain Reload S1

64~105

O

O

Punched

64~105

O

Heavyweight

106~216

Heavyweight S1

106~216

Extra Heavyweight Extra Heavyweight S1 Tab Stock

*1: Enter CE NVM to enable Dup/Invert Finisher function.

*7: There are no paper type settings for the Interposer.

*2: Performance is not guaranteed for paper exceeding 200gsm.

*8: 100-sheet stapling is not guaranteed for paper exceeding 90gsm. Plain (81 to 90gsm): 100-sheet stapling is only available with our specified paper brands.

*3: Performance is not guaranteed for paper less than 60gsm. *4: Performance is still guaranteed when one sheet of paper exceeding 90gsm is used as a coversheet. (The guaranteed is for cover paper with weight up to 220gsm) When a coversheet is used, performance is guaranteed for up to 14 sheets of main document (60 to 80gsm) (1 sheet of cover + 14 sheets of main document = 15 sheets)

*9: Performance is still guaranteed when two sheets of paper exceeding 176gsm are used as coversheets (top cover and back cover). When coversheets are used, up to 98 sheets of main document (80gsm or lower) can be included in the set. (2 sheet of cover + 98 sheets of main document = 100 sheets) 10: For "Fold + Staple" setting of Center-binding,

*5: Paper exceeding 90gsm cannot be used. • *6: Performance is not guaranteed for paper exceeding 220gsm.

Performance is guaranteed for up to 20 sheets of plain paper.

•

For any other paper (60 to 90gsm), performance is guaranteed for up to 15 sheets. When paper is output to the Booklet Output Tray, performance is guaranteed for up to 20 sets (up to 15 sheets each) or 15 sets (16 to 20 sheets each). (The Factory Default is 15 sets)

*11: Tab Stock/HW Tab Stock: Output can be enabled/disabled in CE NVM. (The default is enabled) The Enable/Disable Output settings cannot be made separately for Tab Stock and HW Tab Stock. (The setting is a common one) Furthermore, for HW Tab Stock, paper alignment and capacity is not guaranteed because the Tab portion is located at the Tail Edge when output to a HCS. (Printing is still possible as long as the NVM settings is set to enable output)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-597

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-598

6.6.10 Copy Speed

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.11.5 Output Function and Paper Size/Orientation Table 5 Booklet Finisher BookTray

Paper

Top Tray Tray Direc Scan x Feed No Offset Output tion (mm)

Offset Output

Front Staple

Rear Staple

Double Staple

Center Staple

Postcard

HCS

Folder

Single 2H 4H Puncher Puncher Fold

Z-Fold Binding (Half Sheet) Shift

Interpos Tri-Fold er Top Tray Stacker

Finisher -D3/D4 Output

SEF

100.0 x 148.0 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

Prepaid Post- SEF card

148.0 x 200.0 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

A6

SEF

105.0 x 148.0 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

B6

SEF

128.0 x 182.0 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

A5

SEF

148.0 x 210.0 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

LEF

210.0 x 148.0 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

SEF

139.7X215.9

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

LEF

215.9X139.7

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

5.5x8.5 (Statement)

6x9 Postcard SEF

152.4 x 228.6 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

LEF

228.6 x 152.4 O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

X

O

SEF

182.0 x 257.0 O

O*1*2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

OA

O

X

O

LEF

257.0 x 182.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

OB

O

O

O

7.25x10.5 (Executive)

SEF

184.2 x 266.7 O

O*1*2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

A

O

X

O

LEF

266.7 x 184.2 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

OC

O

O

O

16K (FXTW)

SEF

194.0 x 267.0 O

O*1*2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

OE1,E3

O

X

O

LEF

267.0 x 194.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

C

O

O

O

16K SEF (GCO FXCL) LEF

195.0 x 270.0 O

O*1*2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

OE1,E3

O

X

O

270.0 x 195.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

C

O

O

O

B5

8x10

SEF

203.2 x 254.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

E2

O

O

O

LEF

254.0 x 203.2 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

B

O

O

O

8.5x11 (Letter)

SEF

215.9 x 279.4 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

X

O

E2,E3

O

O

O

LEF

279.4 x 215.9 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

O

9x11 Letter Cover

SEF

228.6 x 279.4 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

O

O

X

X

X*11

O

O

O

LEF

279.4 x 228.6 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O*8

O

O

O

A4

SEF

210.0 x 297.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

X

O

OE1

O

O

O

LEF

297.0 x 210.0 O

O

O

O

ORC

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

O

A4-Cover Special A4

SEF

223.0 x 297.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

O

O

X

X

X*12

O

O

O

LEF

297.0 x 223.0 O

O

O

O

ORC

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O*9

O

O

O

SEF

226.0 x 310.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

O

O

X

X

X

O

O

O

LEF

310.0 x 226.0 O

O*1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

8.46x12.4 (Spanish)

SEF

215.0 x 315.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

X

X

D

O

O

O

8.5x13 (Foolscap)

SEF

215.9 x 330.2 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

X

X

OD

O

O

O

Table 5 Booklet Finisher BookTray

HCS

Folder

Top Tray Tray Direc Scan x Feed No Offset Output tion (mm)

Offset Output

Front Staple

Rear Staple

Double Staple

Center Staple

Single 2H 4H Puncher Puncher Fold

Z-Fold Binding (Half Sheet) Shift

Interpos Tri-Fold er Top Tray Stacker

Finisher -D3/D4 Output

8.5x14 (Legal)

SEF

215.9 x 355.6 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

11x15

SEF

279.4 x 381.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

8K (FXTW)

SEF

267.0 x 388.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

8K (GCO FXCL)

SEF

270.0 x 390.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Paper

O

X

O

X

D

O

O

O

X

O*10

O

O

O

X

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

O

O

B4

SEF

257.0 x 364.0 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

O

X

O

O

O

O

A3

SEF

297.0 x 420.0 O

O

O

O

ORC

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

O

O

11x17 (Ledger)

SEF

279.4 x 431.8 O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

O

O

O

O

12x18

SEF

304.8 x 457.2 O

O*1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

X

X

X

O

O

O

Special A3

SEF

328.0 x 453.0 O

O*1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

X

X

X

O

O

O

12.6x17.7 (SRA3)

SEF

320.0 x 450.0 O

O*1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

X

X

X

O

O

O

12.6x19.2

SEF

320.0 x 488.0 O

O*1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

13x18

SEF

330.2 x 457.2 O

O*1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

X

X

X

O

O

O

13x19

SEF

330.2 x 482.6 O

O*1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

A4 (Tab Stock)

LEF

297.0 x 223.0*18

O

O

O

O

ORC

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O*9

O

O

O

8.5x11 (Tab Stock)

LEF

279.4 x 228.6*18

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O*8

O

O

O

O

O*4*5

O*4*5

O*6

O*6

O*6

O*6

X

X

O*3

O*3

X

X

O*7

O

O

O

Non-standard FS: 100~330 SS: 148~488

*1: Offset is not allowed and only sheet output is available/the number of output sheets is restricted

*5: For paper shorter than 203.0mm or longer than 297.0mm in the FS direction, Offset is unavailable and Sheet-by-sheet Output is only available. Paper quantity is limited.

*2: If this is output after a Staple Job, a collapse may occur. *6: For paper shorter than 203.0mm or longer than 297.0mm in the FS direction, or shorter than 182.0mm or longer than 431.8mm in the SS direction, stapling is unavailable.

RC: Becomes Rear Corner [Booklet Tray]

*7: Paper shorter than 182.0mm or longer than 297.0mm in the FS direction, or shorter than 182.0mm or longer than 432.0mm in the SS direction cannot be run.

*3: Sizes shorter than 210mm or longer 330.0mm in the FS direction, or sizes shorter than 279.4mm or longer than 457.2mm in the SS direction cannot be transported.

*8: Size cannot be detected. (Determined to be 8.5x11LEF.)

Possible when the paper size in FS direction is < (incl.) SS direction (square & SEF)

*9: Size cannot be detected. (Determined to be A4LEF.)

*4: Paper shorter than 182.0mm in the FS direction or shorter than 182.0mm in the SS direction cannot be run.

*10: Size cannot be detected. (Determined to be 11x17".)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-599

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-600

6.6.10 Copy Speed

*11: Size cannot be detected. (Determined to be 8.5x11SEF. Determined to be A4SEF by switching between Es.) When this size in use, quality is not guaranteed. *12: Size cannot be detected. (Determined to be A4SEF. Determined to be 8.5x11SEF by switching between Es.) When this size in use, quality is not guaranteed. [Interposer] A, B, C, D, E1, E2, E3: the detected paper size changes in conjunction with the switching of paper size group. (E can be E1, E2, or E3) Alter switching (a fixed setting unrelated to the paper size group switching) is possible by performing settings in the CE NVM.

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.12 High Capacity Stacker Toner Block When Plain Paper printed evenly with black fill or Gloss Paper printed partially with black fill (approx. 2 square cm) is output consecutively, the toner on the stacked paper may melt, get peeled off, and the sheets may stick to each other. To prevent sticky toner on the black fill area, stacking of Gloss, Gloss A, Gloss B, and HW Gloss is limited to 2000 sheets. This limit is for the recommended paper - JD Coated. Depending on the customer's paper, the toner may get sticky although the number of printed sheets has yet to reach the stated limit. Setting can be changed by the following NVM (can be changed if there are no black fill) A small amount of sticky toner will not affect the image quality and the output paper can be used as normal after fanning it. Table 1 Full Stack (Sheet Count) NVM List

Table 6 Supported Non-standard Sizes Output Tray (+PostProcessing) Finisher

HCS

Simplex FS

SS

Top Tray

100.0~330.0mm 148.0~488.0mm

Stacker Tray

182.0~330.0mm 182.0~488.0mm Sizes shorter than 182.0mm in the FS direction, or sizes shorter than 182.0mm in the SS direction cannot be transported

Stacker Tray (Offset)

Output Mode

203.0~297.0mm 182.0~488.0mm For sizes shorter than 203.0mm or longer 297.0mm in the FS direction, Offset is unavailable and only sheet output is available.

Stacker Tray (Staple)

203.0~297.0mm 182.0~431.8mm

Booklet Tray

210.0~330.0mm 279.4~457.2mm Possible when the paper size in FS direction is < (incl.) SS direction (square & SEF)

Top Tray

100.0~330.0mm 148.0~488.0mm

Stacker Tray

203.0~330.2mm 182.0~488.0mm For paper shorter than 203mm in the FS direction, Offset is unavailable. Paper shorter than 182mm in SS or shorter than 203mm in FS cannot be run.

Duplex

Stack Capacity Limit = Initial Value x 100

LinkNo991- Initial Value LinkNo991- Initial Value

Gloss (64~105gsm)

SS_Size < 210mm

177

20

181

20

210mm < (incl.) SS_Size < (incl.) 297mm

191

20

195

20

Gloss (106~135gsm)

Gloss (136~216gsm)

HW Gloss (217~253gsm)

297mm < SS_Size

205

20

209

20

SS_Size < 210mm

178

20

182

20


192

20

196

20

297mm < SS_Size

206

20

210

20

SS_Size < 210mm

179

20

183

20


193

20

197

20

297mm < SS_Size

207

20

211

20

SS_Size < 210mm

186

20

189

20


200

20

203

20

297mm < SS_Size

214

20

217

20

6.6.13 Alignment Table 1 Alignment Specification (Calculated for 100% ) (Upper IOT Side 1, Lower IOT Side 2) IOT

SYSTEM (PLATEN)

SYSTEM (SCAN)

Item

Tray, HCF

MSI

Tray, HCF

MSI

SYSTEM (DADF) Platen

DADF

IITD

ADF

Lead Registration

0.8mm

1.5mm -

1.6mm -

2.2mm -

2.2mm -

0.5mm

1.2mm

0.5mm

1.0mm 1.0mm

Side Registration

0.8mm

2.9mm -

2.1mm -

3.0mm -

2.5mm -

0.5mm

1.6mm

0.5mm

1.5mm 1.5mm

Lead Skew (200mm)

0.8mm

1.5mm -

1.6mm -

2.0mm -

2.0mm -

0.5mm

0.8mm

0.5mm

0.5mm 0.5mm

Side Skew (400mm)

2.0mm

2.9mm -

3.2mm -

4.0mm -

4.0mm -

1.0mm

1.5mm

1.0mm

1.5mm 1.5mm

Horizontal R/E Precision (All area) (280mm) Applicable for 100%

0.3%

-

0.5% -

-

0.64% -

0.3%

0.5%

0.3% 0.3%

0.5% 0.5%

Vertical R/E First Half (200mm) Applicable for 100%

-

-

0.5% -

-

0.64% -

-

-

Vertical R/E Last Half (200mm) Applicable for 100%

-

-

0.5% -

-

0.64% -

-

-

Perpendicularity (400mm)

0.5mm

-

2.0mm -

2.0mm -

2.0mm -

1.4mm

1.5mm

1.4mm

1.0mm 1.0mm

Side 1/2 Lead Registration Misalignment

1.0mm*1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Side 1/2 Side Registration Misalignment

1.0mm*1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

*1: Though "0.77mm (2 sigma)" was specified in Purchase Notice, the conditions are the same as for the other items. NOTE: Effect of paper elongation and shrinkage due to environmental changes is not included.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-601

6.6.10 Copy Speed

General

General 6.6.10 Copy Speed

02/2009 6-602

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.6.14.1 Things to Take Note When Using the Plinth Kit

6.6.14.2 Bundled Accessories

NOTE: •Currently, for 4127/4112G, there are no dedicated optional products planned for the Plinth Kit. If necessary, use the DocuColor 1250 series Plinth Kit listed in the following table. •

Table 1 Product Code

Number

Name

Qty

EC100079

1

Plinth Kit Plate

1

2

Stopper

8

3

Docking Plate

2

4

Securing Screws

16

1

Plinth Kit Plate

1

W 700mm x D 760mm (Horizontal Surface 725mm)

2

Stopper

4

3

Docking Plate

2

W 930mmxD 760mm (Horizontal Surface 725mm)

4

Securing Screws

16

When a 4000HCF, a Center-binding Finisher D3/D4, and a Folder Unit D3/D4 are installed to 4127/ 4112G, one WU83 and two EC100079 are required. Table 1

Recommended Products

Product Code

Plinth Kit (For DocuColor 1250 Main Unit)

EC100079

Plinth Kit (For DocuColor 1250 10 Bins Output Device)

WU84

Application Size

WU84

•

EC100079:

Figure 1 j0tk66006

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-603

6.6.14 Plinth Kit

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-604

6.6.14 Plinth Kit

Version.1 .1.1

6.6.14.3 Machine Configuration and Plinth Kit Combination

•WU84:

Table 1 Machine Configuration

Plinth Kit Combination(Put in the order when seen from front)

IOT + Finisher/Booklet Finisher(or + Folder)

WU84(93CM wide)+WU84(93CM wide)

4000HCF + IOT + Finisher/Booklet Finisher(or EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + + Folder) WU84(93CM wide)

Figure 2 j0tk66007

2000A3-HCF + IOT + Finisher/Booklet Finisher(or + Folder)

EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide)

4000C2-HCF + IOT + Finisher/Booklet Finisher(or + Folder)

EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide)

2000A3-HCF + IOT + Booklet Finisher(or + Folder) + Trimmer/Square Fold

EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide)

4000C2-HCF + IOT + Booklet Finisher(or + Folder) + Trimmer/Square Fold

EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide)

4000HCF + IOT + IFM + HCS + Finisher/Book- EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + let Finisher(or + Folder) WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) 4000HCF + IOT + IFM + HCS + Booklet Finisher(or + Folder) + Trimmer/Square Fold

EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide)

2000A3-HCF + IOT + IFM + HCS + Finisher/ Booklet Finisher(or + Folder)

WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide)

2000A3-HCF + IOT + IFM + HCS + Booklet Finisher(or + Folder) + Trimmer/Square Fold

WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide)

4000C2-HCF + IOT + IFM + HCS + Booklet Finisher(or + Folder) + Trimmer/Square Fold

WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide) + WU84(93CM wide) + EC100079(70CM wide)

NOTE: Trimmer/Square Fold can be connected only to Booklet Finisher D4.

•

Main Unit + Finisher, or Main Unit + Finisher + Folder:

•4000HCF + Main Unit + Finisher, or 4000HCF + Main Unit + Finisher + Folder:

Figure 1 j0tk66008

Figure 2 j0tk66009

NOTE: *1: When Folder Unit D3/D4 is installed, this interferes with the Tri-Fold Output Tray and hence cannot be installed.


*2: The Docking Tray is used as stoppers (left and right sides).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-605

6.6.14 Plinth Kit

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-606

6.6.14 Plinth Kit •2000A3-HCF + Main Unit + Finisher, or 2000A3-HCF + Main Unit + Finisher + Folder:

Version.1 .1.1 •4000HCF + Main Unit + IF Module + HCS + Finisher, or 4000HCF + Main Unit + IF Module + HCS + Finisher + Folder:

Figure 3 j0tk66010 Figure 4 j0tk66011 NOTE: *1: When Folder Unit D3/D4 is installed, this interferes with the Tri-Fold Output Tray and hence cannot be installed.


6.6.14.4 Relationship Between Plinth Kit and Installation Space

•Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + Folder:

NOTE: *1 is the required space. Pay attention to this space when using the Plinth Kit, (if it is too close to a wall, it might not be enough to accomodate the Machine). Also, if Finisher D3/D4 is installed, the size will be 5mm less compared to the width of the Booklet Finisher in the following diagram. •

Main Unit + Booklet Finisher:

Figure 2 j0tk66027

Figure 1 j0tk66026

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-607

6.6.14 Plinth Kit

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-608

6.6.14 Plinth Kit •4000HCF + Main Unit + Booklet Finisher:

Figure 3 j0tk66028

Version.1 .1.1 •4000HCF + Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + Folder:

Figure 4 j0tk66029

•2000A3-HCF + Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + Folder:

•4000HCF + Main Unit + IF Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher + Folder:

Figure 5 j0tk66030

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 6 j0tk66031

02/2009 6-609

6.6.14 Plinth Kit

General

General

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-610

6.6.14 Plinth Kit

Version.1 .1.1

•2000A3-HCF + Main Unit + IF Module + HCS + Booklet Finisher + Folder:

Figure 8 j0tk66034 Figure 7 j0tk66032 •

4000C2-HCF + Main Unit + IF Module + HCF + Booklet Finisher D4 + Folder + Trimmer/Square Fold

6.7 Tools Table 1 No.

Tool No.

Tool Name

1

499T 262

Silver Scale 300mm

2

499T 276

Test Pattern (A3) Full Color

3

499T 283

Test Pattern (A3)

4

499T 301

Screw Driver(-) 3x50

5

499T 302

Screw Driver(+) 6x100

6

499T 353

Stubby Driver(+-)

7

499T 355

Screw Driver(+) 100mm

8

499T 356

Screw Driver(+) No.1

9

499T 451

Spanner & Wrench 5.5x5.5

10

499T 452

Spanner & Wrench 7x7

11

499T 454

Spanner & Wrench 10x10

12

499T 1015

Hex Key Set

13

499T 1423

5.5mm Box Driver

14

499T 1901

Side Cutting Nipper

15

499T 2005

Round Nose Plier

16

499T 2320

Digital Multimeter Set

17

499T 2418

Interlock Sw. Cheater

18

499T 2601

Silver Scale 150mm

19

499T 6025

CE Tool Case

20

499T 6402

Magnetic Screw Pickup Tool

21

499T 6607

Scriber Tool

22

499T 7776

USB Cable (2m)

23

499T 8104

Flash Light

24

499T 8902

Brush

25

499T 9583

Tester Lead Wire (Red)

26

499T 9584

Tester Lead Wire (Black)

27

499T 7780

100Base-TX Crossing Cable(3M)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-611

6.7 Tools

General

General 6.7 Tools

02/2009 6-612

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

6.8 Consumables

*7: Staples Cartridge for Booklet for Finisher D4. Finisher D4 supports the capacity of making a 25-sheet booklet, so do not use the cartridge for Finisher D/DX/D2 instead. Otherwise, a problem such as a bent staple will occur.

Table 1 Consumable Name

Product Code

Remarks (Replacement CRU/ERU Life Reference)

Toner Cartridge*3 *4

CT200554

CRU

Drum Cartridge*1

CT350587

ERU

610 kcycle*1

Fuser Cleaning Cartridge*2 *4

CWAA0551

ERU

300,000 or more sheets

Toner Waste Bottle*4

CWAA0552

60.000 sheets*3

CRU

210,000 or more sheets

Staples Cartridge Finisher D2 Booklet(Com- CWAA0501 mon parts for Finisher D/D2/D3)*4

-

5,000 staples x 4 sets/box Shared by DC1015G

Staples Cartridge Booklet D4(For Finisher D4)*7

CWAA0749

-

5000 Staples x 4 sets/Box

Staples Type XF (4PCS)*4 *5 (for Finisher-D2/D3/D4)

CWAA0671(FX) CWAA0677(IBG)

5,000 staples x 4 sets + Staple Dust Box (*6) x 1set/box 20k or more staples used

*1: This is for 4112/4127. CT350356 for DocuCentre 1100/900 is not available. Pre Near Life Detected: 125-sheet machine: 533k cycles; 110-sheet machine: 557k cycles Print Quantity Reference: 125-sheet machine: 489kPV; 110-sheet machine: 443kPV Near Life Detected: 125-sheet machine: 577k cycles; 110-sheet machine: 587k cycles Print Quantity Reference: 125-sheet machine: 529kPV; 110-sheet machine: 467kPV Life Detected: 125-sheet machine: 610k cycles, 110-sheet machine: 610k cycles Print Quantity Reference: 125-sheet machine: 559kPV; 110-sheet machine: 485kPV *2: Pre Near Life Detected: Web Motor driving time reaches 90% (equivalent to 270KPV) of the life. Near Life Detected: Web Motor driving time reaches 95% (equivalent to 285KPV) of the life. Life Detected: Web Motor driving time reaches the life (equivalent to 300KPV). *3: Conditions: Print, A4-sized document with an image area coverage rate of 6%, ID1.5 (Reference value at continuous print) *4: Shared by 4590/4110 *5: 4 sets of D2 staples and Staple Dust Box compose one set. *6: Staple Dust Box is a customer replaceable unit (CRU). Any used or extra (unnecessary) Staple Dust Box shall be collected by the CSD (Customer Service Deliverer) or the CE. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 6-613

6.8 Consumables

General

General 6.8 Consumables

02/2009 6-614

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Chapter 7 Wiring Data

7 Wiring Data 7.1 Plug/Jack Location List 7.1 How to Use the Plug/Jack Location List ...................................................................

3

7.1.1 Plug/Jack List/Location 7.1.1.1 Plug/Jack List ..................................................................................................... 7.1.1.2 Plug/Jack Positions ............................................................................................

5 11

7.1.36 I/F Module Plug/Jack List/Locations 7.1.36.1 I/F Module Plug/Jack List ................................................................................. 7.1.36.2 I/F Module Plug/Jack Positions ........................................................................

29 30

7.1.39 HCS Plug/Jack List/Locations 7.1.39.1 HCS Plug/Jack List........................................................................................... 7.1.39.2 HCS Plug/Jack Positions..................................................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

33 35

02/2009 7-1

Wiring Data

Wiring Data

02/2009 7-2

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

7.1 How to Use the Plug/Jack Location List •

To find which position to install specific connectors to, refer to the table "7.1.x.1 Plug/Jack Location List " for Figure No. and Item No., and then to the figure in "7.1.x.2 Plug/Jack Positions."

•

P/J No. on "7.1.x.1 Plug/Jack Location List" is expressed in the four ways below: •

J250 represents Jack 250.

•

P250 represents Plug 250.

•

CN1 represents Connector 1.

•

FS1 represents Faston Terminal 1.

Figure 1 7001

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-3

7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

Wiring Data

Wiring Data 7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

02/2009 7-4

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

7.1.1.1 Plug/Jack List

Table 1 Plug/Jack List


P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

J71B

19

8

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

Remarks (Where to connect)

J71C

19

8

P/J1

1

12

UI I/F PWB

P/J80

5

1 7

P/J1

3

1

Video Selector PWB

P81N

19

P/J1

8

6

ROS Motor

J81

19

7

P/J1

16

20

MCU PWB

P/J101

23

3

P/J2

1

6

LCD PWB

P/J102

23

4

P/J2

20

14

LVPS-GU10H

P/J103

23

5

P/J3

1

5

LCD PWB

P/J104

14

6

P/J3

1

11

UI I/F PWB

P/J105

14

5

P4

16

6

P/J106

14

12

P/J5

1

2

UI I/F PWB

P/J107

14

1

MCU PWB

P/J108

9

4

P/J109

9

7

P5

16

3

P/J6

1

4

P/J7

1

7

UI I/F PWB

P/J110

9

5

P/J7

1

10

Switch/LED PWB

P/J111

15

4

P/J10

1

8

P/J113

22

10

P/J11

1

9

VR PWB

P/J114

22

8

LVPS (G1H/GP1)

P/J11

20

15

P/J115

22

9

P12

21

9

P/J116

22

4

P/J13A

21

10

P/J117

22

5

P/J13B

21

11

P/J118

22

6

P14

21

12

P/J119

22

7

P/J15

21

3

P/J120

24

1

P/J16

21

2

P/J121

10

12

P/J17

21

8

P/J122

10

8

P/J18

21

14

P/J123

10

9

P/J19

20

11

P/J125

14

4

P/J60A

5

2

P/J127

14

11

P/J60B

5

2

P/J128

26

1

P/J60C

5

2

P/J129

26

2

P/J60D

5

2

P/J130

26

4

P/J61A

13

13

P/J131

26

3

P/J61B

12

5

P/J132

24

3

P/J62A

13

12

P/J133A

24

7

P/J62B

12

2

P/J133B

25

7

P/J63A

13

11

P/J133C

24

5

P/J63B

12

7

P/J133D

24

4

J71A

19

8

P/J134

7

6

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-5


7.1.1 Plug/Jack List/Location

Wiring Data

Wiring Data

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-6


Version.1 .1.1

Table 1 Plug/Jack List Remarks (Where to connect)


P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J135

9

12

P/J212

19

17

P/J136

6

4

P/J216

19

15

P/J137

6

3

P/J219

14

9

P/J140

7

5

P/J220

23

1

P/J141

12

3

P/J221

14

7

P/J142

6

1

P/J222

19

18

P/J144

5

3

P/J223

9

6

P/J145

5

2

Serial No.5xxxxx/6xxxxx

P/J224

14

3

P/J145A

5

2

Serial No.4xxxxx

P/J225

22

12

P/J145B

5

2

Serial No.4xxxxx

P/J226

22

13

P/J146

13

14

P/J227

22

11

P/J147

13

4

P/J229

19

9

P/J149

13

3

P/J230

10

10

P/J152

15

8

P/J232

14

8

P/J152N

15

9

P/J233A

27

8

P/J153

15

6

P/J233B

27

3

P/J154

6

7

P/J233C

27

11

P/J156

12

4

P/J234

27

7

P/J161

25

1

P/J235

25

3

P/J162

25

2

P/J238

9

2

P/J163

24

6

P/J239

6

5

P164

25

4

P/J241

19

2

P/J170A

6

11

P/J242

20

10

P/J170B

6

12

P/J243

15

3

P/J171

19

5

P/J244

15

2

P/J172

7

1

P/J245

15

7

P/J187

10

11

P/J246

15

10

P/J188

9

10

P/J247

8

8

P/J189

9

11

P/J248

6

8

P/J190

10

6

P/J250

19

6

P/J191

11

6

P/J254

23

6

P/J199

8

5

P/J255

11

5

P/J201

7

4

P/J256

12

1

P/J202

7

3

P/J257

9

8

P/J205

19

13

P/J258

14

10 18

P/J206

19

12

P/J300

17

P/J207

19

3

P/J302

17

2

P/J208

19

4

P305

17

17

P/J209

19

16

P/J310

17

3

P/J211

19

1

P/J311

17

25




P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

J330

17

20

P418

16

7

J331

17

19

P/J420

16

1

J332

17

21

P/J423

16

21

J333

17

6

P/J425

10

7

J334

17

7

P/J426

10

13

P/J335

17

23

P/J430

18

1

P/J336

17

5

P/J431

18

9

J337

17

24

ESS PWB Solder Side

P/J432

18

10

J338

17

22

ESS PWB Part Side

P/J433

18

15

J340

17

10

P/J434

18

8

P/J341

8

7

P/J435

18

13

J342

17

9

P/J436

18

4

P/J345A

8

1

P/J437

18

16

P/J345B

8

2

P/J438

18

11

P/J348

32

1, 2, 3

P/J439

18

12

P/J349

17

15

P/J440

18

17

P350

17

11

P/J441

18

14

J351

17

8

P/J442

18

3

P/J352

17

14

P/J443

18

2

J360

17

4

P/J460

27

22

P/J361

17

1

P/J461

27

20

P370

17

16

P/J462

27

21

P380

17

12

P/J463

27

16

P382

17

13

P/J464

27

18

P/J391

3

3

P/J465

27

13

P/J393

3

2

P/J466

27

17

P/J400

16

9

P/J467

27

19

P/J401

16

16

P/J468

27

6

P/J402

16

14

P/J469

27

4

P/J403

16

12

P/J470

27

15

P/J404

16

13

P/J471

27

10

P/J405

16

10

P/J501

20

18

P/J406

16

17

P/J502

20

13

P/J407

16

11

P/J503

20

2

P/J409

16

18

P/J504

20

16

P/J410

16

8

P/J505

20

12

P/J411

16

19

P/J506

20

4

P/J416

16

2

P/J507

20

17

J418

3

4

P/J508

20

1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-7


LVPS GU10H

LVPS GU10H


Wiring Data

Wiring Data

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-8


Version.1 .1.1



P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J509

20

3

P/J629

11

1

P/J510

21

4

P/J638

22

2

P/J511

21

6

P/J639

22

1

P/J513

21

5

P/J641

27

24

P/J514

21

1

P/J642

13

1

P/J515

21

7

P/J643

6

9

P/J517

20

19

P/J645

9

9

P/J521

20

5

P/J646

25

5

P/J583

11

3

P/J654

13

2

P/J585

20

7

P/J656

10

5

P/J586

18

5

P/J657

10

14

P/J590

11

2

P/J658

11

4

P/J592

20

6

P/J659

10

3

P/J595

18

7

P661

27

5

P/J596

18

6

J661

23

2

P601

9

13

P662

27

1

P601A

9

13

J662

23

2


P601B

9

13

P663

27

9

J601

19

11

J663

23

2

J601A

19

11

P664

27

14

J601B

19

11

J664

23

2

P602

9

1

P/J665

27

12

P602A

9

1

P/J667

12

6

P602B

9

1

P669A

27

2

J602

19

10

J669A

25

6

J602A

19

10

P669B

27

2

J602B

19

10

J669B

25

6

P608

14

2

P/J672

15

5

P608A

14

2

P/J675

24

2

P608B

14

2

P/J676

6

6

J608

19

14

P/J677

15

11

J608A

19

14

P678

20

9

J608B

19

14

P678A

20

9

P612

13

16

P678B

20

9

P612A

13

16

P679

20

8

P612B

13

16

P679A

20

8

J612

19

19

P679B

20

8

J612A

19

19

J679

22

3

MC with MSI

J612B

19

19

J679A

22

3

MC with MSI

J622

2

9

J679B

22

3

MC with MSI



P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J680

27

23

P/J733

4

13

P/J680B

27

23

P/J734

33

7

P/J681

10

2

P/J735

4

4

P/J682

10

1

P/J735

33

6

P/J683

10

3

P/J736

33

5

P/J684

9

3

P/J737

4

5

P/J687

15

1

P/J740

4

12

P/J688

15

12

P/J741

4

7

P/J690

7

2

P/J744

4

9

P/J691

6

10

P/J745

31

18

P/J692

6

2

P/J746

31

17

P/J693

13

5

P/J747

31

19

P/J694

13

15

P/J748

4

11

P/J695

13

10

P749

4

8

P/J697

16

15

P/J750

4

15

P/J700

2

1

P/J751

31

23

P/J702

2

6

P/J752

31

24

P/J703

2

3

P/J753

31

5

P/J708

33

2

P/J754

31

4

P/J709

33

1

P/J755

31

21

P710

4

2

P/J756

31

1

J710

2

12

P/J757

31

3

J712

2

9

P/J758

31

20

P713

33

3

P/J760

31

6

P/J714

33

8

P/J761

29

2

P/J717

4

3

P/J762

29

1

P/J718

4

6

P/J763

29

7

P/J719

4

14

P764

29

3

P/J720

4

16

P/J765

29

6

P/J721

4

18

P/J766

29

5

P/J722

4

19

P/J767

29

4

P/J723

4

17

P/J768

31

15

P/J725

2

10

P/J769

30

5

P/J727

2

13

P/J770

30

4

P/J728

2

5

P/J771

30

1

P/J729

2

11

P/J772

30

2

P/J730

2

4

P/J773

30

3

P/J731

2

7

P/J774

28

4

P/J732

4

10

P/J775

28

3

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-9


HWM PWB (Option)


Wiring Data

Wiring Data

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-10


Version.1 .1.1 Table 1 Plug/Jack List

Table 1 Plug/Jack List P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J776

28

20

F2

31

7


P/J777

28

15

FS31

21

13

P/J778

28

1

FS32

21

13

P/J779

28

19

FS64

13

9

P/J780

28

2

FS65

13

8

P/J781

31

9

FS66

13

7

P/J782

31

11

FS67

13

6

P/J783

31

12

PA419

16

5

P/J784

31

10

PB419

16

4

P/J785

31

16

P/J786

28

16

P/J787

28

17

P/J788

28

11

P/J789

28

13

P/J790

28

6

P/J791

28

7

P/J792

28

14

P/J793

28

9

P/J794

28

18

P/J795

28

12

P/J796

28

10

P/J797

28

5

P/J798

28

8

P998

31

22

P999

31

2

P/J1141

8

3

P/J1142

8

4

J3480

32

3

J3481

32

2

J7132

33

4

P/J7241

4

1

P/J7242

4

20

P/J7261

2

2

P/J7262

2

8

P/J7461

31

13

P/J7471

31

14

CN1

1

3

CN2

1

1

CN3

1

13

F1

31

8


7.1.1.2 Plug/Jack Positions

Figure 2 IIT (j0ph71002) Figure 1 Control Panel (j0tk71001)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-11


Wiring Data

Wiring Data 7.1.1 Plug/Jack List/Location

Figure 3 Video Selector PWB (j0ph71003)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-12

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 4 IPS Component (j0fu71004)

Figure 5 Main Switch/Front Door Interlock Switch (j0tk71005)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 6 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (j0fu71006)

02/2009 7-13


Wiring Data


Figure 7 Toner Dispenser (j0fu71007)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-14

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 ROS (j0fu71008)

Figure 9 Marking Drawer (j0ph71009)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 10 Registration (j0tk71010)

02/2009 7-15


Wiring Data


Figure 11 Transfer Belt (j0tk71011)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-16

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 12 Fuser Front (j0fu71012)

Figure 13 Fuser Rear (j0fu71013)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 14 Duplex Drawer (j0fu71014)

02/2009 7-17


Wiring Data


Figure 15 IOT Exit/Waste Toner Bottle (j0fu71015)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-18

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 16 MCU PWB (j0tk71016)

Figure 17 ESS (j0tk71017)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 18 IOT Driver PWB/HVPS (j0fu71018)

02/2009 7-19


Wiring Data


Figure 19 IOT Drive (j0ph71019)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-20

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 20 IOT Electrical (j0tk71020)

Figure 21 AC Drive PWB (j0tk71021)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 22 MSI (j0fu71022)

02/2009 7-21


Wiring Data


Figure 23 Tray 1-4 Feeder (j0fu71023)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-22

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 24 Left Hand Cover (j0ph71024)

Figure 25 Tray 2 Transport (j0fu71025)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 26 Tray Size Sensor (j0fu71026)

02/2009 7-23


Wiring Data


Figure 27 Tray Module Rear (j0fu71027)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-24

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 28 DADF Front (j0fu71028)

Figure 29 Feeder Upper Chute (j0fu71029)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 30 DADF Document Tray (j0fu71030)

02/2009 7-25


Wiring Data


4127/4112G

02/2009 7-26

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 31 DADF Rear (j0fu71031)

Figure 32 Riser PWB (j0tk71032)

Figure 33 HWM PWB (Option) (j0tk71033)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-27


Wiring Data


02/2009 7-28

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

7.1.36.1 I/F Module Plug/Jack List Table 1 I/F Module Plug/Jack List

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J236A

2

10

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J237

2

1

P/J1

1

6

P/J238

2

5

T1

1

10

P/J240

2

2

T2

1

9

P/J305

4

1

T3

1

8

P/J306

4

2

T4

1

7

P/J307

4

3

P/J101

3

15

P/J317A

1

15

P/J102

3

14

P/J317B

1

15

P/J103

3

13

P/J318A

1

17

P104

3

12

P/J318B

1

17

P/J105

3

7

P/J319A

1

2

P/J106

3

6

P/J319B

1

2

P107

3

5

P/J502

1

11

P108

3

4

P/J505

1

5

P111

3

3

P/J507

1

4

P112

3

2

P/J113

3

19

P/J114

3

18

P/J116

3

1

P/J117

3

10

P/J119

3

9

P/J120

3

16

P/J130

3

11

P/J131

3

17

P/J133

3

8

P/J201

1

13

P/J202

1

12

P/J203

1

3

P/J204

2

13

P/J205

2

12

P/J206

2

4

P/J207

1

14

P/J213

2

3

P/J214

2

9

P/J219

1

1

P/J231

2

6

P/J233

2

8

P/J235

2

7

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Remarks (where to connect)

Table 1 I/F Module Plug/Jack List

02/2009 7-29


7.1.36 I/F Module Plug/Jack List/Locations

Wiring Data

Wiring Data 7.1.36 I/F Module Plug/Jack List/Locations

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-30

Version.1 .1.1

7.1.36.2 I/F Module Plug/Jack Positions

Figure 2 Motor/Fan (j0ia70002) Figure 1 IFM Control Panel/LVPS (j0ia70001)

Figure 3 IFM PWB (j0ia70003)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 4 Finishing Device Connection (j0ia70004)

02/2009 7-31

7.1.36 I/F Module Plug/Jack List/Locations

Wiring Data

Wiring Data 7.1.36 I/F Module Plug/Jack List/Locations

02/2009 7-32

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

7.1.39.1 HCS Plug/Jack List

Table 1 HCS Plug/Jack List

Table 1 HCS Plug/Jack List

FigureNo.

Item

P/J61

6

2

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J62

6

3

P/J1

7

1

P/J63

6

6

T1

5

2

P/J64

6

5

P2

7

15

P/J90

1

2

T2

5

1

P/J101

5

10

P3

7

14

P/J151

5

7

T3

5

3

P/J153

5

8

T4

5

11

P/J200

5

12

P/J6

7

20

P/J201

2

18

P/J7

7

18

P/J202

9

8

P/J8

7

12

P/J203

2

8

P/J9

7

13

P/J204

2

15

P/J11

6

7

P/J205

2

16

P/J13

7

16

P/J206

2

13

P/J20

7

11

P/J207

2

14

P/J21

7

10

P/J211

2

25

P/J22

7

19

P/J212

2

2

P/J23

7

17

P/J213

2

22

P/J24

7

9

P/J214

2

23

P/J25

7

8

P/J215

5

9

P/J26

7

7

P/J216

4

7

P/J27

7

6

P/J217

2

4

P/J28

7

5

P/J218

5

3

P/J29

7

4

P/J221

4

10

P/J30

7

3

P/J222

9

9

P/J31

7

2

P/J223

2

12

P/J42

8

1

P/J224

9

10

P/J43

8

2

P/J225

2

11

P44

8

11

P/J226

2

1

P44

8

20

P/J227

2

20

P/J50

6

8

P/J228

2

21

P/J51

6

10

P/J229

2

24

P/J53

6

13

P/J230

2

19

P/J55

6

11

P/J231

8

15

P/J56

6

1

P/J233

8

19

P/J57

6

12

P/J234

8

12

P/J59

6

9

P/J235

2

5

P/J60

6

4

P/J241

2

7

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G


P/J No.

02/2009 7-33


7.1.39 HCS Plug/Jack List/Locations

Wiring Data

Wiring Data

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-34


Version.1 .1.1 Table 1 HCS Plug/Jack List

Table 1 HCS Plug/Jack List P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J No.

FigureNo.

Item

P/J242

2

10

P/J356

8

16

P/J301

4

2

P/J357

1

8

P/J303

1

13

P/J358

1

7

P/J304

4

3

P/J360

8

18

P/J305

4

4

P/J361

8

8

P/J306

2

3

P/J362

8

17

P/J320

8

7

P/J363

1

18

P/J321

4

6

P/J364

3

6

P/J322

4

9

P/J366

3

7

P/J323L

1

16

P/J367

9

7

P/J323P

3

13

P/J368

4

1

P/J324L

3

13

P/J372

4

13

P/J324P

1

15

P/J374

4

14

P/J325L

1

14

P/J376

2

17

P/J325P

3

14

P/J380

2

9

P/J326L

1

17

P/J381

9

6

P/J326P

1

12

P/J382

3

9

P/J327

4

5

P/J383

3

10

P/J328

8

13

P/J384

9

5

P/J329L

4

11

P/J385

3

11

P/J329P

4

12

P/J386

8

14

P/J331

4

8

P/J387

1

10

P/J332

5

5

P/J388

1

9

P/J335

8

9

P/J392

3

5

P/J338

8

4

P/J393

3

4

P/J340

9

2

P/J394

3

2

P/J341

9

3

P/J395

3

8

P/J342

8

3

P/J396

1

1

P/J343

8

6

P/J397

2

6

P/J344

8

10

P/J398

5

6

P/J346

9

1

P/J347

9

4

P/J348

8

5

P/J349

3

1

P/J350

3

3

P/J351

1

5

P/J352

1

4

P/J353

1

3

P/J354

1

11

P/J355

1

6



7.1.39.2 HCS Plug/Jack Positions

Figure 2 HCS Transport Rear View 1 (j0sa70002) Figure 1 HCS Control Panel/Sensor (j0sa70001)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-35


Wiring Data

Wiring Data 7.1.39 HCS Plug/Jack List/Locations

Figure 3 HCS Transport Rear View 2 (j0sa70003)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-36

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 4 Stacker Front View (j0sa70004)

Figure 5 Stacker Rear View (j0sa70005)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 6 HCS Drive PWB (j0sa70006)

02/2009 7-37


Wiring Data


Figure 7 HCS PWB (j0sa70007)

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-38

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 8 Tamper/Edge Sensor (j0sa70008)

Figure 9 Tamper/Stacker Exit Motor (j0sa70009)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 7-39


Wiring Data


02/2009 7-40

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network ......................................................................................................................................1

7.2.2.1 AC POWER (HOT) .................................................................................................................................................... 32

7.2.1 ESS IOT/IIT ...................................................................................................................................................... 1

7.2.2.2 AC POWER (NUT) .................................................................................................................................................... 33

7.2.1.1 ACH ...................................................................................................................................................................................1

7.2.2.3 +5VDC............................................................................................................................................................................ 34

7.2.1.2 ACN ...................................................................................................................................................................................2

7.2.2.4 DC COM (5V RTN)................................................................................................................................................... 35

7.2.1.3 AC DRIVE +5VDC........................................................................................................................................................3

7.2.2.5 +24VDC ......................................................................................................................................................................... 36

7.2.1.4 AC DRIVE 5V RTN......................................................................................................................................................4

7.2.2.6 DC COM (24V RTN) ................................................................................................................................................ 37

7.2.1.5 +3.3VDC...........................................................................................................................................................................5

7.2.3 HCS.................................................................................................................................................................... 38

7.2.1.6 3.3V RTN .........................................................................................................................................................................6

7.2.3.1 AC POWER (HOT) .................................................................................................................................................... 38

7.2.1.7 +5VDC-1 .........................................................................................................................................................................7

7.2.3.2 AC POWER (NUT) .................................................................................................................................................... 39

7.2.1.8 +5VDC-2 .........................................................................................................................................................................8

7.2.3.3 DC COM (3.3V RTN) ............................................................................................................................................... 40

7.2.1.9 +5VDC-3 .........................................................................................................................................................................9

7.2.3.4 +5VDC-1....................................................................................................................................................................... 41

7.2.1.10 +5VDC-4 .................................................................................................................................................................... 10

7.2.3.5 +5VDC-2....................................................................................................................................................................... 42

7.2.1.11 +5VDC-5 .................................................................................................................................................................... 11

7.2.3.6 +5VDC-3....................................................................................................................................................................... 43

7.2.1.12 5V RTN-1 .................................................................................................................................................................. 12

7.2.3.7 DC COM (5V RTN)-1.............................................................................................................................................. 44

7.2.1.13 5V RTN-2 .................................................................................................................................................................. 13

7.2.3.8 DC COM (5V RTN)-2.............................................................................................................................................. 45

7.2.1.14 5V RTN-3 .................................................................................................................................................................. 14

7.2.3.9 DC COM (5V RTN)-3.............................................................................................................................................. 46

7.2.1.15 5V RTN-4 .................................................................................................................................................................. 15

7.2.3.10 +24VDC-1.................................................................................................................................................................. 47

7.2.1.16 5V RTN-5 .................................................................................................................................................................. 16

7.2.3.11 +24VDC-2.................................................................................................................................................................. 48

7.2.1.17 +12VDC ...................................................................................................................................................................... 17

7.2.3.12 DC COM (24V RTN).............................................................................................................................................. 49

7.2.1.18 12V RTN..................................................................................................................................................................... 18

7.2.53 DADF 250 ..................................................................................................................................................... 50

7.2.1.19 +24VDC-1.................................................................................................................................................................. 19

7.2.53.1 DADF +5VDC (Except 4127/4112EPS) ........................................................................................................ 50

7.2.1.20 +24VDC-2.................................................................................................................................................................. 20

7.2.53.2 DADF 5V RTN (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................................................................................... 51

7.2.1.21 +24VDC-3.................................................................................................................................................................. 21

7.2.53.3 DADF +24VDC-1 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................................................................................. 52

7.2.1.22 +24VDC-4.................................................................................................................................................................. 22

7.2.53.4 DADF +24VDC-2 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................................................................................. 53

7.2.1.23 24V RTN-1................................................................................................................................................................ 23

7.2.53.5 DADF 24V RTN-1 (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................................................................................... 54

7.2.1.24 24V RTN-2................................................................................................................................................................ 24

7.2.53.6 DADF 24V RTN-2 (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................................................................................... 55

7.2.1.25 +12V LVPS(GU12) +12VDC............................................................................................................................... 25 7.2.1.26 +12V LVPS (GU12) 12V RTN ........................................................................................................................... 26 7.2.1.27 IIT +24VDC-1 (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....................................................................................................... 27 7.2.1.28 IIT +24VDC-2 (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....................................................................................................... 28 7.2.1.29 IIT +3.3/+5/+12/+24VDC (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................................................................ 29 7.2.1.30 IIT 24V RTN (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................................................................... 30 7.2.1.31 IIT DC COM (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................................................................... 31

7.2.2 IFM ......................................................................................................................................................................32

i

Contents 7.2 Wire Network

7.2.1 ESS IOT/IIT 7.2.1.1 ACH AC DRIVE PWB INLET 1

A

1.1

GFI

BLK

AC DRIVE PWB

CHOKE COIL

2

6

BLK

J17

P80

2

BLK

J80

J60B

BLK

MAIN POWER SWITCH 1

1

2

1

J60A

J80

BLK

FUSER RELAY

1

P80

J17

BLK

1 K105

J612

BLK

5

5

P612

P695

BLK

1

J695

FS64

BLK

4

BLK

4

10.3 FS67

FS66

2

BLK

1

BLK

BLK

HEATER PWB 1

BLK

1

1

J901 J920 BLK

1

P920 P921 BLK

BLK

BLK

MAIN HEATER ROD 1 2

10.3

P7011 BLK

1

1

1 SUB HEATER ROD

IIT HEATER 1

WHT

J7011

IIT HEATER 2

WHT

P922 BLK

P925 BLK

1

N.C

P62B BLK

Except 4127/4112EPS J921 P7001 J7001 1 1 1 BLK

J14

BLK

10.3

P63B

J12 J900

J18

BLK

MAIN HEATER ROD 1 1

BLK

F103

J18

P61B

BLK

THERMOSTAT 2 3

3

10.3 FS65

THERMOSTAT 1 J15

2

1.1

1 ROS HEATER 1

1 ROS HEATER 2

10.3

6.12

6.12

6.12

6.12

HCF 1

1

1

J13A

J81

1

BLK

J13B

P81

J71A

BLK

1

J902

P924 BLK

BLK

J923 BLK

J19

5 +12V LVPS (GU12)

7.11

TRAY MODULE

3.10

OUTLET PSW (200～240V AC)

HCF HEATER

1

TRAY HEATER

1

7.11

1.10

BLK

SW RELAY

K101

7

A

AC POWER RELAY K103

J13B

J2

BLK

J11-4 BLK

OUTLET BLK

J11

4 +24V LVPS (GU10H)

4 MAIN LVPS

OUTLET

1.7

1.4

1.1 j0tk720101

7.2 Wire Network 7-1


7-2

Chapter 7 Wiring Data 7.2 Wire Network

7.2.1.2 ACN AC DRIVE PWB 1.1

GFI

INLET

WHT

3

4

4

WHT

J17

P80

4

WHT

J80

J60D

WHT

1

3

4

A

1.1

MAIN POWER SWITCH 1

J60C

5

WHT

3

3

P80

J17

WHT

1

2

J14 N.C

Except 4127/4112EPS

HEATER PWB J12 J900

J80

WHT

3

J901 J920 WHT

3

P920 P921 WHT

WHT

2

J921

P7001

WHT

WHT

P7011 WHT

2

2

2

2

J7001

IIT HEATER 1

WHT

J7011

IIT HEATER 2

WHT

P922 WHT

P925 WHT

2 ROS HEATER 1

2 ROS HEATER 2

6.12

6.12

6.12

6.12

HCF 3

J902

P924

WHT

WHT

HCF HEATER

2

7.11

TRAY MODULE J923 WHT

3

3

J13A WHT

J13B

J81

3

P81

J71B

WHT

J19

WHT

1

OUTLET PSW (200～240V AC)

3 +12V LVPS (GU12)

AC POWER RELAY K104

+5VDC +12VDC

1.10

J13B

J2

WHT

J11-3 A

7.11

3.10

5

DC POWER GENERATION

TRAY HEATER

2

WHT

OUTLET WHT

J11

3 +24V LVPS (GU10H)

3 MAIN LVPS

OUTLET

1.7

1.4

1.1

j0tk720102

7.2.1.3 AC DRIVE +5VDC AC DRIVE PWB DC POWER GENERATION

1

J511 BLU

P80

26

J80

J145

BLU

1.1

MAIN POWER SWITCH 2

6

5

1

J145

J80

1 5

BLU

P80

AC DRIVE PWB

J511

2

BLU

ESS PWB

+5VDC

1 2

3

4

J515 GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

J300

B1 B2

B3

B4

N.C

+5VDC TO +3.3V SEE ESS IOT/IIT +3.3VDC

BP PWB

P/J335 8

OPTION NEW RISER PWB

IMAGE COMP PWB(SELENE) J3480 A5,A8, B5,B6

P/J348 A5,A8, B5,B6

1

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO) J3481 A5,A8, B5,B6

FCW UI PWB P/J349 9-11

USB 2.0 D PWB

1

F3

49,50

1

1

FCW UI I/F PWB P352

J3

USB 2.0 H PWB

49,50

1,2,4, 5,7

FCW LCD PWB J6

J2

34,36,37, 39,40

39,40

J3

FCW LCD ASSY

2.2

JPEG PWB P/J370 97-100

NOTE: 1

Up to two of the 4 PWBs can be connected to J3480/J3481.

j0tk720103



7-4


7.2.1.4 AC DRIVE 5V RTN AC DRIVE PWB DC POWER GENERATION

ESS PWB 7

J515 VIO

J300

NVM PWB J334

A1

1,19,27, 45,54,72

P338

5VRTN 8

9

10

VIO

VIO

VIO

A2 BP PWB

MCU PWB

A3

A4

P/J335 17,23,31,33,41, 43,51,53,65,76, 83,85,94,103, 112

P/J418 1,9,11,19, 21,29,31,39, 41,50,51,60, 61,70,71,80, 81,90,91,100

IIT/IPS PWB

NOTE:

P719 3,6,9,12,15, 18,28,31,34, 37,38,40,42, 44,46,49

3,6,9,12,15, J336 18,28,31,34, 37,38,40,42, 44,46,49

1


OPTION NEW RISER PWB P/J348 A18,A24,A30, A35,A42,A48, A50,A51,A56, B3,B15,B17, B22,B28,B34, B38,B46,B50, B51,B57

IMAGE COMP PWB(SELENE)

J3480 A18,A24,A30,A35,A42,A48,A50,A51,A56, B3,B15,B17,B22,B28,B34,B38,B46,B50, B51,B57

P/J349 6-8

1

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO) J3481 A18,A24,A30,A35,A42,A48,A50,A51,A56, B3,B15,B17,B22,B28,B34,B38,B46,B50, B51,B57

FCW UI PWB P352

J3

24,25

USB 2.0 H PWB

1

1

FCW UI I/F PWB

24,25

USB 2.0 D PWB

1

3,6,9,12, 15,18,21, 24,27,30, 33,36,38

FCW LCD PWB J6

J2

3,5,8,11, 14,17,20, 23,26,29, 32,35,38

1,3,6,7,8, J3 12,16,17, 18,22,26, 27,28,32, 36

FCW LCD ASSY

2.2

j0tk720104

7.2.1.5 +3.3VDC MCU PWB

FROM ESS IOT/IIT +5VDC-2

+5VDC TO AV REF +3.3VDC

IOT PWB 48

A2

J402

J432

J403

3

B3

J461

BLU

A15

BLU

J438 P679 BLU

A8 A8

TRAY MODULE PWB A18

B4

A5

B8

B11

B14

A11

BLU

B9 B1

P612 P693 YEL

3

1

GRY

J467

8

T42

MSI PAPER SIZE 1 SENSOR

7.4

J130

TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE 1 SENSOR

7.3

J129


7.2

J128


7.1

YEL

YEL

YEL


YEL

J693

P639 J113

J131

YEL

YEL

7

WEB END SWITCH

7.5

10.9

OPTION

ESS PWB

FROM AC DRIVE +5VDC

J405 J612

J679 J639

NEW RISER PWB

+5VDC TO +3.3VDC


J3480 A10,A16,A21,A27,A33,A39,A45,A53,A59, B19,B25,B31,B36,B41,B43,B54,B59

P/J348 A10,A16,A21, A27,A33,A39, A45,A53,A59, B19,B25,B31, B36,B41,B43, B54,B59

REBOOT

24-27

2

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO) J3481 A10,A16,A21,A27,A33,A39,A45,A53,A59, B19,B25,B31,B36,B41,B43,B54,B59

FCW UI PWB P/J349 17

USB 2.0 D PWB

2

F2

28

P352

FCW UI I/F PWB (21) J3 J7 28 14 WHT 1

F1 SLEEP

USB 2.0 H PWB

2

45

45

46

46

2

SW/LED PWB J7

14

(21)

1

NOTE: 1

Pin No. in bracket is for FCW 1(Old). FCW 2(New) is to be cut in.

2


j0tk720105



7-6


7.2.1.6 3.3V RTN MCU PWB

IOT PWB

2,3,15, 49 2,9,23, 24,25, 46,49

A1

B5

J401

J402

J431

J432

J403

2,36,4 8,49

B1

J438 P679 BLU

J679

A10 A10

J639

GRY

10 5

P639

J113

YEL

MSI PAPER SIZE 2 SENSOR

7.5

2,26,27, 28,34, 35,42,49

J461

GRY

TRAY MODULE PWB J467 B19 B2

J131


7.4

J130


7.3

J129


7.2

J128


7.1

YEL

A15

GRY

B6

B9

B12

YEL

YEL

YEL

NVM PWB (MCU PWB) P/J420 A1,A6,A11,A16,A21, A26,A31,A36,A38,A40, B2,B16,B23,B25,B30, B35,B40 OPTION ESS PWB

NEW RISER PWB P/J348 A18,A24,A30, A35,A42,A48, A50,A51,A56, B3,B15,B17, B22,B28,B34, B38,B46,B50, B51,B57

FCW UI PWB P/J349 16


J3480 A18,A24,A30,A35,A42,A48,A50,A51,A56, B3,B15,B17,B22,B28,B34,B38,B46,B50, B51,B57

1

1

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO) J3481 A18,A24,A30,A35,A42,A48,A50,A51,A56, B3,B15,B17,B22,B28,B34,B38,B46,B50,B 51,B57

1

FCW UI I/F PWB 3 20,21

P352

J3

3

26

J7

USB 2.0 H PWB 1

SW/LED PWB J7

USB 2.0 D PWB

26

NOTE: 1


20,21 j0tk720106

7.2.1.7 +5VDC-1 MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY F4002

OPT +5VDC

ON/ OFF

+5VDC SQ

F4001

F5002

F5001

ESS PWB

OPTION

NEW RISER PWB 1

2

2

3

4

J501

J300

GRY

J3480 A12-A15 B12-B15

B6

GRY

J508

B5

P/J303 A12-A15 B12-B15

J3481 A12-A15 B12-B15

GRY

SEE ESS IOT/IIT +5VDC-2

GRY


GRY


IMAGE COMP PWB(SELENE) 1

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO) 1

USB 2.0 D PWB 1

USB 2.0 H PWB 1

NOTE: 1


j0tk720107



7-8


7.2.1.8 +5VDC-2 FROM ESS IOT/IIT MCU PWB +5VDC-1 J400

2

PTC1

+5VDC TO +3.3VDC

MCU PWB

A6 SEE ESS IOT/IIT +3.3VDC J405 J612

A3 BLU

A10 BLU

P612 P642

A8 A3

1

YEL

A1 A10

3

J642

J141

ORN

J156 YEL

FUSER EXIT 1 SENSOR

1 FUSER NIP SENSOR

A12

10.6

A18

10.2

A1 B14 YEL

J602

A4 A14

P602P645

4

BLU

J645 J135

6

BLU

J109

3

A1

J406 J171 YEL

6

1

P171

BLU

ENVIRONMENT 1 SENSOR INVERT PATH 1 SENSOR

A4

J206 BLU

J208 BLU

J409 P676 BLU

J248 BLU

10.12 A17

1

J212

BLU

9.8

9.2

DRUM CRUM PWB

J407

J691 BLU

3

1

2

1

1

3

J676 J134 YEL

FUSER DRIVE 1 MOTOR 1 DEVE MOTOR

1 DRUM MOTOR

2 ATC SENSOR

ERASE LAMP P691 J154 YEL

J410

J144

GRY

10.1

9.4

9.1

9.5

9.13

CC CLEANER 1 POSITION SENSOR

9.12

FRONT DOOR A2 INTERLOCK SWITCH

1.11

ROS ASSY A7

B5

B8

J172 YEL

P136 YEL

J690 YEL

6

1

1

1

5

3

P172

J136 CN1 YEL

9.6

TONER CARTRIDGE CRUM COUPLER

ADC PWB 4

2

CN1 CN2 YEL

P690

J140

YEL

3

2

2

CN3 GRY

J199

BLU

1 SOS PWB

6.9

9.8

ADC SENSOR

LOW TONER 1 SENSOR

J416

9.7

MSA PWB B11

J697 RED

1

3

P697 BLU

J602

B4 B13

P602 BLU

J189

1

J188 1 GRY

J187

3

P187 1 GRY

1

MULTI FEED SENSOR

8.8

j0tk720108

7.2.1.9 +5VDC-3 TRAY MODULE PWB FROM ESS IOT/IIT +5VDC-1

J460 GRY

3

A3

A6

A9

B3

B6

J463

P661B

YEL

6

YEL

3

YEL

P662B YEL

3

YEL

A6

A9

B3

B6

B9

7

10

13

J464

P663B

YEL

YEL

P664B YEL

YEL

YEL

P669B

YEL

P669A YEL

YEL

9

6

YEL

J466

9

6

YEL

B9

A3

9

3

6

9

3

6

9

3

6

3

9

9

3

6

6

3

9

1

8

4

3

J661B

J103

TRAY 1 PRE FEED 1 SENSOR

YEL

J102

TRAY 1 NO PAPER 1 SENSOR

J101

TRAY 1 LEVEL 1 SENSOR

J103


J102


J101


J103


6

J102


YEL

7.8 11

J101


7.8

J103


8.1

J102


7.9

J101


7.9

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

8.1 5

J646

7

7

P646

FEED OUT SENSOR 1 2

8.3

J162

TRANS PATH 1 SENSOR 2

8.5

J161


8.5

J133B

YEL

4 10

YEL

1

7.7 9

YEL

J669A

7.7 6

YEL

YEL

8.1 A12

YEL

J669B

7.6 A9

YEL

J664B

7.6 A6

YEL

J663B

TRAY MODULE PWB A3

YEL

J662B

8.1

YEL

1 13

YEL

J467

P665

YEL

YEL

YEL

10 3

7

6

4

9

1 12

YEL

J468

J665

J133D

FEED OUT SENSOR 1 4

8.3

J133C

FEED OUT SENSOR 1 3

8.3


8.5

J133A

FEED OUT SENSOR 1 1

8.3

J233A

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 4 1

8.4

J233B

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 4 2

8.4

YEL

YEL

J163 YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

J471 YEL

J242

3

BLOWER FAN MOTOR

3 J233C

YEL

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 4 3

9.16

8.4

j0tk720109



7-10


7.2.1.10 +5VDC-4 IOT PWB FROM ESS IOT/IIT +5VDC-1

J430 GRY

4

A11

B6

J435

J209

P679 BLU

A7 A6

J679 J639 WHT

P639 SJ33

5 10

YEL

1

2

4

A3

A6 A9

B6

J438

J675

J677 BLU

P679 BLU

A5 A5

1

3

1

3

P675

WHT

MSI FEED OUT 1 SENSOR

8.7

5 10

1 IOT EXIT SENSOR

P639 SJ33 YEL

1

2

3

4

5

6

B13

B14

J672 BLU

BLU

5

3

4

4

3

1

P638

YEL

P638 YEL

1

9

4

6

J638

J638

7.10

7.10

J117

MSI LIFT UP 1 SENSOR

7.10

J118

MSI NO PAPER 1 SENSOR

7.5

GRY

J114 YEL

P638 YEL

7

3

J638 GRY

P152 J152N

WASTE TONER FULL 1 SENSOR

9.14

1 MSI DOWN SENSOR

7.10

J115

MSI PAPER SET 1 SENSOR

7.5

J119

MSI PRE FEED 1 SENSOR

8.6

YEL

9.14

YEL

1 MSI DOWN SENSOR

GRY

WASTE BOTTLE SET 1 SENSOR

GRY

J152

SJ33


10.10

J153

P672

GRY

J638 J117 9 GRY J114

J120

J111

1

YEL

9.6

GRY

J679 J639

YEL

CARTRIDGE DOOR 1 SENSOR

YEL

P677

SJ33P638

J142

BLU

BLU

9.14

4 AUGER MOTOR

BLU


j0tk720110

7.2.1.11 +5VDC-5 FROM ESS IOT/IIT +5VDC-4

IOT PWB J439 A5 YEL

J608

A16 A5

P608

A8 YEL

A13 A8

A11 YEL

A10 A11 YEL

A14 YEL

A7 A14 YEL

A17 YEL

A4 A17 YEL

B3 YEL

J601

B17 B3

B6 YEL

B14 B6

B9 YEL

B11 B9

B12 YEL

B8 B12

P601

P658

BLU

P682 BLU

P683 BLU

1 DUP OUT SENSOR DUP PATH SENSOR 1 2

10.14

J105

DUP PATH SENSOR 1 1

10.14

J104

1

4

1

3

5

3

7

J658

J125

INVERT RELEASE 1 HOME SENSOR

10.12

J191

PRE TRANSFER 1 SENSOR

8.12

J121

1 PRE REGI SENSOR

BLU

J683

P657

BLU

J425 BLU

1

3

J657

B5 B15

B18 YEL

B2 B18

J684 BLU

BLU

4

3

1

6

P684

J110

YEL

J108 YEL

8.9

J656

BLU

CIS CONTROL PWB 15

1

6

B15 YEL

10.13

1 DUP IN SENSOR

BLU

J682

10.14

J127 YEL

1

BLU

J106

YEL

J426 BLU

4

3

1

6

P656

J123

BLU

J122 BLU

J190 GRY

INVERT OUT 1 SENSOR 1 INVERT IN SENSOR

1 SKEW SENSOR

1 REGI SENSOR

5 CIS

8.11

8.11

8.10

10.12

10.11

j0tk720111



7-12


7.2.1.12 5V RTN-1 MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

ESS PWB OPTION

NEW RISER PWB 3

5V RTN

4 5

6

7

J501

J300

VIO

J3480 A8-A11 B8-B11

A5

VIO

J508

A6

P/J303 A8-A11 B8-B11

VIO

SEE ESS IOT/IIT 5V RTN-2

VIO


VIO


IMAGE COMP PWB(SELENE) 1

1

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO) J3481 A8-A11 B8-B11

10,15, J351 16 VIO

ACCESSORY

USB 2.0 D PWB

1

USB 2.0 H PWB 1

3.6 3.7

NOTE: 1


j0tk720112

7.2.1.13 5V RTN-2 IOT PWB FROM ESS IOT/IIT J430 5V RTN-1 VIO

3

I/F PWB 3

J434

P680

J680 CN101

2

VIO

2

CN102

4

A10

A1

A4

JF4

J209

BLU

J438

J675 BLU

J677

J643 BLU

P679 BLU

A7 A7

3

1

3

1

4

1

P675

GRY

8.7

J170B

8

3 IOT EXIT SENSOR

YEL

7

8

9

10

11

12

B11

B16

J672 BLU

BLU


7

1

2

6

J152 GRY

2

2

SJ33

P638

YEL

YEL

YEL

J638

9

1

3

7 GRY

6

4

MSI PRE FEED 3 SENSOR

8.6

J117


7.10

J118

MSI NO PAPER 3 SENSOR

7.5

GRY

J114

J115 YEL

9.14

P152 J152N

WASTE TONER FULL 3 SENSOR

9.14

YEL

1

J119

GRY

YEL

WASTE BOTTLE SET 3 SENSOR

GRY

22.2

10.10

J153

P672

4000 C2 HCF PWB

9.2

DRUM DETECT 1 SWITCH

P639 SJ33

J834

9.14

5 AUGER MOTOR

MSI FEED OUT 3 SENSOR

J111

7

2 VIO

J120

YEL

J679 J639

2

DJ678

9.6

GRY

P643

20.1

CARTRIDGE DOOR 3 SENSOR

YEL

P677

4000 C2 HCF

19.2

J142

BLU

BLU

B4

2

J435

A7

A10

2

VIO

J678

HCF PWB

15.9b

2

VIO

2000 A3/4000 HCF P678

J8001

3 MSI DOWN SENSOR MSI PAPER SET 3 SENSOR

7.10

7.5

j0tk720113



7-14


7.2.1.14 5V RTN-3 FROM ESS IOT/IIT 5V RTN-2 IOT PWB A2

A3

A6

A9

A12

A15

B1

B4

B7

B10

B13

B16

J608

J439 YEL

A18 A3

YEL

A15 A6

YEL

A12 A9

YEL

A9 A12

YEL

A6 A15

YEL

J601 YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

A19 A2

B19 B1

B16 B4

B13 B7

B10 B10

B7 B13

B4 B16

P601

P608

J106

DUP PATH SENSOR 3 2

10.14

J105

DUP PATH SENSOR 3 1

10.14

J104

J125

INVERT RELEASE 3 HOME SENSOR

10.12

J191

PRE TRANSFER 3 SENSOR

8.12

YEL

P682

P683 BLU

P683 BLU

J684

2

3

1

7

1

3

5

6

1

3

4

J658 BLU

J682

J121

3 PRE REGI SENSOR

BLU

J683

P657

BLU

J683

J425

BLU

P684

J110

YEL

J108 YEL

10.13

3 DUP IN SENSOR

YEL

3

10.14

J127

YEL

BLU

BLU

3 DUP OUT SENSOR

YEL

P658

1.13

DUP DRAWER 1 INTERLOCK

YEL

BLU

BLU

P107

YEL

3

1

8.9

J656

J657 BLU

CIS CONTROL PWB 13

3

J426 BLU

INVERT OUT 3 SENSOR 3 INVERT IN SENSOR

6

1

3

4

P656

J123

BLU

J122 BLU

3 SKEW SENSOR

3 REGI SENSOR

8.11

8.11

10.12

10.11

j0tk720114

7.2.1.15 5V RTN-4 TRAY MODULE PWB FROM ESS IOT/IIT 5V RTN-1 FROM ESS IOT/IIT 5V RTN-5 FROM ESS IOT/IIT 5V RTN-5

J460 VIO

J461

4

A19

B15

A1

A4

A7

B1

B4

B7

A1

A4

A7

B1

B4

B7

J463

P661B

YEL

8

YEL

5

YEL

P662B YEL

5

YEL

P663B

YEL

5

YEL

P664B YEL

YEL

YEL

7

4

7

11 1

8

YEL

4

11 1

8

YEL

J464

11 1

4

7

11 1

8

5

4

7

J661B

J103


8.1

J102


7.6


7.6


8.1


7.7


7.7


8.1

J102


7.8

J101


7.8

J103


8.1

J102


7.9

J101


7.9

YEL

YEL

J101 YEL

J662B

J103

YEL

J102 YEL

J101 YEL

J663B

J103

YEL

YEL

YEL

J664B YEL

YEL

YEL

TRAY MODULE PWB 3

5

8

11

A1

A4

A7

A10

5

8

10

J466 P669B YEL

YEL

P669A YEL

YEL

J467 YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

J468

5

4

3

6

6

1

3

4

J669B J646 YEL

YEL

J669A YEL

11 3

9

5

6

8

P665

1.13

FEED OUT SENSOR 3 2

8.3

J162


8.5

J161


8.5

J133D

FEED OUT SENSOR 3 4

8.3

J133C

FEED OUT SENSOR 3 3

8.3


8.5

J133A

FEED OUT SENSOR 3 1

8.3

J233A

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 5 1

8.4

J233B

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 5 2

8.4

J233C

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 5 3

8.4

YEL

J133B YEL

YEL

3 11 YEL

TRAY 2 TRANS 2 PATH INTERLOCK

P646 P164

YEL

12 1

9

4

6

7

3 10

J665 YEL

YEL

J163 YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

J471 YEL

j0tk720115



7-16


7.2.1.16 5V RTN-5 FROM ESS IOT/IIT 5V RTN-1 J400 VIO

MCU PWB 1

IOT PWB 1

A1

J402

J403

A6

50

1

J431

MCU PWB

J401

50

1

J405 J612 BLU

P612

A10 A1

P642

P654 A5 A6

BLU

3

YEL

YEL

1

1

J642

J141

ORN

J654 P146

2

YEL

P147

1

YEL

J156

A3 A8

BLU

J602 YEL

YEL

A6 A12

P602P645 BLU

6

4

J645 J135 BLU

J109

1

A8

J406 J171 YEL

J172 YEL

P136

B2

5

2

5

2

4

2

3

1

YEL

B6

IOT Connected

J690 YEL

BLU

2

1

2

1

2

1

FUSER EXIT 2 SENSOR HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1

10.5

A3

J147

HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 2

10.5

A15

J149

HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3

10.5

INVERT PATH 3 SENSOR

10.12

YEL

ADC PWB

A5

J697 RED

3

1

P676

BLU

J691 BLU

B6 B11

P602

1

3

3

1

9.2

J189

3

BLU

J187

1

3

3

P187 3 VIO

J134

YEL

P691

J154

YEL

BLU

9.4

2 DEVE MOTOR

9.1

2 DRUM MOTOR

9.5

4 ATC SENSOR CC CLEANER 3 POSITION SENSOR

2 +24V LVPS(GU10)

9.12

1.7

J411

P678

BLU

A2 A5

JF52

JF3

B13

P608 BLU

B2 B11

J8002

2

ROS ASSY 9.6

1

J416

J199

BLU

1,4,21,22, 31,32,49

9.7

LOW TONER 3 SENSOR

J676

FX 4110/4590 Only J505

ROS ASSY

J140

J602

J409

9.8

YEL

BLU

J208 BLU

7

P690

P697

J206 BLU

10.1

FUSER DRIVE 2 MOTOR

I/F PWB B11


J212

BLU

HCF PWB 9.8

DRUM CRUM PWB

J136 CN1

B1

J407

10.2

ENVIRONMENT 3 SENSOR

P172

A17

J146

3 FUSER NIP SENSOR

P171

10.6

MSA PWB B9

MCU PWB

A11

YEL

A2

50


P149

B12

J432

A5

2

A8

J402


B5

A1

J431

4,21,22, 29,31, 32,49

J188 GRY

MULTI FEED SENSOR

JA419

JB419

6.9

3 SOS PWB

LDD PWB

J345A 1,2,19,20, 21,29,30, 47,50 J345B 1,2,19,20, 22,26,29, 30,47,50

MPD PWB

1

J341 VIO

J1

3

8.8 j0tk720116

7.2.1.17 +12VDC MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

F2002

ESS PWB

3

J503

J300

BRN

B7

F3602

1

+12VDC 1

J302

25.1

HDD

BRN

J311

25.1

ESS FAN

RED

BP PWB P/J335 4

MCU PWB

ON/ OFF

+12VDC SQ

F3002

5

J504

J400

BRN

7

F1

BP PWB +12VDC TO +3.3VDC

P/J418 98

CIS ADAPTER PWB

P/J1 B3

CIS CONTROL PWB F1

A50

1

B50

J423

J602

BLU

B16 B1

J602 BLU

P659

9

1

J659 BLU

J425

8.10

1

IIT/IPS PWB 6

F3001

7

J622 BRN

J521 ORN

1

P712 BRN

J720

2

SEE IIT +3.3/+5/+12/+24VDC

3 +12V LVPS (GU12)

j0tk720117



7-18


7.2.1.18 12V RTN MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

ESS PWB

12V RTN

2

J503

J300

VIO

A7

2,3

3

J302

2

VIO

J311

25.1

HDD

25.1

ESS FAN

BLK

MCU PWB

1

2

J504

J400

VIO

J521 VIO

CIS ADAPTER PWB P/J1 A13,A31,B5, J423 B19,B25,B35, 9 BLU B44

8

CIS CONTROL PWB J602

B8 B9

J602 BLU

P659

1

9

J659 BLU

J425

9

CIS 9

J426 GRY

J190

6

6 +12V LVPS (GU12)

IIT/IPS PWB

3

J622 VIO

2

P712 VIO

J720

1

j0tk720118

7.2.1.19 +24VDC-1 MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY MCU PWB F6001

2

J509

J400

ORN

4

ROS ASSY A6

J409

P247

5

BLU

1

J247

J1

ORN

5

1

J1141

J1142

6.11

5 ROS MOTOR

+24VDC J410

6

P679

ORN

1

MSI Only J679

J116

RED

ESS PWB

3

J300 ORN

A8

P/J303 A3,A4 B3,B4

F3601

IMAGE COMP PWB(SELENE) J3480 A3,A4 B3,B4

FCW UI PWB 26

BLU

1.11

SHORTING WIRE

3

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO)

F4

1

M/C With HCF JF51

USB 2.0 D PWB

3

J3481 A3,A4 B3,B4

P/J349 14,15

P679

OPTION

NEW RISER PWB F6002

1.11

MSI COVER 1 INTERLOCK SWITCH

P352

J3

USB 2.0 H PWB

3

3

FCW UI I/F PWB 1 (2) J5 26 1

CN1

1

INVERTER PWB (2) 1

2 (3) F2802

14

J351

ACCESSORY

(3) 3.6 3.7

TRAY MODULE PWB 4

J460 ORN

1

SEE ESS IOT/IIT +24VDC-2 IOT PWB

F6003

5

J430 ORN

8


NOTE: 1


2

For FCW 2(New), this wire is removed.

3


AC DRIVE PWB 3 4

J506

CN4-2

ORN


CN4-1 ORN

j0tk720119



7-20


7.2.1.20 +24VDC-2 TRAY MODULE PWB TRAY MODULE PWB FROM ESS IOT/IIT +24VDC-1 F1

1 A10

B10

A10

B10 F2

1

J463

P661B

YEL

P662B YEL

J464

P663B

YEL

P664B YEL

J465

2 10

2 10

2 10

2 10

P661

5

ORN

2

6

ORN

F3

7 8 1

11

P641

5

ORN

6

ORN

J466 P669B YEL

7

J661B

J254

YEL

J662B

J254

YEL

J663B

J254

YEL

J664B

J254

YEL

J661

J220

ORN

P662

ORN

2

1

2

1

2

1

5

13 1

YEL

TRAY 1 NUDGER SOLENOID

7.6

P254


7.7

P254


7.8

P254


7.9

WHT

TRAY 1 FEED LIFT MOTOR

P254

J220

ORN

P646J235 YEL

2

1

J233B

1

1.13

3

WHT

1 2

F5

7 8

J470

P663

ORN

6

ORN

P664 ORN

ORN

5

5 6

J663 J220 ORN

ORN

J664 J220

ORN

ORN

ORN

5 2 5

1

BLOWER FAN MOTOR

9.16

2

1

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 1

8.5

BLK

8.5

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 2

8.4

TRAY MODULE PWB

J132 J469

2

5


TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 2

2

1

14 F4

J234 YEL

7.11

7.7

2 5

ORN

YEL

ORN

8

J242 YEL

2 HEATER PWB

BLK

J662

J468

J469 J132

3

J906

YEL

7.6

2

6

ORN

L/H COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH 1

1

5

ORN

J641

J669B J646

2

2

J471

J468

J233A

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 1

8.4

J233C

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 3

8.4

YEL

J471 YEL

7.8 WHT


BLK

7.9 WHT


BLK j0tk720120

7.2.1.21 +24VDC-3 IOT PWB 4000 HCF

FROM ESS IOT/IIT +24VDC-1 5 6 F10

A7

B8

A3

A5

A7

A9

B1

B5

A19

14

17

19

1

J434

P678

ORN

J216

BLU

P679 BLU

J436 BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

JF52

3

ORN

J435

1

J687

20.1

HCF PWB JF4

1

N.C 2

FUSER NIP CLUTCH

1

B5 B8

8

1

6

3

4

5

2

7

J679 J639

12 3

YEL

P687 J244 GRY

J243 GRY

P688 GRY

GRY

P639 P227 YEL

1

EXIT FAN 2

4

1

EXIT FAN 1

4

1

2

3

J688 J246 YEL

P245 YEL

J202

J239 BLU

J608

YEL

J441

J601

YEL

YEL

YEL

J443 ORN

J608

A2 A19

A7

A14

A4

A17 1

A2

A19

2

2

MSI NUDGER SOLENOID

1

4

BLU

J439

2

P608

P232

YEL

P601

P255

YEL

J223 YEL

J238 YEL

P608 ORN

J258

4

1

DUPLEX FAN 2

4

1

DUPLEX FAN 1

4

1

4

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

HUMIDITY FAN

2

1

DUPLEX CHUTE FAN

P202

P239

CARTRIDGE MOTOR

10.2

7.10

10.8

10.8

10.15

10.15

9.7

CLEANER INTAKE FAN MOTOR

9.13

DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID

10.13

J255

BELT CONTACT/RETRAC T SOLENOID

P223

INVERT GATE SOLENOID

9.9

10.11

10.12

10.15

j0tk720121



7-22


7.2.1.22 +24VDC-4 AC DRIVE PWB

IOT PWB F400

FROM ESS IOT/IIT +24VDC-1

8

K501 F401

F402

7

5

J514

J430

ORN

2

5

7

11 ORN

J211 ORN

FUSER DRIVE 1 MOTOR

10.1

2 5

F6 8 11 F7 14 17 1 J433

MCU PWB J400

6

B6

B11

B8

B15

B18

J405 J602 YEL

YEL

J407

A12 A6

A7 A11

P602 P629 BLU

BLU

6

7

1 12

J629 J590 BLU

J583 BLU

J586

BLU

1 HVPS S20

1 HVPS S3

1 HVPS S6

1

A5

1 DEVE MOTOR

9.4

N.C

BLU

1 HVPS S5

1 HVPS S11

J440

J608

YEL

B15 B5

YEL

YEL

J442 J602

BLU

J221

J250

1

9.11

9.3

F1 9.13

19 20

9.5

9

9.9

F9

1 3

F3

8

J224

RELEASE MOTOR

YEL

P257

4

1

11

J257

5 P209 J229

ORN

9.11

CC CLEANER MOTOR

9.12

1 AUGER MOTOR

9.14

8.9

2 PRE REGI MOTOR

J222 ORN

10.10

2 EXIT MOTOR 5

ORN

P679 ORN

3 4

ORN

YEL

BELT TRANSFER INTAKE FAN MOTOR

5

ORN

YEL

10.12

5 2

J437

J441J601

10.11

5 INVERT MOTOR

YEL

B3 B14 BLU

10.14

5

2

YEL

P602

9.1

2

YEL

B3 B17

1 DRUM MOTOR

DUPLEX MOTOR

ORN

B6 B14

YEL

J219

ORN

B9 B11

YEL

J435

P608

B12 B8

YEL

BLU

B18 B2

A14 BLU

10 J595

J207 ORN

9.10

F2 J585

BLU

J205

ORN

ORN

F5 6

J437

A13 A8 A10 A11

P601 P681 YEL YEL

J679

J225

BLU

8.6

2 MSI FEED MOTOR 5

BRN

5

2

2

5

J681J230 BLU BLU

8.12

5 REGI MOTOR 2

j0tk720122

7.2.1.23 24V RTN-1

AC DRIVE PWB 1

MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

2 1 2

J506

CN4-4

3

VIO

CN4-3

4

VIO

J514

A

VIO

B

VIO

J211

10.1

FUSER DRIVE 2 MOTOR

VIO


VIO

IOT PWB 6

J509

J430

VIO

A

J430

7

13

B

2 A13

4

24V RTN

1

J205

N.C J207

J435

J209

BLU

J434

B1 B16

P680

4

VIO

P602

P257

1

BLU

J680 CN101 VIO

P678

JF52

4

VIO

4 VIO

9.14

2 AUGER MOTOR

BLU

J442 J602

9.1

2 DRUM MOTOR

VIO

4

4

J257

CN102

BELT TRANSFER INTAKE FAN MOTOR

J8001

VIO

4000 HCF 2

9.4

2 DEVE MOTOR

VIO

15

1

17 J433

J437

JF4

4000 HCF PWB

I/F PWB

9.11

15.9b

4

2000 A3 HCF

20.1

3

4

J678 SJ20 VIO

7

4000 C2 HCF 4

7

8

9

J460 VIO

TRAY MODULE PWB 2

2

3 VIO


2

VIO

4

13

J468

J233A

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2 1

8.4

J233B

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2 2

8.4

YEL

YEL

J471

J906

YEL

J242 YEL

4

BLOWER FAN MOTOR

2 J233C

YEL

1 HEATER PWB

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2 3

DJ678 J834 VIO

5

SJ20 J810 VIO

4000 C2 HCF PWB

2000 A3 HCF PWB

19.2

5

22.2

2

7.11

9.16

8.4 j0tk720123



7-24


7.2.1.24 24V RTN-2 ESS PWB OPTION

NEW RISER PWB FROM ESS IOT/IIT 24V RTN-1

8

J509

J300

VIO


P/J303 A1,A2 B1,B2

B8

J3480 A1,A2 B1,B2

J352

USB 2.0 H PWB

3

FCW UI PWB 1

3

IMAGE EXT PWB(TORINO)

J3481 A1,A2 B1,B2

P/J349 12,13

USB 2.0 D PWB

3

J3

1

FCW UI I/F PWB 1 (4)

2

3

J5

CN1

INVERTER PWB (4) 1 2

2 (5)

13

FROM ESS IOT/IIT 24V RTN-1

9

J400 VIO

FROM ESS IOT/IIT 24V RTN-1

MCU PWB 3

B2

5

B5 B8 B10 B7 B10 B14 B17

A7

A11 A12

J351

J405 J602 YEL YEL YEL YEL

ACCESSORY

A16

A2

A13

A5

A10

A8

A8

A10

P602

P629

BLU

10

3

7

6

4

9

BLU BLU

2

BLU

J629

(5) 3.6 3.7 J590

BLU

HVPS S20 2

BLU

J583 BLU

11

2 J586

BLU

J585 BLU

J595

P247

ROS ASSY J247 J1 4 2 VIO

J692 BLU BLU

9.3

9.13

9.5

6 HVPS S5

BLU

BLU

2 HVPS S6

2

BLU

J409

9.11

4 HVPS S3

BLU

J407

9.10

5

4

4

1

3

2

2

J1141

P692 YEL YEL

J1142

J137

2 HVPS S11

4 ROS MOTOR

9.9

6.11

9.3

4

NOTE: 1


2

For FCW 2(New), this wire is removed.

3


ESV PWB 3

j0tk720124

7.2.1.25 +12V LVPS(GU12) +12VDC +12 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU12) DC POWER GENERATION IOT PWB

+12VDC

1

J521 BRN

J430

6

B9

5

J436

J241

BLU

J442 BLU

J612

B4 B6

P612 P694 YEL

4

1

4

3

FUSER EXHAUST FAN J694 J256 YEL

5

1

FUSER INTAKE FAN

10.6

10.6

j0tk720125



7-26


7.2.1.26 +12V LVPS(GU12) 12V RTN +12 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU12) DC POWER GENERATION

IOT PWB

12V RTN

4

J521 VIO

J430

5

B10

6

J436

J241

BLU

J442 BLU

J612

B3 B7

P612 P694 YEL

3

2

3

4

FUSER EXHAUST FAN J694 J256 YEL

4

2

FUSER INTAKE FAN

10.6

10.6

j0tk720126

7.2.1.27 IIT +24VDC-1 (Except 4127/4112EPS) +24 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10) DC POWER GENERATION

IIT/IPS PWB 2

+24VDC

3

J502 J622 ORN

ORN

3

3

4

4

J712

J720

ORN

4

SEE IIT +24VDC-2

5

ORN

DCPS PWB 4

ORN

7

7

J732 ORN

3

SEE IIT +3.3/+5/+12/+24VDC

j0tk720127



7-28


7.2.1.28 IIT +24VDC-2 (Except 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB F1 FROM IIT +24VDC-1

1 2 4

J721

6.8

WHT

CARRIAGE MOTOR

BLK

J723

J702

6.1

4 LAMP BALLAST PWB

5

5 DADF PWB

F3

1

P750

J752

B1

2

B2

3

B3

4

B4

5

A14

6

A13

7

A12

8

A11

9

A10

j0tk720128

7.2.1.29 IIT +3.3/+5/+12/+24VDC (Except 4127/4112EPS) DCPS PWB IIT/IPS PWB

FROM IIT +24VDC-1

CCD PWB

1P DUP PWB

F1

1 4

+24VDC TO +12VDC

F2

5

+24VDC TO +12VDC

5

J748 J741 ORN

2 8 9

GRY

GRY

GRY

+5VDC TO +3.3VDC

F4

J744 J737 GRY

A14

FROM ESS IOT/IIT +12VDC

J749 EXTENSION MEMORY PWB

1 1

+12VDC TO +10VDC

+12VDC TO +5VDC

N.C

N.C

+12VDC TO +3.3VDC

SEE DADF +24VDC-2

4

ORN

J732

1

1P DUP PWB

1

P/J733 25

2

26

8

85

9

86

F2

+5VDC TO -3VDC

J710

J700

24

A15

26

B14

25

A7

12

B6

11

A12

20

A13

22

B11

19

B12

21

B13

23 DADF PWB

18

P750

J752

B10

35

A4

36

A5

A3

A12

J722

J728

GRY

J725 GRY

1 IIT REGI SENSOR PLATEN ANGLE 3 SENSOR

6.8

6.7

j0tk720129



7-30


7.2.1.30 IIT 24V RTN (Except 4127/4112EPS) +24 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10) IIT/IPS PWB 6

24V RTN

7

J502 J622 VIO

VIO

5

5

6

6

J712

J720

VIO

3

SEE IIT DC COM

6

VIO

DCPS PWB 8

VIO

8

8

J732 VIO

4

SEE IIT DC COM

j0tk720130

7.2.1.31 IIT DC COM (Except 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB

CCD PWB IIT/IPS PWB

FROM IIT 24V RTN

A1

J710

J700

3 A1

J722

B1 A4 B5

9 A6

A6

DCPS PWB 6 3 4 6 7

J732

N.C

J744

J737

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

EXTENSION MEM PWB P/J717 6,7,12, 3 17,22,25, 32,37,42, 47,50 4 P/J718 2,3,4,9,14, 6 19,20,21, 22,23,25, 27,29,34, 39,44,45, 7 47,48,50

2 3 2 3

J748 J741 VIO

2

A13

A11 A19

34

B1

A22

40

B6

B22 B17

B10

B20

J727 VIO

37 1 ESS PWB

4 CIS DC/DC CONVERT PWB 18-22, 24-26

J740 J745

18-22, 24-26

3 IIT REGI SENSOR

P727

J7262 VIO

J725 VIO

PLATEN INTERLOCK SWITCH 3 APS SENSOR 1

3 APS SENSOR 2 PLATEN ANGLE 2 SENSOR

6.8

6.7

6.7

6.7

6.7

N.C J731 VIO

J730 VIO

1

4

1

4

P731

6.1

IPS FAN

BLK

P730

LAMP FAN

6.1

BLK

J729 VIO

J723

1

4

P729 J702

6.2

CCD FAN

BLK

6.1

1 LAMP BALLAST PWB

2

2

DADF PWB (250) 19-22, 23-27, 30,32,33

N.C.

1

J7261

3,6,9,12,15, J719 P336 3,6,9,12,15, 18,28,31,34, 18,28,31,34, 37,38,40,42, 37,38,40,42, 44,46,49 44,46,49

J749

2

VIO

31 B14

P/J733 1,8,10,15,17,22, 23,24,27,28,38, 47,60,61,62,68, 75,82,84,87,88, 98,107,117,120

3

VIO

A9

B10

1P DUP PWB

FROM IIT 24V RTN

10

J728

VIO

31

P750

J719

A9-A6, B5-B9 A3,A1,A2

J751

1

SEE DADF 24V RTN-2

j0tk720131



7-32


7.2.2 IFM 7.2.2.1 AC POWER (HOT) POWER CORD IFM LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H)

BREAKER GN/YL

T1 BLK

T2 BLK

J1

4

j0tk720201

7.2.2.2 AC POWER (NUT) POWER CORD

BREAKER

T3 WHT

IFM LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H) T4 WHT

J1

3

GN/YL

j0tk720202



7-34


7.2.2.3 +5VDC IFM PWB

RT1

1

2 7.2.2.5

F7 +5VDC

1

4

7

10

13

16

F13

J119 GRY

J117 GRY

9 10

J317A

J318A

J307 J104 GRY

J308 J309

GRY J310 GRY J311 GRY

2

1

6

4

3

1

3

J317B GRY

J201

IFM TRANSPORT 1 SENSOR

26.11

J202

DECURLER IN 1 SENSOR

26.11

GRY J318B

J203

GRY

1 IFM EXIT SENSOR 26.13

J205

DECURLER CAM 1 POSITION SENSOR 2

26.13

J206

DECURLER GATE 1 SENSOR

26.12

J207

ENTRANCE CHUTE 1 OPEN SENSOR

26.11

GRY

GRY

IFM CONTROL PANEL PWB


GRY

J306

26.3

1

J204 GRY

J103 GRY

J219

GRY

GRY

1

2

J319B GRY

GRY

J130 GRY

1

1 15

2 14

GRY

1

6

J319A

3

N.C

3

N.C

3

N.C

3

N.C

3

N.C

3

N.C

26.15

j0tk720203

7.2.2.4 DC COM (5V RTN) IFM PWB 5V RTN

3

IOT PWB 3

J434 VIO

P680

2

J680 VIO

P305

2

J305 VIO

J103

2

6

9

12

15

18

11

15

3

J117

J317A

VIO

VIO

J318A VIO

1

3

1

J201

IFM TRANSPORT 3 SENSOR

26.11

J202

DECURLER IN 3 SENSOR

26.11

VIO

VIO

J318B

J203

VIO

3 IFM EXIT SENSOR

26.13

J205


26.13

J206

DECURLER GATE 3 SENSOR

26.12

VIO

J319A

VIO

11 5

15 1

VIO

VIO

6

J317B


VIO

J130

4

J204 VIO

J119

3

J207

J319B

J219

VIO

VIO

ENTRANCE CHUTE 3 OPEN SENSOR

26.15

26.3

11 IFM CONTROL PANEL PWB 15

26.11

j0tk720204



7-36


7.2.2.5 +24VDC IFM LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H)

IFM PWB 1

J502 J101 ORN

26.2

IFM FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH

1

1

J120 J507 ORN

1A

1B

J507 ORN

IFM PWB J120

F1

3

F9 +24VDC

2

ORN

2 F12 5 10

J103 ORN

J307 ORN

J104 7 ORN 8 15 16

J306

J308 J309

ORN J310 ORN J311 ORN

K2 1 1 1

N.C

F11

N.C

N.C

1

N.C

1

N.C

F3

F6

2

1 2

1

F2 7

1

J113

J213

ORN

5

ORN

J114

J214

ORN

ORN

26.11 IFM TRANSPORT MOTOR

26.13

2 DECURLER CAM MOTOR 5

ORN

J116

2

J235

3

DECURLER GATE SOLENOID

P235 ORN

26.12

J113 N.C

F10 8

N.C

F14 +24VDC to +5VDC

1

7.2.2.3 K1

1 4

J131 ORN

ORN

J231

1 2

26.14 DECURLER BELT MOTOR PWB

j0tk720205

7.2.2.6 DC COM (24V RTN) IFM LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H)

IFM PWB

5

24V RTN

J502

6

J101

VIO

3

4

VIO

8

11

14 IOT PWB 1

J434 VIO

P680

24

J680 VIO

P305

24

J305 VIO

J103

7

17

20

J116

J236A

VIO

J237 VIO

J238 VIO

26.16

1 IFM FAN 1

26.16

1 IFM FAN 2

26.16

1 IFM FAN 3

SHORTING WIRE

VIO

J240 VIO

26.16

1 IFM FAN 5

26.2

IFM FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH 4

3

6

14

J120

J507

VIO

J131

J231

VIO

VIO

3

2B

J507 YEL

J120

5

26.14

DECURLER BELT 4 MOTOR PWB

VIO

J133

2A

IFM PWB Signal Line

J233

6

j0tk720206



7-38


7.2.3 HCS 7.2.3.1 AC POWER (HOT) POWER CORD HCS LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H)

BREAKER GN/YL

T1 BLK

T2 BLK

J101

4

j0tk720301

7.2.3.2 AC POWER (NUT) POWER CORD

BREAKER

T3 WHT

HCS LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H) T4 WHT

J101

3

GN/YL

j0tk720302



7-40


7.2.3.3 DC COM (3.3V RTN) HCS PWB

3.3V RTN

IFM PWB

11

1 2

J1 VIO

J13 VIO

VIO

J200

B11 B11

J200

2 4

P200 YEL

P200 VIO

VIO

P306

B11 B11

P306

2 4 2

J306

J106

YEL

J306 VIO

VIO

J103

29.5

A11

4 3

j0tk720303

7.2.3.4 +5VDC-1 HCS DRIVE PWB

HCS PWB RT1 1 2

1

4

7 P/J11 1 +24VDC TO +5VDC

F1 1

2

4

51

7

52

1

1

5

7

13

2

4

8 (SEE HCS +5VDC-2)

7-41

J6

J206

19 1

GRY

P225

YEL

YEL

YEL

J20

1

6

4

3

7

29.8

J353

TOP TRAY PATH 1 SENSOR

29.8

J363

STACKER PATH 1 SENSOR

29.6

GRY

GRY

DOLLY SET 1 POSITION SENSOR

29.16

1 TRAY SET SENSOR

29.16

STACKER FULL 1 SENSOR

29.17

J323P

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 SIDE LEFT-P

29.18

J324L

HEIGHT SENSOR 2 SIDE CENTER-L

29.18

J325P

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 SIDE RIGHT-P

29.19

J326P

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 LEAD-P

29.19

J327

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

YEL

CHUTE OPEN 1 SENSOR

J321

GRY

YEL

J396

GRY

29.3

J322

YEL

J225

FRONT DOOR LOCK 1 SENSOR

GRY

J23

2

J301

GRY

J22

29.4

1 HCS CONTROL PANEL PWB

GRY

9

GRY

J21

J90

GRY

2

GRY

J27

P206

P221

11 2

9

4

5

8

J221

J323L

HEIGHT SENSOR 2 SIDE LEFT-L

29.18

J324P

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 SIDE CENTER-P

29.18

J325L

HEIGHT SENSOR 2 SIDE RIGHT-L

29.19

GRY

GRY

GRY

j0tk720304

7.2 Wire Network


7-42


7.2.3.5 +5VDC-2 (FROM HCS +5VDC-1) HCS PWB 2

6

13

16

1

4

1

J24

P222

YEL

13 6

YEL

6 13

YEL

3 16

YEL

J25

P223

YEL

YEL

J26

17 2

P229

YEL

6

1

3

4

3

1

J222

HEIGHT SENSOR 2 LEAD-L

29.19

J328

STACK HEIGHT 3 CONTROL SENSOR

29.20

J356

STACKER EXIT 1 ROLL HOME SENSOR

29.13

J362

PAPER EDGE HOME 1 SENSOR

29.14

J326L

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

J223

J358

GRY

J357 GRY

J229

J351

GRY

1 GATE SENSOR 2

1 GATE SENSOR 1 TOP TRAY EXIT 1 SENSOR

29.7

29.7

29.9

SENSOR A PWB 7

P224 YEL

12 4

J224

J231

GRY

1

SENSOR B PWB 1

P42

P44

2

6

YEL

9

7

4

GRY

1

J233

J360

REAR PAPER EDGE 1 SENSOR

29.15

J361

FRONT PAPER 1 EDGE SENSOR

29.15

GRY

5 FLAT CABLE

10

3

P43

P44

2

SENSOR B PWB 6

3

J234 GRY

5 FLAT CABLE

16

YEL

3 13

J386 GRY

STACKER EXIT 1 SENSOR

29.12

(SEE HCS +5VDC-3) j0tk720305

7.2.3.6 +5VDC-3 (FROM HCS +5VDC-2)

HCS PWB 1

4

9

10

13

2

4

7

1

4

7

10

13

4

7

J28

P226

YEL

13 4

YEL

8

YEL

4 13

YEL

BYPASS EXIT 1 SENSOR

29.11

J388

STACKER UPPER 1 LIMIT SENSOR

29.3

GRY

P235 GRY

1

3

J387

BYPASS PATH 1 SENSOR 2

29.10

GRY

29.17

P228

YEL

1

17 1

14 4

YEL

11 7

YEL

8 10

YEL

5 13

YEL

P230

GRY

J398

4

1

J227

J335

LEAD TAMPER 1 HOME SENSOR

29.25

J338

SET CLAMP HOME 1 SENSOR

29.26

J342

SIDE TAMPER 1 EXTENSION HOME SENSOR

29.22

J343

REAR TAMPER 1 HOME SENSOR

29.24

J344

FRONT TAMPER 1 HOME SENSOR

29.23

J348

PAD MOVE HOME 1 SENSOR

29.21

J320

STACKER UP CURL 1 SENSOR

29.20

GRY

J228 GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

GRY

J230

TOP TRAY FULL 3 SENSOR 29.10

STACKER NO 1 PAPER SENSOR-P

3

J352

GRY


J329P

P227

J235

J355 GRY

29.17

YEL

GRY

J354

GRY

STACKER NO 2 PAPER SENSOR-L

GRY

J31

J226

J329L

GRY

J30

9

7 10

YEL

J29

16 1

GRY

ELEVATOR 1 ENCODER SENSOR

29.9

29.16 j0tk720306



7-44


7.2.3.7 DC COM (5V RTN)-1 HCS PWB 3 4 19

HCS DRIVE PWB

20 21 25 26

2

4

5V RTN

P/J11 3 4

2

2

6 46

3

J6

J206

VIO

J305

VIO

73

6

9

77 96

3

6

9

3

15

VIO

P211

VIO

J9

P213

VIO

J27

P225

YEL

2

2

1

2

7

3

J213

YEL

YEL

J20

VIO

J225

1

9

29.2

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SWITCH

29.2

HCS UPPER COVER SWITCH J303 2B

J353

TOP TRAY PATH 3 SENSOR

29.8

J363

STACKER PATH 3 SENSOR

29.6

VIO

VIO

DOLLY SET 3 POSITION SENSOR

29.16

J327

3 TRAY SET SENSOR STACKER FULL 3 SENSOR

7

29.2

29.8

J321

J322

6

CHUTE OPEN 3 SENSOR

J396

VIO

29.3

VIO

1

1

FRONT DOOR LOCK 3 SENSOR

VIO

VIO

6

STACKER LOWER LIMIT SWITCH 1

J301

VIO

J21

4

J306

VIO

J213

9

J22

J323P

HEIGHT SENSOR 3 SIDE LEFT-P

29.18

J324L

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 SIDE CENTER-L

29.18

J325P

HEIGHT SENSOR 3 SIDE RIGHT-P

29.19

J326P

HEIGHT SENSOR 3 LEAD-P

29.19

VIO

VIO

VIO

29.2

HCS FRONT DOOR SWITCH 2B

53 54

26

VIO

J331

J8

4

25

VIO

26

VIO

21

VIO

25

VIO

3

HCS CONTROL 20 PANEL PWB

VIO

21

VIO

HCS PWB

19

VIO

20

VIO

29.4 3 4

VIO

19

VIO

J90

VIO

19 4

VIO

J7

P206

19 3

VIO

J23 YEL

YEL

YEL

P221

12 1

7

6

6

7

J221

J323L

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 SIDE LEFT-L

29.18

J324P

HEIGHT SENSOR 3 SIDE CENTER-P

29.18

J325L

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 SIDE RIGHT-L

29.19

VIO

VIO

VIO

(SEE HCS DC COM(5V RTN)-2)

29.16

29.17

j0tk720307

7.2.3.8 DC COM (5V RTN)-2 (FROM HCS DC COM(5V RTN)-1)

HCS PWB 1

4

15

18

3

6

3

J24

P222

YEL

15 4

YEL

4 15

YEL

1 18

YEL

J25

P223

YEL

YEL

J26

18 1

P229

YEL

4

3

1

6

1

3

J222

HEIGHT SENSOR 1 LEAD-L

29.19

J328

STACK HEIGHT 1 CONTROL SENSOR

29.20

J356

STACKER EXIT 3 ROLL HOME SENSOR

29.13

J362

PAPER EDGE HOME 3 SENSOR

29.14

J326L

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

J223

J358

VIO

J357 VIO

J229

J351

VIO

3 GATE SENSOR 2

3 GATE SENSOR 1 TOP TRAY EXIT 3 SENSOR

29.7

29.7

29.9

SENSOR A PWB 9

P224 YEL

10 6

J224

J231

VIO

3

SENSOR B PWB 5

P42

P44

6

2

YEL

7

9

6

VIO

5

J233

J360

REAR PAPER EDGE 3 SENSOR

29.15

J361

FRONT PAPER 3 EDGE SENSOR

29.15

VIO

1 FLAT CABLE

12

1

P43

P44

6

SENSOR B PWB 2

1

J234 VIO

1 FLAT CABLE

18

YEL

1 15

J386 VIO

STACKER EXIT 3 SENSOR

29.12

(SEE HCS DC COM(5V RTN)-3) j0tk720308



7-46


7.2.3.9 DC COM (5V RTN)-3 (FROM HCS DC COM(5V RTN)-2)

HCS PWB 3

6

7

12

15

1

6

9

3

6

9

12

15

6

9

J28

P226

YEL

11 6

YEL

10 7

YEL

5 12

YEL

2 15

YEL

J29

14 3

29.11

J388

STACKER UPPER 3 LIMIT SENSOR

29.3

VIO

P235 VIO

3

1

J387


29.10

VIO

29.17

P228

YEL

3

15 3

12 6

YEL

9

YEL

9

6 12

YEL

3 15

YEL

P230

VIO

J398

2

3

J227

J335

LEAD TAMPER 3 HOME SENSOR

29.25

J338

SET CLAMP HOME 3 SENSOR

29.26

J342

SIDE TAMPER 3 EXTENSION HOME SENSOR

29.22

J343

REAR TAMPER 3 HOME SENSOR

29.24

J344

FRONT TAMPER 3 HOME SENSOR

29.23

J348

PAD MOVE HOME 3 SENSOR

29.21

J320

STACKER UP CURL 3 SENSOR

29.20

VIO

J228 VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

J230

TOP TRAY FULL 1 SENSOR 29.10

STACKER NO 3 PAPER SENSOR-P

1

J352

VIO


J329P

P227

J235

J355 VIO

29.17

YEL

VIO

BYPASS EXIT 3 SENSOR

STACKER NO 1 PAPER SENSOR-L

VIO

J31

J354

VIO

J329L

VIO

J30

J226

VIO

ELEVATOR 3 ENCODER SENSOR

29.9

29.16 j0tk720309

7.2.3.10 +24VDC-1 HCS LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

HCS DRIVE PWB

DC POWER GENERATION

1

+24VDC

2

3

J151 J50 ORN

ORN

ORN

STACKER LOWER LIMIT SWITCH

1

1

J51 J216 ORN

3

HCS FRONT DOOR SWITCH 1

J216 J305 ORN

1B

HCS DRIVE PWB 1A

J305 J51 ORN

3

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SWITCH 4

J51 J212

3

ORN

P212J217 ORN

3

1

J217 ORN

2

3

6

J212 ORN

31

P212 ORN

K302 F604

F1201 F1202

F1101

F1102

1

1 2

4

7

10

J60

P207

ORN

J61

J332

ORN

J207

J364

ORN

STACKER PADDLE 1 CLUTCH

29.12

29.16

1 ELEVATOR MOTOR

J304

ORN

J374 ORN

J372 ORN

4

6

ORN

J62

1

FRONT DOOR LOCK 3 SOLENOID

4 PAPER FAN 2

4 PAPER FAN 1

29.3

29.27

29.27

(SEE HCS +24VDC-2)

j0tk720310



7-48


7.2.3.11 +24VDC-2 (FROM HCS +24VDC-1) HCS UPPER COVER SWITCH

HCS DRIVE PWB 1

3

J53

J214

ORN

3

P214

J303

ORN

1B

J214

31

ORN

1A

J303 ORN

P214 ORN

K301 F402

5

8 F701 F703

F702 F704

F502

1 3

2 4

11

13

15

17

19

J55

J204

ORN

4

ORN

J56

J203

ORN

2

ORN

4

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

ORN

1 3

ORN

J57

1

J205

11

13

15

17

19

P204

P382

ORN

P383 ORN

P203

3

1

3

1

J380

J397

2

ORN

J366

P241

1

J393

J394

P242

BLK

2

J241

J392

ORN

1 BYPASS CLUTCH 3

ORN

ORN

HCS TRANSPORT MOTOR 2

WHT

1 BYPASS CLUTCH 2

ORN

1

29.7

29.10

P397

1 TOP TRAY CLUTCH

ORN

ORN

GATE SOLENOID 2

ORN

5

ORN

P205

J383

29.7


5

ORN

GATE SOLENOID 1

ORN

29.6

2

ORN

J382

2

J242 ORN

J395

29.8

1 BYPASS CLUTCH 1

29.11

29.11

29.11

TRANSPORT 1 CLUTCH

29.6

j0tk720311

7.2.3.12 DC COM (24V RTN) LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY DC POWER GENERATION

24V RTN

HCS DRIVE PWB

5

6

7

J151 VIO

VIO

VIO

J50

4

6

5

9

6

9

12

J57

J376

VIO

J368 VIO

J62

J374

VIO

J372 VIO

1 UPPER FAN

1 LOWER FAN

1 PAPER FAN 2

1 PAPER FAN 1

29.27

29.27

29.27

29.27

j0tk720312



7-50


7.2.53 DADF 250 7.2.53.1 DADF +5VDC (Except 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB

DADF PWB 18

P750

J752

B10

F2

A3

35

A4

A6

36

A5

A9

B3

B6

B9

A3

B7

A3

A6

A9

B3

B6

B9

J754

J761

DADF LEVEL 1 SENSOR

5.1

J762

DADF FEED 1 SENSOR

5.4

GRY

GRY

J763 GRY

J765 GRY

J766 GRY

J767 GRY

J755

P797

GRY

4

3

1

6

J797

P796

GRY

GRY

7

3

4

6

1

9

DOCUMENT SET 1 LED

5.2

J769

DOCUMENT SET 1 SENSOR

5.2

J770 GRY

1 BOTTOM SENSOR TRAY INTERLOCK 1 SENSOR

5.1

J771

TRAY APS 1 SENSOR 1

5.3

J772

TRAY APS 1 SENSOR 2

5.3

J773

TRAY APS 1 SENSOR 3

5.3

GRY

A3

A6

A9

B3

B6

B9

B12

J757

P795

GRY

GRY

J794 GRY

P792 GRY

GRY

GRY

P793 GRY

4

3

1

6

1

3

7

3

4

6

1

9

1

3

J795

J774

DADF EXIT 1 SENSOR 1

5.9

J775


5.9

J776

DADF REGI. 1 SENSOR

5.6

GRY

GRY

P794 GRY

J792

J777

GRY

J778 GRY

J779 GRY

J793 GRY

J780

5.7

1 INVERT SENSOR 1

5.7

1 OUT SENSOR

1 LEAD REGI SENSOR

1 INVERT SENSOR 2

5.6

5.7

5.1

J798

GRY

GRY

5.5

J791

GRY

J796

1 NO.3 APS SENSOR

5.5

5.2

GRY

GRY

1 NO.2 APS SENSOR

5.5

L/H COVER 1 INTERLOCK SENSOR

GRY

J756

1 NO.1 APS SENSOR

5.5

J786

GRY

GRY

1 PRE REGI SENSOR

DADF PWB

j0tk725301

7.2.53.2 DADF 5V RTN (Except 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB

DADF PWB 30

31

32

33

P750

J752

J751

J752

A3

A1

1

A4

A1

A7

A2

B1

B4

B7

A1

A1

A4

A7

B1

B4

B7

J754

J761

DADF LEVEL 3 SENSOR

5.1

J762

DADF FEED 3 SENSOR

5.4

VIO

VIO

J763 VIO

J765 VIO

J766 VIO

J767 VIO

J755

J786

VIO

J756

P797

VIO

VIO

6

1

3

4

3 PRE REGI SENSOR

3 NO.1 APS SENSOR

3 NO.2 APS SENSOR

3 NO.3 APS SENSOR L/H COVER 3 INTERLOCK SENSOR J797

J769

VIO

J770 VIO

P796

VIO

VIO

9

1

6

4

3

7

J796

5.5

A4

5.5

A7

5.5

B1

5.5

B4

5.2

DOCUMENT SET 3 SENSOR

3 BOTTOM SENSOR

B7

5.2

5.1

J771

TRAY APS 3 SENSOR 1

5.3

J772

TRAY APS 3 SENSOR 2

5.3

J773

TRAY APS 3 SENSOR 3

5.3

VIO

B10

J757

P795

VIO

VIO

J794 VIO

P792 VIO

VIO

VIO

P793 VIO

6

1

3

4

3

1

9

1

6

4

3

7

3

1

J795

J774


5.9

J775


5.9

J776

DADF REGI. 3 SENSOR

5.6

VIO

VIO

P794 VIO

J792

J777

VIO

J778 VIO

J779 VIO

J793 VIO

J780

5.7

3 INVERT SENSOR 1

5.7

3 OUT SENSOR

3 LEAD REGI SENSOR

3 INVERT SENSOR 2

5.6

5.7

5.1

TRAY INTERLOCK 3 SENSOR

VIO

VIO

A1

J798 VIO

VIO

DADF PWB

j0tk725302



7-52


7.2.53.3 DADF +24VDC-1 (Except 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB 1

2

P750

J752

B1

F1

2

B2

B4 A4

5

J754

ORN

J755

8

A11

9

A10

P787

ORN

P788 ORN

P789 ORN

A12 B4

P764

P768

A13 B1

7

F1

J753

ORN

ORN

A14 A7

6

F2

ORN

B3 B10

4

J753

DADF PWB 1

1 6

A10 3

5.2

FEEDER COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH

DADF PWB

P790 ORN

2

1

2

1

DADF FEED CLUTCH

3

1

BAFFLE SOLENOID

2

1

EXIT GATE SOLENOID

J758

5.1

WHT

TRAY MOTOR

N.C

N.C 5.4

5.6

A1 A6

5.9

A7

J760

J782

ORN

5.5

5 DADF PRE REGI MOTOR 2

ORN

P784 ORN

1

6

6

1

J784

5.7 PLATEN MOTOR

3

1

SIMP/DUP GATE SOLENOID

5.7

A12 ORN

2

1

INLET ROLL NIP/RLS. SOLENOID

5.9

A13 ORN

J781

5.4

2 DADF FEED MOTOR

B3

B4

5

ORN

P783 ORN

1

6

6

1

J783

5.6 DADF REGI MOTOR

B9

ORN

B10 ORN

J785

5.9

2 DADF EXIT MOTOR

B15 ORN

5

j0tk725303

7.2.53.4 DADF +24VDC-2 (Except 4127/4112EPS) 1P DUP PWB

CIS DC/DC CONVERT PWB 11

12

13

J740

J745

11

12

F1

F2

CIS(250)

+24VDC ↓ +12VDC

8

+24VDC ↓ +6VDC

2

J747 BRN

GRY

J7471

8

2

13 4 F3

6

GRY

ORN

4

6

j0tk725304



7-54


7.2.53.5 DADF 24V RTN-1 (Except 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB

DADF PWB 19

P750

J752

A9

20

A8

21

A7

22

A6

23

B5

24

B6

25

B7

26

B8

27

B9

j0tk725305

7.2.53.6 DADF 24V RTN-2 (Except 4127/4112EPS) 1P DUP PWB(250) 18

J740

CIS DC/DC CONVERT PWB (250) J745 J746 18 3

CIS(250) J7461

3

19

19

6

6

20

20

9

9

21

21

12

12

22

22

14

14

24

24

16

16

25

25

18

18

26

26

20

20

22

22

24

24

1 3 5 7

J747 VIO

VIO

VIO

VIO

J7471

1 3 5 7

j0tk725306



７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Contents 7.3.1 Preface.............................................................................................................................................................. 1

CH3.4 PWBs Communication (IIT-EXT MEM & HWM) .......................................................................................23 CH3.5 IOT-MCU Poor Connection .............................................................................................................................24 CH3.6 Accessory (1 of 4) (FX Only) ..........................................................................................................................25 CH3.7 Accessory (2 of 4) ...............................................................................................................................................26

7.3.1.1 How to Use the BSDs........................................................................................................................ 1

CH3.8 Accessory (3 of 4) (FX Only) ..........................................................................................................................27

7.3.1.2 Explanation of Symbols.................................................................................................................... 1

CH3.9 Accessory (4 of 4) (FX Only) ..........................................................................................................................28

7.3.1.3 Signal Name ........................................................................................................................................... 2

CH3.10 Download Interface ...........................................................................................................................................29

7.3.1.4 DC Voltage............................................................................................................................................... 2

CH3.11 Electric Billing......................................................................................................................................................30

7.3.1.5 Other Descriptions .............................................................................................................................. 2

Chain 5 Document Transportation (250)................................................................................................. 31

7.3.2 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) .................................................................................................... 3

CH5.1 DADF 250 Document Stacking.......................................................................................................................31

Chain 1 Standby Power ..................................................................................................................................... 3

CH5.2 DADF 250 Document Set and Interlock .....................................................................................................32

CH1.1 Main Power On.........................................................................................................................................................3 CH1.2 Power Control ..........................................................................................................................................................4 CH1.3 DC Power Generation (AC Drive PWB +5V/+12V) (1/4) ......................................................................5 CH1.4 DC Power Generation (Main LVPS +5V/+12V) (2/4) .............................................................................6 CH1.5 DC Power Generation (Main LVPS +12VSQ) (3/4) .................................................................................7 CH1.6 DC Power Generation (Main LVPS +24VSQ) (4/4) .................................................................................8 CH1.7 IIT DC Power Generation (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................................................................9 CH1.8 IIT DC Power Distribution (Except 4127/4112EPS) (1/2) ................................................................. 10 CH1.9 IIT DC Power Distribution (Except 4127/4112EPS) (2/2) ................................................................. 11

CH5.3 DADF 250 Document Size Sensing ..............................................................................................................33 CH5.4 DADF 250 Document Feeding (1 of 2) ........................................................................................................34 CH5.5 DADF 250 Document Feeding (2 of 2) ........................................................................................................35 CH5.6 DADF 250 Document Registration................................................................................................................36 CH5.7 DADF 250 Document Scan & Invert (1 of 2)............................................................................................37 CH5.8 DADF 250 Document Scan & Invert (2 of 2)............................................................................................38 CH5.9 DADF 250 Document Exit.................................................................................................................................39 CH5.10 DADF 250 Document Path ............................................................................................................................40 CH5.11 DADF 250 Drive Transmission .....................................................................................................................41

CH1.10 +12V LVPS Power Control............................................................................................................................ 12

Chain 6 Imaging................................................................................................................................................... 42

CH1.11 Power Interlock Switching (1/3) ................................................................................................................. 13

CH6.1 Document Illumination (Except 4127/4112EPS).....................................................................................42


CH6.2 Image Input (Except 4127/4112EPS)...........................................................................................................43


CH6.3 Electrical Components (Except 4127/4112EPS)....................................................................................44

CH1.14 AC Unit Air Cooling .......................................................................................................................................... 16

CH6.4 Copy Image Flow (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...............................................................................................45

Chain 2 Mode Selection...................................................................................................................................17

CH6.5 SCAN Image Flow (Except 4127/4112EPS) .............................................................................................46

CH2.1 FCW Control Panel Switch/LED ................................................................................................................... 17 CH2.2 FCW LCD Control ................................................................................................................................................ 18 CH2.3 FCW Touch Panel and Back Light Control ............................................................................................... 19

Chain 3 Machine Run Control .......................................................................................................................20 CH3.1 PWBs Communication (ESS-MCU) .............................................................................................................. 20 CH3.2 PWBs Communication (ESS-IIT/IPS) ......................................................................................................... 21 CH3.3 PWBs Communication (IIT-DADF) ............................................................................................................... 22

CH6.6 Print Image Flow (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................................................................................47 CH6.7 Platen Document Sensing (Except 4127/4112EPS) .............................................................................48 CH6.8 Carriage Control (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................................................................................49 CH6.9 Laser Control and Scanning.............................................................................................................................50 CH6.10 Electrical Components.....................................................................................................................................51 CH6.11 Laser SCAN drive Control .............................................................................................................................52 CH6.12 IIT Heater Control..............................................................................................................................................53

Chain 7 Paper Supplying................................................................................................................................. 54

i

Contents ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

ii

７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Contents CH7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing............................................................................................................................... 54

CH9.8 ADC and Environment Sensing.......................................................................................................................86

CH7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing............................................................................................................................... 55

CH9.9 Pre Image Transfer ..............................................................................................................................................87


CH9.10 Image Transfer ....................................................................................................................................................88


CH9.11 Paper Stripping ...................................................................................................................................................89

CH7.5 MSI Paper Size Sensing .................................................................................................................................... 58

CH9.12 CC Cleaning..........................................................................................................................................................90

CH7.6 Tray 1 Paper Stacking ....................................................................................................................................... 59

CH9.13 Drum and Transfer Belt Cleaning................................................................................................................91


CH9.14 Waste Toner Disposal ......................................................................................................................................92


CH9.15 Electrical Components/Drive Transmission ...........................................................................................93


CH9.16 Blower Fan Contrlol ..........................................................................................................................................94

CH7.10 MSI Paper Stacking .......................................................................................................................................... 63

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation ............................................................................................. 95

CH7.11 Heater Control (Option).................................................................................................................................. 64

CH10.1 Fuser Drive Control ..........................................................................................................................................95

CH7.12 Paper Path (IOT) ............................................................................................................................................... 65

CH10.2 P-Roll Nip Control .............................................................................................................................................96

CH7.13 Drive Transmission (IOT) ............................................................................................................................... 66

CH10.3 Fusing Heat Control (1 of 2) .........................................................................................................................97

Chain 8 Paper Transportation.......................................................................................................................67

CH10.4 Electrical Components.....................................................................................................................................98

CH8.1 Tray 1-4 Pre Feeding......................................................................................................................................... 67

CH10.5 Fusing Heat Control (2 of 2) .........................................................................................................................99

CH8.2 Electrical Components....................................................................................................................................... 68

CH10.6 Fusing................................................................................................................................................................... 100

CH8.3 Tray 1-4 Paper Feeding .................................................................................................................................... 69

CH10.7 Electrical Components.................................................................................................................................. 101

CH8.4 Take Away Drive .................................................................................................................................................. 70

CH10.8 Exit Fan Control .............................................................................................................................................. 102

CH8.5 Tray Module Paper Transportation .............................................................................................................. 71

CH10.9 Fuser Web Control.......................................................................................................................................... 103

CH8.6 MSI Paper Feeding .............................................................................................................................................. 72

CH10.10 Fused Paper Exit .......................................................................................................................................... 104

CH8.7 MSI/HCF Fed Out Paper Transportation .................................................................................................. 73

CH10.11 Inverter (1 of 2) ............................................................................................................................................. 105

CH8.8 Multi-Feed Sensing ............................................................................................................................................. 74

CH10.12 Inverter (2 of 2) ............................................................................................................................................. 106

CH8.9 Pre Registration.................................................................................................................................................... 75

CH10.13 Duplex Transportation (1 of 2) ............................................................................................................... 107

CH8.10 Side Registration................................................................................................................................................ 76

CH10.14 Duplex Transportation (2 of 2) ............................................................................................................... 108

CH8.11 Registration & Skew Detection (1/2)........................................................................................................ 77

CH10.15 Duplex Paper Cooling.................................................................................................................................. 109

CH8.12 Registration & Skew Detection (2/2)........................................................................................................ 78

Chain 25 ESS.....................................................................................................................................................110

Chain 9 Marking ...................................................................................................................................................79

CH25.1 ESS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 110

CH9.1 Drum Drive Control ............................................................................................................................................. 79

CH25.2 VSEL & External ESS.................................................................................................................................... 111

CH9.2 Drum Life Control ................................................................................................................................................ 80

CH25.3 Monitoring........................................................................................................................................................... 112

CH9.3 Charging and Exposure ...................................................................................................................................... 81

Chain 26 Interface Module...........................................................................................................................113

CH9.4 Deve Drive Control.............................................................................................................................................. 82

CH26.1 IFM DC Power Generation .......................................................................................................................... 113

CH9.5 Development .......................................................................................................................................................... 83

CH26.2 Power Interlock Switching........................................................................................................................... 114

CH9.6 Toner Cartridge Life Control........................................................................................................................... 84

CH26.3 IFM Control Panel SW/LED........................................................................................................................ 115

CH9.7 Toner Dispense Control .................................................................................................................................... 85

CH26.4 IOT-IFM PWB Communication .................................................................................................................. 116

CH26.5 Finishing Device Connection (Connector 1) ........................................................................................117

CH29.21 Side Tamper Pad Extension (1/2)......................................................................................................... 150


CH29.22 Side Tamper Pad Extension (2/2)......................................................................................................... 151


CH29.23 Front Tamper Positioning.......................................................................................................................... 152


CH29.24 Rear Tamper Positioning ........................................................................................................................... 153


CH29.25 Lead Tamper Positioning (1/2)............................................................................................................... 154

CH26.10 Finishing Device Connection (Connector 6)......................................................................................122

CH29.26 Lead Tamper Positioning (2/2)............................................................................................................... 155

CH26.11 IFM Paper Transportation .........................................................................................................................123

CH29.27 Stacker Paper Cooling ............................................................................................................................... 156

CH26.12 IFM Decurler Gate Switching ...................................................................................................................124

CH29.28 HCS Paper Path............................................................................................................................................ 157

CH26.13 Decurler Cam Control .................................................................................................................................125

7.3.3 Appendix ................................................................................................................................................158

CH26.14 Decurler Belt Drive ......................................................................................................................................126

IIT/IOT Fail Code List ............................................................................................................................................. 158

CH26.15 IFM Exit Transportation..............................................................................................................................127 CH26.16 IFM Cooling ......................................................................................................................................................128 CH26.17 IFM Paper Path ..............................................................................................................................................129

CH29 HCS........................................................................................................................................................... 130 CH29.1 HCS DC Power Generation.........................................................................................................................130 CH29.2 HCS Power Interlock Switching (1 of 2)................................................................................................131 CH29.3 HCS Power Interlock Switching (2 of 2)................................................................................................132 CH29.4 HCS Control Panel..........................................................................................................................................133 CH29.5 IFM-HCS PWB Communication.................................................................................................................134 CH29.6 HCS Print Entrance........................................................................................................................................135 CH29.7 Top/Bypass/Stacker Gate Control.........................................................................................................136 CH29.8 Top Tray Path Transportation (1/2) .......................................................................................................137 CH29.9 Top Tray Path Transportation (2/2) .......................................................................................................138 CH29.10 Bypass Transportation (1/2)....................................................................................................................139 CH29.11 Bypass Transportation (2/2)....................................................................................................................140 CH29.12 Stacker Print Entrance...............................................................................................................................141 CH29.13 Stacker Print Offset (1/3) ........................................................................................................................142 CH29.14 Stacker Print Offset (2/3) ........................................................................................................................143 CH29.15 Stacker Print Offset (3/3) ........................................................................................................................144 CH29.16 Dolly & Stacker Tray Positioning (1/2) ...............................................................................................145 CH29.17 Dolly & Stacker Tray Positioning (2/2) ...............................................................................................146 CH29.18 Stacker Tray Height Sensing (1/3) .......................................................................................................147 CH29.19 Stacker Tray Height Sensing (2/3) .......................................................................................................148 CH29.20 Stacker Tray Height Sensing (3/3) .......................................................................................................149

iii

Contents ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7.3.1 Preface 7.3.1.1 How to Use the BSDs １.

Enter the Chain specified in the Troubleshooting chapter.

２.

Or enter the appropriate Chain, referring to the Contents.

３.

Perform failure analysis in the Chain, using test data and the general procedures in the General chapter.

４.

Once you have located the failure, go to the Parts List No. and/or Adjustment No. indicated for reference on the BSD.

A

Indicates that a mechanical drive signal goes in the direction indicated.

Indicates where the output from a function goes. The example indicates that the output goes to group function 1 of chain 6.

6.1

Indicates that the signal line continues vertically.

B A

Warning

Indicates where the input to a function originates. The example indicates that the input originates from group function 3 of Chain 1

1.3

Indicates Control Logic.

P11

B

Before installing or removing parts, switch off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord from the outlet to avoid possible electric shocks or injuries.

Indicates that the signal line continues horizontally.

P11

7.3.1.2 Explanation of Symbols

1

ZONE E3

Refers to the note that is usually on the same page.

Indicates that the signal line goes to another zone in the same function. The example refers to zone E3.

1

2

2

1

1

2

2

1

J880B 4

3

J11

Indicates a double plug connector.

J11

Indicates a double plug connector.

J880A

Indicates a shorting plug connector.

1

TD 1

PL7.7

7.7.1

Refers to test data that is usually on the same page when the voltage value shown on the BSD is different from the measured value.

Refers to the Parts List No. PL stands for Parts List. 7.7 refers to the Plate No. PL No. indicates that the part is listed on the specified plate. PL No. is shown for all the replaceable parts on the BSDs.

Refers to the adjustment item(s) in the Disassembly, Assembly, and Adjustment chapter. 7.7.1 indicates that the adjustment procedure is described under the 7.7.1 section in the Disassembly, Assembly, and Adjustment chapter.

Indicates that the signal line goes back to another zone in the same function. The example refers to zone A4

ZONE A4

Indicates that the fasten is used for connection. CH8.5 ZN A2

CH8.5 ZN H4

+5VDC (1.2 J2)

Indicates that the signal line goes to a zone in another sheet. The example refers to zone A2, CH8.5.

Indicates that the signal line goes back to a zone in another sheet. The example refers to zone H4, CH8.5.

Indicates that an electrically conductive material such as a leaf spring and a plate is used for connection.

Indicates that the symbol-pointed-to section has been modified to code 1V.

Indicates a power line output from Chain 1.

Indicates frame ground.

Indicates a twisted pair of wires.

Indicates the symbol-pointed-to section has not been modified to code 1V.

Indicates that the whole figure or the framed illustration has information with 1V installed.

Indicates a variable register that is adjustable in the field. Indicates that the signal goes from right to left, in the opposite direction to the normal direction. Indicates that the whole figure or the framed illustration has information without 1V installed.

TP1

Indicates a signal test point.

Indicates a feedback signal.

Indicates a mechanical connection to a part.

7-1

7.3.1 Preface ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-2

７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) 7.3.1 Preface

Indicates direction the air flows.

Indicates switch and is also used as Interlock Switch.

Indicates the Cheater type of Interlock Switch.

Indicates the Chip Fuse.

7.3.1.3 Signal Name Signal name structure ・ Input component PAPER SENSED Operation state

(L) +5VDC Logical value Voltage with signal (H)

The example indicates that when paper is sensed, this signal level is (L) and that otherwise, the signal level is (H) with the voltage +5VDC. ・ Output components ON Operation state

(L) +24VDC Logical value Voltage with signal (H)

The example indicates that when the part is ON, the signal level is (L) and that when it is OFF, the signal level is (H) with the voltage +24VDC.

7.3.1.4 DC Voltage

Figures on the BSDs

A measurement of DC voltage is made between the particular test point and the frame unless otherwise specified by note and test data. The measured DC voltage is in the range below: Voltage Main LVPS +5VDC Main LVPS +5V SQ Main LVPS +12VDC Main LVPS +12V SQ Main LVPS +24VDC AC Drive +5VDC AC Drive +24VDC

Level （H）（H）（H）（H）（H）（H）（H）

Rabnge +4.95～+5.33VDC +4.85～+5.35VDC +11.52～+12.48VDC +11.40～+12.60VDC +23.77～+25.62VDC +4.85～+5.35VDC +23.77～+24.50VDC

7.3.1.5 Other Descriptions DC330 Input Component Voltage Level The voltage levels (H/L) shown on the BSDs are the levels that are measured by the tester. Some of them are therefore different from H/L displayed on the UI panel.

Wiring Color Wires are distinguished by color in part of the BSDs for this model. The colors of wires are shown below the signal lines in their respective abbreviations listed below: Abbreviation BRN RED ORN YEL GRN BLU VIO GRY WHT BLK GRN/YEL PNK SKY

Color BROWN RED ORANGE YELLOW GREEN BLUE VIOLET GRAY WHITE BLACK GREEN/YELLOW PINK SKY

The grayed-out portion of the figure shows the path from Motor or Solenoid to parts to drive.

A

B

C

D

E

F

1.1 MAIN POWER ON AC DRIVE PWB PL2.3

1

1 PLUG IN ACH

GFI PL2.3 ACH BLK

2

ACN 3

J80

J145

2 BLU 6

5

1

J145A

J80

BLU

5

P80

1

J511

2

2 BLU DC COM

PLUG IN ACN GFI (W)

4

3

WHT

BLU

6

3 6

BLK

P80

H

+5VDC (1.3 D1)

GFI (B)

2

1

10.3

J511

MAIN POWER SWITCH PL1.1

G

2

BLK

J60B

1 BLK 1

2

1

J60A

J17

1

BLK

3 BLK

10.3

2 1

4

WHT

J17

4

WHT

J60D WHT

1

3

4

1

3

WHT

WHT

1

BLU

J510

1

ON/OFF CIRCUIT

1

BLU

J18

7 5 POWER ON ACN (K104)

J13B BLK

BLU

4

1.2

DC COM BLU

BLK

J11-3(W) 13

ON/OFF CIRCUIT

DELAY CIRCUIT

1 POWER ON ACN

K104

7

5 F103

5

2

6

1

+12VDC (1.3 D4)

NOTE: When Main Switch is turned OFF and ON/OFF Monitor Circuit detects High, Delay Circuit operates. A specified time after that, output voltage is cut off. IOT is turned off through Ready Power Signal. ESS is turned off through Main Power Signal. Signal line that converts AC input voltage to DC. DC140[010-204] value is normally in the range below: 100-200VAC series: 551-697 208VAC or above series: 576-858

3

Frame Ground (FG) on the primary side and RETURN (GND) (CH1.3) on the secondary side are conducting.

4

Never use this outlet for Finisher D3/D4. It is supplied with power from another power supply.

1.3

PLUG IN ACH

250V 6.3A

PLUG IN ACN

F101 250V 3.15A

4 POWER ON ACH (+24V LVPS)

1.7

POWER ON ACN (+24V LVPS)

1.7

POWER ON ACH (MAIN LVPS)

1.4

POWER ON ACN (MAIN LVPS)

1.4

PLUG IN ACH (HEATER PWB)

7.11

PLUG IN ACN (HEATER PWB)

7.11

PLUG IN ACH (PSW)

3.10

PLUG IN ACN (PSW)

3.10

PLUG IN ACH (+12V LVPS)

1.10

PLUG IN ACN (+12V LVPS)

1.10

DC140 010-204 V IN SENSE

10.3

ZERO CROSS SIGNAL

10.3

WHT

POWER ON ACH

K103

DC COM

1

WHT

J11-4(B)

1.3

DC COM

1.2

POWER ON ACH (CHOKE COIL)

BLK

3

READY POWER ON (H)+3.3VDC

1.2

J14

OUTLET (W)

K101

+12VDC (1.3 D4)

SIGNAL RETURN

BLK

WHT

AC POWER RELAY

1.2

BLU

OUTLET (B)

DC COM

DELAY CIRCUIT

MAIN SW STATUS SW ON (L)+3.3VDC

2

SW RELAY MAIN POWER ON (H)+3.3VDC

J510

N.C

J60C

FG

1.2

J

1 3 1 3

INPUT VOLT DETECT CIRCUIT

9

ZERO CROSS DETECT

8

J12 BLK

WHT

J13A BLK

WHT

J13B BLK

WHT

J510

2

BLU

BLU j0tk730101

Chain 1 Standby Power 7-3

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-4

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 1 Standby Power A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.2 POWER CONTROL MCU PWB PL2.1

1

BP PWB PL2.8

ESS PWB PL2.5

BP PWB PL2.8 RBT READY +3.3VDC POWER P/J335 ON 18

RBT +3.3VDC

MAIN SW STATUS SW ON (L)+3.3VDC

1.1

J409 BLU

P/J418 95

B17

P/J335 79

MCU PWB PL2.1 P/J418 46

B6 B4

1.1

SIGNAL RETURN BLU

POWER SAVE BUTTON SIGNAL

B16 DC COM

2.1

2

1

B3 RBT MAIN POWER +3.3VDC ON

PWR UP STATUS

2 19

BLU

45

97

B18 POWER UP STATUS

B12

READY POWER ON(H)+3.3VDC

1.1

LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC

1.4

BLU

ENABLE RETURN

1.4

BLU

MAIN POWER ON(H)+3.3VDC

DC COM

RBT +3.3VDC

77

J409

1.1

BLU

DC COM

1.1

BLU

DC COM

EPS M/C ONLY VSEL PWB PL2.8

3

EXTERNAL ESS

+3.3VDC

P/J391 7

1

J1

DC COM

NOTE: 4

1

Using three signal lines, ESS PWB controls Low Power/Sleep/Reboot/Semi Low Power mode. The table below shows the relation in each mode between output power and combination of Main Power ON signal, Ready Power ON signal and LVPS Enable/IIT Reset signal operations. Semi Low Main Switch Standby Low Power Sleep Reboot Power OFF Main Power ON Signal

H

H

H

L

L

-

Ready Power ON Signal

H

H

L

L

L

-

LVPS Enable/IIT Reset Signal

H

L

L

L

L

-

+5VDC (STD)

○

○

○

○

○

×

+5VDC (OPT)

○

○

○

×

×

×

+12VDC

○

○

○

×

×

×

+24VDC

○

○

×

×

×

×

+5VDC

○

○

×

×

×

×

+12VDC

○

○

×

×

×

×

+24VDC

○

○

×

×

×

×

Fuser AC

○

○

×

×

×

×

+5VDC

○

×

×

×

×

×

+12VDC

○

×

×

×

×

×

+24VDC

○

×

×

×

×

×

5 ESS

IOT

6 IIT

○： power supplied ×： power cut off

2

Ref.: The fact is that Main Power Signal and Ready Power Signal from ESS are ORed in BP PWB and output as Main Power Signal.

j0tk730102

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.3 DC POWER GENERATION (AC DRIVE PWB +5V/+12VDC) (1/4) AC DRIVE PWB PL2.3

1

ESS PWB PL2.5 1.1

DC POWER GENERATION

SLEEP

1 2

+5VDC CHOKE COIL PL2.3

2 1.1

POWER ON ACH (CHOKE COIL)

3 J18

BLK

GRY

+5VDC

4

POWER ON ACN (K104) (1.1 F3)

3

8 9 10

6

DC COM REBOOT

ALL

+3.3VDC

ALL

3 ORN

GRY

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

A1

DC COM

+5VDC TO +3.3VDC

B4 CR3604 GRN

3 CR3601 GRN

DC COM

DC COM

A2 A3 A4

DC COM

ALL

1.1

FG

5

ALL

B3

+5VDC

4 +12VDC

4

+5VDC

3 7

RBT +3.3VDC

3 YEL

CR3602

+5VDC GRY

2 RETURN

ALL

CR3603

B1 N.C B2

GRY

F102

1 BLK

J300

J515

SLP +3.3VDC

1

1

NOTE: 1

Frame Ground (FG) (CH1.1) on the primary side and RETURN (GND) on the secondary side are conducting.

2

・Short Protection (Over-current Protection) If +5VDC output is shorted, all the outputs are made to stop. If +24VDC SQ output is shorted, it is cut off. To restore them, repair the short, power off, allow 60 sec, and then power on. ・Over-voltage Protection If an output reaches a point between +6V and +9VDC, all the outputs are made to stop. To restore them, power off, allow 60 sec and then power on.

3

4

The table lists the meanings of the LEDs on ESS PWB. LED

Color

Voltage

CR3601

GRN

+3.3VDC

CR3602

ORN RBT +3.3VDC Off in Reboot mode only (On in any other mode with M/C on).

CR3603

YEL

CR3604

GRN

Mode Always on while M/C is on.

SLP +3.3VDC Off in Sleep/Reboot/Semi Low Power mode. +5VDC

Always on while M/C is on.

This +12VDC is power for driving Relay in AC Drive PWB. j0tk730103



7-6


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.4 DC POWER GENERATION (MAIN LVPS +5V/+12V) (2/4) MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (1/3) PL2.3 J501 F4002 DC POWER 1 GRY GENERATION F4001 OPT 2 GRY +5VDC

1

POWER ON ACH (MAIN LVPS)

1.1

J11 BLK

2

POWER ON ACN (MAIN LVPS)

1.1

GRN

J300

OPT +5VDC

B5 OPT +5VDC

B6

250V

RETURN

3

1

4

1

+12VDC

F2002 3

RETURN

2

DC COM DC COM

J503

F3602 5A

+12VDC

B7

BRN

Chip Fuse

DC COM VIO

+12VDC CR3605 ORN

DC COM

A7

A8-A11 A8-A11 B8-B11

ALL

DC COM

A5

VIO

ALL

NOTE:

ALL

3 LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC

1.2

J507 BLU

1.2

ENABLE RETURN BLU

ON/ OFF

+5VDC SQ

F5001 4

J508 GRY

3 RETURN

5

J430

+5VDC

5

6

・Short Protection (Over-current Protection) If OPT+5VDC, +5VDC SQ or +12VDC output is shorted, all the outputs are made to stop. To restore them, repair the short, power off, allow 5 sec, and then power on. ・Over-voltage Protection If one of the outputs reaches its listed voltage, all the outputs are cut off. To restore them, power off, allow 5 sec, and then power on. Output

Over-voltage

OPT+5VDC/ +5VDC SQ

+6~9VDC

+12VDC

+15~20VDC

3 ON/OFF SIGNAL

1.5 1.6

6

4

DC COM (5V RTN)

+5VDC

J460

TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3 ALL

3

3

4 ALL

DC COM

J434

7

GRY

J400

Applicable to M/C with Finisher D2/D3/D4. (separate vol.)

5

Applicable to M/C with Finisher 4000 C2 HCF. (separate vol.)

P680

P678 VIO

2

2

ALL

PTC1

+5VDC

2 1.25A

DC COM VIO

Applicable to M/C with 2000 A3 HCF. (separate vol.)

4

VIO

MCU PWB PL2.1 2

3

15.9

DC COM (Finisher D3)

DC COM

19.2

3

20.1

2

4

22.2

4

VIO

+5VDC

Applicable to M/C with 4000 HCF. (separate vol.)

ALL

GRY

F5002

2

3

VIO

4 NOTE: 1

IOT PWB PL2.1 ALL

2

USB 2.0 H PWB PL2.6

IMAGE EXT PWB J3481 PL2.8

DC COM

A6

VIO

USB 2.0 D PWB PL2.6

ALL

CR3607 YEL

15A

4

3

WHT

OPT +5VDC

OPTION NEW RISER PWB IMAGE COMP PWB PL2.8 J3480 (SELENE) PL2.6 J303 P303 A12-A15 B12-B15

ESS PWB PL2.5

ALL 1

ALL

A2

CR8

A15

GRN DC COM

+5VDC TO AV REF +3.3VDC

AV REF +3.3VDC

A1 B5

J403 BLU

AV REF +3.3VDC AV REF +3.3VDC

BLU

DC COM BLU

DC COM BLU

TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3 J461

A18 ALL A5 A19 ALL B15

j0tk730104

5

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.5 DC POWER GENERATION (MAIN LVPS +12VSQ) (3/4) MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (2/3) PL2.3 DC POWER GENERATION ON/OFF 1.4 SIGNAL +12VDC SQ

1

F3001 7

RETURN

2

J504

+12V LVPS ENABLE (H)+12VDC

+12VDC

ORN

1.10

ORN

DC COM

ENABLE RETURN

VIO

1.10

VIO

2 F3002 6 3

+12VDC BRN

+12VDC (MAIN LVPS)

1.7

DC COM (MAIN LVPS)

1.7

BRN

DC COM VIO

VIO

3

LVPS FAN

MCU PWB PL2.1

4

B5

LVPS FAN SPEED J409 CONTROL BLU

MCU PWB PL2.1

CN2001 RED

J507

1

WHT

+12VDC

CIS ADAPTER PWB PL2.1 ALL

MOT

P1

+3.3VDC

DC COM

B3

+3.3VDC

ALL

CR2 GRN

BLK

5

5

J1

1

+12VDC BRN

DC COM VIO

J400

F1(2A)

7

8

+12VDC TO Chip Fuse +3.3VDC

+3.3VDC CR7 GRN

DC COM

ALL

1

DC COM

ALL

ALL

DC COM

6

NOTE: 1

Pin Nos.: A13/A31/B5/B19/B25/B35/B44 j0tk730105



7-8


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.6 DC POWER GENERATION (MAIN LVPS +24V SQ) (4/4) 1

MAIN LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (3/3) PL2.3 DC POWER GENERATION

MCU PWB PL2.1 F6001 2

1.4

ON/OFF SIGNAL

+24VDC SQ 9

J509

+24VDC

J400

ORN

ESS PWB PL2.5

ALL

NEW RISER PWB PL2.8

4 ALL

DC COM

+24VDC

3

VIO

J303

A3,A4 B3,B4

P303

J3480

OPTION IMAGE COMP PWB (SELENE) PL2.6

USB 2.0 D PWB PL2.6

IMAGE EXT PWB (TORINO) PL2.8

USB 2.0 H PWB PL2.6

2 F6002 3

RETURN

8

J300

+24VDC ORN

ALL

F3601 A8 CR3606 ORN

DC COM

DC COM ALL

VIO

TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3 4 7

+24VDC ORN

VIO

DC COM (24V RTN)

J460

ALL

IOT PWB PL2.1

1 ALL

F10

2

+24VDC (F10) ALL 5

5A

F6003 5

6

5

+24VDC 1.11 DC COM 1.11

6

J3481

B8

3

4

A1,A2 B1,B2

+24VDC ORN

DC COM VIO

J430

8

6

J434

P678

+24VDC

ORN

+24VDC

1

+24VDC (4000 HCF)

ALL 7 DC COM VIO

1

VIO

1

19.2

2

20.1

1

22.2

4

15.9

3

3

ORN

2

20.1

4 P680

DC COM

4

DC COM

DC COM

NOTE: 1

Applicable to M/C with 4000 HCF. (separate vol.)

2

Applicable to M/C with 2000 A3 HCF. (separate vol.)

3

Applicable to M/C with Finisher D2/D3/D4. (separate vol.)

4

Applicable to M/C with Finisher 4000 C2 HCF. (separate vol.)

j0tk730106

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.7 IIT DC POWER GENERATION (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 LVPS ENABLE/ IIT RESET(H) 3.2 +3.3VDC

1

ON/ OFF

F4

+5VDC (F4)

6.2

+5VDC (F2)

ALL

4A

1.5

J622

+12VDC (MAIN LVPS)

+12VDC (MAIN LVPS) BRN

2

1.5

BRN

VIO

VIO

+24V LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H) PL2.3 DC POWER GENERATION

3

POWER ON ACH (+24V LVPS)

1.1

J2 BLK

POWER ON ACN (+24V LVPS)

1.1

+24VDC

3

WHT

GN/YL

4

250V

1

MCU PWB PL2.1

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

B1 BLU

+24V LVPS OFF TD 1 J505 (L)+5VDC

DC COM

DC COM

5

2 3

J502

+24VDC

ORN

+24VDC ORN

DC COM VIO

DC COM

7

VIO

5A

4A

2

VIO

1

+5VDC TO -3VDC

+24VDC ALL (F3)

4

ORN

F1 3 4 5 6

ORN

ORN

VIO

VIO

4

+3.3VDC

6.2

4A

+12VDC TO +1.8VDC

5 3 6

+5VDC TO +3.3VDC

+24VDC ALL (F1)

-3.3VDC ALL

DC COM

ALL

+1.8VDC

ANA +10VDC

+12VDC TO ANA +10VDC

F1701

ALL

ALL

1 ON/ OFF 2

8

TD 1

2

T28

J409 B2 BLU

6

BRN

F2

+12VDC TO +5VDC

F1400

6.3A

6 RETURN

J720

F3

4A

4

P712

ALL

DC COM (MAIN LVPS)

DC COM (MAIN LVPS)

1

+24VDC DC COM VIO

7 8

+24VDC (DCPS)

1.8

ORN

DC COM (DCPS)

1.8

VIO

Test Point +24V LVPS J505-1 (+) to GND (-) Power ON: approx. +3.05VDC

j0tk730107



7-10


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.8 IIT DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) (1/2) DCPS PWB PL5.8

1 1.7

+24VDC (DCPS)

J732

+24VDC

ORN

ORN

TP9

1P DUP PWB PL5.8 TP1

F1

3

+24VDC

1 4

1.7

DC COM (DCPS)

DC COM VIO

VIO

DC COM

4

2

2 3

IPS +12VDC

+24VDC TO +12VDC

5

J748

J741

+24VDC

ORN

1 ALL

+24VDC

4

ORN

DC COM

2

VIO

ALL

DC COM

3

VIO

J732 N.C

DC COM

3

F2

+24VDC TO +12VDC

+12VDC DC COM

6

5 4 3

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

4 3.2

N.C

2

EXTENSION MEMORY PWB PL5.8

LVPS ENABLE/IIT P/J717 RESET(H)+3.3VDC 5

J749


1

5

J737 YEL

LVPS ENABLE/IIT RESET(H)+3.3VDC

J744

TP10

ON/OFF CIRCUIT

5

DC COM

+12VDC TO +3.3VDC

TP7

+3.3VDC

1 2 8

5

9

J744

+3.3VDC GRY

+3.3VDC GRY

+3.3VDC GRY

DC COM

3

VIO

4

VIO

DC COM

6 7

+3.3VDC

GRY

DC COM DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

J737

1

+3.3VDC

ALL

2 8 9 3

DC COM

ALL

4 6 7

6

j0tk730108

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.9 IIT DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) (2/2) 1

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

250 DADF PWB PL4.3 35 36 18

F2 +5VDC (1.7 J2)

32

2

33 30 DC COM (1.7 G4)

1-9

3

P750

J752

+5VDC +5VDC

A4

F2

+5VDC

ALL

DC COM

ALL

A5

+5VDC

B10

DC COM

A1

DC COM

A2

DC COM

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

A3

+24VDC

B1-B4 A14-A10

9

F1

+24VDC

ALL Extension Memory PWB

F3 +24VDC (1.7 G3)

Main Power Switch 19-27

DC COM

A9-A6 B5-B9

9

DC COM (1.7 G4)

DC COM

ALL IIT/IPS PWB

T1 IIT-DADF CABLE PL4.3

1P DUP PWB

DADF PWB

DCPS PWB

4 NVM PWB BP PWB

MCU PWB CIS Adapter PWB IOT PWB

5 AC Drive PWB ESS PWB +12V LVPS (GU12) GFI

6

Main LVPS

+24V LVPS (GU10H) Tray Module PWB j0tk730109



7-12


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.10 +12V LVPS POWER CONTROL +12V LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU12) PL2.3

1

1.1

PLUG IN ACH (+12V LVPS)

J19 BLK

1.1

+12V LVPS ENABLE (H)+12VDC

WHT

3

3

1

J521

J430

+12VDC

BRN

10.6 6

GN/YL

1

CR5 GRN

4

10.6

DC COM

5

VIO

+12VDC

T27

J521 ORN

1.5

5 1

PLUG IN ACN (+12V LVPS)

2

1.5

IOT PWB PL2.1

DC POWER GENERATION

ENABLE RETURN VIO

3 6

ON/ OFF 2

NOTE: 1

4

・Short Protection (Over-current Protection) If +12VDC output is shorted, it is cut off. To restore it, repair the short, power off, allow 60 sec, and then power on. ・Over-voltage Protection If the output reaches +13VDC, it is cut off. To restore it, power off, allow 60 sec and then power on.

2

Power for Fuser Intake Fan and Fuser Exhaust Fan (CH10.6) To prevent toner blocking due to the heat of Fuser, this +12VDC output continues for 1 hour after power switch is turned off.

5

6

j0tk730110

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.11 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (1/3) FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH PL1.1

1 MCU PWB PL2.1 1

J410

J144

GRY

A2

B2

+5VDC (1.4 F5) ORN

2

A1

B1

DC330 077-300 FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK J144 CLOSED(H)+5VDC

MCU PWB PL2.1 +3.3VDC

J410 GRY

AC DRIVE PWB PL2.3

077-300

2 DC COM

FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK CLOSED(H)+24VDC ORN

3

B14

J409

FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK CLOSED(H)+24VDC

BLU

B13

J510

INTERLOCK RELAY ON(L)+24VDC

5 6

BLU

DC COM

3 M/C with MSI MCU PWB PL2.1 6

4

J410

P679

ORN

1

J679 J116 RED

1

3

J116

J679

BLK

2

DC330 077-305 MSI INTERLOCK CLOSED P679 (H)+24VDC J410 ORN

4

J410 ORN

+3.3VDC

077-304

5

+24VDC (1.6 D2)

DC COM

INTLK ON +24VDC M/C with HCF

P679

5

MCU PWB PL2.1

MSI COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH PL8.2

1

JF51 BLU

MAIN LVPS PL2.3

SHORTING WIRE

3 JF51 BLU

2

P679

4

J506

2

CN4-2

+24VDC

CN4-1

K502

ORN

+24VDC (1.6 C5)

1

+24VDC

ORN

10.3

INTLK ON +24VDC

1.12

DC COM

1.12

K501

DC COM

CN4-4

DC COM

CN4-3

VIO

VIO

DC COM (1.6 C5)

6

FAIL CODE 077-300

Front Cover Interlock Open

077-304

MSI Cover Interlock Open j0tk730111



7-14


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.12 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (2/3) 1

IOT PWB PL2.1

AC DRIVE PWB PL2.3 F400 INTLK ON +24VDC (1.11 J5)

8 1

J514

INTLK ON +24VDC-1

J430

ORN

DC COM

2 1

VIO

INTLK ON +24VDC-1

ALL

DC COM

ALL

INTLK ON +24VDC-2

ALL

2 F401

7 2

INTLK ON +24VDC-2

J433

ORN

DC COM

1 2

VIO

DC COM (1.11 J5)

3

F402

4

5 4

6 3

INTLK ON +24VDC ORN

DC COM VIO

J400

6 5

MCU PWB PL2.1 INTLK ON +24VDC

ALL

DC COM

ALL

INTLK ON +24VDC ORN

ORN

DC COM VIO

INTLK ON +24VDC (FUSER DRIVE MOTOR)

10.1

DC COM (FUSER DRIVE MOTOR)

10.1

VIO

5

6

j0tk730112

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.13 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (3/3) TRAY 2 TRANS PATH INTERLOCK

1 TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3

3

J466 P669B YEL

5

4

J669B J646 YEL

11 3

P646

P164 YEL

2

MCU PWB PL2.1

TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3 1

P164

P646

YEL

4 10

J646

J669B YEL

5

P669B

4

J466 YEL

4

A9

J461

DC330 077-302 TRAY 2 TRANS PATH INTERLOCK J403 CLOSED(L)+3.3VDC BLU

+3.3VDC

077-305

A11

DC COM

L/H COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH PL7.4

2

1

J132

J469 ORN

1

TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3

3

J132

J469 ORN

2

A16

+24VDC (1.6 D3)

K1

J404 BLU

077-301

A3

L/H INTLK ON +24VDC ALL

DC COM

MCU PWB PL2.1

MARKING UNIT J602

J405

B12 YEL

A6 A12

P602

SHORTING CONNECTOR

P645

BLU

DC COM BLU

6

4

3

1

J645 BLU

A2

J439 YEL

J608

A19 A2

P608

P602

10.12

BLU

A15 A3

J602

DUP DRAWER INTERLOCK

IOT PWB PL2.1 P107 YEL

1

DC330 077-303 MARKING DRAWER INTERLOCK CLOSED(L)+3.3VDC

9.8

BLU

DUP UNIT

5

J462

+3.3VDC

DC COM

3

4

DC330 077-301 L/H COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH CLOSED(L)+3.3VDC

YEL

IOT PWB PL2.1 2

P107 YEL

P608

A1

A20

J608

J439 YEL

+3.3VDC

J405

A1

30

J432

DC330 077-304 DUP DRAWER INTERLOCK CLOSED(L)+3.3VDC

077-306

B15

+3.3VDC

J402

21

077-307

DC COM

6

FAIL CODE 077-301

077-306

L/H Cover Interlock Open

077-305

Marking Drawer Open

077-307

Trans Path Interlock Open

Duplex Drawer Open

j0tk730113



7-16


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.14 AC UNIT AIR COOLING 1

IOT PWB PL2.1

1

16

J402

AC UNIT COOLING FAN ON (L)+24VDC J432

0.5A

35

A11

J436

AC UNIT COOLING FAN ON (H)+24VDC

BLU

J517

3

1

1

3

DC COM

2

MCU PWB PL2.1

AC UNIT COOLING FAN PL2.3

+24VDC F11

MCU PWB PL2.1

P517

IOT PWB PL2.1 P517

2

2

J517 J436 BLU

A12

26

J432

AC UNIT COOLING FAN FAIL (H)+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

J402

042-317

25

MOT A13

BLU

DC COM

NOTE: 3

1

The fan exhausts air from around Fuser Driver Circuit on AC Drive PWB in AC Unit. Fan Rotation Control is as follows:

FAIL CODE 042-317

On Drum Motor

On

Off

On

On Fan

Off

15s (fixed)

Fan Fail

Off High

High

4

AC Unit Fan Fail


Off

Low 5s

AC UNIT COOLING FAN

(fixed)

Fail detected

5

6

Rear View

j0tk730114

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

2.1 FCW CONTROL PANEL SWITCH/LED FCW UI I/F PWB 2 PL2.9 (9)

1

(10) (11) (12)

2

2 3 4 5

J7

T-RET0

WHT

T-RET1 WHT

T-RET2 WHT

T-RET3 WHT

SW/LED PWB PL2.7 (9) CONTROL J7 2 PANEL (10) SWITCHES 3 4 5

(11)

(1) (2) (3)

(12)

(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Energy Saver

3

NOTE:

FCW UI I/F PWB

2 6 7

This +3.3VDC is always on with power on.

2

Pin Nos. in brackets are for FCW 1 (old). Pin Nos. for FCW 2 (New) are to be cut in.

WHT WHT

8

WHT

9

WHT

10 WHT 11 WHT 12 WHT 13 WHT

(25) 26

1

J7

SWITCH ON J7 (1) SIGNAL 0 6 SWITCH ON (2) SIGNAL 1 7 SWITCH ON (3) SIGNAL 2 8 SWITCH ON SIGNAL 3 (4) 9 SWITCH ON (5) SIGNAL 4 10 SWITCH ON SIGNAL 5 (6) 11 SWITCH ON (7) SIGNAL 6 12 SWITCH ON SIGNAL 7 (8) 13 POWER SAVE SWITCH ON (H)+3.3VDC (25) 26

FCW UI PWB PL2.5 TP44

P352

ESS PWB PL2.5 POWER SAVE BUTTON SIGNAL

P/J349 21

30

1.2

DC COM

POWER SAVE BUTTON ON(H)+3.3VDC

30

POWER SAVE SWITCH ON (H)+3.3VDC

J3

+3.3VDC

1 CONTROL PANEL LEDS

4

(14)

INTERRUPT LED

15 WHT

COPY LED

16 WHT (17) FCW UI PWB PL2.5

ESS PWB PL2.5

5

P/J 349 TP41 18 TP42

19

TP43

20

4

P352 LED DOC

29

F2

TP3

LED SLEEP 1

28

+3.3VDC (1.3 J2)

J3

4 29

5

17

6

(18)

+3.3VDC

5 28

(22) (23) (24) (21)

18 19

SCAN LED WHT MENU LED WHT LED DOC

3

3

19

24 WHT

24

LED SLEEP

14 WHT

1,17 WHT (26) DC COM

18

23

25 WHT

(14)

16

23 WHT

+3.3VDC

DC COM

15


25 14

(17) (18) (22) (23) (24) Copy

(21) +3.3VDC

1,17 (26) DC COM

Online Job in Mem ory Job Status Review

Custom 2

Custom 3

Energy Sa v er ABC

1

2 GHI

4

Log In/Out

5

*

0

-

C

Dial Pause

Clear All

MNO

6 TUV

8

DEF

3

JKL

PQRS

7

Machine Status

All Services

Interrupt

Stop

WXYZ

9

Start

# Speed Dial

j0tk730201-K2

Chain 2 Mode Selection 7-17


7-18

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 2 Mode Selection A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

2.2 FCW LCD CONTROL 1

ESS PWB PL2.5

FCW UI PWB PL2.5 11

P352

12 37 38

P/J349

2

14

PCI

15 34 35 40

3 P/J349 24-27

41

TP2

SLEEP

11 8

12

LCD_G+ LCD_G-

LCD_CNT+ LCD_CNT-

45,46

+3.3VDC

LCD_G

15,16,18, 19,21,22

19,20,21, 23,24,25

10,11,13, 14,16,17

LCD_B

15

24,25,27, 28,30,31

29,30,31, 33,34,35

34

40 39 37

41

2

TP4

DC COM

9-11

49,50

+5VDC (1.3 F2)

24,25 TP5

DC COM

F4

14,15

26 S1 1 2

2 O N

1 DC COM

DC COM

45,46

2

20,21

1,2,4,5,7

DC COM 2

49,50

DC COM

2

24,25

DC COM

DC COM

3,6,9,12, 15,18,21, 24,27,30, 33,36,38

V_SYNC H_SYNC CLOCK

DC COM

1

5

2

4

4

2

3,5,8,11, 14,17,20, 23,26,29, 32,35,38 DC COM

J3

1,3,6,7,8, 12,16,17, 18,22,26, 27,28,32, 36

+3.3VDC

+5VDC

+24VDC

37

19,20,22, 23,25,26

40

CLOCK-

33

9,10,11, 13,14,15

35

CLOCK+

J2

6,7,9,10, 12,13

14

LCD_B-

DATA ENABLE LCD_R

38

LCD_B+

J6

FCW LCD ASSY PL2.9

28,29,31, 32,34,35

37

1

F3

5

FCW LCD PWB PL2.9

TP6

20,21

+24VDC (1.6 F2)

LCD_R-

FCW UI I/F PWB PL2.9

F1

RBT +3.3VDC (1.3 J2)

4

J3

LCD_R+

+5VDC

+5VDC

34,36,37, 39,40

39,40 +5VDC

+5VDC

DC COM

26 +24VDC

1 DC COM

NOTE:

6

1

When M/C goes into Sleep Mode, +3.3V output stops.

2

UI PWB is common to FCW and MCW. However, for FCW, set Dip Switch S1-No.1 to ON because FCW uses TFT type LCD. (MCW uses STN type LCD.)

j0tk730202

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

2.3 FCW TOUCH PANEL AND BACK LIGHT CONTROL FCW UI I/F PWB PL2.9

1 SW/LED PWB PL2.7 J10 (3) (19) J7 1 20

VR PWB PL2.7 3

J11

1 (1) J7

20

1

2

2

1 DC COM

(20) 21

2 3

(19) (6)

1

VR1 CONTRAST

INVERTER PWB PL2.9

21

3

4

J5

BACK LIGHT ON/OFF

CN1

WHT

BRIGHT CONTROL WHT

(1)

3

(6)

4

(20) (2)

(1)

1

2


2 1

CN2

VH1

BLU

GND BLK

CN3

VH2

ORN

GND WHT

(3) +24VDC

(4)

2

WHT

(5) WHT

3

CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE

2

2

+24VDC

(4)

1

(2)

1

WHT

(3) WHT

DC COM

BACK LIGHT PL2.9

1

(5) 2

DC COM

DC COM

INVERTER PWB BACK LIGHT

TOUCH PANEL PL2.9 1

4

2

TOUCH PANEL

LCD PWB

3 4

5

DISPLAY 10.4 SVGA

J1

Y2 X1 Y1 X2

1

ADJ 2.4.1 Touch Panel

Y2 X1 X2

2 3

Y1

4

NOTE:

UI I/F PWB

VR PWB

6

1

Pin Nos. in brackets are for FCW 1 (old). Pin Nos. for FCW 2 (New) are to be cut in.

2

As to FCW (New), this wire is removed.

3

The figure illustrates FCW 2.

3

SW/LED PWB

j0tk730203-K2

Chain 2 Mode Selection 7-19


7-20

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 3 Machine Run Control A

B

C

D

E

F

G

3.1 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-MCU) 1

ESS PWB PL2.5

BP PWB PL2.8 ESS-MCU COMMAND DOWNLOAD CLOCK DOWNLOAD START

2

DOWNLOAD RESET

P/J335 82

MCU PWB PL2.1

BP PWB PL2.8 MCU-ESS COMMAND

P/J418 92

93

MCU POWER STATUS

71

SLP +3.3VDC

+3.3VDC (1.5 H5)

80

94

MCU DETECT

5

077-320 21

43

DC COM

DOWNLOAD ACKNOWLEDGE

44

20


024-340

024-350

024-341

024-351

024-342

024-354

024-343

024-356

024-345

024-371

024-346

024-372

024-347

024-373

024-348

024-375

024-349

+3.3VDC

RESET

IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1

IOT-ESS STATUS

P/J335 22

98

077-909

3

P/J418 42

024-340

ESS PWB PL2.5

1 81

H

J

FAIL CODE

CR1 (RED)

045-311








024-349

NVM PWB PL2.1 P/J420

IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9 +3VDC







045-311 Controller Comm. Fail

077-320 All Feed Tray Broken Fail

077-909 IOT Static Jam



4 NOTE: 1

The fact is that this is converted to Reset Signal in BP PWB and the Reset Signal is output to ESS.

5

6

j0tk730301

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

FAIL CODE

3.2 PWBS COMMUNICATION (ESS-IIT/IPS)

003-318 IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

1 ESS PWB PL2.5 24

P336

23

ESS-IIT/IPS PWB COMMAND +

P719

ESS-IIT/IPS PWB COMMAND -

ESS PWB PL2.5

24

22

23

21

IIT/IPS-ESS STATUS +

P719

IIT/IPS-ESS STATUS -

P336

IIT Soft Fail

003-319 IIT Video Driver Detection Fail

22

062-310 062-345

21 RBT +3VDC

20

2

19

DOWNLOAD CLOCK +

20

DOWNLOAD CLOCK -

19

DOWNLOAD START


39

39

RAM

003-318

IIT/IPS-ESS Communication Fail

003-319

062-311

003-320~ 003-343

062-345 IISS EEPROM Fail

062-392

EEPROM

DC COM

IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail

062-310

IIT Software Logic Fail

DC COM

41

IIT-ESS Communication Fail 1~24

062-211

062-211 25 +3VDC

DC COM

+3.3VDC

41

IIT POWER STATUS

25

003-320~003-343

IIT/IPS PWB Memory Fail

3 RBT +3.3VDC

50

LVPS ENABLE/ IIT RESET(H)+3.3VDC

50

062-311

IIT RESET

062-392

LVPS ENABLE/ IIT RESET SIGNAL

4

1.7 1.8

FCW UI PWB PL2.5

5

UI P/J349 COMMAND 109

FCW UI I/F PWB PL2.5 22 47

UI RESET

19 32 44

ESS-UI P352 COMMAND + ESS-UI COMMAND -

UI RESET + UI RESET -

J3

22 47

FCW UI PWB PL2.5 23 48

J3

UI STATUS + UI STATUS -

P352

23

ESS PWB PL2.5 P/J349 UI STATUS 110

48

19 44

6

j0tk730302

Chain 3 Machine Run Control 7-21


7-22


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

3.3 PWBS COMMUNICATION (IIT-DADF)

005-210 1

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 11 29

P750

IIT/IPS-DADF COMMAND +

J751

IIT/IPS-DADF COMMAND -

8

6

7

5

J751

13

2

DC COM

31

DC330

4

3

DC330

1

DC COM

+5VDC

12

J752

DADF RESET (H)+5VDC

B14 B12

DC COM

3

15

GRN

F.GND T9

4

GRN

F.GND (COUNTER BALANCE)

T8

+3.3VDC

IIT/IPS-DADF Communication Fail 16 +3.3VDC

34

005-210

14

NOT USED

17

005-275

RAM

T6

F.GND (PWB BRACKET)

DADF EEPROM Fail

062-277

DC COM

B13

F.GND (PWB)

J752

DADF PAGE SYNC (L) +3.3VDC

005-280

+3.3VDC

B11

DC COM T7

062-277 28

DC COM +5VDC

DADF START (L)+5VDC

DADF RAM Test Fail

+3.3VDC

DC COM

005-275

10

062-240

DADF EXIST (L) +3.3VDC

2 DC COM

P750

005-083

DOCUMENT READY (L) +3.3VDC

DC COM

DC COM

DADF-IIT/IPS STATUS + DADF-IIT/IPS STATUS -

+5VDC

DADF CLOSED (L)+5VDC

DADF Download Fail

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

005-280 1

EEPROM

DC330

U8:250

005-088

Image Area On

NOTE: 1

When replacing DADF PWB, install the old EEPROM (U8: 250) on the new DADF PWB.

5

6

j0tk730303

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

3.4 PWBS COMMUNICATION (IIT-EXT MEM & HWM)

062-220 1

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8


EXTENSION P/J717 COMMAND 27 EXTENSION RESET

2

LVPS ENABLE /IIT RESET DOWNLOAD START DOWNLOAD CLOCK

IIT/IPS-Extension Memory PWB Connection Fail

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

062-278

P/J717 EXTENSION STATUS 28

30

062-278


2

063-210 063-220

+3.3VDC

P/J718 EXTENSION EXIST 1

5 1

063-230

IIT/IPS-Extension Memory PWB Communication Fail

103-310

063-240

062-330 HWM Hard Fail

065-210

062-331 HWM Side 2 Hard Fail

065-215 062-220

063-210

065-216

Extension EEPROM Fail

DC COM

063-220 26

1P DUP PWB PL5.8 COMMAND DOWNLOAD CLOCK DOWNLOAD START

3

P/J733 53

P/J733 52

113

112

RESET

111

IPS-Ext. Page Sync Fail


063-230 Extension Memory Fail

STATUS DOWNLOAD ACKNOWLEDGE

063-240 065-220

Ext. IQ Parameter Fail

065-210 P735

Memory

Ext. Page Memory Fail 1

065-215

108


065-216 4

HWM PWB (OPTION) P714

J714

P713

J7132


065-220

1

1P Dup-Ext. Page Sync Fail

103-310 HWM Not Exist

NOTE: 5 1 DC COM (1.7 G4) +5VDC (F2) (1.7 J2)

6

+24VDC(F1) (1.7 G3)

2 3 4

J709 VIO

GRY

ORN

VIO

J708

1

1

Ref.: HWM is the abbreviation for Hybrid Water Mark.

2 3 4

DC COM (1.7 G4) j0tk730304



7-24


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

3.5 IOT-MCU POOR CONNECTION

045-312 IOT Driver Fail

1 MCU PWB PL2.1 MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1 1

2

J401

J431

50

MCU PWB PL2.1 1

J431

J401

50

IOT PWB PL2.1 1

J402

J432

50

+3.3VDC

1

J432

IOT CONNETCTED (L)+3.3VDC

J402

50

045-312

DC COM

3

4

5

6

j0tk730305

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

FAIL CODE

3.6 ACCESSORY (1/4) (FX ONLY)

021-731 1

2

EP Accessory - Function Disabled

ESS PWB PL2.5

021-731

021-942

021-732

021-943

021-733

021-944

021-750

021-945

021-751

021-946

021-770

021-947

021-771

021-948

021-772

Adaptor-BOX type D/type S

339

DocuLyzer/ DocuLyzer NW

335

E9100053 6

J351

6

P2

P1

TX+

8

6

P2

J1

TX+

EP Accessory Error733

5

021-750 5 3 2

5 3 2

TX-

9

RX+

5

6

RX-

3 2

7

TX-

U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV)

6

RX+

021-751

7

RX-

Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV)

021-770

8

U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX)

021-771 7

7

25

Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX)

7

RBT +3.3VDC DC COM

021-772

3 12

12

ADAPTOR BOX EXIST(L)+3.3VDC

EPDX Install, Remove Error

021-941

12

24

EP-Scan Service Paused By Disable

DC COM

1 EPSV POWER CONT

F2802 +24VDC (1.6 F2)

14 13

14 13

DC COM

4

F2801 +5VDC (1.3 F2)

8

8

9

9

10

10

DC COM

15,16

FG

+24VDC

3

DC COM

5

+5VDC

22

14 13 8

+24VDC

021-942

3

DC COM

EP-Scan Service Paused By Color Mode

021-943

4

+5VDC

EP-Print Service Paused By Disable

021-944

9

EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode

021-945

9 DC COM

23 GND GRN

DC COM

5

EP Accessory Error732

021-733

021-949

021-941

021-732

GRN

1 2

10 FG

DC COM

10 GND GRN GRN

1 2

EP - Service Paused By Disable

021-946 EP - Service Paused By Color Mode

021-947 Subtract Type Accessory Remaining Rate Short(Scan)

021-948 Subtract Type Accessory Remaining Rate Short(Print)

021-949 Subtract Type Accessory Remaining Rate Short

6

NOTE:

1

Power is supplied in Standby/Low Power Mode.

j0tk730306



7-26


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

3.7 ACCESSORY (2/4) FX ONLY

1

IC Card Reader

340

EPnet-BOX Type W1/ EPnet-BOX Type L

710

ESS PWB PL2.5 6 5

2

J351

6

P2

P1

TX+ TX-

5

RX+

3

3

2

2

7

7

12

12

14

14

13

13

DC COM

8

8

+5VDC

9

9

RX-

10

6

9

5

P2

P1

TX+ TX-

10 9

RX+

14

3

15

2

7

7

12

12

3

14

2

13

DC COM

5

8

+5VDC

14

RX-

15

7

RBT +3.3VDC DC COM

3

1 EPSV POWER CONT

ICCG EXIST(L)+3.3VDC

F2802

+24VDC (1.6 F2)

+24VDC

DC COM

4

Epnet BOX EXIST(L)+3.3VDC

12

+24VDC

3 2 5

F2801 +5VDC (1.3 F2)

10

10

15,16

FG

9 DC COM

4

DC COM

11 GRN

DC COM

5

NOTE:

1

T1 GRN

DC COM

10 FG

4 11

GRN

T1 GRN

Power is supplied in Standby/Low Power Mode.

6

j0tk730307

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

3.8 ACCESSORY (3/4) (FX ONLY) 1

339

Adaptor-BOX type D

E9100053

11

OPTION READY (L)+24VDC

P3

15 DC COM

1

CL1

2

CL2

22

2

23

KEY SWITCH

313 J901

9

9

12

12

P901

304

T9100040 9 12

2

FOOT SWITCH

P901 BLU

J901 VIO

12

12

2

BLU

6 3

DC COM

1 1

DC COM

5

3

ORN

1

DC COM

14

N.C

+24VDC

2 DC COM

3

4

DC COM

4 DC COM

M/C START (L)+24VDC

12

10

10

BLU

10

10

10 DC COM

5

9 DC COM

8 DC COM

7

N.C

DC COM

13

6

+5VDC

24 25 26 j0tk730308



7-28


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

3.9 ACCESSORY (4/4) (FX ONLY) 1

339

Adaptor-BOX type D

340

IC Card Reader

335

T9100081 16 17

2

J2

16

18

19

19 14

+24VDC

3

3

15

15

24

24

20

20

T9100073 P1

TX-

17

18

14

P2 TX+

RX+ RX+24VDC

10

16

9

17

14

18

15

19

3

J1

TX-

7

RX-

15

8 +24VDC

J3

DC COM

J1

DC COM

CL3

5 6

RX+

14

2

DC COM

CL3

P2 TX+

+24VDC

DC COM

DocuLyzer/ DocuLyzer NW

J3

24 N.C

1 +24VDC

4 3 DC COM

+5VDC IN

4

1

21 22

22

25

25

2

26

26

23

23

7

21 DC COM

CL1

22 EXIST FG

N.C

20 +5VDC

DC COM

EXIST

CL2

8

DC COM

CL1

4

21

+5VDC IN

12

+5VDC IN J1 DC COM

11

FG

26 23

J3

EXIST

DC COM

N.C

9 10

CL1

25

6 +5VDC

5 4

J1

GRN

DC COM

1 2

5

6

j0tk730309

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

3.10 DOWNLOAD INTERFACE 1

ESS PWB PL2.5

J342

DOWNLOAD (USB)

2 J340 DOWNLOAD (ETHERNET)

J351 (EPSV)

J342 USB1.1

3

1.1 1.1

PLUG IN ACH (PSW) PLUG IN ACN (PSW)

J81 BLK

1 3

WHT

4 GN/YL T23

5

P81

J70A

BLK

1

J70B 250V

J70C

J340 (E-NET)

WHT

GN/YL

NOTE: 1

200-240VAC Never connect PSW incompatible with 200-240VAC.

5

6

j0tk730310



7-30


B

C

D

E

3.11 ELECTRIC BILLING MCU PWB PL2.1

1

3

ESS PWB PL2.5

SEEP ROM BILLING DATA (BACKUP 2) (IOT) 1

F

BILLING DATA (BACKUP 1) (SYS2)

P/J335 9

2 3

SEEP ROM BILLING DATA (MASTER) (SYS1)

RBT +3.3VDC

4

69

2

Item IC SOCKET

8

+5VDC to +3.3VDC

1

When replacing MCU PWB/BP PWB, install the old SEEP ROM on the new MCU/BP PWB. SEEP ROM stores MAC Address, Billing, M/C Serial No., etc.

2

Here are Fail Codes.

024-601 024-602 024-603 024-604 024-605

5

124-310 DC132 11

124-311 DC132 09

124-312 DC132 12

124-313 6

Normal Print (Print/Report/Copy)

○

Insert (without image)

X

Cover (without image)

X

Cover (with image)

○

Blank Sheet Insert (instructed by user)

X

Blank Sheet Insert (System Operation)

X

Blank Page

○

Print by wrong operation (Paper size mismatch)

○

NOTE:

024-600 4

Count Up

1

+5VDC (1.3 F2)

3

H

124-314 DC132 01

124-315 DC132 02

124-316 DC132 03

Print by wrong operation (Paper stock mismatch) Print for prevention of forgery(Solid print)

124-324 All Billing Mismatch

124-325 Billing Restoration Fail

041-340 EEPROM Fail

DC132 04 DC132 07

124-319 DC132 08

124-322

○ ○

Abnormal print (determined by System)

X

Recovery Offset Sheet Gradation Non-CE Mode Adjust Chart CE Mode Output Other: report output

X X ○ ○

Outline

Print & Copy Service: A sheet inserted in the OHP Insert function Print & Copy Service: No Image (Blank Page) in the Cover function is selected. Print & Copy Service: The first page of text is specified as the cover. (For duplex, the first and second pages are treated as the cover.) Copy Service: Blank page, etc. inserted in the Build Job function In duplex print, an additional blank page, etc., which becomes the back of an odd-numbered page, for adjusting page quantity. A page for print resulting in a blank page is counted for billing. Wrong system data set for selecting paper size; improperly positioning tray guides; and MSI paper size mismatch (If the MC stops before making a print, it is not counted for billing.) A print is made onto paper stock selected. It is counted for billing regardless of print quality. Copy Service: The MC makes a solid print if it detects anything reproduction of which is prohibited. A print in the case, where System has determined that the image can't be guaranteed due to a failure and then output it. Paper output as a recovery offset sheet A test pattern for gradation adjustment is printed. System-generated info is printed. (Report Service) ○ : counted up X : not counted up

124-317 124-318

J

The following outputs are to be counted up for billing.

BP PWB PL2.8 RBT +3.3VDC

G

4

In the following cases, manually correct billing data, using DC132. ・After replacing MCU PWB ・After replacing ESS PWB ・After replacing BP PWB ・Fail Code [124-324] (three counts are all different) has occurred. ・Fail Code [124-325] (automatic count correction failed) has occurred.

DC132 05

124-323 DC132 06

DC132 10

j0tk730311

A

B

C

D

E

F

5.1 DADF 250 DOCUMENT STACKING 250 DADF PWB PL4.3 2 DC COM

3 DC COM

4

2

005-086 UP 1 005-087 005-091 DOWN TRAY MOTOR J758 ON +24V CLOCK 005-092 UP TD 1

DC COM

5 DC COM

1 6

ON +24V CLOCK

ORN TD 1

ON +24V CLOCK

DOCUMENT TRAY

MOT

ON +24V CLOCK

BLK TD 1 WHT

TRAY INTERLOCK SENSOR

N.C

005-160 J754 BLU

P764

1

2

2

1

DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set)(during job) 250 DADF PWB PL4.3

N.C

DC COM

A10 ORN +24VDC

DC330

A3

A1

J761 GRY

2

DADF LEVEL SENSOR SENSED(H)+5VDC

J761 YEL

J798

A7 VIO

6

1

005-283 A2

005-919

005-214

TRAY INTERLOCK SENSOR J756 CLOSED(L)+5VDC YEL

TRAY INTERLOCK SENSOR PL4.4 1

6

J770

J797

GRY

3

4

VIO

Turning ON DC330[005-087] makes Tray lift up gradually.

TD 1

005-282 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document)

DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail

+5VDC

A8

005-306

DC330

1

2

J770

J797 YEL

5

2

P797

005-306 DADF Tray Interlock Open (Running)

3

P797

DADF Tray Lift Down Fail

005-283 DC330

J798 2 YEL

1

DC COM (1.9 E2)

NOTE:

J754

005-160

005-281

005-942

005-919

005-202

+5VDC

BOTTOM SENSOR SENSED(H)+5VDC

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

A4 VIO

+5VDC

YEL

DADF LEVEL SENSOR PL4.17

A9 GRY

A6 GRY

1

005-203

3

VIO

J756

5

FAIL CODE


A11

4

BOTTOM SENSOR

TRAY MOTOR PL4.4

INTLK ON +24VDC (5.2 H4)

3

J

DC330

VIO TD 1

GRY TD 1

H

DADF LEVEL SENSOR

TRAY MOTOR 1

G

YEL

A5

005-281 005-282

DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set)

005-942 DADF Tray Stack Over Fail

3 BOTTOM SENSOR PL4.16

The Tray Motor winding resistance is approx. 21Ωat the following measurement points: J758-pin 1 to pin 2/3/4/5

j0tk730501-K2

Chain 5 Document Transportation (250) 7-31


7-32

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 5 Document Transportation (250) A

B

C

D

E

5.2 DADF 250 DOCUMENT SET AND INTERLOCK 1

J755 B6 YEL

DC330

DOCUMENT SET LED PL4.4

005-084

DOCUMENT SET LED ON(L)+5VDC

J791

G

H

J DOC. SET LED

FEEDER COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

TD 1

F

DOC. SET SENSOR

2

DC COM

B7 GRY

2

L/H COVER INTERLOCK SENSOR

1

+5VDC (1.9 E1)


FAIL CODE 3

DC330

J756

A3 GRY +5VDC (1.9 E1)

A1 VIO

P797

4 6

3

J797

J769 GRY

1

VIO

1

2

J769 YEL

J797

2

5

1

DOCUMENT SET SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

J756 YEL

005-941

2

DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Running)

005-309 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Running)

005-940 INTLK ON +24VDC

FEEDER COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH PL4.5 J753

F2

F1

1 DC330 005-212 FEEDER COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH COVER CLOSED(H)+24VDC J753

ORN

ORN

+24VDC (1.9 E3)

CH5.15.10ALL

DADF No Original Fail

005-941 +5VDC

DADF Not Enough Document

005-305

1 DC COM

DC330

J755 A3 GRY

J786

1

2

J786

005-223

L/H COVER INTERLOCK SENSOR COVER CLOSED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

J755

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

A1 VIO

Test Point: DADF PWB J755-B6 (+) to GND (-) Set LED OFF: approx. +3.7VDC

YEL

A2

005-309

3 L/H COVER INTERLOCK SENSOR PL4.5

DC COM (1.9 E2)

TD 1

005-940

A2

3

4

6

005-305

+5VDC

DOCUMENT SET SENSOR PL4.16

DC COM (1.9 E2)

5

P797

005-102

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

NOTE: 1

Actual voltage level is opposite to H/L displayed on UI for this diag code. On BSD the actual volt level is shown. j0tk730502-K2

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

5.3 DADF 250 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING 1

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

250 DADF PWB PL4.3 DC330

J756

B3 GRY

P796

7

3

J796

J771 GRY

1

VIO

3

2

J796

J771

YEL

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

9

1

B6 GRY

4

B4 VIO

6

J772

6

GRY

2

J772

4

VIO

6

Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size

YEL

5

5

TRAY APS SENSOR 2 PL4.16 B9 GRY

1

B7 VIO

3

005-216

+5VDC

TRAY APS SENSOR 2 SENSED(H)+5VDC YEL

B5

Prohibit Combine Size Jam

005-194 005-196 005-197

J773

9

GRY

1

7

VIO

DC330

2

J773 YEL

8

2

005-217

+5VDC

TRAY APS SENSOR 3 SENSED(H)+5VDC YEL

B8

3 TRAY APS SENSOR 3 PL4.16

DC COM (1.9 E2)

5

Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size

005-196

B2

3

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

1

J756 YEL

DC330

1

DC COM (1.9 E2)

NOTE:

+5VDC

1

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

4

8

TRAY APS SENSOR 1 PL4.16

DC COM (1.9 E2)

3

2

P796

005-215

TRAY APS SENSOR 1 SENSED(H)+5VDC

005-194

005-197 B1 VIO

2

J FAIL CODE

Document size in fast scan direction is determined by a combination of outputs from Tray APS Sensors 1-3 and No.1-No.3 APS Sensors in Feeder. The table shows document widths (mm) in fast scan direction corresponding to combinations of outputs of Tray APS Sensors 1-3. Document Width in Fast Scan(mm)

Tray APS Sensor 1

Tray APS Sensor 2

Tray APS Sensor 3

288.2-300.0

ON

OFF

ON

273.2-288.1

ON

OFF

OFF

261.9-273.1

ON

ON

OFF

235.0-261.8

ON

ON

ON

213.0-234.9

OFF

OFF

ON

206.6-212.9

OFF

OFF

OFF

194.1-206.5

OFF

ON

OFF

165.0-194.0

OFF

ON

OFF

128.0-164.9

OFF

ON

ON

Ref.: Doc size in slow scan direction is determined by the count of Pre Regi. Motor pulses between Pre Regi. Sensor ON and Feed Sensor OFF.


TRAY APS SENSOR 1

TRAY APS SENSOR 2

TRAY APS SENSOR 3 j0tk730503



7-34


B

C

D

E

F

5.4 DADF 250 DOCUMENT FEEDING (1 OF 2) 1

DC330 [005-001~014, TD 1 DADF FEED MOTOR

A14

J760

A15 DC COM

B1

ON +24V CLOCK

B2 DC COM

DADF FEED MOTOR PL4.6

074] J781

3 1 4

BLU TD 1 ON +24V CLOCK BLU TD 1

DC COM

NUDGER ROLL FEED ROLL INVERT ROLL

MOT 6

A13 ORN

DADF FEED SENSOR

2

DADF FEED MOTOR

TD 1

B3

5

ORN


3

J

DADF FEED CLUTCH

BLU TD 1 ON +24V CLOCK BLU TD 1 ON +24V CLOCK

DC COM

2

H

1

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

005-190

G

DC330

B11 DC COM

005-062

FEED CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC

J754

DADF FEED CLUTCH PL4.6 P768

BLU TD 2

B10 ORN +24VDC (1.9 E3)

4

A4 DC COM (1.9 E2)

J762 VIO

FAIL CODE 005-121

1

2

2

1

DADF Feed Sensor ON Jam 250 DADF PWB PL4.3

DADF FEED SENSOR PL4.17

DC330

3 2

A6


005-204

2

DADF FEED SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

J762 YEL

J754 YEL

1

GRY

+5VDC

A5

005-121 005-141 005-150 005-906

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

005-141 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam

005-150 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)

005-190 Feed Motor Logic Jam

005-906 5

6

NOTE:

1

The operating speed and rotation direction depend on the diag code. DADF Feed Motor

operating speed

DADF Feed Motor

operating speed

DC330[005-001]

55mm/sec

DC330[005-008]

293.3mm/sec

DC330[005-002]

73.3mm/sec

DC330[005-009]

330mm/sec

DC330[005-003]

82.5mm/sec

DC330[005-010]

400mm/sec

DC330[005-004]

110mm/sec

DC330[005-013]

440mm/sec

DC330[005-005]

146.7mm/sec

DC330[005-014]

DC330[005-006]

165mm/sec

Reverse 700mm/sec

DC330[005-007]

220mm/sec

DC330[005-074]

460mm/sec

2

Actual voltage level is opposite to H/L displayed on UI for this diag code. On BSD the actual volt level is shown.

TD 1

Motor winding resistance: approx. 3.5 ohms. ・J760-A13 to A14/A15 ・J760-B3 to B1/B2

TD 2

The DADF Feed Clutch coil resistance is approx. 165Ω. (between J754-B11 and J754-B10)

DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam

j0tk730504-K2

A

B

C

D

5.5 DADF 250 DOCUMENT FEEDING (2 OF 2) 1

1

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

DADF PRE

[005-015~025,076,077,089] REGI MOTOR DADF PRE REGI MOTOR DC330

J760 ON +24V CLOCK A2 BLU DC COM

A3 BLU DC COM

A4 BLU

2

DC COM

A5 BLU

J782

E

F

PL4.7

6 3

ON +24V CLOCK

H 005-122

PRE REGI SENSOR

Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (DADF Simplex/Side 1 )

005-135 DADF Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Invert)

005-144

005-151 TAKE AWAY ROLL PRE REGI ROLL

MOT

NO2. APS SENSOR

1 5

A6 ORN

2

DADF Pre Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)

NO3. APS SENSOR

DC COM

A1 ORN

DADF Too First Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

PRE REGI ROLL

3

ON +24V CLOCK

J FAIL CODE

NO1. APS SENSOR

4

ON +24V CLOCK

G

DADF PRE REGI MOTOR 3 Motor winding resistance 0.95 ohms +/- 10% (at air temp. of 25 deg. C) P782-pin 2 to pin 1/3 P782-pin 5 to pin 4/6 TAKE AWAY ROLL

005-198 Too Short Size Jam


005-199 INTLK ON +24VDC (5.2 H4)

3

J754 A7 VIO

J763

Too Long Size Jam

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

PRE REGI SENSOR PL4.17

DC330

3 2

A9 GRY

005-206

2

DADF PRE REGI SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

J763

YEL

YEL

A8

1

B1 VIO

J765

NO.1 APS SENSOR PL4.17

DC330

3 2

B3 GRY

5

B4 VIO

B7 VIO

6

DC COM (1.9 E2)

005-122

005-198

005-135

005-199

005-144

005-907

YEL

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

005-907 DADF Pre Regi Sensor Static Jam

005-914 DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor Static Jam

NOTE: 1

+5VDC

YEL

B2

1

J766


DC330

3

005-219

2

+5VDC

NO.2 APS SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

J766

YEL

YEL

B5

1

J767


DC330

3 2

B9 GRY

2

NO.1 APS SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

J765

2 B6 GRY

005-218

DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail

+5VDC

J754

005-151 4

005-284

J767

005-220

NO.3 SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

YEL

DC330[005-015]

55mm/sec

DC330[005-016]

73.3mm/sec

DC330[005-017]

82.5mm/sec

DC330[005-018]

110mm/sec

005-274

DC330[005-019]

146.7mm/sec

005-284

DC330[005-020]

165mm/sec

005-914

DC330[005-021]

220mm/sec

DC330[005-022]

293.3mm/sec

DC330[005-023]

330mm/sec

DC330[005-024]

440mm/sec

DC330[005-025]

700mm/sec

DC330[005-076]

460mm/sec

DC330[005-077]

750mm/sec

DC330[005-089]

650mm/sec

+5VDC

B8 YEL

1 2

The operating speed depends on the diag code. DADF Pre Regi operating speed Motor


j0tk730505-K2



7-36


B

C

D

E

F

5.6 DADF 250 DOCUMENT REGISTRATION 1

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

2 TD 1

J760 B5 BLU TD 1

DC COM

B6 BLU TD 1

DC COM

B7 BLU

2

DC COM

B8 BLU

TD 1

DC COM

DC330

[005-026~036,078~080]

DADF REGI MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

G

H

J

DADF REGI MOTOR

P783

ON +24V CLOCK ON +24V CLOCK

2

5

3

4

4

3

5

2

1

6

6

1

J783

DADF REGI MOTOR PL4.8

LEAD REGI SENSOR

REGI ROLL

MOT

ON +24V CLOCK

REGI ROLL

REGI SENSOR BAFFLE SOLENOID

TD 1

B4 ORN


TD 1

B9 ORN

FAIL CODE 250 DADF PWB PL4.3


3

3 DADF REGI SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC DC330

J757 A9 GRY +5VDC (1.9 E1)

J794

A7 VIO

1 3

3

P794

J776 GRY

1

VIO

2

J776

P794

YEL

2

2

4 B7 VIO

P792

B9 GRY

3 1

005-153

005-136

005-908

005-124 DADF Lead Regi Sensor ON Jam

005-125

7

J792

J779 VIO

9

3 LEAD REGI SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC DC330

3

J779 YEL

J792

8

2

P792

005-207

DADF Regi Sensor ON Jam (Invert)

+5VDC

YEL

B8

005-124

005-152

005-909

DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)

1

GRY

005-153

NOTE:

DC330

J755

A5 BLU

005-065

BAFFLE SOLENOID PL4.7

1

BAFFLE SOLENOID PULL(L)+24VDC

P787

2

2

DC COM

35Ω

A4 ORN A6 BLU

3 BAFFLE SOLENOID HOLD(L)+24VDC

1

1

110Ω

1

3

DC COM

3 1

A8

005-125

DADF Regi Sensor ON Jam (Simplex/Duplex Side1)

005-136

LEAD REGI SENSOR PL4.8 2

5

NOTE:

YEL

005-152

DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Simplex/Duplex Side 1)

2

6

J757

005-123

3

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

+24VDC (1.9 E3)

J794

+5VDC

DADF REGI. SENSOR PL4.25

DC COM (1.9 E2)

DC COM (1.9 E2)

1

005-110

005-123

Turning DC330[005-065] On makes the solenoid pulled in for 100ms, held in the state for 220ms, and then Off.

DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)

The operating speed and rotation direction depend on the diag code. DADF Regi Motor

operating speed

DADF Regi Motor

operating speed

DC330[005-026]

55mm/sec

DC330[005-034]

330mm/sec

DC330[005-027]

73.3mm/sec

DC330[005-035]

440mm/sec

DC330[005-028]

82.5mm/sec

DC330[005-036]

DC330[005-029]

110mm/sec

Reverse 35.2mm/sec

DC330[005-030]

146.7mm/sec

DC330[005-078]

460mm/sec

DC330[005-031]

165mm/sec

DC330[005-079]

Reverse 110mm/sec

DC330[005-032]

220mm/sec

DC330[005-080]

DC330[005-033]

293.3mm/sec

Reverse 220mm/sec


005-908 DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam

005-909 DADF Lead Regi Sensor Static Jam TD 1

Motor winding resistance: approx. 2.0 ohms ・J760-B4 to B5/B6 ・J760-B9 to B7/B8

j0tk730506-K2

A

B

C

D

E

F

5.7 DADF 250 DOCUMENT SCAN & INVERT (1 OF 2) 1

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

TD 1

J760 A8 BLU TD 1

DC COM

A9 BLU

TD 1

ON +24V CLOCK

DC COM

A11 BLU

P784

ON +24V CLOCK ON +24V CLOCK

A10 BLU

2

DADF PLATEN MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

TD 1

DC COM

1

DC330 [005-037~047,085]

A7 ORN

TD 1

A12 ORN

3


J757 P792

B4 VIO

6

4

J792

2

5

3

4

4

3

J784

J778 VIO

5

2

1

6

6

1

4

B1 VIO

9

GRY

B3 GRY

7

P793

B10 VIO

3


OUT SENSOR PL4.22 3

J778

J792

YEL

3

B12 GRY

1

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

DC330

3

GRY

INVERT SENSOR 1 PL4.22

DC330

3

J777

B2 BLU

+24VDC (1.9 E3)

6

J793

J780 YEL

SIMP/DUP GATE SOLENOID ON(L)+24VDC

B3 BLU

SIMP/DUP GATE SOLENOID PL4.11 2

2

2

DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam

005-154

005-130 DADF Invert Sensor ON Jam (Duplex Mode)

+5VDC

005-133

005-130 B2

YEL

2

2

J793

005-226

2

DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam

005-133

+5VDC

INVERT SENSOR 2 DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

B11

YEL

005-154 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)

005-157

005-913

DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)

005-918

3

1 48Ω

1

DADF Out Sensor Static Jam

005-913

NOTE: 1

3


DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam

The operating speed depends on the diag code. DADF Platen Motor operating speed

DC COM

2

005-127 B5

005-910

005-068

005-067

005-127

1

48Ω DC330

8

005-211

INVERT SENSOR 1 DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

DC330

3

DC COM

B1 ORN

2

YEL

INVERT SENSOR 2 PL4.21

SIMP/DUP GATE SOLENOID P789 ON(L)+24VDC

J755

YEL

DADF Out Sensor ON Jam

005-126

005-157

2

DC COM (1.9 E2)

P792

+5VDC

1

GRY

VIO

5

2 DC330 005-208 OUT SENSOR DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC J757

005-126

250 DADF PWB PL4.3

005-910

VIO

J780

5

FAIL CODE

1

J777

J793

SIMP/DUP GATE SOLENOID

PLATEN ROLL OUT ROLL

OUT SENSOR

1

1

INVERT SENSOR 1

OUT ROLL

2

4

5

6

J

PLATEN ROLL

2 B6 GRY

H

INVERT SENSOR 2

PLATEN MOTOR PL4.9

MOT

TD 1

DC COM

G

PLATEN MOTOR

DADF Platen Motor operating speed

DC330[005-037]

55mm/sec

DC330[005-044]

220mm/sec

DC330[005-038]

73.3mm/sec

DC330[005-045]

293.3mm/sec

DC330[005-039]

82.5mm/sec

DC330[005-046]

330mm/sec

DC330[005-041]

110mm/sec

DC330[005-047]

440mm/sec

DC330[005-042]

146.7mm/sec

DC330[005-085]

460mm/sec

DC330[005-043]

165mm/sec

005-918 DADF Invert Sensor 2 Static Jam TD 1

Motor winding resistance: approx. 2.3 ohms J760-A7 to A8/A9 J760-A12 to A10/A11 j0tk730507-K2



7-38


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

5.8 DADF 250 DOCUMENT SCAN & INVERT (2 OF 2) 1

1P DUP PWB (250) PL5.8

CIS DC/DC CONVERT PWB (250) PL4.2 5

J740

LGATE

18 6

RG CLOCK

19

2

7

RG DATA

20 8

RG LD

21

3

10

RGRDWR

22 23

PS ENABLE

J745

CIS (250) PL4.13 J746

J7461

2

5

13

18

14

14

6

15

15

19

16

16

7

17

17

20

18

18

8

19

19

21

20

20

10

21

21

22

22

22

23

24

24

DC COM

DC COM

13

1

4

11 12 13

+24VDC +24VDC

11

F1

5 4

DC COM

8 7

11 10

8

12

7

13 F2

2

+24VDC TO +6VDC

1

5 F3

25 26

6 DC COM (1.8 H2)

DC COM DC COM DC COM

BRN

1

1

1

15

15

2

2

5

DC COM

4

DATA C+ DATA C-

8

DC COM

7

GRY

4

3

VIO

3

5

25

16

16

3

3

CLOCK -

11

DC COM

17

17

10

4

4

12 RGOUT

VIO

+3.3VDC

23

9

9


CIS (250)

FAIL CODE 065-211 CIS Shading FROM Fail

065-212 CIS Shading Level Fail

065-213 +6VDC

CIS Output Level Fail

065-219 CIS Black White Level Fail +24VDC

065-221 CIS AGC Fail

DC COM

26

CIS DC/DC CONVERT PWB (250)

GND

DC COM

065-221

+12VDC

5

DC COM

065-219

DC COM

6

ORN

065-212

9 CLOCK +

1

VIO

065-211

065-213

2

GRY

4

6

24

14

8 7

VIO

J740

14

DC COM

+24VDC (1.8 H1)

24

J7471

J745

2

6

12 DC COM

J747

DATA B-

9 DC COM

J746

1P DUP PWB (250) PL5.8

3 DATA B+

6

DC COM

+24VDC TO +12VDC

DATA A-

3 DC COM

23 +24VDC

J7461 DATA A+

CIS DC/DC CONVERT PWB (250) PL4.2

GRN

FG

CIS PLATE

1P DUP PWB (250)

j0tk730508

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

5.9 DADF 250 DOCUMENT EXIT 1

250 DADF PWB PL4.3 DC COM (1.9 E2)

250 DADF PWB PL4.3 J757 A1 VIO

P795

6

1

J795

J774 VIO

DADF EXIT SENSOR 1 PL4.23

DC330

3 2

A3 GRY

4

3

GRY

2

DC COM (1.9 E2)

3

J795

YEL

1

5

P795

J757 YEL

J775

4

VIO

DADF EXIT SENSOR 2 PL4.23

DC330

3 2

A6 GRY

2

+5VDC

A2

1

+5VDC (1.9 E1)

A4 VIO

J774

2

005-209

DADF EXIT SENSOR 1 DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

6

GRY

J775 YEL

5

005-129

005-156

005-138

005-911

+5VDC

DADF EXIT SENSOR 2 DOC. SENSED(L)+5VDC

2

005-155

005-142

2

005-210

005-128

YEL

A5

1

005-137

005-158

005-143

005-912

+5VDC (1.9 E1) TD 1

B11 DC COM

3

B12 DC COM

B13 DC COM

B14 DC COM

J760

DC330

005-048~061

DADF EXIT MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

BLU TD 1

ON +24V CLOCK

BLU TD 1

ON +24V CLOCK

BLU TD 1

J785

ON +24V CLOCK

BLU TD 1

B10 ORN

4

B15 ORN

DC330

5

1

DADF EXIT MOTOR

EXIT ROLL 1 EXIT ROLL 2

MOT

EXIT GATE SOLENOID PL4.11 3

P788

1

2 1

INVERT ROLL NIP/ RELEASE SOLENOID PL4.11

P790

1

2

DC COM

+24VDC (1.9 E3)

DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam

005-142

005-070

INVERT ROLL NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID ON(L)+24VDC

DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Simplex Mode)

005-138

DADF EXIT SENSOR 2

2

DC330

005-129

DADF Exit Sensor 2 ON Jam

005-069

EXIT GATE SOLENOID ON(L)+24VDC

DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Simplex Mode)

005-137

4

A7 ORN

B4 ORN

INVERT ROLL NIP/RLS. SOLENOID

6

+24VDC (1.9 E3)

6

DADF EXIT SENSOR 1

3

DC COM

B5 BLU

005-128

5


A8 BLU

FAIL CODE


2

TD 1

J755

DADF EXIT MOTOR PL4.10

1

2

1

3

DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Duplex Mode)

NOTE: 1 The operating speed depends on the diag code. DADF Exit Motor

operating speed

DC330[005-048]

55mm/sec

DC330[005-049]

73.3mm/sec

DC330[005-050]

82.5mm/sec

DC330[005-051]

110mm/sec

DC330[005-052]

146.7mm/sec

DC330[005-053]

165mm/sec

DC330[005-054]

220mm/sec

DC330[005-057]

293.3mm/sec

DC330[005-058]

330mm/sec

DC330[005-059]

440mm/sec

DC330[005-060]

700mm/sec

DC330[005-061]

460mm/sec

005-143 EXIT GATE SOLENOID

2


3

The coil resistance is 42 ohms ±10% (at coil temp. of 20 deg. C)

TD 1

DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam

005-155 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Simplex)

005-156 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Duplex)

Motor winding resistance: approx. 3.5 ohms. J760-B10 to B11/B12 005-158 J760-B15 to B13/B14 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF

Jam (Punched Doc Mode)

005-912 DADF Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam

005-911 DADF Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam

j0tk730509-K2



7-40


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

5.10 DADF 250 DOCUMENT PATH Invert scanning 1

1

5

2

6

3

7

4

8

2

3

4

5

6

j0tk730510-K2

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

5.11 DADF 250 DRIVE TRANSMISSION Feed Motor (5.4)

1

Pre Regi Motor (5.5) MOT

Invert Sensor 1 (5.7)

Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (5.2)

Roll name

MOT

Feed Clutch (5.4)

Tray Level Sensor (5.1) Feed Sensor (5.4)

Tray Motor (5.1)

Pre Regi Sensor (5.5)

MOT

2

2

Baffle Solenoid (5.6)

1

1. Nudger Roll 2. Feed Roll 3. Take Away Roll 4. Pre Regi Roll 5. Regi Roll 6. Platen Roll 7. Out Roll 8. Exit Roll 2 9. Invert Roll 10.Exit Roll 1

3 4 Regi Sensor (5.6)

3 MOT

Regi Motor (5.6)

Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (5.7) Out Sensor (5.7)

8

10

Document Set Sensor (5.2) Invert Roll Nip/Rls Solenoid (5.9)

7

5

Bottom Sensor (5.1)

9

Symbol Meaning: MOT

Stepping Motor

Invert Sensor 2 (5.7) Solenoid

6 Exit Sensor 1 (5.9)

Lead Regi Sensor (5.6)

Exit Sensor 2 (5.9)

4

MOT

Exit Motor (5.9)

Sensor Clutch Drive transmission

MOT

Platen Motor (5.7)

5

6

j0tk730511



7-42

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 6 Imaging A

B

C

D

E

F

6.1 DOCUMENT ILLUMINATION (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) 1

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 3

J723

DC COM

6 DC COM

4

2

5 +24VDC(F1) (1.7 G3)

1 2

LAMP BALLAST PWB PL5.9

062-002

DC330

LAMP ON (L) +3.7VDC

J702

3

6 2 N.C

+24VDC

4

+24VDC


3 N.C

5

DC COM

LAMP FAN 4

1

DC COM

DC330

J722 B7 ORN

+5VDC

2

FAIL CODE

062-015

LAMP FAN ON (H) +24VDC

LAMP FAN PL5.6 J730

4

1

DC330

P730

P730

RED

WHT

3

2

J730

062-282

LAMP FAN FAIL (H) +3.3VDC

062-355

+3.3VDC

IPS Fan Fail

J722

062-356

B9 YEL

062-356 Lamp Fan Fail

B8 YEL

4

LAMP BALLAST PWB

EXPOSURE LAMP IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

+24VDC (F1) (1.7 G3)

J

IPS FAN

J703

DC COM

3

H

EXPOSURE LAMP PL5.9 1

ILLUMINATION REMOTE

G


NOT USED

3

2

1

4

N.C

MOT

DC COM

B10 VIO

DC COM

BLK

DC COM

DC330

5

+24VDC (F1) (1.7 G3)

DC330

B3 ORN

+5VDC

B4 YEL

062-004 062-014

IPS FAN ON (H) +24VDC

(Low) (High) J731

IPS FAN SPEED HIGH (L) +4.3VDC

IPS FAN PL5.6

DC330

P731

P731

RED

WHT

4

1

3

2

BRN

1

4

BLK

3

2

J731

062-281

+3.3VDC

IPS FAN FAIL (H) +3.3VDC YEL

B5

062-355

MOT

DC COM

B6 VIO

6

DC COM

DC COM

j0tk730601

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

6.2 IMAGE INPUT (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

1

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 A12,A13 B11,B12

CCD PWB PL5.6 J710

4

J700

2

062-371

20,22 19,21

+5VDC (F4) (1.7 J1)

1-40

J710

J700 34

1

062-380 A1-A22 B1-B22

8

062-386

7

062-393 2

A7,B6

2

1P DUP PWB PL5.8

12,11

EXTENSION MEMORY PWB PL5.8 J717

+3.3VDC (1.7 J3)

J733

10

P717

1

17

50

P733

1

11

16

063-240

1 J718

27

P718

1

50

3

26

LAMP LENS

30

CCD

ESS PWB PL2.5

DC330 DC330

45

SCAN START (L) +3.3VDC

P336

29

005-224 062-272

+3.3VDC

P719

33

45

32

DC COM

4

36 35

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 +5VDC (F2) (1.7 J2)

+5VDC

DC330

CCD FAN PL5.6

062-017

CCD FAN J722 ON H) +5VDC J729 B11 GRY 4

5 B12 YEL

NOT USED

3

43 DC COM

1

2

P729

DC330

RED

N.C

062-280

CCD FAN FAIL (H) +3.3VDC MOT

P729 WHT

3

2

J729

4

+3.3VDC

J722 YEL

B13

5

14

062-357

13

DC COM

B14 VIO

DC COM

1

4

BLK

DC COM

47 DC COM

48

6

P719

IMAGE DATA 1 + IMAGE DATA 1 IMAGE DATA 2 + IMAGE DATA 2 IMAGE DATA 3 + IMAGE DATA 3 IMAGE DATA 4 + IMAGE DATA 4 IMAGE DATA 5 + IMAGE DATA 5 IMAGE DATA 6 + IMAGE DATA 6 IMAGE DATA 7 + IMAGE DATA 7 IMAGE DATA 8 + IMAGE DATA 8 SCAN READY CLOCK 1 + CLOCK 1 CLOCK 2 + CLOCK 2 WM SENSED BR SENSED

P336

ESS PWB PL2.5 2

003-345

1

003-346

8 7 11 10 17 16 27 26 30 29 33 32 36 35

+3.3VDC

43 5 4 14 13 47

+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

062-362 062-790

48

DC COM

NOTE: 1

For image processing appropriate for a document, image data from IIT/IPS PWB and 1P DUP PWB is stored temporarily. j0tk730602

Chain 6 Imaging 7-43


7-44


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

6.3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS)

003-345 1


CCD PWB

003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2

062-357 CCD FAN

CCD Fan Fail

062-362 X Hard Fail

062-371

2

Lamp Fail

062-380 Platen AGC Fail

062-386 Platen AOC Fail

062-393 3

EXTENSION MEMORY PWB

IIT/IPS PWB Fail

062-790 X Detect Fail

063-240 EXT Image Parameter Fail

4

5

6

j0tk730603

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

6.4 COPY IMAGE FLOW (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) 1 2

CIS (250) COPY (SIDE 2)

J7461

J746

CIS DC/DC CONV. PWB P745

2

1P DUP PWB (250) 2 P740

IMAGE COMP PWB (SELENE)(OPTION) 3

P717 J700

J710

EXTENSION MEMORY PWB P733 J717

P348

P718

P348

J733 J3480

NEW RISER PWB

P710

COPY (SIDE 2)

COPY

3 4

IIT/IPS PWB

CCD

J718

ESS PWB

J3481

P310 P741

POWER

P732 P748

4

Paper Security selected P714

HWM PWB (OPTION) J714

3

4 (TORINO) requires 512-or-more MB System Memory.

HDD

J303 J348

FPC

3 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB P744

USB 2.0 H PWB (OPTION)

3 Image Ext PWB (TORINO) is the standard. One of the 3 PWBs can be connected ・Image Comp PWB(SELENE) ・USB 2.0 D ・USB 2.0 H

P348 P737

POWER SEE CH1

USB 2.0 D PWB (OPTION)

Image Log

B/W

2

IMAGE EXT PWB (TORINO)

Image Log

POWER

JPEG PWB (LYRA3) (OPTION) J370

P370

COPY(Create Image Log selected)

1 COPY IMAGE P713

Paper Security selected

5

J7132

P719 COPY

Image Log

BP PWB P336

J336 Create Image Log selected

P335

J335 J418

MCU PWB

COPY

COPY

NOTE:

6

1

Paper Security Kit detects only codes from image data, and sends only the code info to ESS via IIT/IPS. The image itself never goes out from the kit.

2

M/C with Paper Security does not do Single-Pass Duplex Scan. The M/C makes DADF invert a two-sided document and CCD scan its side 2.

ROS J419

P418

FFC Image Log

PC j0tk730604



7-46


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

6.5 SCAN IMAGE FLOW (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) 1 2

CIS (250) COPY (SIDE 2)

J7461

J746


2

1P DUP PWB (250) 2 P740

IMAGE COMP PWB (SELENE)(OPTION) High Compression PDF/XDW

B/W

2

P717 J700

J710


COPY (SIDE 2)

P718

FPC

P348

J733 J3480 High Compression PDF/XDW

NEW RISER PWB

J718

ESS PWB

Normal Scan

J3481

P310

POWER

P732 POWER SEE CH1

P748

4

Paper Security selected P714

P713 (High Compression PDF/XDW selected)

Paper Security selected


PDF/TIF/JPEG/XDW P370 JPEG Compression

High Compression PDF/XDW

J7132

P719 PDF/TIF/ JPEG/XDW

Image Log

(High Compression PDF/XDW selected)

POWER

1

SCAN IMAGE

5


3


HDD

J303 J348

P741 DC POWER SUPPLY PWB P744


3 Image Ext PWB (TORINO) is the standard. One of the 3 PWBs can be connected ・Image Comp PWB(SELENE) ・USB 2.0 D ・USB 2.0 H

P348

P737

3

3

Image Log

P348

P710

SCAN

USB 2.0 D PWB (OPTION)

4

IIT/IPS PWB

CCD


J

BP PWB P336

J336 PDF/TIF/ JPEG/XDW

P335

J335 J418

MCU PWB

ROS J419

P418

Image Log FFC Image Log

NOTE: 1

6 2

Paper Security Kit detects only codes from image data, and sends only the code info to ESS via IIT/IPS. The image itself never goes out from the kit. M/C with Paper Security does not do Single-Pass Duplex Scan. The M/C makes DADF invert a two-sided document and CCD scan its side 2.

High Compression PDF/XDW PDF/TIF/XDW PC j0tk730605

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

6.6 PRINT IMAGE FLOW (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) CIS (250) COPY (SIDE 2)

1

J7461

J746

3 1P DUP PWB (250) P740


IMAGE COMP PWB (SELENE)(OPTION)


3

Image Ext PWB (TORINO) is the standard. One of the 3 PWBs can be connected ・Image Comp PWB(SELENE) ・USB 2.0 D ・USB 2.0 H

USB 2.0 D PWB (OPTION) 3

Image Log 3

IIT/IPS PWB

2

P717

CCD

J700

J710


P348

J3480

J3481

J733 NEW RISER PWB

P710

P718

P348

J718

ESS PWB

P310 P741

P732 POWER SEE CH1

P748 P714

4


Image Log

POWER


P370

P336

J336

PRINT

1

PRINT IMAGE P713

J7132

P719 Image Log

3

HDD

J303 J348

FPC

3

POWER


P348 P737

DC POWER SUPPLY PWB P744


BP PWB P335

MCU PWB

J335 J418

ROS J419

P418

PRINT

5

PRINT

FFC

NOTE: 1

6

Paper Security Kit detects only codes from image data, and sends only the code info to ESS via IIT/IPS. The image itself never goes out from the kit.

Create Image Log selected

Normal Print

Image Log PRINT IMAGE

PC j0tk730606



7-48


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

6.7 PLATEN DOCUMENT SENSING (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) PLATEN INTERLOCK SWITCH PL5.6

1 IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 A4

J727

VIO

2

1

005-304

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 DC330

MAGNET

J722

J FAIL CODE

DC330

P727

P727

2

1

J727

CLOSED(L)+5VDC

Platen Interlock Open (during DADF operation)

+5VDC (F2)

005-213 062-300

005-304

J722

A5 YEL

062-300

062-300 Platen Interlock Open

DC COM DC330

J725

A12 GRY

2 +5VDC(F2) (1.7 J2)

A13 VIO

PLATEN CLOSED(L)+5VDC

J725

YEL

A14

PLATEN ANGLE SENSOR PL5.6

+5VDC

A8 A6

APS SENSOR 1 ENABLE (H) +5VDC GRY

DC330

J7261

1

2

+5VDC (F2)

062-251

APS SENSOR 1 DOC SENSED(L)+5VDC

J7261

YEL

A7

3

VIO

APS SENSOR 1 PL5.4

DC COM

A11 GRY

4

1

2

DC COM

3

3

+5VDC (F2)

062-301

A9

APS SENSOR 2 ENABLE (H) +5VDC

VIO

DC COM

Test Point: Platen Angle Sensor J725-3 (+) to GND (-) With Sensor connected, approx. +1.2VDC

DC330

J7262

1

2

J7262

+5VDC (F2)

062-253

APS SENSOR 2 DOC SENSED(L)+5VDC YEL

A10

3 APS SENSOR 2 PL5.4


5

PLATEN ANGLE SENSOR

APS SENSOR 2 PLATEN INTERLOCK SWITCH 6

j0tk730607

APS SENSOR 1

A

B

C

D

E

F

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

DC330 DC330

3

J721

062-005 062-006

H

J FAIL CODE

6.8 CARRIAGE CONTROL (EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS) 1

G

062-360

CARRIAGE MOTOR PL5.7

(Scan) (Return)

Carriage Position Fail

062-389

CARRIAGE MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

Carriage Over Run (Scan End)

ORN

DC COM

4

BLU

DC COM

5

2

YEL

MOT

DC COM

6

RED

DC COM

1 2

CARRIAGE

+24VDC WHT

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8

+24VDC BLK

+24VDC (F1) (1.7 G3)

3

J722

A3 GRY +5VDC (F2) (1.7 J2)

A1

TD 1

DC330

J728

VIO

DC COM

1

2

J728

+5VDC (F2)

062-212

IIT REGI SENSOR BLOCKED (H) +5VDC

J722 YEL

A2

062-360 062-389

3 IIT REGI SENSOR PL5.6

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION

4 TD 1

CARRIAGE MOTOR

Test Point: IIT Regi Sensor J728-1 (+) to GND (-) With Sensor connected, approx. +1.2VDC

IIT REGI SENSOR 5

6

j0tk730608



7-50


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

6.9 LASER CONTROL AND SCANNING 1

ESS PWB PL2.5

BP PWB PL2.8 VIDEO DATA K7 VIDEO DATA K6 VIDEO DATA K5 VIDEO DATA K4 VIDEO DATA K3

2

VIDEO DATA K2 VIDEO DATA K1 VIDEO DATA K0 VALID K VIDEO CLOCK PAGE REQUEST LINE REQUEST

3

ROS ASSY PL6.1

MCU PWB PL2.1

P/J 335 28

P/J 418 33

87

84

27

34

86

85

26

35

85

86

25

36

84

87

88

83

21

40

89

82

29

32

5-20 33-48

061-331

JA419

DC330

061-603

5-20 33-48

JB419

1

27 25

VIDEO DATA K

2

VIO

3

32

GRY

1

46-29 18-3

LD　8 x 4

27

FAIL CODE 061-315

DC330

2

JA419

2

JB419

J345A

+5VDC INTLK

SOS Short Fail

061-325 Laser Hazard No Direct Exposure

49

No SOS Fail

061-329 ROS Connect Fail

48 J345B

+5VDC INTLK +5VDC INTLK

3

061-319

26

+5VDC INTLK

3

SOS Long Fail

50

061-205

LD ALARM

25

DRUM DETECT

YEL

MPD PWB PL6.1

+5VDC INTLK

23 J345B

ROS CONNECT

1

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

J1

DC COM

3

061-002

+3.3VDC

FRONT DOOR CLOSED

PD

DC COM

LD CLOCK

24

2

J341

28

APC START

28

061-329

4

46-29 18-3

SCR START

26

061-607

J345A

LD DATA

24

061-340

32

LD RESET

23

061-332

VIDEO DATA K

LDD PWB

061-331

49

ROS VDD Fail

061-332

48

ROS VDD Down Fail

+5VDC INTLK

061-334 SOS Stop Fail

DC330

5

ROS ASSY PL6.1 MCU PWB PL2.1

6

DC COM

DC330

SOS PWB 3

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

DC330

J416 BLU

J199

DC330

1 2

1

BLU

3

J199

061-201 061-202 061-203 061-204

061-340

(No SOS Fail)

ROS LD Fail

(SOS Long Fail)

MCU PWB PL2.1

(SOS Short Fail) (SOS Data Fail)

SOS SENSED (L)+5VDC

J416 BLU

061-603 ROS Data Fail

+5VDC

061-315 2

061-319

061-334

061-607 LD Alarm

061-325

j0tk730609

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

6.10 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 1 ROS ASSY

SOS PWB 2

MPD PWB

3

4

LDD PWB DRUM

5

6

j0tk730610



7-52


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

6.11 LASER SCAN DRIVE CONTROL 1

ROS ASSY PL6.1 MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

A8

J409 BLU

DC COM

A10

2

061-001

ROS MOTOR ON(L)+6VDC ROS MOTOR CLOCK

BLU

MCU PWB PL2.1

ROS MOTOR DC330

P247

3

3

1

5

5

1

4

2

J247 YEL

YEL

J1

3

3

J1141 J1142

3

1

5

1

5

1

5

4

2

4

2

J1142 J1141

4

2

J1 J247 YEL

4

2

P247

061-200

ROS MOTOR READY(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

J409 BLU

061-320 A9

061-330

DC COM

A6 +24VDC (1.6 D1)

BLU

ORN

MOT A7

BLU

VIO

FAIL CODE 061-320

DC COM

Polygon Motor Fail

061-330 Polygon Motor Lock Fail

3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

ROS MOTOR

4

5

6

j0tk730611

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

6.12 IIT HEATER CONTROL EXCEPT 4127/4112EPS

1

P921 BLK

WHT

1

2

J921

P7001

BLK

BLK

WHT

WHT

1

1

2

2

WHT

WHT

P7011 BLK

2

IIT HEATER 1

J7001

WHT

1

1

2

2

J7011

IIT HEATER 2

WHT

WHT

ROS HEATER 1 P922 BLK

3

7.11

POWER OFF ACH (IIT/ROS)

WHT

J920 BLK

4

7.11

POWER OFF ACN (IIT/ROS) WHT

1

3

P920

1

ROS HEATER 2

2 P925

BLK

BLK

WHT

WHT

1

2

5

6

j0tk730612



7-54

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 7 Paper Supplying A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

7.1 TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSING 1

TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3 J467 B14 YEL AVREF (+3.3VDC) (1.4 J6)

B12

+3.3VDC DC COM

YEL

J128

024-946

TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR PL7.1

Tray 1 Not In Position

1

S3

2


S1

2

NOTE:

3

MCU PWB PL2.1

3

DC COM

1

J FAIL CODE

Paper size is sensed by voltage corresponding to combined resistance of Paper Size Sensor. The table below shows paper size corresponding to Switch ON/OFF combination pattern and voltage.

Paper Size

S1

S3

Voltage (V) (J403-B19)

No Tray

OFF

OFF

3.08

B5L/7.25"X10.5"L

OFF

ON

2.65

8.5"X11"L

ON

OFF

1.42

A4L

ON

ON

1.00

J128

J467 YEL

B13

B1

J461

2 DC140 071-100 TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL

AVREF (+3.3V)

J403 BLU

B19

1

024-946


MCU PWB

TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE SENSOR SW1

4

2

DC140[071-100] displays AD value from Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor. The value is normally in the output range below. A4LEF loaded： 304-367 B5 LEF loaded： 800-863 Tray not installed： 928-1023

SW3

5 TRAY MODULE PWB

6

j0tk730701

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H



B9

+3.3VDC DC COM

YEL

J129

J FAIL CODE 024-947



1 MCU PWB PL2.1

3 TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3

DC COM S3

2

S1

2

J129

J467 YEL

B10

B2

J461

2 DC140 072-100 TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL

AVREF (+3.3V)

J403 BLU

B18

1

024-947

NOTE: 1

3

4

2

Paper size is sensed by voltage corresponding to combined resistance of Paper Size Sensor. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS The table below shows paper size corresponding to Switch ON/OFF combination pattern and voltage.

Paper Size

S1

S3

Voltage (V) (J403-B18)

No Tray

OFF

OFF

3.08

B5L/7.25"X10.5"L

OFF

ON

2.65

8.5"X11"L

ON

OFF

1.42

A4L

ON

ON

1.00

DC140[072-100] displays AD value from Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor. The value is normally in the output range below. A4LEF loaded： 304-367 B5 LEF loaded： 800-863 Tray not installed： 928-1023

MCU PWB

SW1 TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE SENSOR

TRAY MODULE PWB SW3 5

6

j0tk730702

Chain 7 Paper Supplying 7-55


7-56


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE



J130

B6 YEL

024-948



1 3

DC COM S4

S3

S2


S1

2

2

J130 YEL

J467

B7

B3

J461

DC330

S5

4

YEL

DC140 073-100 TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL

B5

B4

MCU PWB PL2.1

2

AVREF (+3.3V)

J403 BLU

073-202

024-948

B17 +3.3VDC

TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SELECT SWITCH ON(L)+3.3VDC

1 B16 BLU

NOTE: 3

4

5

6

1

Paper size is sensed by voltage corresponding to combined resistance of Paper Size Sensor and SW5 ON/OFF. The table below shows paper size corresponding to Switch ON/OFF combination pattern and voltage. Paper Size

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

No Tray A5S/5.5"X8.5"S (*) B5S 8.5"X13"S 8.5"X14"S A4S/DT Spe.A4S (*) 8.5"X11"S -/DT Spe.A4S 8"X10"S 12.6"X19.2"S/13"X19"S(*) SRA3 S/13"X18"S/ 12"X18"S(*) A4L/DT Spe.A4L (*) -/DT Spe.A4L A3S/DT Spe.A4L (*) DT Spe.A3S B5L/7.25"X10.5"L(*) 8KS B4S 8.5"X11"L 16KL/7.25"X10.5"L(*) 11"X17"S

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF

OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF

OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF

OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON

Voltage (V) (J403-B17) 3.08 2.65 2.44 2.03 2.03 1.82 1.82 1.66 1.61 1.42

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

1.21

ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON

ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON

OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON

OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON

1.00 1.07 0.80 0.88 0.60 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.20 0.00

(*： Switching between the paper sizes is done in diag.) Any combination other than the above ones leads to an undefined size.

2

DC140[073-100] displays AD Value from Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor. The value is normally in the output range below: 11"x17" loaded: 0-63 A5 SEF loaded: 800-863 Tray not installed: 928-1023

SW2

SW3

SW4

TRAY MODULE PWB

SW1

SW5

イラスト


j0tk730703

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

7.4 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSING TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3 J467 B4 YEL

1

AVREF (+3.3VDC) (1.4 J6)

J131

B2 YEL

024-949



1 3

DC COM S4

S3

S2

MCU PWB PL2.1


S1

2

2

J131 YEL

J467

B3

B5

S5

4

YEL

B1

B6

J461

DC140 074-100 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL DC330

2

074-202

TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SELECT SWITCH ON(L)+3.3VDC

AVREF (+3.3V)

J403 BLU

024-949

B15 +3.3VDC

1 B14 BLU

NOTE: 3

4

5

6

1

Paper size is sensed by voltage corresponding to combined resistance of Paper Size Sensor and SW5 ON/OFF. The table below shows paper size corresponding to Switch ON/OFF combination pattern and voltage. Paper Size

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

No Tray A5S/5.5"X8.5"S (*) B5S 8.5"X13"S 8.5"X14"S A4S/DT Spe.A4S (*) 8.5"X11"S -/DT Spe.A4S 8"X10"S 12.6"X19.2"S/13"X19"S(*) SRA3 S/13"X18"S/ 12"X18"S(*) A4L/DT Spe.A4L (*) -/DT Spe. A4L A3S/DT Spe.A4L (*) DT Spe.A3S B5L/7.25"X10.5"L(*) 8KS B4S 8.5"X11"L 16KL/7.25"X10.5"L(*) 11"X17"S

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF

OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF

OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF

OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON

Voltage (V) (J403-B15) 3.08 2.65 2.44 2.03 2.03 1.82 1.82 1.66 1.61 1.42

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

1.21

ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON

ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON

OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON

OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON

1.00 1.07 0.80 0.88 0.60 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.20 0.00

2

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS DC140[074-100] displays AD Value from Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor. The value is normally in the output range below: SW2 11"x17" loaded: 0-63 A5 SEF loaded: 800-863 Tray not installed: 928-1023

SW3

SW1

TRAY MODULE PWB

SW4

SW5

(*： Switching between the paper sizes is done in diag.) Any combination other than the above ones leads to an undefined size. j0tk730704



7-58


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

7.5 MSI PAPER SIZE SENSING MSI

1

MCU PWB PL2.1

MSI PAPER SIZE SENSOR PL8.5

IOT PWB PL2.1 48

J402

J432

J438 B3 BLU

3

P679

J679 A8 A3 GRY

J639

8

7

P639

J113

YEL

MCU PWB PL2.1 IOT PWB PL2.1

1

AVREF (+3.3VDC) (1.4 G5)

3 B1 BLU

A10 A1 GRY

10 5

J113

P639

6

YEL

9

J639

J679

ORN

A2 A9

P679

J438

GRY

B2

4

DC140 075-100 PAPER SIZE SENSED J432 SIGNAL J402

2

YEL

DC COM

DC COM

2

DC330

SJ33 YEL

1

YEL

7

SJ33

3

10

P638

YEL

4

YEL

6

6

J638

4

J118

GRY

1

GRY

3

J118

2

J638

GRY

5

5

P638 YEL

11 4

YEL

A7 A4

GRY

B7

24

DC330

J115

5

12

YEL

1

YEL

3

2

MSI PAPER SET SENSOR PL8.5

4

IOT PWB PL2.1

J438 B6 BLU

P679

J679 A5 A6 WHT

J639

5 10

DC COM

A7 A4 GRY

7

8

J115

12 3

YEL

NOTE:

1

Voltage (V) (P639-6)

P639

Post Card S

2.91

B5L

YEL

A6S

2.88

B4S

YEL

YEL

A8 A3

GRY

Paper width (size in fast scan direction) is sensed by voltage corresponding to MSI Paper Size Sensor resistance. The table below shows paper size (width) corresponding to voltage.

Paper Size

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

B4 BLU

Paper Size

B6S

2.58

16KL

5.5"X8.5"S

2.50

8KS

A5S

2.38

8.5"X11"L

B5S

1.98

11"X17"S

A5L A4S

6

075-200

NO PAPER SENSED (H)+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

024-954

27

MSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL8.7

3

5

1

47

1.65

A4L A3S

MSI No Paper MSI PAPER SET SENSOR MSI NO PAPER SENSOR

0.62 0.56 0.34

13"X19"S

0.23

1.75


0.82

12"X18"S

8"X10"L

32

1.01

12.6"X17.7"S

8.5"X14"S

+5VDC

FAIL CODE 024-954

1.07

8.5"X11"S 1.59

19

Voltage (V) (P639-6)

8.5"X12.4"S 8.5"X13"S

B8

075-203

PAPER SENSED (H)+3.3VDC

Ref.

MSI PAPER SIZE SENSOR

Paper length (size in slow scan direction) is sensed by measuring how long paper takes to pass Regi. Sensor. j0tk730705

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

7.6 TRAY 1 PAPER STACKING 1


MCU PWB PL2.1

TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT MOTOR DIRECTION J404 FEED(H)+5VDC J462

A15 BLU DC COM

A14 BLU

DC330 DC330

2

A13 BLU

DC COM

A11 BLU

3

DC COM

A10 BLU

+3.3VDC

J403

A19 BLU

+24VDC CLOCK ORN

DC COM

+24VDC CLOCK

6 A7

ORN

1

A8

TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT MOTOR

TRAY 1 FEED LIFT MOTOR PL7.13 4

J661 J220 ORN

3

ORN

2

ORN

6 4 3

1

ORN

1


TRAY 1 NUDGER SOLENOID ON(H)+3.3VDC

J461

ORN

6

ORN

DC330 DC330

F2 +24VDC (1.6 D3)

071-003 071-004

RED

BLU

Feed Roll Lift Up

ORN

ORN

2 5

WHT

BLK

DOWN HOLD

TRAY 1 NUDGER SOLENOID J463 ON(L)+24VDC P661B

A1

A11 YEL

1 11

A10 YEL

2 10

J661B J254 YEL

1

2

2

1

TRAY 1 NUDGER SOLENOID PL7.13 2 P254

NOTE: 1 The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor winding resistance is 1.2Ω±10% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points: J220-pin 2 to pin 1/3 J220-pin 5 to pin 4/6

DC COM

4

YEL

+24VDC (1.6 D3)

J661B

J101 YEL

1

2

J661B

J101

YEL

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

5

A7 YEL

5

7

YEL

8

4

J661B

071-210

J403

071-210

B6 BLU

A6 YEL

6

A4 YEL

8

6

4

Tray 1 Lift Up Fail

024-950

J102 YEL

1

Tray 1 No Paper

2

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

DC COM

FAIL CODE

+3.3VDC

3

DC330

6

MCU PWB PL2.1

TRAY MODULE DC330 071-201 PWB TRAY 1 LEVEL SNR PL2.3 J461 SENSED(H)+3.3VDC J463 A8 B14 YEL

TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR PL7.14

DC COM

TRAY 1 NO PAPER SENSOR

A9

DOWN HOLD

9

TRAY 1 LEVEL SENSOR

1

YEL

MOT

5

ORN

2

+5VDC

071-003 071-004

TRAY MODULE PWB J463 P661B PL2.3 A9 YEL 3

J

DC COM +5VDC

TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT MOTOR CURRENT 3 ON(H)+5VDC

TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT MOTOR ON +24VDC CLOCK P661 +24VDC CLOCK

5 +5VDC

FEED LIFT

ORN

DC COM

A6

071-001 071-002

ORN

4 +5VDC


DC330 DC330

3

J465

DC COM

A5


DC COM

A4

FEED LIFT

TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT MOTOR ON(H)+5VDC

DC COM

A12 BLU

071-001 071-002

DC330 DC330

+5VDC

+5VDC

TRAY 1 FEED/LIFT MOTOR CLOCK ON(H)+5VDC

DC COM

H ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/ DRIVE TRANSMISSION

YEL

J102 YEL

5

7

YEL

A5

B13

071-200 +3.3VDC

TRAY 1 NO PAPER SNR NO PAPER SENSED(H)+3.3VDC BLU

B7

024-950

3 TRAY 1 NO PAPER SENSOR PL7.14

2

The coil resistance of solenoid is 30Ω±10% at the following measurement point (at coil temp. of 20 deg. C). P254-2 and P254-1

j0tk730706



7-60


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J



B7 BLU DC COM

B8 BLU

DC330 DC330

DC COM

2

B9 BLU

B10 BLU DC COM

B11 BLU

3

DC COM

B12 BLU

J403

A18 BLU

J465

DC COM

B11

10 ORN

+5VDC

DC COM

11 ORN DC COM

B9

+24VDC CLOCK +24VDC CLOCK +24VDC CLOCK

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/ DRIVE TRANSMISSION

FEED LIFT

TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT MOTOR ON +24VDC P641 CLOCK

ORN

12 ORN

TRAY 2 FEED LIFT MOTOR PL7.13 4

J641

3 2

P662

ORN

4

J662 J220

3

ORN

2

ORN

ORN

6 4

ORN

3

ORN

YEL

TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT MOTOR

7

B8


1

RED

BLU

1

ORN

1

ORN

ORN

6

ORN

5

ORN

6

ORN

2

ORN

5

ORN

WHT

BLK

B7

072-003 DOWN 072-004 HOLD J461

DC330 DC330

F3 +24VDC (1.6 D3)

072-003 DOWN 072-004 HOLD


A2

B11 YEL

1 11

B10 YEL

2 10

J662B J254 YEL

1

2

2

1

P254

TRAY 2 NUDGER SOLENOID PL7.13 2

NOTE: 1

DC COM YEL

+24VDC (1.6 D3)

9

J662B

J101 YEL

1

2

J662B

J101

YEL

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

5

8

4

P662B

TRAY MODULE PWB J461 J463 PL2.3 B8 A8 YEL

DC330

5

7

TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR J403 SENSED(H)+3.3VDC BLU

MCU PWB PL2.1

FAIL CODE

+3.3VDC

072-210 072-210

A12

Tray 2 Lift Up Fail

YEL

Tray 2 No Paper

3 TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR PL7.14

DC COM

DC330

B6 YEL

6

B4 YEL

8

6

J102 YEL

1

2

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

DC COM

072-201

The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor winding resistance is 1.2Ω±10% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points: J220-pin 2 to pin 1/3 J220-pin 5 to pin 4/6

024-951 B7 YEL

6


MOT 1 5

ORN

8

+5VDC

4 TRAY MODULE PWB J463 P662B PL2.3 B9 YEL 3

TRAY 2 LEVEL SENSOR

DC COM +5VDC



9

+5VDC


DC330 DC330

B12

B10


DC COM +3.3VDC

072-001 FEED 072-002 LIFT


DC COM

+5VDC

+5VDC


072-001 072-002

DC330 DC330


MCU PWB PL2.1

4

YEL

J102 YEL

5

7

YEL

B5

A7

072-200

TRAY 2 NO PAPER SENSOR NO PAPER SENSED(H)+3.3VDC BLU

+3.3VDC

A13

024-951


2


j0tk730707

A

B

C

D

E

F

G



MCU PWB PL2.1 J404

A9 BLU DC COM

A8 BLU

TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT MOTOR DIRECTION J462 FEED(H)+5VDC

DC330 DC330

2

A7 BLU

DC COM

A5 BLU

3

DC COM

A4 BLU DC COM +3.3VDC

J403

A17 BLU

3

+24VDC CLOCK +24VDC CLOCK

5

J

ORN

1

ORN

1

A14

ORN

5

ORN

2

+5VDC


ORN

J220

6

YEL

4

TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT MOTOR TRAY 3 NUDGER SOLENOID

1


RED

3

BLU

1

Feed Roll Lift Up

ORN

DC COM +5VDC


ORN

TRAY 3 FEED LIFT MOTOR PL7.13

MOT

+24VDC CLOCK

6 A13

J663

2

ORN

DC COM

+5VDC

4 3

ORN

DC COM

A12

FEED LIFT

ORN

4 +5VDC

073-001 073-002

TRAY 3 FEED/LIFT MOTOR ON J470 +24VDC CLOCK P663

DC COM

A11


ORN

6

ORN

ORN

2

WHT

5

TRAY 3 LEVEL SENSOR

BLK

A15

073-003 073-004

DOWN HOLD


J461

DC330 DC330

A10

FEED LIFT


DC COM

A6 BLU

073-001 073-002

DC330 DC330

+5VDC

+5VDC


DC COM


+24VDC (1.6 D3)

DC330 DC330

F4

073-003 DOWN 073-004 HOLD


A3

A11 YEL

1 11

A10 YEL

2 10

J663B J254 YEL

1

2

2

1

P254


DC COM

4

YEL

+24VDC (1.6 D3)

TRAY MODULE PWB J464 P663B PL2.3 A9 YEL 3

9

J663B

J101 YEL

1

2

J663B

J101

YEL

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

5

8

4

P663B

TRAY MODULE PWB J461 J464 PL2.3 A8 B9 YEL

DC330

TRAY 3 LEVEL SENSOR J403 SENSED(H)+3.3VDC BLU

5

7

FAIL CODE

+3.3VDC


073-210

B11

YEL

Tray 3 No Paper


DC COM

2 DC330

A6 YEL

6

A4 YEL

8

6

J102 YEL

1

2

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

DC COM

MCU PWB PL2.1

024-952 A7 YEL

6

073-201

4

YEL

J102 YEL

5

7

YEL

A5

B8

073-200


+3.3VDC

B12

024-952



NOTE:

1

The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor winding resistance is 1.2Ω±10% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points: J220-pin 2 to pin 1/3 j0tk730708 J220-pin 5 to pin 4/6



7-62


B

C

D

E

F

G



MCU PWB PL2.1


B13 BLU DC COM

B14 BLU DC COM

2

B15 BLU

DC COM

B17 BLU

3

DC COM

B18 BLU DC COM +3.3VDC

J403 A16 BLU

FEED LIFT


10 ORN

+5VDC

DC COM

11 ORN DC COM

B3

J

+24VDC CLOCK +24VDC CLOCK +24VDC CLOCK

+5VDC

7

B2

J664 ORN

3

ORN

2

ORN

J220

6

YEL

4

ORN

TRAY 4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR TRAY 4 NUDGER SOLENOID

1


RED

3

BLU

MOT 1 5

ORN

8

+5VDC

DC330 +24VDC (1.6 D3)

DC330

F5

1

Feed Roll Lift Up

ORN

ORN

2

WHT

5

BLK

074-003 DOWN 074-004 HOLD


A4

ORN

6

ORN

B1

J461

4

TRAY 4 FEED LIFT MOTOR PL7.13

DC COM

DOWN HOLD


ORN

12 ORN


074-003 074-004

TRAY 4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR ON J470 +24VDC CLOCK P664

DC COM

+5VDC


DC330 DC330

9

B4


DC COM

B16 BLU

074-001 074-002

B6

B5

074-001 FEED 074-002 LIFT

DC330 DC330

+5VDC

+5VDC

TRAY 4 FEED/LIFT MOTOR CLOCK ON(H)+5VDC DC330 DC330


B11 YEL

1 11

B10 YEL

2 10

J664B J254 YEL

1

2

2

1

P254


TRAY 4 LEVEL SENSOR

DC COM

4 +24VDC (1.6 D3)

TRAY MODULE PWB J464 P664B PL2.3 B9 YEL 3

9

J664B

J101 YEL

1

2

J664B

J101

YEL

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

5

B7 YEL

5

7

YEL

8

4

P664B

YEL

FAIL CODE

MCU PWB TRAY PL2.1 MODULE DC330 074-201 +3.3VDC PWB TRAY 4 LEVEL SENSOR PL2.3 J403 J461 SENSED(H)+3.3VDC J464 B8 A13 A7 074-210 BLU YEL

6

B4 YEL

8

6

J102 YEL

1

2

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

6 DC COM

4


2 DC330

B6 YEL

Tray 4 Lift Up Fail


DC COM

074-210

YEL

J102 YEL

5

7

YEL

B5

A12

074-200


+3.3VDC

A8

024-953



NOTE:

1

The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor winding resistance is 1.2Ω±10% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points: J220-pin 2 to pin 1/3 J220-pin 5 to pin 4/6 j0tk730709

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

7.10 MSI PAPER STACKING MSI

1

SJ33

1 YEL

2

7

9

YEL

P638

SJ33

YEL

1

3

YEL

9

J638

J117 GRY

7

GRY

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

SHORTING PLUG

1

2

J117

J638

GRY

8

2

P638

P639

YEL

14 1

J639 J679 BLU

A1 A1

P679 J438 BLU

B10

DC330

22

+3.3VDC

075-201

MSI LIFT UP (H)+3.3VDC J402

J432

075-210

29

3 MSI LIFT UP SENSOR PL8.7 DC330

2

J114

4

YEL

11

YEL

1

2

J114 YEL

P679

A5 A5

J679

J639

B9

BLU

23

WHT

5 10

GRY

7

075-211

28

MSI NUDGER SOLENOID

MSI LIFT MOTOR

3 J438 B6 BLU

A2 A2


+5VDC

IOT PWB PL2.1

BLU

+3.3VDC

3 MSI DOWN SENSOR PL8.5

DC COM

13 2

075-202

MSI LIFT DOWN (H)+3.3VDC

MSI LIFT UP SENSOR

MSI DOWN SENSOR

P639 YEL

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

B4 BLU

4

A7 A7

8

YEL

DC COM

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330 DC330

+3.3VDC

10

075-005 (DOWN) 075-006 (HOLD)

J402 ON(H)+3.3VDC

J432

IOT PWB PL2.1

DC330 DC330

J435 B7 BLU

41

075-005 (DOWN) 075-006 (HOLD)

ON(L)+24VDC

MSI NUDGER SOLENOID PL8.6 P679

B6 B7

J679

J639

YEL

11 4

P639

P227

YEL

1

2

B8 BLU

B5 B8

12 3

YEL

YEL

2

1

+24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4) DC330

+5VDC

11

MSI LIFT MOTOR ON

+5VDC

DC COM

6

12 DC COM

40

DIRECTION

39

B5 BLU

B6

DC330

075-001

MSI UP (L)+24VDC BLU

075-211 MSI Lift Down Fail MSI LIFT MOTOR PL8.4

075-002

MSI DOWN (L)+24VDC

075-210 MSI Lift Up Fail

DC COM

5

FAIL CODE

B8 B5

J639 WHT

14 1

P639 YEL

P226

1

2

BLU

MOT B7 B6

WHT

13 2

YEL

2

1

ORN

+24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4) j0tk730710



7-64


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

7.11 HEATER CONTROL (OPTION) 1


HEATER PWB

1 +24VDC (1.6 D3)

J471

HEATER RELAY ENABLE(H)+24VDC J906

YEL

2 K1

2

1

YEL

DC COM

2

1.1

PLUG IN ACH (HEATER PWB)

J900 BLK

1

1

J901

POWER OFF ACH

BLK

POWER OFF ACH (IIT/ROS)

6.12

POWER OFF ACN (IIT/ROS)

6.12

BLK

3 1.1

PLUG IN ACN (HEATER PWB) WHT

3

3

POWER OFF ACN WHT

WHT

HCF HCF HEATER

4

1

3

J902

POWER OFF ACH

BLK

P924 BLK

POWER OFF ACN WHT

WHT

GN/YL T60

1

2 4

5

TRAY MODULE J923 BLK

WHT

TRAY HEATER

1

2

6

j0tk730711

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

7.12 PAPER PATH (IOT)

J

Front Cover Interlock Switch (1.11)

1

IOT Exit Sensor (10.10) Skew Sensor (8.11)

Fuser Exit Sensor (10.6)

Regi Sensor (8.11) MSI Feed Out Sensor (8.7)

H/R

Invert In Sensor (10.11)

CIS (8.10)

Invert Out Sensor (10.12)

MSI Cover Interlock Switch (1.11)

Pre Transfer Sensor (8.12)

2 MSI No Paper Sensor (7.5)

Multi Feed Sensor (8.8)

Marking Drawer Interlock (1.13)

MSI Paper Set Sensor (7.5)

Duplex Path Sensor 2 (10.14)

Invert Path Sensor (10.12)

Invert Release Home Sensor (10.12)

Pre Regi Sensor (8.9)

Duplex In Sensor (10.13)

MSI 3

I-1

Duplex Out Sensor (10.14) 1

2

3

4

MSI Size Sensor (7.5) MSI Pre Feed Sensor (8.6) Feed Out Sensor 1 (8.3) Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor (8.1)

4

Trans Path Sensor 3 (8.5)

I-2 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (7.6)

Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (7.7)

Sensor

Tray 1 Level Sensor (7.6)

Tray 1 Tray 1 Size Sensor (7.1)

Tray 2

No.

Tray 2 Size Sensor (7.2)

Feed Out Sensor 3 (8.3) Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (7.8)

5

Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor (8.1)


Tray 3 Size Sensor (7.3) Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (S5) (7.3)

Tray 3 Tray 4 Size Sensor (7.4)

Sensor Name

CH

1

Trans Path Sensor 1

8.5

2

Trans Path Sensor 2

8.5

3

Feed Out Sensor 2

8.3

4

Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor

8.1

Interlock No.

Feed Out Sensor 4 (8.3) Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (7.9)

Duplex Path Sensor 1 (10.14)


Sensor Name

CH

I-1 Dup Drawer Intetlock

1.13

I-2 Trans Path Interlock

1.13

Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (S5) (7.4) Tray 4 Level Sensor (7.9)

6

Left Hand Cover Interlock Switch (1.13)

Tray 4

Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor (8.1) j0tk730712



7-66


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

7.13 DRIVE TRANSMISSION (IOT) Auger Motor (9.14) MOT

Invert In Roll

1 Exit Roll Regi Motor (8.12) MOT MSI Feed Motor (8.6)

Pre Regi Motor (8.9)

MOT

MOT

2

H/R

Regi Roll

MOT Exit Motor (10.10)

MSI T/A Roll

Duplex Motor (10.14) Take Away Clutch 2 (8.5)

MOT

Release Motor (10.12) MOT

Pre Regi Roll

MSI

Dup Out Roll

Invert Out Roll

Dup Path Roll 2 MOT Invert Motor (10.11)

3 Take Away Clutch 1 (8.5)

Duplex In Roll H-Tra Roll 1

Trans Roll 1 H-Tra Roll 2 T/A Roll 1

4 MOT

MOT Take Away Motor 1 (8.4) Trans Roll 2

Invert Roll

MOT Take Away Motor 2 (8.4)

Tray 2 Feed/ MOT Lift Motor (7.7)

Tray 1

Tray 2

Duplex Path Roll 1

Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (7.6) Symbol Meaning T/A Roll 2

T/A Roll 3 Tray 3 Feed/ MOT Lift Motor (7.8)

5

Tray 3

MOT

Stepping Motor

MOT

DC Motor

Trans Roll 3 Torque Limiter

MOT

One Way Clutch

Take Away Motor 3 (8.4) T/A Roll 4

6

Tray 4 Feed/ MOT Lift Motor (7.9)

Tray 4

Clutch Drive Transmission

j0tk730713

A

B

C

8.1 TRAY 1-4 PRE FEEDING 1


J463 A1 YEL

P661B

11 1

J661B

9

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

J103 YEL

3

E

1

YEL


TRAY 1 PRE FEED SENSOR PL7.14 3

J103 2 YEL

DC COM

A3 YEL

D

J661B

2 10

P661B

J463 YEL

A2

DC330

B12

MCU PWB PL2.1

071-100

TRAY 1 PRE FEED SENSOR PAPER J461 SENSED(L)+5VDC J403 BLU


+5VDC

071-100

B8


1

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

073-100

2 B1 YEL

P662B

11 1

J662B

J103 YEL


J103 2 YEL

DC COM

B3 YEL

9

3

YEL

DC330

J662B

2 10

P662B YEL

B2

A6

072-100

Tray 3 Miss Pre Feed Jam

+5VDC

TRAY 2 PRE FEED SENSOR PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC BLU

072-100

A14

1


+5VDC (1.4 E4)

J464

3

A1 YEL

P663B

11 1

J663B

J103 YEL


J103 2 YEL

DC COM

A3 YEL

9

3

YEL

DC330

J663B

2 10

P663B

J464 YEL

A2

B7

073-100

+5VDC


073-100

B13

1

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

4

B1 YEL

P664B

11 1

J664B

J103 YEL


DC330

J103

2 YEL

DC COM

B3 YEL

9

3

YEL

J664B

2 10

P664B YEL

B2

A11

074-100

+5VDC


A9

074-100

1

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

NOTE:

1

For the illustrated electrical components, see CH8.2.

5

6

j0tk730801

Chain 8 Paper Transportation 7-67


7-68

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 8 Paper Transportation A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

8.2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 1

TRAY 2 PRE FEED SENSOR


2

3

4

5

6



j0tk730802

A

B

C

8.3 TRAY 1-4 PAPER FEEDING

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

1

071-101 1


J467 A10 YEL

P665

3 10

J133A

J665

YEL

J133A 2 YEL

DC COM

A12 YEL

1 12

YEL


FEED OUT SENSOR 1 PL7.18 3

MCU PWB PL2.1

J665

11 2

P665

J467 YEL

A11

DC330

A15

071-101

Tray 1 Miss Feed Jam

072-101

+5VDC

FEED OUT SENSOR 1 J461 PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC J403 BLU

071-101 A5

073-102

1

074-102

+5VDC (1.4 E4)


073-102

2 5

J466

P669B

YEL

3

6

1

8

J669B YEL

J646

9

5

7

7

P646

J133B

YEL

7

YEL

YEL

Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 3)


074-101

J133B 2 YEL

DC COM


1

YEL

074-102

+5VDC (1.4 E4) DC330

3 P646 YEL

J467

A4 YEL

P665

9

4

J665

J133C YEL

6

8

J646

A6 YEL

7

6

YEL

J669B YEL

7

2

P669B

J466 YEL

6

B11


J665

5

8

P665

J467 YEL

A5

A16

072-101


+5VDC

FEED OUT SENSOR 2 PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC BLU

DC330

J133C 2 YEL

DC COM

4


072-101

B9

073-101

+5VDC


073-101

A4

1

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

A1 YEL

12 1

A3 YEL

10 3

J133D YEL


DC COM

5

YEL

DC330

J133D 2 YEL

2 11

YEL

A2

A17

074-101

+5VDC


A3

074-101

1

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

NOTE: 1

For the illustrated electrical components, see CH8.4.

6

j0tk730803



7-70


B

C

D

E

F

G

8.4 TAKE AWAY DRIVE 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

A17 BLU DC COM

A16 BLU

077-001

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 J462 ON(L)+5VDC TAKE AWAY MOTOR BRAKE


A3

4 6 +5VDC (1.4 E4) DC COM

L/H INTLK +24VDC (1.13 F3) DC COM

B5 BLU

YEL

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1

FEED OUT SENSOR 2

4

YEL

5

YEL

5

1

YEL

1

2

YEL

2

DC330

B14

10

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2

3 6

YEL

077-002

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2 ON(L)+5VDC

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 J233A ON(L)+5VDC

FEED OUT SENSOR 1

MOT

2

DC330

J468

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 1 PL7.19

077-001

DC330

A2

DC COM

3

J

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS & DRIVE TRANSMISSION

DC330

J404

H


077-002

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 2 J233B ON(L)+5VDC YEL

3

DC COM

MOT 9 +5VDC (1.4 E4) DC COM

4

+24VDC (1.6 D3)

8 11 3

4

YEL

5

YEL

1

YEL

2

YEL

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 3

DC COM DC330

B1 BLU

077-003

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 3 ON(L)+5VDC

DC330

B18

12

J471 YEL


077-003

TAKE AWAY MOTOR 3 J233C ON(L)+5VDC

3

FEED OUT SENSOR 4

DC COM

5

11 +5VDC (1.4 E4) DC COM L/H INTLK +24VDC (1.13 F3) DC COM

10 14 13

YEL YEL YEL YEL

4

FEED OUT SENSOR 3

MOT

5 1 2

6

j0tk730804

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

8.5 TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORTATION 1


J466

P669A

YEL

3

4

J669A J646 YEL

3 11

P646

J161 YEL


TRANS PATH SENSOR 1 PL7.11 3 2

DC COM

13

1

YEL

6

1 13

YEL

J161

P646 YEL

12 2

J646 J669A YEL

5

2

P669A J466 YEL

12

B10

MCU PWB PL2.1 DC330

077-100

TRANS PATH SENSOR 1 PAPER SENSED J461 (L)+5VDC J403 BLU

+5VDC

077-102

B10

1

YEL

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

2 8

6

YEL

1

6

YEL

J162

8

YEL

TRANS PATH SENSOR 2 PL7.11

DC330

3 2

DC COM

10

4

YEL

3

4 10

YEL

J162 YEL

9

5

2

YEL

5

9

YEL

A10

077-101

TRANS PATH SENSOR 2 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC BLU

+5VDC

A10

1

YEL

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

J467

3

A7 YEL

P665

6

7

J163

J665

YEL

TRANS PATH SENSOR 3 PL7.18

DC330

3 2

DC COM

A9 YEL

4

9

YEL

J163

J665

YEL

8

5

P665

J467 YEL

A8

A14

077-102

TRANS PATH SENSOR 3 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC BLU

+5VDC

A6

1

+5VDC (1.4 E4)

4

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

J404

A2 BLU

077-017

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 1 ON(L)+5VDC

FAIL CODE


DC330

+5VDC

J462

A17

DC COM

9

077-017

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 1 J471 ON(L)+24VDC

J234

YEL

1

2

2

1

6

3

7

2

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS & DRIVE TRANSMISSION

8

5 A1 BLU

077-018

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 2 ON(L)+5VDC

A18

YEL DC330

+24VDC +5VDC (1.6 D3)

2

YEL

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 2 PL7.12

077-018

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 2 J466 ON(L)+24VDC P669B

077-102 Trans Path Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 2)

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 2

DC COM DC330

DC COM

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 1 PL7.5

J669B J646 YEL

12 2

P646 J235 YEL

1

2

2

1

TAKE AWAY CLUTCH 1

TRANS PATH SENSOR 2

DC COM

1

YEL

YEL

13 1

YEL

+24VDC (1.6 D3)

6 TRANS PATH SENSOR 3

TRANS PATH SENSOR 1 j0tk730805



7-72


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

8.6 MSI PAPER FEEDING 1

MSI FEED MOTOR J402 CURRENT

DC COM

14

2

FAIL CODE

MCU PWB PL2.1

13

DC330 DC330

075-003 075-004

J432

MSI

IOT PWB PL2.1

DC330

+5VDC

DC330

DC COM

+5VDC

B3 BLU

37

DC COM

+5VDC

DC COM

CLOCK

B2 BLU DC COM

36

B1 BLU

DC COM

DC COM

1 F9

MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

B10 B3

MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

B11 B2

GRY

2

8

P638

P639

B12 B1 P679

YEL

9

6

J679 WHT

A5 A6

P679

3

ORN

3

J438 BLU

B5

1

ORN

J679

2

BLU

4

ORN

J639

6 4

GRY

5

BRN

IOT PWB PL2.1 J638

J225

MSI Miss Feed Jam

MOT

MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

ORN

3

075-100

MSI FEED MOTOR PL8.6

220mm/sec 300mm/sec

J437

6.3A INTLK ON +24VDC-2 (1.12 E2)

3

075-003 075-004

J435 MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK P679 J679 B4 BLU B9 B4 GRY

38

220mm/sec 300mm/sec

ON(L)+5VDC

15

J

DC330

15

J432

075-100

MSI PRE FEED SENSOR PAPER SENSED J402 (L)+5VDC

MCU PWB PL2.1 +5VDC

36

075-100 MSI FEED MOTOR

4

IOT PWB PL2.1

J438 P679

B4 BLU

A7 A4

J679 J639 GRY

7

8

P639

SJ33

YEL

7

8

SJ33 YEL

P638

9

1

J638 J119 GRY

MSI PRE FEED SENSOR PL8.7


3 2

DC COM

B6 BLU

A5 A6

WHT

5 10

YEL

1

6

YEL

7

3

GRY

J119 GRY

1

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

5

MSI PRE FEED SENSOR

6

j0tk730806

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

8.7 MSI/HCF FED OUT PAPER TRANSPORTATION MCU PWB PL2.1

1

IOT PWB PL2.1

J438

A4 BLU

J675

3

1

P675

J120 YEL

MSI FEED OUT SENSOR PL13.6/13.7

IOT PWB PL2.1

3 2

DC COM

A6 BLU

1

3

YEL

J120

P675 YEL

2

2

J675

J438 BLU

A5

DC330

16

J432

MSI FEED OUT SENSOR PAPER SENSED J402 (L)+5VDC

+5VDC

35

075-101 MSI Feed Out Sensor ON Jam

075-101

075-101

1

+5VDC (1.4 F3)


MSI M/C

4000HCF M/C MSI FEED OUT SENSOR

3

4

MSI FEED OUT SENSOR

5

6

j0tk730807



7-74


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

8.8 MULTI-FEED SENSING MARKING UNIT MCU PWB PL2.1

1

B11

J406

J697

RED

1

3

P697 BLU

J602

B4 B13

P602

MSA PWB PL13.3 J189

+5VDC

BLU

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

1 +5VDC

B9

3

RED

1

BLU

DC COM

B6 B11

BLU

3

DC COM -

AMP

2 MSA PWB PL13.3 1 +5VDC (ZONE F2)

3

DC COM (ZONE F3)

VR1

MULTI FEED SENSOR PL13.15

3

J188 GRY

GRY

J187

3 1

1 3

P187

+

-

AMP +

2

J189

P602

BLU

J602

B12 B5

P697

BLU

2

2

J697

1

GRY

3

DC COM

MAGNETIC RESISTANCE

2 YEL

VIO

MAGNET

P187

2

2

J187

J188 GRY

RED

2 ADJ13.15.1 Multi-feed Sensor Paper Thickness Sensitivity Adjustment

MCU PWB PL2.1

1

DC140

077-140

077-100

MULTI FEED SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL

J406

B10 RED

077-141 077-313

4 NOTE: 1

This sensor consists of a magneto resistive element and a magnet. The strong-magnet-built-in sensor has strong attraction. Take care not to let the attraction shock the sensor when handling it.

PAPER

FAIL CODE 077-140 Previous Multi Feed

077-141 Multi Feed

5

077-313 Multi Feed Sensor Broken

Multi Feed Sensor 6

MSA PWB

j0tk730808

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

8.9 PRE REGISTRATION 1

IOT PWB PL2.1

MARKING UNIT J439 B4 YEL

J601

P601 B16 B4 BLU

P682

3

1

1

3

J682

J121 BLU

PRE REGI SENSOR PL13.16 3 2

DC COM

B6 YEL

B14 B6 BLU

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1 J121

J682

BLU

2

2

P682 P601 BLU

B5 B15

J601 J439 YEL

B5

DC330

6

077-103

+5VDC

PRE REGI SENSOR J432 PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

J402

072-104

45

1

BLU

073-104

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

2

074-104

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

DC330 DC330

+5VDC

48

J401

PRE REGI MOTOR DIRECTION

J431

J437

3

12 BLU

+5VDC

DC COM

47 DC COM

3 46

PRE REGI MOTOR CLOCK DC330 DC330

077-004 970mm/sec 077-005 460mm/sec

PRE REGI MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

DC COM

14 BLU

4 DC COM +5VDC

16 BLU DC COM

5

18 BLU

+5VDC

DC COM

45

CURRENT 1

6 +5VDC

44

CURRENT 2

DC COM

077-004 077-005

970mm/sec 460mm/sec

PRE REGI MOTOR ON +24C CLOCK

J229

ON +24V CLOCK

075-109 077-118

1

078-100 078-110

3

ON +24V CLOCK

078-150

4 MOT

ON +24V CLOCK

6

7

19 ORN

2

20 ORN

5

FAIL CODE 078-150

071-104

Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 7)



F1 6.3A INTLK ON +24VDC-2 (1.12 E2)

NOTE:

PRE REGI MOTOR PL13.1

DC COM

DC COM

4

071-104

PRE REGI SENSOR


074-104 1

The figure shows the M/C without HCF. (MSI only)


075-109

5

Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI)

077-118 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)

078-100

PRE REGI MOTOR 6

Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 6) 1

078-110 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 5)(HCF MSI)


j0tk730809



7-76


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

8.10 SIDE REGISTRATION MCU PWB PL2.1 CPU RESET

1

CPU CLK

MARKING UNIT

CIS ADAPTER PWB PL2.1 6

P/J1 A5

5

J423 BLU

SOSCK+

2

BLU

4

6

5

5

2

8

3

7

J425 BLU

BLU

A50

6

4

5

3

1

B50

9

J659

SI+

BLU

4

6

3

7

P659 P602 BLU

B4 B13

J602 BLU A

SIBLU

B3 B14

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

8

B10 B7

BLU

FET ON

BLU

B15 B2

BLU

8

BLU

BLU

2

BLU

7

+3.3VDC

+12VDC

B16 B1

BLU

When Front/Drawer INTLK is open, this does not turn on. To visually check if the LED is on, remove the drum and cheat Front Door INTLK.

J423 BLU

B

SI-

BLU

9

1

1

9

BLU

B8 B9

BLU

BLU

G

9 DC COM

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

FET

J601

B8 B12

P601 P683 BLU

1

7

J683 BLU

B10 YEL

B10 B10 J601 GRN

2

BLU

P601 GRN

3 4

5 4

BLU

BLU


6

15

5 DC COM

13

4

12

7

J426

VDD +5VDC

GRN

GRN

1

8

GRN T26

T25

ON

G

FET

D

S 2

DC COM

2

16bit BUS

3

ANALOG OUT SERIAL IN

3

GRY

CLOCK DC330

1

1216

1

BLU

GRY

5 2

BLK

10 GRY 9

+12VDC

FAIL CODE

J190

GRY

DC COM

CIS

P1

CIS PL13.15

S

+5VDC

DC COM

J1

4

D

+5VDC 8.11

IOT PWB PL2.1

MCU PWB PL2.1

1 +12VDC

DC COM BLU

J439 B12 YEL

NOTE:

CIS ADAPTER PWB PL2.1 SI+

FET ON

2

DC COM

B3

+3.3VDC (1.5 H5)

5

J425

BLU

1A

CIS CONTROL PWB

CIS CONTROL PWB PL13.16

A

SCK-

DC COM F1

4

BLU

B9 B8

BLU

B26

1

B11 B6

J659

B

7

3

P602 P659

B12 B5

BLU

A4

+12VDC (1.5 G4)

J602

B4 8

2

SO+

089-001

CIS LED ON (H)+12VDC DC COM

GRY

1216 BIT SHIFT REGISTER

4 1 7 6

DC COM

089-315 CIS Subsystem Fail

089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail (Hidden Fail)

089-640 6

CIS Dark Level Error





089-645


089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail (Hidden Fail)

089-648

089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail (Hidden Fail)

089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail (Hidden Fail)

089-651 CIS Shading Recommend (Hidden Fail)

089-652 CIS Hard Fail (Hidden Fail)

CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail (Hidden Fail)

CIS Comm. Fail j0tk730810

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

8.11 REGISTRATION & SKEW DETECTION (1/2) MCU PWB PL2.1 DC330

1 MARKING UNIT J683

2

CIS CONTROL PWB PL13.16 3

J426

J656

BLU

3

4

J122

P656

BLU

1

6

BLU

P683

P601

BLU

J601 B11 B9 YEL

YEL

IOT PWB PL2.1 B11

+5VDC

7

J432

J402

44

CIS CONTROL PWB PL13.16

3 2

BLU

2

REGI SENSOR PL13.4

DC COM

1

6

077-104

REGI SENSOR PAPER SENSED J439 (L)+5VDC

P656

J122 BLU

5

2

J426

J656

BLU

2

J425 14 BLU

1

+5VDC (8.10 F3)

3

IOT PWB PL2.1

J439

B7 YEL

J601

B13

B7

P601 P683 BLU

7

1

J683 BLU

P657

3

1

J657

J656

BLU

6

1

P656

J123

BLU

3 2

B9 YEL

B11

B9

BLU

5

3

BLU

1

3

BLU

4

3

BLU

J123 BLU

P656

2

5

J656

J657

2

BLU

2

P657

J683

BLU


024-911

077-123

024-912

077-143

024-913

077-144

024-914

077-601

024-915

077-603

071-105

078-102

072-105

078-111

073-105

078-152

2

6

P683

P601

BLU

B8

B12

J601

1

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

4

075-135

074-105

SKEW SENSOR PL13.4

DC COM

024-910

YEL

REGI SENSOR

DC330

SKEW SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

SKEW SENSOR

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

077-114 J439 YEL

B8

+5VDC

12

J402

J432

34

FAIL CODE 5




6








075-135

077-603

Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI)

077-123

Skew Servo Fail

078-102

Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)

077-143

Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 6)

078-111

Side Regi System Fail

077-144

Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 5) (HCF MSI)

078-152

Edge Detect Timing Fail


077-601 Regi Sensor On Fail (Hidden Fail) j0tk730811



7-78


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

8.12 REGISTRATION & SKEW DETECTION (2/2)

077-142

MARKING UNIT

1

IOT PWB PL2.1

MCU PWB PL2.1 37

J401

J431

14

9 +5VDC

DC COM

REGI MOTOR CURRENT 1

38

2

DC330 DC330

+5VDC

REGI MOTOR CURRENT 2

DC330 DC330

DC COM

39

077-006 077-007

YEL

7 10

+5VDC

12 +5VDC

DC COM

MOTOR CLOCK

REGI MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

J601


YEL

P601 P681

A12 A9

YEL

A14 A7

YEL

A11 A10


11

11

6

1

3

4

1

6

2

5

5

2

8 INTLK ON +24VDC-2 (1.12 E2)

YEL

YEL

A10 A11

YEL

YEL

4A

A13 A8

YEL

YEL

DC330

B3 YEL B1 YEL

J681

J230 BLU

BLU

BLU

4 6 3 MOT

A9 A12

IOT PWB PL2.1

4

3

BLU

1

BLU

2

F3

3

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

YEL

4

DC COM

DC COM

J439

Pre Transfer Sensor On Jam

REGI MOTOR PL13.4

970mm/sec 460mm/sec


DC COM

12

077-006 077-007

YEL

DC COM

REGI MOTOR ON (L)+5VDC

40

J441

DC COM

13

970mm/sec 460mm/sec

J FAIL CODE

J601

B17 B3 B19 B1

P601 P658 BLU

BLU

1

4

3

2

4

1

J658

J191 BLU

BLU

GRN

2

J191 BLU

J658

3

2

P658 BLU

P601

B2 B18

5

077-113

PRE TRANSFER SENSOR PAPER J601 SENSED (L)+5VDC

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1 J439 YEL

B2

+5VDC

18

J432

J402

33

077-142

3 PRE TRANSFER SENSOR PL13.5

DC COM

T31

1

BLU

GRN T32


5

6

Regi Roll

PRE TRANSFER SENSOR

REGI MOTOR

j0tk730812

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

9.1 DRUM DRIVE CONTROL 1

DC330

A16

J407

042-007

DRUM MOTOR ON (L)+5VDC

1

A15

J208

BLU

3 +5VDC

REFERENCE CLOCK

DC330

BREAKE

5

BLU

6 A18 A17

BLU

+3.3VDC

2 J407 BLU

A13

042-323

2

BLU

DRUM MOTOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION

3

INTLK ON +24VDC-1 (1.12 E1)

J208

042-202

DRUM MOTOR FAIL(H)+3.3VDC

1

DC COM

IOT PWB PL2.1

MCU PWB PL2.1

+5VDC

DC COM

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

DRUM TRANSFER BELT

MOT

4

BLU

DC COM

A14

Drum Motor Fail

+5VDC TD 1

DC COM

2

042-323

DRUM MOTOR PL10.3

MCU PWB PL2.1

J FAIL CODE

J437 11 ORN 17

VIO

J207

1 2

DC COM

4 NOTE:

5

1

To prevent poor cleaning, Drum Motor stops and then restarts to rotate Drum and Transfer Belt backward.

2

DC330[042-202]: When a fail occurs, High appears.

TD 1

Test Point: MCU PWB J407-A16 (+) to GND (-) Motor OFF: approx. +6.1VDC

イラスト

TRANSFER BELT 6

j0tk730901

Chain 9 Marking 7-79


7-80

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 9 Marking A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

9.2 DRUM LIFE CONTROL

091-313 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DRUM CRUM PWB PL11.2 J406 A4 YEL

J171

MUTE

3

4

P171

DATA

4

A1 YEL

2

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

3

6

A2 YEL

091-401

+3.3VDC

P171 A3 YEL

5

2

J171

CRUM DATA

J406 YEL

A5

1

1

5

CRUM ASIC Communication Fail

MCU PWB PL2.1

091-313

091-915

091-401

091-916

091-913

091-921

091-914

1

Drum Near End

091-912 Drum Not in Position

091-913 Drum End

091-914 Drum CRUM Communication Fail

2

DC COM

091-915 Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail

091-916 DRUM DETECT SWITCH PL11.1

3 IOT PWB PL2.1 J438 J643 A10 BLU 4

1

P643 J170B YEL

1

DC330

IOT PWB PL2.1 1

J170A YEL

P643

2

3

J643

J438 BLU

A11

29

J432

091-200

DRUM DETECT SWITCH DRUM DETECTED (L)+3.3VDC

Drum CRUM Data Mismatch Fail

MCU PWB PL2.1

091-921 Drum CRUM Not in Position

+3.3VDC

J402

22

091-912

DC COM

4 NOTE: 1

5

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Drum CRUM PWB makes wireless communication with Drum CRUM to read/write information. Drum Life Detection is conducted based on Drum Cycle Qty stored in CRUM. Drum Cycle Qty is a value obtained by dividing Drum Motor ON Duration by a length of time (574ms) Drum takes to turn one cycle.

DRUM CRUM PWB

DRUM DETECT SWITCH DRUM CRUM (PL11.4)

6

j0tk730902

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

9.3 CHARGING AND EXPOSURE 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

J407

B6 BLU 3

B5 BLU

B4 BLU

091-001

091-001

091-001

J586

6

+3.3VDC

CC FAIL (H)+3.3VDC

J586

J407 BLU

4 CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE

5

B8 BLU INTLK ON +24VDC (1.12 D4)

3

091-204

Drum Start

Drum Motor

091-312

B3

1

1

CC GRID REMOTE

DC330

1

Y

1ST CHARGE COROTRON VOLTAGE

X

2ND CHARGE COROTRON VOLTAGE

J

The CC Wire ON timing is as follows:

MCU PWB PL2.1

HVPS S6 PL2.1

2ND CHARGE COROTRON REMOTE DC330

2

3

1ST CHARGE COROTRON REMOTE DC330

H

Charge On

CC Wire

FAIL CODE 091-312 CC HVPS Fail

1

B7 BLU

2

1

J596

091-320

MCU PWB PL2.1

CC GRID VOLTAGE

CC Wire Break

092-607

DC COM

3

ESV PWB PL11.1

INTLK ON +24VDC (1.12 D4)

DC140

A14

A11

4

J409

ESV ON +24VDC

BLU

BLU

J692

1

4

4

1

3

2

P692 YEL

YEL

J137

1

2

BLU

YEL

P692 YEL

CN2 A12

3

2

J692

1

Keeping DC330[091-001] ON for a long time can cause damage to Drum.

2

When Fail Code 092-607/608/609 occurs or print density is inappropriate, DC140[092-200] can be used to check ESV Sensor for an output error.

092-200

ESV SENSOR SENSED VOLTAGE

2 J409 BLU

+3.3VDC

A13

091-320

VGS Fail

092-607

092-608 VH3 Fail

092-608

092-609

092-609

LDS Fail

092-611

092-611 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

ESV SENSOR PL11.1

3

DC COM

5

J137

4

DC COM

NOTE:

stable charge

CC Grid

VHVM Fail

CC ASSY ESV

Note: Judge by AD Value 2 sec or more after this DC is turned On. Normal: 0 to 10 Abnormal: 50 or more

6

*A value between 10 and 50 shows that the sensor may have failed; however, in the low-temperature environment, the value can be attributed to a residual electric potential on Photoreceptor.

ESV PWB

HVPS S6

ESV SENSOR

j0tk730903



7-82


B

C

D

E

F

G

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330 DC330

A10

J407

093-001 FWD 093-002 RVS

A9

+5VDC

J206

BLU

REFERENCE CLOCK

4 +5VDC

DC COM

2

A8

6 +5VDC

BLU

Deve Motor Fail

+3.3VDC

3

TD 1

093-320

MCU PWB PL2.1

DEVE MOTOR PL10.3

1

DEVE MOTOR ON (L)+5VDC

DC COM

1

J FAIL CODE

9.4 DEVE DRIVE CONTROL 1

H

J206

DEVE MOTOR FAIL(H)+3.3VDC

J407 BLU

A7

093-320

MOT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION

CW/CCW

5

BLU

DC COM

A12 +5VDC (1.4 F5)

A11

1

BLU

DEVE MOTOR 2

BLU

DC COM

3 IOT PWB PL2.1 5 INTLK ON +24VDC-1 (1.12 E1)

13

J437 ORN

VIO

J205

1 2

DC COM

4 NOTE: 1 TD 1

Upon DC330[093-001]/[093-002] turning ON, Drum Motor starts rotating. Test Point: Deve Motor J206-4(+) and GND(-) DC330[093-001] ON: approx. +2.1VDC and approx. 1.4kHz

5

6

j0tk730904

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

9.5 DEVELOPMENT

092-656 ATC Output Fail

1 MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

B13 DEVE BIAS AC MONITOR

J407 BLU

B9

B12

2

J407

DC330

B15

3

B14

093-005

ATC Amplitude Fail

3

7

J585

DEVE BIAS AC MONITOR

2

092-664 ATC Average Warning

BLU

4

BLU DC330


J585

DEVE BIAS AC 2 REMOTE

DC COM

B11

093-005

DEVE BIAS AC 1 REMOTE

BLU

092-660

HVPS S5 PL2.3

093-006

DC REMOTE

5

BLU

1

BLU

1

J592

DEVE BIAS VOLTAGE


2

BLU

DC COM

B10

6

BLU


DC COM

DEVE BIAS PLATE

4

MCU PWB PL2.1 J409

A1 BLU +5VDC (1.4 F5)

MCU PWB PL2.1

ATC SENSOR PL12.5 P676

3

1

1

3

J676 YEL

J134

2

1

3

J134

J676

YEL

2

2

P676

ATC SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL

092-656 J409 BLU

092-660

A2 2

A3 BLU

YEL

ATC SENSOR

092-664

4

DC COM

5 NOTE:

6

1

After replacing ATC Sensor, be sure to replace old developer with new one (TC=8%). This is because TC set by ATC Setup is memorized as the target.

2

Even if Fail Code 092-664 occurs, no servicing is required. The frequency of fails of this code is recorded as 0 in Fail Count History Report. Besides, a frequency of 0 is reported to EP Center upon its inquiry about the frequency.

HVPS S5

j0tk730905



7-84


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

9.6 TONER CARTRIDGE LIFE CONTROL 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

A9 YEL

2

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

J172

MUTE

DATA

3

4

4

3

A7 YEL

6

1

A8 YEL

5

2

3

J438 A1 BLU

P172 P172

5

2

J172

CRUM DATA

093-400

J406

A11 YEL

093-924 093-925

1

093-926 093-931 093-932

J142

IOT PWB PL2.1

3

1

093-924 Toner CRUM Comm Fail

093-925 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fail

093-926 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail

093-931 Toner Filling Interrupt

093-932 Cartridge Exchange Time Over

CARTRIDGE DOOR SENSOR PL1.1

DC COM

A3 BLU

Toner Near Empty 1

DC COM

IOT PWB PL2.1

093-400

MCU PWB PL2.1

TONER CARTRIDGE CRUM COUPLER PL12.7 J406 A10 YEL

J FAIL CODE

2

J142

J438 BLU

A2

DC330

31

J432

093-201

CARTRIDGE DOOR SENSOR CLOSED(L)+3.3VDC

+3.3VDC

J402

20

2

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

NOTE: 1

4 2

5

For display of the amount of residual toner, Total Dispense Motor ON Time is used. If the old toner cartridge is reinstalled, Total Toner Dispense ON Time stored in CRUM of the old toner cartridge is used.


TONER CARTRIDGE

Toner can be dispensed even with the MC in operation. The M/C is operating for 5 min after Cartridge Door is opened. After 5 min, the M/C cycles down and stops. If Toner Empty is detected, the M/C cycles down before 5 min has passed since the detection, and stops.


CARTRIDGE DOOR SENSOR

6 CARTRIDGE DOOR j0tk730906

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

9.7 TONER DISPENSE CONTROL MCU PWB PL2.1

1

DC330

8

J401

093-311

IOT PWB PL2.1

093-003

DISPENSE MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

J431

J436 A1 BLU

44

A2 BLU

+24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4) DC330

7

093-004

+5VDC

CARTRIDGE MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

B4 BLU

DC COM

1

093-003

2

1

P201

093-603 Dispense Near Broken

093-912

MOT

DISPENSE MOTOR ON(L)+24VDC

DC330

43

J201

+24VDC DC330

Dispense Broken

DISPENSE MOTOR PL12.4

+5VDC

DC COM

2

J FAIL CODE

1

Toner Empty

2 CARTRIDGE MOTOR PL12.4

093-004

CARTRIDGE MOTOR ON(L)+24VDC

J202

1

4

P202

DC COM

MOT B1 BLU

4

1

+24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4)

MCU PWB PL2.1

3 LOW TONER SENSOR PL12.7 J406 B8 YEL

J690

1

3

P690

J140 YEL

1

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

2

J140 YEL

P690

2

2

J690

093-200

3

1

YEL

3

DC COM

1

A single operation of DC330[093-003] takes 2 sec. Turning ON Dispense Motor alone frequently causes Auger to be blocked with toner, resulting in a serious effect on the M/C.

2

Toner Empty Detection is conducted by Low Toner Sensor.

093-311 093-603

B7

093-912


DISPENSE MOTOR

NOTE:

+3.3VDC

YEL

DC COM

B6 YEL

4

DC330

LOW TONER SENSOR LOW SENSED(L)+3.3VDC J406

2

CARTRIDGE MOTOR

5

LOW TONER SENSOR 6

j0tk730907



7-86


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

9.8 ADC AND ENVIRONMENT SENSING 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

ADC PWB PL11.5

092-001

ADC LED J406 ON(L)+5VDC P136

B4 YEL

2

4

J136 CN1 YEL

5

3

CN1 CN2 YEL

1

3

CN3

ADC SENSOR PL11.5

1

RED

CN3

DC COM

YEL

B5 YEL +5VDC (1.4 F5)

2

1

5

4

YEL

2

YEL

2

2

MCU PWB PL2.1

ADC PWB PL11.5

1

3

CN2 CN1 YEL

1

AMP

ADC SENSOR SENSED SIGNAL 6

CN1 J136 YEL

3

3

P136

092-311

J406 YEL

B3

092-612

GRY

+5VDC

B2 YEL

4

2

092-651

7

YEL

DC COM

092-610

092-652

DC COM

092-663 MARKING UNIT

B14

3

J405 YEL

J602

A4

A14

P602

ENVIRONMENT SENSOR PL13.14 P645

BLU

4

6

J645

J135 BLU

+5VDC (1.4 F5) BLU

1 3

DC COM (1.13 D4) N.C

4

NOTE:

1

ADC Sensor controls LD light qty during a job. The sensor does not control toner.

2

4

J135 BLU

J645

5

2

P645

P602 BLU

A16 A2

J602

A17 A1

BLU

ENVIRONMENT SENSOR HUMIDITY SENSED SIGNAL ENVIRONMENT SENSOR TEMP. SENSED SIGNAL

J405 YEL

YEL

B16

B17

092-661 092-662

10.12 1

3

FAIL CODE 092-311


ADC Toner Image Fail

092-610 VM3 Fail

092-612 VM ADC Fail

5

092-651 ADC Vclean Fail

ENVIRONMENT SENSOR

092-652 ADC Patch Fail

092-661 ADC SENSOR

Temperature Sensor Fail

092-662 6

ADC PWB

Humidity Sensor Fail

092-663 Minisetup ADC Fail j0tk730908

A

B

C

D

E

F

9.9 PRE IMAGE TRANSFER 1

MCU PWB PL2.1 DC330

B16

B18 INTLK ON +24VDC (1.12 D4)

2

B17

H

J

HVPS S11 PL2.1

1 J407

G


094-006

PTC REMOTE

BLU

J595

3

PTC VOLTAGE


1

BLU

PTC ASSY

2

BLU

DC COM

3

DC330

30

BELT CNT/RET SOLENOID J401 CONTACT(L)+5VDC

DC330

+5VDC

J431

J441

21

DC COM

4

MARKING UNIT

IOT PWB PL2.1

094-001

13 YEL

094-001

BELT CNT/RET SOLENOID CONTACT(L)+24VDC J601

A8

A13

A7

A14

A6

A15

P601 YEL

P255

3

1

2

2

1

3

J255

BELT CONTACT/ RETRACT SOLENOID PL13.9

BELT CONTACT/RETRACT SOLENOID

DC COM

29

BELT CNT/RET SOLENOID HOLD(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

22

14 YEL +24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4)

15 YEL

DC COM

BELT CNT/RET SOLENOID HOLD(L)+24VDC

YEL

YEL

DC COM

5

NOTE: 1

In DC330[094-006], turn ON the components one after another in the below-mentioned order and keep them ON simultaneously. Turning ON them individually has a serious effect on the M/C. 1. DC330[042-007] : Drum Motor 2. DC330[091-002] : Erase Lamp 3. DC330[091-001] : Charge Corotron 4. DC330[093-006] : Deve Bias DC 5. DC330[094-001] : Belt Contact/Retract] 6. DC330[094-006] : PTC Remote

6

j0tk730909



7-88


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

9.10 IMAGE TRANSFER MARKING UNIT MCU PWB PL2.1

1

DC330

J405 B4 YEL J405 YEL

2


HVPS S20 PL13.10

1 J602

BTR REMOTE

A14

A4

A15

A3

B6 YEL

A12

A6

B5 YEL

A13

A5

B2 YEL

A16

A2

A17

A1

B3 YEL

B1

094-002

DC330

094-003

BIAS ROLL REMOTE

1

P602 P629 BLU

8

5

9

4

6

7

7

6

J629

J590 BLU

3 BIAS ROLL POWER

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

4 1 2

BTR POWER CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE

DC COM BLU

10 3

BLU

5

6

J590

BTR V-MONITOR

BLU

DC COM

BTR V-MONITOR YEL

3

BLU

11 2

NOTE: 1

4

In DC330[094-002/003], turn ON the components one after another in the below-mentioned order and keep them ON simultaneously. Turning ON them individually has a serious effect on the M/C. 1. DC330[042-007] : Drum Motor 2. DC330[091-002] : Erase Lamp 3. DC330[091-001] : Charge Corotron 4. DC330[093-006] : Deve Bias DC 5. DC330[094-001] : Belt Contact/Retract] 6. DC330[094-002 or 003] : BTR Remote/Bias Roll Remote


BIAS ROLL 5

BTR

6

j0tk730910

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

9.11 PAPER STRIPPING MARKING UNIT

MCU PWB PL2.1

1

DC330

J405

J405 YEL

094-004

DTS REMOTE

B9 YEL

HVPS S3 PL13.10

J602

A9

A9

B11 YEL

A7

A11

B10 YEL

A8

A10

B8 YEL

A10

A8

A11

A7

P602 P629 BLU

3 10

J629

J583 BLU

3

DTS POWER

B7

2


1 12

BLU

BLU

2 11

BLU

BLU

1 2


DC COM BLU

4

9

5

8

BLU

4

5

J583

DTS V-MONITOR

BLU

DC COM

DTS V-MONITOR YEL

3

IOT PWB PL2.1 1

4


J442 BLU

J602

B3

B14

P602

P257 BLU

4

1

J257

BELT TRANSFER INTAKE FAN MOTOR PL13.13

BLU

IOT PWB PL2.1 +5VDC

J257

3

2

P257

P602 BLU

B15

B2

J602

J442 BLU

DC330

10.6

3

20

J432

042-200

TRANSFER INTAKE FAN FAIL(H)+5VDC J402

MCU PWB PL2.1 +5VDC

042-332

31

DC COM

MOT 4

BLU

B1

B16

BLU

1

4


FAIL CODE

DC COM


NOTE: 1

For cleaning DTS, use a brush or Dust Fly.

5 TRANSFER INTAKE FAN

1

6

DTS

j0tk730911



7-90


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

9.12 CC CLEANING 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

12

11

2

DC COM

1

J401

CC CLEANER MOTOR DIRECTION

J431

10

CC CLEANER MOTOR CLOCK DC330 091-003 REAR DC330 091-004 FRONT CC CLEANER MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

DC330 DC330

+5VDC

CC CLEANER MOTOR J250 ON +24V CLOCK

DC COM

A3 BLU 40

DC COM

A2 BLU

+5VDC DC COM

41

CC CLEANER MOTOR CURRENT

9

J435 A4 BLU

39

+5VDC

DC COM

091-003 REAR 091-004 FRONT

IOT PWB PL2.1

+5VDC

DC COM

A1 BLU

CC CLEANER MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK CC CLEANER MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK CC CLEANER MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

2

4

3

3

4

2

5

1

1

5

MOT

CC Cleaner Motor Fail

CC Cleaner

A5 BLU INTLK ON +24VDC-2 (1.12 E2)

3

A15

J409 BLU

J691

3

1

P691 YEL

J154

CC CLEANER POSITION SENSOR PL11.1

DC330

3

DC COM

A17

BLU

1

3

YEL

1

2

J154

P691 YEL

2

2

J691

NOTE: There are two types of CC Cleaner control as follows: (1) Home Position Detection operation CC Cleaner is moved to the home position so that CC can be charged. Also CC Cleaner is moved to the home position before its cleaning operation. (2) CC Cleaning operation CC Cleaner is operated for cleaning CC.

MCU PWB PL2.1

091-201

CC CLEANER POSITION SENSOR J409 SENSED(L)+3.3VDC BLU

+3.3VDC

A16

091-311 CC CLEANER MOTOR

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

1

091-311

CC CLEANER MOTOR PL11.6

DC COM

42

DC COM

4

J FAIL CODE


5 CC CLEANER POSITION SENSOR

6

CC ASSY

j0tk730912

A

B

C

D

E

F

9.13 DRUM AND TRANSFER BELT CLEANING 1

MCU PWB PL2.1 J407 B2 BLU


2

H

J

ERASE LAMP

HVPS S6 PL2.1

1 DC330

G


091-005 J586

PCC REMOTE

7

B8 BLU

1

B7 BLU

2

PCC VOLTAGE CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE

DC COM

DC330

J409

A5 BLU

ERASE LAMP PL11.1

091-002

ERASE LAMP ON(L)+5VDC

J248

1

CLEANER INTAKE FAN

2

DC COM

3

PCC A4 BLU

2

1

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

4

DC330

2

5

J401

IOT PWB PL2.1

042-005

CLEANER INTAKE FAN MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

DC330 +5VDC

J431

J436 B8 BLU

46

DC COM

EXIT FAN ON SIGNAL

CLEANER INTAKE FAN MOTOR PL3.1

042-005

CLEANER INTAKE FAN MOTOR ON(L)+24VDC

J239

1

4

4

1

P239

DC COM

10.8

MOT B5 BLU

+24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4)

5 NOTE: 1

Keeping DC330[091-005] ON for a long time can cause damage to Drum.

2

Cleaner Intake Fan ON Timing Drum Motor

6

Cleaner Intake Fan

Off

On

Off

NVM[741-029]

Off

On

Off

The fan stops a time [s] preset in NVM[741-029](Exit Cleaner Intake Fan Off Timing) after Drum Motor turns OFF. (Default: 14,400s) j0tk730913



7-92


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

9.14 WASTE TONER DISPOSAL

091-400 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

14

J401

IOT PWB PL2.1

042-008

AUGER MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

J431

DC330

37

A12

J435

AUGER MOTOR PL10.4

042-008

AUGER MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

Bottle Standard Near Full 1

J209

BLU

3

6

091-910

IOT PWB PL2.1

J209 FAIL J435

A9 BLU

Bottle Standard Not in Position

N.C

091-911

DC COM

A14

091-410


2

Bottle Standard Full

1

BLU

A13

2

BLU

MOT

DC COM

A11 +5VDC (1.4 F3)

A10

Bottle Option Near Full (XC Only)

AUGER DRIVE FUSER NIP CLUTCH INVERTER IN ROLL

091-930

4

BLU

Bottle Option Not in Position (XC Only)

091-931

5

BLU

Bottle Option Full (XC Only)

DC COM

3 IOT PWB PL2.1 B16

J438 J672 BLU

2

6

P672 J152 GRY

2

2

P152 J152N YEL

WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR PL11.2 IOT PWB PL2.1

3

DC COM

B14

4

BLU

4

4

GRY

3

1

YEL

DC330

2

1

J152N YEL

P152

3

1

J152

P672 GRY

7

1

J672

J438 BLU

B17

32

J432

TONER FULL SENSOR FULL SENSED J402 (H)+3.3VDC

MCU PWB PL2.1 +3.3VDC

091-400 19

091-911

+5VDC (1.4 F3) DC330

B13

BLU

5

BLU

7

3

J153 GRY

1

GRY

3

2

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

5

091-203

B11 DC COM

1

J153 GRY

2

6

BLU

B12

33

091-202

WASTE BOTTLE SET SENSOR SET(L)+5VDC

091-910

18 DC COM

WASTE BOTTLE SET SENSOR PL11.2

NOTE: 1

Auger Motor Fail Detection is not conducted.

6

j0tk730914

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

9.15 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION 1

2

AUGER MOTOR

3

4

WASTE BOTTLE SET SENSOR

5

WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR

6

j0tk730915



7-94


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

9.16 BLOWER FAN CONTROL 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330 DC330

B2

042-003 HIGH 042-004 LOW

BLOWER FAN J404 REMOTE BLU

J462

TRAY MODULE PWB PL2.3 B17

BLOWER FAN MOTOR PL3.2 6

J471 YEL

J242

2

4

DC COM

5 +5VDC (1.4 E4)

2

+24VDC (1.6 D3)

3

YEL

YEL

3

3

5

1

4

2

MCU PWB PL2.1


1

J242

J471 YEL

7

B16

+5VDC

J462

BLOWER FAN FAIL J404 (H)+5VDC BLU

B3

042-331

MOT

4

YEL

DC COM


3

FAIL CODE 042-331 Blower Mot Fan Fail

4

5 BLOWER FAN

6

j0tk730916

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

10.1 FUSER DRIVE CONTROL 1

DC330

J407 A4 BLU

010-001

FUSER DRIVE MOTOR ON (L)+5VDC

A3 BLU

J212

3 +5VDC

REFERENCE CLOCK

4 +5VDC

DC COM

A2 BLU DC COM

A6 BLU +5VDC (1.4 F5)

A5 BLU

Fuser Motor Fail

+5VDC

DC COM

2

010-330

FUSER DRIVE MOTOR PL10.2

MCU PWB PL2.1

J FAIL CODE

MOT

MCU PWB PL2.1

Heat Roll

+3.3VDC

DIRECTION

5 6

+5VDC

J212

FUSER DRIVE MOTOR FAIL(H)+3.3VDC

J407 BLU

A1

010-330

1

DC COM

2

DC COM


3 J211 ORN

4

INTLK ON +24VDC (FUSER DRIVE VIO MOTOR) (1.12 G5) DC COM (FUSER DRIVE MOTOR) (1.12 G5)

1

FUSER DRIVE MOTOR

2

5

6

j0tk731001

Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation 7-95


7-96

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

10.2 P-ROLL NIP CONTROL 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

13 1

J401

IOT PWB PL2.1

010-006

FUSER NIP CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC

J431

DC330

J435 A8 BLU

38

010-315

FUSER NIP CLUTCH PL10.4

010-006

FUSER NIP CLUTCH J216 ON(L)+24VDC

Fuser Latch Contact Fail

010-316 1

2

2

1

Fuser Latch Retract Fail

DC COM

A7 BLU +24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4)

2

MCU PWB PL2.1

FUSER UNIT DC330

A10

J405

J612

BLU

A1

P612

A10

J156 YEL

1

2

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

A8

3

A3

BLU

A8

YEL

A9 A2

J612

J405 BLU

010-315 A9

010-316

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION The P-Roll Nip Operation timing is as follows:

Nip/Release Auger Motor Fuser Nip Clutch

5

P612

3

NOTE:

4

YEL

+3.3VDC

FUSER NIP SENSOR PL15.3

DC COM

1

J156

010-202

FUSER NIP SENSOR NIP(L)+5VDC

Nip Sensor

Retract (Release)

Retract (Release)

Contact (Nip)

Off

On

Off

On

Off

Off

On

Off

On

Off

High

Contact (Nip) detected

Low

AUGER MOTOR (CH9.14)

High

Retract (Release) detected

FUSER NIP CLUTCH 6 FUSER NIP SENSOR j0tk731002

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

10.3 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (1 OF 2) DC330

MCU PWB PL2.1

1

B9

010-002

MAIN H/ROD 1 ON(L)+24VDC J409 J510 BLU

FUSER UNIT

AC DRIVE PWB PL11.3 PC201 10

4

DC COM

J16 J612 WHT

1

1

MAIN HEATER ROD 1 PL15.2

MAIN HEATER ROD 1 ON ACH

P612

P61A

WHT

WHT

P61B 2

2

1.1

DC140

010-204

V IN SENSE BLU

1.1

ZERO CROSS SIGNAL BLU

J409

DC330

B10 +3.3VDC

B8 B11

010-003

MAIN H/ROD 2 ON(L)+24VDC BLU

BLK

INTLK ON +24VDC (1.11 J4))

PC202 11

2

DC COM

2

WHT

2

MAIN HEATER ROD 2 ON ACH

P62A

WHT

WHT

P62B

3

DC330

B7

010-004

SUB H/ROD ON(L)+24VDC BLU

BLK


PC203 12

1

DC COM

3

WHT

3

SUB HEATER ROD ON ACH

P63A

WHT

WHT

P63B BLK


4

K106

PLUG IN ACN (1.1 C2)

5

B15

FUSER RELAY ON(L)+3.3VDC BLU

4

ON/ OFF


DC COM

1 1

1 1 MAIN HEATER ROD 2 PL15.2 1

1

1 1 SUB HEATER ROD PL15.2 1 1

1 1

THERMOSTAT 1 PL15.8 1

J15

5

BLK

5

P695 BLK

1

J695 FS64

FS65

BLK

BLK

THERMOSTAT 2 PL15.8 K105

3

BLK

4

4

6

6 GRN

BLK

2

FS66 BLK

FS67 BLK

PLUG IN ACH (1.1 C1)

NOTE: 6

1

The color of the Heater Rod connectors/harnesses depends on the voltage/destination. For details, see CH10.4.

2

Signal line that converts AC input voltage to DC. DC140[010-204] value is normally in the range below: 100-200VAC series: 551-697 208VAC or above series: 576-858


GRN

T21

T20

j0tk731003



7-98


B

C

D

E

F

10.4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

G

H

J

NOTE: 1

1

The color of the Heater Rod connectors/harnesses depends on the voltage/destination. Connector

Destination Rated Voltage Heater Rod Front FX

IBG

2

200V

220V-240V

Harness

Rear

Front

Rear

Main 1

BLU

RED

BLU

RED

Main 2

WHT

WHT

BLU

RED

Sub

WHT

BLU

BLU

BLU

Main 1

BLU

RED

BLK

WHT

Main 2

WHT

WHT

BLK

WHT

Sub

WHT

BLU

BLK

BLK

MAIN HEATER ROD 1

3 MAIN HEATER ROD 2

4

THERMOSTAT 1 SUB HEATER ROD

THERMOSTAT 2 5

6

j0tk731004

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

10.5 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (2 OF 2) FUSER UNIT

HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 PL15.8

1

P146

2

1

010-311

MCU PWB PL2.1 DC140

J146

J146

2

1

P146

P612 YEL

A7 A4

Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Disconnection Fail

AV REF (+3.3VDC)

010-200

H/R THERMISTOR 1 J405 J612 SENSED SIGNAL BLU

010-312 010-311

A7

010-326 010-327

2

MCU PWB PL2.1

J405 A6 BLU

J612

A5

A6

P612 YEL

P654

J FAIL CODE

1

2

YEL

010-320 DC140

DC COM

2

1

P147 YEL

2

1


010-317

HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 2 PL15.8

J654

Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 Disconnection Fail

J147

J147

BLK

2

1

P147

BLK

A5 A6 YEL

AV REF (+3.3VDC)

010-201

H/R THERMISTOR 2 SENSED SIGNAL

010-320 010-312

A5 BLU

Not Ready Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail Heat Roll Over Heat Fail

010-326 010-317


010-327

3


HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3 PL15.8 P149 YEL

2

1

DC140

J149

J149

BLU

2

1

P149

BLU

YEL

A4 A7

AV REF (+3.3VDC)

010-202

H/R THERMISTOR 3 SENSED SIGNAL BLU

A4

010-313


5 HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3

HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 2 6 HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 j0tk731005



7-100


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

10.6 FUSING 1

FUSER UNIT

MCU PWB PL2.1

J405 J612

A1 BLU

A10 A1

P612 P642 YEL

3

1

FUSER EXIT SENSOR PL15.9

J141

J642

DC330

2

ORN

3

DC COM

A3 BLU

A8 A3

1

YEL

3

J141 J642 ORN

2

2

P642 P612 YEL

A2 A9

J612

FUSER EXIT SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

+5VDC

J405 BLU

Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail

077-103


077-106

A2

1

ORN

042-330

MCU PWB PL2.1

010-201

077-103

077-107

Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Straight)

+5VDC (1.4 F5)

077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor ON Jam

2 MCU PWB PL2.1 DC330

4

J402

042-001

FUSER INTAKE FAN HIGH/LOW SIGNAL

IOT PWB PL2.1

1 J432

47

7

J442 J612 BLU

B2 B8

P612 P694 YEL

2

5

J694 J256 YEL

3

5

BLU

B4 B6

YEL

4

3

Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)

3 MOT

DC COM

3

077-107

FUSER INTAKE FAN PL15.6

5

YEL

1 4

+12VDC (1.10 F2)

6

BLU

B3 B7

YEL

3

4

4

YEL

2

J256 YEL

2

DC COM

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

DC330

+12VDC

4 J694 YEL

6

1

P694

P612 YEL

B9 B1

J612

J442 BLU

8

20

J432

042-200

FUSER INTAKE FAN FAIL(H)+5VDC

+5VDC

J402

31

042-332

DC COM

9.11

DC330

5

3

042-002

FUSER EXHAUST FAN PL3.2

1

FUSER EXHAUST FAN HIGH/LOW SIGNAL

48

B11

J436 J241 BLU

2

3

4

1

3

2

DC COM

MOT B9 +12VDC (1.10 F2)

B10

BLU

BLU

DC330

4

1

J241 J436 BLU

B12

21

042-201

FUSER EXHAUST FAN FAIL(H)+5VDC

+5VDC

30

042-330

DC COM

6

NOTE:

1

Turning ON DC330[042-001]/[042-002] leads to high-speed rotation.

j0tk731006

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

10.7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS FUSER EXHAUST FAN 1

2

3

FUSER INTAKE FAN

4 FUSER EXIT SENSOR

5

6

j0tk731007



7-102


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

10.8 EXIT FAN CONTROL IOT PWB PL2.1

1

DC330

9.13

EXIT FAN ON SIGNAL

A6

EXIT FAN 1 PL3.1 1

042-005

EXIT FAN J436 ON(L)+24VDC

J687

BLU

5

4

6

3

P687

J243

GRY

1

4

4

1

DC COM

MOT A5

BLU

GRY

+24VDC (F10) (1.6 F4)

2

DC330

A4

EXIT FAN 2 PL3.1

042-005

EXIT FAN ON(L)+24VDC BLU

7

2

J244 GRY

1 1

4 MOT

A3

3

BLU

NOTE: 1

4

8

1

GRY

4

1

+24VDC (F10) (1.6 F4)

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Exit Fan 1/2 Motor ON Timing Drum Motor Exit Fan 1/2

Off

On

Off

NVM[741-029]

Off

On

EXIT FAN 1 Off

The fans stop a time [s] set in NVM[741-029](Exit Cleaner Intake Fan Off Timing) after Drum Motor turns OFF. (Default:14,400sec)

5 EXIT FAN 2

6

j0tk731008

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

10.9 FUSER WEB CONTROL 1

FUSER UNIT

MCU PWB PL2.1 DC330

A15

J405 BLU

010-400

2

A14

+24VDC (F10) (1.6 F4)

010-005

WEB MOTOR ON + DC330

J612

B5 B5

P612

P694

YEL

5

2

6

1

J694

P667

YEL

1

3

3

1

010-005

WEB MOTOR ON BLU

WEB MOTOR PL15.4

MOT B6 B4

YEL

YEL

WEB END SWITCH PL15.4

A11

3

BLU

B9 B1

P693 YEL

3

1

J693

T42 YEL

MCU PWB PL2.1

T41 J693 YEL

3

AVREF (+3.3VDC) (1.4 G5)

1

P612

P693 YEL

B3 B7

WEB END SWITCH J612 END(H)+3.3VDC J405 BLU

010-910

A13 DC COM

FAIL CODE


WEB END SWITCH

010-400 Fuser Web Near End

010-910

4

Fuser Web End

WEB MOTOR

5

6

j0tk731009



7-104


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

10.10 FUSED PAPER EXIT 1

IOT PWB PL2.1 J438

J677

A7 BLU

3

1

P677

J111 GRY

IOT EXIT SENSOR PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

3

DC330

DC COM

A9 BLU

1

3

GRY

2

1

J111

P677

GRY

2

2

J677

J438 BLU

A8

8

J432

J402

43

077-111

077-109

IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Invert)

077-111

077-113

077-113

IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Non Invert)

077-115 MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

IOT PWB PL2.1

43 DC COM

42

J401 DC330 DC330

CLOCK

077-010 HIGH 077-011 LOW

EXIT MOTOR ON (L)+5VDC

DC330

J431

2

8

CURRENT

J437 BLU

DC COM +5VDC

4

BLU

DC COM

9

6

+5VDC

DC COM

41

BLU

DC COM

10

8

DC COM

BLU

077-010 HIGH 077-011 LOW

EXIT MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK EXIT MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK EXIT MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK EXIT MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)

EXIT MOTOR PL10.4 J222

4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION 6 3 MOT

EXIT MOTOR

1

DC COM

9 F2

4

+5VDC

Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Non Invert)

077-115

+5VDC

3

077-108

IOT EXIT SENSOR PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

2

077-109

MCU PWB PL2.1

3.15A INTLK ON +24VDC-2 (1.12 E2)

ORN

10 ORN

2 5

5

IOT EXIT SENSOR

6

j0tk731010

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

10.11 INVERTER (1 OF 2) MCU PWB PL2.1

1

IOT PWB PL2.1

077-019

DC330

32

+5VDC

INVERT GATE SOLENOID J431 INVERT(L)+5VDC

J401

077-020

INVERT GATE SOLENOID J441 INVERT(L)+24VDC J601 18 YEL A3

+5VDC

INVERT GATE SOLENOID EXIT(L)+5VDC

31

+24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4)

20

DC COM

17 YEL DC330 077-020 INVERT GATE SOLENOID EXIT(L)+24VDC 16 YEL

DC COM DC330 DC330 DC330

+5VDC

DIRECTION

24

27 +5VDC

DC COM

3

CLOCK

23

DC330 DC330 DC330

DC COM

9 7

1 +5VDC

YEL

P601 J223 YEL

1

3

A17

YEL

2

2

A5

A16

YEL

3

1

INVERT MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

DUP UNIT

J608


12 YEL

A4

1


10 YEL

30

8

DC COM

F6 3.15A INTLK ON +24VDC-1 (1.12 E1)

B11

B9

B13

B7

P608 YEL

YEL

J221

J439 J601 YEL

B2

B18

P601 J684 BLU

YEL

B4

B16

BLU

INVERT GATE SOLENOID

INVERT IN SENSOR

4 6

B10 B10 YEL

3

B8

B12 YEL

1

B12

B8

5

B9

B11 YEL

MOT

YEL

11 YEL

YEL

2

INVERT MOTOR

DC330

IOT PWB PL2.1 1

6

P684

J108 YEL

1

2

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

B16

Invert In Sensor OFF Jam

INVERT MOTOR PL14.6

MARKING UNIT

B18

DC COM

A18

Invert In Sensor ON Jam

077-132

DC COM

CURRENT

IOT PWB PL2.1

077-012 077-013 077-014


DC COM

29

DC COM

5

YEL

DC COM

+5VDC

21

J440

DC COM

28

077-012 077-013 077-014

INVERT MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

22

4

077-019

INVERT GATE SOLENOID P223 PL13.12

DC COM

DC330

2

DC330

19

DC COM

077-128

MARKING UNIT

3

4

YEL

J108 YEL

P684

5

2

J684 BLU

P601

B17

B3

J601 J439 YEL

B17

9

J432

077-105

INVERT IN SENSOR PAPER SENSED J402 (L)+5VDC

MCU PWB PL2.1 +5VDC

077-128 42

077-132

3 INVERT IN SENSOR PL13.11

6 NOTE:

1

DC330[077-012] makes Invert Roll rotate in the direction that outputs paper. (High) DC330[077-013] makes Invert Roll rotate in the direction that retracts paper. (Middle) DC330[077-014] makes Invert Roll rotate in the direction that outputs paper. (Low)

j0tk731011



7-106


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

10.12 INVERTER (2 OF 2) 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

DC330

+5VDC

20

J401

J431

CLOCK DC330

DC COM

CURRENT

18

B7

B13 YEL

6

B4

B16 YEL

3

B2

B18 YEL

1

14 YEL

B6

B14 YEL

5

17 YEL

B3

B17 YEL

2

RELEASE MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

16 YEL


DC COM

33

18 YEL

DC COM

J608


DC COM

+5VDC

DC COM

2

P608 B15 YEL

13 YEL 32

RELEASE MOTOR PL14.6

B5

DC COM

+5VDC

DUP UNIT

077-016


J440 15 YEL

31

077-016

RELEASE MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

19

J224

INVERT PATH SENSOR

4

MOT

RELEASE MOTOR

DC COM

INVERT OUT SENSOR

F7 DC330

3

042-006

+5VDC

HUMIDITY FAN ON(L)+5VDC

28

1.6A INTLK ON +24VDC-1 (1.12 E1)

DC330

20 YEL

J601

A1 A20

1

YEL

J608

A4

A17

J125

P608

1

A6

YEL

A15

YEL

3

DC COM

DUP UNIT

2

A2 A19

J125

P608

YEL

INVERT RELEASE HOME SENSOR PL14.6 J109

MARKING UNIT

5

BLU

2

YEL

BLU

A16

A5

J608

J439 YEL

A16

6

B7

B13

BLU

6

1

3

J109

J645

BLU

2

5

P684

J110 YEL

YEL

B15

BLU

4

3

YEL

MCU PWB PL2.1

3

077-202

INVERT RELEASE HOME SENSOR SENSED(L)+3.3VDC

J432

BLU

A13

A5

+3.3VDC

J402

077-311

26

077-106

INVERT PATH SENSOR PAPER J602 SENSED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

J405 YEL

B13

1 IOT PWB PL2.1

2 B5

25

P602

P645

INVERT OUT SENSOR PL13.11

DC COM

B15

DC330

DC330

+5VDC (9.8 D4)

P601 J684

1

INVERT PATH SENSOR PL13.13 2

DC COM (1.13 D4)

J601

Invert Release Fail

MARKING UNIT

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

IOT PWB J439 PL2.1 B13 YEL

077-311

2

IOT PWB PL2.1

YEL

FAIL CODE

MOT 19 YEL

A15

J238

DC COM

+24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4)

IOT PWB J439 PL2.1 A17 YEL

P601

RELEASE HOME SENSOR

HUMIDITY FAN PL13.11

042-006

HUMIDITY FAN ON(L)+24VDC

J441

23

DC COM

4

J HUMIDITY FAN


J110 YEL

P684

2

5

J684 P601 BLU

B14

B6

J601

J439 YEL

B14

DC330

10

J432

077-107

INVERT OUT SENSOR PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

J402

41

1

+5VDC (1.4 F3) j0tk731012

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

10.13 DUPLEX TRANSPORTATION (1 OF 2) 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DC330

17

J401

077-022

DC330

+5VDC

DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID J431 DUPLEX(L)+5VDC

J439 A20 YEL

34

DC COM

077-129

DUP UNIT

IOT PWB PL2.1

077-022

DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID J608 DUPLEX(L)+24VDC

A1

A20

A2

A19

A3

A18

P608

P232

YEL

Duplex In Sensor ON Jam

DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID PL14.6 1

3

2

2

3

1

DC COM

DC330

2 16

077-021

+5VDC

DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID EXIT(L)+5VDC

A19 YEL +24VDC (F10)(1.6 F4)

35

A18 YEL

DC COM

DC330

077-021

DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID EXIT(L)+24VDC

YEL

YEL

DC COM

DUP UNIT

3

IOT PWB PL2.1 A14

J439 YEL

J608

A7

A14

P608

J104 YEL

J104

1

2 YEL

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

A12 DC COM

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

YEL

A9

A12

YEL

P608

A13

A8

J608

J439 YEL

A13

DC330

11

J432

077-109

DUP IN SENSOR SENSED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

J402

40

077-129

3 DUP IN SENSOR PL14.5


5 DUPLEX GATE SOLENOID

DUP IN SENSOR 6

j0tk731013



7-108


B

C

D

E

F

G

10.14 DUPLEX TRANSPORTATION (2 OF 2) 1

MCU PWB PL2.1

DUP UNIT DC330

+5VDC

J401

DC330 DC COM

26

J431

CLOCK

077-015

DUPLEX MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC

3

25

1

26

YEL

YEL

DC COM

4

CURRENT

J440

DC COM

25 +5VDC

DC COM

2

24 +5VDC

J


IOT PWB PL2.1

27

H

YEL

DC COM

6

DC COM

DUPLEX MOTOR PL14.3

077-015

DUPLEX MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK J608 DUPLEX MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK DUPLEX MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK DUPLEX MOTOR ON +24V CLOCK

YEL

B17

B3

B19

B1

B16

B4

B14

B6

B18

B2

B15

B5

P608

J219

ORN

DUP OUT SENSOR

DUP PATH SENSOR 2

DUP PATH SENSOR 1

4 6

ORN

3

ORN

MOT 1

ORN

DC COM

2 F5 3.15A INTLK ON +24VDC-1 (1.12 E1)

3 IOT PWB PL2.1 A9

J439 YEL

J608

A12

A9

P608

J105 YEL

5

A11

YEL

A10 A11

YEL

YEL

2

ORN

J105 2 YEL

P608

A10 A11

J608

J439

A10 YEL

FAIL CODE

MCU PWB PL2.1

IOT PWB PL2.1

3

1

5

ORN

DUPLEX MOTOR

DUP PATH SENSOR 1 PL14.7

DC COM

4

YEL

DC330

12

J432

077-110

DUP PATH SENSOR 1 SENSED(L)+5VDC

077-130

+5VDC

J402

Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam

39

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

A6

YEL

A15

YEL

A13

A6

J127

DUP PATH SENSOR 2 PL14.7

YEL

3

YEL

1

DC330

DC COM

5

A8

A8

A7

A14

YEL

A7

13

+5VDC

38

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

A3

YEL

A18

A3

J106 YEL

DUP OUT SENSOR PL14.7 3

DC COM

A5

6

J127 2 YEL

077-111

DUP PATH SENSOR 2 SENSED(L)+5VDC

YEL

A16

A5

YEL

1

DC330

J106 2 YEL

A4

A17

YEL

A4

14

077-112

DUP OUT SENSOR SENSED(L)+5VDC

+5VDC

37

077-130

+5VDC (1.4 F3)

j0tk731014

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

10.15 DUPLEX PAPER COOLING MCU PWB PL2.1

1

1

042-006

DC330

4

J401

IOT PWB PL2.1

DC330

+5VDC

DUPLEX FAN ON(L)+5VDC

J431

47

DC COM

A10

J436

042-006


J687

BLU

1

8

2

7

P687

P688

GRY

1

4

2

3

J688

P245

YEL

1

4

4

1

DUPLEX FAN 1 PL3.1 1

DC COM

MOT A9

BLU

GRY

YEL

+24VDC (F10) (1.6 F4)

2

DC330

A8

DUPLEX FAN 2 PL3.1

042-006


3

BLU

6

3

GRY

2

P246 YEL

1

1

4 MOT

A7

3

4

BLU

+24VDC (F10) (1.6 F4) DC330

2

6

042-009

DC330

45

2

DC COM

4

GRY

1

4

YEL

DUP UNIT

+5VDC

DUPLEX CHUTE FAN ON(L)+5VDC

5

DUPLEX CHUTE FAN PL14.2

042-009

DUPLEX CHUTE FAN J443 ON(L)+24VDC J608 BLU

1

1

2

2

P608 BLU

J258

1

2

2

1

DC COM

4

1

2

MOT 1

ORN

ORN

+24VDC (F10) (1.6 F4)

NOTE: 1


Duplex Fan 1/2 Operation Timing Motor On

5

Drum Motor Duplex Fan 1/2

2

Duplex Chute Fan Operation Timing

Motor Off

Off

On

Off

On

Motor On

Off

Drum Motor Off

5000ms

Off

Duplex Chute Fan Off

Motor Off

DUPLEX FAN 1

On

Off On

Off

DUPLEX CHUTE FAN

5000ms Fuser Exit SNR On(Dup)

6

If Dup is recognized upon reception of Fuser Exit SNR On, the fan turns OFF 5s after Drum Motor turns OFF. (the above timing chart) If Invert/Straight is recognized upon reception of Fuser Exit SNR On, Duplex Chute Fan stops.

DUPLEX FAN 2

j0tk731015



7-110

7.3 BSD(Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 25 ESS A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

25.1 ESS

2 ESS PWB PL2.5

1

2

JPEG PWB (LYRA3) PL2.5

P370

P300

J300 SEE CH1

SYSTEM FAIL SIGNAL FCW UI PWB PL2.5

POWER

P349

ETHERNET (10BASE-T) (100BASE-TX)

J340

25.3

J349

P352 UI CONTROL PANEL SEE CH2

J343

USB

J336

P336

IIT/IPS SCAN DATA

SEE CH6

J342 PSW (USB)

3

BP PWB PL2.8 P335 J335

J351 SEE CH3

EPSV 1

ESS FAN　 PL2.5

J311 RED

4

MOT

NOTE:

ESS FAN FAIL

YEL

The memories and ROMs installed differ depending on the configuration.

1

BLK

1 2

5

4127/4112

4127/4112 EPS

System Memory

J330

256MB

256MB

Program ROM

J332

32MB(ROM1) 32MB(ROM1)

J333

32MB(ROM2)

512MB

IDE

Virtual Line

256MB -

J331 SYSTEM MEMORY (M2) PL2.5

1 1

J332 J333

PROGRAM ROM (ROM1) PL2.5

R1

PROGRAM ROM (ROM2) PL2.5

R2

J302 2

GRY

1

4

DC COM +5VDC (1.3)

OPTION

J3480

IMAGE COMP PWB (SELENE) PL2.6

3

USB 2.0 D PWB PL2.6

USB 2.0 H PWB PL2.6

PAGE MEMORY (128MB) (Parts Side) PL2.5 +12VDC (1.4 F3)

2,3

OPT +5VDC (1.4)

J338

P302

NEW RISER PWB IMAGE PL2.8 EXTENSION PWB (TORINO) J348 PL2.8 J3481

J303

+3VDC NVM PWB PL2.5

HDD PL2.8

SEE CH6

SYSTEM MEMORY(M1) PL2.5

J334

VIO

6

+12VDC (1.4 F3)

1

VIDEO DATA

EEPROM PL2.8

P310

J310

BRN

2

RBT +3.3VDC

J330

DC COM

P/J No. J331

P311

3

Model Name Function

J418

MCU PWB PL2.1 P418

RBT +3.3VDC

PAGE MEMORY (128MB) (Solder Side) (On Board) GRN

DC COM

3 STATUS LED CR4501CR4508

Image Ext PWB (TORINO) is the standard. One of the 3 PWBs can be connected ・Image Comp PWB(SELENE) ・USB 2.0 D ・USB 2.0 H j0tk732501

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

25.2 VSEL & EXTERNAL ESS 1

NOTE:

IIT/IPS PWB PL5.8 CCD PL5.6

J710

J700

SCAN(COPY) DATA

J

BP PWB PL2.8

EXTENSION MEMORY PWB PL5.8 P717

J717

P718

J718

MCU PWB PL2.1 J418 PRINT/COPY DATA

P710

P418

1 ROS YMCK

See Print Server Service Manual

2 FPC 1 DC COM (1.7) F2 +5VDC (1.7 J2)

3 DCPS PWB PL13.8 1 2 8

4

9 +3.3VDC (1.8)

3 4 6 7

J744

2

J709

J708

VIO

ESS PWB PL2.5

1

VSEL PWB PL2.8 EXTERNAL ESS

2

GRY

J391 P335

3

F1 4 +24VDC (1.7 G3) DC COM (1.7)

ORN

4

VIO

J737

GRY

J335

3

P391 P1

PRINT/COPY DATA

PRINT DATA PRINT DATA

COPY DATA

1 2

GRY

8

GRY

9

GRY

1

3

VIO

+3.3VDC

4

VIO

6

VIO

J340

7

VIO

DC COM (1.8)

SCAN DATA

DC COM

SCAN DATA

5 P719

P336

1

J336

J361 YEL

VSEL 5V ON

NETWORK CABLE (CROSS)

J393

1

POWER CORD

DC COM

SCAN (COPY) DATA

2 +5VDC (1.3)

6

3

GRY

VIO

2 3

DC COM

j0tk732502

Chain 25 ESS 7-111

7.3 BSD(Block Schematic Diagram)

7-112

7.3 BSD(Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 25 ESS A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

25.3 MONITORING ESS PWB PL2.5

1

2

3 1 SYSTEM FAIL SIGNAL

25.1

4

5

FCW UI PWB PL2.5

FCW CONTROL PANEL PL2.9

002-770

JT Processing - HD Full

124-xxx

System Fail

002-770

124-xxx

003-982

IITsc HDD Access Error

125-311

PSW Cont Unexpected Fail

003-982

125-311

016-xxx

System Fail

127-xxx

System Fail

016-xxx

127-xxx

024-362

Page Sync Illegal Start

133-xxx

System Fail

024-362

133-xxx

024-363

Page Sync Illegal Stop

024-363

202-399

024-364

DMA Transfer Fail

024-364

024-367

Decompress Other Fail

024-367

024-368

PCI Error

024-368

024-370

Marker Code Detection Fail

024-370

024-746

Print Request Failure-Paper

024-746

024-747

Print Instruction Fail

024-747

024-986

Confirmation of Printing All

024-986

025-596

Diag HDD Maintenance Fail

025-596

025-597

Diag HDD Initialize Fail

025-597

036-xxx

System Fail

036-xxx

102-356

EWS Soft Fail

102-356

102-380

MF UI Cont Soft Fatal Error

102-380

102-381

Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel)

102-381

102-382

Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel)

102-382

116-xxx

System Fail

116-xxx

123-xxx

System Fail (UI Panel)

123-xxx

6

NOTE: 1

Virtual Line j0tk732503

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

26.1 IFM DC POWER GENERATION 1

ACH BLK

T1

J1

T2

BLK

ACN WHT

2

IFM LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H) PL36.2 DC POWER GENERATION

BREAKER PL36.2

BLK

T3

T4

WHT

WHT

4

4A

1

250V

+24VDC

3

2

J502

+24VDC

ORN

+24VDC ORN

J101

1 2

F12 ALL

+24VDC

ALL

+24VDC_F12

F13 +5VDC_F13

+24VDC TO +5VDC

+5VDC

ALL

ALL

GN/YL GN/YL

1

1 RETURN

F.G

26.4

3

IFM PWB PL36.2

26.4

IFM LVPS ENABLE TD 1 (H)+3.3VDC IFM LVPS ENABLE RETURN

J505

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

5 6

1

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

3 4

+5VDC TO +3.3VDC

ALL

DC COM

+3.3VDC

ALL

ON/ OFF

2 S 2

G D

F7 +5VDC_F7

ALL

2.5A

4 NOTE: 1

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Rated Input Voltage 100-240VAC Rated Input Frequency 50-60Hz Short Protection (Over-current Protection) When the +24VDC output is shorted, it is cut off. To restore it, repair the short circuit, power off, allow 15 sec, and then power on.

5

Over-voltage Protection When an output reaches a point between +26.7VDC and +32VDC, all the outputs are made to stop. To restore them, power off, allow 15 sec, and then power on, except when LVPS is broken or damaged causing the over-voltage protection operation. 2

6

TD 1

IFM PWB

IFM LVPS

Inlet

This +5VDC output is always ON when the machine is on.

Test Point: IFM LVPS J505-1 (+) to GND (-) With LVPS enabled, approx. +2.9VDC

Breaker Front View j0ia732601-K2

Chain 26 Interface Module 7-113


7-114

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 26 Interface Module A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

26.2 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING

048-300 IFM Front Door Open

IFM PWB PL36.2

1

INTLK +24V-K1

IFM FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH PL36.2

2 IFM PWB PL36.2 1

J120

J507

ORN

1A

+24VDC (26.1 G1)

J507

1B ORN

+24VDC (26.1 G1)

IFM FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH CLOSED (H)+24VDC

DC330

3 4

2A

VIO

2B YEL

DC COM

J120

K1

INTLK +24V-K2

ALL

+24VDC (26.1 G1) DC COM

K2

F6

ALL

INTLK +24VDC F6

ALL

Chip Fuse

3

048-300

IFM FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH CLOSED (L)+5VDC

+5VDC

5

048-300

DC COM

4


IFM Front Door Interlock Switch

5

6

Front View

j0ia732602

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

26.3 IFM CONTROL PANEL SW/LED 1

IFM CONTROL PANEL PWB PL36.1

IFM PWB PL36.2 RT1

1 +5VDC (26.1 H2)

2

J119

+5VDC

GRY

+5VDC

3

UP10 LD1 ON(L)+5VDC YEL

DC COM

4

3

YEL

YEL

YEL

4

YEL

YEL

048-021

DC330

048-022

DC330

048-023

DC330

048-024

DOWN 10 LD6 ON(L)+5VDC YEL

DC COM

10

DC330

DOWN 8 LD5 ON(L)+5VDC

DC COM

9

048-020

DOWN 6 LD4 ON(L)+5VDC

DC COM

8

DC330

UP2 LD7 ON(L)+5VDC

DC COM

7

048-019

UP6 LD3 ON(L)+5VDC

DC COM

6

DC330

UP8 LD2 ON(L)+5VDC

DC COM

5

048-018

DC330

048-025

AUTO LD8 ON(L)+5VDC YEL

1 15 2 14

GRY DC330

2

J319A

J319B

J219 GRY GRY

+5VDC

1 S3

TD 1

+5VDC

LD1 3 13

TD 1

4 12 TD 1

5 11 TD 1

6 10 TD 1

7

9

8

8

9

7

TD 1

TD 1

TD 1

10 6

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

LD1

UP10

LD2 UP8

UP6

UP2

DOWN6

DOWN8

DOWN10

AUTO

LD2

LD3

LD3

S2

LD7 LD4

S1

LD5 LD6

LD7

LD4

TD 1

LD5

Test Point: J319A-3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 (+) to GND (-) With LED OFF, approx. +3.5VDC

LD6

IFM PWB PL36.2

LD8 DC330

DC COM

11

5

15 DC COM

VIO

VIO

11 5 15 1

VIO

VIO

AUTO

LD8

2

S1

11

DOWN

15

S2

UP

DC COM

S3

AUTO

12

13

14

J219 YEL

YEL

YEL

J319B

4 12

J319A

DC330

3 13

2 14

048-204

DOWN BUTTON ON(L)+5VDC

048-205

+5VDC

J119 YEL

12

YEL

13

UP BUTTON ON(L)+5VDC DC330

048-206

AUTO BUTTON ON(L)+5VDC YEL

+5VDC

+5VDC

14

DC COM

6

j0ia732603



7-116


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

26.4 IOT-IFM PWB COMMUNICATION 1

I/F CABLE

MCU PWB PL2.1 B1 B2

2

B6

IFM COMMAND+

J411 BLU

J680

IFM COMMAND-

BLU

DC330

IFM PWB PL36.2

1

048-100

IOT EXIT SENSOR SENSED (L)+3.3VDC BLU

B12 B1

P680

P305 BRN

B11 B2

YEL

B1 B1

J305 J105

B2 B2

YEL

YEL

I/F CABLE

1

3

2

4 +3.3VDC

B7

B11

RESET/LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC BLU

SELECT BLU

YEL

B3 B3 B4 B4

YEL

P305

P680

BRN

B3 B10

IFM J680 STATUS+

B4 B9

YEL

IFM STATUS-

J411 BLU

BLU

B3

047-320 048-322

A4 +3.3VDC

B7 B6

YEL

B6 B6

YEL

6 5

DC COM +3.3VDC

J105 J305

MCU PWB PL2.1

1

B5 B5

YEL

B5 B8

YEL

IFM DETECT (L)+3.3VDC

048-323 048-500

BLU

B5

DC COM

B6 B7

YEL

B2 B11

YEL

B7 B7

B11 B11

YEL

YEL

I/F CABLE

7 +3.3VDC

11

DC COM

3

N.C

B10

N.C N.C

B9 B8

NOT USED BLU

NOT USED BLU

NOT USED BLU

B3 B10

YEL

B4 B9

YEL

B5 B8

YEL

B10 B10 B9 B9 B8 B8

YEL YEL YEL

10 9 1

8

2

TD 1

YEL

YEL

YEL

YEL

IFM LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC

26.1

IFM LVPS ENABLE RETURN

26.1

DC COM

IOT PWB PL2.1

4

J102

3 1

J434

P680

VIO

2 4

VIO

J680

P305

VIO

VIO

2 4

J305

J103 VIO

VIO

I/F CABLE

DC COM

RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

2

FAIL CODE 047-320

ALL

All Out Tray Broken

048-322

7

Output Configuration Mismatch Fail

DC COM

048-323 IFM Download Mode Fail

5

NOTE:

1

The Lattice Connector J680 pin numbers are assigned as follows: (a view from the harness)

TD 1

048-500

Test Point: IFM PWB J102-1 (+) to GND (-) With LVPS enabled, approx. +2.9VDC

IFM ROM Write Error

To IOT 3 4 A1

2 1 B1

6

A10 B12

J680

Rear View j0ia732604

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

26.5 FINISHING DEVICE CONNECTION (CONNECTOR 1) 1

IFM PWB PL36.2

1 A1 A2

A6

2

J106

TxD+

YEL

TxDYEL

DC330

049-108

IFM EXIT SENSOR SENSED (L)+3.3VDC YEL

J306

IFM PWB PL36.2

1 P306

P306

B1 B1 B2 B2

B3 B3 B4 B4

J306

YEL

B5 B5

A3

048-320

RxDDC330

B6 B6

J106

RxD+

YEL

048-210

FINISHING DEVICE 1 DETECT (L)+3.3VDC

A4 +3.3VDC

YEL

A5

YEL

A10

+3.3VDC

DC COM

26.4

RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

A7

A8

RESET/LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC YEL

NOT USED YEL

P306

B7 B7

CONN-1 SEE CH29.5 IFM-HCS PWB COMMUNICATION

B8 B8

B10 B10

NOT USED DC330

B12 B12

048-216

+3.3VDC

FINISHING DEVICE 1 EXIT SENSOR SENSED (L)+3.3VDC YEL

A12

DC COM

3

A9

NOT USED YEL

HCS

B9 B9

DC COM

FAIL CODE A11

4

048-320

B11 B11

YEL

HCS 1 Communication Fail

J103

J306

VIO

1 2

P306

4 3

4

VIO

DC COM

5 +24VDC_F12 (26.1 H1)

1

ORN

GRY

1

N.C

3

N.C

P306 To HCS

+5VDC_F13 (26.1 J1)

5 NOTE:

1

The Lattice Connector J306 pin numbers are assigned as follows: (a view from the harness) 3 4 A1

2 1 B1

Rear View

6 A10 B12

J306

j0ia732605-K2



7-118


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


IFM PWB PL36.2

IFM PWB PL36.2 A1 A2

A6

2

J107

TxD+

YEL

TxDYEL

DC330

049-108


J308

P308

P308

B1 B1 B2 B2

B3 B3 B4 B4

B6 B6

B5 B5

J308

RxD+

J107 YEL

RxDFINISHING DEVICE 2 DETECT (L)+3.3VDC

YEL

A3 A4 +3.3VDC

YEL

A5

YEL

A10

+3.3VDC

DC COM

26.4

RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

A7

A8


NOT USED YEL

P308

B7 B7

CONN-2 FINISHING DEVICE 2

B8 B8

B10 B10

B12 B12

NOT USED

+3.3VDC


A12

DC COM

3

A9

NOT USED YEL

B9 B9

DC COM

A11

4

YEL

J104 VIO

B11 B11

J308

2

P308

4 3

VIO

4

DC COM

7 +24VDC_F12 (26.1 H1)

5

1

ORN

GRY

1

N.C

3

N.C

+5VDC_F13 (26.1 J1)

6

j0ia732606-K2

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


IFM PWB PL36.2

IFM PWB PL36.2 B1 B2

B6

2

J107

TxD+

YEL

TxDYEL

DC330

049-108


J309

P309

P309

B1 B1 B2 B2

B3 B3 B4 B4

B6 B6

B5 B5

J309

RxD+

J107 YEL


YEL

B3 B4 +3.3VDC

YEL

B5

YEL

B10

+3.3VDC

DC COM

26.4

RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

B7

B8


NOT USED YEL

P309

B7 B7


B8 B8

B10 B10

B12 B12

NOT USED

+3.3VDC


B12

DC COM

3

B9

NOT USED YEL

B9 B9

DC COM

B11

6

YEL

J104 VIO

B11 B11

J309

2

P309

4 5

VIO

4

DC COM

8 +24VDC_F12 (26.1 H1)

5

2

ORN

GRY

1

N.C

3

N.C

+5VDC_F13 (26.1 J1)

6

j0ia732607



7-120


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


IFM PWB PL36.2

IFM PWB PL36.2 A1 A2

A6

2

J108

TxD+

YEL

TxDYEL

DC330

049-108


J310

P310

P310

B1 B1 B2 B2

B3 B3 B4 B4

B6 B6

B5 B5

J310

RxD+

J108 YEL


YEL

A3 A4 +3.3VDC

YEL

A5

YEL

A10

+3.3VDC

DC COM

26.4

RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

A7

A8


NOT USED YEL

P310

B7 B7


B8 B8

B10 B10

B12 B12

NOT USED

+3.3VDC


A12

DC COM

3

A9

NOT USED YEL

B9 B9

DC COM

A11

12

YEL

J104 VIO

B11 B11

J310

2

P310

4 11

VIO

4

DC COM +24VDC_F12 (26.1 H1)

5

15 ORN

1

N.C

9

3

N.C

GRY

+5VDC_F13 (26.1 J1)

6

j0ia732608-K2

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


IFM PWB PL36.2


B6

2

J108

TxD+

YEL

TxDYEL

DC330

049-108


J311

P311

P311

B1 B1 B2 B2

B3 B3 B4 B4

B6 B6

B5 B5

J311

RxD+

J108 YEL


YEL

B3 B4 +3.3VDC

YEL

B5

YEL

B10

+3.3VDC

DC COM

26.4

RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

B7

B8


NOT USED YEL

P311

B7 B7


B8 B8

B10 B10

B12 B12

NOT USED

+3.3VDC


B12

DC COM

3

B9

NOT USED YEL

B9 B9

DC COM

B11

14

YEL

J104 VIO

B11 B11

J311

2

P311

4 13

VIO

4

DC COM +24VDC_F12 (26.1 H1)

5

16 ORN

1

N.C

10 GRY

3

N.C

+5VDC_F13 (26.1 J1)

6

j0ia732609-K2



7-122


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE


1


B6

J106

TxD+

J307

YEL

P307

B1 B1

P680 BRN

J680

B1 B1 ORN

J8002

B2 B2

049-108

IFM EXIT SENSOR SENSED (L)+5VDC

YEL

B6 B6

YEL

YEL

B2 B2 ORN

CR1

B6 B6

J8007

YEL

17

DC COM

18

7

16

J8007 YEL

+5VDC

+5VDC

YEL

J8006

IFM-Finisher D3/D4 Communication Fail

+5VDC

COMMAND

12 11

048-321

FINISHER PWB PL25.3

+5VDC

4

TxDYEL DC330

I/F PWB PL25.11

I/F CABLE

M/C EXIT SENSOR SIGNAL

3

YEL

DC COM

2 26.4

RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

+5VDC

B7 B8


NOT USED YEL

B7 B7

YEL

B8 B8

YEL

B7 B7 B8 B8

6

YEL

19

SYS RESET/ LVPS ENABLE

2

YEL

5

PNK

LVPS ENABLE

15.1

DC COM

B9

3

NOT USED YEL

B9 B9

YEL

B9 B9

4

WHT

STATUS YEL

DC COM

B11 YEL

B11 B11

YEL

B11 B11 ORN

I/F PWB PL25.11+5VDC

2

J8002 10 GRY

CR2

9

J103

J307

VIO

1 2

P307

P680 VIO

2

J680

J8001 BLK

J8006

2

YEL

5

9

RxD+ A

RxDGRY

B

DC COM

4

8

4

VIO

VIO

4

DC COM

10 ORN +24VDC_F12 (26.1 H1)

1

6 GRY

3

+5VDC_F13 (26.1 J1)

5

BRN

4

8 DC COM

N.C

A

N.C

I/F CABLE

B1

J680

P680 B3 B3 BRN

P307

IFM PWB PL36.2

1 B3 B3

J307

RxD+

J106 YEL

B3

B5 B5 YEL

DC330

B5 B5

B10 B10

048-321

RxD-

B4 B4

C

3 4 A1

2 1

I/F CABLE

B4 B4 YEL

The Lattice Connector J307 pin numbers are assigned as follows: (a view from the harness)

C

B

NOTE: 1

WHT

DC COM

048-211

YEL

FINISHER D3 DETECT (L)+3.3VDC YEL

NOT USED YEL

B4 +3.3VDC

B5 +3.3VDC

B10 +3.3VDC

6

A10

B12

B12 B12

P307 To Finisher D3/D4 J307

NOT USED YEL

B12 j0ia732610-K2

Rear View

A

B

C

D

E

F

26.11 IFM PAPER TRANSPORTATION 1

IFM PWB PL36.2 J113 BLU

DC COM

4

BLU

DC COM

2

5

BLU

DC COM

6

IFM TRANSPORT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK IFM TRANSPORT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK IFM TRANSPORT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK IFM TRANSPORT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

BLU

J213

1

1

IFM Exit Roll

ENTRANCE CHUTE OPEN SENSOR

3

IFM TRANSPORT SENSOR

4 MOT 6

2 F9(5A)

3

DECURLER IN SENSOR

2

ORN

5

ORN

INTLK +24VDC-K2 (26.2 G2)

DC330

1

J130

J207

GRY

1

VIO

3

2

048-221

ENTRANCE CHUTE OPEN SENSOR OPEN (L)+5VDC

J207

FAIL CODE

+5VDC

048-100 IFM Decurler In Sensor On Jam (IOT)

2

J117 VIO

IFM Transport Sensor On Jam ENTRANCE CHUTE OPEN SENSOR PL36.8

DC COM

3

J317A

3

4

J317B

J201 VIO

GRY

1

6

GRY

IFM Decurler In Sensor Static Jam DC330

3 2

1

048-900

IFM TRANSPORT SENSOR PL36.8

DC COM

J201 YEL

J317B

5

2

J317A

048-101

IFM TRANSPORT SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

NOTE:

+5VDC

J117 YEL

048-107

2

1

The IFM Transport Motor winding resistance is 0.8Ω±10% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points - J213-pin 2 to pin 1/3 - J213-pin 5 to pin 4/6

2

The operating speed depend on the diag code.

1

+5VDC_F7 (26.1 H4)

6

VIO

6

1

J202 VIO

DECURLER IN SENSOR PL36.8 2

4 +5VDC_F7 (26.1 H4)

DC330

3

DC COM

6

IFM PWB PL36.2

048-107 3

5

J130 YEL

+5VDC_F7 (26.1 H4)

4

J

IFM TRANSPORT MOTOR PL36.3 1

DC COM F1(5A)

H Front View

IFM TRANSPORT MOTOR

2 DC330 048-001 DC330 [048-045~047] 3

G

GRY

4

3

GRY

1

J202 YEL

2

5

048-102 +5VDC

DECURLER IN SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC YEL

048-100

IFM Transport Motor

Operating Speed

048-900

DC330[048-001]

1,000mm/sec

DC330[048-045]

732.3mm/sec

5

DC330[048-046]

606mm/sec

DC330[048-047]

350.3mm/sec

j0ia732611-K2



7-124


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

FAIL CODE

26.12 IFM DECURLER GATE SWITCHING

048-314 1

IFM PWB PL36.2

DC330

3

J116

048-014

DECURLER GATE UPPER (L)+24VDC

IFM Decurler Gate Sensor On Jam

DECURLER GATE SOLENOID PL36.7 J235

BLU

1

048-315 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor Off Jam

P235 BRN

DC COM F6

1

2


1

2

ORN

DC330

3

048-015

DECURLER GATE LOWER (L)+24VDC BLU

2

ORN

BLU

DC COM

IFM PWB PL36.2 DC330

J117

3

16 GRY

J206

1

2

J206

048-203

DECURLER GATE SENSOR GATE UPPER (H)+5VDC

+5VDC_F7 (26.1 H4)

18

048-314

J117

17 YEL

048-315

3

VIO

DECURLER GATE SENSOR PL36.7

DC COM

4

+5VDC

NOTE:


1

The figures below show the relations between Decurler Gate Solenoid and Decurler Gate Sensor at a change of feed direction:

Upper Feed Path

Lower Feed Path

Light to Sensor blocked.

Light to Sensor received.

5

Returns

Pulls in.

DECURLER GATE SENSOR 6

Rear View

DECURLER GATE SOLENOID

j0ia732612-K2

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


26.13 DECURLER CAM CONTROL

DECURLER CAM MOTOR 1

DC330 DC330 DC330

IFM PWB PL36.2

3

J114 BLU

DC COM

4 5

J214

DECURLER CAM MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

BLU

1

アクチェーター

J204 DECURLER CAM POSITION SENSOR 1

1

3


DC COM

6


DECURLER CAM MOTOR PL36.3

BLU

DC COM

2

048-010 048-011 048-012

HOLD CW CCW

4


MOT

Decurler Cam

6

BLU

J205 DECURLER CAM POSITION SENSOR 2

DC COM

1 F3

F11

3

2

2

ORN

Decurler Cam

Front View 5

ORN

FAIL CODE


DC330

J117

10 GRY

J204

1

2

J204

048-201

DECURLER CAM POSITION SENSOR 1 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC

12

15

VIO

J205

1

6


048-311

IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 On Fail

2

2

J205

048-313

048-202

IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 Off Fail

+5VDC

DECURLER CAM POSITION SENSOR 2 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC

048-312 YEL

14

048-313

NOTE:

2

The table below shows the relation between Cam Position Sensor 1/2 and penetration amount.

3 DECURLER CAM POSITION SENSOR 2 PL36.6

NOTE: 1

048-310 11

048-312

+5VDC_F7 (26.1 H4)

DC COM

J117

DECURLER CAM POSITION SENSOR 1 PL36.6 DC330

5


3

VIO

DC COM

13 GRY

048-310

+5VDC

YEL

+5VDC_F7 (26.1 H4)

4

IFM PWB PL36.2

The IFM Transport Motor winding resistance is 1.7Ω±10% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points. - J214-pin 2 to pin 1/3 - J214-pin 5 to pin 4/6

Cam Position Sensor 1 ON

Cam Pene Amount Position Up Down Sensor 2 OFF 2 10

OFF

OFF

6

8

OFF

ON

10

2

ON

ON

8

6

j0ia732613-K2



7-126


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

26.14 DECURLER BELT DRIVE DC330 [048-002~009]

IFM PWB PL36.2

1

DC330 [048-026~041]

J133 13 YEL DC COM TD MOTOR 2 ENCODER J133 SIGNAL YEL

5

+5VDC

MOTOR CLOCK YEL

DC COM

3

6

2

DECURLER BELT MOTOR ON (H)+5VDC

J233

IFM Decurler Belt Motor Fail

+5VDC

1

5

TD 1

MOTOR LOCK (H) +5VDC

J233 YEL

J133 YEL

12

048-316

TD MOTOR ENCODER 2

2

MOTOR DIRECTION CCW(H)+2.83VDC

048-316

IFM PWB PL36.2

DECURLER BELT MOTOR PWB PL36.3

4

SIGNAL

YEL

3

YEL

DC COM

MOT 14

6

VIO

DC COM

1 F14

4 INTLK +24VDC-K1 (26.2 F2)

3

3 6

J131

INTLK +24VDC

ORN

INTLK +24VDC ORN

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

DC COM

J231

1 2 3

INTLK +24VDC-K1

4 DC COM

MOTOR ENCODER SIGNAL YEL

4

5

TD 1

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Test Point: Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 (+) to GND (-) When DC330[048-002] is turned ON, approx. +2.84VDC changes to +1.41VDC.

TD 2

Test Point: Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 (+) to GND (-) When DC330[048-002] is turned ON, approx. +5VDC changes to +2.53VDC.

Upper Decurler Belt

DECURLER BELT MOTOR

6 Lower Decurler Belt

Front View j0ia732614

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

FAIL CODE

26.15 IFM EXIT TRANSPORTATION

048-102 IFM Exit Sensor On Jam

1 IFM PWB PL36.2 9

J117 VIO

J318A

3

1

J318B

J203 VIO

IFM EXIT SENSOR PL36.11 3 2

DC COM

7

2

DC330

GRY

1

3

GRY

J203 YEL

J318B

2

2

J318A

1

IFM PWB PL36.2

048-103

IFM EXIT SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

048-901 IFM Exit Sensor Static Jam

+5VDC

J117 YEL

048-102 8

048-901

+5VDC_F7 (26.1 H4)


3

IFM Transport Motor (CH26.11)

4

5 IFM EXIT SENSOR

6

Front View

IFM Exit Roll

j0ia732615-K2



7-128


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

26.16 IFM COOLING 1

DC330

IFM PWB PL36.2

INTLK +24VDC_F6 (26.2 H2)

DC330

6

J116

IFM FAN 1 PL36.12

048-016

IFM FAN 1 ON(H)+24VDC

J236A BLU

BLU

IFM FAN 1 LOCK (H)+3.3VDC

J236A

IFM PWB PL36.2

048-208

YEL

048-317

+3.3VDC

J116 YEL

IFM Cooling Fan 5 Fail

048-318

7

IFM Cooling Fan 1/2 Fail

048-319

MOT 8

1

VIO

VIO

INTLK DC COM +24VDC_F6 (26.1 H2)

DC330

9

IFM FAN 2 PL36.12

048-016


J237

BLU

2

4

DC COM

1

DC330

+3.3VDC


J237


048-318

048-209

YEL

10

MOT 11

1

VIO

IFM PWB PL36.2

DC COM F15 DC330

3

2

4

DC COM

2

J FAIL CODE

+24VDC (26.1 G1)

12 BLU

IFM FAN 3 PL36.12

048-017


J238

2

4

DC COM

J238


+3.3VDC

J116 YEL

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS & AIR FLOW 13

MOT

1

14

1

VIO

FAN 2

048-319

DC COM

15 N.C

4

17

VIO

DC330

18 BLU

IFM FAN 5 PL36.12

048-042


J240

2

4

DC COM

FAN 5 VIO

SHORTING WIRE

DC COM

5

+3.3VDC

DUMMY CONNECTED (L)+3.3VDC

DC COM

J240

16

+3.3VDC

IFM FAN 5 LOCK (H)+3.3VDC YEL

19

MOT 20 23

VIO

VIO

1

048-317 +3.3VDC

DUMMY CONNECTED (L)+3.3VDC VIO

22

DC COM

FAN 3 6

NOTE:

1

Each fan turns: On :700ms after IFM Transport Motor turns On. Off :30ms after IFM Exit Sensor turns Off.

FAN 1

Rear View

j0ia732616

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

26.17 IFM PAPER PATH 1

IFM IFM Decurler In Sensor

IFM Transport Sensor

2

IFM Exit Sensor

IFM Front Door Interlock Switch

3

4

5

6

j0ia732617



7-130

7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Chain 29 HCS A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.1 HCS DC POWER GENERATION 1

ACH BLK

T1

J101

T2

BLK

ACN WHT

2

HCS LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY (GU10H) PL39.37 DC POWER GENERATION

BREAKER PL39.37

BLK

T3

T4

WHT

WHT

4

4A

+24VDC

3 1

GN/YL

3

29.5

HCS LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC HCS LVPS ENABLE RETURN

YEL

YEL

3

RETURN

J153 YEL

YEL

2

J151

+24VDC

J50

ORN

+24VDC ORN

+24VDC ORN

1 2

HCS PWB PL39.37

+24VDC

+24VDC TO +5VDC

5 6

1

ON/ OFF

7

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

+5VDC TO +3.3VDC

ALL

ALL

+3.3VDC LD5 GRN DC COM

+5VDC

ALL P11

3

1

F.G

29.5

1

250V

GN/YL F.G

HCS DRIVE PWB PL39.37

1

J11

ALL

+5VDC

2 4

51

5

52 ALL

6

2 S 2

G D

F1 +5VDC_F1

ALL

2.5A

4

NOTE:

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 1

Rated Input Voltage 100-240VAC Rated Input Frequency 50-60Hz Short Protection (Over-current Protection) When the +24VDC output is shorted, it is cut off. To restore it, repair the short circuit, power off, allow 15 sec, and then power on.

5

HCS PWB HCS DRIVE PWB

Over-voltage Protection When an output reaches a point between +26.7VDC and +32VDC, all the outputs are stopped. To restore them, power off, allow 15 sec, and then power on, except when LVPS is broken or damaged causing the over-voltage protection operation. BREAKER 2

This +5VDC output is always on when the machine is on. INLET

6

HCS LVPS

j0tk732901

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

29.2 HCS POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (1 OF 2) 1


STACKER LOWER LIMIT SWITCH (POWER) PL39.35

A

1

J51 J216 ORN

3 ORN

HCS FRONT DOOR SWITCH PL39.35 1 YEL

N.C

J216

J FAIL CODE

HCS DRIVE PWB PL39.37 J305 1A ORN

J305

1B ORN

J51

3

B

J51

4

J212

ORN

3

P212

J217 ORN

049-213

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SWITCH (POWER) PL39.28 3 ORN

Stacker Down Fail

049-219 1 YEL

N.C

HCS Front Door Open

J217

049-220

ORN

Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail

+24VDC (29.1 G1)

HCS PWB PL39.37

2

J7

2

2B

VIO

HCS DRIVE PWB PL39.37 INTLK +24V-B1

2A YEL

ALL

INTLK +24V-B2 ALL

INTLK +24V-B3

+24VDC (29.1 G1)

+24VDC (29.1 G1)

ALL

DC COM

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-221

+24VDC (29.1 G1)

Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail

3

DC330

049-300

049-302

+5VDC

HCS FRONT DOOR OPEN (H)+5VDC

HCS Upper Cover Switch Open

J7

Front Door Switch Open HCS DRIVE PWB PL39.37

4

1

J53 J214 ORN

DC COM

049-940

1

YEL

049-940

049-219 P212 ORN

1

J212

J51 ORN

P214

J303

1B ORN

INTLK +24V-A

1A

J303

P214

ORN

1

HCS UPPER COVER SW J53 CLOSED (H)+24VDC

J214

ORN

K304

ALL

+24VDC (29.1 G1) Chip Fuse

3

K301 DC COM

2

J9

P213

VIO

1

2

J213 VIO

2B

2A YEL

J213

1

2

P213

DC COM

DC330

5

2

J8

P211

VIO

2

2

J211

4

J7 VIO

J331

1

YEL

N.C

B

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SWITCH (LOGIC) PL39.28 1 YEL

STACKER LOWER LIMIT SWITCH (LOGIC) PL39.35

A

6

J306

VIO

DC COM

DC COM

DC COM

ALL INTLK +24V-A F502 (F502)

+24VDC (29.1 G1)

HCS PWB PL39.37

K303

DC COM

6

HCS UPPER COVER SWITCH PL39.4 3

K302

N.C

HCS UPPER COVER SW OPEN (H)+5VDC DC330

3 ORN

J306 YEL

J211

1

3

P211

ORN

3

049-201

UPPER LIMIT SW ON (H)+5VDC

J9 YEL

J8

049-300

1

HCS UPPER COVER SWITCH

049-220

1

+5VDC

J7 YEL

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SWITCH

+5VDC

049-219

LOWER LIMIT SW ON (H)+5VDC


+5VDC

YEL

DC330

J331

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-301

STACKER LOWER LIMIT SWITCH

049-213 3

049-221

HCS FRONT DOOR SWITCH

j0tk732902

Chain 29 HCS 7-131


7-132


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

29.3 HCS POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (2 OF 2)

049-210 1

HCS PWB PL39.37


DC330

+5VDC

J11

100

P11

5

J62

Front Door Lock Sensor On Fail

FRONT DOOR LOCK SOLENOID PL39.35

049-001

FRONT DOOR LOCK (L)+24VDC

J304

BLU

2

049-211 Front Door Lock Sensor Off Fail

049-212

BLU

Stacker Up Fail

DC COM F1101

Dolly Remove SW

4

1

2

ORN

INTLK +24VDC-B1 (29.2 G2)

+5VDC

50

6

DC330

3

049-002

FRONT DOOR UNLOCK (L)+24VDC

1

BLU

049-970 ORN

Stacker Upper Limit Fail

BRN


DC COM

HCS PWB PL39.37 HCS PWB PL39.37

3

049-200

DC330

1

J20

J301

GRY

1

2

2 FRONT DOOR LOCK SENSOR LOCK (L)+5VDC

J301

+5VDC_F1 (29.1 J4)

3

4

J28 YEL

P226

13 4

J388

J226

GRY

1

2

+5VDC_F1 (29.1 J4)

6

YEL

11 6

VIO

DC COM

NOTE:

1

2 YEL

049-211

YEL

5 12

Starts waiting for F-Door to open.

Front Door Lock Sensor

On

Dolly Set Position Sensor

Off

Front Door Lock Solenoid

On Off

J226

P226

YEL

+5VDC_F1

049-212 5

049-970

FRONT DOOR LOCK SENSOR

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SENSOR PL39.28

Dolly Removal Operation Timing Chart

Elevator Motor (CH29.16)

J388

049-241

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SENSOR LIMIT SENSED (L)+5VDC J28

3

Requests removal.

6

049-210

J20

FRONT DOOR LOCK SENSOR PL39.35 DC330

5

+5VDC_F1

3

VIO

DC COM

4

STACKER UPPER LIMIT SENSOR

Off On

2

Lock :Light blocked (L) Unlock :Light received (H)

FRONT DOOR LOCK SOLENOID

Off

On

Off Slows down

j0tk732903

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.4 HCS CONTROL PANEL 1

HCS PWB PL39.37

HCS CONTROL PANEL PWB PL39.42

RT1

1 +5VDC (29.1 J2)

2 3 4

2

J6

+5VDC

GRY

+5VDC GRY

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

J206

1 2 3 4

P206

J90 GRY GRY VIO VIO

SAMPLE REJECT SW

2 3

S2 +5VDC

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

DC330 049-003 PRINT LED YEL YEL

DC330 049-003 DOOR LED DC330

049-003

E1 LED YEL

DC330

049-003

E2 LED YEL

DC330

049-003 E3 LED

YEL

DC330

049-003 E4 LED

YEL

DC330

049-003 E5 LED

YEL

DC330

049-003 E6 LED

YEL

DC330

049-003

E7 LED YEL

DC330

049-003

E8 LED YEL

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL

19 20 21 25 26 DC COM

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

DC COM VIO

19

VIO

PRINT

5 DC COM

6 7

9

11

DC COM

13

J206

DC330

049-202

J6 YEL

DOLLY REMOVE SWITCH ON (L)+3.3VDC

23

YEL

22 +3.3VDC

049-973

23

+5VDC

FAIL CODE 049-973

LED10 GRN

Dolly Remove Button Pressed

RED

LED2

E2 E3

DC COM DC COM

RED

LED4

DC COM

RED

DC COM

E8

S1

LED1

RED

LED6

E6 E7

DC COM

LED9

LED4

E4 E5

DC COM

LED7

RED

LED5

14

RED

LED7

LED2

S2

LED3

RED

LED8

RED

LED5

LED6

LED8

LED10

19

21

VIO

21

VIO

22

LED3

12

20

26

YEL

P206

LED1

10

VIO

VIO

YEL

GRN

DOOR E1

DC COM

8

20

25

23

J90

+3.3VDC

SAMPLE REJECT SWITCH ON (L)+3.3VDC

4 LED9

5

22

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-203

DC COM

DC COM

5

DOLLY REMOVE SW

DC COM

5

4

S1

1

DC COM

3

DC330

25 26 DC COM

6

j0tk732904

Chain 29 HCS 7-133


7-134


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.5 IFM-HCS PWB COMMUNICATION 1

IFM PWB PL36.2 J106 A1 YEL

TxD +

J306

TxD A2 YEL DC330 049-108 IFM EXIT SENSOR SENSED (L)+3.3VDC A6 YEL

2

HCS PWB PL39.37

I/F CABLE B1 B1

P306

B2 B2

B6 B6

P200 BRN

YEL

YEL

B1 B1

J200

B2 B2

B6 B6

J1 GRY

YEL

YEL

1 2

4

6

5

B3 B3

P200

B4 B4

YEL

+3.3VDC

RESET/LVPS RESET/LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC ENABLE A7 YEL NOT USED

B7 B7

B8 B8

YEL

YEL

B7 B7

B8 B8

YEL

YEL

3

A9 YEL

NOT USED

10

7

P306

BRN

YEL

B3 B3 B4 B4

YEL

B5 B5

YEL

B5 B5

YEL

B10 B10 YEL

B10 B10

+3.3VDC

8

12 +3.3VDC

DC COM

J306

J106

RxD +

YEL

RxD YEL

HCS DETECT (L)+3.3VDC

A3 A4 +3.3VDC

YEL

A5

YEL

A10

+3.3VDC

A11 YEL

J103 VIO

YEL

B9 B9

VIO

B11 B11

B11 B11 YEL

VIO

J306

2

P306

P200 VIO

2

J200

J13 VIO

4

VIO

4

VIO

+5VDC (26.1 H2)

1

N.C

6

3

N.C

GRY

P11

1

049-500

2

J59 YEL

2

HCS LVPS ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC ENABLE RETURN

YEL

29.1

YEL

29.1

YEL

DC COM DC COM

10 ORN

5

1

DC COM

+24VDC (26.1 G1)

A12


11

ROM VIO

YEL

9

4 3

B12 B12

+3.3VDC

I/F CABLE B9 B9

J11 4

B12 B12 YEL

YEL

NOT USED BYPASS EXIT SENSOR SENSED (L)+3.3VDC

DC COM

DC COM

049-310

N.C

6

N.C

7

YEL

FAIL CODE YEL

049-285 049-285

I/F CABLE EEPROM

049-286 049-287

P11 DC COM

EEPROM Read/Write Error

049-286 EEPROM Sum Error

049-287 System Error

049-288


6

GRY

DC COM

A8 YEL

5

J1 J200

3

DC COM

26.4

IFM PWB PL36.2

I/F CABLE

HCS Drive PWB Not Connected +3.3VDC

55

J11

049-310 049-288

HCS Download Mode Error

049-500 HCS ROM Writte Error j0tk732905

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

29.6 HCS PRINT ENTRANCE 1

HCS PWB PL39.37

21

P11

+5VDC

DC330

+5VDC

PD1

5

2 A

1

A B

3

B

J56 BLU

20 +5VDC

PD2

7

DC330

BLU

11 BLU

DC330

22

3

BLU

BLU

049-028

BLU

2

1 3

TRANSPORT CLUTCH

4

・HCS Entrance Roll ・Stacker Paddle ・Top Tray Roll 1/2

MOT 11

+24VDC

BLU

1

+24VDC

ORN

3

ORN

ORN

6 2 5

71 DC330

+5VDC

CL ON

J380

P203

9

ORN

F703

5 7

049-028

HCS TRANSPORT 1 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

F701

1

049-028

HCS TRANSPORT 1 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

23 72

049-028

HCS TRANSPORT 1 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK BLU

70 9

DC330


HCS TRANSPORT MOTOR 1 PL39.5

HCS TRANSPORT 1 MOTOR J203 ON 24V CLOCK

INTLK +24VDC_A (29.2 G3)

1

J



PD0 J11

H

J57 20 BLU

14

J205

+24VDC

19 ORN

4

049-041

TRANSPORT CLUTCH ON (L)+24VDC

DC COM

TRANSPORT CLUTCH PL39.6

20

P205

P242

BLU

19 ORN

2

1

1

2

J242

J395 BLU

ORN

STACKER PATH SENSOR

4 1

INTLK +24VDC_A (F502) (29.2 H4)

FAIL CODE

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-113 DC330

7

5

+5VDC (29.1 J2) DC COM

9

J27 YEL

YEL

P225

3 1

7 9

J225

J363 GRY

VIO

1

2

J363

J225

YEL

8

2

P225

049-105

STACKER PATH SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

+5VDC_F1

J27 YEL

8

049-113 049-114 049-905

3 STACKER PATH SENSOR PL39.16

Stacker Path Sensor On Jam

049-114 Stacker Path Sensor Off Jam

049-905 Stacker Path Sensor Static Jam

NOTE: 1

HCS Transport Motor 1 and Transport Clutch turn ON/OFF at the same timing.

2

The HCS Transport Motor 1 winding resistance is 0.8Ω±15% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points: J380-2 to -1/-3 J380-5 to -4/-6

6

j0tk732906

Chain 29 HCS 7-135


7-136


B

C

D

E

F

G

29.7 TOP/BYPASS/STACKER GATE CONTROL 1

HCS PWB PL39.37

HCS DRIVE PWB PL39.37 J11

97

P11

6

J55

1

GATE SOLENOID 1 PL39.23

[049-030~032]

GATE SOLENOID 1 PULL (L)+24VDC

J204

BLU

2

P204

P382

BLU

2

2

1

2 5

+24VDC ORN

INTLK +5VDC +24VDC_A (29.2 G3)

DC330

1

47

2

7

1

[049-030~032]

GATE SOLENOID 1 PUSH (L)+24VDC

3

BLU

ORN

BLU

3

1

1

3

ORN

BRN

GATE SOLENOID 1

DC COM DC330 +5VDC

1

98

9

GATE SOLENOID 2 PL39.23

[049-030~032]

GATE SOLENOID 2 PULL (L)+24VDC

5

BLU

P383 BLU

2

2

BLU

1

8

+24VDC ORN

+5VDC

DC330

1

48

10 BLU

4

[049-030~032]

ORN

3

1

1

3

FRONT

ORN

Gate 1

GATE SOLENOID 2 PUSH (L)+24VDC

6

BLU

BRN

DC COM

4

J25 YEL

P223

3

4

J223 GRY

J357

1

2

J357

J223 YEL

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

6

YEL

1

6

VIO

5

2

P223

GATE SENSOR 1 ACTUATED (L)+5VDC

1

YEL

6

3

YEL

4

Gate Sensor 1 Fail 1

049-280 5

049-281

3

1

J358 GRY

3

VIO

049-281 Gate Sensor 1 Fail 2 Gate Sensor 2 Fail 1

049-283

1

2

J358 YEL

2

5

049-231


+5VDC F1

GATE SENSOR 2 ACTUATED (L)+5VDC

049-282 YEL

2

049-283

3 GATE SENSOR 2 PL39.23

DC COM

6

J25

049-282

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

1

049-280

+5VDC F1

YEL

DC330

NOTE:

049-230

GATE SENSOR 1 PL39.23

DC COM

5

FAIL CODE

HCS PWB PL39.37 DC330

4

Gate 2

GATE SENSOR 1

2

DC COM

3

GATE SENSOR 2

GATE SOLENOID 2

BLU

DC COM F402

J


DC330

+5VDC

H

2

The Gate Solenoid 1/2 coil resistances are as follows: Pin 1 to pin 2 [pull] (BLU): 36Ω±10% Pin 1 to pin 3 [return] (BRN): 50Ω±10%

At paper output to Top Tray/Bypass Tray/Stacker Tray, Gate Solenoids 1 and 2 and Gate Sensors 1 and 2 operate as below: DC330 049-030 049-031 049-032

Output Tray Top Stacker Bypass

Gate Solenoid 1 Gate Solenoid 2 Gate Sensor 1 Gate Sensor 2 Pull Pull H (Light received) H (Light received) Push Pull L (Light blocked) H (Light received) Pull Push H (Light received) L (Light blocked)

j0tk732907

A

B

C

D

E

F

29.8 TOP TRAY PATH TRANSPORTATION (1/2) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37 J11

PD1

PH2

18

DC330

P11

J55 11 ORN

19

12 ORN

1 PD0

2

68

PH1

69

TOP TRAY CLUTCH ON

3 1

13 ORN 14 ORN

049-036 049-037

HIGH

TOP TRAY MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

J204


7 8


9


J385

P204 ORN

6

ORN

3

ORN

1

F403 INTLK +24VDC_A (29.2 G3)

N.C

5

16

12 BLU

Top Tray Exit Roll

MOT 10 ORN

2

DC330

TOP TRAY CLUTCH

2

4

N.C

J57

TOP TRAY CLUTCH PL39.6

049-019

TOP TRAY CLUTCH ON (L)+24VDC

J205

12

P205

J366 BLU

4

TOP TRAY PATH SENSOR

DC COM

11 ORN

11

ORN

DC330

YEL

P225

9

1

J396

J225

GRY

1

2

+5VDC (29.1 J2)

3

YEL

7

3

VIO

J396

J225 YEL

2

8

P225

CHUTE OPEN SENSOR OPEN (L)+5VDC

049-102

+5VDC F1

J27 YEL

Top Tray Path Sensor On Jam

2

049-901 Top Tray Path Sensor Static Jam

3

5

DC330

4

DC COM

049-242

CHUTE OPEN SENSOR PL39.14

DC COM

+5VDC (29.1 J2)

FAIL CODE

HCS PWB PL39.37

4 J27

CHUTE OPEN SENSOR

1

INTLK +24VDC_A (F502) (29.2 H4)

1

J

TOP TRAY MOTOR

TOP TRAY MOTOR PL39.9

LOW

+5VDC (29.1 G2)

+5VDC

H


DC330


G

6

YEL

YEL

6 4

4 6

J353 GRY

VIO

1

2

J353 YEL

5

5

049-102

+5VDC F1

TOP TRAY PATH SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

049-102 YEL

5

049-901

3 TOP TRAY PATH SENSOR PL39.16

6 NOTE: 1

Top Tray Motor and Top Tray Clutch turn ON/OFF at the same timing.

2

The Top Tray Motor winding resistance is 4.6Ω±0.46Ω at the following measurement points. P204-7 to P204-8 P204-9 to P204-10

j0tk732908

Chain 29 HCS 7-137


7-138


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.9 TOP TRAY PATH TRANSPORTATION (2/2) HCS PWB PL39.37

1 HCS PWB PL39.37 3

J26

P229

YEL

1

3

J351

J229

VIO

TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR PL39.18

DC330

3 2

1

3

YEL

1

GRY

J351

J229

YEL

2

2

049-101

TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

P229

+5VDC F1

J26 YEL

049-100 2

049-101

1

049-900

2

7

J28 YEL

P226

10 7

J226 VIO

P235

3

1

1

3

J235

J352 VIO

TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR PL39.17 2

DC COM

3

DC330

1

9

YEL

8

9

GRY

GRY

J352 YEL

J235

2

2

P235 YEL

J226

8

9

P226

049-228

TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR FULL SENSED (L)+5VDC

YEL

8

1

049-945

3

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

NOTE: 1

4

+5VDC F1

J28

When Top Tray Full Sensor is ON for 10 consecutive sec, Top Tray Full is detected. When it is OFF for 2 consecutive sec, Top Tray Full is cleared.

FAIL CODE


TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR

049-100 Top Tray Exit Sensor On Jam

049-101 Top Tray Exit Sensor Off Jam

049-900 Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam

049-945 Top Tray Full

5

6 TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR j0tk732909

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

29.10 BYPASS TRANSPORTATION (1/2) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37


PD0 J11

10

P11

6 +5VDC

PD1

59

8

BLU

+5VDC PD2

2

9

A

12

12 BLU

HCS TRANSPORT MOTOR 2 ON 24V CLOCK HCS TRANSPORT MOTOR 2 ON 24V CLOCK HCS TRANSPORT MOTOR 2 ON 24V CLOCK

6

P203

J397 BLU

8

BLU

10

BLU

1 3 4

P397

BLU

6


1

YEL

BYPASS PATH SENSOR 2

RED

ORN

MOT 12

BYPASS PATH SENSOR 1

BRN

Bypass Roll 1~6 (Bypass CL 2/3) Bypass Exit Roll (Bypass CL 2/3)

F702

A

61

2

2

ORN

ORN

2

WHT

F704

B

11

B

3

10 BLU

HCS TRANSPORT MOTOR 2 PL39.7

049-042

HCS TRANSPORT J56 MOTOR 2 ON 24V CLOCK J203 BLU

J


DC330

+5VDC

H

4

4

ORN

ORN

5

BLK

60 INTLK +24VDC_A (29.2 G4)

FAIL CODE

4

12

J28 YEL

P226

5 12

J226

J355 VIO

DC330

BYPASS PATH SENSOR 1 PL39.19 3 2

10

YEL

7 10

GRY

J355

J226 YEL

11 6

P226

049-104

BYPASS PATH SENSOR 1 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

J28 YEL

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-108

+5VDC F1

049-117

Bypass Path Sensor 1 On Jam

049-108 11

049-903

1


049-119 Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam (Purge enable)

049-903 Bypass Path Sensor 1 Static Jam BYPASS PATH SENSOR 2 PL39.20

5 15

YEL

2 15

J387 VIO

DC330

3 2

13

YEL

4 13

GRY

1

J387 YEL

14 3

049-908

049-107 +5VDC F1

BYPASS PATH SENSOR 2 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC YEL

14

049-117

Bypass Path Sensor 2 Static Jam

049-119 049-908

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4) DC COM

6

NOTE:

1

The HCS Transport Motor 2 winding resistance is 0.8Ω±15% (25℃ ). P397-2 to P397-1/3 P397-5 to P397-4/6 j0tk732910

Chain 29 HCS 7-139


7-140


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.11 BYPASS TRANSPORTATION (2/2) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37


DC330

+5VDC CL ON J11

65

P11

J57 14 BLU

BYPASS CLUTCH 1 PL39.8

049-038

BYPASS CLUTCH 1 ON (L)+24VDC

J205

14

P205

P241

BLU

2

1

1

2

J241

J392 BLU

4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION

DC COM

13 ORN

13 ORN

INTLK +24V-A (F502) (29.2 H4)

2

DC330

+5VDC CL ON

15

16 BLU

J393

16 BLU 15 ORN

INTLK +24V-A (F502) (29.2 H4)

3

DC330 +5VDC CL ON

64

18 BLU

BYPASS EXIT SENSOR

BYPASS CLUTCH 1

1 BYPASS CLUTCH 3 PL39.12

049-040


BYPASS CLUTCH 3

4

DC COM

15 ORN

BYPASS CLUTCH 2

BYPASS CLUTCH 2 PL39.8

049-039


ORN

1

J394

18 BLU

4

DC COM

17 ORN

17 ORN

1

INTLK +24V-A (F502) (29.2 H4)

4

Bypass Roll 2

Bypass Roll 3

Bypass Roll 4

Bypass Roll 5 Bypass Roll 6

Bypass Roll 1 Bypass Exit Roll

FAIL CODE

HCS PWB PL39.37

5

3

J28 YEL

P226

14 3

J226

J354 VIO

BYPASS EXIT SENSOR PL39.21 3 2

DC COM

1 +5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

DC330

YEL

16 1

GRY

1

J354 YEL

J226

2 15

P226

049-104

049-103

BYPASS EXIT SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

+5VDC F1

J28 YEL

2

049-104 049-106 049-902

Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam

049-106 Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam (Purge enable)

049-902 Bypass Exit Sensor Static Jam

6

j0tk732911

A

B

C

D

E

F

29.12 STACKER PRINT ENTRANCE 1

HCS PWB PL39.37 J11

PD1

PH1

2 PH2

82

TD 1

P11

J60 11 ORN

DC330 DC330

049-034 049-035

HIGH LOW

STACKER EXIT MOTOR J202 ON 24V CLOCK

TD 1

STACKER EXIT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

TD 1

STACKER EXIT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

32

12 ORN

83

13 ORN

TD STACKER EXIT MOTOR 1 ON 24V CLOCK

33

14 ORN

9

P202

DC330 +5VDC

67

4

STACKER PADDLE CLUTCH 10 ORN

6

11 ORN

3

12 ORN

1

MOT

N.C

2

N.C

5

Stacker Exit Roll

STACKER EXIT SENSOR

STACKER PADDLE CLUTCH PL39.24

049-015

STACKER PADDLE CLUTCH ON (L)+24VDC

2

J384

ORN

INTLK +24VDC_B1 (29.2 G2)

STACKER PADDLE CLUTCH ON

J

STACKER EXIT MOTOR PL39.25

+5VDC (29.1 G2)

3

H



PD0

G

P207

BLU

4

1

1

4

J207

J364 BLU

Paddle

STACKER EXIT MOTOR

4

DC COM F604

1

ORN

ORN

1

FAIL CODE


4

049-115 Dolly Set Position Sensor On Fail

HCS PWB PL39.37

18

J26 YEL

P224

1 15

J224

J386 VIO

STACKER EXIT SENSOR PL39.27 3 2

DC COM

5

DC330

16

YEL

3 13

GRY

1

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

J386 YEL

J224

14 2

P224

049-106

STACKER EXIT SENSOR PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

+5VDC F1

J26 YEL

049-116 049-115 049-116

17

049-121 049-907

Dolly Set Position Sensor Off Fail

049-121 Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam (Purge enable)

049-907 Stacker Exit Sensor Static Jam

TD The Stacker Exit Motor winding resistance is approx. 5Ω at the following measurement points. 1

J60-11 to J60-12 J60-13 to J60-14

6

j0tk732912

Chain 29 HCS 7-141


7-142


B

C

D

E

F

G

29.13 STACKER PRINT OFFSET (1/3) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37


PD0

J11

PD1

80

TD 1

P11

7

30

J60

8

ORN

ORN

1 PH1

2

PH2

81

9

31

H

J


ORN

10 ORN

DC330

STACKER EXIT ROLL OFFSET MOTOR PL39.27

049-029

STACKER EXIT ROLL OFFSET MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

J202

TD STACKER EXIT ROLL 1 OFFSET MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

5 6


7


P202

J381

ORN

REAR

STACKER EXIT ROLL OFFSET MOTOR

4 6

ORN

3

ORN

MOT 8

ORN

+5VDC (29.1 G2)

STACKER EXIT ROLL HOME SENSOR

1 N.C

2

N.C

5

FRONT INTLK +24VDC_B1 (29.2 G2)

3

FAIL CODE HCS PWB PL39.37 DC330

13

J24

P222

YEL

6 13

J222

J356 GRY

1

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

4

15

4 15

YEL

VIO

DC COM

NOTE:

1

J356 YEL

J222

14 5

6

STACKER EXIT ROLL HOME SENSOR ACTUATED (L)+5VDC

J24 YEL

049-242

049-243 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor Off Fail

049-243

14

STACKER EXIT ROLL HOME SENSOR PL39.27

The Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor winding resistance is approx. 5.3Ω at the following measurement points: J60-7 to J60-8 J60-9 to J60-10

1

When moving paper to front for offset-stacking it:

Detects trail edge of paper. Stacker Path Sensor (see CH29.6) On Off On Off

Detects trail edge of paper. Stacker Path Sensor (see CH29.6) On Off

Home position

Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor

Home position

On

Off

Off

On

Off

Rear Paper Edge Sensor (see CH29.15)

+5VDC F1

TD 1

Stacker Offset Operation Timing Chart

Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor

Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor On Fail

049-229

3

When moving paper to rear for offset-stacking it:

5

P222

049-242

On

Front Paper Edge Sensor (see CH29.15)

Off

Off

On

Off

CW CW Off

Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor

On(CW)

Stops immediately. On(CCW)

CCW

CW: Front→ Rear CCW: Rear→ Front

On(CW)

Off

Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor

On(CCW) CCW

Stops immediately.

CW: Front→ Rear CCW: Rear→ Front j0tk732913

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


HCS PWB PL39.37


PD0

J11

PD1

78

DC330

P11

3

28

4

TD 1

J60 ORN

ORN

1 PH1

2

PH2

79

5

29

6

ORN

049-021

EDGE SENSOR MOVE MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

TD 1


TD 1


TD 1


ORN

J202

1 2 3

P202

J367

ORN

MOT 4

1

ORN N.C

2

N.C

5

16

J222

3 16 GRY

YEL

J362

1

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

18

1 18

YEL

NOTE:

1

PAPER EDGE HOME SENSOR PL39.27

On

Off

Off CCW

J24 YEL

049-248 17

Paper Edge Home Sensor Off Fail

049-284

1

EDGE SENSOR MOVE MOTOR

On(CW)

Off

Waiting for a change of rotation direction.

Paper Edge Sensor OFF Paper Edge Home Sensor

6

P222

100ms

CW Edge Sensor Move Motor

17 2

Paper Edge Home Sensor On Fail

049-284

Home position

Paper Edge Home Sensor

5

J222

PAPER EDGE HOME SENSOR ACTUATED (L)+5VDC

049-248

+5VDC F1


Edge Sensor Initializing Operation Timing Chart

Paper Edge Home Sensor ON

YEL

049-234

3

VIO

DC COM

4

J362

FAIL CODE


P222

Edge Sensor Move Motor winding resistance is approx. 5Ω at the following measurement points: J60-3 to J60-4 J60-5 to J60-6

4

3

ORN


J24

TD 1

6

ORN

+5VDC (29.1 G2)

3

EDGE SENSOR MOVE MOTOR PL39.27

Off

Home position On

Off 100ms

CW Edge Sensor Move Motor

100ms

Off

On(CW)

PAPER EDGE HOME SENSOR

Off

On(CCW) CCW

j0tk732914

Chain 29 HCS 7-143


7-144


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J


SENSOR A PWB PL39.27

HCS PWB PL39.37 9

J26 P224 YEL

10 6

J224 VIO

J231

3

DC COM

7

YEL

12 4

GRY

1

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

5

P42

P44

SENSOR B PWB PL39.27 2

6

1

1

6

2

5

12

YEL

7

9

VIO

6

DC COM

10 +5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

YEL

9

7

GRY

4

5

P44

3

2

6

1

1

6

2

5

J360

VIO

REAR PAPER EDGE SENSOR PL39.27

SENSOR B PWB PL39.27

3 2


2 P43

1

J233

1

VIO

GRY

2

3

J361

J233

P42

4

FRONT PAPER EDGE SENSOR PL39.27

4

2

J231

J224

YEL

5 11

P224 YEL

3


3 2

3

J233

YEL

1

GRY

J234

J360

SENSOR A PWB PL39.27

J361

J234

YEL

1

2

3

J234

P43

4

4

5

8

YEL

8

3

3

YEL


DC330

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-232

REAR PAPER EDGE SENSOR PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC J26

4

YEL

REAR PAPER EDGE SENSOR

DC330

+5VDC F1

049-224

8

049-233 +5VDC F1

FRONT PAPER EDGE SENSOR PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC YEL

11

049-225

5 FAIL CODE FRONT PAPER EDGE SENSOR

049-224 Rear Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail

049-225 6

Front Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail

j0tk732915

A

B

C

D

E

29.16 DOLLY & STACKER TRAY POSITIONING (1/2) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37

DC330 DC330


DC330

+5VDC PD0

J11

25

P11

3

BLU

74

4

2

PD2

A A B B

3

24

5

27

6

MID

J332

1

4

ELEVATOR MOTOR

3

ELEVATOR MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

MOT 2

BLU

TRAY SET SENSOR

F1201

76

1

26

1

ORN

DOLLY SET POSITION SENSOR

F1202

2

75

6

ORN


REAR VIEW


7

4

J31

J398

GRY

1

2

ELEVATOR ENCODER SENSOR ACTUATED (L)+5VDC

J398

4

Stacker Down Fail

049-969

8 YEL

Dolly Set Position Sensor On Fail

ELEVATOR ENCODER SENSOR PL39.38

DC330

J321

J20 GRY

1

6

3 2

J321

049-207

DOLLY SET POSITION SENSOR SET POSITION J20 SENSED (L)+5VDC YEL

7

1

4 2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

9

VIO

049-213 5

049-214

3 TRAY SET SENSOR PL39.36

J322

NOTE:

DC330

049-208

+5VDC F1

TRAY SET SENSOR SET (L)+5VDC YEL

049-215 Dolly Set Position Sensor Off Fail

049-941 Tray Set Fail

049-969 Elevator Motor Step Out

1

The Elevator Motor winding resistance is 1.25Ω±10% (25℃ ) at the following measurement points: J332-1 to J332-2/3 J332-6 to J332-4/5

2

While Elevator Motor is running to lift up the elevator at constant speed (except while it is slowing down/up), HCS PWB is monitoring Encoder Sensor to see if it is ON/OFF. If a voltage level of Encoder Sensor does not change a specified number of times in a row, or if it turns ON/OFF at an earlier timing, Fail is declared. Elevator Motor runs to lift up the elevator at the following timings: ・At Power ON initialization ・When the tray is set. ・When stacking paper of mixed sizes.

3

The sensor detects the position where Dolly should be set or removed.

4

The sensor detects whether the tray is on Dolly.

049-215 DOLLY SET POSITION SENSOR PL39.35

J322 GRY

+5VDC F1

3

VIO

DC COM

DC COM

049-213

J31

049-214

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

6

FAIL CODE

+5VDC F1

3

VIO

DC COM

5

2

049-243

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

9

J

ELEVATOR ENCODER SENSOR

5

ELEVATOR MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK BLU

H

ELEVATOR MOTOR PL39.38

LOW

BLU

+5VDC

G

HIGH


+5VDC PD1

049-006 049-007 049-008


J61

F ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/ DRIVE TRANSMISSION

049-941

8

j0tk732916

Chain 29 HCS 7-145


7-146


B

C

D

E

F

G

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-216

STACKER NO PAPER SENSOR-L PL39.34 1

J29

J329L

VIO

J FAIL CODE

29.17 DOLLY & STACKER TRAY POSITIONING (2/2) 1

H

Stacker Full Sensor On Fail

049-217

1

Stacker Full Sensor Off Fail

DC COM

2

049-965

2

GRY

Stacker Sheet Count Full Stack

HCS PWB PL39.37

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

049-966

2

Stacker Height Limit Full Stack

049-965 4

J329P GRY

DC330

1 2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

6

3

VIO

J329P

+5VDC F1

J29 YEL

DC COM

STACKER NO PAPER SENSOR-P PL39.34

1

J21 GRY

J327

1

3 DC COM

VIO

Paper Remain at Stacker Tray

049-968

049-968

Mix Size Stacker Fail

049-972

049-971 Stacker Full Stack

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

049-967

049-966 049-967

5

3

DC330

4

049-218

STACKER NO PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC

J327

049-214

STACK FULL SENSOR FULL SENSED (L)+5VDC

+5VDC F1

J21

2 YEL

049-972

049-216

Stacker Middle Stack

049-217 049-971

3 STACKER FULL SENSOR PL39.35


STACKER FULL SENSOR 5

6

STACKER NO PAPER SENSOR (L) STACKER NO PAPER SENSOR (P) j0tk732917

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

29.18 STACKER TRAY HEIGHT SENSING (1/3) 1

049-212

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE LEFT-L PL39.3

HCS PWB PL39.37 1

J23

P221

12 1

YEL

J221

J323L VIO

Stacker Up Fail

049-218 Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail

1

049-964

DC COM

Stacker Height Sensor On Fail 2

11 2

YEL

GRY

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)


2 DC330

1

J22

J323P

GRY

1 2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

3

3

J FAIL CODE

049-209

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE LEFT SENSED (H)+5VDC

J323P

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE LEFT (P)

HCS PWB PL39.37

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE CENTER (L)

+5VDC F1

J22 YEL

2

3

VIO

DC COM

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE LEFT-P PL39.37 HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE CENTER-L PL39.37

4

4

J324L VIO

049-212

1

049-218

DC COM

5 +5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

6

049-964

2

GRY

NOT USED

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE LEFT (L)

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE CENTER (P)

3

YEL

DC COM

5

DC330

4

J23 YEL

P221

9

4

J221

J324P GRY

1 2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

6

YEL

7

6

VIO

J324P YEL

J221

5

8

P221

049-210

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE CENTER SENSED (H)+5VDC

+5VDC F1

J23 YEL

5

3

DC COM

6

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE CENTER-P PL39.3

j0tk732918

Chain 29 HCS 7-147


7-148


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

29.19 STACKER TRAY HEIGHT SENSING (2/3)

049-212 1

HCS PWB PL39.37

Stacker Up Fail

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE RIGHT-L PL39.3 7

J23

P221

YEL

6

7

5

8

J221

J325L VIO

049-218 Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail

049-964

1

Stacker Height Sensor On Fail

DC COM

8

YEL

GRY

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)


2 DC330

7

J22

J325P

GRY

1 2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

9

3

J325P

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-211

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE RIGHT SENSED (H)+5VDC

+5VDC F1

J22 YEL

HEIGHT SENSOR LEAD(L)

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE RIGHT (P)

8

3

VIO

DC COM

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE RIGHT-P PL39.37

049-212

HEIGHT SENSOR LEAD-L PL39.27

4

1

J24 YEL

P222

18 1

J222

J326L VIO

049-218 049-964

1

DC COM

2

YEL

17 2

GRY

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

DC330

5

J22

13 GRY

J326P

1 2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

15

VIO

J326P

HEIGHT SENSOR SIDE RIGHT (L)

049-212

HEIGHT SENSOR LEAD SENSED (H)+5VDC

+5VDC F1

J22 YEL

HEIGHT SENSOR LEAD(P) 14

3

DC COM

6

HEIGHT SENSOR LEAD-P PL39.35

j0tk732919

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

29.20 STACKER TRAY HEIGHT SENSING (3/3) 1 DC330

4

P230

J31 GRY

4

1

J230

J320

GRY

1

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

6

2

VIO

3

J320

J230

YEL

2

3

P230

049-244

STACKER UP CURL SENSED (L)+5VDC

Stacker Up Fail

049-218 +5VDC F1

J31 YEL

Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail

049-960

5

4

J24

P222

YEL

15 4

J222

J328 VIO

STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR PL39.27

DC330

1 2

DC COM

6

13 6

YEL

GRY

Stacker Up Curl Sensor Off Fail Stacker Height Sensor On Fail

STACKER UP CURL SENSOR PL39.31

2

049-960 049-964

3

VIO

DC COM

3

049-212

HCS PWB PL39.37 HCS PWB PL39.37

J FAIL CODE

3

J328 YEL

J222

5 14

P222

049-215

+5VDC F1

STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR J24 SENSED (L)+5VDC YEL

5

049-212 049-218 049-964

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)


STACKER UP CURL SENSOR 4

STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR

5

6

FRONT

j0tk732920

Chain 29 HCS 7-149


7-150


B

C

D

E

F

G

29.21 SIDE TAMPER PAD EXTENSION (1/2) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37 PD0

HCS DRIVE PWB PL39.37 J11 P11 90

PD1

13 ORN

PAD MOVE MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

14 ORN

2

PH2

91

F1001

ORN

15 ORN


16 ORN

13

P201

14 ORN


15 ORN

41

J201

TD 1

J349

4

TD 1

Actuator Actuator

6 TD 1

Rear position

TD 1

MOT

TD 1

1 N.C

2

N.C

5

13

J30

P228

YEL

J228

J348

5 13 GRY

1

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

15

3 15

YEL

3

VIO

4

NOTE:

1

YEL

Pad Move Home Sensor ON

P228

On

On

Off On(CW) 100ms

CCW

049-241

Pad Move Home Sensor On Fail

049-241

PAD MOVE HOME SENSOR

REAR

Off

On

Off

T FRON

CW Off

Pad Move Motor

14 YEL

Front position (Home position)

Pad Move Home Sensor

6

J30

On(CCW)

Waiting for a change of rotation direction. Pad Move Home Sensor Off

049-240

PAD MOVE MOTOR

CW Off

049-240

+5VDC F1

Pad Move Home Sensor Off Fail


Pad Move Home Sensor

5

14 4

049-227

PAD MOVE HOME SENSOR REAR SENSED (L)+5VDC


Pad Initializing Operation Timing Chart

Pad Move Motor

J228

FAIL CODE

2

PAD MOVE HOME SENSOR PL39.30

DC COM

J348

The Pad Move Motor winding resistance is approx. 5.3Ω at the following measurement points: P201-13 to P201-14 P201-15 to P201-16


3


3

16 ORN

INTLK +24VDC_B3 (29.2 J2)

The figures below show the positional relations between Pad Move Home Sensor and Actuator. Pad Move Home Sensor Pad Move Home Sensor (L) (H)

2

PAD MOVE MOTOR PL39.30

049-013


J63

1 PH1

J

NOTE: DC330

40

H

Off On(CCW)

Pad

Pad

CCW j0tk732921

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

29.22 SIDE TAMPER PAD EXTENSION (2/2) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37


PD0 J11

PD1

88

9

38

ORN

SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

10 ORN

PH1

PH2

89

11 ORN

39

P201 ORN

11 ORN


12 ORN

F903

9

10 ORN


1

2

J201

4

J30

P228

YEL

14 4

J342

J228

GRY

1

2

J342

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

6

12 6

YEL

VIO

NOTE:

1

YEL

SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION HOME SENSOR PL39.30

4

Actuator

TD 1

Actuator Release position (Home position)

6 TD 1 TD 1

3 TD 1

MOT 1 N.C

2

N.C

5

5 13

P228

Set position

The Side Temper Extension Motor winding resistance is approx. 5.3Ω at the following measurement points: P201-9 to P201-10 P201-11 to P201-12

FAIL CODE


049-234

049-224

SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION HOME SENSOR PAD EXTENDED (H)+5VDC

+5VDC F1

J30 YEL

049-234 5

049-235

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor On Fail

049-235 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor Off Fail


Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor On

Release position (Home position) On

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor (H)

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor (L)

2

Side Tamper Pad Initializing Operation Timing Chart

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor

J228

The figures below show the positional relations between Side Tamper Home Sensor and Actuator.

3

DC COM

4

J350

12 ORN

INTLK +24VDC_B2 (29.2 H2)

3

TD 1

2

SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION MOTOR PL39.30

049-014


J63

J

NOTE:

DC330

P11

H

On

Off

SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION MOTOR

R EA R

SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION HOME SENSOR

CW Side Tamper Extension Motor

5

Off

On(CW) 100ms

CCW

Off On(CCW)

Waiting for a change of rotation direction. Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor Off

6

Release position (Home position)

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor

On

Off CW

Off

Off

Side Tamper Extension Motor

T FRON

On(CCW) CCW

j0tk732922

Chain 29 HCS 7-151


7-152


B

C

D

E

F

G

29.23 FRONT TAMPER POSITIONING 1

HCS PWB PL39.37 PD0


PD1

DC330

17 ORN 18 ORN

93

2 PH2

F1002

ORN

J347

4

TD 1

6

NT FRO

TD 1

19 ORN

FRONT TAMPER MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

20 ORN

17

TD 1

P201

18 ORN


19 ORN

43

J201


1 PH1

3 TD 1

MOT

20 ORN

1


N.C

2

N.C

5

3

R REA

FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR


J30

10 YEL

4

P228

J344

J228

8 10 GRY

1

2

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

12 YEL

6 12

NOTE:

1

J344

J228

YEL

P228

FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR PL39.29

On

11 YEL

049-239

TD 1

Front Tamper Home Sensor Oｆｆ

Home position

Front Tamper Home Sensor

Off

Off

On

The Front Tamper Motor winding resistance is approx. 5.5Ω at the following measurement points: P201-17 to P201-18 P201-19 to P201-20

Off

CW Off

CCW

049-239

Front Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

1

CW Front Tamper Motor

049-238 049-238

Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail

Home position

Front Tamper Home Sensor

FAIL CODE

+5VDC F1

FRONT TAMPER HOME SENSOR J30 FRONT SENSED (L)+5VDC

Front Tamper Initializing Operation Timing Chart Front Tamper Home Sensor On

6

11 7

049-226

3

VIO

DC COM

5

J

FRONT TAMPER MOTOR

FRONT TAMPER MOTOR PL39.29

049-012


J63

42

H


100ms On(CCW)

Off

Off

Front Tamper Motor

On(CW)

100ms

CCW

100ms

Off

On(CCW) Waiting for a change of rotation direction. j0tk732923

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.24 REAR TAMPER POSITIONING 1

HCS PWB PL39.37 PD0


PD1

DC330

J63

21 ORN

44

PH1

22 ORN

95

PH2

F903

ORN

23 ORN

REAR TAMPER MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

24 ORN

21

P201

22 ORN


23 ORN

45

J201


1

2

049-011


TD 1

J346

The Rear Tamper Motor winding resistance is approx. 5.2Ω at the following measurement points: P201-21 to P201-22 P201-23 to P201-24

4

TD 1

6 TD 1

3 TD 1

MOT

24 ORN


TD 1

REAR TAMPER MOTOR PL39.33

1 N.C

2

N.C

5

3 DC330

7

J30

P228

YEL

11 7

J343

J228 GRY

1

2

J343

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

9

YEL

9

9

REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR PL39.33

4

1

YEL

5

On Off

J30

8 YEL

049-236 049-237

049-237 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail

Off

On(CW)

100ms

REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR

REAR TAMPER MOTOR

CW Rear Tamper Motor

REAR TAMPER HOME SENSOR REAR SENSED (L)+5VDC


Home position

Rear Tamper Home Sensor

P228

Rear Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

+5VDC F1

1

Rear Tamper Initializing Operation Timing Chart Rear Tamper Home Sensor On

8 10

049-225

049-236

3

VIO

DC COM

NOTE:

J228

FAIL CODE

HCS PWB PL39.37

REAR

Off

CCW Rear Tamper Home Sensor Oｆｆ

Home position

Rear Tamper Home Sensor

6

Off

On

FRON

Off

T

CW On(CW)

Off

Rear Tamper Motor

On(CCW) CCW

100ms

100ms

Off

Waiting for a change of rotation direction.

j0tk732924

Chain 29 HCS 7-153


7-154


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.25 LEAD TAMPER POSITIONING (1/2) 1

HCS PWB PL39.37 PD0


PD1

DC330

1

34

2

ORN

2

85

PH2

3

35

4 F901

J201


ORN

ORN

1 2


1 PH1

049-010


J63

3


4

ORN

P201 ORN

ORN

ORN

TD 1

J341

3

J29

P227

YEL

3

1

J227

J335

GRY

1

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

9

YEL

1

3

6 TD 1

3 TD 1

NOTE:

1

LEAD TAMPER HOME SENSOR PL39.32

2

N.C

2

N.C

5

2

FAIL CODE HCS PWB PL39.37 DC330

YEL

8

049-229 Lead Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail

049-229

LEAD TAMPER HOME SENSOR

Off

NT FRO

CW Off On(CCW)

100ms

Off

LEAD TAMPER MOTOR

CCW

5

049-228


On

Lead Tamper Motor

Lead Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

+5VDC F1

LEAD TAMPER HOME SENSOR J29 ACTUATED (L)+5VDC

P227

Home position

Lead Tamper Home Sensor

049-221

049-228

1

Lead Tamper Initializing Operation Timing Chart Lead Tamper Home Sensor On

MOT 1

ORN

J227

YEL

4

3

VIO

DC COM

4

2

J335

The Lead Tamper Motor winding resistance is approx. 5.4Ω at the following measurement points: P201-1 to P201-2 P201-3 to P201-4

TD 1


7

TD 1

LEAD TAMPER MOTOR PL39.32

Lead Tamper Home Sensor Oｆｆ

Home position

Lead Tamper Home Sensor

On

Off

Off

CW Off

Lead Tamper Motor

6

On(CW) 100ms On(CCW)

100ms

Off

CCW Waiting for a change of rotation direction.

REA

R

j0tk732925

A

B

C

D

E

F

29.26 LEAD TAMPER POSITIONING (2/2)

G

1


PD0

J11

PD1

86

DC330

P11

5

36

6

The figures below show the positional relations between Set Clamp Home Sensor and Actuator.

J63 ORN

SET CLAMP MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK

ORN

2 PH2

87

7

37

8 F902

5 6


ORN

SET CLAMP MOTOR PL39.32

049-009

SET CLAMP MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK J201

1 PH1

7


8

ORN

P201 ORN

ORN

ORN

TD 1

J340

4

Actuator Release position (Home position)

TD 1

1

YEL

17 1

J338

J228

GRY

1

2

J338

MOT 1

ORN

YEL

+5VDC F1 (29.1 J4)

3

15 3

YEL

VIO

DC COM

NOTE:

1

J228

N.C

2

N.C

5

TD 1

2 16

P228

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-223

SET CLAMP HOME SENSOR SET CLAMP DOWN (H)+5VDC

FAIL CODE

+5VDC F1

J30

2 YEL

049-232 049-233

049-232 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail

049-233 SET CLAMP HOME SENSOR PL39.31

Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail

1


Set Clamp Home Sensor On

Release position (Home position) On

The Set Clamp Motor winding resistance is approx. 4.7Ω at the following measurement positions: P201-5 to P201-6 P201-7 to P201-8

3

Set Clamp Initializing Operation Timing Chart

Set Clamp Home Sensor

Set position

3 TD 1

DC330

P228

Set Clamp Home Sensor (H)

Actuator

6

3

4

Set Clamp Home Sensor (L)

TD 1

INTLK +24VDC_B3 (29.2 J2)

J30

J

NOTE: 2

HCS PWB PL39.37

H

SET CLAMP MOTOR

On

Off

CW

5

Off

Set Clamp Motor

Off On(CCW)

CCW spec. pulse Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Release position (Home position)

6

On

Off

Set Clamp Home Sensor

SET CLAMP HOME SENSOR

CW Off

Set Clamp Motor

Off On(CCW)

CCW

spec. pulse

j0tk732926

Chain 29 HCS 7-155


7-156


B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J FAIL CODE

29.27 STACKER PAPER COOLING 1

HCS PWB PL39.37

049-251

HCS DRIVE PWB PL39.37 INTLK


+24V_A (29.2 G3) F501 DC330

UPPER FAN J11 ON

13

P11

4

J57

UPPER FAN PL39.37

049-023

UPPER FAN ON J376 (H)+24VDC

ORN

2

4

J376

049-239

049-252 Paper Fan 2 Fail

+5VDC

UPPER FAN FAIL (H)+5VDC

J57 YEL

P11

5

7

J11

049-253

049-253

Upper Fan Fail

MOT

DC COM

2

DC330

Paper Fan 1 Fail

HCS PWB PL39.37

6

1

VIO

DC COM

DC330

3

LOWER FAN ON

7

17

LOWER FAN PL39.36

049-022

LOWER FAN ON J368 (H)+24VDC ORN

+5VDC

YEL

8

57

1

VIO

UPPER FAN

DC COM

DC330

PAPER FAN 1/2 ON

J368

049-235

LOWER FAN FAIL (H)+5VDC

MOT 9

4

2

4

DC COM

INTLK +24V_B1 (29.2 G2) F1102

DC330

J62 10 ORN

8

PAPER FAN 1 PL39.34

049-024

PAPER FAN 1 ON J372 (H)+24VDC

DC330

2

4

J372

049-237

Rear

+5VDC

PAPER FAN 1 FAIL J62 (H)+5VDC YEL

11

8

049-251

58

049-252

LOWER FAN

MOT

DC COM

12

1

VIO

DC COM

5

DC330

7

PAPER FAN 2 ON J374 (H)+24VDC ORN

PAPER FAN 2 PL39.34

049-024

DC330

2

4

J374

049-238

+5VDC

PAPER FAN 2 FAIL (H)+5VDC YEL

8

MOT 9 DC COM

VIO

1

PAPER FAN 2

PAPER FAN 1

6

j0tk732927

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

29.28 HCS PAPER PATH 1 Top Tray Path Sensor (CH29.8)

Top Tray Motor MOT (CH29.8)

Top Tray Roll 2 Top Tray Exit Sensor (CH29.9)

HCS Transport Motor 1 (CH29.6) MOT

Top Tray Roll 1 Top Tray Exit Roll

2

Bypass Path Sensor 1 (CH29.10)

Bypass Path Sensor 2 (CH29.10)

Top Tray Clutch (CH29.8) Stacker Path Sensor (CH29.6)

Bypass Exit Sensor (CH29.11)

Bypass Roll 1 Bypass Roll 2

Bypass Roll 4

Bypass Roll 3

3

Bypass Roll 5

Bypass Clutch 2 (CH29.11) Transport Clutch (CH29.6)

Stacker Exit Sensor (CH29.12)

Bypass Clutch 1 (CH29.11) Stacker Exit Motor MOT (CH29.12)

Stacker Paddle Clutch (CH29.12)

4

Bypass Roll 6 MOT HCS Transport Motor 2 (CH29.10)

Bypass Clutch 3 (CH29.11)

Bypass Exit Roll

Stacker Exit Roll

HCS Entrance Roll

5

6

j0tk732928

Chain 29 HCS 7-157


7-158

７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) 7.3.3 Appendix

7.3.3 Appendix IIT/IOT Fail Code List Fail Code

Name

005-121

DADF Feed Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) (DADF 250)

005-122

DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) (DADF 250)

Description

Ref. BSD

1.Feed Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of Pre-Feed. 2.During Duplex, Feed Sensor does not detect a doc a spe time after the start of the Pre-Feed operation (Feed Motor ON (CW)).

Fail Code

Name

Description

005-136

DADF Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (DADF 250)

During the Invert operation, Regi. Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Pre-Regi Sensor ON.

005-137

DADF Exit Sensor 2 ON Jam (DADF 250)

In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 2 does not turn ON a spec time after Feed Motor starts rotating backward.

5.8

005-138

DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (DADF 250)

In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn ON a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.

5.8

005-141

DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (DADF 250)

Pre-Regi Sensor turned OFF before Feed Sensor turned OFF. (multifeed/stream feed)

5.4

005-142

DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Duplex Mode) (DADF 250)

In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 OFF.

5.8

005-143

DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (DADF 250)

Exit Sensor 2 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.

5.8

005-144

DADF Too First Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (DADF 250)

Pre Regi Sensor turned ON earlier than a spec timing due to doc skew.

5.5

005-150

DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Feed Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Feed Sensor ON.

5.4

005-151

Pre Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Pre Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Pre Regi Sensor ON.

5.5

005-152

DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Regi Sensor ON.

5.6

005-153

DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Lead Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Lead Regi Sensor ON.

5.6

005-154

DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Out Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor ON.

5.7

005-155

DADF Exit Sensor 1 Off Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Simplex) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 1 ON. (Simplex)

005-156

DADF Exit Sensor 1 Off Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Duplex) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 1 ON. (Duplex)

5.4

1.Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON for the 1st doc a spec time after Feed Sensor ON. 2.Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON for 2nd and subsequent docs a spec time after the start of the Pre-Regist operation.

5.5

005-123

DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi Sensor On Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) (DADF 250)

Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Pre-Regi Sensor ON.

005-124

DADF Lead Regi Sensor On Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) (DADF 250)

Lead Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).

005-125

DADF Regi Sensor Off Jam (Simplex/Duplex Side 1) (DADF 250)

Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).

005-126

DADF Out Sensor On Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) (DADF 250)

Out Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).

5.7

005-127

DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (DADF 250)

Out Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Regi Sensor OFF.

5.7

005-128

DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Simplex Mode) (DADF 250)

In Simplex Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn ON a spec time after Out Sensor ON.

5.8

005-129

DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Simplex Mode) (DADF 250)

In Simplex Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor OFF.

5.8

005-130

DADF Invert Sensor ON Jam (Duplex Mode) (DADF 250)

In Duplex Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Out Sensor ON.

5.7

005-133

DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (DADF 250)

In Duplex Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor OFF.

5.7

005-135

Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (DADF 250)

During the Invert operation, Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Feed Motor starts rotating backward.

5.5

5.6

5.6

5.6

Ref. BSD 5.6

5.8

5.8

Fail Code

Name

Description

005-157

DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Invert Sensor ON.

005-158

DADF Exit Sensor 2 Off Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (DADF 250)

In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 2 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.

Ref. BSD 5.7

Fail Code

Name

Description

Ref. BSD

005-281

DADF Tray Lift Down Fail (DADF 250)

Bottom Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after DADF Tray starts lowering.

5.1

005-282

DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document) (DADF 250)

In the initialize operation with no doc loaded, Bottom Sensor does not turn off a spec time after Tray starts lifting up.

5.1

005-283

Level Sensor Logic Fail (DADF 250)

Level Sensor Error or Nudger Solenoid Error was detected logically in relation to DOC Sensor output.

5.1

005-284

DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail (DADF 250)

An illogical combination of APS Sensors 1~3 outputs

5.5

005-305

DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Running) (DADF 250)

While the DADF was in operation, the Feeder Cover Interlock became open.

5.2

5.8

DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set)(Job中) (DADF 250)

It is detected that with paper loaded, a spec time after Tray starts lifting up, Level Sensor does not turn ON or that Bottom Sensor does not turn OFF. (Applicable to the case where this is detected with MC running/not in operation/purging)

5.1

005-190

Feed Motor Logic Jam (DADF 250)

Feed Motor rotating CW did not start rotating CCW (to start Invert) a spec time after Invert Sensor Off. (Invert operation)

5.4

005-306

DADF Tray Interlock Open (Run中) (DADF 250)

While the DADF was in operation, the Tray Interlock became open.

5.1

005-194

Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size (DADF 250)

It is detected that with "Slow Scan MIX" selected, size in fast scan is different from doc guide width.

5.3

005-309

DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Running) (DADF 250)

While the DADF was in operation, the L/H Interlock became open.

5.2

005-196

Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size (DADF 250)

It is detected that the 2nd doc and subsequent ones include doc(s) different in size from the 1st one.

5.3

005-160

005-197

Prohibit Combine Size Jam (DADF 250)

005-198

Too Short Size Jam (DADF 250)

005-199

Too Long Size Jam (DADF 250)

A prohibited combination of sizes is detected. A doc is too short in fast scan to be transported. (The TE of the doc passes on Feed Sensor before the LE reaches Pre Regi Sensor.)

Feed Sensor turns ON at the following timings: 005-906

DADF Download Fail (DADF 250)

It has been detected that when IISS is turned On (Including Power On and recovery from Power Save Mode) the DADF is in Download Mode. The DADF has failed in downloading and the ROM has crashed.

5.5

005-275

Defective DADF PWB RAM was detected.(A check is made at Power ON.)

005-280

DADF EEPROM Fail (DADF 250)

An error in writing into or communicating with DADF EEPROM was detected.

5.4

005-907

Pre Regi Sensor Static Jam (DADF 250)

1. At Power ON 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed

5.5

3. Platen Interlock Closed Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

5.5 005-908

DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam (DADF 250)

1.At Power ON 2.Feeder Cover Interlock Close

5.6

3.Platen Interlock Close Lead Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings: 3.4

*This includes the case where, in the market, the ROM was replaced with a defective ROM and the power was turned On.

DADF RAM Test Fail (DADF 250)

2.Feeder Cover Interlock Closed

Pre-Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

It is detected that a doc is too long in slow scan for DADF to transport. Simplex mode: 670.0mm or more

1.At Power ON

3.Platen Interlock Closed

5.3

Duplex mode: 477.4mm or more

005-210

DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam (DADF 250)

005-909

DADF Lead Regi Sensor Static Jam (DADF 250)

1.At Power ON 2.Feeder Cover Interlock Closed

5.6

3.Platen Interlock Closed Out Sensor turns ON at the following timings:

3.4 005-910 3.4

DADF Out Sensor Static Jam (DADF 250)


5.7


7-159

7.3.3 Appendix ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)

7-160

Fail Code

７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) 7.3.3 Appendix Name

Description

Ref. BSD

Exit Sensor 1 turns ON at the following timings: 005-911

DADF Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam (DADF 250)


Fail Code

Name

Description

010-312

Fuser Heat Roll Disconnection Fail

STS-2


010-313


STS-3


5.8

3.Platen Interlock Closed Exit Sensor 2 turns ON at the following timings: 005-912

DADF Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam (DADF 250)


010-315

Fuser Latch Contact Fail

010-316

Fuser Latch Retract Fail

5.8

3.Platen Interlock Closed Invert Sensor 1 turns ON at the following timings: 005-913

DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam (DADF 250)

5.7

3.Platen Interlock Closed No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor turns ON at the following timings: 005-914

DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor Static Jam (DADF 250)

1.At Power ON

010-317


2.Feeder Cover Interlock Closed

Invert Sensor 2 turns ON at the following timings: DADF Invert Sensor 2 Static Jam (DADF 250)


5.7 010-320

3.Platen Interlock Closed It is detected that with docs loaded, a spec time after Tray starts lifting up Level Sensor does not turn ON or that Bottom Sensor does not turn OFF. (Applicable to any case other than where the MC is running/not in operation/purging)

005-919

DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (DADF 250)

005-940

DADF No Original Fail (DADF 250)

It is detected that a doc is pulled out.

005-941

DADF Not Enough Document (DADF 250)

It is detected that the qty of docs is short of the full qty after the reloading of all.

005-942

DADF Tray Stack Over Fail (DADF 250)

It was detected that when Nudger Solenoid was pulled in at the start of a job Level Sensor did not turn OFF.

010-311


STS-1


Heat Roll Over Heat Fail

9.14/1 0.2

10.2

・Heat Roll does not reach print-ready temp a spec time after printing stops due to Low Temp Not Ready or High Temp Not Ready.

It is detected that one of Fuser Heat Roll STS-1, Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 and Fuser Heat Roll STS-3 is at high temperature. NOTE: To clear this fail, it is necessary to clear DC131[744-156] back to 0 and turn OFF then ON the power.

10.3/ 10.5

10.3/ 10.5

010-326


010-327


010-330

Fuser Motor Fail

A detection of Fuser Motor rotation failure.

10.1

010-400

Fuser Web Near End

Fuser Web replacement time is near.

10.9

5.2 5.2

10.5

10.5

In Wait Mode, one of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON.

5.1

5.1

Nip Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after the Latch Off signal is sent.

・ At the start of print, with paper set to OHP Transparency, temperature detected by the H/R Thermistor 1 does not reach the temp set up in DC131[744-251] (Temp Permitting Pitch Generation) within 30 sec.

5.5


005-918

・When Fuser Exit Sensor is turned On then Off during printing, Fuser Nip Sensor is Off.

10.5

・One of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON due to Low Temp Not Ready or High Temp Not Ready.


・Nip Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the Latch On signal is sent.

Ref. BSD

*Wait Mode: after Power ON, Front Cover Interlock Closed, MSI Cover Interlock Closed and Marking Drawer Interlock Closed, in this mode Lamp is controlled for Heat Roll to reach print-ready temp.

10.5

In Standby or Low Power Mode, one of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON. *Standby mode: the Heat Roll is kept at print-ready temperature.

10.5

Fail Code 010-910 024-910

024-911

024-912

024-913

024-914

Name

Description

Fuser Web End

Fuser Web needs replacing.





The Regi Sensor-measured paper length in the slow scan direction is different from the tray-detected one. The Regi Sensor-measured paper length in the slow scan direction is different from the tray-detected one.

Ref. BSD

Fail Code

Name

5s after Drum Motor On, the Fail Detection Line was monitored and it was detected that the Fan was not in operation.

042-323

Drum Motor Fail

A Drum Motor failure

9.1

042-330

Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail

A Fuser Exhaust Fan failure

10.6

042-331

Blower Fan Fail

A Blower Fan Motor failure

9.16

042-332

Fuser Intake X'fer Intake Fan Fail

A Fuser Intake Fan or X'fer Intake Fan failure

042-603

Suction Filter Life

The life of Suction Filter nearly ends.

045-310

Image Ready NG

An error occurred processing.

045-311

Controller Communication Fail

A ESS-MCU communication failure

3.1

045-312

Driver Connect Fail

Poor connection between MCU and IOT PWBs

3.5

045-313

IOT Logic Fail

IOT Software error

047-310

MCU-Finisher Communication Fail

A MCU-Finisher PWB communication failure

047-320

All Out Tray Broken

No paper can be output to any of the output trays of all the output devices connected.

26.4

048-100

IFM Decurler In Sensor On Jam (IOT)

A specified time after IOT Exit Sensor turns On, IFM Decurler In Sensor does not turn On.

26.11 26.14/ 26.15

8.11


8.11



8.11

1.14

AC Unit Fan Fail

8.11


Ref. BSD

042-317

10.9

8.11

Description

with

internal

9.11/1 0.6 -

ESS

PWB

-

-

024-915



024-946

Tray 1 Not in Position


7.1

024-947



7.2

024-948



7.3

024-949



7.4

048-102

IFM Exit Sensor On Jam

A specified time after IFM Decurler In Sensor turns On, IFM Exit Sensor does not turn On.

024-950

Tray 1 No Paper


7.6

048-300

IFM Front Door Open

IF Front Door is open.

26.2

024-951

Tray 2 No Paper


7.7

024-952

Tray 3 No Paper


7.8

048-310


26.13

024-953

Tray 4 No Paper


7.9

A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 does not turn On.. (Stays L)

024-958

MSI Size Mismatch

The size of the paper in MSI is different from the paper size selected for printing.

7.5

048-311


A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 does not turn Off. (Stays H)

26.13

024-959



7.1 048-312 7.2

A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 does not turn On. (Stays L)

26.13




024-961



7.3

048-313


A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 does not turn Off. (Stays H)

26.13

024-962



7.4

048-314

IFM Decurler Gate Sensor On Fail

IFM Decurler Gate Sensor does not turn On within 150ms after IF Decurler Gate Solenoid turns On.

26.12

024-960

7-161

8.11

15.9


7-162


Fail Code

Name

Description

Ref. BSD

048-315

IFM Decurler Gate Sensor Off Fail

IFM Decurler Gate Sensor does not turn Off within 150ms after IFM Decurler Gate Solenoid turns On.

26.12

048-316

IFM Decurler Belt Motor Fail

IFM Decurler Belt Motor rotation speed is out of the range of normal speed+/-6.25% of it.

26.14

048-317


IFM Cooling Fan 5 is not rotating.

26.16

048-318

IFM Cooling Fan 1/2 Fail

IFM Cooling Fan 1 or 2 is not rotating.

26.16

048-319


IFM Cooling Fan 3 or 4 is not rotating. (4127/4112: only Fan 3)

26.16

048-320

HCS 1 Communication Fail

No communication can be established between IFM Module and HCS 1.

29.5

Communication Fail

No communication can be established between the IFM Module and the Finisher D3/D4.

26.10

Output Mismatch Fail

Interface Cables are improperly connected between IFM Module and HCS/D3-Finisher.

26.4

M/C is turned off in Download Mode, and when turned On after that, the M/C starts only in Download Mode.

26.4

During download by the proper procedure in Download Mode, writing in IFM ROM fails.

26.4

Finisher D3/D4 048-321 048-322

Configuration

048-323

IFM Download Mode Fail

048-500

IFM ROM Write Error

048-900

048-901

049-100

049-101

049-102

IFM Decurler In Sensor Static Jam

IFM Decurler In Sensor detects that paper exists, or it detects that there is paper left between IFM Transport Sensor and IFM Decurler In Sensor (though neither of the sensors detects paper when the machine stops).

26.11

IFM Exit Sensor detects that paper exists, or it detects that there is paper left between IFM Decurler In Sensor and IFM Exit Sensor (though neither of the sensors detects paper when the machine stops).

26.15

Top Tray Exit Sensor On Jam

A specified time after the Top Tray Path Sensor turns On, the Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

29.9

Top Tray Exit Sensor Off Jam

A specified time after turning On, Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.)

Top Tray Path Sensor On Jam

A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Top Tray Path Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

IFM Decurler Static Jam

Exit

Sensor

Fail Code 049-104

049-106

Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam

Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam (Purge enable)

Description

Ref. BSD

A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 2 turns On, Bypass Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

29.11

A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 2 turns On, Bypass Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

29.11

(The paper in question stops, but sheets following it can be output to Top Tray.)

049-108


A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 1 does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

29.10

049-113

Stacker Path Sensor On Jam

A specified time after IFM Exit Sensor turns On, Stacker Path Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

29.6

049-114

Stacker Path Sensor Off Jam

A specified time after turning On, Stacker Path Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.)

29.6

049-115

Stacker Exit Sensor On Jam

A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

29.12

049-116

Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam

A specified time after turning On, Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)

29.12

049-117


A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 1 turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 2 does not turn On. (Remains H)

29.10

049-119

Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam (Purge enable)

A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 1 turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 2 does not turn On. (Remains H) (The paper in question stops, but sheets following it can be output to Top Tray.)

29.10

049-121

Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam

A specified time after turning On, the Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (The paper concerned stops, but subsequent sheets of paper can be output to the Top Tray.) (L stays displayed.)

29.12

049-210

Front Door Lock Sensor On Fail

Front Door Lock Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

29.3

049-211

Front Door Lock Sensor Off Fail

Front Door Lock Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

29.3

29.9

29.8

Name

Fail Code

Name

Ref. BSD

Description A specified time after Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise Stacker, none of the following sensors turn On. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

049-212

Stacker Up Fail

・Stacker Upper Limit Sensor ・ Stacker Height Center/Side Right

Sensor

Side

Left/Side

29.3/2 9.18/2 9.19/2 9.20

・Stacker Height Control Sensor

Fail Code

049-213

Stacker Down Fail

29.2/2 9.16

049-214

049-215

049-216

049-217

Dolly Set Position Sensor On Fail

After the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Tray Set Sensor turns On and Dolly Set Position Sensor turns Off. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

Dolly Set Position Sensor Off Fail

A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise the Stacker, The Dolly Set Position Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

29.16

After Dolly is set and Front Door is closed, Stacker Full Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

29.17

After the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Stacker Full Sensor does not turn On.( L stays displayed.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)

29.17

Stacker Full Sensor On Fail

Stacker Full Sensor Off Fail

A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise the Stacker, none of the following sensors turn Off. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.) 049-218

Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail

・ Stacker Height Center/Side Right

Sensor

Side

Left/Side

29.16

29.3/2 9.18/2 9.19/2 9.20

Ref. BSD

HCS Front Door Open

With Front Door locked, it is detected that HCS Front Door Switch is open.

29.2

049-220

Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail

After Stacker Tray starts rising, Stacker Upper Limit Switch turns On.

29.2

049-221

Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail

After Stacker Tray starts lowering, Stacker Lower Limit Switch turns On.

29.2

049-224

Rear Paper Initialize Fail

Edge

Sensor

During initialization, the Rear Paper Edge Sensor detects paper. (L stays displayed.)

29.15

049-225

Front Paper Initialize Fail

Edge

Sensor

During initialization, the Front Paper Edge Sensor detects paper. (L stays displayed.)

29.15

049-228

Lead Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

A specified time after Lead Tamper Motor turns On, Lead Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

29.25

049-229

Lead Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail

In the operation for fixing the Lead Tamper home position, Lead Tamper Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off. (Remains L)

29.25

049-232

Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail

A specified time after Set Clamp Motor turns On, Set Clamp Home Sensor does not turn On.

29.26

049-233

Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail

A specified time after Set Clamp Motor turns On, Set Clamp Home Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)

29.26

049-234

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor On Fail

A specified time after Side Tamper Extension Motor turns On, Side Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

29.22

・Stacker Lower Limit Switch ・Dolly Set Position Sensor

Description

049-219

・Stacker Height Sensor Lead A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to lower the Stacker, none of the following sensors turn On (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.).

Name

In the operation for setting Extension, Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off. (Remains L)

049-235

Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor Off Fail

049-236

Rear Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

A specified time after Rear Tamper Motor turns On, Rear Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

29.24

049-237

Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail

A specified time after the start of the operation for fixing the Home position, Rear Tamper Home Sensor that has been On does not turn Off. (Remains L) (The operation for fixing the Home position is not complete.)

29.24

* Detection of an error in the operation for moving Side Tamper from the Release position (Home) to the Set position.

29.22

・Stacker Height Control Sensor ・Stacker Height Sensor Lead

7-163


7-164


Fail Code

Name

Description

Ref. BSD

Fail Code

049-238

Front Tamper Home Sensor On Fail

A specified time after the start of initialization, Front Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On (Remains H).

29.23

049-280

Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail

A specified time after the start of the operation for fixing the Home position, Front Tamper Home Sensor that has been On does not turn Off. (Remains L) (The operation for fixing the Home position is not complete.)

29.23

A specified time after Pad Move Motor turns On, Pad Move Home Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)

29.21

Pad Move Home Sensor Off Fail

A specified time after Pad Move Motor turns On, Pad Move Home Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)

29.21

Stacker Exit Sensor On Fail

A specified time after the Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor turns On, the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

29.13

049-239

049-240

049-241

049-242

049-243

049-248

Pad Move Home Sensor On Fail

Stacker Exit Sensor Off Fail

Roll

Roll

Home

Home

Paper Edge Home Sensor On Fail

At output of paper to Stacker and initialization, the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.) (The Stacker Exit Roll does not do the offset operation to the rear from where the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor has turned On.) A specified time after the Edge Sensor Move Motor turns On, the Paper Edge Home Sensor does not turn On.

29.13

Description

Ref. BSD


A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 1 does not switch (to Stacker). (H stays displayed.)

29.7

049-281


A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 1 does not switch (to Top Tray/Bypass). (L stays displayed.)

29.7

049-282


A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 2 does not switch (to Top Tray). (L stays displayed.)

29.7

049-283


A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 2 does not switch (to Bypass). (H stays displayed.)

29.7

049-284

Paper Edge Home Sensor Off Fail

At initialization, the Paper Edge Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off.

29.14

049-285

EEPROM Read/Write Error

An error occurs with EEPROM Read/Write. (IC fails or it is not inserted.)

29.5

049-286

EEPROM Sum Error

Data in EEPROM is not correct. (The sum is different.)

29.5

049-287

System Error

An internal error has occurred in PWB.

29.5

049-288

HCS Drive Connected

049-300

HCS Upper Open

049-310

HCS Download Mode Fail

Download ends abnormally, and when powered on, the machine can start only in Download Mode.

29.5

049-500

HCS ROM Write Error

Writing to the HCS ROM has failed when downloading is being performed in the proper procedure in Download Mode.

29.5

049-900

Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam

Top Tray Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

049-901

Top Tray Path Sensor Static Jam

Top Tray Path Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

049-902

Bypass Exit Sensor Static Jam

Bypass Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

049-903



049-905

Stacker Path Sensor Static Jam

Stacker Path Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

Name

PWB Cover

Not Switch

29.14

1.Paper Fan 1 is not rotating. 049-251

Paper Fan 1 Fail

2.A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Paper Fan 1 Sensor does not turn On.

29.27

1.The Paper Fan 2 is not rotating. 049-252

Paper Fan 2 Fail

2.A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Paper Fan 2 Sensor does not turn On.

29.27

1.The Upper Fan is not rotating. 049-253

Upper Fan Fail

2.A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Upper Fan is not rotating.

29.27

HCS PWB is not connected to HCS Drive PWB. The HCS Upper Cover is open.

29.5 29.2

29.9 29.8 29.11 29.10 29.6

Fail Code

Name

049-907

Stacker Exit Sensor Static Jam

Stacker Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

049-908



049-940

Front Door Switch Open

The HCS Front Door Interlock Switch is open.

Tray Set Fail

When the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Dolly Set Position Sensor turns On and the Tray Set Sensor turns Off.

29.16

Top Tray Full

Top Tray Full Sensor detects consecutive seconds. (Remains L)

29.9

Stacker Up Curl Sensor Off Fail

An error in loading the Stacker is detected. After the Stacker is adjusted to lower (after height control) during Job, The Stacker Up Curl Sensor detects Low. (Light blocked).

049-941

049-945

049-960

Description

Full

for

Stacker Height Sensor On Fail

・ Stacker Height Center/Side Right

Sensor

Side

Fail Code

Name

29.12

049-973

HCS Dolly Remove Button Pressed

29.10

061-310

Clapper Fail

061-315

SOS Long Fail

SOS Signal Interval is longer than spec.

6.9

061-319

SOS Short Fail

SOS Signal Interval is shorter than spec.

6.9

061-320

Polygon Motor Fail

The qty of Polygon Motor rotations did not become normal 4sec after Polygon Motor ON.

6.11

061-325

No SOS Fail

Not a single SOS Signal could be detected.

6.9

061-329

ROS Connect Fail

Poor connection between ROS LD and MCU PWB

6.9

Polygon Motor Lock Fail

With Polygon Motor OFF, Motor Ready Signal went High three consecutive times

6.11

29.2

10

Though the Stacker is adjusted to lower a specified number of times in a row (height control) while being loaded with paper, one of the following sensors detects High. (Height Control Error) 049-964

Ref. BSD

Left/Side

29.20

061-330

Ref. BSD

Description The Remove HCS Dolly button was pressed. The external controller ordered removal of Dolly. An error occurred processing.

with

internal

ESS

PWB

29.4 -

Under one of the following conditions, ROS VDD Signal (LD Power Supply signal) became active three consecutive times. 29.3/2 9.18/2 9.19/2 9.20

061-331

6.9

・Polygon Motor OFF ・Front Cover Open ・Drum CRU disconnected

・Stacker Height Control Sensor ・Stacker Height Sensor Lead

ROS VDD Fail

061-332

ROS VDD Down Fail

With Polygon Motor ready, ROS VDD Signal (LD Power Supply signal) became inactive.

6.9

061-334

SOS Stop Fail

SOS Signal stops.

6.9 6.9

049-965

Stacker Sheet Count Full

The number of sheets output to Stacker exceeds the preset number.

29.16

049-966

Stacker Height Limit Full

A load on Stacker is over the preset load.

29.16

061-340

ROS LD Fail

049-967

Paper Remain at Stacker Tray

After the Front Door is opened and closed with no paper on the Stacker, the Stacker No Paper Sensor detects paper.

When LD Alarm occurred, it was found that of 32CHs, 3CHs or more (NVM749-105) had LDs deteriorated.

29.17

061-603

ROS Data Fail

Serial data communication failed between MCU PWB and ROS. (Hidden Fail)

6.9

Mix Size Stacker Full

The height of the Stacker loaded with paper of mixed sizes exceeds the preset height.

One of 32 beams had an error. (Hidden Fail)

29.16

061-607

LD Alarm

049-968

6.9

049-969

When the Elevator is rising, the Elevator Encoder Sensor output level does not change.

062-210

The open Hot Line Signal line was detected.

Elevator Motor Step Out

IISS Hot Line Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-211

IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IPS) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

An error occurred in writing onto EEPROM or communication with EEPROM (despite retries).

3.2

Stacker Upper Limit Fail

When the Stacker is rising, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor turns On.

062-220

Poor connection between Extension Memory PWB

3.4

Stacker Full Stack

IPS-EXT Connection (Except 4127/4112EPS)

049-971

During the operation for adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray, the Stacker Full Sensor turns On.

049-972

A load on the Stacker is over the preset load.

062-277

IIT/IPS-DADF Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

An IIT/IPS PWB-DADF PWB communication failure

Stacker Middle Stack

062-278

IIT-Extension Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

An IIT/IPS PWB-Extension communication failure。

049-970

7-165

29.16 29.3 29.17 -

Fail

IIT/IPS

PWB

MEM

3.2

and

PWB

3.3 3.4


7-166


Fail Code

Name

062-300

Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS)

Platen Interlock is open.

062-310

IIT/IPS-ESS Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

An IIT/IPS PWB-ESS PWB communication failure

062-311

IIT Software Logic (Except 4127/4112EPS)

IIT/IPS PWB Software error was detected.

Description

Fail

062-345

An error occurred in writing onto EEPROM or communication with EEPROM.

062-355

IPS Fan Fail 4127/4112EPS)

IPS Fan failed.

Lamp Fan Fail 062-356

6.7

062-393

3.2

062-790

Name IIT/IPS PWB Fail 4127/4112EPS)

(Except

X Detect Fail

3.2

Extension EEPROM (Except 4127/4112EPS)

Fail

062-360

063-220

IPS-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

X Hard Fail

062-371

(Except 4127/4112EPS) Lamp Fail 4127/4112EPS)

(Except

Platen AGC Fail

6.8

062-380

Platen AOC Fail 062-386

6.1、 6.2

(Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-389

Carriage Over Run (Scan End) (Except 4127/4112EPS)

062-392

IIT/IPS Memory Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

Carriage overran the Scan End side. An IIT/IPS PWB RAM failure was detected (checked at Power ON), or an error occurred with internal IIT/IPS PWB processing.

(Except 4127/4112EPS) Extension Page Memory Fail 1

It was found that light from the lamp to CCD was not enough (in White Fluctuation Correction before the start of scan or in performing AGC).

Auto Offset Correction (AOC) failed.

EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) EXT Image Parameter Fail

6.2


063-230

063-240

The document copying of which was prohibited was scanned.

Auto Gain Correction (AGC) Setup failed.

2.No notice is made reporting completion of reading of images from the memory.

3.4

4.The notice exists reporting completion of reading of image

3. It was detected that IIT Regi Sensor-detected position was wrong. 062-362

3.4

3.No notice is made reporting import of side 1 images is complete.

6.2

2. When initializing Carriage, the level of Regi Sensor output did not change.

Detected was an error in writing onto EEPROM on Extension Memory PWB or communication with EEPROM.

1.No notice is made reporting completion of import of images into ｫdｫwｫs Memory.

6.1

1. Carriage Position Control Count error was detected.


6.2

Under the following:

One of the following cases:

Carriage Position Fail

An error occurred with internal IIT/IPS PWB processing.

6.2

For CCD Fan, error signal was detected.


Ref. BSD

The doc copy of which was prohibited was scanned.

3.2

6.1


Description


For Lamp Fan, error signal was detected.

CCD Fan Fail 062-357

Fail Code

063-210

IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IIT) (Except 4127/4112EPS) (Except

Ref. BSD

065-210

(Except 4127/4112EPS) CIS Shading FROM Fail

6.1、 6.2 6.1、 6.2

065-211

(Except 4127/4112EPS) CIS Shading Level Fail

065-212

(Except 4127/4112EPS) CIS Output Level Fail

065-213

6.8


065-216 3.2


3.4

Extension CPU cannot load image parameters specified from IISS.

3.4

Detected was poor contact of DIMM 1 with Extension MEM PWB

3.4

Detected was a failure in 1P DUP PWB Flash ROM which stores Shading Data.

5.8

Too much dirt to be coped with is detected on the white reference board to the CIS side.

5.8

A lack of CIS light qty was detected. 5.8


065-215

With 1P DUP PWB installed, DIMM of an illegal memory capacity was installed on Extension Memory PWB.


3.4


3.4

Fail Code

Name CIS Black White Level Fail

065-219


Description CIS Black Correction or White Correction is not complete.

Ref. BSD

Fail Code

5.8

074-100

1P DUP PWB-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)

In Psync from 1P DUP PWB-EXT to Extension, there occurred an output error with 1P DUP PWB or an input error with Extension.

3.4



8.1、 7.6



8.3



8.9



8.11


7.6



8.1、 7.7

072-101



8.3

072-104



8.9



8.11

Tray 2 Lift Up Fail


7.7


8.1、 7.8


8.3


8.3

065-220

071-100 071-101 071-104 071-105 071-210 072-100

072-105 072-210 073-100 073-101 073-102

Tray 1 Lift Up Fail

Tray 3 Miss Pre Feed Jam Tray 3 Miss Feed Jam Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 3)

073-104



073-105



073-210

Tray 3 Lift Up Fail


7-167

Description

Ref. BSD



8.1、 7.9

074-101



8.3

074-102



8.3

074-104



8.9

074-105



8.11

074-210

Tray 4 Lift Up Fail


7.9

075-100

MSI Miss Feed Jam

MSI Pre Feed Sensor is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from MSI.

8.6

075-101

MSI Feed Out Sensor ON Jam

MSI Feed Out Sensor is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from MSI.

8.7

075-109

Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI)

Paper from MSI does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

8.9

075-135

Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI)

Paper from MSI does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

8.11

075-210

MSI Lift Up Fail

MSI Lift Up Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after MSI starts lifting up.

7.10

075-211

MSI Lift Down Fail

MSI Lift Down Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after MSI starts lowering.

7.10

077-102

Trans Path Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 2)

Paper from Tray 2 does not turn ON Trans Path Sensor 1 within a spec time.

8.5

077-103

Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Straight)

In Straight Output Mode, Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

10.6, 10.10

077-106

Fuser Exit Sensor ON Jam

Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Regi Motor ON.

8.12 , 10.6

077-107

Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)

In Invert Output Mode, Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

10.6 ,1 0.11,1 0.12

077-109

IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Non Invert)


10.1 ,1 0.10

077-111

IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Invert)

In Invert Output Mode, IOT Exit Sensor does not turn ON in a spec time.

10.10

077-113

IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Non Invert)


10.10

Name

8.9 8.11 7.8


7-168


Fail Code

Name

Description

Ref. BSD

077-115

IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)

In Invert Output Mode, IOT Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

10.10

077-118

Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)

Paper through Duplex does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

8.9

077-123

Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)

Paper through Duplex does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

8.11

Invert In Sensor ON Jam

Invert In Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Fuser Exit Sensor ON.

10.11

077-128 077-129 077-130 077-132

Duplex In Sensor ON Jam Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam Invert In Sensor OFF Jam

Duplex In Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of invert.

10.13

Duplex Out Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Duplex In Sensor ON.

10.14

Invert In Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

10.11

077-140

Previous Multi Feed

Multiple preceding sheets of paper are fed together.

8.8

077-141

Multi Feed

Multi-feed has occurred.

8.8

077-142

Pre Transfer Sensor On Jam

A specified time after Regi Motor On, the Pre Transfer Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)

8.12

Side Regi Correction successfully.

077-143

Side Regi System Fail

cannot

be

・The amount of Lead Skew exceeded a specified range. ・The paper edge cannot be detected in a specified range.

8.11

077-144

Edge Detect Timing Fail

Ditto

8.11

077-300

Front Cover Interlock Open

Front Cover is open.

1.11

077-301

L/H Cover Interlock Open

L/H Cover is open.

1.13

077-304

MSI Cover Interlock Open

MSI Cover Interlock is open.

1.11

077-305

Trans Path Interlock Open

Horizontal Transport is slid out.

1.13

077-306

Marking Drawer Open

Marking Drawer is slid out.

1.13

077-307

Duplex Drawer Open

Duplex Drawer is slid out.

1.13

Invert Release Fail

Release Home Sensor voltage level does not change a spec time after Release Motor ON.

10.12

Name

Description

Ref. BSD

077-313

Multi Feed Sensor Broken

Multi Feed Sensor has failed.

8.8

077-320

All Feed Tray Broken Fail

All the paper trays (including MSI and HCF) failed.

26.4

077-330

(2000 A3 HCF) Communication Fail

Feeder

No communication can be established between 2000 A3 HCF PWB and MCU PWB.

19.5

077-330

(4000HCF) Communication Fail

Feeder

HCF and MCU PWB cannot communicate.

Regi Sensor On Fail 077-601

20.2

Regi Sensor does not On in a specified time. 8.11

(Hidden Fail)

077-603

Skew Servo Fail

The time difference between Regi Sensor On and Skew Sensor On exceeded a specified range.。

8.11 ,8 .9

077-909

IOT Static Jam

At Power ON or with Interlock closed, one of the sensors of IOT sensed paper.

3.1

077-967

Paper Kind Mismatch (APS Job)

Paper type selected is different from the type of paper installed.

-

077-968

Paper Kind Mismatch (Job Continue)

The type of paper in Tray is changed.

078-100

(2000 A3 HCF Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

After Tray 6 (2000 A3 HCF) Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-100

(4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam


8.9

078-100

(4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

After 4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-102

(2000 A3 HCF Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam

After Tray 6 (2000 A3 HCF) Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.11

078-102

(4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam


8.11

078-102

(4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

After 4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-110

(2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam

After Tray 5 (2000 A3 HCF MSI) Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-110

(4000 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

Paper from Tray 5 (HCF MSI) does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

8.9

performed

・ Regi Sensor cannot be turned On within a specified time.

077-311

Fail Code

-

Fail Code

Name

Description

Ref. BSD

078-110

(4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

After 4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-111

(2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam

After Tray 5 (2000 A3 HCF MSI) Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.11

078-111

(4000 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

Paper from Tray 5 (HCF MSI) does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

8.11

078-111

(4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

After 4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-150

(4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam


8.9

078-150

(4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam

After 4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-152

(4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam


8.11

(4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

After 4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.

8.9

078-152

Fail Code

089-640

089-641

Description

Ref. BSD

CIS Dark Level Error

The black level is abnormal. When black reference data was read for light qty correction, the average of the output values of all the pixels (1216 pixels) was ・0・or less three consecutive times. (Note: If NVM 760-206[Qty of Shading Operations] is set to any number else than 0, the above value shall be ・ 0・ and if it is set to 0, the value shall be ・0・)

8.10

CIS White Level Error

The white level is abnormal. When white reference data was read for light qty correction, the average of the output values of all the pixels (1216 pixels) met the following condition for excluding data, three consecutive times. Condition: The average is the value set in NVM: 760-202[Threshold of Invalid White Reference Data for Light Qty Correction] or below).

8.10

Name

CIS LED or CIS LED pixel failure 089-642

CIS LED Power Control Fail

089-643

CIS Shading Data Fail

089-315

8.10

・089-644 CIS FPGA Fail

089-645

CIS Comm. Fail

No communication can be established between the CIS Control PWB and the CIS Adapter PWB.

8.10

089-646

CIS Side Edge Detect Fail

One job has three or more edge-data errors (CIS Side Edge Detect A/B/C Fail and CIS Side Edge Out of Range) failures.

8.10

089-647

CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail (Hidden Fail)

The edge of paper is to the right of the detection area.

8.10

089-648

CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail (Hidden Fail)

The edge of paper is to the left of the detection area.

8.10

・089-645 CIS Comm. Fail ・089-646 CIS Side Edge Detect Fail

7-169

The offset value exceeded the allowable setting range.

8.10

The target bit of CIS Control PWB CIS_STATUS Register Value does not change to ・・a certain time (20/40+/-10ms) after CIS Circuit starts being driven.

CIS FPGA Fail

・089-643 CIS Shading Data Fail

RC Data Over Range Fail (Hidden Fail)

8.10

089-644

・089-642 CIS LED Power Control Fail

089-617

When shading coefficient was calculated for shading correction, even a single pixel of shading reference data [1st pixel to 1216th pixel] was or less. CIS Control PWB failure

・089-640 CIS Dark Level Error ・089-641 CIS White Level Error

8.10

CIS LED failure

If Fail Type is switched to 1 in NVM (760-232) (0: Send only the hidden Fail that occurred. 1: Send this Fail along with the hidden Fail that occurred.), send this Fail when any of the following Local Fails occurs, and change fail type to Subsystem Fail.

CIS Subsystem Fail

Though a limited number (set in NVM: 760-222[Qty of Light Qty Adjustment Executions]) of corrections were made, Light Qty Correction Control was not complete.

8.10


7-170

Fail Code

089-649

089-650

089-651

７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) 7.3.3 Appendix Name

Description

CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail (Hidden Fail)

The CIS detects the paper edge position in the M/C rear-to-front direction. When the edge is detected, normally, the waveform corresponding to the area between the edge and the rear indicates no paper exists there, while the waveform corresponding to the area between the edge and the front indicates paper exists. However, on the contrary, such an edge was detected as made the waveform first indicate paper exists and then that no paper exists.

CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail (Hidden Fail)

CIS Shading (Hidden Fail)

Recommend

The edge of paper is out of the valid range. At calculation of Ave. Edge, the qty of paper edge positions that are out of the valid area is 1/2 or larger than NVM-specified Value (decimal places are rounded up).

Ref. BSD

8.10

-

The qty of side edge detections for recommending an update on shading correction is reached. The count of side edge detections exceeds the preset qty of ones for recommending shading update (NVM760-229 nrc_CIS_ShdRcmdNum・.

Fail Code

8.10

Description Not

in

Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is improperly installed.

Ref. BSD

091-910

Bottle Standard Position

091-911

Bottle Standard Full

Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is full.

091-912

Drum Not in Position

Drum is improperly installed.

9.2

091-913

Drum End

Drum should be replaced.

9.2

091-914

Drum CRUM Communication Fail

A communication failure with Drum CRUM

091-915

Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail

091-916

Drum CRUM Data Mismatch Fail

CRUM Authentication Area Data differs.

091-921

Drum CRUM Not in Position

Drum CRUM is disconnected.

091-930

Bottle Option Not in Position

Waste Toner Bottle (option) is improperly installed.

-

091-931

Bottle Option Full

Waste Toner Bottle (option) is full.

-

ADC Toner Image Fail

The condition causing ADC Patch Fail has occurred continuously.

9.8

092-607

VGS Fail

Vgrid used to obtain Target VH is out of range (400~853). Or the two levels of Vgrid: high (VG_OUT+50) and low (VG_OUT-50) used to charge Grid are reversed (in Mini-Setup).

9.3

092-608

VH3 Fail

The measured value of VH (VH3) of Grid charged with tentative Vgrid is far larger than the predictive value (>30) (in Mini-Setup).

9.3

092-609

LDS Fail

LD light qty used to obtain Target Potential is out of range (300~1023). Or when two levels of LD light qty: high (LD_OUT+60) and low (LD_OUT-60) are used for exposure, a potential difference is smaller (<=15) (in Mini-Setup).

9.3

092-610

VM3 Fail

The difference between measured and predictive values of ADC Patch potential (VM3), the last item of Mini-Setup is larger (>30) (in Mini-Setup).

9.8

092-311

Once it has occurred, this Fail will occur every time the M/C is turned off then on until being cleared by shading correction. If the qty of side edge detections for recommending an update on shading correction is set to ・・ Fail Detection will not be performed.

Name

Mismatch between data written onto CRUM and data read.

9.14 9.14

9.2 9.2 9.2 9.2

089-652

CIS Hard Fail (Hidden Fail)

CIS Adapter PWB failure

8.10

091-311

CC Cleaner Motor Fail

During Home Position Detection or Cleaning, CC Cleaner Position Sensor voltage level does not change in a spec time.

9.12

091-312

CC HVPS Fail

CC HVPS has failed.

9.3

091-313

CRUM ASIC Communication Fail

CRUM ASIC has failed.

091-320

CC Wire Break

Charge Corotron Wire is broken.

9.3

091-400

Bottle Standard Near Full

The replacement date for Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is near.

9.14

092-611

VHVM Fail

One of VGS Fail, VH3 Fail, LDS Fail, and VM3 Fail has occurred.

9.3

091-401

Drum Near End

The replacement date of Drum Unit is near. (Warning)

9.2

092-612

VM ADC Fail

The result of ADC Patch Potential measured during a job is out of range. (This occurs during a job.)

9.8

091-410

Bottle Option Near Full

The replacement date of Waste Toner Bottle (option) is near.

-

9.2

Fail Code

Name

Description

Ref. BSD

092-651

ADC Sensor Fail

The output read by ADC Sensor from the clean Photoreceptor surface is out of range (100~1000) (in Mini-Setup).

9.8

092-652

ADC Patch Fail

The measured ADC Patch density is light. 75% of Vclean).

9.8

092-656

ATC Out Fail

ATC Sensor output is out of range (150~1022).

9.5

092-660

ATC Amplitude Fail

The amplitude of ATC Sensor output is smaller (<10).

9.5

092-661

Temperature Sensor Fail

Environment Sensor temperature output is out of range (140~896).

9.8

092-662

Humidity Sensor Fail

Environment Sensor humidity output is out of range (30~607).

9.8

092-663

Minimum Setup ADC Fail

The two levels of ADC Patch density created in Mini-Setup: high (LD_OUT+60) and low (LD_OUT-60) are reversed.

9.8

(Over

Fail Code 092-664 requires no service. Even if this fail occurs, a frequency of 0 is logged on Fail Count History Report. Also, when EP Center makes an inquiry, a frequency of 0 is reported.

092-664

ATC Average Warning

093-311

Dispense Broken

Dispense Motor has failed.

9.7

093-320

Deve Motor Fail

Deve Motor rotation error

9.4

093-400

Toner Near Empty

The replacement date of Toner Cartridge is near.

093-603

Dispense Near Broken

Dispense Motor may be broken.

093-912

Toner Empty

Toner Cartridge and Reserve Tank are empty.

9.7

093-924

Toner CRUM Comm Fail

A communication failure with Toner Cartridge CRUM

9.6

093-925

Toner CRUM Data Broken Fail

Mismatch between data written onto Toner CRUM and data read.

9.6

093-926

Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail

093-931

Toner Filling Interrupt

Toner Dispense Mode (at M/C installation) is not complete.

9.6

093-932

Cartridge Exchange Time Over

Toner Cartridge Replaceable Time during Run Mode is exceeded.

9.6

7-171

(a hidden fail)

Toner CRUM Authentication Area Data is different.

-

9.6 9.6

9.6


Chapter 8 Accessories

8 Accessories 8.1 Accesories Table...................................................................................................... 8.2 Installing IC Card Reader (Direct Connection) (IBG Only) .......................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

3 4

02/2009 8-1

Accessories

Accessories

02/2009 8-2

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

8.1 Accesories Table •

NOTE: The illustration shows installation on the right side. It is also applicable for installation on the left side.

Information on the Accessories Table Adaptor The adaptor is for connecting the Accessory Installation Kit A and Kit B. Accessory Installation Kit A and Kit B cannot be installed without installing this adaptor.

•

Product Code Table 1

Product Name

Product Code

Accessories Table Adaptor

EM200096

Accessory Installation Kit A (Large)

YR84

Accessory Installation Kit B (Small)

YR85

WARNING Turn OFF the Main Processor first, and then disconnect the power plug from the socket. 1. 2.

Ensure that the power switch and the breaker are turned OFF. Check the Bundled Items Figure 1 j0fu82013

The following items are bundled with the Accessories Table Adaptor and Kit A (or Kit B). 4.

Table 2 [Adaptor] Number

Name

Qty

1

Table Adaptor

1

2

Screws (M4x20mm)

2

3

Blind Cover (Not Used)

1

4

Deltite Screw

2

Install the Table. (Figure 3) [Table-Large] •

Secure the Table (large) with screws (x3).

[Table-Small] •

Secure the Table (small) with screws (x2).

* Item 4 - Deltite Screw is not used. Table 3 [Kit A: YR84] Number

Name

Qty

1

Table (Large)

1

2

Screw

3

Number

Name

Qty

1

Table (Small)

1

2

Screw

2

Table 4 [Kit B: YR85]


Secure the Table Adaptor to the machine using the screws (M4x20mm: x2). (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 8-3

8.1 Accesories Table

Accessories

Accessories

4127/4112G

02/2009 8-4

8.2 Installing IC Card Reader (Direct Connection) (IBG Only)

Version.1 .1.1


NOTE: The operation power On/Off switch cannot be changed. (Figure 2)

This outlines the installation procedure (hardware).

Change: The operation power On/Off switch is set to EPA at factory shipment.

For the detailed procedure and setup, refer to the IC Card Reader Service Manual.

Initial Action [Product Code] Table 1 [Item Code] Product Name

Product Code

IC Card Reader

E9100100

[Connection Cable] Table 2 [Connection Cable] Product Name

Product Code

IC Card Gate/MC Connection Cable (for D sub 14pins/0.95m)

E9100054

Figure 2 j0ig20121

IC Card Gate/MC Connection Cable (for D sub 14pins/1.5m) (for right installation) E9100063

8.2.2 Installation to the MC 8.2.1 Connecting the Card Reader Connect the Card Reader for the IC Card Reader to the USB in the mainframe. (It is not connected at factory shipment.) (Figure 1)

Connect the IC Card Reader to the MC and install it at a proper location in the MC with the fastener provided.

1.

Remove the Rear Cover of the IC Card Reader.

NOTE: The position to which the IC Card Reader is installed differs depending on the MC. For the necessary cable, refer to the Service Manual for each model or "Chapter 7: Connection Procedures for Each Model".

2.

Connect the Card Reader to the IC Card Reader Connection Port (J5).

Procedure

Procedure

1.

Turn OFF the machine and disconnect the power plug.

WARNING Check that [Sending/Receiving Lamp] is off. Press the [Check Job] button to check that 'In progress' is not displayed. After then, turn off the power switches and disconnect the power plug. NOTE: Because the IC Card Reader is powered from the MC, always disconnect the MC from the power source before installing/removing the connection cable. 2.

Preparation (1)

(2)

Prepare the following products in advance. •

Connection cable (for D sub 14pins):E9100054 or E9100063

•

For IC Card CE: 499T06622

Install the Installation Kit A (table to place the IC Card Reader). •

Figure 1 j0ig20120

3.

4.

Accessory Installation Kit A: YR84, Table Adaptor: EM200096

Check the packaged accessories. (1)

IC Card Reader

(2)

Fixing fasteners (6 sets)

Install the fixing fasteners (x4) to the bottom of the IC Card Reader. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 j0ig20122 5.

Fix the IC Card Reader in 1 on the table (YR84).

6.

Fix the IC Card Reader with the other 2 fixing fasteners. (Figure 4)


Connect P1 (D sub 14 pins) of the connection cable to J1 of the IC Card Reader. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 j0ig20124 Figure 4 j0ig20123 10. Reconnect the power plug and turn ON the machine. 7.

Remove the Stud Screws (2) and remove the EPSV Plate.

8.

Connect P2 of (D sub 14 pins) of the connection cable to J351 on the machine. (Figure 5)

11. Enter UI Diag and change the value in the following NVM. Set NVM:850-007 to "10". Set to (stand-alone IC Card Reader). 12. Check operation of the IC Card Reader. (1)

Move the IC Card closer to the IC Card Reader.

(2)

Check that the LCD displays "Ready".

(3)

Check that output is possible when the IC Card is removed. NOTE: When "Do not cancel when a Card is in contact with IC Card Reader" is set for the authentication cancellation method, keep the IC Card contacted.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 8-5


Accessories

Accessories 8.2 Installing IC Card Reader (Direct Connection) (IBG Only)

02/2009 8-6

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

Chapter 9 Installation

9 Installation 9.1 Installation of Device

9.1.29 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (FX Only)

9.1.1 Installation of the Main Unit 9.1.1.1 Installation of Main Unit (1 of 3).......................................................................... 9.1.1.2 Installation of Main Unit (2 of 3).......................................................................... 9.1.1.3 Installation of Main Unit (3 of 3)..........................................................................

3 8 11

9.1.2 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel 9.1.2.1 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel (Right Placement) 9.1.2.1.1 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Right Placement) (1 of 2) ............... 9.1.2.1.2 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Right Placement) (2 of 2) ...............

15 18

9.1.2.2 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only) 9.1.2.2.1 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only) (1 of 2) . 9.1.2.2.2 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only) (2 of 2) . 9.1.3 Installation of Bypass Tray Only............................................................................ 9.1.4 Installation of Interface Module .............................................................................

23 26 29 34

9.1.29.1 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (1 of 3).................................................................... 9.1.29.2 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (2 of 3).................................................................... 9.1.29.3 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (3 of 3).................................................................... 9.1.30 Back-Up Tool for restored document Installation ................................................ 9.1.31 FreeFlow Connection Kit Installation................................................................... 9.1.32 USB Memory Print Kit .......................................................................................... 9.1.33 Verification Procedures after Software Key Input.................................................

99 102 105 110 111 112 115

9.2 Network/Scan/Print Settings 9.2 Network/Scan/Print Settings.....................................................................................

117

9.3 Removal 9.3 Removal ...................................................................................................................

119

9.1.5 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included 9.1.5.1 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included (1 of 3) 9.1.5.2 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included (2 of 3). 9.1.5.3 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included (3 of 3). 9.1.6 Installation of Address Book Extension Kit............................................................ 9.1.7 Installation of USB 2.0 Extension Kit..................................................................... 9.1.8 Installation of Extension Memory (512MB)............................................................. 9.1.9 Installation of PostScript 3 Kit Heisei 3 Font (FX Only) ......................................... 9.1.10 Installation of Adobe PostScript 3 Kit Morisawa 2 Font (FX Only) ...................... 9.1.11 Installation of Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) .............................................. 9.1.12 Installation of Searchable PDF Kit....................................................................... 9.1.13 Installation of Image Compression Kit................................................................. 9.1.14 Installation of External Access Kit (Web UI Kit)................................................... 9.1.15 Installation of Watermark Extension Kit............................................................... 9.1.16 Installation of Data Security Kit ............................................................................ 9.1.17 Installation of Secure Watermark Kit .................................................................... 9.1.18 Installation of Image Extension Kit (IBG Only) .................................................... 9.1.19 Installation of Image Log Kit (Standard) (FX Only).............................................. 9.1.20 Installation of Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3)............................................... 9.1.21 Installation of Large Color Control Panel English Kit (FX Only) .......................... 9.1.22 Installation of Attention Light II (FX Only)............................................................. 9.1.23 Installation of Stacker Cart (Additional Option)......................................................................... 9.1.24 Installation of PCL Kit (IBG Only) ......................................................................... 9.1.25 Installation of Network Accounting Kit (IBG Only) ............................................... 9.1.26 Installation of DFE VSEL Kit (IBG Only)............................................................... 9.1.27 Installation of Heater Kit PWB (FX Only).............................................................. 9.1.28 Installation of Tray Module Heater Kit (FX Only)..................................................

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

39 42 47 52 52 55 56 58 60 63 63 66 67 67 68 71 74 75 76 78 83 85 86 87 90 94

02/2009 9-1

Installation

Installation

02/2009 9-2

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

* There are no illustrations for Item 16 to Item 17

9.1.1.1 Installation of Main Unit (1 of 3) • NOTE: When installing options at the same time, refer to the following for more efficient servicing.

Main Unit - Bundled Items (IBG) (Figure 1) 4112CP/4127CP = 4112/4127

•

Finisher D2/D3/D4 (separate documentation)

•

4000HCF (separate documentation)

•

2000A3-HCF (separate documentation)

No. Name

•

4000C2-HCF (separate documentation)

1

Main Unit

1

O

O

O

O

•

Refer to each item in Chapter 9 for other options.

2

NVM Setting List

1

O

O

O

O

•

Refer to Chapter 8 for the installation of accessories.

3

History List

1

-

-

-

-

4

Stopper

1

O

O

-

-

5

Screw

1

O

O

-

-

6

Stopper Installation Table

1

O

O

-

-

7

Power Cord Protector Clamp

1

O

O

O

O

8

Inlet Screw

1

O

O

O

O

9

Ferrite Core

1

O

O

O

O

If the Power Cord Protector Bracket is removed, verify that it is returned to its original position.

10

Power Cord

1

*1

*1

*1

*1

Procedure

11

IIT/IOT Ferrite Core

1

O

O

O

O

1.

Open the package and check the bundled items.

12

Casette Size Label

1

O

O

O

O

•

Main Unit - Bundled Items (Japan) (Figure 1)

13

Detection Copy Sample

1

O

O

O

O

4112, 4112LP/4127LP = 4112/4127

14

Instruction Manual

3

O

O

O

O

15

8K, 16K Labels Kit (SC, TC)

1

O

O

-

-

16

Driver CD-ROM

1

O

O

-

-

17

PS Driver CD-ROM

1

O

O

-

-

Table 2

WARNING Do not plug multiple cords into one power outlet.

WARNING Be careful not to hit your head against the UI Arm during the operation. Check well before operation. CAUTION

Table 1 No.

Name

Qty

4112

4127

4127EPS

1

Main Unit

1

O

O

O

2

NVM Setting List

1

O

O

O

3

History List

1

O

O

O

4

Stopper

1

O

O

-

5

Screw

1

O

O

-

6

Stopper Installation Table

1

O

O

-

7

Power Cord Protector Clamp

1

O

O

O

8

Inlet Screw

1

O

O

O

9

Ferrite Core

1

O

O

O

10

Power Cord

1

O

O

O

11

IIT/IOT Ferrite Core

1

O

O

O

12

Casette Size Label

1

O

O

O

13

Detection Copy Sample

1

O

O

O

14

Instruction Manual

3

O

O

O

15

8K, 16K Label Kit (SC, TC)

1

-

-

-

16

Driver CD-ROM

1

O

O

-

17

S/W Key Sheet

1

O

O

O

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Qty

4112

4127

4112EPS 4127EPS

* There are no illustrations for Item 16 to Item 17

02/2009 9-3

9.1 Installation of Device

Installation

Installation

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-4

9.1.1 Installation of the Main Unit

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: The NVM Setting List and the Service Log are kept inside Tray 3. (Figure 2)

NOTE: *1: The Power Cord has to be purchased separately since it is not one of the bundled items for IBG.

Figure 2 j0fu91002 •

Toner Cartridge - Bundled Items (Figure 3) Table 3

No. Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

1

1

O

O

Toner Cartridge

Figure 1 j0tk90017


Check the exterior.

3.

Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. (Figure 4)

NOTE: Ensure that the AC Unit Power Switch and the IOT Power Switch are turned OFF.

NOTE: Remember to Remove the tapes and securing materials on the Platen Glass.


Figure 6 j0ph90106

Move it to the installation location and lock the casters (front/rear). (Figure 5)

[4112EPS/4127EPS] (Figure 7)


Figure 7 j0ph90102

Remove the tapes and securing materials from the Main Unit. (1)

(2)

Remove the tapes and securing materials on the DADF. (Figure 8)

Remove the tapes and securing materials. [4112/4127] (Figure 6)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-5


Installation

Installation

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-6


Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: There is some securing material at the tip of packaging material A. Check the removed packaging material and the Main Unit to make sure that no securing material remains in the Main Unit.

NOTE: Step (2) is a 4112/4127 procedure.


NOTE: Remember to Remove the tapes and securing materials on the DADF Cover. (Figure 9) 7.

Close the Front Door.

8.

Remove the packaging materials from the drawer stopper. (1)

Remove the screws (x2) at the right side of the Main Unit. (Figure 11)


Remove the packaging materials: A, B, C, and D. (Figure 10) Figure 11 j0fu91010 (2)

Open the Front Cover, turn the Lever 2 and pull out the Drawer Assembly. (Figure 12)

Figure 12 j0fu91011 (3)

Figure 14 j0fu91013

Remove the Transfer Belt Cover (packaging material with orange tassel). (Figure 13)

A: Packaging material, double-sided tape B: Check that no packaging material and double-sided tape remain. (5) 9.

Return the Drawer Assembly to the Main Unit.

Go to 9.1.1.2 Installation of Main Unit (2 of 3).

Figure 13 j0fu91012 (4)

Check the Transfer Belt Cover and Main Unit to make sure that no packaging material and double-sided tape remain in the Drawer Assembly. (B1 onwards: changed to insertion-style packaging material) (Figure 14)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-7


Installation

Installation

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-8


9.1.1.2 Installation of Main Unit (2 of 3)

Version.1 .1.1 (1)

Procedure 1.

Press the tab on the far side of the Marking Unit to the rear of the Main Unit, and then bring down the No. 2 lever to its horizontal position. (Figure 3)

Remove the Duplex Drawer. (1)

Pull the No. 3 latch to pull out the Duplex Drawer. (Figure 1)

Figure 3 j0fu91017 (2)

Pull out the Marking Unit. (Figure 4)


Remove the Rail Stopper of the Duplex Drawer and move the drawer to the service position. Release the left and right Rail Stoppers. (Figure 2) NOTE: Be careful. The Duplex Drawer may drop if it is pulled too far out.


Figure 2 j0fu91016 (3) 2.

Remove the Duplex Drawer.

Move the Marking Unit to the service position.

Release the Rail Stopper of the Marking Unit and move the unit to the service position. (Figure 5)


Figure 7 j0fu91021

Remove the Fuser Assembly. (1)

(3)

Disconnect the connector of the Fuser Inlet Fan. (Figure 6)

Figure 8 j0fu91022


Remove the screws (x2) and lift up the [2c] lever, then remove the Fuser Front Cover. (Figure 7)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Remove the screw and loosen the hand screw, then remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (Figure 8)

02/2009 9-9

(4)

Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Belt Transfer Drawer Cover. (Figure 9)


Installation

Installation

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-10


Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: The Fuser Assembly weighs approx. 14kg. Always hold the Fuser Assembly as shown in the figure when carrying it.


Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Fuser Lock Pin. (Figure 10)

Figure 11 j0fu91025 (7)

Remove the packaging material of the Drawer Stopper. (Figure 12) NOTE: Do not leave any bits of packaging material inside the unit.

Figure 10 j0fu91024 (6)

Lift up the [2d] level and remove the Fuser Assembly. (Figure 11) Figure 12 j0fu91026 (8)

Check the Fuser to make sure that no packaging materials remain in the Fuser. (Figure 13)

9.1.1.3 Installation of Main Unit (3 of 3) Procedure 1.

Close the Front Door.

2.

Install the stopper to the right of the DADF. NOTE: Step 2 is a 4112/4127 procedure. (1)

Install the stopper on the Stopper Installation Table. (Figure 1)

Figure 13 j0fu91027 (9)

Return the Duplex Drawer and the Fuser Assembly to the Main Unit. CAUTION When removing the Fuser Assembly from, or returning it to the Main Unit, take care so that it does not cause damage to the Transfer Assembly. NOTE: After the Fuser Lock Pin has pushed the Marking Drawer into the Main Unit until the Drawer Lever (No. 2 Lever) has latched, install the screws (x2).

Figure 1 j0fu91028

NOTE: Check that the Fuser Intake Fan connector is connected. 4.

(2)

Go to 9.1.1.3 Installation of Main Unit (3 of 3).

Install the Stopper Table on which the stopper is installed to the right of the DADF by using the screw. (Figure 2) NOTE: Inform the customer that this is a fragile component that needs to be handled with care.

Figure 2 j0fu91029 Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-11


Installation

Installation NOTE: Inform the customer to raise the stopper when using the machine. (Figure 3)

Open the Toner Cartridge Door and install the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 4)

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: This step only requires you to plug in the Power Cord. Do not turn ON the switch.


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-12



Connect the IIT connector to the ESS. (Figure 6) NOTE: Step 6 is a 4112/4127 procedure. NOTE: Check that the Ferrite Core is placed approx. 5~6cm away from the ESS.


Close the Toner Cartridge Door.

5.

Connect the Power Cord to the AC Unit. (Figure 5)


Install the Power Cord Protector Bracket by using the hand screw. (Figure 7)


Load paper in the tray. [Tray 1/2]: Remove the guide and set the paper size. [Tray 3/4]: Move the tab and set the paper size.

9.

Paste the Cassette Size Label beside the the Tray No.

10. Paste the size indicator 8K and 16K Labels on the Platen Glass. (IBG only) 11. Attach the Ferrite Core to the Ethernet Cable at a location 5~6cm away from the Main Unit.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-13


Installation

Installation 9.1.1 Installation of the Main Unit

02/2009 9-14

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

9.1.2.1.1 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Right Placement) (1 of 2) WARNING Be careful not to hit your head against the Arm when installing the Large Color Control Panel. Check well before operation. NOTE: There are two types of Large Color Control Panel: the right placement type and the left placement type. Check the specification of the customer and carry out the appropriate procedures. •

When installing the Large Color Control Panel at the left side of the Main Unit, go to 9.1.2.2.1 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only) (1 of 2).

Procedure 1.

Open the package and check the bundled items. •

Large Color Control Panel - Bundled Items (Figure 1) Table 1

No.

Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

1

UI Display

1

O

O

2

Label Key

1

O

O

3, 4

Stand right Cover, Stand Left Cover

1

O

O

5

Tilt Cover

1

O

O


Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit (Right) - Bundled Items (Figure 2) Table 2

No.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

1

Bracket

1

O

O

2

Base Bracket

1

O

O

3

Support

1

O

O

4

Arm and UI-ESS Cable

1

O

O

5

Blind Cover

1

O

O

6

Stay Left Cover

1

O

O

02/2009 9-15

9.1.2 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel

Installation

Installation

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-16

9.1.2.1 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel (Right Placement)

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: Ensure that the AC Unit Power Switch and the IOT Power Switch are turned OFF.

Table 2 No.

Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

7

Stay

1

O

O

8

Stay Front/Right Cover

1

O

O

9

Stay Rear Cover

1

O

O

10

Screws (M2x8)

8

O

O

11

Screws (M3x8)

21

O

O

12

Screws (M2x10)

4

O

O

13

Screws (Red)

2

O

O


Remove the tapes and securing materials.

5.

Install the bracket and base bracket to the Main Unit. (Figure 4)



Check the exterior.

3.


Install the support to the Main Unit by using the screws (x2). (Figure 5)


Install the Stay Left Cover on the Stay by using the screw. (Figure 6)



Install the Stay to the Main Unit by using the screws (x7). (Figure 7)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Remove the Arm Cover from the Arm and UI-ESS Cable. (Figure 8)

Figure 8 j0fu91041 10. Lead the connector on the Arm and UI-ESS Cable through the Stay. (Figure 9)

02/2009 9-17


Installation

Installation 9.1.2.1 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel (Right Placement)

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-18

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.2.1.2 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Right Placement) (2 of 2) Procedure 1.

Secure the Arm and UI-ESS Cable to the post by using the red screws (x2) and screws (x4). (Figure 1)

WARNING Be careful not to hit your head against the Arm and UI-ESS Cable during installation. Check well before operation. NOTE: Install the red screws (x2) first.

Figure 9 j0fu91042 11. Install the Stay Rear Cover to the Stay. 12. Go to 9.1.2.1.2 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Right Placement) (2 of 2).


Install the Arm Cover to the Arm and UI-ESS Cable, followed by the Blind Cover. (Figure 2)


Figure 4 j0fu91046

Loosen the screws (x4) behind the UI and remove the UI Installation Bracket from the UI. (Figure 3)

5.


Figure 5 j0fu91047

Install the UI Installation Bracket to the Arm and UI-ESS Cable by using the screws (x4). (Figure 4)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Install the Stand Right Cover and Stand Left Cover. (Figure 5)

6.

02/2009 9-19

Secure the UI Display on the Display installation bracket by using the screws (x4). (Figure 6)


Installation



Install the Tilt Cover. (Figure 7)

8.

Connect the connector of the Arm and UI-ESS Cable to the UI. (Figure 8)

Version.1 .1.1


Figure 7 j0fu91049

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-20

Install the Stay Front/Right Cover to the Stay by using the screws (x5). (Figure 9)

Figure 9 j0fu91051 10. Pull the cable from the host to the far side of the Main Unit, and then connect the connector to the ESS PWB. (Figure 10)

Figure 10 j0fu91052 11. Attach the IIT/IOT Ferrite Core to the UI-ESS Cable. (1)

Attach the IIT/IOT Ferrite Core at a location 5~6cm away from the ESS. (Figure 11)

Figure 11 j0tk90018

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-21


Installation


02/2009 9-22

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

9.1.2.2.1 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only) (1 of 2) WARNING Be careful not to hit your head against the Arm when installing the Large Color Control Panel. Check well before operation. NOTE: There are two types of Large Color Control Panel: the right placement type and the left placement type. Check the specification of the customer and carry out the appropriate procedures. •

When installing the Large Color Control Panel at the right side of the Main Unit, go to 9.1.2.1.1 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Right Placement) (1 of 2).

Procedure 1.

Open the package and check the bundled items. •

Large Color Control Panel - Bundled Items (Figure 1) Table 1

No.

Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

1

UI Display

1

O

-

2

Label Key

1

O

-

3, 4

Stand right Cover, Stand Left Cover

1

O

-

5

Tilt Cover

1

O

-


Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit (Left) - Bundled Items (Figure 2) Table 2

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

No.

Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

1

Main Post Assembly

1

O

-

2

Stay Blind Cover

1

O

-

3

Support Base Assembly

1

O

-

4

Blind Cover Bracket

2

O

-

5

Spacer Bracket

1

O

-

6

Tap Screw (M3x16)

2

O

-

7

Tap Screw (M4x6)

2

O

-

02/2009 9-23

9.1.2.2 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only)

Installation

Installation 9.1.2.2 Installation of Large Color Operation Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only)

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-24

Version.1 .1.1

Table 2 No.

Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

8

Deltite Screw (M4x10)

4

O

-

9

Deltite Screw (M3x8)

8

O

-


Remove the Blind Cover installed on the Top Left Cover. (Figure 4) NOTE: Store the Blind Cover that was removed so as not to lose it.


Check the exterior.

3.

Remove the tapes and securing materials.

4.

Remove the Top Cover. NOTE: Step 4 is a 4127EPS/4112EPS procedure.

5.

Remove the Top Left Cover. (Figure 3)

7.

Secure the Support Base Assembly to the Main Unit by using the screws (x4). (Figure 5)

NOTE: Always secure it on the left side. Doing so on the right side cannot secure the DADF due to its weight.


Secure the DADF at the service position.

Figure 7 j0fu91061

NOTE: Step 8 is a 4112/4127 procedure. (1)

Remove the brackets of the Left/Right Counter Balances at the rear side of the DADF, make sure the notches are at the lower side, and install them. (Figure 6)

9.

Install the Main Post Assembly to the Support Base Assembly by using the screws (x4). (Figure 8)

NOTE: Notch at the lower side -> service position Notch at the upper side -> normal position

Figure 8 j0fu91062 10. Secure the Main Post Assembly to the Main Unit by using the screws (x2). (Figure 9)


Lift up the DADF, then insert the driver into the securing position on the left and secure the DADF while lifting it up. (Figure 7)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-25


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-26

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.2.2.2 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only) (2 of 2) Procedure 1.

Close the DADF and return it from the service position to the normal position. (Figure 1) NOTE: Step 1 is a 4112/4127 procedure. 4112EPS/4127EPS procedure starts from step 2. NOTE: Notch at the lower side -> service position Notch at the upper side -> normal position

Figure 9 j0fu91063 11. Insert the Top Left Cover from the left and secure it by using the screws (x3). (Figure 10) NOTE: Check that the tabs of the Top Left Cover is inserted below each cover.


Loosen the screws (x4) behind the UI and remove the UI Installation Bracket from the UI. (Figure 2)

Figure 10 j0fu91064 12. Go to 9.1.2.2.2 Installation of Large Color Control Panel (Left Placement) (FX Only) (2 of 2).


Install the UI Installation Bracket to the Arm and UI-ESS Cable by using the screws (x4). (Figure 3)


Install the Stand Right Cover and Stand Left Cover. (Figure 4)


Install the Tilt Cover. (Figure 6)


Secure the UI Display on the Display installation bracket by using the screws (x4). (Figure 5)


Connect the connectors. (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-27

Connect the connector of the Arm and UI-ESS Cable to the UI. (Figure 7)


Installation



4127/4112G

02/2009 9-28

Secure the connector from the reverse side of the Main Post Assembly by using the clamps and connect it to the Main Unit. (Figure 8)

Version.1 .1.1


Install the Stay Blind Cover by using the screws (x2). (Figure 10)

Figure 10 j0fu91068 Figure 8 j0fu91066 10. Install the Spacer Bracket to the left side of the Main Unit. (Figure 11) 8.

Install the Stay Blind Cover Brackets (x2) to the right side of the Main Unit by using the screws (x1 for each). (Figure 9)

9.1.3 Installation of Bypass Tray Only Product Code Bypass Tray: QM200016 (FX/IBG) Bypass Installation Kit (HCF not installed): EM200084 (FX/IBG) NOTE: The Bypass Tray uses the Set Code of the Main Unit. NOTE: The installation location of the Bypass Tray is different depending on whether the option item High Capacity Feeder (4000HCF) or 2000A3-HCF is installed. Check the customer’s specification and carry out the appropriate procedures. NOTE: After installing the Bypass Tray, perform DC740 SMH/MSI Guide Adjustment. Refer to "Chapter 6 6.2.28 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment" for the adjustment methods and perform settings for the Minimum and Maximum Positions. •

11. Create a report with the following Mod No. •

If a High Capacity Feeder is installed, Go to "9.1.3 Installation of 4000HCF Bypass Tray (1 of 2) (4127/4112G)" in the 4000HCF Supplemental Manual.


Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit (Left): 5V

If a 2000A3-HCF is installed, Go to "9.1.1.1 Installation of 2000A3-HCF (1 of 2) (4127/4112G)" in the 2000A3-HCF Supplemental Manual.

Procedure 1.

Open the package and check the bundled items. (1)

Bypass Tray - Bundled Items (Figure 1) Table 1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

No.

Name

Qty

Japan

1

Bypass Tray

1

O

O

2

Screw

2

O

O

02/2009 9-29

IBG


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-30

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: Ensure that the AC Unit Power Switch and the IOT Power Switch are turned OFF.


Figure 3 j0ph90101

Bypass Installation Kit (HCF not installed) - Bundled Items (Figure 2) 4.

Table 2 No.

Name

Qty

Japan

IBG

1

MSI Feed Out Chute

1

O

O

2

MSI Gear Assembly

1

O

O

3

Deltite Tap Screw

3

O

O

5.

Remove the tapes and securing materials. Replace the IOT Side HCF Chute with the MSI Feed Out Chute. (1)

Remove the Left Upper Cover. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 j0fu91088 (2) Figure 2 j0fu91087 2.

Check the exterior.

3.


Disconnect the connector on the right side of the IOT Side HCF Chute. (Figure 5)


Figure 7 j0fu91091

Remove the screws (x3) and remove the IOT Side HCF Chute. (Figure 6)

(7)

Install the MSI Gear Assembly by using the screws (x3). (Figure 8)

Figure 6 j0fu91090

Figure 8 j0fu91092

(4)

Open the Front Cover.

(8)

Insert the front of the Takeaway Upper Chute to the stud and install it by using the screw.

(5)

Turn the [No. 2] lever to its horizontal position to pull out the Marking Drawer.

(9)

Push in the Marking Drawer.

(6)

Remove the screw of the Takeaway Upper Chute and remove the unit. (Figure 7)

(10) Close the Front Cover. (11) Install the MSI Chute Assembly to the Main Unit by using the screws (x4). (Figure 9)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-31


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-32

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 9 j0fu91093 (12) Connect the connector. (Figure 10)


Install the Bypass Tray to the Main Unit. (1)

Install the Bypass Tray to the Main Unit by using the screws (x2). (Figure 12)

Figure 10 j0fu91094 Figure 12 j0fu91095 (13) Install the Left Upper Cover to the Main Unit by using the screws (x2). (Figure 11) (2)

Connect the Lattice connector of the Bypass Tray to the Main Unit. (Figure 13)

(4)

•

Paper transportation (Side Regi DC129), MSI

•

Image quality

•

Abnormal noise

•

Abnormal odour

•

Other abnormalities

If no problems are found, turn OFF the power. (Figure 15) NOTE: Turn OFF the power of the IOT followed by the AC unit.

Figure 13 j0fu91096 7. 8.

Load paper in the tray. Check the operation. (1)

Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. (Figure 14) NOTE: Turn ON the power of the AC Unit followed by the IOT.


Unplug the Power Cord.

Figure 14 j0ph90101 (2)

Perform [DC740 SMH/MSI Guide Adjustment]. NOTE: Refer to "Chapter 6 6.2.28 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment" for the adjustment methods and perform settings for the Minimum and Maximum Positions.

(3)

Check the following items: •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Machine operation 02/2009 9-33


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-34

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.4 Installation of Interface Module NOTE: This is required when installing an output option other than Finisher-D3/D4 to the Main Unit. •

Product Code:

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): EM100188 (FX: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200145 (FXA/FXNZ: Option)

I/F Module: QM200031 (FX/IBG)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200146 (FXS/FXM/FXHK: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200147 (FXTH/AG/ICO: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200148 (FXP: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): EL200600 (FXCL: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200168 (FXK: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): EM200238 (FXTW: Option)

•

I/F Cable (Short: I/F Module + HCS): EM200215 (Option) Figure 1 j0ia90001

Procedure 1.

Open the package that comes with the Interface Module and check the bundled items. Interface Module - Bundled Items (Figure 1)

2.

Remove the securing tapes from the Interface Module. (Figure 2)

Table 1 No.

Name

Qty

1

Earth Plate (Front side)

1

2

Power Cord Protector Bracket

1

3

Docking Plate

1

4

Screws (M3)

3

5

Screws (for installation of Docking Plate) (M4x16)

2

6

Power Cord (Option)

1

7

I/F Cable (Short) (Option)

1


Open the front/rear and remove the securing ribbon of the chute. (Figure 3)


Remove the Rear Lower Cover of the Interface Module. (Figure 4)


Install the Docking Plate to the Main Unit by using the provided screws (M4x16: x2). (Figure 6)

(1)


(1)

Affix the docking plate.

(2)

Remove the Rear Lower Cover.

(2)

Secure the Docking Plate by using the screws (M4x16: x2).


Install the Earth Plate (Front side) to the Interface Module. (1)

Install the Earth Plate at the front side.

(2)

Secure it by using the the provided screw (M3).


Align the hooks of the Main Unit Docking Plate to the docking slots of the Interface Module and push it in until they lock. (Figure 7) In addition, at this time, visually check that the gasket is in full contact with the Earth Plate with no gap. •

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-35

If the gasket is not in full contact with some gap with the Earth Plate, or the hooks of the Main Unit Docking Plate are not aligned in height with the docking slots of the Interface Module, perform 8 to adjust properly the height of the casters of the Interface Module.


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-36

Version.1 .1.1


Use the wrench to adjust the height of the Interface Module Caster as required. (1)

Figure 9 j0ia90009 (3)

Rear Casters. (Figure 10)

Remove the screw from the Interface Module to extract the wrench. (Figure 8)

Figure 10 j0ia90010 Figure 8 j0ia90008 (2)

Front Casters. (Figure 9)

(4)

Use the wrench to loosen the Securing Nut. (Figure 11)

(5)

Use the wrench to turn the Hexagonal Adjustment Bolt to adjust the height. (Figure 11)

(6)

Use the wrench to tighten the Securing Nut. (Figure 11)


Secure the Latch Stopper by using the the provided screw (M3). (Figure 12)

Figure 13 j0ia90013 11. Connect the subsequent device (e.g. HCS) to the Interface Module by using the I/F Cable (Short). (Figure 14) (1)

Connect the lattice connector to connector 1 (P306).

(2)

Connect the lattice connector to the HCS.

Figure 12 j0ia90012 10. Connect the Power Cord to the Interface Module. (Figure 13) (1)

Plug the Power Cord into the inlet of the Interface Module.

(2)

Install the Power Cord Protector Bracket by using the provided screw (M3).

Figure 14 j0ia90014 12. Install the Rear Lower Cover of the Interface Module. (Figure 15)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-37

(1)

Install the Rear Lower Cover.

(2)

Secure the Rear Lower Cover by using the screws (x4).


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-38

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 15 j0ia90015 13. Connect the Main Unit to the Interface Module by using the I/F Cable (Short). (Figure 16) (1)

Connect the lattice connector to the Main Unit.

(2)

Connect the lattice connector to connector (P305).

Figure 17 j0ia90017 15. Turn ON the IOT. 16. Check the operation of the Interface Module. (1)

Check paper feeding and noise. Check that the paper does not get jammed, torn, contaminated, folded, or creased.

17. Create a report with the following Mod No. Interface Module: 207V

Figure 16 j0ia90016 14. Turn ON the breaker of the Interface Module. (Figure 17)

9.1.5.1 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included (1 of 3) NOTE: When installing the HCS, the I/F Module is required.

Table 1 No.

Name

Qty

10

I/F Cable (Long) (Option) (for use with Finisher-D3/D4, etc.)

1

NOTE: For the installation procedure for the Stacker Cart (additional Option), see 9.1.23.

Product Code •

HCS*1: QM200032 (FX/IBG) (available before Sept. 2008)

•

Stacker Cart*1: EM200254 (FX/IBG: Option)

•

HCS *2: QM200043 (FX/IBG) (available in and after Sept. 2008: Post Launch)

•

I/F Module: QM200031 (FX/IBG)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): EM100188 (FX: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200145 (FXA/FXNZ: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200146 (FXS/FXM/FXHK: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200147 (FXTH/AG/ICO: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200148 (FXP: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): EL200600 (FXCL: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): EL200168 (FXK: Option)

•

Power Cord (3 Pins): EM200238 (FXTW: Option)

•

I/F Cable (Short: I/F Module + HCS): EM200215 (Option)

•

I/F Cable (Long: I/F Module + HCS + Finisher-D3/D4): EM200216 (Option)

Figure 1 j0sa90001 •

Stacker Cart - Bundled Items (Figure 2)

*1: In FX, the Set Code is used in the following. Table 2 LD100045 (HCS+ Stacker Cart (additional Option)) *2: Stacker Cart: one unit included

No.

Name

Qty

1

Caster

1

2

Handle

1

Procedure

3

Stacker Tray (included in HCS)

1

1.

Open the package that comes with the HCS and check the bundled items.

4

Clamper

1

•

5

Screws (Hexagonal Bolt)

4

6

Cover

1

7

Holder

1

Qty

8

Guide

2

1

9

Screw (M3x6)

8

HCS - Bundled Items (Figure 1) Table 1

No.

Name

1

Chute Guide (for use with Finisher-D3/D4, etc.)

2

Earth Plate

2

3

Power Cord Protector Bracket

1

4

Docking Plate

1

5

Cable Duct

1

6

Tapping Screws (M4)

8

7

Screws (M3)

2

8

Power Cord (Option)

1

9

I/F Cable (Short) (Option)

1

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-39

9.1.5 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included

Installation

Installation 9.1.5 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included


Remove the securing tapes from the HCS. (Figure 3)


Open the Upper Cover and remove the securing tapes. (Figure 4)

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-40

Version.1 .1.1


Open the Front Door and remove the protective materials. (Figure 5) (Figure 6)

Figure 5 j0sa90047


Trace the four tubes and remove the four screws. (Figure 7)


Go to 9.1.5.2 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included(2 of 3).


Remove the Lock Guard. (Figure 8)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-41


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-42

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.5.2 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included (2 of 3) 1.

When connecting the subsequent device (e.g. Finisher-D3/D4), remove the Blind Cover and install the Chute Guide to the HCF outlet. (1)

Remove the screws (M4: x6). (Figure 1)

(2)

Remove the screws (M3: x2). (Figure 1)

(3)

Remove the HCS Right Cover. (Figure 1)

Figure 3 j0sa90007 (7)

Install the HCS Right Cover and secure it by using the screws (M4: x6). (Figure 4)


Remove the screws (M3: x3) of the Blind Cover. (Figure 2)

(5)

Remove the Blind Cover. (Figure 2)



Install the removed Blind Cover by reusing the screws (M3: x2) that were removed in step (4). (Figure 3)

Install the Chute Guide. (Figure 5)

NOTE: The notch is in the direction of the HCS Right Cover side.

Figure 7 j0sa90011 Figure 5 j0sa90009 (9)

3.

Secure the Chute Guide by reusing the screws (M3: x2) that were removed in step (2). (Figure 6)

Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (Figure 8) (1)


(2)

Remove the Rear Cover.

(10) When connecting to the subsequent device (e.g. Finisher-D3/D4), install the Docking Plate from the Finisher-D3/D4 Installation Kit to the HCS, and secure it by using the screws (M4x16: x2). (Figure 6)

Figure 8 j0sa90012 4. Figure 6 j0sa90010 2.

Install the Cable Duct. (Figure 9) (1)

Affix the provided screws (M4: x2).

(2)

Attach the Cable Duct and tighten the screws (M4: x2).

Install the Earth Plates to the HCS. (Figure 7) (1)

Install the Earth Plates (Front/Rear side: x2) to the HCS.

(2)

Secure the Earth Plates by using the the provided Tapping Screws (M4: x4).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-43


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-44

Version.1 .1.1

NOTE: When connecting to the subsequent device (e.g. Finisher-D3/D4), pass the I/F Cable and Power Cord through the Cable Duct in advance.


Install the Docking Plate to the Interface Module. (Figure 10). (1)

Install the Docking Plate to the rear of the Interface Module.

(2)

Secure the Docking Plate by using the the provided Tapping Screws (M4: x2).

7.

Use the wrench that comes with the Interface Module to adjust the height of the HCS Caster as required. (1)

Remove the screw from the Interface Module to extract the wrench. (Figure 12)

Figure 12 j0ia90008 (2) Figure 10 j0sa90014 6.

Align the hooks of the Interface Module Docking Plate to the docking slots of the HCS and push it in until they lock. (Figure 11) In addition, at this time, visually check that the gasket is in full contact with the Earth Plate with no gap. •

If the gasket is not in full contact with some gap with the Earth Plate, or the hooks of the Interface Module Docking Plate are not aligned in height with the docking slots of the HCS, perform 13 to adjust properly the height of the casters of the HCS.

Front Casters. (Figure 13)

Figure 13 j0sa90017 (3)

Rear Casters. (Figure 14)


Secure the Latch Stopper of the HCS. (Figure 16) (1)

Secure the Latch Stopper by using the the provided screw (M3).

Figure 14 j0sa90018 Figure 16 j0sa90020 (4)

Use the wrench to loosen the Securing Nut. (Figure 15)

(5)

Use the wrench to turn the Hexagonal Adjustment Bolt to adjust the height. (Figure15)

(6)

Use the wrench to tighten the Securing Nut. (Figure15)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

9.

02/2009 9-45

Secure the HCS by its feet (x2 locations at the rear). (Figure 17) (1)

By using the wrench that comes with the Interface Module, rotate the Hexagonal Adjustment Bolt until the feet are touching the ground, and add an extra half turn to each.

(2)

Use the wrench to tighten the Securing Nut of the feet.


Installation


Figure 17 j0sa90021 10. Install the Rear Cover. (1)

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 19 j0sa90023 11. Go to 9.1.5.3 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included(3 of 3).

When installing the Rear Cover, attach the hooks (x2) of the Rear Cover to the notches (x2) of the Frame. (Figure 18)

Figure 18 j0sa90022 (2)

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-46

Secure the Rear Cover by using the screws (M4: x4). (Figure 19)

9.1.5.3 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included (3 of 3) 1.

Connect the Power Cord to the HCS. (Figure 1) (1)

Plug the Power Cord into the inlet of the HCS.

(2)

Install the Power Cord Protector Bracket by using the provided screw (M3).


Connect the HCS to the Interface Module by using the I/F Cable (Short). (Figure 4) (1)

Connect the lattice connector to connector 1 (P306).

(2)

Connect the lattice connector to the HCS.


Disconnect the the I/F Cable (Short) (if it is connected) from the Main Unit and the Interface Module P305. (Figure 2)


(1)


When connecting to the subsequent device (e.g. Finisher-D3/D4), pass the I/F Cable (Long) and Power Cord through the Cable Duct in advance, then pull them from the Finisher-D3/D4 to reach the Interface Module. Pull the I/F Cable (Long) from the Rear Cover side of the Finisher-D3/D4 and connect it to the lattice connector. (Figure 5)

Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Rear Lower Cover of the Interface Module. (Figure 3)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-47


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-48

Version.1 .1.1


Connect the lattice connector to connector 6 (P307). (Figure 6)


Connect the Main Unit to the Interface Module by using the I/F Cable (Short). (Figure 8) (1)

Connect the lattice connector to the Main Unit.

(2)

Connect the lattice connector to connector (P305).


Install the Rear Lower Cover of the Interface Module. (Figure 7) (1)

Install the Rear Lower Cover.

(2)

Secure the Rear Lower Cover by using the screws (x4).


Plug the Power Cord of the HCS into the power outlet.

9.

Turn ON the breaker of the Interface Module. (Figure 9)

Figure 9 j0ia90017

Figure 11 j0sa90044

10. Turn ON the breaker of the HCS. (Figure 10)

(2)

Figure 10 j0sa90033

Figure 12 j0sa90045

11. Assemble the Stacker Cart. (1)

Install the cover on the holder with the screws (M3x6: 3). (Figure 12)

(3)

Install the guides (2) on the caster with the screws (M3x6: 2). (Figure 13)

Install the holder on the caster with the screws (M3x6: 3). (Figure 11)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-49


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-50

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 15 j0sa90036 (6)

Install the clamper to the handle. When installing the clamper, hold the clamper at an angle, lower it with the clamper stand clamped onto the handle and install it such that it presses the actuator down. (Figure 16)

Figure 13 j0sa90046 (4)

Attach the handle to the caster by using the screws (Hexagonal Bolt: x4). (Figure 14)

Figure 16 j0sa90037

Figure 14 j0sa90035 (5)

Mount the Stacker Tray onto the caster. When mounting the Stacker Tray, align the holes of the caster with the protrusions of the Stacker Tray. (Figure 15)

NOTE: If it was installed while the clamper is not pressing down on the actuator, the HCS Front Door will not be able to be closed when storing the Stacker Cart into the HCS. (Figure 17)

NOTE: The HCS and IFM are common to this model and other models, so changing the settings as follows is required when installing the HCS/IFM or initializing NVM. •

Change the value “0: Disable (default)” in NVM769-223 (NVM769-223 Dolly Paper Check) to “1: Enable”. If the setting remains "0", the rising of the HCS Stacker is not be restricted. (When the Front Door is closed with paper on the stacker, the stacker will rise. If wanting to restrict this, set the setting to "1".)

•

Change the value “0: Disable (default) in NVM780-119 (Recovery Offset Enable/Disable) to “1: Enable”. Changing this setting is indispensable for the EPS machine. For the DC/CPS machine, change the setting according to the status of the customer’s use. If the setting is not changed, Stacker Recovery Offset will not function at jam occurrence.

15. Check the operation of the HCS. (1)

Check paper feeding and noise. Check that the paper does not get jammed, torn, contaminated, folded, or creased.

16. Create a report with the following Mod No. High Capacity Stacker: 208V Figure 17 j0sa90038 12. Open the HCS Front Door and store the Stacker Cart into the HCS. (Figure 18)

Figure 18 j0sa90039 13. Turn ON the Main Unit. 14. Enter the UI-Diag mode and change the following NVM values.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-51


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-52

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.6 Installation of Address Book Extension Kit

9.1.7 Installation of USB 2.0 Extension Kit

•

•

About the Address Book Extension Kit (Software key) Installing the Address Book Extension Kit increases the no. of registration in the Address Book from 500 to 999.

About the USB2.0 Extension Kit USB2.0 becomes usable.

Item Codes

Item Codes Table 1 Table 1

Product Name

Item Codes

Product Name

Destination

Item Codes

USB 2.0 Extension Kit

EM200257

Address Book Extension Kit

FX

EM200189

USB 2.0 Kit

EM100155

Address Extension Kit AP

IBG

EM200204

Installation Procedures Installation Procedures 1.

1.

Before Installation

Before Installation NOTE: When installing this Kit, take note of the following:

NOTE: For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required.

•

FX: When installing into a 4112 DC Model, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required. Refer to the procedure for installation. When the USB2.0 Extension Kit is installed, the Image Compression Kit and the USB Memory Print Kit (for only the machines supporting DMP2008 or later) cannot be installed. (Only one can be installed.)

•

IBG: When the USB2.0 Extension Kit is installed, only one of the Image Compression Kit, Imgae Extension Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (for only the machines supporting DMP2008 or later) can be installed. (Up to two of the four can be installed.)

Refer to the procedure for installation. 2.

Check the Bundled Items The Address Book Expansion Kit is bundled with the following items: (1)

3.

S/W Key Option License Agreement (Password)

Plug the power plug into the outlet and turn ON the power switch and the power breaker.

WARNING

2.

Turn ON the power switch of the device in advance.

Check the Bundled Items •

The USB 2.0 Extension Kit is bundled with the following items:

Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. Table 2

4.

Check that the power switch of the device is ON and ensure that the device is operating properly.

5.

Set the Software Key password.

Number

(1)

Press the [Log In / Out] key on the Control Panel.

1

Riser Bracket Assembly

1

(2)

When the System Administrator - Login screen appears, select the [Confirm] button on the screen.

2

Panel

1

3

Screw

6

(3)

When the System Administrator Menu screen appears, enter the passcode for the System Administrator then select the [System Settings] on the screen.

4

USB2-D PWB

1

(4)

When the System Settings screen appears, select the [System Settings] button on the screen.

5

Core

1

(5)

When the System Settings screen appears, select the [Common Settings] button on the screen.

(6)

When the Common Settings screen appears, select the [Maintenance] button on the screen.

(7)

When the Maintenance screen appears, select the [Software Option Settings] button on the screen.

(8)

Enter the password.

(9)

Select [Restart] on the screen.

(10) The machine will automatically shutdown then start up again. 6. 7.

Enter the Address Book screen, ensure that recepients no. 501 to 900 can be selected. [FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. •

Address Book Expansion Kit: 12 V

3.

Name

Qty

Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

WARNING Before starting, turn OFF the power switch of the device and unplug the power plug. 4.

Disconnect all the cables connected to the ESS on the left of the machine. (Figure 1)


Pull out the ESS. (Figure 2)


Install the Panel to the Riser Bracket Assembly. (Figure 4)

(1)


(1)

Install the Panel.

(2)

Pull out the ESS.

(2)

Tighten the screws.


Remove the Panel. (Figure 3)

Figure 4 j0tt90063 8.

Install the USB2-D PWB. (Figure 5)

(1)


(1)

Install the USB2-D PWB.

(2)

Remove the Panel.

(2)

Tighten the screws.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-53


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-54

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely.


Figure 7 j0tk90004

Install the USB2-D PWB Assembly. (Figure 6) (1)

Install the USB2-D PWB Assembly.

11. Reconnect the cables that were disconnected in Step 4.

(2)


12. Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. 13. [FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. •

Figure 6 j0vt90023 10. Restore the ESS to its original state. (Figure 7)

USB 2.0 Extension Kit 10V

•

9.1.8 Installation of Extension Memory (512MB)

The following items are bundled with the Extension Memory (512MB).

About the Extension Memory (512MB)

Table 2

[4112 DC/CPS] (FX Only) When it is necessary to add the 512MB memory •

When installing the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit

•

When installing the Image Log Kit

•

When installing the Searchable PDF Kit

•

When installing the Image Compression Kit (only the machines supporting DMP2008 or later)

Number

Name

Qty

1

Memory

1

3.


[4112LP/4127LP] (FX Only) When it is necessary to add the 512MB memory •

When installing the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit

•


•

When installing the Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3)

•


[4112CP/4127CP] (IBG Only) When it is necessary to add the 512MB memory •


•

When installing the External Access Kit (Web UI Kit)

•

When installing the Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3)

•

When installing the Image Extension Kit

•



Item Codes

Pull out the ESS. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Pull out the ESS.

Table 1 Product Name

Item Codes

Extension Memory (512MB)

EM200223 (FX/IBG)

Installation Procedures NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.


Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF.

2.

Check the Bundled Items Figure 2 j0tk90002

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-55


Installation

Installation 9.1.5 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included 5.

Increase the memory. (Figure 3)

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-56

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.9 Installation of PostScript 3 Kit Heisei 3 Font (FX Only)

(1)

Remove the 256MB Memory that is installed at J330.

(2)

Insert the Extension Memory into J330.

•

About the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font) Supports Standard PDL + 201H/HPGL/HPGL2/PCL5/PCLXL/PS/BMLinks/EtherTalk/Heisei 3 Font.

Item Codes Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font) :EM200183 (available before Sept. 2008.) :EM200279 (available in and after Sept. 2008: Post Launch)


WARNING Before starting, turn OFF the power switch of the device and unplug the power plug. 1. Figure 3 j0tk90006 6.

Before Installation NOTE: •When installing this Kit, the Extension Memory (512MB) is required. For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required. Refer to the procedure for installation.

Restore the ESS to its original state. (Figure 4)

•

The Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font) and the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font) cannot both be installed at the same time.

•

For CPS Modules, features that correspond to the Emulation Kit is a standard component.

NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely.

2. 3.

Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. Check the Bundled Items The PostScript 3 (Heisei 3 Font) is bundled with the following items: (1)

4.


Reconnect the cables that were disconnected in Step 3.

8.

Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power.

Font ROM (Heisei 3)

(2)

PS ROM

(3)

Adobe Label

(4)

CD ROM Packaging





(2)

Pull out the ESS.


Restore the ESS to its original state. (Figure 4) NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely.

Figure 4 j0tk90004


Install the Kit. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the MF ROM that is installed and connect the PS ROM to J332 (R1).

(2)

Connect the Font ROM to J333 (R2).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

8.


9.

Paste the Adobe Label on the Front Cover. (Figure 5) (1)

02/2009 9-57

Paste the Adobe Label.


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-58

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.10 Installation of Adobe PostScript 3 Kit Morisawa 2 Font (FX Only) •

About the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font) Supports Standard PDL + 201H/HPGL/HPGL2/PCL5/PCLXL/PS/BMLinks/EtherTalk/Morisawa 2 Font.

Item Codes Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font) :EM200184 (available before Sept. 2008) :EM200280 (available in and after Sept. 2008: Post Launch) NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands. CAUTION Figure 5 j0tk90008

Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

WARNING 10. Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power.

Before starting, turn OFF the power switch of the device and unplug the power plug.

11. Download the latest FirmWare. (See ADJ 2.1.4 in chap. 4.)

Installation Procedures

NOTE: If the PS-ROM does not match with the version of the customer's Firmware, the UI screen will turn black and following message appears.

1.

Before Installation

PLEASE REBOOT

NOTE: •When installing this Kit, the Extension Memory (512MB) is required. For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required. Refer to the procedure for installation.

116-319

•

The Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font) and the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font) cannot both be installed at the same time.

•

For CPS Modules, features that correspond to the Emulation Kit is a standard component.

When this happens, install the matching Controller software. 12. Print out the Settings List to ensure that the device has been installed. 13. Create a report with the following Mod No. •

PostScript 3 (Heisei 3 Font): 7V

2. 3.

Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. Check the Bundled Items Each Kit is bundled with the following items: PostScript 3 (Morisawa 2 Font) (1)

4.

Font ROM (Mori 2)

(2)

PS ROM

(3)

Adobe Label

(4)

CD ROM Packaging





(2)

Pull out the ESS.


Restore the ESS to its original state. (Figure 4) NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely.

Figure 4 j0tk90004


Remove the ROMs that are installed at J332/J333 and install the ROMs from the Kit. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Connect the Font ROM to J333 (R2).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

8.


9.

Paste the Adobe Label on the Front Cover. (Figure 5) (1)

02/2009 9-59

Paste the Adobe Label.


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-60

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.11 Installation of Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) •

About the installation of Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) This option is to enable the Printer and Scanner (Color) features for 4112 DC Models. It also enables the Emulation and Scan to E-mail features.

Item Codes Printer/Color Scanner Kit: EM200182

Installation Procedures 1.

Before Installation NOTE: This Kit provides software support for the Printer feature and hardware support for the Color Scanner feature.

2.

Check the Bundled Items The Printer/Solor Scanner Kit is bundled with the following items:

Figure 5 j0tk90008

Table 1

10. Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power.

No

Name

Locations

11. Download the latest FirmWare. (See ADJ 2.1.4 in chap. 4.)

1

JPEG-PWB (Lyra3 PWB)

ESS

1

2

Spacer

ESS

1

3

128MB-DIMM (Page Memory 128MB)

ESS

1

PLEASE REBOOT

5

S/W Key Option License Agreement

-

1

116-319

6

Driver CD-ROM

-

1


Qty

When this happens, install the matching Controller software. NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands.

12. Print out the Settings List to ensure that the device has been installed.

CAUTION

13. Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.


14. Create a report with the following Mod No. •

PostScript 3 Kit (Morisawa 2 Font): 8V



4.


NOTE: When a "click" sound is heard, check that the levers at both sides of the Page Memory slot have returned to their original positions.




(2)

Pull out the ESS.


Remove the screw. (Figure 4) (1)

Remove the screw.


Figure 4 j0tt90059

Connect the Page Memory (128MB) to the Page Memory Slot of the ESS. (Figure 3) (1)

Place the Page Memory (128MB) against the slot with its notch facing down and gently insert it into the slot.

(2)

Push in the Page Memory (128MB) straight downwards.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

8.

02/2009 9-61

Install the Screw Spacer. (Figure 5) (1)

Tighten the Screw Spacer.


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-62

Version.1 .1.1 NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely.


Figure 7 j0tk90004

Install the JPEG PWB by reusing the screw that was removed in Step 7. (Figure 6) (1)

Install the JPEG PWB.


(2)

Tighten the screw.

12. Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. 13. Return the Cont Assembly to the Main Unit. 14. Reconnect all disconnected cables. 15. Turn ON the power. 16. Set the Software Key password.

Figure 6 j0tt90061 10. Restore the ESS to its original state. (Figure 7)

(1)


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


(7)

When the Maintenance screen appears, select the [Software Option] button on the screen.

(8)

Enter the password.

(9)


(10) The machine will automatically shutdown then start up again. 17. As to the printer capability, print out a list of function settings and check that the device is successfully installed. 18. As to the scanner capability, press the [All Services] key and check that the menu screen displays the [Scanner to Mailbox], [Scanner to PC] and [Send from Mailbox] buttons. 19. Check the print/scan operation. 20. Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

9.1.12 Installation of Searchable PDF Kit

9.1.13 Installation of Image Compression Kit

About the Searchable PDF Kit

About the Image Compression Kit

•

•

This enables the search feature by performing OCR process during the scan and adding the text information into the generated PDF. (Only black/white OCR supported)

This enables the generation of highly compressed DocuWorks, PDF, XPS, and etc. documents by extracting the scanned data and separating it into text data and image data for compression.

Item Codes

Item Codes

Searchable PDF Kit: EM200220 (FX)

Image Compression Kit: EM200194 (FX/IBG)

Searchable PDF (OCR) Kit: EM200219 (IBG)




Before Installation

• NOTE: •When installing this Kit, the Extension Memory (512MB) are required. For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only) is required. Refer to the procedure for installation. • 2.

The machines that support DMP2008 (Post Launch) and are loaded with Controller ROM software of the below versions or later require installation of an additional memory (512MB).

For supporting Color OCR, the image compression kit is required.

Table 1

Check the Bundled Items

Destination

CPS


FX

1.10.x

3.

Turn ON the power.

IBG

1.110.x

4.

Set the Software Key password. (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


(7)


2.

•

FX: When installing into a 4112 DC Model, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required. Refer to the procedure for installation. When the Image Compression Kit is installed, the USB2.0 Extension Kit and the USB Memory Print Kit (for only the machines supporting DMP2008 or later) cannot be installed. (Only one can be installed.)

•

IBG: When the Image Compression Kit is installed, only one of the USB2.0 Extension Kit, Imgae Extension Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (for only the machines supporting DMP2008 or later) can be installed. (Up to two of the four can be installed.)

Check the Bundled Items The Image Compression Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 2

(8)

Enter the password.

No

Name

Qty

Locations

(9)


1

Panel (PCI)

1

ESS

(10) The machine will automatically shutdown then start up again.

2


1

ESS

5.

Press the [All Services] key and check that the menu screen displays the [Scanner to Mailbox], [Scanner to PC] and [Send from Mailbox] buttons.

3

Screw (Round)

6

ESS

4

IMAGE COMP PWB (SERENE)

1

ESS

6.

Check the scan operation.

7.

Explain to the customer how to operate the machine where necessary.

8.

[FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. •

Reference

Searchable PDF Kit: 18V

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-63


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-64

NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands.

6.

CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing.

Version.1 .1.1 Remove the Panel. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Panel.

If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.



4.



Install the Panel to the Riser Bracket Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)

Install the Panel.

(2)

Tighten the screws (Round).




(2)

Pull out the ESS.


Figure 2 j0tk90002

Install the IMAGE COMP PWB. (Figure 5) (1)

Install the IMAGE COMP PWB.

(2)


NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely. (Figure 7)


Figure 7 j0tk90004

Install the IMAGE COMP PWB Assembly. (Figure 6) (1)

Install the IMAGE COMP PWB Assembly.

11. Reconnect all the cables connected to the ESS.

(2)

Tighten the screws (x4, Round).

12. Insert the power plug into the outlet and turn ON the power switch. 13. Download the latest FirmWare. (See ADJ 2.1.4 in chap. 4.) 14. Refer to the user’s guide and check the features. 15. [FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. Image Compression Kit: 17V

Figure 6 j0tk90011 10. Return the ESS to the machine.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-65


Installation


5.

About the External Access Kit Enables direct access to web applications, downloading of scanned document, direct printing of documents, and etc. through a dedicated browser that is displayed on the Control Panel.

Item Codes Table 1 Product Name

Destination

Item Codes

External Access Kit

FX

EM200190

WEB UI KIT

IBG

EM200205


Before Installation NOTE: When installing this Kit, take note of the following: •

IBG: When installing this Kit into a 4112CP/4127CP Model, the Extension Memory (512MB) is required. Refer to the procedure for installation.

WARNING Turn ON the power switch of the device in advance. Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. 2.


3.

Check the Bundled Items The Web Applications Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 2

Number

Name

Qty

1


1

4.



(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


(7)


(8)

Enter the password.

(9)


Version.1 .1.1 (10) The machine will automatically shutdown then start up again.

9.1.14 Installation of External Access Kit (Web UI Kit) •

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-66 Check that the [Web Applications] button appears on the main menu.

9.1.15 Installation of Watermark Extension Kit

9.1.16 Installation of Data Security Kit

•

•

About the Watermark Extension Kit (Software key) It adds to the Annotation function the capability to use the Sakura Paper Copy, Force Sakura Print and Background Numbering. It is a Kit that prevents the reproduction of confidential documents by printing date, time, and number on all pages.

About the Data Security Kit (Software Key) It is a Kit that strengthens the security of data written to the hard disk. It performs overwriting and encryption of the hard disk.

Item Codes

Item Codes Table 1 Table 1

Product Name

Destination

Product Name

Destination

Item Codes

Data Security Kit

FX

Item Codes EM200188

Watermark Extension Kit

FX

EM200187

Data Security Kit AP

IBG

EM200202*

Copy Management Kit AP

IBG

EM200201 NOTE: *: Not available for FXCL



WARNING

WARNING



Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. 1.


2.


Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. 1. 2.

The Watermark Extension Kit is bundled with the following items:

Check that the power switch of the device is ON and ensure that the device is operating properly. Check the Bundled Items The Printer Kit is bundled with the following items:

Table 2

Table 2

Number

Name

Qty

1


1

3.

Set the Software Key password.

Number

Name

Qty

1


1

3.

(1)


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


(7)


(8)

Enter the password.

(9)


(10) The machine will automatically shutdown then start up again. 4.

Print the Settings List to check that the feature added appears in the "Watermark" item.

5.

[FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. •



(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


(7)


(8)

Enter the password.

(9)


(10) The machine will automatically shutdown then start up again. 4.

Print the Settings Lists to check that the "Overwrite Hard Disk" and "Data Encryption" have been added to the "System Settings" item.

02/2009 9-67


Watermark Extension Kit: 14V

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-68

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.17 Installation of Secure Watermark Kit About the Secure Watermark Kit •

Functions to prevent illegal copy. It enables the embedding of digital codes, such as the Secure Watermark Code and Job Information, during printing/copying. This way, restrictions can be placed on duplication/output of documents as well as enabling the analysis of output history.

Item Codes EM200191 (FX/IBG)

Installation Procedures NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Figure 1 j0tk90032

WARNING Before starting, turn OFF the power switch of the device and unplug the power plug. 1. 2.


After replacement, remove the U3 from the old Extension Memory PWB and install it onto the new one. (Figure 2)

Check the bundled items.

•

The U2 NVM memory stores Side 2 alignment and density adjustment values. Therefore, reenter any NVM that may have changed due to version upgrades.

•

After initializing the IISS NVM, re-enter the NVM that have changed from the values in the NVM Settings List that comes with the MC at shipment, and those that have changed after the installation.

(1)

3. 4.

5.

HWM PWB

(2)

Wire Harness

(3)

Flat Cable

(4)

Screw (Blue) (4)

(5)

Spacer (3)

(6)

Conductor (3)

(7)

Clamp

(8)

Extension Memory PWB

(9)

Memory (128MB) (2)

Remove the IPS from the Main Unit, then remove the 1P DUP PWB and the Extension Memory PWB. (REP 5.8.2) Install the Extension Memory PWB provided in the Kit. (Figure 1) (1)

Connect the Extension Memory PWB to the IIT/IPS PWB connectors (x2).

(2)

Secure the Extension Memory PWB by using the screw (blue).

(3)

Secure the Extension Memory PWB by using the Spacer Screws (x5).

(4)

Connect P737.


Install the Memories (128MB) provided in the Kit onto the Extension Memory PWB. (Figure 3) (1)

Install the Memories (128MB) (x2).


Install the 1P DUP PWB. (Figure 4)


(1)

Affix the screws (x2) temporary.

(2)

Secure the screws (blue, x4).

(3)

Tighten the screws (x2) from Step (1).

Connect the wire harness to the HWM PWB. (Figure 6) (1)

Connect the wire harness.

Figure 6 j0tt90081 Figure 4 j0fu40583

10. Remove the screws (x4) on the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 7) (1)

8.


Install the 1P DUP PWB conductors in the directions shown in Figure 5. (Figure 5) (A) Conductor

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-69


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-70

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 9 j0vt90026 Figure 7 j0vt90024 11. Install the spacers (x3) on the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 8) (1)

Install the spacers (x3).

13. Install the HWM PWB. (Figure 10) (1)

Install the HWM PWB.

(2)

Connect the connectors (x2).

(3)

Hold the wire harness with the clamp.

(4)

Affix the screw (blue).

(5)

Affix the conductors (x3) and screws (blue: x3).

Figure 8 j0vt90025 12. Install the clamp and connect Flat Cable on the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 9) (1)

Install the clamp.

(2)

Connect the Flat Cable. Figure 10 j0tt90083 14. Change the value of NVM 785-021 (HWM Detection H/W Installation Availability) from "0: Not available" to "1: Available". 15. Enter the System Administrator Mode and verify that "Secure Watermark" is displayed on the Common Settings screen.

Press the [Log In / Out] button > Select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Common Settings] 16. After checking the display of "Secure Watermark", exit the System Administrator Mode.

Item Codes

17. Select [Copy] on the All Services screen. 18. Select "Secure Watermark" on the "Output Format" tab and verify that the Secure Watermark screen is displayed. 19. Set the following items in the Secure Watermark Status Screen. •

[On]

•

Protection Code: "Prevent Duplication"

9.1.18 Installation of Image Extension Kit (IBG Only) Image Extension Kit: EC100843


Before Installation NOTE: •When installing this Kit, the E (512MB) is required. Refer to the procedure for installation. •

20. Load a sheet of A4 L blank paper on the Platen and press [Start]. A print sample (watermark) is printed. 21. Copy the print sample using DADF Mode and Platen Mode.

NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands.

22. Verify that the message "Your original may be a prohibited item for copying. Please check your original." is displayed on the UI screen. •

If the message is displayed, installation is complete.

•

If the message is not displayed, proceed to Step 23.

When the Image Extension Kit is installed, the Image Compression Kit, USB2.0 Extension Kit and USB Memory Print Kit (for only the machines supporting DMP2008 or later) cannot be installed together. (Up to two of the four can be installed.)

CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

23. If the copy prohibition message is not displayed, set the following items.

WARNING

(1)

Press the [Log In / Out] button. Enter "11111" to enter the System Administrator Mode.

(2)

Select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Common Settings] > [Secure Watermark] > [Secure Watermark Control].

(3)

On the Secure Watermark Control screen, set "Secure Watermark Detection" to "On".

(4)

Exit System Administrator Mode.

Before starting, turn OFF the power switch of the device and unplug the power plug. 2. 3.

4.

Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. Check the bundled items. (1)


(2)

Plate

(3)


(4)

Screw (Round) (x6)

(5)

Screw (2)

(6)

Panel


Figure 1 j0tk90001

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-71


Installation

Installation 9.1.5 Installation of High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and Stacker Cart Included 5.

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-72

Version.1 .1.1



(2)

Pull out the ESS.

Figure 4 j0tk90021 8. Figure 2 j0tk90002 6.

Install the plate to the IMAGE EXT PWB. (Figure 5) (1)

Install the plate.

(2)


Remove the Panel. (Figure 3) (1)


(2)

Remove the Panel.

Figure 5 j0tt90050 9. Figure 3 j0tk90003 7.

Install the Panel to the Riser Bracket Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)

Install the Panel.

(2)


Install the IMAGE EXT PWB. (Figure 6) (1)

Install the IMAGE EXT PWB.

(2)



Figure 6 j0tk90022 Figure 8 j0tk90004

10. Install the IMAGE EXT PWB Assembly. (Figure 7) (1)

Install the IMAGE EXT PWB Assembly.


(2)


13. Plug the power plug into the outlet and turn ON the power.

Figure 7 j0tk90023 11. Restore the ESS to its original state. (Figure 8)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-73


Installation


02/2009 9-74

9.1.19 Installation of Image Log Kit (Standard) (FX Only) About the Image Log Kit •

Image Log Kit: EM200192 CAUTION

There are two types of the Image Log Software Key, one for the Standard & Emulation and the other one for Adobe PostScript 3. Always enter the Image Log Software Key for Adobe PostScript 3 on the machines installed with the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit. CAUTION When installing the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit to machines installed with Image Log (Standard), always set the Image Log Software Key for Adobe PostScript 3 before installing the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit. If the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit is installed without setting the key, the log data on the hard disk will be cleared.


Before Installation NOTE: •This Kit can also be installed to models that do not have the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit installed. •

2.

When installing this Kit, refer to the procedure to perform the installation. For 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required.

•

Enabling the Image Log function disables the Copy Server function.

•

Image Logging System Server V1.0 or higher compatible

Check the bundled items. Image Log Kit (1)

3.

Version.1 .1.1 Enter the System Administrator Mode and verify that "Image Log" is displayed on the Common Settings screen. Press the [Log In / Out] button > Select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Common Settings]

This option stores and manages all Job Images that have been processed by the multifunction device.

Item Codes •

6.

4127/4112G


Turn OFF the power and unplug the machine.

WARNING After the "Communicating" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in progress. Turn the power OFF and unplug the machine. 4.

Turn the power ON.

5.

Enter System Administrator Mode and input the software key. (1)

Press the [Log In / Out] button. Enter the System Administrator ID "11111" and select [Confirm].

(2)

Select [System Settings].

(3)


(4)

Select [Common Settings].

(5)

Select [Maintenance].

(6)

Select [Software Option Settings].

(7)

Enter the Software Key (12 characters) using the Keyboard and select [Confirm].

(8)

Select [Reboot].

(9)

The machine turns OFF and then automatically restarts.

9.1.20 Installation of Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3) About the Image Log Kit •

This option stores and manages all Job Images that have been processed by the multifunction device.

6.

(6)


(7)


(8)

Select [Reboot].

(9)


Item Codes

Enter the System Administrator Mode and verify that "Image Log" is displayed on the Common Settings screen.

•

Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3): EM200235(FX)

Press the [Log In / Out] button > Select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Common Settings]

•

Image Log Kit (PS): EM200236 (IBG) CAUTION

There are two types of the Image Log Software Key, one for the Standard & Emulation and the other one for PostScript 3. Always enter the Image Log Software Key for Adobe PostScript 3 on the machines installed with the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit. CAUTION When installing the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit to machines installed with Image Log (Standard), always set the Image Log Software Key for Adobe PostScript 3 before installing the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit. If the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit is installed without setting the key, the log data on the hard disk will be cleared.


Before Installation This Kit can also be installed to models that have the Adobe PostScript 3 Kit installed. Refer to the procedure for installation. NOTE: When installing this Kit, take note of the following:

2.

•

FX: The Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Heisei 3 Font or Morisawa 2 Font) and the Extension Memory (512MB) are required. Furthermore, for 4112 DC Models, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required.

•

IBG: The Image Extension Kit is required.

•

nabling the Image Log function disables the Copy Server function.

•

Image Logging System Server V1.0 or higher compatible

Check the bundled items. Image Log Kit (PostScript 3) (1)

3.


Turn OFF the power and unplug the machine.

WARNING After the "Communicating" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in progress. Turn the power OFF and unplug the machine. 4. 5.

Turn the power ON. Enter System Administrator Mode and input the software key. (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-75


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-76

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.21 Installation of Large Color Control Panel English Kit (FX Only) Item Codes EM200186

Installation Procedures CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.


Ensure that the power switch and power breaker have been turned OFF. Check the Bundled Items •

The Large Color Control Panel English Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 1

5.

Number

Name

Qty

1

User Guide

1

2

Key Label

1

3

Overlay Cover

1

3.

Figure 2 j0tk90031 Remove the UI Unit. (Figure 3) (1)


Disconnect the UI Cable. (Figure 1)


Remove the Rear Base Cover. (Figure 4) (1)


Remove the Tilt Cover. (Figure 2)



Remove the EME Cover. (Figure 5)


Remove the LCD Touch Panel. (Figure 7)

(1)


(1)


(2)

Remove the EME Cover.

(2)

Remove the LCD Touch Panel.


Disconnect the connector. (Figure 6) (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Figure 7 j0vt90087 10. Remove the Overlay Cover. (Figure 8) (1)

02/2009 9-77

Remove the Overlay Cover.


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-78

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.22 Installation of Attention Light II (FX Only) About the Attention Light It informs the operators who are away from the machines, the machine status (paper jams etc) by the blinking/lighting up.

Item Codes Table 1 Product Name

Item Codes

Attention Light II

EC100639

Installation Procedures CAUTION Figure 8 j0vt90088


WARNING

11. Install the Overlay Cover provided in the Kit that matches the model of the machine. 12. Perform Step 3 to Step 9 in reverse order to return the machine to its original state.

Before starting, turn OFF the power switch of the device and unplug the power plug.

13. Paste the labels as required.

1.

14. Create a report with the following Mod No.

2.

Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. Check the Bundled Items The Attention Light II is bundled with the following items: (Figure 1)

Large Color Control Panel English Kit: 2V

Table 2 [Attention Light II Bundled Items] Number

Name

1

Attention Light

Qty 1

2

Relay Box

1

3

Clamp

4

4

Plate

1

5

Fastener (47x21)

1

6

Fastener (30x25.4)

4

7

Label

1

8

Cable

1

9

Installation Manual

1


Remove the cover of the Relay Kit. (Figure 2) (1)


(2)

Remove the cover. Figure 3 j0st82047 5.

Reinstall the cover removed in Step 3.

6.

Attach the fasteners (30x25.4) (x4) to the Relay Kit. (Figure 4) (1)

Attach the fasteners (x4).

Figure 2 j0st82036 4.

Set the switch according to the switch settings of the Relay Kit. (Figure 3) (1)

Set the switch.

Figure 4 j0st82038 7. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-79

When attaching the Attention Light to a wall, change the installation of the base. (Figure 5)


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-80

Version.1 .1.1

(1)

Remove the Base.

[If there are no other accessories] (Figure 7)

(2)

Install the Base.

(1)

Remove the EPSV cap on J351 and connect the cable.

Figure 7 j0tk90013 [If there are other accessories] (Figure 8)

Figure 5 j0st82039 8.

(1)

Disconnect the cable of the accessory from J351.

(2)

Replace the cable of the accessory with the 10 Pin machine/accessory connector cable, and connect it to the Relay Kit.

(3)

Connect the cable from the Kit.

When attaching the Attention Light with the fastener, attach the fastener (47x21) to the plate. (Figure 6) (1)

Attach the fastener.

Figure 8 j0tk90014 [Accessory Connection Diagram] (Figure 9) (FX Only) Figure 6 j0st82040 9.

Connect the Relay Kit and P351 using the cable.

Figure 10 j0st82045 11. Attach the Relay Kit. [Attaching to the Rear Upper Cover, etc.] (Figure 11) NOTE: To prevent contamination from foreign substances and staples, install with the connector facing downwards. (1)

Attach the Relay Kit to the Rear Upper Cover.

Figure 9 j0tk90033 10. Connect the cable of the Attention Light to the Relay Kit. (Figure 10) (1)

Connect the cable. Figure 11 j0tk90016 [Attaching on the table] (YR84) (Figure 12) (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-81

Attach the Relay Kit to the table.


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-82

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 12 j0st82071 12. When attaching the Attention Light with the fastener, attach the plate attached with fastener in Step 8 to the installation point for the Attention Light. 13. Attach the Attention Light using magnet. 14. If necessary, hold the cable of the Attention Light and the cable connecting the Relay Kit and ESS with the clamps (x4) from the Kit. 15. Plug the machine in and turn the power ON. 16. Set the individual features according to the needs of the customer. (Figure 13) (1)

Turn the lamp and chimes OFF temporarily.

(2)

Use the dial to adjust the chime volume.

(3)

Set the conditions for the Green Lamp to light up/go off.

(4)

Set the Light ON time for the Green Lamp. (15, 30, 60, 180sec) NOTE: When the Green Lamp is set to "OFF" or "Copying/Printing", this setting will become invalid.

(5)

Set for the Orange Lamp to blink. NOTE: If set to "ON", the lamp will turn ON when any of the following events occur during scanning: add paper, auto paper supply selection failed, paper jam, document jam and cover open.

(6)

Set the Light ON time for the Orange Lamp. (15, 30, 60, 180sec)

Figure 13 j0st82046 17. [FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. •

Attention Light II: 3V

9.1.23 Installation of Stacker Cart (Additional Option) NOTE: One Stacker Unit comes with the High Capacity Stacker (HCS) for installation.

Product Code •

Stacker Cart*1: EM200254 (FX/IBG: Option)

*1: Available for the IBG 2-byte area in and after Sept. 2008. (Post Launch)

Procedure 1.

Unpack and check the bundled items. (Figure 1) Table 1

No.

Name

1

Caster

Qty 1

2

Handle

1

3

Stacker Tray

1

4

Clamper

1

5

Screws (Hexagonal Bolt)

4


Mount the Stacker Tray onto the caster. When mounting the Stacker Tray, align the holes of the caster with the protrusions of the Stacker Tray. (Figure 3)

Figure 3 j0sa90036 Figure 1 j0sa90002 (3) 2.

Assemble the Stacker Cart. (1)

Attach the handle to the caster by using the screws (Hexagonal Bolt: x4). (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-83

Install the clamper to the handle. When installing the clamper, hold the clamper at an angle, lower it with the clamper stand clamped onto the handle and install it such that it presses the actuator down. (Figure 4)


Installation


Figure 4 j0sa90037 NOTE: If it was installed while the clamper is not pressing down on the actuator, the HCS Front Door will not be able to be closed when storing the Stacker Cart into the HCS. (Figure 5)


Open the HCS Front Door and store the Stacker Cart into the HCS. (Figure 6)

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-84

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 6 j0sa90039

(2)

9.1.24 Installation of PCL Kit (IBG Only) •

Pull out the ESS.

About the PCL Kit Depending on the installed options, it supports the following PDL. Hangul Font: KS/KSSM/KS5895 Chinese Font: ESC/PK

Item Codes PCL Kit (Hangul Font): EM200197 (available in and after Sept. 2008: Post Launch) PCL Kit (Chinese Font): EM200198 (available in and after Sept. 2008: Post Launch)


Figure 2 j0tk90002


5.

Install the Kit. (Figure 3)


(1)



(2)

Remove the STD ROM that is installed and Connect the Font ROM to J333 (R2).

The PCL Kit is bundled with the following items:

3.

(1)

PS ROM

(2)

Font ROM



Restore the ESS to its original state. (Figure 4)




Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-85


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-86


Version.1 .1.1

9.1.25 Installation of Network Accounting Kit (IBG Only) About the Network Accouting Kit •

This option provides the user with the accounting feature.

Item Codes Network Accouting Kit (Job Based Acount Kit AP): EM200203


Before Installation CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.

2.

Check the Bundled Items S/W Key Option License Agreement (Password)

WARNING Before starting, turn OFF the power switch and power breaker of the device and unplug the power plug.



3.

8.

Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power.

4.

Install the required options by referring to the procedures.

5.

Plug the power plug into the outlet and turn ON the power switch and the power breaker.


6.

PLEASE REBOOT 116-319 When this happens, install the matching Controller software. 9.

Print out the Settings List to ensure that the device has been installed.

7.

Ensure that the power switch and power breaker have been turned OFF.

Enter System Administrator Mode and input the software key. (1)


(2)


(3)


(4)


(5)


(6)


(7)


(8)

Select [Reboot].

(9)


Enter the System Administrator Mode and verify that the [Network Access] button is displayed on the Login Setup / Auditron Mode screen. Select [Log In / Out] button > [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode]

8.

After checking the display of the [Network Access] button, exit the System Administrator Mode.

9.1.26 Installation of DFE VSEL Kit (IBG Only) 1.

About the DFE VSEL Kit It enables DFE connection.

Item Codes DFE VSEL Kit *1: EM200200 (IBG) *1: Available for the IBG 2-byte area in and after Sept. 2008. (Post Launch)


Before Installation This Kit can only be installed on 4112/4127 Copier/Printer machines.

WARNING Turn ON the power switch of the device in advance. Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. 2. 3.

Figure 1 j0tk90001

Check that the power switch of the device is ON and ensure that the device is operating properly. Check the Bundled Items

6.

The DFE VSEL Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 1

1

Video Selector PWB

1

2

Backplane PWB

1

3

Wire Harness

1

4

Stud Screw

2

5

Screw

3



(2)

Pull out the ESS.

NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.



5.



Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-87

Remove the Backplane PWB. (Figure 3) (1)

Remove the screws (M3x6: x4).

(2)

Disconnect the connector and remove the Backplane PWB.


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-88

Version.1 .1.1


Remove the U3 from the old Backplane PWB and install it onto the new one from the Kit. (Figure 4)

Figure 5 j0tk90029 10. Remove the screws that secure the Blind Cover. (Figure 6) (1)


Figure 4 j0tk90026 Figure 6 j0tk90025 9.

Connect the wire harness connector to the ESS PWB P361. (Figure 5) 11. Remove the Riser Bracket Assembly if it is installed. (Figure 7) (1)

Remove the screws (Round: x4).

(2)

Remove the Riser Bracket Assembly.

Figure 7 j0tk90027 12. Install the Video Selector PWB to the Controller Assembly. (Figure 8) (1)

Install the Video Selector PWB.

(2)

Affix the Stud Screws (x3) provided in the Kit.

(3)

Affix the screws (M3x6: x2).

(4)

Connect the wire harness connector to the Video Selector PWB P393.

Figure 9 j0tk90030 14. Reinstall the Riser Bracket Assembly that was removed in Step 11. 15. Return the ESS to the machine. NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely. (Figure 10)

Figure 10 j0tk90004 Figure 8 j0tk90028 13. Install the Backplane PWB to the Video Selector PWB. (Figure 9) (1)

Install the Backplane PWB.

(2)

Affix the screws (M3x6: x4).

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

16. Reconnect the cables that were disconnected in Step 5. 17. Plug the power plug into the outlet and turn ON the power.

02/2009 9-89


Installation


1.

9.1.27 Installation of Heater Kit PWB (FX Only)

Version.1 .1.1 Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. NOTE: Ensure that the AC Unit Power Switch and the IOT Power Switch are turned OFF.

NOTE: No IIT related support for 4127EPS. •

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-90

Heater Kit 4112, 4112LP/4127LP=4112/4217 Table 1 [FX Only]

Product Name

4112

4127

4127EPS

MOD Code

Heater Kit PWB

604K 23251

604K 23251

604K 23251

None

Tray Module Heater *1

604K 23210

604K 23210

604K 23210

21V

IIT ROS Heater *1 IIT Heater Harness

604K 25040 604K 23180

604K 25040 604K 23180

-

23V

*1: The Tray Module, HCF, IIT, and ROS Heater Kits must be installed to the Heater Kit PWB. •

About the Heater Kit PWB

•

Installable devices

The Tray Module, HCF, IIT, and ROS Heater Kits must be installed to the Heater Kit PWB. Figure 2 j0ph80201 Table 2 [FX Only]

2.

Product Name

Parts No

4112

4127

4127EPS

Heater Kit PWB

604K 23251

O

O

O

Check the Bundled Items. The Heater Kit PWB is bundled with the following items: Table 3 [Heater Kit PWB bundled items]

O: Installable option

Number

Name

Qty

-: Not installable

1

Heater PWB

1

2

Locking Clamp

2

3

Saddle Clamp

1

4

Screw

2

NOTE: Turn OFF the Main Unit first, and then unplug the power plug. NOTE: Turn OFF the power of the IOT followed by the AC unit.

Figure 1 j0ph80201

(2)

Remove the Filter Case.



4.

Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) •

9.

Remove the Blower Motor.

Installation screws: Rear (x4)

(1)


5.

Remove the Filter Cover. (PL 1.1)

(2)


6.

Remove the Left Lower Rear Cover. (PL 1.1)

(3)

Remove the Blower Motor.

7.

Remove the Cover Upper Bracket. (1)


(2)

Remove the Cover Upper Bracket.

Figure 6 j0fu40755 10. Install the Heater PWB provided in the Kit. Figure 4 j0fu40753 8.

(1)

Install the Heater PWB.

(2)

Secure it by using the screw provided in the Kit.

Remove the Filter Case. (1)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-91


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-92

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 7 j0fu82102 11. Connect J901 to the Heater PWB.

Figure 9 j0fu82104 13. Wind the J906 harness as shown in the figure and connect it to the Heater PWB.

(1)

Remove the screw and release the wire harness from the P-Clamp.

(1)

Secure it by using the clamp.

(2)


(2)

Pass it through the rear of the connector.

(3)

Connect J901 to the Heater PWB.

(3)

Connect J906 to the Heater PWB.

Figure 8 j0fu82103 12. Install the Saddle Clamp provided in the Kit. (1)

Cut the Cable Tie.

(2)

Remove J906.

(3)

Install the Saddle Clamp.

Figure 10 j0fu82105 14. Install the Locking Clamps (x2) provided in the Kit. (1)

Install the Locking Clamps.

Figure 11 j0fu82106 15. Connect the wire harness J12 of the Heater PWB to the AC Unit P12.

Figure 13 j0fu82108 17. Secure the wire harness J12 of the Heater PWB by using the clamp. (1)

Secure the P-Clamps that was removed in step 11-(1) by using the screw.

(2)


Figure 12 j0fu82107 16. Secure the wire harness J12 of the Heater PWB by using the clamps. (1)

Figure 14 j0fu82109

Secure it by using the clamps (x3). 18. Secure the wire harness J924 of the Heater PWB by using the clamp. (1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-93



Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-94

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.28 Installation of Tray Module Heater Kit (FX Only) •

Heater Kit 4112, 4112LP/4127LP=4112/4127 Table 1 [FX Only]

Product Name

4112

4127

4127EPS

MOD Code

Heater Kit PWB

604K 23251

604K 23251

604K 23251

None


604K 23210

604K 23210

604K 23210

21V


604K 25040 604K 23180

604K 25040 604K 23180

-

23V


About the Tray Module Heater Kit

•

Installable devices

Other than this Kit, the Heater Kit PWB is also required.

Figure 15 j0fu82110 19. Depending on the purpose, go to the corresponding procedure:

Table 2 [FX Only]

•

Installation of Tray Module Heater Kit (9.1.28)

•

Installation of IIT, ROS Heater Kit

Product Name

Parts No

4112

4127

4127EPS

(1)

Tray Module Heater Kit

604K 23210

O

O

O

Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (9.1.29.1)

20. Note down 604K 23251 in the report. O: Installable option -: Not installable NOTE: Turn OFF the Main Unit first, and then unplug the power plug. NOTE: Turn OFF the power of the IOT followed by the AC unit.



NOTE: Ensure that the AC Unit Power Switch and the IOT Power Switch are turned OFF.

4.

Pull out Tray 3 and remove the securing screws. (1)

Remove the Shoulder Screws (x2).

Figure 2 j0ph80201 Figure 4 j0fu82112 2.

Check the Bundled Items. 5.

The Tray Module Heater Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 3 [Tray Module Heater Kit bundled items] Number

Name

Qty

1

Tray Heater

1

2

Screw

2

Remove Tray 3. (1)


(2)

Remove Tray 3.


Store the Tray 3 Rails (Left/Right) into the machine. (1)

Release the stopper and store the Tray 3 Rails.


Install the Heater Kit PWB. (9.1.27)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-95


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-96

Version.1 .1.1


Remove Tray 4 and store the Tray 4 Rails (Left/Right) into the machine in the same manner.

8.


9.

Figure 8 j0fu82115 11. Pass the Tray Heater connector through the hole at the Frame.

Remove the seal of the double sided tape from the Tray Heater provided in the Kit. (1)

Peel off seal.

Figure 9 j0fu82116 12. At the rear of the machine, secure the wire harness of the Tray Heater by using the clamps. Figure 7 j0fu82120 10. Install the Tray Heater provided in the Kit. (1)

Install the Tray Heater.

(2)

Secure it by using the screws (x2) provided in the Kit.

(1)

Secure it by using the clamps (x3).

Figure 10 j0fu82117 13. Remove the wire harness J923.

Figure 12 j0fu82119 15. Reinstall all parts that were removed in steps 3 to 9 of "9.1.27 Installation of Heater Kit PWB".

(1)

Release the clamp.

16. Return the Tray 4 Feeder to its original state. (REP 7.2.1)

(2)

Remove the wire harness J923.

17. Return Tray 4 and Tray 3 to their original states. 18. Record the MOD (21V) in the Service Log and the report.

Figure 11 j0fu82118 14. Connect J923 to the Tray Heater connector. (1)

Connect J923 to the Tray Heater connector.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-97


Installation


02/2009 9-98

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

9.1.29.1 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (1 of 3)

NOTE: Turn OFF the Main Unit first, and then unplug the power plug.

NOTE: No IIT related support for 4127EPS.

NOTE: Turn OFF the power of the IOT followed by the AC unit.

•

Heater Kit Table 1 [FX Only]

Product Name

4112

4127

4127EPS

MOD Code

Heater Kit PWB

604K 23251

604K 23251

604K 23251

None


604K 23210

604K 23210

604K 23210

21V


604K 25040 604K 23180

604K 25040 604K 23180

-

23V


About the IIT, ROS Heater Kit This Kit provides countermeasure against poor image quality due to condensation in the IIT, ROS. Other than this Kit, the Heater Kit PWB is also required.

•

Installable devices

Figure 1 j0ph80201 Table 2 [FX Only]

1.

Product Name

Parts No

4112

4127

4127EPS

IIT ROS Heater Kit

604K 25040

O

O

-

IIT Heater Harness Kit

604K 23180

O

O

-

Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. NOTE: Ensure that the AC Unit Power Switch and the IOT Power Switch are turned OFF.

O: Installable option -: Not installable


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-99

Check the Bundled Items.


Installation

Installation

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-100


Version.1 .1.1

The IIT Heater Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 3 [IIT Heater Kit bundled items] Number Name

Qty

1

IIT Heater

2

2

Guide Bracket

1

3

Harness Guide

1

4

Harness Guide

1

5

Cordkeep Clamp

2

6

Saddle Clamp

2

7

Push Cableband

1

8

Cable Tie

3

9

Screw (M3x6)

1 Figure 4 j0fu82135 The IIT Heater Harness Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 5 [IIT Heater Harness Kit bundled items] Number Name

Qty

1

IIT Heater Harness

1

2

Saddle Clamp

1

Figure 3 j0fu82134 The ROS Heater Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 4 [ROS Heater Kit bundled items] Number Name

Qty

1

ROS Front Heater

1

2

ROS Rear Heater

1

3

ROS Heater Harness

1

4

Clamp (base width: 25.8mm)

1

5

Clamp (base width: 17.5mm)

6

6

Screw (M3x6)

1

7

Tapping Screw (3x10)

1


Install the Heater Kit PWB. (9.1.27)

4.

Open the IIT Frame. (REP 5.3.1)

5.

Remove the ROS Cover. (1)


(2)

Slide the ROS Cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it.


Install the ROS Rear Heater provided in the Kit.

Connect the ROS Heater Harness provided in the Kit.

(1)

Remove the Tapping Screw (3x8).

(1)

Connect P/J920 (3Pin).

(2)

Install the ROS Rear Heater.

(2)

Pull the ROS Heater Harness to the front side.

(3)

Secure it by using the Tapping Screw (3x10) provided in the Kit.


Figure 9 j0fu82139

Pull the ROS Heater Harness to the left side of the ROS and secure it by using the clamps (base width: 17.5mm) provided in the Kit. (1)

9.

Connect the P/J of the ROS Rear Heater. (1)

Connect the P/J.


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-101


Installation

Installation 9.1.29 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (FX Only)

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-102

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.29.2 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (2 of 3) NOTE: No IIT related support for 4127EPS/4112EPS. 1.

Install the ROS Front Heater provided in the Kit. (1)

Install the ROS Front Heater.

(2)

Secure it by using the screw (M3x8) provided in the Kit.

(3)

Connect the P/J.

Figure 10 j0fu82140 10. Reinstall the ROS Cover that was removed in Step 5. 11. Go to 9.1.29.2 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (2 of 3)


Close the IIT Frame. •

Reinstall all parts that were removed in Step 11 to 17 of REP 5.3.1 by reversing the removal procedure. NOTE: When closing the IIT Frame, make sure that the ROS Heater Harness does not get pinched by the IIT Frame.

Figure 2 j0fu82142

NOTE: Install the clamps (base width: 17.5mm) provided in the Kit to the Left Top Cover.

(4)

Right Plate (PL 5.4)

(1)

(5)

Platen Glass (PL 5.4)

Install the clamps (x3). 4.

Outline the Support installation position for securing the CVT Platen Glass at the front side. (1)

Outline the Support position.

Figure 3 j0fu82143 NOTE: When returning the Left Top Cover to its original state, secure the ROS Rear Harness by using the clamps. (1)



Remove the CVT Platen Glass. (1)

Remove the screw.

(2)

Remove the support.

(3)

Remove the CVT Platen Glass.


Remove the following parts: (1)

Rear Upper Cover (PL 1.2)

(2)

IIT Rear Cover (PL 5.2)

• • (3)

Installation screws: Rear (x4) Installation screws: Rear (x4)


Connect the ROS Heater Harness P921 that was installed previously to the IIT Heater Harness P921 provided in the Kit.

02/2009 9-103


Top Rear Cover 2 (PL 5.1)

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

Installation

Installation 9.1.29 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (FX Only) (1)

Pass the IIT Heater Harness P921 through the square hole at the Frame.

(2)

Connect P/J921.

(3)

Install the Saddle Clamp provided in the Kit.

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-104

Version.1 .1.1


Pass the IIT Heater Harness P7011 through the inner side of the IIT Frame.


Pass the IIT Heater Harness P7011 through the square hole at the IIT Frame. (Rear side -> front side)


Tuck the wire harnesses of the IIT Heater provided in the Kit into the Harness Guide provided in the Kit. •

Tuck in the wire harnesses (x2) and make sure they do not get mixed up.

9.1.29.3 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (3 of 3) NOTE: No IIT related support for 4127EPS/4112EPS. 1.

Install the IIT Heater and the Harness Guide. (A)Tighten the securing screws (x2). (B)Because the IIT Heater is common for other machine models, this folded tab is not used during the installation.

Figure 10 j0fu82148 10. Go to 9.1.29.3 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (3 of 3)


Attach the Saddle Clamps (x2) and Push Cableband provided in the Kit to the Guide Bracket provided in the Kit.

Figure 2 j0fu82150

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

3.

Use the tip of a (-) driver to break the silver tape and secure the hole for installing the Guide Bracket.

02/2009 9-105


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-106

Version.1 .1.1


Disconnect P/J and remove the screws (x2). (1)

Disconnect P/J.

(2)



Secure the Guide Bracket. (1)

Secure it by reusing the screws (x2) that were removed in step 4.


Install the Guide Bracket.

Connect P/J7011. (1) (2)

Connect P/J7011. Tuck the wire harness into the Guide Bracket. Left: Black, Right: White. Do not mix them up.

(3)

Secure it by using the Cableband.

(4)


9.

Reconnect the P/J that was disconnected in step 4. (1)

Connect the P/J.


Attach and tighten the Cable Ties (x2) provided in the Kit to the notches (x2) on the Guide Bracket. (1)

Attach and tighten the Cable Ties (x2).

(2)

Cut the excess Cable Tie portions (x2).

(3)

Cut the excess Cableband portion.

Figure 9 j0fu82156 10. At the rear of the IIT Frame, attach and tighten the Cable Tie provided in the Kit to the notches (x2) on the Guide Bracket. (1)

Secure the wire harnesses (white/black) to the notches of the Guide Bracket by using the Cable Tie. Secure the wire harnesses (white/black) such that they do not come into contact with the opening of the IIT Frame.

(2)

Cut the excess Cable Tie portion.

Figure 8 j0fu82178

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-107


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-108

Version.1 .1.1

Figure 12 j0fu82158 13. Peel off the seal of the double sided tape from the Harness Guide provided in the Kit. (1)

Peel off the seal.

Figure 10 j0fu82179 11. Bend the wire harness at the connector side of the IIT Heater provided in the Kit. (1)

Bend the wire harness.

Figure 13 j0fu82159 14. Install the IIT Heater and the Harness Guide.

Figure 11 j0fu82157 12. Pass the IIT Heater connector underneath the rail and through the square hole at the Frame. (A)Underneath the rail (B)Square hole of the Frame

(1)

Connect the wire harnesses (x2) of the IIT Heater and make sure they do not get mixed up.

(2)

For the portion of IIT Heater and Harness guide that overlap, arrange them such that - IIT Heater: top, Harness Guide: bottom.

(3)

Secure it by using the screw provided in the Kit.

(A)Because the IIT Heater is common for other machine models, this folded tab is not used during the installation.

20. Record the MOD (23V) in the Service Log and the report.

Figure 14 j0fu82160 15. Connect P/J7001. (1)

Connect P/J7001.

(2)

Secure the IIT Wire Harness by using the Cordkeep Clamps (x2) provided in the Kit.

Figure 15 j0fu82161 16. Move the Full Rate Carriage a few times and check to make sure that all the Kit parts (Bracket, Harness, Clamp, etc.) that have been installed into the IIT does not come into contact with the Full Rate Carriage and Carriage Cable. 17. Reinstall the CVT Platen Glass that was removed in steps 4 and 5 of "9.1.29.2 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (2 of 3)". 18. Reinstall all parts that were removed in step 3 of "9.1.29.2 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (2 of 3)". 19. Reinstall all parts that were removed in step 4 of "9.1.29.1 Installation of IIT, ROS Kit (1 of 3)" (Steps 1 to 10 of REP 5.3.1). Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-109


Installation


9.1.30 Back-Up Tool for restored document Installation •

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-110 •

Version.1 .1.1 The kit is available for the following machines:

Back-Up Tool for restored document The Back-Up Tool for restored document is software for backing up documents in the mailboxes of multi function devices (CPS Machine). The features of this tool are as follows. 1.

Backing up local disk data of device (CPS Machine)

2.

Restoring backup data to device (CPS Machine)

3.

Restoring backup data to other devices (CPS Machine)

Table 1 [FX] Product Name

Product Code

Back-Up Tool for restored document EM200277

NOTE: PC Application Software (Japanese/English only). (Available in and after Sept. 2008: Post Launch)

4112CPS

4112/ 4127LP

4127EPS

P

O

O

-

Table 2 [IBG]

Separately prepared is the tool for converting mailbox tools (converter tool) that can convert the format of the backed-up mailbox documents in the device to another text format for the new device.

Product Name

Product Code


4127/4127EPS

The tool for converting mailbox documents can be downloded free of charge from the Web. The tool is available for DC1100/900G.

Back-Up Tool for restored document

EM200275

O

-

NOTE: When trying to restore backup data to another device, ensure in advance that the device is equipped with the same options and has the same paper loaded. If the options and paper are different, the following may happen: though run, a restored job cannot be printed, or though set to Job, it becomes invalid. NOTE: The EPS machine does not support things related to the tool for backing up mailbox documents. •

4112DC

O: option P: option with Printer Kit installed. -: unavailable NOTE: Turn on the power switches of the machine in advance. 1. 2.

Check that the machine is powered on and operating properly. Check bundled parts. The Back-Up Tool for restored document contains the following:

Operating Environment OS environment: Microsoft Windows 2000(SP3, SP4)

Table 3 [FX]

Microsoft Windows XP(SP1, SP2) Microsoft Windows Vista (Busness, Ultimate)*

No.

Name

Qty

*: The 64-bit version is excluded.

1

Software License Agreement

1

Machine type: PC/AT-compatible

2

Back-Up Tool for restored document Supplementary Guide FX

1

CPU: Pentium III 450MHZ and above (x86-compatible)

3

Back-UP Tool FX CD-ROM

1

Disk space: 40MB Display: SVGA (800x600)(Recommended: 1024x768 and above) Peripherals: CD-ROM drive, network interface

Table 4 [IBG]

Software: Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 SP2 and above •

Device Configuration

No.

Name

Qty

The use of this tool requires configuring the device and upgrading firmware as follows:

1

Software License Agreement

1

2

Back-Up Tool for restored document Supplementary Guide IBG-ENG

1

3

Back-UP Tool IBG-ENG CD-ROM

1

1.

Upgrade to Firmware ESS Ver.(FX:1.2.4, IBG:1.103.1) and above (Set Version (FX:080428, IBG:080521) or above.)

2.

Activate SNMP (UDP) port

3.

Activate SOAP port

3.

Configure the device.

4.

Activate WebDAV port

[Activate WebDAV port]

5.

Activate the Internet Service port.

(1)

Press the [Log In/Out] button on the control panel.

Enter the domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the PC to store backed-up data in.

(2)

Enter the system administrator ID and password.

6.

NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is "11111". If the Auditron feature is enabled, you may also be required to enter the password. The default password is "x-admin."

NOTE: If operating the PC following DHCP, ensure to check the IP address of the PC by the "ipconfig" command through a DOS prompt. (3)

Select [System Settings] on the [System Administrator Menu] screen.

(4)

Select [System Settings] on the [System Settings] screen.

(5)

Press [Network Settings] in the [System Settings] screen.

(6)

Select [Port Settings] in the [Network Settings] screen.

(7)

Select [WebDAV] and then select [Change Settings].

(8)

Select [WebDAV - Port Status] and select [Change Settings].

(9)

Select [Enable] then select [Save].

9.1.31 FreeFlow Connection Kit Installation •

This is required to connect FreeFlow 6.0. For FX, PostScript3 Kit and Additional Memory (512MB) are separately required. (Availble in and after Sept. 2008: Post Launch) Target products are as follows:

(10) Select [Close]. (11) Likewise, activate the SNMP(UDP) port, SOAP port and Internet Service (HTTP) port. (12) Select [Close]. [Enter the domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the PC to store backed-up data in] (1)

Select [Other Settings] in the [Network Settings] screen.

(2)

Select [Mailbox Backup Tool-IP Address] and press [Confirm/Change].

(3)

Enter the domain name (FQDN) or IP address of the PC to store backed-up data in.

•

–

FreeFlow Makeready 6.0

–

FreeFlow Process Manager 6.0

–

FreeFlow Web Services 6.0

–

FreeFlow Output Manager 6.0

–

FreeFlow Print Manager 6.0

The kit is available for the following machines: Table 1 [FX]

NOTE: •The IP address of IPv6 can be set only when OS is Windows Vista. •

FreeFlow Connection Kit

Any IP address must be entered in the form of xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.

Product Name

Product Code

4112DC

4112CPS

4112/4127LP 4127EPS

FreeFlow Connection Kit

EM200278

-

-

O

NOTE: If operating the PC following DHCP, ensure to check the IP address of the PC by the "ipconfig" command through a DOS prompt.

4.

(4)

Select [Save].

(5)

Select [Close].

Install the Back-Up Tool for restored document onto the PC. (1)

(2)

6.

Product Name

Product Code


4127/4127EPS

FreeFlow connect kit

EM200276

O

-

O: option -: unavailable

•

NOTE: Turn on the power switches of the devices in advance.

If the screen is not displayed automatically, find the folder [1041] in the root directory of the CD-ROM, and double-click the file, "Setup.exe" inside it. 5.

Table 2 [IBG]

Start Windows on the PC that will the customer's backup data. Insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. The following screen will be automatically displayed, and the installation process will begin.

1. 2.

Check that the machine is powered on and operating properly. Check bundled parts. The Pre Press Connection Kit contains the following:

Following the message on the screen, perform the installation,

Activate the Back-Up Tool for restored document.

Table 3 [FX]

(1)

From the [Start] button, select [Programs] > [Fuji Xerox] > [Back-Up Tool for restored document] > [Back-Up Tool for restored document].

(2)

On the displayed [Enter Password for Back-Up Tool for restored document] dialog box, enter the password. (The default value is "x-admin.")

No.

Name

Qty

1

S/W Key Option License

1 Table 4 [IBG]

The following screen will be displayed after the Back-Up Tool for restored document is activated.

No.

Name

Qty

•

1

S/W Key Option License

1

The "Flow of operations of Back-Up Tool for restored document" screen appears.

-

Afterwards, for details on operating the tool, refer to the online Help. 3.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-111

Set up the Software Key password. (1)

Press the [Log In/Out] button on the control panel.

(2)

Enter the correct user ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel or the keyboard screen.


Installation


NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is "11111". If the Auditron feature is enabled, you may also be required to enter the password. The default password is "x-admin" (3)

4.

Select [System Settings] on the [System Administrator Menu] screen.

(4)

Select [System Settings] on the [System Settings] screen.

(5)

Select [Common Settings] on the [System Settings] screen.

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-112

Version.1 .1.1

9.1.32 USB Memory Print Kit About the USB Memory Print Kit •

When equipped with the USB Memory Print Kit, the device can print by having a USB memory directly inserted. The memory supporting USB2.0 is available. The device can print directly from PDF/TIFF/XPS/XDW files in the memory. (USB1.1/1.0 Memory is not available.)

(6)

Press [Maintenance].

(7)

Select [Software Options] on the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen

(8)

Enter the password.

NOTE: –The device can print from the customer’s USB memory (and the USB Cable, as required) by use of the USB host adaptor. However the operation is not guaranteed.

(9)

Select [Reboot].

–

As to text print, only files existing right under the root directory of an USB memory can be printed. Available files are PDF/TIFF/XPS/XDW.

–

The memory supporting USB2.0 is available. (Unavailable USB memory: USB Memory that has multiple media partitions and requires a separate utility so that the contents of the memory can be accessed; USB Memory connected through the external HUB)

Press the [Log In/Out] button.

–

The device cannot be used with multiple USB memories installed together.

(2)

Enter the system administrator ID and password.

–

(3)

Press [System Settings] under the System Administrator Menu.

The Removal menu is not provided that aims to avoid removing the USB memory during access.

(4)

Press [System Settings] in the [System Settings] screen.

–

To use the device by inserting a memory supporting USB 2.0 into one port, you can insert it into either of the ports. In either case, the device can operate.

(5)

Press [Network Settings] in the [System Settings] screen.

–

(6)

Select [Other Settings] in the [Network Settings] screen.

When memories supporting USB 2.0 are inserted into both ports, only either one can be used. However, which USB Memory to use cannot be selected.

Enter the System Administrator mode and set up the FTP user name and password. CAUTION The following should be set up by the customer for security reasons. Ask him/her to perform the following: (1)

(7)

Select [FTP Server Log In Name].

(8)

Set up the Log In name and password. NOTE: Log In Name: within 14 characters consisting of English alphabets/numeric figures/ symbols (US ASCII: excluding control characters) Password: within 49 characters consisting of English alphabets/numeric figures/symbols (US ASCII: excluding control characters)

(9)

Item Codes EM200292(FX/IBG) NOTE: This kit can be installed on the machines that support DMP2008 (Post Launch) and are loaded with Controller ROM software of the below versions or later. Table 1

Exit the System Administrator mode. Destination

CPS

FX

1.10.x

IBG

1.110.x

NOTE: FXTW does not introduce this kit (because it is aVCCI Class A Option).



2.

•

FX: When installing into a 4112 DC Model, the Printer/Color Scanner Kit is required. Refer to the procedure for installation. When the USB Memory Print Kit is installed, the Image Compression and the USB2.0 Extension Kit cannot be installed. (Only one can be installed.)

•

IBG: When the USB Memory Print Kit is installed, only one of the Image Compression Kit, USB2.0 Extension Kit, Imgae Extension Kit can be installed. (Up to two of the four can be installed.)


The USB Memory Print Kit is bundled with the following items: Table 2 No

Name

Qty

Locations

1

Panel (PCI)

1

ESS

2


1

ESS

3

Screw (Round)

6

ESS

4

USB 2.0 Host PWB

1

ESS

Reference

NOTE: Do not touch the plated terminals on the electrical parts directly with your bare hands. CAUTION Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Figure 2 j0tk90002

WARNING Before starting, turn OFF the power switch of the device and unplug the power plug.

6.

Remove the Panel. (Figure 3)

3.


(1)


4.


(2)

Remove the Panel.


Pull out the ESS. (Figure 2)


Install the Panel to the Riser Bracket Assembly. (Figure 4)

(1)


(1)

Install the Panel.

(2)

Pull out the ESS.

(2)


Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-113


Installation


4127/4112G

02/2009 9-114

Version.1 .1.1


Install the USB 2.0 Host PWB. (Figure 5) (1)

Install the USB 2.0 Host PWB.

(2)


Figure 6 j0tk90036 10. Return the ESS to the machine. NOTE: When installing the ESS, insert the ESS inside the ESS Rail securely. (Figure 7)

Figure 7 j0tk90004


Install the USB 2.0 Host PWB Assembly. (Figure 6)

11. Reconnect all the cables connected to the ESS.

(1)

Install the USB 2.0 Host PWB Assembly.

12. Insert the power plug into the outlet and turn ON the power switch.

(2)


13. Press the [All Services] key and check that the menu screen displays the [Media Print-Text] button. 14. Refer to the user’s guide and check the features. 15. If necessary, explain to the customer how to handle them. 16. [FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. USB Memory Print Kit: TBDV

Density

9.1.33 Verification Procedures after Software Key Input

Text/Background Contrast

The DMP device introduces the mechanism that enables some of the optional features by setting the Software Key. However, at this moment, after the Software Key has been set, it is not possible to check on the UI display etc which option whose Software Key has been set.

Force Watermark Copy / Client Print Mailbox Print

This section explains the procedures to verify the settings after the Software Key has been set for the following options.

3.

After setting the Software Key, print the Settings List and check on the first page > below the "System Settings", the status now becomes .

Table 1 No.

Software Key Supported Options

Reference

1

Address Book Expansion Kit

Expands the Address Book up to 999 entries.

2

Watermark Extension Kit

Text Effect Function

3

Data Security Kit

Function to encrypt, overwrite and delete all data in the hard disk.

4

External Access Kit

Can be linked to extenal applications. FCW is required.

5

Printer/Color Scanner Kit (FX Only)

Enables the Printer and Scanner (color) features for the 4112 DC model.

6 7

1.

Image Log Kit Searchable PDF Kit

... Paper Size Settings Millimeters/Inches ... Paper Size Settings Overwrite Hard Disk Data Encryption

NOTE: This Kit provides software support for the Printer feature and hardware support for the Color Scanner feature.

4.

Stores/Manages job images processed by a multifunction machine.

5.

Millimeters/Inches How to verify the Software Key Settings for Web Applications Kit After setting the Software Key, check that the [Web Applications] button appears on the main menu.

Does OCR processing at scan and is capable of generating DocuWorks documents and PDF including text info.

How to verify the Software Key Settings for Address Book Expansion Kit

How to verify the Software Key Settings for Printer/Color Scanner Kit Print out the Settings List to ensure that the device has been installed.

6.

How to verify the Software Key Settings for Image Log Kit After setting the Software Key, enter the System Settings > Common Settings screen to check that the [Image Log Control] button is displayed.

7.

After setting the Software Key, select [Log In / Out] > [System Settings] > [Enter / Change] > Enter the Address Book screen. Check that the "Go to" column becomes "(001~999)". It was "(001~500)" before setting the Software Key. 2.

How to verify the Software Key Settings for Data Security Kit

How to verify the Software Key Settings for the Watermark Extension Kit

How to verify the Software Key Settings for Searchable PDF Kit Press the [All Services] key. Press the [Scan to PC] button on the menu screen. Press the [More...] button in the Output File Format field. Press [PDF]. Check that the [Searchable Text] button is displayed.

After setting the Software Key, print the Settings List and check on the first page > "System Settings" > below the "Watermark", the status now becomes . Set Numbering Text Size Color Density Set Numbering Text Effect/Text Size Background Pattern/Color Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-115


Installation


02/2009 9-116

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

9.2 Network/Scan/Print Settings For Network/Scan/Print settings, see the 4127/4112 Administrator Guide.

Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-117

9.2 Network/Scan/Print Settings

Installation

Installation 9.2 Network/Scan/Print Settings

02/2009 9-118

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

9.3 Removal

NOTE: Step 10 is intended for the models other than 4127EPS/4112EPS.

1.

Turn OFF the power. (Figure 1)

(1)

NOTE: Ensure that both the power switches of the AC unit and IOT are OFF.

(2)

Secure the brackets (x4) for securing the IIT.

(3)

Install the cover.

Remove the IIT Cover on the left and right sides, and the L/H Upper Cover.

11. Remove the Platen Glass, then place the F/R CRG on the left end and put back the glass. NOTE: Step 11 is intended for the models other than 4127EPS/4112EPS. 12. Release the lock of the Casters (at front and rear).


Unplug the power cord.

3.

Unplug the power cord.

4.

[When 4000HCF, 2000A3-HCF, 4000C2-HCF is installed] Remove the 4000HCF, 2000A3-HCF , 4000C2-HCF from the Main Unit. NOTE: Go to Step 5 when the High Capacity Feeder is not installed.

5.

6.

(1)

Push the lever to release the docking.

(2)

Remove the Docking Bracket.

(3)

Disconnect the Lattice connector.

Remove the Bypass Tray. (1)


(2)

Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Bypass Tray.

Remove the Finisher from the Main Unit.

7.

Remove the HCS from the main unit.

8.

Remove the Interface Module from the main unit. (1)

9.

Disconnect the I/F Cable (short) between the IOT andthe IFM.

(2)

Remove the Rear Lower Cover and disconnect the power cord.

(3)

Remove the screw from the Latch Stopper, and pull the Latch Plate to disconnect the Interface Module from the main unit.

(4)

Pull the Interface Module away from the main unit.

(5)

Reinstall the Rear Lower Cover.

Remove the UI Display and the Arm for installation.

10. Remove the IIT. Version.1 .1.1

4127/4112G

02/2009 9-119

9.3 Removal

Installation

Installation 9.3 Removal

02/2009 9-120

4127/4112G Version.1 .1.1

XEROX 4112 4127 Service Manual

Recommend Documents